Skip to main content

Full text of "Radio broadcast .."

See other formats


From  the  collection  of  the 

7    n 
_  *,_,     HI 

o  Prelinger 

v    Jjibrary 
P 


San  Francisco,  California 
2007 


o 

D 


RADIO 


P  Sit' 


„•_ 


- 


4M 

NUT 


13 


CONSTRUCTORS1  DESIGNS  OF  SEVERAL 

NUMBER  ^  NEW  RECEIVERS 

Who  Owns  Our  Radio  Sets? 
How  A  Broadcasting  Station  Is  Run 


Doubleday,  Page  &  Co. 


Garden  City,  N.  T. 


•"•.:    :»"«::  ::*. 
"i"* 


•••:  A  ••::*:  J  • 
•s  ?l/-\y:C::..: 
' 


RADIO 


TUBES 


Since  1915 — Standard  for  All  Sets 


TYPES,  C-3OIA-C-299-C-3OO-C-11-C-12, 


IN  THE  ORANGE  AND  BLUE  CARTON 


Whenever  perfection  is  approached  in  any  manufactured  product,  the  qualities  of  that  prod- 
uct soon  become  known  to  the  great  American  public.  Thus  it  has  been  with  Cunningham 
Radio  Tubes.  From  Maine  to  California,  from  the  Florida  Keys  to  Puget  Sound,  they 
have  made  themselves  known  in  millions  of  American  homes.  Throughout  the  nation 


these  tubes  are  now  associated 

That  you  may  come  to  know 

radio,  when  every  variation 

ated,  install  Cunningham 

socket  of  your  receiver. 

the  laughter  of  clear, 


Price 

$2.5O 

Each 


with  all  that  is  best  in  radio, 
the  delight,  the  charm,  of 
of  tone  is  flawlessly  recre- 
Radio  Tubes  in  every 
Then  music  becomes  like 
swift-flowing  water ;  and 


the  human  voice  like  something  not  quite  human  but  divine. 


Chicago 


Home  Office:    182  Second  Street 
San  Francisco 

if  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


New  York 


Bound 


MA  13    '26 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


VOLUME  VIII 


NOVEMBER,    1925,   to  APRIL,    1926 


GARDEN  CITY  NEW  YORK 

DOUBLEDAY,   PAGE   &   COMPANY 

1926 


INDEX 


("Illustrated  Articles.        Editorials  in  Italics) 


*  A  .  C.  Receiver  and  Power  Amplifier, 

-fl  An  (James  Millen) 57 

Additional   Opinions   About   the   Naval 

Radio  Service 552 

*All-Purpose  Coil  Winder,  An  (Edward 

Thatcher) 582 

*"  Aristocrat": 

*"  Aristocrat,"      The      Radio 

Broadcast  (Arthur  H.  Lynch)       28 
*"  Aristocrat"  Receiver,  The. . .     664 
*" Aristocrat"    Receiver,    The: 
Resistance-Coupled   Amplifi- 
cation       196 

*As    the    Broadcaster    Sees    It    (Carl 

Dreher) 45,  191,  326,  467,  568,  672 

*Audio  Amplification,  Better  (Kendall 

Clough) 308 

Australian  Broadcasting  Stations,  A 
List  of 224 

BEST  in  Current  Radio  Periodicals, 
The  (E.  G.  Shalkhauser) 88 

*Better  Audio  Amplification  (Kendall 

Clough) 308 

Blooper?    Is  Your  Set  a 238 

Book  Reviews: 

"Economics  of  the  Radio  In- 
dustry"       514 

"Radio:  Beam  and  Broadcast".     388 
Booklet  of  Foreign  Broadcasting  Sta- 
tions,   "Radio   Broadcast's"    (Law- 
rence W.  Corbett) 465 

Broadcast  Listeners  Organize 555 

*Broadcast   Receiver,   A   Model   1926 

(Me  Murdo  Silver) 36 

Broadcast  Relaying,  The  Progress  of. .  ..       24 

*AN  We  Forecast  Radio  Reception 
from  the  Weather?  (J.  C.  Jen- 
sen)       558 

Canada  As  Our  Instructor 170 

Canada,  How  They  Run  Radio  in 655 

*Cone  Loud  Speaker,  Improving  the. . .       50 

Conferences,  A  Year  of 26 

"•Controlling  Oscillation  in  Radio  Fre- 
quency Circuits,  Methods  of  (John 

Bernard) 350 

Convention,  The  Institute  of  Radio  En- 
gineers    653 

Current  Radio  Periodicals,  The  Best  in 

(E.  G.  Shalkhauser) 88 

*Current  Supply  Unit,  An   Improved 

(Roland  F.  Beers) 186 

"Cutting  Out  the  Locals  (H.  E.  Rhodes)     686 

iESIGN  of  Radio  Inductances  (W. 

W.  Harper) 436 

Detroit  Has  a  Good  Radio  Supervisor .  . .     433 

ECONOMICS  of  the  Radio  Indus- 
try" (Book  Review) 514 

*Ether  Waves  You  Cannot  Hear  (James 

Stokley) 295 

Ethics  of  Radio  Advertising,  The 434 

ACTS  About  the  Farmer  and  Radio, 
The 170 

"Filament  Resistance,  The  Use  of  the 
(John  Brennan) 682 

*First  Report  on  the  International 
Tests,  The  (Willis  K.  Wing) 588 

$500  Short  Wave  Receiver  Contest,  The      657 

"Five-Tube  Receiver  for  the  Inexperi- 
enced Constructor,  An  Improved 
(A.  H.  Fulton,  Jr.) 51 


"Five-Tube  Receiver  of  Dual  Efficiency, 
A  (Glenn  H.  Browning)  ............ 

Fourth  National  Radio  Conference,  What 
Happened  at  the  ...................  431 


172 


,  The: 
VJ  Aristocrat  Values  ........     376 

C  Batteries  in  the  Detector  Cir- 

cuit ......................     484 

Coil    Placement   in   an   R.   F. 

Amplifier  .................     226 

Condensers  in  Series  and  Paral- 

lel ........................     698 

Eliminating  the  Reflex  in  the 

Roberts  Circuit  ............     696 

Explaining  Static  and  Fading.  .       72 
Explanation  of  Tuning,  An  ....     482 

How  to  Charge  Storage  Batter- 

ies from  D.  C  ..............     596 

How  to  Obtain  Better  Regen- 

eration ....................     482 

Impedance  Amplifiers  ........     378 

Impedance  Coupled  Amplifier, 

An  .......................     700 

Loop  Construction  ...........       84 

Making  Your  Own  Grid  Leaks    596 
Measuring   the    Resistance   of 

Coil  Units  .................     228 

New  Tubes  and  Their  Charac- 

teristics ...................     596 

Noises  and  Their  Causes  ......     376 

One  Dial  Loop  Receiver  .......     594 

Precautions  in  Antenna  Erec- 

tion ......................     226 

Protecting  the  Loud  Speaker.  ..     484 
Receiver  Coil  Resistance  ......       84 

Separate  R.  F.  Tube  Voltage 

from  B  Battery  Eliminator  ...     594 
Substituting    Toroid    Coils    in 

Neutrodynes  ..............       86 

Tubes  and  R.  F.  Coils:  How 

They  Should  be  Matched  in  a 

Receiver  ..................     228 

"Universal"  Receiver  Coils.  .  .  .     696 

"Grimes  Inverse  Duplex,  How  to  Build 
a  (Florian  J.  Fox)  .................     439 

HIGH-SPEED  Fading  .............  392 
History  of  the  Vacuum  Tube, 

The  Fascinating  ..................     300 

"Home  Laboratory,  Standards  for  the 

(Keith  Henney)  ...................     573 

"How  a  Portable  B  Battery  Transmit- 

ter Works  (Laboratory  Staff)  .......     678 

""How  Long  Will  My  B  Batteries 

Last?"  (George  C.  Furness)  ........     452 

"How  Radio  Grew  Up  (Robert  H.  Mar- 

riott) ..........................  159,643 

How  Radio  Has  Improved  ............     303 

How  They  Run  Radio  in  Canada  ......     655 

"How  to  Build  a  Grimes  Inverse  Duplex 

(Florian  J.  Fox)  ...................     439 

"How  to  Eliminate  Local  Interferencel02,  212 
"How  to  Use  Meters  in  Your  Receiver 

(James  Millen)  ...................     198 

"How  to  Use  Vacuum  Tubes  (Keith 

Henney)  .........................     456 

IF  YOU  Seek  Economy,  Buy  the  Best 
(Harold  Jolliffe)  .................     360 

"Improved  Five-Tube  Receiver  for  the 
Inexperienced  Constructor,  An  (A.  H. 
Fulton,  Jr.)  .......................       51 

"Improved  Plate  Current  Supply  Unit, 
An  (Roland  F.  Beers)  ..............     186 


PAGE 

"Improving  the  Cone  Speaker 50 

Institute  of  Radio  Engineers  Convention, 

The 653 

Interesting    Things    Said    Interestingly 

27,  171,  304,  435,  557,  656 
International  Tests: 

"First  Report  on  the  Interna- 
tional Tests,  The  (Willis  K. 

Wing) 588 

"International  Radio  Broadest- 
ing  Tests,  The  1926  (Willis  K. 

Wing) 462 

"Plans  for  the  Third  of  the  In- 
ternational Radio  Broadcast 
Tests  (Arthur  H.  Lynch) ....     185 
Recent      International      Radio 

Broadcast  Tests,  The 654 

What    Happened    During    the 
1926      International      Tests 

(Willis  K.  Wing) 647 

Is  the  Loop  or  Antenna  Receiver  More 

Popular! 433 

Is  Your  Set  a  Blooper? 238 


K 


EY  to  Recent  Radio  Articles,  A 
(E.  G.  Shalkhauser) 

88,  232,  380,  504,  608,  710 


555 


T  ANGMUIR  Patent,  A  Note  on  the .  . . 
•I-*       Late  News  on  the  International 

Tests  (Willis  K.  Wing) 299 

Legal  Test  Case  for  our  Radio  Laws,  A..    652 

"Light  Keepers,  Radio  Sets  for 666 

List  of  Australian  Broadcasting  Sta- 
tions, A 224 

"Listeners'  Point  of  View,  The  (Kings- 
ley  Welles) 32,  177 

"Listeners'  Point  of  View,  The  (John 
Wallace) 317,  445,  577,  667 

"TV/TAN  and  His  Hobby,  A   (E.  E. 
ivi    Horine) 547 

"March  of  Radio,  The  (J.  H.  More- 
croft)  23,  167,  300,  431,  552,  652 

"Methods  of  Controlling  Oscillation  in 
Radio  Frequency  Circuits  (John 
Bernard) 350 

"Model  1926  Broadcast  Receiver,  A 
(Me  Murdo  Silver) 36 

Month  in  Radio,  The 

26,  170,  304,  434,  556,  656 

More  Information  on  Super  Power 169 

More  Millions  for  Radio 555 

"Multiple  Regeneration  Can  Do  For 
Your  Tuned  R.  F.  Amplifier,  What 
(V.  D.  Landon) 563 

T^TATIONAL  Association  of  Broad- 

•L  V        casters 168 

National  Radio  Council?  Shall  We 
Have  A 23 

Naval  Radio  Service,  Additional  Opin- 
ions About  the 552 

Naval  Radio  Service?  What  is  the  Mat- 
ter With  the 167 

*New  Fields  for  the  Home  Constructor 
(Keith  Henney) 201 

"New  in  Radio?  What's  (Austin  C. 
Lescarboura) 305 

New  Short  Wave  Ray  Is  Discovered,  A..     433 

"New  Way  to  Make  Money  in  Radio,  A 
(D.  C.  Wilkerson) '.  606 

News  on  the  International  Tests,  Late 
(Willis  K.  Wing) 299 

Note  on  the  Langmuir  Patent,  A 555 


INDEX— Continued 


*Notes  on  the  Model   1926  Receiver 

(Ernest  R.  Pfaff) 313 

*"Now,  I  Have  Found": 

Better  Reproduction  in  Cone 
Speakers  (William  C.  Morrill)  702 

Checking  Up  On  B  Battery 
Leakage  (Claude  Schuder). . .  210 

Coil  Design  Data  (Boris  S. 
Naimark) 488 

Coupling  Device  for  the  Roberts 
Circuit,  A  (Clarence  J. 
Frenck) 208 

Cylindrical  Coils  for  the  Knock- 
out Set  (L.  O.  Doran) 374 

Description  of  a  New  NP  Coil 
for  the  Roberts  Receiver 
(Ralph  D.  Tygert) 66 

Economical  Sub-Panel  Brackets 
(R.L.Douglas) 706 

Efficient  Coil  Covering  the 
Broadcasting  Frequencies 
(W.  H.  Mayfield) 70 

File  for  Ideas,  A  (F.  E.  Kunkel)     208 

Good  Audio  Amplifier,  A  (Ed- 
ward T.  Werden) 490 

Good  Audio  By-Pass  Method, 
A  (Jerome  Kidder) 600 

Good  Neutralizing  Condenser 
for  the  Roberts  Circuit,  A 
(H.  A.  Franchere) 68 

Handy  Battery  Throw-Over 
Switch  (Bernard  Salzberg) ...  706 

Home-Made  Coil  Winder  for 
Diamondweave  Coils  (R.  S. 
Hart) 704 

Home-Made  Loud  Speaker,  A 
(J.  T.  Carver) 364 

How  to  Make  Balloon  Coils 
(John  L.  Lee) 600 

How  to  Obtain  Improved  Loud 
Speaker  Reproduction  (Boris 
S.  Naimark) 602 

How  to  Provide  a  Counterpoise 
System  (J.  B.  Greenman) ....  702 

Improving  the  Volume  of  the 
Two-Tube  Roberts  Circuit 
(J.  W.  Teale) 492 

Lead-in  Problem,  A  (G.  A. 
Luers) 70 

Low  Loss  Coil,  A  (Everett  Free- 
land)  602 

Measuring  High  Resistance 
(Claude  Schuder) 66 

One  Use  for  a  Bypass  Condenser 
(K.  B.  Humphrey) 604 

Ratchet  Coil  Winder  Prevents 
Unwinding,  A  (G.  A.  Luers).  206 

Roberts  Circuit  and  Audio 
Amplifier  Without  a  Storage 
Battery,  The  (J  B.  Clothier, 
Jr.)  362 

Short  Waves  on  the  Hanscom 
Super-Heterodyne  (A.  T. 
Hanscom) 68 

Simple  Long- Wave  Receiver,  A 
(H.  H.  Buckwalter) 490 

Some  Notes  on  Silver's  Model 
1926  Receiver  with  Choke 
Amplification  (Davenport 
Hooker) 702 

Storage  Battery,  The  (J.  B. 
Clothier,  Jr.) 362 

Tracing  Radio  Noises  (A.  H. 
Klingbeil) 206 

Using  a  Voltmeter  As  a  Milliam- 
meter  (Claude  Schuder) 488 

Variometer  to  Tune  Antenna 
Circuit  of  the  Roberts  Set,  A 
(John  L.  Lee) 210 

Winding  Spider  Web  Coils 
(H.  Edward  Knies) 492 


O 


,FFICIAL  Indiscretion,  An" .  .  653 


PHOTO-ELECTRIC       Cell?      Who 
Invented  the 555 

*Plans  for  the  Third  of  the  International 
Radio  Broadcast  Tests  (Arthur  H. 
Lynch) 185 


*Portable     B      Battery     Transmitter 

Works,  How  a  (Laboratory  Staff) ...  678 

Praiseworthy  Bit  of  Radio  Research,  A.. .  431 

Prize  Contest  Announcement 444 

Progress  of  Broadcast  Relaying,  The ....  24 

Progress  of  Radio  in  1925,  The 553 

Pure  Science  Becomes  Practical 302 

*"DADIO     Broadcast     "Aristocrat," 

IV      The  (Arthur  H.  Lynch) 28 

Radio  Broadcast's  Booklet  of  Call  Sig- 
nals (Lawrence  W.  Corbett) 337 

Radio  Broadcast's  Booklet  of  Foreign 
Broadcasting  Stations  (Lawrence  W. 

Corbett) 465 

Radio  Broadcast's  Universal  Receiver 

(Arthur  H.  Lynch) 332 

Radio  Broadcast's  Universal  Receiver..  450 
Radio  Business  As  Others  See  It,  The. . .  25 
*"  Radio  Central" — Conqueror  of  Time 

and  Distance  (Fred.  J.  Turner) 41 

Radio  Control  for  Railroads 432 

Radio  for  1926:  A  Forecast 24 

*Radio  Grew  Up,  How  (Robert  H.  Mar- 
riott)    643 

*Radio  Sets  for  Light  Keepers 666 

*Radio:  The  Jungleman's  Newspaper 

(John  W.  Swanson) 427 

Recent  International  Radio  Broadcast 
Tests,  The 654 

C<HALL  We  Have  a  National  Radio 

O       Council? 23 

Short  Wave  Ray  Is  Discovered,  A  New. .  433 
Short  Wave  Receiver  Contest,  The  $500  640 

Short  Wave  Stations  9f  the  World 708 

*Short  Wave  Transmitter,  A  Universal 

(Nicholas  Hagemann) 321 

*Short  Waves — A  New  Paradise  for  the 

DX  Fan  (Edgar  H.  Felix) 182 

Short  Waves  Are  Growing  Shorter 303 

Standards   for   the   Home   Laboratory 

(Keith  Henney) 573 

"Straight    Line   Frequency"    Condenser 

Means,  What  the 23 

*Super-Heterodyne  Construction  (Har- 
old C.  Websr) 589 

*'T>HEY  Shut  the  Door  on  Fortune 
-1-  (C.  S.  Thompson) 19 

"Tube  and  Its  Best  Uses,  The  (Keith 
Henney) 658 

"TTNIVERSAL   RECEIVER,   Radio 

U  Broadcast's  (Arthur  H.  Lynch)  332 
"Universal  Receiver,  Radio  Broadcast's  450 
*Uniyersal  Short- Wave  Transmitter,  A 

(Nicholas  Hagemann) 321 

*Use  of  the  Filament  Resistance,  The 

(John  B.  Brennan) 682 

TSACUUM    Tube,    The    Fascinating 

r         History  of  the 300 

*Vacuum  Tubes,  How  to  Use  (Keith 
Henney) 456 

^WAVELENGTH-FREQUENCY 

VV      Chart 472 

'Wavelength-Frequency        Conversion 

(Homer  S.  Davis) 471 

What  Constitutes  a  Radio  Patent?  (Leo 

T.  Parker) 494 

*What    Do    We    Know    About   Short 

Waves?  (Keith  Henney) 54 

What  Happened  at  the  Fourth  National 

Radio  Conference 431 

*What  Happened  During  the  1926  In- 
ternational Tests  (Willis  K.  Wing) . . .     647 
*What's  New  In  Radio  (Austin  C.  Les- 

carboura) 305 

What  Is  the  Matter  With  the  Naval  Radio 

Service? 167 

*What  Multiple  Regeneration  Can  Do 

for  Your  Tuned  R.  F.  Amplifier  (V. 

D.  Landon) 563 

What  Our  Readers  Write  Us 

110,  244,  394,  518,  618,  716 
What  the  Australians   Think  of  Their 

Broadcasting 653 


What  the  "Straight  Line  Frequency"  Con- 
denser Means 23 

*When  the  Doctor  Came  to  the  Faral- 
lones — by  Radio  (Lewis  N.  Waite) ...  63 

Who  Invented  the  New  Photo-Electric 
Cell? 555 

*Winner  of  Our  $500  Prize  Cover  Con- 
test, The 100 


PORTRAITS 

(*Portraits  in  "The  March  of  Radio") 

*Arlin,  H.  W 24 

Arnoldi,  Florence  Long 33 

Branly,  Edouard 643 

Brees,  Anton 445 

Cadman,  S.  Parkes 319 

Damrosch,  Walter 667 

De  Forest,  Lee 21 

Diefendorf,  William 669 

*Dill,  C.  C 171 

*Dubilier,  William 304 

Eckersley,  E.  P. .  434 

Elliott,  Frank  W 177 

*Fessenden,  Reginald  A 656 

Golden,  Ernie 34 

*Hammond,  John  Hayes,  Jr 303 

Hansen,  Cecilia 667 

"Hayes,  Cardinal 171 

*Hazeltine,  L.  A 27 

*Hogan,  John  V.  L 27 

Homer,  Louise 178 

*Housekeper,  William  G 25 

Kemp,  C.  S 645 

Kent,  A.  Atwater 178,  556 

*Kordi,  I.  H 303 

*Langmuir,  Irving 304 

Lopez,  Vincent 

Ludlow,  Godfrey 34 

McLeod,  Keith 34 

MacNamee,  Graham 319 

Marconi,  Guglielmo 644 

Marriott,  Robert  H 159 

Maude,  Cyril 578 

Mazarin,  Mariette 32 

Miura,  Tamaki 579 

Ryan,  Quin  A 319 

*Saltzman,  Charles  Me  K 557 

Sargent,  Jean 33 

Seidel,  Toscha 178 

*Shaw,  Charles  Gray 435 

Smith,  Fred 669 

Stock,  Frederick 579 

Tesla,  Nikola 644 

Walsh,  Edmund  A..  .             447 

Werrenrath,  Reinald 178 

*West,  A.  G.  D 656 

Wiley,  Louis 181 

Zendonini,  Elizab3th 22 

*Zworykin,  V.  K 302 


AUTHORS 

Beers,  Roland  F 186 

Bernard,  John 350 

Brennan,  John  B 682 

Browning,  Glenn  H 172 

Buckwalter,  H.  H 490 

Clothier,  John  B.  Jr. .  .  362 


INDEX.— Continued 


Clough,  Kendall 308 

Corbett,  Lawrence  W 337,  465 

Davis,  Homer  S 471 

Doran,  L.  0 374 

Douglas,  R.  L 706 

Dreher,  Carl 45,  191,  321,  467,  568,  672 

Felix,  Edgar  H. . .              182 

Fox,  Florian  J 439 

Franchere,  H.  A 68 

Freeland,  Everett 602 

Frenck,  Clarence  J 208 

Fulton,  A.  H.,  Jr 51 

Furness,  George  C 452 

Carver,  J.  T 364 

Greenman,  J.  B 702 

Hagemann,  Nicholas ' . . .  321 

Hanscom,  A.  T 68 

Harper,  W.  W 436 

Hart,  R.  S 704 

Henney,  Keith. . .  .54,  163,  201,  456,  573,  658 


PAfiE 

Hooker,  Davenport 702 

Humphrey,  K.  B. .  .  634 

Jensen,  J.  C. .  .  558 

Jolliffe,  Harold 360 

Kidder,  Jerome .  .  600 

Klingbeil,  A.  H. 206 

Knies,  H.  Edward 492 

Kunkel,  F.  E 208 

Landon,  V.  D. . .  563 

Lee,  John  L 210,  600 

Lescarboura,  Austin  C 305 

Luers,  G.  A 70,  206 

Lynch,  Arthur  H 28,  185,  332 

Marriott,  Robert  H.. .  ..159,643 

Mayfield,  W.  H 70 

Millen,  James 57,  198 

Morecroft,  J.  H. 

23,  167,  300,  388,  431,  552,  652 

Morrill,  William  C 702 

Naimark,  Boris  S..  .  .  .488,  692 


PACE 

Parker,  Leo  T 494 

Pfaff,  Ernest  R 313 

Rhodes,  H.  E 686 

Salzberg,  Bernard .  .  706 

Schuder,  Claude 66,  210,  488 

Shalkhauser,  E.  G.88,  232,  380,  504,  608,  710 

Silver,  McMurdo 36 

Stokley,  James 295 

Suggs,  I.T 210 

Swanson,  John  W 427 

Teale,  J.  W. . .  492 

Thatcher,  Edward 582 

Thompson,  C.  S 19 

Turner,  Fred  J 41 

Tygert,  Ralph  D 66 

Waite,  Lewis  N. .  .  63 

Wallace,  John 317,  445,  577.  667 

Weber,  Harold  C 589 

Welles,  Kinsley 32,  177 

Werden,  Edward  T 490 

Wilkerson,  D.  C 606 

Wing,  Willis  K 299,  462,  588,  647 


Copyright,  1926,  by 
DOUBLEDAY,  PAGE  &  COMPANY 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


13 


ai  the  Loos  Brothers 


Sing  from 


Robert  Loos  sits  at  home 
and  hears  them  as  natu- 
rally as  though  they  were 
singing  in  the  same  room. 


For  over  30  years 

makers  of 

PRECISION 

Electrical  Apparatus 


Karas  Harmonik  Transformers 

Amplify  Radiocast  Music  with  Absolute  Fidelity! 


No  sooner  had  Karas  Harmonik 
Transformers  been  introduced 
than  letters  began  to  pour  in 
from  all  over  the  country. 

Exacting  set  builders,  after 
many  disappointments,  found 
in  the  Karas  Harmonik  an 
audio  transformer  which  really 
amplified  with  tremendous 
volume  —  and  positively  with- 
out distortion. 


"Now  I  know  radio  as  I  never 
knew  it  before."  So  Mr.  E.  M. 
Lubeckof  Kokomo,  Indiana,  ex- 
pressed himself.  "Karas  Harmoniks  bring  in  every  voice  and 
every  instrument  as  distinctly  as  one  could  get  them  in  the 
room,"  wrote  the  Rev.  Wm.  Stellhorn  of  Columbus,  Ohio.  "I 
consider  your  transformer  a  real  musical  instrument.  Like  a 
good  violin,  it  has  fine  tonal  qualities  at  all  pitches  covering 
the  musical  scale,"  was  the  comment  of  Mr.  Walter  Krause  of 
7807  Burnham  Ave.,  Chicago.  Mr.  G.  C.  Tubbs  of  Gratham, 
New  York,  told  of  his  wonderful  reception  of  a  band  concert 
from  St  Louis,  pointing  out  that  every  tone  of  every  instru- 
ment could  be  picked  out  with  perfect  distinctness. 

These  few  reports — picked  at  random  from  scores  of  letters 
— tell  you  more  convincingly  than  WE  can  tell  you,  the  won- 
derful results  YOU  can  obtain  through  installing  Karas  Har- 
monik Transformers  in  your  new  set  if  you  build  one — or  your 
old  set  if  you  keep  it.  Nothing  like  it  has  ever  been  known 
before  the  Karas  Harmonik  was  produced.  Nothing  approach- 
ing it  has  ever  been  developed  since.  Remember,  the  finest 
joud  speaker  can't  overcome  the  shortcomings  of  defective  or 
inefficient  transformers. 

Here,  for  your  enjoyment,  is  an  audio  transformer,  scientifi- 
cally designed  to  reproduce  through  your  speaker  all  of  the 
beauty  of  Radiocast  music  —  exactly  as  it  is  rendered 


Karas  Electric  Co.,  Chicago,  111. 

Dear  Sirs:  I  take  great  pleasure  in  praising  your  wonder- 
ful Karas  Harmonic  Transformers.  I  recommend  them 
to  the  most  critical.  I  am  using  two  of  them  in  a  three- 
tube  Low-Loss  set  which  I  built.  I  have  two  brothers 
singing  from  Edgewater  Beach,  WEBH  Station,  and 
whenever  they  are  on  we  listen  in.  Well,  their  singing 
conies  in  so  natural  and  clear  that  at  times  we  think  they 
are  right  in  the  same  room  with  us.  My  brothers  are  known 
as  Chicago  favorites,  the  Loos  Brothers,  and  they  also 
tell  me  mine  is  the  clearest  set  they  have  ever  heard. 

Respectfully  yours, 
Robert  Loos,  1640  N.  Leavitt  St.,  Chicago,  Illinois 


in  the  studio,  whether  by  a 
soloist  or  the  largest  band  or 
orchestra. 

The  problem  of  amplifying  high,  low 
and  medium  audio  frequencies  to  an 
equal  degree  has  finally  been  solved. 
Sonorous  bass  notes  pour  forth  from 
the  speaker  in  full  strength  and  rich 
tone  quality.  The  vital  harmonics 
and  rich  overtones  are  brought  out 
in  their  true  beauty  by  this  marvel 
of  audio  transformers. 


All  last  season,  home  set  builders— 
the  most  discriminating  classof  radio 
enthusiasts  —  bought  Karas  Har- 
moniks and  enjoyed  a  musical  qual- 
ity of  radio  reception  that  owners  of 
factory-built  sets  knew  nothing 

about.  For  set  manufacturers  mistakenly  thought  they  could  not  pay  a 
little  more  for  Karas  Harmoniks  than  common  kinds  cost. 
If  you  want  the  utmost  pleasure  that  radio  has  to  offer,  get  a  pair  of  Karas 
Harmonik  Transformers  at  once.  Whether  you  are  building  a  new  set, 
or  intend  to  remodel  an  old  one,  it  is  very  easy  to  put  in  Karas  Harmon- 
iks. Or,  if  you  don't  care  to  install  them  yourself,  any  radio  repair  man 
will  do  it  for  you  at  small  expense.  Why  not  make  up  your  mind  right 
now  to  have  the  best  music  your  set  is  capable  of  giving? 

Most  good  radio  dealer*  carry  Karas  Harmoniks.  If 
your  dealer  U  out  of  them,  order  direct  on  the  cou- 
pon below.  Send  no  money,  just  pay  the  postman. 


Karas  Electric  Co.,  4043  N.  Rockwell  St.,  Chicago,  in. 

Please  send  me. pairs  of  Karas  Harmonik  Audio  Frequency 

Transformers.  I  will  pay  the  postman  $7  apiece,  plus  postage,  on  deliv- 
ery. It  is  understood  that  I  am  privileged  to  return  the  transformers 
any  time  within  30  days  if  they  do  not  prove  entirely  satisfactory  to 
me,  and  my  money  will  be  refunded  at  once. 


Name 

Address.. 


If  you  send  cash  with  order  we'll  send  Transformers  DOStoald. 


Tested  and  approver)  bv  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


ARTHUR  H.  LYNCH,  Editor 
WILLIS  K.  WING,  Associate  Editor 
JOHN  B.  BRENNAN,  Technical  Editor 


NOVEMBER,    1925 
Vol.  VII,  No.  1 


BEHIND  THE  EDITORIAL 


Cover  Design  -  From  a  Painting  by  Fred  J.  Edgars 
England's  Greatest  Broadcasting  Station  Frontispiece 
They  Shut  the  Door  on  Fortune  -  C.  S.  Thompson 
The  March  of  Radio  -  -  -  -  -  J.  H.  Morecroft 

The  Radio  Broadcast  "Aristocrat" 

Arthur  H.  Lynch 

The  Listeners'  Point  of  View  -  -  Kingsley  Welles 
A  Model  1926  Broadcast  Receiver  McMurdo  Silver 

"Radio  Central" — Conqueror  of  Time  and  Distance 

Fred  /.  Turner 

As  the  Broadcaster  Sees  It  -  -  -  -  Carl  Dreher 
Improving  the  Cone  Loud  Speaker  -  -  -  -  -  - 

An  Improved  Five' Tube  Receiver  for  the  Inexperi- 
enced Constructor     -    -    '    -      A.  H.  Fulton,  Jr. 

What  Do  We  Know  Aboxit  Short  Waves? 

Keith  Henney 

An  A.  C.  Receiver  and  Power  Amplifier 

James  Millen 

When  the  Doctor  Came  to  the  Farallones — by  Radio 

Lewis  7S[.  Waite 

"Now,  I  Have  Found    ..." 


Measuring  High  Resistance — A  New  NP  Coil  for  the  Roberts  Receiver — 
A  Good  Neutralising  Condenser — Short  Waves  on  the  Hanscom  Super- 
Heterodyne — Solving  a  Lead-in  Problem— An  Efficient  Coil 


The  Grid — Questions  and  Answers    ''"'*' 

Some  Facts  About  Static  and  Fading — Why  Coils  Work  on  One  Fre- 
quency Better  Than  Another — How  to  Build  a  Loop — Substituting  Toroid 
Coils  in  Neutrodynes 

The  Best  in  Current  Radio  Periodicals 

E.  D.  Shalfyuser 

The  Winner  of  Our  $500  Prise  Cover  Contest  - 
How  To  Eliminate  Local  Interference      -    -    *    *    * 


What  Our  Readers  Write  Us 


72 


88 
100 
102 
110 


A~\  TE  ARE  proud  to  present  the  new  RADIO  BROADCAST  which 
"'  in  quality  of  appearance  and  contents  speaks  for  itself, 
and  we  are  confident  that  all  our  readers  will  feel  the  same  as 
one  enthusiastic  subscriber  who  was  in  the  office  the  other  day 
and  to  whom  we  showed  the  plans  of  the  new  RADIO  BROADCAST. 
"Why,"  said  he,  "there  is  nothing  in  the  radio  field  to  equal 
RADIO  BROADCAST  now  that  you  have  increased  its  size  and  suc- 
ceeded in  turning  out  a  magazine  of  the  splendid  quality  of  this 
November  number." 

In  this  issue  are  described  four  complete  receivers,  any  or  all  of 
them  good  enough  to  please  the  heart  of  the  most  discriminating  of 
constructors.  The  RADIO  BROADCAST  "Aristocrat"  is  a  single- 
control  set  with  resistance  coupling;  Mr.  Millen's  receiver  and 
power  amplifier  is  the  first  one  to  be  described  employing  impor- 
tant new  developments  with  a.c.  audio  power  amplifiers  for  the 
home  constructor.  The  other  articles  are  worthy  of  distinct 
attention  each  on  its  own  merits. 

TV/f  R-  C.  S.  THOMPSON,  the  author  of  the  interesting  piece 
•"•*•  about  Doctor  Deforest,  was  for  many  years  closely  as- 
sociated with  him  and  knows  whereof  he  speaks.  Mr.  Fred 
Turner,  whose  '"Radio  Central'  —  Conqueror  of  Time  and  Dis- 
tance" appears  in  this  number,  is  a  broadcast  speaker  whose 
"Trips  and  Adventures"  are  familiar  to  WEAF  and  wjz  listeners. 
Readers  who  have  been  following  the  interesting  discussion  in 
Carl  Dreher's  department  regarding  the  merits  of  so-called  "super 
power"  will  read  with  great  interest  the  concluding  arguments  in 
this  word-battle.  Those  who  have  been  curious  about  the 
internal  human  machinery  of  a  great  broadcasting  station  should 
read  Mr.  Dreher's  leading  article  on  page  45. 

In  the  following  numbers  of  the  magazine,  there  will  be 
articles  of  great  interest  to  every  one  who  follows  radio.  To 
make  a  confession,  because  of  lack  of  space  for  many  months, 
the  editors  have  had  to  leave  out  almost  as  much  material  as  ap- 
peared in  the  magazine.  That  embarrassment  of  riches  means 
that  the  reader  can  be  confident  of  some  mighty  good  mater  al  in 
every  number.  One  of  the"  most  interesting  of  the  articles  due  to 
appear  as  soon  as  space  can  be  made  is  by  Roland  F.  Beers  on  "How 
to  Build  an  Improved  Plate  Supply  Unit"  employing  the  new 
Raytheon  tube,  an  improved  "S"  tube.  The  article  is  very 
complete  constructionally  and  every  part  of  the  B  supply  unit 
is  fully  described.  And  Glenn  H.  Browning  has  developed  an 
improved  Browning-Drake  receiver  using  impedance-coupled  ampli- 
fication which  will  be  described  soon. 

Write  and  tell  us  how  you  like  RADIO  BROADCAST  with  its  new 
cover  and  in  its  new  form. 


Doubleday,  Page  &  Co. 
MAGAZINES 

COUNTRY  LIFE 

WORLD'S  WORK 

GARDEN  &  HOME  BUILDER 

RADIO  BROADCAST 

SHORT  STORIES 

EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW 

LE  PETIT  JOURNAL 

EL  Eco 

THE  FRONTIER 


Doubleday,  Page  &•  Co. 
BOOK  SHOPS 

/"LORD  &  TAYLOR  BOOK  SHOP 
,.,       v          )  PENNSYLVANIA  TERMINAL  (i  Shops) 
DRK'  \  38  WALL  ST. 

(.GRAND  CENTRAL  TERMINAL 
(  223  NORTH  8™  STREET 
MARYLAND  AVENUE 

UE 
TREET 

TOLEDO,  LASALLE  &  KOCH 

CLEVELAND,  HIGBEE  Co. 

SPRINGFIELD,  MASS.,  MEEKINS,  PACKARD  &  WHEAT 


i 
T.  LCUIS, 

K'.w.  »«  r.rv    I  920  GRAND  AVENUE 
KANSAS  CITY,  (  Jo6  WEST  4?TH  STR 


Doubleday,  Page  Sr  Co. 

OFFICES 

GARDEN  CITY,  N.  Y. 
NEW  YORK:  120  WEST  }2ND  STREET 
BOSTON:  PARK  SQUARE  BUILDING 
CHICAGO:  PEOPLES  GAS  BUILDING 
SANTA  BARBARA,  CAL. 
LONDON:  WM.  HEINEMANN  LTD. 
TORONTO:  OXFORD  UNIVERSITY  PRESS 


Doubleday,  Page  &•  Co. 
OFFICERS 

F.  N.  DOLBLEDAY,  President 

A.  W.  PAGE,  Vice-President 

NELSON  DOUBLEDAY,  Vicc-President 

RUSSELL  DOUBLEDAY,  Secretary 

S.  A.  EVERITT,  Treasurer 

JOHN  J.  HESSIAN,  Asst.  Treasurer 


DOUBLEDAT,  PAGE  &  COMPACT,  Garden  Qity,  ^ei 

Copyright,  1925,  in  the  United  States,  Newfoundland,  Great  Britain,  Canada,  and  other  countries  by  Doubleday,  Page  &•  Company.     All  rights  reserved. 

TERMS:  $4.00  a  year;  single  copies  35  cents. 

14 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


17 


"Quality  Is  Season's  Watchword" 

"Fidelity  of  Tone  Production  Will  Be  Greatest  Public  Demand 
this  Fall"—  Radio  Retailing,  issue  of  August,  1925. 


Radio  Retailing  asked  one 
hundred  dealers  in  ten 
states  what  was  the  most 
important  thing  in  Radio 
today. 

They  all  said  "Tonal  qual- 
ity is  the  first  requisite." 

For  years  Daven  has  pio- 
neered quality.  It  is  grati- 
fying to  see  our  vision 
come  true  and  our  judg- 
ment substantiated. 

Daven  engineers  have  long 
recognized  that  the  pres- 
ent day  receiving  set 
needed  to  be  greatly  im- 
proved from  a  quality 
standpoint.  They  worked 


A  graph  from  August  issue  of  Radio  Retailing, 

showing  the  most  important  selling  point  of 

Radio  from  1922  to  date. 


and  perfected  Resistance 
Coupled  Amplification,  the 
only  existing  method 
known  whereby  you  can 
procure  amplification  with- 
out distortion  and  no  dis- 
tortion means  simply 
quality. 

The  Daven  Resistance  Cou- 
pled Amplifier  shown  be- 
low can  be  conveniently 
added  to  any  existing 
set  owned  by  the  public. 
Manufacturers  and  ama- 
teur set  builders  should 
also  investigate  Daven  Re- 
sistance Coupled  Amplifi- 
cation. Your  set  will  not 
be  1926  Model  unless  it  is 
Daven  Resistance  Coupled. 


DAVEN  RESISTANCE   COUPLED   AMPLIFICATION 


To  the  public — Daven  Resistance  Coupled  Super  Am- 
plifier in  a  genuine  Bakelite  base  complete  with  all 
resistors,  grid  leaks  and  condensers  inserted — $15.  In 
kit  form,  for  those  who  like  to  build  their  own,  in- 
cluding special  Type  A  Daven  Condensers,  $9.00. 

To  radio  dealers — Send  for  our  complete  catalog  and 
the  name  of  our  nearest  established  distributor. 

To  set  manufacturers — The  facilities  of  our  Engineer- 
ing Department  are  yours  to  command.  Call  upon 


us  at  any  time.  We  can  offer  you  constructive  advice  on 
how  to  improve  the  audio  end  of  your  set. 

THE  RESISTOR  MANUAL  is  the  handbook  of  Resist- 
ance Coupled  Amplification.  At  your  dealer's  25c.  By 
mail  postpaid  30c.  Dealers,  write  for  a  free  copy. 


Newark 


Reg.  U.  S.  Pat.  Off. 


New  Jersey 


Th«  Daven  Super-Amplifier,  for 
use  in  any  Itnon-n  set  or  circuit,  is  a  revela- 
lion  to  music  lovers.   The  price  is  t!5, 

DAVEN  PRODUCTS  ARE  SOLD  ONLY  BY  GOOD  DEALERS 


CLIP  THIS  COUPON  MMS 

DAVEN  RADIO  CORPORATION 

158-160  Summit  Street,  Newark,  New  Jersey 

Please  send  me  the  following  on  Resistance  Coupled  Amplification:  — 
Check  One     Q  Resistor  Manual.    30c.  is  enclosed. 
Q  Complete  Catalogue  (free). 


Name 
Address 


For  Dealers:     Send  your  letterhead  or  card,  or  this  coupon  and  ice 
have  our  nearest  distributor  communicate  with  you. 


THE    BIG    LITTLE    THINGS    OF    RADIO 


•n    m 


\ 


ENGLAND'S  GREATEST  BROADCASTING  STATION 

Three  unusual  views  of  the  new  high-power  station  of  the  British  Broadcasting  Company  at  Daventry.  The  top  view  (©  Barratt's) 
shows  the  twin  500-foot  masts  with  the  station  building  in  the  center,  silhouetted  against  the  cloudy  English  sky.  The  illustra- 
tion in  the  oval  insert,  which  at  first  sight  might  be  mistaken  for  the  interior  of  the  great  hall  in  a  castle,  shows  a  corner  of  the 
transmitter  house.  The  illustration  below  shows  the  eight  generators  necessary  to  supply  the  25,000  watts  for  the  transmitter. 
Programs  are  sent  out  on  187  kc.  (1600  meters)  and  can  be  heard  throughout  a  large  part  of  England  with  only  a  crystal  receiver 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


VOLUME  VIII 


NUMBER  1 


NOVEMBER,   1925 


IKS* 


They  Shut  the  Door  on  Fortune 

"Only  a  Toy,"  said  the  Wise  Ones,  of  the  Audion,  and  They  Gave  No  Support  to 
the  "Aladdin's  Lamp"  of  Radio — Some  Important  Incidents  Hitherto  Unpublished 
in  the  Life  of  Dr.  Lee  DeForest,  Inventor  of  the  Three-Element  Vacuum  Tube 


By  C  S.  THOMPSON 


O 


N  THE  sands  behind  the  coral 
reefs  of  Washington  Island,  in 
the  Pacific  South  Seas,  a  thou- 
sand miles  southwest  of  Hono- 
lulu, an  audion  bulb  was  picked  up  some 
years  ago.  Bits  of  water-soaked  wood,  a 
rusty  spike,  a  length  or  so  of  frayed  rope 
were  not  uncommon  on  the  beach,  but  the 
audion  bulb  was  something  new  in  flot- 
sam. Here  the  audion  turned  up  on  the 
shore  of  an  island  900  miles  west  of  the 
nearest  steamer  lane. 

There  was  a  radio  telegraph  station  at 
Washington  Island.  R.  A.  Travers  was 
the  operator.  He  saw  the  audion  bulb  and 
recognized  the  handiwork  of  the  inventor, 
and  that  night  put  the  bulb  in  the  mail, 
with  the  following  letter: 

Washington  Island, 
Via  Honolulu  and  Fanning  Island. 

Decembei  I,  1919. 
"Dr.  Lee  DeForest, 
New  York  City, 
U.  S.  A. 

DEAR  DR.   DEFOREST: 

I  am  sending  you  by  parcels  post  an  interest- 
ing valve  1  believe  to  be  one  of  your  pre-war 
types.  .  .  .  This  valve  traveled  many  miles 
through  the  Pacific  ocean,  bobbed  over  a  coral 
reef,  and  came  to  rest  on  the  sands  of  this  is- 
land. .  .  .  Washington  Island  is  a  wee 
spot  in  the  wide  Pacific,  having  less  than  a 
dozen  miles  of  coast.  .  .  .  From  wreck- 
age picked  up  from  time  to  time,  it  appears 
drifting  objects  come  from  the  eastward.  .  .  . 
I  believe  this  valve  will  be  of  interest  in  your 
collection. 

R.  A.  TRAVERS." 

Doctor  DeForest,  at  his  laboratory,  did 
find  the  bulb  to  be  one  of  his  own  pre-war 
types.  The  story  of  this  "lost  audion"  set 
his  imagination  working. 

"If  I  could  spend  a  couple  of  months," 
he  said,  "away  from  all  cares  on  a  paradise 


>  Paul  Thompson 


THE  DEFOREST 

AUDION 

The  three-element  tubes 
familiar  to  every  radio 
listener  to-day  look 
much  different  from  this 
early  commercial  form  of 
the  "audion."  The  per- 
fection of  this  innocent- 
appearing  little  bulb 
brought  the  only  real 
"revolution"  that  radio 
has  ever  enjoyed.  It 
brought  fame  to  the  ex- 
perimenters who  discov- 
ered its  possibilities,  for- 
tune to  others  —  and 
lawsuits  without  num- 
ber, and  the  end  is  not  yet 


island  in  the  South  Seas,  1  could  doubtless 
compose  my  soul  sufficiently  to  write  a 
poem  worthy  of  the  theme,  but  our  New 
York  subway  is  not  conducive  to  poetic 
rhapsodies.  There  has  been  altogether  too 
little  poetry  on  radio  from  its  beginning, 
but  perhaps  the  poetry  has  been  in  the  ac- 
complishment itself." 

The  frail  glass  bulb,  safe  on  the  labora- 
tory table  at  Highbridge,  incidentally 
suggested  to  DeForest  the  story  of  his 
invention  for  so  many  dark  years  laughed 
at  and  scorned  as  a  useless  toy  by  in- 
vestigating lawyers,  telephone  experts, 
men  of  science,  engineers,  captains  of  in- 
dustry and  their  capitalists.  Doctor  De- 
Forest's  early  experiences  merely  repeated 
the  story  of  the  flying  machine,  the  loco- 
motive, the  moving  pictuie,  the  talking 
machine,  the  power-driven  car,  the  sub- 
marine, all,  in  their  early  stages,  merely 
wild  tales  of  the  imagination  fit  only  for 
the  readers  of  a  Jules  Verne. 

It  was  in  the  summer  of  1912,  already 
having  lost  two  fortunes,  that  DeForest, 
at  work  on  a  meagre  salary  in  California, 
went  to  the  president  of  the  company  to 
borrow  $125.  DeForest  wanted 
the  money  to  perpetuate  the  life 
of  audion  patents  held  by  him  in 
France.  In  payment,  he  offered 
half  his  interest  in  the  French 
rights.  The  president  heard  the 
offer  but  thought  it  too  much  of  a 
gamble  and  then,  to  the  despair 
of  the  inventor,  the  rights  reverted 
to  the  French  Government.  Then 
came  the  war,  and  the  audion  took 
its  place  as  the  very  heart  of  radio 
communication.  Countless  bulbs 
were  supplied  to  the  allied  armies 
in  France. 

"One  million   dollars  is  a  con- 
servative estimate  of  the  royalties 


20 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


which  would  have  been  paid  us  by  the 
manufacturers  during  the  period  of  the 
war  alone,"  said  DeForest  recently.  "But, 
unfortunately  in  1912,  my  friend  the  presi- 
dent, thinking  that  I  was  only  dreaming, 
withheld  his  one  hundred  and  twenty- 
five." 

Was  it  lack  of  faith  in  the  dream  of  the 
young  inventor,  or  failure  to  see  the  march 
of  progress?  The  name  of  the  president 
will  not  go  down  to  future  generations. 
Nor  is  it  fair  to  put  him  in  a  class  by 
himself.  With  him  may  be  named  a  score 
of  others  who  blindly  shut  the  door  on 
fortune  appearing  in  the  guise  of  our 
rather  ambitious  young  inventor.  We 
might  include  in  this  group  of  mentally 
near-sighted  the  following: 

The  eminent  directors  of  an  early  wire- 
less telegraph  company. 

Telephone  experts  of  1908,  1909,  1910, 
1911. 

An  eminent  professor  of  electrical  en- 
gineering instructing  the  student,  De- 
Forest. 

Some  well-to-do  college  classmates. 

The  executives  and  attorneys  of  a  leading 
American  telephone  company. 

A  learned  district  attorney  who  solemnly 
proclaimed  the  audion  to  be  a  worthless 
"piece  of  glass." 


MAKING    MODERN    VACUUM    TUBES 

The  name  of  Doctor  DeForest  is  always  linked  in  the  mind  of  the  radio  man 
with  the  three-element  tube,  although  he  was  responsible  for  many  other  develop- 
ments and  perfections  in  radio,  most  of  which  had  hard  financial  sledding,  as  Mr. 
Thompson  suggests  in  this  article.  The  early  vacuum  tube  was  made  in  small 
quantities  and  no  two  of  them  were  electrically  alike.  This  illustration  shows  how 
the  more  modern  types  of  transmitting  tubes  are  made.  The  tubes  are  slowly 
pumped  out,  so  that  almost  no  gas  remains 


It  was  early  in  the  history  of  the  wireless 
telegraph  that  worldwide  recognition  was 
given  DeForest  as  a  pioneer.  In  this 
period  of  invention  came  the  birth  of  the 
audion.  The  audion  was  a  lamp  about  the 
size  of  an  Edison  bulb. 

HOW  THE    AUDION    WAS   NAMED 

THE  tube  contained  a  filament,  a  grid, 
and  a  plate.  DeForest  made  up  a  name 
for  it,  he  took  the  word  "audio,"  to  hear; 
and  "ion"  meaning  one  or  more  electrons, 
and  combined  them  into  the  one  word — 
"audion,"  the  three-electrode  vacuum 
tube.  It  is  the  "talking"  or  "listening" 
lamp. 

The  first  patent  on  the  audion  was  as- 
signed by  DeForest  to  an  early  American 
wireless  company.  But  this  company  got 
into  trouble.  Rather  than  have  anything 
more  to  do  with  them,  the  inventor  turned 
in  his  stock  holdings  and  took  in  exchange 
certain  patents  which  the  company  con- 
sidered of  no  particular  value.  Among 
these  were  the  first  audion  patent  applica- 
tions. How  much  are  the  exclusive  rights 
to  these  patents  worth  to-day?  Ask  these 
former  directors  of  the  early  American 
wireless  company,  or  the  corporations  to- 
day operating  under  the  audion  patents! 
Just  about  this  time,  when  "some  care- 
less hand  was 
tossing  aside 
the  audion" 
DeForest  ap- 
peared before 
the  New  York 
Electrical  So- 
ciety to  report 
on  the  devel- 
opment of  his 
lamp.  Tele- 
phone com- 
munication, 
in  those  days, 
was  limited  to 
a  compara- 
tively few 
miles.  The 
Electrical  So- 
ciety meeting 
was  widely 
advertised, 
and  among 
those  present 
were  tele- 
phone engi- 
neers. Their 
company  at 
this  time  had 
paid  $400,000 
for  another 
device  which 
they  hoped 
would  aid  long 
distance  oper- 
ation.  But 
this  other  de- 
vice failed  to 
do  the  job. 

''My  ad- 
dress," says 
DeForest,  in 


recalling  this  experience, "included  a  detailed 
description  of  my  numerous  patents,  even 
including  one  taken  out  in  January,  1907, 
for  amplifying  weak  telephone  currents. 
The  audion  amplifier  patent  indicated  very 
clearly  the  service  that  the  audion  could 
perform  as  a  telephone  relay  or  repeater, 
the  result  of  experiments  which  I  had  been 
conducting  in  the  summer  of  1906  on  the 
top  floor  of  the  old  Parker  Building  on 
Fourth  Avenue,  in  New  York.  The  tele- 
phone engineers  heard  my  story  but  were 
skeptical — too  skeptical  for  words.  One, 
two,  three,  four  years  elapsed — years 
thrown  away.  It  was  not  until  1912  that 
I  at  last  succeeded,  through  a  friend,  in 
getting  an  opportunity  to  demonstrate 
the  audion  relay  before  the  telephone 
company.  With  the  audion,  in  less  than 
two  years,  they  opened  telephone  service 
across  the  continent." 

So  much  for  the  telephone  engineers  of 
1908,  1909,  1910,  and  191 1.  Butthesemen 
of  science  were  not  alone  in  shutting  the 
door  on  the  efforts  of  the  young  inventor. 

"HE    WILL    NEVER    AMOUNT   TO    ANYTHING" 

MANY  years  earlier  along  came  the 
professor  of  electrical  engineering  in 
the  university  where  DeForest  had  set 
out  to  write  his  thesis  on  the  "  Reflection 
of  Hertzian  Waves  Along  Parallel  Lines." 
One  night,  while  the  student  was  working 
in  a  basement  laboratory,  the  lights  in  a 
classroom  went  out.  DeForest  was  sus- 
pected of  having  removed  the  wrong  fuse. 
Shortly  afterwaid  the  professor  discovered 
that  DeForest  had  committed  the  grave 
crime  of  nailing  his  apparatus  to  a  labora- 
tory table.  That  was  too  much. 

"Any  student  who  will  spoil  a  table  like 
that,"  said  the  professor,  "will  never 
amount  to  anything." 

DeForest  pleaded  the  value  of  his  work 
and  what  he  hoped  to  accomplish,  but  the 
professor  was  firm,  and  out  went  the  stu- 
dent. He  wanted  his  Ph.  D.  and  at  length 
succeeded  in  being  enrolled  in  another  de- 
partment of  the  university,  where,  inci- 
dentally, Morse  did  his  early  work  on  the 
telegraph.  But  at  least  the  table  was 
saved  from  the  earmarks  of  the  "worthless 
student." 

Recently  DeForest,  attending  a  class 
reunion,  was  approached  by  a  friend  of 
earlier  days. 

"  Is  there  still  any  money  to  be  made  in 
radio?"  asked  the  classmate. 

DeForest  smiled.  "Have  you  for- 
gotten," he  said,  "not  so  many  years  ago 
I  came  to  you  for  the  loan  of  a  few  hundred 
dollars  saying  there  was  a  fortune  to  be 
made  in  putting  the  audion  on  the  mar- 
ket?" 

"No,  Lee,"  replied  the  other,  ruefully, 
"  I  certainly  slammed  the  door  on  fortune." 

In  the  year  1917,  the  telephone  com- 
pany which  paid  the  first  $140,000  for  rights 
to  the  audion  entered  into  negotiations  for 
further  patents.  The  audion  in  the  mean- 
time had  grown  from  a  mere  child  of  imag- 
ination to  a  good-sized  boy.  It  was  being 
used  in  many  different  ways.  It  picked  up 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


THEY  SHUT  THE  DOOR  ON  FORTUNE 


21 


radio.  Last  yearthe"amateurtrade" 
— so-called — spent  nearly  four  hun- 
dred million  dollars  on  "the  joke." 

"A   PIECE  OF  GLASS  —  WITHOUT 
MERIT" 

DERHAPS  the  first  prize  in  this 
*  competition  for  those  who  blindly 
shut  the  door  on  the  young  inventor 
should  go  to  that  eminent  gentleman 
who  many  years  ago  occupied  the 
position  of  district  attorney  in  one  of 
the  Eastern  courts.  The  device  con- 
ceived by  the  young  inventor  chanced 
to  be  an  exhibit  in  a  trial  of  some 
corporation  directors  who  proclaimed 
it  to  be  a  wonderful  invention. 
They  were  selling  stock  in  order  to 
promote  the  use  of  the  audion  in  the 
world  of  art,  industry,  and  com- 
munication. They  had  been  in- 
dicted by  the  grand  jury,  together 


IN    A    BROADCASTING    STATION 

Three-element  tubes,  whose  use  was  originally  discovered  by  Doctor 
Deforest,  are   used  at  every  stage  of  both  sending  and   receiving 


wireless  dots  and  dashes  across  the  seas. 
It  carried  the  human  voice  on  the  telephone 
wires  across  continents.  It  had  also  en- 
tered the  business  arena  as  an  oscillator. 
In  other  words,  it  had  almost  become 
a  competitor  of  the  huge  alternating  gen- 
erator of  our  modern  power  houses.  The 
sum  of  $250,000  was  finally  agreed  upon 
for  the  additional  rights. 

At  last  the  attorneys  and  officials  of  the 
telephone  company  were  satisfied.  One  of 
them  said  to  the  writer: 

"We  have  all  there  is  to  have  now  under 
the  audion  patents." 


"Yes,"  I  interposed,  "but 
not  the  exclusive  right  to  sell 
radio  sets  to  the  public.  De- 
Forest  retained  that  right." 

"  But  what  dd^frfii't  amount 
to?" 

To  be  sure,  in  1917,  the  right 
to  sell  to  the  "amateur"  as  it 
was  designated,  meant  very 
little.  In  those  days  radio 
broadcasting  was  a  joke.  But, 
in  less  than  three  years,  the 
country  was  inoculated  with 


©  Western  Newspaper  Union 

DR.  LEE  DEFOREST  AND  HIS  "WIRELESS  TELEPHONE" 

As  long  ago  in  radio  history  as  1919  this  outfit  was  announced  to  the  public  as  the  "last  word  in  wire- 
less telephony  .  .  .  destined  to  become  quite  popular  in  these  uncertain  days  of  telephonic  ills." 
The  vacuum  tubes  used  in  this  model  can  be  clearly  seen.  The  sketch  to  the  right,  above,  is  a  charcoal 
drawing  of  early  wireless  telephone  and  telegraph  apparatus  used  by  Doctor  DeForest  at  a  station  in 
Washington.  Its  appearance  is  quite  different  from  the  large  broadcast  transmitter  of  to-day 


with  the  inventor,  and  stood  facing  a 
term  in  Atlanta. 

But  listen  to  the  District  Attorney: 

"They  would  have  us  believe,"  said 
he  in  summing  up,  "that  this  little 
thing  is  a  wonderful  instrument  of 
science.  They  are  appealing  to  the  pub- 
lic to  subscribe  to  their  stock.  But  let 
me  tell  you,  gentlemen  of  the  jury, 
they  are  preying  on  the  minds  of  ignorant 
and  simple  people.  This  device  is  with- 
out merit.  It  is  not  a  wonderful  inven- 
tion. It  fails  to  perform  the  many  mar- 
vels they  claim  for  it.  It  is  a  piece  of 
glass  which  has  been  built  into  the  form 
of  a  lamp,  not  to  perform  scientific 
wonders,  but  to  sell  stock.  I  ask,  there- 
fore, that  you  bring  in  a  verdict  of  guilty 
for  all  those  who  have  been  concerned 
with  this  palpable  fraud." 

One  or  more  of  the  defendants  were 
found  guilty  and  actually  went  to  the 
penitentiary,  not  altogether,  perhaps, 
upon  the  question  of  the  merit  of  the 
"piece  of  glass"  but  more  likely  because 
of  their  misuse  of  the  mails  in  selling 
the  stock  of  the  corporation.  The  in- 
ventor was  acquitted. 

"In  the  audion,"  said  Edison  some 
years  after  the  courtroom  scene,  "De- 


22 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


HISTORIC   WIRELESS    APPARATUS 

This  view  was  taken  in  the  DeForest  laboratory  and  shows  some  early  experimental 
apparatus.  At  the  left  is  an  early  model  of  a  wireless  telephone,  using  an  arc  instead 
of  vacuum  tubes  for  power.  In  the  center  is  a  model  of  a  "picture  machine"  and 
at  the  right  a  crude  receiver.  A  vacuum  tube  (inverted)  can  be  seen  on  the  top  of 

the  cabinet 


Forest  has  invented  a  device  which  amplifies  sound  so  much 
that  if  a  fly  were  to  walk  across  the  transmitter,  the  noise 
at  the  receiver  would  shatter  your  eardrums!" 

Had.  these  various  gentlemen  no  prophetic  inkling  to  stir 
their  imaginations?  Publicly  the  first  radio  broadcasting 
took  place  at  Put-In-Bay  on  Lake  Erie,  July  15,  1907,  at 
the  regatta  of  the  Inter-Lake  Yacht  Association,  when  the 
reports  of  the  yacht  race  together  with  gramophone  selec- 
tions were  reported  by  radio.  Not  many  months  later, 
audion  bulbs  were  installed  on  the  radio  telephone  receiving 
apparatus  used  by  the  fleet  of  Admiral  "Fighting  Bob" 
Evans  in  his  noteworthy  cruise  around  the  world.  Even 
as  early  as  1907,  we  had  plenty  of  demonstrations  of  what 
might  be  accomplished  in  the  transmission  of  news  and 
music  by  radio.  In  May  of  that  year  the  inventor  an- 
nounced: "Church  music,  sermons,  lectures,  etc.,  can  be 
spread  abroad  by  the  radio  telephone.  In  rural  districts 
scores  of  individual  radio  telephone  services  can  be  main- 


tained between  widely  separated  farms,  ranches,  cross- 
road stores,  etc.  For  the  distribution  of  music,  the 
radio  telephone  means  an  enormous  increase  of  patron- 
age among  music  lovers.  It  will  very  soon  be  possible 
to  distribute  grand  opera  music  from  transmitters 
placed  on  the  stage  of  the  Metropolitan  Opera  House  by 
a  radio  telephone." 

Such,  in  brief,  is  the  tale  of  "The  Lost  Audion." 
The  lamp  which  to-day,  developed  by  engineering, 
makes  it  possible  for  your  voice  to  span  continents,  for 
your  ear  to  listen-in  to  nightly  entertainments,  or  the 
spoken  words  of  your  president.  The  lamp  which 
has  made  possible  multiplex  telephony  or  "wired  wire- 
less," the  transmission  of  photographs  by  wire,  the 
"talking  picture,"  and  a  thousand  and  one  other  mar- 
vels of  science  and  industry,  eliminating  the  distance  be- 
tween nations  and  making  us  all  one  bigger  human  family. 
The  first  modest  "audions"  did  their  work  quietly 
and  well,  and  no  one  had  the  slightest  inkling  that 
the  queer  little  bulb  would  some  day  expand  radio,  in 
all  its  branches,  far  beyond  the  sober  plans  of  the 


IN    AMATEUR    STATIONS 

Three-element  vacuum  tubes  are  widely  used.  Years  ago,  in  1912,  an  employer  refused  Doctor  DeForest 
$125  to  renew  his  "audion"  patents  in  France  so  the  rights  reverted  to  the  French  Government,  and  perhaps 
a  fortune  was  lost.  Elizabeth  Zandonini,  owner  of  station  3  CDQ,  Washington,  is  shown  at  her  set.  She  is  a 

radio  aide  at  the  Bureau  of  Standards 


IN    THE    EXPERIMENTAL    DAYS 

A  portable  wireless  telephone  transmitter 
being  tested  in  the  fields  near  Newark, 
New  Jersey.  The  operators  were  never 
certain  in  those  days  just  how  far  their 
signals  would  travel;  uncertainty  was  the 
one  certain  thing  about  wireless  then.  The 
outfit  is  one  built  by  Doctor  De  Forest 


early  radio  experimenters.  Now  at 
last  we  may  well  sing  with  the  poet 
of  the  Pacific: 

FLOTSAM 

Wave-borne,  a  fragile  thing  of  glass  and 

wire 
Past  the  grim  reefs  that  guard  a  lonely 

land 
The  audion  drifted.  Balked  of  its  desire. 

The  spent  sea  washed  it  on  the  level 
sand, 

But  we  can  fancy  countless  days  you 
watched  the  ships  go  by — 

The  months,  in  idle  drifting  spent  be- 
neath a  tropic  sky! 


THE  MARCH  OF  RADIO 


Past  President,  Institute  of  Radio  Engineers 


Shall  We  Have  A  National  Radio  Council? 


W! 


'E  HEAR  so  much  about 
various  organizations  nowa- 
days, with  their  innumer- 
able committees  and  sub- 
committees, that  our  natural  reaction 
toward  bringing  into  existence  a  new  society 
is  negative.  Most  of  the  hours  that  can  be 
spared  from  our  necessary  daily  tasks  seem 
to  be  used  up  in  committee  meetings  and 
discussions  of  one  sort  or  another. 

"  Don't  do  it "  was  our  first  reaction  to  a 
suggestion  for  a  national  radio  council 
made  by  the  Radio  Manufacturers  Asso- 
ciation. The  society  is  active  and  in- 
fluential; its  members  constitute  many 
dependable  radio  manufacturers.  Natur- 
ally any  activities  which  bring  about  an 
increased  interest  in  radio  will  be  reflected 
in  greater  sales  of  apparatus,  and  it  is  un- 
doubtedly the  prime  object  of  the  Radio 
Manufacturers  Association  to  bring  about 
just  this  result. 

We  can  look  at  the  proposal  of  the  Radio 
Manufacturers  Association  in  just  the  same 
spirit  as  we  consider  the  activities  of  the 
National  Automobile  Chamber  of  Com- 
merce while  primarily  they  are  looking  out 
for  their  own  good,  their  vision  may  be 
broad  enough  to  take  in  the  idea  that  any 
movement  which  makes  radio  more  pleasur- 
able for  the  listeners  increases  their  sales  to 
just  the  same  degree.  The  elimination  of 


interference,  the  improvement  of  pro- 
grams, and  all  such  activities  might  well  be 
forwarded  by  the  manufacturers  association. 
The  report  of  the  R.  M.  A.  was  evidently 
drawn  up  in  the  liberal  spirit  we  have  al- 
luded to.  A  national  radio  council  is  rec- 
ommended, whose  function  is  not  primar- 
ily to  bring  about  increased  sales  for  the 
manufacturers  but  rather  to  improve  the 
radio  situation  as  a  whole.  Among  other 
things,  Mr.  Frank  Reichmann,  chairman  of 
the  R.  M.  A.  committee,  says,  "We  recom- 
mend the  establishment  of  a  National  Radio 
Council  to  be  composed  of  representatives 
of  the  Radio  Manufacturers  Association, 
dealers  and  jobbers,  manufacturers'  agents, 
the  broadcasters,  radio  publications,  and 
the  listeners. 

We  are  advised  that  the  National  Radio 
Trades  Association,  which  has  done  much  excel- 
lent work  in  the  past,  is  anxious  that  the  manu- 
facturers get  behind  an  organization  of  the 
dealers  and  jobbers.  We  understand  that  the 
National  Association  of  Broadcasters  is  willing 
to  help  in  organizing  a  central  council,  and  we 
are  assured  that  we  will  have  the  active  support 
of  the  two  leading  listeners'  organizations — the 
American  Radio  Association  and  the  Broadcast 
Listeners  Association  of  America. 

We  are  also  of  the  opinion  that  the  American 
Radio  Relay  League  should  be  invited  to  become 
a  member  of  the  council  and  we  can  promise 
that  the  Farm  Radio  Council  will  join. 


This  committee  also  recommends  that  the 
association  take  up  the  matter  of  further  en- 
couraging the  teaching  of  radio  in  all  manual 
training  classes  in  all  public  and  private  schools. 

This  committee  believes  that  by  careful, 
conservative  action  during  the  coming  year  a 
great  deal  can  be  done  to  cement  together  all 
those  interested  in  radio,  to  the  end  that  the 
industry  will  be  better  prepared  to  repel  legisla- 
tive and  other  attacks,  and  that  even  greater 
public  interest  in  radio  will  be  assured. 

What    the    "Straight    Line    Fre- 
quency" Condenser  Means 

WI TH  the  increase  in  use  of  the  term 
frequency,  rather  than  wavelength 
in   radio   broadcasting  ideas  and 
practice,  the  straight  line  frequency  con- 
denser has  appeared  on  the  market  and 
there  seems  to  be  considerable  misunder- 
standing as  to  what  and  why  it  is. 

It  is  not  long  since  we  made  comment  on 
the  "low  loss"  condenser,  a  term  which  was 
invented  by  some  astute  radio  business  man 
to  increase  his  sales.  As  we  pointed  out  at 
that  time  "although  some  condensers  do 
actually  have  lower  electrical  losses  than 
others,  due  to  better  materials  used  for 
plates  and  insulation,  the  difference  is  so 
slight  that  any  one  of  a  dozen  reputable 
condensers  would  show  up  equally  well 
when  connected  in  a  receiving  set."  The 


24 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


H.    W.    ARLIN 

Chief  Announcer  at  station  KDKA,  East  Pittsburgh,  holding  a 
large  water-cooled  ten  kw.  transmitting  tube  in  contrast 
to  the  piezo-electric  crystal.  This  quartz  crystal  has  the  prop- 
erty of  vibrating  when  properly  excited  at  radio  frequencies. 
It  is  inserted  in  the  KDKA  transmitter  and  holds  the  transmitted 
frequency  very  accurately  on  the  proper  adjustment 


difference  in  loss  of  various  standard  con- 
densers is  so  slight"  that  accurate 'laboratory 
measurements  are  required  to  show  it. 

Not  so,  however,  with  the  straight  line 
frequency  condenser;  the  use  of  such  a  con- 
denser in  radio  sets  is  a  real  advance  in  the 
radio  art.  The  assignment  of  various 
channels  to  different 
broadcasting  stations 
is  made  because  each 
station  requires  a 
definite  number  of 
cycles  for  its  own  use; 
the  proper  number 
depends  upon  the 
quality  of  the  broad- 
cast material,  but  in 
general  it  may  be  said 
that  no  station  should 
be  assigned  a  fre- 
quency within  ten 
kilocycles  of  another 
located  sufficiently 
close  to  interfere  with 
the  one  in  question. 
Thus  if  there  were  ten 
stations  in  one  dis- 
trict they  would  na- 
turally be  assigned 
channels  equally 
spaced  in  frequen- 
cies, say  twenty  kilo- 
cycles apart,  and  if 
the  set  being  used  is 
equipped  with 
straight  line  fre- 
quency condensers 
these  stations  will  be 
found  at  equally 
spaced  points  on  the 


tuning  dials.  With  ordinary 
condensers  of  course  this  is  by 
no  means  possible,  for  only 
one  or  two  stations  are  found 
at  the  higher  points  of  the 
scale,  where  at  the  lower  end 
of  the  scale  the  different  sta- 
tions come  in  at  points  so  close 
together  that  it  is  difficult  to  set 
accurately  for  them.  These 
new  condensers,  however,  show 
one  station  at  5,  another  at  10, 
another  at  15,  etc.,  all  the  way 
up  the  scale,  and  their  use 
makes  a  set  considerably  easier 
to  manipulate. 

The   Progress  of   Broad- 
cast Relaying 

A!  ANNOUNCEMENT 
from  KDKA  confesses 
that  what  they  call  a 
new  scheme  of  relaying  has 
been  tried  out  and  found  to 
be  satisfactory.  The  West- 
inghouse  station  at  Hastings, 
KFKX,  which  has  been  used  as 
a  relay  outfit  for  quite  some 
time,  has  ordinarily  been  oper- 
ated on  a  different  frequency 
from  KDKA,  so  that  any  one 
midway  between  Pittsburgh  and  Nebraska 
might  receive  the  same  program  from  either 
station,  providing  he  retuned  as  he  wanted 
to  listen  to  one  station  or  the  other.  To 
operate  both  stations  at  the  same  fre- 
quencies brings  in  some  technical  difficul- 
ties, according  to  the  engineering  staff  of 


the  Westinghouse  Company,  but  recent  im- 
provements have  overcome  these  troubles 
and  now  they  say  that  both  stations  may 
be  operated  at  the  same  frequency.  The 
feat  may  have  more  promise  than  we  now 
think  it  has. 

It  also  said  that  the  frequency  of  KDKA  is 
now  being  held  constant  by  the  use  of  a 
piece  of  piezo-electric  quartz.  As  we  have 
related  in  these  columns  before,  a  small 
piece  of  good  quartz  crystal,  properly  cut 
and  arranged  in  an  electric  circuit,  will  hold 
the  frequency  of  oscillation  so  constant  that 
no  present  methods  can  detect  any  change. 
The  use  of  this  frequency  fixing  scheme  of 
KDKA  seems  much  more  important  to  us, 
as  far  as  the  March  of  Radio  is  concerned, 
than  the  rebroadcasting  stunt  mentioned 
above  and  about  which  such  sweeping 
claims  are  made.  We  are  interested  to 
note  that  the  other  Westinghouse  stations 
are  soon  to  be  equipped  with  quartz  fre- 
quency stabilizers.  This  technical  advance 
might  well  be  followed  by  many  other  sta- 
tions which  evidently  experience  some 
difficulty  in  maintaining  their  frequency. 


Radio  for  1926:  A  Forecast 


c 


ARL  BUTMAN  has  just  completed 
an  extensive  survey  of  what  the 
radio  listener  wants  for  1926.  His 
findings  are  in  accord  with  what  we  have 
urged  on  our  readers  for  quite  some  time. 
The  DX  fan,  the  man  who  continually 
manipulates  dials  to  see  if  he  cannot  catch 
the  last  letter  perhaps  of  a  station  500 
miles  farther  away,  is  rapidly  disappearing. 
He  was  ever  a  nuisance,  this  distance  seek- 


©  Harris  &  Ewing 

RADIO  DETECTIVE  EQUIPMENT  ABOARD  A  RUM  CHASER 

The  radio  direction  finder  installed  on  the  bridge  of  the  CGigS.     It  is  said  that  many  of  the  rum  runners  off  the  American 

coast  are  using  radio  to  help  them  in  their  operations.   The  direction  finder,  as  used  by  the  "Dry  Navy,"  is  expected  to  be 

of  great  aid  in  locating  the  rum  ships.     The  large  carboy  in  the  foreground  supposedly  contains  distilled  water 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


THE  CHANGING  RADIO  FASHIONS 


25 


ing  fanatic;  no  sooner  had  the  radio  set  been 
tuned  to  one  station  and  the  call  letter 
heard  than  he  was  off  for  another.  A  kind 
of  sport  it  was,  to  be  sure,  but  in  the  main, 
radio  is  to  give  entertainment  to  the  family 
from  stations  close  at  home. 

With  the  slow  disappearance  of  the  DX 
listener,  the  survey  finds  an  ever-increasing 
demand  for  quality  reception.  Many 
people  are  just  awakening  to  the  realiza- 
tion of  how  very  poor  is  the  quality  the 
loud  speaker  delivers  and  this  has  resulted 
in  an  insistent  demand  for  faithful  repro- 
duction. As  was  said  in  these  columns 
many  months  ago,  it  is  very  seldom  that  a 
radio  loud  speaker  leads  us  to  believe  that 
the  speaker  is  actually  in  the  room  and 
until  this  is  so  the  goal,  an  attainable  one, 
has  certainly  not  been  reached.  Any 
skilled  radio  engineer  can,  if  he  has  suitable 
laboratory  facilities,  develop  a  set  which 
will  amplify  properly  throughout  the  whole 
audible  scale  and  from  such  a  set,  after  the 
loud  speaker  manufacturers  have  much 
improved  their  product,  reasonable  quality 
may  be  expected.  The  present  horn  is 
eventually  doomed  to  the  radio  scrap  pile, 
we  believe  and  the  diaphragm  type  or  pos- 
sibly something  better  will  take  its  place. 

A  growing  tendency  toward  simple  con- 
trol is  shown  in  the  new  sets  and  it  seems 
that  two-dial  sets  will  soon  predominate  in 
the  market.  The  simple  regenerative  re- 
ceiver is  on  the  down  grade  and  the  tuned 
radio  frequency  five-tube  receiver  seems  to 
be  the  one  most  favored.  It  is  well  to 
point  out  that  to  get  good  quality  with 
loud  speaker  reception,  the  ordinary  small 
tube  as  used  to-day  must  be  done  away 
with;  it  cannot  possibly  deliver  enough 
power  for  the  ordinary  loud  speaker  to  han- 
dle. In  the  new  sets  we  are  glad  to  see  a 
new  typeof  tube  used  in  the  last  audio  stage. 

Quality  is  undoubtedly  the  keynote  of 
progress  for  the  sets  of  1926. 

The  Radio  Business  as  Others 
See  It 

THE  Copper  and  Brass  Research 
Organization,  whose  function  is  to 
compile  all  information  useful  to 
companies  dealing  in  copper  and  brass 
products,  has  recently  given  out  a  summary 
of  its  investigations  of  the  radio  business. 
It  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  estimate 
of  the  value  of  the  coming  year's  radio  busi- 
ness, and  number  of  sets  already  in  use,  etc., 
compare  quite  closely  with  some  other  fig- 
ures at  hand  compiled  from  the  past  reports 
of  the  Bureau  of  the  Census.  The  Bureau 
reports  are  not  brought  up  to  date  because 
compilations  are  made  only  every  two 
years. 

According  to  the  Copper  and  Brass  As- 
sociation, "Manufacture  and  sale  of  radio 
receivers  has  established  a  record  for  rapid 
industrial  expansion.  In  1922  there  were 
hardly  100,000  radio  sets  in  use;  in  1923 
the  number  had  grown  to  2,000,000;  in 
1924  to  3,750,000,  and  by  the  end  of  1925 
it  is  estimated  that  the  number  of  sets  in 


use  will  reach  a  total  of  5,000,000.  The  re- 
tail value  of  sets  and  parts  has  grown  from 
$50,000,000  in  1922  to  an  estimated 
$500,000,000  in  1925. 

Public  interest  in  radio  has  gained  rapidly 
and  apparently  has  continued  unabated.  Only  a 
year  and  a  half  ago  the  consumer  demand  was 
far  in  excess  of  the  manufacturers'  ability  to 
supply.  At  that  time  the  number  of  home-made 
sets  exceeded  the  factory-made,  and  there  was  a 
correspondingly  large  retail  market  for  radio 
parts  of  every  description.  The  last  year  has 
seen  the  beginning  of  something  like  stabiliza- 
tion in  the  industry.  The  trend  of  sales  is  now 
away  from  the  home-made  set  and  toward  the 
set  purchased  as  a  complete  unit. 

The  present  rate  of  manufacture,  ac- 
cording to  the  Association's  survey,  indi- 
cates that  1925  production  will  be  2,000,000 
sets  in  which  the  consumption  of  copper  and 
brass  will  be  about  7,750,000  pounds. 
These  metals  are  used  for  antennas,  ground 
connections,  coils,  condensers,  tube  sockets, 
panels,  and  miscellaneous  small  parts. 
The  interesting  report  continues: 

Radio  now  appears  to  be  as  universal  in  its 
appeal  and  as  much  a  necessity  as  the  automo- 
bile, so  there  is  no  reason  to  look  for  any  falling 


off  in  sales  in  the  next  few  years.  The  radio 
purchaser  is  not  only  a  good  customer  for  tubes, 
batteries,  plugs,  jacks,  and  other  miscellaneous 
parts,  but  almost  generally  he  is  ready,  after 
using  a  set  a  year  or  two,  to  scrap  it  and  replace 
it  with  another  which  has  a  more  stylish  cabinet 
or  a  newer  "hook-up"  or  more  tubes.  Conse- 
quently both  replacement  and  new  set  markets 
increase  together  with  the  market  for  parts  and 
accessories. 

A  review  by  Mr.  Carl  Butman  of  Wash- 
ington suggests  the  interesting  note  that  in 
1923  the  average  price  of  a  radio  outfit  was 
$16,  in  1924  it  was  $50,  and  to-day  it  is  a 
hundred  dollars  or  more.  This  higher 
priced  equipment  is  not  going  to  the  high- 
salaried  city  dweller  only,  but  the  agri- 
cultural communities  also  show  the  same 
evidence  of  giving  up  the  old  five-dollar 
home-made  set  in  favor  of  one  which  per- 
forms more  reliably  and  has  a  more  pleas- 
ing appearance. 

Both  of  the  reports  place  the  probable 
number  of  receiving  sets  in  the  United 
States  for  1926  as  five  million  or  over. 
When  nation-wide  broadcasts  are  carried 
out  next  year,  therefore,  it  is  evident  that 
the  potential  audience  is  certainly  measured 
in  the  millions,  possibly  ten  or  even  more. 


©  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories 
WILLIAM    G.    HOUSEKEPER 

An  engineer  of  the  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories  who  was  recently  awarded  the  John  Scott  Medal 
by  the  City  of  Philadelphia  for  his  contribution  to  technical  progress.  The  award  carried  with 
it  a  f  1000  prize.  Mr.  Housekeper  was  responsible  for  the  metal-glass  seal  in  large  vacuum 
tubes.  Previous  to  his  discovery,  it  had  been  almost  impossible  to  make  large  vacuum 
tubes  because  of  the  difficulty  of  bringing  out  large  leads  through  the  glass.  Mr.  Housekeper 
is  here  shown  in  his  laboratory  with  one  of  the  large  tubes.  Note  how  small  the  lead  wire  is  made 
just  where  it  passes  through  the  glass 


26 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


A  Year  of  Conferences 

THE  International  Radio  Conference, 
many  times  delayed,  is  now  to  be  held 
in  Washington  next  spring.  Not 
since  the  last  international  conference  was 
held  in  London  in  1912  have  the  various 
nations  interested  in  radio  met  to  discuss  its 
problems.  Invitations  have  now  been  sent 
out  to  forty-two  different  governments, 
asking  them  to  send  delegates  to  America 
in  the  spring  of  1926.  Congress  has  ap- 
propriated $92,000  to  defray  the  expenses 
of  the  conference,  and  outlines  of  the  work 
to  be  covered  have  already  been  laid  out. 
The  subjects  to  be  discussed  include  the 
revision  of  the  International  Radio  Tele- 
graph Convention  and  Regulations,  the  dis- 
cussion of  measures  for  the  international 
supervision  of  communication  by  radio 
between  large  fixed  stations,  broadcast- 
ing, measures  for  elimination  of  interfer- 
ence, distress  messages,  radio  aids  to 
navigation,  and  other  developments  of  the 
art  which  have  come  into  being  since  the 
1912  conference. 

As  this  is  written  there  is  being  held 
in  Paris  the  International  Telegraph  Con- 
vention. The  United  States  is  not  offi- 
cially a  party  to  this  conference  and  our 
delegates  will  be  seated  as  observers  only. 
Three  attended.  In  addition  to  these, 
certain  of  the  government  technical  men 


are  being  sent  and  the  telephone,  telegraph, 
and  cable  companies  of  America  have 
many  representatives  in  Paris  to  advise 
with  the  government  representatives  and 
their  aids. 

In  addition  to  these  two  conferences, 
Secretary  Hoover  will  probably  call  the 
regular  annual  national  conference  for  some 
time  in  November.  He  rightly  feels  that 
the  previous  Washington  conferences  have 
been  of  value  to  the  department  in  framing 
new  policies  and  that  this  year  especially, 
when  there  are  many  stations  increasing 
their  power,  it  will  be  well  to  test  public 
feeling  toward  these  more  powerful  stations. 
One  station  is  already  operating  experi- 
mentally with  fifty  kilowatts,  another  is 
prepared  to  do  so,  and  there  are  several 
operating  at  five  kilowatts.  The  use  of 
these  greater  powers  has  by  no  means  re- 
sulted in  the  confusion  and  interference 
which  many  panic-stricken  listeners  pre- 
dicted and  it  seems  quite  likely  that  this 
national  conference  will  put  its  stamp  of 
approval  on  the  super-power  channels. 

The  radiating  receiver  should  get  its 
share  of  adverse  comment  at  the  Wash- 
ington conference.  Listeners  continually 
complain  of  these  miniature  broadcasting 
stations.  We  strongly  urge  the  Depart- 
ment to  put  its  official  stamp  of  disap- 
proval upon  this  prolific  source  of  radio 
discomfort. 


The  Month  in  Radio 


1 


THE    FIRST   AMERICAN    "  SUPER    POWER"    BROADCASTING    STATION 
The  50  kw.  transmitter  at  station  WGY,  Schenectady.     Recent  tests  were  made  to  determine 
whether  better  program  service  could  be  given  listeners  if  the  power  of  the  transmitting 

station  were  greatly  increased 


PRELIMINARY  reports  of  the  opera- 
tion of  the  50  kw.  WGY  transmitter 
give  some  very  interesting,  though  not 
startling,  information.  Comparative  tests 
were  recently  carried  out  first  with  2.5  kw. 
and  then  with  50  kw.,  that  is,  twenty  times 
as  much  power  as  the  first.  Many  listeners 
had  expected  that  so  much  power  would 
completely  blanket  other  stations,  but 
was  not  found  to  be  the  fact;  the  results  so 
far  obtained  show  that  theory  is  able  to  pre- 
dict what  will  happen  at  the  higher  powers 
and  in  this  case  the  theory  indicated  that 
the  blanketing  effect  would  be  pronounced 
only  when  close  to  the  high-powered  sta- 
tion. Listeners  fifty  miles  away  from  one 
of  these  high-powered  stations  will  probably 
be  disappointed  to  find  out  how  strong  the 
signals  really  are;  the  signal  will  be  about 
the  same  strength  as  from  an  ordinary  sta- 
tion about  ten  miles  away. 

The  useful  area  of  transmission  of  the 
super  power  station  is  very  much  increased 
over  the  low  powered  station  of  course,  and 
the  quality  of  reception  is  improved  because 
of  the  higher  ratio  of  signal  strength  com- 
pared to  static. 

Much  trouble  is  experienced  by  the 
average  listener  fifty  miles  or  more  away 
from  a  station  due  to  the  now  well-known 
fading  effects;  the  rapid  waxing  and  waning 
of  signal  strength  makes  many  radio  eve- 
nings very  disappointing.  It  had  been 
supposed  by  some  that  fading  would  be 
lessened  when  the  high  power  was  used 
but  such  proved  not  to  be  the  fact.  The 
signal  is  of  course  much  more  audible  with 
the  higher  power  but  its  fading  is  just  as 
pronounced  as  with  the  older  lower  pow- 
ered sets. 

THE  cruise  of  our  fleet  through  the 
southern  Pacific  has  given  rise  to  some 
remarkable  distance  events.  The  U.  S.  S. 
Seattle  in  the  harbor  at  Wellington,  New 
Zealand,  has  heard  telephone  conversations 
with  a  London  amateur  with  remarkable 
regularity.  The  distance,  slightly  more  than 
12,000  miles,  is  as  far  as  a  radio  telephone 
message  can  be  transmitted  on  this  earth. 
The  operator  on  the  Seattle  has  also  main- 
tained two-way  communication  with  the 
naval  experimental  station  at  Bellevue  as 
he  crossed  the  Pacific  from  Honolulu 
to  Australia.  The  Laboratory  of  RADIO 
BROADCAST  station  2  GY  communicated 
with  the  Seattle  while  she  was  leaving 
Tahiti.  Our  station  used  only  a  5-watt 
tube,  which  is  thought  to  establish  a  record 
for  j-watt  transmission. 

THE  American  consul  in  Paris,  report- 
ing to  the  Department  of  Commerce, 
sees  but  little  market  for  American  receiv- 
ing sets  in  that  country.  So  far,  he  says, 
broadcasting  in  this  section  has  become 
popular  only  in  a  small  degree  compared 
to  the  situation  in  America.  There  are 
only  four  stations  broadcasting,  all  of 


WHAT  PEOPLE  SAY  ABOUT  RADIO 


27 


JOHN  V.   L.   HOGAN 
—New  York;  Consulting  Radio  Engineer 

"  The  report,  recently  made  public  by 
Secretary  of  the  Navy  Wilbur,  relating  to  the 
work  of  the  Naval  Laboratories,  which 
seemed  to  point  to  the  possibility  of  the  ex- 
pensive high-powered,  long  wave  stations  now 
used  for  inter-continental  radio  communica- 
tion being  replaced  by  less  expensive  short 
wave,  lower  powered  stations  is  especially 
interesting.  The  conclusions  are  quite  in 
line  with  the  recent  reports  on  the  same  sub- 
ject made  by  Dr.  Alexanderson,  of  the 
General  Electric  Company  at  Schenectady. 
It  is  difficult  to  say  definitely  that  the  present 
high  power,  long  wave  stations  will  be  re- 
placed by  the  short  wave  transmitter  because 
the  short  waves  are  not  always  reliable. 
However,  there  seems  to  be  no  doubt  that  they 
will  be  valuable  adjuncts  to  the  powerful  long 
wave  stations." 


hem  in  Paris,  and  the  number  of  listeners  is 
probably  less  than  we  have  in  one  good- 
sized  city.  The  radio  trade  in  France  is  of 
the  opinion  that  from  fifteen  to  twenty 
stations  will  be  required  to  cover  the  coun- 
try properly  and  that  until  such  stations  are 
erected  and  put  into  operation  the  number 
of  broadcast  listeners  will  remain  compara- 
tively small. 

I  AST  year  we  exported  close  to  $6,000,000 
p*  worth  of  radio  apparatus  and  this 
year  shows  a  very  decided  increase.  Judg- 
ing by  the  value  of  the  first  half  of  the  year's 
business  it  appears  that  our  total  radio  ex- 
ports for  this  year  will  exceed  §13,000,000. 

A  GERMAN  court  has  recently  held  that 
not  only  has  a  tenant  a  right  to  erect 
an  antenna  on  a  housetop  but  that,  owing 
to  the  importance  of  broadcasting,  it  is  the 
duty  of  the  proprietor  to  see  that  the  tenant 
is  enabled  to  put  up  an  antenna  on  a  house. 

E  of  the  flight  sergeants  of  the  R.  A. 

F.  was  recently  killed  while  conduct- 
ing some  radio  experiments  over  the 
aerodrome  at  Andover,  England.  For 


some  time  his  death  was  regarded  as  a 
mystery,  but  careful  examination  of  the 
radio  installation  on  his  plane  indicated 
that  defective  insulation  in  the  headphones 
and  other  parts  of  the  transmitting  set  had 
permitted  a  shock  of  over  one  thousand 
volts  to  pass  through  his  head.  As  a 
shock  of  only  twenty  or  thirty  volts  around 
the  head  is  extremely  painful  it  is  no  wonder 
that  the  leakage  of  the  thousand  volt  cur- 
rent into  his  ears  was  fatal. 

IN  BRITISH  India,  the  government  re- 
*  tains  the  right  to  supervise  and  inspect  all 
broadcasting  stations,  censoring  them  and 
taking  them  over  in  emergencies.  It  is  also 
required  that  each  station,  as  in  the  United 
States,  shall  have  a  receiving  set  in  continual 
service  while  broadcasting.  Government 
matter,  such  as  weather  reports,  educa- 
tional lectures,  and  emergency  dispatches 
must  be  handled  free.  No  program  can  have 
more  than  ten  per  cent,  of  its  time  used  for 
advertising  purposes. 


Interesting  Things 

Said  Interestingly 


JOHN  McCORMACK  (London;  Irish  tenor): 
J  "  I  shall  retire  at  50  and  from  now  on  shall 
come  to  London  each  year  to  sing  in  the  Al- 
bert Hall.  However.  I  emphatically  refuse  to 
broadcast.  I  tried  it  once  in  New  York  and  dis- 
liked it  thoroughly." 

A  .L.  RUBENSTEIN  (New  York ;  chief  opera- 
*•  tor  of  the  S.  S.  Arcturus  with  the  recent 
William  Beebe  scientific  expedition):  "While 
we  were  in  the  Galapagos  the  broadcasting 
station  that  came  in  best  was  WMBF,  at  Miami 
Beach,  Fla.  Ordinarily  we  couldn't  get  New 
York.  But  on  one  occasion  we  asked  the  East 
Moriches  station  to  request  a  certain  concert 
from  an  orchestra  in  a  Greenwich  Village 
restaurant.  The  music  we  asked  for  was  put 
on  the  air  by  WGBS,  and  came  through  with 
remarkable  clarity,  considering  the  distance  and 
atmospheric  conditions." 

LJERBERT  H.  FROST  (Chicago;  president 
1  Radio  Manufacturers  Association):  "In 
the  early  part  of  1917  I  was  assigned  to  the 
command  of  a  radio  company  of  one  of  the 
Regular  Army  Field  Signal  Battalions,  and 
found  that  out  of  a  total  strength  of  seventy-six 
men  in  this  company,  52  of  them  were  licensed 
amateur  operators  who  had  enlisted  at  the  first 
call,  and  1  know  of  one  town  in  Pennsylvania 
that  gave  1 1  amateurs  to  the  Signal  Corps  out 
of  a  total  of  13  licensed  members  who  were 
residents  of  that  city.  The  American  amateur 
and  the  American  Radio  Relay  League  have 
made  their  bid  for  fame,  and  stand  before  us  to- 
day richly  endowed  with  a  past  record  in  both 
peace  and  war.  It  is  not  too  much  to  say  that 
the  experimental  work  they  are  now  doing  on 
short  waves  will  revolutionize  our  present  sys- 
tems of  transmission  and  reception  over  great 
distances. 

JOSEPH  D.  R.  FREED  (Brooklyn;  president 
J  Freed-Eisemann  Radio  Corporation):  "I 
firmly  believe  that  all  kinds  of  freak 
circuits  will  be  exploited  within  the  next  two 
months.  The  public  should  be  warned  against 


L.  A.   HAZELTINE 

Hoboken;  Professor  of  Electrical 

Engineering 

"/  would  not  advise  any  young  man  to 
attempt  a  short  cut  into  radio  engineering. 
The  ordinary  electrical  engineering  course 
should  be  sufficient,  if  followed  by  practical 
experience  preferably  with  a  large  organiza- 
tion, or  by  post  graduate  work  at  college,  the 
latter  more  especially  for  the  man  having  a 
a  taste  for  research.  My  own  collegiate  work 
was  simply  the  mechanical  engineering  course 
given  by  Stevens,  and  I  found  it  quite  sufficient 
to  build  on  by  studying  in  my  spare  time. 
While  one  cannot  expect  the  present  excep- 
tional demand  for  radio  engineers  to  continue 
indefinitely,  it  would  be  equally  a  mistake  to 
consider  radio  as  a  fad  or  in  any  way  transi- 
tory. There  should  continue  to  be  good  op- 
portunities/or experience  and  advancement  in 
radio  fields,  perhaps  more  than  in  other 
branches  of  electrical  engineering.  I  still  bave 
the  same  feeling  that  caused  me  to  take  up 
radio  as  a  specialty,  that  it  is  especially  at- 
tractive to  men  having  a  fondness  for  math- 
ematics and  its  practical  application." 


high-sounding  phrases  and  the  mass  of  adjectives 
that  will  accompany  reports  of  these  circuits, 
such  as  used  in  hundreds  of  thousands  of  receiv- 
ing sets,  and  the  variations  are  only  good  for 
publicity,  not  as  far  as  efficiency  in  reception  is 
concerned.  With  so  many  receivers  and  with 
so  many  claims  as  to  their  merits,  the  public 
should  study  the  situation  very  carefully. 
Surely,  if  freak  circuits  were  really  better,  the 
leading  manufacturers  would  be  only  too  happy 
to  use  them  in  their  regular  lines,  and  to  use  the 
funds  devoted  to  advertising  these  standard  • 
sets  toward  the  boosting  of  the  'freaks'." 

DOXY"  (in  Broadcasting:  Its  New  Day, 
*^  written  in  collaboration  with  R.  F.  Yates): 
"At  the  present  time  there  are  two  changes  that 
would  rescue  broadcasting  from  the  shadow  of 
disaster  and  place  it  on  the  solid  footing  it 
deserves.  If  half  our  better  studios  would  cut 
down  their  broadcasting  time  and  concentrate 
more  upon  quality  than  upon  quantity,  a  very 
pleasing  result  would  be  the  outcome.  The 
second  change  would  be  that  of  converting 
some  of  the  studios  to  a  class  basis." 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


FIG.     I 

Here  are  a  few  of  the  resistance  units  tried  out  in  the  RADIO  BROADCAST  Laboratory  in  conjunction  with  the  development  of  the  RADIO  BROADCAST 
"Aristocrat."     They  include  assemblies  made  by  the  Arbee,  Electrad,  Daven,  Heath,  and  Crescent,  as  well  as  units  from  Cole,  Brach,  Muter, 

Dubilier,  and  Durham 


How  to  Build  a  Five-Tube  Receiver  Which  Has  Extremely 
High  Quality,  Especially  Fine  Selectivity  and  Sensitivity 

By  ARTHUR  H.  LYNCH 


\OR  a  very  long  time  we  have  been 

looking  for  the   kind   of  receiver 

that  would  be  easy  to  build,  easy 

to  operate,  and  at  the  same  time  be 
comparatively  economical.     In  the  receiver 
described  here,  we  have  found  what  we 
consider  a  solution  to  the  problem.     There      IN  COMBING  over  the  possible  circuits 
is  but  one  main  tuning  control  which  makes       I    nf  rpal  wnrth  tn  thp  hnmp  hnilHpr  WP 


up  to  the  present  time  have  felt  that  radio 
reproduction  was  not  sufficiently  free  from 
flaws  to  reproduce  with  true  fidelity  the 
music  they  love. 

WHAT   THE   RECEIVER    IS 


the  finding  of  stations  so  simple  that  the 
most  inexperienced  can  secure  surprising 
results.  In  an  actual  demonstration,  we 
have  been  abletoshowthatby  means  of  this 
single  control  and  no  other  adjustments 
whatever  we  were  able  to  hear  sixteen  sta- 
tions in  less  thanthreeminutes,  withasingle 
turn  of  the  tuning  dial.  When  other  adjust- 
ments were  made — and  where  is  the  DX  fan 
who  will  not  want  to  be  certain  that  he  is  get- 
ting the  last  drop  of  energy  out 
of  his  set? — we  have  been  able  *9I 
to  procure  distance  with  volume, 
which  few  receivers  other  than 
a  super-heterodyne  could  have 
accomplished.  And  above  all 
we  have  been  able  to  secure  tone 
quality  which  has  been  char- 
acterized by  many  of  the  radio 
designers  and  enthusiasts  who 
have  come  to  Garden  City  to 
witness  the  performance  of  our 
new  outfit,  as  being  far  superior 
to  most  receivers  they  have  seen 


of  real  worth  to  the  home  builder  we 
have  come  to  the  conclusion  that  there  are 
but  three  that  possess  the  merits  we 
sought,  namely:  the  super-heterodyne,  the 
neutrodyneinmany  of  its  advanced  models, 
and  the  combination  of  a  stage  of  tuned, 
neutralized  radio-frequency  amplification 
in  combination  with  a  regenerative  detector 
and  some  more  than  ordinarily  good  system 
of  audio-frequency  amplification.  After 
considerable  thought  to  each  of  these  we 


or  heard.  We  believe  this  re- 
ceiver will  do  much  to  endear 
radio  to  those  music  lovers  who 


^  HIS  article  is  one  of  the  features  we  have  worked  on  to  produce  for 
RADIO  BROADCAST  in  its  new  form.  In  changing  the  si%e  and  improv- 
ing  the  general  appearance  of  the  magazine  we  are  at  the  same  time  making 
great  efforts  to  improve  the  quality  of  every  single  contribution  in  it.  This 
receiver,  frankly,  is  one  of  the  first  to  he  presented  anywhere  to  the  home 
constructor  which  unmistakably  takes  the  lead  in  what  is  destined  to  be  the 
whole  progress  of  radio  fashion.  The  receiver  described  here,  although  it  is 
not  difficult  to  build,  has  practically  but  one  control,  and  is  extremely  economi- 
cal in  battery  consumption,  has  the  crowning  merit  of  delivering  a  signal  of 
unusually  good  quality.  Radio  constructors  are  no  longer  content  to  assemble 
a  receiver  which  has  merely  the  merit  of  great  sensitivity  or  selectivity,  or  some 
other  familiar  point  of  superiority.  The  constructor  is  demanding,  and 
rightly,  that  his  receiver  give  the  most  faithful  reproduction  possible  of  the 
transmitted  voice  and  music.  That  is  the  keynote  of  radio  fashion  for  11)26, 
and  that  keynote  the  RADIO  BROADCAST  "Aristocrat"  strikes. — THE  EDITOR. 


decided  in  favor  of  the  last,  not  because  we 
thought  the  others  less  valuable  but  be- 
cause the  combination  of  price,  distribution, 
ease  of  building,  operating,  and  low  upkeep 
cost  seemed  to  be  best  carried  out  in  the 
receiver  we  are  now  to  describe. 

So,  in  the  RADIO  BROADCAST  "Aristocrat," 
we  have  one  stage  of  tuned,  neutralized, 
radio-frequency  amplification,  a  regenera- 
tive detector,  and  three  stages  of  resistance- 
coupled  amplification.  Before  going  further 
let  it  be  said  that  the  resistance-coupled 
amplification  we  are  using  should  not  be 
confused  with  similar  systems  described  in 
the  past  because  it  is  now  possible  to  main- 
tain tone  quality,  for  which  this  type  of 
amplifier  is  famous,  together  with  great 
volume,  because  of  the  foresightedness  of 
some  of  the  tube  manufacturers 

WV       who   are  now  marketing  what 

are  known  as  high-Mu  tubes. 
These  tubes  are  designed  for 
resistance-coupled  amplification. 
The  amplification  per  stage  that 
is  obtainable  with  them  is  far 
greater  than  has  heretofore  been 
generally  possible. 

Then,  too,  in  the  "Aristocrat" 
there  are  no  rheostats  whatever 
and  the  number  of  binding  posts 
has  been  reduced  to  a  mini- 
mum. In  order  to  make  the 
design,  building,  and  operation 
of  this  type  of  receiver  quite 
clear,  and  in  order  to  demon- 


NOVEMBER.  1925 


THE  RADIO  BROADCAST  "ARISTOCRAT" 


29 


FIG.    2 

In  this  assembly  each  unit  is  made  with  individual  mounting.  The 
antenna  switch  is  behind  the  panel  and  .5  mfd.  condensers  are  used  in 
the  resistance-coupled  amplifier,  and  a  short-circuiting  switch  is  used 
on  the  ballast  for  the  last  tube  to  allow  for  use  of  either  5-  or  6-volt 
tubes  at  will.  The  regeneration  is  controlled  by  a  variable  resistance 
across  the  tickler.  A  Cabelug  is  used  for  the  battery  wiring.  For  the 
experimenter  who  wishes  to  make  frequent  changes  in  his  circuit  this 
arrangement  is  just  about  ideal.  The  panel,  by  the  way,  is  7  x  21" 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photographs 


FIG.    3 

This  receiver  was  made  on  a  7  x  18"  panel  and  is  intended  to  illustrate 
the  method  of  using  a  complete  resistance-coupled  amplifier  unit  in 
connection  with  two  additional  tubes  for  the  complete  assembly.  When 
6-volt  tubes  such  as  Daven  MU-ZO,  and  Mu-6  are  used,  there  is  no  need 
of  making  any  alteration  in  the  filament  circuit  of  the  amplifier,  and  the 
wiring  is  thus  materially  simplified.  In  this  receiver  we  have  used  the 
regular  Sickles  Knockout  coils.  The  ballast  resistors  for  the  first  two 
tubes  are  shown  beneath  the  sub-panel 


strate  the  variations  that  may  be  incor- 
porated in  it  at  the  discretion  of  the  home 
builder,  we  will  describe  at  length  but  one 
of  the  group  we  have  made,  and  will 
point  out  the  differences  between  it  and  the 
others  by  means  of  the  captions  under  the 
illustrations. 

THE    DESIGN    AND    ASSEMBLY 

BY  REFERRING  to  Fig.  5,  it  will  be 
observed  that  there  is  but  a  single  dial, 
in  the  center  of  the  panel.  This  dial  is 
usedtocontrolaHanscomsinglecontrol  unit 
(first  described  in  this  magazine forOctober, 
1925)  and  is  the  main  tuning  control.  It 
is  a  unique  arrangement  of  two  Remler 
condensers  geared  together  in  a  manner 
that  makes  tuning  of  the  antenna  and 
radio-frequency  circuits  simultaneous. 
The  small  knob  below  and  to  the  left  of  the 
main  dial  is  the  vernier  which  is  used  to 
compensate  for  any  slight  variations  be- 
tween the  windings  of  the  circuits  tuned  by 
the  two  condensers.  The  knob  below  and 
to  the  right  of  the  tuning  dial  is  the  filament 
switch.  By  referring  to  the  circuit  dia- 


gram, it  will  be  observed  that  the  filament 
switch  is  placed  in  a  position  in  the  circuit 
that  cuts  out  the  by-pass  condensers  across 
the  batteries,  which  would  ordinarily  form 
a  high  resistance  leak  and  result  in  a  drain 
on  them  even  when  the  receiver  was  not 
actually  in  operation.  The  small  knob  at 
the  left  of  the  panel  is  used  for  the  tap 
switch,  connected  to  the  primary  of  the 
antenna  coupler,  to  compensate  for  an- 
tennas of  different  lengths.  Once  this 
switch  has  been  set  for  a  given  antenna  it 
need  not  be  touched,  except  for  ultra-fine 
tuning,  when  extreme  selectivity  or  ex- 
tremely long  distance  is  desired.  The 
knob  on  the  right  controls  the  regeneration, 
and  may  be  considered  a  volume  control. 
Before  passing  on  to  the  consideration  of 
the  remainder  of  the  receiver  it  would  be 
well  to  look  over  the  accompanying  illus- 
trations and  observe  the  variations  that 
have  been  made  in  the  panel  design,  the 
layout  of  the  apparatus,  and  the  different 
systems  of  tuning  and  regeneration  control. 
There  is  very  little  difference  in  the  actual 
performance  of  any  of  the  models  we  have 
made  and  the  selection 
you  make  may  well  be 
considered  from  a  con- 


venience standpoint  rather  than  one  of  net 
results  obtainable.  Bear  this  in  mind,  how- 
ever: you  cannot  expect  to  get  the  results  we 
are  getting  if  you  buy  your  parts  on  noth- 
ing but  a  price  basis.  We  have  spared  no 
expense  in  attempting  to  bring  only  the 
best  to  your  attention  and  suggest  that 
you  make  an  attempt  to  get  the  best — not 
necessarily  the  most  expensive.  And  when 
you  are  all  through  getting  the  best  of 
parts  and  have  done  a  thorough  job  in  your 
building  don't  blame  poor  reception  on  the 
receiver  if  you  hook  some  poor  loud  speaker 
to  it. 

But  to  continue,  we  may  as  well  point 
out  some  of  the  other  important  points  in 
the  actual  construction  of  this  receiver. 
The  panelof  what  we  may  consider  our  main 
model  is  7  x  18  inches  and  there  is  plenty  of 
room  on  it  for  all  the  equipment  necessary, 
when  a  sub-base  is  employed.  In  this 
model  we  have  used  large-size  inductances, 
in  order  to  illustrate  how  the  entire  assem- 
bly may  be  housed  in  a  standard  cabinet. 
When  other  types  of  inductances  are  em- 
ployed, as  is  the  case  in  some  of  the  other 
models,  there  will  be  a  little  more  room  in 
the  cabinet. 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  tuning  in- 


FIG.  4 

On  a  recent  visit  to  our  laboratory  Mr.  McMurdo  Silver  built  this 
receiver  from  the  ground  up  in  less  than  four  hours.  It  is  his  version  of 
the  RADIO  BROADCAST  "Aristocrat."  The  single  control  feature  is  accom- 
plished by  belting  two  of  his  condensers  together  with  fish  line,  letting  one 
dial  do  all  the  moving.  When  it  is  desired  to  change  the  capacity  in 
one  circuit  without  altering  the  other,  one  condenser  is  held  in  place  and 
the  other  turned.  We  are  not  as  enthusiastic  about  this  scheme  as  that 
devised  by  Hanscom,  but  it  has  enough  merit  to  warrant  attention. 
In  this  7x18"  receiver  there  is  plenty  of  room,  even  with  the  large  solenoid 
coils.  The  parts  used  include  Hoosick  sockets,  A. B.C.  panel,  Accuratune 
vernier  dials  and  knobs,  Silver  Knockout  coils,  .0005  S.L.F.  variable 
condensers  and  .005  coupling  condensers,  Micamold  coupling  resistors, 
Muter  mountings  and  grid  leaks,  Daven  mountings  and  ballast  resistors, 
Carter  switch  and  jack  and  Belden  battery  cable 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photographs 

FIG.    5 

Front  view  of  RADIO  BROADCAST'S  "Aristocrat"  made  to  fit  in  a  cabinet 
providing  for  37x18"  slanting  panel.  In  this  receiver,  as  the  accompany- 
ing article  will  show,  we  have  gone  a  long  way  afield  and  produced  what 
we  believe  is  a  true  departure  from  conventional  design  electrically, 
artistically,  and  mechanically.  It  will  operate  over  comparatively  long 
distances,  produce  music  with  great  volume  and  fidelity  with  the  ad- 
vantage of  one  major  tuning  control  and  remarkable  economy. 


30 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


ductances  and  the  variable  condenser 
assembly  antenna  switch  and  battery 
switch  are  mounted  on  the  main  panel, 
while  all  the  remaining  equipment  is  either 
on  the  top  or  bottom  of  the  i\  x  ly^-inch 
sub-panel,  which  is  suspended  from  the 
main  panel  by  means  of  Benjamin  No.  8629 
brackets. 

On  the  upper  side  of  the  sub-panel 
will  be  found  the  five  tube  sockets,  the 
threeresisto-couplers,  the  grid  condenser 
and  leak  mounting,  and  the  variable  neu- 
tralizing condenser.  It  is  also  possible  to 
find  room  for  all  the  binding  posts,  includ- 
ing those  for  the  three  connections  for  the 
C  battery,  if  they  are  thought  to  be  desir- 
able. 

On  the  under  side  of  the  sub-panel  there 
are  five  mountings  which  are  used  for  the 
filament  ballast  resistors,  when  they  are  to 
be  used.  When  they  are  to  be  taken  out 
of  the  circuit,  as  explained  a  little  later  on, 
it  is  but  necessary  to  make  a  direct  con- 
nection between  the  two  spring  clips  of  the 
mounting. 

LIST   OF    PARTS 

HPHE  list  of  parts  used  in  the  model  we 

*•  are    considering    is    as    follows.     The 

variation  in   material   that   is   possible   is 

indicated  in  the  accompanying  illustrations. 

i  7  x  i8-inch  panel,  i  2j  x  iyj  inch  sub-panel, 
Hanscom  S.  C.  Condenser  Unit,  i  set  East- 
ern Knockout  Coils,  i  Carter  filament  switch, 
2  Apex  knobs,  5  Benjamin  sockets,  3  Daven 
resisto-couplers  with  3-.!  megohm  resistors  and 
i  each,  i  meg.,  .5  meg.,  and  .25  meg.  resistors, 
I  Hammarlund  neutralizing  condenser.  2  .004 
Sangamo  fixed  condensers,  i  Dubilier  .5  mi- 
crofarad by-pass  condenser.  6  Daven  No.  50 
mountings,  i  Daven  Leakandenser  (a  new  unit, 
which  combines  the  grid  condenser  and  leak), 
5  Daven  Ballast  Resistors.  (The  capacity  of 
these  resistors  depends  on  the  type  of  the  tube 
used  and  the  values  for  various  tubes  are  given 
in  that  part  of  this  article  which  deals  with 
the  circuit  and  its  characteristics.)  I  Belden 
Standard  Color,  five  wire,  cable.  2  Benjamin  No. 
8629  brackets,  2  to  6  Eby  binding  posts.  2  dozen 


6  or  8-32  round  head,  brass  machine  screws, 
f  inch  long.  About  6  two-foot  lengths  of  bus 
bar. 

THE     CIRCUIT     AND     ITS     CHARACTERISTICS 

IN  DESIGNING  this  receiver  we  have 
1  attempted  to  keep  in  mind  the  diffi- 
culties encountered  by  some  of  our  readers, 
who  sometimes  find  that  their  local  dealer 
does  not  carry  a  stock  of  a  particular  item, 
for  use  in  a  receiver,  whatever  kind  it  may 
be,  and  for  this  reason  have  endeavored 
to  indicate  what  we  believe  to  be  intelligent 
substitution  and  variation  in  design  to  ac- 
commodate units  of  different  size  without 
materially  altering  the  performance  of  the 
circuit.  By  referring  to  the  circuit  dia- 
gram and  the  illustrations  of  the  models 
we  have  made,  you  will  be  able  to  see  how 
the  various  units  may  be  made  to  fit  in 
whatever  space  you  have  available  and 
how  they  will  conform  to  whatever  type  of 
construction  you  may  prefer.  If  we  go 
over  the  entire  circuit  and  consider  each 
unit  individually,  this  may  be  a  little  more 
comprehensive.  So  we  may  as  well  start 
with  the  antenna  coupler. 

There  are  now  many  sets  of  coils  on  the 
market,  designed  for  use  in  the  now  famous 
series  of  Knockout  Receivers,  which  have 
been  described  in  RADIO  BROADCAST. 
Any  of  these  coils  may  be  used  in  the  "Aris- 
tocrat". 

The  tuning  condensers  used  do  not  by 
any  means  have  to  be  those  we  have  chosen 
to  use.  Any  good  pair  of  .0005  mfd. 
variables  will  do,  but  what  we  wanted  was 
single  control,  and  in  the  "Aristocrat"  we 
have  it  in  a  very  practical  manner.  The 
only  remaining  requisites  are  the  ballast 
resistors  and  the  units  which  comprise  the 
resistance-coupled  amplifier  system. 

Let  us  consider  the  ballast  resistors  first. 
They  are  shown  in  the  diagram  as,  R 
1-2-3-4-5.  Now  the  selection  of  these 
resistors  will  depend  entirely  upon  the  types 


of  tubes  used  and  we  have  found  what  we 
consider  an  ideal  combination  in  two  of  the 
standard  storage  battery  tubes  for  the 
radio-frequency  amplifier  and  the  detector 
with  two  high-Mu  tubes  in  the  first  two 
stages  of  the  resistance-coupled  amplifier 
and  a  semi-power  tube  in  the  last  stage  of 
the  amplifier.  Some  tubes,  such  as  the 
Daven  MU-2O,  and  Mu-6;  the  Western 
Electric  2i6-A  and  the  new  Radiotron 
ux-2io  will  operate  directly  from  a  6-volt 
storage  battery  without  requiring  any  re- 
sistance in  the  filament  circuit.  Where 
tubes  of  this  character  are  employed  the 
ballast  resistors  and  their  mountings  may 
be  left  out  of  the  circuit  entirely,  or  a  direct 
connection  may  be  made  across  the  mount- 
ing, as  shown  in  Fig.  2.  In  this  receiver  a 
ballast  of  \  ampere  capacity  has  been  used 
with  a  Harvey  Hubbell  toggle  switch  con- 
nected directly  across  it.  This  makes  it 
possible  to  use  either  5-  or  6-volt  output 
tubes  and  either  is  thus  assured  the  proper 
filament  voltage.  Most  other  high-Mu 
tubes  are  designed  for  use  on  5  volts  and 
where  they  are  employed  a  j-ampere  ballast 
should  be  used  with  each,  or  a  single  ballast 
of  \  or  f-ampere  rating  may  be  used  with 
two  or  three  of  them,  in  multiple. 

That  should  clear  up  the  resistance  ques- 
tion, though  it  may  be  well  to  say  in  passing 
that  filament  rheostats  may  be  used  if  they 
are  on  hand,  and  for  extremely  sensitive 
operation  it  will  be  found  that  a  rheostat  in 
the  filament  circuit  of  the  radio-frequency 
amplifier  tube  provides  greater  flexibility 
than  the  ballast  resistor  method. 

THE    RESISTANCE-COUPLED    AMPLIFIER 

IN  CHOOSING  the  system  of  construction 
1  for  our  principal  model  we  have  had  in 
mind  the  idea  that  a  certain  balance  may 
well  be  obtained  between  first  cost  and 
simplicity  of  assembly.  For  the  inveterate 
experimenter  we  recommend  the  mode 


Regeneration  may  be  Obtained  Either  by  Variable 
•' Tickler  or  Resistance  Shunted  AcrossA  Fixed  Tickler 


Circuit  Enclosed  Herein  Comprises  Resistance  Coupled 
«t  Amplifier  which  may  be  Obtained  as  a  Complete  Unit 


Separate  Resistor  Units  may  be  Employed  in  the  Audio  Amplifier 
f  where  the  Complete  Manufactured  Amplifier  is  not  used 

r*-  -  -i  r-^1  i— *- 

I   P     II     G   i  !  P     II     G    i  i   p 


THE    CIRCUIT   DIAGRAM    OF   THE    "ARISTOCRAT' 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


THE  RADIO  BROADCAST  "ARISTOCRAT11 


31 


shown  in  Fig.  2.  In  a  layout  of  this  kind 
there  is  all  the  room  necessary  for  experi- 
menting with  various  units  designed  for 
the  same  purpose.  This  arrangement  is  a 
delight  for  the  experimenter.  For  the 
average  individual  we  believe  our  principal 
model  will  be  more  in  keeping  with  his  re- 
quirements and  desires,  for  it  permits  him 
to  make  about  all  the  changes  he  could 
desire  without  requiring  an  undue  amount 
of  wiring,  as  much  of  that  has  been  done 
for  him.  For  the  third  type  of  home 
builder,  who  desires  to  have  as  much  of  the 
building  of  a  receiver  as  possible  done  in 
the  factory,  we  suggest  the  model  in  Fig,  3 
where  a  complete  three-stage  resistance- 
coupled  amplifier  unit  has  been  shown. 

One  of  the  principal  things  to  remember 
in  connection  with  the  building  of  a  re- 
ceiver in  which  a  resistance-coupled  am- 
plifier is  used  is  that  it  depends  for  its 
operation  to  a  great  extent  on  the  actual 
resistance  of  the  units  employed.  If,  for 
instance,  in  one  of  the  plate  circuits  where 
we  have  specified  a  resistance  of  .1  megohm 
(100,000  ohms)  you  use  a  mounting  made 
of  some  material  which  in  damp  weather 
will  absorb  moisture,  a  measurement  of  the 
resistance  in  such  a  plate  circuit  will  indi- 
cate that  there  is  less  resistance  in  the 
mounting  itself  than  in  the  resistor  used  in  it . 
There  are  many  such  devices  being  peddled 
about  and  you  will  do  well  to  be  certain 
that  the  units  you  procure  do  not  suffer 
from  such  a  defect.  In  other  types  of 
mountings  which  have  been  submitted  to 
our  laboratory  for  test  we  have  found  that 
the  clips  for  holding  the  resistors  are  held 
to  the  insulating  base  by  machine  screws 


and  locknuts.  Obvi- 
ously, if  the  heads  of 
the  screws  are  not 
thoroughly  counter- 
sunk and  the  mount- 
ing is  placed  on  top  of 
a  condenser  with  a 
metal  case,  a  short 
circuit  is  almost  in- 
evitable. Where  you 
do  your  mounting  on 
a  wood  base  it  is  well 
to  keep  the  wiring  off 
the  wood  itself,  as 
this  will  prevent 
leaks  occurring  in  un- 
expected and  unde- 
sired  places.  Some 
cheap  condensers 

have  been  found  to  have  a  very  low  resist- 
ance in  damp  weather. 

Another  thing  about  resistance-coupled 
amplification,  which  has  not  been  given 
the  attention  it  deserves,  is  the  size  of  the 
coupling  condensers.  We  have  found  that 
they  should  be  much  larger,  for  the  best 
tone  quality,  than  is  ordinarily  suggested. 
The  mathematical  and  experimental  back- 
ground for  this  assertion  is  sound.  Do  not 
use  condensers  in  your  coupling  units  of 
less  than  .1  mfd.  if  you  want  to  procure 
better  than  average  quality. 

When  you  have  finished  building  this 
receiver  and  you  want  to  make  an  actual 
test  of  its  quality,  in  comparison  with  other 
receivers,  connect  first  one  and  then  the 
other  to  a  Western  Electric  cone  speaker. 
If  the  receiver  is  right,  the  cone  can  be 
worked  with  tremendous  volume  with- 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 
FIG.    7 

Bottom  view  of  the  "Aristocrat".  Illustrating  the  wiring  under  the  sub- 
panel.  The  only  units  not  shown  in  Fig.  6  are  the  two  Eby  posts  on  the 
extreme  left,  for  antenna  and  ground,  the  Amperite  and  Daven  ballast 
for  the  filament  circuit  of  each  tube  and  the  Belden  battery  cable 


out  rattling.  The  rattle,  as  a  rule,  is 
not  an  inherent  fault  in  the  cone;  it  is  the 
result  of  imperfect  amplification.  In  using 
a  Western  Electric  cone,  it  should  be  re- 
membered that  the  impedance  of  the  cone 
is  much  lower  than  most  other  speakers  and 
the  output  tube  used  with  it  should  be  one 
with  a  plate  impedance  that  matches  the 
cone,  such  as  the  new  semi-power  tubes  to 
which  we  have  previously  referred.  If  an 
ordinary  tube  is  used  with  the  cone,  an  out- 
put transformer  should  be  used  which  will 
make  up  for  the  unbalanced  condition 
that  would  otherwise  result. 

If  you  consider  the  little  things  in  con- 
nection with  the  building  of  RADIO  BROAD- 
CAST'S "Aristocrat"  you  will  produce  a  re- 
ceiver which  you  will  be  proud  to  exhibit  to 
your  friends.  You  will  enjoy  radio  as  it 
is  but  verv  seldom  heard. 


FIG.    6 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


The  "Aristocrat."  Left  to  right  on  the  sub-panel  we  have  the  Daven  leakandenser,  Benjamin  socket,  Sangamo  .004  bypass  condenser,  Daven 
resisto-coupler  with  . i  and  i  meg.  resistors,  socket,  resisto-coupler  with  . i  and  5  meg  resistors,  socket,  resisto-coupler  with  .  i  and  .25  meg  resistors, 
socket.  The  .1  microfarad  condensers  are  within  the  resisto-couplers.  The  two  Eby  posts  on  the  upper  strip  are  for  the  loud  speaker.  The 
three  posts  on  the  lower  side  are  for  the  C  battery  and  the  small  knob  is  for  the  Hammarlund  variable  neutralizing  condenser.  Left  to  right  on 
the  main  panel  are  the  Benjamin  bracket,  Dubilier  .5  by  pass  condenser,  Eastern  Knockout  r.  f.  coupler  with  Apex  knob,  Hanscom  single  control 
unit  with  Marco  dial,  Yaxley  filament  switch.  Eastern  Knockout  antenna  coupler  with  Carter  antenna  switch  and  another  bracket 


'  Point 

ortdn&ed    by  KJmJsleij      UQelles 


i     Who  -Are  the  Owners  of  Our  (f(adio  Sets?    I 


Wl 


rHEN  the  broadcast  announcers 
tell  you  over  the  air  that 
two  million  people  are  hear- 
ing the  "program  now  being 
broadcast,"  it  is  breaking  no  confidences 
to  say  that  they  do  not  really  know 
how  many  listeners  they  are  actually 
reaching.  Almost  everyone  who  has  had 
the  opportunity  has  played  fast  and  free 
with  statistics  dealing  with  radio,  partic- 
ularly the  number  of  radio  receivers  and 
their  owners.  There  is  no  positive  way  to 
tell  just  how  many  sets  are  in  use.  The 
question,  "Have  you  a  radio  set?"  might 
well  be  added  to  the  already  long  list  asked 
by  the  United  States  Census,  although  we 
should  have  to  wait  until  1930  before  these 
now  occult  facts  could  be  made  public. 
It  is  an  excellent  maxim  not  to  take  any 
statistics  too  seriously,  for  like  the  Scrip- 
tures, the  Devil  can  (and  probably  does) 
quote  them  for  his  own  purposes. 

But  slices  of  the  radio  listening  group 
have  been  visited  by  the  equivalent  of  the 
Inquiring  Reporter,  and  the  results,  while 
they  prove  nothing  but  facts  about  the 
given  group,  are  interesting.  The  figures 
give  one  a  pretty  fair  idea  of  what  sort 
of  an  individual  the  composite  radio 
listener  is. 

Two  thirds  of  those  interviewed  owned 
receivers  and  nearly  72  per  cent,  were 
men.  Ages  varied  from  under  20  to  the 
ripe  age  of  71.  The  group  between  21 
and  30  years  old  were  most  attached  to 
radio.  Men  were  more  anxious  to  have 
a  set  installed  than  women,  for  more 
than  58  per  cent,  of  those  approached 
in  the  survey  were  men  and  responsible 
for  the  purchase  of  the  equipment.  Wives 
came  second  with  a  percentage  of  22, 
while  the  clamor  of  the  children  in  20 
per  cent,  of  the  total  succeeded  in  secur- 
ing the  set. 

Out  of  1 200  homes  investigated  in  one 
survey,  66  per  cent,  were  operating  their 
first  sets.  The  remaining  third  had 
owned  radio  equipment  previously.  Some 
families  had  owned  as  many  as  nine 
outfits;  in  fact,  this  group  represented  5 
per  cent,  of  those  interrogated.  And  45 


per  cent,  were  using  their  second  receiver, 
while  21  per  cent,  had  purchased  three. 
One  home  confessed  to  having  six  sets  on 
hand;  five  others  had  five  receivers  apiece, 
and  1 10  households  had  two  or  more. 

The  investigators  were  much  interested 
in  learning  why  a  particular  make  of  re- 
ceiver was  bought.  It  was  found  that 
46  per  cent,  of  the  owners  purchased  their 
set  because  they  thought  it  the  best  make, 
while  17  per  cent,  acted  on  the  advice  of 
friends,  and  a  lagging  12  per  cent,  bought 
because  of  low  prices.  Some  were  in- 
fluenced by  advertisements,  but  almost  as 
many  were  convinced  by  a  personal  dem- 
onstration in  their  homes. 

Radio  receivers  appear  to  be  regarded  by 
these  groups  as  a  necessity  rather  than  a 
mere  convenience,  as  some  of  the  un- 
convinced seem  to  think.  Out  of  1166 
set  owners  asked  the  price  paid  for  their 
equipment,  24  per  cent,  did  not  know  what 
it  cost,  although  12  per  cent,  bought  be- 


THE   FIRST  OPERATIC  BROADCASTER — 1908 

Mme.  Mariette  Mazarin,  operatic  soprano  under 
the  management  of  Oscar  Hammerstein,  who  came  to 
New  York  to  create  the  role  of  "Elektra,"  shown  in 
an  old  photograph  singing  in  the  microphone  of  an 
early  Deforest  arc  radio  telephone  transmitter. 
A  few  earnest  experimenters  heard  Mme.  Mazarin 
then,  but  what  an  audience  she  would  have  to-day! 


cause  the  cost  was  low.  The  initial  cost  of 
the  sets  varied  from  $2  to  $650.  The 
average  cost  of  the  receiver  was  $100. 
The  manufactured  set  cost  more  than  the 
home-assembled  receiver,  which  was  found 
to  cost  about  $40.  The  survey  indicated 
quite  definitely  that  most  of  the  present 
owners  are  willing  and  expect  to  pay  more 
for  their  next  set.  Some  40  per  cent, 
expect  to  pay  between  $150  and  $200  for 
their  new  receiver. 

Out  of  1280  homes  investigated  in  one 
census,  nearly  36  per  cent,  had  five-tube 
sets   in   operation,  9  per  cent,  used  more 
than  five  tubes,  and  19  per  cent,  used  re- 
ceivers   with    three    tubes.     Crystal    and 
one-tube    receivers    accounted    for   8   per 
cent.     each.      In     England,    by    far    the 
greatest    number   of  listeners   use  crystal 
receivers,  which  are  naturally  not  at   all 
selective  and  their  range  is  limited  to  about 
five  or  ten  miles.    One  of  these  American 
surveys  showed  that  47  per  cent,  of  the 
owners  bought  their  sets  in  order  to  re- 
ceive   programs    from    distant  stations. 
Selectivity  was  considered  the  most  im- 
portant factor  by  42  per  cent. 

In  Seattle,  whose  population  by  the 
last  census  is  given  as  237,000,  a  kind  of 
radio  census  was  taken,  which  showed 
that  18,000  radio  receivers  were  in  use 
in  that  area.  Three  years  ago,  the  crystal 
set  was  very  much  in  the  majority  in  that 
city,  as  it  was  in  almost  every  other. 
Now  only  21  per  cent,  of  the  Seattle 
listeners  use  crystal  receivers.  Thirty- 
seven  per  cent,  of  the  sets  are  single-tube 
ones — usually  home  made.  Forty-eight 
per  cent,  of  the  tube  receiving  sets  are 
either  five- or  six-tube  affairs.  Seattle  is 
probably  reasonably  representative  of  the 
country,  although  it  is  highly  doubtful 
that  21  per  cent,  of  the  outfits  of  the 
nation  are  crystal  receivers. 

Probably  the  most  interesting  part  of 
the  surveys  is  found  in  the  answers  to  the 
question,  "Who  runs  the  set?"  In  455 
cases  out  of  644  it  was  the  man  of  the 
house — 71  per  cent.  Women  did  the 
tuning  in  6  per  cent,  of  the  total  and 
the  children  in  3  per  cent. 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


WHAT  WE  CAN  EXPECT  IN  BROADCASTING 


33 


What  Hope  for  Programs? 

The  response  of  the  radio  audiences  to  the  con- 
certs of  the  New  York  Philharmonic  Orchestra 
is  very  significant.  It  is  not  improbable  that 
several  hundred  thousand  persons  listened  to 
these  concerts  over  the  air  during  the  summer. 
That  their  appreciation  is  keen  may  be  judged 
from  the  fact  that  wjz  and  WCY — fully  alive  to 
the  public's  wishes — have  seen  fit  to  give  the 
concerts  such  prominence  on  their  schedules. 
This  in  itself  is  encouraging.  Even  more  so  is 
the  interest  of  the  public  in  the  best  class  of 
music.  Broadcasting  stations  reported  a  year 
ago  that  there  was  a  notable  increase  in  the 
number  of  letters  asking  for  more  concert  music. 
The  experience  in  this  broadcasting 
shows  that  there  is  a  much  larger  audience  of 
music  lovers  in  this  country  than  was  thought  to 
exist.  .  .  .  What  the  Philharmonic  has  done, 
others  can  do.  What  we  have  lacked  (in  this 
country),  save  in  the  big  cities,  is  the  opportunity 
to  hear  good  things.  This  the  radio  now  gives 
us. — Editorial  in  the  New  York  Times. 

By  FAR  the  outstanding  event  of'the 
summer  radio  season  was  the 
broadcasting  of  the  Philharmonic 
Orchestra  at  the  Lewisohn  Stadium  in 
New  York.  Aside  from  the  fact  that  this 
broadcasting  was  technically  the  finest  bit 
of  broadcasting  we  have  ever  heard,  the 
Philharmonic  programs  were  noteworthy 
because  of  the  high  musical  standard  of  the 
selections  and  their  rendering.  One  hour 
of  a  Philharmonic  concert  is  worth,  by 
actual  calculation,  2027  hours  of  any  jazz 
band  you  can  mention. 

There  are  mutterings  against  jazz,  and 
they  are  none  too  faint.  We  venture  the 
prediction  that  the  stations  who  want  to 
stay  in  the  van  will  have  to  rearrange  their 
schedules  so  that  jazz  takes  a  secondary 
place  on  their  programs — if  for  no  better 
reason  than  variety.  Who  would  attend 
a  vaudeville  performance  where  50  per  cent, 
of  the  program  was  devoted  to  dance  music? 


The  wire  links  of  WEAF  to  the  outlands 
will  furnish  much  excellent  program  ma- 
terial. The  recent  announcement  by  A.  A. 
Kent  that  Metropolitan  Opera  stars  have 
signed  for  a  series  of  concerts,  to  be  broad- 
cast through  WEAF  and  a  chain  of  Middle 
Western  stations  begining  October  4,  is  the 
first  good  omen  in  the  Fall  Season. 
The  WEAF  Grand  Opera  Company  will 
furnish  tabloid  grand  opera  to  a  large 
group  of  stations.  We  have  heard  many 
listeners  say,  and  not  a  few  have  written  us, 
that  they  think  this  feature  one  of  the  best 
to  be  found  in  the  air  lanes.  There  is  now 
a  pleasing  tendency  among  program  direc- 
tors to  arrange  radio  speeches  which  have 
some  justification  for  their  being.  Pro- 
gram directors  will  never  learn,  however, 
that  there  is  no  possible  justification  for 
broadcasting  an  entire  banquet.  It  is  bad 
enough  to  be  forced  to  attend  a  banquet, 
but  when  one  has  to  listen  to  the  rumble 
of  moving  dishes,  the  distorted  sounds  of  an 
orchestra  perhaps,  and  the  hollow  echoes 
of  "speeches  of  the  evening"  which  re- 
verberate in  the  banquet  hall  despite  the 
best  efforts  of  the  microphone  to  ensnare 
them — then  the  limit  of  something  has 
been  reached. 

But  in  the  main,  the  start  of  the  fifth 
year  of  radio  broadcasting  is  good.  In  a 
hundred  little  ways  programs  are  being 
improved  and  more  able  individuals  are 
coming  to  the  studios,  in  the  persons  of 
both  performer  and  director. 

Church     Broadcasting:  A    Failure 

{THOUGHT,  as  a  matter  of  course," 
writes    Charles     Magee    Adams,    of 
Milford,  Ohio,    "that   a  considerable 
majority  of  my  neighbors  picked  up  church 


services  regularly.  They  tune-in  every 
other  radio  offering,  and  religion,  regard- 
less of  creed,  is  something  whose  appeal  is 
universal  and  fundamental.  But  I  find 
that,  on  the  contrary,  the  overwhelming 
majority  of  my  neighbors'  sets  either  stand 
idle  during  church  hours  or  pick  up  a  pro- 
gram of  some  other  type  if  one  is  within 
range.  They  began  listening  zealously 
enough  when  the  sets  were  new,  these 
friends  of  mine  (and  I  am  sure  they  are 
representative  of  the  radio  audience),  but 
gradually  discontinued  the  practise,  for- 
reasons  hinted  at  rather  than  explained. 
There  were  vague  remarks,  such  as  '  I  don't 
care  much  about  it.'  From  this  and 
similar  remarks  and  my  own  convictions,  I 
came  to  the  conclusion  that  something  is 
wrong  with  church  broadcasting." 

In  the  September  "Listeners'  Point  of 
View,"  issue  was  taken  with  the  arrange- 
ment of  Sunday  programs  in  general  and 
it  was  mentioned  that  broadcasting  from 
churches  is  not  very  successful.  Mr. 
Adams  develops  the  point.  "The  Church 
thinks  of  broadcasting,"  he  continues, 
"simply  as  a  means  of  bringing  its  services 
to  shut-ins  and  as  a  sample  to  interest 
prospects;  in  other  words,  broadcasting  is 
an  auxiliary  to  and  substitute  for  attendance 
at  services  in  person.  This  is  not  to  say 
that  these  aims  are  not  legitimate  and 
laudable.  Bringing  help  and  comfort  to 
dwellers  in  remote  places  or  to  invalids  is  a 
fine  service;  and  attracting  more  people 
into  church  membership  is  altogether  worth 
while. 

Radio  has  placed  at  the  disposal  of  the  church 
an  instrumentality  for  multiplying  its  usefulness 
to  an  extent  that  leaves  possibilities  difficult  to 
grasp.  Yet  the  church  classifies  radio  as  an 
auxiliary,  a  substitute;  and  continues  to  place 
the  emphasis  on  assembling  in  congregations. 


GOLDY    AND    DUSTY 


FLORENCE    LONG    ARNOLDI  who  ^1e  p  MISS   JEAN    SARGENT 

Coloratura  soprano,  a  regular  artist  at  station  chain  of  stations,  in  an  "indirect  advertising"  Who  was  for  four  years  with  WNAC,  Boston,  and 

WOAW,    Omaha.     Her    voice    has    thrilled    and  program.     It  is  darkly  hinted  that  they  are  two  now  is  in  charge  of  women's  programs  at  WHT, 

delighted    many   an   evening's   radio   audience,  well-known  concert  singers,  well  known  to  buyers  Chicago.     Miss  Sargent  is  said  to  be  the  first 

One  might  add  that  her  costume  is  fully  as  charm-  of  phonograph   records,  who  have  turned  their  woman    announcer.     Her    voice    is    frequently 
ing  as  her  voice                                                   talents  to  broadcasting  heard  over  WHT 


34 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


LOPEZ    SPEAKING 

This  concert,  by  Vincent  Lopez  and  his  orchestra, 

is  being  broadcast  through  the  courtesy  of  station 

W-E-A-F  direct  from  the  Pennsylvania  Hotel  Grill. 

The  next  number     .     .     .     On  the  Radio" 


This  is  much  the  same  as  if,  during  the  last 
presidential  inauguration,  the  nation-wide  radio 
audience  had  been  told  that  it  might  listen-in  at 
home,  but  that  attending  the  ceremonies  in 
person  was  vastly  to  be  preferred. 

Mr.  Adams  goes  on  to  enumerate  the 
disadvantages  of  this  widespread  attempt 
to  adapt  the  service  designed  for  attendance 
in  person  to  the  special  requirements  of 
broadcasting.  "The  acoustics  of  church 
auditoriums  result  in  cavernous  boomings 
and  reverberations  .  .  .  and  it  is  im- 
possible for  the  preacher  to  adapt  his  deliv- 
ery both  to  the  radio  audience  and  to  his 
congregation.  Much  the  same  is  true  of  the 
incidental  music.  Announcements  of  in- 
terest only  to  the  congregation  must  be 
made  from  time  to  time.  These  strike  the 
listener  as  wholly  irrelevant  and  are 
psychologically  very  important. 

"The  Church  should  arrange  a  special 
service,  with  universal  appeal,  conducted 
in  a  broadcasting  studio  according  to  the 


KEITH    MCLEOD 

Accompanist  and  musical  director  of  stations  wjz 
and  WJY,  New  York.  He  accompanies  Mr.  Godfrey 
Ludlow  in  the  popular  Sunday  night  recitals  from 
wjz  and  is  a  pianist  of  great  talent.  Mr.  McLeod 
is  a  Westerner,  coming  from  Denver,  Colorado 


best  radio  practise.  Sermons  should  be 
cut  to  somewhere  near  ten  minutes — the 
length  of  maximum  radio  listener  atten- 
tion. (The  closing  speeches  broadcast  in 
the  last  presidential  campaign  by  President 
Coolidge  and  Mr.  Davis — the  most  effec- 
tive radio  addresses  delivered  by  either — 
were  n  and  13  minutes  long.)  Radio 
has  placed  before  the  Church  an  opportun- 
ity for  usefulness  greater  than  any  other 
single  one  in  all  its  long  history.  The 
Church  has  failed  so  far  to  make  the  most 
of  this  opportunity,  not  because  technical 
facilities  are  undeveloped,  but  because  the 
Church  has  not  chosen  to  adapt  itself  to 
this  new  potentiality."  With  all  of  which, 
needless  to  say,  we  heartily  agree. 

Do    Women    Know    What    They 
Want   In  Radio  Programs? 

IN  ENGLAND  recently,  a  woman 
graduate  of  Cambridge  debated  before 
the  microphone  with  a  woman  who 
had  been  in  charge  of  various  canteens  dur- 
ing the  war  on  what  subjects  appeal  most 
to  women  listeners.  The  Cambridge 
graduate  favored  amusing  and  intellectual 
talks  of  a  non-domestic  character,  and  the 
ex-canteen  manager  declared  she  wanted 
talks  on  practical  subjects  and  "ultra- 
feminine  topics" — whatever  they  are.  Lis- 
teners were  asked  to  express  their  views, 
and  some  80  per  cent,  of  the  letters  sided 
with  the  Cambridge  woman.  Cookery, 
child  welfare,  and  household  management 
talks  were  not  wanted.  The  general  cry 
was:  "Take  us  out  of  the  kitchen  and  take 
us  out  of  ourselves!"  The  letter  writers 
wanted  talks  on  music,  literature,  travel, 
women's  movements,  etc.,  with  an  occa- 
sional fashion  talk  or  humorous  reading. 

Almost  without  exception  American 
broadcasting  stations,  when  they  have  a 
program  for  women,  have  limited  it  to  the 
obvious  domestic  things.  No  broadcaster 
has  had  the  courage  or  the  intelligence  to 
arrange  a  program  to  appeal  to  the  intelli- 
gence of  women.  One  wonders  whether 
this  failure  is  due  to  a  belief  that  it  would 
be  useless  to  make  the  attempt  or  because 
the  program  designers  simply  fail  to  ap- 
preciate the  necessity. 

However,  a  new  feature  for  women  has 
been  started  by  the  Washburn  Crosby- 
Company  with  the  talks  by  Betty  Crocker, 
on  Monday,  Wednesday,  and  Friday  morn- 
ings through  WEEI,  Boston;  WEAF,  New 
Yorkjwpi,  Philadelphia;  WCAE,  Pittsburgh; 
WGR,  Buffalo;  WEAR,  Cleveland;  wwj,  De- 
troit; WHT,  Chicago;  KSD,  St.  Louis;  WDAF, 
Kansas  City;  KFI,  Los  Angeles;  and  wcco, 
St.  Paul-Minneapolis.  This  is  a  genuine 
forward  step  in  broadcasting,  for  it  is  the 
first  time  a  national  wire  link  has  been 
employed  for  a  program  of  "service." 
It  is  frankly  commercial  broadcasting,  and 
that  of  the  most  defensible  sort.  Perhaps 
this  national  effort  will  awaken  the  pro- 
gram directors,  and  they  will  now  busy 
themselves  and  arrange  women's  programs 
of  broader  appeal. 


ERNIE    SPEAKING 

I  want  to  thank  all  my  radio  friends  for  the  wonder- 
ful letters  they  have  sent  me.  1  will  be  pleased  to 
send  a  log  book  with  a  picture  of  my  orchestra  on 
it  to  everybody  writing  for  one.  The  next  numbaah 
played  by  Ernie  Golden  and  his  Hotel  McAlpin 
Orchestra  will  be  'The  Farmer  Took  Another  Load 
Away'" 

The  Shy  Radio  Minstrel 

"A  wandering  minstrel  I, 
A  thing  of  rags  and  patches.     .     .     ." 

MINSTRELS  have  quite  gone  out  of 
fashion  except  as  one  reads  of  them 
in  good  old  classical  ballads,  or 
hears  the  lines  quoted  above  floated  out  at 
one  during  a  "Mikado"  performance. 
The  fact  is  that  the  automobile — and  we 
almost  said  radio — has  made  the  minstrel 
business  a  bit  superfluous,  and  probably 
unprofitable.  To  come  out  with  a  startling 
truth,  radio  broadcasting  has  brought  the 
minstrel  back  again.  Most  of  our  modern 
minstrels  travel  on  the  best  trains  instead 
of  a  slow  and  probably  underfed  horse  and 
are  well  paid  for  their  time,  as  witness  the 
favorite  Wendell  Hall — in  the  employ  of  the 
National  Carbon  Company,  who  only  last 


GODFREY    LUDLOW 

Staff  violinist  at  station  wjz  getting  his  fine  Stradi- 
varius — the  de  Rougement,  dated  1703 — ready  fora 
recital.-  Mr.  Ludlow  is  an  artist  of  high  ability,  and 
through  his  Sunday  night  concerts  through  wjz  and 
WGY  has  won  a  very  large  following 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


NEWS  AND  COMMENT  ABOUT  BROADCASTING 


35 


year  shadowed  the  microphone  of  most  of 
the  important  broadcasters  of  the  country. 
He  sent  this  department,  we  recall,  a  postal 
card  from  Cuba  while  he  was  on  his  lyrical 
mission  there. 

There  are  a  host  of  others  who  travel 
about,  some  who  are  paid  for  their  services 
and  others — a  majority  of  the  number,  in 
all  probability — who  give  their  services  to 
the  broadcasters  for  the  pure  love  of  the 
thing,  which,  being  translated,  means  for 
the  "publicity  value."  The  management 
of  station  KGO  admits  that  within  the  past 
thirty  days  five  radio  minstrels  reported 
to  the  studio  manager,  ready  to  do  their 
bit  "entertaining  the  silent  audience  of  the 
day  and  night."  One  was  armed  with  a 
harmonica,  another  played  a  Tyrolean 
zither,  another  carried  a  set  of  "sweet 
potatoes,"  while  a  fourth  drove  to  the 
station  in  a  Ford  and  unloaded  his  "kitchen 
piano"  or  dulcimer,  which  is  stringed,  and 
as  a  WEAF  announcer  phrased  it  the  other 
night,  is  "the  grandfather  of  the  piano." 

"We  are  only  observing  the  old  Biblical 
injunction,"  admitted  one  of  the  minstrels. 
"We  cast  our  music  on  theair,  and,  brother, 
it  works!  As  I  travel,  I  meet  friends 
everywhere — and  chicken  dinners,  too." 

The  electrical  wanderlust  has  spread  to 
broadcast  announcers,  too,  for  we  have 
heard  from  a  number  of  stations  during  the 
lately  concluded  summer,  elaborate  and 
flowery  introduction  of  this  well-known 
announcer,  and  that  being  presented  over  a 
rival  but  friendly  microphone. 


^Broadcast  Miscellany 


WHEN  broadcasters  close  their 
program,  it  is  usual  for  them  to 
announce  the  time.  "Station 
xxx  now  signing  off  at  10:10  p.  M., 
Central  Standard  Time.  .  .  ."  We 
took  the  trouble  to  check  the  announced 
time  from  a  number  of  stations  recently, 
and  the  variations  from  the  actual 
minute  were  fearful  to  behold.  It  is  a 
small  matter,  but  if  the  broadcaster 
really  means  what  he  so  often  says 
about  "service"  we  suggest  he  take 
care  his  clocks  are  right.  We  will  wager 
that  a  good  many  trains  are  missed 
because  of  carelessness  of  this  sort. 

THE  bubbling  Ernie  Golden,  radio 
good  fellow  par  excellence,  an- 
nounced from  WMCA,  New  York,  the 
other  night  that  a  certain  performer 
would  "now  whistle  'To  a  Wild  Rose.'" 
A  curious  occupation  for  a  grown  man, 
but  perhaps  less  futile  than  the  not  un- 
common announcement  of  this  or  that 
hopeful  "broadcasting  to  listening  rela- 
tives in  Brest-Litovsk." 


only  knows  how  many  times  each  evening. 
This  gracious  compliance  with  wishes  never 
fails  to  remind  us  of  that  ultra-complier, 
Josephus,  whose  fame  is  sung  in  a  good  old 
ballad: 

Now  these  two  boys  are  dead  and  gone. 

Long  may  their  ashes  rest. 
Bohunkus  of  the  cholera  died, 

Josephus,  by  request. 

IT  IS  the  common  practise  among  wire 
and  radio  telegraphers  to  use  their 
initials  or  some  other  cabalistic  set  of  let- 
ters to  indicate  their  presence  at  the  sta- 
tion, chiefly  because  it  takes  too  much 
time  to  send  with  each  message,  "sent  by 
operator  Charles  B.  Smith,"  or  the  equiva- 
lent. When  the  radio  operators  became 
radio  announcers,  as  many  did  in  the  early 
days  of  broadcasting,  before  the  present 
age  of  specialization  where  every  station 
with  any  claim  to  pretension  has  its  staff 
of  announcers,  its  program  and  publicity 
force,  and  its  group  of  operators — they 
took  with  them  the  practise  of  giving  their 
initials  during  the  announcing.  The  orig- 
inal purpose  of  the  abbreviation  was  to 
save  time,  but  now  there  is  no  possible 
justification  for  the  practise.  The  an- 
nouncer is — if  he  is  even  moderately 
talented — an  asset  to  his  station,  and  in 
many  ways  he  is  as  important  as  the  event 
or  the  artist  he  introduces.  Why,  then, 
should  he  not  give  his  name?  The  practise 
was  begun  by  WEAF.  Millions,  probably, 
heard  the  name  of  Graham  McNamee,  and 
werecharmed  by  his  easy  graceand  high  tal- 
ent for  description.  But  some  power  above 
gave  his  orders  and  no>v  no  longer  do  the 
Bell  System  announcers  reveal  their  iden- 
tity. The  Radio  Corporation  group  do, 


however,  and  if  you  don't  believe  that  the 
name  of  the  announcer  adds  a  necessary 
touch  to  the  broadcast  proceedings,  com- 
pare some  night  the  offerings  of  a  station 
representing  each  group.  When  the  lis- 
tener knows  the  name  of  the  announcer 
serving  him,  an  indefinable  something  is 
added  which  is  highly  desirable.  It  makes 
for  better  announcing,  too;  Milton  Cross 
of  wjz  probably  felt  a  greater  responsibility 
and  approached  the  task  of  preparing  those 
extraordinarily  able  program  notes  he 
gave  for  the  New  York  Philharmonic  Con- 
certs (given  through  WGY,  wjz,  and  WRC) 
with  considerably  more  enthusiasm  since 
he  knew  that  large  numbers  of  listeners-in 
looked  to  him  for  his  interpretations. 
And,  contra,  the  WEAF  announcer  who 
handles  the  Hotel  Bossert  orchestra  several 
nights  a  week  might  make  more  certain 
that  what  he  says  by  way  of  "fill  in"  is 
really  funny,  if  his  name  were  aerially 
signed  to  his  remarks. 

THE  late  Walter  Camp  and  his  system 
for  the  glorification  of  the  American 
physique,  known  familiarly  as  the  "Daily 
Dozen"  is  probably  responsible  for  the 
radio  popularity  of  the  setting-up  exercises. 
Aided  by  a  bugle,  and  the  less  military 
piano,  unseen  physical  training  instructors 
dispense  musically  accompanied  instruc- 
tions for  health  exercises  from  a  great 
many  stations.  Though  there  is  no  sure 
way  of  estimating,  the  number  of  exer- 
cises must  be  very  large.  We  hope  that 
this  new  addition  to  the  radio  program  may 
become  such  a  fixture  that  it  entirely  dis- 
places the  bedtime  story — misguided  ju- 
venile sentimentalism  which  everyone,  in- 
cluding the  children,  could  well  do  without. 


THE  next  number  will  be  played  by  IN  THE  VILLAGE  OF  JUAN  DIAZ,   PANAMA 

*•  request."     Similarly    worded   confi-  The  natives  hear  a  program  from  a  Cuban  broadcasting  station.    The  radio  receiver  is  part  of  the  "on 

j-_  '    ••  ,    •   .  ,  location"  equipment  of  the  company  filming  the  picture  "Spaces  Beyond"  in  Panama.     It  is  a  question 

dences  are  whispered  into  many  a  de-  whether  the  natives  Hvjng  on  the  calm  ,ittle  Tapia  River  jn  ^  backgVound  were  more  impressed  with  the 

tenseless  microphone,  the  good  Marconi  radio  concerts  or  the  strange  behavior  of  the  cameramen  and  directors 


A  Model 


Designed  to  Meet  Present  Requirements  of  Great  Selectivity  on  All  Frequency 
Bands,  This  Set  Is  Highly  Satisfactory  in  Operation  and  Decidedly  Easy  to  Build 

By  McMURDO  SILVER 


OR  some  time  past,  the  writer  has  felt 
that  it  should  be  possible  to  design  a 
radio  receiver  possessing  all  of  the  valu- 
able features  of  the  best  super- 
heterodynes, yet  going  a  step  beyond  in  dealing 
with  the  coming  seasons'  radio  problems  in  a  man- 
ner not  possible  with  any  previous  systems,  since 
none  of  the  present  aggravated  reception  condi- 
tions were  even  imagined  during  the  past  year. 
Before  examining  this  system  in  detail,  it  may 
be  interesting  to  consider  a  few  of  the  facts  con- 
cerning present,  and  probably  future,  broadcast- 
ing conditions,  which,  incidentally,  will  explain  in 
a  measure  the  writer's  apparent  abandonment 
of  the  super-heterodyne  school  of  thought.  In 
a  nutshell,  a  simpler  system  has  been  so  improved 
that  it  is  now  nearly  the  equal  of  the  super- 
heterodyne. 

BROADCASTING   CONDITIONS — TO-DAY    AND 
YESTERDAY 

I  AST  year  at  this  time,  the  entire  range  of 
^  available  broadcasting  channels  may  have 
been  occupied  by  transmitting  stations,  but  any 
listener  of  a  year's  standing  knows  that  in  actual 
operation  this  was  not  so.  Channels  could  often 
be  found  where  stations  were  not  transmitting, 
and  it  was  seldom  indeed  that  a  fan  could  pick 
up  the  full  quota  of  approximately  95  stations 
that  would  be  required  to  fill  properly  the 
broadcast  frequency  range  of  1500-550  kc.  (200 
to  546  meters),  a  range  of  some  950  kc. 
Obviously,  there  will  be  far  more  stations 
operating  simultaneously  than  there  were  last 
year.  Equally  obviously,  we  require  far  more 
selective  receivers  this  year  than  last. 

To-day  the  range  of  the  broad- 
cast frequency  is  from  1500  to  Cftfjj^— ^— 
550  kc.  '200-546  meters).  Re- 
broadcasting  goes  up  to  5996 
kc.  (50  meters)  in  some  cases,  and 
it  is  quite  possible  that  the  regu- 
lar broadcasting  range  may  be 
extended  above  1 500  kc.  (200 
meters).  Foreign  super-power 
broadcasting  takes  place  in  many 
instances  on  long  waves,  running 
up  to  several  thousand  meters. 
Of  what  value,  then,  is  last  year's 
receiver,  with  its  satisfactory 
operating  range  generally  from 
1330  to  520  kc.  (225  to  575 
meters)?  This  year,  and  future 
years,  sets  must  be  capable  of 
covering  a  wide  wavelength  range 
— far  wider  than  any  existing  de- 
signs will  rover. 


ceiver  itself  is  shown  in  the  accompanying 
illustrations,  which  bring  out  the  mechanical 
details  of  panel  design,  instrument  arrangement, 
and  wiring. 

At  first  glance,  the  set  does  not  seem  at  all 
original,  since  it  consists  merely  of  two  stages  of 
tuned  radio  frequency  amplification,  followed  by 
a  detector  tube  and  two  audio  amplifiers.  The 
circuit  is  a  combination  of  the  best  points  of  all 
receivers,  carefully  executed  with  regard  for  the 
most  recent  discoveries,  and  the  fund  of  informa- 
tion gained  by  the  writer  and  his  assistants 
through  contact  with  many  thousands  of  ex- 
perimenters— men  whose  judgment  of  receiving 
equipment  was  based  solely  upon  one  thing,  per- 
formance. 

Since  one  of  the  first  requirements  was  wave- 
length flexibility,  it  was  necessary  to  devise  a 
method  of  shifting  inductances  for  different 
frequency  bands.  This  made  necessary  the 
designing  of  interchangeable  coil  forms  possessing 
a  form  factor  suitable  for  all  frequencies  to  be 
handled.  For  the  higher  frequency  bands,  the 
turns  are  spaced,  while  the  coils  for  waves 
longer  than  the  present  broadcast  band,  the 
coils  may  be  bank  wound.  Six  contacts  are 
provided  on  a  reinforced  ring  at  the  bottom  of 
each  coil,  upon  which  are  mounted  six  studs  in 
which  the  ends  of  the  windings  terminate,  and 
which  in  turn  make  contact  with  springs  in  a 
special  six-contact  socket,  so  keyed  that  a  coil 
cannot  be  inserted  incorrectly.  In  order  to 
change  a  frequency  band,  it  is  necessary  only  to 
remove  the  coils  from  their  sockets  and  insert 
ones  of  different  inductance  values — an  operation 
consuming  about  10  seconds. 


A    RECEIVER   TO   MEET    PRESENT 
CONDITIONS 

IT  IS  felt  that  the  receiver  to 
*  be  described  adequately  solves 
the  problems  encountered,  with 
fewer  tubes  and  less  equipment 
than  a  super-heterodyne,  yet  is  cap- 
able of  equalling  super-heterodyne 
selectivity  and  sensitivity — a  goal 
indeed  worth  aiming  at.  The  re- 


and  again,  readers  of  RADIO  BROADCAST  have  asked  us  why 
we  did  not  publish  more  information  on  the  familiar  five-tube, 
tuned  radio  frequency  receiver.  Our  position  was  that  as  soon  as  we 
found  a  receiver  sufficiently  good  and  sufficiently  off  the  beaten  path,  a 
description  would  find  its  way  into  the  pages  of  the  magazine.  RADIO 
BROADCAST  has  published  many  articles  on  the  neutrodyne  (December, 
1923,  January,  and  February,  1924,  and  August,  1924),  and  many 
more  on  applications  of  tuned  radio  frequency  circuits.  The  receiver 
here  described  involves  no  "revolutionary  circuit,"  but  it  contains 
other  features  which  are  certain  to  be  of  positive  interest  to  the  con- 
structor. These  departures  in  design  are  used  which  give  ease  of  con- 
trol, adjustment  to  various  frequencies,  and  well-nigh  perfect  selectivity: 

1  Plug-in  coils  for  covering  all  broadcast  frequencies. 

2  Straight  line  frequency  condensers,  insuring  even  spacing  of  received 
frequencies   along   the  dial.     The   exact  dial   location   of  a   given 
station  can  be  precalculated  after  referring  to  published  programs. 

3  Proper  detector  grid   biasing   instead  of  the  conventional  grid  leak 
and  condenser. 

4  A  new  system  of  regeneration  control  achieved  by  shunting  the  r.  f. 
secondary  coil  with  a  variable  $oo,ooo-ohm  resistance. 

This  excellent  article  is  another  of  the  special  features  promised  our 
readers  in  the  new  RADIO  BROADCAST,  and  we  think  it  well  justifies  its 
place. — THE  EDITOR. 


STRAIGHT  LINE  FREQUENCY  CONDENSERS 

'"THE  condensers  used  with  these  inductances 
'  are  of  the   type    giving    an    approximately 
straight  line  frequency  variation,  or  a  uniform 
kilocycle  variation  for  each  dial  division. 

A  very  important  factor  for  broadcast  recep- 
tion, particularly  on  short  waves,  is  the  ratio  of 
inductance  to  capacity  in  a  tuning  circuit.  The 
500  mmf.  (.0005  mfd.)  condensers,  which  are  com- 
monly used,  prove  rather  large  for  use  above 
1500  kc.  (200  meters).  Even  above  this,  the  in- 
ductance capacity  ratio  resulting  from  their  use 
is  not  as  good  as  with  350  mmf.  (.00035  mfd.) 
condensers.  In  order  that  maximum  signal 
strength  may  be  obtained,  the  condenser 
capacity  should  be  kept  as  low  as  possible.  For 
another  reason,  this  is  of  vital  importance  at 
short  waves  where  tuning  is  practically  impos- 
sible with  large  condensers.  Above  6000  kc. 
(below  50  meters)  tuning  capacities  should  be 
on  the  order  of  150  mmf.  (.00015  mfd.)  although 
below  this,  350  mmf.  seems  quite  satisfactory. 

Neutralization,  which  is  nothing  more  than 
fixed  oscillation  or  regeneration  control,  could 
not  be  used.  This  is  because  the  r.  f.  amplifier 
for  a  given  frequency  band,  would  have  to  be 
neutralized  at  the  shortest  wave  to  be  received  in 
that  band  so  that  the  amplifier  would  not  oscil- 
late. Sensitivity  would  be  obtained  then  only 
at  the  lower  end  of  the  wavelength  band,  while 
the  receiver  would  be  as  inefficient  and  as  little 
sensitive  as  the  average  neutrodyne  at  the  longer 
waves.  In  this  connection,  the  now  popular 
circuits  employing  a  stage  of  tuned  neutralized 
r.  f.  amplification  and  a  regenerative  detector 
were  considered.  In  them,  due  to 
^^—4^3  reaction,  regeneration  in  the  de- 
tector circuit  tends  to  assist  the 
neutralized  r.  f.  amplifier.  This 
being  at  best  an  indirect  solution 
of  the  problem,  the  r.  f.  ampli- 
fier in  this  design  was  made  highly 
regenerative,  with  an  increase  in 
sensitivity,  since  a  much  stronger 
signal  could  then  be  delivered  to 
the  detector  tube,  the  efficiency  of 
which  varies  with  the  square  of  the 
applied  voltage.  This  means  that, 
with  a  given  signal  applied  to  the 
detector,  doubling  the  strength  of 
the  signal  will  increase  the  detector 
response  four  times.  In  the  new 
receiver,  due  to  reaction,  the  de- 
tector circi'it  is  rendered  practi- 
cally as  sensitive  as  if  direct  re- 
generation were  employed  (see  the 
writer's  article  in  the  March,  1925, 
issue  of  RADIO  BROADCAST) 
through  the  reactive  effect  of 
regeneration  in  the  r.  f.  amplifier. 


NEW    REGENERATION    CONTROL 

'  I  *HE  actual  method  of  regener- 
*  ation  control  employed  is  new, 
practically,  and  consists  of  a  vari- 
able high  resistance  in  shunt 
with  the  grid  circuit  of  the 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


A  MODEL  1926  BROADCAST  RECEIVER 


37 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 
FIG.     I 

Front  panel  view  of  the  five-tube  receiver  described  in  this  article.     The  three  tuning  dials 
may  be  linked   together  as  one  if  desired.     The  plug-in  coils  are  shown  at   the  right 


second  r.  f.  tube.  Customarily,  a  grid  bias- 
ing potentiometer  is  employed  which  is  ex- 
tremely inefficient  at  short  waves  although 
satisfactory  at  long  waves  as  in  a  super- 
heterodyne, or  a  series  B  battery  resistance. 
The  latter,  the  most  popular  method,  is  ex- 
tremely unsatisfactory,  as  it  merely  controls 
oscillation  by  reducing  the  effective  amplifier 
plate  voltage.  This  process  is  bound  to' detune 
the  set  in  a  measure,  as  well  as  throw  the  ampli- 
fier tubes  entirely  off  their  proper  operating 
characteristic  if  a  C  battery  is  employed,  as 
should  be  done.  In  the  system  used,  a  variable 
resistance  of  500,000  ohms  is  shunted  across  one 
tuned  circuit  feeding  into  the  tube's  grid  circuit. 
The  probable  average  operating  resistance  of  the 
tube  is  about  1 50,000  ohms,  so  that  the  resistance 
is  so  far  in  excess  of  this  that  selectivity  is  not 
affected.  Due  to  careful  design  of  the  circuit, 
it  is  only  necessary  to  decrease  the  value  of  shunt 
resistance  to  not  less  than  300,000  ohms  to  get 
excellent  oscillation  control.  Obviously,  this 
method  will  not  affect  selectivity  to  the  detri- 
mental extent  that  any  other  method  would. 

Due  to  the  extremely  low  losses  of  the  three 
tuned  circuits,  the  overall  amplification  curve 
resembles  that  of  a  band-pass  filter,  such  as  is 
used  in  carrier  telephone  work;  in  some  cases  for 
separation  of  carriers — not  10  kc.  apart  as  in 
radio — but  only  3  kc.  apart.  This  is  the  ideal 
response  curve  and  can  only  be  obtained  by  other 
systems  after  they  have  gone  beyond  the  limits 
of  practicability;  or  practically  by  the  super- 


heterodyne. The  next  most  satisfactory  curve 
would  probably  result  from  the  single  r.  f.  ampli- 
fier and  regenerative  detector  mentioned  above. 
The  efficiency  of  the  receiver  decreases  rapidly 
at  frequencies  greater  than  2000  kc.  (i  50  meters), 
so  that  at  6000  kc.  (50  meters)  it  will  probably 
only  work  slightly  better  than  a  regenerative 
detector  and  the  same  number  of  audio  stages. 
This  is  true  of  all  r.  f.  amplifiers,  but  it  must  be 
remembered  that  it  is  practically  impossible  to 
improve  upon  a  regenerative  detector  at  short 
waves.  This  is  not  because  more  sensitive  sys- 
tems cannot  be  built;  rather,  that  they  are  not 
required — transmission  efficiency  renders  the  Use 
of  a  terrifically  sensitive  receiver  unnecessary. 

AUDIO    AMPLIFICATION 

HpHE  audio  amplifier  shown  uses  two  standard 
'  3^:1  transformers,  and  will  be  found  to  give 
most  excellent  reproduction.  However,  resist- 
ance coupling  may  be  used  where  practically  per- 
fect quality  is  desired.  Unless  high-Mu  tubes 
are  used  in  the  first  two  stages,  and  a  low- 
impedance  tube  (suchasuxi  12,  ux  120,  ux  210  or 
the  Daven),  in  the  last  stage,  resistance  coupling 
is  not  worth  while.  The  only  high-Mu  tubes 
generally  available  for  standard  sockets  are  made 
by  Daven.  However,  using  ordinary  tubes, 
choke-coupled  amplification  will  about  equal  re- 
sistance coupling,  using  the  new  35o-henry 
Thordarson  autoformers.  Three  stages  will  be 
required,  with  but  90  volts  of  B  battery  rather 
than  135,  as  with  the  resistance  audio  amplifier. 


The  current  consumption  of  the  receiver  is 
astonishingly  low.  With  six  tubes,  three  in  a 
resistance  amplifier  operating  on  135  volts,  it  was 
but  seven  milliamperes  as  against  the  general  1 5 
to  20  for  neutrodynes  and  15  to  30  for  supers. 
Despite  the  fact  that  storage  battery  tubes  were 
used  throughout,  this  was  made  possible  by 
biasing  all  grids  4^  volts  negative.  Thus,  the 
amplifiers  all  have  the  correct  bias  for  90  volts, 
while  the  detector  bias  is  correct  for  45  volts. 
This  practice,  unusual  in  the  case  of  the  detector, 
results  in  an  increase  in  overall  efficiency  due  to 
lower  detector  input  losses,  plus  the  greater 
handling  power  for  strong  signals,  unobtainable 
with  the  customary  grid-condenser-leak  method 
of  obtaining  rectification. 

SINGLE,    DOUBLE,    OR   TRIPLE    CONTROL 

npHE  receiver  may  be  tuned  either  as  a  single, 
*  double,  or  triple  control  outfit  at  will. 
Each  condenser  is  provided  with  a  pulley  collar 
on  its  shaft,  which  may  be  connected  with  all  the 
others  by  means  of  fish-line.  While  at  first  this 
idea  may  seem  impracticable,  it  is  well  to  remem- 
ber that  the  builder  of  one  of  the  country's  finest 
commercial  receivers  has  used  the  method  for 
years.  This  season  it  will  be  found  on  the  Bosch, 
Grebe,  and  Zenith  receivers,  not  to  mention 
others.  It  is,  to  the  writer's  mind,  the  most 
practical  single-control  scheme  yet  devised,  be- 
cause of  its  flexibility.  Thus,  the  builder  of  a 
set  may  test  it  out  carefully,  determine  just  how 
it  logs,  then  put  the  fish-line  in  place  and  realize  a 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


FIG.    2 

The  five-tube  receiver  from  the  rear.     Note  the  three  interchangeable  coils  and  their 
sockets.  The  battery  cord  leading  away  from  the  left  end  carries  all  battery  supply  wiring 


38 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


Photograph 


FIG. 


This  photograph  should  be  studied  carefully  before  laying  out  the  baseboard,  since  no  dimensions  are  given.     This  is  because  different 
types  of  instruments  may  be  substituted,  so  the  layout  can  only  be  approximately  followed  with  respect  to  spacing  of  the  parts 


true  uni-control  set  without  the  fear  that  all  the 
circuits  may  not  be  properly  adjusted,  as  in  the 
case  of  gang  condensers.  The  use  of  external 
compensating  capacities,  often  suggested  with 
gangc  ondensers,  is  not  particularly  to  be  recom- 
mended. 

Further,  a  multiple  range,  uni-control  receiver 
cannot  be  built  practically.  It  might  be  possible 
to  build  it  for  one  frequency  range,  but  if  coils 
"must  be  interchanged,  the  circuits  must  be  com- 
pensated for  errors  that  cannot  be  overcome. 
This  is  where  the  beauty  of  the  fish-line  control 
comes  in — it  is  merely  necessary  in  logging  at 
first  to  determine  how  many  degrees  apart  the 
three  dials  may  run  for  one  set  of  coils,  then  when 
they  are  used,  adjust  the  dials  to  this  relation 
and  go  ahead  tuning  with  but  one  or  two  controls 
as  desired,  since  holding  one  or  two  dials  with  the 
fingers  and  turning  the  other  merely  causes  the 
fish-line  to  slip,  only  to  grip  tightly  again  when 
but  one  dial  is  turned  alone.  Yet  the  arrange- 
ment is  totally  without  play  or  backlash. 

TUBES    AND    RHEOSTATS 

THE  receiver  illustrated  uses  two  rheostats, 
one  for  both  r.  f.  tubes  and  detector,  and 
one  for  the  a.  f.  tubes.  This  permits  the  use  of 
small  tubes  up  to  the  detector,  and  larger  or 
power  tubes  from  there  on.  It  is  suggested  that 
uv-2oiA  and  UX-2OIA  (identically  the  same 
except  for  bases)  be  used  throughout,  up  to  the 
last  stage,  where  a  ux-ii2  or  a  uv-2io  for  ex- 
treme volume  be  used.  Dry  battery  tubes  may 
be  employed  if  desired,  but  uv-2oiA's  will  be 
found  to  give  about  15  per  cent,  greater  volume. 
Rheostats  are  not  vitally  necessary,  with  tubes 
coming  through  with  their  present  uniformity. 
There  is  no  reason  at  all  why  Daven  ballast 
resistors  or  Amperites  may  not  be  used  for 
permanent  filament  control. 

FLEXIBILITY 

ONE  feature  of  the  set  is  its  flexibility.  It 
may  be  used  on  antenna  or  loop  with 
either  only  a  detector,  one  r.  f.  or  two  r.  f. 
amplifiers.  Suppose  an  antenna  is  to  be  used, 
the  antenna  coil  with  its  adjustable  rotor  for 
maximum  selectivity  is  inserted  in  the  socket 
at  the  left  end  of  the  set.  Then  the  r.  f.  coils  are 
put  in  their  sockets  and  the  antenna  and  ground 
connected  to  posts  I  and  2  of  the  antenna  socket. 
Thus,  we  have  detector  and  two  r.  f.  stages.  If 
only  one  r.  f.  stage  is  desired,  the  first  tube  is 
removed,  the  antenna  coil  moved  to  the  middle 
socket  with  antenna  and  ground  connected  to  i 
and  2  of  this  socket,  and  the  set  tuned  with  the 
two  right-hand  dials.  To  use  only  the  detector, 
the  antenna  coil  and  antenna  and  ground  leads 


are  moved  to  the  socket  nearest  the  detector, 
and  all  tuning  is  done  with  the  right-hand  con- 
denser. If  a  loop  is  to  be  used,  the  antenna  coil 
is  removed,  and  the  loop  leads  connected  to  3 
and  4  of  the  socket  from  which  the  coil  is  re- 
moved, depending  upon  the  number  of  r.  f. 
stages  desired.  The  a.  f.  amplifier  i?  controlled 
by- jacks,  one  for  the  first  and  one  for  the  second 
stage.  Thus  the  set  may  be  changed  from  a 
two  to  a  five  tube  set  at  will.  The  volume  resist- 
ance serves  as  a  smooth,  even  control  of  loud- 
speaker volume,  by  means  of  which  any  desired 
ntensity  of  sound  may  be  obtained  at  will. 

RESULTS    OBTAINED    DURING    AUGUST 

P\URING  the  latter  part  of  August,  the  re- 
^-*  ceiver  was  tested  in  the  center  of  the 
Chicago  loop  district,  among  steel  buildings,  and 
in  comparison  with  a  completely  shielded  seven- 
tube  super,  capable  of  cutting  side-bands,  a 
neutrodyne  and  several  other  types  of  com- 
mercial tuned  r.  f.  sets.  The  "super"  gave,  us- 
ing a  loop,  slightly  greater  sensitivity.  This 
could  be  made  up  by  attaching  a  2O-foot  wire  to 
the  grid  side  of  the  loop  on  the  r.  f.  set.  This 
was  seven  tubes  against  five  of  similar  type.  The 
other  receivers  were  practically  worthless  on  a 
loop.  On  a  4o-foot  antenna,  the  r.  f.  set  and 
"super"  were  even — the  point  had  been  reached 
where  the  additional  sensitivity  of  the  "super" 
was  useless.  The  other  sets  tested  failed  signally 
to  equal  the  "super"  or  r.  f.  set — even  to  the 
point  of  the  number  of  stations  heard.  Fre- 
quently DX  stations  would  operate  a  speaker  on 
the  super  or  r.  f.  set,  yet  could  not  be  heard  on 
the  other  factory-built  sets.  The  results  in 
selectivity  were  similar.  Either  the  "super" 
or  r.  f.  set  would  eliminate  some  ten  local  broad- 
casters, a  few  less  than  500  yards  distant,  which 
completely  blanketed  the  other  sets.  Side-bands 
could  be  cut  on  any  station  at  will  with  either 
"super"  or  r.  f.  set,  but  not  with  the  others.  On 
local  broadcasters  within  one  mile,  the  "super," 
shielded,  was  more  selective  than  the  r.  f.  set. 
Shielding  the  r.  f.  set  evened  things  up.  This 
would  never  be  necessary,  however,  except  where 
the  set  was  but  a  few  yards  from  a  transmitter. 
Then  a  sample  receiver  was  tested  in  Garden 
City,  Philadelphia  was  brought  in  in  daylight 
with  plenty  of  volume  to  be  heard  all  over  the 
house. 

CONSTRUCTION    OF    THE    SET 

IN  BUILDING  the  receiver,  the  following  ma- 
*  terial  was  used.  It  is  suggested  that  sub- 
stitution be  not  indulged  in,  since  many  of  the 


items  have  been  designed  for  the  set.  If  one  sub- 
stitutes without  proper  knowledge  of  the  elec- 
trical details  he  is  almost  courting  disaster  with 
the  finished  receiver. 

3  Silver-Marshall  350  mmf.  S.  L.  F.  condensers 
3  Silver-Marshall  six-contact  coil  sockets 
Silver-Marshall  coil  forms  or  wound  coils  as 
required,  three  to  one  frequency  range 

5  Naald,  Silver-Marshall,  or  Benjamin  cush- 
ioned ux  or  uv  sockets 

2  Thordarson  audio  transformers,  3^:1 
2  Carter,  U.  S.  L.  or  Pacent  6-ohm  rheostats 
Centralab  500,000  ohm  modulator 
Carter  or  Pacent  2-spring  jack 
Carter  or  Pacent  I -spring  jack 
Carter  or  Cutler-Hammer  on-off  switch 
Muter  or  Dubilier  .002  mfd.  condenser. 

2  Dubilier  or  Silver-Marshall  .5  mfd.   bypass 
condensers 

3  Kurz-Kasch  moulded,  Ezytoon  or  plain  4- 
inch  dials,  zero-left 

i  Belden  s-lead  color  cable 

I  7x24-^3  inch  bakelite  panel 

i  7X23-|inch  oak  baseboard 

15  Bus-bar  lengths 

13   i-inch   No.  6   R.   H.   N.    P.   brass  wood 

screws 
10  |-inch  No.  6.  R.  H.  N.  P.  brass  wood  screws 

6  J-inch  No.  6  R.  H.  N.  P.  brass  wood  screws 
i  Rosin  core  solder 

i  Spaghetti 
27  Tinned  lugs 

Tools  required:  Screw-driver,  side-cutting 
pliers,  soldering  iron  and  non-corrosive  solder- 
ing paste,  hand  drill  with  drills  and  counter- 
sinks 

ASSEMBLY 

THE  panel  is  first  laid  out  with  the  positions 
of  the  instrument  centers  as  given  in  the 
pictorial  diagram.  These  dimensions  may  be 
supplemented  with  the  individual  templates 
furnished  with  each  instrument.  The  holes 
should  be  drilled  and  countersunk  where  re- 
quired. The  panel  may  be  grained  by  rubbing 
lengthwise  only  with  very  fine  sandpaper  and 
lemon  oil,  it  being  finished  off  with  steel  wool  so 
that  no  shiny  spots  appear.  If  engraving 
facilities  are  available,  it  may  be  engraved  as 
shown  in  the  photographs. 

While  the  volume  control  resistance  is  shown 
above  and  between  the  two  rheostats,  it  would 
be  better  to  locate  it  below  and  between  the 
middle  dials.  This  would  give  shorter  leads, 
and  leave  the  space  occupied  by  it  in  the  set 
photographed  free  for  a  voltmeter,  which  is 
absolutely  essential  with  3-volt  tubes  unless 
fixed  control  resistances  are  used,  such  as 
Davens  or  Amperites. 

Each  separate  part  should  be  examined,  and 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


A  MODEL  1926  BROADCAST  RECEIVER 


39 


every  nut,  screw,  and  spring  adjusted  and 
tightened  before  proceeding  further.  Lugs 
should  be  put  on  the  sockets,  rheostats,  and 
wherever  necessary.  Then  the  hole  locations 
may  be  laid  out  on  the  oak  baseboard  from  the 
pictorial  drawing,  and  each  one  started  with  a 
nail  and  hammer.  All  parts  should  be  screwed 
down  firmly  in  position,  using  the  short  screws 
for  by-pass  condensers  and  transformers,  the 
medium  ones  for  the  sockets  and  the  long  ones 
for  inductance  sockets. 

The  wiring  of  the  set  is  the  simplest  of  as- 
sembly operations.  The  soldering  iron  should 
be  heated,  the  point  filed  bright,  rubbed  in 
paste,  and  then  in  solder  so  that  it  will  acquire  a 
coat  of  tin,  without  which  it  would  be  impossible 
to  solder.  Each  lug  to  be  soldered  should 
have  the  point  of  a  pin  carrying  a  little  paste 
rubbed  over  it,  the  iron  held  to  it  and  the  end  of 
the  length  of  solder  rubbed  on  the  lug  itself,  not 
the  iron.  This  will  tin  the  iron.  Another 
method  is  to  pick  up  a  drop  of  solder  on  the  iron 
and  deposit  it  on  the  lug  by  rubbing  the  lug  with 
the  iron  tip  until  it  is  heated  sufficiently  to  cause 
the  solder  to  flow  to  it.  This  makes  for  neater 
work,  but  requires  more  skill.  Rosin  on  a  joint 
does  not  hurt  it,  providing  there  is  solid  solder 
underneath.  Do  not  try  to  wire  with  anything 
but  perfectly  straight  bus  bar  rolled  flat  between 
two  boards.  Then  measure  it  carefully,  cut  and 
bend  it  to  size,  tin  the  ends,  and  finally  solder  it  in 
place. 

Many  constructors  prefer  to  use  flexible  wire 
in  connecting  up  sets.  In  this  particular  re- 
ceiver, this  is  permissible  only  for  the  filament, 
battery,  and  audio  amplifier  sections.  All  r.  f. 
amplifier  wiring  should  be  of  stiff  bus  bar,  as  il- 
lustrated, in  order  not  to  interfere  with  the 
satisfactory  operation  of  the  simplified  control 
feature. 

So  far  the  panel  has  not  been  touched,  only  the 
baseboard  having  been  wired.  The  proper  parts 
should  be  mounted  on  the  panel.  After  adjust- 
ing the  condensers  for  the  desired  tension,  the 
panel  is  screwed  to  the  baseboard  and  the  re- 


maining wiring  put  in,  after  which  the  receiver  is 
completed  with  the  exception  of  the  battery 
cable.  This  should  have  its  short  ends  con- 
nected to  the  wiring  where  it  terminates  in 
instrument  binding  posts,  say  at  the  switch, 
rheostats,  and  transformers. 

INDUCTANCES 

IT  IS  probably  simplest  to  buy  machine  wound 
'  coils,  since  any  variation  in  wire  tension, 
spacing,  insulation,  or  impregnation  will  affect 
the  operation  of  the  single  control  feature 
slightly. 

Using  standard  ribbed  forms,  the  coils  are 
wound  as  follows:  Starting  at  the  topof  each  tube 
with  end  3,  terminating  this  winding  in  4,  begin- 
ning again  in  5,  and  ending  in  6;  I  and  2  lead  to 
the  rotor,  used  only  in  the  antenna  coil.  All 
coils  are  wound  in  the  same  direction  with  No.  26 
d.  s.  c.  wire,  except  the  rotor,  which  is  wound  with 
No.  32  d.  s.  c. 


ANTENNA  COILS 

1578-  545  kc.  (190-5  50  meters) 
3331-1428  kc.  (90-210  meters) 
5996-2726  kc.  (50-1  10  meters) 

R.  F.  TRANSFORMERS 

1578-545  kc.  (190-550  meters) 
331-1428  kc.  (90-210  meters) 
5996-2726  kc.  (50-110  meters) 

I   to  2 

30  turns 
16  turns 
6  turns 

I  to  2 

3  to  4 

42  turns 
16  turns 
7  turns 

3  to  4 

84  turns 
32  turns 
14  turns 

5  to  6 

42  turns 
i  6  turns 
7  turns 

5  to  6 

1  8  turns 
7  turns 
4  turns 

In  the  r.  f.  transformers,  the  winding  5—6,  or 
primary,  may  be  wound  just  over  the  lower 
end  of  winding  3-4,  so  that  end  6  is  just 
over  4.  In  the  commercial  forms,  this  smaller 
primary  is  located  under  instead  of  on  top  of 
the  grid  coil. 


TESTING 

AFTER  the  receiver  has  been  completed, 
and  the  wiring  checked  against  the  circuit 
diagrams,  it  may  be  connected  up,  using  one 
standard  A  battery  as  required,  say  a  6-volt, 
go-ampere  storage  battery  for  uv-2oi  A'S,  one 
4^-volt  C  battery  and  90  volts  of  B  battery, 
consisting  of  large  22^  or  45  volt  blocks.  The 
ends  of  the  color  cord  are  terminated  at  the  bat- 
teries, with  the  exception  of  the  645  and  690 
leads.  With  these  unconnected,  a  tube  inserted 
in  a  socket  should  light,  if  the  switch  is  on,  and 
the  rheostats  turned  on.  If  this  happens,  re- 
move the  plus  A  lead  from  the  A  battery,  and 
substitute  for  it  the  645  and  then  the  890 
leads.  The  tube  should  not  light — if  it  does, 
the  circuit  is  incorrect  and  should  be  checked 
for  errors.  Assuming  the  tube  not  to  light, 
all  batteries  should  be  connected  properly 
to  the  set. 

With  a  water-pipe  ground  connected  to  either 
i  or  2  of  the  left  coil  socket,  and  a  25  to  5o-foot 
single     wire     indoor    or    out- 
door   antenna    connected    to 
whichever   post   (i   or  2)    the 
ground  has  not  been  connected 
to,  the  set  may  be  tuned,  us- 
ing the  three  dials.      It  should 
first    be    operated   with   head- 
phones.     The    modulator    or 
volume  control  should  b£ 
turned    all    the    way    to    the 
right,    or   at    maximum.     The 
antenna   coil    rotor   should  be 
so   adjusted    that    its    axis    is 
parallel  to  those  of  the  stator 
coils.      All  three  dials  will  read 
practically   alike — that  is,   they  will  all  be  set 
at  within  one  or  two  degrees  of  each  other  for 
a  given  station.      Since  each  dial  division  may 
be  assumed  to  represent  approximately   10  kc. 
with  s.  1.  f.  condensers,  a  station  might  be  easily 
located. 


890+  C-  B45  + 

FIG.    4 
In  this  diagram  are  combined  a  panel  drilling  layout,  base-board  layout  to  scale  for  the  parts  used,  and  a  pictorial  wiring  diagram 


40 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


FINDING    UNKNOWN    STATIONS 

FOR  simplicity,  let  us  assume  that  zero  on  the 
dials  equals  1500  kc.  (200  meters)  and  100 
degrees  equals  500  kc.  Thus,  we  have  10  kc.  per 
dial  division.  Suppose  we  want  WHT,  750  kc. 
(400  meters)  (we  get  this  information  from  the 
call  book  or  daily  paper).  Then  500  kc.,  our 
lower  limit,  subtracted  from  750  kc.— WHT'S 
frequency — gives  us  250  kc.,  which,  divided  by 
10  kc. — the  frequency  variation  per  dial  degree — 
gives  us  25.  Thus,  setting  the  dials  at  25  degrees 
plus  or  minus  one  or  two  divisions  will  tune  the 
set  to  750  kc.  (400  meters). 

Suppose  we  were  using  straight  line  wave- 
length condensers.  The  process  is  different. 
Our  wavelength  range  covered  by  100  dial  de- 
grees may  be  assumed  to  be  200  to  550  meters,  or 
a  range  of  350  meters.  Thus,  each  dial  division 
represents  3.5  meters.  Suppose  we  want  WHT 
again,  at  400  meters.  Then  200 — our  low  wave- 
length limit — subtracted  from  400 — WHT'S  wave 
—gives  200,  which,  divided  by  3.5 — the  number 
of  meters  per  dial  division — gives  us  approxi- 
mately 57 — the  setting  at  which  the  set  will  be 
tuned  to  400  meters. 

It  must  be  remembered  that  these  figures  are 
at  best  but  approximate,  due  to  unavoidable 
variation  in  individual  receivers  and  tubes. 

LEARNING   TO   TUNE 

SUPPOSE  we  want  to  tune-in  some  particular 
station,  the  proper  dial  setting  for  which 
has  been  found  in  the  manner  previously  sug- 
gested. It  is  merely  necessary  to  set  the  center 
dial  at  the  figures  found,  and  rotate  the  remain- 
ing two  slowly  through  a  range  slightly  above 
and  below  the  setting  of  the  other.  No  doubt  a 
click  will  be  heard  indicating  oscillation,  which 
will  prevent  satisfactory  reception  of  stations  as 
they  will  be  heard  only  as  a  squeal.  This  is 
eliminated  by  retarding  the  volume  control  about 
one  quarter  of  an  arc.  If  the  click  is  then  no 
longer  heard  as  the  dials  are  rotated,  tuning  will 
be  found  to  be  quite  simple,  stations  coming  in 
with  all  three  dials  set  approximately  alike. 


The  system  will  oscillate  only  when  all  three 
tuned  circuits  are  in  approximate  resonance — 
the  condition  indicated  by  the  click.  It  should 
be  possible  to  make  the  amplifier  oscillate  when 
the  volume  control  is  retarded  not  over  one 
quarter.  If  this  cannot  be  done,  the  rotor  coil 
of  the  antenna  inductance  should  be  turned  out 
in  small  steps  until  this  is  possible.  The  volume 
control  regulates  the  volume  of  the  receiver,  as 
well  as  the  selectivity,  in  that  by  means  of  it  it 
is  possible  to  vary  the  width  of  the  frequency 
band  passed  from  about  3  kc.  on  through  the 
10  kc.  band  required  for  good  reception,  and 
then  to  25  kc.  At  this  last  adjustment,  tuning 
will  be  found  quite  simple,  as  the  set  will  be 
rather  broad — with  the  volume  control  set  from 
one  half  to  full  left  position. 

The  size  of  the  antenna  will  affect  the  position 
of  the  antenna  rotor.  A  small  antenna  requires 
tight  coupling — a  long  one  almost  right  angle 
coupling.  This  adjustment  must  be  found  for 
each  particular  installation,  but  once  ascertained 
need  not  be  changed.  Under  all  conditions  of 
satisfactory  operation,  this  antenna  coupling  will 
be  so  loose  as  effectively  to  prevent  radiation, 
which  could  occur  only  with  the  amplifier  oscil- 
lating— a  condition  not  permitting  of  satisfac- 
tory reception.  Further,  the  antenna  coupling 
will  also  generally  be  sufficiently  loose  to  elimi- 
nate the  reactive  effect  of  the  antenna-ground 
system  characteristics  upon  the  first  tuned  grid 
circuit. 

SINGLE   OR    DOUBLE    CONTROL 

THIS  latter  feature  is  what  allows  the  three 
dials  to  read  practically  alike  over  their 
entire  scale  for  different  wavelengths.  If  the 
first  dial  is  out  of  relation  with  the  two  right- 
hand  ones,  the  remedy  is  to  turn  the  rotor  until 
it  is  nearly  at  right  angles  with  the  antenna 
stator  coil.  Suppose  we  find  that  throughout 
the  range  of  the  large  coils  our  dials  are  separated 
by,  say,  two  degrees  each.  The  correction  is 
simple.  They  must  be  turned  on  the  condenser 
shafts  so  that  they  read  alike. 

It  will  probably  be  most  satisfactory  to  use  the 


receiver  as  a  dual  control  set,  combining  the  two 
r.  f.  dials.  To  do  this,  a  piece  of  heavy  braided 
fish-line  is  necessary;  this  should  be  long  enough 
to  go  around  the  pulleys  on  the  two  condenser 
shafts  without  the  ends  quite  meeting.  To  the 
ends  are  spliced  short  pieces  of  magnet  wire. 
Then,  when  the  pulleys  are  joined  with  the  fish- 
line,  the  two  wire  ends  may  be  twisted  together 
and  gradually  tightened  up  until  all  play  is  gone 
from  the  line,  and  turning  one  dial  causes  the 
other  also  to  rotate.  The  wire  provides  a  take- 
up  in  case  the  line  stretches — since  the  ends  can 
be  twisted  at  any  time  with  a  pair  of  pincers. 
It  will  be  found  quite  simple  to  release  either  dial 
at  will,  since  the  drive  is  purely  due  to  friction. 
It  is  merely  necessary  to  turn  one  dial  while 
holding  the  other  dial  steady  with  a  finger. 
Thus,  a  full  advantage  of  individual  circuit  ver- 
niers are  obtained,  yet  with  a  simple,  efficient 
arrangement  and  no  extra  equipment. 

To  connect  all  three  controls,  the  line  is  merely 
lengthened  sufficiently  to  go  around  both  end 
pulleys,  and  once  completely  around  the  middle 
pulley.  It  is  fastened  in  the  same  manner  as 
previously.  Tuning  is  simpler,  although  either 
dial  can  be  released  at  will  by  merely  placing 
a  finger  on  the  other  two  to  prevent  their  follow- 
ing the  one  rotated.  If  this  is  done,  the  sim- 
plicity of  the  panel  may  be  enhanced  by  using 
small  knobs  on  two  of  the  condensers,  and  a  large 
dial  on  one,  since  the  small  knobs  serve  merely 
as  verniers,  and  need  seldom  be  touched  once  the 
builder  has  become  familiar  with  the  operation 
through  preliminary  logging  of  the  set  without 
the  simplified  control  feature. 

It  is  hardly  necessary  to  say  that  the  builder 
will  be  well  repaid  for  this  effort  in  building  the 
set — he  will  be,  since  it  is  about  impossible  to 
build  a  practical  receiver,  equally  simple,  cap- 
able of  delivering  better  results.  A  hundred 
stations  will  not  be  heard  the  first  night  of  opera- 
tion— the  set  is  far  too  selective  for  that.  It 
will  require  several  nights  of  patient  tuning  be- 
fore the  builder  will  realize  that  he  really  has  a 
better  set  than  his  friends. 


R.F.T. 


FIG.    5 

This  is  the  regular  schematic  diagram  of  Mr.  Silver's  new  receiver.     This  should  always  be  fol- 
lowed in  wiring  rather  than  the  pictorial  diagram,  where  the  fan's  knowledge  of  symbols  is  adequate. 


'•   -;-•"    ~-f*m?»      sgS*'  K£--;jZ!^ir^'"fl^  */"^v^'^  _  ^''  -  ' 

3K^^*"^(|p^^^<^^r|..^.  yj  ^ . «.  ZJiriilSr  -r1^*^^ 
ipK:.-:^>.T  ^i.,. ,. ..,  lAl'v^f-^s^ 

^Sgh^x^^-  /•*    '*'*  •"• .-  i    i  I ,  i    *  -i     7    i^^r^^   •^•^'^'^::^?'yV:-r>v 
BiHfc«jg^^  •/'     i     i  '  i     i     li^-Eii  •- )•  «"*\\    -^v j^?^--^-''^ 

&mif  i      1         r  *      *,          r  r'^«».  Li      [j\        ..^^vv.  ^3F^E 


111       ii^«Eri       r                          •  '           -*1*  »»«w>w«    *~*^«&- 

^**l|S^****l*«  I        ^s^*"  t  1 

'I'' *Hfc«,          '•                          ""'V^  Via*                       :••-.:-.  \ 

,^*                   ^^'Tfc^^rt'*    •»».  V-..^-^- 

fc^*'*»*fc*.«r                   Tr"<»*V^te»\  -,.*"'  -~-  -^-  '  " 


THE    LOCATION    OF   THE    GREATEST    RADIO   TELEGRAPH    STATION 

On  the  American  continent.     The  antennas  and  transmitting  apparatus  are  located  at  Rocky  Point,  about  sixty  miles  from  New  York.     The 
operators  who  control  the  power  of  this  huge  station  sit  at  tables  in  a  building  in  Broad  Street,  New  York.     The  messages  are  punched  out  on  a 

mechanical  tape  sender  and  forwarded  out  over  a  wire  line  to  the  transmitters 


Visit  to  the  Great  Radio  Telegraph  Station  at  Rocky  Point,  Long  Island — the  Radio  Link 
With  England,  France,  Norway,  Sweden,  Holland,  Germany,  Poland,  Italy,  and  South  America 


By  FRED  J,  TURNER 


I  VERY  minute  of  the  twenty- 
four  hours  of  the  day,  eveiy 
day  of  the  full  365,  the  dit- 
dit-da-das  of  the  radio  code 
are  shooting  through  space.  And  in 
England,  France,  Italy,  Germany, 
Norway,  Sweden,  Poland,  Holland, 
the  Argentine,  these  code  characters 
are  being  received  and  translated 
into  messages. 

For  this,  a  great  human  and  me- 
chanical organization  is  needed. 
Powerful  stations  are  required.  Such 
an  organization  is  the  Radio  Corpor- 
ation of  America  and  such  a  station 
is  the  one  at  Rocky  Point,  Long 
Island. 

To  the  average  man,  an  antenna  is 
generally  thought  of  as  being  a 
single  wire  100  feet  long  supported 
from  40  to  60  feet  above  the  ground. 
The  voltage  he  thinks  of  in  most 
radio  work  is  seldom  higher  than  130 


HOW   THE   GREAT   ANTENNAS   ARE   CONNECTED 


and  he  is,  for  the  main,  interested 
only  in  wavelengths  of  from  200  to 
600. 

Picture  two  antennas  each  one 
and  one  half  miles  in  length,  each 
consisting  of  twelve  wires  having  a 
total  length  of  18  miles.  And  then 
picture  the  supports  of  these  huge 
antennas,  twelve  in  all,  each  440  feet 
in  height  with  cross  arms  150  in 
length.  Then  try  to  understand  the 
tremendous  power  that  sends  the 
messages,  800  amperes  and  120,000 
volts,  and  you  begin  to  appreciate 
what  a  remarkable  thing  a  great 
radio  telegraph  station  is. 

Arriving  at  the  station,  my  first 
impression  was  that  this  was  a  lone- 
some spot.  No  houses  were  visible. 
Only  one  other  passenger  left  the 
train.  An  automobile  was  in  waiting 
and  we  climbed  in.  A  drive  of  sev- 
eral miles  over  a  fine,  macadamized 


42 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


OUTSIDE    THE    POWER    HOUSE 

The  water  cooling  tanks  are  shown  in  action.     Some  of  the  water 
is  used   in   the  specially   built  water   rheostats      The  44o-foot 
towers  look  strangely  dwarfed  in  the  picture 


The  other,  WQK,  sends  its 
messages  through  the  air 
on  18.22  kilocycles  (16,- 
465  meters). 

Both  antennas  can  be 
connected  in  an  amaz- 
ingly brief  time,  when- 
ever it  is  found  necessary, 
thus  giving  one  or  the 
other  station  a  three- 
mile  antenna  containing 
fully  thirty-six  miles  of 
over- head  wire.  With 
this  great  unit  messages 
can  be  driven  through 
space  in  an  astounding 
way. 

The  ground  around 
the  station  is  flat  as  far 
as  one  can  see.  The  ab- 
sence of  trees  is  also 
noticeable.  This  part  of 
Long  Island  was  a  forest 
when  it  was  taken  over 
by  the  company  and 
thousands  of  trees  had 
to  be  removed  to  provide 
the  cleared  space  re- 
quired. The  Radio  Cor- 
poration now  owns  nine 


road,  a  turn  into  a  graveled  driveway  and 
our  machine  came  to  a  stop  in  front  of  a 
long  one-storied  building.  Here  I  was  met 
by  W.  H.  Graff,  the  engineer  in  charge, 
to  whom  I  presented  my  pass. 

The  house  I  was  invited  into  is  called  the 
Community  House.  It  is  also  known  as 
"Bachelors'  Hall,"  for  it  is  here  that  the 
single  men  employed  at  the  station  are 
housed.  The  great,  long  room  I  saw  was 
both  the  dining  and  recreation  room.  To 
the  right  was  a  billiard  table  and  also  a 
pool  table.  Dining  tables,  with  their 
clean  white  linen  and  other  table  equip- 
ment, occupied  the  major  part  of  the  left 
side  of  the  room.  A  radio  set,  one  of  the 
finest,  was  near  the  window.  Roomy, 
restful  chairs  and  settees.  A  big,  open 
fireplace.  The  room  had  much  the  ap- 
pearance of  a  country  club. 

MASSIVE    TOWERS 

MY  FIRST  close-up  view  of  one  of  the 
great  supporting  towers  was  a  sur- 
prising one.  What  had  looked  like  tall, 
slender  things,  proved  to  be  massive 
things  of  steel.  Each  tower,  known  as  the 
self-supporting  type,  is  fifty-four  feet 
wide  at  the  base.  Each  leg  rests  on  huge 
blocks  of  concrete.  The  height  of  the 
towers  is  440  feet,  and  the  length  of  the 
cross  pieces,  ten  feet  wide,  is  1 50  feet,  or 
seventy-five  feet  in  each  direction  from 
the  center  of  the  upright. 

There  are  twelve  of  these  towers.  These 
are  divided  into  two  groups,  of  six  each, 
set  1250  feet  apart.  They  support  an 
antenna  containing  twelve  three-eighth 
inch  copper-clad  steel  cables,  running 
parallel.  Rocky  Point  is  in  reality  two 
stations.  One  is  known  as  WQL  and  it  trans- 
mits on  17.15  kilocycles  (17,500  meters). 


square  miles  in  this  section. 

A  tablet  on  the  front  of  the  building 
stated  that  this  "Radio  Central"  station 
was  built  in  1920.  Now,  inside  the  build- 
ing, and  what  a  sight!  Great  motors  and 
generators.  Tall  and  wide  panels  with 
many  switches,  meters,  lights,  indicators 
and  other  things  so  familiar  to  those  who 
have  visited  the  control  rooms  of  big  elec- 
tric companies.  A  caged  section  to  the 
right  could  be  seen  with  equipment  of  vary- 
ing sizes  and  shapes  set  row  on  row,  all 
connected  with  copper  wires  and  bars  of 
different  thicknesses.  Something  to  one 


side  spitting  out  big  blue,  electric  flashes. 
The  familiar  sound  of  dots  and  dashes. 
Something  about  the  entire  room  that  be- 
spoke power  and  mystery. 

EIGHT  THOUSAND  DOLLARS  FOR  ELECTRICITY 

EVERYTHING  in  the  station,  so  I 
was  told,  had  been  designed  with 
but  one  thought  in  mind,  and  that  was  to 
obtain  the  maximum  of  results  with  the 
minimum  of  waste.  And  it  had  to  be  so, 
for  it  costs  a  huge  sum  to  operate  a  station 
like  this.  I  understand  that  the  cost  of 
the  current  used  here  in  one  month  is  in 
excess  of  $8000. 

The  current  used  to  drive  the  great 
motors  which  in  turn  operate  the  powerful 
generators  is  taken  from  the  Long  Island 
Lighting  Company's  generating  station  lo- 
cated at  Northport.  It  is  transmitted  over 
high-tension  lines  at  a  voltage  of  22,000 
at  60  cycles  and  stepped  down  after  it 
reaches  the  radio  station  to  2200  volts, 
60  cycles.  As  is  well  known  to  students  of 
electricity,  it  is  more  economical  to  send 
electricity  along  at  a  high  voltage  and 
small  amperage,  because  wires  of  a  small 
diameter  can  be  used  to  carry  it. 

The  generators,  which  are  one  behind  the 
other,  are  remarkable  machines.  Each  is 
known  as  an  Alexanderson  200  kilowatt 
high  frequency  generator.  The  one  seen 
first  as  you  enter  the  plant  operates  at 
1 7, 1 30  cycles  per  second  and  is  used  to  send 
messages  on  17.1  kilocycles  (17, 500  meters). 

In  these  generators,  which  are  known 
as  inductor  type  alternators,  there  are  976 
poles.  Generators  used  for  ordinary  com- 
mercial work  have  only  from  8  to  12  poles. 

The  motors  are  each  of  500  horse-power 
and  are  known  as  induction  motors.  Each 
makes  some  800  revolutions  per  minute. 
Through  a  set  of  step-up  gears  of  a  ratio  of 
two  and  three  quarters  to  one,  the  steel 


INSIDE  ONE  OF  THE  OPERATOR  S  COTTAGES 

The  company  has  built  living  quarters  for  the  staff  attached  to  the  station.     The  married 
men  live  in  homes  like  the  one  shown,  while  the  bachelors  have  a  kind  of  club,  with  a  dining 

room,  and  every  convenience 


NOVEMBER,  1925     "RADIO  CENTRAL"— CONQUEROR  OF  TIME  AND  DISTANCE 


43 


rotor  of  the  generator  is  driven  by  the 
motor  at  the  required  number  of  revolu- 
tions. 

Just  as  the  two  antennas  can  be  joined 
and  used  as  one,  so  can  both  generators  be 
operated  in  unison.  And  there  are  times 
when  this  is  done,  especially  in  sending 
messages  over  very  great  distances. 

Seeing  that  my  attention  was  being 
constantly  attracted  to  a  set  of  long, 
vertical  metal  arms  which  were  constantly 
emitting  big,  blue,  electrical  flashes,  like 
dots  and  dashes,  I  was  told  that  they  were 
the  compensation  relays.  They  were  do- 
ing for  the  generator  what  the  steam  gov- 
ernor does  for  an  engine.  Without  those 
relays  there  would  be  all  kinds  of  trouble. 
When  each  dot  or  dash  is  sent  the  alter- 
nator is  called  upon  to  deliver  a  full  load 
to  send  it  up  and  through  the  antenna  and 
out  into  space.  Between  each  dot  and  dash 
the  load  is  released  and  thus  the  motor 
would  tend  to  run  faster.  In  order  that 
the  generator  can  run  at  a  constant  speed 
at  all  times,  these  compensation  relays 
close  at  each  dot  or  dash,  allowing  the 
motor  to  draw  from  the  line  the  amount 
of  power  required  to  drive  the  loaded  alter- 
nator. In  the  interval  between  the  dots 
and  dashes,  the  compensation  relays  open 
and  the  motor  receives  only  enough  power 


to  drive  the  unloaded  alternator  at  normal 
speed.  For  those  who  like  precision  it  will 
be  interesting  to  know  that  if  there  is  a 
variation  of  one  tenth  of  one  per  cent,  in 
the  frequency  of  the  generator  it  is  not  con- 
sidered to  be  working  properly. 

Down  at  64  Broad  Street,  miles  away, 
in  New  York,  operators  are  seated  in  front 
of  typewriters  punching  the  dots  and  dashes 
on  long  ribbons  of  tape.  This  tape  is  run 
through  a  machine  which  causes  the  dots 
and  dashes  to  be  sent  along  great  land 
cables  to  this  station.  They  are  started 
from  Broad  Street  with 
a  power  of  only  50 
miliamperes  at  120 
volts  and  instantane- 
ously sent  through  the 
air  by  this  station  with 
the  tremendous  forceof 
nearly  800  amperes  at 
125,000  volts. 

One  of  the  very  in- 
teresting things  to  see 
is  a  water  rheostat. 
Yes,  that  is  what  each 
of  the  four  big  box-like 
affairs  really  are.  As  I 
looked  into  one  of 
them,  and  I  had  to 
stretch  quite  a  bit  to 


do  so,  I  saw  water  rushing  over  a  sort 
of  a  dam,  set  in  front  of  a  number  of 
uprights.  That  dam,  I  was  told,  is  raised 
and  lowered  at  the  will  of  the  engineer. 
The  higher  the  dam,  the  more  deeply 
the  uprights,  or  electrodes,  are  immersed 
in  the  water  and  the  greater,  therefore, 
the  amount  of  current  which  flows  be- 
tween the  electrodes  through  the  water. 
This  water  constantly  circulates  through 
the  electrode  compartment  and  then 
past  cooling  coils  to  keep  it  from  boil- 
ing. 


A    CLOSE-UP   OF    ONE    OF   THE    MASTS 

And  back  view  of  the  transmitter  house  at  the  great  Rocky  Point  Station  of  the  Radio  Corporation  of  America.     The  power  is  fed  to  the  antennas  from 

the  wires  supported  on  the  quartet  of  insulators.     The  insert  shows  one  of  the  multiple  tuning  inductances  employed  in  adjusting  the  wavelength  of  the 

antenna.     A  man's  head  would  come  up  a  bit  above  the  concrete  base  of  the  coil  support,  which  gives  some  idea  of  its  size 


44 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


A    FOREST   OF   METERS 

by,  I  saw  a  number  of  air  blow- 
^->  ers  which  were  being  used  to  send 
their  cooling  draughts  along  to  the  relays. 
It  was  by  this  means  that  the  contacts 
were  cooled  and  the  arcs  extinguished. 
(The  arcs  form  when  the  relays  are  opened.) 

The  many  meters,  as  one  can  see,  are  so 
arranged  that  they  are  visible  from  almost 
every  part  of  the  power  house.  Some  of 
these  were  pointed  out  to  me.  One,  a 
graphic  meter,  recorded  all  the  variations 
in  generator  frequency.  Another,  close 
by,  showed  the  frequencies  and  voltages 
of  the  incoming  current  supply. 

Another  look  at  the  generators  brought 
forth  further  information.  They  are  the 
biggest  of  their  type  in  the  world.  The 
armatures  and  fields  are  stationary  and  the 
high  frequency  is  generated  by  large  slot- 
ted steel  rotors.  The  weight  of  each  is 
two  and  one  half  tons.  Each  generator 
has  two  armature  sections,  one  on  each 
side  of  the  rotor.  There  are  32  armature 
coils  in  each  section  and  each  armature 
coil  is  connected  to  the  separate  primary 
coil  of  one  of  the  two  air  core  generator 
output  transformers  belonging  to  each 
generator. 

From  the  generator  the  current  is  passed 
along  into  the  instruments  which  1  had 
noticed  in  the  caged  section.  Signs  of 
brilliant  red  and  big  white  letters  warn  of 
"Danger,  High  Voltage."  A  number  of 
big,  barrel-shaped  things,  with  regular 
windings  of  three-eighth  inch  .wire,  1  was 
told,  were  transformers.  A  giant  variome- 
ter caught  my  eye.  What  a  size!  More 


than  three  feet  in  diameter.  It,  together 
with  others  of  a  similar  size,  is  regulated 
from  the  engineer's  position,  much  like  we 
who  are  broadcast  fans  regulate  those  in 
our  sets.  A  number  of  big  steel  tanks  close 
to  the  floor  were  pointed  out  and  I  learned 
that  they  were  the  variable  impedances 
that  actually  controlled  the  flow  of  current 
from  the  generator  output  transformers  to 
the  antenna.  Each  of  the  variable  im- 
pedances is  oil  insulated  and  water  cooled. 

The  impression  of  bigness  grows  the 
longer  one  remains  in  the  power  house.  In 
one  section  I  saw  hundreds  and  hundreds 
of  fixed  condensers  joined  together  by  ever 
and  ever  so  many  wires.  The  same  kind 
of  condensers  used  in  our  sets,  but  truly 
monsters  when  compared  with  ours. 

Now,  outside,  the  first  thing  I  saw  was  a 
big  coil  on  a  platform.  Its  height  was 
fully  fifteen  feet  above  the  platform  on 
which  it  stood.  It  is  an  antenna  tuning 
coil.  The  current  enters  this  at  7000 
volts  and  leaves  it  at  the  top  at  125,000. 
The  men  here  are  never  careless.  Each 
knows  just  what  he  is  going  to  do  before  he 
does  it.  So  great  is  the  amount  of  elec- 
tricity thrown  out  by  those  huge  antennas 
that  none  of  the  workers  attempts  to  crank 
their  automobiles  until  they  have  grounded 
the  handles  by  laying  a  long  piece  of  steel 
against  them.  The  metal  of  the  automo- 
bile takes  up  the  current  which  is  prevented 
from  reaching  the  ground  by  the  rubber 
tires. 

The  insulators  which  look  big  from  where 
I  stood,  I  learned  were  really  big.  They 
are  of  the  finest  glazed  porcelain,  each 
being  a  hollow  tube  72  inches  long,  three 


TWO  ALEXANDERSON  ALTERNATORS 

Each  of  2oo-kw.  capacity,  used  to  furnish  power  to  the  antennas.  These  machines,  developed  by  Dr.  E.  F  W. 
Alexanderson  of  the  General  Electric  Company,  are  much  different  from  the  usual  commercial  type  of  alterna- 
tor in  that  they  develop  radio  frequency  current  which  is  fed  directly  to  the  antenna.  The  armature  and 
field  coils  are  stationary  and  a  carefully  balanced  rotor  causes  the  magnetic  fluctuations  necessary  to  pro- 
duce the  current 


and  one  half  inches  in  diameter,  with  walls 
one  inch  thick.  At  the  lower  end,  looking 
much  like  the  steering  wheels  of  automo- 
biles, are  the  corona  shields.  Dropping 
over  the  insulators  are  the  rain  shields, 
called  by  the  men,  "petticoats." 

At  one  side  of  the  power  house  are  small 
structures  of  metal  on  elevated  platforms. 
Into  each  of  these  structures  each  of  the 
twelve  wires  of  the  antenna  terminate. 
At  this  point  the  twelve  are  converted  into 
one  by  a  series  of  switches,  and  as  one  wire 
is  carried  to  the  big  antenna  tuning  coil. 
From  there  it  goes  to  the  power  house.  In 
the  winter  these  metal  structures  are  used 
for  melting  the  ice  and  sleet  which  form 
on  the  antenna  wires.  If  this  were  not 
done,  the  tremendous  weight  would  cause 
them  to  fall  to  the  ground.  By  sending  a 
60  cycle  current  through  each  wire,  suf- 
ficient heat  is  created  to  melt  the  ice. 

Looking  up  at  those  giant  supports  and 
meeting  the  long  straight  ladders  that  lead 
to  the  top,  a  platform  at  each  100  foot 
level  breaking  the  climb,  one  cannot  help 
but  admire  the  nerve  and  skill  of  the  rig- 
gers who  work  away  up  there. 

There  are  five  more  huge  tuning  coils, 
one  connected  to  each  antenna  at  regular 
intervals  throughout  its  length,  in  addition 
to  the  one  just  outside  the  power  house. 
These  insure  the  most  efficient  distribution 
of  current  over  the  entire  antenna  and 
ground  system.  This  system  is  known  as 
the  multiple  tuned  antenna. 

The  ground   system   of  this   station   is 
extremely    interesting.     Running    parallel 
with  the  antennas,  one  on  each  side,  are  a 
number  of  telegraph  poles,  supporting  a 
dozen  or  more  wires.     These,   of 
course,  are  the  same  length  as  the 
antennas.    Around  each  pole,  about 
one  third    the  distance  from    the 
ground,  is  a  wire  coil.    Each  coil  is 
smaller  the  further  away  it  is  from 
the  power  house.    Direct  contact  to 
the  ground  is  made  from  them. 

It  can  now  be  understood  how 
this  ground  system  is  used.  With  a 
single  ground  connection,  all  the 
current  would  be  concentrated  in 
one  spot  and  a  great  deal  of  energy 
would  be  wasted.  A  large  number 
of  ground  connections,  each  receiv- 
ing only  a  fraction  of  the  total  cur- 
rent, ensures  low  resistance  and 
maximum  efficiency.  It  will  no 
doubt  surprise  many  to  know  that 
two  hundred  and  forty  miles  of 
bare  copper  wires  are  buried  in  the 
earth  under  the  antennas  for  ground 
connections. 

Before  leaving  I  could  not  help 
stopping  to  look  at  the  power  house 
again  and  I  got  quite  a  thrill  think- 
ing that  at  that  moment  messages 
were  being  sent  from  New  York 
over  great  land  lines,  through  the 
many  instruments  inside  the  build- 
ing and  out  into  space  to  England, 
France,  Italy,  Holland,  and  the 
other  countries  almost  as  quickly 
as  I  could  wink  my  eye. 


M  ' 

AS  THE 


Drawings  by  Fran\lyn  F.  Stratford 


The  Complicated  Business  of  Running  a  Broadcasting  Station 


i 


N  GENERAL  the  work  of  a  broadcast- 
ing station  falls  naturally  into  two 
divisions,  getting  the  programs,  and 
broadcasting  them.  A  third  and  indi- 
rectly connected  function  is  that  of  securing 
publicity  for  the  station's  programs  and 
achievements  in  newspapers  and  other 
publications.  Three  sorts  of  people,  there- 
fore, work  at  a  broadcasting  station:  the 
program  organizers,  engineers,  and  pub- 
licity representatives.  Musicians  should 
be  added  as  a  fourth  class,  for,  as  we  shall 
see,  musicians  as  well  as  engineers  are 
needed  for  the  actual  broadcasting,  as  well 
as  in  arranging  the  programs.  The  musi- 
cians function  in  the  no  man's  land  between 
the  program  and  engineering  departments. 
I  refer,  of  course,  to  the  musicians  at- 
tached to  the  station  staff,  not  to  the  artists 
or  performers,  with  whom  this  article  is 
not  directly  concerned. 

Fig.  i  shows  one  possible  organization 
chart  of  a  good-sized  broadcasting  station. 
The  great  mogul  on  top  is  not  the  same  in 
every  station.  On  a  newspaper  which  has 
gone  in  for  broadcasting  he  may  be  one  of 
the  editors  or  the  pro- 
motion manager.  He 
may  be  the  president 
or  the  vice-president 
of  a  radio  company  or 
any  other  organiza- 
tion that  has  entered 
the  radio  field.  In 
the  case  of  a  univer- 
sity he  may  be  a  pro- 
fessor or  dean.  What 
happened  in  all  these 
instances  was  the  in- 
trusion of  a  new  ac- 
tivity into  a  more  or 
less  settled  organiza- 
tion, engaged  in  sell- 
ing chewing  gum  or 
operating  a  telephone 
system  or  in  teaching 
or  what  not.  Some 
executive,  with  or 
without  qualifications 
for  the  task,  was  en- 
trusted with  the  job 
of  broadcasting. 


Often  the  head  of  the  enterprise  took  the 
new  responsibility  for  himself.  At  any 
rate,  this  "manager  or  other  executive" 
is  the  man  who  makes  the  ultimate  deci- 
sions, who  decides  how  much  money  shall 
be  spent,  what  the  policies  of  the  station 
shall  be,  and  other  matters  of  that  sort. 
He  may  not  be  found  at  the  offices  of  the 
station,  and  he  may  have  a  lot  of  other 
things  to  do  besides  broadcasting,  but  his 
is  the  guiding  hand,  and,  if  he  is  not  him- 
self one  of  the  chief  executives  or  owners  of 
the  enterprise,  he  reports  directly  to  them. 
From  this  officer,  the  organization  line 
splits  into  a  number  of  divisions:  program, 
publicity,  and  technical.  There  may  be 
some  variations.  For  example,  if  the  sta- 
tion broadcasts  for  toll,  and  has  an  in- 
come, there  may  be  a  head  accountant  or 
bookkeeper.  Again,  the  publicity  man 
may  not  report  directly  to  the  executive; 
he  may  be  a  member  of  the  program  de- 
partment. And  often,  of  course,  various 
diverse  functions  may  be  assigned  to  one 
man,  complicating  the  chart  in  ways  which 
need  not  be  taken  up  here.  If  the  station 


IT  TAKES   ALL    KINDS  OF    PEOPLE   TO   RUN   A   BROADCASTING    STATION 


is  large,  instead  of  one  position  shown  on 
the  chart,  there  may  be  a  number  with  the 
same  title.  For  example,  there  might  be 
two  music  critics  instead  of  one,  as  shown 
in  Fig.  i.  In  presenting  this  chart,  the 
object  has  been  to  make  it  inclusive  enough 
for  large  stations  and  yet  as  simple  as  pos- 
sible. Thus  stenographers  and  general 
office  workers  are  not  included,  and  special 
workers,  such  as  statisticians,  who  may  be 
employed  in  some  instances,  are  also 
omitted. 

The  work  of  the  publicity  representative 
is  probably  the  least  unfamiliar  to  the 
general  reader,  since  press  agents  antedated 
broadcasting.  However,  it  is  not  quite 
the  same  job  in  a  broadcasting  station  as  in 
a  theatre  or  hotel.  The  publicity  man  goes 
around  to  the  various  radio  editors  in  his 
town  and  tries  to  keep  on  amicable  terms 
with  them.  They  are  necessary  to  him 
and  he  is  also  necessary  to  them,  for  he 
supplies  them  with  material  for  their 
pages,  material  which  may  be  written  by 
a  copy  writer  or  by  the  press  representa- 
tive himself.  The  members  of  the  pub- 
licity staff  are  also  in 
contact  with  the  art- 
ists, who  give  them 
photographs  and  data 
for  articles,  which,  if 
they  are  interesting 
enough,  get  into  the 
newspapers.  Part  of 
the  publicity  man's 
duty,  also,  is  to  attend 
to  the  printing  of  pro- 
grams well  in  ad- 
vance, sending  them 
to  newspapers,  and 
calling  up  those  in 
his  own  town,  on  all 
broadcasting  days,  to 
make  corrections  in 
these  lists,  for  there 
is  many  a  change  in 
the  programs  between 
booking  and  modula- 
tion of  the  carrier. 
This  information  the 
press  man  secures 
from  the  booking  de- 


46 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


MANAGER,   or  other  EXECUTIVE 


DUOOEAM   DIRECTOR 


I  I 

Assistant  Musical    Chief     Assistant     Studio 

Prt^ram  Director  .Announcer  rrcgr<am    Director 

Director  adage        «•        Director 
incJiiagt  of        Assistant 

afuJKifing  4MNMMT 

*"&*»* 


PUBLICITY  REPRESENTATIVE. 
Copy  Wriler 


Assistant 


I 


Pw<ram   Proinun 
Sdkitor  S^jtor 


Director 

*v 


Chief  Transmitter       Chief  Control       Chk  f  Reid 
Operator  Operator  Operator 


. . 

Twins-  Irans-  Trans-  Control  Control  Control  Field  Field  Field, 
initter  mitter  mitter  Operator  Opoaior  Operator  Opr  Opr  Opr 
Opr.  Opr  Opr 


Jtanmnx«r  Announcer  Announcer 


FIG.     I 

"Organization  chart"  of  a  typical  large  broadcasting  station.     Mr.  Dreher  explains  how  the  affairs  of  a  typical  station  proceed — from  the  inside. 
A  broadcasting  station  is  a  business  organization,  frequently  one  of  some  size,  but  the  public  knows  very  little  about  broadcasting  except  the  impression 

gained  from  whatever  they  hear  from  the  announcer 


partment  of  the  station.  Publicity  activi- 
ties include  photographing,  of  course,  this 
being  handled,  ordinarily,  by  a  professional 
photographer  who  does  such  work  for  the 
station  as  the  publicity  representative  may 
direct.  A  scrap  book  is  also  kept,  and  the 
publicity  representative  may  hand  in  oc- 
casional reports  on  the  amount  of  space  he 
has  been  able  to  secure,  since  the  object  of 
every  station  is  to  be  well  known,  and  a 
good  press  agent  helps  in  that  endeavor  as 
much  in  broadcasting  as  in  saving  souls  or 
governing  the  country. 

The  program  director,  like  the  chief 
executive  to  whom  he  reports,  may  have 
come  into  broadcasting  from  anywhere. 
Some  of  them  are  ex-concert  managers, 
with  a  wide  acquaintance  among  musicians. 
Others  are  ex-newspaper  men.  Still  others 
are  musicians,  theatrical  booking  agents, 
actors,  clergymen,  to  name  a  few  of  the 
vocations  which  might  be  mentioned. 
The  oldest  program  manager  in  the  New 
York  district,  in  point  of  experience,  is  a 
mechanical  engineer.  What  a  program 
manager  was  doesn't  matter;  his  duties  are 
to  keep  in  touch  with  the  public  and  its 
desires,  to  see  that  the  station  gets  the 
best  program  material  available,  to  mould 
the  programs  in  accordance  with  station 
policy,  to  coordinate  the  work  of  his 
department,  to  report  to  the  management 
and  to  exercise  various  other  special  and 
executive  powers.  In  a  large  station,  if 
he  saw  everyone  who  tries  to  see  him,  he 
would  hold  his  job  about  a  week  before  the 
hospital  claimed  him.  His  assistants  pro- 
tect him  to  some  extent. 

Among  these  assistants  there  may  be  a 
subordinate  program  director  in  charge  of 
soliciting  programs.  He  may  have  a  squad 
of  program  solicitors  under  him,  or  he 


may  do  all  the  work  himself.  If  so,  he  is 
primarily  an  outside  man,  going  around 
interviewing  prospective  broadcasters.  He 
keeps  a  sharp  watch  on  the  newspapers  for 
reports  of  what  may  turn  out  to  be  "fea- 
tures." If  the  station  is  one  which  sells 
time,  he  is  a  sort  of  advertising  solicitor, 
seeking  customers,  aiding  them  to  arrange 
suitable  programs,  etc. 

Just  as  a  magazine  gets  a  certain  num- 
ber of  unsolicited  contributions  from  writ- 
ers, so  a  good  many  artists,  some  very  good, 
some  very  bad,  visit  a  broadcasting  studio 
to  volunteer  their  services.  Hence  a  mu- 
sician must  be  attached  to  the  staff  to  give 
these  people  auditions  and  weed  out  the 
poor  ones.  He  may  do  this  at  a  time  when 
the  station  is  not  on  the  air,  and  serve  as 
the  accompanist  of  the  station  when  it  is 
broadcasting.  He  disposes  of  the  aspirant 
he  cannot  use  as  tactfully  as  possible,  and 
sends  the  remainder  to  the  booking  agent 
of  the  station,  who  is  in  a  position  to  ar- 
range for  a  definite  time  when  they  may 
broadcast.  The  musical  critic  should,  if 
possible,  be  equipped  with  a  suitable  mi- 
crophone pick-up,  audio  frequency  ampli- 
fier, and  loudspeaker,  so  that  he  may  hear 
applicants  about  as  they  will  sound  on  the 
air,  for  some  people  with  satisfactory  con- 
cert voices  do  not  transmit  well,  owing 
to  the  limitations  of  present-day  electrical 
reproduction. 

The  booking  agent  of  the  station  may 
be  an  assistant  program  manager,  or 
the  program  director's  secretary.  He 
or  she  must  be  in  close  touch  with  the 
director  in  order  to  carry  out  his  wishes  in 
making  up  the  program,  assigning  desirable 
times  in  accordance  with  the  importance  of 
events,  and  so  on.  Generally,  the  booking 
official  knows  pretty  well  what  the  program 


director  will  approve,  and  does  not  have  to 
ask  him  in  the  majority  of  cases.  The 
system  of  booking  programs  works  with 
the  program  book  as  its  basis,  which  is 
marked  in  quarter-hour  intervals  for  all 
the  time  the  station  has  on  the  air.  When 
an  event  is  booked,  the  appropriate  spaces 
are  filled  in  several  weeks  ahead  of  time,  as 
a  rule,  and  the  program  people  can  tell  at 
a  glance  what  time  is  still  free.  Thus  a 
program  solicitor  may  come  to  the  booking 
clerk  and  ask,  "What  time  have  you  free 
after  8  p.  M.  on  November  3rd?"  if  he  has 
something  in  mind  for  that  date.  The 
booking  agent  is  also  responsible,  as  a  rule, 
for  making  sure,  on  the  day  of  broadcast- 
ing, that  none  of  the  performers  have 
forgotten  their  dates  or  will  be  unable  to 
appear  for  one  reason  or  another.  He  has 
another  job — that  of  furnishing  lists  of 
events  booked  to  the  publicity  man,  engi- 
neer, and  announcers,  so  that  suitable  ac- 
tion may  be  taken,  schedules  made  out, 
etc.  And,  every  day,  the  program  for  the 
day,  correct  in  every  detail,  is  issued  to  all 
the  operating  and  announcing  forces  con- 
cerned. 

So  far  we  have  been  more  concerned  with 
making  up  the  programs  than  with  broad- 
casting them.  The  latter  job  is  princi- 
pally in  the  hands  of  the  technical  force, 
and  it  will  be  taken  up  in  more  detail 
in  our  next  issue,  when  we  expect  to 
print  an  article  on  "Technical  Routine  in 
a  Broadcasting  Station."  The  operating 
personnel  is  headed  by  a  technical  man, 
styled  variously  as  "Chief  Operator," 
"  Engineer-in-Charge,"  "Chief  Engineer," 
or  blessed  with  some  other  mellifluous  title. 
Sometimes  he  is  a  graduate  electrical  engi- 
neer, sometimes  he  is  not;  but  in  any  case 
his  function  is  to  see  that  the  amperes  flow 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


SOME  THOUGHTS  ON  "SUPER-POWER" 


47 


in  the  antenna,  when  needed,  and  that 
they  are  modulated  as  accurately  as  may 
be.  on  whatever  speech  and  music  the  sta- 
tion is  supposed  to  broadcast.  The  actual 
work  of  broadcasting,  in  the  larger  stations, 
is  handled  by  a  squad  of  operators  or  junior 
engineers,  and  the  technical  man  in  charge, 
like  the  program  director,  is  something  of 
an  executive  in  addition  to  his  specialized 
functions.  But  in  most  stations,  probably, 
the  engineer  wears  headphones  and  turns 
knobs.  Assuming,  however,  that  the  sta- 
tion is  a  big  one,  the  technical  work  is 
divided  into  outside  or  field  pick-up,  and 
internal  station  jobs.  The  field  work  is 
usually  handled  by  a  Chief  Field  Operator, 
who  may  have  a  considerable  number  of 
assistants,  up  to  a  dozen  in  some  cases. 
He  makes  up  the  schedules  for  these  men 
and  usually  handles  some  of  the  important 
jobs  himself.  The  inside  work  may  also 
be  directed  by  a  Chief  Inside  Operator, 
but  frequently  the  control  room  of  the  sta- 
tion is  separated  from  the  power  plant,  so 
that  a  Chief  Control  Operator  and  a  Chief 
Transmitter  Operator  are  separately  re- 
sponsible for  the  work  in  these  two  de- 
partments. The  control  room  is  in  close 
association  with  the  studios,  while  the 
power  plant  is  isolated;  the  former 
handles  only  relatively  weak  currents, 
while  the  latter  deals  with  dangerous 
voltages  and  powers.  Thus  the  qualifica- 
tions for  the  various  technical  positions, 
inside  and  outside,  vary  widely.  The 
operation  of  a  good-sized  station,  with 
perhaps  a  score  of  engineers  and  operators 
on  its  staff,  is  quite  a  complicated  enter- 
prise, and  the  complications  increase  in 
proportion  to  the  number  of  outside  events 
where  program  material  is  carried  to  the 
station  proper  by  wire  lines.  The  routine 
and  methods  of  technical  broadcast  opera- 
tion will  be  taken  up  in  detail  in  later 
issues,  together  with  the  tasks  of  the  studio 
director  and  announcers,  who  work  with 
the  engineers  in  the  actual  broadcasting  of 
the  programs. 

A    Forgotten    Romance:    German 
Radio  in  Africa 

POSSIBLY  it  should  be  called  a 
tragedy.  It  is  one  of  the  stories 
of  the  war,  of  radio  in  war.  As  far 
as  I  know,  it  was  never  printed  in  the 
United  States.  A  German  radio  and  tele- 
graph engineer,  Doctor  Roscher,  wrote  it 
for  Archivfur  Post  und  Telegraphic,  August, 
1920. 

Before  the  war  the  Germans  had  a  col- 
ony, Togoland,  in  West  Africa.  As  early 
as  1909  they  decided  to  place  a  wireless 
station  there  for  communication  with 
Berlin.  The  site  chosen  was  Kamina,  four 
miles  from  the  terminus  of  the  Hinterland 
Railroad. 

"At  last,  on  the  night  of  the  yth  of  June, 
1911,"  says  Dr.  Roscher,  "after  some 
two  years'  trying,  signals  were  picked  up 
for  five  minutes  from  the  great  station  at 
Nauen.  But  before  this  was  achieved  mast 


after  mast  had  been  destroyed  by  torna- 
does, and  when  the  first  signals  from  Nauen 
reached  them  it  was  through  a  captive 
balloon  some  450  feet  up,  as  substitute. 
At  the  same  time  they  heard  Poldhu,  Corn- 
wall, talking."  This  "talking"  was  in  tele- 
graphic cftde,  of  course. 

After  prodigious  labor  in  the  tropical 
jungle,  the  station  was  completed  on  June 
20,  1914.  It  had  three  steel  masts  225 
feet  high,  and  six  360  feet  high.  The 
power  was  supplied  by  two  500  hp.  tur- 
bines and  two  of  120  hp.  By  day  it 
transmitted  to  Nauen  on  6000  meters,  by 
night  on  4500.  During  the  night  it  re- 
ceived, when  it  could,  through  the  appall- 
ing equatorial  static. 

A  few  weeks  after  completion  of  the 
station  the  war  broke  out.  It  is  said  that 
800,000  tons  of  German  shipping  were 
saved  through  the  activities  of  this  trans- 
mitter. It  handled  traffic  from  South 
America  and  Germany.  Naturally,  it  was 
not  left  alone  for  long.  The  French  ad- 
vanced against  it  from  Dahomey,  the 
British  from  the  Gold  Coast  Colony. 

On  August  2yth  the  station  was  de- 
stroyed by  its  own  personnel,  in  a  few 
hours,  by  "explosions  and  smashing,"  in 
accordance  with  contingent  instructions 
from  Berlin.  The  enemy  was  then  30 
miles  away,  in  such  numbers  that  success- 
ful resistance  was  out  of  the  question. 

"Finally,"  the  account  reads,  "they  pro- 
ceeded to  overthrow  the  nine  towering 
masts  by  loosening  the  couplings  at  the 


foundation  blocks.  Like  a  row  of  gigantic 
ninepins  they  went  down,  one  after  an- 
other, with  a  terrific  metallic  ringing  noise, 
heard,  it  appeared  later,  far  away  in  the 
silence  of  the  night." 

Five  years  of  research,  five  weeks  of 
service,  and  suicide.  That  was  the  career 
of  the  German  station  at  Kamina  in  Togo- 
land,  which  began  and  ended  long  before 
radio  waves  received  their  modern  burden 
of  jazz,  grand  opera,  and  inspirational  talks. 

Rebuttal  in  the  Discussion  of 
Super-Power 

In  the  October  magazine,  Mr.  Dreher  and  Pro- 
fessor Williams  aired  out  the  question  of  super- 
power broadcasters  as  opposed  to  the  service  which 
can  be  rendered  by  $oo-watt  stations.  Professor 
Williams,  of  station  WHAZ,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic 
Institute,  Troy,  New  York,  has  accepted  the  op- 
portunity to  reply  to  Mr.  Dreher' s  remarks  in  the 
October  RADIO  BROADCAST  and  they  appear  below. 
The  views  of  Professor  Williams  and  Mr.  Dreher 
are  not  necessarily  those  of  the  editors.  Professor 
Williams  said,  on  page  764  of  our  October  issue, 
that  this  magazine  had  "  reversed  its  position  on 
5oo-watt  stations."  That  is  not  the  case.  We 
are  simply  giving  a  hearing  to  both  sides.  Inso- 
far as  the  present  discussion  is  concerned,  the 
debate  is  now  closed. — THE  EDITOR. 

IN  THE  articles  appearing  in  the  September 
and  October  numbers  of  your  magazine  on 
the    subject    of    super-power    broadcasting 
stations,  Mr.  Dreher,  unable  to  meet  the  facts 
brought  out  in  the  fields  of  electrical  engineering, 
automobiling,  and  cash  register  use,  all  of  which 
were  selected  by  him,  jumps  into  the  field  of 


•  RAOV 


SOME    ONE    IS    ALWAYS    EXPLAINING   THE    MYSTERIES   OF    RADIO 


48 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


RADIO    INVESTIGATION    IS    AS    FASCINATING    AS   THAT    IN    OTHER    FIELDS 


physical  optics,  drags  Galileo  and  his  telescope 
into  the  argument,  and  ends — 1  am  sorry  to  say 
— by  a  rather  harsh  criticism  of  his  opponent. 

If  radio  broadcasting  were  carried  on  between 
two  perfectly  definite  power  levels,  radio 
receiving  sets  could  be  designed  to  function 
satisfactorily  in  the  hands  of  the  radio  public 
between  those  limits.  This  does  not  exclude 
the  super-sensitive  sets  for  scientific  and  indus- 
trial use  any  more  than  the  fact  that  the  human 
being  has  eyes  excludes  the  use  of  the  telescope 
or  microscope  in  similar  fields. 

I  do  not  know  how  much  experience  Mr. 
Dreher  has  had  with  the  difficulties  of  properly 
adjusting  telescopes  and  microscopes,  but,  from 
my  own  experience,  I  am  thankful  that  my  eyes 
function  satisfactorily  for  most  purposes  without 
the  aid  of  these  complicated  instruments  which 
require  so  much  skill  for  their  satisfactory  use, 
and  at  the  same  time  are  very  expensive. 
Similarly,  I  am  for  a  broadcasting  system 
which  will  operate  between  fixed  power  levels 
so  chosen  that  a  relatively  simple  and  inex- 
pensive receiving  set  will  function  between  these 
levels  satisfactorily  for  general  use,  and  will  not 
require  a  great  amount  of  technical  skill  on  the 
part  of  the  listener  to  operate  it.  While  Mr. 
Dreher  is  unwilling  to  grant  a  high  order  of 
technical  intelligence  to  the  listener,  he  advo- 
cates putting  in  his  hands  the  type  of  instru- 
ment which  requires  a  maximum  of  technical 
intelligence  to  operate.  This  simply  proves  that 
he  misunderstands  the  radio  public,  and  does 
not  know  that  the  present  trend  in  the  manu- 
facture of  receiving  sets  and  tubes  is  in  the 
direction  of  making  the  complete  receiver  as 
near  fool-proof  as  possible. 

Nature  has  been  very  kind  in  not  placing  the 
sun  in  the  direct  line  of  vision  at  the  time  when 
the  light  rays  from  the  sun  are  most  intense  and 
by  placing  the  sun  behind  the  earth  at  night  in 
order  that  the  earth's  inhabitants  may  enjoy 
the  moon  or  star-lit  heavens  without  any  in- 
terference from  the  sun's  rays.  If  Mr.  Dreher 
can  devise  some  scheme  whereby  he  can  shut 
down  his  super-power  stations  altogether,  or 
remove  them  so  far  in  space,  time,  or  wavelength 
from  the  other  broadcasting  stations  so  that 
they  will  interfere  as  little — with  the  programs 
now  being  broadcast — as  the  sun  interferes  with 
our  enjoyment  of  the  heavens  at  night,  I  do 
not  believe  that  any  one  will  object,  and  he  can 
enjoy  his  super-power  stations  to  his  heart's 
content. 

My  opponent  accuses  me  of  not  being  courage- 
ous enough  to  enter  the  radio  field  against  him. 
It  was  not  lack  of  courage,  but  lack  of  a  mean 


disposition,  and,  even  now,  after  a  second  chal- 
lenge, 1  would  rather  not  do  it.  However,  let 
us  look  into  this  little  computation  of  his.  He  is 
a  very  clever  and  interesting  writer  and  uses  a 
lot  of  words  to  prove  simply  this:  If  you  have 
500  watts  and  increase  it  to  50,000  watts,  every- 
thing else  remaining  constant  (presumably, 
including  the  science  of  mathematics)  you  have 
one  hundred  times  as  much  power  on  the  an- 
tenna, and  therefore  one  hundred  times  as 
much  power  at  all  other  locations.  Now,  if  he 
had  had  as  much  experience  as  I  have  had  dur- 
ing the  last  fifteen  years  trying  to  transmit 
energy  at  different  power  levels  to  the  points 
where  you  want  it  to  go,  instead  of  into  copper 
roofs,  water-pipes,  steel  buildings,  etc.,  he  would 
never  have  penned  that  article  and  misled  his 
readers  into  believing  that  they  were  going  to 
receive  one  hundred  times  the  volume  from 
WGY'S  5o,ooo-watt  transmitter,  on  its  first  test, 
that  they  receive  from  our  5OO-watt  transmit- 
ter. This  is  no  argument  against  super-power, 
but  against  the  deplorably  misleading  state- 
ments one  reads  in  the  radio  press.  Station 
WHAZ  stood  by  on  August  24,  1925,  to  allow  WCY 
to  complete  their  transmission  tests,  and  our 
staff  was  as  disappointed  as  the  WGY  staff 
with  the  results.  It  was  my  good  fortune  to  be 
listening  in  at  one  of  our  test  stations  and  the 
increase  in  power  level  at  that  location  was 
almost  nothing. 

The  set  I  was  operating  is  one  we  are  at  present 
using  for  field  strength  measurements.  It 
makes  one  of  the  best  receiving  sets  (I  did  not 
make  it)  I  have  ever  had.  On  several  occasions 
1  have  loaned  this  set  to  B.  C.  L.'s  and  they 
have  been  invariably  dissatisfied  with  it,  the 
reason  being  that  it  requires  as  fine  and  delicate 
adjustment  as  a  high-grade  microscope  and  when 
not  properly  handled  will  absolutely  ruin  the 
best  program  beyond  recognition. 

Mr.  Dreher's  other  contention  regarding  the 
advantages  of  one  or  two  steps  of  amplification 
at  the  transmitter  rather  than  at  the  receivers 
reads  as  easily  as  the  one  just  discussed  and  is 
as  misleading.  Here  again  he  assumes  ideal 
conditions  which  do  not  exist.  The  simple 
fundamental  error  made  in  his  assumption  is 
that  a  receiving  set  receives  energy  only  at  the 
frequency  for  which  it  is  tuned.  He  intimates 
that  I  have  never  listened  to  DX.  Well,  I  have, 
and  1  have  not  only  amplified  DX  signals  to  loud 
speaker  value  but  have  sent  them  out  through 
our  experimental  station  2  XAP  with  sufficient 
power  and  clearness  to  be  heard  in  California 
without  appreciable  distortion.  These  re- 
broadcasting  experiments  were  carried  out  in 


connection  with  other  experiments,  the  primary 
purpose  of  which  was  to  determine  the  facts 
regarding  the  sensitivity  and  selectivity  of  the 
most  widely  used  receiving  sets  already  owned  by 
the  B.  C.  L.'s.  Station  2  XAP  was  used  as  an  in- 
terfering station  with  different  amounts  of 
power  in  the  antenna  and  at  different  frequencies 
(wavelengths).  The  receiving  sets  were  lo- 
cated at  various  points  at  different  distances 
from  2  XAP.  These  experiments  proved  con- 
clusively that  increasing  the  power  level  of  the 
interfering  station,  which  is  usually  a  local 
station,  by  as  much  as  one  or  two  step?  of  ampli- 
fication prevented  us  from  receiving  stations 
which  could  be  received  at  the  lower  power 
levels  of  2  XAP  with  good  enough  quality  for  re- 
broadcasting  purposes.  It  could  not  be  ex- 
pected that  conclusions  drawn  from  radio 
engineering  experiments  carried  out  through  two 
cold  winters  would  agree  with  opinions  formed 
in  a  steam-heated  New  York  City  office.  You 
must  decide  for  yourselves  which  are  of  greater 
value. 

Space  will  not  permit  me  to  tell  you  the  little 
I  know  about  transatlantic  radio  telephony  and 
telegraphy  and  how  international  broadcasting 
will  be  accomplished.  I  will  content  myself 
with  the  statement  that  our  station  has  already 
been  rebroadcast  on  the  other  side  of  the  At- 
lantic, and  I  am  not  really  as  ignorant  on  the 
subject  as  Mr.  Dreher  would  have  you  believe. 

I  cannot  agree  with  my  opponent  in  his  final 
conclusion  to  the  effect  that  talk  on  this  subject 
is  of  no  value.  If  he  really  has  a  set  that  can  be 
interfered  with  by  a  cat  rubbing  his  back  against 
the  fence  and  cannot  pick  up  a  joo-watt  station 
only  one  hundred  and  fifty  miles  away,  we  have 
learned  something  from  his  side  of  the  argument, 
granting  my  points  sum  up  to  zero. 

The  Memoirs  of  a  Radio  Engineer 
VI 

IN  1910  I  graduated  from  the  elementary 
school,  and  a  little  later  my  family 
moved  to  another  house,  where  I  started 
what  may  not  have  been  an  innovation, 
but  it  was  certainly  an  early  use  of  an  ex- 
pedient now  very  common — the  resort  to 
an  indoor  antenna  where  it  is  not  feasible 
to  erect  one  outdoors.  The  landlord  ob- 
jected to  my  trespassing  on  the  roof  of  his 
three-story  treasure,  on  the  ground  that  I 
would  wear  through  the  sheet  iron  and 
cause  the  roof  to  leak,  that  I  might  fall  off, 
that  an  antenna  would  be  unsightly,  that 
it  would  attract  the  unchained  lightnings, 
etc.,  etc.  So  I  strung  two  wires  about 
fifty  feet  through  our  apartment  and,  as 
the  neighborhood  was  one  of  frame  struc- 
tures, obtained  satisfactory  results,  as  the 
times  went.  I  had  a  crystal  detector,  con- 
sisting of  a  piece  of  silicon,  ground  flat 
and  smooth  on  one  surface — God  knows 
why,  but  the  current  superstition  was  that 
silicon  should  be  used  in  that  way — and 
imbedded  in  solder,  with  a  blunt  brass 
point  pressing  down  on  it.  This  was  at- 
tached to  the  antenna  and  a  gas  pipe 
ground,  and  a  75-ohm  receiver,  swiped 
from  some  telephone  desk  set,  connected 
in  parallel  with  it.  Once  in  a  while  this 
combination  picked  up  signals  very  faintly. 
They  were  probably  those  of  near-by  ama- 
teurs. After  a  while  I  got  together  a 
tuner — a  cardboard  mailing  tube  about 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


ANTENNAS  WERE  UNFAMILIAR  IN  1912 


49 


two  inches  in  diameter,  wound  with  No. 
24  enameled  wire,  and  provided  with  two 
sliders  making  contact  with  a  bare  swath 
the  length  of  the  winding.  This  consti- 
tuted a  conductively  coupled  system,  with 
a  tuned  antenna  and  approximately  tuned 
secondary  or  detector  circuit.  It  was 
quite  effective,  remarkably  so  in  compari- 
son with  the  untuned  set,  and  it  was 
further  improved  by  the  substitution  of  a 
alena — cat  whisker  detector  for  silicon. 
Dicking  up  a  signal  was  no  longer  an 
achievement;  it  could  be  accomplished 
almost  any  time.  The  United  Wireless 
tation  at  42  Broadway,  New  York  City, 
ame  in  fairly  loud,  although  about  eight 
liles  away.  There  was  also  the  Wana- 
laker  station,  MHI,  in  New  York,  com- 
lunicating  with  MHE  in  Philadelphia — 
erhaps  this  was  a  little  later;  it  is  rather 
tiard  to  remember  down  to  a  year  after 
;ifteen  of  them  have  rolled  by.  The  rest 
vere  largely  amateurs.  1  also  had  a 
transmitting  station.  My  parents  had 
aught  me  a  quarter-inch  spark  coil,  in  a 
quartered  oak  case.  In  my  own  room, 
vhich  measured  about  eight  by  ten  feet, 
strung  up  an  antenna  of  aluminum  wire, 
vhich  was  popular  at  that  time,  consisting 
}f  about  a  dozen  wires  forming  a  grid  which 
Dvered  the  whole  ceiling.  The  spark  coil, 
perated  from  dry  cells  and  keyed  by  some 
crude  spring  and  knob  arrangement,  when 
onnected  to  this  antenna  and  a  ground, 
vas  heard  by  an  amateur  about  five  blocks 
away-,  we  engaged  in  conversation,  and  he 
paid  me  a  visit,  declaring  that  I  came  in 
louder  than  some  of  the  boys  with  outdoor 
antennas.  The  spark  gap,  I  recollect, 
consisted  of  zinc  electrodes  turned  out  for 
me  by  a  boy  who  attended  Stuyvesant 
High  School  and  had  access  to  the  machine 
shop  there.  Among  other  amateurs  in 
the  neighborhood,  some  were  using  long 
single  wire  antennas  at  a  time  when  multi- 
wire  ones  were  all  the  fashion,  until,  on 
the  advent  of  broadcasting,  the  single  wire 
antenna  for  reception  came  into  its  own. 
Many  quaint  superstitions  regarding  an- 
tennas and  other  radio  subjects  raged  among 
these  innocents.  For  example,  it  was  de- 
clared, on  the  strength  of  an  article  in  a 
periodical,  that  "the  wavelength  of  an 
aerial  was  four  times  its  mean  height 
above  the  instruments."  There  was  one 
comrade,  it  happened,  who  had  a  sloping 
antenna  running  from  his  roof  to  a  clothes- 
pole,  with  a  horizontal  lead  to  the  set, 
the  lower  end  of  the  antenna  being  about 
as  far  below  the  apparatus  as  the  upper 
end  was  higher.  In  a  discussion  on  wave- 
lengths, in  which  everyone  boasted  of  the 
great  length  of  his  own  wave,  one  of  his 
rivals  taunted  this  fellow,  saying,  "You 
ain't  got  no  wavelength,"  and  backing 
his  argument  with  the  article  in  ques- 
tion. Confronted  with  the  fact  that  the 
antenna  radiated  audible  signals,  he  merely 
shrugged  his  shoulders  and  admitted  that 
there  might  be  signals,  but,  properly 
speaking,  no  wavelength  existed.  I  do 
not  remember  the  name  of  this  dialecti- 
cian, but  he  deserves  high  honors,  for  he 


is  the  forbear,  in  the  radio  field,  of  a  great 
multitude  who  substitute  words  for  sense, 
and  they  should  keep  his  memory  green. 

It  was  in  the  early  part  of  1912  that  1 
wrote  my  first  radio  article,  for  which  I 
received  the  sum  of  65  cents.  It  was  a 
description  of  a  Tesla  coil,  fed  from  the 
quarter-inch  spark  coil  which  also  fur- 
nished the  oscillations  for  my  transmitting 
set,  and  it  was  certainly  one  of  the  smallest 
Tesla  coils  ever  made.  The  secondary  or 
high  frequency  winding  covered  an  or- 
dinary small  test  tube,  the  turns  being 
No.  30  silk-covered  wire  carefully  spaced 
by  hand  and  dipped  in  wax.  Over  this 
were  wound  a  few  turns  of  heavy  weather- 
proof wire,  in  parallel  with  a  leyden  jar 
across  the  spark  gap  of  the  induction  coil. 
The  secondary  of  the  Tesla  converter  gave 
a  one  half  inch  high  frequency  spark, 
which,  being  confined  to  the  surface  of  the 
body,  could  be  taken  without  sensation — 
a  great  opportunity  for  fooling  other  boys 
who  believed  that  an  electric  spark  always 
meant  a  severe  shock  to  any  one  monkey- 
ing with  it.  The  same  credulity  was  being 
exploited  by  some  vaudeville  acts  built 
around  large  Tesla  transformers,  throwing 
sparks  several  feet  long,  which  enabled  the 
actors  or  "professors"  to  announce  that 
they  could  withstand  potentials  of  millions 
of  volts  where  a  mere  1800  would  kill  an 
ordinary  man  in  the  electric  chair.  The 
distinction  between  high  frequency  cur- 
rents and  d.  c.,  and  the  matter  of  the  num- 
ber of  amperes  actually  flowing  through 
vital  tissues,  were  of  course  unmentioned 
in  these  acts. 

For  the  July,  1913,  issue  of  Modern 
Electrics  1  also  wrote  an  article  on  "indoor 
aerials,"  which  won  the  third  prize  of 
$1.00.  Recently,  in  looking  up  this  pub- 
lication, I  was  amused  to  note  that  the 
second  prize  in  that  issue  ($2.50)  was  cap- 
tuied  by  Harold  Beverage,  who  was 
probably  at  that  time  a  student  at  the 
Universityof  Maine, 
or,  more  likely,  pre- 
paring for  his  college 
course,  as  I  was.  He 
was  not  wi  i t ing 
about  antennas,  in 
fact,  his  contribu- 
tion was  electrical  in 
nature  and  really 
had  nothing  to  do 
with  radio.  About 
six  years  later  this 
boy  was  to  invent  a 
new  type  of  anten- 
na, the  "wave  an- 
tenna," whose 
highly  directional 
properties,  eliminat- 
ing the  bulk  of  the 
static  on  trans- 
oceanic reception, 
marked  a  great  step 
forward  in  high 
power  commercial 
radio. 

In  1912,  however, 
antennas   were   not 


yet  familiar  objects,  and  the  indoor  vaiiety, 
particularly,  seemed  very  strange  to  most 
people.  They  could  not  conceive  of  waves 
penetrating  wood  and  glass  and  other  solid 
objects.  One  friend  of  my  father's  came 
to  the  house  and  listened  attentively  to 
the  wireless  signals,  but  when  he  asked 
whether  I  had  an  antenna  on  the  roof,  and 
I  pointed  to  my  indoor  wire,  he  declared 
vehemently  that  I  was  hoaxing  him,  and 
that  the  signals  were  being  cooked  up 
somewheie  in  that  room.  I  argued  with 
him  for  a  long  time,  and  grew  very  angry, 
for  I  was  young  and  it  irritated  me  to  be 
accused  of  fraud  when  I  knew  that  the 
signals  were  genuine  and  there  was  nothing 
extraordinary  in  such  reception.  I  had 
not  yet  learned  the  truth  of  Schiller's  say- 
ing, "Against  stupidity  the  gods  them- 
selves fight  in  vain,"  an  aphorism  which 
the  progress  of  the  engineering  arts  has 
not  affected  in  any  way. 

The  Country  Is  Saved!  Advertisement 
of  a  manufacturer  of  automobile  accessories 
entering  the  radio  field: 

HICCOUGH  &  Co.  Radio — the  ensemble 
radio — is  now  ready! 

The  good  news  has  been  hard  to  keep! 
Extreme  secrecy  has  guarded  every  move  and 
discovery  of  Hiccough  engineers,  who  have  for 
more  than  two  years  been  engaged  in  the  solu- 
tion of  a  tremendous  problem — the  perfection  of 
radio!  Yet  for  months  the  radio  world  has  been 
atremble  with  the  rumor  that  "something 
revolutionary  in  radio  is  about  to  be  an- 
nounced." 

So  the  announcement  of  Hiccough  &  Co.  is 
not  a  surprise  because  everybody  has  been  ex- 
pecting it.  You  know  you  yourself  have  been 
waiting  for  a  concern  like  Hiccough  &  Co.  to 
take  the  uncertainties,  disappointments,  and 
troubles  out  of  radio  and  give  you  only  real  re- 
sults. 

Italics  and  exclamation  marks  not  ours.  At 
last!  Radio  is  to  be  made  perfect — by  a  man- 
ufacturer of  automobile  accessories. 


^^^^^••^•••••••••••••••i 

FI^B 


THE     LANDLORD    OBJECTED    TO    TRESPASSING    ON     HIS    TIN 

TREASURE 


IONE-TYPE    loud 
speakers,  particu- 
larly the  Western 
Electric  Loud  Speaking 
Telephone  No.  54oAW, 
when  used  with  a  receiver 
not   designed   especially 
for  use  with  them,  may 
be  greatly  improved  by  a 
few  simple  adjustments. 
If  these  suggestions  are 
followed    with     care,   a 
greatly  improved  signal 
will  result,  and    the 
speaker  itself  will  not  be 
harmed.      It    is   no   es- 
pecial secret  that  many 
Western    Electric    engineers    make 
these  adjustments  on  speakers  used 
on  their  own  radio  sets.    This  is  the 
first  time  that  information  for  doing 
the  trick  has  been  made  public.     The 
operation,    in   the   parlance   of   the 
engineers,  is  called  loading. 

The  first  operation  necessary  is 
to  loosen  the  small  thumb  screw 
at  the  apex  of  the  cone.  It  is  well 
to  wind  a  rubber  band  around  it 
after  loosening,  to  prevent  its  becom- 
ing lost. 

The  second  operation  (see  Fig.  i), 
is  the  removal  of  the  five  screws 
nearest  the  center,  at  the  rear  of 
the  speaker.  Removing  these 


FIG.    I 


FIG.  2 


FIG.  3 

screws  permits  the  metal  ring, 
the  composition  ring,  and  the 
metal  shield  which  they  hold  in 
place,  to  be  removed  and  leaves 
the  mechanism  open  to  view. 
The  third  operation  is  the  re- 
moval of  the  three  screws  which 
hold  the  mechanism  in  place  on 
the  main  frame. 

The  fourth  step  in  the  proce- 
dure is  to  remove  the  small  screw 
to  which  the  screw  driver  is  point- 
ing in  Fig.  2,  and  to  place  a  small 
piece  of  friction  tape  between  the 
two  metal  parts  the  screw  holds 


together.  Of  course,  a 
small  hole  must  be  cut  in 
the  tape  to  permit  the 
screw  to  pass  through. 
Then  the  piston  of  the 
driving  mechanism  (see 
Fig.  4)  is  wound  with 
rubber  tape  which  is 
tightly  stretched.  In  ap- 
plyingthe  tape  tothe  pis- 
ton, great  care  must  be 
used  to  avoid  bending 
the  pin. 

After  the  driving  pin 
has  been  wound  with  rub- 
ber tape  as  shown  in  Fig. 
3,  the  tape  should  be  vul- 
canized by  burning  a  match  under 
it.  After  the  tape  is  vulcanized  (see 
Fig.  4)  it  will  not  loosen  while  the 
speaker  is  in  operation.  With  this 
step,  the  alterations  to  the  cone  are 
complete  and  re-assembly  is  begun. 
First,  place  the  driving  mechanism 
back  in  place  and  hold  it  there  tem- 
porarily by  bringing  up  the  three  sup- 
porting screws  with  their  lock  washers. 
This  mechanism  must  be  centered,  and 
that  may  be  accomplished  by  shifting 
it  onewayand  another  before  the  sup- 
porting screws  are  brought  up  tightly. 
Following  this,  it  is  but  necessary  to 
replace  the  parts  removed  and  tighten 
the  thumb  screw  and  the  job  is  done. 
The  sound  produced  by  the  remodeled 
cone  is  greatly  improved. 


FIG.  4 


FIG.    I 

A  rear  illustration.  By  means  of  small  bushings,  the  audio-frequency  transformers  are  underslung  from 
the  bottom  of  the  shelf.  In  order  from  right  to  left  the  tube  sockets  are,  first  audio-frequency  amplifier, 
radio-frequency  amplifier,  detector,  and  the  last  two  are  the  two  parallel  tube  sockets  of  the  second  stage 

audio  amplifier 

Improved  Five-Tube  Receiver  for  the 


The  Crystallization  of  Modern  Improvements  in  Receiver  De- 
sign— Especially  Arranged  for  Ease  of  Assembly  and  Operation 

By  ARTHUR  H.  FULTON,  Jr. 


ALONG  with  the  developments  in 
/\  receivers  to  be  made  public  for 
£  \V  the  fall  radio  season  comes  one 
which,  in  the  estimation  of  its 
designers,  is  very  high  up  in  the  scale. 
A  great  deal  of  time  and  study  and  many 
hours  have  been  spent  in  the  laboratory  to 
produce  a  five-tube  receiver — improved 
electrically  especially  in  the  unseen  parts 
that  are  so  important — that  would  give 
to  the  inexperienced  constructor  a 
receiver  which  would  contain  the 
best  results  of  design  and  at  the 
same  time  have  a  finished  com- 
mercial appearance.  A  receiver 
has  been  designed  which  is  very 
easy  to  assemble.  All  the  con- 
structor needs  is  a  soldering  iron, 
a  few  other  tools,  the  parts,  and 
the  ambition  to  complete  the 
job. 

The  term  assembly  is  used 
advisedly  because  it  can  hardly  be 
said  that  the  receiver  to  be  de- 
scribed entails  either  elaborate 


construction  or  detailed  layout,  dimen- 
sioning, or  the  necessity  of  machine  shop 
equipment. 

Electrically,  the  circuit  embodies  and  in- 
corporates every  important  and  worth- 
while refinement  of  control  and  accuracy  of 
coil  design  that  can  be  approached  in 
factory-made  jobs.  Here  is  a  receiver  em- 
ploying a  tuned,  neutralized  radio- 
frequency  amplifier  which  has  unusually 


CT*  HERE  is  a  story  behind  the  development  of  the  receiver  described 
•*•  in  this  article.  It  was  felt  that  there  were  a  large  number  of 
radio  enthusiasts,  not  especially  gifted  mechanically,  who  would 
welcome  the  design  of  an  outfit  which  would  take  the  guesswork  out  of 
home  receiver  construction.  It  would  be  possible,  thought  the  designers, 
to  produce  a  highly  efficient  five-tube  non-radiating  receiver  embodying 
all  the  best  points  of  the  Roberts  Knockout  receiver — which,  month  in  and 
month  out,  continues  to  be  the  most  popular  receiver  for  home  construction 
in  use  in  the  United  States  to-day — and  to  select  a  group  of  the  best  parts 
obtainable  on  the  market,  even  to  the  panel.  So  the  result  is  a  design 
which  we  can  heartily  commend  to  any  constructor  who  wants  to  build 
an  efficient  receiver  with  as  few  mechanical  difficulties  as  possible,  and 
who,  when  the  thing  is  completed,  will  have  a  set  whose  appearance  is  as 
finished  as  a  factory-made  product. 

— THE  EDITOR. 


high  "gain",  a  regenerative  detector  fol- 
lowed by  a  straight  stage  of  audio-frequency 
amplification,  and  that  in  turn  followed  by 
a  special  power  amplifier  consisting  of  two 
tubes  arranged  with  their  elements  con- 
nected in  parallel. 

No  reflex  feature  is  employed  in  the  cir- 
cuit, which  sets  this  design  off  from  the 
conventional    Roberts    Knockout    circuit, 
which  is,  in  many  ways,  similar.     The  high 
degree  of  selectivity  and   sensi- 
tivity of  the  five-tube  set  may  be 
attributed  to  these  modern    im- 
provements and  changes. 

Going  one  better  than  the 
orthodox  kit  idea,  the  designers 
of  this  receiver  so  arranged  its 
construction  that  with  the  aid  of 
a  basic  unit  consisting  of  the 
panel,  shelf,  and  miscellaneous 
hardware,  it  is  possible  for  trie 
builder  to  patronize  his  local 
radio  dealer  in  the  choice  of 
the  various  other  elements 
necessary  for  the  construction  of 


52 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


FIG.   2 

The  apparatus  behind  the  panel.     This  view  clearly  shows  the  location  and  placement  of  the  sockets, 
ballast  resistances,  and  pin  jacks  on  the  shelf.     Note  that  the  coil  units  are  at  right  angles  to  each  other 


the  set.  Instead  of  working  from  a  set  of 
blue  prints  on  to  a  panel,  the  constructor 
has  the  opportunity  of  buying  the  panel 
ready-drilled,  together  with  the  other  es- 
sentials, and  merely  assembles  the  rest  of 
the  material  which  goes  to  form  the  com- 
pleted receiver.  Brackets,  cut  and  bent  to 
shape,  support  a  shelf  upon  which  a  majority 
of  the  apparatus,  such  as  tube  sockets,  audio- 
frequency transformers,  ballast  resistances, 
and  the  neutralizing  condenser  are  mounted 
in  the  completed  job. 

THE    APPARATUS    USED 

IN  ITS  mechanical  and  electrical  design, 
1  consideration  has  been  given  seriously  to 
the  employment  of  none  but  the  best  ap- 
paratus obtainable  (all  of  which  has  been 
tested  and  approved  by  the  Laboratory  of 
RADIO  BROADCAST).  In  its  present  form, 
the  construction  and  operation  of  the  re- 
ceiver has  been  modified  to  simplicity  with 
the  inclusion  of  ballast  resistances  for  all 
but  one  tube,  one  output  jack  for  the  loud 
speaker,  and  pin  jacks  for  battery  terminals 
mounted  on  the  rear  of  the  tube  shelf. 
Following  the  trend  of  modern  design,  the 
receiver  has  been  constructed  on  a  slanting 
panel  and  is  entirely  self-contained  thereon, 
the  apparatus  being  mounted  either  directly 
on  the  panel  or  on  the  shelf  supported  by 
the  brass  brackets  which  are  fastened  to  the 
panel. 

High  grade  audio-frequency  transformers 
employed  in  the  audio  amplifier,  together 
with  the  peculiar  parallel  arrangement  of 
the  last  two  tubes,  insure  distortionless 
quality  output. 


In  this  receiver  the  tubes  are  not  situated 
in  the  conventional  manner,  but  in  order 
from  left  to  right  looking  over  the  top 
of  the  receiver  are:  fust  audio,  radio  fre- 
quency, detector,  second  audio  (this  last 
named  consists  of  two  tubes  connected  in 
parallel). 

Volume  is  controlled  by  means  of  the 
filament  rheostat  connected  in  series  with 
the  filament  of  the  radio-frequency  tube. 

The  tuning  coils  used  permit  of  the  re- 
ception of  signals  from  those  stations  which 
operate  on  the  higher  frequencies  (low 
wavelengths)  and  will  amply  cover  those 
stations  situated  at  the  other  end  of  the 
scale. 

The  tuning  is  reasonably  sharp  on  the 
antenna  coil  control  due  to  the  absence  of 
reflexing.  Tuning  in  the  detector  circuit 
is  the  same  as  before  and  is  comparable  to 
tuning  a  regenerative  receiver  by  the  squeal 
method.  Briefly,  to  tune  with  this  method, 
the  tickler  is  well  advanced  to  produce  re- 
generation and  by  rotating  the  detector 
tuning  condenser,  squeals  will  be  heard 
every  time  the  circuit  beats  with  the  carrier 
wave  of  a  station  transmitting  at  that  time. 
Once  a  desired  station  is  located  in  this 
manner,  the  squeal  can  be  eliminated  by 
loosening  the  coupling  between  the  second- 
ary and  tickler.  While,  in  the  standard 
three-circuit  regenerative  receivers  this 
system  would  play  havoc  with  other  re- 
ceivers in  the  neighborhood,  in  this  re- 
ceiver, due  to  the  use  of  the  Roberts 
system  of  neutralization  which  is  a  positive 
preventive,  no  squeal  is  passed  along  to  the 
antenna  to  cause  disturbance. 


Three  views  of  the  receiver  shown  here 
indicate  its  commercial  appearance  and 
mechanical  design,  and  by  means  of  the  pre- 
pared parts,  duplication  in  design  by  all 
those  attempting  its  construction  is  as- 
sured. The  models  shown  differ  in  some 
points  of  mechanical  refinement  from  the 
receivers  it  will  be  possible  to  construct 
from  the  commercially  available  units. 

Considering  the  individual  variations  in 
the  construction  of  receivers  described  in 
radio  periodicals,  and  realizing  the  troubles 
encountered  by  constructors  in  modifying 
original  designs  to  suit  their  own  fancies, 
it  is  not  difficult  to  appreciate  the  special 
attractions  and  favor  of  a  plan  which  will 
minimize  the  detailed  dimensioning,  layout, 
and  assembly  of  receivers. 

Analyzing  the  circuit  in  Fig.  4  the  salient 
features  herewith  described  are  apparent. 

ELECTRICAL    DETAILS    OF    THE   CIRCUIT 

TN  THE  receiver  illustrated,  the  variable 
*•  condensers  Ci  and  C2  are  shunted  across 
their  respective  secondary  coils,  the  first 
secondary  functioning  as  a  combined  pri- 
mary-secondary, in  auto-transformer  fash- 
ion, but  in  the  finished  mode!,  a  separate 
antenna  coil  has  been  provided.  These  con- 
densers are  of  the  standard  .0005  mfd.  value. 
The  condenser  Cj  is  that  with  which 
neutralization  is  obtained  and  is  of  the 
value  of  .000032  mfd.  Two  by-pass  con- 
densers, 05  and  C6,  are  employed,  one 
across  the  primary  of  the  first  audio  trans- 
former, and  B  battery  in  its  circuit,  its  value 
being  .001  mfd.  and  the  other  a  .006  mfd. 
one,  connected  from  the  minus  A  to  the 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


AN  IMPROVED  FIVE-TUBE  RECEIVER 


53 


lower  end  of  the  plate  coil  in  the  radio- 
frequency  tube  circuit. 

A  tickler  having  variable  coupling  with 
the  detector  secondary  provides  regenera- 
tion. The  grid  leak  condenser  €4  is 
.00025  mfd.,  shunted  by  a  grid  leak  of  2 
megohms.  The  value  of  the  grid  leak  will 
vary  with  the  particular  detector  tube  used. 

Low  ratio  audio-frequency  transformers 
of  the  latest  design,  having  large  iron  cores 
upon  which  are  wound  large  coils,  should 
be  used.  This  sort  of  transformer  gives 
equal  response  on  all  the  audio  frequencies, 
insuring  good  quality  of  signal. 

The  unusual  system  of  parallel  tube  am- 
plification is  practically  new  to  the  radio 
broadcast  field,  and  is  intended  for  the  pre- 
vention of  overloading  in  the  last  audio 
amplifier. 

Two  major  controls  afford  tuning  over 
the  entire  broadcast  range.  These  are  the 
tuning  condensers;  the  detector  circuit  is  so 
designed  that  its  tuning  is  slightly  sharper 
than  the  antenna  circuit.  As  previously  ex- 
plained, regeneration  adds  to  the  simplicity 
of  tuning,  and  the  control  for  the  tickler  coil 
is  located  in  the  top  center  of  the  panel. 


FIG.    3 

A  clear  representation  of  the  method  of  supporting  the  coils,  shelf,  and  brackets. 
The  audio-frequency  transformers  are  mounted  at  right  angles  to  each  other  to 
minimize  magnetic  coupling  effects 


This  improved  five-tube  receiver  employs  the  following  parts,  others,  similar, 

can  be  selected  from  apparatus  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST: 
|  i.  80 

18.00 

2  Condensers  ooo5mfd      (Hammarlund),  @  $5.00  ea 

10.00 

2  Dials,  4  inch,  Na-ald,  @  $.75  ea  

1.50 

I    Dial    if  inch   Na-ald       

.25 

4  Ballast  Resistances,  Amperite,  @$i.ioea  

4-4° 

.                       .         6.00 

5  Sockets  Na-ald   @  $  75  ea  

3.75 

Rheostat  25  ohms  Carter 

1  .00 

65 

1.25 

.70 

Grid  Condenser    ooo25mfd  ,  Dubilier  

.50 

.40 

.45 

65 

9-4° 

$60.70 

Tuned  Radio 

Frequency  Amplifier  X 


Power  Audio 
Frequency  Amplifiei 


o 

A 


45 


67 

B  FIG-    4 

The  circuit  diagram  of  the  final  receiver  differs  slightly  with  the  diagram  here  in  that  a  separate  antenna  coil  is  provided  in  place  of  the  auto- 
transformer  arrangement  shown.  This  antenna  coil  has  three  leads,  the  two  ends  and  a  center  tap  which  allows  of  correct  adjustment  of  the 
antenna  coupler  with  the  particular  length  of  antenna  used.  The  values  of  the  various  apparatus  employed  are:  Ci  and  C2=  .0005  mfd.; 
C3  =  .000032  mfd.;  C4  =  .00025  mfd.jCj  =  .002  mfd.;  C6  =  .006  mfd.;  Ri  =  25  ohms,  R2,  R3,  R4,  R$  =  J-ampere  filament  ballast  resistances; 
R6  =  2  meg;  AFTi  and  AFT2  =  2  to  i  audio-frequency  transformers.  Note  the  parallel  arrangement  of  the  last  two  tubes.  The  neutralizing  and 
primary  windings  of  the  r.f.  coupler  are  indicated  as  a  double-wound  coil,  but  in  reality  it  is  a  single-wound  coil  with  a  tap  taken  off  the  middle  turn 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 
THE   TRANSMITTER  HOUSE   AND  ANTENNA   AT  2   GY 

Where  the  RADIO  BaoADCAST-Eveready  short  wave  experiments  are  in  progress. 

The  "driver"  antenna  can  be  clearly  seen  above  the  small  operating  house  in 

the  right  foreground.     The  main  4o-meter  antenna  is  suspended  vertically  from 

the  supports  between  the  two  85-foot  masts 


Wi 


'HEN  radio  amateurs  first 
explored  the  region  of  the 
very  high  frequencies,  say 
beyond  2000  kilocycles  (100 
meters  and  lower)  the  phenomenal  dis- 
tances covered  with  low  power  were  at- 
tributed to  the  total  lack  of  interference 
encountered  there.  Then  as  these  high 
frequency  ether  lanes  became  the  common 
property  of  thousands  of  amateurs,  it  was 
realized  that  the  results  obtained  there  were 
due  to  other  causes  than  freedom  from 
interference. 

What  these  other  causes  are  has  been  the 
subject  for  considerable  speculation  among 
the  radio  learned,  and  the  experimental 
work  carried  out  to  discover  the  laws  gov- 
erning transmission  at  high  frequencies  has 
been  very  valuable.  To  aid  in  this  ex- 
perimental work,  the  Laboratory  of  RADIO 
BROADCAST  has  in  operation  a  station  work- 


ing on  high  frequencies  under 
the  amateur  call  of  2  GY. 
This  work  will  be  prosecuted 
during  the  coming  winter 
with  the  cooperation  of  the 
National  Carbon  Company 
in  an  endeavor  to  learn  all 
that  is  possible  of  what  goes 
on  on  the  higher  frequency 
bands. 

To  see  what  happens  at 
these  higher  frequencies,  let 
us  perform  a  hypothetical 
experiment  at  our  trans- 
mitting station.  Starting 
with  1500  kilocycles  (200 
meters) — the  wave  used  by 
all  amateurs  in  the  "good  old 
days" — let  us  see  how  far,  on 
the  average,  we  may  transmit 
with  a  given  power. 


What  Do  We  Know 

The  Fascinating  New  Problems  of  Radio 
High  Frequencies — A  Distinct  Branch  of 
Are  Yet  to  Be  Discovered  —  How  Radio 

By  KEITH 

Director,  Radio 

Aside  from  the  frequency  and  the  power  used,  the 
other  factors  limiting  our  transmission  are  the  time  of 
day,  the  type  of  antenna,  and  nature  of  the  country 
between  the  transmitting  station  and  the  receiver.  At 
night,  conditions  are  vastly  different  than  during  day- 
light— as  all  radio  enthusiasts  know.  The  effect  of 
intervening  objects  has  not  been  completely  investigated. 

Other  conditions  theoretically  remaining  the  same, 
increasing  the  transmission  frequency  (decreasing  wave- 
length) widens  the  radius  over  which  signals  from  our 
station  may  be  heard.  If  the  frequency  is  increased  we 
find  that  our  range  increases  accordingly  until  at  7000 
to  12,000  kilocycles  (40  to  20  meters)  we  can  communi- 
cate during  the  daytime  over  distances  that  are  con- 
sidered very  good  at  night  on  the  lower  frequencies 
(longer  wavelengths).  At  the  same  time,  we  seem  to 
find  that  our  signals  are  not  heard  near  by,  but  that 
they  take  a  peculiar  jump  and  come  down  again  at 
some  greater  distance.  This  view  is  maintained  by  sev- 
eral experimenters,  notably  John  Reinartz,  and  yet 
remains  to  be  proved  or  disproved. 

THE    CLOCK    IS    IMPORTANT    IN    SHORT   WAVE    WORK 

A  LTHOUGH  greater  distances  may  be  covered  with 
*•  medium  power,  the  reliability  of  communication 
suffers,  for  fading  and  other  disturbing  effects  become 
quite  noticeable.  At  still  higher  frequencies,  the  time 
of  day  is  of  great  importance,  but  so  little  is  known  of 
transmission  on  the  highest  amateur  band,  60,000  kilo- 
cycles (5  meters),  that  it  is  unsafe  to  make  any  definite 
assumptions  of  what  actually  happens. 

The  MacMillan  Arctic  expedition  of  last  year  was  out 
of  touch  with  civilization  for  many  weeks  because  the 
operators  were  not  equipped  to  route  their  traffic  over 
the  very  high  frequency  (short  wavelength)  bands. 
The  expedition  this  year  has  been  in  continual  touch 
with  amateurs  in  this  country  as  well  as  those  in  Eng- 
land, Australia,  and  other  far  distant  lands.  The  com- 
munication last  year  was  accomplished  on  1500  kc., 
while  this  year  it  was  chiefly  accomplished  at  7000  kc. 
While  the  expedition  was  in  continual  daylight  this  year, 
it  was  necessary  to  use  still  higher  frequencies,  and  suc- 
cessful communication  was  carried  out  with  amateur  sta- 
tion 9  cxx  in  Cedar  Rapids,  Iowa,  on  the  extremely  high 
frequency  of  approximately  20,000  kilocycles  (16  meters). 


(.  l^  HERE  are  a  surprisingly  large  number  of  broadcast 
•*•  listeners  who  are  able  to  understand  what  goes  on  in  the 
always  interesting  amateur  radio  channels.  The  fact  that 
the  amateurs  use  code  almost  exclusively  has  not  prevented 
these  ambitious  ones  from  buckling  down  and  learning  the  code, 
setting  up  equipment — which  costs  less  than  many  a  home- 
assembled  super-heterodyne — and  reaching  out  themselves  over 
astonishingly  great  distances.  This  article  announces  ex- 
periments which  are  bound  to  be  of  interest  to  "transmitting 
amateurs"  and  the  many  broadcast  listeners  whose  interest 
in  radio  is  broadening  out.  The  RADIO  BRO\DCA$r-Eveready 


Transmission  and  Reception  on  Very 
Radio  Investigation  in  Which  Many  Facts 
Enthusiasts  Can  Join  the  Experiments 

HENNEY 

Broadcast  Laboratory 

Communication  between  the  S.  S.  Peary  at  Etah, 
Greenland,  and  2GY  has  been  successful  at  night  on  7000 
kilocycles,  but  not  a  sound  could  be  heard  from  the  ex- 
pedition in  daytime  until  our  receivers  were  tuned  to  the 
higher  frequencies. 

What  takes  place  along  the  high  frequency  bands? 
How  far  may  one  expect  to  carry  out  reliable  communica- 
tion in  daylight,  and  at  night,  with  a  given  amount  of 
power  and  at  a  given  frequency?  Do  signals  actually 
jump  over  near-by  stations  to  reappear  at  some  much 
greater  distance?  What  is  the  relation  between  time  of 
day  and  distance  of  transmission?  What  of  seasonal 
differences?  Of  increase  in  power?  Are  some  frequencies 
good  at  certain  hours  and  not  at  others? 

These  and  other  questions  are  assailing  every  true 
radio  investigator.  Station  2  GY  was  established  to  work 
on  the  high  frequency  bands,  and  considerable  time  and 
energy  will  be  devoted  to  the  solution  of  certain  partic- 
ular aspects  of  these  broad  problems. 


T 


AID    OF    EXPERIMENTERS    IS    WANTED 

O  AI D  in  this  work,  the  staff  of  the  RADIO  BROADCAST- 
Eveready  short  wave  experimental  station  are  com- 
pelled to  call  upon  other  amateurs.  To  this  end  the  Staff 
is  desirous  of  hearing  from  all  amateurs  who  may  be  able 
to  aid,  either  by  listening  to  transmissions  from  2  GY  at 
definite  periods  or  in  other  ways  to  be  arranged. 

At  the  present  time,  the  station  is  experimenting  in 
two  directions.  One  has  to  do  with  antenna  systems  and 
the  other  is  the  relation  between  power  and  reliability  of 
communication. 

A  brief  description  of  the  antenna  now  in  use  at  2GY 
will  explain  the  manner  in  which  other  amateurs  may 
aid  in  this  work.  A  single  vertical  wire,  one  half  wave- 
length long  (about  65  feet)  is  "fed"  by  a  transmission 
line  from  the  transmitter  which  is  working  on  the  so- 
called  yooo-kilocycle  (4O-meter)  band. 

The  questions  to  be  answered  are,  what  is  the  proper 
length,  one  half  wavelength,  or  more  or  less?  At  which 
point  along  the  antenna  should  the  driver  wire  be  attached? 
What  are  the  best  methods  of  indicating  resonance?  What 
is  the  effect  of  using  two  or  more  parallel  vertical  wires, 
each  tuned  to  the  transmitting  frequency?  Should  the 
wire  be  vertical  or  horizontal? 

Those  who  have  studied  the  classical  wave  theories  in 


experiments  will  give  all  interested  experimenters  an  oppor- 
tunity to  take  a  personal  share  in  as  interesting  an  experiment 
as  we  know  of  and  this  article  tells  something  of  the  problems 
which  have  to  he  solved.  High  frequency  (short  wave)  trans- 
mission in  the  last  two  years  has  set  the  radio  world  by  the  ears 
and  the  more  that  can  be  found  out  about  the  strange  phe- 
nomena the  faster  will  radio  advance.  Succeeding  articles  in 
this  series  will  tell  more  about  the  progress  of  the  experiments, 
which  will,  we  think,  be  of  great  service  to  all  the  experimenters 
in  this  field,  and  which  will,  we  hope,  further  the  interest  of 
the  veriest  of  fans  in  this  engrossing  subject.  —  THE  EDITOR. 


CHAPTER  IX 

EXPERIMENTS   ON  THE  IDENTITY  OF  ELECTRIC  WAVES 
AND    LIGHT 

Hertz's  Apparatus  for  Shorter  Electric  Waves.  —  After  Hertz  had 
succeeded  in  proving  that  the  action  of  an  electric  oscillation  spreads 
out  as  a  wave  into  space,  he  planned  experiments  with  the  object 
of  concentrating  this  action  and  making  it  perceptible  to  greater 
distances,  by  putting  the  oscillator  in  the  focal  line  of  a  large  con- 
cave cylindrical  mirror.  In  order  to  avoid  the  disproportion  between 
the  length  of  the  waves  and  the  dimensions  he  was  able  to  give  to  the 


o 
o 


FIG.  28.  Hertz's  rec- 
tilinear oscillator. 


Fi<*.  29.     Hertz's  cylindrical  mirrors.     Oscillator 
is  at  left;  resonator,  at  right. 


mirror,  Hertz  made  the  oscillator  smaller,  so  that  the  length  of  the 
waves  was  less  than  one-tenth  of  those  first  discovered. 

The  form  of  oscillator  used  in  these  experiments  is  shown  in 
Fig.  28.  The  two  halves, of  the  oscillator  were  cylindrical  bodies 
3  cm.  in  diameter,  terminating  in  spheres  4  cm.  in  diameter.  The 
total  length  of  the  oscillator  was  26  cm.,  and  the  spark  gap  was 
usually  about  3  mm. 

For  a  receiving  circuit,  the  circle  of  wire  used  in  the  previous 
experiments  was  replaced  by  a  linear  resonator,  consisting  of  two 
straight  pieces  of  wire,  each  50  cm.  long  and  5  mm.  in  diameter, 
adjusted  in  a  straight  line  so  that  their  near  ends  were  5  cm.  apart. 

51 


THE    HERTZ   OSCILLATOR   SYSTEM 

A  page  from  the  text  book  (copyright  by  McGraw  Hill  Book  Company),  Prin- 
ciples of  Wireless  Telegraphy,  by  Prof.  George  W.  Pierce  of  Harvard  University. 
As  early  as  1888,  Professor  Hertz,  at  Bonn,  Germany,  performed  experiments  in 
directive  radio  transmission,  using  waves  of  about  66  centimeters.  Some  of  the 
methods  used  by  Professor  Hertz  are  being  revived  at  the  present  time,  a  curious 
instance  of  a  technical  "swing  around  the  circle" 


the  older  texts  will  see  the 
similarity  between  this 
single  wire  to  the  original 
oscillators  of  Hertz.  One 
half  of  the  wire  is  the  an- 
tenna, and  the  remainder 
is  the  counterpoise  of  the 
usual  antenna  installation. 
The  advantages  of  such 
an  antenna  are  several.  In 
the  first  place,  it  may  be 
situated  some  distance  from 
the  transmitter  proper  with 
the  result  that  all  absorbing 
material  may  be  removed 
from  the  field  of  the  an- 
tenna. The  single  wire 
operated  very  near  its  fun- 
damental frequency  (wave- 
length), or  at  a  harmonic  of 
it  will  have  a  very  high 
radiation  resistance  with 
the  result  that  a  given 


amount  of  power  put  into  it  will  be  effi- 
ciently radiated  into  space.  The  only  dis- 
advantage discovered  to  date  is  that  it  is 
somewhat  "tricky"  to  get  into  actual 
operation. 

Amateurs  who  have  experimented  with 
such  an  antenna  system  are  invited  to 
write  of  their  work  to  the  Laboratory. 
Actual  measurements  of  course  are  greatly 
to  be  desired. 

WHAT    RELATION    EXISTS    BETWEEN    POWER 
AND    DISTANCE? 

\  A/TTH  regard  to  the  relation  between 
'  *  power  and  distance,  the  experiments 
already  under  way  will  reveal  the  ques- 
tions the  RADIO  BROADCAST-Eveready  ex- 
perimenters would  like  to  answer. 

For  several  months  the  power  used  at 
2  GY  consisted  of  a  battery  powered  50- 
watt  tube.  About  120  watts  input  to  the 
plate  was  used.  Occasionally  1500  volts 
"raw"  a.  c.  was  placed  on  the  plate  and 


56 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


at  times  the  1 500  volts  were 
rectified  by  means  of  an 
"S"  tube  rectifier. 

The  daylight  range  that 
could  be  expected  from  such 
an  installation  seemed  to  be 
from  800  to  1000  miles  since 
stations  in  Florida,  Ohio, 
and  Illinois  were  worked 
without  difficulty  in  broad 
daylight  with  considerable 
reliability. 

When  the  50  "watter" 
suddenly  burned  out,  a  5- 
watt  power  tube  was  in- 
stalled in  its  place  and  with 

about  40  watts  input  to  the      i __ _ 

plate,  the  same  range  was 
obtained  as  with  the  larger  tube.  At  night 
several  communications  were  carried  out 
with  very  low  power.  Notable  among  this 
work  was  that  done  with  4  JR  in  Gastonia, 
North  Carolina,  and  4  KW  in  Jacksonville, 
Florida.  With  the  latter  station  communi- 
cation was  established  when  about  25  watts 
were  used.  Then  the  plate  voltage  was 
steadily  reduced  until  finally  only  100  volts 
were  used  with  a  plate  current  of  12  milliam- 
peres.  This  represents  a  power  input  of  i  .2 
watts — and  still  4  KW  answered  all  of  the 
questions  that  were  sent  to  him  from  2  GY. 
In  other  words,  successful  and  reliable 
communication  had  been  carried  out  with 
a  power-mileage  ratio  of  more  than  800 
miles  per  watt.  This  was  not  freak  trans- 
mission nor  was  it  due  to  excessive  fading, 


Some  Important  Radio  Questions  to  Be  Answered 

— Wlnat  takes  place  along  the  high  frequency  bands? 

— How  far  may  one  expect  to  carry  on  reliable  communication 
in  daylight,  and  at  night,  with  a  given  amount  of  power 
and  at  a  given  frequency? 

— Do  signals  actually  "jump  over"  near-by  stations,  to  re- 
appear at  some  much  greater  distance? 

— What  is  the  relation  between  time  of  day  and  distance  of 
transmission? 

— What  difference  do  the  seasons  make  in  short  wave  trans- 
mission and  reception? 

— Are  some  frequencies  good  at  certain  hours  and  not  at  others? 


since  the  transmission  lasted  for  nearly  an 
hour,  and  followed  similar  work  with  4  JR. 
While  it  is  realized  that  it  is  one  thing 
actually  to  exchange  signals  with  a  station 
and  another  to  send  and  receive  messages 
from  it,  it  is  believed  that  this  "800  miles 
per  watt"  can  be  repeated  or  bettered. 
Recently  2  GY  established  communication 
and  received  several  messages  from  the 
U.  S.  S.  Seattle  when  she  was  leaving  Tahiti 
in  the  South  Seas.  This  is  a  distance  of 
about  7000  miles  and  the  communication 
was  carried  out  on  97.5  watts.  A  still 
better  record  is  the  work  with  7  uz,  Seattle, 
Washington,  two  days  in  succession  with  a 
power  of  5.4  watts.  Station  2  GY  has  com- 
municated with  a  number  of  amateurs  who 
were  using  receiving  tubes  for  transmitters. 


There  is  the  recent  per- 
formance of  Canadian  9  CK 
on  Vancouver  Island,  Brit- 
ish Columbia,  who  worked 
for  an  hour  with  an  Aus- 
tralian amateur  when  using 
a  5-volt  receiving  tube  with 
400  B  battery  volts  on  the 
plate. 

The  Staff  would  like  to 
hear  from  amateurs  who 
have  records  of  successful 
low-powered  transmissions 
especially  when  the  time  of 
day,  distances  covered,  and 
power  used  are  known.  If 
communication  is  attained 
on  very  low  power,  it  is 
suggested  that  a  long  message,  copied  per- 
haps from  a  magazine,  be  transmitted  and 
checked  back  to  see  whether  the  communi- 
cation was  sufficiently  dependable  for  the 
carrying  out  of  traffic. 

Amateurs  who  care  to  aid  the  Staff  in 
the  RADIO  BROADCAST-Eveready  experi- 
ments in  their  short  wave,  low-powered  work 
are  invited  to  write  to  the  Laboratory  of 
RADIO  BROADCAST  indicating  in  what  man- 
ner they  may  best  be  able  to  help.  Inter- 
esting experiments  and  experiences  of  ama- 
teur operators  are  always  appreciated. 

Amateurs  who  care  to  take  part  in  the 
winter's  tests  from  2  GY  are  requested  to 
communicate  with  this  station,  and  inter- 
esting experiences  of  any  operators  will 
be  appreciated  at  all  times. 


THE    KDKA    SHORT   WAVE    ANTENNA 

Where  the  "driver"  principle  is  employed  to  energize  the  antenna.  One  of  the 
high  frequency  antennas  can  just  be  seen  behind  the  station  house  at  the  right 
of  the  photograph.  The  driver  system  is  in  use  on  the  longer  antenna.  Note 
the  coupling  coil  at  the  base  of  the  wooden  mast.  The  wires  suspended  from  the 
short  pole  are  the  counterpoise  and  take  the  place  of  a  "  ground."  Signals  radiated 
from  this  antenna  have  been  received  in  Europe  and  Africa  and  are  much  more 
consistent  than  these  sent  out  on  the  lower  frequency 


A   TYPICAL   AMATEUR   SHORT   WAVE   OUTFIT 

This  one  is  owned  by  Mr.  Leo  Johnson,  of  New  York  City.  His 
station  call  is  2  CTQ.  Although  many  amateur  stations  are  not 
famous  for  their  scrupulously  neat  appearance,  these  experi- 
menters have  been  able  to  reach  out  with  their  short  wave 
signals  to  surprising  distances.  Amateur  signals  have  been  heard 
over  a  distance  of  12,000  miles,  which  is  as  far  in  one  direction 
as  it  is  possible  to  transmit  a  radio  signal 


An  A.  C*  Receiver 


Design   and   Assembly   of  a   New   High   Quality   Amplifier   Operating  from   Alternating 
Current  Together  with  a  High-Efficiency  Four-Tube  Receiver  with  an  A.  C.  Plate  Supply 


IT  HAS  been  suggested  by  a  number  of 
radio  authorities  that  one  of  theessen- 
tials  for  good  audio  quality  is  high 
plate  voltage.  The  most  practical  way 
in  which  to  obtain  this  high  plate  voltage 
is  from  a  current-tap  operated  from  the  a. 
c.  electric  light  socket.  Such  a  system  also 
permits  lighting  the  filament  of  the  last 
tube  with  a.  c.,  so  that  the  use  of  a  5- watt 
power  tube  for  this  purpose  is  made  pos- 
sible. 

Until  now,  the  construction  of  a  quality 
audio  amplifier  which  would  operate  from 
the  a.  c.  line  has  been  almost  impossible 
as  many  of  the  essential  parts  were  un- 
obtainable in  the  open  market. 

Realizing  the  advantages  of  an  amplifier 
which  would  require  neither  A,  B,  or  C 
batteries,  and  which  at  the  same  time  would 
give  amplification  with  an  unusually  high 
quality,  RADIO  BROADCAST  has  done  much 
experimental  work  in  order  to  determine 
the  best  design  for  the  parts  required. 

Regardless  of  how  fine  an  amplifier  one 
has,  if  the  loud  speaker  is  poor,  the  received 
signal  will  probably  sound  no  better,  if  as 
good,  as  from  a  poor  amplifier  connected  to 
the  same  poor  speaker.  A  number  of  good 
speakers  are  now  obtainable  on  the  radio 
market.  Of  particular  merit  are  the  cones. 

In  order  to  obtain  quality  output  with  a 
quality  speaker,  it  is  necessary  that  all 
the  apparatus  along  the  line  be  of  high 
quality.  The  broadcasting  station  must 
produce  high  quality  signals,  the  receiver 
must  supply  the  power  amplifier  with  high 
quality  input  and  so  on  to  the  speaker. 

In  this  paper  will  be  described  the  con- 


By  JAMES  MILLEN 

struction  of  a  complete  receiver  operated 
mainly  from  the  lamp  socket.  The  re- 
ceiver employs  one  stage  of  radio  fre- 
quency amplification  with  a  regenerative 
detector,  and  an  audio-frequency  amplifier 
embodying  all  the  requirements  for  high 
quality. 
The  requirements  are:  i.  Use  proper 


D  ADIO  constructors  are  watching  with 
•*•  *"  eagle  eye  to  see  what  the  fall  season  brings 
out  in  new  design.  The  receiver  and  power 
amplifier  described  here  so  completely  by  Mr. 
Millen  combines  ideas  far  in  the  forefront  of 
radio  progress.  The  audio  amplifier  is  a 
particularly  interesting  bit  of  design.  Mr. 
Cram's  article  in  RADIO  BROADCAST  for 
October,  1925,  laid  down  some  theories  of  the 
audio  amplifier  and  Mr.  Millen  s  design  puts 
his  suggestion  into  definite  form.  And  —  per- 
haps most  important  of  all  —  the  plate  supply  of 
the  entire  receiver  is  drawn  from  alternating  cur- 
rent; and  in  addition,  the  filament  of  the 
power  amplifier  is  heated  by  A.C.  The  quality 
of  the  received  signal,  using  this  set-up  with 
a  cone  type  loud  speaker,  is  almost  beyond 
reproach.  —  THE  EDITOR. 


value  of  C  battery  for  the  signal  voltage 
at  the  grid  of  each  tube.  2.  Use  plate 
voltage  which  corresponds  to  this  C  volt- 
age. 3.  Use  transformers  with  proper 
primary  inductances.  4.  Use  a.  f.  by-pass 
condensers.  5.  Cable  filament  and  plate 
leads.  6.  Burn  tubes  so  as  to  secure 
proper  electron  emission.  7.  Employ  an 
output  device  to  keep  the  d.  c.  component 


of  the  space  current  on  the  last  tube  from 
flowing  through  the  loud  speaker. 

Since  many  of  the  readers  of  RADIO 
BROADCAST  already  have  receivers  of 
various  kinds  which  they  do  not  care  to 
change,  the  construction  of  a  power  ampli- 
fier and  power  supply  unit  which  will  en- 
able them  to  improve  their  present  outfit 
will  also  be  described. 

The  quality  of  output  that  will  be  ob- 
tained from  the  power  amplifier  does  not 
materially  differ  from  that  obtained  from  a 
good  resistance-coupled  amplifier  with  a 
low  impedance  tube  (so  as  better  to  match 
impedance  of  the  cone  type  speakers)  in 
the  last  stage.  The  main  difference  is 
that  one  power  stage  will  do  what  three 
resistance  stages  will,  and  at  the  same 
time  eliminate  the  batteries. 

As  the  two  tubes  in  a  push  pull  ampli- 
fier are  operated  180°  out  of  phase,  distor- 
tion due  to  insufficient  C  and  B  voltage 
cancels  out,  and  good  quality  is  thus  ob- 
tained with  low  voltage. 

THE  CONSTRUCTION  OF  A  KNOCKOUT  SET 
WITH  QUALITY  POWER  AUDIO  AMPLIFICATION 

THE  set  proper  employs  the  standard 
Roberts  Knockout  circuit.  The  writer 
made  a  number  of  experimental  models  and 
in  some,  reflexed  the  first  audio  through  the 
radio  tube.  The  sets  shown  in  Figs,  i,  2, 
and  3  are  not  reflexed,  and,  though  the 
elimination  of  the  reflex  requires  an  addi- 
tional tube,  such  a  set  will  give  more  volume 
without  danger  of  overloading  the  first 
audio  tube,  which  may  happen  with  the 
reflex  model  on  loud  signals. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photographs 


FIGS.     I    AND   2 

Fig.  i  (Top  of  sub-base  views),  The  receiving  set  with  power  amplifier.     The  a.  c.  power  supply  unit  is  contained  in  a  separate  cabinet.     Fig.  2  (Under 
sub-base)  Note  the  output  transformer,  which  serves  the  double  purpose  of  keeping  the  d.c.  component  of  the  plate  current  out  of  the  loud  speaker  and 

making  possible  the  use  of  a  low  impedance  speaker 


58 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 
FIG.    3 

An  experimental  receiver  with  a  high  quality  audio  amplifier.  Audio  frequency 
by-pass  condensers,  an  output  transformer,  and  high  C  and  B  voltages  are  employed. 
The  power  supply  unit  is  contained  in  a  separate  cabinet,  but  in  order  to  reduce  the 
number  of  leads  between  the  power  unit  and  the  set,  the  voltage  dividing  resistors 
are  mounted  in  the  set  as  shown 


The  only  batteries  required  with  this  set 
are  one  small  4^-volt  C  battery  and  three 
dry  cells. 

The  first  three  tubes  may  be  three-, 
one  and  a  half-,  or  five-volt.  Although  the 
amplification  obtained  with  the  smaller 
tubes  is  somewhat  less  than  that  obtainable 
with  storage  battery  tubes,  thefe  are  several 
advantages  to  be  gained  by  the  use  of  the 


small  tubes.  First,  the  maximum  output 
obtained  from  the  small  tubes  will  not  be 
great  enough  to  overload  the  power  tube 
and  thus  cause  it  to  distort.  In  other 
words,  in  order  not  to  overload  the  power 
tube,  the  maximum  signal  voltage  applied 
to  the  grid  of  this  tube  must  not  be  greater 
than  the  C  battery  voltage.  In  this  am- 
plifier, therefore,  a  signal  voltage  in  excess 


of  about  22  to  24  volts  (with  a  uv-2O2  or 
27-28  volts  with  ux-2io)  will  very  likely 
cause  distortion.  As  most  of  the  input 
transformers,  which  are  recommended  for 
use  with  the  last  stage  in  this  amplifier, 
have  a  ratio  of  2:1,  the  output  signal 
voltage  from  the  first  audio  stage  should 
not  exceed  12  volts.  Measurements  made 
in  the  RADIO  BROADCAST  Laboratory 
showed  that  output  peak  signal  voltages 
(measured  with  a  vacuum  tube  voltmeter) 
obtained  from  the  first  audio  tube  using  a 
uv-igg  were  never  likely  to  exceed  the  12- 
volt  limit. 

Should  overloading  take  place  in  your 
amplifier,  it  will  readily  be  detected  by  the 
plate  circuit  milliameter  needle  movement 
as  described  by  Mr.  Crom  in  his  article 
in  the  October  RADIO  BROADCAST.  In 
order  to  remedy  the  trouble,  connect  a 
variable  resistance,  such  as  Bradleyohm 
No.  10,  a  Clarostat,  Royalty  No.  B,  or  simi- 
lar resistance  across  the  secondary  of  the 
first  audio  transformer  and  adjust  it  until 
the  distortion  is  eliminated.  The  effect  of 
this  resistance  is  to  reduce  the  signal  volt- 
age which  will  be  applied  to  the  grid  of  the 
last  tube  and  incidentally  that  which  will  be 
applied  to  the  grid  of  the  first  tube.  If  this 
resistance  were  connected  across  the  secon- 
dary of  the  second  transformer,  it  would  ac- 
complish the  same  results,  as  far  as  the 
power  tube  is  concerned,  but  it  would  not 
have  eased  the  load  on  the  first  audio  fre- 
quency tube,  and,  as  this  amplifier  has  been 
designed  so  that  overloading  (when  three 
volt  tubes  are  used)  will  start  in  the  first 
stage  slightly  before  (if  at  all)  it  will  in  the 


,  NOTE  :    It  may  be  necessary  with  some  transformers  and  layouts 

to  insert  an  R  F  choke  here.  Such  a  choke  consists  of  200  turns' 
dfNo26DSCon  1'dia.tube 


FIG.    4 
The  circuit  diagram  of  the  complete  receiver 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


AN  A.  C.  RECEIVER  AND  POWER  AMPLIFIER 


59 


power  stage,  the  proper  way  is  to  reduce 
the  load  on  all  tubes  by  means  of  a  resist- 
ance across  the  first  transformer  secon- 
dary. Such  a  variable  resistance  also 
serves  as  an  excellent  volume  control. 

Instead  of  the  variable  tickler  to  control 
the  regenerative  detector,  frequently  in  a 
receiver  employing  a  circuit  of  this  sort 
a  fixed  tickler  and  variable  by-pass  con- 
denser are  employed.  With  this  arrange- 
ment, the  tuning  of  the  detector  condenser 
is  not  affected  by  the  regeneration  control. 

Another  satisfactory  method  of  controll- 
ing regeneration  when  a  fixed  tickler  is 
employed,  is  by  means  of  a  variable  resist- 
ance connected  across  the  tickler  coil. 

The  coils  may  be  the  standard  coils  made 
for  the  Roberts  circuit,  such  as  the  Super- 
coils,  Sickles  diamond  weave,  etc.,  or  they 
may  be  home  made.  The  two  tuning,  con- 
densers have  a  maximum  capacity  of  .0005 
mfd.,  and  with  the  coils  described  above 
cover  a  frequency  range  of  from  1363  to  545 
kilocycles  (220-550  meters).  A  rheostat  is 
provided  for  the  detector  and  another  for 
the  two  amplifier  (r.  f.  and  a.  f.)  tubes. 

If  three-volt  tubes  are  to  be  used  (and 
their  use  is  highly  recommended)  it  will  be 
better  to  use  them  in  sockets  designed  for 
them  rather  than  using  adapters  in  large 
sockets,  as  shown  in  the  photographs. 

All  filament  and  plate  leads  are  "cabled." 
Furthermore,  large  by-pass  condensers 
are  provided  in  all  the  amplifier  circuits. 

As  the  construction,  neutralization,  and 


BROADCAST  Photograph 


FIG. 


A  power  supply  unit  employing  an  S  tube  as  a  rectifier.     The  transformer 
and  the  chokes  are  contained  in  separate  iron  boxes  with  bakelite  panels 


operation  of  sets  with  neutralized  r.  f.  am-  THE  POWER  AMPLIFIER 

plifiers  and  regenerative  detectors  has  been 

dealt  with  so  many  times  in  previous  issues      '""THE  necessary  components  of  the  power 

of  RADIO  BROADCAST,  the  subject  will  not  be        *•  amplifier  are  input  transformer,  power 

further  discussed  here.     Those  who  are  not 

already  familiar  with  circuits  of  this  type  are 

referred  to  the  article  by  Mr.  Keith  Henney 

in  the  April, 

1925,  RADIO 

BROADCAST 

or  to  any  of 

the    articles 

by  Mr.J.  B. 


tube,  by-pass  condensers,  and  output  trans- 
former. 

The  input  transformers  may  be  any  high- 


[o  BROADCAST  Photograph 
FIGS,    b    AND    7 

Interior  of  the  power  supply  unit  shown  in  Fig.  7  is  in  the  insert  at  the  upper  right.     The  large  photograph  shows  an  experimental  layout  with  the  high- 
quality  amplifier  and  power  supply  unit  connected  to  a  two-tube  Knockout  receiver.     An  impedance-capacity  output  device  is  employed  in  the  amplifier 


60 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


grade  lov  ratio  audio  transformer.  Those 
successfully  tried  out  by  the  writer  in  his 
amplifier  were  Rauland  Lyric,  Amertran 
(35:1),  and  General  Radio  No.285A.  They 
should  have  a  turn  ratio  of  from  2  to  35 
to  i ,  not  higher. 
The  power  tube  may  be  a  uv-2O2  or  a 

UX-2IO. 

The  UX-2IO  and  the  uv-2O2  operate 
from  the  transformers  without  rheostats. 
The  uv-2O2  is  most  easily  obtained  by 
writing  direct  to  Amateur  Sales  Division 
Radio  Corporation  of  America,  233  Broad- 
way, New  York.  It  sells  for  $3.50.  The 
ux-2io  lists  at  $9.00  and  is  obtained  from 
any  Radio  Corporation  or  Cunningham 
dealer. 

Several  of  the  independent  tube  manu- 
facturers are  now  making  power  tubes 
with  5-volt  filaments.  Double  rheostats, 
as  shown  in  Fig.  13,  will  have  to  be  used 
with  them. 

The  grid  return  condenser  may  be  any 
of  the  paper  condensers.  About  one  mfd. 
is  a  satisfactory  size.  The  plate  by-pass 
condenser,  however,  must  be  capable  of 
continuously  withstanding  the  full  plate 
voltage  (about  400  volts).  Most  of  the 
small  paper  condensers,  such  as  the  No. 
765  Dubilier,  will  not  stand  up  when  put 
to  this  use.  The  Dubilier  No.  769,  W.  E., 
Tobe,  Acme  No.  750  volt,  or  four  of  the 
lower  voltage  condensers  connected  in  a 
series-parallel  arrangement  will  be  neces- 
sary. 

The  output  device  serves  two  purposes. 
The  first  is  that  it  keeps  the  direct  current 
from  going  through  the  speaker,  and, 
second,  it  "matches"  impedances.  Thus, 
if  a  transformer  is  used  the  primary  must 
have  the  proper  impedance  to  work  with 
the  power  tube  and  the  secondary  must  be 
designed  to  fit  the  speaker.  The  plate 
impedance  of  the  power  tubes  available 
for  use  in  the  set  is  the  same.  The  im- 
pedances of  some  of  the  high-grade  loud 
speakers,  however,  are  quite  different,  and 
they  may  be  grouped  into  two  classes, 
high  and  low  impedance.  The  Western 
Electric  cone  is  a  low  impedance  speaker, 
whereas  the  Farrand-Godley  has  a  high 

"S'Tube 


impedance.  Therefore,  in  purchasing  an 
output  transformer,  the  type  of  speaker 
that  it  is  to  be  used  with  must  be  kept  in 
mind. 

Some  constructors  may  have  a  pair  of 
push-pull  transformers  on  hand.  An  out- 
put push-pull  transformer  can  be  used  as 
an  output  transformer  for  the  amplifier. 
The  mid  tap  on  the  primary  should  be  dis- 
regarded and  the  plate  of  the  power  tube 
connected  to  one  of  the  terminals  marked 
P  (or  plate)  and  the  plus  B  to  the  other 
terminal  marked  P  (or  plate).  The  loud 
speaker  (which,  for  most  push-pull  trans- 
formers, excepting  the  Western  Electric, 
should  be  of  fairly  high  impedance)  is  con- 
nected to  the  "output"  or  "speaker"  posts. 

There  is  another  method  of  connecting 
the  loud  speaker  which  does  not  require  a 
transformer.  It  is  illustrated  in  Fig.  12, 
and  employed  in  the  amplifier  shown  in 
Fig.  6.  The  "Amerchoke"  and  the  Thor- 
darson  Autoformer  make  ideal  impedances 
for  this  use. 

When  these  parts  have  been  wired  up 
as  shown  in  Figs.  11  and  12  the  receiver 
itself  is  complete.  There  then  remains  the 
construction  of  the  power  unit  for  operating 
it  from  the  house  current. 

CONSTRUCTION    OF    POWER   UNIT 

THE  power  unit  is  merely  an  "over- 
grown" B-substitute  with  an  addi- 
tional transformer  winding.  The  rectify- 
ing device  should  be  either  a  thermionic 
or  an  S  tube.  Both  have  been  very  suc- 
cessfully employed.  The  parts  required  for 
the  construction  of  the  power  unit  are 
transformer,  tube  and  socket,  chokes,  con- 
densers, and  resistance  units. 

Transformers  suitable  for  this  purpose 
are  the  General  Radio,  Amertran,  Acme, 
Dongan,  and  Jefferson.  A  suitable  trans- 
former must  have  at  least  one  7. 5-volt 
secondary  (with  mid  tap),  and  at  least  one 
450-  to  joo-volt  winding. 

The  transformer  must  also  have  a  110- 
volt  primary,  or  better  yet,  have  taps  to 
take  care  of  variations  in  line  voltage  from 
105  to  120.  If  a  thermionic  tube  (Kenotron, 
uv-202,  ux-2io,  ux-2i6B)  is  to  be  employed 


as  a  rectifier,  then  two  7. 5-volt  windings 
will  be  required.  An  S  tube  has  no  filament 
and,  consequently,  requires  no  filament 
heating  winding. 

Either  double-  or  single-wave  rectifica- 
tion may  be  employed.  Both  give  excel- 
lent results,  but  the  double-wave  rectifier 
has  the  advantage  of  not  requiring  quite 
as  elaborate  a  filter  system  as  the  single 
wave.  However,  for  double  wave  rectifi- 
cation two  rectifying  tubes  are  required  and 
two  high-voltage  transformer  secondaries. 

The  power  supply  units  described  in  this 
paper  are  of  the  single-wave  rectification 
type,  requiring  but  one  rectifier  tube  and 
one  high-voltage  transformer  secondary. 
The  transformer  should  be  rated  at  about 
50  watts. 

If  a  power  tube  (uv-2O2,  ux-2io,  etc.) 
is  employed  as  the  rectifier,  it  is  highly  im- 
portant that  the  grid  and  plate  be  con- 
nected together.  The  Kenotron,  uv-2i6, 
which  is  the  same  as  a  uv-2O2  but  de- 
signed only  for  rectifying  and,  therefore, 
having  no  grid,  may_  be  obtained  from  the 
Amateur  Sales  Division,  Radio  Corpora- 
tion of  America,  233  Broadway,  New  York. 
The  ux-2i6  B,  which  is  the  rectifier  pat- 
terned after  the  ux-2io,  is  carried  by  all 
R.  C.  A.  and  Cunningham  dealers. 

Two  chokes  of  about  50  henries  each 
are  required  for  the  filter  system.  They 
must  be  designed  for  a  total  current  of 
about  30  milliamperes  and  have  as  low  a 
d.  c.  resistance  as  is  economically  practical. 
Such  chokes  may  be  obtained  from  Amer- 
tran, Jefferson,  Dongan,  Molliformer,  Apco, 
or  General  Radio  Companies,  or  they  may 
be  made  at  home  as  described  by  the  writer 
in  the  June  and  October  issues  of  RADIO 
BROADCAST. 

The  filter  condensers  must  be  capable  of 
continuously  withstanding  the  high  voltage. 
There  is  generally  quite  a  difference  be- 
tween "flash"  voltage  and  "Maximum 
working"  d.  c.  voltage.  It  is  this  last  rat- 
ing that  is  important  and  it  must  be  at 
least  500  and  preferably  750  volts  in  order 
to  be  satisfactory  for  use  in  the  filter. 
Condensers  which  meet  this  requirement 
are  manufactured  by  Dubilier  (No.  769 


<= 


110* 


4  Mfd. 


2Mfd. 


12,000  to 


9,000 

U) 


0  90 


p 
R3 


Fil. 
UV  202 

or 
UX210 


FIG.    8 

The  circuit  diagram  of  the  power  supply  unit  shown  in  Fig.  5 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


Filament  Winding 
on  Transformer 

FIG.    9 

The  C  bias  is  obtained  by  means  of  the 
voltage  drop  across  the  resistance  R3 

but  not  No.  765),  Acme,  Tobe  Dutschmann 
and  Western  Electric.  W.  E.  condensers 
may  be  obtained  from  C.  E.  Jacobs,  2802 
N.  Kedzie  Ave.,  Chicago. 

Several  resistance  units  are  required  in 
order  to  secure  the  proper  B  voltages  for 


AN  A.  C.  RECEIVER  AND  POWER  AMPLIFIER 


the  detector,  r.  f.  tube,  and  first  a.  f.  tube 
as  well  as  the  negative  C  voltage  for  the 
grid  of  the  power  tube.  The  values  and 
connections  for  these  units  are  indicated 
in  Figs.  4  and  8.  They  may  be  of  Ward- 
Leonard,  Crescent,  or  Allen-Bradley  make. 

In  place  of  the  fixed  i25O-ohm  unit 
employed  for  obtaining  the  proper  nega- 
tive bias  on  the  power  tube,  a  C  battery  of 
about  22^  volts  (for  uv-2O2  or  28  volts  for 
ux-2io)  may^be  employed.  The  voltage 
should  in  that  case  be  adjusted  for  best 
results  as  indicated  by  the  milliammeter 
tests  outlined  by  Mr.  Crom  in  RADIO 
BROADCAST  for  October. 

Another  way  of  varying  the  negative 
bias  to  the  power  tube  which  does  not  re- 
quire a  separate  C  battery,  is  the  use  of  a 
variable  resistance  such  as  the  Clarostat 
or  Electrad  Royal.  We  believe  this  to  be 
the  best  method,  as  the  proper  C  bias  may 
be  obtained  by  varying  the  resistance  while 

observing  the 


61 


Transformer  ,''' 
Filament  Winding 


- B 

._  Transformer 
Filament  Winding 


mum  ......  niamiiiiiiiiiiiB  ......  i 


MAXIMUM  PRICE 


8.00 


5.00 


7.00 


COST  OF  MATERIAL 

Used  in  the  Complete  Receiver 

The  Receiver 

Panel 

Base  Board 
3  General  Radio,  Silver,  Hammarlund,  or  other  good  condensers, 

max.  cap.  500  mmfd $15.00 

3  Dials 

I  i   Set  Robert  Coils 

1  i   A.  F.  Transformer  Ti  (7  General  Radio,  No.  285,  $6;  i  Amerlran 

No.  AF6,$7). 

I  i   Neutralizing  Condenser  C, 
|  3  Sockets 

1 2  Rheostats  R,  and  Rj 
|  i   Volume  Control  R5  (Clarostat,  $2.25;  Bradleyobm  No.  10,  $2.00; 

Royalty  (Electrad)  No.  B,  $7.50) 
i  Grid  Condenser  and  Leak  G> 

4  i  mfd.  By-pass  Condensers  C, 

The  Power  Amplifier 

Input  Transformer  T2  (General  Radio,  No.  28s-A,  $6;  Amertran, 

No.  A  F  7,  $7). 
Output  Device 

General  Radio  Transformer  No.  367,  T3  (for  W.  E.  Cone) 
Output  push-pull  transformer  (for  high  Impedance  Speakers) 

or 

Impedance-Output  (for  either  high  or  low  Impedance  Speakers), 
Thordarson  Auto-former.  I,  $5;  Amer-choke  No.  154,  I,  $6; 
1-4  mfd.  condenser  (or  total  of  4  mfd.,  $5). 
Socket 
i    Mfd.    By-pass   Condenser  Cs    (Tobe   Deutschmann,   $7.25; 

Dubilier  No.  678,  $1.75). 
Power  Supply  Unit 

Power  Transformer  T<  (Amertran  No.  PF  45,  $12;  General 
Radio  No.  365  (for  "S"  tube),  §72;  General  Radio  No.  *7}M 
(Additional  filament  winding  for  rectifier  tube.)  £72). 
Chokes  I,  (2  Amer-cbokes  No.  854  at  $6,  $12;  2  Molliformers  at 
$6,  $12;  2  apco  chokes  at  %6,  $12;  i  General  Radio  double 
choke  No.  )66,  $12). 

Filter  Condensers  (500  volt)  C«,  C-,  (4  Dubilier  No.  764,  $^.50. 
$14;  4  Tobe  Deutschmann  No.  709  2  mfd.,  $7.75,  $7;  4  W.  E  2 
mfd.,%,.65,$6.6o). 
Socket 
Milliammeter  (0.25  m.a.),  (Jewel,  Weslon,  $8.) 

Jones  Cable  (or  Belden) 

Resistance  Units  (Bradley  Units,  2   12,000  ohms;  i   10,000  ohms;  i 

25,000  ohms,  $.75  each;  Ward  Leonard  H  S  Units;  Crescent, 

2  12,000  ohms;  i  p,ooo  ohms;  i  24,000  ohms,  $2.50  each  (All 

special)  $10). 

Grid  Bias  Resistance  R.,  (Ward  Leonard  (fixed)   (L  S  7250),  $.§5; 

Clarostat,  $2.25;  Royalty,  $7.50). 
Tubes 

ux  210     

uv  202 

KENOTRON         

RECTRON  2l6B   

Speaker 
Switches,  Screws,  Lamp  Cord  and  Plug,  Box  or  Base  Board  for 

Power  Supply  Unit. 

The  completed  receiver,  including  tubes  but  not  speaker,  will 
cost  approximately  $100. 


9.00 
3.50 
3.00 
7.50 


rnililliiinillinromil 


plate  milliam- 
meter. 

The  power 
supply  unit  is 
generally  most 
conveniently 
located  under 
the  table  on 
which  the  set  is 
placed.  The 
several  leads 
from  the  power 
unit  to  the  set 
should  be 
"bundled"  to- 
gether into  a 
cable;  one  of 
the  standard 
battery  cables 
such  as  the 
Jones  or  Belden 
may  be  used  for 
the  purpose. 
The  i  lo-volt 
a.  c.  cord  is 
thus  kept  a  fair 
distance  away 
from  the  set 
proper.  This  is 
of  slightly  more 
importance  in 
reflexed  sets. 

If  the  power 
unit  is  placed  in 
a  cabinet,  such 
as  the  one  in 
Fig.  7,  it  is  im- 
portant to  pro- 
vide proper 
ventilation  so 
that  the  heat 
generated  by 
the  rectifier 
tube  will  be  dis- 
sipated. The 
plate  milliam- 
meter (0-50 
m.  a.)  may  also 
be  conveniently 

located     if     de- 


Center  Tap  on  Transformer 
Filament  Winding 

FIG.     10 

A  C  battery  may  be  employed  with  the  power 

amplifier,   if  desired,  instead  of  obtaining  the 

grid  bias  from  the  power  supply  unit 


sired,  on  the  panel  of  the  power  supply 
unit.  This  is  also  a  good  place  for  the  1 10- 
volt  switch. 

OPERATION    OF    THE    SET 

AS  THE  operation  and  neutralization  of 
**  receivers  employing  this  circuit  have  been 
covered  in  a  number  of  previous  articles  in 
RADIO  BROADCAST,  they  will  not  be  taken  up 
again. 

The  adjustment  of  the  power  amplifier,  how- 
ever, will  no  doubt  present  some  new  problems 
to  many  of  the  readers.  The  filaments  of  both 
the  power  amplifier  and  the  rectifier  tubes  must 
be  operated  at  exactly  the  right  voltage.  This 
is  particularly  true  of  the  uv-202  when  used  as 
an  amplifier.  If  the  filament  voltage  is  too  low, 
it  will  cause  a  great  deal  of  distortion.  On  the 
other  hand,  if  it  is  too  high,  the  life  of  the  tube 
will  be  materially  shortened.  The  filament 
voltage  of  the  210  is  not  as  critical  as  the  202. 
Ordinarily  the  only  way  to  adjust  the  filament 
voltage  properly  is  with  an  a.  c.  voltmeter,  but 
the  use  of  such  an  instrument  will  not  be  neces- 
sary with  the  transformers  recommended  in  this 
article,  as  the  voltage  supplied  is  just  right, 
providing  sufficiently  heavy  wire,  such  as  No. 
16  or  No.  18  flexible  lamp  cord  or  the  equivalent 
solid  wire  is  employed  in  connecting  the  tube 
socket  to  the  filament  winding  on  the  trans- 
former. Furthermore,  the  length  of  the  fila- 
ment line  should  preferably  not  exceed  three 
feet.  It  is  also  highly  important,  especially  with 
the  uv-2O2,  that  the  tube  makes  very  good  con- 
tact in  the  socket. 

When  a  6-volt  tube  is  to  be  used,  or  if  'the 
Acme  75-watt  c.  w.  transformer  (which  has  a 
10  instead  of  7.5  volt  filament  winding)  is  used 
with  either  a  6-  or  7^-volt  tube,  it  is  necessary 
to  employ  two  rheostats,  one  in  each  filament 
lead;  they  must  both  be  adjusted  simultane- 
ously in  order  that  the  resistance  in  each  fila- 
ment lead  will  be  about  the  same.  See  Fig.  130. 

When  rheostats  are  employed  to  adjust  the 


FIG. 


The   circuit   diagram   of   the   power 
amplifier  using  an  output  transformer 


62 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


400 


FIG.     12 

The  circuit  diagram  of  the  power  amplifier 
using  an  impedance-capacity  output  device 

filament  voltage,  it  is  strongly  recommended 
that  a  good  a.  c.  voltmeter  be  used  as  an  aid  to 
securing  the  proper  adjustment.  To  dispense 
with  the  use  of  such  an  instrument  is  not 
economy.  The  life  of  a  tube  is  very  materially 
reduced  when  operated  at  higher  than  rated  volt- 
ages. 

Rheostats  for  this  use  must  be  capable  of 
carrying  about  2\  amperes.  The  resistance  may 
be  one  or  two  ohms.  Such  rheostats  are  manu- 
factured by  Amsco,  Acme,  Fada,  Pacent,  and 
General  Radio.  If  a  variable  resistance  is  em- 
ployed for  obtaining  the  grid  bias,  it  should  be 
adjusted  so  that  the  milliammeter  in  the  plate 
circuit  of  the  power  tube  remains  reason- 
ably still  when  receiving  signals  of  varying 
intensity. 

The  plate  current  drawn  by  the  power  tube 
should  not  exceed  about  20  mils.  Seventeen  or 
eighteen  is  about  correct  for  most  202'$  and 
about  20  for  the  2io's. 

If  an  Acme  c.  w.  transformer  is  employed,  it 


will  be  necessary  to  use  an  S  tube  as  the  rectifier; 
there  being  no  rectifier  filament  winding  provided 
on  this  transformer  (the  S  tube  has  no  filament). 
The  No.  5000  S  tube  is  best  suited  for  this  pur- 
pose, although  the  No.  4000  may  be  employed 
if  desired.  The  No.  5000  only  costs  $6.50, 
whereas  the  other  costs  $10.00.  S  tubes  are 
best  obtained  direct  from  the  factory. 

The  voltage  of  one  half  of  the  split  high 
voltage  secondary  on  the  Acme  transformer  is 
too  low  and  the  entire  voltage  is  too  high 
Therefore,  it  is  necessary  to  use  the  entire 


FIG.     13 

The  way  in  which  rheo- 
stats must  be  connected 
when  a  6-volt  tube  is 
to  be  operated  from  a 
higher  voltage  trans- 
former winding 


secondary  and  connect  a  resistance  of  from  5000 
to  6000  ohms  in  series  with  the  plus  lead  as  shown 
in  Fig.  14.  The  drop  in  voltage  across  this 
resistance  results  in  the  proper  output  voltage. 

A  POWER  AMPLIFIER  FOR  YOUR 
RECEIVER 

EPICURES  7,  11,  12,  show  the  power 
1  amplifier,  similar  to  the  one  used  in 
the  complete  set,  mounted  on  a  small  board 
by  itself.  The  same  power  unit  as  is  em- 
ployed to  operate  the  complete  set  (Figs, 
i,  2,  3)  is  used  to  operate  this  amplifier  as 


'S'lube 


<o 
o 

110V.  § 
A.C.     C=l 


R  R3 


FIG.     14 

Circuit  diagram  showing  proper  connections  for 
employing  a  standard  Acme  c.  w.  transformer 


well  as  supply  the  B  voltages  to  the  small 
outfit  to  which  it  is  connected.  Such  a 
combination  possesses  most  of  the  advan- 
tages of  the  complete  set  (for  it  is  practi- 
cally the  same  thing)  and  at  the  same  time 
makes  it  unnecessary  to  discard  the  small 
set. 

In  most  cases  it  will  be  necessary  to 
connect  a  variable  resistance  such  as  a 
Bradleyohm  No.  10,  Royalty  B,  or  Claro- 
stat  across  the  secondary  of  the  reflex  trans- 
former. It  is  also  necessary  to  keep  the 
a.  c.  lines  as  far  as  possible  from  the  reflex 
amplifier  in  order  that  a.  c.  "hum"  will  not 
be  picked  by  induction,  and,  most  impor- 
tant of  all,  ground  the  negative  B. 

Such  a  combination  as  shown  in  Fig.  6 
results  in  a  considerable  "gain"  in  volume 
without  the  loss  of  any  of  the  high  quality 
for  which  the  Roberts  Knockout  receiver  is 
so  well  known. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photographs 


FIG.     15 

There  are  a  number  of  excellent  transformers  and  chokes  now  obtainable  in  the  radio  market.  Some 
which  have  been  successfully  used,  but  which  are  not  shown  in  the  other  photographs,  are  grouped  here 


How  Broadcasting  Has  Brought  the  Advantages  of  City  Life  to  a  Barren  Pacific  Island 


JHE  following  episode,  a  little 
drama  of  modern  science,  has  an 
interest  which  reaches  far  beyond 
the  small  group  of  persons  it  con- 
cerns, and  it  is  for  this  reason  that  it  is 
told. 

The  incident  occurred  some  few  months 
ago  on  the  lonely  Farallone  Islands,  which 
are  situated  off  the  mid-northern  coast  of 
California.  A  young  child  belonging  to 
one  of  the  half-a-dozen  families  then  living 
on  the  island  was  taken  seriously  ill. 
There  was  no  physician  available  on  the 
Farallones,  none  nearer  than  San  Francisco, 
twenty-five  miles  distant  over  the  ocean. 
The  condition  of  the  child  indicated  that  its 
illness  was  no  ordinary  one,  and  the  services 
of  a  skilled  physician  were  urgently  re- 
quired. 

To  carry  the  child  to  San  Francisco  or  to 
summon  a  specialist  to  the  Island  seemed 
the  only  possible  things  to  do,  but  both 
these  plans  involved  hours  of  delay. 
Those  at  the  bedside  realized  that  such  delay 
might  prove  costly  or  even  fatal.  It  was 
at  this  point  that  science  stepped  in  with 
an  alternative  plan. 

On  the  I  sland.theGovernment  maintains, 
together  with  other  devices  for  the  assis- 
tance of  navigation,  a  radio  signal  station, 
and  so  once  again  it  fell  to  the  lot  of  wireless 
to  serve  humanity  in  an  hour  of  distress. 
Within  a  few  moments  after  it  had  been 
decided  to  make  wireless  serve  as  a  physi- 
cian, the  operator  on  duty  was  in  touch 
with  San  Francisco  and  the  San  Francisco 
radio  office  was  telephoning  to  locate  a 
specialist  in  children's  diseases.  Less  than 
half  an  hour  passed  before  the  specialist 
and  the  father  of  the  child  were  in  direct 
communication,  aided  by  the  long  arm  of 
the  radio  telegraph.  Then  followed  a  long 
series  of  questions  and  answers,  while  the 
doctor,  thirty  miles  away,  familiarized 
himself  with  the  case,  made  his  diagnosis, 
and,  finally,  prescribed  a  course  of  treat- 
ment. It  was  an  illness  that  required  im- 
mediate attention  along  a  particular  line; 
a  delay  of  a  dozen  hours  might  have 
proved  fatal. 

THE    RADIO    DOCTOR    SAVES    LIVES 

'"p'HE  instructions  given  over  the  radio 
*  were  scrupulously  followed  in  the  sick 
room,  and  the  next  day  reports  from  the 
Island  were  so  encouraging  that  the  doctor 
pronounced  his  radio  patient  out  of  danger. 
In  a  week,  the  child's  recovery  was  com- 
plete. 
This  incident  serves  to  illustrate  in  a 


By  LEWIS  N.  WAITE 

striking  way  how  modern  inventiveness  is 
changing  very  materially  the  lives  of  those 
who  live  in  remote  and  inaccessible  places. 
New  methods  of  communication  are 
drawing  scattered  communities  closer  to- 
gether, and,  perhaps,  gradually  fusing  the 
thought  and  interests  of  the  country  into 
a  homogeneous  whole. 

More  than  in  most  communities,  radio 
has  influenced  the  lives  of  those  on  the 
Farallone  Islands.  Only  here,  and  in 
other  similarly  isolated  colonies,  can  the 
change  be  truly  called  revolutionary. 


FARALLONE    LIGHT 

Whose  beam  at  night  is  the  first  suggestion  to  sea 
travelers  bound  for  San  Francisco  that  they  are  ap- 
proaching the  western  coast  of  the  United  States. 
Recently,  radio  brought  aid  to  a  child  on  the  coast 
who  was  seriously  ill.  A  physician  in  San  Francisco 
was  reached  through  the  Naval  radio  station  and 
gave  a  diagnosis  and  suggestion  for  treatment  which 
cured  the  child.  Broadcasting  has  brought  the 
Islanders  close  to  the  entire  western  half  of  the 
country  and  has  altered  the  monotony  of  their  lonely 
existence 


Where  formerly  the  two  or  three  dozen 
isolated  citizens  who  live  on  the  Islands 
derived  their  sole  contact  with  the  outer 
world  from  the  infrequent  visits  of  govern- 
ment supply  boats,  and  their  own  still 
less  frequent  visits  to  the  mainland,  the 
broadcasting  stations  now  have  placed  at 
their  disposal  a  variety  of  entertainment 
that  must  make  their  lives,  in  comparison 
with  their  former  existence,  almost  un- 
believably pleasurable.  All  of  the  Pacific 
Coast  and  many  of  the  inland  broad- 
casting stations  are  within  range  of  the 
Farallone  receiving  sets.  Frequently  now, 
of  an  evening,  these  people  dance  to  the 
music  of  the  jazziest  of  metropolitan  or- 
chestras, or  listen  to  a  lecture  or  a  play. 
They  hear  news  items  that  otherwise 
would  not  have  reached  them  until  after 
the  arrival  of  the  government  tug,  perhaps 
days  later.  The  radio  has  at  last  beaten 
down  the  barrier  of  the  Pacific  and  made 
these  lowly  inhabitants  of  the  Farallones 
sharers  in  the  bustle  and  activity  of  life 
on  the  mainland. 

THE     ISLAND     STAGE     WHERE     RADIO     PLAYS 

THE  Farallones  are  as  bleak  and  rugged 
a  group  of  islands  as  may  be  found 
anywhere  in  the  world.  There  is  nothing 
about  their  steep  cliffs  and  rocky  crags, 
and  their  inhospitable,  reef-fringed  shores, 
to  attract  settlers.  The  fact  that  they  are 
inhabited  at  all  is  due  to  an  accident  of 
location.  For  the  Islands  lie  due  west  of 
San  Francisco  Bay,  twenty-five  miles 
from  the  Golden  Gate. 

Standing  thus  directly  in  the  path  of 
steamers  plying  to  and  from  the  Orient,  the 
Farallones  were  so  serious  a  menace  to 
navigation  that  the  Government  was  forced 
many  years  ago  to  establish  a  lighthouse 
there.  The  lighthouse,  one  of  the  most 
powerful  and  important  on  the  Pacific 
Coast,  is  perched  on  top  of  one  of  the 
rocky  summits,  350  feet  above  the  sea. 
To  many  hundreds  of  travelers  from  the 
Orient,  this  flashing  light,  visible  for  26 
miles,  is  the  first  welcoming  signal  from 
America,  the  first  intimation  of  land  after 
weeks  at  sea. 

Other  means  of  safe-guarding  shipping, 
supplementing  the  lighthouse,  were  pres- 
ently established  on  the  Farallones.  For 
use  during  foggy  weather — frequent  in  this 
district  during  certain  seasons — a  powerful 
siren  was  installed,  its  intermittent  blast, 
audible  for  miles,  announcing  that  danger 
of  running  on  the  rocks  was  imminent  for 
any  ship  that  might  be  groping  about  in 


64 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


NOVEMBER,  1925 


'V, 


NEVADA 


\ 


\ 


THE    FARALLONES 

Are  lonely  barren  islands,  about  twenty-five  miles 
due  west  of  San  Francisco  Bay.  It  is  the  fashion 
to  speak  of  radio  revolutionizing  domestic  life  be- 
cause of  the  new  and  varied  entertainment  it  intro- 
duced into  the  home.  That  is  rarely  true,  but  in 
isolated  spots  such  as  these  islands,  broadcasting 
does  bring  many  of  the  municipal  advantages  to 
the  door  step  of  isolated  people 


the  vicinity.  More  recently,  as  the  science 
of  marine  signalling  has  developed,  other 
safety  devices  have  been  added,  among 
them  submarine  bells.  The  radio  compass 
signal  station,  installed  for  the  purpose  of 
assisting  ships  at  sea  in  checking 
their  positions,  was  one  of  the  earliest 
additions  to  the  Islands'  safety 
equipment. 

With  the  installation  of  these  va- 
rious devices,  the  population  of  the 
Islands,  which  at  first  consisted  only 
of  the  lighthouse  keepers,  has  steadily 
increased.  To-day  the  government 
employees  and  their  families  alone 
make  up  a  considerable  community. 
They  are  adequately  housed  and 
cared  for  with  materials  brought  from 
the  mainland.  Naturally,  reserve 
stores  of  supplies  are  maintained  on 
the  Islands,  and  these  supplies  are 
carefully  checked  and  frequently  re- 
plenished. 

The  normal,  matter-of-fact  com- 
munity life  which  the  inhabitants 
lead  is  not  notably  different  from 
that  of  little  settlements  elsewhere. 
But  an  example  of  the  ingenuity 
employed  in  overcoming  difficulties 
that  ordinarily  would  be  considered 
insurmountable  is  shown  by  the  way 
in  which  the  inhabitants  of  the  Islands 
obtain  their  water  supply.  The 
Islands  have  no  natural  supply  of 
fresh  water.  The  task  of  shipping 
waterfrom  the  mainland  was  imprac- 
ticable, both  because  of  the  large 
quantity  required  and  the  difficulty 
of  transporting  it  from  the  vessel  to 
the  Islands,  which  difficulty  is  due  to 
the  currents  and  reefs  that  make  the 
landing  of  supplies  a  difficult  feat. 

The  solution  to  the  problem  was 


that  the  Islands,  while  they  contain  no 
sub-surface  water,  have  a  very  heavy 
rainfall,  which,  it  was  decided,  should  be 
gathered  and  conserved.  The  top  of  the 
largest  building  of  the  Islands  was  made 
to  serve  as  a  shield  in  which  the  water 
was  collected  and  then  drained  off  into 
storage  tanks.  By  an  admirable  com- 
bination of  pleasure  and  utility,  the 
inhabitants  use  the  concrete  roof  of  this 
building  during  dry  weather  for  a  tennis 
court. 

NOW  THE   FINGER  OF  ATTENTION    POINTS 

NORMALLY,  the  Farallones  receive 
but  little  attention  from  the  out- 
side world.  The  inhabitants  go  about 
year  after  year  performing  their  mo- 
notonous task  of  issuing  warnings  to 
shipping  and  keeping  their  signals  in 
order,  and  they  neither  expect  nor  want 
attention  from  those  who  live  on  the 
mainland.  But  occasionally  something 
happens  that  brings  the  Islands  before 
the  public. 

Recently  the  Farallones  figured  prom- 
inently in  the  newspapers  of  the  Pacific 
Coast,  and  in  a  very  curious  way.  A 
Coast  Guard  cutter,  cruising  about  in 
search  of  rum-runners,  sighted  such  a  vessel 
off  the  Farallones  and,  after  a  chase,  suc- 
ceeded in  capturing  it  and  bringing  it  into 
San  Francisco  Bay.  The  steamer  and  its 
cargo,  valued  at  several  hundred  thousand 


dollars,  was  held  by  the  prohibition  au- 
thorities and  confiscation  proceedings  were 
begun. 

At  this  point  attorneys  representing  the 
owners  of  the  vessel  put  forward  a  novel 
defense.  They  advanced  the  argument 
that  the  seizure  was  illegal  because  the 
vessel,  at  the  time  of  its  capture,  was  more 
than  twelve  miles  from  United  States 
territory — the  maximum  distance  at  which 
arrest  for  violation  of  this  law  can  take 
place.  This  statement  the  prosecution 
emphatically  denied  and  proceeded  to 
prove  that  the  capture  was  made  only  a 
mile  or  two  off  the  Farallones.  The  at- 
torneys for  the  defendants  then  made  the 
statement  that  the  Farallones,  never  hav- 
ing been  formally  annexed  to  the  United 
States,  were  not  in  reality  a  part  of  this 
country,  and  that  the  arrest  was  therefore 
an  illegal  one. 

So  surprising  a  charge  naturally  created 
widespread  interest  and  led  to  a  careful 
search  in  musty,  long-forgotten  records. 
Whether  or  not  these  lonely  rocky  islands 
will  be  proved  to  be  ownerless  has  not  yet 
been  determined.  But  in  the  meantime 
the  little  group  of  lighthouse  keepers  and 
signal  station  operators  go  unconcerned 
about  their  tasks,  conducting  quietly  the 
affairs  of  the  community  in  which  they 
live,  and  gathering  about  their  radio  sets 
in  the  evening  to  listen  to  the  grand  opera 
or  the  jazz  orchestras  of  the  outside  world. 


SOUTH    ISLAND 

In  the  Farallone  group,  off  the  California  coast,  showing  the  combination  watershed  and  tennis  court  in  the 
lower  left.  The  radio  tower  is  part  of  the  Navy  radio  installation  which  forms  the  sole  link  to  the  mainland. 
The  Farallones  are  about  twenty-five  miles  off  the  coast,  almost  opposite  San  Francisco,  and  are  barren  and 

storm-swept.     The  population  is  very  small 


EADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


65 


3 1 76  Trained 

Factory 
Representatives 

Are  Now  Entitled 
toViear  That    ^ 


Radio 
With  Service 


ZARKA radio  instruments  aredemonstrated, 
sold,  installed  and  serviced  by  direct  fac- 
tory representatives  only.  These  men  have  been 
thoroughly  train-d  by  our  own  engineers  who 
designed  and  perfected  the  Ozarka. 

The  success  of  any  radio  instrument,  like  the  auto- 
mobile, depends  on  the  quality  of  service  rendered. 

No  matter  how  perfectly  any  radio  instru- 
ment leaves  the  factory,  little  things  may 
sometimes  go  wrong.  You've  no  doubt 
learned,  by  costly  experience,  that  the 
ordinary  handy  man  cannot  properly  service 

>ur  automobile.  The  same  is  true  of  Radio. 

roubles  are  generally  caused  by  very  liltle 
things  which  are  exasperating  to  the  owner, 
but  are  quickly  corrected  by  the  man  who  is 
trained  on  that  instrument. 

Today  3176  factory  representatives  are 
authorized  to  wear  th  e  Ozarka  button. These 
men  know  Ozarka  perfectly;  more  are  now 
being  trained;  soon  there'll  be  one  in  every  town. 

Without  obligation  to  you,  the  Ozarka  representative 
will  set  up  an  Ozarka  in  your  home  on  trial.  He  won't 
claim  that  it  is  better  than  othe-s.  All  he  asks  is  the 
opportunity  of  letting  the  Ozarka  do  its  own  selling. 
"With  your  own  operating  you  must  satisfy  jyrtMrs*"/that 
it  has  no  equal  for  volume,  tone,  distance  and  ease  of 
operation. 

Let  us  send  you  the  sto  jes  of  Ozarka  long  distance  reception — from  many  people  who  have 
heard  London  and  Manchester,  England;  Cardiff, Wales;  GUseow,  Scotland;  Buenos  Aires.  South 
America;  and  even  Honolulu,  H.  I.  Write  for  jree  illustrated  book  No.  200.  Please  give  name  of 
your  county. 


Ozarka  Offers  Real  Opportunities 
for  Sales  Representatives 

It  is  not  exaggerating  to  state  that  hundreds  of  thousands 
of  homes  are  waiting  for  "Radio  with  Service." 

In  other  words  they  are  waiting  for  the  Ozarka  trained  man.  Already 
we  have  3176  such  representatives,  and  the  field  is  barely  scratched. 
Ozar^'a  training  is  very  thorough,  intensely  interesting,  and  quickly 
absorbed  through  study  in  spare  time,  by  any  man  who  is  mechanically 
inclined. 

12  FREE  Selling  Lessons 

Three  other  qualifications  are  necessary:  the  desire  to  bet* 
ter  your  condition,  willingness  to  work,  and  at  least  a  little 
capital. 

You  may  not  think  that  you  possess  the  necessary  selling 
ability,  but  •with  the  qualifications  just  mentioned,  plus 
Ozarka  training,  you  can  and  will  talk  convincingly  or  what 
Ozarka  will  do — and  you  can  set  up  the  Ozarka  instrument 
in  the  approved  manner  that  insures  satisfaction. 

FREE  BOOK! 

The  Ozarka  plan  is  fully  described  in  a  large  illustrated  book.  A  copy 
will  be  sent  to  men  who  are  willing  to  tell  us  fully  about  themselves. 
Unlike  any  book  you  have  ever  read,  the  Ozarka  book  is  a  true  story  of 
life,  of  men,  of  why  they  fail,  and  how  they  succeed.  It  is  founded  on  the 
principle  that  nothing  is  impossible  to  the  man  who  is  determined  and 
willing  to  try. 

In  territory  not  now  covered,  the  right  man  is  wanted.  The  invest* 
ment  in  money  is  small,  but  investment  in  time  and  study  is  considerable* 
If  you  are  willing  to  put  forth  the  necessary  effort  to  obtain  a  splendid, 
profitable  business  (of  your  own,  write  and  say  "Send  me  your  Ozarka 
Plan  Book  No.  100."  It  maybe  the  turning  point  in  your  life.  Don't  fail 
to  mention  the  name  of  your  county.  Use  the  coupon! 


120  Austin  Avenue  M 
Chicago,  Illinois 


Gentlemen:  V/ithout  obligation  send  book  "Ozarka  Instru 
ments  No.  203"  and  name  of  Ozarka  representative. 


120  Austin  Avenue  M 
Chicngo,  Illinois 


Ask  the  Man  Who 
Wears  this  Button 


Gentlemen:  I  am  prreatly  interested  in  the  FREE  book  "The 
Ozarka  Plan"  No.  lOO.whereby  I  can  sell  your  radio  instruments. 

Name 

Address City 

County State 


66 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


The  Trimrn  Home  Speaker  is  the 
biggest  value  in  radio  today.  It 
out-performs  other  speakers  cost- 
ing twice  as  much.  Model  No.  25 
has  large  Volconite  horn,  18  inches 
high  with  a  12  inch  bell  and  pre- 
vents tinny,  scratchy  noises,  giving 
a  full,  well  rounded  tone. 

Factory  regulated  adjustment  as- 
sures maximum  volume  without 
blasting  or  distortion.  Carries  the 
Trimm  Lifetime  Guarantee  of  per- 
fect satisfaction.  Have  your  dealer 
demonstrate  the  Home  Speaker  to 
you  before  you  buy. 

Trimm  Headsets,  Speakers  and 
Units  give  radio  fans  the  utmost 
in  performance  for  their  money. 
Dealers  who  wish  to  be  shown, 
write  for  details. 


TRIMM 

Superior  Reproducers 

HEADSETS 

Professional    -    -     $$.$O 
Dependable  -   -   -     4.40 

PHONODAPTERS 
Giant  Unit    -   -    $1O.OO 
Little  Wonder     -     4. SO 

SPEAKERS 


Home  Speaker 
Entertainer  • 
Cabinette  •  • 
Concert  -  - 
Chello  .  . 


$10.00 

-  17.50 

-  17.50 

-     15.00 
3O.OO 


US.  A. 


"Now,  I  HAVE  FOUND    .    .    ." 

A  Department  Where  Readers  Can  Exchange  Ideas  and  Sug- 
gestions of  Value  to  the  Radio   Constructor  and   Operator 

/N    THE  August   RADIO  BROADCAST  it  was  announced  that  a  pri^e  of 
twenty-five  dollars  would  be  given  to  the  reader  who  submitted  the  best  idea 
for  the  "  Now,  I  Have  Found    .     .    "  department,  during  each  three  months' 
period.      The  best  suggestion  published  during  the  last  quarter  is  that  of  Mr. 
Welsford  A.  Wesi,  whose  two  ideas  were  published  in  the  September  number, 
on  page  660.      This  award  will  be  continued  and  announcement  made  every 
three  months.     All  used  manuscripts  will  be  paid  for  at  the  usual  rates,  that 
is,  from  two  to  ten  dollars  each.      Those  submitted  should  be  no  longer  than 
about  three  hundred  words,  and  should  be  typewritten.     Address  your  letters 
to  this  department,  RADIO  BROADCAST,  Garden  City,  New  York 


T 


FIG.    I 


MEASURING  HIGH  RESISTANCE 

WHEN  the  experimenter  constructs 
a  resistance-coupled  audio  ampli- 
fier and  doesn't  get  proper  results, 
he  often  wonders  if  the  resistances  used  are 
in  good  condition  and  of  correct  values. 
Such  resistances  may  be  measured  with  a 
good-grade  voltmeter  of  known  resistance 
having  about  a  zero  to  eight  scale  or  less. 
If  you  don't  know  your  meter's  resistance, 
write  to  the  maker.  The  use  of  good  B 
batteries  of  about  90  volts  is  essential  as 
using  partly  run  down  batteries  will  affect 
the  results  obtained. 

Make  connections  as  shown  in  the  sketch, 
Fig.  i,  the  resistance  under  test  being 
shown  at  X.  Note  voltmeter  reading. 

In  a  test  made  with  some  .1  megohm  re- 
sistances, the  B  voltage  was  90,  meter  re- 
sistance 496  ohms, 
reading  .42  volts. 

Substituting,  X  = 
90  x  496-*-. 42  = 
106285  ohms  =  .io6 
megohms. 

Precaution :  Test 
only  high  resistances 
such  as  used  for  the 
above  purpose. 

Testing  low  resistances  will  damage  the 
meter. 

The  above  formula  is  not  absolutely  cor- 
rect according  to  theory,  but  error  may  be 
disregarded  for  practical  purposes  such  as 
this  test  is  suggested  for. 

CLAUDE  SCHUDER,  Sumner,  Illinois. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  A  NEW  NP  COIL 
FOR  THE  ROBERTS  RECEIVER 

THERE  have  been  written  reams  and 
reams  of  information  on  the  wonders 
and  drawbacks  of  the  now  justly 
famous  Roberts  circuit.  However,  one 
very  important  point  has  been  overlooked. 
The  big  question  usually  asked  was, 
"Why  is  my  set  dead  on  certain  frequencies 
(wavelengths)?"  This  question  being  a 
serious  one,  every  possible  reason  for  this 
undesired  condition  was  considered  and  an 
organized  search  for  the  cause  of  the  trouble 
instituted.  Transformers  spaced  top  close 
to  coils,  coupling  effects,  high  resistance 
condensers,  open-circuited  or  defective 
coils,  and  a  thousand  and  one  other  things 
suggested  themselves  at  the  time.  After 
spending  considerable  time  on  this  problem, 
a  Roberts  set  which  extended  for  over  three 
feet  on  an  old  super-heterodyne  panel, 
resulted  from  the  experiments.  The  reason 
for  this  lengthy  arrangement  was  to  keep  all 
instruments  as  far  away  as  possible  from 

fc-  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  - 


each  other,  and  to  avoid  any  detrimental 
feedback  or  absorption  which  might  take 
place  in  a  more  congested  layout.  But  the 
outfit  still  showed  the  same  symptoms,  and 
the  only  place  left  to  look  for  trouble  was 
in  the  design  of  the  coils.  Here  was  found 
the  secret  of  the  difficulty. 

All  descriptions  of  the  NP  coil  have  ad- 
vised that  this  winding  should  be  done  in  a 
rather  peculiar  fashion.  That  is,  two 
parallel  wires  are  wound  at  the  same  time 
over  the  same  form,  and  are  connected  top 
to  bottom  in  such  a  way  that  they  form  a 
continuous  wire  with  a  tap  in  the  center. 
The  reason  for  this  peculiar  type  of  winding 
is  that  it  makes  neutralization  much 
easier.  Be  that  as  it  may,  it  certainly 
does  make  everything  else  much  more 
difficult. 

Probably  the  reader  of  this  article  knows 
something  about  distributed  capacity  and 
perhaps  he  is  a  little  uncertain  as  to  what  it 
is  all  about  and  why  it  is  one  of  the  things 
to  be  avoided  in  a  radio  receiver. 

The  electrical  energy  which  flows  through 
the  coils  of  your  radio  set  is  much  the  same 
as  water  in  a  pipe,  and  the  insulation  of  the 
wire  in  your  coils  forms  the  piping  which 
holds  in  the  current.  The  tendency  of  the 
electrical  energy  is  to  leak  through  the 
insulation.  This  tendency  is  altogether 
governed  by  the  distributed  capacity  or 
leakage  area  and  the  amount  of  pressure. 
The  leakage  action  generally  takes  place 
from  one  turn  to  the  next  and,  as  only  a 
small  amount  of  voltage  builds  up  in  one 
turn,  the  effective  loss  is  very  small. 
However,  the  regular  Roberts  NP  coil  is 
wound  so  that  the  potential  difference  be- 
tween adjacent  turns  varies  from  zero  to 
forty  volts,  which  may  be  seen  in  B,  Fig.  2. 
We  can  very  easily  calculate  the  mean 
voltage  between  windings  or  across  the 
condensers.  It  is  20  volts.  Therefore 
we  have  approximately  twenty  times  the 
loss  which  we  have  in  a  coil  of  proper 
design. 


To  Grid  Neutralizing 
Condenser          , 


To  Plate  of 
FiratTube 


10  Turns 

:: 

8  Turns 

6  Turns 

4  Turns 

S- 

FIG.    2 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


67 


(Conception  of 


Jlew/Qnd  of  Deceiver 
flo  Dials  -Jfo  Panel 


\   Built-in  (budspeaker 


lira  Simplicity  < 
tastefully  Unobtrusive 

CT*HIS  new  kind  of  radio-musical  instrument  marks  the 
-*•  mastery  of  technicalities  to  the  point  where  the  whole 
range  of  radio's  resources  are  literally  at  your  instant 
command. 


The  Ultradyne,  Model  L-3  is  a  six-tube  re- 
ceiver employing  the  fundamental  principles 
of  the  best  circuits,  greatly  refined  and  mar- 
velously  simplified.  No  dials — no  panel: 
Just  two  inconspicuous  levers  which  consti- 
tute a  station-selector.  Duco  finished,  two- 
toned  mahogany  cabinet. 

Designed  by  R.  E.  Lacault,  E.  E.,  Chief 
Engineer  of  this  Company,  and  formerly 
Radio  Research  Engineer  with  the  French 
Signal  Corps  Research  Laboratories. 

To  protect  the  public,  Mr.  Lacault's  per- 
sonal monogram  seal  (R.  E.  L.)  is  placed 
on  the  assembly  lock  bolts  of  all  genuine 
ULTRADYNE"  Model  L-3  Receivers.  All 
Receivers  are  guaranteed  so  long  as  these 
seals  remain  unbroken. 


The  Ultradyne,  Model  L-3,  sup- 
plants the  usual  "laboratory  ma- 
chine." It  is  a  new  artistic  table- 
piece  that  makes  the  entrance  of 
radio  into  the  well-appointed 
home  unobtrusivej  inconspicuous. 
It  represents  the  triumph  of  art 
over  mere  mechanics. 

The  Ultradyne  Receiver  is 
worthy  of  the  place  of  honor  in 
luxurious  homes. 


The  Ultradyne  Model  L-3 
fulfills  everything  that  the  crit- 
ically-minded have  demanded  of 
radio.  Why  wait  any  longer, 
why  deny  yourself  the  infinite 
treasures  of  radio?  The  ideal 
has  at  last  been  attained! 

Skepticism  will  vanish  if  you 
will  let  your  local  dealer  demon- 
strate this  new  modern  radio 
receiver. 


Illustrated  folder  on  request. 
PHENIX  RADIO  CORPORATION,  n6-C  EAST  25™  ST.,  NEW  YORK 


MODEL  L-3 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


68 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


We  Sold 

4000  Sets 

Had  4000  Favorable  Reports 

Before  We  Felt 
Justified  to  Say 


Quality  Radio 
Apparatus 

Now  we  invite  you  to  go 
to  your  ApexDealerwho 
will  be  glad  to  make  a 
personal  demonstration 
for  you  in  your  home  or 
in  his  store.  A  demon- 
stration will  prove  to  you 
that  Apex  Radio  Receiv- 
ers will  give  you  every- 
thing you  can  possibly 
wish  for  in  a  radio  re- 
ceiver from  standpoint 
of  selectivity,  clarity,  vol- 
ume, distance  and  attrac- 
tiveness of  design. 


The  APEX  Super  Five 
without   accessories. . 

The   APEX  De  Luxe 
without  accessories. . . 

The  APEX  Baby  Grand 
Console  without  acces- 


135 


225 
75 


The  APEX  Utility  Radio 
Table 

The  APEX  Entertainer 
(Loud  Speaker) 

The  APEX  Console  En- 
tertainer 


Upon  request  we  will  gladly 
mail  you  descriptive  Folder 

APEX  ELECTRIC 
MFG.  COMPANY 

Dept.  1104 

1410  W.  59th  St.     Chicago 


Price*  Wett  of  Kockiet  slightly  higher 

Canadian  price*  approximately 

40%  Higher 


There  are  also  other  factors  which  tend 
to  make  this  type  of  winding  unsuitable  for 
use  in  a  radio  receiver,  such  as  the  high 
natural  period  of  the  coil  and  its  inability 
to  respond  to  different  frequencies  (wave- 
lengths). However,  we  will  not  go  into  a 
discussion  of  these  matters  as  they  are 
largely  dependent  upon  the  master  offender 
— distributed  capacity. 

Several  different  experiments  were  tried 
with  this  coil,  and  by  removing  turns  enough 
to  reduce  the  natural  period  to  about  two 
thousand  kilocycles  (150  meters),  very 
satisfactory  reception  was  had  over  the 
entire  frequency  band.  However,  the  effi- 
ciency dropped  very  slightly  at  the  lower 
frequencies  (longer  wavelengths),  but  this 
was  expected  as  there  were  now  too  few 
turns  for  efficient  transformation  on  the 
lower  frequencies. 

After  trying  several  different  styles  of 
NP  coils,  the  design  which  seemed  most 
efficient  for  all  around  use  consisted  of  an 
ordinary  diamond  weave  coil  containing 
forty  turns  of  wire  tapped  at  the  2oth  turn 
and  connected  in  the  following  manner: 
inside  lead  to  plate,  center  tap  to  B  battery 
positive  and  outside  lead  to  the  neutralizing 
condenser.  See  C,  Fig.  2. 

A  great  many  of  these  coils  have  been 
installed  in  Roberts  receivers  which  had 
not  been  giving  the  best  of  results.  This 
new  style  of  NP  coil  has  in  every  case 
shown  far  superior  results  to  the  old-style 
coils. 

RALPH  D.  TYGERT, 
Springfield,  Massachusetts. 


A  GOOD  NEUTRALIZING 

CONDENSER  FOR  THE  ROBERTS 

CIRCUIT 

ATER    experimenting    with     several 
types  of  neutralizing  condensers  on 
the  market,  from  plate  condensers 
to  sliding  condensers,  it  was  found  that  the 
average  type  was  either  too  large  or  too 
small,  either  in  size  and  capacity,  or  that 
they  were  not  efficient  in  operation.     In 
making  adjustments  they  were  not   pro- 
tected against  body  capacity. 

The  condenser  used  in  my  laboratory  for 
this  purpose  can  be  constructed  in  a  few 
minutes  from  material  to  be  found  in  any 
home  laboratory.  As  Fig.  3  shows,  the 
condenser  is  made  by  taking  a  piece  of 
one  quarter-inch  copper  tubing,  one  and 
one-half  inches  long,  a  piece  of  cambric 


spaghetti,  two  and  one-half  inches  long, 
which  is  passed  up  into  the  copper  tube 
at  one  end,  and  a  three  sixteenths-inch 
threaded  binding  post  screw  with  the  head 
cut  off,  to  be  soldered  at  the  upper  end  of 
the  copper  tube.  A  bakelite  binding  post 
thumb  grip  is  to  be  placed  on  this  screw, 
which  acts  as  a  handle  for  making  adjust- 
ment. A  piece  of  insulated  copper  wire 
(flexible  preferred)  is  soldered  to  the  upper 
surface  of  the  copper  tube,  which  is  to  be 
connected  to  the  N  lead  of  the  NP  coil.  The 
condenser  is  now  nearly  completed  and  the 
last  step  is  to  cut  a  piece  of  No.  14  copper 
bus  bar  wire  long  enough  to  pass  into  the 
cambric  tubing  two  and  one  fourth  inches, 
leaving  enough  to  attach  to  a  lug  which  is 
placed  on  the  binding  post  of  the  tube 
socket  marked  G.  The  neutralizing  con- 
denser is  now  completed  and  when  mounted 
on  the  tube  socket  as  indicated  in  the  draw- 
ing, should  stand  parallel  to  it.  Neutralize 
in  the  usual  way  by  simply  sliding  the  tube 
back  and  forth  on  the  bus  bar. 

H.  A.  FRANCHERE, 
Lake  Crystal,  Minnesota. 


Shaded  Section 

of  Fixed  Plate 

to  be  Cut  off  B 


Flexible  Connector/ 

Soldered  to  Copper 

Tubing 


I 


Binding  Post  Top 


-6/32"  Screw  Cut  & 
Soldered  to  Tubing 


„  Copperor 
Brass  Tubing 


--  Spaghetti 
Tubing 


.—Copper  Bus-bar 
/Connecting  Lug 


FIG.    3 
Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


FIG.   4 

SHORT  WAVES  ON  THE  HANSCOM 
SUPER-HETERODYNE 

SOME  builders  of  this  set  have  noticed 
that  the  volume  on  the  high-frequency 
(short-wave)  stations  is  not  as  great 
as  from  stations  operating  on  lower  fre- 
quencies (longer  waves.)  Theoretically, 
the  super-heterodyne  should  give  uniform 
amplification  throughout  the  entire  range 
of  frequencies,  but  the  Hanscom  circuit 
makes  use  of  regeneration  in  the  first  tube, 
thus  making  possible  the  great  volume 
which  the  set  possesses  for  loop  reception. 
The  diagram  A.  Fig.  4,  shows  the  circuits 
of  the  first  tube.  The  condenser  N  is 
usually  of  the  midget  variable  type.  It 
will  be  noticed  that  as  its  capacity  is  de- 
creased the  signal  strength  increases  rapidly 
until  the  first  tube  breaks  into  oscillation. 
The  radio  frequency  output  of  the  first  tube 
goes  through  the  iron  core  radio-frequency 
transformer  R.  The  action  of  the  condenser 
N,  is  to  prevent  a  tuned  plate  feed  back  by 
by-passing  radio  frequency  through  itself 
and  the  fixed  condenser  C.  At  the  same 
time  as  N  is  increased,  there  occurs  a  feed- 
back through  the  coil  D  which  acts  as  a 
tickler  at  intermediate  frequency. 

On  the  short  waves  it  will  be  noticed  that 
there  is  no  tendency  for  the  first  tube  to 
oscillate  and  this  is  caused  by  the  residual 
capacity  of  the  condenser  N  even  though 
set  at  zero.  To  prove  this,  it  is  only  neces- 
sary to  disconnect  the  wire  from  the  plate  of 
the  tube  to  N  and  a  great  increase  in  signal 
strength  will  be  noted. 

With  N  set  at  zero,  the  first  tube  will 
oscillate  as  we  go  up  the  scale,  usually  at 
about  750  kilocycles  (400  meters)  but  with 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


WAVE  MASTER- a  Radio  Set 
Worthy  to  Bear  the  KELLOGG  Name 


The  Wave  Master 

Console  Model 


A  handsome  genuine  maho- 
gany design  with  battery  compartments 
and  inbuilt  horn.  Price.  <C7'7C  C\C\ 


Without  battery 
table,  price    -  • 
Also  made  in  the  beautiful  Con- 
Boiette  model,  genuine  maho- 
gnny,  price. 


A  Year  Ahead!  The  WAVE  MASTER,  S'Tube  Standard  Model 

Cabinet  of  solid,  Genuine  Mahogany,  beautifully  finished, 
28  inches  long,  11  inches  high.    Price, 


$125.00 


Kellogg 
Symphony 
Refroduc 
$25.0O 


A  Separate  Circuit  for  Each 
40  Meter  Wavelength  Band 

One -Dial  Control,  Yet  Greater  SeltclMtu. 


'I  never  dreamed  it  was  such  fun'9 

"I  used  to  be  content  to  enjoy  radio  merely  as  a  listener, 
never  realizing  how  much  greater  pleasure  I  was  mis- 
sing. I  had  no  idea  of  the  fascinations  of  radio  tuning 
—  the  fun  of  going  after  any  station  and  getting  it." 

WHEN  you  make  a  telephone  call,  the  operator  con- 
nects you  first  with  the  "exchange"  and  then  with 
the  desired  number  of  that  group  or  division. 
To  "connect"  the  WAVE  MASTER  instantly  with  any  de- 
sired broadcasting  station,  you  first  set  the  pointer  for  the 
"Exchange"  or  wave  zone  group  to  which  the  station  be- 
longs and  then  merely  turn  the  Station  Selector  dial.  "Ex- 
pert" tuning  becomes  child's  play. To  separate  stations  very- 
close  together  in  their  wavelengths,  is  astonishingly  easy.. 
When  buying  any  radio  set,  protect  yourself  by  learning: 
something  about  the  firm  that  produced  it— their  reliability- 
and  experience.  For  28  years  Kellogg  has  produced  the 
finest  of  telephone  apparatus.  Since  radio  began  Kellogg: 
has  built  the  highest  quality  parts. 

If  you  do  not  know  where  you  can  see,  try  and  hear  the  WAVE 
MASTER  in  your  neighborhood,  write  us.  We'll  give  you  the  name 
of  your  nearest  dealer,  and,  if  you  wish  it,  a  full  technical  explanation 
of  the  Wave  Master  Circuit.  Ask  for  Folder  No.  5-K 

Radio  Dealers  and  Jobbers 

The  WAVE  MASTER  franchise  backed  by  Kellogg  resources 
and  our  powerful  advertising  campaign,  is  most  valuable. 
Open  territories  are  being  rapidly  taken  up.  If  interested, 
wire  or  call  on  us  promptly  for  our  money-making  proposition. 

Kellogg  Switchboard  &.  Supply  Company 
1066  West  Adams  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  -jr 


70 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


BURGESS 

RADIO  BATTERIES 

Win  Aga  in 


The  illustration  pictures  the  take-off  of  the  winning 

flight  and  in  the  insert  is  the  radio  equipment  carried. 

(Burgess  'A',  'B'  and  'C'  Batteries  furnished  the 

electrical  energy  to  operate  the  set.) 

When  the  Goodyear  III  won  the  right 
to  represent  the  United  States  at  Bel- 
gium, Burgess  Radio  Batteries  supplied 
the  electrical  energy  for  the  operation 
of  the  balloon's  radio  equipment. 

Almost  every  day  from  somewhere 
in  the  world  news  comes  to  us  of  new 
Burgess  adventures. 

And  that  Burgess  Batteries  have  con- 
tributed their  bit  in  so  many  interesting 
events  of  sport,  commerce  and  science  re- 
flects the  esteem  in  which  they  are  held. 

"Ask  Any  Radio  Engineer" 

Your  own  radio  dealer  down  the  street 
•ells  Burgess  Batteries.  He  probably 
sells  the  famous  Burgess  Flashlights,  too. 

BURGESS  BATTERY  COMPANY 

GENERAL  SALES  OFFICE:  CHICAGO 

Canadian  Factories  and  Offices: 
Niagara  Falls  and  Winnipeg 


the  above  mentioned  wire  disconnected, 
the  first  tube  will  oscillate  at  about  1000 
kilocycles  (300  meters).  Unfortunately 
there  is  no  small  variable  condenser  avail- 
able with  a  minimum  capacity  sufficiently 
low  to  function  on  the  snorter  waves  with 
maximum  efficiency.  To  those  who  are  ex- 
perimentally inclined,  we  suggest  the  cut- 
ting of  the  fixed  plates  of  a  three-plate 
vernier  as  indicated  in  B,  the  point  being 


Drilled  Hole 

Through    

Window  Glass 


Protected      ^ 
Porcelain''' 
Through  Window 
Casing 


Metal 
Funnel 


FIG.    5 


to  make  a  condenser  with  a  wide  separation 
between  the  edges  of  the  fixed  and  rotating- 
plates  at  zero  setting.  It  is  also  possible 
to  connect  a  single  point  switch  so  that 
the  condenser  N  may  be  cut  out  of  the 
circuit  as  indicated  in  C.  Needless  to  say, 
the  leads  to  the  condenser  N  from  the  set 
should  be  as  short  and  direct  as  possible, 
particularly  the  lead  from  the  plate  of  the 
tube. 

A.  T.  HANSCOM, 
Woonsocket,  Rhode  Island. 

A  LEAD-IN  PROBLEM 

A  RADIO  friend  of  the  writer,  erected 
an  antenna  some  hundred  and 
twenty-five  feet  in  length,  about  for- 
ty feet  above  ground,  brought  the  lead  wire 
down  past  the  drain  spout,  and  under  the 
lower  sash  of  the  window  directly  in  contact 
with  the  stone  sill. 

Results;  a  strangled  band  and  gagged  call 
letters,  with  other  muffled  sounds,  were 
received  with  the  aid  of  five  tubes  in  a  high- 
priced  receiver. 

It  took  one  radio  expert  about  ten  min- 
utes to  fix  up  the  antenna  and  about  three 
hours  explaining  to  this  friend  why  his 
antenna  failed,  even  though  at  this  time 
the  latter  is  hardly  convinced  of  having 
made  any  grave  error  in  running  the  wire 
as  he  did. 

The  manner  of  leading  in  an  antenna 
wire,  which  was  used  to  correct  this  afore- 
mentioned mistake,  is  illustrated  in  the 
attached  sketch,  Fig.  5,  and  is  about  the 
cleverest  and  most  practical  of  any  which 
the  writer  has  observed.  A  single  small 
hole  is  drilled  through  the  center  of  the 
window  glass.  The  antenna  lead  passes 
through  this  hole  obtaining  insulation  of  the 

Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  if 


most  desirable  type,  and  at  the  same  time 
providing  a  support  for  the  wire.  The 
same  idea  can  be  further  improved  by  the 
use  of  a  small  threaded  rod  having  screw 
terminal  nuts  at  each  end  to  attach  or  de- 
tach the  lead  wire.  In  drilling  through  the 
glass,  it  is  advisable  to  use  a  small  hard 
drill  with  turpentine  as  a  drill  lubricant, 
turning  the  drill  quite  fast  and  giving  only 
enough  pressure  to  cause  the  drill  to  cut. 

In  another  illustration  shown  in  the  same 
sketch,  a  method  of  leading  the  antenna 
through  the  window  casing  is  shown.  The 
antenna  wire  leads  through  a  porcelain 
tube,  placed  through  a  bored  hole  in  the 
wood.  Surrounding  the  lead  through  the 
porcelain,  is  a  small  metal  funnel,  secured 
with  tape  as  shown  in  the  sketch.  The 
funnel  not  only  prevents  the  water  following 
through  the  tube,  but  it  also  keeps  the  lead 
dry  below  this  point,  preventing  a  leak 
which  would  be  found  detrimental  to  recep- 
tion. 

G.  A.  LUERS, 
Washington,  District  of  Columbia. 

AN  EFFICIENT COILCOVERING  THE 
BROADCASTING   FREQUENCIES 

I  HAVE  found  that  with  the  35-turn  coil 
which  is  illustrated  in  Fig.  6  and  shunted 
by    a    good    .0005    mfd.    variable    con- 
denser, frequencies  from  1 500  kilocycles  (200 
meters)  to  545  kilocycles  (550  meters)  may 
be  covered,  and  I  know  of  no  other  winding 
in  which  35  turns  will  cover  this  range. 


This  coil  is  wound  on  a  form  3  inches  in 
diameter,  with  25  pegs  equally  spaced,  and 
is  wound  over  two  and  under  two,  and 
sewed  as  shown  in  the  photograph,  Fig.  6. 

W.  H.  MAYFIELD,  Miami,  Arizona. 


About  Contributions 

CT"HIS  department  particularly  welcomes  short 
manuscripts  relating  to  all  matters  pertain- 
ing to  workshop  practice,  such  as  the  handling 
of  tools,  and  general  hints  of  a  constructional 
nature.     These,  as  in  the  one  of  other  contribu- 
tions for  the  "j^pw  I  Have  Found     .     .     ." 
section,  should  not  be  longer  than  about  300 
words  and  should  be  typewritten. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


EVEREADY  HOUR 
EVERY  TUESDAY  AT  »  P.  M. 

Eastern  Standard  Time 

For  real  radio  enjoyment,  tune  in  the 
"Eveready  Group."  Broadcast  through 
stations — 

WEAF    New  York  WCAE    Pittsburgh 

WJAR    Providence  WSAI      Cincinnati 

WEEI     Boston  WWJ       Detroit 

WFI       Philadelphia  wrrn f  Minneapolis 

WGR       Buffalo  """•iBTSHi 

WOC         Davenport 


*«.  RADIO  DRV 


INSPECTED 

TESTED 
RELIABLE 


"**»«.  CARBON  CO-" 

" 


Eveready  \ 

Columbia 

Ignitor 

Battery, 
the 

proven 

dry  cell 

for  all 

radio 

dry  cell 

tubes 

1 1/2  volts 


No.  766 
22'/2-voU 

Large 

Horizontal 

Price 

$2.00 


ALWAYS 
RELIABLE 

EVEREADY  Radio  Batteries  are 
always  uniform  and  reliable! 
Evereadys  perform  the  same, 
everywhere,  for  everybody,  need- 
ing no  skill,  calling  for  no  ex- 
perimentation, wasting  no  time, 
saving  you  money.  Trouble- 
proof,  wonderful  Evereadys. 
There  is  an  Eveready  dealer 
nearby. 

Manufactured  and  guaranteed  by 

NATIONAL  CARBON  COMPANY,  INC. 
New  York  San  Francisco 

Canadian  National  Carbon  Co.,  Limited,  Toronto,  Ontario 


Radio  Batteries 

-they  last  longer 


**n^* 

fe,r-»_  "<n 


*^ 


No.  486 
45  -volt 
Layerb.lc 
Extra- 
Large 
Vertical 
Price 
$5.50 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


A  practical, 
authoritative  book  on 

RADIO 


I.C.S. 

RADIO 

HANDBOOK 


100,000  SOLD 
514  PAGES 

Compiled  By 
HARRY  F.  DART,  £.£. 

Formerly  with  the 
Weitern  Electric 
Co.,  and  U.  S. 
Army  Instructor  of 
Radio.  Tech- 
nically  edited  by 
F.  H.  DOANE. 


BE  A  RADIO  EXPERT— it's  easy 
for  the  100,000  who  own  this  com- 
pact, complete  Radio  Handbook.  Writ- 
ten in  good,  plain,  understandable  lan- 
guage. Crammed  full  of  facts,  every 
one  useful  and  important.  Explains 
how  receivers  and  transmitters  work, 
how  to  build  and  operate  them.  What- 
ever you  or  your  friends  want  to  know, 
it's  here.  Will  save  you  many  times  its 
small  cost. 

TELLS  ALL  ABOUT:  Electrical  terms 
and  circuits,  antennas,  batteries,  gen- 
erators and  motors,  electron  (vacuum) 
tubes,  most  receiving  hook-ups,  radio 
and  audio  frequency  amplification, 
broadcast  and  commercial  transmitters 
and  receivers,  super-regeneration,  codes, 
license  rules.  Many  other  features. 

Nothing  else  like  it.  Make  this  ex- 
traordinary book  your  radio  library — 
just  this  one  little  giant  is  all  you  need. 
Everything  in  one  index,  under  one 
cover,  in  one  book,  for  one  dollar.  The 
biggest  dollar's  worth  in  radio  today. 
Combines  the  knowledge  of  many  ex- 
pensive works.  Buy  this  and  save  the 
difference. 

Just  mail  the  coupon  with  a  dollar 
bill  and  your  name  and  address,  and 
this  514-page  I.  C.  S.  Radio  Handbook 
will  be  sent  to  you  by  return  mail.  Note 
the  other  good  books  listed  below  at 
low  prices. 


International  Correspondence  Schools 
Box  8295-E,  Scranton,   Penna. 

I  enclose  I for  which  send  me,  post-paid, 

the  Handbooks  marked  X.  at  $1  each.    It  Is  under- 
stood  that   if  I    am    not   entirely   satisfied  I    may 
return  them  within  flve  days  and  you  will  refund 
my  money. 
Q  RADIO   HANDBOOK,   514  PAGES,   $1 

Automobile  Handbook,   354  pages     -     -  -     $1 

Electrical  Handbook,  414  pages  -     -     -  -     $1 

Chemistry   Handbook,    3   8    pages      -     -  -     ) 

Pharmacy    Handbook,    324    pages      -     -  -     3 

Traffic    Handbook.    386    pages      -     -     -  -      ) 

Building  Trades  Handbook,   409  pages  -  -      $1 

Machine   Shop   Handbook,    335    pages      -  -      I 

Salesman's   Handbook,    352    pages     -     -  -      1 

Advertising   Handbook.    445    pages    -     -  -      »1 

Bookkeeper's    Handbook,    302    pages      -  -      1 

Civil  Engineer's  Handbook,  411  pages  -  -     ! 

Steam  Engineer's  Handbook,   298  pages  -     Jl 


Name.. 


Address 

Kncloie    $1.50    instead    ol    $1    lor    each    look    if 
you    want     the    lentheroid     binding.       *ll    ol    the 
above    books   can    be    had    in   this    binding    except 
I      «»«    Traffle    Handbook    and    the    Building    Trades     I 
•      Handbook.  I 


THE  GRID 

A  Department  Devoted  to  Solv- 
ing the  Problems  of  our  Readers 

QUERIES  ANSWERED 


1 .  WILL  YOU  GIVE  ME  A  CLEAR,  NON-TECHNICAL 
EXPLANATION     OF     STATIC     AND     FADING?— 

A.  R.  S—  Yonkers,  New  York. 

2.  ON  THE   LONGER   BROADCAST  WAVELENGTHS 
MY      RECEIVER      PRODUCES      POOR     VOLUME. 

WHAT   is  THE  CAUSE? — A.   C.   P. — Grove 
City,  Pennsylvania. 

EXPLAINING   STATIC   AND    FADING 

MANY  times  have  the  questions  been 
asked,  what  is  static;  what  causes  it; 
what  is  fading? 

At  the  present  time  much  attention  is  being 
given  to  the  subject  of  static  and  in  answer  to 
the  specific  question  of  our  correspondent, 
nothing  could  be  more  timely  in  answer  than 
the  paper  prepared  by  Dr.  A.  F.  Van  Dyck, 
on  this  very  interesting  topic.  Dr.  Van  Dyck 
is  a  former  General  Electric  engineer  and  at 
present  is  connected  with  the  Radio  Corpora- 
tion of  America.  His  recent  researches  on  the 
static  problem  admirably  qualify  him  to  speak 
on  the  subject: 

"  First,  let  us  consider  what  radio  transmis- 
sion is.  We  know  that  a  radio  sending  station 
sends  out  from  its  antenna,  in  all  directions, 
a  disturbance  of  electric  forces.  We  cannot  see 
or  hear  or  otherwise  observe  with  our  senses 
just  how  this  disturbance  behaves,  as  we  can 
with  light  waves  and  sound  waves.  We  con- 
sider it  quite  natural  that  a  stone  wall  stops 
the  light  beam  from  a  searchlight,  or  that  a 
bugle  call  can  be  heard  much  farther  over  water 
than  through  a  forest,  or  that  under  certain  air 
conditions  on  a  desert  the  mirage  phenomenon 
is  observed.  So  to  know  what  to  expect  in 
radio,  we  need  only  to  remember  that  some 
things  in  space  will  stop,  or  reflect,  or  perhaps 
absorb  the  traveling  radio  waves,  just  as  some 
other  things  in  space  stop  or  absorb  or  reflect 
light  waves  or  sound  waves. 

"Substances  which  are  obstructions  to  light  or 
sound  waves  are  not  necessarily  such  to  radio 
waves.  For  example,  we  know  that  radio  waves 
pass  through  the  walls  of  a  house  with  only 
slight  loss.  But  there  is  some  substance  in  the 
space  around  the  earth  which  does  have  effect 
upon  radio  waves.  This  substance  is  not  uni- 
formly distributed  through  space  but  is  present 
here  and  there,  is  continually  changing  location 
and  magnitude,  and  consequently  has  very  er- 
ratic effects  on  the  passage  of  radio  waves.  The 
condition  is  quite  similar  to  the  use  of  a  search- 
light in  a  fog  which  might  be  varying  rapidly  in 
density  or  location,  or  both.  This  radio  fog  is 
commonly  supposed  to  be  made  of  ionized  air, 
that  is,  air  which  by  some  influence  has  become 
a  partial  conductor  of  electricity.  Of  course 
it  never  stands  still  and  is  changing  from  mo- 
ment to  moment  under  the  influence  of  the 
complicated  conditions  of  our  atmosphere,  and 
so  the  radio  wave  passing  through  space  has  an 
adventurous  journey  because  it  meets  electri- 
cally charged  clouds,  patches  of  ionized  air,  and 
perhaps  other  obstacles  of  which  we  know 
nothing. 

"  It  is  a  fact,  often  observed,  that  it  is  possible 
to  work  radio  communication  over  much  greater 
distances  at  night  than  in  the  daytime.  This 

(Continued 


3.  WILL     YOU     DESCRIBE     THE     CONSTRUCTION 
OF     BOX     AND     SPIRAL     LOOP     ANTENNAS? — 

R.  M.  C.— Oak  Park,  Illinois. 

4.  HOW   MAY  THE   NEW  TOROID  COILS    BE   SUB- 
STITUTED   FOR    THOSE    NOW    CONTAINED    IN 
NEUTRODYNES    AND    OTHER    TUNED     RADIO- 
FREQUENCY    RECEIVERS? — T.    J.     Me    G. — 

Hartford,  Connecticut. 

may  be  explained  by  the  effect  of  the  sun  upon 
the  air,  which  causes  ionization  of  it,  and  is 
most  active  in  the  daytime,  and  practically 
absent  at  night.  The  sun  seems  to  be  re- 
sponsible, without  question,  in  view  of  the 
fact  that  very  erratic  results  in  long  distance 
reception  are  always  noticed  at  sunrise  and 
sunset. 

"With  the  preceding  statements  in  mind  it 
should  be  clear  that  when  one  is  receiving  over 
long  distances — several  hundreds  of  miles — 
it  is  natural  for  the  waves  to  come  through 
strong  at  one  moment,  and  to  fade  away  con- 
siderably the  next  moment,  as  some  obstacle  to 
radio  waves  comes  between  the  transmitter  and 
receiver.  This  explains,  too,  why  one  trans- 
mitting station,  of  two  or  more  which  are  being 
heard,  may  get  weaker,  while  the  others  do 
not.  These  effects  are  much  more  frequent 
in  the  summer  than  in  the  winter  season,  pre- 
sumably because  of  the  greater  influence  of  the 
sun  on  earth  and  its  atmosphere  during  that 
season. 

"These  ionized  clouds  sometimes  reflect  the 
waves,  much  as  a  mirror  does  a  light  wave,  and 
very  peculiar  reception  effects  are  sometimes 
noticed.  Sometimes  the  signals  are  made 
stronger  instead  of  weaker,  sometimes  they  may 
be  lost  altogether,  as  the  several  effects  of  re- 
flection and  absorption  combine. 

"And  now,  let  us  consider  that  arch  enemy  of 
radio — static.  When  Marconi  first  began  to 
receive  messages  over  distances  of  a  few  miles 
he  noted,  besides  the  signals  he  was  listening 
for,  noises  which  had  nothing  to  do  with  the 
signals. 

"These  noises  have  been  called  strays,  or 
atmospherics,  or  static,  and  their  elimination 
is  the  most  important  problem  in  radio  com- 
munication to-day.  The  intensity  of  this  dis- 
turbance is  different  at  different  parts  of  the 
earth's  surface,  being  progressively  worse  from 
the  temperate  to  the  tropical  zones.  The  in- 
tensity of  static  varies  greatly  with  the  seasons 
of  the  year.  For  example,  in  the  northern  part 
of  the  United  States,  it  is  practically  absent 
during  the  winter  months,  increases  during  the 
spring,  and  is  most  severe  during  the  summer. 
There  are  at  least  two  or  three  kinds  of  static, 
but  the  most  troublesome  kind  is  the  one  which 
is  due  to  traveling  electric  waves,  in  nature  just 
like  radio  waves,  and  caused  by  electrical  dis- 
turbances somewhere  in  space.  A  lightning 
flash  produces  a  traveling  electric-wave,  much 
like  a  radio  wave,  and  if  we  can  assume  that 
lightning  flashes,  large  and  small,  are  occurring 
continuously  somewhere  we  have  a  reasonable 
explanation  of  static.  Of  course,  these  dis- 
charges do  not  always  manifest  themselves  by 
a  display  of  lightning,  the  majority  in  fact 
being  small  discharges  inside  of  or  between 
clouds.  Also  it  is  probable  that  the  continuous 

on  page  84) 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


83 


•  f  - 


Ifou* 
Radio 


Arl. 


MICARTA 

YOUR  radio  will  be  built  of  the  best  only  when  a  Micarta 
panel  adds  efficiency  and  beauty  to  careful  building. 

It  is  the  easiest  of  materials  to  engrave  and  machine.  Smooth 
holes  may  be  drilled  without  the  slightest  sign  of  a  chip.  It 
is  not  affected  by  temperature  changes,  water  or  oil, 

Micarta  panels  are  now  available  in  the  soft,  deep  gloss  of 
mahogany  and  walnut  as  well  as  in  black.  You  will  find  them 
at  your  dealer's  packed  in  the  orange  and  black  envelopes. 


Westinghouse  Electric  &  Manufacturing  Company 

East  Pittsburgh  Pennsylvania 

Sales  Offices  in  All  Principal  Cities  of 

the  United  States  and  Foreign  Countries 


ibttse 

•i^^^^ 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


84 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


of  all  radio  trouble 
can  be  traced  to 
weak  or  poor  batter' 
ies.  This  is  not  a 
guess  but  the  actual 
percentage  shown 
by  an  extensive  sur- 
vey made  by  a  large 
manufacturer  of  ra- 
dio sets. 

|  Don't  guess — -Be  .sure 
—Be  accurate — Test 
your  batteries  fre- 
quently. Save  time 
and  expense  and  get 
the  best  results  and 
greatest  pleasure  out 

of  your  set. 
H 

J  There  is  a  Jewell  radio  testing 
instrument  to  meet  every 
need  or  pocketbook  ($2.00 
to  $75.00).  The  No.  98 
Voltmeter  shown  above  is 
being  used  by  dealers  to 
test  batteries  as  customers 
buy  them. 

Send  for  our  15-B  Radio  Catalog 

Jewell   Electrical   Instrument 
Company 

1650  Walnut  St.,  Chicago,  HI. 


atmospheric  changes  above  the  surface  of  the 
earth,  such  as  the  formation  of  water  vapor 
clouds,  are  accompanied  by  electrical  disturb- 
ances which  travel  to  the  earth. 

"We  know  that  static  is  worse  in  the  summer 
when  variations  in  the  atmosphere  are  greater 
and  more  frequent.  Also  it  is  often  observed 
in  the  winter  time  that  the  formation  of  snow 
causes  static.  Without  knowing  definitely  the 
origin  of  this  disturbance,  it  seems  safe  to  as- 
sume that  the  actions  which  take  place  in  our 
atmosphere,  due  to  the  air,  the  sun,  sun  spots, 
water  vapor,  etc.,  are  responsible  for  the  creation 
of  these  irregular,  irresponsible,  and  very 
troublesome  waves  which  we  call  static.  Since 
they  are  so  much  like  the  radio  waves  in  nature, 
no  way  has  yet  been  found  of  eliminating  them 
completely.  Progress  has  been  made  in  the 
last  few  years,  however,  and  the  transoceanic 
stations  are  much  more  free  of  this  interference 
than  formerly.  The  problem  of  complete 
elimination  of  static  is  the  most  difficult  one 
in  radio,  and  if  solved,  we  shall  have  a  new 
epoch  in  radio  because  it  will  then  be  possible 
greatly  to  reduce  the  power  of  transmitting 
stations  and  the  reliability  of  communication 
increased." 

RECEIVER    COIL    RESISTANCE 

MANY  owners  of  radio  receivers  observe 
that  their  sets  will  respond  quite  satis- 
factorily on  the  lower  end  of  the  scale  of 
the  condenser  dial,  but  above  a  certain  set- 
ting the  volume  produced  will  decrease  con- 
siderably and  the  selectivity  is  not  as  sharp  as  is 
desirable. 

Granting  that  a  thorough  inspection  of  a 
receiver  has  disclosed  no  error  in  circuit  wiring 
or  defect  in  coils,  tubes,  etc.,  it  is  fair  to  assume 
that  this  condition  is  due  to  the  use  of  coil 
units  which,  while  otherwise  O.  K.,  have  an 
exceedingly  high  resistance  at  the  higher  end  of 
the  condenser  scale. 

Resistance  in  a  coil  may  be  attributed  to  i. 
insulation  within  the  field  of  the  coil,  such 
as  tubing,  panels,  and  other  nearby  objects;  2. 
the  use  of  "dope"  which  is  used  as  a  binder  to 
hold  the  coil  together;  3.  the  use  of  fine  wire  (or- 
dinarily circuits  should  employ  coils  wound  with 
wire  not  smaller  than  No.  28  wire  or  larger  than 
No.  i8d.  c.  c.) 

Resistance  here  should  not  be  confused  with 
the  ordinary  use  of  the  term  where  it  is  em- 
ployed to  indicate  the  direct  resistance  of  a 
piece  of  wire.  Rather,  it  is  a  value  which 
changes  with  each  change  in  frequency  to  which 
the  circuit  may  be  tuned.  This  is  brought  out 
quite  clearly  in  the  table  of  measurements  which 
follows.  These  measurements  were  obtained  by 
a  regular  laboratory  procedure. 


tofore  discussed.  Broadcast  listeners  do  not 
usually  have  the  means  to  make  these  measure- 
ments, however,  and  it  is  necessary  for  them  to 
judge  entirely  by  ear  and  eye  in  the  matter  of 
volume  and  selectivity.  But  for  those  who  do 
have  means  for  making  these  measurements, 
the  following  table  of  measurements  of  a  coil 
which  has  proven  satisfactory  is  given  for  com- 
parison. 


FREQUENCY 
IJOO  KC.  (2OOM) 

1 2OO  KC.  (25OM) 

looo  KC.  (}OOM) 

75O  KC.  (4OOM) 

600  KC.  (JOOM) 

5OO  KC.  (600M) 


RESISTANCE 


75-5  ohms 
38.  t      " 
24.5 
16.5      " 

35-S      " 
10.5 


COIL  NO.  2 

95-5 

108.5 

300.0 
72.0 

18.5 

12.5 


From  the  above  it  will  be  observed  that  in 
coil  No.  2  the  resistance  gradually  rose  from 
95.5  ohms  at  1500  kc.  (200  meters)  to  300 
ohms  at  1000  kc.  (300  meters)  and  then 
gradually  decreased  to  12.5  ohms  at  500  kc. 
(600  meters).  In  all  receiving  circuits  it  is  es- 
sentia-Mhat  the  resistance  of  the  tuner  circuits 
be  kept  as  low  as  possible.  Where  this  is  not 
thi  case,  poor  selectivity,  with  a  loss  in  volume, 
is  sure  to  result. 

Obviously  the  solution  to  this  problem  lies  in 
the  use  of  coils  having  a  minimum  of  resistance 
which  depends  upon  the  several  points  as  here- 

Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  -A 


FREQUENCY 
IJOO  KC.  (2OOM). 

1 2OO  KC.  (25OM). 
IOOO  KC.  (30OM). 
750  KC.  (400M). 
6OO  KC.  (5OOM). 
500  KC.  (600M). 


RESISTANCE 

.  .  20.5  ohms 

.  .  12.5 

.  .  12.5 

.  .  .0.5    " 

.  .  8.5 

.  .  7-5 


FIG.    1 

LOOP   CONSTRUCTION 

IN  THE  main,  two  types  of  loops  are  used 
for  reception.     The  spiral  type,  more  com- 
monly known  as  the  pancake  type,  is  the 
easier  of  the  two  to  build.     It  has  marked  di- 
rectional effects  and  may  be  used  successfully 
in  a  direction-finding  station.     See  Fig.  i. 

To  construct  this  type  of  loop  two  pieces  of 
one  inch  square  wood  are  required,  one  thirty 
inches  long,  the  other  twenty-four  inches  long. 
The  shorter  of  the  two  is  the  horizontal  piece 
while  the  other  is  the  vertical  piece,  to  which 
may  be  fastened  an  appropriate  base.  By 
means  of  a  half  lap  joint,  the  two  sticks  are 
fastened  together  to  form  a  cross. 

The  two  pieces  are  so  crossed  that  three  of 
the  arms  will  measure  12  inches  from  the  point  of 
intersection,  while  the  fourth,  which  is  fixed 
to  the  base,  measures  18  inches. 

Five  inches  out  from  the  centre,  on  each  of 
the  four  arms,  is  placed  a  No.  4  round  head  brass 
wood  screw  5  inch  long.  Fifteen  more  screws 
of  the  same  size  are  located  on  each  of  the  four 
arms,  each  screw  being  placed  f  of  an  inch  apart. 

The  winding  of  the  wire  is  begun  on  the 
inside  screws  and  outward,  the  two  ends  of  the 
wire  being  made  fast  to  binding  posts  located 
at  the  lower  end  of  the  vertical  arm.  Stranded 
wire  having  double  silk  or  cotton  covered  insula- 
tion will  be  found  best. 

In  Fig.  2  is  shown  the  box  type  of  loop  which 
consists  of  a  specially  constructed  frame  upon 
which  is  wound  the  wire  in  a  horizontal  plane. 
Its  constructional  details  are  apparent  from 
reference  to  the  illustration.     The  depth  of  th< 


h 

^ 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


85 


^Another 


BOSCH 

RADIO 


PRICE 
$1/150 


JuniorAMBOTONE 


A  NOTHER  Bosch  Radio  triumph.  The 
-**•  announcement  and  immediate  nation- 
wide acceptance  of  the  Bosch  Radio  Receiver, 
and  the  Bosch  Reproducer,  the  Ambotone, 
is  now  followed  by  another  Bosch  Radio 
product. 

Bosch  now  announces  the  Junior  Ambotone.  The  Junior 
Ambotone  is  a  radio  reproducer  with  an  unusual  tonal 
quality  built  to  the  famous  Bosch  standard  of  precision. 
Following  the  Ambotone  principles  of  reproduction,  the 
Junior  Ambotone  gets  its  mellowness  from  wood. 

The  Bosch  ability  to  manufacture  to  precision  standards, 
accounts  for  the  tone  quality.  The  Bosch  ability  to  build 
with  accuracy  in  quantities  accounts  for  the  remarkably  low 
price.  The  greatest  value  in  radio — the  Junior  Ambotone 
—at  $14.50. 


TRADED  r^MAWK 


American  Bosch  Magneto  Corporation 


SPRINGFIELD,  MASS. 

Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


86 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


Rhamstine* 

TUBE  BOOSTER 

Your  radio  en- 
joyment depends 
largely  on  t  h  e 
tubes.  If  they  do 
not  function  prop- 
erly you  can  not  get 
a  full,  clear  tone. 
They  can  be  made 
"just  like  new" — 
Rhamstine*  Tube 
Booster  renews 
their  youth  with  all 
(that  the  word  im- 
plies —  pep,  fresh- 
ness, a  true,  full, 
round  tone  which 
carries  the  message 
as  "clear  as  a  bell." 
Why  buy  new 
tubes  when  the 
Rhamstine*  Tube 
Booster  assures 
you  of  perfect  radio  enjoyment.  Works  on 
any  alternating  current  110-120  volts,  50- 
133  cycles,  it  matters  not  whether  you 
use  2OI-A  or  199  Type  Tubes. 

Send  no  money — check  the  coupon  below 
— pay  on  delivery. 


Khamslinc* 
Tube  Booster 


Only 


!.(.  I  »«!?     T>  .   •  (*  Elimina 

B    Kectmer  B  Bat, 


tm 
ttery 


Rhamstine*  "B"  Rectifier 
Only 

The  Rhamstine*  "B"  Rectifier  is  a  quality 
product  which  furnishes  an  always  depend- 
able source  of  "B"  power.  It  eliminates 
"B"  Battery  troubles  such  as  chemical 
action,  dead  cells,  recharging,  and  gives  a 
continuous  and  uniform  current,  reproduc- 
ing perfectly  the  original  sound. 

The  cost  is  nominal  compared  to  the 
pleasure  and  satisfaction  derived  from  the 
service  it  performs. 

Send  no  money — just  check  the  coupon. 
The  "B"  Rectifier  is  shipped  on  5-day 
approval.  If  not  satisfied,  your  money  will 
be  refunded  as  cheerfully  as  the  sale  is 
made. 

Mail  the  Coupon  To-day 

J.  THOS.  RHAMSTINE'  (n) 

506  E.  Woodbridge,  Detroit,  Mich. 

Please  send  me 
D  your  Tube  Booster  at  $6 
D  your  "B"  Rectifier  at  $25 

by  express  C.  O.  D.  subject  to  inspection.  If  I  am 
not  entirely  satisfied  with  the  "B"  Rectifier  I  will  re- 
turn it  to  you  in  five  days  and  receive  a  refund  of  the 
full  purchase  price. 


Name. 


Address . 


J.  THOS.  RHAMSTINE* 

Radio  and  Electrical  Products 
506  E.  Woodbridge  St.,  Detroit,  Mich. 


FIG.    2 

box  is  95  inches  and  the  diagonal  pieces  are  36 
inches  long.  Sixteen  turns  of  loop  wire  are 
wound  on  the  frame,  the  turns  being  separated 
J  inch. 

SUBSTITUTING   TOROID  COILS   IN   NEUTRODYNES 

CTELY    the    toroid    type    of    coil,    under 
many   different   trade  names,   has    come 
to   the   front   as   a  promising  substitute 
for  the   coil   unit   in   receivers  where   inherent 
neutralization  was  not  possible.     This  new  type 
of  coil  possesses  the  property  of  confining  its 
electro-magnetic  field  within  itself.     With  other 
coils  the  field  usually  shapes  itself  outward  and 
around    the   coil,    thus    interlinking   with    the 


Coils  Parallel  and  Adjacent ., 


MO? 


Fields  Interlinking 


FIG.    3 


fields  of  nearby  coil  units  and  causing  uncon- 
trolled oscillation  due  to  energy  feedback. 
See  Fig.  3. 

To  replace  the  older  type  of  cylindrical  coil 
with  a  toroid  in  a  neutrodyne,  for  instance,  is 
not  a  difficult  matter.  The  toroids  have  four 
binding  posts  as  terminals  for  their  windings. 
These  are  P,  B,  G,  and  F,  not  unlike  those  mark- 
ings for  audio-frequency  transformers. 

When  the  toroid  coil  is  used  as  an  antenna 
coupler,  the  terminals  P,  B  constitute  the  an- 
tenna-primary coil  to  which  are  connected  the 


-     B 


FIG.   4 


antenna  and  ground  leads.  When  used  as  an 
inter-stage  coupler,  in  a  radio-frequency  circuit, 
the  terminals  P,  B  constitute  the  plate  (primary) 
winding,  terminal  P  connecting  to  the  plate  of 
the  preceding  tube  and  terminal  B  connecting 
to  the  positive  B  battery  lead. 

In  both  instances  the  secondary  terminals  G 
and  F  connect  to  the  grid  and  filament  leads  of 
the  next  tube.  The  several  points  brought  out  in 
this  discussion  are  evident  in  Fig.  4.  The  above 
is  true  only  of  coils  having  two  distinct  windings, 
primary  to  secondary,  and  does  not  hold  when  a 
tap  is  taken  off  the  coil  for  antenna  use. 


GRID  INQUIRY  BLANK 
Editor,  The  Grid 

RADIO  BROADCAST 

Garden  City,  Tvjeu/  Tor); 

DEAR  SIR, 

Please  give  me  the   fullest  information  on  the  attached  questions.      I  enclose  a  stamped 
envelope. 

O     I  am  a  subscriber  to  RADIO  BROADCAST  and  therefore  will  receive  this  information  free 
of  charge. 

C]     I  am  not  a  subscriber  and  enclose  $1  to  cover  cost  of  answers. 


NAME  . 


ADDRESS  . 
G.  N. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


87 


The  Empire  Model 


Baby  Grand  Model 


Enclosed  in  a  17th  Century 
solid  mahogany  French  Cabi- 
net with  hand  carved  figures, 
housing  all  batteries  $100 
(without  accessories) 


The  David  Grimes  Inverse 
Duplex  Empire  and  Renais- 
sance models  are  in  reality 
six-tube  sets,  utilizing  only 
four  UV  199  tubes.  This 
is  accomplished  by  inverse 
duplexing  which  permits  the 
dual  operation  of  vacuum 
tubes,  at  the  same  time  de- 
livering a  natural  tone  qual- 
ity which  is  so  noticeably 
lacking  in  most  present  day 
receivers.  Incorporated  in 
these  models  are  two  stages 
of  sharply  tuned  radio  fre- 
quency amplification,  vac- 
uum tube  detector,  and 
three  stages  of  audio  fre- 
quency amplification.  A  con- 
veniently located  super-power 
switch  gives  tremendous  re- 
serve power  on  distant  sta- 
tions when  necessary.  Re- 
markable selectivity  is  gained 
by  the  use  of  straight  line 
condensers  and  a  new  form  of 
inductance,  the  twin  cylinder 
coil,  which  was  developed  in 
our  laboratory  after  months 
of  research. 

The  Renaissance 
Model 


Enclosed  in  an  Italian  Ren- 
aissance Cabinet  of  a  beauti- 
ful two  tone  mahogany  and 
walnut,  housing  all  batteries 

$100 

(without  accessories) 


The  supreme  achievement  of  the  world 
famed  Radio  Engineer,  David  Grimes — 
sharply  selective  sets  that  tune  in  the  sta- 
tions you  desire  and  hold  out  all  others. 
Distant  or  local  programs  are  sustained 
with  marvelous  clearness  and  superb 
tone,  just  as  they  are  broadcasted,  with- 
out annoying  interference. 

Built  on  the  Grimes  Inverse  Duplex  prin- 
ciple in  which  there  is  a  dual  operation 
of  the  vacuum  tubes. 

You've  expected  something  new,  some- 
thing that  would  give  real  pleasure — by 
all  means  hear  these  instruments! 


Look  for  this  Emblem 
It  identifies  your    authorized   Grimes   dealer 
who   will   gladly   demonstrate   any  of  the  in- 
struments pictured  herein. 


Products  of  the 

DAVID  GRIMES  RADIO  and 

CAMEO    RECORD    CORPORATION 

1571  Broadway,  New  York,  N.  Y. 


SUPER  SELECTIVE  SERIES 


•4r  Tested  and  aooroved  bv  RADIO  BROADCAST 


A  three-tube  duplex  receiv- 
ing set  that  uses  UV  199 
tubes.  Incorporates  one  stage 
of  tuned  radio  frequency  am- 
plification, tube  detector  and 
two  stages  of  audio  frequency 
amplification.  A  powerful, 
super  selective  set  that  gives 
exceptional  volume  and  an 
excellent  distant  range.  In 
two  tone  mahogany  cabinet, 
housing  all  batteries. $59. 50 
(without  accessories) 


All  of  the  essential  units  of 
the  various  instruments  are 
developed  and  built  within 
the  Grimes  plant.  The  sets 
are  factory  tested,  sealed  and 
guaranteed  before  they  are 
put  on  the  dealer's  shelves. 


The  Grimes 

Super  Tone 
Loud  Speaker 


$25 

A  really  real- 
istic repro- 
ducer -  -  non- 
metalic  in 
composition  with  a  mica  dia- 
phragm that  eliminates  dis- 
tortion. 

Whether  the  deep  mellow 
notes  of  the  cello  or  the  flut- 
tering notes  of  the  gifted  so- 
prano are  taken  from  the  air 
— a  sweet  clear  rendition  of 
the  voice  or  music  is  always 
secured. 


88 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


The 

New 

PRECISE 
Syncrodenser 

A  scientific  combination  of 
straight  line  frequency  where 
that  is  vital,  with  straight 
line  capacity  where  that  is 
superior. 


By  use  of  the  Syncrodenser  the 
lower  half  of  the  dial  range  has 
fewer  stations,  while  the  upper 
half  contains  many  stations  found 
between  0  and  50  on  ordinary  con- 
densers. This  absence  of  crowded 
stations  on  the  lower  half  of  the 
dial  permits  finer  tuning  and  tre- 
mendously increases  the  selec- 
tivity of  any  set.  The  Syncro- 
denser is  strongly  built  and  can  be 
mounted  on  panel  or  subpanel  in 
any  position.  Prices,  .0005  mfd. 
cap.  $4.50;  00035  mfd.  cap.  $4.00. 

THE  MONSTER 

PRECISE  No.  480 

A  master  transformer,  designed 
for  radio  reception  in  a  concert  hall 
or  ballroom  if  necessary.  It  brings 
forth  the  deep,  rich  tones  as  well 
as  the  high  clear  tones  with  perfect 
amplification.  Made  in  two  ratios, 
l\  to  1,  and  5  to  1.  Price,  $7.50, 
either  ratio. 

PRECISE  MFG.  CORP. 

ROCHESTER,  N.  Y. 


THE    PRECISE    SUPERSIZE 
No.  480  AUDIO  TRANSFORMER 


THE  BEST 


The  First  Installment  of  a  Useful  Classified  Sur- 
vey of  Material  Appearing  in  the  Radio  Press 

By  E.  D.  SHALKHAUSER 

How  This  Survey   Can  Help   Ton 

~LJOW  often  have  you  looked  for  information  contained  in  some  article  which  you  recall  having 
•*•  •*•  read  months  ago — the  description  of  the  Browning-Drake  receiver,  or  the  measurement  of 
losses  in  inductance  coils,  for  example?  After  looking  through  probably  several  issues  of  a  do^en  dif- 
ferent publications  you  either  give  up  or  become  interested  in  something  altogether  different. 

When  data  is  wanted  on  some  particular  subject,  a  systematic  fie  of  subjects  and  titles  becomes  a 
real  radio  encyclopedia.  Instead  of  having  merely  the  title  of  an  article  given,  which  often  is  misleading, 
a  summary  of  the  contents  gives  all  the  information.  These  surveys  cover  the  radio  field  as  gleaned  from 
material  in  to-day's  periodicals.  They  will  always  serve  as  a  future  reference-guide  to  all  who  are 
interested  in  the  science  of  radio,  whether  engineer,  manufacturer,  dealer,  experimenter,  or  listener. 

To  be  of  practical  value  and  easily  accessible,  these  surveys  should  either  be  filed  in  a  scrap  book, 
or  pasted  on  individual  cards  and  filed  according  to  numbers,  or  alphabetically.  In  the  matter  of 
classification  of  articles,  the  Bureau  of  Standards  circular  No.  i  )8  has  been  followed.  This  may 
be  obtained  from  the  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  District  of  Columbia,  for  ten  cents. 
In  addition,  each  abstract  has  certain  key-words  placed  at  the  upper  right,  which  may  be  used  for 
the  purpose  of  filing  articles  alphabetically. 

With  this  series  of  surveys  we  hope  to  aid  our  readers  and  help  them  through  many  difficulties 
which  they  no  doubt  have  often  experienced.  In  future  we  will  give  information  and  references  to 
articles  previously  surveyed  upon  receipt  of  a  stamped  and  self-addressed  envelope. 

Following  is  a  brief  outline  of  the  Dewey  Decimal  System  used  in  the  Bureau  of  Standards  circular 
No.  ij8: 


Rooo  RADIO  COMMUNICATION  IN  GENERAL. 

Under  this  heading  will  appear  all  subject 
matter  pertaining  to  laws,  regulations,  history, 
publications,  etc.,  which  deal  with  radio  in  a 
general  way. 

Rioo    PRINCIPLES    UNDERLYING    RADIO    COM- 
MUNICATION. 

Here  will  be  given  the  phenomena  of  radio 
waves,  their  underlying  theory  of  propagation, 
the  principle  of  antenna  and  counterpoise,  de- 
sign and  characteristics  of  vacuum  tubes  and 
their  behavior  in  circuits,  types  of  circuits,  trans- 
mitting and  receiving  apparatus  and  their  prin- 
ciples of  operation. 

R2oo  RADIO  MEASUREMENTS  AND  STANDARDIZA- 
TION METHODS. 

The  various  known  methods  which  have  been 
used  in  measuring  frequency,  wavelength,  reson- 
ance, capacity,  inductance,  resistance  current, 
voltage,  dielectric  constants,  and  properties  of 
materials,  will  be  mentioned  here. 

R3OO  RADIO  APPARATUS  AND  EQUIPMENT. 

A  description  of  various  types  of  antennas 
and  their  properties,  the  use  of  the  electron  tube 
in  various  types  of  receiving  and  transmitting 
sets,  other  methods  of  transmission  of  signals, 
various  detecting  devices  used  in  reception, 
instruments  and  parts  of  circuits,  come  under 
this  heading. 


R4oo  RADIO  COMMUNICATION  SYSTEMS. 

The  spark,  modulated  wave  and  continuous 
wave  systems  in  transmission,  beat  and  other 
methods  of  reception,  wired  wireless,  automatic 
printing,  the  buzzerphone  and  Fullerphone,  will 
be  given  here. 

Rjoo  APPLICATIONS  OF  RADIO. 

To  aviation,  navigation,  commerce,  military, 
private  and  broadcasting,  and  the  specific  infor- 
mation under  their  headings,  are  referred  to  here. 
R6oo  RADIO  STATIONS. 

The  operation,  equipment,  and  management 
of  radio  installations,  both  transmitting  and  re- 
ceiving, the  testing,  the  rules  and  regulations 
concerning  stations,  the  reports  and  bulletins 
issued,  will  follow  under  this  heading. 
Ryoo  RADIO  MANUFACTURING. 

Data  relative  to  costs  and  contracts  of  radio 
equipment  from  raw  material  to  finished  product, 
including  factories,   tools,  equipment,   manage- 
ment, sales  and  advertising,  follows  here. 
R8oo  NON-RADIO  SUBJECTS. 

The  matter  of  patents  in  general;  the  mathe- 
matics and  physics,  including  chemistry,  geology 
and  geography;  meters  of  various  kinds;  all  in- 
formation not  strictly  pertaining  to  radio, 
but  correlated  to  this  subject,  will  be  found 
under  this  heading. 

Rgoo  MISCELLANEOUS  MATERIAL. 


A  Key  to  Recent  Radio  Articles 


R343.  ELECTRON  TUBE  RECEIVING  SETS.  RECEIVER, 

Radio-frequency. 

RADIO  BROADCAST.     Sept.  1925,  pP-  581-585. 

"An  All-Wave  Tuned  Radio  Frequency  Receiver." 
Zeh  Bouck. 

To  make  broadcast  reception  possible  from  foreign  as 
well  as  domestic  stations,  a  receiver  should  be  able  to  cover 
a  band  of  from  200  to  2600  meters.  Ordinary  tapped  in- 
ductances entail  too  great  losses  when  used  for  wide  wave- 
length ranges.  By  using  the  well-known  honeycomb  coils, 
the  desired  range  can  be  obtained.  The  list  of  parts  re- 
quired, the  circuit  diagram  and  construction  data  is  very 
completely  given.  A  list  of  foreign  broadcasting  stations  is 
appended. 

R43O.     INTERFERENCE  ELIMINATION.  INTERFERENCE. 

RADIO  BROADCAST.    Sept.  1925,  pp.  586-590. 

"When  Broadcast  Stations  Interfere."     C.  B.  Jolliffe. 

The  cause  of  so-called  heterodyning  of  broadcast  stations 
is  explained  by  diagram  and  found  to  exist  when  broadcast 
stations  deviate  somewhat  from  their  assigned  frequencies. 
Some  interference  with  programs  broadcast  from  other 
stations  is  due  to  beat  note  produced  when  frequencies  come 
too  close  together.  The  author  describes  how  stations 
must  constantly  be  checked  by  station  operators  and  radio 
supervisors  in  the  various  government  districts  in  order 
to  maintain  their  assigned  frequency. 

Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  -jr 


R343-  ELECTRON  TUBE  RECEIVING  SETS.  RECEIVER 

Super-pliodyne. 

RADIO  BROADCAST.     Sept.  1925,  pp.  620-622. 

"A  Single-Control  Receiver,"  C.  L.  Farrand. 

A  receiver,  known  as  the  super-pliodyne,  is  described, 
giving  more  detailed  information  on  the  operation  and  ad- 
justing of  the  circuit,  also  described  in  July  RADIO  BROAD- 
CAST, pp.  387-392.  Although  a  single  control  receiver,  it 
gives  just  as  great  selectivity  as  a  good  super-heterodyne  be- 
cause the  individual  circuits  are  matched.  The  exact 
operation  of  this  set,  using  a  two-stage  radio-frequency 
amplifier,  is  described  technically,  the  circuit  diagrams 
giving  the  necessary  detail. 

R375.  DETECTORS  AND  RECTIFIERS.  RECTIFIERS, 

Tun  gar  tube. 

RADIO  BROADCAST.     Sept.  1925,  pp.  640-650. 

"  How  to  Make  a  Universal  Battery  Charger,"  Roland  F. 
Beers. 

The  author  reviews  briefly  the  theory  of  a.  c.  rectification 
by  various  methods,  and  proceeds  to  describe  the  construc- 
tion and  operation  of  a  tungar  charger  which  can  be  used 
for  a  frequency  range  of  from  25  to  70  cycles.  Consider- 
able detail  in  the  assembly  of  this  charger,  parts  required, 
and  final  instructions  for  operation,  leave  no  opportunity 
for  guesswork.  Only  150  watts  are  consumea  by  this 
2-ampere  charger. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


93 


The  1925-26  Radio  Dealer 


a  catalog  of  radio  apparatus  and  trade 
marks  now  available  to  the  trade 


at 


$1.00  per  copy,  or 


FREE 


with  One  Year's  subscription 


to 


The  RADIO  DEALER 

the  Pioneer  (B^adio  Trade  Journal 


The  Radio  Dealer  Publications 

1133  Broadway  New  York  City 

If  you  are  in  need  of  apparatus  get  in  touch  with  our  FREE  Service  Bureau 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


94 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


Howling  and  distortion  both 
result  frequently  from  running 
transformer  leads  too  close  to- 
gether. 

The  case  and  brackets  on  B-T 
Euphonic  Transformers  are  so 
designed  to  allow  mounting  in  any 
position,  on  baseboard,  sub-panel, 
or  side — with  the  terminals  always 
in  position  for  short  leads,  and 
no  crossed  wires. 


B-T  "Euphonic"— 

Pleasing  to  the  Ear 

More  and  more  is  popular  judgment  of  radio  directed  toward 
quality.  Fidelity  to  speech  or  music  as  given  in  the  studio  is  the 
requirement  of  to-day. 

Convinced  that  better  audio  transformers  were  necessary  to  se- 
cure the  full  benefit  of  B-T  circuits  and  apparatus,  B-T  engineers 
tackled  the  transformer  problem.  The  result  of  their  long  effort 
is  the  B-T  Euphonic,  a  superior  transformer.  As  its  name  im- 
plies it  is  "Pleasing  to  the  Ear."  We  believe  it  the  best  audio  trans- 
former available  to-day. 

Ratio  2.2  to  1,  Price,  $5.00     Ratio  4.7  to  1,  Price,  $5.75 

Before  You  Buy  Condensers  — 

No  condenser  is  better  than  its  bearings,  and 
there  is  no  bearing  in  radio  that  compares  with 
the  B-T  "Lifetime." 

Examine  this  feature  before  you  buy. 

The  Straight  Line  Frequency  type  is  illustrated. 
The  17-plate,  .00035  is  $5.75.  It  covers  200  to 
550  meters  with  Torostyle  coils,  giving  absolute  S.  L.  results. 

The  "LIFETIME"  is  also  furnished  in  straight  line  wave  length 
as  well  as  Tandem. 

The  New  B-T  Set,—  TheCounterphase-Six 

A  B-T  patented  circuit  with  B-T  parts  and  built  in  the  B-T  fac- 
tories with  typical  B-T  craftsmanship. 

Six  tubes,  three  stages  of  radio  frequency  enable  it  to  receive  dis- 
tant stations  with  only  a  short  indoor  antenna.  Only  two  tuning 
dials. 

Write  for  full  information 


BREMER.TULLY  MFG.  co. 


532  S.  Canal  Street 


Chicago,  111, 


R344-     ELECTRON  TUBE  GENERATORS. 


OSCILLATOR, 

Modulated 

RADIO  BROADCAST.     Sent.  1925,  pp.  604-609. 
"What  is  to  Become  oi  the  Home  Constructor?" 
Henney 


Keith 


Henney. 

The  radio  field  for  the  "home  constructor"  goes  beyond 
mere  set  building  if  he  is  at  all  interested  in  the  science  of 
radio.  In  this  article,  RADIO  BROADCAST  makes  the  first 
attempt  to  bridge  the  gap  between  the  larger  scientific 
laboratories  and  the  home  workshop  by  guiding  the  con- 
structor in  the  building  and  testing  of  apparatus  for  ex- 
perimental purposes.  The  first  instrument  described  is  a 
modulated  oscillator  comprising  a  high  frequency  and  a 
low  frequency  oscillator  in  one.  Its  construction  is  simple 
and  can  be  used  as  an  audio  oscillator,  radio  oscillator,  and 
modulated  oscillator,  for  a  variety  of  purposes. 

R385-5  MICROPHONES.  MICROPHONE. 

RADIO  BROADCAST.  Sept.  1925,  pp.  612-615. 

"Microphone  Placing  in  Studios."     Carl  Dreher. 

The  microphone  in  a  broadcasting  studio  is  very  sensitive 
to  air  vibrations  and  its  proper  operation  and  placing  is 
quite  important.  How  it  is  connected  and  set  for  receiving 
sound  waves  properly  for  transmission  is  explained  and  il- 
lustrated. Depending  upon  the  type  of  musical  instru- 
ment used,  the  microphone  must  be  placed  so  as  to  receive 
a  proportionate  amount  of  sound  energy.  Blasting  or 
reflection  from  walls  causes  distortion  in  the  received  wave. 

Rj82.  TRANSMISSION  OF  PHOTOGRAPHS.  PHOTOGRAPH 

TRANSMISSION. 

Popular  Radio.     Aug.  1925,  pp.  107-113. 

"Motion  Pictures  by  Ether  Waves,"  Charles  Allen 
Herndpn. 

The  transmission  of  shadow  pictures  has  been  accom- 
plished by  C.  Francis  Jenkins.  With  his  teloramaphone. 
using  four  photo-electric  cells  and  a  rotating  disc  of  lenses, 
he  has  been  able  to  build  up  pictures  at  the  rate  of  1  5  per 
second  and  throw  them  on  an  illuminated  screen,  thus 
giving  the  effect  of  true  moving  pictures.  The  bulb  used 
in  bringing  the  pictures  out  clearly  on  the  screen  has  a  well 
of  gas  instead  of  the  common  filament.  This  light  will 
go  on  and  off  instantaneously  with  the  current.  Photo- 
graphs of  the  inventor  and  his  machine  in  detail  illustrate 
the  system  used. 

R36o.     ELECTRON  TUBE  RECEIVING  SETS.         RECEIVER, 

Grebf 
Syncbropbasc. 

Popular  Radio.     Aug.  1925,  pp.  116-127. 

"  No.   7.     The  Grebe  Synchrpphase,"  S.  Gordon  Taylor. 

In  this  yth  of  a  series  of  articles,  explaining  the  theory, 
operation,  equipment  and  care^  of  manufactured  receivers, 
the  Grebe  synchrophase  is  discussed.  This  is  a  tuned 
radio  frequency  receiver  of  five  tubes.  The  wiring  diagram 
is  shown  complete,  while  the  exterior  and  interior  views  of 
the  set  illustrate  the  placing  of  the  various  parts,  including 
the  "binocular"  coils.  The  battery  connections  for  the 
complete  equipment,  and  the  proper  method  of  tuning,  are 
described  in  detail.  The  receiver  can  be  easily  charted 
because  the  straight-line  frequency  condensers  give  equal 
spacing  on  the  dials  between  stations. 

R376-3-     LOUD  SPEAKING  REPRODUCERS.     LOUD-SPEAKERS 

Popular  Radio.     Aug.  1925,  pp.  128-120. 

"  A  New  Type  of  Hornless  Loudspeaker,"  W  .  T.  M  eenam. 

A  brief  description  of  the  operating  principles  of  a  new 
loud  speaker,  having  several  new  features.  A  small 
paper  cone  is  used  as  a  horn,  the  field  winding  of  the  coil 
moving  the  voice-current  coil  is  obtained  from  ad.  c.  source. 
A  diagram  of  the  working  principles  is  given. 

R532.     APPLICATION  OF  RADIO  TO  THE  PRESS.  PRESS. 

RADIO  BROADCAST.     Sept.  1925,  pp.  575-580. 

"  Is  the  Radio  Newspaper  Next?"  James  C.  Young. 

The  effects  of  radio  on  newspaper  work  is  felt  not  only 
in  the  matter  of  disseminating  news,  but  also  is  becoming 
really  a  part  of  the  press.  In  broadcasting  happenings  as 
soon  as  they  occur,  following  a  regular  schedule,  newspapers 
will  likely  change  somewhat  from  their  present  practice  of 
flashing  news  in  glaring  headlines  and  settle  down  to  a 
practice  similar  to  that  of  magazines.  Some  of  the  larger 
papers  have  installed  their  own  stations  both  for  trans- 
mission and  reception  of  news,  and  the  radio  newspaper 
will  before  long  become  another  of  the  many  innovations  of 
our  present-day  life. 

R48o.     RELAY  SYSTEMS.  PORTABLE 

STATIONS. 

Popular  Radio.     Aug.  1925,  pp.  130-135. 

"A  Mobile  Radio  Relay  Station."  David  Lay. 

The  63-meter  mobile  radio  relay  station  of  the  A.  H. 
Grebe  Company,  WGMU,  is  shown  and  described  in  detail. 
Fig.  5  represents  the  circuit  diagram  of  the  transmitter. 
Fig.  7  the  microphone  control.  Photographs  of  the  receiver 
and  transmitter  give  an  idea  how  relay  stations  pick  up 
programs  at  remote  points  and  relay  them  to  the  main 
station  for  rebroadcasting.  This  outfit  is  mounted  in  an 
automobile.  It  uses  four5O-watt  tubes  as  oscillators  with  a 
motor  generator  of  1  500  volts  furnishing  the  plate  energy. 

R38i.     CONDENSERS.  CONDENSERS. 

Proceedings  I.  R.  E.     Aug.  1925,  pp.  507-509. 

"The  Straight-line  Frequency  Variable  Condenser," 
H.C.Forbes. 

The  equation  for  the  shape  of  the  rotary  plates  in  a  ro- 
tary variable  condenser  is  developed  so  that  the  frequency- 
angular  setting  characteristic  is  a  straight  line.  The  equa- 
tion for  the  capacity  of  this  condenser  at  any  angular 
setting  is  also  given. 

R383.I.     GRID  LEAKS.  GRID  LEAKS. 

Popular  Radio.     Aug.  1925   pp.  154-158. 

"Important  Trifles  m  Radio:  The  Grid  Leak,"  R.  F. 
Yates. 

Though  very  insignificant  physically,  the  grid  leak  s  a 
very  vital  part  in  a  receiver.  Although  of  specific  resistaii  f 
when  new  its  value  changes  considerably  with  age.  The 
best  kind  of  a  grid  leak  would  be  a  two-element  vacuum 
tube  with  battery  and  rheostat  connected  as  in  Fig.  i 
Several  standard'  types  of  variable  leaks  are  good  when 
properly  used. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


p 


mni 


Music  MASTER  SUPREME 


—  as  in  Reproduction,  so  in  Reception 


Played,  Sung  or  Spoken  before  the  Microphone 


Music  Master's  Sensitive  Mechanism  Receives, 


Endures  with  Power,  Clarity  and  Volume. 


)ETWEEN  broadcasting  station  and  Music 
"Master  Reproducer  stands  Music  MASTER  Re- 
ceiver to  bring  in  today's  wonderful  New  Era  super- 
program  with  splendid  fidelity  of  effect  and  natural- 
ness of  tone. 

Music  Master  Radio  Receivers  incorporate  every 
demonstrated  principle  of  standard  radio  reception 
and  reproduction. 

Music  Master  Receivers  furnish  radio  reception 
equal  in  efficiency  to  the  world-standard  quality  of 
radio  reproduction  achieved  in  Music  Master  Re- 
producer. Perfectly  balanced  radio  reception  and  re- 
production are  thus  available  to  discriminating  radio 
lovers. 

Ask  any  authorized  dealer  to  demonstrate  for  you 
what  clarity  in  reception  may  really  be — what  dis- 
tance range  is  really  available  —  what  selectivity 
really  means. 

See  Music  MASTER  —  hear  —  com- 
pare— before  you  buy  any  radio  set. 


TYPE  60 

Five  Tubes.  Special 
Music  Master  design. 
Full,  round,  natural 
tone.  Three  selectors 
for  precise  tuning. 
Without  equip- 
ment 


Ten  Models  —  $50  to  $460 — Unconditionally  Guarantee^ 


TYPE  100  .-"' 
FiveTubes,  Resonant 
reproduction.  Excep- 
tional range.  Massive 
mahogany  console 
cabinet.  "B"  battery 
compartments  in 
cabinet.  With- 


out  equip-    $1  C\f\ 
ment  .....        IvA/ 


Music  Master  Corporation 

Makers  and  Distributors  of  High-Grade  Radio  Apparatus 


Music  Master  Resonant  Wood  Insures  Natural  Tone  Quality  CHICAGO  NEW  YORK         PHILADELPHIA        PITTSBURGH      MONTREAL 

Canadian  Factory:  Kitchener,  Ontario 


PRODUCTS 


E 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


96 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


"As  efficient 
as  Radion  Panels" 

The  best  recommendation  for 
these  Radion  low- loss  parts 


NEW! 

Practical  types  of  low- 
loss  Radion  sockets  for  the 
new  tubes  and  a  collar 
adapter,  if  you  like,  for 
the  old  style  bayonet  type 
tube. 


No.  2  Socket  for  new 
UX  tubes  with  collar 
adapter  for  old  type  tubes. 
No.  3  same  as  No.  2  with- 
out binding  posts. 


No.  4  Sockets  for  new 
UX  tubes.  No.  5  same 
as  No.  4  without  binding 
posts. 


RADION 

^Jic  Supreme  Insulation 

Made  to  order  for  radio 
Purposes  exclusively 


THE  very  latest  devel- 
opments in    radio    are 
embodied  in  the  complete 
line  of  Radion  low-loss  parts 
—moulded  of  Radion,    the 
insulation  made  to  order  for 
radio  purposes   exclusively. 

Leading  set  manufacturers 
and  thousands  of  amateurs 
know  by  experience  that  Radion 
Panels  are  most  effective  in  re- 
ducing surface  leakage  and  leak- 
age noises.  This  means  lowest 
losses  and  greater  efficiency, 
especially  noticeable  in  super- 
sensitive  circuits.  All  the  Ra- 
dion low-loss  parts  have  the 
same  high -resistant  character- 
istics of  Radion  Panels. 

You  can  now  get  Radion  Sock- 
ets, Dials,  the  new  Radion  Loud 
Speaker  Horn,  Tubing,  Binding 
Posts,  Strips,  Insulators,  etc. 
Radion  Panels  in  black  and 
Mahoganite  come  cut  in  stand- 
ard sizes  for  whatever  set  you 
wish  to  build. 

Send  for  booklet,  "Building 
Your  Own  Set."  Gives  wiring 
diagrams,  front  and  rear  views, 
shows  new  set  with  slanting 
panel,  lists  of  parts  and  direc- 
tions for  building  popular  cir- 
cuits. Mailed  for  10  cents. 

AMERICAN   HARD    RUBBER   CO. 
Dept.  C-ll,  11  Mercer  St.,      New  York  City 


r 


AMERICAN  HARD  RUBBER  COMPANY 
Dept  Cll,  11  Mercer  St.,  New  York  City 

Please  send  me  your  booklet,  "Building  Your 
Own  Set,"  for  which  I  enclose  10  cents  in  stamps. 


Name  _ 


Address  . 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


R343-  .  ELECTRON  TUBE  RECEIVING  SETS.        RECEIVER. 

Radio.  Aug.  1925,  pp.  35ff.  5-100  meters. 

A  5  to  100  Meter  Radio  Receiver,"  D.  B.  McGown. 

For  high  frequency  telegraph  reception  the  simple  re- 
generative feedback  circuit  gives  very  good  results.  The 
construction  and  operation  of  such  a  receiver  is  delicate 
and  must  be  done  properly.  A  series  of  coils  are  necessary 
to  cover  the  band  of  frequencies.  The  construction  data 
include  number  of  turns,  diameter  and  approximate  wave 
length  covered  by  coils,  and  method  of  mounting. 

R3I3      ELECTRON  TUBE  RECEIVING  SETS.          RECEIVER, 
QST.     Aug.   1925,  pp.    11-14.  ,  5-200  meters. 

Plug-m-Coil  Receivers."  John  M.  Clayton. 
A  short  wave  receiver  covering  the  present  amateur  bands 
within  15-200  meters  must  have  rapidly  interchangeable 
coils  to  be  of  any  value  in  good  operation.  Space  wound 
plug-in  coils  of  various  sizes  serve  the  purpose  well.  The 
views  of  circuit  diagrams  and  receiver  show  the  arrange- 
ment of  parts,  and  data  for  constructing  the  coils  is  given 
General  Radio  coils  of  the  plug-in  type  can  be  used  also 
The  two  receivers  described  make  use  of  either  the  manu- 
factured coils  or  the  home  made  ones.  Both  receivers 
are  one-tube  sets;  amplifiers  can  be  added. 

R369.     ELECTRON  TUBE  RECEIVING  SETS.          RECEIVER 
QSr.     Aug.   1925,  pp.   16-19.  DeForest  D-lj. 

•  The  DeForest  D-17  Receiver,"  E.  A.  Livingstone. 
This  receiver  is  a  five-tube  refjex  set  covering  a  band 
from  220  to  550  meters.  The  circuit  diagram  is  shown 
complete,  also  internal  views  of  the  finished  receiver.  The 
data  covering  the  set  is  very  complete,  even  giving  size  of 
condensers,  transformer  ratios  and  gauge  of  wire  used  in 
them,  and  their  characteristics,  including  those  of  the  re- 
maining parts  of  the  instrument.  Real  information  for  the 
owner  of  one  of  these  receivers. 

R342.I5     AMPLIFIER  TRANSFORMER.          TRANSFORMERS. 

QST-     Aug.  1925,  pp.  24-25.  yollage  ratio. 

Measurement  of  Voltage  Ratio  of  Audio  and  R.   F. 

Transformers."  R.  R.  Ramsey. 

The  article  presents  a  mathematical  discussion  of  audio 
and  radio  frequency  transformer-ratios  and  how  to  measure 
them.  The  application  of  the  method  outlined  is  applied 
to  the  neutrodyne  circuit  in  the  case  of  radio-frequency 
transformers. 

R355.     HIGH-VOLTAGE  GENERATORS.  GENERATORS. 

QST.     Aug.  1925,  pp.  26-27. 

"The  Bowdoin's  Generators,"  E.  \V.  Berry. 

A  new  type  of  generator  built  by  the  Electrical  Specialty 
Company  has  been  designed  for  use  on  the  ship  Bowdoin. 
This  machine  gives  almost  a  perfect  sine  wave,  excellent 
commutation  and  has  a  greater  capacity  to  size  than 
former  types,  due  to  material  changes  made  infield  construc- 
tion and  winding.  It  is  also  remarkably  free  from  ripple 
effects 

R386.     FILTERS.  FILTER  CIRCUIT. 

QST.     Aug.    1925,  pp.   33-34. 

"Smoothing  Circuits  for  Half-Wave  Rectification."  F.  S. 

Dellenbaugh,  jr. 

In  smoothing  out  rectified  a.  c.  voltage  for  plate  supply, 
both  capacity  and  inductance  must  be  used  in  order  to 
obtain  steady  output.  What  effect  mere  inductance  or 
capacity  will  have,  and  how  the  combination  is  used  to  best 
advantage,  is  simply  explained  in  this  discussion  and  illus- 
trated with  diagrams. 

R240.     RESISTANCE;     DECREMENT; 
PHASE     DIFFERENCE;     POWER  Loss. 

QST.     Aug.  1925,  pp.  37-38. 

"  Loss  Comparisons,"  W.  L.  Seibert. 

In  the  discussion,  the  author  describes  a  convenient 
method  of  comparing  losses  in  variable  air  condensers  and 
other  parts  of  radio  frequency  receiving  circuits.  By  this 
scheme,  using  a  standard  one-tube  receiving  circuit, "other 
instruments  may  be  compared,  so  that  the  best  apparatus 
can  be  selected  for  radio  purposes.  It  is  a  very  simple 
method  and  can  be  applied  in  any  experimenter's  work-shop. 

R8oo  (535.3)-     PHOTO-ELECTRIC  PHENOMENA.       SELENIUM 

Radio  Engineering.     July,  1925,  pp.  346-349. 

"Selenium  and  Photo-Electric  Cells,"  Samuel  Wein. 

Selenium  was  discovered  about  100  years  ago.  It  is 
found  in  various  minerals  as  listed  in  this  discussion.  How 
it  is  extracted,  the  amount  annually  produced,  the  methods 
used  in  purification,  and  its  chemical  and  physical  char- 
acteristics are  given  in  detail.  Just  as  it  was  discovered  by 
accident,  so  also  the  fact  that  its  light  sensitivity  is  very 
great  was  determined  accidentally.  A  non-conductor  of 
electricity  when  not  subjected  to  light,  its  conductivity  is 
materially  great  when  light  waves  strike  it,  the  difference 
being  from  15  to  20  per  cent.  A  list  of  references  to  other 
authors  on  the  subject  is  appended. 

R8oo  (535.3).     PHOTO-ELECTRIC  PHENOMENA.       SELENIUM 

Radio  Engineering.     July,    1925,  pp.  300-392. 

"Selenium    and    Photo-Electric   Cells."   Samuel    Wein. 

In  this  second  chapter  on  Selenium  Cells,  Mr.  Wein  dis- 
cusses the  essentials  of  their  construction,  and  the  various 
forms  of  cells  used  to-day.  The  methods  employed  in 
fixing  the  selenium  to  the  conducting  wires  is  simple 
yet  delicate.  The  seven  diagrams  show  the  various  types 
of  cells  which  have  been  made  and  used  in  experimental 
laboratories.  A  list  of  references  to  other  articles  on  the 
subject  is  appended. 

R333.     ELECTRON  TUBES;  THREE  ELECTRODE. 

TUBES, 

Radio.     Aug.   1925,  pp.   iTff.  AC.  receiving. 

"  Principles  of  Alternating  Current  Tubes,"  E.  E.  Turner. 

A  tube  for  receiving  sets  operating  on  alternating  current 
for  both  filament  and  plate  supply,  has  been  designed  and 
is  destined  to  relieve  the  listener  of  the  troublesome  wet 
cell  batteries.  The  tube  has  been  developed  by  the  General 
Electric  Company  and  its  operating  features  are  illustrated 
in  the  article.  The  A.  C.  hum  has  been  practically  elim- 
inated by  the  use  of  filter-systems  in  the  plate  circuit. 
The  electron  emission  is  obtai'ned  through  indirect  heating 
of  an  oxide  coated  cylinder.  This  tube  is  by  no  means 
perfected,  but  represents  a  step  in  the  right  direction. 


LOSSES  IN 
APPARATUS. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


97 


COILS 


eme.' 


REALIZE  the  best  possible  results  from  your  circuit. 
Do  not  be  satisfied  with  less! 

The  utmost  efficiency  obtainable  from  your  set  is  guar- 
anteed in  using  Eastern  Pickle  Bottle  Coils  because 
they  represent  the  greatest  advance  in  low  loss  coil  design, 
and  are  the  most  efficient  coils  it  is  possible  to  make. 

In  Eastern  Pickle  Bottle  Coils  dielectric  losses  are  neg- 
ligible. All  wires  are  kept  free  of  any  collodion  or  other 
injurious  substance.  They  have  less  insulating  material 
in  the  field  than  any  other  type  of  coil,  and  are  designed 
with  a  view  to  mechanical  and  electrical  perfection  in 
every  detail. 

Elimination  of  losses  keeps  the  high  frequency  resistance 
at  the  minimum,  insuring  increased  selectivity,  volume, 
and  natural  tone  quality. 


EASTERN 

KNOCKOUT  COILS 

(TYPE  R) 

are  designed  and  guaranteed  for  perfect  performance  in 
any  Radio  Broadcast  Roberts  Knockout  Circuit  (reflexed 
or  non-reflexed).  Minimum  of  capacity  between  N.  P. 
winding  and  secondary;  mid-tap  on  single-wound  N.  P. 
coil — makes  it  easy  to  neutralize  and  tune,  d*  Q  r*  f\ 
and  brings  in  the  lower  wave  length  sta-  *P  O  •  O  \J 
tions  as  never  before.  Price 


per  set 


Endorsed  by 

Radio 

Broadcast 


EASTERN  PICKLE  BOTTLE  COILS 
ARE  ALSO  DESIGNED  FOR  THE 

BROWNING-DRAKE  Circuit 

(Type  B-D)  Price   $8.00  per  set 

DX  SUPERDYNE  (Type  S)  $8.00  per  set 

RX-1,  the  new  revolutionary 

M.  B.  Sleeper  Circuit 

(Type  RX-1  coils)  $6.00  per  set 

O'CONNOR  FREQUENCY  CHANGER 

A  one-tube  outfit  which  converts 

any  set  into  a  super-heterodyne 

(Type  F  C  Coupler)  $6.00 

TUNED  R.  F.  Circuits 

(Type  A)  For  .0005  condensers; 

(Type  B)  For  .00035  condensers  $2.00  per  coil 

THREE  CIRCUIT  SET  (Eastern  Low  Loss  Coupler) 

Broadcast  Wave  (Type  3d  200-600  meter   $6.00 

Medium  Wave  (Type  M3C)  60-240  meter     $6.00 

Low  Wave  (Type  L3C)  19.7-81  meters  $6.00 


At  your  dealer's  or  direct,  postpaid 

EASTERN  COIL  CORPORATION 

22  Warren  Street       Department  R.  B.       New  York 


EESSgSg^fr^ 

•A-  Tested  and  approved  bv  RADIO  BROADCAST  -A- 


98 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


Striking  Lines  and 
Vigorous  Proportions 


cNew  and  Improved 


Complete 
With  Console 

Vable 
as  Illustrated 


FRANKLIN  CONSOLE 


is  a  dignified  piece  of  furniture,  built  entirely 
of  carefully  selected  five-ply  genuine  mahogany 
in  a  two-tone  effect  of  soft  and  alluring  beauty. 

It  Is  Composed  of  Two  Separate 
and  Distinct  Units 

[1]  the  actual  receiving  set  with  built-in 
loud  speaker. 

[2]  the  console  cabinet  with  compartments 
for  batteries,  eliminator,  charger  and 
oth:r  accessories,  not  a  single  wire  be- 
ing visible. 

Write  for  illustrated  booklet  (in  seven  colors') 
describing  our  entire  line  of  radio  receivers. 

For  Sale  by  Authorized  FRESHMAN  DEALERS  Only 

Phas. Freshman  fb.lnc. 

V^^jj^fr'^r  |  ^^C^€^4^€fS  G/tG^^  $^{ff£$  A 

FRESHMAN   BUILDING  ^T 

240-24&WEST40TH  ST.-NEW  YDRK.N.Y 

CHICAGO.  2626  W.  Wash'n.  Boulevard 

Prices  slightly  higher  Denver  and  West 


'World's 

Greatest 

Radio 


R8oo  (537.65)  PIEZOELECTRIC  PHENOMENA.  CRYSTALS, 

Pie^o-electric. 

Radio  News.     Aug.  1925,  pp.  i42ff. 

"The  Piezo-Electric  Oscillograph,"  C.  B.  Bazzoni. 

When  current  passes  through  a  circuit  certain  effects  are 
observed,  known  primarily  as  thermo-electric,  Seebeck, 
Peltier,  Thompson,  Nerst,  Hall,  Leduc,  and  others  which 
are  of  interest.  These  effects  are  explained  briefly.  Elec- 
tric currents  may  also  be  produced  with  the  aid  of  crystals. 
Two  effects,  the  pyro-electric  and  piezo-electric,  are  of 
special  interest  in  the  study  of  crystals,  and  are  described. 
Because  of  the  piezo-electric  effect,  oscillographs  may  be 
constructed  with  very  little  cost,  which,  when  suitably 
mounted,  record  frequencies  up  to  5000  cycles.  The  Ro- 
chelle  salt  crystals  can  easily  be  made  with  the  aid  of  the  in- 
formation given.  Other  uses  for  the  oscillograph  suggest 
themselves  after  the  apparatus  has  been  constructed  and 
used. 

R?8i.     CONDENSERS.    ,  CONDENSERS. 

Radio  News.     Aug.  1925,  pp.  ]88ff. 

"Straight-Line  Frequency  Condensers,"  Sylvan  Harris. 

A  detailed  discussion  covering  straight-line  wave- 
length, capacity,  and  frequency  condensers  and  how  they 
are  mathematically  designed  and  constructed.  The  curves 
show  the  comparison  of  the  three  types  of  condensers,  dial- 
setting  vs.  kilocycles.  Since  broadcasting  stations  are 
separated  according  to  kilocycles,  this  frequency  should 
form  the  basis  for  condenser  construction.  All  stations 
would  then  be  equally  separated  on  the  dial.  The  article 
is  very  complete,  in  illustrations  as  well  as  information. 

R420.     CONTINUOUS  WAVE  SYSTEMS.  TRANSMITTERS 

/  00-200  m. 

Proceedings  I.  R.  E.     Aug.  1925,  pp.  413-436 
"  Recent  Commercial  Development  in  Short  Wave-Trans- 
mitters and  Receivers,"  by  S.  E.  Anderson,  L.  M.  Clem- 
ent, and  G.  C.  DeCoutouIy. 

This  paper  describes  the  transmitter  and  receiver  recently 
developed  for  use  by  the  United  States  Coast  Guard.  This 
apparatus  is  for  operation  on  wavelengths  between  100  and 
200  meters.  A  short  summary  of  the  various  circuit  con- 
siderations is  included.  The  actual  transmitter  finally 
developed  is  also  described  together  with  its  operating  char- 
acteristics. In  considering  the  radio  receiver,  the  various 
problems  to  be  met  in  the  design  of  a  radio  receiver  of  this 
character  are  dealt  with  at  some  length.  The  frequency 
characteristics  of  the  radio  receiver,  as  developed,  are 
shown,  and  the  method  of  determining  them  is  described 
in  detail.  The  transmitter  and  receiver  performed  very 
satisfactorily  under  conditions  considerably  more  severe 
than  will  be  met  in  actual  service. 

R376.3.     LOUD-SPEAKING     REPRODUCERS. 

LOUD-SPEAKERS. 

Proceedings  I.  R.  E.     Aug.  1925,  pp.  437-460. 
"  Design  of  Telephone  Receivers  for  Loud-Speaking  Pur- 
poses," C.  R.  Hanna. 

A  discussion  of  the  advantages  and  disadvantages  'of 
various  present  day  electro-magnetic  receivers  is  given  in 
a  mathematical  outline.  A  new  type,  called  the  balanced 
diaphragm  receiver,  is  described  and  the  details  of  design 
worked  out.  The  experimental  work  includes  resistance 
and  reactance  curves  and  a  verification  of  the  theory 
covering  the  design. 

R387.1 .     SHIELDS.  SHIELDING. 

Proceedings  I.  R.  E.     Aug.  1925,  pp.  477-505. 

"The  Shielding  of  Electric  and  Magnetic  Fields," 

J.  H.  Morecroft,  A.  Turner. 

An  experimental  investigation  of  the  shielding  of  electric 
and  magnetic  fields  is  reported,  for  both  constant  and 
changing  fields. 

The  effect  of  using  iron  shells,  or  sheets,  for  shielding 
against  the  fields  of  permanent  magnets,  as  well  as  those  set 
up  by  electric  currents,  is  considered;  the  best  form  for  the 
iron  sheets  is  deduced  and  an  expression  for  a  measure  of 
the  shielding  action  suggested. 

The  reason  for  the  leakage  of  magnetic  and  electric 
fields  is  shown  to  be  due  to  differences  of  magnetic  or  elec- 
tric potentials  in  the  circuit  in  which  the  fluxes  are  being 
set  up;  several  cases  are  cited  in  which  no  external  fields  are 
set  up,  as  the  circuits  exhibit  no  differences  in  potential. 

An  expression  for  the  shielding  effect  of  a  short-circuited 
coil  is  deduced  and  experimental  verification  is  offered  for 
frequencies  between  io^  and  lo6  cycles  per  second. 

Finally  the  shielding  effect  of  metal  sheets  against  chang- 
ing magnetictfields  is  analyzed,  and  experimental  results  are 
given  to  show  how  the  action  depends  upon  the  character- 
istics of  the  material  of  which  the  shielding  plate  is  made, 
its  thickness,  and  upon  the  frequency  used.  The  effect  of 
slits  in  the  metal  sheet,  and  the  value  of  wire  mesh,  is  in- 
dicated. 


R235.     MUTUAL    INDUCTANCE. 


MUTUAL 
INDUCTANCE. 


Proceedings  I.  R.  E.     Aug.  1925,  pp.  511-512. 

"Calculation    of    the    Mutual     Inductance  of  Co-axial 

Cylindrical  Coils  of  Small  Radial  Depth."  F.  B.  Vogdes. 

This  article  shows  how  the  mutual  inductance  of  co-axial 
cylindrical  coils  of  small  radial  depth  may  readily  be  ob- 
tained by  the  use  of  curves  of  a  type  recently  described  by 
the  United  States  Bureau  of  Standards.  These  curves  cover 
the  mutual  inductance  between  coaxial  circles,  and  by  a 
very  simple  process  of  summation  their  usefulness  can  be 
extended  to  coils  of  small  radial  depth. 

R343.     ELECTRON  TUBE  RECEIVERS.    SUPER-HETERODYNE, 
Radio.     Aug.   1925,  pp.  i  iff.  Modified  Best. 

"The  Modified  Best  Super-heterodyne,"  G.  M.  Best. 
The  Best  Super-heterodyne  has  been  redesigned  by  the 
author  to  coyer  wavelengths  from  40  to  s8o  meters.  In 
this  first  article  a  shielded  model  using  dry  cell  tubes  is 
described.  Three  controls  are  needed.  The  oscillator  coil 
can  be  removed  and  exchanged  for  one  covering  a  different 
band  of  frequencies.  A  complete  description  of  con- 
struction and  operation  is  given,  including  diagrams  and 
panel  layouts. 

Ri42.     COUPLED  CIRCUITS.  COUPLING. 

Radio.     Aug.  1925,  pp.  30  ff. 

"Coupling/    L.  R.  Felder. 

How  energy  is  transferred  from  one  circuit  to  another  is 
discussed  by  the  author  in  an  elementary  way.  Resistance, 
inductance  and  capacity  coupling  are  taken  up  in  turn 
and  explained  with  the  aid  of  diagrams. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


99 


Worth  in  I\aMo 


that  li/irf  10  0/jferj 

_      M  K  v^^ 


LOGODYN  E 

"BIG  FIVE" 


Five  tubes,  self-balanced  timed  radio  frequency:  sloping 
panel  gold  engraved;  beautiful,  massive,  Adam  brown 
mahogany  cabinet;  compartment  for  batteries;  stations 
already  logged  for  easy  tuning. 

If  the  LOGODYNE  Big  Five  excelled  only  in  perform- 
ance it  would  not  be  a  KODEL  RADIO. 

But  combining  as  it  does  the  ultimate  in  good  per- 
formance, a  tone  as  mellow  and  true  as  a  rare  old  music 
instrument,  a  cabinet  artistry  worthy  of  the  old  masters 
the  LOGODYNE  Big  Five  expresses  the  perfection  re- 
quired of  the  entire  KODEL  RADIO  line — the  best 
that  radio  offers. 


Send  for  the  new  edition  of  our  free  booklet  "The 
Secret  of  Distance  and  Volume  in  Radio".  Gives 
helpful  interesting  information  on  radio  operation. 


THE  KODEL 

505  East  Pearl  Street 


CORPORATION 

Cincinnati,  Ohio 


LOGODYNE  >'Big  Five"  Con- 
sole  Model — the  Aristocrat  of 
Radio;  built-in  loud  speaker  ;com- 
partmentfor  batteries  and  charger 
a  masterpiece  in  furniture  design. 


LOGODYNE  "Standard  Five" 
Console  Model — beautiful  brown 
mahogany;  built-in  loud  speaker; 
compartment  for  A  and  B  bat- 
teries  and  charger 


LOGODYNE  "Standard  Five" 
— five  tubes  self-balanced  tuned 
radio  frequency;  gold  engraved 
panel  and  sub-panel;  battery 
compartment;  handsome  brown  Q  7(\ 
mahogany  cabinet *P*  v* 


Owners  of  Kodel  Broadcasting  Station  WKRC 
on  the  Alms  Hotel.  Send  for  program. 


* 


KODEL  "Gold  Star"  Models- 
Radio's  greatest  set  values; 
Three  Tube  ' 'Cold  Star' '  Model . 

Two  Tube  "Gold  Star"  Model. .  $20 
One  Tube  "Gold  Star"  Model ...  «P  1 2 
•^GoldStar"  Crystal  Set $6 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


100 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


^Announcing 


* 
the  ^ew  Type  334 

GENERAL  RADIO 

Straightline  Wavelength  Condenser 

In  certain  instances  of  radio  construction  the  shielding 
effect  of  a  metal  end  plate  condenser  is  particularly  desirable. 

To  meet  the  popular  demand  for  this  type  of  condenser 
the  new  type  334  has  been  developed  and  is  now  available 
at  popular  prices  in  all  standard  capacities  both  with  and 
without  vernier. 

In  designing  these  condensers  points  that  have  been 
stressed  particularly  are  ruggedness,  permanence  of  calibra- 
tion, and  uniformity  between  individual  condensers  of  the 
same  capacity. 

These  are  the  factors  so  essential  to  the  successful  opera- 
tion  of  modern  radio  sets. 

Rotor  and  Stator  units  are  similar  to  those  used  in  the 
well  known  type  247  condensers  and  good  interplate 
conductivity  is  assured  through  solder-sealed  contacts. 

All  General  Radio  condensers  are  rigidly  inspected  be- 
fore leaving  the  factory  and  are  thoroughly  guaranteed 
electrically  and  mechanically. 


Type 
334-H 
334-P 
334-M 


With  Vernier 

Capacity 

.0005  MF. 

.00035  MF. 

.00025  MF. 


Price 

#5.25 
5.00 

4.75 


With  Counterweight 
Type  Capacity          Price 

334-F  .0005  MF.      #4.25 

334-N         .00035  MF.        4.00 
334-K          .00025  MF.        3.75 


As\  to  see  them  at  ydur  local  dealer's 
or  twite  for  our  new  Catalog  922-B. 


GENERAL  RADIO  Co. 


Cambridge,  Mass. 


R402.     SHORT  WAVE  SYSTEMS.  SHORT  WAVE 

Radio,     Aug.  1925,  pp.  toff.  STATIONS. 

"Short  Wave  Work  at  Naval  Research  Laboratory," 
S.  R.  Winters. 

Tests  on  20  meters  have  shown  that  great  distances  can 
be  spanned  with  comparatively  low  power  transmitters. 
This  fact  has  been  established  at  the  Naval  Research 
Laboratory  under  the  supervision  of  Dr.  A.  H.  Taylor. 
With  the  transmitter,  receiver  and  antenna  as  illustrated, 
communication  was  carried  on  with  stations  in  England 
and  Australia. 

R2io.     FREQUENCY;  WAVELENGTH.  KILOCYCLES. 

Radio.     Aug.  1925,  pp.  24ff. 

"  Ideal  Tuning  in  Kilocycles,"  E.  E.  Griffin. 

The  advantages  of  using  kilocycles  in  preference  to  wave- 
lengths are  many.  With  a  more  general  use  of  the  term, 
kilocycle,  eventually  all  apparatus  will  be  constructed  on 
this  new  basis.  Using  frequency  designation  simplifies 
tuning  and  leads  to  clear  understanding  of  the  principles 
involved.  The  author  illustrates  this  point  very  clearly. 
Since  most  receivers  use  a  variable  condenser  in  tuning,  it 
is  of  course  desirable  to  employ  a  condenser  of  the  straight 
line  frequency  type,  not  straight  line  wavelength  or  straight 
line  capacity  as  shown. 

Ri62.     SELECTIVITY    IN    RECEIVERS.  SELECTIVITY. 

Radio.     Aug.  1925.  pp.  27ff. 

"Selectivity  Versus  Distortion  in  a  Super-heterodyne," 

J.  E.  Anderson. 

A  minute  analysis  of  the  part  that  the  intermediate 
filter  plays  in  a  super-heterodyne  is  given.  What  fre- 
quency ratios  are  best  in  obtaining  all-around  good  results 
when  tuning  in  on  certain  stations  can  best  be  determined 
by  using  some  definite  intermediate  frequency  to  which  the 
filter  is  tuned,  and  determining  by  illustration  what  beat 
notes  are  set  up.  This  the  author  brings  put  very  clearly. 
Since  selectivity  and  distortion  increase  with  a  lowering  in 
frequency  for  the  filter  circuits,  some  value  must  be  chosen 
which  gives  the  minimum  for  both.  Curves  showing  the 
distortion  ratios  illustrate  the  points  discussed.  By  proper 
selection  of  audio  frequency  transformers  much  of  the  dis- 
tortion introduced  through  the  filter  circuit  can  be  elimi- 
nated. 

R343.     ELECTRON  TUBE  RECEIVING  SETS.         RECEIVERS, 
Radio.     Aug.  1925,  pp.  2off.  Browning-Drake 

"  More  Miles  to  the  Dollar,"  V.  G.  Mathison. 
Directions  are  given  for  the  construction  of  a  cheap  and 
selective  three-tube  Browning-Drake  receiver,  employing 
several  novel  modifications  in  coil  construction  and  ar- 
rangement. Diagrams  of  winding  and  setting  complete 
the  information. 


The  Winner  of  Our  $500  Prize 
Cover  Contest 

OUR  new  cover,  which,  as  the  reader  will  read- 
ily see,  is  an  entirely  distinct  departure  from 
anything  else  we  have  heretofore  done  in  this 
respect,  and  is  the  design  of  Mr.  Fred  J.  Edgars 
of  Tenafly,  New  Jersey.  Out  of  nearly  a  hun- 
dred cover  designs  submitted,  his  was  chosen  by 
the  judges  as  being  the  most  original  and  gener- 
ally attractive. 

Mr.  Edgars  was  born  in  Dover,  a  seaport  on 
the  southeast  coast  of  England,  and  is  descended 
from  a  long  line  of  ar- 
tisans and  shipbuild- 
ers. Very  early  in  life 
he  felt  the  urge  to 
paint,  and  in  fact,  sold 
his  first  landscape 
when  only  nine  years 
old.  After  this  he 
spent  some  time  study- 
ing at  Kensington,  in 
London,  and  was  able 
there  to  develop  fully 
his  desire  to  paint  sub- 
jects from  nature  and 
other  natural  subjects. 
Mr.  Edgars  is  probably 
more  American  than 


MR.    FRED   J. 
EDGARS 


English  now,  for  he  has 
been    in    this  country 

for  more  than  forty  years,  since  1881.  He  spent  a 
number  of  years  doing  theatrical  scenery  paint- 
ing and  was  very  successful  at  this,  but  later 
branched  out  into  doing  illustration  work  for 
national  advertisers.  He  has  been  employed  in 
this  branch  of  creative  work  for  some  twenty 
years  now. 

Throughout  all  his  painting  he  strives  to  use 
the  colorful  effects  of  natural  subjects  and  is 
largely  inspired  by  the  many  flowers  which 
bloom  in  his  garden,  a  view  of  which  is  obtained 
through  his  studio  window.  His  hobbies  are 
carpentry  and  farming. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


101 


Cracking* 


1   Easier  to  drill  and  ma- 
chine. 

2  Better  color,  lasting  luster. 

3  Lower  free  sulphur  —  no 

discoloration. 

4  Higher  softening  point- 

no  warping. 


Chipping 


DRILL  and  machine  the  Goodrich 
Silvertown  Radio  Panel  with  full 
confidence — no  special  tools  are  required 
— it  won't  break  at  the  edge,  crack  or  chip. 

It  is  made  with  a  full  degree  of  Good" 
rich  skill  and  rubber  knowledge,  after 
long  study  of  radio  requirements  —  the 
product  of  a  company  that  has  always 
held  quality  and  service  as  first  con- 
siderations. 

Science  says  that  rubber  is  the  best 
material  for  panels.  Then  by  all  means  buy 
the  best  rubber  panel — and  that  brings 
you  straight  to  Goodrich  Silvertown. 

Fifty-five  years  of  rubber  manufacturing 
experience  are  a  guarantee  of  greatest 
efficiency  in  the  following  products 
Goodrich  has  built  for  radio — 

Qoodrich  V.  T.  Sockets  Spaghetti  Tubing 

Qoodrich  Variometers        Unwound  Battery  Mats 

Qoodrich  Radiophone  Ear  Cushions 

The  B.  F.  Goodrich  Rubber  Company 
Established  1870  Akron,  Ohio 

Goodrich 


Silverto\vn 

^^^^^^^  mi          T-»        f  •        Tk  1    r*i  • 


The  Radio  Panel  Supreme! 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


102 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


Fifty  Years  for  Stability 

Discriminating  people  must  have  assurance  of  unquestioned 
stability  back  of  every  piece  of  merchandise  they  pur- 
chase. 

This  year,  the  fiftieth  anniversary  of  the  Holtzer-Cabot 
Electric  Company,  is  an  opportune  time  to  bring  before  the 
radio  public  a  medium  priced  loud  speaker  that  is  unsur- 
passed by  any  other  at,  or  near  its  price. 

This  loud  speaker  is  on  sale  at  dealers  who  are  most  jealous 
of  their  reputation. 

Insist  upon  hearing  it. 


National 
Loud  Speaker 


Adjustable    Control 
* X 


1875-1925 

For 

FIFTY 
YEARS 

manufacturers 

of 

Quality 
Electrical 
Apparatus     J 


The 

HOLTZER-CABOT 
ELECTRIC     CO. 

125  Amory  St., 

Boston,    Mass. 


Rapid  Engraving  Machine 
For  Engraving  Radio  Panels 

Easy  to  operate.  Will  increase  Radio  Dealers  income 

A  low  price  engraving  equipment  for  engraving  the 
words  used  on  radio  panels,  trade-marks,  and  border 
and  corner  designs.  Will  engrave  on  Bard  Rubber, 
Bakelite,  Aluminum,  and  other  soft  metals.  Price 
of  complete  equipment,  $135.00. 

Will  tarn  several  dollars  an  hour  engraving 
panels  for  amateurs  building  their  own  sets. 

Branch  Tool  Co.,  Dept.  G,  Forestdale,  R.  I. 


FROST-RADIO 


TUBE  * 
CONTROL 
UNIT 

J(J75 

(6,  25  or  35  ohms) 

COMBINES  Vernier  Rheostat  and  Poten- 
tiometer. Single  hole  mounting.  6,  25 
or  35  ohm  rheostat,  400  Potentiometer.  Gen- 
uine Moulded  Bakelite. 
List;  $1.75.  Pacific  Coast 
price  slightly  higher, 

HERBERT  H.  FROST,  inc. 

314-324    WEST  SUPERIOR  STREET,  CHICAGO 
New  York  City     Cleveland    Kansas  City     Los  Angeles 

Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  - 


Local  Interference 

Parti 

How  the  Interference  Originating 

in  Electrical   Apparatus    Reaches 

Your  Radio  Receiver 

R  the  past  year,  the  Research  Council  oj 
Canada,  on  behalf  of  the  Department  oj 
Marine  and  Fisheries,  has  been  conducting  an  in- 
vestigation into  the  cause  of  and  means  of  locating 
and  suppressing  radio  inductive  interference. 
This  series  of  articles,  of  which  this  is  the  first,  is 
reprinted  from  an  excellent  little  pamphlet, 
published  by  the  Radio  Branch  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Marine  and  Fisheries  of  the  Do- 
minion of  Canada  Government.  The  book  is 
entitled  "Radio  Inductive  Interference,  Bulletin 
Number  i ."  Many  of  the  suggestions  contained 
in  this  series  have  not  been  offered  in  other  quarters, 
and  we  are  sure  that  radio  listeners  who  have  been 
cursed  with  artificial  interference  of  one  sort  or 
another  will  welcome  the  help  this  series  offers. 
— THE  EDITOR. 


HOW   THE    INTERFERENCE    ORIGINATING  IN  ELEC- 
TRICAL   APPARATUS    REACHES    YOUR     RADIO     RE- 
CEIVER 

ALL  electrical  conductors  carrying  current 
are  surrounded    by   an    electromagnetic 
field.     When  the  current  in  a  conductor 
changes,  the  electromagnetic  field  also  changes 
in  a  similar  way  and  will  induce  a  voltage  in  any 
radio  receiving  antenna  close  to  it. 

There  is  also  another  field,  called  the  electro- 
static field,  surrounding  all  electric  conductors  at 
high  voltage.  A  change  in  this  electrostatic 
field  also  induces  a  voltage  in  the  antenna  of  any 
radio  receiver  which  is  close  to  the  power  wires. 

Under  normal  operating  conditions  on  electric 
power  lines,  this  electromagnetic  and  eletrostatic 
field  which  surrounds  the  conductors  does  not 
extend  more  than  a  few  yards  from  the  power 
line.  In  some  cases,  however,  where  the 
change  of  current  or  the  change  of  voltage  is  of  a 
very  sudden  nature,  called  an  electrical  surge,  a 
radio  receiving  antenna  situated  at  a  considerable 
distance  from  the  power  line  may  be  affected. 
An  electrical  surge  may  travel  many  miles  along 
a  power  line,  and  produce  a  radiation  which  may 
be  picked  up  on  radio  receivers. 

In  cases  where  it  is  not  practicable  to  get  far 
enough  away  from  the  power  lines,  the  antenna 
should  be  run  as  nearly  as  possible  in  a  direction 
at  right  angles  to  the  power  line,  as  the  induction 
from  power  lines  is  very  much  greater  on  antennas 
which  run  parallel  to  them. 

In  no  case  should  an  antenna  be  erected  above 
a  power  wire  in  such  a  way  that  it  would  be  possi- 
ble for  it  to  come  in  contact  with  the  power  wire 
in  case  it  should  accidentally  fall.  Many  acci- 
dents have  been  caused  in  the  past  by  antennas 
accidentally  coming  in  contact  with  power  wires. 

CHARACTERISTICS    OF     RADIO    INDUCTIVE     INTER- 
FERENCE 

PHE   following   characteristics   of  the   radio 
"•  inductive    interference   from    some    sources 
may  provide  useful  clues  in  the  investigation. 

I.  Battery  chargers  of  the  vibrator  type  cause 
an  electrical  surge  which  may  travel  along  the 
supply  wires  of  the  secondary  distribution  sys- 
tem and  cause  radio  interference  to  all  receivers 
near  these  wires.  This  interference  is  very 
staccato  in  character  and  consists  of  a  regular 
series  of  clicks  corresponding  to  the  frequency 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


103 


The  real  solution 


to  the  tuning  problem! 


MAKE  your  radio  a  1926  model.  Replace  your  present  Dials 
with  Rathbun  Straight  Line  Frequency  Converters  which  spread 
all  stations  within  the  range  of  your  receiver  uniformly  around  the 
whole  circle  of  360°.  All  stations  are  a  uniform  distance  apart  on 
these  new  Converters  which  is  the  ideal  tuning  condition. 

Why  be  satisfied  with  Dials  or  Condensers  which  are  limited  to 
180°  or  only  half  the  dial?  Why  stop  at  180°  when  there  are  360° 
in  the  circle?  No  gears  with  their  back  lash,  no  friction  with  its 
slippage  in  Rathbun  Straight  Line  Frequency  Converters— only  two 
moving  parts,  a  variable  cam  and  a  lever.  Easily  and  quickly  in- 
stalled on  any  set — it  is  not  necessary  to  cut  Condenser  shaft  or 

drill  panels. 

The  Rathbun  Straight  Line  Fre- 
quency Converter  is  one  of  the  few 
really  new  things  in  radio  during 
the  past  three  years. 

Don't  forget  that  we  build  the  Rathbun 
Single  Hole  Mounting  Condenser  with 
genuine  Bakelite  ends.  This  year's  models 
are  all  enclosed  with  transparent  pyralin 
dust  bands  which  preserve  their  high 
efficiency  for  life.  Small,  light,  rugged, 
handsome  and  none  lower  loss  or  higher 
in  efficiency.  Always  reasonably  priced. 

Ask  your  dealer  for  Rathbun  Straight  Line  Frequency  Convert- 
ers. If  he  has  not  yet  stocked  them,  he  will  quickly  obtain  them 

PRICE  $3*50 

Rathbun 
Manufacturing  Co.,  Inc. 

Jamestown,  New  York 


Stations  indicated  in  kilocycles 
and  wave  lengths  showing  crowd- 
ing -with  an  ordinary  capacity 
condenser 


Practically  even  separation  over 

half  the  dial  with  a  Straight  Line 

Frequency  Condenser 


I 


Stations  partially  separated  and 
tuning  slightly  improved  -with  a 
Straight  Line  Wave  Length  Con- 
denser 


Complete  and  equal  separation  of 
Stations  over  the  entire  dial  with 
the  Rathbun  Straight  Line  Fre- 
quency Converter 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


104 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


JOT  down  the  call 
letters  in  the  handy 
slot — right  on  the  dial 
itself — and  there  is 
your  permanent  record 
of  the  dial  settings. 


The  One  Dial 

That's  All  a  Dial  Should  Be 

You'll  never  know  how  much  difference  a  dial 
can  make  until  you  actually  get  your  hands  on 
the  new  Mar-Co.  It  splits  a  single  degree  into 
hair's  breadth  divisions.  It  responds  to  your 
slightest  touch  with  no  suggestion  of  backlash. 


Smooth  —  precise  —  and  strikingly  handsome  — 
built  for  your  present  set  and  for  your  next 
year's  set  as  well  —  it  is  what  you'd  expect  of 
Mar-Co  —  see  it  at  your  dealer's. 


This  is  the  dial 
specified  in  the 
new  resistance- 
coupled  circuit, 
described  in  this 
issue. 


NICKEL  PLATED    $2.50 
GOLD  PLATED         $3.00 


Clockwise  or  Counter  -Clockwise  Action 

MARTIN-COPELAND  CO.,  Providence,  R.  I. 


* 


22V4  Volt 

un-acid 

everlasting 

rechargeable 

"B" 
Storage  Battery 

$2.95 

including 
chemical 

Does  not  lose 
charge  stand- 
1  n  g  Idle. 
SPECIAL —  2 
22%  (45 

TOlts)  $5.25;  90  volts  $10.00.  Any  special  detector  or 
amplifying  voltage  easily  had.  Very  easily  charged.  Nearly 
3  years  sold  on  a  non-red  tape  30  day  trial  offer  with 
complete  refund  if  not  thoroughly  satisfied.  Further  guar- 
anteed 2  years.  Knock-down  kits  at  still  greater  savings. 
Complete  ready  to  run  *'B"  battery  charger  $2.75.  Sample 
cell  3  5c.  Order  direct — send  no  money — simply  pay  ei- 
pressman  when  delivered,  or  write  for  my  free  literature, 
testimonials,  and  guarantee.  My  large  36-page  radio  goods 
catalogue  lOc.  Same  day  shipments. 

B.  F.  SMITH,  31  Washington  Ave.,  Danbury,  Conn. 


M0M  LowLoss 
INSULATORS 


Perfect  your  entire  installa- 
tion by  insulating  your  an- 
tenna-ground system.  Your 
set  is  not  responsible  for  en- 
ergy lost  through  a  poorly   insulated 
aerial.     Use  M  &  M  Low-Loss  Lead-in 
and  Wall  Insulators. 

4"  Lead-in  Insulators $  .50 

10"  Lead-in  Insulators 80 

20"  Lead-in  Insulators 1 .50 

5"  Wall  Insulators 60 

DEALERS:  IF  your  jobber  can  not  supply  you 
write  us  direct,  giving  us  your  jobber's  name. 
Send  lor  our  Catalog. 


c° 


CLEVELAND.  OHIO. 


of  the  alternating  current  supplying  the  charger. 

2.  Commutator  motors  in  some  cases  cause 
radio  interference  due  to  sparking  of  the  brushes, 
and  may  often  be  recognized  by  the  sound  in 
the  radio  receiver.  The  interference  noise  will 
rise  in  pitch  as  the  motor  speeds  up.  In  cases 
of  motors  running  at  less  than  300  revolutions 
per  minute  it  is  sometimes  possible  to  count  the 
speed  of  the  motor  by  listening  to  the  radio 
receiver  and  observing  the  second  hand  of  a 
watch. 

With  practice  an  observer  may  learn  to  count 
much  higher  speeds  by  listening  to  the  run  of  the 
sounds  by  fours  and  counting  only  the  beginning 
of  each  group  of  four.  To  acquire  this  ability 
it  is  suggested  that  at  first  the  hand  be  moved 
down  at  the  beginning  of  each  group,  and  when 
this  can  be  done  easily  the  motions  of  the  hand 
may  be  counted. 

FAULTS    OF    HIGH    VOLTAGE    LINES 

A  FAULTY  insulator  on  a  transmission  line 
*•  of  30,000  volts  or  more  may  sometimes 
cause  an  electrical  surge  which  travels  along  the 
transmission  line  for  many  miles  and  causes 
radio  interference  to  receivers  situated  within  a 
few  hundred  yards  of  this  line.  This  radio 
interference  may  be  induced  into  other  lines 
which  run  parallel  to  it  and  thus  be  distributed 
over  a  wide  area,  possibly  throughout  the  entire 
city.  This  interference  is  usually  continuous, 
but  may  under  some  conditions  be  intermittent 
and  very  erratic.  The  number  of  cases  of  such 
interference,  however,  is  very  small,  as  faulty 
insulators  usually  cause  the  shut  down  of  the 
transmission  line  for  repair. 

4.  A  transmission  line  which  sparks  to  some 
insulated  conductor,  such  as  an  insulated  guy 
wire  or  an  ungrounded  conduit,  may  cause 
radio  interference  of  a  similar  nature  to  that 
described  as  originating  on  a  faulty  insulator. 
In  this  case,  however,  the  interference  may  con- 
tinue for  weeks  or  months  without  causing  any 
power  shut  down,  as  the  amount  of  current 
flowing  is  only  sufficient  to  charge  the  un- 
grounded metal  and  not  sufficient  to  indicate  at 
the  power  house.  In  case  such  a  fault  is  caused 
by  a  line  swinging  into  contact  with  a  guy  wire, 
it  is  usually  noticed  to  be  intermittent  during 
windy  weather. 

FAULTS    IN    TRANSFORMERS 

|  NTERFERENCE  which  is  caused  by  defective 
*  insulation  in  conduit  or  in  electrical  apparatus, 
is  sometimes  intermittent  and  comes  on  when  the 
apparatus  is  vibrated  or  subjected  to  strain  by 
expansion  due  to  a  change  of  temperature.  For 
example:  A  faulty  bushing  on  the  primary  of  the 
transformer  may  cause  radio  interference  by 
sparking  to  the  ungrounded  frame  of  the  trans- 
former when  the  transformer  is  subjected  to 
vibration  by  the  passing  of  a  truck  along  the 
road. 

Transformers  which  produce  an  audible  hum 
do  not  necessarily  cause  radio  interference,  as 
this  hum  is  usually  produced  by  the  vibration  of 
the  laminations  of  the  core. 

6.  Charging  of  lightning  arresters  is  heard  in 
the  radio  receiver  as  a  very  loud  roar,  but  only 
lasts  for  a  few  seconds.     Sometimes  this  is  re- 
peated a  number  of  times  as  a  series  of  lightning 
arresters   are    charged    at   one    station.     Most 
power  companies  charge  their  arresters  at  times 
outside  the  broadcasting  period,  such  as  noon 
or  2:00  or  3:00  o'clock  in  the  morning.    The 
interference   from    lightning   arresters   may   be 
heard  for  many  miles  from  the  source. 

7.  Cottrell     Precipitators     sometimes     cause 
radio  interference  which  may  be  heard  at  a  dis- 
tance of  15  miles,  but  when  proper  means  are 
taken  to  reduce  this  interference  at  its  source 
they  cannot  be  heard  at  a  distance  of  more  than 
one  mile. 


•jr  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO   BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


105 


Radio 
Receiver 


Radio  evenings  are  complete 

If  you  have  a  Valleytone 


Appearance 

The  Valleytone  is  mounted  in  a  solid  walnut 
cabinet,  finished  in  two  tones  with  inlaid 
gold  stripes.  It  may  also  be  procured  in 
beautiful  console  models.  Special  Valley 
tables  with  built-in  loud  speaker  may  be 
obtained  for  the  cabinet  model. 


Valleytone 

Console 

Model 


Valley  table 
with  built-in 
loud  speaker 


You  can  always  count  on  a  full  evening's  entertainment  if 
you  have  a  Valleytone  Radio  Receiving  Set. 

Music  with  your  dinner  ' » /  bedtime  stories  for  the  children 
»  t  *  a  play,  an  opera,  or  a  concert  »  *  *  jazz,  mammy  songs, 
spirituals  *  *  *  the  whole  range  of  radio  broadcasting  can  be 
yours. 

With  the  Valleytone,  you  can  choose  your  programs  by  the 
clock  and  hear  them  all  the  evening  through. 

For  the  Valleytone  is  selective.  It  will  separate  and  bring  in 
stations  only  four  or  five  meters  apart  and  will  easily  separate 
local  and  distant  stations. 

Valleytone  selectivity  gives  a  new  meaning  and  puts  a  new 
pleasure  in  radio. 

And  with  the  balanced  tone  of  the  Valleytone  when  you 
hear  a  station  you  marvel  that  any  reproducing  mechanism 
can  really  achieve  such  faithfulness  and  such  natural  results. 

The  superiority  of  the  Valleytone  can  be  demonstrated. 
The  Valleytone  thrives  on  comparison.  Wherever  it  is  judg- 
ed  by  results  and  performance,  it  wins  a  new  owner. 

Any  authorized  dealer  will  be  glad  to  demonstrate  the 
Valleytone  for  you. 

VALLEY  ELECTRIC  COMPANY,  Radio  Division,  ST.  Louis,  U.S.A. 
Branches  in  Principal  Cities 


Vallevtone 
Receiving  Sets 


Valley 
Battery  Chargers 


Valley 
B-Eliminators 


Valley  Electric 

•A-  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  if 


106 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


ANOTHER  RAD  I O  TRIUMPH 


AUDIO  COUPLER 

An  Improved  Resistance  Coupler 

Here  is  the  result  of  months  of  experimentation  in  the  Brach 
Laboratories.  Unusual  features  such  as  standardization  and 
interchangeability  for  all  stages  have  been  accomplished  by  the 
use  of  a  1-micro-farad  condenser  and  specially  designed  resistors 
that  are  non  microphonic  and  capable  of  withstanding  high  volt- 
ages. To  insure  permanent  uniformity  all  connections  are  either 
soldered  or  held  by  screw  pressure  instead  of  the  usual  spring 
contact. 

These  features  have  been  at  once  recognized  by  Radio  Engi- 
neers of  national  repute  who  have  replaced  resistance  couplers 
with  Brack  Pur-A-Tone  Audio  Couplers  in  order  to  obtain  maxi- 
mum results. 


BRACH  -STAT 

AUTOMATIC 

Filament    Control 

The  Ultimate  Standard  for  Fine  Receivers 

Brach-Stats  completely  eliminate  the  need  for  hand  rheostats,  on  all  amplified  circuits — 
fewer  controls — better  operation. 

The  uniformity  of  control  of  the  filament  current  obtained  by  the  use  of  Brach-Stats  has 
far  exceeded  the  greatest  expectations  of  noted  Radio  Engineers. 

All  set  constructors  should  provide  for  their  use. 


Brach  Pur-A-Tone  Audio  Couplers  and  Brach-Stats  are  notable  contributions 
to  the  successful  Roberts  Circuit  featured  in  this  issue  of  Radio  Broadcast. 


L.  S.  BRACH  MFG.  CO.,  NEWARK,  N.  J. 

Electrical  Specialists  for  Over  20  Years 


rNO  MORE  LOOSE  CONNECTIONS 
X-L  PUSH  POST 

A  Binding  Post  that  really  does  excel,  looks, 
action,  service  and  convenience.  Push  it  down 
— insert  wire — cannot  jar  loose  from  vibration. 
No  screwing  or  danger  of  shearing  off  wires. 
Furnished  attractively  plated  with  soldering 
lug  and  necessary  markings. 

Price  Each,  IS  Cents 

X-L  RADIO  LABORATORIES 

2424  Lincoln  Ave.  CHICAGO 


FORMICA  * 

RADIO  PANELS 

TUBES  AND  RODS 

WRITE  TO-DAY  for  your  copy  of  our  new  catalog 
listing  and  pricing  3384  different  sizes  and  kinds  of 
Formica  Radio  Panels,  126  different  sizes  of  Formica 
Tubes,  and  21  different  sizes  of  Formica  Rods. 

DRILLING  — EN  CRAVING 

Lowest  prices  consistent  with  good  work. 

STARRETT  MFG.  CO. 
521  S.  Green  St.      -      Chicago,   111. 


RADIO  BROADCAST 

For  December 

will  be  a  better  magazine 
than  this.  Make  sure  of  it 
by  telling  your  newsdealer 
to  hold  one  for  you — or 
better  still,  subscribe  through 
him  or  direct. 

RADIO  BROADCAST 

Garden  City  New  York 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


PRELIMINARY  TEST  TO  INVESTIGATE 
RADIO   INDUCTIVE  INTERFERENCE 

FIRST  TEST: 

To  determine  if  the  noise  in  the  radio  receiver  is 
due  to  a  fault  in  your  receiver  or  is  actually  inter- 
ference coming  in  on  the  air. 

Disconnect  your  antenna  and  ground  wires  and 
if  there  is  no  reduction  in  the  intensity  of  the 
noise  while  the  broadcast  music  is  stopped  by 
the  disconnection,  the  probability  is  that  the 
source  of  the  noise  is  in  your  own  receiving 
set,  in  the  form  of  a  loose  connection,  faulty 
batteries,  or  defective  tube. 

Also  shake  your  ground  wire  near  the  ground 
connection  to  make  sure  that  the  noise  you  hear 
is  not  caused  by  a  bad  connection  at  this  point. 

SECOND  TEST: 

To  determine  whether  the  interference  originates 
in  your  own  house  lighting  circuit. 

From  cases  of  interference  investigated  it  has 
been  found  that  a  great  number  of  these  are  of  a 
purely  local  nature,  originating  in  such  sources 
as  a  lamp  loose  in  its  socket,  or  a  loose  plug  of  a 
heater,  or  from  faulty  household  apparatus. 
While  the  interference  is  apparent,  have  some- 
body open  your  main  house-lighting  switch  for  a 
few  seconds  while  you  listen  in  on  the  radio  re- 
ceiver. If  the  interference  stops  when  the  switch 
is  open,  the  source  of  the  interference  is  probably 
in  your  own  circuit.  This  test  should  be  repeated 
several  times,  however,  as  there  may  have  been  a 
misleading  coincidence  with  something  occurring 
outside  at  the  instant  this  switch  was  opened. 
Many  sources  of  interference  do  not  start  again 
immediately  the  switch  is  closed,  so  that  observa- 
tions taken  at  the  instant  of  opening  the  switch 
are  more  reliable  than  those  taken  at  the  instant 
of  closing  it. 

THIRD  TEST: 

To  determine  the  extent  of  the  area  affected  by  this 
interference. 

When  you  are  assured  that  the  interference 
comes  in  on  the  air  and  does  not  originate  in 
your  own  set  or  in  your  own  house  lighting  cir- 
cuit, you  should  cooperate  with  others  in 
your  district  who  have  radio  receivers.  Great 
care  should  be  taken  in  making  this  test  to  avoid 
the  danger  of  confusing  the  interference  which 
originates  from  different  sources,  which  may 
appear  similar  in  the  radio  receiver.  The  most 
satisfactory  way  of  making  this  test  is  for  one 
observer  to  listen  to  the  interference  received 
on  two  radio  receivers  at  different  points  at  the 
same  time  by  means  of  the  telephone  system. 
To  carry  out  this  test,  an  assistant  at  the  distant 
radio  receiver  should  place  his  head-phones  (or 
preferably  his  loud  speaker)  near  the  transmitter 
of  the  telephone  in  order  that  the  observer  at  the 
other  radio  receiver  may  listen  at  the  same  time 
to  the  interference  heard  on  his  own  receiver  at 
his  right  ear,  while  listening  to  the  interference 
heard  at  the  distant  radio  receiver  by  means  of 
the  telephone  to  his  left  ear.  This  test  should  be 
continued  for  a  sufficient  length  of  time  to  ob- 
serve a  number  of  variations  in  the  nature  of  the 
interference. 

In  cases  where  it  is  not  convenient  to  use  the 
telephone  system  for  this  test,  the  two  observers 
at  distant  radio  receivers  may  keep  an  accurate 
log  of  the  interference,  but  in  this  case  they 
should  first  synchronize  their  watches  and  record 
any  characteristic  change  in  the  interference 
heard,  noting  the  time  accurately  to  within  a 
few  seconds. 

FOURTH  TEST: 

To  determine  if  any  suspected  source  actually 
causes  radio  interference. 

In  carrying  out  this  test  either  of  the  two 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


107 


KNOCK-OUT  for  the  Knock-out!"— that's  what  a  prominent 
engineer  said  when  he  saw  the  CLAROTUNER  in  action.  And  the 
moment  you  lay  eyes  on  this  latest  creation,  the  moment  you  discover  how 
miraculously  sharp  is  its  tuning,  you  will  be  just  as  enthusiastic.  You  will 
realize  why  Radio  Broadcast  experts  recommend  it,  and  use  it  in  the 
Radio  Broadcast  Knockout,  Roberts,  Phonograph  Model  and  similiar 
hook-ups. 

Low-loss  coils,  sturdy  compactness,  and  absolute  one  hole  mounting  are 
only  a  few  of  the  features.  The  biggest  thing  is  the  precision  control — 
as  smooth  as  velvet.  The  antenna  coupler,  by  the  way,  is  one  hole 
mounting  too,  and  eliminates  all  extra  switch  points  and  levers.  Ask 
your  dealer! 

CLAROTUNER,  model  2RK  (two  units  as  shown).     .     .     , 

(In  case  distribution  has  not  reached  your  dealer,  send 
your  remittance   direct   to   the  address  given  below.) 


* 


The  famous 

CLAROSTAT, 

heart  of  the 
CLAROTUNER. 

$2.25 


American  Mechanical  Laboratories,  Inc.,  285-287  North  6th  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


108 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


THE  KODEL  MICRO- 
PHONE LOUD  SPEAKER 
is  an  exact  replica  of  the 
transmitting  microphone 
used  in  broadcasting. 

The  eff ecient  Kodel  reproducing 
unit,  with  an  ingenious  new 
snail-shell  horn,  mounted  inside 
the  microphone  case,  produces 
a  remarkably  clear,  full-toned 
volume.  Non-vibrating  tone 
chamber  eliminates  distortion. 


The  $15  model  incorporates  the 
new  Kodel,  Jr.  unit;  with  the 
large  Kodel  unit,  $20. 


Radio  Jtalrri  tverywhtre  hmt  them 

THE  KODEL  RADIO  CORP. 

SOS  E.  Pearl  St.,     Cincinnati,  O. 


LOUD  SPEAKER 


Could  You  Use  More  Money? 

No  matter  what  your  present  income  is,  wouldn't  you  like  some 

extra  cash? 

Well,  here's  your  chance  to  get  it! 
DOUBLED  AY,  PAGE  6?  CO.  wish  to  enlist  earnest  and  reliable 

men  and  women  throughout  the  country  who  will  appreciate  an 

opportunity  to  make  money. 
Our  plan  insures  immediate  cash  returns,  in  amounts  limited  only 

by  your  own  ability. 
This  is  no  ordinary  subscription  proposition.     You  can't  afford  to 

overlook  it. 

Write    Agents'  Service  Division 

DOUBLEDAY,  PAGE  &  CO.  Garden  City,  N.  Y. 


systems  referred  to  in  Test  No.  3  is  suitable. 
Great  accuracy  is  required  in  these  tests,  for  it 
has  been  found  that  many  misleading  reports 
have  been  received  from  observers  who  were  not 
sufficiently  accurate  in  their  observations.  For 
instance,  interference  has  been  reported  to  be 
associated  with  the  switching  on  of  the  street 
lights  in  cases  where  the  interference  actually 
was  produced  by  another  circuit  which  was 
switched  on  every  evening  about  dusk.  If  the 
observers  in  this  case  had  noted  the  time  very 
accurately,  the  source  of  the  interference  could 
have  been  located  much  more  readily. 


FIG.     I 

This  circuit,  in  conjunction  with  a  loop  may  be 

satisfactorily  employed  to  locate  some  sources  of 

interference 


FIFTH  TEST: 

To  determine  where  the  interference  radiates 
front,  by  means  of  a  portable  radio  receiver. 

In  cases  where  a  portable  radio  receiver  is 
available  the  source  of  interference  may  be  very 
often  traced  by  this  means.  In  cases  where  the 
radio  interference  is  of  such  a  weak  nature  that  it 
only  interferes  with  the  reception  of  distant 
broadcast  signals,  a  very  sensitive  loop  receiver 
is  required  to  pick  this  up.  A  portable  super- 
heterodyne receiver  complete  with  batteries 
thoroughly  shielded  is  best  for  this  purpose.  A 
much  less  sensitive  receiver  may,  however,  be 
used  in  connection  with  the  loop  which  will  be 
suitable  for  determining  the  conductors  from 
which  the  interference  radiates.  In  cases 
where  the  interference  is  coming  in  along  the 
conductors  of  the  electric  light  or  power  system, 
a  single  circuit  regenerative  receiver  having  two 
stages  of  audio  frequency  amplification  is 
sufficiently  sensitive  to  give  indication  when  the 
loop  of  the  receiver  is  placed  within  a  few  yards 
of  the  conductor  radiating  the  interference. 

A  detailed  description  of  more  elaborate 
apparatus  used  by  Canadian  Government  Radio 
Inspectors  and  suitable  for  investigation  in 
power  houses  will  be  published  in  another 
pamphlet  now  in  course  of  preparation. 

GENERAL  NOTES 

IN  MAKING  all  these  tests  it  is  important  to 
approach  the  subject  with  an  unprejudiced 
mind  as  to  the  source  of  the  interference,  and 
before  concluding  that  the  interference  is  caused 
by  any  given  source,  it  is  well  to  consider  all 
possible  conditions  in  which  the  interference  may 
have  originated  from  some  other  unknown  cause. 
Investigating  interference  is  a  very  fascinating 
detective  game  and  one  would  sometimes  sup- 
pose that  the  source  of  the  interference  had  a 
sense  of  humor  and  was  trying  to  evade  detection 
in  a  manner  similar  to  that  of  the  most  clever 
criminal. 

The  obvious  and  only  satisfactory  method  of 
suppressing  radio  inductive  interference  that  is 
caused  by  electrical  apparatus  which  is  defec- 
tive, is  to  put  this  apparatus  in  good  condition. 
The  owners  of  such  electrical  apparatus  are 
usually  very  pleased  to  have  their  attention 
drawn  to  the  fact  that  their  apparatus  is  in  need 
of  repair. 


if  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


109 


Constant  vigilance 
is  the  price 
u  niFor  m  i  tt| 
and  constant  vigil- 
ance is  maintained 
over  Magnatrons. 
That  is  why  Magna- 
trons are  uniPorm.and 
uniformly 


The  Magnatron  DC-201A,  DC-199,  and 
DC-199  (large  base)  now  list  for  only 
$2.50  each. 


Connewey   Electric   Laboratories 
Magnatron  Bldg.  Hohokcn,  N.  J. 


MACNATRONS 


if  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


110 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


^AMSCO 

ALLOCATING 
CONDENSER 

(STRAIGHT    LINE    FREQUENCY) 

.      \     \     I      1      , 
\      •*. .  *  1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1  / 1 1 .'. %  ./ 


Spreads  the  Stations 
Over  the  Dial — The  new 

AMSCO  Allocating  Condenser  is  the 
triumphant  combination  of  electrical 
engineering  and  mechanical  inge- 
nuity. Electrically  efficient  in  un- 
scrambling the  stations  on  your  dials. 
Each  dial  degree  from  1  to  100  will 
be  found  to  represent  10  broadcast- 
ing kilocycles  accurately  over  the  en- 
tire scale — "a  station  for  every  degree". 
Mechanically  ingenious  in  correcting 
the  fault  of  other  S.  L.  F.  Conden- 
sers— it  conserves  space  I  Scientific 
low-loss  construction.  Rigidity  with 
light  weight. 

Made  in  three  capacities — Single  or  Siamese. 
Ask  your  dealer,  or  write  for  details  of  the 
entire  AMSCO  Line  of  engineered  radio  parts. 

AMSCO  PRODUCTS,  INC.  Dept.E 
Broome  and  Lafayette  Streets,N.Y.C. 


LJZ  —  a  hand- 
some instrument  at 
alowprice.  The  AM- 
SCO Vernier  Dial 
gives  finesse  to  your 
fingers.  Steps-down 
1 3  to  1 ,  backwards  or 
forwards,  fast  or  slow 
without  momentum 
or  back -lash. 


WOULD  YOU  HELP  YOURSELF  TO  OUR  CASH 
BOX— if  we  said  "GO  AHEAD"? 

ALL  RIGHT,  THEN— GO  AHEAD!     .     .     . 
THE  CASH  IS  THERE.     .     .     .     And  it's  easy  to  get     .     .     .     . 
The  Holiday  Season  is  approaching  with  its  heavy  drain  on  your  income. 
What  are  you  doing  about  it? 

Will  it  be  just  as  it  was  last  year?     Or  do  you  really  want  some  spare- 
time  cash. 

If  you  are  in  earnest,  let  us  tell  you  how  you  can  get  it. 
There's  much  to  gain  and  nothing  to  lose. 

Write:  Agents'  Service  Division 
DOUBLEDAY,  PAGE  6?  CO.  Garden  City,  N.  Y. 

Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


READERS  WRITE 
US 

J .  H .  Dellinger  Praises  Our 
Frequency-Wavelength  Policy 

A  S  WE  stated  in  our  August  number,  RADIO 
**  BROADCAST  will  no  longer  use  the  term 
wavelength  except  in  parentheses  after  its 
equivalent  in  kilocycles.  It  is  probable  that  every- 
body ultimately  will  fall  in  with  this  idea,  and 
already  condenser  manufacturers  are  realizing 
this  is  so,  and  are  designing  new  instruments 
giving  a  straight-line  frequency  reading.  These 
latter  have  specially  shaped  plates  designed  so 
that  any  movement  of  the  dial  will  give  a  reading 
in  degrees  directionally  proportional  to  the 
frequency,  all  the  way  around  the  dial.  We 
recently  had  a  letter  from  Dr.  J.  H.  Dellinger, 
the  president  of  the  Institute  of  Radio  Engineers, 
in  which  he  commends  us  upon  our  step. 

Editor,  RADIO  BROADCAST, 

Doubleday,  Page  &  Company 

Garden  City,  New  York. 
SIR: 

Ever  since  the  Second  National  Radio  Con- 
ference, held  in  1923,  there  has  been  an  increasing 
use  of  the  concept  of  frequency  and  its  expres- 
sion in  kilocycles  in  place  of  the  use  of  wave- 
lengths in  meters.  The  realization  has  rapidly 
spread  that  the  use  of  wavelengths  in  radio  is 
unnecessary  and  that  its  original  introduction 
was  a  mistake.  I  have  noted  with  pleasure  the 
statement  of  policy  on  page  499  of  the  August 
RADIO  BROADCAST,  namely,  that  in  future  issues 
of  the  magazine  frequencies  will  be  used  as 
standard,  with  wavelengths  given  thereafter  in 
parentheses.  Not  only  was  this  policy  stated 
but  succeeding  issues  of  the  magazine  have 
proved  that  the  editorial  staff  intend  to  abide 
by  this  announcement.  With  convenient  con- 
version tables  freely  available  and  with  excellent 
articles  like  that  of  Professor  Morecroft's  in 
your  August  issue  explaining  the  superiority  of 
frequencies  in  kilocycles,  there  is  no  longer  any 
reason  why  this  change  of  practice  should  con- 
fuse anyone.  I  congratulate  you  on  assuming 
a  position  of  leadership  in  this  change  to  a  mo- 
dern and  rational  basis  of  radio  expression. 
Very  truly  yours, 

J.  H.  DELLINGER 
President,  Institute  of  Radio  Engineers. 

What  a  Foreign  Reader  Thinks  of 
"Radio  Broadcast" 

THE    following    congratulatory     letter    was 
received  recently  from  the  Count  de  Warn, 
who  was  a  High  Commissioner  of  the   Inter- 
national Amateur  Congress  of  1925  held  in  Paris. 

Editor,  RADIO  BROADCAST, 
Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 
Garden  City,  New  York. 

SIR: 

1  have  just  come  across  a  copy  of  RADIO 
BROADCAST.  Allow  me  to  congratulate  you  for 
your  very  excellent  magazine  which  I  did  not 
know  of  before.  Although  I  am  a  bit  late,  please 
put  me  down  for  a  five  years  subscription  for 
which  I  enclose  my  cheque.  I  intend  to  try  a 
super-heterodyne  of  American  make  and  hope 
that  you  will  advise  me  on  this  question. 
Yours  faithfully, 

COUNT  DE  WARN, 
Alpes  Maritimes,  France. 

The  Causes  of  Fading 

THE  late  discussions  of  the  fading  of  radio 
signals  at  the  time  of  the  total  eclipse  of 
the  sun  have  revived  interest  in   the    popular 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


111 


-YJineJladto 


FILTER  CONDENSERS 


.1  M.F.D. 

Type  705 

Price  $  .70 

1.  M.F.D. 

Type  708 

Price    1.25 

2.  M.F.D. 

Type  709 

Price    1.75 

4.  M.F.D. 

Type  711 

Price    3.75 


ADIO  BROADCAST'S  article  in  this  issue  on  'B' 
battery  eliminators  shows  that  the  following  TOBE 
condensers  can  be  used  in  building  the  set:  5  type 
708  and  7  type  709. 

Any  'B'  battery  eliminator  circuit  depends  very  large- 
ly for  its  operating  efficiency  upon  the  filter  condensers 
used.  TOBE  condensers  alone  possess  all  of  the  follow- 
ing favorable  characteristics: 

Will  operate  at  voltages  up  to  700  D.  C.  without  break- 
down or  overheating. 

High  megohm  resistance — indicating  perfect  insulation. 
Capacities  guaranteed  to  be  within  5%  of  accuracy. 
Extreme  heat  or  cold  has  no  effect  on  TOBE  condensers. 
Compact  and  handsome  in  appearance. 

Tobe  condensers  are  better  condensers — distinguisha- 
ble by  their  silvered  finished  case.  Ask  your  dealer 
for  them  by  name  "TOBE." 


- 


CORNHILL 


BOSTON,  MASS. 


if  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


112 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


$„     "betigMulty  dear  tone 
*»  -v        with  Amazing  Volume 


"Gets  200  to  600  meter 
Stations  coaft  to  coafl 


/A great  fa* 
****tfflOJtt* 


BUILT  LIKi:     LOOKS   LIKK     PKHFORMS  LIKK  A  #'iOO  SKT 

NOTICEI     Enormous  demand  for  the  celebrated  Miraco  Ultra-5  (resulting  from  its  many  enthusiastic  u^ers  so 

highly  recommending  it  to  their  friends)  has  enabled  us  to  add  hosts  of  costly  new  features,  refinements  and  improvements 

such  as  you  might  expect  to  find  only  on  the  newest  sets  selling 

at  higher  prices. 


RADIO 

GETS'EM 
COAST  P> 
COAST 


Report*  from 

Ultra-5  iiffrx 
everywhere 
leave  little  for 
UK  to  add.    These 

t/iiral   of 


PENNSYLVANIA    HEARS   CALIFOR- 
NIA VERY  LOUD 

I  received  the  Ultra-5  Set.  set  it  up 
as  directions  called  for,  and  re  eived 
Dallas.  TEXAS  firsi  station.  Will  list 
a  few  of  the  stations  reci-ived  in  two 
hours:  KDKA,  WHArf.  WOR.WOAW, 
WOS,  WTAM,  WCAff,  WLW.  WOO. 
WJY.  WJS.  kFI.  KSI.  WWJ,  WHN, 
WHX.  It  is  very  easy  for  me  to  receive 
Los  Angeles,  California,  loud  enough 
to  be  heard  in  any  room  in  the  house. 
W.  E..  .  Uniontown.  Penna. 

CALIFORNIA  GETS  NEW  YORK 
ON    LOUDSPEAKER 

I  have  got  stations  f,  om  coattt  to  e«ast 
without  any  trouble  at  all  on  the  Ultra- 
6.  WTAM,  Cleveland,  Ohio,  c>  mua  in 
on  loudspeaker  nearly  aa  loud  aa  the 
nearby  stations  do.  I  have  brought  in 
on  loudspeaker  with  ample  volume  to 
hear  all  over  the  room  stations  WEAK, 
N.  Y..  KDKA,  Pittsburg.  Pa..  WGY. 
N.  Y.,  CHOX.  Ottawa.  WSAI.  Cincin- 
nati, WCCO,  St.  Pauf.  Minn..  WLS, 
Chicago.  S.  S Dorria,  California. 

NEW  JERSEY  HEARS   CALIFORNIA 
ON     LOUDSPEAKER 

MIRACO  Ultra-5  working  fine.  Have 
received  Western  coast.  Had  two 
stations  in  California  on  same  night. 
Have  had  many  other  stations.  Receive 
all  other  stations  with  loudspeaker. 
NivUon  Van Freehold.  N.  J. 

MONTANA  HEARS  BOTH  COASTS 

Ultra-5  Set  is  O.  K.  Have  got  New 
York  to  Los  Angeles,  Winnipeg  to 
Dalian.  Texas.  Have  had  some  60  odd 

stations  in  two  weeks.      W.  H 

Poison,  Montana. 

RADIO  EXPERT  SPEAKS  FROM 

EXPERIENCE 

As  I  sell  almost  all  kinds  of  aets,  I  have 
operated  all  of  them  and  will  state  that 
the  Miraco  Ultra-5  is  as  go  >d  if  not 
better  than  any  other  set  in  the  market 
todty,  Felix  J....,  Paw  tucket.  Rhode 
Island. 

PREFERS  IT  TO  $150  SETS 

1  received  your  Miraco  Ultra-5  Radio 
S  -t  and  it  surely  is  a  peach.  I  have 
tried  and  heard  r.idios  up  to  the  value 
of  $150.00,  but  I  like  yours  the  best. 
William  I tyracuse.  N.  •'. 

ILLINOIS  HEARS  ALASKA 

Theni^ht  I  received  the  Ultia-5  I  luned 
in   New  York  City.    The  second  day  I 
tuned  in  KFI.  Los  Angolea.  Calif.,  and 
KK.J.  ,'uneau,   Alaska.     Can  get  any- 
thing in  the  United  States.    I  will  put  it 
Kainst  any   set   I    have   ever   heard. 
U Aahkum,  Illinois. 

GOT  CALIFORNIA  BETTER  THAN 

Received  the  Miraco  Ultra-5  the 
other  day  and  it  is  a  big  surprise 
Compared  it  with  my  friends' 

$263.00 and  could  bring  them 

in  just  as  loud  and  clear  on  my 
Ultra-5.  Really  1  brought  in  Loa 
Angeles.  California,  on  speaker 
louder  than  he  did.  Am  more  than 
I  pleased.  Kyle New  Albany. 


I 


SEND  FOR  SPECIAL  OFFER.' 

e 


[FIVE  TUBE  OUTFIT  IN  BEAUTIFUL,.       MAHOGANYCttE] 


Let  the  testimony  of  its  many  users 
everywhere — as  voluntarily  reported  to 
us  in  writing — convince  you  that  a  Miraco 
Ultra  5  actually  is  unsurpassed  for  select- 
ivity, long  distance  range,  clear  tone, 
loud  speaker  volume  and  beauty— com- 
bined with  economy  and  simplicity  of 
operation  —  at  several  times  the  price. 
Send  coupon  for  plenty  of  this  proof  and 
reports  of  users  which  leave  no  doubt 
that  the  Miraco  Ultra  5  gets  programs 
coast  to  coast. 

Completely  built,  carefully  tested  and 
factory  guaranteed  by  one  of  America's 
oldest  and  most  successful  makers  of 
quality  sets,  the  Miraco  Ultra-s  illustrated 
above  (latest  improved  model  for  1926) 
tn  the  opinion  of  radio  experts  is  an 
astonishing  bargain.  Selectivity,  long 


distance  reception,  clarity  and  volume 
have  been  amazingly  increased  —  "B" 
battery  consumption  1»  minimized  — 
oscillations  are  easily  controlled  on  all 
wave-lengths,  through  use  of  latest  radio 
inventions.  Among  these  are:  "Duo- 
formers"  (ultra  low-loss  inductance  coils); 
the  "Counter-Balancer"  (patented);  flex- 
ible wiring  which  prevents  broken  or 
noisy  connections;  an  adjustment  for 
different  length  aerials;  use  of  only  two 
rheostats;  a  cut-out  switch;  concealed 
wiring  under  genuine  Formica  sub-panel; 
beautifully  gold-etched  genuine  Formica 
front  panel;  large  Bakelite  knobs  with 
"arrow  point"  indicators  (for  fine  tuning) 
—  and  other  features  of  costliest  sets. 
Literature  describes  them  fully.  Send 
for  it— and  Special  Offerl 


OfherMracoLongDistanceSets  *ffi 


Wonderfully  improved  new  models  in 
one-tube  and  three-tube  Miraco  Long 
Distance  Sets  also  ready  at  lower  pricesl 
Powerful  new  Miraco  R-3  at  only  $27.35 
(retail)  operates  loud  speaker  on  distant 
stations.  New  one-tube  Model  R  Is  also 


a  record-breaker  for  distance  at  $13.75. 
All  Miraco  sets  work  on  storage  or  dry 
batteries,  are  easily  connected  and  oper- 
ated. Unmatched  valuesl  Let  testimony 
of  users  convince  you.  Write  for  literature 
and  Special  Offer— use  coupon. 


JQl  theProqf-^ou  want  is  waiting  farlfcu! 

Reports  from  their  host  o  f  users  in  every  state  prox-e  Miraco 
sets — at  their  rock-bottom  factory  prices— outperform  sets 
costing  up  to  three  times  as  much.  Send  for  latest  literature, 
SPECIAL  OFFER  and  plenty  of  additional  testimony  from 
users  leaving  no  doubt  th*t  "Miraco  Radio  Gets  'em  Coast  to 
Coasf.  SEND  COUPON  FOR  SPECIAL  OFFER 


is  the  title  of  an  article  by  Keith  Henney,  Director  of  the 
Radio  Broadcast  Laboratories,  to  be  printed  in  the  December 
Special  attention  is  given  to  the  new  tubes  by  the 


issue. 


Radio  Corporation  of  America.     Much  help  will  be  given  on 
how  to  use  the  best  tube  for  the  best  purpose. 

Reserve  a  copy  of  December  Radio  Broadcast  at  your 
news  dealer  or  radio  supply  store. 


mind  about  this  peculiar  and  little-known  peculi- 
arity of  radio  transmission.  It  is  probable  that 
scientific  and  popular  interest  in  the  fading  of 
signals  is  more  acute  now  than  it  ever  has  been 
before.  The  suggestions  below  were  written 
by  an  electrical  engineer  whose  theories  are 
certainly  interesting.  Elsewhere  in  this  issue 
the  probable  causes  of  fading  are  ably  discussed 
but  so  interesting  is  the  letter  below  that  we 
make  no  apology  for  covering  the  subject  in  two 
separate  departments. 

Editor,  RADIO  BROADCAST, 
Doubleday,  Page  &  Company 
Garden  City,  New  York. 

SIR: 

It  is  generally  recognized  that  air  molecules 
are  ionized  by  the  sun's  rays  and  that  the  result- 
ing charged  air  dissipates  the  energy  of  radio 
waves,  since  it  is  a  partial  conductor  of  electric- 
ity. Likewise  an  ionized  layer  of  air,  being  a 
conductor,  will  act  in  the  same  manner  as  a  met- 
al reflector,  though  in  less  degree,  to  reflect  the 
radio  waves.  As  night  approaches,  the  air  be- 
comes less  and  less  conductive  with  consequent 
increase  of  signal  strength,  but  it  is  highly  prob- 
able that  the  air  is  always  slightly  ionized,  even 
in  the  absence  of  the  sun's  rays.  This  may  be  a 
result  of  light  from  the  stars  and  moon,  or  the  air 
may  retain  some  of  its  charge  for  long  periods 
after  the  ionizing  rays  of  the  sun  have  been  re- 
moved. Even  if  the  lower  layers  of  air  between 
two  stations  are  completely  neutral,  electrically, 
there  is  the  possibility  that  the  upper  layers  are 
acted  upon  by  sunlight,  especially  if  the  stations 
are  in  an  east-west  line.  It  has  been  stated  by 
observers  that  the  worst  fading  occurs  in  such  a 
direction. 

Now  as  to  the  real  causes  of  fading,  there  are 
possibly  three,  which  may  be:  (i)  at  the  sending 
station,  (2)  at  the  receiving  station,  and  (3)  be- 
tween the  two  stations.  It  is  possible  that  there 
may  be  a  cyclic  variation  in  the  electrical  state  or 
condition  of  either  the  sending  or  receiving  ap- 
paratus (tubes),  but  this  is  rather  doubtful.  Of 
course  an  antenna  system  swayed  by  the  wind  will 
become  detuned,  and  there  is  an  additional 
probable  cause,  in  that  layers  of  air  of  varying 
density  may  pass  under  the  antenna  and  thus 
alter  its  capacity.  If  either  of  these  two  factors 
just  mentioned  were  the  contributing  cause,  it 
would  be  possible  to  tune  the  station  in  again  by 
adjusting  the  controls.  However,  in  all  too 
many  cases  no  amount  of  tuning  will  bring  in 
the  station.  We  must  wait  a  few  minutes  until 
the  signal  increases  in  strength  of  its  own  accord. 
Generally  this  is  a  gradual  increase. 

The  facts  seem  to  indicate  that  fading  is  due  to 
variable  conditions  existing  between  the  sending 
and  the  receiving  station.  We  know  that  there 
are  always  layers  of  air  of  different  densities, 
temperatures,  and  humidities,  and  if  we  grant 
that  these  layers  are  always  slightly  ionized, 
which  is  likely,  we  have  at  once  a  plausible 
explanation  for  fading.  For  suppose  that  a 
station  is  receiving  with  good  audibility  at  any 
one  moment,  and  suppose,  then,  that  an  ex- 
tended layer  of  ionized  air  drifts  between  the 
sending  and  receiving  station.  The  signal 
waves  will  then  be  both  reflected  and  absorbed 
by  the  conducting  "sheet"  of  air,  and  there- 
fore the  signal  strength  at  the  receiving  station 
will  be  materially  reduced  until  the  ionized  body 
of  air  has  drifted  past  the  path  between  the 
two  stations.  There  are,  of  course,  many  mov- 
ing layers  of  air  between  two  stations  widely 
separated,  and  consequently  it  would  be  ex- 
pected that  fading  would  be  worse  for  such 
stations. 

The  varying  ionization  of  the  layers  of  air 
would  result  from  the  varying  factors  such  as 
temperature,  density  and  humidity,  when  the 
air  is  exposed  to  the  same  ionizing  source  such 
as  sunlight.  A  further  cause  of  ionization  is  the 
friction  of  the  various  air  streams. 

There  is  still  another  possible  cause  of  fading 
in  that  the  numerous  ether  waves  may  interfere 
to   cause    partial    neutralization,    but    the   air 
layer  explanation  seems  more  plausible. 
Yours  very  truly, 

A.  G.  THOMAS, 
Lynchburg,  Virginia. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


153 


f?Ri^JNc7 

u 


XXX 


Siss.?*?*' 

_1L  ,,irrfaTf    I 


cfhe  New  Improved 

5  AMPnAL  6-  B 
GO 


Over  500,000  already  in  use 


Charges  in  OneJhirdthelime! 


Better  Because: — 

New  micrometer  adjustment, 
hinged  lid,  and  carrying  handle. 

No  bulbs  to  buy  or  break. 

Can  be  used  anywhere — con- 
tains no  acids  or  other  harmful 
liquids  to  spill. 

Appioved  by  underwriters — 
trouble-proof,  shock-proof  and 
fireproof. 

Beautiful  cabinet  in  maroon 
and  gold. 


Write  for  new  edition  of 
our  instructive  booklet  on 
radio  operation  "The 
Secret  of  Distance  and 
Volume  in  Radio." 


It  takes  only  one-third  as  long  to  fully  charge 
your  battery  with  the  New  Improved  5 -ampere, 
GOLD  SEAL  HOMCHARGER. 

No  more  of  the  long,  bothersome  waits  that  were  neces- 
sary when  the  slow  inefficient  2-ampere  charger  was 
the  best  that  radio  offered.  The  New  Improved  GOLD 
SEAL  HOMCHARGER  charges  150%  faster— fully 
charges  the  average  battery  overnight — and  it  charges 
both  A  and  B  batteries  without  additional  equip- 
ment. 

Before  you  buy  any  charger  be  sure  it  charges  at 
5-amperes.  To  be  absolutely  sure  insist  on  the  GOLD 
SEAL  HOMCHARGER. 

The  Kodel  Radio  Corporation 

505  East  Pearl  Street  Cincinnati,  Ohio 


Owners  of  Kodel  Broadcasting  Station  WKRC 
on  the  Alms  Hotel.  Send  for  program. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  if 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


ARTHUR  H.  LYNCH,  Editor 
WILLIS  K.  WING,  Associate  Editor 
JOHN  B.  BRENNAN,  Technical  Editor 


DECEMBER,    1925 
Vol.  VIII,  No.  2 


Cover  Design       -  From  a  Painting  by  Fred  J.  Edgars 
Radio  Enters  the  Club  -      Frontispiece 

How  Radio  Grew  Up  Robert  H.  Marriott 

Tubes:  Their  Uses  and  Abuses       -     -   Keith  Henney 
The  March  of  Radio     -     -     -     -         J-  H-  Morecro/t 

A  Five'Tube  Receiver  of  Dual  Efficiency 

Glenn  H.  Browning 

The  Listeners'  Point  of  View  Kingsley  Welles 

Short  Waves — A  New  Paradise  for  the  DX  Fan 

Edgar  H.  Felix 

Plans  for  the  Third  of  the  International  Radio  Broad' 
cast  Tests     *•*.**••       Arthur  H.  Lynch 

An  Improved  Plate  Current  Supply  Unit 

Roland  F.  Beers 

As  the  Broadcaster  Sees  It     -     -     -     -     Carl  Dreher 

The    "Aristocrat"     Receiver:     Resistance'Coupled 
Amplification    '»*»..*•' - 

How  to  Use  Meters  in  Your  Receiver   James  Millen 

New  Fields  For  the  Home  Constructor 

Keith  Henney 

"Now,  I  Have  Found" 


Tracing  Radio  Noises 

A  Ratchet  Coil  Winder 

A  Coupling  Device  for  the  Roberts  Circuit 

A  File  for  Ideas 

Super-He'erodyne  Noises 

Checkii  t*  up  on  B-Battery  Leakage 

A  Vark  meter  for  the  Roberts  Set 


How  to  Eliminate  Local  Interference  -    - 
A  List  of  Australian  Broadcasting  Stations 
The  Grid — Questions  and  Answers    -    - 


Coil  Placement  in  an  R.  F.  Amplifier 
Precautions  in  Antenna  Erection 
Measuring  the  Resistance  of  Coil  Units 
Matching  Tubes  and  R.  F.  Coils 


A  Key  to  Recent  Radio  Articles      E.  G.  Shalkhauser 


159 
163    * 

167 

172 
177 

182 
185 

186 
191 

196 
198 

201 

206 


Is  Your  Set  a  Blooper?  -    -    - 
What  Our  Readers  Write  Us 


212 

224 
226 


232 
238 
244 


BEHIND  THE  EDITORIAL 
SCENES 

THE  new  and  enlarged  RADIO  BROADCAST  has  met  with  almost 
universal  favor  and  its  reception  was  even  more  hearty  than 
the  publishers  had  dared  hope.  In  New  York  City  alone,  the 
supply  of  the  November  number  was  exhausted  four  days  after 
it  was  placed  on  sale.  Copies  of  the  number  are  so  rare  that  we 
haven't  more  than  three  copies  in  the  editorial  offices  for  our  own 
use.  Letters  from  readers  all  over  the  country  have  been  most 
generous  in  praising  the  appearance  and  contents  of  the  November 
number. 

ROBERT  H.  MARRIOTT,  whose  article,  "How  Radio 
Grew  Up"  leads  this  issue,  is  one  of  the  old  men  of  wireless 
in  the  United  States.  He  was  the  first  president  of  the  Insti- 
tute of  Radio  Engineers,  was  one  of  the  first  radio  inspectors  to  be 
appointed  after  the  radio  law  of  1912  was  passed.  For  a  long 
time  he  was  expert  radio  aide  at  the  Bremerton  Navy  Yard, 
Washington,  and  is  now  a  consulting  radio  engineer  in  New 
York.  .  .  .  Edgar  Felix,  who  writes  about  short  waves  in 
this  number,  was  for  several  years  publicity  representative  of 
station  WEAF  in  New  York.  Glenn  H.  Browning,  who  with  his 
inseparable  technical  partner,  Mr.  F.  H.  Drake,  has  become 
nationally  known  for  the  Browning-Drake  receiver,  describes  a 
great  improvement  over  the  early  model  in  this  number.  Both 
Mr.  Browning  and  Mr.  Drake  are  familiar  figures  around  the 
famous  Cruft  laboratory  at  Harvard  University,  where  much  of 
their  work  has  been  done.  The  valuable  current  periodical 
surveys,  made  by  E.  G.  Shalkhauser,  the  first  of  which  appeared 
in  our  November  issue,  are  continued  in  this  number.  Many 
readers  have  written  us  saying  that  these  condensed  surveys  of 
the  important  articles  appearing  in  this  magazine  and  in  our 
contemporaries  are  of  great  value  to  them. 

THE  January  RADIO  BROADCAST  will  contain  an  article  by 
Arthur  H.  Lynch  telling  how  to  build  "RADIO  BROADCAST'S 
Universal  Receiver."  The  set  he  describes  is  an  unusual  and 
very  efficient  combination  of  standard  parts  and  it  is  doubtful 
if  there  is  any  receiver  its  superior  in  point  of  sensitivity  and 
quality.  It  is  not  a  "freak"  outfit  in  any  sense.  Kendall 
Clough  of  Chicago  will  have  an  article  about  the  principles  of 
audio  amplification  which  is  of  particular  interest.  The  author 
weighs  and  casts  aside  some  of  the  commonly  accepted  theories 
of  amplification.  We  believe  the  article  will  attract  a  great  deal 
of  attention.  Mr.  John  Wallace  of  Evanston,  Illinois,  will  from 
now  on  write  the  "Listeners'  Point  of  View."  With  his 
central  location,  Mr.  Wallace  is  able  to  hear  broadcast  offerings 
in  almost  every  part  of  the  United  States  and  Canada.  Our  new 
broadcast  critic  is  an  unusually  versatile  person,  for  he  is  a  writer 
of  great  charm  and  not  a  little  wit.  as  well  as  an  artist  of  consider- 
able ability.  In  his  college  days,  his  drawings  and  humorous 
"pieces"  appeared  in  the  Cornell  Widow. 

rT"(HE  advertising  pages  of  the  magazines  of  the  "Quality 
JL  Group,"  that  is,  the  Atlantic  Monthly,  Harpers,  Review  of 
Reviews,  Scribners,  and  the  World's  Worf;  now  contain  only  the 
announcements  of  those  radio  manufacturers  whose  products 
have  been  tested  and  approved  by  the  Laboratory  of  RADIO 
BROADCAST.  Readers  of  those  magazines  who  are  not  well  versed 
in  matters  radio  have  the  privilege  of  calling  on  the  technical 
staff  of  this  magazine  for  help  and  advice. 


Doubltday,  Page  fir  Co. 
MAGAZINES 

COUNTRY  LIFE 

WORLD'S  WORK 

GARDEN  &  HOME  BUILDER 

RADIO  BROADCAST 

SHORT  STORIES 

EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW 

LE  PETIT  JOURNAL 

EL  Eco 

THE  FRONTIER 


NEW  YORK: 


ST.  Louis: 


Doubleday,  Page  Sr  Co. 
BOOK  SHOPS 

("LORD  &  TAYLOR  BOOK  SHOP 

I  PENNSYLVANIA  TERMINAL  (2  Shops) 

I  38  WALL  ST. 

(.GRAND  CENTRAL  TERMINAL 

[223  NORTH  STH  STREET 
4914  MARYLAND  AVENUE 

AS  rrrv  t  920  GRAND  AVENUE 
KANSAS  CITY,  j  Jo6  WFST  4?TH  STREET 

TOLEDO:  LASALLE  &  KOCH 

CLEVELAND:  HIGBEE  Co. 

SPRINGFIELD,  MASS.  :  MEEKINS,  PACKARD  &  WHEAT 


Doubleday,  Page  &  Co. 

OFFICES 

GARDEN  CITY,  N.  Y. 
NEW  YORK:  120  WEST  32ND  STREET 
BOSTON:  PARK  SQUARE  BUILDING 
CHICAGO:  PEOPLES  GAS  BUILDING 
SANTA  BARBARA,  CAL. 
LONDON:  WM.  HEINEMANN  LTD. 
TORONTO:  OXFORD  UNIVERSITY  PRESS 


Doubleday,  Page  &•  Co. 
OFFICERS 

F.  N.  DOUBLEDAY.  President 

A.  W.  PAGE,  Vice-President 

NELSON  DOUBLEDAY,  Vice-President 

RUSSELL  DOUBLEDAY,  Secretary 

S.  A.  EVERITT,  Treasurer 

JOHN  J.  HESSIAN,  Asst.  Treasurer 


DOUBLED  AT,  PAGE  &  COMPACT,  Garden  Qity,  ^[ew 

Copyright,  1925,  in  the  United  States,  'Newfoundland,  Great  Britain,  Canada,  and  other  countries  by  Doubleday,  Page  &  Company.     AH  rights  reserved. 

TERMS:  $4.00  a  year;  single  copies  35  cents. 

'54 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


157 


// 


**»>  V.VG 
. 


oa 
in  <Madio 


Emphatically  Yes! 

Radio  IS  marching  forward,  this  season  as  before. 
But  it  is  marching  in  a  new  direction. 

Quality  of  Reception. 

That  is  the  big,  new  theme.  And  the  new  Jewett 
Receiver  is  its  inspiration. 

At  last  Radio  commands  a  Receiver  that  is  truly  a 
Musical  Instrument,  by  a  manufacturer  of  experience 
in  the  musical  instrument  field. 

Mere  words  cannot  describe  this  new  Jewett  Quality 
of  Reception.  You  must  hear  and  understand. 

So  just  visit  an  authorized  Jewett  Dealer  and  let  him 
prove  to  you  that  here  is  a  new  kind  of  Radio — so 
.different  from  the  old  as  to  create  new  standards  and 
ideals. 

For  the  first  time,  B-Battery  current  and  resulting  dis- 
tortion have  been  completely  barred  from  the  speaker 
circuit. 

You  should  know  the  story  of  this  epoch-mark- 
ing Receiver  and  its  birth  in  the  brains  of  our 
straight-thinking  young  engineers  who  refused 
to  admit  that  it  couldn't  be  done.  Ask  us  for  it. 

"There  Is  No  Substitute  For  The  Best" 

JEWETT  RADIO  &  PHONOGRAPH  CO. 

5672  TELEGRAPH  ROAD  PONTIAC,  MICHIGAN 

Factories:     Allegan,  Michigan— Pontiac,  Michigan 

In  Canada:     Jewett  Radio-Phonographs,  Ltd.,  Walkerville,  Ontario 

Export  Sales  Offices:     116  Broad  Street,  New  York  City 


Special  Wednesday 
WJR  feature— The 
Burroughs  Hour,  9 
to  10  p.  m. 


The  Jewett  Receiver 

— Three  simple  controls  provide  dis- 
tortionless  reception  and  eliminate  all 
receiver  noises — The  most  richly  beau- 
tiful Receiver  you  have  ever  seen. 

The  Jewett  Superspeaker 

— All  that  the  name  implies.  Recom» 
mended  by  experts  everywhere. 

The  Jewett  Superspeaker 
Console 

— A  handsome  cabinet  with  Super- 
speaker  performance. 

The  Jewett  Cone 

— Faithful  in  tone  and  pitch  regardless 
of  heat,  cold,  or  dampness.  Semi-ad- 
justable. 

The  Jewett  Vemco  Unit 

—Makes  a  loud  speaker  out  of  your 
phonograph. 

The  Jewett  Parkay  Cabinet 

— Puts  the  amateur  on  a  par  with  the 
most  exclusive  cabinet  worker. 

The  Jewett  Micro-Dial 

—Makes  tuning  50  times  as  accurate. 
Fits  any  standard  receiver. 

The  Jewett  Superspeaker 
Highboy 

—Houses  any  standard  Radio  set  and 
all  batteries.  Superspeaker  built  in. 


"Quality  Broadcasting  to 

Match  Quality  Products 

—Station  WJR" 


©1925  Jewett  Radio  &  Phonograph  Co 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  ENTERS  THE  CLUB 

The  installation  at  the  Cornel!  Club  in  'Nfw  Tor);  City.  The  Western  Electric  super-heterodyne  tfith  peanut  tubes  is  shown  in 
the  top  view  at  the  left.  A  four-tube  amplifier  below  intensifies  the  energy  which  is  supplied  to  the  loud  speakers  on  the  panelled 
uialls  of  the  various  rooms.  Employees  of  the  Club  are  shown  listening  to  the  first  test  of  the  equipment.  A  public  address 
system  is  also  installed.  Microphones  picf(  up  the  speeches  mhich  are  carried  to  all  parts  of  the  club  through  the  loud  speakers 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


VOLUME  VIII 


NUMBER  2 


DECEMBER,  1925 


Grew  Up 


Many  Little  Known  Facts  About  Radio  Development  are  Related — Here  Is  the 
First  of  a  Series  of  Articles  on  This  Subject  Written  by  a  Pioneer  in  Wireless 

By  ROBERT  H.  MARRIOTT 


EPEATEDLY  during  the  last  one 
hundred  years,  radio  has  been 
referred  to  as  new,  which  has 
had  the  result  of  making  people 
come  to  the  conclusion  that  it  must  be  new. 
This  is,  of  course,  very  confusing,  and  is 
due  no  doubt  to  the  fact  that  certain  in- 
ventions and  inventors  have  been  overrated 
while  others  have  been  forgotten.  Human 
love  of  fairy  tales  makes  it  easy  for  a 
man  or  a  corporation  with  money  to 
refer  to  a  certain  individual  as  the 
great  one  who  has  done  all  of  the* 
wonderful  things  that  have  been 
done.  Money  getters,  too,  take  ad- 
vantage of  that  love  of  fairy  stories 
to  fill  their  pockets. 

Haywire,  halos,  and  haymakers 
have  characterized  many  of  the  early 
careers  in  radio.  Inventors  and 
would-be  inventors  built  haywire 
apparatus.  Promoters  built  press 
agent  halos  around  the  alleged  in- 
ventors and  their  haywire  products. 
Some  of  the  hay  went  to  develop 
radio  and  a  lot  of  it  went  to  whoever 
received  the  stock  jobber's  money. 
Sometimes  promotors  became  so  ex- 
travagant in  the  claims  about  an 
invention  that  the  inventor  himself 
would  be  found  to  disclaim  some  of 
the  things  that  he  was  purported  to 
have  done,  and  to  give  the  credit  to 
others.  Such  a  procedure  was,  of 
course,  just  what  the  promoters 
wanted,  and  they  immediately  got 
their  press  agents  and  after-dinner 
speakers  on  the  job,  in  order  that 
they  might  tell  how  modest  and  gen- 
erous the  inventor  was,  and  thereby 
stud  his  halo  with  the  pearls  of 
modesty  and  generosity. 

Homage  is  due  to  many  rather 
than  to  a  few.  Many  radio  develop- 


First  President  Institute  of  Radio  Engineers 

ers  have  received  little  compensation  for 
their  work  in  the  past  and  they  are  not  in 
a  position  to  collect  now.  The  public 
owes  a  debt  to  many  people  which  it  cannot 


A    PORTABLE    SET,    IQOI    MODEL 

Mr.  Marriott  operating  a  portable  transmitting  set.  Note 
the  ground  plate  on  the  floor.  With  an  outfit  about  the  same 
size  as  this,  using  vacuum  tubes  as  the  radio  generating  device, 
signals  are  being  sent  by  amateurs  using  code,  for  tremendous 
distances.  The  Laboratory  of  RADIO  BROADCAST  recently 
communicated  with  the  U.  S.  S.  Seattle  as  she  was  leaving 
Tahiti  in  the  Pacific  ocean.  A  five-watt  tube  was  used  as  a 
transmitter  for  this  remarkable  communication 


pay.  Some  of  those  people  need  the  money, 
others  do  not;  some  are  dead  while  those 
still  alive  do  not  expect  to  realize  anything 
on  their  past  labors. 

The  changes  in  radio  development  may 
often    be    traced    to    unexpected    causes. 
For  example,  the  United  States  Prohibition 
Act   seems   to  have    played   a   somewhat 
important  role  in  the  recent  stimulation 
of    radio    broadcasting.     Volstead's 
unintentional  creation  of  laborious 
home   brewing    and   the  attendant 
substitution    of   inconvenient  boot- 
leggers for  bar  tenders,  has  appar- 
ently been  an  important  step  in  the 
development    of    radio,   because    it 
suddenly  has  shut  off  from  the  public 
a  very  convenient  means  of  spending 
their    money.      Now    these    baffled 
people  are  looking  for  other  outlets. 
Broadcast    receiving    has    supplied 
that  demand,  and  its  problems  pres- 
ent a  new  field  in  which  alcohol-free 
brains  may  engage. 

Not  only  is  radio  history  valuable 
as  a  thing  of  interest,  as  educational, 
and  as  a  precedent  for  use  in  plan- 
ning the  future,  but  it  is  valuable  in 
other  ways.  I  was  recently  examined 
and  cross-examined  for  three  days 
about  historical  radio  devices,  for 
evidence  in  a  radio  suit.  I  believe 
the  suit  was  for  several  millions  of 
dollars.  At  any  rate  the  amount  was 
so  interesting  that  two  lawyers  and 
an  expert  traveled  across  the  United 
States  and  back  to  get  my  testimony. 
The  lawyers'  questions  and  my 
answers  in  that  testimony  took  up 
more  words  than  1  am  using  in  this 
whole  series  of  articles.  The  testi- 
mony was  relative  to  only  a  few 
historical  devices  which  had  their 
origin  from  1899  on,  while  I  am  striv- 


160 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


DECEMBER,  1925 


U.S. 
RADIO 

DEVELOPMENT 

CHART 

•) 

JO 

1     • 

2   • 

', 

':  r 

j    U 

1    C 

i     't 

a      1 

0    1 

I      I 

v 

3     1 

-)  'i; 

GE  in  MILE 
r  &  v. 

2 

(f 

5 

^ 

-—  ' 

t 

y 

—  

E 

.  — 

i—  — 

FACTORS            ™ 

REFER   TO  LIGHT   -            I    °F 
DOTTED  LINES  OPPOSITE    5TA 

/ 

/ 

1™; 

-Iff 

er  f 

''• 

-w 

',<„ 

7t 

»  Opera  //an  by  5  5  Cos. 

35  Patent  //ttgafion 

j 

....-•" 

/ 

»  Fu//  power  dux.//iary 

•    t 

w  Decrement  Law 

-'/" 

32  Lakes  d  Cargo  lav 

at  So  Persons,  Ocean  L  a>v 

30  So  Passengers,  Ocean  • 

'"'     U 

29  fc/c/e  offfad/o  Recognized. 

j 

•--.- 

-  

'•--../ 

3 

26Orer/ond  Radio. 

i 

355/ock  Safes  Jo  public 

s 

-^^t1" 

Z4Pos/  Of/ice  prosecu/tori 

ip 

--,_. 

23  Sfock  Jobbing. 

^ 

»*  (/mform  Comrneraa/ 

| 

21  Decremen/ 

4 

ZoSpark  frequency 

^ 

19dn/enna  s/ze 

2 

'"/ 

iQdnfenna  Voltage 

/  "  ' 

17  Radio  dmme/er 

—\ 

-/ 

16  Warcme/ers 

1. 

w  e^s'jF^Smfi//e"a* 

rj 

/ 

•"i" 

M  /mpu/sff  Fxi/a/ion. 

~****, 

/    - 

r- 

12  P/atn  dri/enna  dux.-  - 

- 

-i 

-;' 

j 

V 

llMoinAn/cnnaM&h  - 



i 

/ 

/ 

WAl/ernahng  Current 

„ 

. 

/ 

9  Elec/fro/ytfC  /n/frrup/er 

/ 

^c 

\ 

/ 

/ 

8  Mercury  Turbrne     • 

-- 

--. 

-/ 

—  "sS 

r  Kirofor 

/ 

• 

/ 

' 

,' 

A  /I 

•  Beo/  Jc/ecfer 

,x 

7 

^•^ 

3  Auction        • 

I 

j 

* 

4  Crys/a/      • 

"/"' 

....... 



S  Eltc/ro/yfic  * 

•- 

— 

, 

r\ 

^ 

zM/crophone  • 

. 

-— 

t 

^ 

^' 

x' 

s 

J 

--' 

J  Coherer 

-— 

B-  RAMOE  CURVE. 
m-  TOTAL  STATIONS- 
&COMMrKIAL  SHIPS. 

JP-COMMEPCIAL  LAMD- 

iQ-GOVERNMEnTLAnD- 

/ 

/ 

^> 

£. 

«^-- 

JL  — 

--' 

-r 

"^ 

.-' 

—  --r 

/ 
-3 

^ 

X 

' 

(5 

VEAR5  — 

-•'99    1900   '01     '02     '03    '04     '05    '06     '07    '08    09    '10     'II     '\2     13     '14    '\'. 

HOW   WIRELESS    DEVELOPED 

One  of  a  number  of  charts  presented  by  Mr.  Marriott  in  a  paper  published  in  the 
Proceedings  of  the  Institute  of  Radio  Engineers  for  June,  1917,  showing  graphically 
the  rise  and  decline  of  the  various  radio  factors.  For  example,  the  electrolytic 
detector,  No.  3  in  the  charts,  came  into  use  about  1902,  was  the  leading  detector 
about  1905  and  then  gave  way  to  crystal  detectors,  No.  4 


ing  in  these  articles  to  outline  the  more 
interesting  points  in  the  development  of 
radio  since  about  1790. 

Starting  on  our  outline  of  radio  history 
then,  we  find  that  Galvani  got  a  "radio 
kick"  out  of  frogs'  legs  even  before  1790; 
De  Salva  wrote  a  recipe  for  a  "wireless" 
in  1795;  Morse  built  a  "wireless"  which 
worked  across  narrow  bodies  of  water 
in  1842;  Maxwell  wrote  a  theory  for  radio 
in  1867;  Loomis  patented  a  "wireless"  in 
1872;  Hughes  made  and  used  a  radio  in 
about  1879,  but  he  only  let  a  few  friends 
in  on  it;  Professor  Dolbear  patented  one 
in  1886;  Hertz  made  a  tuned  radio  system 
according  to  Maxwell's  recipe  in  1886,  and 


that  development  led 
others  in  our  radio  of  to- 
day. 

MARCONI    EXPLOITS    RADIO 

RADIO  had  been  thus 
brewing  since  the 
1 8th  century.  By  1895  it 
was  ready  for  exploitation, 
by  which  I  mean  that  it 
was  ready  for  sales  engi- 
neers, exploiters,  promot- 
ers, advertisers,  and 
others.  Marconi  demon- 
strated the  more  or  less 
academic  radio  instru- 


A    VERTICAL    ANTENNA 

About  the  year  1900,  vertical  antennas  were  quite  popular  for 
land  stations,  but  as  wireless  became  more  general  and  the  in- 
stallations more  elaborate,  the  flat  top  horizontal  type  was 
almost  universal.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  now,  for  short 
wave  transmissions,  amateurs  and  others  are  returning  to  the 
vertical  antenna 


ments  to  some  politicians,  army  men,  and  money  getters 
at  this  time.  He  played  the  part  of  a  demonstrator  and 
sales  engineer.  A  money  getting  company  was  then  formed 


AT   ANNAPOLIS 

How  the  wireless  towers  looked  when  the  picture  was  taken 
on  October  25,  1902.  On  this  day,  some  history  was  made, 
for,  using  this  equipment,  the  Navy  made  its  first  record  of 
about  50  miles  by  wireless  from  this  equipment  to  a  ship. 
Fifty  miles,  with  the  equipment  known  then  was  an  extraor- 
dinary distance 


DECEMBER,  1925 


HOW  RADIO  GREW  UP 


161 


which,  in  attempting  to  obtain  a  monopoly,  set  out  to  ad- 
vertise to  everybody  that  Marconi  was  the  inventor  and 
that  they  owned  that  patent  on  wireless  which  entitled 
them  to  a  monopoly  in  America  and  other  places.  That 
was  not,  of  course,  true,  but  he  did  advertise  wireless  and 
to  him  is  due  the  credit  for  having  started  the  development 
of  radio  in  many  different  parts  of  the  world. 

By  1900  radio  had  edged  itself  into  the  market  as  a 
mild  public  service.  It  continued  as  a  tonic  and  stimulant 
for  business,  for  military  purposes,  and  for  life  saving. 
To  obtain  plenty  of  radio  equipment  for  recent  war  pur- 
poses greater  quantities  of  money  and  effort  were  sud- 
denly put  forth.  In  1921  a  radio  by-product  called  broad- 
casting began  to  take  on.  Now  it  is  a  principal  product, 
a  product  that  sold  for  about  $3  50,000,000.00  last  year. 
That  is  a  very  brief  outline  of  some  of  the  more  important 
events  in  the  history  of  radio. 

Luigi  Galvani  was  an  Italian  anatomist  and  he  got  the 
kicks  from  frogs'  legs  when  he  put  them  near  an  electric 
spark.  Nowadays  we  would  call  his  spark  maker  a  radio 
transmitter  while  the  detached  frogs'  legs  acted  as  the 
radio  detector.  Therefore  he  must  be  credited  with  having 
made  a  genuine  radio  experiment  one  hundred  and  thirty- 
five  years  ago.  The  distance  between  the  spark  gap  and 
legs  must  have  been  only  a  few  inches  or,  at  most,  a  few 
feet,  and  at  that  time  the  whys  and  wherefores  probably 
were  not  realized. 

On  December  16,  1795,  De  Salva,  a  Spanish  physicist, 
read  a  paper  before  the  Academy  of  Sciences  at  Barcelona 
in  which  he  said:  "One  could,  for  example,  arrange  at 
Mallorca  an  area  of  earth  charged  with  electricity,  and  at 
Alicante  a  similar  space  charged  with  opposite  electricity, 
with  a  wire  going  to,  and  dipping  into,  the  sea.  On  lead- 


INTER.IOR   OF   THE    OLD   ANNAPOLIS    STATION 


ing  another  wire  from  the 
sea  shore  to  the  electrified 
spot  at  Mallorca,  the  com- 
munication between  the  two 
charged  surfaces  would  be 
complete,  for  the  electric 
fluid  would  traverse  the  sea, 
which  is  an  excellent  con- 
ductor, and  indicate  by  the 
spark  the  desired  signal." 
If  Salva's  scheme  had 
worked  as  he  said,  it  would 


have  been  wireless,  but  not  radio.  He 
specified  for  the  flow  of  a  direct  current 
from  one  station  to  the  other,  rather  than 
waves  composed  of  combined  magnetic 
fields  and  condenser  fields  such  as  are 
radiated  from  one  radio  station  to  another. 
However  he  had  the  idea  of  establishing 
wireless  communication.  Therefore  the 
idea  of  wireless  communication  by  elec- 
trical means  must  be  at  least  one  hundred 
and  thirty  years  old. 

In  1831,  Faraday  demonstrated  electro- 


A    GALLERY   OF   TRANSMITTING   APPARATUS 

In  use  between  1899  ar>d  '9' 5  set  up  in  the  Brooklyn  Navy  Yard.  Mr.  Marriott,  at  the  left  in  the  photograph,  was  the  expert  witness  in  a  case  tried 
before  a  United  States  judge  in  1915.  In  the  foreground,  to  the  right,  is  a  ten-inch  induction  coil,  with  separate  vibrator.  This  was  connected 
directly  to  the  antenna  and  was  popular  until  about  1906.  Various  kinds  of  glass  jar  transmitting  condensers  can  be  seen.  The  inductances,  of 
large  wire,  are  "oscillation  transformers"  and  coupled  the  oscillating  circuit,  consisting  of  spark  gap  and  condenser,  inductively  to  the  secondary 
circuit  which  had  taps  leading  to  antenna  and  ground.  This  is  a  most  unusual  historical  photograph 


162 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


DECEMBER,  1925 


magnetic  induction.  He  showed  that 
making  current  start  and  stop  in  one  cir- 
cuit would  cause  currents  to  flow  in  a  cir- 
cuit parallel  to  it,  although  there  be  no 
connecting  wires  between  the  two  circuits. 
That  was  a  kind  of  wireless,  but  it  is  not 
classed  as  the  kind  of  wireless  we  call 
radio. 

Professor  Samuel  F.  B.  Morse,  of  the 
United  States,  telegraphed  across  narrow 
bodies  of  water  in  1842,  by  installing  a 
ground  return  transmitter  circuit  along 
one  bank  and  a  ground  return  receiver  cir- 
cuit along  the  other,  without  any  wires 
between  the  sender  and  receiver.  His, 
again,  was  not  radio  communication  but 
it  was  wireless  communication.  He  not 
only  had  the  idea  of  communicating 
without  using  wires  between  the  trans- 
mitter and  receiver,  but  he  did  actually 
telegraph  with  success  that  way.  The 
currents  between  the  points  at  which 
he  connected  his  transmitter  are  sup- 
posed to  have  wandered  across  the  stream 
and  through  the  wire  that  connected  the 
two  points  of  ground  or  water  contact  of 
his  receiver.  That  was  a  kind  of  wireless 
that  worked,  and  it  worked  more  than 
eighty  years  ago. 

The  electromagnetic  theory,  which  is 
our  present  accepted  theory  of  radio 
wave  propagation,  is  said  to  have  origin- 
ated with  William  Clerk  Maxwell,  a  noted 
Scotch  physicist  in  about  1867,  and  it  was 
published  shortly  after  that  time. 

LOOMIS      UTILIZES      STATIC      FOR      SENDING 

JULY  3Oth,  1872,  patent  number  129,971, 
was  issued  to  Mahlon  Loomis,  dentist, 
of    Washington,     District    of    Columbia. 
The  following  is  quoted  from  the  patent. 

What  I  claim  as  my  invention  or  discovery, 
and  desire  to  secure  by  Letters  Patent,  is — 
The  utilization  of  natural  electricity  from 
elevated  points  by  connecting  the  opposite 
polarity  of  the  celestial  and  terrestrial  bodies 
of  electricity  at  different  points  by  suitable 
conductors,  and,  for  telegraphic  purposes, 
relying  upon  the  disturbance  produced  in  the 
two  electro-opposite  bodies  (of  the  earth  and 
atmosphere)  by  an  interruption  of  the  continuity 
of  one  of  the  conductors  from  the  electrical 
body  being  indicated  upon  its  opposite  or  corres- 
ponding terminus,  and  thus  producing  a  circuit 
or  communication  between  the  two  without 
an  artificial  battery  or  further  use  of  wires 
or  cable  to  connect  the  cooperating  stations. 


Stating  the  Loomis  claim  briefly  and  in 
present  day  language;  if  you  put  up  an 
antenna  where  it  will  get  atmospheric 
charges,  and  interrupt  the  flow  of  current 
from  the  antenna  to  ground,  you  can 
send  messages.  If  the  atmospheric  vol- 
tage is  high  enough  so  that  the  sparks 
from  antenna  to  ground  will  jump  a  gap 
of  one  inch,  it  would  be  possible  to  send 
messages  more  than  a  hundred  miles 
to  a  present  day  receiver.  However, 
the  atmospheric  voltage  is  not  reliable 
for  telegraphing,  because  conditions  vary 
widely  in  different  locations  and  at  different 
times.  Unless  you  use  a  sensitive  galvan- 
ometer you  might  be  unable  to  detect  any 
voltage  on  your  antenna,  the  day  you  read 
this.  On  the  other  hand,  it  is  not  a  safe 
thing  to  try,  carelessly,  because  you  might 
get  too  much  voltage,  especially  just  before 
a  rain  storm. 

That  arrangement  as  described  by 
Loomis,  has  worked  for  me  many  times 
in  years  past  and  in  fact  I  am  experimenting 
with  such  a  device  at  present.  I  am  using 
the  system  to  find  out  things  about  the 
unidentified  noises  that  interfere  with 
radio  receiving,  and  about  fading  and 
static.  The  one  I  am  working  with  now 
is  interrupted  by  a  little  copper  water 
wheel.  When  the  voltage  is  low  the 
current  only  discharges  from  the  antenna 
through  the  longest  paddle  of  the  wheel. 
When  the  voltage  is  high  it  jumps  to  all 
four.  Some  of  us  can  hear  it  click  at  our 
receiving  stations  and  get  an  idea  of  what 
is  happening  in  the  atmosphere. 

An  observer  might  record  the  area 
and  movement  of  high 
voltage  atmosphere  by 
setting  up  numerous 
Loomis  antennas,  with 
clock  operated  spark 
gaps  having  differently 
timed  interruptions,  in  a 


large  circle  around  him  and  his  receiving 
apparatus.  Weather  scientists  may  find 
this  suggestion  useful. 

From  observations  made  with  this  kind 
of  an  arrangement,  it  seems  that  some  of 
the  interference  one  hears  on  a  broadcast 
receiver  is  probably  due  to  the  atmosphere 
charging  insulated  conductors  to  such  a 
high  voltage  that  the  charge  jumps  over 
to  earth  in  one  spark  which  produces 
a  click,  or  many  sparks,  that  produce 
grinding,  buzzing,  or  sizzling  noises.  The 
conductor  in  question  might  be  a  guy  wire, 
fence  wire,  power  wire,  or  something  else. 
If  electric  power  follows  those  pilot  sparks 
to  earth,  you  may  hear  an  alternating 
current  or  commutator  hum.  Falling  rain 
may  contribute  both  voltage  and  moisture, 
causing  a  power  circuit  to  leak  over  in- 
sulators. 

I  am  not  an  inveterate  story  reader,  but 
so  far  as  I  know,  fiction  writers  have 
overlooked  the  possibilities  of  the  Loomis 
antenna.  All  their  hero  or  heroine  needs 
for  wireless  salvation  are  the  right  weather 
conditions,  an  elevated  conductor  and  the 
radio  code.  The  villain  might  even  grab 
the  conductor  and  get  a  static  knock-out. 
Loomis  was  away  ahead  of  his  time.  His 
patent  was  not  only  for  communicating 
without  wires,  but  for  taking  the  electricity 
to  do  it  with  from  the  atmosphere.  He 
apparently  did  not  reason  according  to  the 
radio  theory,  but  the  idea  he  patented 
certainly  works  that  way.  He  wanted  to 
make  static  send  messages.  He  probably 
imagined  wonderful  possibilities  "via 
static,"  but  I  daresay  he  didn't  go  so  far  as 
to  imagine  then  that  the  new  baby 
across  the  street  was  destined  to 
make  money  from  automobiles;  move 
(he  might  even  fly)  to  Southern' 
California  to  a  place  called  Los 
Angeles  and  there  buy  a  winter  home 
for  a  fabulous  sum, 
retire  and  spend  his 
time  playing  Mah 
Jongg  or  working 
cross  word  puzzles, 
and  maybe  even 
drinking  home  brew 
while  listening  to 
Washington  jazz 
delivered  without 
"wires,"  in  1925. 


HIGH    POWERED       EQUIPMENT — IN     1903 

The  ten-inch  induction  coil  which  was  standard  during  the  early  years  of  wireless  as  the  trans- 
mitter. Nothing  was  simpler  than  the  circuit  used.  About  twenty  volts  was  supplied  to  the 
primary  of  the  coil  and  some  eighty  or  a  hundred  thousand  volts  were  produced  between  the 
electrodes  the  operator  is  adjusting.  Ships  and  shore  stations  alike  used  the  coils  and  sharp 
tuning  was  unknown.  Those  were  the  days  when  no  one  knew  exactly  what  wavelength  he  was 
using  and  didn't  care.  The  few  wavemeters  in  existence  were  objects  of  curiosity  in  almost 

inaccessible  laboratories 


FIG.      I 

A  collection  of  modern  tubes,  nearly  all  of  which  are  designed  for  the  second  audio  stage  where  so  much  distortion  due  to  overloading  now  occurs. 
The  power  tubes  illustrated  in  this  photograph  are  Western  Electric  2i6-A,  ux-i  12,  ux-2io,  ux-iao,  uv-2O2,  Cleartron,  and  Heliotron.  The  small 
"peanut"  tube  is  the  Western  Electric  "N"  tube,  and  in  the  photograph  are  two  tubes  designed  for  resistance-coupled  amplifiers,  the  Daven  "MU-2O" 

and  the  High  Constron.     Daven  also  makes  a  power  tube  known  as  the  Daven  "MU-6." 

Tubes:  Their  Uses  and  Abuses 

How  to  Use  the  Standard  and  the  Latest  Tubes  to  Attain  High 
Quality  in  the  Radio  Receiver — Some  Little  Known  But  Easily 
Applied  Facts  of  Increasing  Importance  About  Audio  Amplification 

By  KEITH  HENNEY     •      "•  <    ; 

Director,  "Radio  Broadcast"  Laboratory 


E  development  of  the  vacuum  tube 
has  placed  in  the  hands  of  engineers  and 
scientists — and  radio  listeners — one  of 
the  most  versatile  and  useful  devices 
that  has  resulted  from  man's  ingenuity.  The 
applications  of  the  vacuum  tube  device  are  so 
diverse  and  so  important  that  it  is  indeed  the 
modern  "Aladdin's  lamp." 

Vacuum  tubes  in  the  early  days  were  not  what 
they  are  to-day.  Any  one  who  remembers  trying 
to  hook  up  two  of  the  old  "tubular"  tubes  into 
a  two-stage  amplifier  knows  that.  Amplifiers 
in  those  days  were  practically  unknown.  Tubes 
did  nothing  but  oscillate,  and  quite  often  not 
much  of  that.  All  receiving  was  done  by 
"beats."  that  is  with  the  tube  oscil- 
lating and  the  circuit  tuned  so  that 
a  slight  difference  of  frequency  ex- 
isted between  the  incoming  signals 
and  those  generated  in  the  tube  it- 
self. Operators  read  the  signals  by 
these  difference  notes. 

Tubes  were  not  pumped  (as 
highly  evacuated)  as  hard  as  they 
are  to-day.  No  two  were  alike. 
Some  had  grids  on  the  outside  of 
the  glass  bulb.  Often  amateurs 
used  a  complicated  system  of  per- 
manent magnets  placed  about  the 
tube  so  that  the  electrons 
would  be  drawn  from  the  filament 
at  a  faster  pace.  All  in  all,  mod- 
ern radio  listeners  have  a  lot  to 
be  thankful  for. 
Tubes  to-day  are  fairly  uniform. 


If  you  buy  a  5-volt  tube  you  know  that  its  char- 
acteristics will  be  such  and  such  within  fairly  nar- 
row limits.  This  means  that  you  can  interchange 
tubes  with  out  "spilling  the  beans."  Some  manu- 
facturers of  tubes  take  particular  precautions  to 
have  their  tubes  all  alike  and  in  RADIO  BROAD- 
CAST Laboratory,  a  consignment  of  tubes  from 
one  manufacturer  have  been  tested  that  were  all 
alike — all  twelve  of  them — and  they  were  not 
specially  picked,  either. 

Tubes  in  radio  communication  serve  several 
special  purposes,  but  to  the  listener  there 
are  two  services  which  are  of  paramount  im- 
portance, detection  and  amplification.  And  like 
all  delicate  apparatus,  there  are  certain  con- 


SINCE  the  basic  patents  on  the  vacuum  lube  expired  some  months  ago,  there 
las  been  feverish  activity  among  many  manufacturers,  and  many  new  names 
have  appeared  on  the  market.  The  result  is  that  a  goodly  number  of  experi- 
menters are  a  bit  at  sea.;  tubes  with  capabilities  quite  beyond  any  of  tbe  previous 
well  known  types  are  available  and  many  fans  are  groping  for  real  information 
about  them.  Tbe  far  sighted  manufacturers  who  brought  out  the  new  tubes,  the 
power  type  in  especial,  deserve  much  praise,  for  they  have  added  infinitely  to  the 
acoustical  refinement  of  radio.  This  article,  we  believe,  contains  some  sug- 
gestions which  will  be  highly  valued  by  those  experimenters  who  follow  them.  It 
is  a  plea,  in  short,  for  our  audio  amplifiers  to  be  properly  planned.  By  far  the 
greatest  number  of  radio  experimenters  use  every  tube  they  have  in  the  con- 
ventional way:  go  volts  on  the  plate  and  the  rated  filament  voltage.  Tbe  author, 
who  by  tbe  way,  knows  a  great  deal  about  high  quality  in  audio  circuits,  shows 
how  the  amplifier  can  be  correctly  planned — which  appears  almost  to  be  a  new 
idea. — THE  EDITOR 


ditions  under  which  they  must  be  operated  to  get 
best  results.  It  is  the  purpose  of  this  article 
to  deal  with  those  best  operating  conditions  and 
to  attempt  to  point  out  a  few  noteworthy  ideas 
in  the  design  of  radio  receiving  equipment  that 
utilizes  vacuum  tubes  as  the  central  piece  of 
apparatus. 

HOW   THE   TUBE   OPERATES 

TT    IS  not  necessary  for  the  reader  to  know 
*•  much  of  the  theory  of  vacuum  tube  operation. 
It  is  sufficient  if  he  knows  that  within  the  glass 
tube  there  are  three  metallic  elements,  a  filament 
which  lights  up  when  you  turn  on  the  A  battery, 
a  grid  which  acts  as  a  controlling  valve  for  the 
plate  current  which  flows  from  the 
^_^^ia^       third  element,   the  plate,  around 
through  the  B  battery  and  back 
to  the  filament. 

The  filament  emits  electrons, 
according  to  the  language  of  the 
physicist,  but  in  ordinary  terms, 
these  building  stones  of  all  matter 
are  actually  boiled  off  the  metallic 
filament  when  it  is  heated  to  a 
certain  temperature. 

These  electrons  are  negatively 
charged  and  move  toward  the 
positively  charged  plate  with  a 
certain  velocity  depending  on 
various  controlable  factors. 

The  grid  is  situated  between  the 
filament  and  the  plate  and  is  made 
of  a  mesh  arrangement  so  that  the 
electrons  can  go  between  its  meshes 


164 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


DECEMBER,  1925 


on  their  way  toward  the  plate.  If  the  grid  is 
negative  it  repels  electrons  and  less  plate  current 
flows;  if  it  is  positive,  it  draws  more  electrons 
from  the  filament  out  into  the  space  of  the  tube 
and  the  plate  current  increases.  In  this  way 
the  grid  is  essentially  a  controlling  element. 

DETECTOR   THEORY    AND    PRACTICE 

*~pHE  theory  of  detection  is  complicated  and 
^  will  not  be  described  here.  It  is  only  neces- 
sary to  say  that  41  volts  on  the  plate  of  the  de- 
tector is  about  the  correct  value  with  modern 
highly  pumped  tubes;  that  the  grid  return  should 
be  connected  to  the  positive  side  of  the  filament; 
that  for  grid  condenser-leak  detection,  the  proper 
values  seem  to  be  about  .00025  mfd.  capacity  and 
two  megohms,  although  other  values  may  be 
used;  that  there  is  little  use  in  using  a  C  battery 
detector  unless  very  powerful  signals  are  to  be 


I 

r 


Speaker 


FIG.    2 


Signals  from  an  antenna  go  through  several 
electrical  devices  before  they  finally  emerge 
from  a  loud  speaker.  This  illustration  shows 
the  path  of  these  signals.  At  the  input  and 
output  of  each  amplifier  the  voltages  and 
power  levels  differ,  increasing  as  the  signal 
approaches  the  loud  speaker 


received,  say  in  the  second  super-heterodyne  de- 
tector. 

Often  a  detector  that  will  not  work  on  45  or 
even  225  volts  B  battery  will  work  very  well 
indeed  on  12  or  thereabouts.  If  regeneration 
is  not  smooth,  that  i«,  if  advancing  the  tickler, 
or  the  condenser  in  capacity  feedback  sys- 
tems, is  accompanied  with  growls  and  low  fre- 
quency clicking  noises,  the  trouble  lies  in  too 
much  tickler,  wrong  grid  leaks,  or  too  much  B 
battery.  The  tube  should  slide  into  operation 
without  fuss,  and  if  it  does  not,  something  is 
wrong.  With  low  loss  receivers,  not  much  tickler 
is  needed.  The  higher  the  resistance  of  the  coil 
into  which  regeneration  is  being  introduced,  the 
more  tickler  will  have  to  be  used  and  the  more 
erratic  will  be  the  operation. 

There  is  one  point  that  may  be  mentioned 
here.  It  is  a  common  statement  that  there  is  no 
necessity  for  low  loss  circuits  in  regenerative 
receivers  since  the  addition  of  regeneration  re- 
duces the  resistance  of  the  circuit.  Regeneration 
does  reduce  the  effective  resistance,  making 
tuning  sharper,  and  receiving  more  selective. 
If  the  receiver  suddenly  begins  to  oscillate  after 
the  regeneration  has  been  set  say  when  a  crash 
of  static  comes  along,  or  some  loud  signal,  the 


Hill- 


operator  can  look  for  a  high 
resistance  circuit  in  which  the 
tuning  is  broad  until  much 
regeneration  is  added.  Then 
it  is  time  to  read  up  on  low 
loss  circuits. 

The  use  of  low  resistance 
grid  leaks,  say  one  half 
megohm,  will  improve  the 
quality  of  music  received  but 
on  the  other  hand,  low  valued 
grid  leaks  will  cause  some  loss 
in  volume — which  maybe 
made  up  in  the  audio  amplifier. 

Various  methods  of  obtain- 
ing regeneration  in  a  detector 
circuit    have  been   described 
(see    RADIO    BROADCAST   for 
October)  and  all  produce  the  same  results.    In- 
creased   signal    strength,   increased    selectivity, 
and,  if  it  is  pushed  too  far,  decreased  quality. 

AMPLIFIERS:  RADIO  AND  AUDIO 

""THERE  is  little  that  one  can  do  to  a  detector 
^  tube  or  detector  circuit  beyond  what  has 
been  mentioned  above.  When  it  comes  to 
amplifiers,  however,  there  is  much  to  be  said, 
and  many  false  notions  to  be  discussed. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  amplifiers  in  the  usual 
radio  receiver,  those  which  are  working  at  very 
high  frequencies,  and  those  which  work  at  low 
audible  frequencies,  and  there  is  a  league  and  a 
half  of  distance  between  them. 

In  the  first  place  there  are  two  things  to  con- 
sider, voltage,  and  power  amplification.  These 
are  two  different  things,  and  until  quite  recently 
little  attention  has  been  paid  to  the  difference 
between  them.  Now  that  we  have  semi-power 
tubes  appearing  on  the  market  from  several  tube 
manufacturers,  we  shall  be  able  to  plan  our 
amplifiers  with  a  little  more  engineering  and  a 
little  less  guess  work. 

Fig.  2  is  a  diagrammatic  method  of  showing  a 
receiver  with  its  component  parts.  We  shall 
begin  at  the  loud  speaker  and  work  up  toward  the 
antenna  circuit. 

The  speaker  requires  power — and  there  is  a 
certain  amount  of  power  that  is  required  by 
every  good  one  to  give  a  good,  well-behaved 
sound.  For  example,  the  Western  Electric 
2i6-A  tube,  which  until  recently  was  the  only 
semi-power  tube  available,  has  an  output  of  .06 
watts  under  the  proper  operating  conditions,  and 
if  this  is  placed  upon  a  good  speaker,  plenty  of 
volume  will  result.  Such  volume  will  not  be 
sufficient  for  a  large  auditorium,  it  will  not  be 
heard  a  mile  or  so  up  the  street,  nor  will  it  drive 
any  one  out  of  the  house — but  who  nowadays 
wants  such  volume? 

Let  us  say,  then,  that  a  good  signal  requires  .06 
watts  and  since  this  figure  represents  power,  the 
last  tube  in  the  receiver  should  supply  power. 
Now  there  is  an  expression,  due  to  Van  Der  Bijl, 
which  amplifier  designers  seem 
to  have  overlooked,  that  says 
that  the  power  output  of  any 
tube  will  be  as  follows. 

(mu  X  input  voltage)2 


FIG.    5 

Transformers  are  used   to  "match"  impedances.     In  the  case 
shown  here,  for  maximum  transfer  of  power  from  tube  to  load, 

the  turns  ratio  of  the  transformer        must  be 


/Zp 

VzL 


FIG.    3 

A  two-stage  audio  amplifier  and  the  voltages  that  must  appear 
at  various  points  along  the  circuit  if  the  full  output  of  the  last 
tube  is  to  be  delivered  to  the  loud  speaker.  If  lower  voltages 
are  delivered  the  volume  will  be  "down."  If  more  than  nine 
volts  peak  are  applied  to  the  grid  of  the  last  tube,  overloading 
will  occur  and  a  cone  type  loud  speaker  will,  in  popular  par- 
lance sound,  "awful" 


power  = 

8  X  plate  impedance 

Now,  using  this  formula,  let 
us  figure  out  the  maximum 
power  obtainable  from  several 
tubes  under  the  usual  operat- 
ing conditions,  namely,  90  volts 
B  battery,  minus  4.5  volts  C 
battery,  and  assuming  that  the 
input  voltage  peak  is  just  equal 
to  the  C  battery  voltage.  In 
other  words  we  are  working 


the  tube  up  to  the  limit  of  distortionless  am- 
plification. 

Under  these  conditions   the  following  table 
gives  the  power  obtainable, 


3-VOLT   TUBE 

.0066 


5-VOLT   TUBE  UX  1  12 

.0135  .0184 

Thus  it  is  seen  that  none  of  the  tubes  ordinarily 
used  will  give  sufficient  output  to  operate  a  loud 
speaker  at  the  desired  level  of  .06  watts. 

The  following  table  gives  the  powers  obtain- 
able from  tubes  under  conditions  of  greater 
input  and  plate  voltages. 

J-VOLT  UX-I  12          2I6-A 

.0135 


B-VOLTS 
90 
90 
'35 

'57-5 


4-5 
6.0 

9 
10.5 


.058 


.0328 

.118 

.185 


.059 


From  this  table  it  may  be  seen  that  sufficient 
power  is  not  obtainable  for  satisfactory  reception 
with  a  5-volt  tube  until  135  volts  are  used  on  the 
plate  and  until  9  volts  are  placed  upon  the  input 
to  the  last  tube.  Under  the  same  conditions,  the 
newer  j-volt,  one-half  ampere  filament  tubes, 
such  as  the  ux-H2,  and  similar  tubes  foi  the 
same  purpose,  will  deliver  nearly  twice  as  much 
power  as  is  actually  needed,  and  with  157.5  volts 
on  the  plate  and  10.5  volts  C  bias  will  have  an 
output  that  is  still  more  favorable. 

These  figures  mean  that  it  will  not  be  neces- 
sary to  crank  up  a  receiver  to  the  top  notch  to 
hear  the  average  level  of  an  orchestra;  and  to 
endure  distortion,  or  to  turn  down  the  set  when 
a  player  bangs  down  on  his  kettle  drums  un- 
expectedly, or  when  the  orchestra  rises  to  a 
maximum  output  level. 

In  other  words,  a  receiver  properly  operated 
with  one  of  these  semi-power  tubes  in  the  last 


— HI 


FIG.    4 

The  last  tube  in  a  receiver  must  deliver  power 

to  the  load  which  is  usually  a  loud  speaker.     If 

the  impedances  of  the  tube,  Zp.  and  the  load,  ZL 

are  alike,  maximum  power  will  be  delivered 

stage  may  always  be  somewhere  short  of  the 
overloading  point,  and  the  range  in  volume,  with- 
out the  distortion  due  to  overloading,  will  be 
much  greater.  For  practically  the  first  time  in 
radio  broadcasting  reception  it  is  possible  to 
avoid  overloading  distortion  without  going  to  the 
bother  of  installing  power  tubes  and  high  voltage 


DECEMBER,  1925 


TUBES:  THEIR  USES  AND  ABUSES 


165 


TABLE    I 

TUBE 

USE 

PLATE    VOLTS 

GRID    VOLTS 

PLATE    RES. 

POWER   OUTPUT 
WATTS 

WD-II 

(  Amplifier 
1  Detector 

90 

4-5 

14OOO 

.0057 

UV-I99 

(  Amplifier 
1  Detector 

90 

4-5 

IJOOO 

.0066 

UV-2O1-A 
UX-I  12 

(  Amplifier 
<   Detector 
(  Amplifier 

90 

'35 
90 

4-5 

9.0 

6.0 

12OOO 
I1OOO 
8800 

.0135 
.058 
•033 

112.5 

7-5 

8400 

.054 

'35 

9.0 

5500 

.118 

'57-5 

10.5 

4800 

.185 

UX-I20 

Amplifier 

'35 

22.5 

66OO 

.  101 

2l6-A 

Amplifier 

'35 

9 

6OOO 

.059 

UX-2IO 

Amplifier 

90 

4-5 

9700 

.015 

'35 

9 

8000 

.07I 

'57-5 

10.5 

7400 

.105 

250 

18 

5600 

•41 

350 

27 

5IOO 

1.  08 

425 

35 

5000 

1.84 

Daven  MU-6 

(  Amplifier 

I2O 

7-5 

6lOO 

.0625 

Cleartron 

t  Amplifier 

I2O 

7-5 

6260 

.O3I2 

Goldentone 

Amplifier 

120 

7-5 

557° 

.058 

B  batteries.  Tube  builders  who  have  had  the 
initiative  to  bring  out  these  new  tubes  deserve  a 
large  vote  of  thanks  from  the  part  of  the  radio 
public  that  really  enjoys  high  quality. 

In  Fig.  3  is  the  conventional  two-stage  audio 
amplifier  with  the  voltages  marked  as  they 
appear  at  various  points,  considering  that  9  volts 
at  least  are  to  be  used  as  a  C  bias  on  the  last  tube, 
and  that  transformers  of  3  to  I  ratio  are  used, 
and  that  the  amplification  factor,  "  Mu",  of  each 
tube  is  8.  It  is  seen  that  .125  volts  must  appear 
across  the  primary  of  the  first  audio  frequency 
transformer,  this  must  be  the  output  voltage  of 
the  detector. 

At  the  present  time,  nearly  everybody  has  his 
receiver  too  near  the  point  where  the  C  battery 
voltage  on  the  last  amplifier  is  exceeded  by  strong 
signals.  On  a  cone  speaker  this  is  signalized  by 
a  peculiar  rasping,  scraping,  or  rattling,  and  the 
user  of  the  speaker  believes  the  fault  lies  there 
when  the  trouble  really  exists  in  his  amplifier. 
No  loud  speaker  can  be  operated  at  sufficient 
volume  from  a  3-volt  tube  without  overloading. 
This  fact  cannot  be  avoided. 

One  method  of  avoiding  the  semi-power  tube 
problem  is  to  use  two  s-volt  tubes  in  parallel 
in  the  last  audio  amplifier,  that  is,  with  their 
grids  and  plates  connected  together.  From  the 
above  formula,  the  resultant  output  power  with 
negative  4.5  volts  on  the  grid  and  90  volts  on  the 
plate  is  .027  watts  and  with  135  volts  B  battery 
and  9  volts  C  battery,  the  result  is  .117  watts. 
In  other  words,  a  single  ux-i  12  will  equal  two  5- 
volt  tubes  in  parallel. 


All  of  these  figures  assume  that  the  detector  is 
turning  out  .125  volts  —  and  if  it  does  not,  of 
course  the  C  volts  assumed  above  will  not  be 
available,  and  the  power  output  will  drop. 

IMPEDANCE    CONSIDERATIONS 


are  other  considerations  in  the  audio 
amplifier  end  of  a  receiver  that  are  im- 
portant. One  is  the  impedances  of  the  loud 
speakers  used  with  respect  to  the  plate  im- 
pedances of  the  tubes  used.  The  layman  need 
not  know  what  these  terms  mean,  but  it  is  not 
difficult  for  him  to  see  their  importance.  Fig.  4 
represents  a  tube  working  into  a  load  of  some 
sort,  say  a  loud  speaker.  Now  it  is  an  axiom 
among  electrical  power  workers  that  any  device 
will  put  the  maximum  power  into  a  load  when 
the  impedances  of  the  two  are  alike.  When 
these  impedances  differ,  the  power  dropsA 

Now,  the  impedance  of  a  tube  varies  with  the 
B  battery  applied,  dropping  as  the  battery  volt- 
age increases.     The  impedance  of  a  loud  speaker 
is  under  control  of  the  designer,  he  can  make  it 
have,    at   a   given   frequency,    practically   any 
desired  impedance.     Therefore,    let  him  design 
it   so   that   the   impedance  of   the 
speaker  and  that  of  the   tube   are 
alike,  or  as  an  engineer  would  say, 
let  them  "match"  the  impedances. 
This  sounds  easy  but  it  is  not. 

The   difficulty    lies    in    the    fact 
that    the    impedance   of   the    loud 
speaker  differs  with  each  fre- 
quency, so  that   the  designer 


must  pick  out  some  particular  frequency  and 
match  his  impedances  there. 

Suppose  that  a  manufacturer  desires  to  place 
on  the  market  a  very  high  grade  loud  speaking 
device.  He  makes  a  number  of  experimental 
models  and  finally  finds  one  that  seems  to  be 
worth  producing.  He  measures  its  impedance 
at  various  frequencies,  finding  that  at  low  fre- 
quencies it  has  a  low  impedance  and  at  high 
frequencies  it  becomes  very  high  in  impedance. 

Then  he  selects  a  number  of  people  to  listen 
to  the  device,  people  who  know  music  and  who 
have  a  feeling  for  tone  value.  He  starts  at  the 
low  frequencies,  matches  his  speaker  to  the  tube 
impedance  at  say  200  cycles  by  means  of  trans- 
formers, as  in  Fig.  5.  Then  he  matches  the 
impedances  at  higher  frequencies,  and  asks  his 
audience  to  say  which  of  the  many  impedance 
matches  seems  the  best. 

Perhaps  they  decide  upon  a  certain  impedance, 
knowing  that  the  answer  must  be  a  com- 
promise, for  if  the  device  is  matched  at  100 
cycles  the  tube  will  transmit  to  the  speaker  a 
maximum  of  power  at  too  cycles  but  very  little 
at  10,000  cycles,  and  vice  versa. 

For  example,  the  nominal  impedance  of  the 
54O-AW  Western  Electric  speaker  happens  to  be 
in  the  neighborhood  of  4000  ohms,  and  for  the 
best  transfer  of  power  from  tube  to  cone,  the 
output  impedance  of  the  tube  should  be  about 
4000  ohms.  Thus  the  ux-i  12  tube  with  157.5 
volts  on  the  plate  has  an  impedance  of  4800 
ohms,  a  good  impedance  match,  while  a  uv-199 
tube  with  90  volts  on  the  plate  has  an  impedance 
of  15,000  ohms,  a  terrible  match — all  of  the  low 
frequencies  would  be  lost  no  matter  how  good 
the  transformers  are. 

From  the  standpoint  of  quality  then,  tubes 
should  be  worked  below  the  overloading  point, 
that  is  below  the  place  where  the  available  C 
battery  voltages  are  exceeded,  the  loud  speaker 
should  have  the  same  nominal  impedance  as 
the  power  tube,  and  the  output  tube  should  have 
sufficient  power  output  to  actuate  the  speaker 


FIG.    6 


As  shown  in  the  table  of  tube  characteristics  in  this  article,  one  ux-i  12  will  have  approximately  the  same  output  as  two  uv-2Oi-A  tubes  in  parallel. 
In   receiving  sets  such  as  the   Freed-Eisemann  illustrated  here  power  tubes  may  be  used  in  place  of  the  two    parallel   tubes  ordinarily   used1- 


166 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


DECEMBER,  1925 


FIG.    7 

Curves  showing  the  relation  between  grid  volts  and  plate  current  of  three 
power  tubes.  These  curves  were  made  at  a  plate  voltage  of  120,  and 
show  that  a  C  bias  of  about  73  could  be  used  on  the  Daven  Mu-6  and 
the  2i6-A  while  for  the  Cleartron,  and  the  u\-U2,  a  bias  of  about 
6  would  be  required  at  120  volts  of  B  battery 


without  forcing.  Goodness  knows  what  the 
impedance  of  loud  speakers  now  on  the  market 
may  be.  There  is  no  standard,  for  there  has 
been  no  standard  in  tubes.  Many  people  try 
to  work  cone  type  speakers  on  j-volt  tubes,  and 
it  cannot  successfully  be  done  without  some  dis- 
tortion. Manufacturers  of  speakers  should  set 
upon  some  value  of  nominal  impedance,  say 
5000  ohms  and  stick  to  it.  Otherwise  some  care- 
ful designer  should  bring  out  an  output  trans- 
former which  will  connect  a  high  impedance  loud 
speaker  with  a  low  impedance  tube,  and  a  low 
impedance  speaker  with  a  high  impedance  tube. 
At  the  present  time,  the  best  combination 
for  a  transformer-coupled  amplifier  seems 
to  be  a  standard  3-  or  j-volt  tube  for  the 
first  audio  amplifier,  and  a  semi-power  tube 
in  the  last  amplifier.  Since  the  amplification 
of  5-volt  tubes  is  considerably  above  that  of 
dry  cell  tubes,  those  who  wish  the  best  in  quality 
and  volume  should  use  the  larger  tubes.  As  a 
final  tube,  the  v\-\\2,  the  2i6-A,  the  Daven 
MU-6,  the  Cleartron  semi-power  tube,  the 
Heliotron  power  tube — all  are  excellent  choices 
for  that  last  audio  stage.  And  of  course  for  good 
quality,  good  transformers  must  be  used. 

TRANSFORMER   RATIOS 

""THERE  are  several  strange  ideas  prevalent 
^  regarding  the  ratios  of  transformers.  There 
is  no  reason  why  good  transformers  must  be 
low  ratio  affairs.  In  fact  one  of  the  best  trans- 
formers on  the  market  has  a  comparatively  high 
ratio  and  for  several  years  before  the  present 
broadcasting  era,  the  telephone  industry  had  a 
high  ratio  transformer  with  an  essentially  flat 
characteristic. 

The  difficulty  is  expense,  and  until  people  will 
pay  for  high  ratio,  [high  quality  transformers 
they  will  have  to  be  content  with  low  ratio 
high  quality  ones. 

With  regard  to  the  overloading  of  tubes,  there 
is  no  difference  whether  a  high  ratio  transformer 
comes  before  a  low  ratio  instrument  or  not.  It 
is  overall  amplification  that  causes  overloading, 
and  it  is  seldom  indeed  that  the  first  audio 


amplifier  overloads. 
From  the  standpoint  of 
quality,  however,  the 
prevailing  system  of 
having  high  ratio  trans- 
formers first  and  low 
ratios  second  is  wrong. 
High  ratio  transformers 
will  probably  have  a 
lower  primary  imped- 
ance than  will  low  ratio 
instruments.  A  detec- 
tor has  a  high  plate 
impedance  while  an  am- 
plifying tube  has  a  much 
lower  impedance.  If 
these  impedances  are  to 
be  matched  at  all,  the 
higher  impedance  trans- 
former (low  ratio)  should 
come  next  to  the  de- 
tector. 

RADIO-FREQUENCY       AM- 
PLIFIERS 

IT  IS  probable  that  the 
'  standard  practice  of 
using  90  volts  B  bat- 
tery and  negative  4.5 
volts  C  battery  is  about 
correct  for  radio  fre- 
quency amplifiers.  It 
is  true  that  somewhat 
greater  amplification 
will  result  from  the  use 

of  higher  plate  voltages,  but  at  the  same  time  it 
is  more  difficult  to  control  such  an  amplifier. 
As  a  matter  of  fact,  a  five-tube  set,  with  two 
stages  of  radio-frequency  amplification  which  are 
working  properly  will  have  all  the  voltage 
amplification  that  can  be  handled.  If  a  potentio- 
meter controlled  amplifier  is  used,  and  many  of 
the  tuned  "r.  f."  sets  use  this  means  of  stabiliz- 
ing, a  large  B  battery  current  will  be  drawn  when 
the  potentiometer  is  swung  to  the  positive  side. 
There  is  no  remedy  for  this,  since  such  sets  cannot 
under  existing  patent  arrangements  use  C 
batteries  and  cannot  be  neutralized. 

RESISTANCE-COUPLED   AMPLIFIERS 

A  S  LONG  as  radio  constructors  were  limited 
••  to  the  usual  3-  and  5-volt  tubes,  resistance- 
and  impedance-coupled  amplifiers  were  not  to 
be  advised.  Due  to  the  high  resistances  used  as 
coupling  devices,  the  voltage  actually  on  the 
plates  of  tubes  is  very  low,  and  no  amplifier  tube 
will  work  satisfactorily  unless  a  certain  voltage  is 
maintained  on  the  plate.  This  meant  that  at  least 
double  the  ordinary  B  voltages  must  be  used. 

High  "Mu"  tubes,  however,  are  a  distinct 
boon  to  resistance- and  impedance-coupled  ampli- 
fiers. Curves  taken  by  Mr.  G.  H.  Browning 
are  illustrative  of  the  effect  of  using  these  new 
tubes  and  may  be  seen  in  his  article  on  the 
Browning-Drake  receiver  in  this  number  of 
RADIO  BROADCAST. 

Owing  to  the  very  high  plate  impedance  of 
these  tubes,  they  will  not  act  as  power  amplifiers 
at  all,  and  in  the  third  stage  of  a  resistance-  or 
impedance-coupled  audio  amplifier  a  semi-power 
tube  should  be  used.  To  get  the  same  amplifi- 
cation— and  the  same  power  into  a  speaker — 
from  such  an  amplifier  as  is  obtainable  from  a 
good  two-stage  transformer-coupled  amplifier,  at 
least  three  stages  must  be  used,  the  last  of  which 
should  be  a  semi-power  tube  as  indicated  before. 

Unless  large  capacities  are  used  as  the  coupling 
units,  at  least  o. i-mfd.,  the  low  frequencies  will 
be  dropped  out  and  the  user  is  no  better  off  than 
if  he  had  used  transformers. 

Two   "high   Mu"   tubes   have  come  to   the 


Laboratory  of  RADIO  BROADCAST  which  may  be 
recommended.  These  are  made  by  Daven  and 
by  Cleartron.  The  former  are  known  as  "MU- 
20"  tubes  and  the  latter  as  the  "High  Constron." 
Both  have  an  amplification  constant  of  20,  have 
proven  to  be  very  uniform,  and  have  a  plate 
impedance  at  90  volts  B  of  about  30,000  ohms. 
Daven  tubes  are  designed  to  operate  on  6  volts 
without  the  use  of  rheostats.  Since  storage 
batteries  retain  their  voltage  output  until  nearly 
discharged,  the  full  6  volts  is  obtainable. 

These  high  impedance  tubes  cannot  be  used 
with  profit,  in  a  radio  frequency  stage  of  presen 
receivers.  Their  field  is  in  the  usage  discussec 
above,  and  Mr.  Browning's  curves  show  con 
clusively  that  they  are  of  great  value  in  thi 
connection. 

OTHER    POWER   TUBES 

'IP HE  ux-i2o,  a  dry  cell  tube  to  be  used  to  feec 
into  loud    speakers,    has    an    amplification 
factor  of  3.3,  a  plate  impedance  of  6600  ohms 
and  should  be  used  with  a  plate  voltage  of  135 
and  a  negative  C  bias  of  225  volts.     The  powe 
output  under  these  conditions  should  be  .1  wat 
which  is  sufficient  for  high  quality  high  volum 
operation,  but  owing  to  the  curved  characteristic 
of  this  tube  it  is  doubtful  of  this  power  output 
may  be  approached.     This  will  be  an  excellent 
tube  for   use    in    super-heterodynes    which    at 
present  use  the  ordinary  3-volt  tube  which  has 
not  the  output  required. 

The  ux-2io  tube  is  essentially  a  power  tube 
and  should  be  operated  from  a  source  of  alter- 
nating current  by  means  of  a  step  down  trans- 
former, as  was  described  in  November  RADIO 
BROADCAST  by  James  Millen.  Only  where 
considerable  power  is  desired  should  this  tube 
be  necessary.  In  the  Laboratory  it  has  proved 
to  be  an  excellent  transmitting  tube,  and  more 
than  30  watts  have  been  applied  to  it  without 
difficulty. 

At  the  present  time,  the  proper  arrangement 
of  tubes  in  a  five-tube  set  seems  to  be  as  follows, 
3-  or  j-volt  tubes  for  everything  but  the  last 
where  a  ux-i2o,  a  ux-ii2,  Daven  Mu-6,  Clear- 
tron 112,  Heliotron  power  tube,  WE  2i6-A,  Sea- 
gull type  t,  or  Goldentone,  should  be  used. 
If  more  power  is  desired,  two  tubes  may  be 
used  in  parallel,  two  may  be  used  in  a  push- 
pull  arrangement,  or  the  ux-2io  type  may  be 
used. 

In  a  future  article  the  new  Radio  Coporation 
ballast  and  rectifying  tubes  will  be  described. 

The  data  given  in  the  table  in  this  article  must 
not  be  misunderstood.  It  gives  the  maximum 
undistorted  power  in  watts  that  certain  tubes 
will  deliver  under  certain  conditions,  those  con- 
ditions having  to  do  with  the  plate  voltage  used 
and  the  variation  in  grid  volts  being  applied  to 
the  tube.  If  these  grid  volts  are  not  applied, 
less  power  will  be  delivered. 

For  instance,  there  is  an  idea  prevalent,  since 
the  appearance  of  semi-power  tubes,  that  the 
substitution  of  such  tubes  for  standard  3-  or 
5-volt  tubes  will  result  in  a  marvelous  increase 
in  volume.  Such  is  not  the  case  although  some 
increase  will  be  noted  due  to  the  lower  output 
impedance  of  these  tubes  over  these  in  standard 
use.  Under  the  same  operating  conditions,  a 
standard  tube  and  a  semi-power  tube  will  de- 
liver about  the  same  power.  The  great  advan- 
tage of  the  newer  type  of  tube  is  that  it  will 
handle  more  power,  that  is,  a  greater  input  volt- 
age and  corresponding  greater  output,  than  the 
3-  or  5-volt  type.  In  other  words,  the  substitu- 
tion of  a  112  type  or  210  type  tube  will  enable 
the  user  to  use  greater  voltage  amplification  up 
to  the  last  stage  and  by  the  proper  use  of  C,  and 
B  batteries,  distortion  due  to  overloading  will 
be  less  likely  to  result. 


OF  RADIO 


? 


Past  President,  Institute  of  Radio  Engineers 


What  Is  the  Matter  With  the  Naval  Radio  Service? 


o 


NLY  a  short  time  ago  radio  had 
one  of  the  best  opportunities 
in  its  history  to  prove  its  worth 
to  the  mariner  in  distress — and 
failed.  It  is  not  in  a  spirit  of 
cynical  criticism  that  we  bring  up  this  in- 
cident but  rather  with  the  purpose  of  in- 
quiring whether  something  cannot  be  done 
to  prevent  similar  occurrences  in  the 
future. 

The  whole  country  was  enthusiastic 
several  months  ago  over  the  idea  of  our 
naval  aviators  hopping  from  California 
to  Hawaii.  Three  of  the  planes  were  to 
go,  but  due  to  mishaps  only  one  made  a 
serious  attempt  at  the  long  flight.  This 
trip  had  been  planned  very  carefully  and  it 
seemed  as  if  nothing  could  happen  to  pre- 
vent the  goal  being  reached.  Destroyers 
were  used  to  mark  the  course  and  were 
ready  to  render  assistance  should  the 
planes  come  to  grief;  every  two  hundred 
miles  along  the  two-thousand  mile  course 
a  destroyer  or  a  supply  ship  was  stationed 
to  give  the  planes  the  proper  direction  and 
to  record  their  progress. 

The  radio  equipment  of  these  planes 
was  supposed  to  be  of  the  very  best.  With 
a  sending  radius  assumed  to  be  in  the 
hundreds  of  miles,  and  reliability  of  opera- 
tion never  before  attained  (as  the  descrip- 
tion of  the  radio  outfits  specified),  it  was 


confidently  assumed  that  the  operators  of 
these  seaplanes  couldn't  help  knowing  ex- 
actly where  they  were,  and  could  keep  in 
constant  communication  with  the  marking 
vessels.  The  radio  signals  were  to  be  used 
for  compass  bearings  as  is  the  case  every 
day  with  hundreds  of  ocean-going  ships, 
and  altogether  the  planes  were  considered 
as  safe  as  though  they  were  close  to  their 
own  home  port. 

One  of  the  planes  had  mishaps  and  had 
to  give  up  the  trip  after  covering  a  short 
distance,  another  never  even  started.  The 
third  flying  boat  however,  PN-g  No.  i, 
in  charge  of  Commander  Rodgers,  got  well 
away  and  picked  up  the  first  of  the  mark- 
ing ships  almost  on  schedule.  The  wind 
was  not  quite  as  favorable  as  had  been 
hoped,  so  that  the  speed  was  considerably 
less  than  that  reckoned  on.  Thus  the 
gasoline  supply  was  not  quite  sufficient 
to  cover  the  two  thousand  miles  and  Com- 
mander Rodgers  decided  to  come  down 
near  the  Aroostook,  two  hundred  miles 
from  the  end  of  his  trip,  to  renew  his  gaso- 
line supply. 

And  now,  probably  the  only  time  during 
his  trip  that  the  radio  channel  was  really 
needed,  it  failed.  The  radio  compass 
bearings  should  have  enabled  the  PN-g 
No.  i  to  proceed  at  once  to  her  supply  ship, 
but  the  plane  missed  her  completely.  The 


compass  bearings  indicating  that  the  PN-g 
No.  i  was  south  of  the  Aroostook,  her 
commander  flew  north  until  his  gasoline 
supply  gave  out  and  he  had  to  drop  to 
the  ocean.  The  plane's  position  was  then 
calculated  by  her  commander  as  fifty 
miles  north  of  the  Aroostook. 

Having  thus  failed  in  its  important  work 
of  keeping  the  plane  on  her  course,  the 
Naval  radio  now  scored  an  even  worse 
failure.  With  no  gasoline  to  run  her  en- 
gines, the  only  thing  the  Commander  of 
PN-c)  No.  i  could  logically  do  was  to  call 
for  help  and  supplies.  It  is  exactly  in 
emergencies  of  this  kind  that  radio  is  sup- 
posed to  be  the  mariner's  most  useful 
agency,  but  this  failure  was  nothing  short 
of  dismal.  Only  fifty  miles  from  the  wait- 
ing patrol  ship,  the  PN-g  No.  i  was  for 
some  inexplicable  reason  helpless  as  far 
as  radio  communication  was  concerned. 
And  to  add,  to  its  ignominious  failure, 
radio  served  to  agonize  the  souls  of  the 
crew  by  letting  them  hear  all  of  the  radio 
messages  with  which  the  air  was  filled. 
Gradually,  their  receiving  set  told  them, 
the  searchers  were  giving  up  hope  of  finding 
them;  each  succeeding  day  their  would-be 
rescuers  were  becoming  more  discouraged 
and  evidently  soon  would  give  up  the 
search.  And  all  this  time  their  rescuers 
were  only  a  couple  of  hundred  miles  away ! 


168 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


DECEMBER,  1925 


There  is  no  good  reason  why  a 
single  circuit  regenerating  receiver 
could  not  have  been  used  as  a  trans- 
mitter for  the  short  distance  to  be 
covered,  if  no  other  means  were  at  hand. 
But  why  wasn't  there  a  transmitter  which 
would  work  if  the  plane  was  forced  down? 
According  to  the  plane's  commander,  a  per- 
fect landing  on  the  ocean  was  made  and 
nothing  happened  to  interfere  with  the 
radio  apparatus  performing  as  it  was  in- 
tended to  do.  Why  didn't  it  perform? 
Was  there  no  emergency  apparatus  able  to 
operate  if  the  plane  was  forced  down? 


RADIO    PICTURES   OF   THE   CALIFORNIA- 
HONOLULU    AIR    FLIGHT 

Sent  from  Honolulu  to  New  York  on  Sunday,  September 
13,  by  the  Ranger  photoradiogram  system.  The  dis- 
tance is  5116  miles.  Left:  Commander  John  Rodgers 
of  the  PN-Q  No.  i  as  he  looked  when  he  landed  at 
Liuhui,  Kauai  Island,  after  his  rescue  from  the  disabled 
plane  shown  in  the  view  above.  The  ship  was  adrift 
for  nine  days,  owing tofailureof  radio  compass  bearings 
when  the  ship  was  only  about  200  miles  from  her  goal. 
When  she  landed  on  the  sea,  there  was  no  emergency 
transmitter  to  signal  the  rescue  vessels.  The  operator 
of  the  plane  was  forced  to  hear  all  the  conversations 
relating  to  the  rescue  work 


Favorable  weather  and  fortunate  winds 
enabled  these  trans-air  travellers  finally  to 
reach  land  after  nine  days  of  hazardous 
drifting  in  their  tiny  craft.  And  with  that 
loyalty  to  the  service  which  the  Navy 
officer  feels  to  be  his  first  duty,  Commander 
Rodgers  stated  that  "there  was  no  failure 
of  material  at  any  time  in  the  air  or  the 
water." 

We   are   not    under  the   restraint    that 


Commander  Rodgers  is,  and  we  can  say 
frankly  that  there  was  a  failure,  one  of  the 
worst  that  radio  has  scored.  Some  ex- 
planation should  be  forthcoming  from  those 
responsible  in  the  Naval  Radio  Service 
for  this  blot  on  their  reputation. 

It  transpired  in  the  hearing  which  fol- 
lowed the  disaster  several  years  ago,  when 
six  Naval  destroyers  were  wrecked  off  Point 
Arguello,  that  the  compass  bearings  given 
to  the  leading  destroyer  by  the  Naval 
radio  station  were  incorrect.  The  radio 
weather  intelligence  furnished  the  Sloenan- 
doab  on  her  recent  disastrous  trip  was 
incomplete  or  entirely  lacking — to  which 
one  might  lay  a  large  share  of  the  blame 
for  the  failure  of  her  navigating  officers 
to  avoid  the  storm  which  destroyed  the 
ship.  Listeners  who  have  heard  the  way 
in  which  sos  traffic  has  been  handled  re- 
cently around  the  New  York  territory 
have  observed  that  the  Naval  stations  have 
handled  that  traffic  in  a  singularly  inexpert 
fashion.  Taken  all  in  all,  there  are  un- 
mistakable signs  that  there  is  something 
radically  wrong  with  the  Naval  Radio 
Service.  Who  is  to  blame? 

National    Association    of     Broad- 
casters 

A  THOUGH     the    average    broadcast 
listener    probably    knows    nothing 
about  it,  their  purveyors  of  enter- 
tainment   have   been   organized   for   some 
time.     The  National  Association  of  Broad- 


THE   NEW   MARCONI    DIRECTIONAL    BEAM    STATION    AT   DORCHESTER 

About  120  miles  from  London.  This  is  a  new  and  exclusive  photograph  published  for  the  first  time  in  the  United  States.  The  picture  shows  five  of  the 
masts  which  are  277  feet  high,  and  750  feet  apart.  The  masts  are  at  right  angles  to  the  direction  in  which  communication  is  to  be  established.  The 
cross  arm  at  the  top  is  90  feet  across.  The  antenna  wires,  which  are  not  yet  in  place,  will  be  attached  to  triatics  at  one  end  of  the  cross  arm  and  the 
reflector  wires  to  the  other.  The  distance  between  the  antenna  wires,  reflector  wires,  and  the  number  and  distance  apart  of  the  separate  wires  making 
the  antenna  and  reflector  will  depend  on  the  transmitting  frequency  used.  The  installation  shown  is  expected  to  communicate  with  New  York.  Others 
•ow  in  process  of  construction  and  test  will  connect  England  with  Australia  and  the  Dominions.  On  a  recent  four-day  test,  Senator  Marconi  announced 

that  he  had  been  in  uninterrupted  communication  with  Australia,  using  the  beam  system 


i  DECEMBER,  1925 


GOOD  WORK  BY  THE  ORGANIZED  BROADCASTERS 


169 


Be  It  Resolved  that,  it  is  the  sense  of  this  meeting  that 
any  agency  of  program  censorship  other  than  public 
opinion  is  not  necessary  and  would  be  detrimental  to 
the  advancement  of  the  art." 

More  Information  on  Super  Power 

A  i  THE   first   experiments  on   higher  broadcasting 
power  continue,  the  public  is  beginning  to  see  that 
those  engineers  who  advised  caution  in  drawing 
conclusions  as  to  what  effect  this  increased  power  would 
have  were  wise.    Many  were  the  broadcast  listeners  who 
said  50  kw.  for  one  station  would  blanket  all  that  part 

DETAILS    OF   THE    RADIO    "BEAM"    LIGHTHOUSE    AT 
SOUTH    FORELAND,    ENGLAND 

Senator  Marconi  recently  conducted  tests  with  this  installa- 
tion from  his  yacht  Eletlra.  The  beam  flashes  signals  ac- 


-— _,.  ..  - 


cording  to  a  schedule  from  all  points  of  the  compass.  The 
loud  speaker  announced  a  letter  at  intervals,  and  the  position 
of  the  ship  was  determined  according  to 'the  letter  heard.  By 
means  of  a  chart,  it  was  possible  to  tell  just  where  the  ship  was. 
The  frequency  was  49,970  kc.  (6  meters).  The  heading  for 
this  department  this  month  shows  the  lighthouse  and  the  re- 
volving antenna  and  this  view  shows  the  details  of  the  antenna 


casters  had  its  annual  meeting  this  month 
and  its  transactions  are  indirectly  of  in- 
terest to  us  all.  The  object  of  the  society 
is  to  promote  generally  the  welfare  of  our 
broadcasting  stations  through  various  co- 
operative arrangements. 

It  was  started  by  a  small  but  active 
group  in  the  Middle  West,  with  the  able 
Mr.  Paul  B.  Klugh  as  Executive  Chairman. 
Its  activities  proved  so  worth  while  that 
the  membership  rapidly  increased  and  now 
it  bids  fair  to  justify  its  name. 

Among  the  members  elected  at  this  meet- 
ing was  WEAF,  representing  the  American 
Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company.  When 
this  company  goes  into  an  association  of 
this  kind  it  is  undoubtedly  a  sign  of  its 
promised  or  accomplished  success. 

The  question  of  broadcasting  copy- 
righted material  has  been  more  troublesome 
to  the  National  Association  of  Broadcast- 
ers than  any  other  problem  in  their  opera- 
tions. At  first  the  organization  was  averse 
to  paying  royalties  for  the  privilege  of 
putting  music  and  songs  on  the  air  (the 
copyright  law,  of  course,  contains  no  pro- 


viso for  such  an  exigency).  Now  this 
association  has  changed  its  point  of 
view.  Among  other  resolutions  passed  was 
one  which  would  put  the  broadcasting  of 
copyrighted  material  on  the  same  basis 
as  the  mechanical  reproduction  of  such 
pieces  (by  player  piano  and  phonograph) 
in  so  far  as  royalties  are  concerned. 

Another  matter  which  received  consider- 
ation was  that  of  the  method  of  introducing 
the  paid  features  of  the  program.  One  of 
our  congressmen  has  advocated  the  com- 
plete separation  of  paid  channels  from  the 
others.  That  attitude  seems  unnecessary 
and  inadvisable.  The  broadcasters  took  this 
view  of  the  matter  and  decided  that  paid 
programs  could  be  "gently"  introduced. 

On  the  question  of  censorship,  the  society 
declares  that  "Whereas  it  is  universally 
agreed  that  the  success  of  radio  broad- 
casting is  founded  upon  the  maintenance 
of  public  good  will  and  that  no  broadcast- 
ing station  can  operate  successfully  without 
an  appreciative  audience,  and  Whereas  the 
public  is  quick  to  express  its  approval  or 
disapproval  of  broadcast  programs 


of  the  broadcast  range,  that  it  would  be 
impossible  to  receive  other  stations  which 
sent  signals  of  anywhere  near  the  same 
frequency.  Some  months  ago  we  got  sev- 
eral petitions  (with  requests  to  sign)  directed 
to  Mr.  Hoover,  requesting  that  he  prohibit 
broadcasting  stations  using  a  greater  power 
than  5  kw.  The  petitions  stated  what 
troubles  were  to  be  encountered  if  the 
Department  did  not  block  this  anticipated 
move  by  the  "Trusts." 

Schenectady  has  carried  on  many  tests 
with  a  50  kw.  outfit,  and  at  the  time  this 
is  written,  very  few  complaints  have  been 
received.  Many  replies  have  been  re- 
ceived to  questionnaires  sent  out,  and  they 
are  still  being  classified  and  compiled. 
It  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  public 
must  be  depended  upon  to  answer  the 
question  as  to  how  much  power  the  broad- 
casting agencies  should  use.  All  question- 
naires received  should  be  carefully  an- 
swered, for  it  is  the  facts  in  the  compila- 
tion of  these  answers  that  Mr.  Hoover  will 
depend  on  to  determine  his  future  policy 
regarding  high  power  stations. 


170 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


DECEMBER,  1925 


Although  many  of  the  letters  received 
by  WGY  are  contradictory,  the  average 
listener  seems  to  think  that  a  50  kw.  signal 
is  two  or  three  times  as  loud  as  a  25 
kw.  signal.  In  the  recent  tests,  the  two 
powers  were  alternated  so  that  repeated 
comparisons  could  be  made  and  but  few 
of  the  reports  say  that  one  signal  is  more 
than  ten  times  as  strong  as  another.  As 
a  matter  of  fact,  theory  would  indicate 
that  the  50  kw.  signal  is  twenty  times  as 
strong  as  a  2^  kw.  signal,  yet  most  of  the 
listeners  say  it  is  about  twice  as  strong. 
Probably  the  signal  is  actually  twenty 
times  as  strong  and  the  factor  ten  by  which 
the  average  listener  misses  the  truth  is 
due  to  his  lack  of  skill  in  comparing  noises 
of  different  strengths. 

The  unexpected  absence  of  complaint 
regarding  interference  by  the  high  power 
channel  has  encouraged  the  General  Elec- 
tric engineers  to  continue  their  tests  and 
the  Department  of  Commerce  has  given 
WGY  permission  to  use  50  kw.  regularly  on 
Saturday  and  Sunday  evenings.  If  this 
much  power  is  found  to  give  to  the  broad- 
cast listeners  more  trouble  than  benefit 
it  will  be  discontinued,  but  it  is  almost  sure 
that  such  will  not  be  the  case.  A  few 
listeners  near  the  station  who  want  to  hear 
other  stations  thousands  of  miles  away, 
whose  frequency  is  nearly  the  same  as 
Schenectady's,  will  of  course  report  inter- 
ference. This  can  be  predicted  without  any 
further  tests.  But  as  radio  broadcasting  de- 
velops the  complaints  of  the  distance  hound 
will  fall  upon  less  sympathetic  ears.  High 


quality  reception  for  the  most  listeners  is 
what  radio  must  eventually  supply  and 
increased  power,  properly  controlled,  will 
help  in  the  solution  of  this  problem. 

Canada  as  Our  Instructor 

WE  MUST  congratulate  our  Cana- 
dian friends  on  the  way  their  gov- 
ernmental radio  activities  are 
conducted.  It  has  been  noted  before  in 
these  columns  that  many  radio  questions 
were  tackled  in  an  intelligent  and  reason- 
able manner  by  our  northern  neighbors, 
even  though  some  of  their  procedure  (such 
as  the  licensing  of  receiving  sets  at  one 
dollar  a  year)  may  not  meet  with  our 
approval. 

There  has  just  come  to  hand  a  pamphlet 
put  out  by  the  Radio  Branch,  Department 
of  Marine  and  Fisheries,  Ottawa,  which 
takes  up  the  question  of  regenerative  re- 
ceivers. It  is  a  circular  letter  addressed 
to  all  broadcast  listeners  and  is  written  in 
a  manner  which  will  appeal  to  the  average 
non-technical  man.  The  letter  starts  with 
the  paragraph  "When  using  a  receiver  of 
the  regenerative  type  for  the  reception  of 
radio  telephone  programs,  please  avoid  in- 
creasing regeneration  to  the  point  at  which 
the  receiver  begins  to  oscillate,  otherwise 
you  will  cause  interference  with  neighbor- 
ing receiving  equipment."  Are  you  doine 
your  best  to  observe  this? 

The  letter  then  proceeds  to  give  an 
elementary,  but  clear  and  correct  analysis 
of  what  regeneration  is  and  why  it  causes 
interference,  ending 
with  easily  followed 
instructions  as  to  how 
to  avoid  spoiling 
neighbors'  reception. 
With  the  govern- 
ment list  of  listeners 
available,  as  a  result 
of  the  licensing  fea- 
ture of  radio  recep- 
tion in  Canada,  this 
circular  should  reach 
the  owners  of  nearly 
all  the  radio  sets  in 
that  country  and 
should  do  a  deal  of 
good. 


The  Facts  About  the  Farmer  and 
Radio 

THE  benefits  which  radio  confers 
on  the  farmer  have  been  repre- 
sented to  him  repeatedly,  but  it  is 
a  fact  that  no  one  has  really  known  whether 
the  average  farmer  profited  by  broadcast- 
ing or  not.  A  recent  survey  by  the  De- 
partment of  Agriculture  among  the  coun- 
try's farms  yields  the  information  that 
there  are  553,003  sets  on  farms,  not  as 
many  as  we  had  expected.  This  repre- 
sents only  85  per  cent,  of  the  country's 
farms,  so  there  is  still  a  large  virgin  market 
for  the  active  radio  manufacturer. 

A  questionnaire  was  sent  out  and  the 
returns  for  the  State  of  Pennsylvania 
have  been  sent  us  by  Mr.  George  F. 
Johnson  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture 
at  Harrisburg.  Of  343  answers  received, 
two  thirds  used  tube  sets  with  loud  speak- 
ers. To  the  question  "Have  market  re- 
ports ever  made  or  saved  you  money?" 
exactly  half  answered  "Yes."  and  half 
"No."  We  hasten  to  encourage  the  pro- 
moter of  "radio  for  farmers"  after  this 
answer,  because  while  it  looks  at  first  as 
though  radio  was  not  functioning  very  well 
here;  that  is  really  not  the  significance  of 
the  return.  That  fifty  per  cent,  of  the 
farmers  saved  money  from  the  information 
conveyed  over  the  radio  channel  is  in- 
controvertible evidence  of  its  utility. 


The  Month  in  Radio 


ENGLISH    employment    agencies    are 
finding   that    domestic    help    appre- 
ciates   radio    possibly    even    more 
than  does  the  mistress  of  the  house.     Bast- 
ing the  roast  beef  in  tune  with  the  wedding 
marches,  or  washing  dishes  to  the  time  of 
modern  jazz  proves  to  be  so  appealing  that 
the  agencies  are  said  to  be  actually  classify- 
ing the  vacant  positions  as  radio  and  non- 
radio,  much  to  the  detriment  of  the  latter. 

THE   first   attempts  experimentally   to 
determine    the    proper    allocation    of 
frequencies  to  the  various  European  sta- 
tions resulted   in   ethereal   pandemonium, 


HOW  THE  CANADIAN  RADIO  SERVICE  HELPS  THE  LISTENER 
The  "Inductive  Interference"  car  maintained  by  the  Radio  Service  of 
the  Canadian  Government.  The  annual  license  fee  of  one  dollar,  paid  by 
every  Canadian  listener  is  used  to  maintain  a  corps  of  inspectors.  A 
specially  trained  "induction  squad"  operates  with  this  car  to  locate 
interference  hard  to  detect  by  the  ordinary  methods.  The  car  is  especi- 
ally made  for  this  purpose,  with  a  body  of  insulating  material  and  care- 
fully screened  ignition  system.  Two  special  super-heterodynes,  several 
portable  receivers,  a  sledge  hammer,  condensers,  jand  chokes  form  the 
equipment  of  the  trouble  car.  The  chokes  and  condensers  are  applied  to 
cure  trouble  when  found.  The  sledge  hammer  is  often  used  to  tap 
electric  light  poles  in  a  suspected  territory,  and  the  trouble  is  quickly 
located  by  a  listening  inspector 


DECEMBER,  1925 


WHAT  PEOPLE  SAY  ABOUT  RADIO 


171 


©  Harris  &  Ewing 
SENATOR    C.    C.    DILL 
—^Washington;  United  States  Senator——' 
for  Washington 

"  The  organisation  of  a  Government  Com- 
mission on  Communications  to  act  for  the 
telephone,  telegraph,  and  radio,  such  as  has 
been  proposed,  would  probably  end  in  disaster 
for  broadcasting..  It  would  be  the  beginning 
of  the  end  of  freedom  of  action  in  the  radio 
business.  I  also  wish  to  emphasise  the  neces- 
sity of  immediate  action  on  the  part  of  the 
United  States  Supreme  Court  to  arrive  at  a 
decision  regarding  the  broadcasting  of  copy- 
righted musical  numbers.  If  it  is  decided 
that  such  broadcasting  is  done  for  profit, 
and  therefore  a  fee  is  due  to  the  publishers  of 
the  music,  I  intend  to  introduce  a  bill  to 
regulate  the  payments,  so  that  radio  broad- 
casting will  not  be  at  the  mercy  of  any  one 
group  of  men." 


according  to  a  dispatch  from  London. 
About  sixty  stations  going  at  once  in  an 
expanse  of  territory  perhaps  less  than  a 
quarter  the  area  of  our  country  proved  too 
much.  The  interference  was  truly  inter- 
national. Newcastle,  England,  heterodyn- 
ing with  Gratz,  Austria,  and  Norway  sta- 
tions beating  with  some  in  England,  Ger- 
many and  France,  show  us  what  a  difficult 
question  the  Europeans  have  compared  to 
ours.  The  radiophone  center  in  Geneva 
was  notified  of  all  the  interference  and  in 
the  next  test  period  changes  will  be  made 
to  keep  the  interfering  stations  farther 
apart  in  frequency. 

""PHE  research  laboratory  of  the  West- 
*  inghouse  Company  announces  that  the 
metal,  thorium,  is  now  available  in  such 
quantities  that  the  filaments  of  vacuum 
tubes  may  be  made  of  pure  thorium  instead 
of  thoriated  tungsten  as  is  now  the  practise. 
The  present  tubes  have  a  layer  of  thorium 
on  the  surface  of  tungsten  filament,  the 
layer  being  only  about  one  atom  deep. 
If  the  filament  is  improperly  used,  this 
thin  layer  of  thorium  disappears  and  the 
electron  emission  practically  stops,  the 
tube  is  useless.  By  considerably  overheat- 
ing the  filament,  without  B  batteries,  a  new 
layer  of  thorium  will  appear,  this  new 


thorium  diffusing  to  the  surface  from  in- 
side the  filament. 

Now,  it  is  announced,  solid  thorium  fila- 
ments will  soon  be  available.  This  is  a  real 
advance  because  the  possibility  of  the  dis- 
appearance of  the  thorium  atom-deep 
layer  no  longer  threatens.  The  new  tubes 
will  very  likely  have  much  longer  life  than 
the  present  ones  and  not  be  so  sensitive  to 
improper  adjustments. 

A  RECENT  discussion  in  the  semi- 
•'*  popular  press,  having  to  do  with  the 
use  of  super-power,  ventured  the  statement 
that  if  a  5  kw.  station  was  audible  on  a 
crystal  set  at  twenty-five  miles  distance, 
the  50  kw.  station  would  be  audible  on  the 
same  crystal  set  for  a  distance  of  "several 
hundred  miles."  It  seems  that  if  we 
interpret  "several  hundred"  as  five  hun- 
dred miles,  the  power  of  the  5  kw.  station 
would  have  to  be  increased  to  at  least  250 
kw.  to  increase  the  crystal  set  range  as 
much  as  the  writer  suggested — and  then 
it  would  probably  fall  short.  Schenectady's 
tests  should  soon  give  us  some  reliable 
information  on  this  point. 

ACCORDING  to  the  Department  of 
*»  Commerce,  Japan's  long  distance 
radio  telegraph  stations  are  to  pass  from 
the  control  of  the  government  into  the 
hands  of  a  private  company  which  expects 
to  erect  two  new  stations  in  addition  to 
the  two  now  in  operation  and  that  when 
their  four  stations  are  in  operation  the  com- 
pany will  communicate  directly  with  the 
United  States,  Germany,  and  France.  With 
the  50  kw.  of  power  which  the  new  stations 
are  to  have  it  seems  very  unlikely  that 
signals  can  be  sent  directly  to  Europe 
except  under  most  favorable  conditions. 
Most  of  the  time  one  or  two  relay  stations 
will  undoubtedly  be  required  if  any  relia- 
bility is  to  be  obtained. 


Interesting  Things 

Said  Interestingly 


DOWEL  CROSLEY,  Jr.  (Cincinnati;  presi- 
dent Crosley  Radio  Corporation):  "Very 
few  broadcasting  stations  are  operating  with 
any  direct  profit.  No  broadcasting  station  in 
the  country  is  making  money  to-day.  Some 
handle  indirect  advertising  with  some  source 
of  revenue;  so  far,  I  believe,  no  stations  have 
been  able  to  meet  expenses  with  this  income. 
Our  own  revenue  at  WLW  from  this  source  would 
not  pay  for  the  direction  of  the  studio.  We  have 
a  large  investment  in  broadcasting  equipment — 
whether  it  is  profitable  for  us  to  broadcast  is  a 
question;  whether  the  good  will  created  by  a 
broadcasting  station  justifies  its  continued 
existence  is  merely  a  matter  of  opinion.  No  one 
can  check  the  results.  If  all  broadcasting 
stations  face  an  additional  expenditure  of  from 
$5,000.  to  $50,000.  per  year,  due  to  the  royal- 
ties imposed  by  the  Society  of  Composers, 
Authors  and  Publishers,  and  perhaps  more,  be- 
cause no  limit  has  yet  been  set — how  many  of 
these  stations  will  continue?  Imagine  the 
feelings  of  a  man  who  appreciates  the  serious- 


CARDINAL    HAYES 

—New  York;  Speaking  at  the  opening         , 
of  station  WLWL: 

"Among  the  most  recent  and  wonderful 
gifts  of  science  comes  the  radio.  As  Cardinal 
Archbishop  of  New  York,  I  congratulate  the 
Paulist  Fathers  upon  the  great  work  they 
have  undertaken  in  opening  up  station  WLWL. 
/  congratulate  also  the  people  of  this  immense 
city  and  of  this  whole  country  of  ours  upon 
the  inauguration  of  an  enterprise  so  admir- 
able. May  I  add  that  in  the  building  of  this 
station,  the  Paulists  have  shown  themselves 
worthy  sons  of  their  founder,  for  nothing  was 
more  characteristic  of  the  first  Paulist,  Isaac 
Hecker,  than  this  readiness  to  utilise  every 
•new  instrument  of  good.  How  his  noble 
soul  would  rejoice  to  witness  this  scene,  the 
dedication  of  the  twin  towers  of  steel  that  over- 
look the  Paulist  Church  here  at  Fifty-ninth 
Street,  as  an  agency  for  the  spread  of  truth 
and  wisdom.  We  who  employ  radio  are 
responsible  for  our  use  of  it.  We  must  take 
care  that  we  use  it  not  for  harm.  But,  further, 
we  are  strictly  bound  to  use  it  for  good, 
to  make  it  fruitful.  Whoever  would  be  great, 
must  serve.  He  who  has  power  must  turn  it 
to  the  welfare  of  his  fellows." 


ness  of  this  situation,  playing  a  gambling  game 
in  which  no  limits  are  set — where  the  more  he 
pays  the  more  he  will  have  to  pay — and  you  will 
appreciate  how  serious  the  situation  is." 

GOVERNOR  ALFRED  E.  SMITH  (Albany, 

^-*  New  York):  "Radio  broadcasting  has 
revolutionized  political  campaigning.  It  makes 
it  possible  for  a  candidate  to  reach  the  by-ways 
of  politics.  The  stay-at-home  gets  your  message 
as  clearly  and  intelligently  as  the  man  who  is 
able  to  come  out  to  the  meetings.  A  great 
event  can  be  recorded  at  the  fireside.  The 
opening  of  the  extraordinary  session  of  the 
New  York  State  Legislature  this  year  is  an 
example.  It  brought  to  the  people  young  and 
old  an  important  lesson  in  civics  and  gave  them 
exactly  the  procedure  which  occurs  when  a 
session  of  the  Legislature  is  opened.  Radio 
gives  you  the  widest  possible  audience  and  also 
the  benefit  of  public  opinion.  I  have  had  oc- 
casion to  use  the  radio  on  many  important 
occasions  including  my  inauguration  as  Governor 
and  in  making  an  appeal  for  public  support 
of  important  and  vital  policies.  Just  as  it  has 
served  my  needs  and  opened  up  a  tremendous 
avenue  for  political  education,  I  am  glad  to  have 
the  opportunity  to  say  so  to  the  radio  public." 


A  Five-Tube  Receiver  of  Dual  Efficiency 

A  Late  Development  of  the  Famous  Browning-Drake  Receiver  Employing  Impedance- 
Coupled  Audio  Amplification  Producing  the  Highest  Quality — Some  Valuable  New 
Data  on  Radio-Frequency  Transformers  and  a  New  Method  of  Balancing  Them 

By  GLENN  H.  BROWNING 


UESTIONS  are  frequently  being 
asked  concerning  the  necessary 
requirements  of  the  ideal  radio 
receiver.  The  answer  pictures  a 
set  which  is  sensitive  enough  to 
receive  great  distance,  gives  perfect  repro- 
duction of  the  program  being  broadcast, 
tunes  sufficiently  sharp  to  separate  trans- 
mitting stations,  does  away  with  interfer- 
ence, and  accomplishes  all 
this  without  batteries,  tubes,  ^  _ 
or  other  trouble  making  de- 
vices. At  the  present  time, 
our  ideal  seems  far  from  the 
realm  of  realization,  but  at 
least  we  may  take  a  step  in 
the  right  direction,  by  scien- 
tifically investigating  radio 
and  audio  frequency  ampli- 
fication. 

The  receiver  to  be  de- 
scribed, which  consists  of  one 
stage  of  balanced,  tuned  radio 
frequency  amplification,  re- 
generative  detector,  and  three 
stages  of  impedance-coupled. audio  ampli- 
fication, is  still  far  from  perfect,  but  it  is 
sensitive  enough  to  do  DX  work,  selective 
enough  to  cut  through  locals,  is  properly 
designed  for  good  quality  reception,  and 
does  not  radiate. 

Let  us  consider  the  component  parts 
separately.  The  tuned  radio-frequency 
transformer  is  probably  the  most  important 
part  of  the  receiver,  for  into  its  develop- 
ment went  almost  a  year  of  theoretical 


and  laboratory  work  by  Mr.  F.  H.  Drake 
and  the  writer,  with  a  result  that  a  piece  of 
apparatus  was  designed,  which  gave  almost 
90  per  cent,  of  the  amplification  predicted 
by  mathematical  calculations. 

Several  interesting  discoveries  were  made 
during  this  time,  among  which  was  the 
fact  that  the  "turn  ratio"  of  a  tuned 
radio-frequency  transformer  was  not  so 


A  L  THOUGH  Mr.  Browning  lias  made  Jew  fundamental  changes  in  the  origi- 
•*•  ^  nal  design  of  the  justly  famous  Browning-Drake  receiver  which  was  originally 
described  in  RADIO  BROADCAST  for  December,  1924,  the  reader  will  find  that  the  re- 
ceiver described  here  contains  some  distinct  improvements  which  place  this  model  in 
the  vanguard  of  current  receiver  design.  The  improvements  are  in  the  audio  circuit, 
and  impedance-coupled  amplification  has  been  chosen.  The  four-tube  model  of  the 
Browning-Drake  receiver  does  frequently  overload,  but  the  set  described  below  is 
almost  free  from  that  disadvantage.  In  this  article,  the  author  presents  some  inter- 
esting data  on  comparison  between  transformer-,  resistance-,  and  impedance-coupled 
amplification,  and  suggests  a  new  method  of  balancing  the  radio-frequency  trans- 
former. It  should  be  read  with  much  interest. — THE  EDITOR. 


regeneration    is    present    in    any    radio- 
frequency   amplifier  to  a  greater  or  less 
extent,  and  the  necessity  of  providing  a 
method  of  controlling  it  arises  sooner  or 
later.     A  little  experimenting  showed  that 
greater  signal  strength  could  be  obtained 
by  balancing  the  radio  tube  and  regenera- 
ting on  the  secondary  of  the  radio  frequency 
transformer,  rather  than  regenerating  di- 
rectly on  the  antenna  tuning 
javj      system.     The  former  course, 
besides  giving  greater  signal 
strength,  has  the  added  ad- 
vantage that    it  does  away 
with  any  radiation  tendencies 
the  receiver  might  otherwise 
have. 


SELECTING    THE    AUDIO 
AMPLIFIER 


important  as  the  resistance  of  the  secondary 
circuit,  and  the  relation  between  primary 
and  secondary.  It  was  also  found  that 
any  capacity  between  these  two  windings 
tended  to  decrease  the  efficiency,  so  that 
the  final  design  consisted  of  a  "bunched" 
primary  winding  coupled  closely  to  a 
low  resistance  secondary  coil.  Having  de- 
signed the  radio  frequency  part  of  the  cir- 
cuit, the  question  of  regeneration  was  then 
encountered.  As  most  radio  fans  know, 


TN    CHOOSING    an   audio 
1   amplifier  for  the  circuit, 
tstf      some  experimenting  was 
necessary,    as  one  can    use 
transformer,     resistance-,    or    impedance- 
coupled  systems  with  varying  results.    Two 
stages  of,  say,  4  to  i  transformers  will  un- 
doubtedly give  sufficient  volume,  but  the 
quality  or  naturalness  of  the  received  pro- 
gram must,  in  some  measure,  be  sacrificed. 
Three  stages  of  impedance-coupled  am- 
plification has  as  good  quality  as  resistance, 
and,  if  properly  built  and  operated,  gives 
greater  volume  and  does  not  require  an 
abnormal  B  battery  voltage.     It  was  con- 


OltolOmfd.  O.ltol.Omfd.  O.ltol.Omfd. 

DAVENTUBE  .,  DAVENTUBE  II  DAVENTUBE 


67!sV.or90V. 


FIG    I 


[]  'i  Amp.  Ballast  for  5VoltTubes 

ti  %  Amp.  Ballast  for  Power  5  VoltTubes 


The  schematic  diagram  of  the  circuit  employed  in  the  receiver.  The  several  battery  terminals  of  similar  markings  are  paralleled  and  connected  to 
the  terminal  of  the  indicated  polarity  of  the  battery  in  question.  For  instance,  there  are  four  minus  A  posts.  This  group  is  connected  together  as  one 
terminal,  thence  connecting  to  the  proper  battery.  The  same  holds  true  of  the  two  plus  B  45-volt  terminals,  and  the  three  plus  B  6yj-volt 
or  go-volt  terminals.  However,  in  the  case  of  the  minus  C  battery  terminals,  the  last  audio  stage  will  require  more  voltage  than  the  first  two 


DECEMBER,  1925 


A  FIVE-TUBE  RECEIVER  OF  DUAL  EFFICIENCY 


173 


FIG.    2 


Details  of  the  winding  of  the  radio  frequency 
coupler.  L}  is  the  primary;  La  the  secondary, 
and  Lp  the  variable  tickler  coil.  The  actual 
winding  specifications  are  contained  in  the  ac- 
companying article 


sequently  chosen  for  the  receiver  to  be 
described. 

For  those  who  are  interested  in  labora- 
tory measurements,  a  comparison  between 
the  three  systems  is  shown  in  the  accom- 
panying chart,  where  signal  strength  is 
plotted  for  frequencies  ranging  from  100 
to  10,000  cycles  per  second.  It  will  be 
seen  that  the  more  constant  the  amplifica- 
tion for  the  frequencies  shown,  the  better 
is  the  quality  of  the  received  signals. 

The  conclusion  to  be  drawn  from  this 
data  has  lead  us  to  choose  three-stage 
impedance-coupled  amplification  with  high- 
Mu  tubes. 

The  parts  listed  below  were  used  in  build- 
ing the  set.  Whether  or  not  the  builder 
follows  the  exact  list  given,  he  will  need  the 
parts  listed  below  or  their  equivalent. 

One  panel — 21  x  7  inches. 


x  Shaft  Threaded  with 
10-32  Die 


Split  and  Tapped 
For  10-32  Thread 


Brass  Bushing  ,-'' 
10-32  Thread 

FIG.   3 

Shows  the  mechanical  arrangement  of  the  bal- 
ancing condenser  plate    and   mount.     It  is  to 
be  mounted  on  the  sub- panel  in  the  rear  of  the 
radio  frequency  secondary  coil 

One  sub-panel  (bakelite)  18  x  7  inches. 

One  National  Kit  (containing  the  two  variable 
condensers  and  Browning-Drake  coils.)  i 

Five  Na-ald  sockets  (2  uv-igo,  and  3  uv-2oi  A). 

One  Daven  Leakandenser  (the  leak  shot)  Id 
have  a  resistance  of  6  to  8  megs.) 


Use  No.  19  Drill  for  Holes  not  Specified 


-. 

_._,_*. 


•£ y_ 


--  10  V2" 


21' 


— -\ 

H 


FIG.    4 

The  panel  layout.     There  is  room  enough  between  the  two  tuning  condensers  to  include  a  filament  voltmeter  which  would  not  only 
add  to  the  appearance  of  the  receiver,  but  prove  exceptionally  advantageous  in  knowing  the  value  of  voltage  delivered  to  the  tubes 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 
FIG.    5 
Looking  down  on  the  sub-panel,  the  position  of  the  balancing  condenser  may  be  observed.     Much  of  the  wiring  is  below  the  sub-panel 


174 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


DECEMBER,  1925 


FIG.    6 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


The  simplicity  of  assembly  is  evident  from  this  view.     Note  that  the  two  coil  units  are  at  right 
angles  to  each  other  and  on  the  same  plane.   This  is  necessary  to  prevent  uncontrolled  oscillation 


Three  Daven  .1 
megohm  grid  leaks, 
and  mounts. 

Three  loo-henry 
National  chokes. 

One  Yaxley  filament 
control  jack. 

One  .001  mfd.  fixed 
by-pass  condenser. 

One  .0001  mfd.  fixed 
condenser. 

One  balancing  de- 
vice. 

Nine  binding  posts. 


. 

-  *  1 , 


Fig.  i  shows  the 
schematic    diagram 

of  the  circuit  used.  The  antenna  tuning  coil 
Li  consists  of  46  turns  of  No.  20  d.s.c.  wire 
on  a  three-inch  bakelite  form  with  a  center 
tap  taken  off.  The  radio-frequency  trans- 
former, commercially  familiar  as  the 
"  regenaformer,"  consists  of  three  windings, 
a  primary,  a  low  resistance  secondary,  and 
a  rotor  coil.  The  details  of  its  mechanical 


FIG.  8 
The  panel  appearance  of  the  completed  receiver:  simplicity  itself 


construction  are  given  in  Fig.  2.  The 
primary,  L3,  consists  of  24  turns  of  No.  28 
or  30  d.c.c.  wire,  wound  in  a  groove  and 
placed  at  the  low  potential  end  of  the 
secondary  coil  (under  the  first  few  turns  of 
the  secondary  at  the  filament  end).  The 
secondary,  L2,  is  a  single-layer  solenoid 
made  by  winding  75  turns  of  No.  20  d.s.c. 


wire  on  a  three-inch 
bakelite  tube.  As 
has  been  mentioned 
before,  the  resis- 
tance in  this  circuit 
is  important,  and  a 
great  quantity  of 
data  has  been  col- 
lected which  would 
indicate  that  the  re- 
sistance of  a  single- 
layer  solenoid  is 
somewhat  lower 
than  those  wound  in 
a  so-called  "low 
loss"  manner.  The 

rotor  coil  Lp  is  made  up  of  20  turns  of  No. 
28  d.s.c.  on  a  2|-inch  form  and  so  mounted 
that  it  may  be  rotated  with  respect  to  the 
secondary  of  the  tuned  radio-frequency 
transformer.  The  condensers  chosen  to 
tune  the  two  circuits  are  of  such  construc- 
tion as  to  separate  the  high  frequency 
(short  wavelength)  stations  considerably 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


FIG.    7 

An  under-view  of  the  sub-panel  where  most  of  the  wiring  is  placed.     Convenient  holes  in  the 
sub-panel  allow  the  passage  of  wires  connecting  parts  above  the  sub-panel  with  those  below  it 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


DECEMBER,  1925 


A  FIVE-TUBE  RECEIVER  OF  DUAL  EFFICIENCY 


175 


more  than  the  ordinary  condenser,  and 
their  sizes  are  such  as  to  cover  a  frequency 
spectrum  from  600  kilocycles  to  545  kilo- 
cycles (200  to  550  meters). 

The  construction  of  the  choke  coils  is 
not  described  because  of  the  difficulty  of 
making  them  at  home.  The  National  100- 
henry  choke  was  used  in  "the  model  de- 
scribed. However,  any  standard  choke 
coil  for  audio  frequency  work  may  be  em- 
ployed, such  as  those  made  by  Acme,  the 
General  Radio  Company,  AmerTran,  and 
Thordarson. 

CHOICE   OF   TUBES 

IN  EXPERIMENTING  with  the  re- 
1  ceiver,  it  was  found  that  a  uv-igg  was 
much  easier  to  balance  than  the  larger 
tubes,  and  was  consequently  used  as  the 
radio-frequency  amplifier  tube.  As  most 
fans  know,  a  uv-igg  is  also  a  good  detector, 
so  at  the  suggestion  of  Mr.  Arthur  Lynch, 
the  two  uv-igg  tubes  were  put  in  series 
and  three  Daven  six-volt  tubes  employed 
so  that  the  set  operates  directly  from  a 
six-volt  storage  battery  without  the  use  of 
rheostats.  Two  Daven  MU-2O  tubes  may 
be  used  in  the  first  two  stages  of  impedance 
with  a  Mu-6  in  the  last  stage.  The  con- 
structor may  use  other  tubes  by  placing  the 
correct  filament  ballast  such  as  Amperite, 
Brach,  or  Daven  type  in  the  battery  leads 
of  the  respective  tubes.  A  five-volt,  J- 
ampere  tube  would  take  a  j-ampere  ballast, 
and  a  five-volt,  ^-ampere  tube  would  take  a 
^-ampere  ballast,  etc.  The  new  power  tube, 
ux-i  12,  may  be  used  in  the  last  audio  stage 
with  about  1 3 5  volts  on  the  plate  and  g  volts 
C  battery.  A  separate  C  battery  binding 
post  is  provided  so  the  last  audio  tube  may 
have  an  independent  bias  battery.  When 
the  Mu-2o  tubes  are  employed  in  the  two 
intermediate  stages  of  audio,  little  or  no 
bias  is  needed  with  go  volts  plate  battery, 
but  when  higher  voltages  are  used  a  C 
battery  of  15  to  3  volts  should  be  employed 


for  good  quality  recep- 
tion. 

Forty-five  volts  is  rec- 
ommended on  both  the 
radio-frequency  ampli- 
fier and  detector,  as  this 
voltage  has  been  found 
more  efficient  on  the  de- 
tector and  sufficient  for 
the  radio  frequency  tube. 
With  45  volts  on  a  radio- 
frequency  amplifier,  no 
C  battery  is  needed  and 
the  grid  return  is  run 
directly  to  the  negative 
side  of  the  filament. 

In  laying  out  the  ap- 
paratus so  that  the  set 
would  be  compact,  the 
tuning  condensers  are 
placed  symmetrically  on 
the  panel  with  the  tube 
sockets  arranged  as 
shown  in  the  photo- 
graph, the  radio  fre- 
quency tube  being  the 
one  on  the  extreme  left 
with  the  detector  on  the 
extreme  right,  and  the 
audio  tubes  between  the 
two. 

CONSTRUCTION    DETAILS 


700 
600 

500 

z 
o 

< 

_  

A 

• 

VOLTAGE  AMPLIFIC 

^ 

S^ 

^ 

\ 

^ 

D 

\ 

\ 

1 

X)                   200     '                      500                 1.000                 2.000                        5.000               IftO 
FREQUENCY 

FIG.    IO 

Curves  for  various  types  of  audio  amplification  compared  in  this 
article.  Curve  A.  Three  stages  of  impedance-coupled  audio  ampli- 
fication, using  two  Daven  MU-SO  tubes  and  one  Daven  MU-6  in  the 
last  stage.  One  hundred-henry  chokes,  i-mfd.  condensers  and  o. i 
meg.  grid  leaks  were  used.  Curve  B.  Three  stages  of  resistance- 
coupled  amplification,  with  two  Daven  Mu-2O  tubes  and  a  Daven 
MU-6  in  the  last  stage.  In  the  plate  circuit  was  o.i  meg.  resistance. 
The  grid  leaks  were  o.  i  meg.  and  o.  i  mfd.  condensers  were  employed. 
Curve  C.  Two  stages  of  transformer-coupled  audio  amplification 
were  measured.  The  first  transformer  was  a  6:1  and  the  second  a 
2:1  ratio.  The  tubes  used  had  a  voltage  amplification  of  8  which  is 
standard  for  the  5-voIt  type  of  tube.  Curve  D.  The  curve  of  a 
three-stage  impedance-coupled  amplifier  using  tubes  of  a  voltage 
amplification  of  8;  other  constants  the  same  as  with  curve  A.  Curve 
E.  Three  stages  of  resistance-coupled  amplification,  with  similar 
constants.  Curve  B  used  with  tubes  whose  amplification  factor  was  8 


1 1  ""HE  balancing  of  the  first  tube  is  ac- 
*  complished  by  placing  a  f-inch  metal 
disc,  connected  to  the  grid  of  the  first  tube, 
in  the  rear  of  the  radio  frequency  trans- 
former (about  in  the  middle  of  L2)  and 
moving  it  toward  or  away  from  the  secon- 
dary winding.  This  method  of  balancing, 
though  not  generally  known,  is  simple  and 
effective.  The  details  for  constructing  this 
balancing  device  are  shown  in  the  accom- 
panying diagram,  Fig.  3. 

The   drilling  template  for    both   front 
and   sub-panel   are  shown,  together  with 


photographs  of  the  complete  set,  so  that 
there  is  little  need  for  lengthy  construc- 
tional details.  However,  the  buildei 
should  be  cautioned  to  keep  his  grid  and 
plate  leads  as  short  as  possible  and  well 
separated  from  each  other.  Most  of  the 
radio  frequency  leads  are  above  the. .sub- 
panel,  with  the  exception  of  the  plate  lead 
from  the  first  tube  to  the  primary  of  the 
radio-frequency  transformer  which  is  long, 
and  should  be  kept  well  away  from  all 
other  wires.  The  lead  from  the  grid  of  the 
first  tube  to  the  balancing  device  should 


- 

»<--  !V' 

No.  20  Drill  on  Holes  not  Specified 


, 

rf\  _  fi\  /T\  ^K 

'          vl/~  *          t±7 tt/      '          vp 


FIG.    9 

The  sub-panel  drilling  specifications  which  are  self-explanatory.     As  you  look  at  this  layout  the 
top  is  the  front  of  the  sub-base,  and  the  bottom  is  the  back  which  supports  the  binding  posts,  etc. 


176 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


DECEMBER,  1925 


g 

§ 

§5 


.   I  -  Calculated  Radio  Amplification 
II  -  Measured  Radio  Amplification 

Ill-Measured  Radio  Amplification 

of  Transformer  with  8  Turn  Primary 


400 


FIG.     I  I 

Three  curves  which  are  both  interesting  and  instructive.     Note  how 

approximately  correct  in  comparison  is  the  calculated  and  measured 

radio  frequency  amplification  while  manifestly  the  8-turn  primary 

is  not  as  good 


also  be  kept  well  away  from  other  con- 
nections. A  center  tap  is  provided  on  the 
first  coil,  L,,  to  be  used  with  a  long  antenna 
of  loo  feet  or  over,  but  as  some  antennas, 
which  are  even  much  shorter  than  this, 
have  a  large  amount  of  capacity,  it  is  well  to 
make  the  connection  from  the  .0001  mfd. 


stations  on  the  head- 
phones, is  absent  with 
the  impedance  ampli- 
fier. Instead  of  us- 
ing a  filament  switch, 
the  jack  is  made  to  do 
double  duty,  so  that 
placing  the  plug  in 
the  jack  lights  the 
tubes. 

BALANCING  AND 

OPERATING  THE 

RECEIVER 

THE  first  thing  to 
do  after  the  re- 
ceiver has  been  con- 
structed as  shown,  is 
to  balance  the  first 
tube  so  that  no  radi- 
ation will  occur,  and 

in  such  a  way  that  greatest  signal  strength 
will  be  obtained 

Connect  batteries,  phones,  and  ground  to 
the  set,  but  do  not  connect  the  antenna. 
Turn  the  rotor  or  tickler  coil  to  a  point 
where  placing  a  finger  on  the  stator  plates 
of  the  condenser,  Q,  gives  a  loud  "pluck" 


condenser  to  the  point  of  the  coil  which      in  the  phone.     This  shows  the  secondary 


makes  the  two  dial  settings  most  nearly 
coincide  at  mid-scale.  Only  one  jack  is 
used,  as  most  radio  enthusiasts  use  a  loud 
speaker  except  when  tuning  for  extremely 
distant  stations,  and  then  it  has  been 
found  that  three  stages  of  impedance- 
coupled  amplification  can  be  used  conve- 


of  the  radio-frequency  transformer  is 
oscillating.  Now  rotate  the  coil  until 
oscillations  cease,  as  determined  by  the 
finger  test.  The  first  condenser  should 
then  be  turned  through  its  range,  and  if, 
at  any  setting  of  this  condenser,  the  secon- 
dary of  the  radio-frequency  transformer 


niently  with  head  phones.    This  is  due  to      oscillates,  the  balancing  device  should  be 


the  fact  that  the  noise  which  is  apparent 
with  transformer  coupling,  and  which  tends 
to  draw  comfortable  reception  of  distant 


adjusted  until  this  test  is  satisfactory,  and 
the  two  tuning  circuits  are  entirely  inde- 
pendent of  each  other. 


FIG. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


A  compactly  built  modification  of  the  Browning  receiver,  which  could  be  made  to  fit  in  a  phonograph 
cabinet  as  described  in  this  magazine  for  June,  July,  and  August  1925.     This  one  employs  re- 
sistance-coupled audio  amplification.     The  amplifier  units  are  situated  below  the  sub-panel 


A  few  notes  on  tuning  may  be  helpful, 
though  actually  operating  the  set  is  the 
only  way  one  can  acquire  the  knack  of 
doing  DX  work.  If  the  set  is  performing 
normally,  the  volume  coil,  Lp,  can  be  turned 
to  such  a  position  that  placing  a  finger  on 
the  stator  plates  of  the  .00025  mfd.  con- 
denser gives  a  "pluck"  in  the  receivers. 
This  means  circuit  L,,  Q,  is  oscillating. 
With  the  volume  coil  in  that  position, 
turn  the  dial  of  the  .00025  mfd.  condenser 
until  this  whistle  is  loudest  and  adjust  the 
volume  coil  until  the  whistle  disappears, 
and  by  slightly  retuning,  the  station 
should  come  in.  If  the  detector  tube  has 
a  tendency  to  "snap"  into  oscillation  in- 
stead of  going  in  gradually,  the  resistance 
of  the  grid  leak  should  be  increased. 

The  receiver  described  is  capable  of 
extraordinary  results,  for  not  only  is  it  a 
fine  distance  getter,  but  quality  of  the  re- 
ceived concerts  is  almost  above  reproach. 
Combined  with  this  is  its  non-radiating 
property,  and  the  fact  that  an  extremely 
short  antenna  of  only  ten  or  twelve  feet  of 
wire  may  be  used  with  satisfaction. 


-tev 


Concerning  the  Receiver  Which 
Are  Commonly  Asl^ed 


Q. 


Q. 


A. 


Q. 


What  is  the  trouble  if  the  receiver  tunes 

broadly? 

The  .0001  mfd.  condenser  in  series  with  the 

antenna  may  be  of  incorrect  value  or  an 

excessive   amount  of  loss  would   give  this 

effect.     The  blame  might   also  be  laid    to 

poorly  soldered  connections  to  the  two  coils, 

Li  and  La. 

What    makes   the   detector   tube   go   into 

oscillation  with  a  "snap"  instead  of  going 

in  gradually? 

The  grid  leak  is  not  the  correct  size.     Try 

one  whose  resistance  is  higher.     The  grid 

condenser    might    be    larger    than    .00025 

mfd.     (It  is  much  better  to  use  a  condenser 

smaller  than  .00025  mfd-  rather  than  one 

larger). 

What  length  and   type  of  antenna  works 

best  with  the  receiver? 

A  50  to  yo-foot  antenna  is  usually  ample 

with  as  much  of  this  vertical  as  possible. 

Very  good  results  have  been  obtained  with 

a  piece  of  wire  about  30  feet  long  extending 

from   a   pine  tree  down  vertically   to  the 

receiver. 

Will  the  set  work  with  a  loop? 

Yes:   but  even  an  antenna  of  fifteen  feet 

located  in  the  same  room  as  the  receiver 

has  been  found  to  give  better  results,  and  is 

easier  to  erect. 


ondiuFted    by 


Point   or  Vieuu- 

KJndsleu      tHcllcs 
o       * 


Is  the  Popularity  of  Jazz  Music  Waning? 


wi 


"HEN  radio  broadcasting  was 
a  novelty  and  one  called  in 
the  neighbors  to  hear  the 
voices  coming  in  "right  out  of 
the  air,"  little  or  no  attention  was  paid  to 
what  the  voices  were  saying.  "Radio  is  a 
marvellous  instrument,  a  tremendously 
potential  medium,  but  what  difference  does 
it  make  if  it  is  being  used  to  give  currency 
to  worse  than  second-rate  stuff,"  is  about 
the  gist  of  the  very  vocal  objections  made 
by  these  observers.  George  Jean  Nathan, 
the  rapier-worded  dramatic  critic  of  The 
American  Mercury  said  in  a  recent  issue  of 
that  green-jacketed  organ  of  dissent: 

Nightly  the  front  parlors  of  the  proletariat  re- 
sound to  the  strains  of  alley  jazz  pounded  out  by 
bad  hotel  orchestras,  to  lectures  on  Sweden- 
borgianism  by  ex-veterinary  surgeons,  to  songs 
ibout  red  hot  mammas,  and  Beale  street  melan- 
cholias by  hard-up  vaudeville  performers.  .  . 

Now  all  the  criticism  of  radio  programs 
made  along  these  lines  is  true  in  that  it  is 
possible  to  hear  the  thing  described  from 
some  radio  station  or  other  at  one  time  or 
another.  We  should  not  judge  broadcast- 
ing by  that  method  any  more  than  we 
should  judge  the  thinking  processes  of  the 
American  citizenry  by  what  we  hear  a  ' 
chance  street  orator  mouth.  Broadcasting 
is  not  nearly  as  badly  off  as  its  hostile  critics 
would  have  you  think,  and  the  aerial 
offerings  of  the  radio  season  now  upon  us 
are  daily  justifying  that  belief. 

"  If  it  weren't  for  the  constant  stream  of 
jazz  flowing  from  nearly  every  broadcast- 
ing antenna,"  remarked  a  listener  to  us  the 
other  day,  "  I  would  enjoy  radio  a  lot  more. 
These  jazz  orchestras  from  every,  station 
in  the  country,  all  practically  banging  away 
at  the  same  piece  at  practically  the  same 
time  are  much  more  than  annoying."  The 
trouble  with  a  criticism  such  as  this  is  that 
it  groups  all  dance  music  ,as  jazz,  which  is 
only  true  because  we  have  no  term  which 
allows  us  to  distinguish  between  the  grades 
of  jazz.  We  use  the  same  term  to  describe 
the  soft  symphonic  effects  of  Art  Hickman, 
Ben  Bernie,  and  Vincent  Lopez  as  we  use 
for  the  fifth  rate  Five  Melody  Kings  of 
Four  Corners,  Oklahoma. 


"  1  believe,"  writes  D.  M.  Craig,  of  La- 
mar,  Missouri,  "that  the  universal  con- 
demnation of  jazz  is  contrary  to  the  true 
feeling  of  a  majority  of  radio  listeners,  if 
all  music  is  classified  as  jazz.  Would  these 
objectors  want  to  stop  the  broadcasting  of 
such  organizations  as  those  of  Paul  Whit- 
man, Vincent  Lopez,  Jean  Goldkette,  and 
many  others?"  Decidedly  not.  While 
there  are  those  who  are  utterly  opposed  to 
jazz  whatever  its  origin,  the  more  liberal 
among  us  recognize  that  jazz  music  has  a 
very  strong  hold  on  a  large  percentage  of 
the  public  of  several  continents,  that  it  is 
not  wholly  as  bad  as  it  is  pictured,  and  that, 
in  moderation,  jazz  is  excellent  entertain- 
ment. 

The  trouble  with  broadcasting  programs, 
and  up  to  the  past  six  months  this  has 
been  true  of  almost  every  American  sta- 
tion, is  that  they  have  been  too  heavily 
loaded  with  this  orchestra  and  that,  play- 
ing the  currently  popular  tunes.  Too 
much  of  the  program  has  been  devoted  to 


FRANK    \V.    ELLIOTT 

The  new  president  of  the  National  Association 

of     Broadcasters,    who    succeeds     Eugene    F. 

McDonald,  of  Chicago.     Mr.  Elliott  is  business 

manager  of  station  woe  at  Davenport 


dance  orchestras,  or  to  soloists  who  ha< 
nothing  on  their  repertoire  but  whateve 
numbers  were  being  sold  in  the  musii 
shops  as  "the  latest  thing"  or,  worse,  t< 
song  "  pluggers  "  in  the  employ  of  the  musi 
publishers.  This  practise  of  the  broad 
casters,  we  firmly  believe,  has  shortene< 
the  life  of  many  moderately  good  popula 
numbers,  which  otherwise  might  have  re 
tained  popularity  for  a  considerably  longe 
time. 

Mr.  Frank  McEniry,  of  station  KOA  a 
Denver,  in  answering  a  recent  inquiry  o 
ours  about  this  subject  replied: 

On  the  whole,  1  believe  listeners  tire  of  jaz 
much  more  quickly  than  they  do  of  the  classics 
or  semi-classical  presentations.  This  belief  i 
of  course,  wholly  a  personal  one,  but  it  is  base< 
on  a  daily  study  of  mail  from  our  listeners.  Her 
is  an  excerpt  from  the  letter  of  a  Western  listene 
which  seems  typical  of  a  great  mass  of  mail  w 
are  receiving  on  the  subject:  "One  cannot  b 
unmindful  of  the  lovely  entertainment  last  even 
ing;  especially  beautiful  was  the  Floradora  Sex 
let  by  the  Municipal  Band.  Likewise,  the  sam 
selection  with  the  lullaby  on  the  saxophone.  I 
was  such  a  relief  from  the  slap-stick  stuff  one  get 
from  many  stations."  That  letter  was  fror 
Charles  G.  Hickman  of  Forsyth,  Montana. 

And  here  is  another  from  Mrs.  Walter  Burk 
of  New  Plymouth,  Idaho:  "Almost  without  ex 
ception,  we  like  the  better  class  of  music.  Jaz 
ceases  to  have  any  appeal  after  the  first  two  o 
three  selections — it  is  all  alike.  .  .  -." 

They  are  doing  some  good  things  a 
KOA,  and  by  the  time  this  magazine  is  ii 
the  hands  of  the  reader,  the  competitivi 
program  of  classical  music  as  opposed  t< 
jazz  music  will  have  been  given  from  tha 
station.  All  the  listeners  will  have  ; 
chance  to  express  their  opinion  and  a  com 
plete  record  will  be  made  of  the  results 
We  hope  to  announce  the  findings  in  ai 
early  number.  There  should  be  some  in 
teresting  letters  after  this  contest. 

Mr.  Freeman  H.  Talbot,  that  abli 
musician  responsible  for  the  programs  o 
KOA  set  down  some  of  his  thoughts  aboui 
the  subject  of  jazz  especially  for  this  de 
partment.  "For  many  years,"  he  says 
music  critics  have  been  periodically  an- 
nouncing the  death  of  jazz.  Probably  th( 


178 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


DECEMBER,  1925 


so-called  music  of  jazz  is  largely  responsible 
for  the  belief  that  it  is  moribund.  To 
those  who  would  shed  no  tears  over  its 
demise,  jazz  displays  a  most  disheartening 
vitality.  Phoenixlike,  it  arises  fresh  after 
each  reputed  annihilation."  Mr.  Talbot 
continues: 

Jazz  has  been  called  primitive,  uncouth,  banal. 
It  has  been  charged  with  disrupting  homes, 
weakening  Church  ties,  and  undermining  the 
morals  of  the  nation.  Personally,  1  feel  that  jazz 
is  not  all  bad — it  is  not  clever  enough  for  that. 
It  may  be  banal,  and  at  times  it  is  discouragingly 
stupid,  but  it  is  not  essentially  bad.  Lately, 
jazz  has  gathered  to  itself  some  notable  defend- 
ers among  the  musically  correct.  Serious 
minded  musicians  have  perceived  under  the  bat- 
tered and  tattered  appearance  of  jazz,  evidence 
of  a  new  vitality  in  music,  a  struggle  after  a  new 
form  of  expression,  crude  as  the  hieroglyphics  of 
Cubism,  but  genuine  art,  nevertheless. 

The  moans,  shrieks,  cat  calls  and  sobs  of  jazz 
will  eventually  disappear,  but  the  vibrancy  of  its 
stimulating  rhythms  will  remain  to  be  caught 
some  time  by  a  master  composer  on  a  new  work 
or  series  of  works  as  revolutionary  as  the  caco- 
phonies of  Wagner. 

How  do  all  these  remarks  apply  to  pre- 
sent programs?  Well,  they  are  some  of  the 
signs — if  indeed  any  are  needed — which 
show  that  the  old  preponderance  of  jazz 
on  programs  is  greatly  lessening.  For  some 
time,  one  of  the  two  outstanding  stations 
in  New  York  City  has  had  a  rule,  somewhat 
flexible,  it  is  true,  that  no  dance  music  can 
be  broadcast  until  after  ten  thirty  in  the 
evening.  Mr.  Carl  Dreher  discusses  this 
matter  more  fully  on  another  page  of  this 
number.  The  fact  that  the  musical  parts 
of  programs  are  being  more  devoted  to  more 
serious  efforts  by  stations  in  nearly  every 
part  of  the  country  except  Chicago,  simply 
means  that  there  is  less  time  left  for  jazz. 

To  mention  a  specific  type  of  program 


which  has  brought  improvement  in  its 
tone,  consider  some  of  the  "indirect  adver- 
tising" programs  put  on  through  the  WEAF 
chain  of  stations.  Here  is  what  the  direc- 
tor of  broadcasting  for  that  station,  Mr. 
J.  A.  Holman,  says  about  them:  "Pro- 
grams have  been  presented  of  a  type  that 
previously  would  have  been  considered  im- 
possible by  radio — impossible  in  the  sense 
that  they  assumed  too  high  a  degree 
of  musical  and  general  culture  on  the 
part  of  the  radio  audience.  The'  public 
accepted  them  at  their  real  value  and  en- 
thusiastically availed  itself  of  their  educa- 
tional activities.  .  .  .  No  music  was 
too  "highbrow."  For  example,  George 
Barrere's  Little  Symphony  Orchestra  pre- 
sented a  series  of  chamber  music  recitals, 
which  while  beautiful  and  perfect  gems  of 
instrumental  music,  are  generally  con- 
sidered above  the  understanding  and  ap- 
preciation of  the  average  music  lover. 
The  interesting  fact  is  that  the  American 
public  welcomed  the  innovation.  .  .  ." 
The  radio  audience  is  not  required  to  listen 
altogether  to  the  sad  stuff  outlined  by  Mr. 
Nathan.  The  signs  are  unmistakable  that 


T; 


the  taste  of  the  radio  public  is  changing, 
and  for  the  better. 

A   New   Note   in    Broadcasting: 
Cooperation 

O  MOST  listeners  in  this  country 
east  of  the  Mississippi  River  who 
heard  the  broadcasting  of  the  radio 
industries  dinner  from  the  Commodore 
Hotel  not  so  long  ago,  it  probably  seemed 
as  if  very  little  was  occurring  except  the 
presentation  of  an  exceptionally  fine  purely 
entertainment  program  announced  by  the 
active  Major  J.  Andrew  White.  A  good 
program  it  was,  too,  with  some  of  the  Capi- 
tol radio  family,  the  Happiness  Boys,  the 
shy  Will  Rogers,  busy  explaining  why  he 
was  not  there,  Rudy  Weidoeft,  Vincent 
Lopez  and  his  Orchestra,  and  several 
speakers,  including  Senator  Dill.  The 
radio  lambs  and  lions,  however,  were  lying 
down  together  and  at  executive  sessions 
before  and  after  the  dinner,  various  as- 
sociated organizations  arrived  at  some 
decisions  whose  effect  may  be  far  reaching. 

The  National  Association  of  Broadcast- 
ers, whose  member-stations  include  a  good 
proportion  of  the  broadcasters  of  the 
country,  elected  Dr.  Frank  Elliott  of  station 
woe  at  Davenport,  president,  succeeding 
E.  F.  McDonald,  Jr.,  of  station  WJAZ. 

And  among  other  applicants,  station 
WEAF,  New  York,  was  admitted  to  mem- 
bership. This  is  somewhat  important,  be- 
cause thus  far,  WEAF  has  played  a  lone 
hand  in  broadcasting.  It  probably  means 
that  broadcasters  are  going  to  cooperate 
to  a  greater  degree  than  ever  before,  with 
inevitable  benefit  to  the  listener. 

Ever  since  the  first  broadcaster  was  li- 
censed, there  has  been  a  quarrel  on  be- 
tween the  owners  of  the  radio  stations  and 


REINALD   WERRENRATH,    MME.    LOUISE    HOMER,    TOSCHA    SEIDEL,    AND   A.    ATWATER    KENT 

The  Atwater-Kent  Manufacturing  Company  has  arranged  a  series  of  Sunday  evening  concerts  given  at  9:15,  Eastern  Standard  time  through  WEAF, 
WCAP,  WJAR,  WEEI,  WCAE,  wsAi,  wwj,  woo,  wcco,  WGR,  woo,  Kso,  and  WTAG.  The  series  presents  some  of  the  best-known  artists  familiar  to  concert- 
goers  and  is  regarded  by  radio  listeners  as  one  of  the  real  treats  of  the  Fall  and  Winter  radio  season.  There  will  be  thirty  concerts  and  the  last  will  be 
given  some  time  in  May,  1926.  Mr.  Werrenrath,  baritone,  gave  the  first  concert  on  October  4th,  and  was  followed  by  Mr.  Seidel,  the  well  known  Rus- 
sian violinist.  Mme  Homer,  the  contralto  of  the  Chicago  Civic  Opera  Company,  presented  a  popular  program  as  the  third  concert  of  the  series. 

Mr.  Kent  is  shown  in  the  photograph  at  the  top 


DECEMBER,  1925 


179 


JEAN    GOLDKETTE    AND    HIS    LITTLE    SYMPHONY   ORCHESTRA — AT   WJR 

The  photograph  at  the  left  shows  one  of  the  orchestras  heard  regularly  from  station  WJR.  Left  to  right:  J.  Schwatzman,  celle;  Gaston  Brohan,  bass; 
M.  Shapiro,  violin;  Victor  Poland,  violin;  Jean  Goldkette,  pianist  and  conductor;  Joseph  Corner,  violin.  The  Book-Cadillac  Hotel  is  shown  at  the 
right  and  houses  the  Detroit  studios  of  WJR-WCX.  The  transmitting  apparatus  of  the  two  stations  operating  on  580  kc.  (517  meters)  is  located  at 

Pontiac,  Michigan 


the  organization  which  claims  to  have  con- 
trol of  most  of  the  copyrighted  musical 
numbers,  both  popular  and  more  classical — 
the  American  Society  of  Authors,  Compos- 
ers, and  Publishers.  This  Society  to  the 
outsider  appears  to  have  what  amounts 
to  a  monopoly  in  the  control  of  the  per- 
formance of  copyrighted  music.  And  also 
to  the  outsider  they  seem  to  have  exercised 
that  control  in  a  most  arbitrary  fashion. 
Whatever  the  merits  of  the  disputes  be- 
tween the  two  opposed  parties  may  be, 
the  situation  now  seems  to  be  that  the 
broadcasters  are  unwilling  to  pay  for  a 
yearly  license  from  the  Society  for  the 
simple  reason  that  they  have  no  assurance 
that  they  will  be  fairly  treated  from  year 
to  year.  The  broadcasters  have  taken  the 
sensible  position  (to  use  their  own  phrase- 
ology): "we  desire  to  see  that  the  writer 
of  the  songs  as  well  as  their  assignees 
shall  be  paid  a  fair  sum.  .  .  .  Re- 
solved, that  the  principle  involved  in  the 
reproduction  of  music  by  mechanical  means 
now  embodied  in  the  present  copyright 
law  be  extended  to  the  reproduction  of 
music  by  radio.  .  .  ." 

This  means,  simply  put,  that  the  listen- 
ers will  benefit,  for  after  the  smoke  of  legal 
battle  clears  away,  it  will  undoubtedly  be 
possible  for  more  stations  to  broadcast 
much  good  music  which  is  barred  to  them 
now  by  the  provisions  of  the  copyright.  It 
also  means  that  radio  is  advancing  toward 
a  firmer  and  sounder  basis,  for  there  is  no 
doubt  that  the  dispute  over  payment  and 
copyright  has  hampered  the  arrangement 
and  presentation  of  programs. 


Radio    Plums   for  the   Present 
Season 

WHILE  the  optimistic  estimate  of 
Mr.  W.  E.  Harknessof  the  Ameri- 
can Telephone  and  Telegraph 
Company  that  the  largest  of  the  WEAK 
wire  tie-ups  reached  sixty-five  per  cent,  of 
the  listeners  of  the  United  States  may  be 
viewed  with  the  raising  of  an  slightly 
doubting  eyebrow,  it  is  certainly  true  that 
the  new  concerts  of  the  Atwater  Kent 
Company  which  began  on  October  fourth 
have  jumped  into  immediate  popularity 
with  a  great  number  of  listeners.  When  the 
Victor  and  Brunswick  Companies  broad- 
cast their  concerts  last  year,  the  radio 
audience  sat  up  before  its  assorted  loud 
speakers  and  wondered  if  something  new 
hadn't  happened  in  broadcasting.  It  had. 
The  tone  of  all  broadcasting  was  raised 
and  it  is  our  belief  that  it  will  never  be 
lowered.  The  first  concert  of  the  Atwater 
Kent  series  with  Reinald  Werrenrath,  one 
of  the  best  of  American  baritones,  set 
the  pace  for  the  rest  of  the  series.  Other 
artists  who  will  be  heard  in  the  thirty 
concerts,  which  begin  at  9:15  p.  M.  Eastern 
Standard  time,  on  Sunday  evenings,  are 
among  the  foremost  opera  and  music 
stars  of  the  world:  Louise  Homer,  Edward 
Johnson,  Mabel  Garrison,  Maria  Kurenko, 
Salvatore  de  Stefano,  Alexander  Brai- 
lowsky,  Leo  Luboshutz,  Charles  Hackett, 
Florence  Austral,  Albert  Spalding,  Benno 
Moiseiwitch,  Toscha  Seidel,  Felix  Salmond, 
Vincente  Ballester,  John  Powell,  Eva 
Gauthier,  Anna  Case,  Freida  Hempel, 


Paul  Althouse,  Arthur  Middleton,  May 
Peterson,  Paul  Kochanski,  Mischa  Levit- 
ski,  and  Hulda  Lashanska. 

Then  there  are  the  concerts  of  the  Victor 
and  Brunswick  Phonograph  Companies 
which  will  be  heard  from  the  Radio  Cor- 
poration group  of  stations,  which  will  pre- 
sent other  opera  stars.  It  looks  like  an 
embarrassment  of  riches  for  the  radio  audi- 
ence. Whatever  the  internal  politics 
among  the  broadcasters  and  however 
strong  the  grimly  competitive  spirit,  the 
listener  is  sure  to  benefit. 

Learning,   Via   the   Loud   Speaker 

THOSE  who  have  a  burning  desire  to 
increase  their  store  of  knowledge  can 
accomplish  a  good  part  of  that  end 
by  radio  if  they  are  so  minded  during  the 
radio  season  now  upon  us.  During  the 
last  two  years,  many  radio  "extension 
courses"  have  been  offered  over  the  air, 
and  the  State  University  of  Iowa  was  prob- 
ably the  first  higher  educational  institution 
to  offer  a  regular  air  course,  which  was  be- 
gun last  year.  Station  wsui,  620  kc.  (484 
meters)  is  broadcasting  a  course  of  lectures 
on  Monday  and  Wednesday  from  seven 
thirty  to  eight  fifty  P.  M.,  Central  Standard 
time.  On  Mondays  lectures  on  "Early 
Iowa  History,"  "American  Literature," 
"Iowa  Flora"  and  "Population  Problems" 
On  Wednesdays  wsui  offers  lectures  on 
"The  Teaching  of  English,"  "Political 
Parties  in  the  United  States",  and  "Ele- 
mentary Psychology."  Actual  university 
credit  is  offered  to  those  radio  listeners 


180 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


DECEMBER,  1925 


who  complete  the  requirements  of  the 
course.  Full  information  can  be  secured 
from  Edward  H.  Lauer,  director,  extension 
Division,  State  University  of  Iowa,  Iowa 
City.  In  Pittsburgh,  station  KDKA  will 
resume  its  extension  courses  in  cooperation 
with  the  University  of  Pittsburgh  and  the 
Pennsylvania  State  College.  In  Spring- 
field, WBZ  is  laying  plans  for  another  ex- 
cellent series  of  extension  lectures.  In 
Oakland,  KGO,  is  broadcasting  regularly 
to  the  grade  schools  of  the  city  according 
to  a  very  well  worked  out  and  ambitious 
plan.  Throughout  the  country,  educa- 
tional programs,  most  of  them  well  planned 
out  and  presented  can  be  regularly  heard 
with  little  more  trouble  than  a  reference  to 
the  newspaper  programs  and  the  effort  of 
revolving  a  dial. 

Why   the    Farmer   Likes    Radio 

VERY  early  in  its  experience  with 
radio  in  the  broadcasting  of  eco- 
nomic information,  the  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture  proceeded  on  the 
theory  that  radio  broadcasting,  when  es- 
tablished as  a  regular  part  of  the  machin- 
ery of  our  present  day  living,  would  render 
a  greater  measure  of  service  to  the  farmers 
than  any  other  group  or  section  of  society," 
writes  J.  C.  Gilbert,  the  Marketing  Special- 
ist of  the  Department  of  Agriculture.  "The 


THE    AIR   COLLEGE    FACULTY    AT   WSUI 

At  the  State  University  of  Iowa,  Iowa  City.  A  series  of  lecture  courses,  of  college  standard  are 
broadcast  from  wsui  throughout  the  winter,  and  college  credit  is  given  to  those  who  comply  with  the 
requirements.  Left  to  right:  Edward  B.  Reuter,  Frank  Luther  Mott,  Bruce  E.  Mahan,  Christian 
A.  Ruckmick,  Helen  Williams,  M.  F.  Carpenter,  Kirk  H.  Porter,  Bohumil  Shimek,  and  Edward  H. 

Lauer 


Department  is  firm  in  its  belief  that  radio 
is  a  permanent  fixture  on  the  farm,  as 
strongly  entrenched,  perhaps,  as  the  Ford. 


WEAF    AND   TWELVE    OTHER    STATIONS. 


The  "speech  input  equipment"  of  the  Bell  System  at  195  Broadway,  New  York  where  the  program,  originat- 
ing at  the  WEAF  studio  is  sent  to  the  stations  connected  to  it  by  wire.  On  some  programs  as  many  as 
thirteen  stations — as  far  west  as  Davenport  and  St.  Louis — are  connected.  At  the  control  board  shown, 
much  of  the  wire  "routing"  is  done.  The  second  panel  from  the  left  contains  the  board  on  which  the  pro- 
gram comes  from  the  microphones  in  the  studio.  The  small  hooded  lamps  are  speech  amplifier  tubes, 
which  increase  the  strength  of  the  energy  before  it  is  sent  out  by  wire  to  the  distant  broadcasting  station. 
The  three  switchboards  at  the  right  take  the  programs  for  the  various  wire  lines  to  the  Middle  West.  Two 
complete  "set-ups"  are  always  maintained — one  wire  for  broadcasting,  called  the  red  layout,  and  another, 
the  "order  wire,"  so  that  instructions  can  go  out  independently  between  the  control  office  and  the  various 
stations.  If  the  broadcasting  line  should  go  bad,  it  is  possible  to  swing  in  the  "order  wire"  and  so  the  pro- 
gram continues  without  interruption.  No  other  traffic  goes  out  over  the  broadcasting  wires — contrary 
to  regular  long  distance  telephone  practise,  some  lines  carrying  many  other  telephone  and  telegraph  messages 


The  experts  of  the  Department  estimate 
that  there  are  553,003  radio  sets  in  use 
on  the  farms  of  this  country,  as  against 
an  estimated  total  of  364,800  re- 
ceivers in  use  in  1924.  While  most 
of  us  depend  on  radio  broadcasting 
for  entertainment  and  perhaps  a 
bit  of  news,  the  farmer  is  growing 
to  think  of  his  radio  set  as  a  source 
not  only  of  pleasure  but  of  genuine 
profit. 

(One  of  the  most  interesting  letters 
among  a  large  number  written  by 
the  farmers  to  show  just  what  radio 
is  doing  for  this  interested  class  of 
listener  was  written  by  Fred  Bu- 
chanan of  Granger,  Iowa  who  said: 

As  early  as  8:30  in  the  morning  we 
get  livestock  market  report  and  from 
10  o'clock  on,  grain  reports.  The 
market  reports  will  revolutionize  the 
farming  business.  The  farmer  gets  the 
news  about  markets  right  off  the  bat 
— he  does  not  have  to  take  the  buyer's 
word  for  anything,  and  knows  as  much 
about  them  as  the  man  at  the  principal 
market  points.  ...  If  everything 
in  broadcasting  is  cut  out,  save  the 
market  reports,  for  they  are  bread  and 
butter  to  us  out  here. 


The  increasing  number  of  radio 
sets  on  farms,  suggests  the  De- 
partment of  Agriculture,  places  a 
responsibility  upon  those  who  con- 
duct broadcasting  stations  and 
those  who  have  information  to  dis- 
tribute. When  half  a  million  farm- 
ers turn  a  listening  ear  toward  the 
broadcasting  stations  of  the  coun- 
try, they  expect  to  hear  something 
worth  while.  They  expect  the 
weather  reports,  market  reports, 
agricultural  lectures,  instruction 


DECEMBER,  1925 


181 


LOUIS    WILEY 

Business  Manager  of  the  New  York  Times  who 
recently  spoke  over  WMCA,  New  York.  "The 
daily  newspapers  published  in  English  on 
Manhattan  Island,"  said  Mr.  Wiley,  "exclusive 
of  trade  newspapers,  have  the  astounding  total 
daily  circulation  of  4,039,286  copies.  The 
total  is  approximately  twice  the  number  of 
families  in  the  entire  metropolitan  district. 
There  is  no  other  cohesive  force,  not  even  our 
schools,  which  is  so  important  in  the  life  of  our 
community  as  the  newspaper." 


on  various  subjects  from  their  agricultural 
colleges  and  experiment  stations.  The 
Kansas  State  Agricultural  College  at 
Manhattan,  Kansas,  station  KSAC,  ever 
since  1923  has  taken  the  lead  in  broad- 
casting air  courses  for  rural  residents 
on  agriculture,  engineering,  home  econo- 
mics, and  general  science.  Those  who 
have  heard  the  lectures  in  these  excellent 
courses  will  agree  that  they  are  well  worth 
an  hour's  listening. 


'Broadcast  Jftiscellany 


IT  IS  sometimes  fortunate  that  the  radio 
artists  do  not  hear  all  the  remarks — 
well  intentioned  enough  for  the  most 
part — made  by  the  radio  announcers.  It 
was  only  the  other  night  that  a  soloist 
failed  to  appear  at  a  certain  large  station. 
"However,"  vocally  beamed  the  announ- 
cer, "  Mr.  Edward  Gumph,  a  very  depend- 
able artist,  will  entertain  you."  Memo  for 
the  desk  pad:  "Be  sure  to  tune-in  radio 
to-night  to  hear  "dependable  artist." 

THE  publicity  man  of  WNYC  was  doing 
his  best  to  drum  up  interest — on  paper 
— about  the  broadcasting  of  recent  munici- 
pal election  returns  from  the  station. 
Quoth  he,  "The  first  official  election  figures 
available  will  be  heard  from  this  station, 
since  it  will  operate  in  conjunction  with  the 
Police  Department.  As  votes  are  counted 
at  the  poles,  each  district  reports  to  its 
Police  precinct.  .  .  ."  Italics  ours,  or 
is  it  "our'n?"  It  is  so  hard  to  remember 


these  days  when  spelling  books  are  out  of 
print. 

EO  FITZPATRICK,  the  "Merry 
Old  Chief"  of  the  Kansas  City  Star 
station  WDAF  has  left  Kansas  City  and  will 
now  be  heard  from  WJR,  Detroit.  He  was 
the  organizer  of  the  phenomenally  popular 
"Nighthawks"  whose  membership  is  said 
to  reach  200,000. 

NEXT  to  WGY,  now  licensed  to  use 
50,000  watts  on  Saturday  and  Sun- 
day nights,  KDKA  with  a  license  to  use  as 
much  as  10,000  watts  is  the  most  powerful 
broadcaster  in  the  country.  There  are 
ten  jooo-watt  stations,  WSAI,  WLW,  woe, 

WCCO,   WCBD,   WORD,    KOA,   WOK,   WHO,   and 

WEAF.  Stations  WGY,  and  WTAM  follow 
with  3500  watts  each,  and  KFI  and  KGO 
each,  with  3000  watts  are  next  in  power 
rating.  Station  WTAS  and  WJR-WCX  use 
2500  watts.  There  are  now  three  stations 
employing  1500  watts,  25  using  1000,  and 
seven  with  750  watts. 

THE  present  conductor  of  this  depart- 
ment is  relinquishing  his  duties  with 
this  number  of  RADIO  BROADCAST  because 
of  his  heavy  duties  in  other  departments 
of  the  magazine.  His  successor,  Mr.  John 
Wallace,  of  Chicago,  a  writer  and  critic 
of  more  than  ordinary  ability,  will  continue 
"The  Listeners'  Point  of  View"  in  the 
January  number. 

THE  new  station,  WLWL,  1040  kc.  (288.3 
meters)  operated  by  the  Paulist  Fath- 
ers, in  New  York  went  on  the  air  with  its 
first  program  not  so  long  ago.  A  frankly 
religious  station,  operated  by  a  branch  of 
the  Catholic  Church,  its  first  programs 
have  been  all  that  one  could  ask  for  in  the 


matter  of  dignity  and  high  quality.  The 
work  of  WLWL  is  being  watched  with  some 
interest  by  listeners  in  the  Eastern  part 
of  the  country.  Those  who  can  hear  the 
station  on  its  high  frequency  band  are 
missing  a  rare  treat  if  they  do  not  hear  the 
Paulist  Choristers,  frequently  broadcast 
from  this  station,  which  is  on  the  air  be- 
tween 8  and  10  p.  M.,  Eastern  Standard 
Time,  on  Sunday,  Tuesday,  and  Friday 
nights. 

ANEW  broadcasting  station  is  sched- 
uled for  St.  Louis  which  will  be 
sponsored  by  sixteen  firms  in  that  city, 
the  St.  Louis  Globe-Democrat,  the  Colin 
B.  Kennedy  Corporation  among  them.  It 
will  be  a  jooo-watt  installation,  located,  as 
is  the  growing  practise,  a  number  of  miles 
outside  the  city.  This  is  the  second  large 
station  to  be  installed  by  a  group  of  busi- 
ness interests  and  operated  cooperatively 
by  them.  The  first  station  of  this  kind  was 
the  excellent  wcco,  Minneapolis-St.  Paul. 
Nashville,  Tennessee,  has  a  new  station, 
WSM,  which  took  the  air  early  in  October 
on  a  frequency  of  1060  kc.  (282.8  meters). 

IT  IS  reported  that  Liberty  has  bought 
'  the  erstwhile  WTAS  at  Elgin,  Illinois 
and  will  soon  come  on  the  air  with  its  own 
programs.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  the  pub- 
lishers of  Liberty  will  be  enabled  to  present 
programs  of  a  better  type  than  WTAS 
The  mental  level  of  WTAS  is  best  indicated 
by  their  slogan,  "Willie,  Tommy,  Annie, 
Sammy."  The  writer  defies  any  one  to 
distill  sense  out  of  that.  Liberty  is  owned 
by  the  same  group  which  publishes  the 
Chicago  Tribune  and  the  new  station,  WLIB, 
will  thus  join  WGN,  making  two  stations  in 
the  Chicago  area  owned  by  the  same  in- 
terests. 


THE    COON-SANDERS       NIGHTHAWKS 
Frequently  heard  from  station  KYW,  playing  from  the  Congress  Hotel  in  Chicago 


*     76.  Salitbury  Strtet,  Bedford.  England 

,• .  •     . 

'        •"     liST*       '  HKV  URM     A/J, 


Obi    ,.» 


i  fl^^t...-,  '  -  —                   -* 

ipHrr  ,([H.*  .  .       <*«Mfe-  :    *-'•*"'• 

••      .....         2F  A        "-»  ,t:   I  ^PTT^t  |.  smrH..,!  f 

.-'**-       tbe     •  •-    •  Met               -iv  (.;  Hi  in. 

.-.     -          (  wtu.  !i»W  I  tl*         .        -    ,r,,,   *i    ••• 

'-.:  !.-.-•          -o,  «o  >v  »i  tv  •   •  W*                   M^>  'CW1  '•••" 

tfOf       :.    r  Ut  .    ••        jit  t'          .«^.     j,  •!  |H|      !           • 

\I,', Mr      •     .  Md  i  .   M<-^&iiB^B,   (  >  i^tuw- 

""' ' '  l'  '  'ftMtr  A'"1  u'^Vll^  '  '    iB^WT  '   ' ' 

H,,x.,    .    .  •      !       .  i  ;  •         I 

DX  HRD  in   1025. 

!t»  WP  l    .^  ',             ;    :  inti 

,fi     t    \  /   1   *  An  IO-W   Mrtn*       10    rpfti.  .,-.,'                        .     I' 

, M-.      .      '  ,               r     . 


Or 


- 

*        v^tt, 

- 

SO    WATT  COUPLED 


•' 
• 


HARTLEY  "S"   TUBES 


BRUTE    FORCE"     FILTER    ' 

WOPe    TO     O*O    OP-TE^    O.  M 

/„.;     i.    s    «  M  i  iv. 

_  _  ».  K,» 

/    O  »t-« •  «••<*"• 

.    \MIIMI. 
f*-     *---"*  -•-'  -       -•'  •• 


' 
QSL. 


-  sr/        KAWrSios^1  H». 
i 


ARRL 


T 

77S  E.Znd  St.   dishing.  Oklu. 


Cut  vy  73'f 


hort  Waves — A  New 

When  the  Stations  Come  Rolling  In 
Reception  Is  Renewed  for  the  Broad 
paritively  Inexpensive — Learning  the 


By  EDGAR 


TH  E  twirling  dial  has  captivated  the 
imagination  of  the  world  and  the 
prophecy  of  the   Arabian    Magic 
Carpet  has  been  more  than   ful- 
filled, as  we  flit  from  city  to  city, 
by  a  mere  turn  of  our  tuning  control.     The 
thrill  of  DX  reception  is  still  with  us,  but 
its  captivating  novelty,  strangely  enough, 
is  already  wearing  off. 

That  the  popularity  of  DX  broadcast 
reception  should  occupy  the  center  of  the 
stage  for  so  short  a  period  in  the  interest 
of  the  average  broadcast  listener  is  sur- 
prising, when  we  consider  the  marvel  of 
that  scientific  conquest.  But  it  cannot 
be  denied  that  those  who  have  tasted  a 
season  or  two  of  DX  are  to-day  concentrating 
in  the  search  for  better  quality  of  tone 
reproduction  so  that  they  may  receive  the 
local  stations  with  truthful  fidelity  of  re- 
creation. The  DX  hound  of  yesterday  is 
the  stickler  for  high  quality  of  to-day. 

Not  that  we  forget  those  proud  mo- 
ments "when  the  stations  come  rolling 
in,"  with  the  aid  of  a  newly  built  receiver 
— when  New  York,  Philadelphia,  Pitts- 
burg,  Cleveland,  Chicago,  Minneapolis, 
Atlanta,  Hastings,  Denver,  Los  Angeles, 
Seattle,  Oakland,  Montreal  and  Mexico 
City  were  heard  all  in  one  evening!  But 
even  such  accomplishments  may  become 
commonplace. 

To  him,  who  would  again  enjoy  these 
thrills,  we  say,  take  heart,  for  short  wave 
amateur  transmission  and  reception  has 
brought  us  new  fields  to  conquer,  more 
fascinating  than  the  old.  There  is  no 
exhausting  the  novelty  of  amateur  com- 
munication until  we  have  established  per- 
sonal friendships  in  every  corner  of  the 


globe!  The  construction  of  a  simple  but 
efficient  short  wave  receiver  brings  the 
whole  world  within  range  of  the  dial. 

When  the  stations  come  rolling  in  on 
7500  kc  (40  meters),  our  magic  carpet  is 
not  delimited  in  its  journeyings  to  the 
confines  of  a  mere  continent.  We  begin 
at  the  remotest  border  of  our  broadcast  DX 
range  as  the  appetizer  for  an  international 
evening.  First,  it's  England,  France,  Bel- 
gium, Holland,  Switzerland,  Spain,  and 
Italy.  Slowly,  we  move  on  as  the  radio 
night  advances,  picking  our  way  through 
myriads  of  American  amateurs  for  the 
foreign  stations  to  which  our  short  wave 
receiver  makes  us  host.  Next,  it  is  Brazil, 
Argentina,  Chile,  Alaska,  Hawaii,  as  the 
shades  of  radio  night  advance  westward. 
In  the  early  morning  hours,  New  Zealand, 
Australia,  the  Philippine  Islands  and 
Japan  reward  our  zealous  dial  twisting. 
A  diet  fit  for  a  DX  king! 

WHO  "BOILED  OWLS"  ARE 

NOR  is  it  unusual,  as  the  first  inkling  of 
fleeting  time,  to  have  the  bright 
rising  sun  break  into  our  international 
reveries  and  remind  us  that  once  more 
we  must  resume  our  daily  tasks.  For 
such  is  the  lure  of  the  new  DX  that  its 
first  tastes  have  led  many  a  new  recruit 
to  sit  attentive  before  his  receiver  the 
long  night  through.  Such  ardent  devo- 
tees of  the  dial  are  rewarded  with  the 
honored  title  of  "boiled  owl" — a  fitting 
designation  for  one  whose  long  distance 
work  has  been  unexpectedly  interrupted 
by  the  rising  sun.  Increasing  numbers 
of  broadcast  listeners  are  being  in- 
trigued into  this  fascinating  field  of 


radio  reception,  permitting,  as  it  does,  a 
much  greater  scope  for  their  DX  abilities. 
The  requirements  to  admission  are  few. 
The  receiver  used  is  of  a  much  less  elabor- 
ate type  than  that  needed  for  good  broad- 
cast reception.  Two  tubes  at  the  most  are 
usually  employed.  Tuning  is  so  sharp  on 
the  high  frequency  (short  wave)  amateur 
bands,  that  but  one  tuning  circuit  is  re- 
quired. Another  control  adjusts  regener- 
ation, which  plays  an  important  part  in 
short  wave  reception.  There  is  nothing 
startling  in  the  way  of  special  equipment 
needed. 

It  is  needless  to  describe  in  detail  a  suit- 
able receiver,  because  extensive  experi- 
ments are  under  way,  leading  to  the  de- 
velopment of  short  wave  receivers  for  the 
needs  of  new  recruits  to  this  new  field. 
Simple  receivers  and  small  battery  powered 
transmitters  will  soon  be  described  in 
RADIO  BROADCAST,  and  these  can  be  built 
at  costs  ranging  from  $20  to  $50,  including 
vacuum  tubes.  These  experiments  are 
being  conducted  at  the  RADIO  BROADCAST 


T  WAS  talking  to  a  chap  in  Australia  last  night " 
•*•  is  not  an  uncommon  report  from  a  well  equipped 
amateur  radio  operator  in  these  days  of  short  wave, 
low  power  transmitting.  The  Navy,  in  1902 
were  gleeful  over  a  record  of  established  communica- 
tion from  Annapolis,  Maryland  to  a  ship  off  the 
coast,  50  miles  away.  But  to-day,  even  the 
lowliest  amateur  would  consider  a  ^o-mile  trans- 
mission as  nothing.  Of  course  all  this  short  wave 
communication  is  accomplished  by  radio  telegraph 
and  one  has  to  have  a  working  knowledge  of  the 
Continental  code  in  order  to  share  the  thrills  of  this 
long  distance  work.  But  learning  the  code  is  not 


HOW    SHORT   WAVE    HIGH    POWER — 


A  section  of  tape,  part  of  a  message  received  at  the  Broad  Street  offices  of  the  Radio  Corporation  of  America  from  station  SAQ  at  Gothenburg,  Sweden. 
The  message  reads:  "  Favor  creditbank  Oslo  2."     The  effects  of  static  can  be  seen  in  several  places  appearing  as  a  sharp  .pointed  mark  much  narrower 


• 


ELL 


R.d,< 

TRANSMITTER 

•Cl  „«.    ' 


416  Clcn    \,,,,.^ 

"">   k,  «••      .,  «\""«M  ^ 
4J  tf  N    I*  r> 
net 


••*<     .     "^Tafff- 
d 
Ot  f 

1  '..  ;  >*>/.-/,- 


SGI 


RECtlVER 

I-BGF 
LOUMS 

.AT 


I  •,:,•./';(•      /    *••<    •»ai"''» 

• ;'  "•  •"•'    •••"•» 
OCM>UI-^  r<«y.    *j*t"t<te 


HEMARKS.'.'W-    "' 

,    ;.    ,_       .--crrr'    .-rst/r*  ^// 

AI«.T«U  »  ysR  fl%ML 

OA   r  '«'•»      W«rr 


,o*^  s/ntf  tJch*  •'(•'''/t 
S/     •>  fr^rti  ,  ^  « 

II    M    AMJOtSON.    Ow 
I    I.     ,.,—  c       ''-/^J.- 


Paradise  for  the  DX  Fan 

on  Forty  Meters  the  Thrill  of  Distance 
cast  Listener — The  Apparatus  Is  Com- 
Code  Is  Necessary  But  Not  Difficult 


*       ...       '      ^ 

v  >i  IK  '  ij     stisr 

i)-K       (       7     i  KM 
i        ' 

fK  \VAiim-K  u-i  i. 

VPU  n 

111  V-    .  •«.!  PL 

i  ilKKI  M  .  •  «kMP  'A    I 

f.  •• ;  DX  1.1 '  ^R.  S^T  > '    ^'-  • 

K!  M'KK    «    WWt    f-,^ 

I  BEST  ll.N  AM)  Ull.  75 


' 

- 
" 


/' 


H.  FELIX 


laboratories  with  the  cooperation  of  the 
National  Carbon  Company. 

Amateur  transmission  is  carried  on 
largely  on  a  frequency  of  7496  kc.  (40  me- 
ters). Some  stations  work  on  about  60,000 
kc.  (5  meters)  and  a  great  many  others  on 
3750  kc.  (80  meters).  Another  group, 
employing  radio  telephony  and  continuous 
wave  telegraphy,  work  on  1666  kc.  (180 
meters).  A  7496  kc.  (40  meter)  receiver, 
however,  gives  ample  opportunity  for  DX 
work  because  amateurs  in  all  countries  of 
the  world  where  the  contagion  has  spread 
are  permitted  entrance  to  the  ether  on  or 
about  this  frequency. 

WHO'S    WHO   ON    SHORT   WAVES 

THERE  are  also  other  ethereal  attrac- 
tions available  to  the  possessor  of  the 
short  wave  receiver.  Considerable  com- 
mercial transoceanic  communication  is 
carried  on  by  new  experimental  short  wave 
transmitters,  which  may  some  day  sup- 
plant the  immense  high  power,  long  wave 
equipments  erected  prior  to  the  debut  of 


such  a  chore  as  it  is  commonly  reported  to  be,  and 
more  than  one  broadcast  li<tener,  to  whom  DX  re- 
ception is  almost  essential,  is  buckling  down  with 
key  and  bu^er  to  learn  the  code  and  take  part  in 
the  fascinating  short  wave  communication.  We 
shall  publish  articles  in  later  numbers,  describing 
the  construction  of  simple  transmitters  and  re- 
ceivers which  will  operate  on  these  bands.  We 
believe  with  many  of  our  readers  who  have  written 
us  since  articles  about  short  wave  communication 
have  appeared  in  this  magazine,  that  this  is  a  fas- 
cinating new  field  to  which  many  broadcast  listeners 
will  glady  come. — THE  EDITOR. 


the  short  wave.  Among  these  stations  are 
Nauen,  Germany,  POZ,  operating  on  15,000 
kc.  (20  meters);  2YT,  Poldhu,  England, 
12,000  kc.  (25  meters);  LPZ,  Buenos  Ayres, 
8333  kc.  (36  meters);  i  XAO,  Belfast,  Ire- 
land, 4997  kc.,  (60  meters);  SFR,  Paris, 
France,  4614  kc.  (65  meters);  WCM,  Rocky 
Point,  Long  Island, 4000  kc.  (75  meters)  and 
ROW,  Moscow,  Russia,  3614  kc.,  (83  meters.) 
Another  service,  which  lends  enchant- 
ment to  the  short  wave  territory,  are 
special  rebroadcasting  links  used  to  inter- 
connect chains  of  stations  or  to  furnish 
programs  to  permanent  stations.  The  pro- 
grams of  WGY  are  broadcast  on  8570  kc. 
(35  meters);  KFKX,  Hastings,  Nebraska, 
5357  kc.  (56  meters)  and  KDKA,  Pitts- 
burgh, 4838  kc.  (62  meters.)  Oftentimes 
these  programs  can  be  heard  with  great 
volume  on  the  short  wavelengths  while 
the  broadcast  receiver  is  incapable  of 
picking  them  up  on  their  regular  broad- 
casting channel. 

The  MacMillan  expedition  also  used 
short  wave  transmission  for  code  and  radio 
telephone  communication,  during  its 
recent  exploration  voyage.  Short  wave 
enthusiasts  were  privileged  to  hear  the 
transmitters  installed  on  the  two  prin- 
cipal ships  of  the  expedition. 

The  Navy  Department  has  taken  cog- 
nizance of  the  possibilities  of  the  short 
wave  in  its  recent  Pacific  cruise  by  the 
installation  of  short  wave  station  NRRL 
aboard  the  U.  S.  S.  Seattle,  flagship  of  the 
fleet.  It  selected  Mr.  F.  H.  Schnell,  Traf- 
fic Manager  of  the  American  Radio  Relay 
League,  to  take  charge  of  the  transmit- 
ter. The  extraordinary  success  of  his 
work  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  chap- 


ters of  amateur  short  wave  history,  pro- 
ducing as  it  did  convincing  evidence  to 
naval  officials  of  the  practicability  of  ex- 
tremely long  range  transmission  on  low 
power.  The  experimental  station  of  this 
magazine,  2GY,  communicated  with  NRRL 
while  she  was  leaving  Tahiti  in  the  South 
Pacific  Ocean.  Forty  meters  and  five 
watts  of  power  were  used  at  the  Garden 
City  end. 

Two  difficulties  of  broadcast  DX  are  not 
encountered  to  a  great  degree  in  short 
wave  reception.  First,  interference  is  min- 
imized because  of  the  very  much  sharper 
tuning  on  the  high  frequencies  (low  wave- 
lengths.) Second,  the  difficulty  of  identi- 
fying stations  is  greatly  reduced  because 
amateurs  sign  their  call  letters  frequently 
and  freely. 

THE  CODE:  OPEN  SESAME 

ON  THE  other  hand,  the  broadcast 
listener  must  spend  some  patient  eve- 
nings in  learning  the  code,  for  amateur  com- 
munication is  carried  out  by  the  dot  and 
dash  method.  Not  that  this  is  a  tremen- 
dous undertaking,  although  the  first  few 
hours  of  code  education  are  usually  quite 
bewildering.  It  is  something  like  learning 
to  operate  a  typewriter.  If  you  do  not 
know  the  location  of  a  single  letter  on  the 
keyboard,  your  progress  is  very  slow.  But 
as  soon  as  you  are  familiar  with  the  position 
of  a  few  letters,  progress  is  quite  rapid. 

Amateur  communication  is  carried  on 
at  a  much  slower  rate  of  sending  than  that 
used  in  commercial  traffic.  By  the  use  of 
abbreviations,  representing  an  efficiency 
comparable  only  to  that  of  short  wave 
transmission  itself,  the  amateur  compresses 


—RADIO  MESSAGES  ARE  RECEIVED 


than  the  characters  of  the  code.     The  Radio  Corporation  maintains  several  short  wave  stations,  some  operating   on  frequencies  as  high  as  1 5,000  kc. 
<20  meters), mainly  as  an  adjunct  to  their  long  wavelength  stations.     German  and  Argentine  stations  are  also  using  short  waves  for  telegraphic  traffic 


184 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


DECEMBER,  1925 


into  a  few  letters  messages  of  considerable 
import  and  significance.  A  few  samples 
of  this  esoteric  language  will  serve  to  indi- 
cate the  principles  upon  which  it  is  founded. 

First  amateur: 

CQ  CQ  CQ  CQ  CQ  CQ  UIAQR  U I AQR 
UIAQR  UIAQR  .  CQ  CQ 

CQ  CQ  UIAQR  UIAQR  UIAQR 

Second  amateur: 

UIAQR  UIAQR  UIAQR  G2BAO  G2BAO 
G2BAO  G2BAO  QRA? 

First  amateur: 

G2BAO  G2BAO  G2BAO  UIAQR  UIAQR 
UIAQR  QRA  WALTHAM  MASS  GE  OM 
U  VY  QSA  HR  BUT  QRM  FM  u6ciX 
WL  WK  U  LATER  HV  2  MSGS  4  CUL  73 
OM 

Second  amateur: 

R  R  UR  SIGS  CD  BUT  QSS  CUL 

This  seemingly  cryptic  communication 
is  pregnant  with  information  and  good 
manners.  CQ  is  a  general  invitation  to 
communicate.  CQD,  the  predecessor  of  the 
now  universally  adopted  sos  distress  call, 
is  derived  from  CQ,  the  D  being  added  to 
signify  "danger." 

UIAQR  is  the  first  amateur's  official  call. 
The  letter  prefix  designates  him  as  a  resi- 
dent of  the  United  States.  The  figure  i 
indicates  his  location  in  the  New  England 
district.  The  United  States  is  divided 
into  nine  districts,  each  headed  by  a  radio 
inspector.  AQR  are  the  letters  assigned  to 
this  particular  amateur  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  Commerce. 

The  acknowledgement  of  the  second 
amateur  consists  of  the  first  amateur's  call, 
followed  by  that  of  the  second  amateur's. 


The  letter  G — called  in  amateur  parlance, 
the  intermediate — indicates  him  to  be  a 
resident  of  the  British  Isles.  The  prefix 
A  indicates  an  Australian  amateur;  B, 
Belgian;  BZ,  Brazilian;  c,  Canadian;  CH, 
Chilian;  D,  Danish;  i,  Italian;  j,  Japanese; 
M,  Mexican;  o,  South  African;  PI,  Philip- 
pine Islander;  R,  Argentinian;  Y,  Uru- 
guayan; and  z,  New  Zealander.  The 
QRA?  means,  "Where  are  you  located?" 

The  answer  of  the  first  amateur  consists 
of  the  usual  acknowledgement  followed  by, 
"My  location  is  (QRA  without  question 
mark)  New  Britain,  Connecticut.  Good 
evening,  old  man  (GE  OM).  You  are  very 
loud  here  (u  VY  QSA  HR)  but  I  am  having 
interference  from  u6cix  an  American  ama- 
teur on  the  Pacific  Coast  (BUT  QRM  FM 
u6cix)  I  will  work  with  you  later  (WL  WK 
u  LATER).  I  have  two  messages  for  you 
(HV  2  MSGS  4  u).  I'll  see  you  later  (CUL) 
Best  wishes,  old  man  (73  OM)." 

The  reply  means :  "  I  received  your  mes- 
sage satisfactorilay.  (RR)  Your  signals 
are  good  (UR  SIGS  GD)  but  they  fade  in  and 
out  (QSS).  I'll  see  you  later  (CUL)." 

Eavesdropping  on  short  wavelengths 
has  its  fascination  but  almost  invariably, 
it  serves  only  as  an  introduction  to  the 
creation  of  a  "dyed-in-the-wool  ham." 
The  term  "ham"  is  used  to  describe  the 
owner  of  an  amateur  transmitting  outfit. 
Possessed  of  a  transmitter,  amateur  radio 
becomes  a  personal  and  living  thing.  It 
is  no  longer  an  external  world  which  you 
visit  as  an  onlooker.  You  too  can  press 
the  key  and  become  a  part  of  the  inter- 
national dot-and-dash  whirl. 

Those  of  you  who  have  seen  giant  trans- 


This  is  Station 

2GY 


pnpral  Headquarters 

INTERNATIONAL 
RADIOBROADCA-ST  TESTS 


TWO    ESSENTIALS    FOR   AMATEUR   TRANSMITTING 

The  regulations  of  the  Department  of  Commerce,  the  Bureau  in  charge  of  radio  in  this  country, 
are  that  for  a  transmitting  station  capable  of  sending  signals  outside  of  the  state  in  which  the  set 
is  located,  a  license  is  necessary.  The  operator  of  the  station  must  have  a  license  also.  The 
amateur  station  license  is  the  long  one  in  the  center  and  the  operator's  license  is  shown  at  the  right 
of  that.  There  is  no  fee  for  either  license  and  the  examination  is  not  difficult.  Licenses  are 
granted  to  those  who  can  send  and  receive  ten  words  per  minute  in  the  Continental  code  and  who 
can  pass  a  simple  theoretical  examination,  dealing  with  the  theory  and  operation  of  amateur 

apparatus 


oceanic  radio  stations,  with  their  immense 
and  stately  towers,  overshadowing  power 
houses,  and  buildings  filled  with  trans- 
mitting and  receiving  apparatus,  may  hesi- 
tate to  believe  that  tiny  miniatures  of  these 
imposing  equipments  have  sent  their  mes- 
sage half  way  'round  the  world.  But  the 
remarkable  feature  of  short  wave  trans- 
mission is  the  fact  that  only  very  minute 
power  is  required  to  set  up  ether  waves 
which  radiate  for  thousands  of  miles. 
Recently  an  amateur  in  British  Columbia 
maintained  a  regular  schedule  of  trans- 
mission and  reception  for  fourteen  succes- 
sive nights  with  a  radio-found  friend  in 
Australia,  using  only  a  five-volt  receiving 
tube,  powered  by  heavy  duty  B  batteries, 
designed  for  use  with  receiving  sets!  Think 
of  it,  you  owners  of  five-tube  sets — one 
receiving  tube,  efficiently  used,  is  capable 
of  transmitting  half  way  round  the  world. 

SIMPLE    APPARATUS    IS    USED 

THE  circuits  used  in  these  diminutive 
transmitters  are  very  simple.  The 
all-important  thing  is  the  correct  arrange- 
ment and  placement  of  high  grade  com- 
ponents. In  a  characteristic  way,  RADIO 
BROADCAST  is  leading  the  way  to  the  new 
field,  by  collecting  data  and  designing 
transmitters  and  receivers  for  the  special 
benefit  of  broadcast  listeners.  As  rapidly 
as  the  engineers  conducting  the  RADIO 
BROADCAST-Eveready  short  wave  experi- 
ments progress  with  their  work,  descrip- 
tive articles  will  be  printed  in  the  maga- 
zine, giving  full  details  of  construction  and 
operation. 

Although  primarily  a  sport  and  hobby, 
there  are  serious  aspects  to  amateur  trans- 
mission. Feelings  of  sectionalism  and 
nationalism  vanish  when  personal  friend- 
ships are  built  up  between  amateurs  in  the 
four  corners  of  the  globe.  As  the  bound- 
aries of  friendship  have  been  extended 
through  the  ages  by  means  of  easy  com- 
munication and  transportation,  from  tribe 
to  community,  community  to  state,  and 
state  to  nation,  we  have  gradually  acquired 
a  unified  national  consciousness.  Tribes 
no  longer  fight  tribes;  rivalries  between 
cities,  as  that  of  Carthage  and,  Rome  of 
old,  no  longer  result  in  bloody  warfare,  as 
the  telegraph,  telephone,  railroad  and 
steamship  have  cemented  friendships  and 
demonstrated  powerful  common  interests. 

Now  we  have  short  wave,  low  power 
radio,  producing  the  citizen  of  the  world, 
with  friends  whom  he  calls  by  name 
through  the  radio  night,  in  Melbourne, 
Paris,  Tokio,  and  Rome!  If  short  wave 
radio  spreads  as  rapidly  as  has  broadcast- 
ing during  its  first  five  years,  international 
peace  will  have  a  recruit  and  ally  of  signi- 
ficant influence.  Predictions  seem  vision- 
ary, but  we  need  contemplate  only  the 
influence  of  the  telegraph  and  telephone, 
which  has  lifted  us  out  of  community  in- 
terest to  a  true  national  consciousness,  to 
lend  the  color  of  realism  to  the  hope  that 
the  seeds  are  firmly  planted  for  a  new  recog- 
nition of  international  bond,  established 
through  the  agency  of  short  wave  radio! 


Plans  for  the  Third  of  the  International 

Radio  Broadcast  Tests 


The  First  Announcement  of  the  Tests  Which  This  Year  Will  Take 
Place  in  January  —  Cooperation  in  All  Branches  of  the  Radio  Industry 
Will  Make  the  Third  Yearly  Test  More  Successful  Than  Ever 

By  ARTHUR  H.  LYNCH 

Director,  International  Radio  Broadcast  Tests 


JOR  two  years,  now,  we  have,  during 
the  early  part  of  the  winter,  had 
an  opportunity  to  listen  to  foreign 
stations  with  American  broadcast- 
ers off  the  air.  Listeners  in  the  far 
West  have  heard  programs  directly  from 
France,  England,  Spain,  and  other  coun- 
tries. Our  European  neighbors  have  lis- 
tened to  our  concerts,  and  many  reports 
have  reached  us  from  South  America, 
Australia  and,  in  fact,  almost  every  nook 
and  corner  of  the  globe. 

But  every  effort  which  has  been  made  in 
the  past  is  to  be  outdone  this  year.  Prep- 
arations are  now  being  undertaken  to  as- 
sure some  very  worth  while  features  on  the 
programs  themselves,  as  well  as  for  the 
immediate  check-up  of  the  origin  of  certain 
numbers  broadcast,  which  will  make  it  a 
simple  matter  to  recognize  a  station,  even 
when  the  call  letters  cannot  be  understood. 
The  great  difference  between  this  year's 
tests  and  those  we  have  formerly  con- 
ducted, however,  lies  essentially  in  the 
period  we  have  selected.  The  matter  was 
put  to  a  vote  at  the  Associated  Manufac- 
turers of  Electrical  Supplies  Convention  at 
Hot  Springs  several  months  ago;  at  the 
Radio  Manufacturers  Association  Conven- 
tion at  Atlantic  City;  the  National  Radio 
Trade  Association  Convention  at  New  York 
in  September;  and  a  referendum  was  re- 
cently taken  by  mail.  In  every  instance 
the  majority  was  in  favor  of  the  lat- 
ter part  of  January,  when  receiving  condi- 
tions would  be  better  than  at  any  other 
time  during  the  year. 
Many  of  the  trade 
associations  have  al- 
ready signified  their 
intention  of  cooperat- 
ing, and  during  the 
annual  meeting  of  the 
National  Radio  Trade 
Association,  a  fund  of 
several  thousand  dol- 
lars was  raised  to 
assist  in  letting  the 
public  know  about 
International  Radio 
Week.  Powel  Cros- 
ley  was  re-elected 
Chairman  of  Inter- 
national Radio  Week 
and  L.  A.  Nixon  was 


put  in  charge  of  the  publicity  and  other 
matters  of  a  kindred  nature. 

Among  those  whose  aid  has  been  se- 
cured are  Mr.  F.  N.  Doubleday,  President 
of  Doubleday,  Page  &  Co.,  who  is  now  in 
England,  where  with  the  assistance  of  his 
friend,  Rudyard  Kipling,  he  hopes  to  ar- 
range for  the  King  to  address  a  few  words 
to  President  Coolidge  while  millions  of  us 
radio-eavesdrop. 

Our  Canadian  friends,  under  the  direction 
of  Jacques  Cartier,  who  is  in  charge  of  the 
week  for  Canada,  are  also  attempting  an 
exchange  of  greetings  between  the  King 
and  his  Western  Dominion  representatives. 

Radio  organizations  which  for  the  last 
two  years  have  been  tolerant  spectators,  are 
now  enthusiastic  supporters  of  the  Interna- 
tional Test  idea  and  many  such  groups  are 
taking  it  upon  themselves  to  see  that  the 
entertainment  provided  for  our  foreign 
friends  will  be  of  a  superior  nature. 

Nor  are  we  forgetting  about  the  folks 
at  home.  Even  though  the  programs 
are  being  specially  designed  for  our  foreign 
listeners,  they  will  be  of  such  high  quality 
as  to  meet  the  demands  of  the  most  sophis- 
ticated dial  twisters. 

The  success  of  the  tests  this  year  is  made 
doubly  secure,  because  in  Europe  and 
America  there  are  more  high-power  broad- 
casters than  heretofore,  and  there  will  be, 
by  the  time  the  tests  are  under  way,  a 
direct  short  wave  tie-up  between  our  head- 
quarters at  Garden  City  and  most  of  the 
countries  taking  part. 


THE    COMMITTEE    IN    CHARGE    OF   THE    TESTS 

Powel  Crosley  Jr.,  is  at  the  head  of  the  table;  at  his  left  is  Arthur  H.  Lynch;  others  in  the  group 

include  L.  A.  Nixon,  second  from  Mr.  Crosley's  right,  R.  W.  Demott  of  Radio  News,  third  from 

Mr.  Crosley's  left;  H.  S.  Fraine,  of  RADIO  BROADCAST  next  to  Mr.  Demott  on  his  left.     Mr. 

George  Furness  of  the  National  Carbon  Company  is  in  the   right  foreground 


From  our  experience  during  the  last  two 
years,  we  have  learned  much  and  hope  to 
eliminate  some  of  the  difficulties  by  apply- 
ing what  we  have  learned.  One  of  our 
greatest  troubles  was  caused  by  lack  of 
accurate  knowledge  of  what  was  being 
broadcast  by  the  foreigners.  This  year 
we  hope  to  overcome  this  bothersome  ob- 
stacle by  having  the  foreign  programs  well 
in  advance  so  as  to  be  able  to  send  them  to 
the  press.  We  are  going  to  arrange  to 
have  to-night's  program  appear  in  to- 
morrow morning's  paper  and  in  this  way 
make  it  possible  for  the  listeners  in  any 
part  of  the  country  to  make  a  check-up 
for  themselves,  instead  of  writing  to  us, 
or  telephoning  us  from  San  Francisco  or 
Houston,  to  verify  a  program,  as  has  been 
the  case  heretofore. 

In  the  past,  many  imaginative  listeners 
heard  all  sorts  of  things,  some  of  them 
based  on  fact.  This  year  we  are  going  to 
arrange  to  mislead  the  misleaders  by  in- 
serting one  or  two  false  numbers  in  the 
programs.  These  numbers  will  appear  in 
the  newspapers,  but  will  not  actually  be 
played.  Thus,  when  we  get  a  report  from 
some  listener  who  claims  to  have  heard  a 
number  which  we  know  was  not  broadcast, 
we  will  see  that  his  membership  in  the 
Ananias  Club  be  entered  at  once. 

For  the  serious  listener,  however,  who 
wants  to  enjoy  the  thrill  of  personal  con- 
tact with  many  foreign  nations  within  a 
single  short  hour,  or  the  scientist  who,  by 
properly  co-relating  data  from  various 
sections  of  the  world, 
taken  during  the 
tests,  a  golden  oppor- 
tunity will  be  pro- 
vided. 

Months  of  prepar- 
ation will  result,  this 
year,  we  feel  certain, 
in  European  and  other 
foreign  stations  being 
heard  in  every  corner 
of  our  country  and 
vice  versa.  Every 
listener  in  America  is 
invited  to  take  part  in 
these  tests  and  assist 
in  making  them  the 
greatest  we  have  had 
thus  far. 


An  Improved  Plate  Current  Supply  Unit 

How  to  Build  a  Universal  B  Battery  Substitute  Which  Is  Highly  Satisfactory  in 
Operation  and  Low  in  Cost — The  Parts  Are  Readily  Obtainable — A  Description  of 
the  New  Raytheon  Rectifier  Tube  Which  is  the  Essential  Feature  of  This  Device 


|O  MUCH  has  been  published  in 
the  last  six  months  with  regard  to 
B-battery  substitutes  that  the  aver- 
age broadcast  listener  is  in  doubt 
as  to  what  type  will  give  him  the 
most  satisfaction.  It  is  natural  that  cer- 
tain prevailing  types  of  eliminators  will  be 
suited  for  particular  types  of  receivers, 
while  they  are  entirely  unsuitable  for 
use  on  others.  In  order  to  make  an  in- 
telligent choice  between  these  various  de- 
signs, the  broadcast  listener  has  had  to  try 
out  one  after  another  until  he  has  obtained 
satisfaction.  Even  after  a  comparatively 
thorough  test,  he  may  find  that  the  short 
life  of  the  rectifier  elements  will  cause  an 
expense  equal  to  that  of  maintaining  B 
batteries. 

It  is  the  purpose  of  this  article  to  describe 
the  theory  and  construction  of  a  universal 
B-battery  substitute  having  excellent  oper- 
ating characteristics  on  all  types  of  re- 
ceivers, and  an  unusually  long  life.  The 
cost  of  construction  will  not  exceed  twenty- 


30  Henries 


By  ROLAND  R  BEERS 

underlying  the  design  of  eliminators  that 
are  appearing  this  fall  have  brought  forth 
new  facts  which  are  extremely  important 
for  the  attainment  of  high  quality  perform- 
ance. Many  weaknesses  were  present  in 
the  designs  of  last  year's  models:  but  the 
research  of  the  last  twelve  months  has 
succeeded  in  building  up  units  of  recog- 
nized quality  and  dependability. 


30  Henries 


2-4  mfd 


2-4  mfd. 


28  mfd. 


28  mfd. 


FIG,    I 

Two  types  of  filter  circuits.  That  shown  in 
Fig.  i A  is  the  "smoothing"  filter  popular  in 
1924  while  the  circuit,  shown  directly  above, 
is  the  "brute  force"  or  reservoir  type  so 
highly  efficient 


five  dollars,  and,  as  all  parts  are  readily 
available,   the   entire   unit   may   be   con- 
structed at  home.    Several  ad- 
vanced features  are  present  in      *3M 
the  design  described  below. 

Battery  eliminators  gener- 
ally consist  of  three  major  ele- 
ments: A  Transformer  to  con- 
vert the  1 10  volt  a.c.  supply  to 
the  required  voltages;  a  rectifier 
which  converts  the  a.c.  into 
pulsating  d.c.  and  a  filter  cir- 
cuit which  smooths  out  the 
irregularities  of  the  rectified 
voltage  into  a  uniform  d.c. 
Most  of  our  readers  are  al- 
ready familiar  with  these  ele- 
ments from  previous  articles 
in  this  magazine.  However, 
the  study  and  development 


FIG.    I A 

In  the  discussion  given  below,  the  reader 
will  find  complete  instructions  and  draw- 
ings for  making  a  B  battery  substitute.  The 
general  design  is  similar  to  that  developed 
by  several  manufacturers  of  new  B  battery 
substitutes  that  will  be  marketed  this  fall. 
Complete  dimensions,  list  of  materials,  size 
and  turns  of  wire,  etc.,  are  given  for  those 
who  want  to  make  up  a  complete  unit 
at  home.  This  construction  can  be  very 
easily  accomplished,  but  for  the  conven- 
ience of  those  who  prefer  to  use  factory- 
made  transformers  and  choke  coils,  units 
are  described  wherein  use  is  made  of  these 
parts  manufactured  by  the  Acme  Appara- 
tus Company,  General  Radio  Company, 
Dongan  Electric  Manufacturing  Company, 
and  Jefferson  Electric  Manufacturing  Com- 
pany. On  6o-cycle  supply,  any  of  these 
manufactured  parts  may  be  employed  with 
excellent  results,  and  the  appearance  of  the 


O INCE  our  September,  1924,  number  RADIO  BROADCAST  has  printed  the 
*J  best  and  almost  without  exception  the  only  material  on  chemical  and  tube- 
rectified  plate  supply  units.  The  present  article  invokes  nothing  startlingly 
new,  but  it  does  describe  a  new  rectifier  lube  which  should  have  a  very  wide  appli- 
cation and  popularity  for  this  type  of  service.  The  Raytheon  tube,  whose  use  is 
described  here,  has  no  filament.  This  simplifies  the  step-up  transformer  wind- 
ing, since  no  extra  tap-off  from  that  winding  is  necessary  to  supply  current  for  a 
filament.  This  unit  is  also  a  full-wave  rectifier  which  produces  a  much  smoother 
potential  supply  than  the  other  types  and  simplifies  the  problem  of  filtering  the 
output.  One  of  the  features  of  construction  of  the  transformer  in  this  unit  is  a 
shield  around  the  primary  of  the  transformer  which  effectively  prevents  any  stray 
noises  present  in  the  power  line  from  reaching  the  secondary  and  being  com- 
municated to  the  rest  of  the  radio  circuit.  Such  a  device  has  never  been  described 
before.  The  problems  of  construction  and  assembly  are  unusually  few. 

— THE  EDITOR. 


unit  using  them  will  certainly  surpass  that 
of  the  home-made  model.  The  photo- 
graphs, Figs.  4  and  6,  show  the  construction 
of  models  employing  factory  parts. 

THE    RAYTHEON    TUBE 

'T'HE  very  heart  of  this  device  is  the 
*•  new  Raytheon  rectifier  tube,  which 
has  been  developed  for  this  specific  purpose. 
The  characteristics  of  this  tube  are  quite 
revolutionary  in  their  nature. 

In  the  construction  of  this  tube,  two 
anodes  are  provided,  so  that  the  tube 
rectifies  both  halves  of  the  alternating 
current  wave.  This  feature  is  of  first  im- 
portance because  it  greatly  simplifies  the 
problem  of  filtering  to  obtain  a  pure  d.c. 
supply.  An  additional  feature  made  pos- 
sible by  the  small  anode  area  is  that  it 
permits  but  a  minute  fraction  of  the  current 
to  flow  during  the  reversed  voltage  period 
of  the  current-flow  cycle.  Many  rectifiers 
operating  on  the  gaseous  conduction 
principle  give  forth  an  extraordinarily 
high  "back  current",  as  it  is  called,  which 


-WWW" 

3040  Henries 
4  mfd. 

J  WWW1- 

30-40  Henries 
2  mfd.                       8-16  mfd.. 

FILTER  CIRCUIT  COMMON  IN  NEW  MODELS 

FIG.    2 

A  filter  circuit  common  in  new  models.     The 

intelligent  use  of  chokes  and  filter  condensers 

here  insures  smooth  output 


frequently  rises  to  such  a  value  as  to  be- 
come of  great  danger  to  the  life  of  the  tube 
and  unnecessarily  complicates  the  filter 
circuit  problem.  In  the  Raytheon  tube 
it  is  extremely  difficult  to  de- 
^^^~|6v  tect  the  back  current  by  even 
the  most  sensitive  measuring 
instruments. 

The  Raytheon  rectifier  has 
been  designed  to  meet  the  re- 
quirements of  most  of  the 
standard  B-battery  substitutes. 
Its  starting  voltage  is  very  low 
— approximately  155-160  volts 
— and  its  current  carrying 
capacity  is  high.  The  Ray- 
theon tube  type  B  is  rated  at 
60  milliamperes  at  150  volts 
d.c.  output.  As  there  is  no 
filament  to  burn  out,  the  life 
of  the  rectifier  is  extremely  long. 
Standard  Raytheon  tubes 


DECEMBER,  1925 


AN  IMPROVED  PLATE  CURRENT  SUPPLY  UNIT 


187 


150 


50 


have  been  on  test  at  maximum 
output  for  more  than  4000  hours, 
and  have  not  yet  shown  signs 
of  deterioration.  It  is  doubtful 
if  the  maximum  life  of  these 
tubes  can  be  determined  at 
intermittent  operating  periods 
such  as  they  would  receive  in 
the  ordinary  operation  of  a  cur- 
rent tap.  If  they  were  not 
abused  by  overload  or  continued 
short-circuit,  they  should  last 
for  years. 

The  operation  of  the  Raytheon 
tube  in  a  B-substitute  is  unusu- 
ally quiet.   The  reason  for  this  is 
that  the  gaseous  discharge  is  en- 
tirely enclosed.     There   cannot 
be  any  sputtering  of  the    dis- 
charge which  might  occur  if  the 
elements  were  exposed  to  the  glass  tube  or 
insulators.     This  act  conserves  the  helium 
gas  with  which  the  tube  is  filled,  and  greatly 
prolongs  the  tube  life. 

The  operation  of  a   properly  designed 
current     tap    employing    the     Raytheon 
rectifier  tube  has  unusually  good  charac- 
teristics.   Some  of  these  will  be  pointed 
out  in  connection  with 
points  previously  explained. 
First  of  all,  we  have  excep- 
tionally good  "regulation." 
The  impedance  of  the  Ray- 
theon tube  increases   with 
load,    causing    an    upward 
curve  in  the  load  character- 
istic, in  distinction   to  the 
usual  straight    line    falling 
curve  that  gives  low  volt- 
age  at    full    load    current. 
The  fact  that   the  output 
voltage  does  not  fall  off  as 
rapidly   as   usual    obviates 
the  necessity  of  providing 
an   excessively  high   trans- 
former   secondary   voltage. 
The  lowered  a.c.  voltage  is  an   important 
contribution  to  the  safety  of  operation  of 
the  device. 

The  current  and  power  capacity  of  the 
Raytheon  tube  are  sufficient  to  supply  the 
greater  majority  of  radio  receivers.  The 
current  output  is  rated  at  60  milliamperes 
at  1 50  volts  and  it  has  been  found  from 
measurements  of  the  plate  current  con- 
sumption of  large  numbers  of  receivers  that 


Regulation  Curve  of  B-  Eliminator 
Using  Raytheon  Rectifier 


Dashed  Straight  Line  Shows 
Equivalent  Regulation  Without 
Decrease  of  Impedance  in  Tube 
Which  Occurs  with  Increasing  Load 


10  20  30  40  50 

OUTPUT  CURRENT  IN  MILLIAMPERES 
FIG.    3 

this  value  is  more  than  sufficient  for  the 
demands  of  most  receivers. 

The  filtering  problem  in  plate  current 
supply  units  is  usually  one  of  high  cost 
and  considerable  difficulty.  When  the 
Raytheon  tube  is  employed,  as  it  gives 
rectification  of  both  halves  of  the  a.c.  wave, 
the  filtering  requirements  are  much  simpler. 


60 


Another 'important  feature 
presented  by  the  Raytheon  rec- 
tifier is  that  it  requires  no  power 
for  lighting  a  filament.  This 
power  very  often  demands  a 
large  transformer  supply,  the 
cost  of  which  is  an  item  of  great 
importance.  With  the  use  of  the 
Raytheon  tube,  a  complete  B- 
substitute  can  be  made  up  in  a 
space  no  larger  than  a  heavy 
duty  B-battery. 

After  a  consideration  of  the 
foregoing  remarks,  we  may  write 
a  set  of  specifications  for  the  ideal 
B  battery  eliminator  of  to-day: 

HOW  TO    BUILD  THE   APPARATUS 


w: 


LIST  OF  RAW  MATERIALS  REQUIRED 

6  Ibs.  Silicon  Steel ?  1.20 

28075.  No.  31  d.c.c.  wire 2.19 

12  ozs.  No.  32  d.c.c.  wire .94 

y-2-Mfd.  Condensers •  12.25 

1-0.5  Mfd.  Condensers .90 

2-0.1  Mfd.  Condensers 1.40 

i  Bradleyohm  No.  10 2.00 

i  Raytheon  tube 6.00 

i  Standard  socket .25 

i-io,ooo-ohm  resistance i.oo 

I28..3 

The  prices  quoted  above  are  maximum  retail  prices.     In  some  cases  sub- 
stantial reductions  can  be  obtained  from  the  costs  given. 


Here  one  tube  does  the  work  of  two  at  a 
great  saving  in  cost,  and  at  a  higher 
efficiency.  As  indicated  previously,  there 
is  no  back-current  perceptible.  Back- 
current  is  a  bad  feature  from  a  filtering 
standpoint,  as  it  complicates  the  filtering 
problem,  and  heats  up  the  choke  coil  wind- 
ings often  to  an  injurious  degree. 


E  WILL  now  proceed  with 
the  building  of  the  elim- 
inator. Figs.  4  and  6  show  the  arrange- 
ments of  the  parts  when  the  unit  is  assem- 
bled from  factory  models.  The  basis  of 
these  models  lies  in  the  circuit  diagram,  a 
schematic  drawing  of  which  is  shown  in 
Fig.  7.  The  values  of  capacity,  inductance, 
and  resistance  shown  in  this  diagram  have 
been  determined  after  considerable  inves- 
tigation, and  the  builder  will 
do  well  to  adhere  to  these 
quantities  as  strictly  as  pos- 
sible. These  instructions 
also  apply  to  the  construc- 
tion of  the  home-made 
transformer  and  chokers 
described  below. 

Dimensions  for  the  trans- 
former used  in  this  elimina- 
tor are  shown  in  Fig.  8.  The 
reader  will  do  well  to  refer 
to  pages  640-650  of  the  Sep- 
tember RADIO    BROADCAST 
for  a  general  discussion  on 
the  proper  method  of  wind- 
ing and  assembling  trans- 
formers.   For  the  benefit  of 
those  who   cannot    secure   copies  of  this 
number,  a  brief  discussion  of  the  general 
procedure  will  be  helpful. 

The  transformer  is  made  up  of  three  coils 
of  insulated  copper  wire  wound  over  a 
core  composed  of  a  large  number  of  strips 
of  No.  29  gauge  Apollo  special  electrical 
steel.  These  strips  are  carefully  cut  by 
hand  from  an  old  power  transformer  or 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 
FIG.   4 

A  compact  model  of  the  battery  eliminator  described  here.    Note  the  large  con- 
densers which  are  employed  in  the  filter  circuit  to  insure  a  smooth  d.  c.  output 


188 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


DECEMBER,  1925 


110 
Volts 
A.C. 


Transformer 


cnoKe  j 


H®  VJY"^  ~^P^  ^   1    i-c»l  "^  ^~ 

!  ' mfd  i^ — K  4i«*   i-*1   'vn  r«"    4=^     K» 


i        i 


2  mfd.          j 
Condenser 


C»i— i  «"— ' ' " 

Li'-Crj         "---CU C3S»i J 

High  Low 

Switch"' 


t 


10,000  Bradleyohm 

to  _,-• 

100,000  ~v'  //' 

Dhm  '  I     . 


r.j  DC  eter-      ~"S® 

Sjjl J  |     c%^.-:rzrz^p 


v  Bradley  unit 
15,000  Ohms 


FIG.    5 
A  picture  diagram  and  wiring  layout  of  the  eliminator  whcse  circuit  is  embodied  in  the  diagram  Fig.  7 


from  sheets  of  the  proper  material,  and 
shaped  into  the  forms  shown  in  Fig.  8. 
Enough  pieces  are  cut  out  to  make  up  a 
complete  core  of  the  dimensions  given  in 
Fig.  8,  when  they  are  assembled  and 
clamped  together  in  a  vise  to  determine 
if  the  required  amount  of  steel  has  been 
prepared.  All  rough  edges  must  be  re- 
moved, and  the  dimensions  shown  must 
be  uniformly  attained. 

There  are  three  windings  on  the  trans- 
former which  are  wound  in  place  on  the 
winding  form  illustrated  in  Fig.  9.  The 
winding  spool  may  be  assembled  on  a  long 
stove  bolt  with  nut  and  clamped  in  a  hand 
drill,  carpenter's  brace,  or  in  the  chuck  of  a 
lathe  for  convenience  in  winding  the  coils. 
Some  means  should  be  provided  for  count- 
ing the  turns  exactly  as  they  are  applied. 
If  the  ratio  of  turns  of  the  hand  drill  is 
known  for  one  turn  of  the  handle,  it  is  a 
very  simple  matter  to  use  this  factor  in 
counting  the  turns  as  they  are  applied. 
Care  should  be  used  to  obtain  within  one 
per  cent,  of  the  specified  number  of  turns 
on  each  winding.  The  primary  winding  is 


applied  first  over  the  entire  length  of  the 
winding  form,  and  consists  of  1250  turns 
of  No.  31  enameled  copper  wire,  with  a 
tap  taken  out  and  insulated  at  the  loooth 
turn.  Two  layers  of  Empire  cloth  are 
placed  over  the  primary  winding,  then  the 
two  separate  secondary  windings  are 
wound,  each  of  which  consists  of  2900  turns 
of  No.  32  enameled  copper  wire,  These 
two  secondary  windings  are  insulated  from 
each  other  at  the  middle  of  the  winding 
form  by  means  of  a  rectangular  separator 
of  .oio-inch  fiber.  This  separator  is  cut 
out  after  the  primary  insulation  has  been 
applied,  and  is  put  in  place  by  means  of  a 
slot  cut  in  one  face  of  the  separator.  See 
Fig.  9. 

While  the  first  secondary  is  being  wound, 
the  remaining  winding  space  is  tightly 
filled  up  with  a  number  of  strips  of  cotton 
muslin  or  cotton  tape,  in  order  to  prevent 
the  wire  from  crowding  the  winding  separa- 
tor out  of  place.  In  all  cases,  insulated 
leads  8  inches  long,  of  flexible  stranded 
wire  (six  No.  30  d.c.c.  wires  twisted  to- 
gether are  satisfactory)  are  soldered  to  the 


ends  of  the  windings  for  terminals,  before 
the  ends  are  brought  out  from  the  winding. 
Each  terminal  is  tied  in  place  in  order  to 
prevent  its  being  ripped  from  the  coil  by 
accident.  If  it  is  necessary,  thin  strips 
of  paper  may  be  laid  over  each  layer  of 
wire  as  it  is  completed,  in  order  to  insure 
smooth  layers  in  the  winding.  When  the 
coils  are  completed,  the  outside  is  wrapped 
with  two  layers  of  Empire  cloth  or  heavy 
manila  paper  as  a  protection  and  an  insula- 
tor. 

The  steel  laminations  are  now  inserted 
one  by  one  in  the  completed  winding,  as 
shown  in  Fig.  8  and  the  transformer  is 
bolted  together.  If  it  is  not  convenient 
to  drill  holes  in  the  laminations  for  the 
clamping  bolts,  the  builder  may  cut  out 
clamping  plates  from  hard  wood  or  angle 
iron.  In  such  case,  the  bolts  will  pass 
through  the  ends  of  the  clamping  plates 
at  the  ends  of  the  core,  instead  of  through 
the  holes  therein.  Fig.  1 2  shows  the  method 
of  clamping  adopted  by  the  author  in  pref- 
erence to  drilling  holes  in  the  core.  If  the 
builder  desires,  he  may  put  mounting 


FIG.   6 

A  different  view  of  the  eliminator  employing  manufactured  parts 


DECEMBER,  1925 


AN  IMPROVED  PLATE  CURRENT  SUPPLY  UNIT 


189 


Ll 


2  mfd 


8  to  10  mid 


°5 


-Ol 


TRANSFORMER 


Resistances  Rj&  R2-15,OOOOhms 
R1-NolOBradleyohm 
Condenser  C-0.5uld. 


Reactance  Coils  Li  4  L2 


sary  under  the  operating  conditions.  When 
this  has  been  accomplished,  the  clamping 
plates  are  secured  as  described  above. 

The  filter  condensers,  shown  in  Figs.  4  and 
6  were  procured  from  Tobe  Deutschmann, 
Cornhill,  Boston,  Massachusetts,  and  have 
passed  themost  severe  operating  conditions. 
They  were  subjected  to  repeated  charging 
and  discharging  at  700  volts  d.c.,  and 


FIG.  7 

The  circuit  diagram  of  the  entire  eliminator  unit.  The  trans- 
former at  the  left  steps  up  the  line  voltage,  passes  it  to  the 
double-wave  tube  which  rectifies  both  halves  of  the  cycle. 
Thence  it  is  passes  to  the  filter  where  it  is  smoothed  out  into 
pure  d.  c.  The  resistances  permit  the  tap-off  of  the  desired 
voltages  necessary  to  the  operation  of  the  receiver 


brackets  on  the  base  of  the  transformer  to  aid  in  se- 
curing the  instrument  to  the  base  board. 

NEXT,    THE    CHOKE    COILS 

THE  choke  coils,  shown  at  L,  and  U,  Fig.  7  are 
constructed  in  a  manner  similar  to  that  employed 
in  the  making  of  the  transformer.  Each  of  these  coils 
will  have  an  inductance  of  approximately  20  henries 
if  care  is  taken  in  constructing  and  assembling  the 
cores.  All  rough  edges  should  be  removed  and  the 
cores  should  be  assembled  in  an  orderly  manner. 

The  winding  on  each  choke  coil  consists  of  5000 
turns  of  No.  3 1  enameled  copper  wire,  wound  in  smooth 
layers  with  the  necessary  interleaving  papers.  The  out- 
side of  the  completed  coil  is  wrapped  with  one  layer  of 
heavy  manila  paper  as  a  protection.  The  laminations 
shown  in  Fig.  10  are  inserted  in  the  completed  wind- 
ings, and  the  entire  coil  is  assembled  in  accordance  with 
the  description  of  the  power  transformer  above.  A  piece 
of  .ooj-inch  paper  is  inserted  in  the  air  gaps  of  the 
choke  coil  cores,  to  insure  the  magnetic  stability  neces- 

, Mounting  Holes  to  Pass  y,J  Bolt-, 


6 

\^ 

I      * 

1 
1 

t      ' 

-J     .' 

*"*t         Ol 

O       rg 

Y      i 

o 

O 

!    1 

,i 
+       j 

UU25"->1 
1 

<  2.75"  ... 

•c-U25"-> 

ASSEMBLED  TRANSFORMER  CORE 


•"] 

, 

tflt* 

K 

^   «• 

1 

I 

C*    | 

1 

L  1 

.,  1 

C 

WINDING  FORM  FOR  TRANSFORMER  COILS 

Jz 

I~.l 


FIG.   9 


it- 


-}g°Slot  Cut  Through 


0 

A     A 

I 
• 

O 

<-1.125-> 

•      • 
O\    t*> 

Csj      0 
t 

f 

O 

^ 

O 

LAMINATIONS  FOR  TRANSFORMER  CORE 


Material:  No  29  Gauge  Apollo  Special 
Electrical  Steel. 

Required  Approx.  80-  Pieces  of  each  Type 
Total  Core  Weight:Approx.3Lbs. 


ASSEMBLED  TRANSFORMER  WITH  WINDINGS  IN  PLACE 

FIG.    8 
~ransformer  core  details 


WINDING  SEPARATOR  FOR  SECONDARY  WINDINGS-^g  FIBRE 


withstood  the  strain  upon  the 
dielectric  successfully.  None  of 
the  samples  examined  in  this 
way  were  found  to  break  down. 
The  equivalent  series  resistance 
was  found  to  be  low  enough  to 
give  excellent  results  in  connec- 
tion with  the  B  battery  filter 
circuit.  The  particular  arrange- 
ment of  the  filter  circuit  shown 
in  Fig.  7  requires  a  total  capac- 
ity of  14  mfd.  and  the  distribu- 
tion of  this  quantity  is  more  im- 
portant than  the  absolute  value. 
If  this  circuit  does  not  meet  with 
the  requirements  of  the  attached 
receiver  and  loud  speaker,  a 
slight  improvement  will  be  ef- 
fected by  increasing  the  value 
of  C3  to  12  or  1 6  mfd.  Increas- 
ing this  capacity  beyond  20  mfd. 
does  not  add  greatly  to  the  stand- 
ard of  quality  already  established 
and,  for  average  conditions,  this 
capacity  need  not  exceed  8  mfd. 
The  arrangement  of  the  detec- 
tor voltage  control  shown  in  Fig. 
7  is  unique  in  some  respects, 
and  is  an  improvement  over  the 
usual  series  resistance  method. 
A  0.5  mfd.  condenser  is  used 
to  by-pass  any  disturbance  that 
might  reach  the  detector  through 
other  paths.  The  amplifier  volt- 


-Transformer  Coil 

Primary  Winding  1250  Turns  No.31  Enamel 
2-Secondary  Windings  each  2,750Turns 
No.32  Enamel 

.005"  Copper  Shield  between 
Primary  and  Secondary 


190 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


DECEMBER,  1925 


,3/ie    ,- 


Copper  •  10  oz.  Steel  •  1!<  U)S 
2  9"  _  %2   R.H.  Iron  Mach.  Screws 

4-R« 


0.45" 


I-  Required  with  Hex.  Nuts 


-  •+'  -4  0.45" 


-H*  -  •+' 

T°-55T 


0.45 


0.45" 


O.OlORed  Fibre  Strip 
,'  0.9"x  29" 


Material:  No  29 g. 
Apollo  Special  Electrical 
Steel.  Required:Approx. 
48  Pieces  each  Type 


FIG.    IO 

Here  are  given  all  the  specifications 
necessary  for  the  construction  and 
assembly  of  the  choke  coil  cores 


Separate  Spool  Heads 


0.45° 


LAMINATION  FOR  TYPE  B  REACTANCE  COIL 


ASSEMBLED  REACTANCE  COIL  TYPE   B 

age  is  controlled  by  means  of  the  switch  shown  at  S,  Fig. 
7.  The  blade  of  this  single  pole,  double  throw  switch  is 
connected  to  one  side  of  the  1 10  volt  a.c.  line;  one  lug  goes 
to  the  loooth  turn  tap  on  the  primary,  the  other  lug  goes 
to  the  full  secondary  terminal  at  1250  turns.  When  the 
switch  is  thrown  to  the  loooturn  tap,  the  output  voltage 
will  be  from  30  to  50  volts  higher  than  on  the  1250  tap, 
depending  upon  the  connected  load. 

The  Raytheon  rectifier  tube  will  ordinarily  run  at  a  tem- 
perature in  the  neighborhood  of  200  degrees  F.  In  case 
the  cup  should  become  red  hot,  there  is  evidence  that  the 
circuit  is  being  overloaded.  Although  no  permanent  dam- 
age will  be  done,  it  is  not  advisable  to  continue  this  load  for 
more  than  a  few  minutes.  Continued  overloading  will 
soon  saturate  the  cores  of  the  choke  coils  and  render  them 
useless  as  filter  chokes. 

In  order  to  prevent  the  transmission  of  power  line  noises 
through  the  eliminator  circuit,  a  coppershield  has  been  placed 
between  the  primary  and  secondary  windings,  and  thoroughly 
insulated  therefrom.  This  consists  of  a  strip  of  .oo5-inch  cop- 
per carefully  wrapped  over  the  Empire  cloth  insulation,  and 
extending  within  \  inch  of  the  entire  periphery  of  the  primary 
winding.  A  flexible  lead  is  soldered  to  the  shield,  brought 
out  from  the  winding,  and  later  connected  to  the  ground  ter- 
minal of  the  eliminator.  All  cores  of  the  instrument  should 
be  connected  together  and  to  the  ground  terminal.  The 
homemade  unit  should  be  placed  in  an  iron  or  steel  case  which 
completely  encloses  the  unit.  In  the  case  of  the  factory 
units,  each  part  has  been  placed  in  an  iron  magnetic  shield, 
and  this  is  connected  to  ground  to  prevent  induction  of  hum 
in  the  receiver.  Another  means  for  preventing  the  transmis- 
sion of  line  noises  through  the  eliminator  is  the  use  of  the 
buffer  condensers,  shown  shunted  across  the  mid-tap  and 
outer  leads  of  the  secondary  of  the  transformer,  Fig.  7.  These 


„.__,$•—-.» 

2*"  

jh 

Hf 


O 


.>U- 1"— 4*  i 

t 2X"  — - 

WINDING  FORM  FOR  CHOKE  COILS 

Material:  Wood  Winding:   S.OOOTurns  No31  Enamel  CopperWire 

FIG.     I  I 


2. 
3- 


Specifications  for  the  Design  of  Ideal  B  Battery  Substitute 

i.     TRANSFORMER 

Power  loss  should  not  exceed  10  watts. 

Should  operate  on  25  to  75  cycles  a.c. 

Secondary  voltage  should  not  exceed  300  volts  for  safety. 

Should  be  shielded  in  magnetic  shield. 

Should  have  electrostatic  shield  between  primary  and  secon- 
dary windings  to  prevent  transmission  of  line  noises  to 
radio  receiver.  Secondary  winding  should  be  balanced 
for  inductance  and  capacity. 

II.      RECTIFIER 

Should  have  life  of  at  least  5000  hours. 

deliver  sufficient  current  at  all  times, 
have  low  impedance,  preferably  rising  characteristic. 
(See  Fig.  3). 
Should  rectify  completely  with  no  reverse  current,  and  with 

quiet  performance  at  all  times. 
Should  rectify  both  waves  of  cycle. 

Should  have  low  starting  voltage — i.e.  not  greater  than  160 
volts. 

III.  FILTER   CIRCUIT 

Should  filter  perfectly,  leaving  no  hum  in  headphones. 

D.c.  resistance  should  not  exceed  750  ohms. 

Should  consist  of  two  or  more  sections  instead  of  one  section. 

IV.  MISCELLANEOUS 

Should  give  complete  control  of  amplifier  and  detector  voltages. 

Should  be  small  and  light  in  weight. 

Should  be  capable  of  being  installed   in   receivers  without 

producing  interference. 
Cost  of  construction  and  maintenance  should  be  low. 


each  have  a  capacity  of  o.  i  mfd.  and 
serve  the  purpose  of  balancing  the  ad- 
mittance of  each  secondary  to  the  neu- 
tral or  ground  side  of  the  line.  There  is  in 
this  way  an  easy  path  to  ground  provided 
for  any  disturbing  unbalance  that  might 
arise  in  any  part  of  the  circuit.  The  in- 
clusion of  these  condensers  is  an  important 
feature,  and  one  that  will  more  than  repay 
their  cost. 


FIG.    12 

A  made-up  transformer 
with  its  tin-can  shield 


AS  THE  BROADCASTER  SEES  IT 


CARL  DREHER^, 


Drawings  by  Fran\lyn  F.  Stratford 


In  Defense  of  Broadcasting 


IN  THE  September  issue  of  the  American 
Mercury,  under  the  rubric  of  his  monthly 
department,  "The  Theatre,"  Mr.  George 
Jean  Nathan  pays  his  respects  to  broad- 
casting   in    terms    which    will    descend 
harshly  on  the  ears  of  radio  impresarios  who 
were    beginning   to   believe   what    their    own 
publicity  representatives  write  about  them. 


Supporting  the  cheap  magazines  and  moving 
pictures  in  their  campaign  to  moronize  the 
country,  writes  Mr.  Nathan,  we  now  have  the 
radio.  The  roofs  of  houses  from  the  Atlantic 
to  the  Pacific  presently  take  on  the  aspect 
of  so  many  sailless  schooners.  And  nightly 
the  front  parlors  of  the  proletariat  resound 
to  the  strains  of  alley  jazz  pounded  out  by  bad 
hotel  orchestras,  to  lectures  on  Swedenborgian- 
ism  by  ex-veterinary  surgeons,  to  songs  about 
red  hot  mammas  and  Beale  Street  melancholias 
by  hard-up  vaudeville  performers  and  to  the 
names  of  the  notables  who  have  just  come 
into  Reuben's  delicatessen  restaurant. 
Where  a  few  years  ago,  a  family  living  in 
the  hinterland  occasionally  after  dinner  read 
a  book  or  at  least  looked  through  an  album 
of  "Famous  Masterpieces  of  Painting,"  it 
presently  glues  receivers  to  its  ears  and  is 
thrown  into  wild  aesthetic  transports  by 
some  Harlem  coon's  recitative  on  his  Heimweh 
for  Alabamy  or  some  two-a-day  De  Pach- 
mann's  interpretation  of  Mozart  on  a  saw. 
There  are  two  radio  broadcasting  stations, 
one  in  New  York  and  one  in  Philadelphia, 
that  have  made  an  effort  periodically  to  give 
their  customers  something  better  in  the  way 
of  music  than  that  which,  for  its  finest  effect, 
must  be  played  on  kitchen  utensils  and  cow- 
bells and  something  better  in  the  way  of 
educational  talks  than  lectures  on  hygiene 
by  press  agents  for  new  mouth-washes,  but 
I  understand  that  they  have  found  the  going 
rough  and,  in  self-preservation,  have  been 
forced  to  fall  back  more  and  more  on  the 
gibberish  and  caterwauling  that  the  aerial 
connoisseurs  admire. 

Readers  who  have  never  before  encoun- 
tered Mr.  Nathan's  mode  of  expression  will 
observe  that  he  does  not  deal  in  weasel 
words.  He  makes  it  plain  that  no  high- 
pressure  salesman  is  going  to  sell  him  a 
1575.  radio  set.  Not  that  Mr.  Nathan  has 
anything  against  broadcasting  in  partic- 
ular. In  the  article  from  which  1  have 
quoted  he  rends  and  tramples  on  the  twenty 
cent  magazines,  the  movies,  tabloid  news- 
papers, and  other  such  agencies  of  popular 


enlightenment.  If  you  were  the  editor  of  a 
tabloid  newspaper,  how  would  you  like  this 
projectile:  "A  tabloid  newspaper,  you  need 
not  be  told,  is  a  newspaper  reduced  in  size, 
sense,  taste,  and  decency."  Mr.  Nathan  lets 
radio  off  easy,  comparatively  speaking. 

Many  broadcasters,  unused  to  criticism 
along  old  fashioned  football  lines,  will  roar 
indignantly  and  let  it  go  at  that.  That 
attitude  possesses  neither  maturity  nor  good 
sense.  If  the  critic  has  no  case,  what  he  says 
will  in  time  dissipate  itself,  like  gasolene 
vapor  on  a  boulevard,  and  there  is  no  need  to 
get  het  up  about  it.  If  what  he  says  is  true, 
wholly  or  partially,  we  might  as  well  let  him 
rub  our  noses  in  it  and  then  see  what  we  can 
do  about  it.  And  then,  criticism  is  adver- 
tising, and  no  one  can  tell  me  that  broad- 
casters don't  like  advertising.  In  this  they  are 


WHEN    IN    DOUBT,    THEY   WIELD   THE    BLUE 
PENCIL 


like  George  Moore,  who  used  to  say,  according 
to  Frank  Harris:  "Attack  me  as  you  please; 
slang  me,  but  write  about  me.  I'd  rather 
have  a  libelous  article  than  silence;  indeed, 
I  think  slander  more  effective  than  eulogy.  If 
you  hate  my  books,  say  so,  please,  at  length; 
that  will  get  me  readers." 

As  for  me,  I  can  discuss  this  subject  in  a 
serene  and  unprejudiced  spirit.  While  I  am 
a  professional  broadcaster  and  derive  most 
of  my  income  from  radio,  my  responsibilities 
are  purely  technical.  I  am  an  engineer  and 
I  put  out  on  the  air  what  is  given  to  me,  just 
as  a  telephone  installation  man  wires  up 
equipment  indiscriminately  for  crooks,  phil- 
anthropists, theatrical  ladies  who  drive 
Minerva  cars  on  an  apparent  income  of  $35. 
per  week,  and  gentlemen  of  the  cloth.  The 
gentle  rain  falls  alike  on  the  just  and  the  un- 
just, and  I  don't  care  what  I  broadcast. 
It's  no  skin  off  my  back  if  the  programs  are 
rotten.  As  long  as  the  transmission  is 
good,  I  get  my  check  and  the  V.P.  &  G.  M. 
smiles  on  me.  So  much  for  the  benefit  of 
those  spectators  who  might  imagine  that  I 
am  moved  in  my  defense  of  broadcasting — 
to  the  extent  that  I  feel  called  on  to  defend 
it — by  my  need  for  Hungarian  goulash  and 
French  pastry. 

Mr.  Nathan's  indictment  is  true  enough, 
alas,  but  it  should  be  added  that  he  has 
selected  the  holes  in  the  cheese  for  his  dis- 
cussion. There  is  considerable  nourishment 
in  the  solid  portions.  Among  some  600 
broadcasting  stations  in  operation  in  the 
United  States,  at  any  given  time,  some  will 
be  radiating  respectable  stuff,  others  will 
be  carrying  a  load  of  aspiring  sopranos  and 
so-so  material,  still  others  will  be  engaged 
in  purveying  aerial  garbage  for  the  listeners 
who  like  that  sort  of  thing.  A  cross- 
sectional  view  of  the  burden  of  the  ether 
waves  would  show  as  great  a  variety  in 
quality  as  the  same  process  applied  to  peri- 
odical publishing,  say.  If  one.  walked 
blindfolded  up  to  the  newsstand  at  the 
corner  of  Sixth  Avenue  and  Forty-Second 
Street  in  New  York,  picked  out  a  magazine, 
opened  it  at  random,  and  analyzed  the  pages 
exposed  for  ideas,  the  percentage  revealed 
would  probably  run  even  with  the  birth  rate 
among  mules.  And  that  newsstand,  be  it 
noted,  carries  all  the  respectable  magazines 


192 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


DECEMBER,  1925 


as  well  as  the  cash  girl  trade;  at  most  magazine 
stores  the  chances  of  lighting  on  something  in 
the  cultural  Class  A  would  be  even  less.  If 
you  are  after  intellect  and  good  taste,  you 
must  pick  it  out  from  amid  the  rubbish. 
Likewise  in  radio.  If  you  want  jazz  issuing 
from  your  loud  speaker,  there  are  certain 
wavelengths  in  every  radio  locality  where  you 
can  get  it  at  any  time.  If  you  want  something 
better,  you  may  be  able  to  get  it  if  you  have 
learned  to  discriminate  between  stations. 
You  may  not  be  able  to  get  it  just  when  you 
want  it.  But  there  is  just  as  wide  a  range 
between  the  best  and  the  worst  broadcasters 
as  that  between  the  most  estimable  and  the 
most  trashy  books  or  magazines.  And,  owing 
to  the  vast  and,  perhaps,  excessive  amount 
of  broadcasting,  there  is  also  a  great  variation 
with  respect  to  time  in  the  case  of  any  given 
station.  In  order  to  arrive  at  a  fair  judgment, 
one  would  have  to  assess  a  lot  of  broadcast 
material  and  to  do  far  more  listening  than 
Mr.  Nathan  has  either  the  time  or  the 
inclination  for,  in  all  probability.  As  one  of 
his  customers  in  his  present  vocation,  I 
should  lament  his  engaging  in  any  such 
Augean  task.  But  I,  perforce,  have  done 
something  of  the  sort.  In  the  last  two  and 
one  half  years,  equipped,  gratis,  with  a  very 
fine  receiving  set,  I  have  put  in  some  3000 
hours  listening  to  my  own  stations  and  others. 
Some  of  the  stuff  was  not  fit  to  inflict  on  an 
ursine  howler.  Most  of  it,  culturally,  was 
neither  here  nor  there,  like  the  columns  of  a 
newspaper  or  the  counters  of  a  five-and-ten- 
cent  store,  it  had  nothing  to  do  with  learning 
the  arts,  or  civilized  taste.  It  neither  assisted 
nor  came  into  conflict  with  these  things. 
Some  of  it,  the  cream,  required  no  apologies 
to  any  one.  For  three  summers,  now,  any  one 
who  cared  to  tune  to  600  kc.  (455  meters)  could 
hear  the  New  York  Philharmonic  on  the  air  two 
or  three  nights  a  week,  absolutely  "without 
concessions",  as  the  management  puts  it, 
to  the  popular  taste  for  operatic  selections, 
easy  overtures,  and  the  like.  Having  thus 
thoroughly  sampled  the  etherial  waves,  and 
emerged  sound  and  articulate,  I  depose  and 
say  that  the  average  metropolitan  broad- 
casting performance  is  no  more  offensive  to 


good  taste  than  the  average  printed  book 
or  magazine,  not  half  as  disturbing  to  the  same 
as  the  average  city  newspaper,  and  not  one 
quarter  as  flagrant  as  the  average  big  time 
vaudeville  show  or  moving  picture.  As  for 
the  tabloid  newspapers  and  other  such  dung- 
hill enterprises,  broadcasting,  with  all  its 
glaring  faults,  is  positively  a  civilizing  influ- 
ence; by  contrast,  its  entrepreneurs  and 
managers  become  so  many  Schopenhauers, 
and  Sidney  Laniers. 

It  is  true  that  a  great  many  silly  and  obvious 
talks  get  a  hearing  via  radio,  and  that  not  a 
few  of  the  lectures  have  an  unpleasantly 
sanctimonious  and  oily  tone.  The  second 
fault  is  caused  partly  by  the  influx  of  people 
quite  without  qualifications  for  radio  lecturing, 
who  try  to  compensate  for  their  deficiencies 
by  slobbering  over  the  listeners.  On  the  other 
hand,  one  hears  more  than  a  few  people  on  the 
air  whose  natural  frankness  and  sincerity 
manages  to  get  through  to  the  orifices  of  the 
loudspeakers.  Dr.  John  H.  Finley  is  one 
such  engaging  speaker;  even  if  one  does  not 
agree  with  what  he  says  it  is  pleasant  to  listen 
to  him.  As  for  the  content  of  the  talks,  it 
varies  all  over  the  map.  I  have  heard  every- 
thing from  an  inspirational  speaker  (he  broad- 
cast in  a  frock  coat,  incidentally)  declaring, 
"All  the  evils  of  the  world  are  due  to  incorrect 
thinking,"  to  a  lecture  on  Whitman  by  such 
a  recognized  authority  as  Prof.  Emory  Hol- 
loway,  the  reading  of  a  story  by  Sherwood 
Anderson,  and  performances  of  one  act 
Provincetown  plays. 

The  trouble  with  radio  talks  is  mainly  that  the 
owners  and  program  managers  of  the  stations 
feel  it  incumbent  on  them  not  to  offend  anyone. 
They  are  in  a  constant  stew  about  "adverse 
publicity."  A  few  letters  from  irate  listeners 
give  them  the  horrors.  They  run  their  stations 
for  advertising  or  good  will,  and  as  soon  as 
any  one  looks  at  them  cross-eyed  their  knees 
shake.  When  in  doubt,  they  wield  the  blue 
pencil,  and  any  one  who  tries  to  please  the  whole 
world  is  in  doubt  most  of  the  time.  In  such 
large  audiences  as  those  they  figure  they  are 
catering  to,  there  are  thousands  of  inferiority 
complexes  ready  to  be  triggered  off.  Eddie 
Cantor  once  delivered  a  first-rate  humorous  talk 


RADIO    IS   TRYING   TO    PLEASE    ALL    BETWEEN    EIGHT    AND    EIGHTY 


over  the  radio,  and  at  one  point  he  remarked 
extemporaneously,  "  For  all  1  know  a  lot  of 
Polacks  are  listening  to  me."  The  comedian, 
of  course,  had  no  offensive  intention,  but  during 
the  next  few  days  he  received  twenty  protests 
from  Polish  listeners,  including  a  formal  de- 
nunciation from  a  society.  If  I  wrote  a  story 
containing  some  reference  to  an  elderly  Jew  in  a 
green  sport  suit,  and  there  was  nothing  else  the 
matter  with  it,  there  would  be  no  difficulty  in 
getting  it  published  and  receiving  payment  for 
it.  But  broadcasting  that  phrase,  at  the  present 
stage,  would  be  out  of  the  question.  No  pro- 
gram manager  would  touch  it.  In  his  audience 
of  several  hundred  thousand  there  must  be 
several  elderly  Jewish  gentlemen  who  wear 
green  sport  suits,  and  he  wouldn't  make  them 
sore  for  the  world.  No  one  must  be  offended, 
no  one's  morals  must  be  impaired,  a  thousand 
dignities  must  be  tenderly  preserved,  the  lecture 
must  be  fit  for  everyone  between  the  ages  of 
eight  and  eighty.  If,  under  these  conditions,  the 
content  of  the  talk  is  also  to  be  mature  and 
significant,  you  have  a  large  order. 

Even  controversy  is  often  frowned  upon. 
Admiral  William  Ledyard  Rodgers  and  General 
Tasker  Howard  Bliss  recently  broadcast  a  debate 
on  "Shall  America  Arm  for  War?"  under  the 
auspices  of  the  Forum.  The  debaters  did  not 
come  to  blows,  no  riots  were  reported,  and  the 
more  thoughtful  among  the  listeners  spent  a 
profitable  half-hour.  The  magazine  next  wanted 
to  put  on  the  air  a  debate  between  Professor 
Osborn  and  Mr.  Bryan  on  the  subject  of  Evo- 
lution. But  this  was  declared  to  be  "too 
controversial"  by  all  the  station  managers 
interviewed.  So  it  was  not  broadcast. 

Mr.  Nathan's  conclusion  that  jazz  is  the  staple 
radio  musical  diet  does  not  jibe  with  my  ob- 
servations. There  is  a  great  deal  of  jazz  on  the 
air,  and  a  few  stations  emit  almost  nothing  else, 
but  they  are  decidedly  atypical.  The  average 
musical  radio  offering  is  rather  something  on 
the  order  of  the  Silvestri-Toselli  "Rimpianto" 
serenade — pretty  and  obvious.  In  short,  the 
sort  of  thing  all  dining  room  orchestras  in  big 
hotels  turn  out.  Some  of  the  hotel  "ensembles" 
are  very  good,  incidentally.  They  broadcast 
popular  classics.  If  1  have  heard  "  Mon  coeur 
s'ouvre  a  ta  voix"  once,  I  have  heard  it  a  hun- 
dred times.  There  is  a  lot  of  Old  Black  Joe-ing 
and  Silver  Threads  Among  the  Gold  on  the  air, 
but,  after  all,  these  are  decent  folk  songs,  ob- 
jectionable only  when  overdone.  Down  another 
pegare  college  things  like  "  Rolling  Down  to  Rio," 
and  the  bombastic  "Invictus."  Not  over  a 
third  of  the  total  is  jazz,  and  on  top  you  have 
beautiful  Lieder,  the  best  symphonies,  including 
all  the  Brahms,  the  tone  poems  (I  have  heard 
Don  Juan  on  the  air  in  its  entirety  seven  times) 
and  the  Strauss  waltzes.  At  one  station  in 
New  York,  for  example,  absolutely  no  dance 
music  is  allowed  on  the  air  until  after  10.30  in  the 
evening.  All  in  all,  not  so  bad. 

Such  inventions  as  the  motion  picture  and  the 
radio  telephone  have  cultural  and  artistic 
possibilities,  which  are  rarely  realized  because, 
with  a  large  initial  investment  and  heavy  oper- 
ating expenses,  the  only  way  to  get  a  return  on 
the  money  is  to  produce  something  attractive  to 
the  masses.  The  result  is  what  we  know.  Only 
two  copies  of  Thomas  Hardy  were  sold  in  Boston 
in  the  six  months  from  January  i  to  July  i, 
Mr.  Nathan  points  out.  Still,  the  movies  could 
do  something  even  for  Hardy's  art.  Need- 
less to  say,  I  don't  mean  any  such  shameful  bur- 
lesque as  the  movie  version  of  Tess  of  the  d'Urber- 
villes  which  appeared  a  while  ago.  But  if  I 
had  a  few  million  dollars,  I'd  make  a  moving 
picture  of  Hardy's  The  Dynasts  and  perform 
it,  serial  fashion,  a  competent  actor,  to  be 


DECEMBER,  1925 


HOW  OUTSIDE  PROGRAMS  ARE  PICKED  UP 


193 


selected  by  Mr.  Nathan,  intoning  the  lines, 
to  the  accompaniment  of  a  first  class  symphony 
orchestra.  1  should  do  this,  not  to  improve 
the  movies,  which  can  go  straight  into  the  sewer 
for  all  I  care,  but  purely  for  the  benefit  of  the 
few  who  care  for  that  sort  of  thing.  The  Na- 
poleonic wars  forming  the  background  of  Hardy's 
great  epic,  the  transparent  tentacles  of  the 
Immanent  Will,  moving  irresistibly  those  great 
columns  of  soldiers  wearing  the  expression 
of  men  in  a  dream,  could  only  be  portrayed  in 
the  medium  of  the  cinema. 

Similarly,  some  day,  somewhere,  a  millionaire 
with  American  Mercury  tastes  may  endow  a  radio 
broadcasting  station  to  disseminate  material 
which  is  agreeable  to  him.  If  so,  I  shall  be 
pleased  to  oil  the  generators  for  same,  and 
to  be  counted  among  its  listeners.  Mr.  Nathan 
might  buy  an  eight-tube  "super"  on  that  remote 
to-morrow.  In  the  meantime,  radio  is  neither 
as  good  as  the  publicity  artists  would  have  us 
believe,  nor  as  bad  as  Mr.  Nathan  has  painted  it. 

Technical  Routine  in  Broadcasting 
Stations 

i.     Wire  Lines 


¥  AST  month,  in  our  discussion  of  "Per- 
sonnel and  Organization  in  Broadcast- 
•1 — '  ing,"  we  took  up  in  some  detail  the 
responsibilities  and  functions  of  the  various 
employees,  program  and  technical.  However, 
the  bulk  of  the  discussion  was  on  the  problem 
of  securing  programs,  rather  than  broadcasting 
them.  In  this  issue  we  shall  get  down  to  the 
actual  business  of  putting  the  program  material 
out  on  the  air.  with  all  the  technical  preliminaries 
involved. 

The  technical  staff,  as  we  have  seen,  is  divided 
into  transmitter,  control,  and  field  divisions, 
all  reporting  to  an  engineer-in-charge  or  chief 
technician  of  some  sort.  These  men  work  with 
the  announcers  and  the  studio  manager  during 
the  actual  broadcasting.  First,  however,  we  shall 
take  up  the  technical  routine  which  precedes  it. 

This  technical  routine,  in  many  respects,  is 
not  radio  at  all.  For  example,  the  testing  of 
wirelines  is  no  more  characteristic  of  broadcasting 
than  of  wire  telephony,  but  it  is  equally  import- 
ant in  both.  Practically  every  large  broadcast- 
ing station  finds  it  necessary  to  go  after  its 
programs  by  means  of  telephone  lines.  These 
lines  are  in  a  few  cases  owned  outright  by  the 
broadcasting  company,  but  as  a  rule  they  are 
leased  from  some  pre-existing  telephone  or 
telegraph  company.  Lines  are  costly  and  one 
does  not  generally  buy  them  out- 
right, any  more  than  one  buys  a 
railroad  in  order  to  commute. 
When  the  lines  are  leased  from 
some  public  service  corporation, 
they  are  usually  maintained  by  the 
owners.  Such  a  system  will  con- 
sist of  certain  trunks  running 
through  the  principal  part  of  the 
town,  possibly  in  the  form  of  a 
ten-pair  cable  devoted  exclusively 
to  radio,  for  it  is  important  that 
these  wires  should  not  be  subject 
to  inductive  disturbances  and  that 
they  should  not  interfere,  in  turn, 
with  other  public  services. 

A  week  or  more  before  the  time 
scheduled  for  broadcasting,  the 
program  department  sends  a  list 
of  projected  field  events  to  the 
line  company.  On  a  certain  day, 
for  example,  a  musical  comedy  is  to 
be  broadcast  from  a  theatre.  The 


wire  company  then  runs  a  twisted  pair  from  a 
convenient  terminal  box  on  the  nearest  trunk, 
over  housetops  and  streets,  to  the  theatre  in 
question.  This  lead  is  called  a  "lateral."  If 
the  broadcasting  company  is  leasing  an  adequate 
wire  system  these  laterals  are  normally  only  a 
few  blocks  long.  The  expense  of  work  and 
material  is  charged  to  the  broadcasting  company, 
so  it  is  wise  for  the  latter  to  balance  trunk  costs 
against  additional  construction  in  order  to  get  a 
minimum  total  for  the  two.  When  the  wire 
is  placed  in  the  theatre,  with  a  long  lead  left 
in  a  coil  so  that  the  broadcasting  operators  can 
set  up  at  a  convenient  point  in  the  house,  the 
telephone  or  wire  company's  lineman  calls 
up  the  station,  using  an  ordinary  portable 
telephone,  and  tests  through.  He  rings  the 
station  with  a  magneto,  causing  a  telephone 
relay  to  release  a  drop  on  the  station  switch 
board,  and  says  to  the  control  operator  who 

answers.    "  This  is at  the  Criterion  Theatre. 

Will  you  test  this  loop?"  The  operator  then 
puts  no  volts  on  each  side  of  the  line  through 
a  voltmeter  to  ground.  If  the  loop  is  properly 
insulated  the  meter  will  read  only  a  few  volts,  the 
resistance  in  series  with  it  being  of  the  order  of 
many  megohms.  The  ends  of  the  pair  are  then 
short-circuited  at  the  theatre  and  a  continuity 
test  is  made  to  locate  high  resistance  joints  and 
the  like.  If  the  line  is  in  good  shape,  the  meter 
will  read  practically  full  voltage,  the  line  resis- 
tance being  negligible  compared  to  the  resistance 
of  the  voltmeter.  So  far  we  have  merely  the 
standard  procedure  which  thousands  of  wire 
chiefs  go  through  every  day  on  telephone  and 
telegraph  lines.  However,  a  further  test  is  now 
made  in  which  radio  standards  are  rather  more 
critical  than  those  of  the  older  services.  The 
men  on  the  line  listen  for  noise.  If  they  can 
hear  any  noise  at  all  with  an  ordinary  pair  of 
telephones  bridged  across  the  line,  they  are  apt 
to  run  into  trouble  during  quiet  intervals  in  the 
broadcasting. 

Noise  comes  in  from  various  sources,  such  as 
stock-tickers,  parallel  Morse  circuits,  elevator 
motors,  etc.  Each  of  these  machines  has  a 
characteristic  sound,  and  men  who  work  on 
lines  become  familiar  with  the  various  types. 
Usually  noise  interference  is  due  to  some  un- 
balance of  the  line.  It  is  necessary  to  have 
the  circuit  accurately  symmetrical,  electrically, 
about  an  imaginary  reference  line  in  the  middle. 
Fig.  i  shows  this  condition,  the  line  terminating 
at  either  end  in  repeating  coils,  or  1:1  trans- 
formers, with  grounded  midpoints.  Each  side 
is  assumed  to  measure  60  megohms  to  ground. 
If,  now,  one  side  of  the  line  should  be  opened 


or  grounded,  a  roar  of  noise  would  probably 
come  in,  although  in  the  balanced  condition  the 
circuit  might  be  perfectly  quiet.  But  it  is  not 
sufficient  to  have  the  two  sides  of  the  line  equal 
in  insulation  resistance.  It  is  also  necessary 
to  transpose  or  interchange  the  two  wires  fre- 
quently, so  that  induction  picked  up  in  one 
stretch  is  neutralized  in  the  next  stretch  of  equal 
length.  On  an  open  wire  line  running  on  cross- 
arms  fastened  to  poles,  each  pair  of  wires  will 
be  transposed  at,  say,  every  tenth  pole.  Like- 
wise, in  a  cable,  the  various  wires  must  be 
"paired."  "Twisted  pair"  is  used,  never 
simply  a  pair  of  wires  lying  side  by  side.  In 
a  properly  paired  cable  several  miles  long,  a  few 
hundred  feet  of  "straight-laid"  conductor  will 
ruin  the  entire  circuit  for  broadcasting  purposes, 
because  of  the  excessive  noise  picked  up.  The 
telephone  engineers  put  it  this  way:  "A  tele- 
phone circuit  balanced  in  all  respects,  including 
balance  to  other  circuits,  is  immune  to  inductive 
interference." 

When  trouble  is  encountered  on  wire  circuits, 
it  is  hunted  down  by  the  process  of  "localizing." 
On  long  lines  it  is  necessary  to  use  special  tests 
which  show  the  distance  of  the  fault  from  the 
testing  point,  but  on  short  local  circuits  the 
lineman  simply  cuts  out  a  section  and  by  pro- 
ceeding in  this  way  sooner  or  later  reduces  the 
trouble  to  one  section.  He  usually  knows  the 
weak  spots  in  each  section — here  the  wire  runs 
through  a  damp  cellar,  and  there  it  rubs  against 
a  roof  coping,  and  so  on;  and  sooner  or  later  he 
finds  the  particular  spot  which  is  causing  the 
trouble. 

Of  course  no  circuit  of  any  length  is  ever 
exactly  balanced,  in  practice,  and  in  the  presence 
of  very  powerful  inductive  fields  noise  will 
inevitably  be  picked  up.  For  example,  nearby 
lightning  will  register  on  the  best  lines;  high 
tension  leaks,  power  plant  troubles,  certain 
types  of  automatic  and  multiplex  telegraph 
circuits,  will  interfere  on  almost  any  loop  near 
them.  Even  if  a  man  has  armor  on,  you  can 
probably  kill  him  with  a  sledge-hammer  or  an 
elephant  rifle.  The  only  answer  is  to  keep 
away  from  trouble-making  types  of  service  as 
much  as  possible.  However,  various  devices, 
such  as  shielded,  paired  cables;  anti-noise  sets, 
which  slow  down  electrical  impulses  to  a  point 
where  they  no  longer  interfere,  have  been  used 
with  considerable  success.  Again,  some  types 
of  interference  clear  themselves  through  the 
cessation  of  business  activity  in  the  early  evening. 
Ticker  noise  encountered  on  a  morning  test 
of  a  certain  circuit,  which  is  to  be  used  in  the 
evening  for  broadcasting,  may  be  ignored  if  it 


O 
O 

To  Reid     O 

.Amplifier 


ol 


Mid-point 
Ground 


60  tn^ohnw 

Mid-point 
(ground  \        ^. 

O 


To 
TrABsmiHer 


3 


Repeating' 
Coil 


Coil 


FIG. 


Electrically  symmetrical  lines  are  necessary  in  outside  "pick-ups."    The  diagram  shows  the  cir- 
cuit used.     The  field  amplifier  is  controlled  by  an  operator  at  the  actual  point  of  broadcasting 


194 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


DECEMBER,  1925 


is  known  to  come  from  certain  financial  houses 
which  close  down  at  4  p.  m.  In  case  of  emer- 
gency, it  is  sometimes  possible  to  shut  down 
parallel,  interfering  circuits  during  the  period 
of  broadcasting. 

Broadcast  operators  and  the  lineman  who 
work  with  them  know  all  these  kinks  and  utilize 
them  in  their  work.  The  organization  chart 
shown  last  month  did  not  include  a  lineman 
among  the  technical  employees,  but  as  a  matter 
of  fact,  although  this  man  is  usually  not  on  the 
broadcasting  station's  payroll,  he  works  in  the 
closest  cooperation  with  the  station  staff  and 
is  to  all  intents  and  purposes  a  member  of  it,  and, 
if  he  knows  his  business,  no  mean  asset. 

Regardless  of  previous  tests,  it  is  important 
that  every  wire  circuit  which  is  to  be  used  on  a 
certain  day  for  broadcasting,  should  be  tested 
on  that  day  some  hours  before  the  event  is 
scheduled.  Accidents  often  happen  at  the  last 
minute.  If  the  event  is  a  very  important  one, 
such  as  a  presidential  broadcast,  or  a  major 
prizefight,  if  may  even  pay  to  have  the  lineman 
around  till  the  job  is  done  on  the  air.  For  these 
occasions,  also,  it  is  quite  necessary  to  have  two 
or  three  pairs,  one  for  broadcasting,  one  as  a 
breakdown  pair,  and  one  for  an  "order  wire." 
For  ordinary  jobs  a  single  pair  is  generally 
sufficient.  The  operators  talk  over  it  until  it  is 
time  to  take  the  air,  and  use  it  for  post-mortems 
afterward.  Sometimes  the  wire  is  simplexed  or 
used  for  telegraph  conversation  during  the 
broadcasting  without  interference  between  the 
two  functions.  This  is  not  very  common  in 
local  work,  but  it  is  the  usual  thing  on  long 
out-of-town  circuits,  where  the  cost  of  the  line 
is  so  great  that  all  its  potentialities  must  be 
utilized. 

Wire  tests  must  not  be  left  to  any  one's  mem- 
ory, but  a  log  book,  as  shown  in  Fig.  2,  is  kept, 
showing  the  condition  of  the  circuit  at  the  time 
tested,  and  who  is  responsible  for.  the  obser- 
vations. 

It  is  possible  to  have  one  control  operator  in 
the  station  who  is  exclusively  detailed  for  wire 
line  work,  but  the  usual  procedure  is  to  have 
the  men  rotate,  so  that  everyone  takes  a  turn  at 
it.  Often  the  station  is  on  the  air  in  the  morning 
and  the  operator  who  runs  the  control  room 
at  that  time  also  takes  care  of  the  wire  line 
tests  for  the  day,  since  as  a  rule  the  observations 
are  quickly  made,  and  there  are  long  intervals 
between  tests  while  the  lineman  goes  from  one 
remote  point  to  another.  In  a  large  station 
one  operator  may  be  "on  the  channel,"  as 
the  saying  is — watching  what  goes  out  on  the  air 
and  making  necessary  adjustments — while  an- 
other man  handles  the  wire  tests  and  does 
maintenance  work  in  the  intervals. 

One  point  that  should  not  be  neglected  is  the 
removal  of  all  laterals  not  in  use  on  any  given 
trunk.  Otherwise  the  laterals  pile  up,  increasing 
the  capacity  of  the  line  to  the  point  where  the 
higher  frequencies  are  lost  and  quality  of  trans- 
mission is  adversely  affected.  These  sections 
hanging  on  uselessly  may  also  bring  in  noise. 
In  a  properly  maintained  wire  system  the  trunks 
are  stripped  of  laterals  at  frequent  intervals — • 
and  that  does  not  mean  every  few  weeks. 

If  the  lines  pass  through  telephone  exchanges 


or  telegraph  offices 
the  utmost  care 
must  be  taken  to 
avoid  interference 
by  employees  who 
don't  know  what  is 
going  on.  The  broad- 
casting lines  should 
be  red-tagged  and  a 
special  notice  sent 
around  cautioning 
all  unauthorized  peo- 
ple to  keep  away. 
Most  telegraph  and 
telephone  men  have 
little  notion  of  what 
broadcasting  quality 
is  and  they  will  some- 
times innocently 
break  up  a  circuit  in 
order  to  get  a  little 
amusement  during 
idle  periods.  At  one 
station  it  was  noticed 
that  music  coming 
over  a  long  line  (some 
five  miles)  was  curi- 
ously tinny — lacking 
in  the  lower  fre- 
quencies. This  was 

just  the  opposite  of  what  one  would  expect — the 
suppression  of  the  higher  frequencies  by  the  line 
capacity.  The  engineers  were  somewhat  puzzled 
until  one  day  one  of  them  happened  to  be  at  the 
main  telegraph  office  in  the  city  in  question 
and  saw  an  idle  operator  plug  a  6o-ohm  telephone 
into  the  jack  panel  of  the  broadcasting  station, 
in  order  to  listen  to  the  music.  The  circuit 
was  one  terminating  in  joo-ohm  impedances,  so 
this  low  inductance  was  effectively  by-passing 
all  the  lower  frequencies.  The  engineer  sent 
a  2OOO-ohm  headset  down  to  the  telegraph 
office  with  a  polite  note  to  the  wire  chief  suggest- 
ing that  if  the  operators  wanted  to  listen  in  they 
could  use  the  high  impedance  telephones  without 
ruining  quality  on  the  air.  But  the  wire  chief, 
receiving  this  epistle,  flew  high  up  in  the  air, 
returned  the  2OOO-ohm  phones  with  thanks  and 
apologies,  and  posted  a  notice  informing  his 
staff  that  any  one  who  plugged  anything  into 
those  circuits  without  authority  would  be  sum- 
marily fired.  Then  there  was  peace. 

Radio  Lingo,  Past  and  Present 

SOMEWHERE  in  his  writings  or  conver- 
sations Anatole  France  compares  a  syn- 
thetic language  to  a  doll,  while  a  natural 
language,  with  its  centuries  of  use,  growth,  and 
development,  he  likens  to  a  living  woman.  On 
a  more  modest  scale,  the  technical  terminology 
of  an  art  or  science,  as  it  reflects  the  achieve- 
ments and  changes  of  years  of  effort  on  the  part 
of  many  men,  takes  on  an  almost  organic  mean- 
ing and  color.  We  usually  think  of  objects  like 
antennas  and  microphones  as  purely  inanimate 
and  lifeless,  forgetting  that  they  are  the  tools  of 
human  aspirations  and  carry  with  them  an  eman- 
ation of  human  emotions.  The  names  of  these 
tools,  and  of  the  scientific  ideas  which  they  em- 


THE    WIRE    CHIEF   WENT    UP    IN    THE    AIR 


body,  and  the  way  in  which  people  talk  about 
them,  all  change  with  time.  Not  only  do  they 
change,  but  they  show  a  tendency  toward  poetic 
figures  of  speech,  and  many  terms  which  we  use 
daily  in  the  most  matter  of  fact  way,  if  we  stop 
to  examine  them,  show  an  interesting  technical 
and  literary  history.  This  is  particularly  the 
case  with  radio  terms,  and  I  purpose  to  classify 
and  discuss  some  of  these|  now  popular  expres- 
sions in  the  light  of  their  origin  and  history. 

Radio,  contrary  to  the  notion  of  many  of  its 
devotees,  did  not  start  in  1920.  It  had  its  period 
of  development  in  the  minds  of  men  like  Maxwell, 
Henry,  Heaviside,  and  Hertz,  it  was  born  three 
decades  ago,  and  it  is  now  past  its  infancy.  It 
has  borrowed  from  all  the  older  engineering 
arts  both  words  and  ideas.  If,  as  someone  has 
asserted,  one  can  understand  a  thing  only  by 
understanding  how  it  became  what  it  is,  an 
examination  of  the  technical  jargon  of  radio 
should  be  as  instructive  as  an  article  on  hook-ups 
and  super-circuits — and  a  little  more  out  of  the 
ordinary. 

Physical  Characteristics 

As  in  every  field,  the  obvious  physical  char- 
acteristics of  objects  suggest  suitable  names. 
We  speak  of  cat-whisker  detectors,  bulbs,  tubes, 
condenser  plates,  plugs,  knobs,  etc.  Position 
in  space  acts  in  the  same  way;  aerial  is  the  most 
prominent  instance.  The  types  of  aerials  are  all 
named  in  the  same  way:  umbrella,  harp,  fan, 
V,  inverted-V,  flat-top,  inverted-L,  and  T. 
In  these  cases  the  name,  or  the  figure  of  speech, 
was  suggested  by  the  physical  appearance. 
Somewhat  the  same  process  occurs  with  in- 
ductance coils.  We  refer  to  inductance  spirals 
and  helices,  and  to  honeycomb,  latticework, 
basket-wound  or  cellular  coils  where  the  criss- 


FIG.    2 
A  typical  test  report  made  by  broadcast  operators  on  the  condition  of  an  outside  wire  used  for  picking  up  programs 


LOOP    NUMBER 

TO 

LEAKS   TO    GROUND 

CONTINUITY 

DATE 

OPERATOR 

465 

Criterion  Theatre 

Tip              Sleeve 
8                   8 

118 

9/15/2? 

GN 

DECEMBER,  1925 


EARLY  TRIUMPHS  OF  "WIRELESS" 


195 


crossing  of  the  turns  results  in  a  cellular  struct- 
ure. This  is  the  simplest  and  least  imaginative 
portion  of  radio  philology. 

Figurative  Expressions 

If  to  call  an  aerial  by  that  name  is  an  obvious 
procedure — as  well  as  a  trifle  out  of  date  in  those 
instances  where  the  aerial  has  been  taken  in  out 
of  the  wet  to  share  the  rarified  atmosphere 
with  the  vases  and  porcelain  dogs  on  the  Dutch 
shelf  of  the  living  room — the  term  antenna  is 
a  step  higher  in  the  literary  if  not  in  the  physical 
sense.  This  was  originally  a  zoological  name, 
applied  to  the  organs  of  feeling  with  which 
lobsters,  cockroaches,  and  other  noble  animals 
poke  their  way.  No  one  who  has  seen  an  insect 
waving  his  antennae  around  when  in  an  un- 
certain situation,  confronted,  for  example,  by 
an  angry  housewife  with  a  mop,  could  have 
overlooked  the  analogy  with  a  crystal  set  owner 
striving  to  receive  Los  Angeles  from  the  Eastern 
coast.  A  radio  antenna  is,  in  fact,  an  artificial 
feeler  or  organ  of  sensation. 

We  speak  of  a  "phantom"  or  "dummy" 
antenna,  as  used  for  testing  purposes  where 
radiation  must  be  suppressed.  Another  figu- 
rative expression  in  connection  with  antennas 
is  "counterpoise" — literally  a  counterweight — 
applied  to  a  network  of  wires  beneath  an  an- 
tenna, the  purpose  being  to  keep  the  electric 
field  away  from  poor  conducting  materials,  such 
as  dry  earth,  and  thereby  to  reduce  the  losses 
of  the  transmitting  system.  It  might  really 
be  called  a  "counter-capacity." 

The  Memoirs  of  a  Radio  Engineer 
VII 

NOWADAYS  radio  gets  the  bulk  of  its 
publicity  through  broadcasting.  Some 
famous  opera  singer  performs  for  the 
radio,  or  the  President  delivers  a  speech,  and  the 
headline  writers  get  busy.  In  the  pre-broad- 
casting  era,  maritime  disasters  in  which  radio 
played  a  part  were  the  principal  source  of  pub- 
licity for  the  art.  Of  course,  at  that  time  there 
was  a  novelty  about  the  whole  business  which 
has  largely  disappeared  since,  so  that  incidents 
like  two  stations  exchanging  messages  over  a 
distance  of  a  few  thousand  miles,  would  get  into 
the  newspapers,  while  now  no  one  pays  any 
attention  to  them.  But  anything  that  saves 
human  lives  interests  everybody,  and  it  was  in 
connection  with  accidents  at  sea  that  many 
people  first  heard  of  radio  or  had  it  called  strik- 
ingly, often  unforgettably,  to  their  attention. 
It  must  be  remembered  that  at  this  time,  around 
1910, communication  with  a  vessel  at  sea  was  still 
a  novelty.  The  act  requiring  passenger-carrying 
vessels  making  sea  voyages  more  than  100 
miles  in  length  to  be  equipped  with  "wireless" 
was  passed  by  the  United  States  Congress  in 
that  year.  1 1  was  not  much  more  than  ten  years 
before  that  the  first  radio  set  had  been  installed 
on  a  ship.  Along  in  the  early  part  of  the  first 
decade  of  the  Twentieth  Century,  it  was  still 
the  usual  thing  for  vessels  carrying  hundreds  of 
passengers  to  leave  land  and  not  be  heard  from 
again  till  they  reached  their  destination,  or, 
in  some  instances,  not  to  be  heard  from  again 
at  all.  The  sea  swallowed  them  up,  and  that 
was  all.  After  radio  was  introduced,  such 
episodes  became  rare.  Radio  cannot  prevent 
shipwrecks  altogether,  but  a  great  percentage 
of  them  may  be  avoided  by  its  use,  and  practi- 
cally always  help  can  be  summoned  when  needed. 
That  help  may  be  only  partially  effective,  or  it 
may  arrive  too  late,  for,  unfortunately,  men  and 
ships  cannot  be  transported  with  the  speed  of  the 
ether  waves,  and  there  are  storms  and  situations 


in  which  every  ship  has  all  it  can  do  to  take  care 
of  itself,  but  at  least  one  has  the  consolation  of 
knowing  that  what  man  can  do  was  done. 
Before  radio  got  into  the  picture,  a  vessel  could 
burn  up  or  founder  with  hundreds  of  people  on 
board,  and  another  ship  near  by  might  go  on  its 
way  oblivious  of  what  was  happening.  There 
is  no  tragedy  like  an  avoidable  tragedy. 

It  was  in  1909  that  through  the  intervention 
of  radio  such  a  tragedy  was  averted.  The 
White  Star  passenger  steamship  Republic  collided 
near  Nantucket  Light  with  the  freighter  Florida 
and  sank  some  hours  later.  But  before  she  went 
down  she  called  for  help  on  her  wireless  set, 
operated  by  Jack  Binns.  That  call,  picked 
up  at  Siasconsett,  Massachusetts  and  by  various 
other  coast  and  ship  stations,  resulted  in  all  the 
passengers  and  crew  being  taken  off  the  Re- 
public before  she  sank,  and  what  would  probably 
have  amounted  to  a  loss  of  hundreds  of  lives 
was  limited  to  the  six  casualties  which  had 
occurred  during  the  actual  collision.  The 
world  sat  up  and  took  notice.  Mafiy  people 
who  had  thought  of  the  wireless  telegraph  as 
merely  an  interesting  scientific  toy,  changed 
their  minds  overnight.  Some  of  them  bought 
stock  in  radio  companies,  not  all  of  it  good. 

Three  years  passed,  with  the  number  of  wire- 
less stations  and  activities  in  general  increasing 
rapidly.  Then,  once  more,  the  aerial  telegraph 
played  its  part,  effectively  enough,  and  yet  it  was 
not  sufficient  to  obviate  a  great  loss  of  life  when 
the  S.  S.  Titanic,  then  the  largest  ship  in  the 
world,  sank  800  miles  off  the  Grand  Banks  of 
Newfoundland,  at  2  a.m.,  April  15,  1912,  after 
striking  an  iceberg.  The  Titanic  was  driving 
through  the  night  on  her  maiden  trip,  trying  to 
make  a  record  for  the  crossing  (Those  were  the 
days  of  rivalry  between  British  and  German 
shipping  interests)  when  her  nose  crashed  into  a 
"growler"  of  moderate  size,  but  large  enough 
to  open  the  liner's  compartments,  so  that  she 
sank  only  a  few  hours  later.  Although  the 
accident  occurred  in  midocean,  many  vessels 
were  near,  and  if  the  Titanic  could  have  managed 


to  stay  afloat  six  or  eight  hours  almost  everyone 
might  have  been  saved.  The  nearest  ship  was 
the  Carpatbia  and  it  was  she  who  sped  58  miles, 
under  forced  draught,  in  three  and  one  half 
hours,  arriving  at  the  scene  of  the  disaster 
at  4. 10  in  the  morning,  to  find  lifeboats  filled  with 
survivors  dotting  the  icy  sea.  The  dead  num- 
bered 1635,  among  them  Jack  Phillips,  the 
senior  wireless  operator,  to  whom  the  surviving 
700  owed  their  lives,  for  it  was  his  CQD  and  sos 
calls  that  summoned  the  Carpatbia  to  the 
rescue.  Other  vessels,  the  Olympic,  the  Birma, 
the  Virginian,  and  the  Baltic,  were  on  their 
way,  but  turned  around  on  hearing  that  the 
Carpatbia  had  already  done  all  that  human 
sailors  in  iron  ships  could  do. 

Great  as  the  service  of  radio  proved  on  this 
occasion,  luck  and  uncertainty  played  too  great 
a  part  in  what  followed  the  collision  of  the  ship 
and  the  iceberg.  The  Titanic  carried  an  ade- 
quate transmitting  set,  with  a  day  range  of  more 
than  400  miles  and  a  night  range  which  carried  her 
cry  of  distress  far  over  the  sea,  and  yet  she  might 
easily  have  missed  altogether  the  Carpathia, 
the  one  ship  near  enough  to  give  quick  assistance. 
It  was  also  rumored  at  the  time  that  one 
freighter,  unequipped  with  radio,  was  even 
closer  and  might  have  taken  off  passengers 
who  could  not  find  a  place  in  the  lifeboats  and 
whose  lives  ended  shortly  in  the  cold  water. 
The  fact  was  that  the  Carpathia's  one  operator, 
H.  T.  Cottam,  was  going  to  bed  before  the 
Titanic  smashed  her  nose  on  the  iceberg,  and 
it  was  only  by  chance,  or,  if  you  please,  the 
intervention  of  Providence,  that  he  stayed  up 
a  little  longer  to  get  off  some  messages,  and 
heard  the  Titanic's  CQD  buzzing  into  his  head- 
phones, at  12:35  in  the  morning.  Cottam 
already  had  his  coat  off.  Had  he  taken  off 
the  phones  and  grounded  his  antenna  a  few 
minutes  earlier,  the  Carpatbia  would  have 
continued  tranquilly  on  her  course  while  2000 
people  were  perishing  60  miles  away.  The 
necessity  of  a  continuous  watch  by  two  or  more 
operators  was  impressed  on  everyone 
( To  be  continued) 


MARINE    RADIO    GAVE   THE    ART    ITS    FIRST    PUBLICITY 


"ARL 


A  Gallery  of  Interesting  Models  of  the  RADIO 
BROADCAST  "Aristocrat"  Receiver,  Espe- 
cially Adapted  for  the  Phonograph  Cabinet 
— the  High  Quality  Audio  Channel  is  Assured 
by  Resistance- Coupled  Amplification 


FIG.  1 

One  of  the  Phonograph  Receivers  described  in  RADIO  BROADCAST  for  June, 
July,  and  August,  converted  into  a  RADIO  BROADCAST  "Aristocrat"  by  the 
addition  of  one  tube  and  by  replacing  the  transformers  with  Dubilier  con« 
denser  and  resistance  units  for  making  a  resistance-coupled  amplifier 


FIG.  2 

This  is  a  bottom  view  of  the  receiver  shown  in  Figs.  5  and  8.  The  filament 
circuit  in  this  receiver  has  been  somewhat  altered  in  that  j-ampere  ballasts, 
one  each,  have  been  used  in  the  detector  and  radio-frequency  amplifier  filament 
circuits.  A  half-ampere  ballast  is  used  in  the  first  two  audio  tube  circuits  and 
another  is  used  in  the  output  tube  circuit.  Where  six-volt  tubes  are  used 
instead  of  the  five-volt  type,  short  pieces  of  bus  wire  may  be  employed  in 
place  of  the  ballast  resistors  as  indicated  at  the  left  hand  side  of  the  illustration, 
where  two  such  base  connections  have  been  made.  It  will  be  noted  that 
in  this  receiver  Brach  resistance  coupling  units  and  Brach  ballast  resistors 
have  been  used 


FIG.  3 

Another  RADIO  BROADCAST  Phonograph  Receiver  converted  into  an  "  Aris* 
tocrat"  by  the  use  of  a  three-stage  Muter  resistance-coupled  amplifier 


FIG.  4 

This  RADIO  BROADCAST  "Aristocrat"  was  made  by  Radio  Research  Laboratories,  New  York,  and  they  have  incorporated  some  slight  modifications  of  their  own, 
which  are  to  be  commended.  For  instance,  the  General  Radio  variocoupler  used  in  the  antenna  circuit  makes  it  possible  to  compensate  for  various  antennas 
without  tap  switch.  The  voltmeter  has  a  multiplier  in  series  as  it  is  one  of  the  double  scale  type.  Victor  coils  have  been  used  in  the  radio  frequency  unit, 
and  they  have  been  found  very  satisfactory.  Two  Pacent  lo-ohm  rheostats  are  employed,  one  in  the  detector  circuit  and  one  in  the  radio-frequency  amplifier 
circuit.  The  latter  makes  a  particularly  good  volume  control.  The  entire  assembly  is  an  example  of  the  kind  of  workmanship  that  any  home  constructor  may 

accomplish  if  he  will  devote  himself  sincerely  to  the  job 


FIG.  5 

This  is  a  rear  view  of  the  receiver  shown  in  Fig.  8.  The  simplicity  of  the 
layout  is  brought  out  thoroughly  from  this  viewpoint.  It  will  be  noted  that 
the  sockets  extend  far  enough  beneath  the  sub-base  to  allow  wiring  to  be  made 
at  approximately  the  level  of  the  socket  prongs.  The  manner  of  fastening 
the  sub-base  and  binding  post  strip  to  the  Bruno  bracket  is  very  satisfactory 
and  very  substantial 


FIG.  6 

A  Phonograph   Receiver  using   the  National   Regenoformer  Kit  and  the 

Browning-Drake  circuit  with  a  Heath  resistance  coupled  amplifier  unit.     A 

199  tube  used  in  the  radio  frequency  part  of  the  circuit  to  save  current  and 

facilitate  neutralization 


FIG.  7 

This  is  the  under  side  of  Fig.  6.  The  small  resistance  in  series  with  the  right 
hand  rheostat  is  used  to  reduce  the  current  from  the  borage  battery  to  a  point 
where  operation  of  the  199  tube  is  possible  without  overloading.  The  use  of 
a  three-Sage  resistance-coupled  unit  in  receivers  of  this  kind  makes  the  entire 
wiring  job  a  simple  one.  The  arrangement  illustrated  in  Figs.  6  and  7  is  very 
neat  and  the  performance  of  the  receiver  is  such  that  we  do  not  hesitate  to 
recommend  it  for  those  who  desire  a  really  good  receiver  for  installation  in 
their  phonographs 


FIG.  8 

Another  RADIO  BROADCAST  "Aristocrat"  receiver.  The  panel  itself  is  but  18 
inches  in  length  and  there  is  plenty  of  room  left  at  either  end.  Specially  de' 
signed  coils  for  the  "Aristocrat"  receiver,  made  by  the  American  Mechanical 
Laboratories,  have  been  incorporated  in  this  model  and  the  movable  tickler  is 
replaced  by  a  variable  resistance.  This  unit  with  the  primary  and  secondary 
radio  frequency  coils  is  called  a  Clarotuner.  Bruno  brackets  have  been  used 
and  the  sub-base  has  been  made  to  our  design  by  the  Osborne  Company  of 
Boston,  Massachusetts. 


Regeneration  may  be  Obtained  Either  by  Variable 
'Tickler  or  Resistance  Shunted  Across  A  Fixed  Tickler 


Circuit  Enclosed  Herein  Comprises  Resistance  Coupled 
f  Amplifier  which  may  be  Obtained  as  a  Complete  Unit 


Separate  Resistor  Units  may  be  Employed  in  the  Audio  Amplifier^ 
'  where  the  Complete  Manufactured  Amplifier  is  not  used 

«/  ** 


~l 


.002  to  .004 
Determine  by 
experiment, 
the  necessity 
for  the  use  of 
this  Condense 


FIG.  9 

This  is  the  circuit  diagram  of  the  RADIO  BROADCAST  "Aristocrat".     Note  that  the  connections  of  C3  have  been  altered.    They  were  incorrectly  shown 

in  the  diagram  accompanying  the  constructional  article  on  this  circuit  on  page  30  of  RADIO  BROADCAST  for  November.     A  .5  mfd.  condenser  should 

be  tried  across  the  B  battery,  which  may  improve  the  tone.     Amperite  ballasts  may  be  used  for  filament  control  in  each  of  the  tubes 


How  to  Use  Meters  in  Your  Receiver 

The  Meter  is  a  Comparatively  Inexpensive  and  Valuable  Refine' 
merit — How  Meters  Work  and  How  to  Use  Them  for  Best  Results 


N 


*OT  a  few  broad- 
cast listeners  have 
the  idea  that 
meters  in  a  radio 

receiver,  if  they  are  built  in  at 

all,  are  there  forappearance  and 

not  for  any  good  they  may  do 

in  enabling  the  operator  of  the 

set  to  use   his  receiver  more 

effectively.      Of  course,  every- 
body  knows   that   a  set    will 

work  without  a  meter,  but  few 

know  how  much  the  proper 

meters  will   help   in   obtaining    economy 

and  quality  performance. 
A    small    voltmeter,    connected    in    the 

filament    circuit    enables   one    quickly    to 

turn  the  control  rheostats  to  the  proper 

point  so  that  enough  current   is  flowing 


By  JAMES  MILLEN 


article  might  have  an  alternative  title,  "How  to  Get  More  Out  of  Your 
Receiver,"  for  that  is  exactly  what  will  happen  if  Mr.  Millen's  suggestions 
are  followed.  It  is  easy  enough  for  anyone  to  tell  how  a  radio  receiver  is  operat- 
ing  acoustically,  but  electrically,  meters  are  required  to  tell  the  operator  how  the 
circuits  are  functioning.  The  addition  of  the  proper  meters  to  any  set  is  neither 
an  inordinately  expensive  matter  nor  a  very  difficult  one.  The  mere  assurance 
that  one  is  using  his  tubes  at  the  proper  filament  voltage  is  enough  reason  for 
installing  the  meters.  In  addition,  the  use  of  a  plate  current  milliameler  will 
register  instantly  the  slightest  distortion  occuring  in  the  audio  circuit,  after  the 
fashion  described  by  Mr.  Crom  in  his  article  in  RADIO  BROADCAST  for  October. 
Mr.  Millen's  excellent  suggestions  can  aid  every  home  constructor  and  net  a  few 
of  those  who  have  manufactured  sets  which  they  would  like  to  improve. 

— THE  EDITOR. 


used.  Should  the  needle 
fluctuate  violently  in  both 
directions,  the  tube  is  very 
much  overloaded  and  both  B 
and  C  voltages  must  be 
materially  increased. 

MANY    USES    FOR  METERS 

THERE  are  also  a  number 
of  other   uses  for  meters 


I 


1 


•IT 


•tl 


(Multiplier) 


\*r\  Galvanometer 


*  I  "*! 

FIG.     I 

This  diagram   shows   how  a   resistance   and   a 

current    measuring    device    are    employed    to 

determine  voltage 

through  the  circuit  to  heat  the  filament 
wire  to  insure  emission  of  electrons  in 
the  proper  quantity.  This  is  one  of  the 
conditions  for  the  production  of  good 
quality.  At  the  same  time,  the  fila- 
ment is  not  operated  above  its  rated  volt- 
age. This  prolongs  the  life  of  the  tube. 
When  a  tube  is  used  with  a  very  slight 
increase  over  its  rated  voltage,  its  life  is 
greatly  reduced. 

Depleted   B  batteries  are  frequently  a 
source   of   noise   and   distortion    in   radio 


-  Galvanometer 
t 


t 

^<Lr 

u 

'2 

(Shunt) 

FIG.    2 

A  shunt  resistance  is  employed  in  order  that  only 

a  small  percentage  of  the  total  current  in  the 

circuit  passes  through  the  meter 


receivers.  And  when,  as  is  frequently 
the  case,  the  B  batteries  are  located  in  the 
cellar  or  some  out-of-the-way  place,  it  is 
inconvenient  to  test  them  frequently  with 
a  pocket  voltmeter.  So  they  are  often 
neglected  and  as  a  result  the  quality  of 
reception  becomes  poorer,  all  unnoticed 
by  the  owner,  because  the  process  is  grad- 
ual. But  some  evening,  when  the  receiver 
is  put  into  operation  it  refuses  to  work. 
Had  the  set  been  provided  with  a  con- 
veniently arranged  panel  voltmeter,  the 
operator  could  have  made  a  frequent  and 
easy  check  on  the  condition  of  the  batteries. 

The  third  meter  which  helps  toward 
good  quality  and  economical  operation 
is  a  plate-current  milliammeter.  A  plate 
milliammeter  primarily  indicates  the  rate 
at  which  energy  is  being  drawn  from  the 
B  batteries.  If  this  plate  current  is  ex- 
cessive, the  life  of  the  batteries  and  the 
tubes  will  be  seriously  impaired.  By 
means  of  proper  C  voltages  it  is  possible 
to  vary  the  plate  current  and  thus  secure 
the  value  specified  by  the  manufacturers 
of  the  tube  for  any  given  plate  voltage. 

A  second,  but  not  a  lesser  important 
function  of  the  plate  milliammeter,  is  to 
indicate  how  an  amplifier  tube  is  "modula- 
ting." For  quality  reception  it  is  abso- 
lutely essential  that  the  d.  c.  component 
of  the  space  current  of  a  tube,  as  indicated 
by  a  d.  c.  milliammeter  does  not  vary. 
If  the  needle  on  the  milliammeter  drops 
down  on  a  strong 
signal,  the  tube  is  said 
to  be  "modulating 
down"  and  the  C 
voltage  must  be  in- 
creased. If,  on  the 
other  hand,  the  needle 
advances  on  a  strong 
signal,  the  amplifier  is 
said  to  be  "modulat- 
ing up,"  which  indi- 
cates that  the  C  volt- 
age is  too  high  for  the 
plate  voltage  being 


in  connection  with  radio  re- 
ceiving sets,  but  with  the 
equipment  as  available  at  pre- 
sent, their  use  is  of  value  mainly  in  the 
laboratory.  Such  a  meter  is  an  ammeter 
for  indicating  the  rate  at  which  a  storage 
battery  is  being  charged.  As  the  charg- 
ing rate  on  the  majority  of  home  battery 
chargers  is  not  variable,  there  is  little  to 
be  gained  by  the  use  of  a  meter  in  such 
cases. 


Scale 


Permanent 
'  Magnet 


Non-Magnetic  /    -*-"  "-»-        AirGap 

Support  ' 

FIG.    3 

The  most  accurate  meters  are  of  the  moving-coil 
type,  such  as  shown  in  this  diagram.  The  photo- 
graph below  shows  a  meter  of  the  moving  coil 
type,  apart.  The  D-shaped  piece  on  the  base  of 
the  meter,  center,  is  the  permanent  magnet 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


FIG.    3A 


DECEMBER,  1925 


HOW  TO  USE  METERS  IN  YOUR  RECEIVER 


199 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photographs 


FIG.    4 
There  are  a  number  of  different  concerns  making  meters  for  radio  use.   The  products  of  Hoyt  (Burton  and  Rogers),  Dongan,  Jewell,  and  Cellokay  are  shown 


Another  such  meter  is  a  wavelength  or 
frequency  meter,  but  this  too  may  be  dis- 
pensed with  in  the  modern  radio  broadcast 
receiver  by  the  simple  expedient  of  cali- 
brating the  dials  on  the  receiving  set. 

All  of  the  meters  referred  to  above  with 
the  exception  of  the  wavemeter  are  funda- 
mentally the  same — that  is,  they  are 
essentially  galvanometers,  or  devices  for 
indicating  current  flow.  If  a  voltage  is  to 
be  measured,  then  a  high  resistance  unit, 
called  a  multiplier,  is  connected  in  series 
with  a  galvanometer  and  the  combination 
connected  to  the  source  whose  voltage  is  to 
be  measured.  This  arrangement  is  shown 
in  Fig.  i.  A  small  current  will  flow 
through  the  resistance  and  galvanometer. 
The  galvanometer  will  indicate  the  value 
of  this  current.  Now,  by  means  of  one  of 
the  fundamental  laws  of  electricity,  it  is 
possible  to  compute  the  voltage  readily 
across  the  terminals  A,  B,  Fig.  i,  as  the 
value  of  the  resistance,  R,  and  the  current 
I,  are  known.  This,  known  as  "Ohm's 
Law,"  says  that  the  voltage  across  a  resis- 
tance due  to  current  flowing  through  the 

FIG.   *, 

External  cased  meters  may  be  placed 
as  shown  on  a  previously  built  set. 
The  voltmeter  at  the  left  shows 
filament  volts,  and  the  milliam- 
meter  at  the  right  indicates  B 
battery  consumption.    Both  are 
Weston  meters 


resistance  is  equal  to  the  product  of  resis- 
tance in  ohms  and  the  current  in  amperes, 
which,  in  symbols  is  E  =  IR. 

Of  course,  it  is  not  convenient  to  make 
even  this  simple  calculation  every  time 
one  wants  to  know  the  voltage  of  his 
batteries,  so  the  manufacturers  put  a 
special  scale  on  the  galvanometer  which 
reads  directly  in  volts.  Then  they  go 
still  another  step  farther  and  build  meters 
having  an  inherent  resistance  of  such  a 
magnitude  that,  for  voltages  under  say 
50  volts,  the  use  of  an  external  resistance 
or  multiplier  is  dispensed  with.  For  higher 
voltages,  such  as  B  battery  voltages,  it  is 
generally  customary  for  the  meter  manu- 
facturers to  take  a  lower  voltage  meter, 
such  as  one  having 
a  range  of  10  volts 
and  making  a  mul- 
tiplier which  will 
give  a  range  of 
100  volts.  The 
scale  on  the  meter 
is  then  frequently 
a  double  one,  so 


that  either  the  o-io,  or  o-ioo-volt  scale 
may  be  referred  to  depending  upon  whether 
or  not  the  multiplier  is  being  used. 

Ammeters  are  also  fundamentally  galvan- 
ometers, which  would  be  burned  out  if  a 
heavy  current  were  to  be  passed  through 
them.  In  order  that  they  may  be  used 
to  measure  heavy  currents,  resistances 
are  connected  across  them  so  as  to  "by- 
pass" most  of  the  current  and  thus  let 
only  a  small  fraction  of  the  total  current 
pass  through  the  meter.  This  "by-pass"  re- 
sistance is  known  as  a  shunt  and  in  the  case 
of  the  small  panel  mounting  typeof  milliam- 
meters  used  for  radio  work,  the  shunt 
generally  consists  of  a  small  piece  of  resist- 
ance wire  contained  within  the  meter  case. 


200 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


DECEMBER,  1925 


( 

t* 

H 
J 

n 

i 

) 

Multiplier 

i/vwvw- 

^/VW 

liH 

— 

filamsntVolts  .,. 
Open  Circuit  Jack 

Jl  Plug 

ia 
Plate  C 

Closed  Ci 

a,  L 

ircuit  ' 
rcuitJack 

^-  Plate  Volts 
nOpen  Circuit  Jack 

FIG.  9 

This  is  the  panel  view  of  the  "Aristocrat"  receiver  shown  in  Fig.  4  on  page  196  of  this  issue. 


The 


switch  below  the  meter  at  the  right  side  of  the  panel  allows  the  meter  to  read  either  filament  or 

plate  voltages 


FIG.    7 

By  connecting  three  jacks  in  each  tube  circuit,  it 
is  possible  to  use  one  meter  for  many  different 
purposes,  in  order  that  several  different  multi- 
pliers will  not  be  required,  one  multiplier  may 
be  arranged  with  a  short-circuiting  switch  in  the 
plug  circuit 

HOW   THE   METER   WORKS 

THE  galvanometer  units  generally, 
in  the  higher  grade  instruments, 
consists  of  a  movable  coil,  to  which  is 
affixed  a  pointer,  pivoted  in  a  strong 
magnetic  field  set  up  by  a  permanent 
magnet  of  the  "horseshoe"  type.  This 
arrangement  is  illustrated  in  Fig.  3.  When 
a  current  passes  through  the  coil,  an  elec- 
tro-magnetic field  is  set  up  which  reacts 
with  that  set  up  by  the  permanent  magnet 
and  the  coil  tends  to  rotate.  It  is  held  back 
by  a  small  hair  spring.  The  force  (or  as 
it  is  technically  called,  torque)  tending  to 
rotate  the  coil  is  directly  proportional  to 
the  current  f. owing  through  the  coil. 
Furthermore,  the  deflection  of  the  coil  is 
governed  by  the  spring,  whose  deflection 
with  certain  limits,  is  directly  proportional 


to  the  torque.  Thus  the  deflection  of  the 
galvanometer  is  directly  proportional  to 
current. 

Instruments,  such  as  the  Weston  and 
the  Jewel  employ  the  movable  coil  type 
of  movement  illustrated  in  Fig.  3.  The 
less  expensive  meters,  especially  the  small 
pocket  volt  and  ammeter  used  for  testing 
dry  cells  are  of  what  are  known  as  either 
the  plugger,  and  iron  vane  type*  The  iron 
vane  type  consists  of  a  small  electro- 
magnet with  a  soft  iron  core.  When  a 
current  is  passed  through  the  winding  of 
the  electro-magnet  a  small  iron  "vane," 
which  is  mounted  on  a  shaft,  is  attracted. 
The  vane  is  held  back  by  the  permanent 
magnet,  and  a  pointer  is  affixed  to  the  shaft 
so  as  to  indicate  the  deflection. 

The  electro-magnet  in  an  ammeter  of 
this  type  consists  of  a  half  dozen  turns 
of  very  heavy  wire,  whereas  the  voltmeter 
elec.ro-magnet  is  wound  with  many  turns 
of  very  fine  wire. 

In  the  past,  instruments  of  the  iron  vane 
type  have  not  been  considered  very  accur- 
ate for  high  grade  work.  Furthermore, 
they  consumed  considerable  power,  and 


-B 


VF  =  0-7.5  Volts 
VB  •  0-1 50 Volts 

MA=  025  Milliamperes 


FIG.    6 

This  circuit  diagram  shows  how  to  connect  a  filament  voltmeter,  a  plate  voltmeter, 
and  a  plate  milliammeter  in  a   RADIO   BROADCAST  Four-tube  Knockout  receiver 


thus  could  not  be  left  in  a  circuit  for  any 
length  of  time,  as  they  would  run  the 
batteries  down.  This  is  especially  true 
of  voltmeters  since  they  are  shunted  across 
the  supply  and  if  left  in  circuit  would 
deplete  the  batteries  very  rapidly. 

At  present,  however,  there  are  at  least 
two  well-known  concerns  manufacturing 
improved  instruments  of  this  type  which 
are  well  suited  for  radio  use,  particularly 
for  measuring  B  battery  voltages.  Such 
a  meter  mounted  on  the  panel  of  a  tuned 
radio  frequency  receiver  is  shown  in  Fig.  8. 
Two  push  buttons  are  provided  so  that 
either  the  detector  or  the  amplifier  B 
voltages  may  be  instantly  read  with  the 
same  meter.  When  push-buttons  are 
used  for  this  purpose  there  is  no  danger 
of  the  meter  remaining  connected  to  the 
B  batteries  for  long  periods  and  thus  un- 
necessarily running  them  down. 

Fig.  4  shows  a  group  of  different  meters 
for  mounting  on  the  panel  of  a  radio 
receiving  set.  The  meters  may  be  mounted 
in  small  cases,  and  connected  to  the  set 
with  flexible  lamp  cord.  Such  an  arrange- 
ment is  shown  in  Fig.  5. 

Fig.  6  shows  how  these  meters  are  con- 
nected in  a  RADIO  BROADCAST  Four-Tube 
Knockout  receiver.  By  carefully  examin- 
ing the  way  in  which  the  meters  are  con- 
nected in  this  circuit,  the  manner  in  which 
they  should  be  connected  in  any  circuit  will 
be  evident. 

If  a  meter  is  equipped  with  an  ordinary 
phone  plug  and  flexible  cord,  jacks  may 
be  arranged  on  the  panel  of  the  receiver  so 
that  it  may  be  plugged  into  any  part  of  the 
circuit.  Fig.  7  indicates  how  to  connect 
the  jacks  in  a  circuit. 

Instead  of  having  three  separate  meters 
—A  voltage,  B  voltage,  and  plate  current — 
for  use  with  the  set  in  Fig.  7,  one  meter 
may  be  made  to  serve  the  purpose  most 
excellently.  If  a  o  to  7.5  voltmeter  is 
available  it  may  be  used  directly  to  read 
filament  volts,  with  a  resistance  in  series 
(8825  ohms  for  Weston  o-7.5-volt  No.  301) 
to  read  up  to  150  volts  (multiply  scale 
readings  by  20)  and  without  any  attach- 
ments, as  a  milliammeter.  For  the  model 
3t)i  Weston  meters,  a  full  scale  deflection 
requires  16.1  milliamperes  or  for  the  o 
to  7.5  volt  Weston  meter,  each  division 
is  equal  to  2.146  milliamperes  or  approxi- 
mately 2  milliamperes. 


Home  Constructor 


The  Second  of  a  Series  of  Articles — Each  Complete  in  Itself — Showing  the 
Jaded  Home  Builder  How  He  Can  Use  His  Present  Equipment  to  Make 
Valuable  and  Useful  Measurements  and  Experiments  in  His  Own  Home 

-       By  KEITH  HENNEY 

Director,  "1(adio  Broadcast"  Laboratory 


IHERE  can  be  little  doubt  that 
radio  is  one  of  the  most  attractive 
fields  for  home  experiment  that 
has  ever  offered  itself  to  the 
average  layman.  The  ramifica- 
tions of  this  specialized  part  of  electrical 
engineering  are  so  many  and  so  varied 
that  "that  tired  feeling"  of  having  solved 
all  is  always  far  in  the  distance,  and  the 
home  experimenter,  with  inexpensive  and 
not  too  complicated  apparatus,  can  ap- 
proach so  closely  to  actual  scientific 
research  that  he  cannot  help  attaining  a 
distinct  feeling  of  having  accomplished 
something  of  value  at  the  end  of  each 
day's  experiment. 

For  a  long  time  the  Editors  have  been  sure 
that  there  were  many  who  felt  they  had 
built  enough  receivers,  but  who  still  had  a 
craving  to  construct  something  with  their 
own  hands  that  would  work  in  some  useful 
way.  Tools  accumulated  through  days  of 
receiver  building  cannot  lay  idle;  radio 
junk  collected  during  those  same  days,  is 
always  too  good  to  throw  away;  experience 
in  radio  matters  causes  a  yearning  for  more 
experience — and  yet,  to  build  one  more 
receiver  might  be  the  breaking  of  the 
proverbial  camel's  back.  What  is  the  home 
constructor  to  do? 

This  series  of  articles,  of  which  this  is 
the  second,  has  been  planned  with  but  one 
object  in  view,  to  lead  these  jaded  souls 
into  a  field  where  there  is  endless  variety, 
and  where  each  thing  accomplished  leads 
to  something  else.  And  for  those  who 
really  want  to  know  more  about  radio, 
who  want  to  find  out  for  themselves  what 
is  going  on  behind  laboratory  doors,  these 
articles  will  be  written  so  that  they  will  be 
in  some  degree  helpful.  The 
home  constructor  naturally  fits  (gst  ; 
into  the  field  of  radio  experi- 
ment since  he  has  already 
tasted  the  joys  of  building 
successful  apparatus,  and  in 
this  way  he  has  learned  the 
"feeling"  of  electrical  equip- 
ment 

The  first  article,  in  the  Sep- 
tember number,  described  a 
simple  piece  of  laboratory 
equipment  that  is  efficient 
enough  to  grace  the  best  lab- 
oratory, useful  enough  to  make 
it  worth  while  for  any  one  to 
build,  and  at  the  same  time 
inexpensive  and  not  compli- 


cated.  It  is  a  two-tube  oscillator,  one  of 
the  tubes  working  at  broadcasting  radio 
frequencies,  and  the  other  at  a  fixed  audio 
frequency.  Either  tube  may  be  used  alone, 
or  the  two  may  be  operated  together  as  a 
source  of  modulated  high  frequency  energy. 

USES   OF    AN    AUDIO   OSCILLATOR 

FOR   example,  the   audio   part   of  the 
oscillator  referred  to  above  is  used  in 
the  Laboratory  of  RADIO  BROADCAST  for 
the    following   purposes: 

1 .  Source  of  tone  for  testing  open  circuits. 

2.  Tone  for  measuring  capacity,  inductance, 
or  resistance. 

3.  Measuring   the    characteristics   of   audio 
instruments,  such  as  audio-frequency  transform- 
ers, loud  speakers,  etc. 

It  is  common  practice  among  radio 
workers  to  use  a  battery  and  a  pair  of  head 
phones  to  test  open  circuits,  and  at  times 
a  dry-cell  operated  buzzer  is  used.  For 
example  in  a  receiver  which  is  inoperative 
due  to  a  broken  connection,  the  wiring 
may  be  traced  until  the  break  is  found. 

In  testing  audio  frequency  circuits  in 
which  transformers  are  used,  it  is  extremely 
bad  practice  to  use  direct  current  for 
testing.  After  such  a  test  it  may  be 
found  that  the  iron  cores  are  magnetized 
with  the  result  that  distortion  occurs 
when  the  amplifier  is  again  placed  in 
operation.  In  the  laboratories  of  the 
telephone  companies,  where  hundreds  of 
telephone  transformers  are  used,  it  is 
strictly  against  the  rules  for  laboratory 
assistants  to  "buzz"  out  circuits  either 
with  the  phones  and  dry  cell  or  with  a 
buzzer. 

The    iooo-cyc!e   tone   emitted    by    the      any  large 


CT*O  SHOW  bow  the  home  constructor  can  go  on  in  radio  after  be  has  built  the 
•*•  radio  sets  that  to  bint  are  satisfactory,  is  the  purpose  of  these  articles.  The 
first  "  What  Is  to  Become  of  the  Home  Constructor?  "  appeared  in  this  magazine 
for  September  and  has  created  a  phenomenal  amount  of  interest.  Each  of  these 
articles  really  gives  a  complete  set  of  experiments  and  useful  tests  which  may  be 
made  by  any  experimenter  who  is  properly  equipped.  The  apparatus,  most  of 
it  at  least,  in  the  form  of  parts,  is  in  the  radio  "junk  pile"  of  almost  every 
constructor.  Each  article  is  complete  in  itself,  the  experiments  are  related  and 
they  have  a  very  definite  use  in  any  one  of  a  number  of  ways.  Using  the  audio 
oscillator  to  test  receivers  and  the  radio  oscillator  to  calibrate  them,  is,  for  ex- 
ample, of  great  use  to  radio  dealers  who  take  pride  in  their  repair  and  service 
departments.  The  uses  of  the  radio  oscillator  suggested  here  are  novel  and  in- 
genious and  bound  to  be  helpful.  Those  who  are  interested  in  laying  out  a 
modest  little  "lab."  of  their  own  will  be  interested  in  the  suggestions  given  at  the 
end  of  this  article. — THE  EDITOR. 


audio  oscillator  described  in  the  September 
article,  is  an  alternating  current  of  small 
amplitude  which  cannot  magnetize  the 
cores  of  any  transformers.  Fig.  i  shows 
the  usual  method  of  testing  open  circuits 
with  battery  and  headphones,  as  well  as 
the  correct  method  of  using  the  audio 
oscillator  as  a  tone  tester.  The  jack  in 
the  oscillator  provides  an  outlet  for  the 
looo-cycle  tone  and  a  plug  in  this  jack 
will  have  the  alternating  voltage  across 
its  terminals.  One  terminal  should  go 
to  the  receivers,  and  the  remaining  wires, 
one  from  the  oscillator  and  the  other  from 
the  phones,  should  go  across  the  sus- 
pected broken  connection. 

Capacity  and  inductance,  as  well  as  al- 
ternating current  resistance,  are  measured 
by  what  is  known  as  an  "impedance 
bridge"  which  operates  from  a  source  of 
alternating  current.  The  audio  part  of 
this  oscillator  is  again  useful  here,  and 
Fig.  2  shows  how  it  is  used  in  the  Labor- 
atory. It  is  not  necessary  to  have  much 
power  for  work  of  this  kind,  and  if  extrane- 
ous noises  make  it  difficult  to  get  proper 
balance  on  the  bridge,  a  one-  or  two-stage 
audio  amplifier  is  connected  to  the  bridge 
and  thence  to  the  receivers.  For  example, 
in  the  Laboratory,  the  noise  and  vibration 
from  presses,  in  action  several  floors  below, 
makes  it  difficult  to  obtain  correct  mea- 
surements, without  the  aid  of  the  amplifier 
shown  in  Fig.  2. 

A   simplified   form   of    bridge    will    be 
described  soon  in  this  series  and,  with  the 
aid  of  the  audio  oscillator,  will  enable  the 
experimenter  to  measure  his  own  induct- 
ances and  capacities  just   as  is   done  in 
and  well  equipped  laboratory. 
This  will  eliminate  much  of  the 
cut-and-try  method    that   is 
now  in  order  when  the  radio 
builder  decides  to  make  new 
coils,  or  to  try  different  sizes 
of  condensers  to  tune  to  cer- 
tain frequencies.     The  bridge 
shown  in  Fig.    2  is   made   by 
the  General  Radio  Company. 
By  varying  the  tuning  con- 
denser across  the  secondary  of 
the  oscillator,  notes  may  be 
secured    varying   from    about 
200  cycles  to  the  natural  fre- 
quency   of    the    transformer 
itself,  which  is  usually  around 
5000    cycles.     These  tones 
may  be  amplified  if  necessary, 


•t&f 


202 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


DECEMBER,  1925 


and  used  to  determine  the  characteristics 
of  audio-frequency  transformers  as  well 
as  the  resonance  peaks  which  exist  in 
many  loud  speakers.  Methods  of  testing 
these  low  frequency  instruments  will  be 
described  later.  Calibrating  the  oscillator 
is  not  difficult  provided  access  is  had  to  a 
musical  instrument  that  is  accurately 
tuned. 

Middle  C  on  a  properly  tuned  piano  cor- 
responds to  a  frequency  of  256  cycles  per 
second,  and  is  a  good  starting  point  for  the 
calibration  of  an  audio  oscillator.  The 
tuning  condenser  should  be  varied  until 
the  sounds  emitted  by  the  piano  string  and 
the  oscillator  are  the  same.  Other  fre- 
quencies may  be  obtained  in  the  same 


manner.  The  relation  between 
frequency  and  the  piano  scale 
will  be  shown  graphically  in  the 
January  RADIO  BROADCAST. 

Tuning  forks  may  be  pur- 
chased from  musical  supply 
houses  and  a  small  set,  say, 
those  of  256,  512,  1024,  and  4196 
cycles,  will  enable  any  one  to 
calibrate  an  oscillator. 


FIG.     I 

A  source  of  pure  alter- 
nating current  is  useful 
in    testing     audio -fre- 
quency transformers. 
There  is  no  danger  of 
magnetizing    the    cores 
when  such  a  tone  source 
is   used.      The   battery 
"click"  method  is  dan- 
gerous.    An    Erla    cru- 
ciform audio  trans- 
former is  being  test- 
ed in  this  view 


USING  THE  RADIO  OSCILLATOR 


In  the  Laboratory,  the  radio 


FIG.    2 

An  impedance  bridge  for  measuring  induc- 
tance or  capacity  requires  a  source  of  alter- 
nating current.  In  this  laboratory  arrange- 
ment, the  modulated  oscillator  furnishes  the 
tone,  and  a  General  Radio  Inductometer  is 
used  as  a  standard  of  inductance  by  which 
the  toroid  is  being  measured.  The  other  ap- 
paratus is  a  two-stage  audio  amplifier  and 
telephone  receivers  for  obtaining  an  audible 
balance.  The  picture  diagram  above  shows 
how  the  apparatus  is  connected 


part  of  this  simple  device  is  used  for  the 
following  purposes: 

1.  Calibrate  receiving  sets. 

2.  Set  receiver  for  a  given  frequency. 

3.  Measure  the  frequency  of  incoming  signals. 

4.  As     a     separate     oscillator     for     super- 
heterodynes. 

5.  Source    of    radio    frequency    energy    for 
measuring  losses  in  coils,  etc. 

6.  Wavemeter. 

7.  Energy  for  neutralizing  receivers. 

As  an  example,  let  us  suppose  that  a 
new  receiver  is  constructed  and  we  are 
desirous  of  finding  out  what  frequency 
band  it  will  cover.  We  crank  up  the  oscil- 
lator and  tune  the  receiver  to  it.  Noting 
the  dial  numbers  of  the  receiver,  we  change 
the  frequency  of  the  oscillator  and  again 
tune  the  receiver.  In  this  manner  we 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


DECEMBER,  1925 


NEW  FIELDS  FOR  THE  HOME  CONSTRUCTOR 


203 


1,500 


1,400 


1,300 


1,200 


1,100 


1,000 


900 


800 


700 


600 


500 


400 


RAD 

10  BE 
IODU1 

:OADC 
.ATEI 

AST  ] 
>  OSC 

.ABO! 
LLAT 

IATOB 

Y 

/uu 
600 

02 
& 

Q 

500   H 

S 

z 

i 

400  g 

3 
g 

< 

300  ^ 
200 

J> 

OR 

I 

1 

f 

1 
1 

^ 

''f 
ff 

x^ 

i 

/ 

7 

3 

\ 

/ 
/ 
/ 

*x 

K' 

s 

s 

'  X 

\ 

^^ 

,'' 

\ 

\ 

^' 

\ 

\ 

10       20      30       40       50       60      70 
CONDENSER  DEGREES 


80       90      100 


FIG.    3 

A  calibration  of  the  Laboratory's  oscillator.  Both  frequencies 
and  wavelengths  are  plotted  against  condenser  settings.  This 
calibration  will  be  true  only  of  the  coil  and  condenser  used  in  this 
particular  case.  All  other  combinations  must  be  calibrated 
against  standard  frequency  signals  either  from  a  known  broadcast 
station  or  from  the  standard  frequency  signals  sent  out  by  the 
Bureau  of  Standards 


may  have  an  exact  tuning  curve  of  the 
receiver  before  a  single  station  is  heard. 
Fig.  3  shows  a  calibration  of  the  radio  part 
of  the  Laboratory's  oscillator.  This  of 
course  will  differ  for  each  coil  and  con- 
denser used  and  the  effect  of  connections 
will  not  be  negligible. 

This  means  that  each  constructor  will 
have  to  calibrate  his  own  oscillator,  but  at 
night  this  is  not  a  difficult  task.  With 
both  tubes  functioning  it  is  only  necessary 
to  tune  a  receiver  to  a  known  station. 
Then  the  oscillator  is  varied  until  the  tone 
is  heard  in  the  receiver.  Now  that  radio 
stations  stay  closely  to  their  required 
frequencies,  it  is  possible  to  own  a  very 
accurate  wavemeter  using  this  simple 
means  of  calibrating  it. 

Incoming  signals  on  any  receiver  may 
be  measured  for  their  frequency  by  tuning 
the  oscillator  until  it  is  heard  together  with 
the  stations  signals.  A  glance  at  the 
calibration  will  show  what  station  is  being 
received. 

The  receiver  may  be  set  at  a  required 
frequency  by  setting  the  oscillator  for  this 
frequency  by  means  of  its  calibration  curve, 
and  then  tuning  the  receiver  until  the  sound 
is  heard.  In  other  words,  the  modulated 
oscillator  will  make  a  good  wavemeter, 
and  due  to  the  fact  that  both  audio  and 
radio  waves  are  tube-generated  they  will 
be  very  sharp.  The  old  time  buzzer  with 
sparking  contacts  is  notoriously  broad  in 
the  frequency  spectrum  it  turns  out. 

USE    IN    NEUTRALIZING    RECEIVERS 

'"THERE    is   another   use  of   the    radio 

'  part   of   the    apparatus    that    is   very 

important,  and  in  the  Laboratory  it  has 


been  used  many  times  for 
this  purpose  and  may  easily 
find  the  same  use  in 
many  home  laboratories. 
This  is  the  neutralization 
of  radio-frequency  ampli- 
fiers. Tuning-in  a  signal 
and  then,  with  the  radio 
frequency  tubes  turned  out, 
to  adjust  the  neutralizing 
condenser  until  no  sound  is 
heard  is  one  method,  and 
the  modulated  oscillator, 
with  both  tubes  burning, 
provides  a  good  source  of 
energy  for  this  purpose. 

There  is  another  method 
that  may  be  used,  especially 
where  a  regenerative  detec- 
tor is  in  the  circuit,  and  it  is 
somewhat  more  accurate. 
This  is  particularly  true  if 
high  gain  amplifiers  are 
used,  characterized  by  many 
plate  turns  in  the  amplifier 
coils,  and  correspondingly 
large  fields. 

The  detector  is  made  to 
oscillate,  and  with  the  radio 
frequency  tube  of  the  oscil- 
lator set  at  some  frequency 
in  the  middle  of  the  broad- 
cast band,  the  detector  tun- 
ing condenser  is  varied  until  a  beat  note  be- 
tween the  detector  current  and  that  emitted 
by  the  oscillator  is  heard.  Then  the  radio- 
frequency  amplifier  condenser  is  varied. 
If  the  amplifier  is  not  properly  neutralized, 
the  beat  note  will  change  pitch  rapidly  as 
the  amplifier  is  tuned.  If  far  from  the 
neutralizing  point,  the  amplifier  may  oscil- 
late, or  reaction  between  the  amplifier 
and  detector  may  be  so  great  that  the 
detector  will  refuse  to  oscillate. 

The  neutralizing  condenser  is  then  varied 
until  changing  the  amplifier  tuning  has 
little  or  no  effect  upon  the  detector  circuit. 
This  balanced  condition  will  be  noted 
when  the  beat  note  between  detector  and 
oscillator  does  not  change  appreciably  when 
the  radio-frequency  amplifier  is  tuned. 

Since  it  is  not  always  possible  to  pick  up 
broadcasting  stations,  especially  where 


constructors  are  out  of  the  daytime  range, 
the  oscillator  provides  an  excellent  source 
of  both  pure  radio  and  modulated  radio 
frequency  energy  for  neutralizing  purposes. 

TO   GET   GREATER   ENERGY   FROM   THE 
OSCILLATOR 

FOR  some  purposes  it  is  necessary  to 
have  greater  power  than  is  turned 
out  by  the  wo-12  tubes  used  in  the  Labora- 
tory oscillator.  In  this  case  it  is  only 
necessary  to  use  standard  5-volt  tubes,  or 
better  yet,  the  new  one-half  ampere,  5-volt 
tubes,  such  as  the  ux-i  12,  the  Daven  MU-6, 
Cleartron  1 12,  etc.,  and  to  push  up  the  B  bat- 
tery voltage  until  the  required  power  is  ob- 
tained. It  will  be  necessary  to  recalibrate 
the  set  owing  to  the  changed  grid-filament 
capacity,  but  the  differences  will  be  small 
and  unless  very  accurate  work  is  to  be  done, 
recalibration  will  not  really  be  necessary. 

The  audio  output  may  be  sent  through 
an  audio-frequency  amplifier  such  as  is 
illustrated  in  Fig.  2  if  greater  tone  volume 
is  needed. 

Another  method  of  getting  greater  volt- 
ages out  of  the  radio  part  of  the  device  is 
shown  in  Fig.  4,  which  gives  the  entire 
circuit.  Currents  in  tuned  resonant  cir- 
cuits are  usually  high,  and  this  is  particu- 
larly true  when  those  circuits  are  of  low 
resistance.  Thus  the  output  of  the  oscilla- 
tor may  be  coupled  to  a  tuned  circuit  and 
part  of  the  voltage  of  that  circuit  used  for 
whatever  purpose  is  necessary,  such  as  for 
measuring  the  resistance  of  coils  and  other 
radio  frequency  apparatus. 

The  oscillator  is  first  tuned  to  the  re- 
quired frequency.  Then  the  output  circuit 
is  tuned,  and  finally  the  circuit  to  be  driven. 
Unless  considerable  power  is  required,  it  is 
not  necessary  to  tune  the  output  circuit 
which  is  then  acting  as  an  untuned  "trans- 
mission line,"  and  serves  simply  to  transfer 
energy  from  one  circuit  to  another. 

Little  current  will  flow  through  the 
transmission  line,  if  it  is  untuned,  but  in 
the  tuned  circuit  at  the  end  there  will  be 
heavy  currents. 

Fig.  5  shows  the  apparatus  required  for 
measuring  the  high  frequency  resistance  of 
coils.  With  the  addition  of  a  vacuum  tube 
voltmeter,  such  as  was  described  in  RADIO 


FIG.  4 

A  use  for  the  radio  frequency  part  of  the  oscillator.     By  use  of  a  coupling  coil,  energy  may  be 

transferred  from  the  oscillator  to  some  other  circuit.     If  this  intermediate  circuit  is  tuned  by 

means  of  the  condenser,  much  more  current  will  flow  in  it  and  correspondingly  greater  voltages 

may  be  transferred  to  the  circuit  under  test 


204 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


DECEMBER,  1925 


.00025  mfd. 


.00025  mfd. 


Output  Coil 


•  Feeder  Wire 


1,000^  Output 


FIG.   6 

A  method  of  tuning 
the  intermediate  cir- 
cuit connecting  the 
oscillator  and  the 
apparatus  being 
measured 


'uning  Condenser 

BROADCAST  for  February,  1925,  page  1 101, 
the  gain  of  radio-frequency  amplifiers  may 
be  measured. 

Many  experiments  are  now  being  simpli- 
fied in  RADIO  BROADCAST  Laboratory  for 
inclusion  in  this  series.  A  simple  and 
fairly  accurate  impedance  bridge  will  be 
described,  methods  of  measuring  the  am- 
plification of  both  audio-  and  radio- 
frequency  transformers  and  the  losses  in 
coils  will  be  explained,  and  among  other 
apparatus  described  there  will  be  a  vacuum 
tube  voltmeter  with  which  many  important 
experiments  can  be  performed.  Wherever 
possible  references  to  current  literature 
will  be  cited  as  well  as  to  standard  texts. 
Readers  are  invited  to  write  of  their  ex- 
periences or  difficulties  or  to  state  what 
particular  problems  they  would  like  to  see 
treated  in  this  series. 


WHAT    SHOULD   THE    HOME    "LAB"    BE? 

IT  SEEMS  to  the  writer  that  there  are  two 
methods  by  which  the  experimenter 
may  carry  out  his  work.  He  may  have  a 
regular  place  for  his  apparatus  and  for  his 
work,  or  he  may  not.  Naturally,  the 
laboratory  should  be  a  fixed  place,  where 
apparatus  may  be  set  up  and  not  disturbed 
until  the  experiments  in  progress  are  fin- 
ished. 

In  this  place  there  should  be  a  work 
bench  and  a  laboratory  bench,  and  the 
latter  should  be  kept  free  for  the  actual 
work  at  hand.  It  often  happens  that  a 
certain  set-up  of  apparatus  will  be  used  for 
some  time,  for  instance  where  one  is  meas- 
uring the  gain  of  radio-frequency  amplifiers, 
and  it  is  a  waste  of  time  and  energy  to  tear 
down  and  set  up  the  equipment  each  time 


an  experiment  is  completed.  Added  to 
the  nuisance  of  such  movement  there  is  the 
likelihood  that  readings  taken  on  succes- 
sive days  will  not  check — for  radio  fre- 
quency circuits  are  tricky  affairs. 

The  tools  that  are  needed  are  no  more 
than  are  required  for  constructing  receivers, 
but,  like  the  electrical  equipment,  they 
should  be  of  the  best  make  possible.  A 
good  drill,  a  pair  of  long  nose  pliers,  a  pair 
of  cutters,  and  a  long,  narrow  screw  driver 
are  vitally  necessary.  Added  to  these  may 
be  the  usual  wood  working  tools,  such  as 
a  hammer,  a  saw,  and  a  plane. 

Electrically  speaking,  the  home  experi- 
menter should  begin  his  collection  of 
apparatus  by  purchasing  a  good  voltmeter 
and  a  good  milliammeter.  The  meters 
may  be  of  the  Weston  301  type  installed 
in  student  bases,  or  corresponding  meters 
made  by  Jewell,  Roller-Smith,  General 
Radio,  etc.  The  voltmeter  should  have  a 
range  of  o  to  10  volts  and  an  ammeter 
which  will  be  found  to  have  many  con- 
venient uses  should  read  from  o  to  10 
milliamperes.  This  will  read  the  plate 
currents  of  5-volt  tubes  under  ordinary 
conditions,  and  with  some  simple  acces- 
sory apparatus  will  enable  the  experi- 
menter to  measure  the  constants  of  tubes 
as  well  as  to  check  up  on  the  other  ex- 
periments that  go  on. 

Such  meters  can  be  purchased  for  about 
$10  each  with  base,  and  are  the  first  equip- 
ment that  the  experimenter  should  possess. 
Additional  equipment  will  be  cited  in 
future  articles. 

RADIO  BROADCAST  Laboratory  wishes 
success  to  prospective  home  laboratory 
owners,  and  will  be  glad  to  hear  from 
readers  who  are  interested  in  the  experi- 
ments described  here. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


FIG.    5 

A  photograph  of  apparatus  actually  being  used  to  measure  the  high  frequency  resistance  of  coils.     The  oscillator  supplies  the  energy,  a  Weston  galvano- 
meter, Model  425,  measures  the  current  flowing,  and  a  Genial  Radio  Laboratory  condenser  and  resistance  box  aid  in  the  actual  measurement.     In 
this  case  the  intermediate  coupling  circuit  is  not  tuned,  consisting  merely  of  two  very  small  coils,  one  coupled  to  the  oscillator,  one  to  the  coil  under  test. 
Later  articles  will  contain  descriptions  of  simple  apparatus  which  is  capable  of  performing  similar  experiments  to  those  described  in  this  article 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


205 


Ozarka  Senior  Console  £197.50 

Complete  with  Tubes,  Batteries  and  Speaker 


If  Your  Radio  is  Bought  Right 

It  will  be  a  Life-Long  Pal 


A  LITTLE  more  time,  a  little  more  care  in  making  the 
**  selection  in  the  first  place  generally  tends  to  more 
lasting  satisfaction. 


Out  of  every  100  Ozarka's  sold  in 
1922  only  eight  are  not  today  in  the 
hands  of  the  original  owners — this 
does  not  include  17  out  of  each  100 
who  have  purchased  later  Ozarka 
models  in  newer  type  cabinets.  If 
there  is  a  single  Ozarka  that  is  not  in 
active  service  today,  we  have  never 
heard  of  it. 

Without  the  Ozarka  Service  in 
charge  of  direct  factory  trained  repre- 
sentatives, such  a  record  would  not  be 
possible.  Ozarka  service  can  be  had 
today  in  almost  every  country.  Pur- 
chasers in  South  Africa,  Alaska,  Swe- 
den, Newfoundland,  New  Zealand, 
and  Japan  all  receive  the  same  prac- 
tical service  as  those  in  Canada,  United 
States,  Mexico  and  Cuba.  Whenever 
you  find  the  sign  of  the  Ozarka  long 
distance  goose,  you'll  find  a  man  who 
knows  Ozarka  instruments  perfectly. 

If  such  service  added  more  to  your 
cost  price  it  might  be  a  matter  to  con- 
sider, but  it  doesn't.  Quality  for  quality 
you'll  find  Ozarka  prices  lower — four 
tube  Ozarka's  with  built-in  loud 


speakers  retail  for  $58.00 — five  tube 
with  built-in  speaker  $64.00,  up  to 
solid  walnut  console  design,  $160.50. 

Our  nearest  representative  will 
gladly  set  up  an  Ozarka  in  your  home, 
without  any  obligation  whatever.  He 
won't  tell  you  what  it  will  do — he  will 
let  you  do  all  the  tuning.  With  the 
Ozarka  you  must  satisfy  yourself,  as 
to  distance,  tone,  volume,  ease  of 
tuning  and  selectivity. 

More  than  this  you  will  be  very 
agreeably  surprised  at  Ozarka  prices 
— selling  as  we  do,  thru  our  own  direct 
factory  representatives,  our  selling 
expense  is  very  low — we  give  Ozarka 
purchasers  the  benefit  of  it. 

Where  is  there  a  value  to  compare 
with  the  one  shown  above  — -  solid 
walnut  cabinet  (no  walnut  finish  or 
veneer),  imported  English  loudspeaker 
of  a  marvelous  tone,  five  tube  instru- 
ment with  75  ampere  Exide  storage 
battery,  90  volts  of  Eveready  "B" 
battery,  5  tubes,  aerial  equipment  all 
erected  and  the  price  is  only  $197.50. 


A  Few  More  Men 

are  Needed  to 

Sell  Ozarka 

In  a  great  many  counties  we  have  the 
man  we  want.  He  is  rapidly  building  up  a 
permanent  and  profitable  business  of  his 
own  because  he  has  an  instrument  that  will 
more  than  meet  all  competition.  More  than 
this,  he  is  trained  to  back  up  his  sales  with 
the  kind  of  service  that  counts. 

Many  well  established  Ozarka  representa- 
tives started  by  giving  us  only  their  spare 
time — their  evenings.  If  your  county  is  open 
you  can  do  the  same. 

The  investment  in  cash  is  very  small. 
The  investment  in  time  necessary  for  study 
is  considerable.  It  requires  patience,  but 
the  results  have  enabled  many  men  to  get 
out  of  the  salary  and  time  clock  class. 

Any  previous  sales  experience  is  helpful 
but  not  necessary.  We  can  and  will  teach 
you  how  to  sell. 

Send  for  84  Page  Book — 

"The  Ozarka  Plan" 


This  book  is  entirely  too  expen- 
sive to  be  sent  out  on  postal  card 
requests.  It  will  be  sent  FREE  to 
any  man  who  mails  the  coupon 
below  and  who  is  really  anxious 
to  improve  his  condition.  Tell  us 
about  yourself  —  ask  for  Ozarka 
Plan  No.  I  OOand  don't  fail  to  give 
the  name  of  your  county. 


122  Austin  Avenue  B 
Chirao-o  Illinois 


Gentlemen:  Without  obligation    send   book    "Ozarka  Instru- 
ments No.  200"  and  name  of  Ozarka  representative. 


Name 

Address City. 

County ...State. 


122  Austin  Avenue  B 
Chicago,  Illinois 


Gentlemen:  I  am  greatly  interested  in  the  FREE  book  "The 
Ozarka  PlanNo.  100,"whereby  I  can  sell  your  radio  instruments. 


Name 

Address.... 

County 

Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  if 


Ask  the  Man  Who 
Wears  this  Button 


....City. 
.State... 


206 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


There's  Economy 
and  Satisfaction 

in  these  Valley  units 

You  will  find  both  economy  and  satis- 
faction  in  the  use  of  the  Valley  B' 
Eliminator  and  the  Valley  Battery 
Charger. 

Economy  in  the  B-Eliminator  because 
it  stops  forever  the  expense  of  buy 
ing  new  B  batteries.  .  . 
Economy  in  the  charger  because  it 
recharges  your  own  storage  battery 
at  home  overnight  at  one-tenth  the 
cost  of  service  station  charging.  .  . 
And  satisfaction  in  both  because,  by 
using  them,  you  need  never  miss  a 
program  on  account  of  low  or  worn- 
out  bat' 
teries. 


THE  VALLEY  B 'ELIMINATOR  operates 
from  ordinary  light  socket;  provides 
a  steady,  noiseless  flow  of  B  current 
at  a  constant  voltage  all  the  time. 
With  it,  there  can  never  be  any  de' 
crease  of  signals  or  frying  noises  due 
to  low  B  batteries.  Volume  is  main- 
tained. Reception  is  uniformly  good. 
For  receiving  sets  of  from  one  to 
eight  tubes.  Costs  less  at  the  start 
than  wet  B  batteries.  Costs  less  in 
the  long  run  than  dry  cells.  Much 
more  sat-  ...,  - 

isfactory  , 
than  -' 
both. 


THE  VALLEY  BATTERY  CHARGER  is 
the  only  charger  needed  for  all  radio 
storage  batteries.  Its  correct  6-am- 
pere  charging  rate  makes  overnight 
charging  a  possibility. 
The  Valley  Charger  also  functions 
on  any^lamp  socket.  It  takes  about 
a  dime's  worth  of  current  for  an 
average  charge.  Quiet  in  operation. 
Most  radio  dealers  handle  the  Valley 
B- Eliminator  and  Valley  Charger. 
Any  one  of  them  will  be  glad  to 
show  you  these  units  and  explain 
their  advantages. 

Radio  Division 
VALLEY  ELECTRIC  Co.        ST.  Louis,  u.  s.  A. 

Branches  in  Principal  Cities 

Valley  Electric 


:Now,  I  HAVE  FOUND 


A  Department  for  the  Exchange  of  Ideas  and  Sugges- 
tions of  Value  to  the  Radio  Constructor  and   Operator 

CONTRIBUTIONS  to  this  department  are  welcome  and  those  used  will  be 
paid  for  at  the  usual  rates,  that  is  from  two  to  ten  dollars  each.     A  pri^e 
of  twenty-five  dollars  is  given  for  the  best  idea  used  during  each  three-month 
period.      The  prizewinner  for  the  last  period  was  announced  in  the  November 
RADIO  BROADCAST.     All  manuscripts  intended  for  this  department  should  not 
exceed  about  three  hundred  words  and  should  be  typewritten.      Little  consider- 
ation can  be  given  to  manuscripts   not  typewritten.       Envelopes  should  be 
addressed  to  this  department,  RADIO  BROADCAST,  Garden  City,  New  York. 


TRACING  RADIO  NOISES 

MANY  radio  listeners  have  been  led 
to  believe  that  certain  objection- 
able noises  accompanying  reception 
were  caused  by  power-line  interference,  or 
other  neighborhood  operated  devices,  from 
the  advice,  "if  the  noise  ceases  when  the 
antenna  is  disconnected,  it  is  an  indication 
of  outdoor  interference,"  and  as  such,  was 
largely  beyond  the  individual  efforts  of  the 
set  owner  to  control.  This  is  not  always 
true. 

A  particularly  bad  case  of  interference, 
which  had  the  characteristics  of  outdoor 
interference,  was  discovered  to  be  coming 
from  the  residence  main  switch  and  branch 
terminal  cabinet,  which  was  located  four- 
teen feet  from  the  receiver,  in  the  same 
room. 

The  switch  cabinet  and  receiver  were 
installed  on  op- 
posite sides  of  this 
room,  and  the  lead- 
in  wire  paralleled 
the  house  wiring 
through  the  adjoin- 
ing rear  room  at  a 
distance  of  five  feet, 
for  fifteen  feet,  and 
did  not  enter  nearer 
to  the  switch  than 
the  width  of  the 
room. 

The  receiver,  a 
five-tube  neutro- 
dyne,  with  loud 
speaker,  was  ad- 
justed until  noises 
were  loudest.  The 
time  selected  for 
test  was  2  a.  m. 
when  no  interference 
was  encountered 
from  street  cars, 
regenerative  sets, 
or  neighborhood 
electrical  devices. 

Disconnecting  the  antenna  produced  si- 
lence. Replacing  the  antenna  and  oper- 
ating the  room  switches,  the  noise  was 
still  present  in  full  volume. 

Next,  the  residence  main  switch  was 
opened,  and  the  mystery  was  solved, 
for  the  noises  could  be  produced  and  made 
to  disappear  by  closing  and  opening  this 
switch. 

The  continuous  "crackling"  or  "frying" 
noises,  similar  to  that  produced  by  bad 
tubes,  were  caused  by  loose  connection 
screws  of  the  main  switch,  branch  ter- 
minal fuse  blocks,  and  bad  contact  of  plug 
fuses. 

An  occasionally  loud  "zip,"  or  "buzz," 
similar  to  nearby  code  interference,  or 
arcing  of  defective  receiver  jacks,  was 
caused  by  loose  rivets  fastening  the  main 

•if  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


switch  blades  to  the  switch  block  and  was 
traced  through  applying  test  loads  using 
heater  coils,  although  arcing  was  not  visible 
to  the  eye.  Thus,  all  noises  present  at  this 
time  of  day  were  eliminated.  The  remainder 
heard  during  usual  broadcasting  hours, 
such  as  code,  sparking  trolley  wheels,  and 
during  heavy  rain  or  snowfall  were  satis- 
factorily reduced  to  a  minimum  by  various 
methods  which  have  often  been  described 
and  which  will  not  be  gone  into  here. 

A.  H.  KLINGBEIL, 
Ashtabula,  Ohio 


A  RATCHET  COIL  WINDER 
PREVENTS  UNWINDING 


O1 


Means  for  Restraining  the 
Wire  While  Winding  -, 


Handle-' 


Wire 


FIG. 


FTEN  in  the  middle  of  the  winding 
of  a  coil,  the  hold  will  be  released 
momentarily  to  straighten  out  the 
wire,  and  as  a  result  the  carefully  arranged 
turns   of  wire  may 
loosen,  and  the  work 
has  to  be  done  over 
again. 

A  method  of  im- 
proving the  usual 
winder,  is  shown  in 
the  sketch,  Fig.  i, 
involving  an  ordi- 
nary ratchet  type 
screw  driver,  which 
many  radio  experi- 
menters have  in 
their  tool  equip- 
ment. As  shown,  the 
handle  of  the  tool  is 
gripped  in  a  vise,  or 
held  stationary  by 
other  means.  The 
spindle  of  the  winder 
is  fixed  to  the  barrel, 
and  the  ratchet  is 
set  so  as  to  prevent 
unwinding.  A  rat- 
chet type  of  brace 
bit  obviously  has 
the  same  advan- 
tages for  this  use,  and  the  spindle  is 
gripped  in  the  jaws  in  the  same  manner  as 
is  the  screw  driver  method. 

The  best  method  of  restraining  the  wire 
while  winding,  may  not  be  available  to  radio 
workers,  for  which  reason  the  restraining 
reel,  shown  in  the  lower  section  of  the 
sketch,  will  solve  their  problem. 

Make  this  up  of  four  ordinary  spools, 
used  for  thread.  Mount  these  spools  on 
nails  or  screws,  so  that  the  wire  will  feed 
through  with  enough  tension  to  make  it 
tight  when  wound  on  the  coil.  This  reel 
will  not  only  restrain  the  wire,  but  will  also 
take  out  kinks  and  make  it  uniform  and 
even  throughout  the  length  of  the  wound 
coil. 

G.  A.  LUERS, 
Washington,  District  of  Columbia. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


207 


JVo  Dials,  JVo  Panel,  Built-in  loudspeaker 


Designed  by  R.  E.  Lacault,  E.E., 
Chief  Engineer  of  this  Company, 
and  formerly  Radio  Research  Engi- 
neer with  the  French  Signal  Corps, 
Radio  Research  Laboratories. 

To  protect  the  public,  Mr.  Lacault's 
personal  monogram  seal  (R.E.L.) 
is  placed  on  the  assembly  lock  bolts 
of  all  genuine  ULTRADYNE 
Model  L-3  Receivers.  All  Ultra- 
dyne  Receivers  are  guaranteed  as 
long  as  these  seals  remain  un- 
broken. 


$135.00 


The  Quiet  Manner  and 
The  Eloquent  Tone 

UNOBTRUSIVENESS  with  sufficiency—  the  rule  of  good  taste 
—is  the  distinguishing  grace  of  the  ULTRADYNE  Model  L-3 
Radio  Receiver.  Ushers  in  a  new  era  of  radio  reception  —  a  new, 
easier  command  of  the  air's  treasures. 

A  new  artistic  form  of  a  radio  receiver  that  blends  happily  with  every 
scheme  of  interior  decoration.  Pleases  the  eye  with  itscharrning  lines, 
its  beautiful  two-tone  mahogany  cabinet,  its  fine  proportions.  Has 
the  appearance  of  a  decorative  tablepiece.  Utter  simplicity  with 
superb  receptive  and  reproductive  qualities.  Your  local  radio  dealer 
will  gladly  give  you  a  demonstration  of  this  new  modern  receiver. 

The  Ultradyne  Model  L-3  is  a  six-tube  receiver  employing  the 
fundamental  principles  of  the  best  circuits  greatly  refined  and 
marvelously  simplified.  No  dials  —  no  panel;  just  two  inconspic- 
uous levers,  which  constitute  a  station-selector.  Volume  adjust- 
ment the  only  other  control. 

Write  for  descriptive  folder 


MODEL  L-3 


PHENIX  RADIO  CORPORATION,  ii6-C  E2sth  St.,  N.Y. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


208 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


Carol 

Far  out  over  hill  and  valley 
— into  the  homes  of  rich  and 
poor  alike — come  the  waves 
that  carry  the  glad  tidings  of 
the  Savior's  birth.  Little  does 
it  matter  whether  the  set  is 
of  new  mahogany  and  gold  or 
of  humble  cardboard  coils. 
Tonal  beauty  in  the  amplifier 
is  the  one  indispensable  need 
for  the  real  joy  of  radio.  Happy 
indeed  is  the  owner  of 
Rauland'Lyric! 


^  A  New  Gift 
for  Every  Radio  Listener 


Two  Rauland-Lyricsin  this  beautiful 
holiday  box  (fully  sufficient  for  any 
radio  set).  Sec  it  at  your  dealer's  I 


ALL-AMERICAN  RADIO  CORPORATION 

4201  W.  Belmont  Ave..  Chicago 


TRANSFORMER 

The  Choice  of  Noted  Music  Critics 


A  COUPLING   DEVICE  FOR 
ROBERTS  CIRCUIT 


A  SIMPLE  device  for  varying  the  coup- 
ling between  the  tickler  and  second- 
ary coils  is  presented  here  for  the  ben- 
efit of  builders  of  receiving  sets  using  the 
Roberts  circuit.  This  device  provides  a 
go-degree  coupling,  or  less,  with  a  180- 
degree  turn  of  the  dial.  The  rotation  may 
be  in  either  direction  to  provide  the  same 
effect,  and  the  dial  may  be  turned  more 
than  one  revolution  without  altering  con- 
ditions. 

From  Fig.  2  B,  it  may  be  seen  that  the 


Dial 


2    E. 


FIG.    2 

whole  idea  of  the  device  rests  in  the  use  of  a 
brass  rod  bent  as  shown  in  Fig.  30,  and  a 
slotted  fibre  block  as  shown  in  Fig. 
The  slot  takes  up  all  the  up-and- 
down  motion  of  the  bent  rod  and 
makes  use  of  the  side  motion  as 
the  rod  is  rotated.    Bending  the 
rod  at  an  angle  of  less  than  45  de- 
grees will  produce  a  coupling  of 
less  than  90  degrees.    The  angle  of 
coupling  will  be  twice  the  angle  to 
which  the  rod  is  bent. 

The  materials  used  are  shown  in 
the  sketches,  which  are  self-explan- 
atory. The  same  materials  and 
dimensions  need  not  necessarily  be 
used  however.  The  fibre  block  is 
shown  with  square  corners  but 
these  may  be  bevelled  off  so  that 
other  positions  of  the  tickler  may 
be  obtained.  The  center  lines  of 
the  rod  and  block  must  coincide 
to  produce  smooth  operation. 

CLARENCE  J.  FRENCK, 
Wauwatosa,  Wisconsin. 

A  FILE  FOR  IDEAS 


T  DEAS  are  elusive.     They  come 

and  go. 

*  Some  means  should  be  found 
for  catching  and  using  them. 
Memory  is  short-lived,  not  always 

•jr  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  if 


THE  dependable,  and  ideas  that  are  worth  re- 
membering are  also  worthy  of  preservation. 
By  having  a  well-organized  plan  for 
systematically  preserving  and  storing  away 
the  best  ideas  constantly  appearing  in  the 
pages  of  magazines  one  does  not  have  to 
depend  upon  memory,  since  an  idea-file 
will  always  keep  them  on  tap,  available  at  a 
moment's  notice  when  you  want  them.  The 
necessity  of  having  to  remember  where 
you  last  saw  such  and  such  an  idea,  and 
having  to  spend  a  lot  of  unnecessary 
time  trying  to  dig  it  up  is  obviated  by 
the  use  of  a  good  file. 

The  idea-finder  saves  you  this  an- 
noyance and  bother.  It  also 
saves  time  and  labor,  for  if  you 
have  filed  away  your  material 
for  safe  keeping,  it  is  always  go- 
ing to  be  on  hand,  right  at  your 
finger  tips,  ready  for  instant  use. 
Good  ideas  are  always  finding 
their  way  into  print.  Plans  are 
being  constantly  evolved  by 
others  and  heralded  in  the  pages 
of  magazines.  There  is  always 
a  wealth  of  various  kinds  of  in- 
formation at  hand,  simply  await- 
ing collection,  coordination,  and 
preservation  in  organized  form. 
By  starting  such  an  idea-store- 
house you  can  have  within  elbow 
reach  the  most  useful  data  that 
can  be  obtained  from  literature 
of  all  kinds — data  which  might 
otherwise,  for  want  of  assimila- 
tion and  organization,  go  to  seed, 
be  forgotten  or  neglected. 

As  you  read  a  magazine  you 
can  mark  articles  of  particular 
interest  which  suggest  fruitful 
ideas  for  future  application,  and 
index  them  in  synopsis  form  on  a 
3x5  inch  card,  which  is  filed  in 
a  card  tray,  with  alphabetic 
guide  cards.  These  are  arranged 
according  to  subjects  in  which 
you  are  vitally  interested. 

Then  again,  you  can  clip  these 
articles    and    file    them    away, 
either  in  filing  folders,  or  in  a 
desk-book  file,  with  pocket  pages,  an  old 
time  bill  file,  or  a  work-organizer.     Any  of 
these  simple  accessories  may  be  obtained 
from    a  local   sta- 
tionery store  at 
small  cost. 

If  you  want  to 
put  yourown  ideas 
to  work  immedi- 
ately, you  scrim- 
mage through 
your  file  and  find 
data  already  in 
your  idea-store- 
house which  en- 
ables you  to  carry 
out  yourown  plans 
effectively,  and 
with  greater  assur- 
ance of  success. 
Or,  your  own  ideas 
may  start  you  on  a 
scouting  expedition 
for  similar  plans  in 
the  magazines  to 
which  you  regular- 
4  ly  subscribe,  and 
45°  so  open  up  a  new 
— i  subject  for  further 
investigation  and 
data-gathering. 

F.  E.  KUNKEL, 
Washington,  D.  C. 


Primary-, 


Dial 


TOP  VIEW 
A 


BRASS  ROD  Vil  DIAM.  3^'  LONG 
D 

FIG.    3 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


209 


mfherafm 


ZONE-8 

wcx  fowoc 


ZONE-3 

WJAR  to  WNAC 


ZONE-6 
WSB  to  WHAS 


ZONE -7 
WFAAfo  WOS 


ZONE-4 

WWJ  fc>  KDKA 


ZONE  -5 
WFI  io  KGO 


ZONE-2 
WORD  to  KFVG 


ZONE- 1 

KFOTfo  200  aw/ere 


WAVE- MASTER 

Standard  Model 

$125.00 


WAVE- MASTER 

Brotvn  Walnut  Console 
with  inbuilt  horn 

$275.00 


A  Separate  Circuit  for  Each 
40  Meter  Wavelength  Band! 

Kellogg  — •  for  28  years  makers  of  precision  telephone  instruments  and 
equipment — producers  of  quality  parts  since  radio  began — Kellogg  has 
perfected  a  radio  receiver  worthy  to  bear  the  Kellogg  name. 


In  the  illustration  we  visualize  this 
wonderful  engineering  achieve' 
ment. 

In  the  new  WAVE-MASTER 
there  are  nine  separate  circuits — 
one  for  each  40  meter  wavelength 
band.  Each  circuit  gives  that  max- 
imum efficiency  heretofore  found 
only  in  one  short  section  of  the 
dials  of  ordinary  radio  frequency 
sets.  Each  circuit  brings  within 
the  range  of  the  tuning  dial  a  dif- 
ferent group  of  stations. 

How  wonderfully  simple  tuning 
becomes!  Merely  set  the  pointer 
to  the  wave  zone  in  which  you  are 
interested  and  bring  in  the  desired 
station  with  the  single  Selector  dial. 

This  remarkable  tuning  dial  actu- 
ally has  a  tuning  range  of  540  de- 


grees— equal  to  1/4  times  around 
a  complete  circle — over  three  times 
the  station  finding  range  of  any 
other  set. 

All  other  radio  frequency  sets  have 
variable  capacity  which  must  be 
tuned,  usually  with  three  different 
dials,  to  balance  with  their  in- 
ductance coils. 

The  WAVE-MASTER'S  induc- 
tance is  not  fixed  but  variable  and 
is  easily  and  quickly  tuned,  with 
the  one  Station  Selector  dial,  to 
balance  the  fixed  capacities. 

Write  us  for  the  name  of  your  near- 
est dealer.  We  will  also  send  on 
request,  a  complete  explanation  of 
the  WAVE-MASTER  circuit. 
Ask  for  Folder  No.  5-L. 


Kellogg  Switchboard  &  Supply  Company 

1042  W.  Adams  St.,  Chicago,  111. 


Radio  Dealers  and  Jobbers 

The  WAVE-MASTER  franchise,  backed  by  Kellogg 
resources  and  our  powerful  advertising  campaign, 
is  most  valuable.  Open  territory  is  being  closed 
rapidly.  Wire  us,  or  get  into  Chicago,  quick,  and 
tec  us. 


nnH    annrmrprl    Kv   T?  4nir» 


210 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


Radian  Panels  in  black  and  Makoganite 
come  cut  in  standard  sixes  for  all  sets. 


Be  Sure  of 
Lowest  Losses 

RADION  Panels  are  most  ef- 
fective in  reducing  surface 
leakage  and  leakage  noises  be- 
cause they  are  moulded  from  the 
insulating  material  made  to 
order  for  radio  purposes  ex- 
clusively. 


No.  2  Socket  for  new  UX 
tubes  with  collar  adapter 
for  old  type  tubes.  No.  4 
same  as  No.  2,  without 
collars,  for  new  UX  tubes 
exclusively. 


Tests  after  tests  have  proved 
that  Radion  insures  lowest  losses 
and  highest  efficiency.  Radion 
Sockets,  Dials,  Insulators  and 
Tubing  have  the  same  high- 
resistant  characteristics  as  Ra- 
dion Panels.  They  embody  the 
latest  developments  in  radio. 
Ask  your  dealer  to  show  you  the 
complete  line  of  Radion  low-loss 
parts. 

Send  10  cents  for  booklet, 
"Building  Your  Own  Set" 

AMERICAN  HARD  RUBBER  COMPANY 
Dept.C-12     11  Mercer  Street     New  York  City 

Chicago  Office:  Conway  Building 

Pacific  Coast  Agent:  Goodyear  Rubber  Co. 

San  Francisco  Portland 


New  No.  10  4-inch  Radion  Dial.     Nine  other 
styles  in  several  sizes  to  meet  all  requirements. 


^Ihc  Supreme  Insulation 

Made  to  order  for  radio  purposes  exclusively 


AMERICAN  HARD  RUBBER  CO. 
Dept-  C12.  11  Mercer  St. 
New  York  City 

Please  send  me  your  booklet  for  which  I  en- 
close 10  cents  in  stamps. 

Name 

Address 


SUPER-HETERODYNE  NOISES 

I  HAVE  been  troubled  at  times  with  a 
peculiar  sort  of  throbbing,  spluttering 
noise    which    was    sometimes    accom- 
panied by  a  low  whine  which  sounded  as 
if  it  was  under  a  strain,  on  my  super- 
heterodyne. 

I  tried  almost  everything  to  obviate 
this  trouble  and  inquired  of  several  radio 
men  as  to  the  cause — without  result,  and 
was  almost  baffled.  I  finally  discovered 
that  it  was  due  to  corroded  A  and  B  battery 
terminals. 

I  used  battery  clips  to  connect  to  the 
battery  and  when  the  clips  all  happened  to 
bite  through  the  corrosion  I  did  not  get 
the  noise.  "How  simple!"  the  reader 
will  probably  say,  but  I  will  confess  that 
it  bothered  me  at  times  for  two  months 
before  I  finally  ran  it  down. 

I  hope  that  this  may  be  of  benefit  to  some 
other  fan. 

I.  T.  SUGGS, 
St.  Paul,  Minnesota. 


CHECKING  UP  ON  B  BATTERY 
LEAKAGE 

MANY  magazines  are  advising  the  use 
of    incandescent    lamps    in    series 
with  the  B  battery  to  protect  tube 
filaments,    and    to    lengthen    the    life   of 
such  batteries,  by  lighting  up  to  indicate 
shorts. 

When  such  a  lamp  is  used  with  a  multi- 


Lamp- 


•OB  + 


Receiver 


-OB- 


A 

(WRONG) 


-OB+ 


Receiver 


-OB- 


(RIGHT) 


FIG.    4 


tube  set  having  no  by-pass  condenser,  or 
else  a  very  small  one,  oscillations  and  howl- 
ing often  result.  The  effect  is  the  same  as 
using  a  B  battery  partly  run  down — it  adds 
resistance  to  the  circuit.  Therefore  put  a 
large  condenser  directly  across  the  B  bat- 
tery as  shown  in  Fig.  4  B. 

If  the  lamp  lights  dimly  when  the  set  is 
turned  on,  of  course  a  short  circuit  exists  in 
the  set  and  can  usually  be  easily  located.  .00025 
But  the  fact  that  the  lamp  does  not  light  is  mfd. 
no  indication  there  is  no  B  battery  leakage 
in  the  set — a  small  leak  wouldn't  pass 
sufficient  current  to  light  the  lamp.  So  it 
is  advisable,  before  any  home-made  set  is 
put  in  use,  and  after  making  tests  for  shorts 
and  remedying  any  found  (a  short  would 
ruin  the  meter  in  the  next  test),  to  connect  a 
high  resistance  voltmeter  in  place  of  the 
lamp  in  B.  Turn  up  the  rheostats,  when  a 
small  deflection  on  the  meter  should  result. 
Then  turn  the  rheostats  completely  off  and 
the  meter  should  read  zero.  If  it  reads 
even  slightly  past  zero,  there  is  a  leak  in  the 
set  which  will  run  the  B  batteries  down  even 
when  the  set  is  not  in  use. 

For  example,  one  set  checked  this  way 
showed  a  very  small  deflection,  which, 
measured  with  a  milliammeter,  amounted  to 
only  |  milliampere.  The  set  required  seven 
milliamperes  in  operation,  but  because  such 
a  leak  goes  on  whether  the  set  is  in  use  or 
not,  this  one  would  cut  the  B  battery  life 
in  half  where  average  use  of  the  set  was  one 


and  a  half  hours  per  day.  The  trouble  in 
this  particular  set  was  traced  to  a  by-pass 
condenser  of  .002  mfd.  size  (of  reliable 
make,  probably  damaged  by  soldering),  and 
replacing  it  stopped  the  leakage.  Another 
leak  of  this  sort  was  located  between  the 
windings  of  one  long-wave  transformer  in  a 
super-heterodyne  outfit. 

The  measurement  by  a  milliammeter  was 
not  necessary  to  locate  the  leakage,  it  was 
made  merely  to  show  by  calculations  how 
serious  such  troubles  might  be.  Where  the 
B  battery  life  is  short  in  any  set,  the  above 
test  is  certainly  advisable. 

CLAUDE  SCHUDER, 

Sumner,  Illinois 


A  VARIOMETER  TO  TUNE  ANTENNA 
CIRCUIT  OF  THE    ROBERTS  SET 

A  VARIOMETER  can  be  used  to  re- 
/-\  place  the  two  antenna  coils,  variable 
•f  »•  condenser,  and  switch,  in  the  Roberts 
circuit.  It  is  much  simpler  to  construct 
than  the  standard  arrangement,  is  easier  to 
tune,  just  as  selective,  takes  up  less  space, 
and  makes  a  neat  panel  appearance,  and 
there  are  fewer  possibilities  of  losses.  1  f  you 
are  mechanically  inclined,  you  can  easily 
make  a  variometer. 

The  sketch,  Fig.  5,  shows  the  part  of  the 
set  that  is  changed.  From  the  grid  of  the 
amplifying  tube  and  the  plus  terminal  of 
theC  battery,  the  hookup  is  the  same  as  in 
the  original  circuit  diagram.  Connect  the 
stator  terminal  to  the  antenna  binding  post. 
The  rotor  goes  to  the  ground  post.  Some 
variometers  may  work  better  with  the  rotor 
terminal  connected  to  the  antenna  post 
and  stator  to  the  ground.  Connect  the 
terminal  of  the  variometer  that  is  connected 
to  the  antenna,  to  the  grid  terminal  of  the 
amplifier  tube  as  shown.  Connect  the 
ground  terminal  of  variometer  to  the 
negative  post  on  the  C  battery.  A  small 
fixed  condenser  of  about  .00025  mfd.  will 
probably  be  needed  in  series  with  the  an- 
tenna as  shown,  otherwise  the  average 
variometer  will  not  reach  below  999  kilo- 
cycles (300  meters)  when  used  this  way, 
especially  if  you  have  a  long  antenna.  It 
is  interesting  to  experiment  with  a  variable 
condenser  in  series  with  the  antenna. 

There  have  been  many  interesting  sug- 
gestions on  improving  the  Roberts  set  and 


FIG.   5 


the  variometer  will  work  equally  well  with 
two  or  four  tubes.  A  set  in  Washington, 
District  of  Columbia,  using  four  dry  cell 
tubes,  gave  good  loud  speaker  volume  on 
KHJ.  With  two  tubes,  KHJ  was  easily 
heard  on  head  phones.  I  logged  seventy- 
five  stations  on  a  loud  speaker  in  one 
month. 

JOHN    L.  LEE, 
Washington,   District  of  Columbia. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


EVEREADY  HOUR 
EVERY  TUESDAY  AT  9  P.  M. 

Eastern  Standard  Time 

For  real  radio  enjoyment,  tune  in  the  "Ever- 
eady  Group,"  broadcast  through  stations  — 
WEAF  New  York  WCAE  Pittsburgh 

W  J  A  R    Providence  W  S  K  I     Cincinnati 

WEE  I      Boston  WWJ      Detroit 

WTAG    Worcester 


W  F  I 
W  G  R 


Philadelphia  wcco 

liutTalo  WOC 

KSO     St.  Louis 


Minneapolis 
St.  Paul 
Davenport 


RADIO  DRY 


No.  764 

Portable 

22y,-volt 

Vertical 

Price 

$1.75 


Evtready 

Columbia. 

Ignitor 

"A" 

Battery, 

the  proven 

dry  cell 

jor  all 

radio 

dry  cell 

tubes 

volts 


No.  779 

22'A-volt 

Large 

Vertical 

Price 

$2.00 


For  radio  economy 

EVEREADY  Radio  Batteries  are  noted  for  their  long 
service  and  economical  operation.  They  are  made  in 
different  sizes  and  types  so  that  every  radio  user  can 
enjoy  the  economy  and  convenience  to  be  had  by 
fitting  exactly  the  right  Eveready  to  his  receiver. 
The  five  dry  cell  types  of  Eveready  Radio  Batteries 
are  here  illustrated  and  described  to  make  it  easy 
for  you  to  decide  just  which  will  give  the  longest 
and  most  economical  service  on  your  set.  A  dealer 
near  you  sells  Evereadys. 

Eveready  Heavy-duty  "B"  Battery  for  four 
or  more  tubes 

No.  486.  Extra-large  Layerbilt.  45  volts.  Vertical. 
Eveready's  latest  contribution  to  radio.  The  new  Layerbilt 
construction  which  gives  much  greater  service.  Same 
size  as  No.  770.  Price  $5.50. 

Eveready  "B"  Battery  for  one  to  three  tube  sets 
No.  779.   Large.  2V/2  volts.   Vertical.   Especially  adapted 
for  Radiola  25,   DeForest  D-17   and   Operadio   receivers. 
Same  capacity  as  No.  766,  and  suitable  wherever  variable 
taps  are  not  required.    Price  $2.00. 

Eveready  "B"  Battery  for  portable  sets 
No.  764.     Portable.     22l/z  volts.     Vertical.     For  portable 
sets    where    medium    weight    and    size    are    permissible. 
Price  $1.75. 

Eveready  "A"  Battery 

Eveready  Columbia  Ignitor  Dry  Cell  Radio  "A"  Battery 
for  all  dry-cell  tubes.  V/2  volts.  The  dry  battery  used 
by  vacuum-tube  engineers  in  developing  the  dry-cell  tube. 

Eveready  "C"  Battery 

No.  771.  4^2  volts.  Saves  "B"  Batteries,  improves  tone. 
Price  60  cents. 

Manufactured  and  guaranteed  by 

NATIONAL    CARBON    COMPANY,   INC. 

New  York  San  Francisco 

Canadian  National  Carbon  Co.,  Limited,  Toronto,  Ontario 

EVEREADY 

Radio  Batteries 

-  they  last  longer 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


212 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


for  Christmas 

A  set  of  NA-ALD 

Colored  Dials 
to  dress  up  your  radio 

Give  'em  to  your  wife  and 
get    the  benefit  yourself! 


TXTHEN  fans  first  built  radio  sets, 
"  •  the  womenfolk  registered  silent 
objection  to  their  ugly  appearance  but 
they  endured  the  clutter  because  radio 
was  such  a  novelty  and  because  they 
thought  maybe  you'd  soon  get  over 
the  craze. 

But  scon  as  they  saw  your  craze  was  a 
permanent  obsession,  they  began  ask- 
ing for  better-looking  sets. 

The  latest,  up-to-the-minute  advance- 
ment in  making  a  set  harmonize  with 
its  surroundings  is  represented  by  the 
New  Alden  Colored  Dials.  They  will 
make  your  old  set  most  attractive.  To 
the  new  set  they  will  add  the  pleasing 
qualities  of  color  and  beauty. 

The  colors  are  Garnet;  Malachite 
Green,  like  mottled  green  and  white 
marble;  Brilliant  Tortoise,  that  blends 
with  every  color  combination;  or  in 
beautiful  Grained  Mahogany.  $5.00  a 
set,  any  color,  in  hardware,  electrical, 
radio  or  department  stores  and  in  gift 
shops. 

Give  a  set  to  someone  in  your  family 
and  then  —  all  of  you  can  enjoy  their 
beauty!  Or  here's  a  stunt.  Leave  this 
magazine  open  on  the  living  room  table 
at  this  page,  with  a  big  pencil  check 
mark  beside  this  ad,  and  see  if  the  fam- 
ily doesn't  take  the  hint  and  buy  a  set 
for  you.  If  the  wife  of  one  of  your 
radio  fan  friends  asks  you  what  to  give 
her  husband  for  Christmas,  you  might 
mention  Alden  Colored  Dials. 

Mail  the  coupon  below  if  you'd  like 
some  free  but  worthwhile  information 
on  the  New  Colored  Dials. 

ALDEN  MFG.  CO. 
Dept.  B13.  Springfield,  Mass. 

Alden  Processed 


ALDEN  MFG.  CO. 

Springfield,  Mass.     Dept.  613. 

Please  send  me  "What  to  Build'*  information  together 
with  information  on  Na-Ald  Colored  Dials. 


HOW  TO  ELIMINATE  LOCAL 


Part  2 

Some  Practical  Information  Based  on  the  Results  of 
an  Investigation  on   Radio  Inductive  Interference 

T  AST  month's  RADIO  BROADCAST  presented  the  first  of  two  articles  to  be 
•*-'  printed  herein  on  the  above  subject.  The  information  has  been  taken 
from  a  very  excellent  little  pamphlet  which  has  been  specially  prepared  by  the 
Radio  Branch  of  the  Department  of  Marine  and  Fisheries  of  the  Dominion  of 
Canada  Government,  and  which  is  entitled  "Radio  Inductive  Interference, 
Bulletin  Number  One."  The  previous  article  was  devoted  chiefly  to  determining 
the  source  of  various  forms  of  interference  while  this  concluding  part  fives  much 
practical  information  for  the  elimination  of  the  trouble  once  it  has  been  found. 


MEANS  OF  SUPPRESSING  RADIO  INDUCTIVE  INTER- 
FERENCE 

IN    CASES   where   electrical  apparatus   sus- 
pected of  causing  interference  appears  to  be 
in  good  mechanical  and  electrical  condition, 
it  is  very  often  possible  to  supply  some  means  of 
preventing  electrical  surges,  originating  in  the  ap- 
paratus, from  getting  out  to  the  power  line  where 
they  would  radiate  and  cause  radio  interference. 
These  electrical  surges  have  the  property  of 
passing  through  condensers  more  readily  than 
through  inductances.     The  method  employed, 
therefore,  in  preventing  electrical  surges  from 
traveling  along  the  power  lines  and  thus  causing 
radio  interference,  is  to  provide  a  path  to  ground 


sufficient  insulation  to  withstand  the  voltage  of 
the  line.  These  installations  should  be  approved 
by  the  local  electrical  inspector  to  ensure  that 
there  are  no  fire  or  accident  hazards  introduced 
by  the  installation. 

It  is  important  in  the  design  of  these  choke 
coils  that  they  should  have  low  distributed 
capacity  in  order  to  prevent  the  electrical  surge 
passing  through  the  choke  coil  by  means  of  this 
capacity. 

CHOKE  COIL 

A  TYPE  of  choke  coil  recommended  for 
*•  cases  where  the  current  is  less  than  three 
amperes,  is  constructed  according  to  Fig.  i.  It 
consists  of  a  hundred  turns  of  No.  18  double  cot- 
ton-covered copper  wire  in  a  single 
layer,  wound  on  a  fiber  tube  3 
inches  in  diameter,  \  inch  thick. 
Leads  are  soldered  to  each  end  and 
made  from  No.  14  flexible  rubber- 
insulated  braid-covered  copper 
wire,  making  one  turn  around 
the  tube  then  through  a  hole  in 
the  tube  and  extending  through 
the  inside  of  the  tube.  The 
burrs  are  carefully  removed  from 
the  hole  in  the  fiber  tube  so  as  not 
to  cut  the  insulation.  End  rings 
or  fillers  are  mounted  at  the  end  of 
the  winding  to  build  up  the  same 
diameter  as  the  outside  diameter 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


AN    INTERFERENCE    FINDER 

Of  typical  form.     This  was  made  in  the  RADIO  BROADCAST  Laboratory.     One  Duplex  variable 
condenser  tunes  both  loop  and   the    R.  F.  secondary,  which  feeds  into  a  crystal  detector 


in  the  form  of  a  condenser  to  filter  or  drain  off 
this  surge.  In  order  to  make  this  filter  more 
effective,  it  is  often  advisable  to  introduce  be- 
tween the  line  and  the  source  of  the  disturbance 
a  trap,  which  will  make  the  passage  of  the  surge 
more  difficult.  This  trap  preferably  takes  the 
form  of  a  choke  coil  which  consists  of  a  number 
of  turns  of  wire  of  sufficient  size  to  carry  the 
required  current  without  overheating,  and 

Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  i 


of  the  winding.  These  may  be  made  of  tape 
or  a  suitable  size  of  fiber  tube.  The  whole 
coil  is  then  covered  with  five  layers  of  Empire 
cloth  and  then  taped  with  black  friction  tape 
and  painted  with  insulating  varnish.  Mounting 
lugs  made  of  fiber  are  then  attached  to  each 
end  of  the  coil. 

This   coil    should   be   mounted   on    a    board 
covered  with  asbestos  i  inch  thick  and  the  leads 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


221 


ATWATE  R  KENT 


Model  R,$IZ 


Model  II,  Jll 


Model  12  (without  lubes), $100 


Model  I9,f<i 


fricei  slightly  higher  from  the 
Rockies  ivesty  and  in  Canada 


"But  why 

he  go?" 


WHEN  they  struck  oil  on  the  Indian  lands  in  Oklahoma 
many  of  the  Indians  became  suddenly  rich.  One  of 
them,  anxious  to  begin  his  life  of  luxury,  went  to  buy 
an  automobile. 

The  salesman  launched  into  a  description  of  the  car 
in  detail.  Technical  term  followed  technical  term  in  a 
bewildering  stream.  Finally  the  salesman  thought  his  work 
was  done.  He  produced  an  order  blank  and  paused. 

"Now,"  he  asked,  "is  there  anything  else  I  can  tell 
you?"  The  Indian  scratched  his  head. 

"Urn,"  he  said.  "You  tell  me:  He  no  have  horse. 
Why  he  go?" 

We  could  give  you  a  description  of  the  Atwater  Kent 
Radio  Receiving  Sets  and  Speakers  that  would  fill  hun- 
dreds of  pages. 

But  what  would  be  the  use?  You  would  still  judge 
an  Atwater  Kent,  as  you  should,  by  its  performance. 
We  want  you  to  judge  it  that  way,  to  compare  it  with 
any  other  radio  you  are  considering. 

By  looking  at  it  and  listening  to  it,  you  will  get  some 
of  its  technical  perfection.  When  you  have  owned  it  and 
lived  with  it,  you  will  know  how  good  it  is. 

Hear  the  Ativatcr   Kent  Radio  Artists  every  Sunday  evening  at 

9.15  o'clock  (Eastern  Standard  Time)  through  stations: 
WEAK  .    Neiv  York       WEEI    ....   Boston       WCAE  .  .  Pittsburgh 

WFI   )    Philadelphia        WGR Buffalo       woe  .  .  .  Davenport 

woo  ^      alternating       wwj     ....  Detroit       WSAI.  .  .  Cincinnati 

WJAR   .    Providence       KSD   ....  St.  Louis       WTAG  .  .   Worcester 

WCAP  .  .  .  Washington  wcco  .  .  .  Minneapol:s-St.Paul 

Write  for  illustrated  booklet  of  Atwater  Kent  Radio 
ATWATER   KENT  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 

A.  At-wattr  Kent,   President 

4.726  WIS&AHICKON  AVENUE  .  PHILADELPHIA,  PA. 

-^  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  ^ 


Model  M,$z8 


Model  10  (without  tubes),  $80 


Model  20  Compact, $80 


Model  24,  $100 


Prictt  t  light  fyhightr  from  th* 
Rotkitf  wtit,  and  in  Canada 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


For  EVERY 
Radio  Set 

A  stunning  piece  of  furniture  that 
restores  order  in  the  room  where 
you  have  your  Radio!  No  more 
cluttered  table-tops,  nor  litter  of 
equipment  un- 
der-foot. 

No  unsightly 
horn  in  evidence, 
either!  This  con- 
sole has  its  own 
loudspeaker,  in- 
built. It's  out  of 
sight,  but  with 
very  apparent 

tonal  SUperiori- 
«-i»o  T?/-,«-  it  Uoo 

ies.    t*or  it  nas 

the     highest -de-    Position  which  defeats 
,-    vibration. 

veloped  type  of 

unit.  With  horn  built  of  special 
non-vibrating,extra-hard,ceramic 
material.  Produces  clear  non-vi- 
brant tone. 

There's  ample  room  for  every- 
thing; space  for  largest  A  and  B 
wet  batteries — or  battery  elimi- 
nator—required for  any  home  set; 
and  for  a  big  charging  outfit,  too. 

Finished  in  mahogany,  or  walnut  color. 
Dainty  design  of  parqueterie  on  two  front 
panels.  Top,  38  in.  x  18  in.  Substantially 
built;  the  product  of  a  40-year-old  furni- 
ture maker. 

The  price,  forty  dollars,  is  for  the  complete 
console  and  includes  the  loudspeaker  horn 
and  unit.  Thousands  of  dealers  are  show- 
ing this  artistic  addition  to  home  radio 
equipment. 

Rear  View— Set  Hooked  Ul> 


Non-Vibrant  Ceramic 
Horn 

The  clearest  tone  pro- 
ducer on  the  market. 
Made  of  special  com- 


Prict,  tlO 
West  of  Koch  Mis.,  t42.SO 


Windsor  Furniture  Co 


soldered    and    thoroughly    taped    according    to 

standard    wiring    practice.     Another    type    of 

choke  coil  which 

^^••^^MI^^H^^  w'"  be  found  emi- 
nently satisfactory 
for  use  in  motor 
lines,  telephone 
bell-ringing  lines, 
etc.,  is  that  de- 
scribed on  page  438 
of  September 
RADIO  BROADCAST, 
in  the  columns  of 
the  Grid  (and  pre- 
viously in  the  May 
issue  of  1924).  It 
was  originally  de- 
scribed by  Mr.  Van 
Dyck  in  his  article 
entitled  "Man- 
Made  Static." 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 

A    PORTABLE    INTERFERENCE    FINDER 
Consisting  of  a  stage  of  radio  frequency  amplifi- 
cation followed  by  a  crystal  detector.     A  col- 
lapsible loop  will  greatly  improve  the  portability 
possibilities 

INSTRUCTIONS    FOR    MOUNTING    CONDENSERS 

/CONDENSERS  which  will  stand  a  test 
^->  voltage  of  1000  volts  d.  c.  may  be  con- 
nected across  an  alternating  current  or  direct 
current  circuit  of  250  volts  or  less.  On  circuits 
which  are  protected  by  fuses  of  not  more  than 
15  amperes  capacity,  no  additional  fuse  is  re- 
quired for  the  condenser.  On  circuits  protected 
by  fuses  of  greater  than  15  amperes  capacity,  a 
separated  cutout  base  and  small  fuse  (of  ap- 
proved type)  not  exceeding  15  amperes,  must  be 
installed  between  the  condenser  and  each  un- 
grounded power  wire.  Where  condensers  are 
not  installed  in  metal  boxes  and  are  to  be  placed 
on  wooden  surfaces,  they  should  be  mounted  on 
pads  of  asbestos  at  least  \  inch  thick,  and  these 
pads  should  be  sufficiently  large  to  extend  be- 
yond the  clamps  used  for  holding  the  condenser 
in  place. 

Where  condensers  are  to  be  used  on  550  volt 
circuits,  two  condensers  of  the  approved  type 
must  be  connected  in  series  between  the  lines 
and  the  common  point  may  be  grounded.  In 
such  installations,  the  condensers  are  to  be  pro- 
tected by  6oo-volt  fuses  not  greater  than  10 
amperes  in  each  live  line,  and  both  the  con- 
densers and  fuses  are  to  be  enclosed  in  a  grounded 
metal  case.  Where  the  condensers  are  to  be 
connected  to  two-phase  or  three-phase  circuits 
not  greater  than  600  volts,  one  condenser  may 
be  connected  from  each  live  line  to  ground  and 
installed  with  fuses  in  boxes  as  stated  above. 

As  these  condensers  contain  wax,  they  should 
not  be  placed  where  they  may  be  subjected  to 
excessive  heat. 

Condensers  when  connected  to  a  circuit  as 
stated  above  have  no  objectionable  effect  on  the 
circuit  or  the  operation  of  any  electrical  appara- 
tus and  they  do  not  consume  any  power. 

APPROVED  TYPES   OF    CONDENSERS 

HpHERE   are   now   many   condensers  on  the 
*  market  suitable  for  the  purposes  detailed  in 
this  article.     Those  chosen  must  be  capable  of 
standing  a  test  voltage  of  1000  volts  d.  c.     At 

r  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  -J 


the  time  of  the  publication  of  this  bulletin  by  the 
Department  of  Marine  and  Fisheries  of  the 
Dominion  of  Canada  Government,  special 
condensers  having  No.  14  rubber-insulated  leads 
suitable  for  installing  without  metal  boxes,  were 
obtainable  from  the  Radio  Branch  of  the  above 
Department,  at  cost. 

TREATMENT   OF    TYPICAL   CASES 

IN  MANY  cases  it  is  possible  to  make  slight 
•  changes  in  the  connections  of  the  electrical 
apparatus  causing  the  surge  in  order  to  use  some 
existing  apparatus  as  a  choke  coil  and  thus  pre- 
vent the  necessity  of  adding  additional  choke 
coils  to  the  system. 

A  series  commutator  motor  causing  a  surge  by 
sparking  at  the  brushes  may  have  its  leads 
reversed  to  reduce  the  radio  interference.  Where 
one  wire  is  grounded,  radio  interference  from 
such  a  motor  is  sometimes  reduced  by  reversing 
the  leads  supplying  the  motor,  so  that  one  of 
the  brushes  is  connected  to  the  ground  side  of  the 
line  and  the  field  coil  is  connected  to  the  live  side 
of  the  line.  In  this  case,  the  field  coil  is  used  as 
a  choke.  It  may  also  be  necessary  to  place  a 


,  Friction  Tape  and 
Varnished  Cambric 
End  Ring 
-FibreTutw 


FIG.    I 

Details  for  the  choke  construction.     It  consists 

of  one  hundred  turns  of  No.  18  d.  c.  c.  copper  wire 

on  a  three-inch  tube 

condenser  of  one  or  two  microfarads  capacity 
across  the  brushes.  This  is  shown  in  Fig.  3. 

In  cases  where  neither  side  of  the  line  is 
grounded,  a  choke  may  be  inserted  on  the  line 
connected  directly  to  one  of  the  brushes,  while 
the  field  coil  may  act  as  a  choke  in  the  other  line. 
In  this  case  it  is  recommended  to  use  two  2- 
microfarad  condensers  in  series  and  ground  the 
middle  point  according  to  the  diagram. 

In  cases  where  it  is  not  convenient  to  make 
connections  with  the  brushes  of  a  motor,  the 
condenser  may  be  placed  across  the  line  as  near 
the  motor  as  possible,  and  a  choke  coil  may  be 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 
FIG.    2 

Showing  condenser  connection   across 
vibrating  contacts  of  a  battery  charger 

inserted  in  the  live  line  when  necessary.  See 
the  instructions  above  regarding  approved  con- 
densers and  the  use  of  fuses. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


The  S.  L.  F.  that 
doesn't  "hog"  panel  space 


The  principal  objection  to  many  Straight  line  Frequency  con- 
densers now  on  the  market  is  that  they  "hog"  too  much  panel 
space;  thus  making  it  necessary  to  re-arrange  other  instru- 
ments on  the  panel  or  rebuild  the  set  entirely  to  allow  enough 
room  for  the  scythe-like  sweep  of  the  S.  L.  F.  rotor. 

The  new  General  Radio  type  374  S.  L.  F.  condensers  eliminate 
entirely  all  such  difficulties.  They  occupy  the  same  panel 
space  as  the  well  known  types  247  and  334  condensers — and 
no  more.  In  fact  they  may  be  used  interchangeably  with 
those  condensers  since  the  mounting  holes  are  the  same. 

By  using  smaller  rotor  plates  of  correct  shape  and  double  the 
number  of  plates  General  Radio  condensers  have  a  straightline 
frequency  calibration  curve  without  the  mechanical  disadvan- 
tages encountered  in  the  average  S.  L.  F.  with  fewer  plates  of 
larger  area.  The  assembly  of  the  type  374  condensers  with 
respect  to  bearings,  soldered-plates,  and  correct  spacings  are 
the  same  as  the  types  247  and  334. 

For  further  description  and  prices  ask  to  see  them  at  your 
local  dealer's  or  write  for  our  latest  Bulletin  923-R. 

GENERAL  RADIO  COMPANY 

30  State  St.  Cambridge,  Mass. 


For  over  a  decade  General  Radio 
parts  have  been  the  universal  stand- 
ards of  quality. 

They  have  been  developed  by  the 
same  engineers  who  designed  the  pre- 
cision apparatus  now  used  as  stand- 
ard equipment  in  nearly  all  the  lead- 
ing commercial  and  technical  school 
laboratories  throughout  the  entire 
world. 

Since  1915  the  General  Radio  Com- 
pany has  supplied  scientific  instru- 
ments in  ever  increasing  quantities  to 
such  prominent  institutions  as  the 
General  Electric  Company,  Westing- 
house,  Bell  Telephone  System,  and 
the  Bureau  of  Standards  for  use  in 
electrical  and  radio  research. 

No  one  company  in  the  history  of 
radio  has  contributed  more  in  labora- 
tory equipment  than  the  General 
Radio  Company. 

The  same  outstanding  skill,  mate- 
rials, and  workmanship  are  embodied 
in  General  Radio  parts  for  use  in  the 
construction  of  broadcast  receivers. 

Through  the  merits  of  design,  per- 
formance, and  price  General  Radio 
instruments  for  the  scientist  or  set- 
builder  are  universally  recognized  as 
the  Standards  of  Excellence. 

Every  instrument  made  by  the 
General  Radio  Company  is  thorough- 
ly guaranteed. 


GENERAL  RADIO 

Behind  the  panels   of  Better   Built  Sets" 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


224 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


Cfjrtetma* 

On  the  Air! 

Are  Your  Tubes  in  Shape? 

At  Christmas  Tide!  Listen  to  sweeter 
"Christmas  Carols"  —  clearer  chimes  and 
more  celestial  music  broadcast  by  the  great 
cathedral  choirs  throughout  the  land. 

A  Rhamstine* 

TUBE  BOOSTER 


Rhamstine'Ar 
Tube  Booster 


Only 


will  renew  your  old 
tubes  with  all  the 
pep  and  freshness 
of  new  ones.  Just 
put  them  in  the 
socket  and  turn  on 
the  current — do  it 
once  a  month — it 
will  treble  the  life 
of  your  tubes  and 
give  you  better  dis- 
tance, volume,  and  a 
tone  as  clear  as  a  belt 
at  all  times.  It  will  pay 
for  itself  in  a  few  days. 
Works  on  any  alter- 
nating current  110-120 
volts,  50-133  cycles.  It 
matters  not,  whether 
you  use  2OI-A  or  199 
Type  Tubes. 
Send  no  money — check 
the  coupon  below — pay 
on  delivery. 


--  1  ***      I  ft  •  •/* 

B    Rectifier 


Eliminates 
B"  Battery 


Rhamstine*  "B"  Rectifier 


Only 


(Tube  not  included) 

£liminatfS  all  your  "B"  Batt*ry  troubles  such  as 
recharging,  dead  cells,  and  chemical  action.  A 
Rhamstine*  "B"  Rectifier  will  more  than  take  the 
place  of  a  "B"  Battery  —  tt  will  give  a  continuous 
and  uniform  current  year  in  and  year  out  with  abso- 
lutely no  trouble  at  all.  Small,  compact,  good  look- 
ing, endorsed  by  the  leading  radio  manufacturers, 
and  reasonably  priced.  You  should  have  one. 
Send  no  money  —  just  check  the  coupon. 

Tube  Boosters  are  Trade  Boosters. 
DEALERS  write  for  our  attractive  proposition. 

Mail  the  Coupon  To-day 

J.  THOS.  RHAMSTINE*  (12) 

506  E.  Wood  bridge,  Detroit,  Mich. 

Please  send  me 

D  Rhamstine*  Tube  Booster  at  $6 

D  Rhamstine*  "B"  Rectifier  at  $25 

by  express  C.  O.  D.  subject  to  inspection.     If  I  am 

not  entirely  satisfied  with  the  "B"  Rectifier  I  will  re- 

turn it  to  you  in  five  days  and  receive  a  refund  of  the 

full  purchase  price. 


Name.  . . 
Address . 


J.  THOS.  RHAMSTINE* 

Radio  and  Electrical  Products 
506  E.  Woodbridge  St.,  Detroit,  Mich. 


The  live  side  of  a  low  voltage  lighting  circuit 
may  be  determined  by  means  of  a  test  lamp  con- 
nected from  ground  first  to  one  wire  and  then  to 
the  other.  The  lamp  will  light  when  connected 
from  the  live  line  to  ground. 

Battery  charger  of  the  vibrator  type  may  be 
prevented  from  causing  radio  interference  by 
connecting  a  condenser  of  \  microfarad  capacity 
across  the  vibrating  contacts.  This  is  illustrated 
in  Fig.  2  on  the  previous  page.  In  the  case  of 
battery  chargers  it  is  useless  to  put  condensers 


2  Mid.  Condenser 
1000  Volts 


FIG.    3 


Method  of  connecting  a  large  capacity  con- 
denser across  the  brushes  of  a  small  motor 


across  the  mains,  as  it  is  necessary  to  make  use 
of  the  choke  consisting  of  the  wire  and  coil  within 
the  battery  charger,  to  prevent  this  surge  from 
getting  out  on  the  line. 

Flashing  electric  signs  may  usually  be  prevented 
from  causing  radio  interference  by  connecting 
condensers  of  from  5  to  2  microfarads  capacity 
across  the  contacts  of  the  circuit  breaker.  It  is 
sometimes  necessary,  however,  to  add  a  choke 
coil  at  the  line  side  of  the  circuit  breaker  and  also 
connect  the  condenser  across  the  contacts  of  the 
circuit  breaker.  As  the  radio  interference  from 
such  sources  depends  upon  the  conditions  of  the 
installation  it  is  necessary  to  make  these  few 
experiments,  as  suggested  above,  in  each  case  in 
order  to  reduce  the  radio  interference  most 
effectively. 

Sometimes  the  radio  interference  from  a  flash- 
ing sign  installation  is  caused  by  sparking  at  the 
commutator  of  the  motor  which  drives  the 
flasher.  This  may  readily  be  determined  by  the 
nature  of  the  sound  in  the  radio  receiver  and  may 
be  remedied  by  the  method  described  for  dealing 
with  interference  from  commutator  motors. 


Internal  combustion  engine  ignition  systems 
may  cause  radio  interference,  but  this  is  usually 
of  a  very  local  nature.  Such  interference  may  be 
considerably  reduced  by  making  the  leads  from 
the  magneto  or  spark  coil  to  the  engine  as  short 
as  possible  and  running  them  in  a  grounded 
shield,  such  as  metal  conduit  or  lead-covered 
cable.  The  frame  of  the  engine,  magneto,  and 
all  shields,  should  be  thoroughly  grounded. 

Rotary  converters  sometimes  cause  radio 
inductive  interference  by  producing  a  surge 
which  travels  out  both  on  the  alternating  and 
direct  current  lines.  In  some  such  cases  it 
may  be  necessary  to  introduce  choke  coils  into 
the  alternating  current  lines  and  put  condensers 
across  the  lines  between  the  choke  coils  and  the 
converter.  Before  putting  these  choke  coils 
in  the  alternating  current  lines,  it  is  recom- 
mended to  try  the  effect  of  condensers  across  the 
brushes  as  described  previously  for  the  case  of 
commutator  motors. 

Electric  oionators  which  are  used  for  purifying 
the  air  in  large  buildings  and  for  bleaching  pur- 
poses in  flour  mills,  sometimes  cause  radio 
inductive  interference  by  producing  a  surge 
which  travels  along  the  primary  lines  supplying 
the  ozonator. 

This  interference  may  easily  be  eliminated  by 
connecting  two  choke  coils  of  the  cylindrical 
type  previously  described,  one  in  each  of  the 
low  voltage  lines  placed  as  near  as  possible  to  the 
ozonator. 


less  than  600  Volts 
Ungrounded 


If  Motor  Fuses  are 
Large/than  1 5  Arnps. 
-  Inserts  Ampsfuses  Here, 


1 


L  —  ii---.  —  n 

'.'       "         *         ".' 


Dotted  Lines  Show  Addition 

of  Condensers  Across  Motor 

or  Generator  Brushes 


FIG.    4 

Connection  for  two  condensers  in  series  across 

the  brushes  of  a  motor  generator.     The  position 

for  extra  fuses,  if  the  motor  fuses  are  larger  than 

1  5  amps.,  is  clearly  shown 


A  List  of  Australian  Broadcasting  Stations 

Here  is  a  complete  list  of  Australian  broadcasting  stations  now  active  in  that  country.  It  is  not  gen- 
erally known  that  one  of  these  stations,  that  at  Brisbane,  Queensland,  can  vie  with  some  of  the  important 
American  stations  as  far  as  power  is  concerned,  for  they  use  5000  watts.  As  will  be  seen  by  the  list, 
three  of  the  seven  other  stations  use  as  much  as  3000  watts.  American  stations  are  often  heard  in  Aus- 
tralia, especially  those  ;..::aicl  on  the  Pacific  Coast.  We  are  indebted  io  Mr.  A.  W.  Watt,  editor  of 
Australian  Wirtless  Weekly,  for  the  appended  list. 


LOCATION 


Sydney,  New  South  Wales 
Sydney,  New  South  Wales 
Melbourne,  Victoria 

Melbourne,  Victoria 
Adelaide,  South  Australia 
Perth,  West  Australia 

Hobart,  Tasmania 
Brisbane,  Queensland 


Farmer  and  Company  Ltd. 
Broadcasters,  Ltd. 
Australian        Broadcasting 

Co.  Ltd. 

Associated  Radio  Co.,  Ltd. 
Central  Broadcasters  Ltd. 
West    Australian    Farmers 

Ltd. 

Associated  Radio  Co.,  Ltd 
Government  Radio  Service 


CALL 


2FC 
2BL 

3LO 
3AR 
5CL 

6WF 

7ZL 

4QG 


FREQUENCY 

IN    KC. 


26l 

857 

809 
789 

937 

240 
769 
779 


WAVELENGTH 
IN    METERS 


350 

37" 
380 
320 

1250 
390 
385 


POWER 
IN    WATTS 


30OO 
5OO 

3OOO 
JOO 
500 

30OO 

5OO 

50OO 


The  broadcasting  from  the  above  stations  is  usually  divided  into  four  sessions,  morning,  afternoon, 

early  evening,  and  evening.      The  exact  times  of  these  sessions,  taking  jlo  as  an  example,  are  as 

follows:  Morning,  from  1 1  a.m.  to  2  p.  m.;  afternoon,  from  )  p.m.  to  5.75  p.  m.;  early  evening,  from  6 

to  7.75  p.  m.;  evening,  from  j.i^to  up.  m.,  the  program  always  concluding  with  "Cod  Save  the  King." 

The  difference  between  New  York  and  Melbourne  time  is  fifteen  hours,  thus,  when  it  is  midday  in  New 

York  on  a  Monday,  it  is  3  a.  m.  Tuesday  in  Melbourne.     Appropriate  allowances  must  be  made  when 

comparison  is  being  made  between  Melbourne  time  and  United  States  time  in  points  west  of  New  York, 

and  also  for  Australian  points  west  of  Melbourne. 

if  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  * 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


225 


THE     •     PERFECT     •     UNION      •      OF      •      ART     •     ANO     •     SCIENCE 


DE  FOREST  W  6 


n  F  TV  A  TfifiA  KC.E      TYPE 


DE  FOREST  AUDION 

\B  the  world  standard  in  tubes.  De  Forest 
created  the  first  successful  radio  tube,  and 
his  Invention  made  broadcasting  possible. 
The  De  Forest  policy  o  f  a  specific  type  tube 
for  each  socket  Insures  finer  reception  and 
greater  distance.  Price.  $3. 


DE  FOREST  F-5  AW 

A  compact,  powertu  1  set  I  n  polished  walnut 
that  will  bring  joy  to  many  a  household. 
Gives  rich  volume,  and  has  the  capacity  to 
separate  stations  positively  so  that  you  can 
pick  the  broadcast  gems  without  Interfer- 
ence. Extremely  easy  to  operate.  Price 
(minus  tubes,  loud  speaker  and  batteries) 
$90. 


DE  FOREST  F-5  M 

A  superfine  5-tube  set  in  two  color  mahog- 
any cabinet  with  built-in  loud  speaker  and 
concealed  compartments  for  "A"  and  "B* ' 
batteries.  A  great  distance-getter,  with  un- 
canny power  to  tune  in  and  out  stations  at 
will,  and  gifted  with  splendid  tonal  quali- 
ties. Extremely  simple  to  operate.  No 
howling  or  hissing  in  tuning  In.  An  unsur- 
passed value  at  $110. 

De  Forest  Radio  Sets  can  be  bought 
at  prices  ranging  from  $85  to  $450. 


De  Forest  Genius  now  Humanizes  Radio! 


But  Tonal  Supremacy  is  Not  All — 

Elbert  McGran  Jackson,  renowned  sculptor, 
architect  and  painter,  put  into  this  hand- 
wrought,  hand-carved  cabinet  the  spirit  of 
radio,  in  design,  in  motif — it  is  not  an  adap- 
tation of  a  phonograph.  An  image  of  charm- 
ing individuality,  it  harmonizes  with  the  set- 
ting of  any  home. 

One  unit,  everything  self-contained — not  a 
wire  in  sight,  nothing  to  connect  .  .  .  and 
portable;  move  it  any  place!  Only  charm  and 
beauty  for  the  eye. 

The  artistic  conical  reproducer  is  an  insepa- 
rable part  of  the  cabinet  and  its  tonal  mecha- 
nism peerlessly  attuned  to  that  of  the  Weagant 
circuit.  There  are  just  two  controls  for  tuning, 
and  these  operate  on  one  dial,  which  makes 
the  normally  perplexing  task  of  "tuning  in" 
extremely  simple.  There  are  special  power 
tubes  in  the  fifth  and  sixth  sockets  which  can 
give  you  volume  to  flood  an  auditorium,  if 
you  desire  it.  And,  at  your  fingers'  tips,  the 
means  to  tune  in  a  far-distant  station  you 
want  no  matter  how  powerful  nearby  stations 
may  be. 

See  the  incomparable  De  Forest  Wj  and  W6 
at  your  De  Forest  dealer's  or  write  for  an  in- 
teresting booklet  describing  these  master- 
pieces in  detail. 

DE  FOREST  RADIO  CO.,  Jersey  City,  N.  J. 

9Ae  Qraite& 
J\famt  in'Radio 

DEALERS       IN       ALL        CITIES       AND        RADIO         COMMUNITIES 
THE    EPOCH-MAKING  ACHIEVEMENT  WHICH  MAKES  ORDINARY     RADIO     RECEPTION    A   THING  OF  VE5TERDA 


CTy^ARVELOUS  new  circuit,  just 
C_X  0  L  perfected,  reproduces  flawlessly 
the  mellow,  sort  modulations  of 
the  human  voice  and  captures  the 
hitherto  elusive  overtones  of  the 
musical  register  ....  tuning  sim- 
plified ....  a  new  ease  in  opera- 
tion ....  all  embodied  in  the  new 
and  beautiful  De  Forest  W5  or  W6 
Radiophones. 

^        ^>        ^> 

The  voice  of  radio  is  no  longer  flinty  and  me- 
tallic, but  mellow,  human  and  musical — 
thanks  to  the  development  by  Roy  A.  Wea- 
gant,  Vice-President  and  Chief  Engineer  of 
the  De  Forest  Radio  Company,  of  a  new  and 
marvelous  circuit. 

This  ingenious  circuit,  and  all  the  joy  it 
means  to  radio  lovers,  makes  its  first  public 
appearance  in  the  De  Forest  W5  and  W6  Radio- 
phones, masterpieces  of  cabinet  art  worthy 
only  of  a  scientific  development  so  outstanding. 

So  wonderful  is  the  reproduction  of  tone  in 
the  De  Forest  W5  or  W6  that  only  the  presence 
of  the  lovely  instrument  dispels  the  illusion 
that  the  living  artist  is  in  the  rooms. 

Piano  chords  come  to  you  with  their  full 
rich  resonance — true  piano  tone.  High  notes 


dance,  ripple  and  sparkle  .  .  .  clearly,  dis- 
tinctly. . .  musically!  Those  brooding  low  notes, 
never  caught  in  average  reception,  are  heard 
distinctly — as  though  from  the  next  room. 

In  the  reproduction  of  orchestral  music  the 
full  importance  of  the  De  Forest  achievement 
stands  out.  For  the  first  time  you  get  the  over- 
tones as  well  as  the  middle  tones  .  .  .  the  ma- 
jestic roll  of  the  kettle  drums,  the  crooning 
of  the  bass  viols,  the  strident  crash  of  the 
brasses  and  the  piping  heraldry  of  the  cornets 
and  trombones.  A  symphony  orchestra  heard 
over  the  De  Forest  W5  or  W6  stirs  the  soul. 
No  incoherence,  no  oscillating  jumble  of 
noise — every  instrument,  every  octave,  in  its 
true  value.  A  ma&ic  achievement'. 

To  the  lover  of  dance  music  the  De  Forest 
W5  or  W6  brings  more  sprightliness,  more 
beauties  of  syncopation  .  .  .  you  should  hear 
Vincent  Lopez,  Joseph  Knecht,  The  Night 
Hawks,  or  any  others  over  either  of  these  in- 
struments! 

All  the  tenderness  of  song,  every  shading  of 
the  soprano's  voice,  all  the  pathos  of  the  folk 
song — exquisite  but  elusive  elements  so  much 
desired  but  lost  in  practically  all  present-day 
reception,  are  captured  by  these  De  Forest 
masterpieces. 

To  everything  that  is  broadcast,  the  De 
Forest  Radiophone  gives  animation,  life  and 
humanness. 


226 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


BE  SAFE- 

—the  Fire  Under- 
writers Radio  Code  calls 
for  the  installation  of  a 
lightning  arrester  where- 
ever  an  outside  antenna 
is  used. 

The  Jewell 
Arrester  — 

—has  been  approved  by 
the  Underwriters  (see  their 
Certificate  No.  E-5403)  for 
both  indoor  and  outdoor  in- 
stallations. It  is  mounted 
in  an  attractive  brown  por- 
celain case  and  is  easily  in- 
stalled. 

Radio 
Instruments  — 

ask  your  dealer  for  a 
Jewell  15-B  Radio  Catalog 
—  or  write  to  us. 


Jewell  Electrical  Instrument 
Company 

1650  Walnut  St.,  Chicago,  111. 

Making  Good  Instruments 
for  26  Yean 


THE  GRID 

A  Department  Devoted  to  Solv- 
ing the  Problems  of  our  Readers 

QUERIES  ANSWERED 


1.  WHAT   IS   THE    PROPER   METHOD   FOR    PLACE- 
MENT    OF     COILS     IN     A     TUNED     RADIO-FRE- 
QUENCY AMPLIFIER? — F.     H.    J. — Houston, 
Texas. 

2.  WHAT  ARE  THE  PRECAUTIONS  THAT   SHOULD 
BE    OBSERVED     IN    ERECTING    AN    ANTENNA 
NEAR  POWER  LINES? 

C.  A.  C— Buffalo,  New  York. 

COIL    PLACEMENT    IN    AN    R.    F.    AMPLIFIF.R 

IN  A  receiver  employing  one  or  more  stages 
of  radio-frequency  amplification,  satisfactory 
results  depend  largely  upon  whether  or  not 
these  amplifiers  are  properly  neutralized.     Now, 
neutralization    depends    upon    several    things. 
The  internal  capacity  of  the  amplifier  tube  must 
be  balanced ;  the  wiring  to  the  tube  must  be  such 
that  no  coupling  effects  are  obtained;  and  the 


Swivel    - 

with  Set  Screw 


FIG.     I 

several  radio-frequency  transformers  should  be 
so  placed  and  located  that  there  is  no  electro- 
magnetic coupling  between  them.  It  is  this 
last  point  which  we  will  discuss  here. 

Most  of  us  have  had  an  opportunity  to  view  the 
inside  of  a  neutrodyne  and  to  observe  the  pecu- 
liar angle  at  which  the  coil  units  are  turned. 
At  such  a  setting  there  is  a  minimum  of  coup- 


3.  WILL  YOU  DESCRIBE  A  METHOD  OF    MEASUR- 
ING THE   RESISTANCE  OF  COIL  UNITS  TUNED 
TO  PREARRANGED  FREQUENCIES? — B.   H.   R. 

— Utica,  New  York. 

4.  WHEN    I  REPLACE  THE  3-VOLT  TUBES  IN  MY 
SET   WITH    5-VOLT    TUBES,    THE    SET    OSCIL- 
LATES.      WHY? 

T.  M.  B. — Boston,  Massachusetts. 

right  angle  coupling  between  the  coil  units  be 
employed.     See  Fig.  2. 

It  is  most  important  that,  in  the  construction 
of  a  radio-frequency  amplifier,  or  a  receiver  con- 
taining one  or  more  stages  of  radio  frequency 
amplification,  the  tube  sockets  be  so  placed 
that  the  grid  leads  are  as  short  as  possible. 

PRECAUTIONS    IN    ANTENNA    ERECTION 

THE  other  day  a  serious  accident  occurred 
in  Waltham,  Massachusetts,  caused  by 
a  young  man  drawing  an  antenna  wire 
across  an  electric  power  line.  The  fact  tha* 
the  line  was  insulated  did  not  matter  as  his 
antenna  wire  soon  cut  through  the  insulation, 
and  thus  the  current  was  communicated  to  his 
body.  The  problem  of  antenna  installation  has 
caused  carelessness  on  the  part  of  a  great  many 
fans  throughout  the  country,  and  it  has  been 
the  cause  of  many  fatalities.  The  following 
general  " Don'ts"  relating  to  antenna  erection 
are  given  in  a  paper  by  Mr.  Clarence  V.  Purcell, 
of  the  Boston  Edison  Company,  for  the  benefit 
of  those  who  would  profit  by  the  example  of 
others  who  have  been  unfortunate  enough  to 
become  involved  in  some  needless  mishap: 

Don't  run  an  antenna  over  or  under  any  other 
wires  carrying  an  electric  current  of  any  sort, 


ling  between  the  coils.  This  placement  can  be 
approximated  by  the  home  experimenter  in  his 
own  construction.  Individual  test  must  be 
made  to  determine  the  point  at  which  satisfac- 
tory neutralization  is  obtained  in  the  regular 
manner. 

As  an  aid  in  obtaining  the  desired  results,  it  is 
suggested  that  in  the  construction  of  a  receiver 
the  coil  units  be  only  temporarily  fastened  to 
permit  ready  change  and  variation  in  the  angle 
at  which  they  are  to  be  set.  See  Fig.  i.  If  it  is 
not  possible  to  approximate  this  angle,  which 
is  about  55  degrees  from  the  horizontal,  or 
if  there  is  plenty  of  space  in  which  to  con- 
struct the  amplifier,  then  it  is  suggested  that  a 

f  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  -f 


whether  these  wires  be  high  tension  wires, 
service  wires,  or  telephone  lines. 

Don't  attach  an  antenna  to  any  pole  or  tower 
to  which  other  wires  are  attached,  or  climb  or 
attempt  to  climb  such  poles  or  towers  for  any 
purpose. 

Don't  run  an  antenna  over  or  across  any 
public  highway. 

Don't  attach  an  antenna  to  any  electric  light, 
telephone  or  telegraph  pole,  even  though  no 
other  wires  are  attached  thereto.  If  using  an 
outside  antenna,  always  comply  with  the  regula- 
tions governing  the  installation  of  an  approved 
lightning  arrester.  Such  a  device  is  inexpensive 
and  easily  installed. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


227 


Radio 
Receiver 


This  new  principle  of  radio 

is  exclusive  in  the  Valleytone 


Appearance 

The  Valleytone  is  mounted  in  a  solid  walnut 
cabinet,  finished  in  two  tones  with  inlaid 
gold  stripes.  It  may  also  be  procured  in 
beautiful  console  models.  Special  Valley 
tables  with  built-in  loud  speaker  may  be 
obtained  for  the  cabinet  model. 


Valleytone 

Console 

Model 


Valley  table 
with  built-in 
loudspeaker 


Set  the  dials  of  a  Valleytone  for  any  station  you  choose.  Bring  in  the 

signals  strong  and  clear. 

Then  turn  the  dials  one  point  beyond  or  back  from  the  correct 

tuning.   You  merely  diminish  volume.  The  quality  of  the  signals  re- 

mains  the  same.  There  is  no  incoherent  babble  of  noises. 

Turn  the  dials  two  or  three  points  either  way  from  the  correct 

tuning.  Your  program  is  gone. 

Such  tuning  is  possible  only  in  the  Valleytone.    It  is  due  to  the 

potential  balance  method  of  preventing  distortion  and  oscillation.  .  . 

a  new  principle  for  radio  which  is  exclusive  in  the  Valleytone  5-Tube 

Radio  Receiving  Set. 

The  potential  balance  gives  a  balanced  tone  to  the  Valleytone.   The 

results  are  an  amazing  clearness  and  naturalness  of  reproduction.   If 

you  have  never  heard  the  Valleytone,  a  new  experience  in  radio 

reception  awaits  you. 

The  Valley  Toroidal  Coils  make  possible  a  selectivity  not  previously 

achieved.  Stations  four  or  five  meters  apart  can  be  brought  in  clearly 

and  distinctly  one  after  the  other  whether  they  are  distant  or  local 

stations. 

Before  you  buy  a  radio,  hear  the  Valleytone.   Judge  it  by  results. 

Avoid  regrets  later  by  listening  to  the  Valleytone  now.  Any 

authorized  dealer  will  be  glad  to  demonstrate  the  Valleytone  for  you. 


* 


,  Radio  Division,  ST.  Louis,u.s.  A. 

Branches  in  Principal  Cities 


Valleytone 
Receiving  Sets 


Valley 
Battery  Chargers 


Valley 
B-Eliminators 


Valley  Electric 


TV«H>H     nnrl     annrm 


R  »nin    Rurn 


228 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


WITH  ONE  OF  THESE  3  DIALS 


ACCVRATUNE 


M  I  C  &  OM  ETE.K       CO  NT  R  OILS 

ACCURATUNE  dials 
x~V.  not  only  enhance  im- 
measurably the  attractive 
appearance  of  your  set  but 
they  insure  clear  and  pre- 
cise reception  of  programs, 
and  with  even  those 
stations  now  so  closely 
grouped  on  the  lower  wave 
lengths  easily  and  readily 
segregated.  This  type  rec- 
ommendedfor  Neutrodyne 
and  Radio  Frequency  sets. 

Priced  at  $3.50 


A.  J.  VERNIER 


T7OR  use  on  Super-Heter- 
JT  odyne  and  Regenerative 
receiving  sets,  the  A.  J.  of- 
fers a  degree  of  tuning 
efficiency  not  usually  as- 
sociated with  dials  that  sell 
at  this  price.  Beautifully 
constructed  of  genuine 
Bakelite,  the  A.  J.  possesses 
a  dignity  of  appearance 
that  lends  an  air  of  rich- 
ness to  your  receiver. 

Priced  at  $2.25 


Recording  Dial 


ON  this  new  style  record- 
ing dial,  ample  space 
has  been  provided  to  jot 
down  call  letters,  thus  in- 
suring a  permanent  record 
of  dial  settings.  The  dial 
itself  is  beautifully  propor- 
tioned, made  of  genuine 
Bakelite  with  handsome 
embellishments  on  a  mat- 
ted background.  Truly  a 
product  of  master  crafts- 
men who  specialize  in  the 
manufacture  of  dials. 

Priced  at  $1.75 


MYDAR  RADIO  CO. 

3  CAMPBELL  ST. 
NEWARK,  -N.J. 

Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


Don't  borrow  your  neighbor's  antenna  by 
attaching  your  lead-in  to  the  far  end  of  his  wire. 
You  don't  know  what  he  is  doing  and  besides, 
antenna  wire  is  cheap  and  serves  the  purpose 
far  better. 

Don't  attach  your  antenna  to  a  kite.  Don't 
use  your  telephone  line  for  an  antenna.  Connec- 
tion to  an  electric  light  socket  is  not  encouraged 
or  recommended;  light  socket  attachments  are 
approved. 

MEASURING    THE    RESISTANCE    OF    COIL    UNITS 

HERE  is  described  a  method  whereby  those 
having  the  proper  facilities  may  measure 
the  resistance  of  coils  tuned  successively 
to  several  prearranged  frequencies. 

With  the  aid  of  a  radio  oscillator,  a  thermo- 
galvanometer  and  a  resistance  box,  a  curve, 
plotting  resistance  against  frequency,  may  be 


Intermediate  Coupling  Circuit 


FIG.    3 

made  from  the  several  readings  obtained.  The 
circuit  diagram  for  the  layout  is  shown  in  Fig. 
3.  To  measure  the  resistance  of  a  coil,  the  pro- 
cedure is  as  follows,  assuming  that  readings  are 
to  be  taken  at  1500  kc.  (200  meters)  1200  kc. 
(250  meters)  1000  kc.  (300  meters)  and  so  on,  for 
every  50  meters  up  the  scale  to  545  kc.  (550 
meters.) 

Put  the  oscillator  into  operation  setting  its 
frequency  control  at  1500  kc.  (200  meters). 
Couple  the  coil  to  be  measured,  Li,  to  the  os- 
cillator output  coil  \_2.  This  will  cause  a 
deflection  of  the  needle  of  the  thermo-galvano- 
meter.  Now  by  varying  the  coupling  between 
Li  and  L.2,  the  galvanometer  reading  may  be 
varied  to  one  of  the  numbered  markings  of  the 
meter  scale  such  as  20-40-60-70-80,  etc. 

Since  the  next  step  requires  the  addition  of 
resistance  to  the  measured  circuit,  until  the  read- 
ing of  the  meter  drops  to  one-quarter  of  its  ori- 
ginal value,  it  is  well  to  vary  the  coupling  to  a 
point  where  this  division  will  be  simple.  At  an 
original  reading  of  60  or  80,  it  is  quite  easy  to 
add  resistance  to  the  circuit  until  the  reading 
falls  to  15  or  20.  Resistance  is  added  to  the 
circuit  by  means  of  the  controls  on  the  resis- 
tance box  which,  until  this  time,  had  been  set 
at  zero.  When  the  one  quarter  reading  is  ob- 
tained, reference  is  made  to  the  resistance  box 
and  the  resistance  noted.  This  constitutes  the 
resistance  of  the  coil  and  the  meter  at  that  par- 
ticular frequency.  Usually  the  resistance  of  the 
meter  is  known  and  its  value  may  be  deducted 
from  the  reading  obtained. 

This  whole  system  is  repeated  for  each  fre- 
quency point  to  be  measured. 

TUBES  AND  R.F.  COILS:  HOW  THEY  SHOULD  BE 
MATCHED  IN  A  RECEIVER 

TO   OBTAIN    maximum    efficiency    in    a 
receiver    using   radio    frequency   amplifi- 
cation, it  is  necessary  to  have  transformers 
designed  for  the  type  of  tube  used  in  the  set. 
This    statement    has    been   amply   justified   as 
the  result  of  exhaustive  tests  made  by  indepen- 
dent   engineers    who    were    interested    in    the 
problem. 

If  a  receiver  is  using  the  0-299  °r  uv-igg  type 
of  dry  cell  tubes,  with  proper  transformers,  and 
is  changed  over  to  the  C-3OI-A  or  uv-2oi-A 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


229 


DISTANCE 

THE  OBEDIENT  SLAVE  TO  YOUR  DESIRES 


* 


Upon  request,  we 
will  gladly  mail 
descriptive  folder 


Quality  Radio  Apparatus 


Apex 

Entertainer 
Price  122.50 


APEX  mastery  over  the  most  advanced  radio 
engineering  principles  makes  distance  the  obedi- 
ent slave  of  your  desires  and  places  at  your  in- 
stant command  the  whole  continent  of  radio 
enjoyment. 

The  infinite  care  and  skill  employed  in  perfect- 
ing the  mechanical  construction  of  APEX  Radio 
Apparatus  is  radiantly  reflected  in  the  rich 
beauty  of  design,  harmony  of  proportion  and 
elegance  of  finish  that  stamp  all  APEX  sets  with 
an  unmistakable  mark  of  master  craftsmanship. 

You  are  cordially  invited  to  inspect  this  com- 
plete showing  of  Quality  Radio  Apparatus.  Only 
a  dependable  merchant  is  given  the  APEX 
dealer  franchise.  Your  APEX  dealer  will  gladly 
make  a  personal  demonstration  of  APEX  Quality 
Radio  Apparatus. 

APEX  ELECTRIC  MFG.  CO. 

1410  W.  59th  St.,  Dept.  1204     CHICAGO,  ILL. 

Also  makers  of  the  famous  APEX  Vernier  Dials 

and  APEX  Rheostat  Dials  which  are  sold 

by  every  good  dealer  in  Radio. 


Apex  Super  Five 
Price  $95 — without  accessorie 


Apex 

Console 

Entertainer 

Price   $27.50 


Prices  West  of  Rockies  Slightly  Higher 


Canadian  Prices  Approximately  40  %  Higher 


if  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


280 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


Helps  to  Land 
Everything 
You    Catch 


The  "Electrad"  Lead-in  meets  that  high 
quality  standard  set  by  all  "Electrad's" 
products.  There  is  a  difference. 

The  convenientlead'in.  Now  you  need 
not  scar  or  mar  your  walls  or  sash  with 
unsightly  holes  or  ugly  porcelain  tubes. 
This   flat,    highly    insulated   and   water- 
proofed lead-in  fits 
under  locked  win- 
dows  and   doors. 
The  windows  may 
be   closed  tightly 
— there  need  be  no 
loss  of  heat  in  the 
room.     Pliable,  it 
bends    into    any 
shape  —  meeting 
your  every  need.     Price  40c. 

Other  Guaranteed  Electrad 
Radio  Products 

which  simplify  construction,  facilitate 
installation  and  improve  reception  of  radio  sets — Van- 
ohms,  Lamp   Socket   Antenna,  Certified  Grid  Leaks, 
Resistance  Coupled  Amplifier  Kits  and  many  others. 
At  your  dealer's,  if  he  can't  supply,  write  us. 

ELECTRAD,   Inc. 

428  Broadway  New  York  City 


"ELECTRAD"  AUDIOHM 
A  necessary  tone  and  quality  controlling 
device.  Placed  across  secondary  of  6rst 
audio  transformer  it  eliminates  distortion 
and  transformer  noises.  Requires  no 
drilling,  soldering  or  tools  to  attach.  Fits 
any  transformer.  $1.50  each. 


* 


ELECTRAD"  LIGHT- 
NING ARRESTER 
Price  50c.  Indoor  type. 
Approved  by  Under' 
writers.  Should  fire 
occur  from  lightning  you 
will  have  insurance  diffi- 
culties unless  you  have 
an  approved  arrester. 


ELECTRAD 


The  Six  Point 
Pressure   Condenser 


The  "Electrad"  Certified  Fixed 
Condenser  is  a  revelation  in  accuracy 
and  design.  Ingenious,  rigid  binding 
and  firm  riveting  fastens  parts  securely 
at  Six  different  points  insuring  positive 
electrical  contact.  Impervious  to  temp' 
erature  and  climatic  variations.  Exerts 
even  pressure  upon  the  largest  possible 
surface — can't  work  loose.  Binding  strap 
and  soldering  lug  in  one  piece.  Ac- 
curacy and  quietness  assured  always. 
Value  guaranteed  to  remain  within  10% 
of  calibration.  Standard  capacities,  3 
types.  Licensed  under  Pat.  No.  1,181,623 
May  2,  1916  and  applications  pending. 
Price  30c  to  75c  in  sealed  dust  and  mois- 
ture proof  packages. 


type  of  tubes,  it  will  be  necessary  to  change  the 
radio-frequency  transformers  also,  if  equally 
efficient  results  are  to  be  obtained. 

This  is  made  necessary  by  the  fact  that  the 
characteristics  of  the  tubes  vary  according  to 
their  internal  construction.  In  the  uv-igo. 
tube,  the  elements  are  very  close  together,  mak- 
ing it  possible  and  advantageous  to  use  more 
wire  on  the  primary  of  the  transformer.  The 
tendency  for  a  vacuum  tube  having  a  tuned  in- 
put circuit  to  oscillate,  is  proportional  to  the 
inductive  load  or  the  number  of  turns  on  the 
primary  of  the  transformer  in  the  plate  circuit. 

If  the  tubes  were  replaced  with  the  C-3OI-A 
or  uv-2oi-A  type,  the  circuit  would  become 
unstable  and  oscillate  readily,  due  to  the  dif- 
ference in  construction  of  the  elements  of  the 
latter  type  of  tube.  Fewer  turns  of  wire  should 
be  used  on  the  primary  of  the  transformers. 
The  curve  of  the  transformer  will  fall  off  at  one 
end  of  the  scale  and  result  in  poor  amplification 
of  either  the  high  or  low  waves,  if  the  proper 
type  of  tube  is  not  used.  This  is  due  to  the 
capacity  of  the  input  circuit  of  the  tube,  which 
varies  in  different  tubes.  As  this  is  shunted 
across  the  secondary  winding,  it  has  sufficient 
tuning  effect  on  that  winding  to  shift  the  area 
of  maximum  amplification  from  the  desired 
band. 

When  the  tube  characteristics  are  matched 
up  with  the  correct  amount  of  wire  on  the 
primary  of  the  transformer,  then  the  circuit 
will  cover  the  whole  wave  band  evenly,  with 
good  amplification.  In  some  types  the  core  of 
the  transformer  is  filled  with  finely  powdered 
iron  or  iron  laminations.  The  use  of  iron  in  the 
core  broadens  tuning  so  that  the  transformer 
may  be  used  over  the  entire  wave  band,  without 
the  need  of  a  variable  condenser  for  tuning. 


When  Writing  to  the  Grid — 

A  TYPEWRITTEN  letter,  written  on  one 
side  of  the  paper  only,  is  to  be  preferred.as  it 
aids  in  the  quick  formation  of  a  satisfactory  reply. 

Don't  fail  to  send  a  stamped  addressed  envel- 
ope with  your  inquiry. 

Don't  send  a  second  inquiry  about  the  first. 

Don't  include  questions  on  subscription  orders 
or  inquiries  for  other  departments  of  Doubleday, 
Page  &  Company. 

In  asking  questions  give  us  all  the  information 
that  will  aid  in  advising  you.  If  the  question 
relates  to  apparatus  described  in  RADIO  BROAD- 
CAST, give  the  issue,  page  number,  and  figure 
number  of  the  circuit  diagram,  etc. 

Be  explicit  yet  brief. 


GRID  INQUIRY  BLANK 

Editor,  The  Grid 

RADIO  BROADCAST 

Garden  City,  J^ew 


DEAR  SIR, 

Please  give  me  the  fullest  information 
on  the  attached  questions.  I  enclose  a 
stamped  envelope. 

EH  I  am  a  subscriber  to  RADIO  BROADCAST 
and  therefore  will  receive  this  information 
free  of  charge. 

EH  I  am  not  a  subscriber  and  enclose  $1 
to  cover  cost  of  answers. 


NAME  . . . 
ADDRESS  . 


G.  D. 


Tested  and  aooroved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


231 


What  to  give  the  radio  fan 


The  Tungar  is  a  G-E  prod- 
uct, developed  in  the  Re- 
search Laboratories  of  Gen- 
eral Electric. 

The  new  Tungar  charges 
any  make  and  size  of  storage 
battery:  radio  "A"  and  auto 
batteries,  and  "B"  batteries 
as  high  as  96  volts  in  series. 

Prices 

Two  ampere  size  .  $18.00 
Five  ampere  size  .  $28.00 

60  cycles     .      .     110  volts 


Give  him  a  two-  ampere  Tungar  if  he  has  a  storage  bat- 
tery of  any  kind.  It  will  charge  all  his  radio  batteries  and 
his  auto  battery,  too. 

Or,  for  bigger  jobs,  give  him  a  five-ampere  Tungar  —  built 
to  do  the  same  work  but  to  do  it  more  than  twice  as  fast. 

Every  man  who  has  a  storage  battery  wants  a  charger. 
And  every  man  who  wants  a  charger  wants  the  original 
General  Electric  bulb  charger—  the  Tungar. 

Tunar 


REG.    U.S.  5J^^^ 


OFR 


IB  ATT  E  RY  _CHARG  E.R 


Tungai — a  registered  trademark — is  found  on]}! 
on  the  genuine.    Look  for  it  on  the  name  plate. 

Merchandise  Division 
General  Electric  Company,  Bridgeport,  Connecticut 


GENERAL  ELE 


•Jr  Tested  and  approved  bv  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


B-T  "COUNTERPHASE-SIX"  (Built  from  Kit) 


System  of  Instructions 
Simplify  Building  the 

COUNTERPHASE r 


THE   B-T  "Counterphase"   is   a   combination  of  the  best 
apparatus  ever  put  in  a  receiver  and  the  exclusive  patented 
B-T  method  of  oscillation  control  which  gives  maximum 
efficiency  on  all  wave  lengths. 

You  can  build  the  "Counterphase"  with  one,  two  or  three 
stages  of  R.  F.  or  buy  a  complete  factory  built  6-tube  receiver. 
Two  tuning  controls  give  the  most  simple  as  well  as  sensible 
tuning. 

"Counterphase"  kits  for  the  home  builder  include  a  complete 
set  of  instructions  with  progressive  circuit  charts  in  nine  colors 
(the  same  colors  as  wires  furnished.)     There's  no  excuse  for 
error. 
Ask  your  dealer,  he'll  tell  you  about  B-T  performance. 

"The  Best  We  Ever  Tested—" 


says    a    leading    laboratory    of    the    B-T    "Euphonic"    Audio 
Transformers. 

Listen  to  a  set  equipped  with  "Euphonies"  and  you'll  appreciate 
the  improvement  on  both  high  and  low  notes. 
The  B-T  "Euphonic"  is  the 
only  transformer  designed 
to  permit  mounting  in  such 
manner  that  terminals  may 
always  be  brought  where 
they  are  needed  to  prevent 
crossed  wiring,  a  frequent 
cause  of  howling  and  dis- 
tortion. 

Compare  the  tone  and  you'll 
use  only  "Euphonies." 

Because  It's  Different 
You  Should  Read 


Better  Tuning 


RADIO:  2.2  to  1 
4.7  to  1 


before  you   buy  a   set  or 
parts.     80    pages    of    facts, 
hook-ups,  tuning  hints,  dis- 
cussions of  latest  radio  topics.     Postpaid,  10  cents. 
Literature  describing  B-T  products  free  on  request. 


BREMER-TULLY  MFG.   CO. 

532  S  Canal  Street  Chicago,  111. 


A  KEY  TO  RECENT 
RADIO  ARTICLES 

By  E.  G.  SHAULKHAUSER 

THIS  is  the  second  instalment  of  references  to 
articles  which  have  appeared  recently  in  var- 
ious radio  periodicals.  Each  separate  reference 
should  be  cut  out  and  pasted  on  cards  for  filing, 
or  they  may  be  pasted  in  a  scrap  book  either 
alphabetically  or  numerically.  A  brief  outline 
of  the  Dewey  Decimal  System  (employed  here) 
appeared  in  the  November  RADIO  BROADCAST. 


the 


R  1  1  3.     TRANSMISSION  PHENOMENA.  TRANSMISSION 

Popular  Radio,  Sept.  1925,  pp.  199-206.          PHENOMENA. 

"  How  the  Air  Affects  Radio,"  E.  E.  Free. 

In  a  simple  non-technical  way  the  author  tells  us  how 
the  two  theories  of  wave  propagation,  the  Heaviside  Layer 
theory  and  the  Gliding  Wave  theory,  may  affect  radio  trans- 
mission. Probably  both  theories  are  correct.  Apparently 
the  ions  and  free  electrons  in  the  air  account  for  fading, 
bending,  and  absorption.  Sir  Joseph  Larmor,  on  October 
27,  1924,  stated  that  he  believes  most  of  the  phenomena 
pertaining  to  wave  reflection  occurs  about  fifty  miles  above 
the  earth's  surface.  How  free  electrons  may  affect  radio 
energy  distribution  is  explained  in  greater  detail. 

Ri  13.    TRANSMISSION   PHENOMENA.  ABSORPTION. 

Popular  Radio.  Sept.  1925,  pp.  207-21  1. 

"How  Radio  Dead-Spots  are  Found  by  a  Wandering 
Broadcasting  Station,"  J.  p.  Perrine. 

The  distribution  of  radio  wave  energy  about  a  broad- 
casting station  located  in  a  city,  has  been  determined  with 
the  aid  of  a  mobile  receiving  set.  Energy  received  is  com- 
pared with  that  given  out  by  a  local  oscillator,  and  field 
strength  is  recorded  in  microvolts  per  meter.  The  area 
about  the  Washington,  District  of  Columbia  station,  WCAP, 
within  a  radius  of  50  miles,  is  shown  in  diagram  with  contour 
lines.  These  tests  have  given  very  valuable  and  inter- 
esting results,  showing  effect  of  ground  condition,  build 
ings,  hills,  and  various  conducting  materials  found  in  th< 
earth,  on  the  direction  and  intensity  of  the  wave. 

Ro8o.     COLLECTIONS,  TABLES,  MISCELLANIES.        TABLES 

Popular  Radio,  Sept.  1925,  pp.  221-226. 

"Useful  Charts  for  Amateurs,"  Lieut.  C.  C.  Todd.  jr. 

Simple  and  valuable  information  to  guide  the  constructor 
in  designing  coils  and  determining  proper  size  condensers 
to  cover  certain  wavebands,  is  contained  in  this  article. 
Eight  charts  show  the  relation  between  capacity,  induc- 
tance, wavelength,  and  col!  turns,  to  cover  both  short  and 
long  wavelengths.  The  information  is  very  well  presented 
and  the  diagrams  are  clear. 

RSoo  (530)  PHYSICS  ATOMS 

Popular  Radio,  Sept.  1925,  pp.  232-236. 

"The  Atom,"  Sir  William  Bragg. 

Article  No.  2  deals  with  the  nature  of  gases.  The  ar- 
rangement of  the  electrons  in  various  atoms,  their  number, 
and  how  the  various  combinations  account  for  the  different 
elements,  is  described.  Models  illustrate  the  facts  out- 
lined in  a  very  simple  way.  The  author  relates  the  theory 
of  the  electrons  and  atoms  and  the  part  they  play  in  our 
present  day  research,  in  simple  language. 

R36o.     RECEIVING  SETS  FREED- 

Popular  Radio.     Sept.  1925,  pp.  244-254.          EISEMANN. 

"How  to  Get  the  Most  out  of  Your  Ready-Made  Re- 

ceiver," S.  G.  Taylor. 

The  new  Freed-Eisemann  five  tube  receiver,  NR2O,  is 
discussed,  illustrated,  and  described  in  great  detail,  A  de- 
scription of  the  theory,  operation,  and  equipment,  with 
plenty  of  photographs  and  diagrams,  give  the  set  owner  all 
the  desired  information.  The  B  battery  life  for  this  set, 
using  various  sizes  of  B  batteries,  is  shown  in  a  table, 

R  304.1     WAVEMETERS.  WAVEMETERS. 

Popular  Radio,     Sept.  1925   pp.  267-271.         Oscillating, 

"An  Oscillating  Wavemeter/  S.  G.  Taylor. 

A  description  of  an  oscillating  wavemeter,  using  a  vacuum 

tube  in  a  simple  oscillating  circuit,  is  given.     Parts  required, 

and  size  of  coils  to  use  in  order  to  cover  frequencies  from 

9091  kc.  (33  meters)  to  498  kc.  (602  meters),  are  listed.     The 

instrument  is  valuable  in  measuring  capacities  and  induc- 

tances.    The  circuit  diagram  shown  is  the  modified  Hartley. 

R343.     ELECTRON  TUBE  RECEIVING  SETS.  RECEIVER, 

Radio  Engineering.     Sept.  1925,  pp.  433-441.  RX-l. 

"How  to  Build  the  RX-i." 

This  receiver  is  one  especially  developed  in  the  Darien 
Laboratory.  It  is  a  non-regenerative  four-tube  set  known 
as  the  RX-I  receiver.  The  receiver  was  designed  to  give 
easy  control,  good  quality,  and  precise  tuning,  together  with 
plenty  of  volume.  Diagrams  and  data  are  ample  to  permit 
the  constructor  to  build  this  receiver.  The  best  parts 
available  are  listed,  the  cost  of  these  being  only  about  $32. 

R72O.     PROCESSES.  MOULDING 

Radio  Engineering.     Sept.  1925,  pp.  455-458.    BAKELITE. 

"Why  Not  Do  Your  Own  Moulding." 

The  article  describes  the  equipment  necessary  for  mould  ing 
bakelite  parts  on  a  rather  small  scale.  The  process  is  not 
difficult  and  the  equipment  can  be  installed  in  small  estab- 
lishments without  excessive  cost.  The  method  used  in 
making  molded  parts  is  described  in  detail.  Photographs 
of  the  machinery  are  shown. 

R384.I.     WAVEMETERS.  LECHER  WIRES. 

QST.     Sept.  1925,  pp.  11-12. 

"Practical  Lecher  Wires,"  E.  C.  Woodruff. 

Description  and  arrangement  of  Lecher  wires  with  con- 
stants of  construction  are  given  in  detail,  showing  diagram. 
In  making  measurements  of  waves  the  wires  are  connected 
to  a  vacuum  tube  circuit  as  shown  in  Fig.  i,  and  a  milli- 
ammeter  in  the  plate  circuit  indicates  resonance.  A  calibra- 
tion chart  and  graph  show  the  method  of  using  these  parallel 
wires. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


233 


Imagine  a  Radio  Set 
stripped  of  these  parts 


What  a  useless  collection  of 
wood,  wire  and  metal  it  would 
be.  Realizing  that  the  parts  and 
accessories  shown  here  are  wholly 
or  partly  of  Bakelite,  gives  you 
a  vivid  picture  of  its  importance 
to  Radio. 

To-day  Bakelite  is  used  in  a 
greater  variety  of  radio  parts 
than  ever  before — and  the  num- 
ber grows  constantly.  This 
dominance  of  Bakelite  in  radio 


reflects  the  experience  and  the 
opinions  of  radio  manufacturers, 
great  and  small. 

Radio  set  and  parts  manufac- 
turers have  every  facility  for 
testing  all  insulation  materials 
and  over  95%  have  standardized 
on  Bakelite.  This  indicates  how 
really  important  it  is  for  you  to 
make  sure  that  the  set  or  parts 
that  you  buy  are  Bakelite  in- 
sulated. 


Write  for  Booklet  29 


BAKELITE    CORPORATION 

247  Park  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y. 
Chicago   Office:    636   West    22d   Street 


Bakelite  is  an  exclusive 
trade  mark  and  can  be 
used  only  on  products 
made  from  materials 
manufactured  by  the 
Bakelite  Corporation. 
It  is  the  only  material 
which  may  bear  this 
famous  mark  of  excel- 
lence. 


BAKELITE 

REG.  U.S.   "AT.  OFF:. 


BAKELITE 

is  the  registered  trade 
mark  for  the  phenol 
resin  product  manu- 
factured under  pat- 
ents owned  by  the 
Bakelite  Corporation. 


THE    MATERIAL    OF  A  THOUSAND    USES 

•jf  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  -^ 


234 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


A  BRISTOL  Loud  Speaker  will  bring  everlasting  Christ- 
•**•  mas  joy  to  the  whole  family. 

It  has  all  the  volume  you  will  ever  wish,  but  its  fine 
point, — its  outstanding  claim  for  distinction,  is  its  tone, 
a  true,  clear,  natural  reception  of  voice  or  instrumental 
music.  This  is  because  it  is  a  true  musical  instrument 
not  merely  a  phone  unit  in  a  horn. 

Bristol  Loud  Speakers  have  highly  developed  electro- 
magnetic tone  mechanisms,  and  non-metallic  horns  with 
long,  freely  vibrating  sound  chambers. 

The  super  S  and  super  C  models  are  equipped  with  the 
Super-Unit  which  contains  a  specially  designed  diaphragm 
of  broad  pitch  range.  It  reproduces  not  only  the  low 
pitched  notes  but  the  high  as  well. 

There  are  four  Bristol  Speakers,  horn  or  cabinet  type, 
priced  at  $15.00  to  $30.00.  If  not  at  your  dealer's,  send 
for  our  new  booklet.  "How  to  select  your  loud  speaker." 

THE  BRISTOL  COMPANY,  RadA°HDiv-  WATERBURY,  CONN. 

For  36  Years  Makers  of  highly  accurate  and  sensitive  Bristol  Recording  Instruments. 

BRISTOL  AUPI^pNELoud  Speaker 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


Ro84.     TABLES.  CHARTS. 

QST .     Sept.  1925,  pp.  16-17.  Ind.  Sr  w.  I. 

"  Designing  the  Secondary  Coil,"  G.  H.  Burchill. 

Using  double  cotton  covered  wire,  the  inductance  and 
wavelength  of  cylindrical  coils,  closely  wound,  can  readily 
be  determined  with  the  aid  of  the  chart  in  the  form  of  a 
graph.  A  simple  description  of  coil  design  and  method  of 
procedure  is  given. 

R8oo  (535.3).     PHOTOELECTRIC  SELENIUM  CELLS. 

PHENOMENA 

Kadio  Engineering.     Sept.   1925,  pp.  442-443. 

"Selenium  and  Photoelectric  Cells,     S.  Wein. 

The  third  chapter  on  selenium  cells  gives  the  construc- 
tion of  different  types  of  cells  by  various  scientists:  Tainter, 
Bell,  Mercadier,  Townsend,  and  Cherry.  Keferences  are 
listed. 

R356.     TRANSFORMERS.  TRANSFORMERS. 

QST.     Sept.  1925,  pp.  21-24. 

"Transformers  and  Reactors  in  Radio  Sets,"  R.  H.  Chad- 
wick. 

In  the  first  article  on  transformers  and  reactors,  the  author 
takes  up  the  general  theory,  regulation,  and  efficiency,  and 
describes  the  construction  and  operating  principles  of 
various  types  of  commercial  transformers.  The  leakage 
reactance  is  a  governing  factor  in  proper  transformer  de- 
sign. Useful  information  for  users  of  these  instruments. 


R342.I5.     AMPLIFIER  TRANSFORMER. 


AMPLIFYING 


QST.  Sept.  1 92 5,  pp.  27-29.  TRANSFORMERS. 

High  Ratio  and  High  Amplification,"  R.  S.  Kruse. 

Some  misunderstood  principles  about  audio  and  radio- 
frequency  transformers  are  cleared  up  by  the  author. 
Stage  to  stage  amplification  depends  on  the  regeneration 
as  well  as  the  transformation  ratio  and  the  tube  constants. 
When  the  transformer  is  largest,  both  regeneration  and 
amplification  are  strongest.  A  2:1  transformer  may  give 
much  better  amplification  than  a  6:l,  depending  upon 
design.  Diagrams  illustrate  the  points  under  consideration. 

R402.     SHORT  WAVE  TRANSMITTERS.  SHORT  WAVE 

QST.     Sept.  1925,  pp.  30-32.  TRANSMITTER 

A  Power-Amplifier  Transmitter  for  the  Low  Waves  " 
W.  H.  Huffman. 

The  circuit  arrangement  in  a  Colpitts  oscillator,  using  an 
added  power  amplifier,  is  described.  The  transmitter 
operates  well  on  very  short  wavelengths.  It  transmits  a 
very  steady  frequency  and  with  the  apparatus  recom- 
mended, has  a  tuning  range  from  14990-3894  kc.  (20-77 
meters).  Since  the  set  uses  uv-2O2  tubes  it  can  be  operated 
on  storage  or  dry  batteries,  and  used  as  an  emergency 
layout.  Operating  adjustments  and  list  of  parts  required, 
including  circuit  diagram,  give  complete  construction  data. 

Rii3.4.     IONIZATION;   HEAVISIDE  LAYER.          HEAVISIDE 
QST.     Sept.  1925,  pp.  33-34.  LAYER  THEORY. 

Is  There  a  Heaviside  Layer?"  G.  W.  Pickard. 
A  brief  discussion  concerning  some  of  the  transmission 

phenomena,  with  particular  reference  to  various  theories 

on  reflection  and  refraction,  is  contained  in  a  letter  to  QST 

by  the  writer. 

RSI 2.     RADIO  BEACONS.  LIGHTHOUSE, 

RADIO  BROADCAST.    Oct.  1925,  pp.  710-724.          Radio. 
"And  Now — The  Radio  Lighthouse,"  J.  C.  Young. 
Radio  service  to  ships  at  sea  has  become  absolutely 
necessary.     Radio  signals  help  guide  ships  when  near  the 
coast  and  give  bearings  when  needed.     What  advances  have 
been  made  in  guarding  against  danger,  what  pleasure  and 
enjoyment  has  been  derived  through  the  use  of  radio  to 
those  sailing  the  waters,  is  well  pictured  in  this  article. 

Ri40.     RADIO  CIRCUITS.  ROBERTS 

RADIO  BROADCAST.     Oct.  1925,  pp.  725-731.       CIRCUIT. 

"New  Developments  and  Experiments  with  Receiving 

Circuits,"  K.  Henney. 

The  Roberts  Knockout  receiver  offers  possibilities  for 
development  along  many  lines.  In  this  article  some  of  the 
experiments  carried  on  at  the  RADIO  BROADCAST  Laboratory 
with  this  circuit,  are  discussed.  How  a  fifth  tube  may  be 
added,  how  the  reflex  stage  may  be  eliminated,  how  the 
circuit  is  neutralized,  how  regeneration  may  be  employed 
in  either  detector  or  amplifier,  are  changes  that  may  be 
tried  with  success. 

Rooy.  2.     U.  S.  RADIO  INSPECTION  SERVICE.  RADIO 

RADIO  BROADCAST.     Oct.  1925,  pp.  743-744.  CONDITIONS. 
"Guiding  the  Good  Ship  Radio,"  D.  K.  Tripp. 
An  interview  with  W.ID.  Terrell,  Chief  Supervisor  of  Radio, 
concerning  radio  conditions  in  the  U.  S.  at  present,  reveals 
his    views   about    the   department's   attitude   toward    the 
amateur,  the  broadcaster,  and  the  service  both  can  render 
toward  bettering  conditions  in  radio. 

Rija.     AMPLIFYING  ACTION.  AMPLIFYING 

RADIOBROADCAST.  Oct.  1925,  pp.  745-750.    PRINCIPLES. 

"Some  Remarks  on  Audio  Amplification,"  G.  C.  Crom 

Jr. 

Good  radio  reception  depends  upon  proper  amplifier 
design.  The  functions  of  each  part  in  the  amplifier  circuit 
are  discussed  in  detail.  Good  parts  must  be  used  for  best 
reproduction.  Distortion  may  be  produced  by  any  one 
of  four  things  as  stated.  High  plate  voltages  are  recom- 
mended and  are  of  ad  vantage  when  proper  C  battery  voltages 
and  by-pass  condensers  are  inserted,  as  shown  in  Fig.  2. 

R373.  2.     MICROPHONES.  MICROPHONE 

RADIOBROADCAST.    Oct.  1925,  pp.  769-770.         PLACING. 
"  More  About  How  to  Place  the  Microphone." 
Methods  of  placing  microphones  for  picking  up  band  and 
orchestra  music  in  and  put  of  the  station  studio,  are  shown. 
In  particular,  the  placing  of  several  microphones  at  the 
Lewisohn  Stadium  in  New  York  City  and  on  the  campus 
of  New  York  University,  in  order  to  broadcast  music  from, 
large  organizations,  is  of  interest. 

R375.3     ELECTROLYTIC   RECTIFIERS.  RECTIFIERS. 

RADIOBROADCAST.     Oct.  1925,  pp.  774-780.      Chemical. 

"Notes  On  Chemical  Plate  Supply  Units,"  J.  Millen. 

The  chemical  rectifier  here  described,  employs  two  or 
more  jars  in  order  to  handle  output  voltages  up  to  1 50  volts 
and  enough  current  for  the  receiver,  at  the  same  time  giving 
absolutely  no  line  hum  in  the  output  circuit.  The  dis- 
cussion covers  all  phases  of  construction  and  operation 
in  a  very  thorough  manner.  List  of  parts  and  diagrams  of 
circuits  and  complete  unit  are  added. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


235 


FILTER  CONDENSERS 


.1  M.F.D. 

Type  705 

Price  $  .70 

1.  M.F.D. 

Type  708 

Price     1.25 

2.  M.F.D. 
Type  709 

Price    1.75 

4.  M.F.D. 

Type  711 

Price    3.75 


ADIO  BROADCAST'S  article  in  this  issue  on 
Improved  Plate  Current  Supply  Unit"  shows  that  the 
following  TOBE  condensers  can  be  used  in  building 
the  set:  5  type  708  and  7  type  709. 

Any  'B'  battery  eliminator  circuit  depends  very  large- 
ly for  its  operating  efficiency  upon  the  filter  condensers 
used.  TOBE  condensers  alone  possess  all  of  the  follow- 
ing favorable  characteristics: 

Will  operate  at  voltages  up  to  700  D.  C.  without  break- 
down or  overheating. 

High  megohm  resistance — indicating  perfect  insulation. 
Capacities  guaranteed  to  be  within  5%  of  accuracy. 
Extreme  heat  or  cold  has  no  effect  on  TOBE  condensers. 
Compact  and  handsome  in  appearance. 

Tobe  condensers  are  better  condensers — distinguisha- 
ble by  their  silvered  finished  case.  Ask  your  dealer 
for  them  by  name  "TOBE." 


CORNHILL 


BOSTON,  MASS. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


236 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


JN  O  W  you  can 

buy  Matched  Tubes 

and  be  certain  your  reception  will  be 
clear,  smooth,  loud  and  uniform 


Blue  Specials 

cost  a  trifle  more  and 
are  worth  it.  Try  them, 
and  you'll  never  again 
bother  to  try  to  match 
tubes  yourself;  501 -A 
is  for  storage  batteries, 
and  is  packed  singly 
and  in  kits  of  three 
and  five  matched  tubes. 
499  is  for  dry  cells,with 
peanut  base  and  is 
packed  singly  and  in 
kits  of  four  and  six 
matched  tubes. 

Price  $2.75  each 

Buy  them  by  the  box 
for   best  reception. 


500 


Matched 
Blue  Tubes 

(Peanut  or  Standard  Types) 

mark  a  new  step  in  Radio.  They  are  what 
every  radio  "bug"  has  been  looking  for 
and  wondering  when  and  where  they 
could  get  them. 

It  is  most  important  to  gooa  radio  reception  that 
your  tubes  are  matched  —  and  pull  in  harmony. 
Equal  pull  in  the  tubes  means  smoothness  of  re- 
ception —  sweetness  of  sound  —  full  throated  vol' 
ume  —  resonant  clarity. 


BLUE  SPECIALS  are  matcned  tubes.  After  care- 
ful  selection  by  actual  test  the  individual  charac- 
teristics  are  plainly  indicated  and  they  are  packed 
in  kits  of  three  and  five  matched  tubes  —  ready  for 
immediate  use.  Made  for  storage  batteries  only. 
This  process  of  selection  enables  us  also  to  discard 
all  inferior  tubes  and  retain  only  the  first  grade. 


BLUE  SPECIALS  give  wonderful  results. 
Try  them.  Find  out  for  yourself  what  a  big 
advantage  it  is  to  have  matched  tubes.  Re- 
member they  are  unconditionally  guaranteed. 

See  the  Sylfan  line  Booth  No.  34 
Chicago  Radio  Exposition 

Manufactured  and  Marketed  Exclusively  Thru  Jobbers  by 

BAKER- SMITH  CO.,  Inc. 

New  Call  Building,  San  Francisco 

Branch  Office  Addresses 

Portland,  Ore.,  Henry  Bldg.  New  York  City,  1270  Broadway 

Salt  Lake  City,  Atlas  Bldg.  Chicago,  30  N.  Dearborn  St. 

Seattle,  L.  C.  Smith  Bldg.  Denver,  McCHntock  Bldg. 

Los  Angeles,  443  South  San  Pedro  Street 
Vancouver,  B.C., 179  Fender  Street,  West 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


R550.     BROADCASTING.  SUPER-POWER 

RADIOBROADCAST.    Oct.  1925,  pp.  761-768.      STATIONS. 
"A  Debate:  Resolved,  That  5OO-watt  Stations   Are   Not 
Sufficient     for     Program     Service,"     Affirmative:  Mr. 
Dreher.     Negative:  Prof.  Williams. 
The  pros  and  cons  of  so-called  super-power  stations,  is 
given  in  two  articles.     Much  information  is  contained  in 
both,  especially  in  regard  to  power  and  noise  level. 


Rii3.i.     FADING. 


FADING 


ALS. 


Radio  News.     Sept.  1925,  pp.  278ff.  SIGNA 

"Concerning  the  Nature  of  Fading,"  J.  H.  Dellinger. 
The  problem  of  fading  has  become  more  serious  than 
the  problem  of  static,  primarily  because  so  much  fading 
occurs  on  the  high  frequencies  (1500  kc.  and  up)  where 
much  research  is  being  done  at  present.  The  Bureau  of 
Standards  has  undertaken  a  series  of  tests  to  determine 
the  cause  of  fading.  It  is  probably  due  to  the  shifting 
of  the  upper  atmospheric  conducting  surface. 

Rs82.     TRANSMISSION  OF  PHOTOGRAPHS.         PHOTOGRAPH 
Radio  News.     Sept.  1925,  pp.  278ff.  TRANSMISSION. 

"See  With  Your  Radio,"  W.  B.  Arvin. 
The  Jenkins-Moore  system  of  television  is  described. 
A  photoelectric  cell  converts  the  black  and  white  of  a  pic- 
ture into  electric  currents  while  a  lighting  device,  the  Moore 
lamp,  picks  up  these  currents  and  changes  them  back  to 
light  and  shadow  on  the  screen.  The  breaking  up  of  the 
picture  for  transmission  is  done  with  the  prismatic  disc, 
a  very  simple  method.  Synchronism  is  accomplished  with 
synchronous  motors  at  both  ends.  This  system  is  said  to 
be  the  best  one  developed  to-day,  and  was  demonstrated 
at  Washington  last  June. 

R323.  GROUND  AND  UNDERGROUND  UNDERGROUND 

ANTENNAE  ANTENNAE 

Radio  News.     Sept.  1925,  pp.  3oiff. 

"Underground  Radio."  W.  H.  M.  Watson. 

Experiments  with  underground  antennas  with  frequencies 
of  from  5996  kc.  (50  meters)  to  1666  kc.  (180  meters)  are 
described  in  detail,  with  varying  results.  Good  transmission 
distance  is  possible  with  low  power  input  after  proper  ad- 
justments are  made  and  antenna  placed  properly.  The 
antenna  is  very  directional. — An  article  on  underground  and 
under-water  antennas,  is  reprinted  from  Dec.  1919,  Radio 
News  showing  what  was  accomplished  along  this  line 
several  years  ago. 

R38i.     CONDENSERS.  CONDENSERS, 

Radio  News.     Sept.  1925,  pp.  3o8ff.  S.  L.  F. 

"  More  About  Straight  Line  Frequency  Condensers,"  S. 

Harris. 

A  general  discussion  concerning  condensers,  in  particular 
the  straight  line  frequency  condensers,  is  presented  to  clear 
up  certain  points.  The  question  of  low  minimum  capacity 
for  definite  sized  condensers,  of  condenser  resistance  when 
plates  are  nearly  all  the  way  out,  and  of  tuning  with 
straight  line  frequency  condensers,  is  considered. 

Ri4o.     RADIO  CIRCUITS.  REGENERATIVE 

Radio  News.     Sept.  1925,  pp.  jioff.  CIRCUITS. 

"Single-Tube  Circuits,"  L.  W.  Hatry. 
The  author  reviews  regenerative  circuits,  inductive  and 
capacitive,  using  one  tube.  All  other  circuits  are  merely 
combinations  of  these  simple  circuits.  A  good  understand- 
ing of  these,  makes  the  "dynes  "  and  " plexes  "  comparatively 
simple.  The  Reinartz,  the  ultra-audion,  the  Cockaday, 
and  others,  receive  considerable  attention  in  this  discussion. 

R43O.     INTERFERENCE  ELIMINATION.  INTERFERENCE 

Radio  News.     Sept.    1925,  pp.  2ooff.  REDUCTION. 

"Directional    Reception    Reduces    Interference,"    P.   C. 
HoArnt1' 
A 


the  two  loops,  the  latter  are  mounted  on  a  long  turntable 
at  some  distance  apart  (depending  on  wavelength).  Fig.  3 
shows  the  general  form  of  the  directional  characteristics, 
and  Fig.  I  the  circuit  used.  Several  photographs  give  an 
idea  of  the  general  layout.  The  tuning  is  simple  and  the 
results  obtained  were  very  good.  Amateurs  and  experi- 
menters can  amplify  along  these  lines. 

R375.     DETECTORS   AND   RECTIFIERS.  RECTIFIER 

Radio  News.     Sept.   1925,  pp.  293ff.  TUBE. 

"A  New  Neon-Filled  Rectifier  Tube,"  J.  Riley. 
The  tube  used  as  rectifier  for  B  battery  eliminators  has 
two  electrodes  of  aluminum,  a  rod  and  a  cylinder,  and  con- 
tains neon  gas  at  a  pressure  of  six  millimeters  of  mercury. 
Its  action  in  d.  c.  and  a.  c.  circuits  is  discussed  in  detail 
and  illustrated  by  diagrams.  Other  possibilities  of  the 
neon  lamp  are  enumerated  and  offer  a  field  of  research. 

R35I.     SIMPLE    OSCILIATORS.  OSCILLATOR. 

Radio  Journal.     Sept.  1925,  pp.  12-15. 

"A  Laboratory  Oscillator,"  H.  W.  Leighton. 

The  author  describes  the  construction  of  a  laboratory 
oscillator  and  gives  some  of  its  uses.  The  circuit  is  shown 
in  Fig.  i.  Calibration  of  the  oscillator  is  simple  when  a 
standard  wavemeter  is  available.  Measurements  of  trans- 
formers and  filter  for  use  in  super-heterodynes  are  made 
according  to  Fig.  2,  and  curves  plotted  showing  how  one 
can  determine  just  how  to  select  the  proper  apparatus  to 
match.  Small  fixed,  condensers  can  also  be  measured  with 
this  oscillator. 


R343.     ELECTRON  TUBE  RECEIVING  SETS. 
Radio  Journal.     Sept.  1925,  pp.  14. 


RECEIVER, 

Brownjng- 
Drakf. 

"New  Type  Browning-Drake,"  Bill  Massaggee. 

The  constructional  details  of  the  Browning-Drake  re- 
ceiver are  described,  particular  attention  being  called  to 
several  minor  details  which  nevertheless  are  essential  if  the 
set  is  to  operate  well.  A  proper  design  of  the  coils  used  is 
essential.  Extreme  selectivity  and  sensitivity  is  claimed 
for  the  4-tube  set  in  comparison  to  other  sets  of  similar 
size.  (Further  details  in  Oct.  issue) 

R3&0.     RECEIVING  SETS.  GREBE  CR.  17 

Radio  Journal.     Sept.  1925,  pp.  15. 

"The  New  Grebe  CR-i7,"  M.  Best. 

Photographs  and  wiring  diagram  of  the  Grebe  short  wave 
receiver,  including  a  short  description  of  the  operating 
principles,  is  given. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


237 


\^*^^>»»  s 

ttetiimwuftr^* 


%- 

oJOl        iUU  .|JTrr     KARAS  o*HOMETR,CCOHDENSER/tangement 

Ordinary  Condenser  Arrangement  of  Wavelengths     Straight  Line  Wavelength  Condenser  Arrangement  Of  Wavelengths  on  Dial 


Ordinary  straight  capacity  con- 
densers crowd  70  of  the  100  wave- 
lengths into  the  first  30  points 
of  the  dial. 


With  straight-line-wavelength  con- 
densers 57  of  the  100  wavelengths 
are  crowded  into  the  first  30  points 
of  the  dial. 


The  New,  Scientific  Karas  Orthometric 
Condensers  insure  absolutely  equal  sep- 
aration on  the  dial  of  all  wavelengths 
throughout  the  entire  broadcasting  range. 


Tuning  Marvelously  Simplified  with 

Karas  Orthometric  Condensers 

The  condenser  that  brings  in  KDKA  where  it  be- 
longs— at  53  on  the  dial.  Remember,  52  of  the  100 
allotted  wavelengths  must  come  in  below  KDKA.  '*  p°ate» 

Mtt 


0   10  20  30  40  50  60  70  60  90  100 


Spreads  Stations  Evenly  Over  the  Dial  — 

No  Crowding  Whatever 


T 


I  HE  Karas  Orthometric  Condenser  positively  separates  all  adjoining  wave- 
lengths by  EQUAL  distances  on  the  dial,  giving  you  the  full  benefit  of  the 
10  Kilocycle  frequency  separation  fixed  by  the  Government. 


Ordinary  condensers  jam  70  of  the  100  Government 
allotted  wavelengths  into  the  first  30  points  of  the  dial 
—  even  straight -line -wavelength  condensers  crowd  57 
of  them  below  30. 

With  Karas  Orthometrics,  each  point  on  the  dial  cor- 
responds exactly  to  one  of  the  100  allotted  wave- 
lengths. The  result  is  marvelous  simplicity  in  tuning 
— better,  clearer  reception  —  you  get  all  the  side  bands 
without  interference. 

The  Karas  Orthometric  stands  absolutely  alone!  —  an 
eccentric  condenser,  scientifically  designed  for  present 


day  broadcast  receiving  sets — the  Last  Word  in  making 
REAL  SELECTIVITY  POSSIBLE. 

The  Karas  Orthometric  is  a  "job"  that  will  delight 
the  eye  of  the  mechanical  critic.  It  is  made  entirely 
of  brass  —  frame  and  plates  all  die  stamped  —  plates, 
patent  leveled  and  solidly  bridged  to  insure  permanent 
rigidity  and  alignment.  Every  joint  throughout  is  sol- 
dered. Grounded  frame  and  rotor,  with  stator  plates 
supported  on  hard  rubber  insulation.  Tapered  adjust- 
able cone  bearings,  spring  copper  pigtail  connection, 
automatic  stops  —  in  short,  a  condenser  that  is  both 
theoretically  and  mechanically  perfect. 


If  Your  Dealer  is  Not  Yet  Supplied,  Order  on  this  Coupon 


We  are  supplying  Jobbers  and  Dealers  as  fast  as  the  output  of 
our  factory  permits.  If  your  dealer  is  not  yet  supplied,  order 
direct  on  the  coupon.  You  need  send  no  money  with  your 
order.  Condensers  will  be  delivered  C.  O.  D.,  and  you  receive 
them  subject  to  our  unconditional  guarantee  of  satisfaction. 
Why  run  the  risk  of  delay?  Order  NOW! 

Money  Back  Guarantee 


Karas  Orthometric  Condensers  are  uncon- 
ditionally guaranteed  to  give  you  absolute 
satisfaction.  They  may  be  returned  for  full 
refund  any  time  within  30  days. 


SIZES  AND  PRICES 

23  plate,  .0005  Mfd.,$7.00 
17  plate,  .00037  Mfd.,  6.75 
11  plate,  .00025  Mfd.,  6.50 


Karas  Electric  Co.,  4042  Rockwell  St.,  Chicago 

For  OverSO  Years  Makers  of  PRECISION  Electrical  Apparatus 


Send  No  Money  With  this  Coupon  — 

Karas  Electric  Co.,  4042  N.  Rockwell  St.,  Chicago 

Please  send  me Karas  Orthometric  Condensers, 

size— at  $ each.    I  will  pay 

the  postman  the  list  price,  plus  postage,  on  delivery.  It  is  understood 
that  I  have  the  privilege  of  returning  these  condensers  any  time 
within  30  days  if  they  do  not  prove  entirely  satisfactory,  and  you  will 
refund  my  money  at  once. 


Name- 

Address- 

Dealer's  Name 

If  you  send  cash  with  order,  we'll  send  condensers  postpaid. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  •£ 


238 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


GUARANTEED  I 

To  increase  the  effi- 
ciency of  a  receiver 
employing  Resist- 
ance-Coupled Amplification,  and 
to  get  the  full  measure  of  tone 
purity  and  faithfulness  of  repro- 
duction, for  which  this  method  of 
amplification  is  noted,  use  Clear- 
tron Hi-Constron  Tubes — Type 
101A. 


RADIO  TUBES 


I  RON -CLAD 
GUARANTEE 

All  Cleartron  Tubel  ut  guaranteed 
to  deliver  positively  perfect 
service  and  we  authorize  our 
distributors  to' mike  replacement 
o*  *ny  Clcamoa  Tube  which  proves 
unsatisfactory  to  the  user  ~  " 
The  only  requirement  ts  thai  the 
tube  must  not  have  been  bunted  out 

Clevtron  Vacuum  Tube  Co 
28  Wt.t  44th  Si 


The  Cleartron  Hi- 
Constron  is  a  Hi- 
Mu  Tube  with  an 
amplification  constant  of  20, 
especially  designed  for  Resistance- 
Coupled  and  Reactance-Coupled 
Amplifiers.  It  is  the  result  of 
years  of  research  work  and  is 
the  original  and  genuine  Hi-Mu 
Tube. 

The  Following  Types  $2.50 


C-T  201  A 

C-T  199  Standard 

Base 
C-T  199  Small  Base 


CTX  120 

C-T  400  Rectron  Tube 

for  "B"  Battery  Elimi- 

nators 


CTX  112  Power  Tube  $6.50 

All  Types  Equipped  With  Genuine  Bakelite  Bases 

At  All  Reliable  Dealers      if 

Write  for  FREE  six-page  folder  giving  valuable 
information  regarding  radio  tubes 


Cleartron  Vacuum  Tube  Company 


Executive  Offices 

28  West  44th  Street 

New  York  City 


West  New  York,  N.  J.,  U.  S.  A. 

Birmingham,  England 


ORIGINAL 


R§  sist  ance-CoupIed 
$3  22  ~"**~  Amplifiers 


FOR  BETTER  RECEPTION 


Is  Your  Set  A 


How  to  Prevent  Your  Receiver 

Causing  Interference  and  Thus 

Spoiling  Your  Neighbor's  Re- 

ception 


are  still  many  single-circuit  bloopers 
in  use,  although  the  general  trend  in  design,  as 
far  as  commercially  made  receivers  are  concerned, 
seems  to  be  toward  receivers  which  are  almost 
incapable  of  causing  interference,  however  carelessly 
handled.  The  excellent  instructions  appearing  be- 
low have  been  specially  prepared  by  the  Radio 
Branch  of  the  Department  of  Marine  and  Fisheries 
of  the  Dominion  of  Canada,  for  circulari^ation 
among  all  Canadian  broadcast  listeners.  On  the 
back  of  all  Canadian  receiving  licenses  is  the  follow- 
ing note.  "  When  using  a  receiver  of  the  regenera- 
tive type  for  the  reception  of  radio  telephone 
programs,  please  avoid  increasing  regeneration  to 
the  point  at  which  the  receiver  begins  to  oscillate, 
otherwise  you  will  cause  interference  with  neighbor- 
ing receiving  equipments.  Are  you  doing  your 
best  to  observe  this?"  The  point  is  that  many 
owners  of  receiving  sets  capable  of  radiating  squeals, 
cause  such  interference  purely  from  inadequate 
knowledge  of  the  handling  of  their  sets,  and  it  was 
for  their  benefit  that  this  circular  was  printed. 
These  instructions  should  help  many  readers  of 
RADIO  BROADCAST  who  are  looking  for  clear 
directions  on  how  properly  to  use  their  regenerative 
sets.  —  THE  EDITOR. 


HOW  MUCH  INTERFERENCE  A  RECEIVER  CAN  CAUSE 

A  RECENT    survey    of    radio    broadcast 
reception  conditions    in  the    more    popu- 
lated centers  of  the  Dominion  of  Canada 
indicates  that  approximately  fifty  per  cent,  of 
the  "preventable  interference"  which  prevails. 
is   caused    through    the   incorrect   operation   ot 
regenerative   receiving   sets   by    the   broadcast 
listeners  themselves. 

The  survey  further  indicates  that  most  of  the 
interference  is  due  to  a  lack  of  knowledge  of 
correct  methods  of  adjusting  a  regenerative 
receiving  set,  and  it  is  accordingly  hoped  that  a 
material  reduction  in  the  same  way  may  be 
effected  if  the  broadcast  listeners  can  be  per- 
suaded to  cooperate  in  an  endeavor  to  clear  the 
air  of  regenerative  whistles,  and,  with  this  end 
in  view,  the  following  instructions  for  operating 
this  class  of  receiving  set  have  been  drafted. 

WHAT    IS    REGENERATION? 

'"THE  principle  of  regeneration,  as  used  in 
*•  radio  receiving  sets,  is  that  a  part  of  the 
output  of  the  detector  vacuum  tube  feeds  back 
into  its  own  input  and  thus  greatly  increases  the 
volume  of  the  signal. 

The  electric  waves  reaching  the  receiving 
set  from  the  transmitting  station  travel  down 
the  antenna  wire  through  the  primary  coil  in  the 
set  and  so  to  earth  down  the  ground  wire.  The 
weak  electric  current  resulting  from  this  influ- 
ences the  vacuum  tube  in  such  a  way  as  to  set  it 
functioning. 

The  resulting  output  from  the  plate  circuit  of 
this  tube  is  fed  back  in  such  a  manner  as  to  set 
up  a  "field,"  or  "influence,"  in  the  part  of  the 
circuit  connected  to  the  input  (the  grid)  of  the 
tube.  This  "field"  induces  in  the  input  circuit 
a  current  of  electricity  of  the  same  frequency  as 
that  of  the  received  electric  waves.  The  energy, 
therefore,  which  comes  down  the  antenna  wire 
is  automatically  strengthened  by  an  impulse 
from  the  output  of  the  detector  tube. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


239 


NATIONAL  Velvet  Vernier  DIAL 


Type  B,  Variable 

(Patents  Pending) 


Positive  Control 
Easily  Mounted 
Gearless 


Variable  Ratio 
Velvety  Smooth 
Graceful  Design 


* 


With  This  NEW  National  Type  B,  Velvet  Vernier  Dial, 
YOU  Control  the  Reduction  Ratio! 


WHAT  a  difference  in  the  tuning  of  your 
set  when  you  replace  your  plain  dial 
with   a  new   NATIONAL  Type  B  Variable 
(patents  pending).     You'll  be  astonished. 

Any  ratio  you  desire,  from  a  minimum  of 
6  to  1  to  a  maximum  of  20  to  1  is  instantly 
obtained  by  shifting  a  small  lever.  Note  how 
it  separates  the  stations  operating  on  the 
lower  wave  lengths. 


Easily  mounted  on  the  \"  shaft  of  any  stand- 
ard type  of  variable  condenser.  The  only 
tool  you  need  is  a  screw  driver. 

The  same  velvety  smoothness,  the  same  free- 
dom from  backlash,  the  same  mechanical  drive 
as  the  famous  Type  A  Velvet  Vernier  Dial, 
(patents  pending).  Price  $2.50. 


NATIONAL  Tuning  Unit 
Type  B  D-2 


The  NATIONAL  KIT 

for  the  popular  circuits  and  hook- 
ups gives  amazing  results  to  am- 
ateur set -builders. 

Comprises  the  NATIONAL 
CONDENSER  and  the  wonderful 
BROWNING-DRAKE  TRANS- 
FORMER. Complete  in  one 
package,  Price  $2  2.  Makes  a  most 
welcome  Christmas  Gift. 

Write  for  Bulletin  106  R.  B. 
NATIONAL  CO.,  INC. 

W.  A.  READY,  President 
110  Brookline  St.    CAMBRIDGE,  MASS. 


NATIONAL  Tuning  Unit 
Type  B  D-l 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


240 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


ACME  WIRE  RADIO  PRODUCTS 


Stranded  Enameled  Antenna 

The  best  outdoor  antenna  you  can  put  up.  7  strands 
of  enameled  copper  wire;  maximum  surface  for  recep- 
tion. Enameling  prevents  corrosion  and  consequent 
weak  signals.  100,  150  or  200  ft.  coils,  boxed. 

Loop  Antenna  Wire 

You  can  make  a  good  loop  with  Acme  wire  made  of  65  strands  of  fine  copper 
wire,  green  silk  covered.     Flexible;  non-stretching,  neat. 

The  Original  Celatsite  Wire 

Celatsite  is  a  tinned  copper  bus  bar  wire  with  a  non-inflam- 
mable "spaghetti"  insulation  in  five  colors.  Supplied  in  30 
inch  lengths. 

Flexible  Varnished  "Spaghetti" 

A  perfect  insulation  tube  for  all  danger  points  in  set  wiring. 
Costs  little  more  and  is  worth  a  lot  more  than  the  cheaper  sub- 
stitutes offered.  Black,  yellow,  red,  green,  brown;  for  wires  No. 
10  to  No.  18.  30  inch  lengths. 


Flexible  Celatsite 


Flexible  stranded  wire  for  "point  to  point"  and 
sub-panel  wiring — latest  method  of  wiring  sets. 
5  colors,  black,  yellow,  green,  red  and  brown, 
one  for  each  circuit.  25  foot  coils. 


Celatsite  Battery  Cable 

For  connecting  A  and  B  Batteries  (or  current  supply)  to 
radio  set.  Silk  braid  covering  5  flexible  Celat- 
site wires — 5  feet  long — a  different  color  for 
each  terminal.  Prevents  mess^  wiring  and 
"blown"  tubes.  Adds  greatly  tpv  the  appear- 
ance of  your  set.  A*  v  ^ 

jp  .$*oend  for  Folder 
V 


WIRE  CO.,  Dept.  B 

New  Haven,  Conn. 


FROST  RADIO 


TUBE  * 
CONTROL 

UNIT 
*]21 

(6,  25  or  35  ohms) 

COMBINES  Vernier  Rheostat  and  Poten- 
tiometer. Single  hole  mounting.  6,  25 
or  35  ohm  rheostat,  400  Potentiometer.  Gen- 
uine Moulded  Bakelite. 
List;  $1.75.  Pacific  Coast 
price  slightly  higher, 

HERBERT  H.  EROST,  inc. 

314-324    WEST  SUPERIOR  STREET,  CHICAGO 
New  York  City     Cleveland     Kansas  City     Los  Angeles 


22l/2  Volt 

un-acid 

everlasting 

rechargeable 

"B" 
Storage  Battery 

$2.95 

includes 
chemical 


45  volts  $5.25.  90 
volts*10.00.  112% 
volts  J12.50,  135 
volts  tit. 75, 157!4 

v  o  i  t  B    tie. so. 

Truly  the  biggest  buy  today.  Easily  charged  on  any  current  includ- 
ing 32  volt  systems.  Any  special  detector  plate  voltage  had.  Tested 
and  approved  by  leadim:  authorities  such  as  Popular  Radio  labora- 
tories. Over  3  years  sold  on  a  non-red  tape  30  day  trial  offer  with 
complete  refund  if  not  thoroughly  satisfied.  Further  guaranteed  3 
yfars.  Knock-down  kits  at  greater  savings.  Complete  "Haw  ley" 
"B"  3attery  Charger  $2. 75.  Sample  cell  35c.  Order  direct— send  no 
money— simply  pay  the  expressman  cost  on  delivers-.  Or  write  for 
my  free  literature,  testimonials  and  guarantee.  Same  day  shipments. 

B.  Hawley  Smith,  312  Washington  Ave.,  Danbury ,  Conn. 


WHAT    IS    OSCILLATION? 

I  JNLESS  controlled,  this  action  will  continue 
'••'  until  the  saturation  point  or  climax  is 
reached,  the  tube  then  being  said  to  be  in  a  state 
of  oscillation.  When  a  receiving  set  is  in  oscilla- 
tion, it  causes  howling  and  squealing  in  your  own 
and  your  neighbor's  receiving  sets.  Regenera- 
tion should  therefore  never  be  allowed  to  proceed 
to  this  point  as  it  then  constitutes  a  public 
nuisance.  On  commercial  receivers,  regenera- 
tion is  not  always  described  by  this  name,  and 
the  dial  which  controls  this  feature  of  the  equip- 
ment may  be  designated  by  any  of  the  following 
terms:  Regeneration;  Reaction;  Tickler;  Feed- 
back: Amplification;  Varind;  Sensitivity,  etc. 
When  a  radio  receiving  set  in  a  state  of  oscilla- 
tion is  being  tuned  to  a  broadcast  station: 

(1)  It  causes  whistles  in  radio  receiving  sets, 
of  all  types,  which  are  tuned  to  the  same  station. 
This  interference  may  be  heard  up  to  a  distance 
of  several  miles. 

(2)  It  distorts  the  quality  of  your  own  music. 
(:))   It    uses    more     B    battery    power    and 

therefore  the  life  of  the  B   battery  is  reduced. 
(4)   It  tends  to  reduce  the  life  of  the  detector 
tube. 

When  a  radio  receiving  set,  in  a  state  of  oscilla- 
tion, is  exactly  tuned  to  a  broadcast  station,  it 
is  said  to  be  in  the  state  of  zero  beat.  This 
distorts  the  broadcast  reception  and  also  in- 
terferes with  neighboring  receiving  sets  which 
are  tuned  to  the  same  station. 

In  a  word,  regeneration  carried  to  oscillation 
causes  great  annoyance  to  your  neighbors, 
poor  reception  and  expense  to  yourself,  and  has 
no  advantages  whatever. 


DOES  YOUR  RADIO  RECEIVING  SET  CAUSE 
INTERFERENCE? 

'T'HE  interfering  whittle  which  you  hear  in 
*  your  receiving  set  may  originate  in  your 
own  set  or  it  may  be  interference  caused  by  your 
neighbor.  In  order  to  determine  this  point 
you  may  make  the  following  test: 

Leave  the  regeneration  control  in  a  fixed 
position,  slowly  rotate  the  tuning  dial,  and 
note  particularly  the  change  in  sound  of  the 
whistle.  If  the  whistle  rises  and  lowers  in  pitch 
sympathetically  with  the  movement  of  your 
tuning  dial  it  indicates  that  your  receiving  set  is 
in  a  state  of  oscillation  and  probably  causing 
interference  to  other  sets.  On  the  other  hand, 
if  the  whistle  does  not  change  in  pitch  cor- 
responding to  each  movement  of  your  tuning 
dial,  but  simply  varies  in  volume,  the  whistle 
is  not  caused  by  your  receiving  set,  but  is  inter- 
ference produced  by  some  other  oscillating  re- 
ceiving set  in  the  neighborhood. 

Many  so-called  non-radiating  receivers  will, 
under  certain  conditions,  radiate  and  thus  cause 
interference.  Make  it  your  business  to  see  that 
your  set  is  not  causing  trouble. 

If  you  are  in  doubt  as  to  whether  your  set  can 
cause  interference  you  can  check  the  same  by 
making  the  following  test,  but  be  careful  to  do 
so  at  a  time  when  only  a  few  people  are  listening 
in,  so  as  not  to  cause  annoyance: 

Call  a  neighbor  on  the  telephone  and  ask  him 
to  listen  in  on  a  particular  station  at  a  pre- 
arranged time  and  then  tune  your  own  set  to  the 
same  station.  Turn  up  your  detector  tube  fila- 
ment to  normal  and  put  the  regeneration  control 
to  its  maximum ;  move  your  tuning  dial  five  times 
slowly  across  the  point  corresponding  to  the 
tuning  of  that  station,  then  telephone  your 
neighbor  and  ask  him  if  he  heard  the  interference 
corresponding  to  these  five  movements  of  the 
dial  on  your  receiving  set.  If  he  heard  your 
interference,  the  probability  is  that  hundreds 
of  others  have  also  been  annoyed  at  times  by 
radiation  from  your  receiving  set.  You  should 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


241 


Employs  no  fluids  of  any  kind.  Uses  only  one  rectifying  lube.  Separate  adjustment  for  detector  and  amplifier  tubes.  Handsomely  finished  in 
rich  velvet-green  Duco  with  solid  walnut,  satin  finish  top  and  bottom.  Ample  continuous  "B"  current  for  one  to  ten-tube  sets. 

Remarkable  Tone  Quality  *-*  ^  Amazing 
Volume  and  Selectivity^  without  "B"  Batteries 


,  in  place  of  "B"  Batteries,  is  guaranteed  to  improve  the  overall  efficiency  of  your  set. 
It  provides  constant  "B"  current  at  proper  potential  for  your  particular  receiver  circuit,  tubes 
and  loud  speaker.*  DIS-TON  is  noiseless  in  operation  —  no  crackles  and  popping  such  as  you 
get  with  run  down  "B"  Batteries  —  no  hum  of  any  kind  to  distort  the  finest  aria  or  drown 
out  the  faint  signals  from  distant  stations. 

A  self-contained  electrical  instrument  using  A  C 


DIS-TON  is  trouble  free — the  special  Trans-Filter  Unit  is  sealed 
in,  protected  against  tampering  and  deterioration.  It  can't  wear 
out.  Consumes  only  eight  watts  from  the  nearest  lamp  socket 
and  puts  your  "B"  load  on  the  big,  powerful,  carefully  watched 
generators  of  your  central  station.  You  can  rely  upon  DIS-TON 
to  give  you  the  best  from  your  receiver. 


Without  attention  of  any  kind  after  simple  initial  adjustment  to 
your  set — DIS-TON  insures  you  the  equivalent  in  performance  of 
new  "B"  Batteries  every  time  you  listen  in. 
DIS-TON  requires  no  change  in  the  internal  wiring  of  your  set  to 
secure  either  utmost  efficiency  or  entire  safety.  Accidental  im- 
proper connections  can't  result  in  tube  "burn  outs." 


DIS-TON 
complete 
ready  for 
operation 
110  volt,  60  cycle 

$10.00 

Other  voltages  and 
cycleson  application 


Know  how  much  DIS-T5N  adds  to  radio 

The  advantages  that  DIS-TON  will  give  you  are  outstanding  and  unusual.  You 

have  the  opportunity  to  verify  them  -all  on  your  present  receiver.  A  DIS-TON 

demonstration  is  yours  for  the  asking.   Send  for  Leaflet  B  and  full  details  as  the 

first  step  to  greater  radio  enjoyment  this  season. 

RADIO  PRODUCTS,  Inc. 

Dept.  RB  Richmond,  Ind. 


DIS-TON  KITS 

Essential  Parts 

for 

Home  Builders 
110  volt,  60  cycle 

$28.50 

Other  voltages  and 
cycleson  application 


*Dis-TON  will  not  make  a  "single  tube"  into  a  "super-het,"  but  it  will  modernize  the  performance  of  any 
of  the  good,  older  receivers  in  an  amazing  fashion. 


if  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


242 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


Smallest  Uniform  Frequency  Condenser 

Easily  Fits  Into  Present  Sets 

FULL  size  illustration  above  shows  Samson  Condensers  are  but 
z1/*"  diameter  with  plates  fully  extended — half  to  a  third  the 
size  of  others. 

You  can  easily  increase  the  selectivity  of  your  present  receiving  set  having 
ordinary  condensers,  and  do  away  with  the  crowding  of  station  readings — 
where  85  out  of  100  come  in  below  50  on  dial — by  using 


Damson 

^^  l/ni form  frequency 

\Jondensers 


Samson  Uniform  Frequency  Condensers  are  built  to  a  tolerance  of  1/1,000 
inch,  silver  plated  all  over  for  high  surface  conductivity,  and — in  addition 
— have  gold  plated  rotor  and  stator  plates  to  prevent  oxidization. 
These  grounded  rotor  type  instruments  have  losses  lower  than  the  average 
laboratory  standards.  This  condenser,  due  to  its  design  does  not  have  the 
defects  caused  by  either  solid  metal  or  dielectric  end  plates.  500  mmf., 
$7.00;  350  mmf.,  $6.75;  250  mmf.,  $6.50. 

SAMSON  ELECTRIC  COMPANY 

Manufacturers  Since  1882 

Canton,  Mass. 

Salt*  Representatives  in  Thirty  Leading  American  Citie*  i 


Why  not  subscribe  to  Radio  Broadcast?  By  the  year  only  $4.00;  or  two 
years,  $6.00,  saving  $2.40.  Send  direct  to  Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 
Garden  City,  New  York. 


ACME    CHARGERS 


Best  by  Test 

$Q50 

^—       minus  bulb 


Your  dealer  can  get  it  for  you 

THE  ACME  ELECTRIC  &  MFG.  CO. 


1410  Hamilton  Avenue 


Cleveland,  O. 


therefore  learn  how  to  operate  without  causing 
this  interference. 

ADJUSTING    A    REGENERATIVE   SET 

IF  YOU  will  take  the  trouble  to  observe  the 
*  rules  which  follow,  you  will  obtain  greater 
satisfaction  and  enjoyment  from  your  radio 
receiving  set,  and  at  the  same  time  cause  mini- 
mum annoyance  to  your  neighbors. 

(1)  Practise  on  tuning  powerful  stations  first 
and  do  not  try  to  pick  up  weak  distant  stations 
until  you  become  expert. 

(2)  Use  both  hands,  one  hand  for  the  regenera- 
tion control  and  the  other  hand  for  the  tuning 
control. 

(3)  Keep  the  regeneration  control  always  just 
below  the  point  of  oscillation,  your  set  is  then 
in   the  most  sensitive  condition.     This  is  the 
reason  for  using  your  two  hands  for  tuning. 

(4)  If  your  set  then  accidentally  breaks  into 
oscillation,  turn  back  the  regeneration  control 
at  once. 

(5)  Do  not  try  to  find  a  station  by  the  whistle. 
If  your  set  is  tuned  just  below  the  whistling 
point,  the  signals  will  come  in  clear  and  your 
regeneration  control  can  then  be  tuned  a  little 
further  to  increase  the  volume. 

(6)  Do  not  force  regeneration  in  an  attempt  to 
obtain   loud   speaker   volume   from   a   set   not 
designed  for  the  purpose. 

(7)  Do  not  force  regeneration  in  an  attempt  to 
hear  stations  beyond  the  range  of  your  set;  be 
content  with  those  you  can  really  hear. 

The  fact  that  you  once  heard  a  distant  station 
on  your  receiving  set  is  no  indication  that  you 
can  hear  this  station  regularly,  for  occasionally  a 
radio  broadcast  from  a  distant  station  is  re- 
ceived with  extra  strength  due  to  some  freak 
condition.  When  you  have  tried  to  tune-in  to  a 
station  in  the  correct  manner  for  a  minute  or 
two  and  are  not  able  to  hear  it,  do  not  unduly 
increase  your  regeneration  and  persistently 
wiggle  your  dials,  for  in  so  doing  you  may  be 
causing  annoyance  to  some  other  broadcast 
listener  who  would  otherwise  be  able  to  hear 
this  distant  station  on  his  multi-tube  set. 

If  you  are  not  satisfied  with  the  range  your 
present  receiver  is  giving  you  and  providing  local 
conditions  are  satisfactory,  the  only  remedy  is  a 
more  sensitive  receiver  or  the  addition  of  more 
tubes  to  your  exisiting  set.  Don't  at  your 
neighbors'  expense,  try  to  force  your  receiver. 
Besides  being  unfair  to  your  neighbors,  you  are 
also  spoiling  your  own  quality. 

You  can  accordingly  assist  in  eliminating 
these  whistles  by: 

(a)  Learning  to  operate  correctly  yourself. 

(b)  Not  allowing  children,  who  are  not  old 
enough   to  understand   the  correct  method  of 
operation,  to  cause  interference  from  your  set. 
(A  crystal  set  causes  no  interference). 

THE    LICENSE 

A  LL  radio  receiving  sets  in  Canada  are  re- 
«•  quired,  by  law,  to  be  licensed.  Licenses 
are  issued  yearly  and  are  required  to  be  renewed 
on  the  first  of  April  each  year.  They  may  be 
obtained  for  one  dollar  from  local  Radio  In- 
spectors, many  Post  Offices,  many  Radio  Dealers, 
or  from  the  Radio  Branch,  Department  of 
Marine  and  Fisheries,  Ottawa,  Canada. 

The  proceeds  of  the  license  fees  are  used  to 
maintain  an  inspection  staff  for  the  administra- 
tion of  radio  and  for  the  improvement  of  radio 
conditions  in  the  Dominion. 


For  the  benefit  of  listeners  who  are  desirous  of 
obtaining  this  article  in  circular  form,  it  should  be 
stated  that  copies  may  be  had,  on  request,  from 
the  nearest  Canadian  Radio  Inspector,  or  direct 
from  the  Radio  Branch,  Department  of  Marine 
and  Fisheries,  Ottawa,  Ontario,  Canada. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


243 


"SELF-ADJUSTING"  Rheostat 

A  BASIC  Need 
in  Every  Circuit 

BECAUSE— AMPERITE  not  only  modernizes  any 
set— it  keeps  it  modern. 


1 — Eliminates  Hand  Rheostats,  thereby 

simplifying  control. 
2 — Permits  use  of  the  latest  types  of 

tubes  or  any  combination  of  tubes. 
3 — Simplifies    and    reduces   set-wiring, 

thereby    making    for    greater 

pactness  and  avoids  losses. 
4 — No  moving  parts,  hence  no  grinding 
clear  and  full  tones. 


5 — Prolongs  tube-life  by  keeping  fila- 
ments at  a  constant  temperature. 

6 — No  filament  meters  needed. 

7 — Brings  the  most  out  of  each  indi- 
vidual tube  —  automatically — no 
guessing. 

8 — Makes  every  set-owner  a  master 
operator,  no  knobs  to  turn. 


Write  today  for 

FREE 
Hook-Ups 


Obsolete 


Sold  Everywhere 

.  1 0  complete  with  mounting 


AMPERITE  is  used  in  every  popular  present-day  construction 
set.  Why?  Because  of  its  many  outstanding  exclusive  features, 
and  because  it  solves  the  perplexing  problem  of  tube-control — 
COMPLETELY  and  AUTOMATICALLY. 

For  the  new  tubes: 

Amperite  No.  112— for  the  UX-112  and  CX-112 
Amperite  No.  120— for  the  UX-120  and  CX-120 

(Company 

Depi.  R.B.-13  50  Franklin  Street  New  York  City 

Mf's  of  "TUNE-RITE"  Straight-Line-Frequency  Dial 
Be  sure  that  the  set  you  buy  or  build  is  equipped  with  AMPERITE. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


244 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


ifiC 

Amplion pedigree 


Thirty-eight  years  ago  — 


Created  by  the  actual 
originators  and  world 's 
oldest  makers  of  loud 
speakers,  it  is  only  logi- 
cal that  the  Amplion 
should  be  unrivaled  for 
clarity  of  tone.  Some 
of  the  countries  in 
which  Amplions  rule 
as  favorites: 

UNITED  STATES 

CANADA 

ENGLAND 

SCOTLAND  WALES 

IRELAND 
NORWAY  SWEDEN 

DENMARK 

HOLLAND  BELGIUM  , 

FRANCE     SPAIN 

SWITZERLAND 

ITALY       JAPAN 

SOUTH  AFRICA 

NEW  ZEALAND 

AUSTRALIA 


In  1887  Mr.  Alfred  Graham 
invented  and  dem- 
onstrated the  first 

practical  loud  speak-  v 

er  which  the  world  had  ever  heard  (illustrated  above). 

In  1893  --  *UB^  Graham  Loud 
Speakers  placed 
upon  market.  In  1  894  GrahamLond 

Illustration  shows    Speakers    first   used   in 
the  "1893  model."     British  Navy.     Graham 
transmitters   applied  to 
phonographs  for  loud 
speaker  reproduction. 

In  1896    Graham  Loud  Speaking  Naval  Telephones  developed  and 
adopted  by  British  Admiralty. 

In  1898    Graham  Watertight  Loud  Speakers  patented.   Placed  on  many 
warships  and  mercantile  vessels,  throughout  world. 

In  1903    Complete  Graham  Loud  Speaker  installations,  on  central  bat- 
tery  plan,  erected  on  warships  as  sole  means 
of  communication. 

In  19OO  The  most  extensive  loud  speaking  naval  in- 
stallation to  date  was  made  by  Grahams. 
Included  a  Graham  exchange  system  fitted  to 
H.  M.  S.  Dreadnought. 

Onwards  Graham  Loud  Speakers  applied  to  all  sorts 
and  conditions  of  service  at  home  and  abroad, 
ashore  and  afloat. 

By  1919  No  less  than  12,OOOGraham  loud  speaking  installations  in  oper- 
ation on  ships  alone. 


19! 

Mui 


In  193O  (before  radio 
loud  speakers  were  in 
common  use)  "AMP- 
LION"  Loud  Speakers 
produced  for  radio  by 
Alfred  Graham  &  Co. 
"AMPLION"  trade- 
mark registered. 


In  1923  Amp- 
lions  adopted  as 
standard  equip- 
ment by  leading 
makers  of  radio 
sets  abroad. 


The  Amplion 
of!926 


To  hear  this  new  cAmplion  '•Dra- 
gon AR-io,  if  to  appreciate  why 
cAmplions,  year  after  year,  inter- 
nationally lead  in  stiles.  Six  mo- 
dels, including  phonograph  units, 
$1210  $42.10.  Write  for  interest- 
ing literature  and  dealer's  address. 


^•Vr 

In  1933  Amplions  introduced  into  United  States,  Canada  and  other 
countries.  Quickly  attained  largest  throughout-the-world  sale 
of  any  loud  speakers. 

In  1934  To  supply  demand  The  Amplion  Corporation  of  America  was 
formed  to  market  and  manufacture  Amplions  here. 

In  1935  More  Amplion  companies  formed  and  agents  appoint-  il^TI 
ed  throughout  world  to  keep  pace  with  international  Jilll^ 
demand.  The  Amplion  Corporation  of  Canada,  Lim- 
ited, organized. 


^|j00nBME4vrrax)nnMWfOT 

Alf  L  ON 


(gudSpeaker 


Alfred  Graham  &  Co. 

London,  England 

Patentees 


THE  AMPLION  CORPORATION  OF  AMERICA 

Executive  Offices:  Suite  L,  280  Madison  Are.,  New  York  City 
Canadian  Distributors:  Burndept  of  Canada,  Ltd.,  Toronto 


Associated  Companies  and  Agents :  Alfred  Graham  &  Co.,  London,  England;  The  Amplion  Corpora- 
tion of  Canada,  Limited,  Toronto;  Compagnie  Francaise  Amplion,  Paris,  France;  Compagnie  Conti- 
nentale  Amplion,  Brussels,  Belgium;  Amalgamated  Wireless  (Australasia),  Ltd.,  Sydney  and  Mel- 
bourne; British  General  Electric  Company,  Ltd.,  Johannesburg  and  Branches;  Indian  States  and 
Eastern  Agency,  Bombay  and  Calcutta;  C.  J.  Christie  E.  Hijo,  Buenos  Ayres;  David  Wallace  &,  Co., 
,  Valparaiso;  Mestre  Qc  Blatge,  Rio  de  Janeiro;  F.  W.  Hammond  &  Company,  London  and  Tokio. 


This  is  a  good  time  to  subscribe  for 

RADIO    BROADCAST 

Through  your  dealer  or  direct,  by  the  year  only  $4.00 
DOUBLEDAY,  PAGE  &  CO.  GARDEN  CITY,  NEW  YORK 


RADIO   WIRES 


We  manufacture  all  types. 

Round    braided    antenna    wires 
Flat  braided  antenna  wires 
TRADE    MARK    REG.  Round  stranded  antenna  wires 

Above  types  in  copper — tinned  copper — enameled  copper — tinned  bronze. 
Loop  wires  in  silk  or  cotton  covered.       Antenna  supporting  springs. 
Litz  wires.  Cotton  and  silk  covered  wires  for  set 

Enameled  wires.  wiring.  j 

Write  us  for  descriptive  catalogue.  ™ 

ROSS  WIRE  COMPANY  69  Bath  St.,  Providence,  R.  I 


READERS  WRITE 
US 

Say  "Pico"  Instead  cf  "Micro- 
Micro-Farad" 

\A7HY  not  adopt  and  familiarize  the  prefix 
T  *  'pico'  for  'micromiker'"  wrote  Mr.  F.  I. 
Anderson  in  the  September  RADIO  BROADCAST 
(page  662).  "Thus,  instead  of  saying  a  'triple- 
o-five'  condenser,  for  an  instrument  of  500 
micro-micro-farads,  let  us  say  500  picos,  which 
is  correct  and  simple,  if  we  once  get  used  to  it. 
To  be  precise,  we  should  say  pico-farads,  but  we 
could  drop  the  farads  once  we  get  used  to  the 
pico  end  of  it."  From  Robert  S.  Kruse,  techni- 
cal editor  of  QST,  comes  a  letter  informing  us  that 
he  is  heartily  in  agreement  with  this  idea  and 
has  already  taken  steps  to  make  it  take  on 
definite  shape. 

Editor,  RADIO  BROADCAST, 

Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 
Garden  City,  New  York. 

SIR: 

1  want  to  enter  an  enthusiastic  endorsement 
of  the  idea  expressed  by  Mr.  F.  1.  Anderson  on 
page  662  of  your  September  issue.  By  a 
strange  coincidence  we  received  this  issue  on  the 
exact  day  when  we  had  been  discussing  the 
extremely  unsatisfactory  nature  of  the  micro- 
micro-farad.  This  letter  is  only  to  offer  you 
my  personal  cooperation  in  anything  you  would 
care  to  do  along  this  line,  although  we  have  al- 
ready half  formed  a  plan  of  more  general  techni- 
cal cooperation.  This  plan  has  now  been  sub- 
mitted to  our  Executive  Committee  which  is 
investigating  its  practicality. 

Very  truly  yours, 
ROBERT  S.   KRUSE. 
Technical  Editor,  QST. 

Radio  Developments  in  New  Zealand 

VA/E  ARE  always  pleased  to  hear  from  our 
'  '  readers  abroad  and  we  think  that  fans  in 
this  country  are  interested  to  know  what  pro- 
gress is  being  made  in  foreign  parts  too.  There 
is  a  certain  amount  of  satisfaction  in  knowing 
that  one's  local  station  is  heard  regularly  in 
some  remote  spot  of  the  globe,  and  perhaps  a 
certain  amount  of  chagrin  when  one  reads  that 
such  and  such  a  station  may  be  heard  very  well, 
in  New  Zealand  for  example,  while  the  native 
fan,  who  may  be  merely  two  or  three  thousand 
miles  nearer,  is  unable  to  receive  it.  We  wonder 
what  percentage  of  East  Coast  fans  have 
received  KGO,  KFI,  and  KPO,  as  often  as  Mr. 
Haggett  has? 

DOMINION   RADIO  COMPANY 

WELLINGTON,    NEW    ZEALAND 

Editor,  RADIO  BROADCAST, 

Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 
Garden  City,  New  York. 

SIR: 

Just  a  few  lines  to  express  my  appreciation 
of  your  excellent  magazine.  I  have  always 
found  it  an  ideal  publication  in  every  way.  I 
have  just  received  the  July  issue  and  I  think  it 
is  the  best  yet.  I  was  very  sorry  to  learn  of  the 
death  of  Miss  Mix,  as  her  column  was  of  great 
interest  to  us.  Broadcasting  here  is  not  of  a 
very  high  order  just  yet,  but  this  year  will  see 
New  Zealand  with  one  of  the  best  broadcasting 
services  in  the  world.  Parliament  is  making 
provision  this  session  for  the  erection  of  several 
main  stations  and  several  satellite  relay  sta- 
tions. The  revenue  is  derived  from  fees  to  be 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


245 


J 


Radio  technicians  and  engineers  as  well  as  seasoned  amateurs  know  that 
"General  Instrument"  is  satisfied  with  nothing  short  of  perfect  precision. 

For  example:  The  General  Instrument  laboratories  developed  the  eccentric 
type  straight  line  frequency  condenser  at  great  expense — only  TO 
ABANDON  IT! 

Try  to  rotate  an  eccentric  type  straight  line  frequency  condenser  and  note 
the  effect  on  the  bearing  and  then  you  will  realise  why  "General  Instni' 
ment"  discontinued  the  eccentric  type  and  created  the  CONCENTRIC 
straight  line  frequency  condenser. 

CONCENTRIC  straight  line  variable  condensers  represent  the  latest 
development  in  condenser  engineering.  Observe  the  even 
distribution  of  weight  of  the  rotor  plate. 

"General  Instrument"  thinks  more  of  its  reputation  than  the 
cost  involved  in  creating  a  perfect  instrument.     Hence— 
the   CONCENTRIC   straight   line   frequency   condenser. 


CONCENTRIC  Straight  Line 
Frequency  Condenser 

(Pyrex  Insulated) 

The   perfect   instrument   created    by 
General  Instrument.     Type  80. 


STATOR 


PATENTED 


TYPE  40 

THE  INIMITABLE  RHEOSTAT 

Built  only  by  General  Instrument,  this  rheostat  can 
NOT  be  imitated.  To  get  it,  you  must  make  sure 
of  the  name  "General  Instrument." 


OBTAINABLE  AT  BETTER  CLASS  RADIO  DEPARTMENTS 


^Manufacturers  of  Laboratory  Equipment 

423  Broome  Street  New  York  City 

•if  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  -fa 


V  . 


246 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


Superadio  Receiver 


5  Tubes 
2  Dials 

$56 


Licensed  Under 
Reactodyne  Agreement 


At  last — true  beauty  is  combined  with  scientific  design  so  that  results 
never  before  expected  are  now  easily  achieved.  Loose,  extravagant 
claims  are  not  made  for  this  set,  which  must  be  seen  and  heard  to  be 
appreciated. 

Results  Undreamed  of  Now  Secured 

Employs  a  radically  new  principle — inductive  reaction.  Housed  in  a  handsome, 
compact,  solid  walnut  cabinet  with  black  bakelite  panel  engraved  in  deep  gold- 
Produces  full  rounded  tones  with  all  their  color  and  shading.  Oscillations 
automatically  controlled.  Use  of  low  loss  S.  L.  F.  Condensers  and  highly 
developed  Solenoid  R.  F.  Transformers  results  in  tremendous  power  without 
disturbing  squeals,  while  simple  controls,  only  two,  regulate  the  thunderous 
volume  to  fairylike  whispers,  if  desired. 

Send  for  circular  giving  engineering  details  why  the  Superadio 
is  so  far  ahead  of  present  day  conceptions. 

Tested  Tubes  Now  Possible 

With  the  Superadio  Dynometer 

Remember — you  can  now  buy  TESTED  tubes — 
where  the  Superadio  Dynometer  is  on  the  job. 
This  meter  is  direct  reading.  Measures  the  ampli- 
fication factor,  plate  impedance,  and  mutual  con- 
ductance of  any  radio  tube.  Extremely  easy  to 
operate.  Tests  three  tubes  per  minute. 

Special  Model  S-2  Amplifier  $30. 
Jobbers  and  Dealers 

Write  for  details  on  the  Dynometer,  and  our 
liberal  selling  proposition.  Be  the  first  in  your 
town  to  sell  TESTED  tubes. 


Superadio  Dynometer  equipped 

with  phones  and  plug.     Price  $120. 

(Patents  Pending) 


DeWITT-LaFRANCE  CO.,  Inc. 

54  Wash  burn  Ave.,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts 


Boston  Representative: 
Martin,  Hartley  &  Dewitt  Sales  Co.,  99  Bedford  St. 


Chicago  Representative: 
William  A.  Welty  &  Co.,  36  So.  State  St. 


This  is  a  good  time  to  subscribe  for 

RADIO  BROADCAST 

Through  your  dealer  or  direct,  by  the  year  only  $4.00 
DOUBLEDAY,  PAGE  &  CO.    GARDEN  CITY,  NEW  YORK 

Mexican  Crystals 

"The  Catwhisker's  Delight" 

The  BEST,  bar  none. 
For  Crystal  sets,  "Sil- 
ver Galena.''  For  Re- 
flex sets,  "Placerite." 
Once  tried,  always  used. 

A         40c  Each,  3  for  $1.00 

^      Special  for  DeForest,  joe 
70,000   users.       You    are    next. 

Dealers  write 
H.  D.  HATFIELD  &  SON 

1762  Vermont  Ave. 
Hollywood  California 


FREE 

Diagram  for 
ultra-selective 
Crystal  circuit 
free  with  3 
crystal!  at  $1. 


BROADCAST    CONTROL    OPERATORS 

who  read  Carl  DreherVs  discussion  in  the  September  RADIO 
BROADCAST  on  "Microphone  Placing  in  Studios,"  should  not 
miss  "Additional  Notes  on  Microphone  Placing"  to  be  printed 
in  the  January  magazine. 


DEALERS! 


Send  for  our  big  new  live 
Catalog.     Contains  hun- 
dreds of  standard  nation- 
ally   advertised   sets, 
kits  and  parts. 
Use  your  letterhead 


charged  listeners-in  which  will  be  the  equivalent 
of  nearly  five  dollars.  At  the  present  time  my 
company  is  running  the  broadcasting  stations 
in  this  city  and  local  companies  are  doing  the 
same  in  the  other  towns,  but  that  will  cease  of 
course  when  the  new  Broadcasting  Company 
(now  in  course  of  formation)  is  ready.  The 
reception  of  American  stations  here  is  achieved 
nightly  using  only  single  "valve"  sets,  and  loud 
speaker  volume  using  one  stage  of  radio,  de- 
tector and  two  of  audio.  I  have  heard  KGO, 
KPO,  KFI,  and  others  using  a  Kennedy  Model  XV 
Receiver  and  have  logged  any  number  of 
"Yanks"  on  a  low  loss  set  of  my  own  construc- 
tion. I  am  at  the  present  time  building  a  RADIO 
BROADCAST  Phonograph  receiver  as  described  in 
your  paper.  1  expect  great  results  from  it  and 
no  doubt  you  will  be  pleased  to  hear  how  I  get  on 
with  it.  This  quarter  of  the  globe  is  excellent 
for  reception  as  is  evident  by  the  long  distance 
records  made  by  New  Zealanders.  At  the 
time  of  writing  we  are  expecting  the  arrival  of 
the  American  Fleet  here  and  I  have  already 
heard  their  "sigs."  from  Lieutenant  Schnell's 
short  wave  set. 

The  "star"  on  your  advertisements  means  a 
lot  to  us  here  in  New  Zealand.  We  cannot  tell 
what  is  the  latest  apparatus  and  whether  all  the 
goods  one  sees  advertised  are  what  they  are  sup- 
posed to  be,  but  in  buying  for  this  firm  I  have 
never  once  fallen  in  when  guided  by  the  "star." 
We  have  up  to  the  present  only  handled  small 
quantities  of  goods  but  we  anticipate  an  in- 
creased volume  of  business  this  year.  Thordar- 
son,  Belden,  Na-ald,  Peerless,  Daven,  Bell, 
Walnart,  and  Federal  are  amongst  the  lines  we 
handle  and  we  are  satisfied  that  they  are  the  best. 
So  you  can  see  what  a  valuable  guide  your  paper 
is  to  us  who  "have  no  mother  to  guide  us",  as  it 
were.  We  all  enjoy  your  column  "As  The 
Broadcaster  Sees  It" — it  is  a  scream. 

Wishing  you  all  the  success  you  deserve  with 
your  excellent  paper. 

Very  truly,  yours, 

R.  J.  HAGGETT 
Wellington,  New  Zealand. 


The  O'Connor  Frequency-Changer 

THE  O'Connor  Frequency-Changer, 
which  was  described  fully  in  the  J  une  and 
August,  1925,  RADIO  BROADCAST,  hascaused 
much  comment,  and  we  have  received  num- 
erous letters  from  readers  who  have  had 
success  with  this  circuit.  By  its  use  it  is 
possible  to  convert  any  existing  receiver  to 
a  super-heterodyne,  and  thus  increase 
range  and  selectivity.  Used  in  combina- 
tion with  a  neutrodyne  receiver  it  is  possible 
to  efficiently  reduce  the  number  of  tuning 
controls  to  two,  instead  of  the  usual  three. 
Here  is  a  letter  from  an  enthusiastic  con- 
structor. 


Editor,  RADIO  BROADCAST 

Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 
Garden  City,  New  York. 

SIR: 

I  have  read  with  interest  the  controversy  re- 
lative to  the  O'Connor  Frequency-Changer,  and 
as  to  its  being  a  dud  I  can  give  evidence  to  the 
contrary. 

1  have  one  of  the  first  ones  made  in  this  terri- 
tory and  what  it  did  to  my  five-tube  neutrodyne 
is  more  than  satisfying,  in  selectivity  and  volume 
and  distance,  and  I  had  what  was  considered  an 
exceptional  set  before. 

Atlantic  City,  Elgin,  Providence,  and  Pittsburg 
come  in  between  two  degrees  on  the  dial,  and 
with  no  interference. 

Detroit  and  Toronto  come  in  within  half  a 
degree  on  the  dial,  also  with  no  interference.  1  am 
getting  Fort  Worth  nightly  now,  and  practically 
all  stations  above  500  watts  in  power. 

Very  truly,  yours, 

C.  F.  RODGERS, 
Conneaut.   Ohio. 


"if  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


/rety/mrtj  l/m  E 


Marks  a  new  era  in  Radio  progress — 

Sweeping  country  like  a  tornado — 

Fans  welcome  it  with  open  arms — 

Irresistible  demand  growing  by  leaps  and  bounds — 


* 


KAR AS  Started  It 

-  and  KAR  AS  Is  Carrying  On ! ! 


When  we  sprung  the  Karas  Orthometric  Condenser  on  a 
restless,  hungry  radio  public — we  knew  we  had  started 
something.  But  we  scarcely  expected  to  be  snowed  under 
with  such  a  literal  avalanche  of  orders. 
We  inaugurated  Straight  Frequency  Line  Tuning  at  the 
psychological  moment.  Radio  Fandom  was  waiting  hun- 
grily for  something  new.  And  here  was  something — not 
only  new — but  so  perfectly  simple —  so  thoroughly  scien- 
tific—so downright  sensible,  that  everyone  wanted  KARAS 
Orthometric  Condensers  at  once. 

Our  scheduled  production  was  like  a  drop  in  the  bucket. 
Buyers  pleaded  —  cajoled  —  even  threatened.  Our  plans 
were  doubled,  trebled,  quadrupled.  But  it  all  took  time. 


KARAS  Orthometric  Condensers  could  not  be  thrown 
together.  It  took  months  to  train  gangs  to  build  them 
with  the  absolute  precision  KARAS  demands.  So  tens  of 
thousands  had  to  wait  or  buy  other  makes,  hurriedly 
assembled  to  supply  the  demand  we  had  created. 

NOW — after  months  of  preparation  we  are  able  to  pro- 
duce enough  KARAS  Orthometric  Condensers  to  take 
care  of  at  least  a  fair  share  of  the  demand.  This  an- 
nouncement is  an  apology  to  those  who  were  disappoint- 
ed. A  note  of  thanks  to  those  who  have  waited.  And  a 
promise  of  revelation  to  those  who  have  not  yet  discov- 
ered the  marvelous  advantages  of  Straight  Frequency- 
Line  Radio  Tuning. 


How  KARAS  Orthometric  Condensers 
Simplify  the  Tuning  of  any  Radio  Set 


\o     to 

"' 


Culinary  Condenser  Arrangementof  Wavelenglhs    Straight  Line  Wavelength  CondenserArrangement 


Ordinary  straight  capacity  condensers 
crowd  70  of  the  100  wave  lengths 
into  the  first  30  points  of  the  dial. 


With  straight -line -wavelength  con- 
densers 57  of  the  100  wavelengths  are 
crowded  into  the  first  30  pointsonthediaL 


of  Wavelengths  on  Dial 


Sizes  and  Prices — 

23  plate,  .0005  Mfd.,  $7.00 
17  plate,  .00037  Mfd.,  6.75 
11  plate.  .00025  Mfd.,  6.5O 
5  plate,  .0000972  Mfd.,  6.50 


Note  the 
long 

eccentric 
plates 


The  New  Scientific  Karas  Orthometric 
Condensers  insure  absolutely  equal  sep- 
aration on  the  dial  of  all  wavelengths 
throughout  the  entire  broadcasting  range. 

Government  regulations  separate  all  stations  by  an  equal  interval  of  10  kilocycles.  Old  type 
condensers — straight  line  capacity  and  straightline  wavelength — warped  this  uniform  arrange- 
ment —  crowding  a  lot  of  low  wavelength  stations  into  the  first  few  degrees  on  the  dial.  Diffi- 
culty in  tuning — confused  heterodyning  interference — garbling  of  programs — these  were  the 
results.  KARAS  Orthometric  Condensers  give  low  wavelength  stations  the  same  equal  sepa- 
ration as  the  high  ones.  It  is  the  last  word  in  making  real  selectivity  possible.  The  illustra- 
tions above  tell  the  story  better  than  words. 

Karas  Orthometric  Condensers  are  both  theoretically,  and  mechanically  perfect.    Made  entirely  of  brass— plates 
patent  leveled  and  securely  bridged  to  insure  permanent  rigidity  and  alignment.    Every  joint  soldered.    Grounded 
frame  and  rotor.    Adjustable  cone  bearings.    Spring  copper  pigtail.    In  short,  so  beautiful  a  job  that  one  engineer, 
on  seeing  the  condenser  for  the  first  time,  smilingly  inquired.    How  many  jewels?"    As  proof  of  their  mechanical 
and  electrical  efficiency,  Karas  Orthometric  Condensers  will  hold  a  charge  for  from  6 
to  8  hours,  as  against  one  hour  to  an  hour  and  fifteen  minutes  for  ordinary  condensers. 


If  your  dealer  hasn't  secured  a  stock  of  Karas  Condensers 

Order  on  this 
Coupon ! 


Most  good  dealers  every- 
where. sell  Karas  Orthomet- 
ric Condensers.  If  your 

dealer  happens  to  be  one  who 

hasn't  secured  them,  we  will  sup- 
ily  you  direct  on  our  30-day 
oney-Back  Guarantee.  Just  fill 

in  and  mail  this  coupon  at  once. 

Send  no  money.  Pay  your  post- 

man on  delivery. 


KARAS  ELECTRIC  CO., 

_    For  more  than  30  years  makers  of  PRECISION  Electrical  Apparatus 


4043  N.  Rockwell  St.,  Chicago 

Please  send  me Karas  Orthometric  Con- 
densers, size at  $ each. 

I  will  pay  the  postman  the  list  price,  plus  postage,  on  deliv- 
ery. It  is  understood  that  I  have  the  privilege  of  returning 
these  condensers  any  time  within  30  days  if  they  do  not  prove 
entirely  satisfactory,  and  you  will  refund  my  money  at  once. 


Name  — 


Address _, 


Dealer's  Name... — 

If  you  send  cash  with  order.we'll  »end  pat 


ag«po«tpald 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


ARTHUR  H.  LYNCH,  Editor 
WILLIS  K.  WING,  Associate  Editor 
JOHN  B.  BRENNAN,  Technical  Editor 


JANUARY,  1926 
Vol.  VIII,  No.  3 


Cover  Design  -  From  a  Painting  by  Fred  }.  Edgars 
Telephoning  Photographs  *•*'**.-  Frontispiece 
Ether  Waves  You  Cannot  Hear  -  -  -  James  Stotyey 
Late  News  on  the  International  Tests  Willis  K.  Wing 
The  March  of  Radio  J.  H.  Morecroft 

What's  New  in  Radio  -  -  -  Austin  C.  Lescarboura 
Better  Audio  Amplification  -  Kendall  Clough 

Notes  on  the  Model  1926  Receiver  Ernest  R.  Pfaff 
The  Listeners'  Point  of  View  -  -  John  Wallace 

A  Universal  Short'  Wave  Transmitter 

Nicholas  Hagemann 

As  the  Broadcaster  Sees  It     -    -    -    '     Carl  Dreher 

"Radio  Broadcast's"  Universal  Receiver 

Arthur  H.  Lynch 

"Radio  Broadcast's"  Booklet  of  Call  Signals 

Lawrence  W.  Corbett 

Methods  of  Controlling  Oscillation  in  Radio  Fre' 
quency  Circuits  -     -     -     -     -     -     -  John  Bernard 

If  You  Seek  Economy,  Buy  the  Best  Harold  Jolliffe 
"Now,  I  Have  Found"  -  -  -  -  ' 


An  A.  C.  Amplifier  with  the  Robert! 
The  Roberts  Set  with  Cylindrical  Coil* 
A  Home-Made  Loud  Speaker 

The  Grid  —  Questions  and  Answers    •»'•**» 

Component  Values  for  the  "Aristocrat  " 
Noises  and  Their  Causes 
Impedance  Amplifiers 

A  Key  to  Recent  Radio  Articles      E.  G.  Shaltyiauser 
Book  Review  *.••'_•         -     -    J.  H.  Morecroft 

"RADIO:   BEAM  A>{D  BROADCAST" 

High-Speed  Fading   -     -     '  -    -    - 

What  Our  Readers  Write  Us     ........ 


295 
299 
300 
305 
308 
313 
317 

321 
326 

332 
337 

350 
360 
362 

376 

380 
388 

392 
394 


EDITORIAL   SCENES 


TAMES  Stokley.  who  writes  "Ether  Waves  You  Cannot 
I  Hear"  is  an  associate  of  Dr.  Edward  E.  Slosson,  the  di- 
rector of  Science  Service  in  Washington.  Science  Service  is 
a  most  interesting  and  unusual  organization,  devoted  to  present- 
ing in  an  able  fashion  the  facts  about  science  in  any  of  its 
branches.  The  board  of  directors  of  the  organization  number 
some  of  the  greatest  scientists  now  living  in  America.  For 
the  benefit  of  those  readers  who  do  not  know,  Professor  J.  H. 
Morecroft  whose  "March  of  Radio"  has  appeared  in  RADIO 
BROADCAST  ever  since  its  first  issue  is  a  professor  of  electrical 
engineering  at  Columbia  University,  where  he  has  trained  many 
a  radio  engineer.  Austin  Lescarboura,  the  writer  of'What's 
New  in  Radio"  was  formerly  Managing  Editor  of  the  Scientific 
American.  He  is  now  a  free  lance  writer.  Some  interesting 
slants  —  as  the  baseball  writers  put  it  —  on  broadcasting  are 
offered  by  the  new  conductor  of  "The  Listeners"  Point  of 
View,"  John  Wallace,  whose  first  department  appears  in  this 
number.  The  changes  in  call  letters,  and  frequency  of  Cana- 
dian and  American  broadcastings  tations  during  the  past  few 
months  have  been  many  and  we  have  made  every  effort  to  have 
the  list  appearing  on  page  337  the  most  accurate  to  be  found 
anywhere.  Readers  who  have  access  to  a  razor  blade  and  a  pin 
can  quite  easily  make  up  a  sixteen-page  booklet  from  the  list. 
Some  misunderstanding  has  arisen  about  the  description  of 
a  new  N-P  coil  for  the  Roberts  Knockout  receiver  printed  on 
page  66  of  RADIO  BROADCAST  for  November.  The  author  was 
Ralph  D.  Tygert,  an  engineei  on  the  staff  of  the  F.  W.  Sickles 
coil  company  at  Springfield,  Massachusetts.  Mr.  Tygert's 
findings  have  been  incorporated  in  the  new  coils  now  being 
marketed  by  that  company  for  the  Knockout  receiver. 

OCTOBER  and  November  have  been  the  months  of  radio 
shows  throughout  the  country;  November  especially  was 
a  red  letter  month  in  American  radio  affairs,  for  the  third  of 
Secretary  Hoover's  radio  conferences  was  held  in  Washington 
and  everyone  agrees  that  the  policies  recommended  for  radio 
are  most  wise  and  calculated  for  the  best  interests  of  radio  in  this 
country.  Too  much  credit  can  not  be  given  to  Mr.  Hoover  for 
his  ability  and  foresight  in  causing  the  varied  and  sometimes 
sharply  competitive  interests  of  radio  to  settle  their  complex 
problems  by  amicable  conference  where  reason  has  almost  al- 
ways prevailed. 

MUCH  activity  is  seen  in  the  Laboratory  these  days.  The 
staff  is  experimenting  with  three  distinct  receiver  cir- 
cuits, all  of  which  have  great  merit  and  technical  interest. 
If  the  receivers  are  proved  worthy,  each  one  will  be  described 
in  an  early  number  of  the  magazine.  The  Laboratory  is  col- 
lecting data  on  radio  tubes  and  Keith  Henney,  director  of  the 
Laboratory,  will  have  an  article  showing  curves  on  all  the  popu- 
lar tubes  with  a  mass  of  highly  valuable  information  for  every 
radio  user,  which,  as  far  as  we  know,  has  never  been  put  to- 
gether in  one  article  before.  The  February  number  will  also 
present  "How  Long  Will  My  B  Batteries  Last?"  by  George 
C.  Furness,  an  engineer  who  probably  knows  as  much  about 
radio  batteries  as  anyone  in  the  business.  We  shall  also  give 
the  latest  plans  for  the  1926  International  Radio  Broadcast 
Tests  which  will  occur  one  week  after  the  February  magazine 
is  on  sale.  Those  Tests,  by  the  way,  give  promise  of  being 
more  interesting  and  successful  than  either  of  the  two  which 
have  so  far  been  held.—  W.  K.  W. 


Doubleday,  Page  &  Co. 
MAGAZINES 

COUNTRY  LIFE 

WORLD'S  WORK 

GARDEN  &  HOME  BUILDER 

RADIO  BROADCAST 

SHORT  STORIES 

EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW 

LE  PETIT  JOURNAL 

EL  Eco 

THE  FRONTIER 

WEST 


Doubleday,  Page  &•  Co. 
BOOK  SHOPS 

/LORD  &  TAYLOR  BOOK  SHOP 

I  PENNSYLVANIA  TERMINAL  (2  Shops) 
.  <  3g  WALL  ST 

\GRAND  CENTRAL  TERMINAL 
f  22^  NORTH  8™  STREET 
\  4914  MARYLAND  AVENUE 

K  .,.-,-  CITY-  I  920  GRAND  AVENUE 
KANSAS  CITY,  j  ?o6  WEST  4?TH  STR£ET 

TOLEDO:  LASALLE  &  KOCH 

CLEVELAND:  HIGBEE  Co. 

SPRINGFIELD,  MASS.:  MEEKINS,  PACKARD  &  WHEAT 


»._„, 
NEW 


ST  Louis- 


Doubleday,  Pjfe  &  Co. 
OFFICES 

GARDEN  CITY,  N.  Y. 

NEW  YORK:  120  WEST  32ND  STREET 

BOSTON:  PARK  SQUARE  BUILDING 

CHICAGO:  PEOPLES  GAS  BUILDING 

SANTA  BARBARA,  CAL. 

LONDON:  WM.  HEINEMANN  LTD. 

TORONTO:  OXFORD  UNIVERSITY  PRESS 


Doubleday,  Page  &"  Co. 
OFFICERS 

F.  N.  DOUBLEDAY,  President 

A.  W.  PAGE,  Y  ice-President 

NELSON  DOUBLEDAY,  Vice-President 

RUSSELL  DOUBLEDAY,  Secretary 

S.  A.  EVERITT,  Treasurer 

JOHN  J.  HESSIAN,  Assi.  Treasurer 


Co, 


DOUBLEDAT,  PAGE  &  COMPACT,  Garden  Qity,  ^e 

jpyright,  1925,  m  the  United  States,  Newfoundland,  Great  Britain,  Canada,  and  other  countries  by  Doubleday,  Page  &  Company.    All  rights  reserved. 

TERMS:  $4.00  a  year;  single  copies  35  cena. 

29O 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


293 


Single 


Dial  Tuning 


Yet 

Greater 
Selectivity 


The  Wave  Master 
Consolette 

A  beautiful  genuine 
mahogany  model  with 
inbuilt  horn, 

$235.00 

Also  made 

in  a  handsome  Console 

Model.     Price 

$275.00 


"NOW 
I  Get  What 
I  Want 
When  I  Want  It" 


KELLOGG 

Found  the  Way! 


Standard  Model 
5-Tube  Wave  Master 

in  beautifully  finished 

cabinet  of  solid  genuine 

mahogany.   Price, 

$125.00 


HERE,  at  last,  is  a  radio  set  that  is  REALLY  easy 
to  tune.    Just  one  tuning  dial — but  what  a  magic 
dial  it  is!  For  it  actually  has  a  range  of  540 
degrees— over  three  times  more  station  finding  range 
than  the  ordinary  dial. 


A  dial  that  gives  lots  of  room 
for  a  wide  separation  of  stations. 
Makes  it  easy  to  tune  in  the 
one  you  want  and  to  completely 
blot  out  the  others. 
In  fact,  this  remarkable  new  Kel- 
logg receiver  is  exactly  the  set 
busy  men  and  women  every- 
where have  been  asking  for.  A 
set  that  brings  in  what  you  want 
when  you  want  it — without  fus- 
sing, without  "hushing"  the  rest 
of  the  family,  without  any  need 
of  knowing  what  is  going  on  in- 
side the  handsome  cabinet.  Sim- 
ply superb  is  the  musical  quality 
of  WAVE  MASTER  reception. 
This  masterpiece  of  receiving 
sets  is  the  product  of  a  manu- 
facturing company  that  would 
naturally  be  expected  to  design 
a  great  set.  For  28  years,  the 
Kellogg  Switchboard  &  Supply 
Company  has  been  making  pre- 
cision electrical  instruments — 
telephones,  switchboards,  and 
apparatus.  Ever  since  the  be- 
ginning of  radio  we  have  been 
making  radio  parts  of  highest 


quality.  But  not  until  now  have 
we  been  able  to  perfect  a  radio 
receiver  that  we  felt  was  worthy 
to  carry  the  Kellogg  name. 

The  Kellogg  WAVE  MASTER 
has  little  in  common  with  other 
five-tube  sets.  It  operates  on  a 
new,  better  and  more  efficient 
principle.  By  using  a  new  sys- 
tem of  amplification  and  detec- 
tion, we  have  solved  the  difficult 
problem  of  single  dial  tuning. 

We  have  done  it  without  any 
sacrifice  of  selectivity;  instead, 
we  have  INCREASED  selectiv- 
ity as  greatly  as  we  have  in- 
creased simplicity. 

Would  you  know  more  about 
the  WAVE  MASTER?  It  is  our 
aim  to  make  it  easy  for  folks 
to  test  the  WAVE  MASTER 
wherever  they  may  be  located 
— the  country  over.  If  you  do 
not  know  the  Kellogg  dealer  in 
your  vicinity,  write  us  at  once 
for  his  name  and  a  full  descrip- 
tion of  the  WAVE  MASTER 
circuit.  Ask  for  Folder  No.  5-A. 


Kellogg 
Symphony 
Reproducer 


A  Separate  Circuit  for  Each 
40  Meter  Wavelength  Band 

One-Dial  Control,  Yet  Greater  Selectivity. 


Radio  Dealers  and  Jobbers! 

We  are  now  closing  sales  franchises  in  open 
territory  which  is  fast  being  taken  up,  The 
WAVE  MASTER  franchise,  backed  by 
Kellogg  resources  and  our  powerful  advertis- 
ing campaign  is  most  valuable.  Wire  us  if  in- 
terested—«r  get  into  Chicago  quickly  and  see 
us  regarding  this  money-making  proposition. 


Kellogg  Switchboard  &  Supply  Company 

1066  West  Adams  Street,  Chicago,  111. 


* 


TER 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


IDENTIFICATION 
"'ANTED 


HOW  "TELEPHONED"  PHOTOGRAPHS  LOOK 

Radio  men  have  been  interested  in  the  announcement  of  the  Amercian  Telephone  &  Telegraph  Company  of  the  successful  sending  of  photographs  by  wire. 
The  center  oval  shows  a  transmitted  piAure  of  the  parade  a  President  Coolidge's  inaugural.  Note  the  great  detail  preserved.  Checks  and  business  papers 
are  frequently  sent  by  wire.  The  check  shown  was  sent  from  New  York  to  Chicago  in  seven  minutes.  The  finger  print  is  shown  upper  left,  as  received 
in  Chicago  after  it  was  sent  from  the  files  of  the  Police  Department  in  New  York  to  the  Chicago  police,  for  indentificaton,  which  was  made  and  confirmed 
in  three  minutes  after  reception.  Diredtly  above  is  shown  the  picture  receiving  device.  On  the  left  is  the  'amp  house,  next  the  "light  valve,"  operated 
by  electric  impulses  received  from  the  sender  The  rolled  unexposed  film  is  shown  on  the  drum  in  the  foreground;  behind  it  is  the  synchronous  motor. 
When  pictures  are  received,  the  room  is  kept  dark.  The  only  light  on  the  receiving  film  is  that  which  passes  through  the  light  valve 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


VOLUME  VIII 


NUMBER  3 


JANUARY,  1926 


V8I- ' "• 


Ether  Waves  You  Cannot  Hear 

The  Few  Isolated  Facts  Known  About  the  Ultra  Short  Waves  of  Heat  and  Light 

—The  Characteristics  of*  X-  and  Radium  Rays — Taking  Photographs  Through  Dense 

Mists  by  Aid  of  Infra-Red  Rays — How  the  Gap  in  Knowledge  is  Being  Bridged 

Between  Radio  Waves  and  the  Much  Shorter   Ones  Familiar  as  Heat  and  Light 


M 


"OST  radio  enthusiasts  are  a- 
ware  that  when  they  listen  to 
a  broadcast  concert  or  lecture, 
the  ether  is  frequently  full  of 
commercial  messages  in  code 
sent  from  ships  or  land  stations,  yet,  in  the 
best  receiving  sets,  these  are  not  heard  be- 
cause their  wavelength  is  much  greater  than 
that  to  which  the  sets  are  tuned.  Likewise 
short-wave  transmission,  using  wavelengths 
down  to  a  few  meters,  which  has  been  so 
much  discussed  as  making  possible  the 
sending  of  messages  over  great  distances  in 
daytime,  does  not  affect  the  ordinary  set, 
but  requires  a  special  one  that  is  tuned  to 
these  waves. 

Even  a  short-wave  receiv- 
ing set,  however,  will  not 
make  audible  the  multitude 
of  still  shorter  waves  that  are 
continually  fleeting  through 
space,  for  radio  waves  are  not 
the  only  kind  of  ether  waves. 
Thousands  of  times  shorter 
but  otherwise  identical  with 
them,  are  the  waves  of  light, 
and  still  shorter  are  the  X- 
rays,  and  the  rays  of  radium. 
Thus  there  is  a  complete 
range  of  vibrations,  all  the 
way  from  those  with  waves 
whose  lengths  are  measured 
by  the  millionths  of  an  inch, 
to  others  whose  waves  are 
miles  long.  Some  occur  in 
nature,  some  are  produced  by 
man  with  his  various  pieces 
of  scientific  apparatus,  and 
still  others  are  yet  to  be  pro- 
duced. .  There  are  undiscov- 
ered gaps  in  the  series  which 
have  not  yet  been  filled,  but 


By  JAMES  STOKLEY 

physicists  and  many  other  tireless  workers 
in  allied  fields  in  many  countries  are  busily 
engaged  in  closing  these  gaps,  and  making 
the  series  an  unbroken  one. 

Most  familiar  to  us,  more  familiar  even 
than  the  radio  waves,  are  those  which  make 
up  visible  light.  The  wavelengths  of  these 
are  between  ^i^  and  TnrW  of  an 
inch,  the  shortest  making  up  violet  light 
and  the  longest  red.  Between  these  are 
the  wavelengths  of  the  other  colors,  but 
longer  than  the  longest  red  waves,  and 
shorter  than  the  shortest  violet  ones,  are 
the  waves  which  make  up  what  is  often  re- 
ferred to  as  "invisible  light."  Those  that 


TWO    EXAMPLES   OF    X-RAY    TUBES 

The  largest  and  smallest  ones  made.  These  tubes  have  been  invaluable  for 
surgical  work  during  the  past  few  years.  By  placing  the  hand,  in  which,  let  us 
suppose,  a  piece  of  metal  has  become  lodged,  between  the  tube  and  a  phosphores- 
cent screen,  the  flesh  will  be  found  to  cast  a  very  faint  shadow;  the  bones,  a 
stronger  one;  while  the  embedded  metal  object  will  show  a  clear  defined  shadow 


are  too  long  to  see  are  called  infra-red,  and 
the  short  ones  ultra-violet. 

When  a  beam  of  white  light  is  passed 
through  a  prism,  the  familiar  rainbow-like 
spectrum  is  the  result,  a  band  of  colors 
varying  from  red  at  one  end  to  violet  at  the 
other.  But  the  red  and  violet  parts  are  not 
really  the  ends;  the  fact  that  they  seem  so  is 
only  because  our  eyes  are  not  as  sensitive  as 
some  scientific  instruments.  Take  a  radio- 
meter, the  little  device  consisting  of  small 
vanes,  black  on  one  side  and  silvered  on  the 
other,  inside  a  glass  bulb,  which  is  often 
seen  in  an  optician's  window,  and  spins 
merrily  when  the  sun  shines  on  it.  This  is 
operated  by  the  heat  rays, 
and  if  it  is  placed  a  little  be- 
yond the  red  end  of  the  spec- 
trum, it  will  twirl,  thus 
showing  the  presence  of  heat 
waves,  which  are  identical 
with  the  infra-red. 

On  the  other  hand,  if  we 
allow  the  spectrum,  and  the 
part  of  it  beyond  the  violet, 
to  fall  upon  a  photographic 
film,  the  most  impression  on 
the  film  will  be  made  not  by 
the  yellow  part  of  the  spec- 
trum, which  appears  bright- 
est to  the  eye,  but  by  the 
darker  blue,  and  there  will 
be  a  prominent  image  caused 
by  the  presence  of  the  short 
waves  called  the  ultra-violet. 
In  the  realm  of  invisible 
light,  things  are  not  always 
what  they  seem.  During  the 
World  War,  several  allied  air- 
planes arose  from  their  own 
lines  bearing  what  was  ap- 
parently an  enemy  insignia, 


296 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


JANUARY,  1926 


and  they  could  easily  have  flown  over  the 
German  lines  without  molestation  from 
anti-aircraft  guns.  Neither  did  any  of 
the  allied  soldiers  attempt  to  capture  the 
occupants  of  the  planes  when  they  landed, 
nor  were  any  bombs  dropped  before  the 
planes  came  down,  for  although  to  the  un- 
aided eye  they  bore  a  strange  insignia  it 
was  transformed  to  the  familiar  design  of 
an  allied  craft  when  observed  through  red 
color  screens  provided  the  allied  observers. 
The  enemy  insignia  was  painted  on  the 
airplane  in  paint  that  reflected  visible  light, 
but  that  of  the  allies  was  painted  with 
pigment  that  reflected  its  shape  and  form 
only  in  deep  red  light. 
i  Even  the  secrets  of  the  spheres  are  re- 
vealed through  astronomical  photography 
with  invisible  light.  Last  summer  at  the 
Mt.  Wilson  Observatory,  in  California, 
when  Mars  made  a  close  approach  to  the 
earth,  it  was  found  possible  for  the  first 
time  to  measure  the  extent  of  the  planet's 
atmosphere,  and  indeed,  to  prove  to  a  cer- 
tainty that  it  has  an  atmosphere.  These 


pictures  were  made  with  the  great  loo-inch 
telescope,  the  largest  in  the  world.  Two 
sets  were  made,  one  by  blue  light,  and  the 
other  by  infra-red.  Not  only  did  the  latter 
exposures  show  numerous  markings  on  the 
planet,  which  were  completely  obscured  in 
the  blue  set,  but  they  also  showed  the  dia- 
meter of  the  planet  appreciably  smaller! 
This,  of  course,  is  what  we  would  expect  if 
Mars  had  an  atmosphere  like  the  earth's. 
The  blue  light  photographs  could  not  pene- 
trate the  Martian  layer  of  air,  but  the  infra- 
red ones  did,  and  enabled  us  to  see  the 
planet's  surface. 

This  same  principle  also  permits  photo- 
graphs to  be  made  on  the  earth  through 
great  depths  of  atmosphere,  and  even 
through  mists  so  dense  that  the  human  eye 
cannot  see  through  them.  Airplane  photo- 
graphs from  great  heights  are  made  in  his 
manner,  and  the  special  plates  used  reveal 
all  the  detail  on  the  ground  below.  The 
photographer  ordinarily  uses  a  red  light  in 
his  dark  room  because  light  of  that  color 
does  not  affect  his  sensitive  emulsions,  but 


by  bathing  the  plates  before  use  in  special 
dyes,  they  becomesensitiveto  this  part  of  the 
spectrum,  and  may  be  used  with  sufficiently 
fast  shutter  speeds  to  permit  aerial  photo- 
graphy with  red,  or  even  infra-red  light. 

The  bathing  beauties  and  the  brave  life 
guards  browned  by  the  sun  have  ultra- 
violet rays  to  thank  for  their  coloration. 
For  sunburn  is  largely  due  to  light  waves 
shorter  than  the  visible  spectrum.  Babies 
are  endangered  when  they  lack  this  sort  of 
light,  for  it  is  necessary  to  their  health. 
One  of  the  most  important  recent  discover- 
ies in  the  field  of  nutrition  is  that  foods, 
such  as  milk  and  even  lard,  when  exposed 
to  ultra-violet  rays,  develop  properties  that 
prevent  and  cure  rickets  in  animals  and 
human  beings. 

The  sun  is  the  greatest  and  best  ultra- 
violet ray  machine  we  have.  The  sun  is  a 
great  doctor.  Mercury,  vapor  lamps  can, 
of  course,  substitute  for  the  sun,  when  days 
are  dark  or  short.  Moreover,  there  should 
be  little  or  nothing  between  the  sun  and  the 
patient  for  the  most  effective  treatment 


MODERN    X-RAY    APPARATUS 

Which  is  due  to  the  discoveries  of  Rontgen,  in  1895,  of  certain  rays  called  X-  or  Rontgen  rays.  These  rays  are  invariably  produced  by  the  sudden 
stoppage  of  cathode  rays  by  a  solid  obstacle.  In  modern  X-ray  tubes,  the  rays  are  as  a  rule  allowed  to  impinge  on  a  tungsten  target  placed  in  the 
center  of  the  bulb.  X-rays  are  then  emitted  only  on  the  side  of  the  bulb  facing  the  tungsten.  These  Rontgen  rays,  like  cathode  Rays,  excite  fluorescence 
when  they  strike  a  suitable  object.  The  exact  nature  of  X-rays  is  still  a  matter  of  controversy,  but  most  people  now  maintain  that  they  are  simply 

ultra-short  light  waves 


JANUARY,  1926 


ETHER  WAVES  YOU  CANNOT  HEAR 


297 


TWO    EXHIBITS    AT   THE    NATIONAL    ACADEMY  OF    SCIENCES,    WASHINGTON 

To  the  left  is  shown  an  ultra-violet  lamp  which  has  been  photographed  by  means  of  its  own  light.     The  photograph  to  the 
right  shows  another  picture  of  this  instrument.     The  mercury-vapor  lamp,  as  it  is  termed,  is  rich  in  ultra-violet  light 


For  most  substances,  glass  among  them,  are 
opaque  to  these  short  rays.  A  sun  bath 
behind  a  window  pane  would  be  ineffectual 
and  for  the  same  reason  many  violet-ray 
machines  with  lamps  housed  in  glass,  are 
valueless. 

WHAT    CAUSES    LIGHT 

DUT  what  causes  light,  or  other  ether 
L*  waves,  and  how  are  they  trans- 
mitted? Many  years  ago  it  was  supposed 
that  a  luminous  body  gave  off  myriads  of 
tiny  particles,  or  "corpuscles,"  which  tra- 
veled in  straight  lines,  and  when  they  en- 
tered the  eye,  produced  a  physiologic  effect. 
This,  however,  gave  way  to  the  wave  theory 
which  is  still  held,  though  with  some  modi- 
fications. In  studying  light,  one  of  the 
most  useful  instruments  has  been  the  spec- 
troscope. 

When  light  is  passed  through  a  prism  and 
the  proper  combination  of  lenses,  a  band  of 
colored  light,  the  familiar  spectrum,  is  the 
result,  and  if  the  prism  and  lenses  are  prop- 
erly adjusted,  there  appears,  when  sun- 
light is  being  analyzed,  a  number  of  dark 
bands  or  lines  which  cross  the  spectrum  at 
right  angles.  These  were  long  ago  shown 
to  be  due  to  incandescent  gases,  and  by 
their  use,  astronomers  have  been  able  to 
tell  what  substances  the  sun  contains,  al- 


most as  well  as  if  they  had  a  piece  of  it  in 
the  laboratory  to  study. 

Each  element  has  certain  lines  in  the 
spectrum.  Thus  many  thousand  are 
known  for  iron,  while  others  do  not  have  so 
many.  Hydrogen  has  a  number  in  various 
parts  of  the  spectrum,  and  corresponding  to 
the  color,  or  wavelength  of  the  part  that 
they  occupy.  In  1885,  Balmer  found  that 
a  simple  law  would  give  the  wavelengths  of 
the  lines  of  one  of  the  series  due  to  hydro- 
gen. Since  then,  similar  series  have  been 
found  for  other  series  of  hydrogen  lines, 
and  also  for  other  elements. 

This,  then,  showed  that  there  must  be 
some  order  in  the  structure  of  these  ele- 
ments, but  it  is  a  different  thing  to  find, 
by  trial  and  error,  a  law  that  fits  a  series  of 
cases,  and  to  work  out  the  reason  that 
such  a  law  is  followed.  But  the  talent  was 
not  lacking  to  find  such  a  reason,  and  the 
best  explanation,  and  the  one  that  is  most 
generally  accepted  by  physicists,  is  that 
given  by  Prof.  Niels  Bohr,  of  Copenhagen, 
Denmark.  It  explains  not  only  the  series 
spectra  of  hydrogen,  but  also  of  the  other 
elements  for  which  such  spectra  have  been 
determined. 

According  to  the  Bohr  theory,  the  atom 
consists  of  electricity.  At  the  center  is  a 
charge  of  positive  electricity  called  the 


proton,  and  around  it  revolve  one  or  more 
negative  charges,  which  the  physicists  calls 
electrons.  These  resemble  the  planets  of 
the  solar  system,  while  the  proton  is  similar, 
in  its  relative  position,  to  the  sun,  around 
which  theelectrons  revolve  indefmiteorbits. 
But  here  is  an  important  difference  between 
the  celestial  and  atomic  cosmogony. 
While  the  planets  in  the  sky  always  move 
in  the  same  orbit,  the  electrons  have  the 
power  of  jumping  from  one  orbit  to  another, 
and  every  time  that  such  a  change  occurs, 
either  visible  or  invisible  light,  or  possibly 
one  of  the  other  forms  of  radiation,  is  given 
off. 

The  simplest  atom  is  that  of  hydrogen, 
and  thus  it  is  understood  why  the  spectral 
series  of  that  element  was  first  determined. 
Its  atom  consists  of  a  single  proton,  or 
nucleus,  around  which  revolves  a  single 
planetary  electron.  Every  time  the  planet- 
ary electron  changes  its  path,  a  radiation  is 
given  off.  But,  one  asks,  how  is  it  that 
there  are  so  many  lines  in  the  spectrum  of 
hydrogen,  when  a  single  wavelength  is 
given  off  with  each  change?  As  a  matter  of 
fact,  if  it  were  possible  to  isolate  a  single 
hydrogen  atom,  it  would  not  radiate  light 
of  the  entire  hydrogen  spectrum.  But 
when  there  are  a  great  number  of  atoms  to- 
gether, as  there  are  in  even  the  smallest 


298 

quantity  of  hydrogen  that  we 
can  work  with,  there  are  so 
many  that  at  any  instant  every 
possible  change  is  going  on  in 
one  or  more  atoms,  and  the 
combination  produces  the 
spectrum. 

X-RAYS    USED   TO    ANALYZE 
THE    ATOM 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


JANUARY,  1926 


Invisible      Limit  of     Violet    Blue     Blue- 
Ultra-Violet    Visibility  Green 


Yellow-   Orange   Red    Deep    Limit  of 
Green  Red    Visibility 


\A/ITH  the  shortest  ultra 
""  violet  waves  about 
^oo!ooo  °f  an  incn  '"  length, 
and  the  atoms  so  much  smaller 
than  that,  it  would  seem  hope- 
less to  expect  to  study  them  by  that  means, 
but  here  the  X-rays  came  into  use.  Much 
like  lifting  one's  self  with  one's  boot  straps 
is  this  method,  for  the  X-rays  have  been 
used  to  analyze  the  atom,  and  at  the  same 
time  the  study  of  the  structure  of  matter 
has  thrown  light  on  the  nature  of  the  X- 
rays.  In  1895,  on  the  8th  of  November, 
Prof.  W.  K.  Rontgen,  at  Wurzburg,  Ger- 


THE    SOLAR    SPECTRUM 

As  defined  by  the  spectroscope  and  photographed  on  a  sensitive  plate.  The 
ray  to  be  analyzed  is  passed  through  a  narrow  slit  before  the  prism.  The 
slit  tends  to  prevent  overlapping  of  the  various  colors.  Note  that  the  photo- 
graph shows,  at  the  violet  end,  a  part  of  the  spectrum  beyond  the  limit  of 

human  visibility 


SIR    ERNEST    RUTHERFORD 

An  English  physicist,  born  in  New  Zealand  in 
1871.  He  has  been  responsible  for  much  de- 
velopmental work  in  radio-activity,  and  pub- 
lished papers  on  the  subject  as  early  as  1904. 
He  has  done  a  lot  of  useful  work  in  bre  aking  up 
atoms  by  means  of  radium  rays,  and  was  awarded 
the  much  coveted  Nobel  Prize  in  1908 


many,  discovered  these  rays  which  bear 
his  name,  and  as  their  nature  was  not 
known,  they  were  also  called  X-rays. 

In  1912,  however,  another  German 
scientist,  Laue,  found  that  by  passing  a 
beam  of  X-rays  through  a  crystal  they 
were  deflected,  in  much  the  same  way  as  a 
beam  of  light  is  deflected  when  it  passes 
through  a  grating  consisting  of  fine  lines 
ruled  on  a  glass  plate,  thousands  to  the 
inch.  This  effect  is  called  "diffraction," 
and  will  only  take  place  when  the  distance 


between  the  lines  is  not  very  much  greater 
than  the  wavelengths  of  the  light  waves 
themselves. 


Laue  thought  that  X-rays 
were  really  light  waves  of  very 
short  wavelength,  and  that  the 
reason  they  could  not  be  dif- 
fracted was  because  the  dis- 
tance between  the  lines  on 
even  the  finest  grating  that 
can  be  made  artificially,  some 
15,000  to  the  inch,  was  so  much 
greater  than  the  wavelengths 
of  the  X-rays  that  the  effect 
was  not  appreciable,  So  he 
set  to  work  to  use  a  natural 
grating,  and  he  chose  a  crystal 
which,  according  to  the  ac- 
cepted ideas,  consisted  of  molecules 
arranged  in  layer  fashion. 

Many  facts  previously  observed  made 
this  theory  of  the  structure  of  crystals  the 
accepted  one.  When  Laue  passed  X-rays 
through  a  crystal  and  found  them  deflected, 
the  molecular  layers  themselves  acting  as 
a  very  fine  grating,  he  investigated  the 
nature  of  crystals  and  of  X-rays  at  the 


A    RADIOMETER 

The  device  invented  by  Sir  William  Crookes  to 
exhibit  motion  caused  by  action  of  light.  It 
consists  of  a  light  horizontal  vane  formed  of  four 
metal  discs,  supported  by  cross  arms  at  right 
angles,  on  an  easily  moving  pivot.  The  whole 
is  mounted  in  a  highly  exhausted  glass  bulb. 
The  four  metal  discs  are  polished  and  blackened 
on  alternate  sides.  If  light  rays  are  concentrated 
on  the  instrument, what  little  gas  remains  therein, 
is  heated,  and  the  discs  are  affected,  the  black 
ones  becoming  the  hotter.  The  gas  molecules 
acquire  a  greater  velocity  when  flying  off  the 
black  discs  than  they  do  off  the  bright  ones,  and 
the  difference  of  velocity  causes  motion.  The  rate 
of  rotation  depends  on  the  brightness  of  the  light 


PROFESSOR  R.  W.  WOOD 
Of  Johns  Hopkins  University,  Baltimore,  who 
has  interested  himself  in  spectrology.  While  a 
Major  in  the  United  States  Army  (1917  to  1919), 
he  developed  a  system  of  secret  signalling,  em- 
ploying both  visible  and  invisible  light.  One  of 
his  earlier  inventions,  curiously  enough,  can 
hardly  be  compared  even  remotely  with  his 
present  work.  It  was  a  device  for  thawing 
frozen  pipes  by  means  of  electricity 


same  time,  and  we  now  know  the  X-rays 
to  be  short  waves,  about  ^^0  J0i0  0  0  of  an 
inch  long. 

Since  then,  Sir  William  Bragg,  of  the 
Royal  Institution  of  London,  and  his  son, 
W.  L.  Bragg,  who  is  now  professor  of 
physics  at  the  University  of  Manchester, 
England,  collaborated  on  a  remarkable 
piece  of  research,  which  in  1915  won  for 


JANUARY,  1926 


THE  JANUARY  INTERNATIONAL  TESTS 


299 


them  the  Nobel  prize  in  physics,  probably 
the  highest  honor  that  can  be  given  a  scien- 
tist. They  made  an  exhaustive  study  of 
the  way  crystals  deflected  X-rays,  and  from 
their  results  were  able  to  deduce  many  facts 
about  the  very  structure  of  the  molecules 
of  which  the  crystals  were  made. 

Another  Englishman,  Sir  Ernest  Ruther- 
ford, also  a  Nobel  prize  winner,  has  since 
carried  the  work  into  the  very  heart  of  the 
atom.  According  to  the  Bohr  theory,  the 
atom  consists  of  electrons  revolving  around 
a  central  nucleus,  and  if  we  could  hit  the 
nucleus  hard  enough,  somethingshould  hap- 
pen. This  seems  impossible,  at  first  sight, 
because  there  is  apparently  no  instrument 
small  enough  to  get  into  the  atom.  Such  a 
devicewould  have  to  be  as  small  as  the  atom 
itself,  and  as  every  kind  of  known  matter 
is  itself  made  of  atoms,  it  is  hard  to  imagine 
how  we  could  knock  an  electron  out  of  its 
orbit. 

Here  Sir  Ernest  made  use  of  that  wonder- 
ful element,  radium,  which  is  continually 
changing  into  another  element.  A  small 
particle  of  radium  constantly  emits  atoms 
of  helium  at  a  speed  which  would  take  them 
half  way  around  the  world  in  a  single 
second.  Actually,  they  cannot  travel  more 


than  a  few  centimeters,  but  by  placing  the 
material — he  used  nitrogen — the  atoms  of 
which  it  is  desired  to  knock  apart  in  close 
contact  with  the  radium,  the  alpha  parti- 
cles, as  the  helium  atoms  are  called,  hit 
with  a  high  velocity.  They  are  so  small 
themselves  that  they  can  enter  the  atom, 
and,  when  one  hits  the  nucleus  of  an  atom, 
its  high  speed  can  do  a  lot  of  damage. 

This  is  not  quite  so  easy  to  accomplish 
as  it  sounds  however.  Even  in  the  mosf 
solid  matter,  the  atoms  are  so  spread  out 
that,  in  proportion  to  size,  there  is  as  much 
empty  space  between  the  electrons  and 
those  of  their  neighbors  as  there  is  between 
the  stars  in  the  heavens.  As  there  is  no 
known  way  of  aiming  the  alpha  particles  at 
the  nucleus,  the  only  possible  procedure  is 
to  shoot  a  great  many,  by  letting  the  radium 
act  for  a  long  time,  and  then  waiting  for  an 
accidental  hit.  The  process  has  been  well 
compared  with  throwing  keys  at  a  door 
and  waiting  for  one  to  lodge  right  in  the 
keyhole. 

But  while  the  English  scientists  have 
been  working  on  the  problem,  our  American 
scientists  have  not  been  idle.  Chief  among 
those  active  in  this  branch  of  scientific  re- 
search is  Dr.  Robert  A.  Millikan,  of  the 


Norman  Bridge  Laboratory  of  the  Cali- 
fornia Institute  of  Technology,  at  Pasa- 
dena, California.  Within  the  past  year,  by 
means  of  what  he  calls  high  vacuum,  hot 
spark  spectrometry,  he  has  been  able  to  re- 
move some  of  the  electrons  from  an  element 
and  to  detect  the  difference  with  the 
spectroscope. 

Although  it  represents  probably  the 
greatest  achievement  of  physical  science  in 
recent  years,  the  study  of  the  atom  and  the 
forces  within  it,  is  barely  beginning.  Now 
we  have  but  a  glimmering  of  the  time  when 
atoms  can  be  changed  from  one  element  to 
another  at  will,  and  when  the  tremendous 
forces  that  hold  the  atoms  together  can  be 
utilized  in  our  daily  work.  One  difficulty 
has  been  suggested  that  may  arise  when  this 
is  accomplished.  If  we  start  the  atoms 
disintegrating,  will  we  be  able  to  stop  them, 
or  will  the  disintegration  continue  until  the 
entire  world  has  been  reduced  to  hydrogen, 
perhaps,  and,  like  Icarus,  our  efforts  result 
in  our  own  annihilation?  Whether  this 
will  happen  cannot  be  foretold,  but  it  seems 
likely  that  the  physicists  of  the  future  who 
succeed  in  breaking  up  the  elements  at 
their  pleasure,  will  not  be  without  a  means 
of  controlling  their  efforts. 


LATE  NEWS  ON  THE  INTERNATIONAL  TESTS 


kLANS  for  the  third  International  Radio 
Broadcast  Test  are  progressing  so  rapidly 
that  it  is  impossible  to  make  a  complete 
and  accurate  announcement  in  RADIO  BROAD- 
CAST at  this  time  because  this  is  written  about  a 
month  before  the  magazine  appears  on  the  news- 
stands. The  last  week  in  January,  1926,  is  the 
time  fixed  for  the  tests.  American,  Canadian, 
Mexican,  and  Cuban  broadcasters  will  transmit 
from  10  to  11  p.  M.  Eastern  Standard  time 
beginning  on  the  evening  of  January  24  (Sun- 
day), and  running  throughout  the  week.  Eng- 
lish and  Continental  broadcast  stations  will  be 
on  the  air  during  the  same  week  from  1 1  to  12 
p.  M.  Eastern  Standard  time. 

Although  the  arrangements  are  not  completed 
at  the  moment  of  going  to  press,  it  is  probable 
that  on  Friday  night,  of  that  week,  American 
listeners  especially  will  have  the  opportunity  of 
sharing  in  a  most  unusual  broadcast  experiment. 
During  the  first  fifteen  minutes  of  the  American 
transmitting  period,  broadcasters  in  the  Eastern 
time  zone  will  broadcast  while  all  other  North 
American  stations  are  silent.  During  the  second 
fifteen  minutes,  stations  in  the  central  time  zone 
will  send,  while  all  others  are  silent.  And  during 
the  third  fifteen-minute  period,  all  the  broad- 
casters in  the  mountain  time  belt  will  be  on  the 
air  and  every  other  station  silent.  During  the 
last  fifteen-minute  period,  the  stations  in  the 
Pacific  time  belt  will  send  out  their  programs 
under  the  same  conditions. 

It  is  expected  that  British  and  Continental 
stations  will  engage  in  a  similar  north  and  south 
broadcasting  experiment  during  their  trans- 
mitting hour  on  the  next  to  the  last  night  of 
the  test.  The  transmissions  for  the  first  fifteen- 
minute  period  will  begin  with  the  English  sta- 
tions in  the  Greenwich  Mean  Time  zone  and 
progress  across  the  Continent,  if  the  present 
plans  go  through. 

On  the  final  night  of  the  test,  the  British  and 
Continental  stations  are  expected  to  engage  in  a 


By  WILLIS  K.  WING 

north  and  soutn  broadcasting  test,  which  will  be 
similar  to  the  one  in  which  the  North  American 
broadcasting  stations  will  take  part.  The 
north  and  south  schedule  for  American  stations 
follows: 

EASTERN  STANDARD  TIME 

From  1 1  to  1 1:15  p.  M.,  Canadian  stations  will 
transmit. 

From  1 1  :i  5  to  1 1  30  p.  M.,  stations  in  the  north- 
ern half  of  the  United  States  will  transmit. 

From  1 1  30  to  1 1 :45  p.  M.,  stations  in  the  south- 
ern half  of  the  United  States  will  transmit. 

From  1 1 :45  to  12  M.,  stations  south  of  the  United 
States  will  transmit. 

This  schedule  will  not  only  give  American 
listeners  a  chance  to  hear  stations  in  this  country 
never  heard  before  because  of  the  station 
operating  on  a  frequency  used  by  some  near-by 
station,  but  this  arrangement  will  also  give  the 
overseas  listeners  a  chance  to  pick  up  some 
American  stations  that  are  more  distant  from 
them  than  the  stations  almost  on  the  edge  of  the 
Eastern  seaboard.  The  arrangement  of  the 
American  tests  so  that  on  the  first  night  (Friday, 
American  time)  the  stations  will  progressively 
transmit  from  east  to  west,  and  on  the  second 
night  of  those  tests  (Saturday,  American  time) 
transmit  north  and  south,  will  give  American 
listeners  a  chance  to  experiment  with  DX 
reception  such  as  they  have  never  before  had. 

The  Continental  and  British  stations,  if  they 
follow  the  same  plan  for  their  territory,  on  the 
last  two  nights  of  the  test,  will  be  on  the  air  just 
one  hour  earlier  than  the  American  stations. 
This  will  keep  the  air  clear  for  the  American 
transmissions  which  follow.  The  British  and 
Continental  broadcasters  will  undoubtedly 
appreciate  this  arrangement,  for  it  will  give  them 
a  chance  to  get  a  bit  more  rest.  Since  the  trans- 


missions from  abroad  come  at  from  three  to  four 
o'clock  in  the  morning,  London  time,  the  physi- 
cal strain  on  the  various  station  staffs  is  bound 
to  be  quite  heavy  by  the  end  of  the  test  week 

The  time  chosen,  which  is  a  distinct  hardship 
on  the  foreign  broadcasters,  is  necessary  because 
only  during  those  hours  is  there  a  complete  band 
of  darkness  clear  across  the  Atlantic  and  as  far 
as  the  Pacific  coast  of  this  country.  It  was 
hoped  at  one  time,  to  interest  the  Australian 
broadcasters  in  joining  the  experiments,  but  the 
serious  difference  in  time  made  that  simply  out 
of  the  question. 

In  every  city  of  importance  in  the  United 
States  and  Canada,  one  official  "International 
Radio  Week  newspaper"  will  be  chosen  by  the 
International  Radio  Week  Committee.  That 
paper  will  print  the  official,  verified  programs 
as  transmitted  from  the  overseas  broadcasters. 
This  will  allow  every  listener  to  verify  his 
reception  the  day  after  he  has  heard  a  foreign 
station.  Newspapers  throughout  the  country 
will  carry  frequent  announcement  of  the  latest 
development  in  the  plans  for  the  International 
Radio  Broadcast  Tests  of  1926. 

But  if  all  those  who  had  verified  reports  last 
year  will  send  a  description  of  their  apparatus  and 
something  about  the  results  they  have  with  their 
receiver,  to  "  International  Radio  Broadcast  Test 
Committee,  RADIO  BROADCAST  magazine,  Garden 
City,  New  York"  the  Committee  will  pass  on 
their  equipment  and  wherever  possible,  appoint 
them  as  an  official  listening  post  for  the  Tests. 

Results  of  successful  reception  can  be  sent  to 
the  Test  Committee  by  mail,  telegraph,  and 
telephone.  We  can  then  verify  reception.  Re- 
ports of  successful  reception  of  the  overseas  sta- 
tions can  also  be  forwarded  to  the  Test  Com- 
mittee by  amateur  radio.  Station  2  CY,  operated 
by  RADIO  BROADCAST  Laboratory  will  be  in  con- 
tinual operation  and  will  receive  and  acknowledge 
all  messages  which  outside  listeners  file  with 
amateur  radio  stations  in  their  home  localities. 


Past  President,  Institute  of  Radio  Engineers 


The  Fascinating  History  of  the  Vacuum  Tube 


BOUT  a  year  ago  the  question  of 
vacuum  tube  patents  was  dis- 
cussed in  these  columns  and  the 
occasion  was  the  expiration  of 
the  seventeen-year  life  of  De  Forest's 
"third  electrode"  patent.  This  patent  of 
De  Forest's,  combined  with  the  Fleming 
valve  patent,  completely  tied  up  the  vacuum 
tube  industry  for  years,  and  during  those 
years,  six  dollars  was  the  price  we  had  to 
pay  for  even  the  poorest  type  of  tube. 
The  De  Forest  patent  had  been  acquired 
by  the  Radio  Corporation  and  for  years 
the  price  stayed  where  it  had  been  put  by 
De  Forest  when  his  output  was  measured 
in  the  hundreds  and  the  cost  of  his  hand 
made  article  was  necessarily  high. 

The  Radio  Corporation  had  a  complete 
monopoly  of  the  manufacture  of  triodes 
and  could  fix  the  price  as  they  chose. 
But  in  the  last  year  or  two  with  the  rapidly 
expiring  life  of  the  De  Forest  patent, 
independently  made  tubes  began  to  appear 
in  large  numbers  and  coincidentally,  the 
price  of  RCA  tubes  began  to  fall  to  some- 
where near  a  reasonable  value.  Whether 
the  possible  competition  forced  the  RCA 
price  down  or  whether  it  was  purely  an  act 
of  thoughtfulness  for  the  good  of  the  public 
on  the  part  of  this  corporation,  the  broad- 
cast listener  can  probably  best  judge. 
At  any  rate,  we  do  know  that  when  there 


was  no  competition,  the  price  remained 
very  high. 

Because  of  this  very  recent  situation,  we 
are  somewhat  perturbed  to  see  that  the 
"high  vacuum"  patent  has  finally  been 
granted  to  Dr.  Irving  Langmuir  of  the 
General  Electric  Company — -which  means 
also  the  Radio  Corporation  of  America. 
This  basic  patent  has  had  a  checkered 
career  since  the  application  was  made  in 
1913.  Almost  allowed  by  the  patent  ex- 
aminer at  one  time,  and  then  withdrawn  to 
permit  interference  proceedings  in  behalf 
of  Arnold  of  the  Bell  Telephone  Labora- 
tories, the  patent  has  been  the  subject  of 
most  exhaustive  and  expensive  litigation. 
A  decision  by  one  authority  in  favor  of 
Dr.  Langmuir  was  nullified  by  a  reverse 
decision  by  another  and  only  during  the 
last  month  has  the  patent  been  adjudged 
Langmuir's  by  the  Court  of  Appeals  of  the 
District  of  Columbia. 

This  patent  may  prove  to  be  so  impor- 
tant in  the  development  of  radio  apparatus 
that  it  well  behooves  us  to  know  just  what 
it  is;  and  in  deciding  upon  the  possible  ef- 
fect of  a  renewed  monopoly  in  the  vacuum 
field  we  have  only  to  remember  that  not 
longer  ago  than  a  year  or  two,  companies 
making  receiving  sets  were  actually  being 
sued  by  the  Radio  Corporation  on  the 
basis  of  their  tube  patents.  The  conten- 


tion was  that  a  radio  receiver  was  evidently 
intended  to  be  used  with  tubes  and  that 
therefore  the  set  manufacturer  should  pay 
tribute,  and  turn  in  a  percentage  of  his 
income  to  the  Radio  Corporation!  The 
percentage  was  demanded  not  because  he 
was  making  tubes  but  because  he  was 
making  sets  for  which  tubes  were  required! 
In  the  half  dozen  years  before  1912, 
vacuum  tubes  were  obtainable  only  in  the 
form  manufactured  by  De  Forest;  modified 
small  electric  lamps  is  all  they  pretended 
to  be.  Their  degree  of  vacuum  was  only 
as  good  as  the  commercially  available 
methods  permitted  at  that  time.  The 
tubes  were  far  from  uniform.  One  con- 
tained little  gas  and  another  had  ten 
times  as  much,  so  that  the  performance  of 
the  tubes  as  detectors  and  amplifiers  was 
erratic  and  unreliable.  De  Forest  ap- 
parently didn't  know  why  his  wonderful 
devices  were  so  variable  in  character,  so 
that  the  ground  was  prepared  for  the 
procedure  which  started  shortly  after. 
It  was  not  long  before  the  Western  Electric 
and  General  Electric  Companies  began  to 
appreciate  the  significance  of  the  De 
Forest  audion,  and  to  perceive  its  possi- 
bilities. Their  research  staff  was  put  to 
work  to  find  out  why  it  was  so  variable  and 
how  to  make  the  tubes  more  uniform. 
The  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph 


JANUARY,  1926 


CAN  "HIGH  VACUUM"  BE  PATENTED? 


301 


Company  was  already  using  vacuum  tubes 
as  "repeaters"  in  its  long  distance  lines 
and  the  General  Electric  Company  had 
been  for  years  greatly  interested  in  vacuum 
devices  so  that  both  groups  of  research 
workers  began  intensive  experimentation 
on  the  problem.  The  Western  Electric 
engineers  in  their  work  of  improving  De 
Forest's  relay  (as  they  were  using  it) 
didn't  consider  their  improvements  in 
evacuation  as  anything  really  novel,  al- 
though the  improvement  in  the  vacuum 
was  the  one  thing  De  Forest's  audion 
needed  to  change  it  from  a  toy  to  a  reliable 
and  most  important  piece  of  engineering 
apparatus.  If  a  vote  were  taken  to-day 
in  one  of  our  national  societies  of  scientists 
as  to  whether  the  improvement  in  vacuum 
of  De  Forest  tubes  could  be  considered  an 
invention,  the  result  of  the  vote  would  un- 
doubtedly be  negative;  the  General  Elec- 
tric Company  nevertheless  had  Langmuir 
apply  for  a  patent  on  a  new  kind  of  audion. 
The  patent  claimed  that  the  General  Elec- 
tric tube,  evacuated  better  than  De  For- 
est's had  been,  was  sufficiently  novel  and 
new  to  be  patentable.  • 

At   first   the  American   Telephone   and 


Telegraph  engineers  maintained  (as  would 
any  reasonable  scientist)  that  there  was 
no  patentable  idea  involved — that  Lang- 
muir had  simply  done  a  little  bit  better 
than  De  Forest  had  been  doing  for  years. 
Langmuir  contributed  to  the  problem  no 
really  new  ideas  but  simply  brought  the 
facilities  of  a  great  laboratory  to  help  do 
the  work  De  Forest's  incompetent  work- 
men had  been  trying  their  best  to  accom- 
plish. 

When  it  was  finally  decided  by  the  patent 
office  that  these  highly  evacuated  audions 
(given  "Greco-Schenectady"  names,  to 
quote  De  Forest)  actually  constituted  an 
invention,  the  American  Telephone  and 
Telegraph  engineers  started  proceedings  to 
show  they  had  achieved  the  improvement 
of  the  vacuum  first.  Testimony  was  taken 
from  the  best  scientists  in  England  as  well 
as  America,  the  court  was  treated  to  ela- 
borate laboratory  demonstrations  on  the 
methods  and  results  of  getting  high 
vacuum.  Altogether  the  report  of  the 
proceedings  covered  some  thousands  of 
pages. 

The  upshot  of  the  proceedings  is  now 
before  us.  The  Government  says  that  to 


improve  the  evacuation  of  De  Forest's 
audion  does  constitute  a  patentable  idea 
and  that  the  General  Electric  Company  is 
entitled  to  the  patent.  This  means,  evi- 
dently, that  every  highly  evacuated  tube  is 
subject  to  Langmuir's  patent.  But  nowa- 
days we  use  nothing  but  highly  evacuated 
tubes  so  that  we  must  conclude  that  every 
tube  we  have  to-day  is  subject  to  this  new 
Langmuir  patent.  This  constitutes  a 
most  dangerous  situation,  one  which  the 
Radio  Corporation  of  America  can  ap- 
parently freely  use  to  their  advantage  if 
they  desire.  If  we  read  the  patent  aright, 
it  appears  that  now,  and  for  the  next 
seventeen  years,  all  of  our  tubes  are  legally 
produced  only  by  RCA  so  that  the  price  is 
again  at  the  mercy  of  this  radio  trust. 

Possibly  the  RCA  will  not  now  push 
their  advantage  as  they  might  have  done 
had  the  patent  been  granted  three  years 
ago.  The  present  Federal  Trade  Com- 
mission inquiry  will  probably  effectually 
prevent  the  Radio  Corporation  from  at- 
tempting crude  monopoly.  Seventeen 
years  is  a  long  time,  and  if  the  Radio  Cor- 
poration lasts  that  long  (a  matter  open  to 
some  doubt)  it  may  still  exert  a  strangle- 


THE    SHORT   WAVE    EXPERIMENTAL    STATION 

Of  the  Burgess  Laboratories  at  Madison,  Wisconsin,  operating  under  the  calls  9  EK  and  9  XH.  This  elaborate  station  contains  three  distinct  trans- 
mitters, one,  in  the  immediate  foreground  operating  on  3748  kc.  (80  meters),  another,  directly  above  it  tuned  to  7496  kc.  (40  meters),  and  a  third, 
next  to  the  7496  kc.  transmitter  adjusted  to  14,990  kc.  (20  meters).  A  7o-foot  telephone  pole,  three  feet  from  the  window  shown  at  the  right  in  this 
view,  supports  a  rigid  vertical  antenna.  The  receiver  at  the  left  has  a  range  of  from  19,990-2998  kc.  (15-100  meters).  The  next  one  to  it  works  on 
4997  kc.  (60  meters).  This  is  an  example  of  a  very  well  planned  station,  although  it  is  considerably  more  elaborate  than  many  successful  amateur 
stations  whose  short  wave  signals  bridge  distances  on  the  map  as  easily  as  a  navigator  does  with  a  pair  of  dividers.  One  of  the  low  powered  trans- 
mitters here  is  operated  entirely  from  heavy  duty  B  batteries 


302 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


JANUARY,  1926 


hold  on  America's  radio  before  the  expira- 
tion of  the  life  of  this  patent. 

We  believe  that  the  Court  was  unfortun- 
ately advised  in  deciding  that  any  man  is 
entitled  to  a  patent  on  the  improvement 
in  vacuum  of  a  well  known  device.  Un- 
fortunately our  opinion  does  not  affect  the 
legality  of  the  situation.  If  Jones  con- 
ceives a  new  and  novel  device  and  builds  it 
to  the  best  of  his  ability  it  appears  that 
Smith  may  take  one  of  Jones'  devices  and 
improve  it  by  the  help  of  better  tools  and 
thereby  get  a  patent  on  it.  Smith's  patent 
represents  no  real  inventive  genius  on  his 
part  but  simply  the  application  of  better 
tools,  which  Jones  would  probably  have 
used  if  he  had  access  to  them. 

It  may  be  that  some  legal  step  yet  re- 
mains by  which  this  threatened  strangle 
hold  of  the  Radio  Corporation  on  the  tube 
situation  may  be  broken,  but  just  what 
means  are  to  be  employed  are  not  quite 
evident. 

Pure    Science    Becomes    Practical 

TO  THE  scientist  it  is  most  fascinat- 
ing  and    gratifying   to  see  the    ap- 
paratus   and    phenomena   which    he 
studies  as  his  life-work,  coming  to  be  of 
general  service  to  mankind.     And  in  the 
last  few  years,  many  are  the  cases  in  which 
this  has  come  to  pass. 

Twenty-five  years  ago,  most  of  the  people 
who  are  broadcast  listeners  would  have 
classed  Richardson  as  a  crazy  visionary, 
not  dangerous  to  be  sure,  but  certainly 
unbalanced,  when  he  dared  to  speak  of 
evaporating  electricity  from  a  hot  metal.  To- 
day the  Radio  Corporation  makes  millions 
of  dollars  each  year  in  the  utilization  of 
this  idea. 


Ten  years  ago, 
some  American  and 
European  investiga- 
tors had  to  delve 
through  ancient  and 
unused  textbooks  to 
find  out  what  was 
known  regarding 
piezoelectricity.  The 
older  textbooks  said 
that  if  certain  crys- 
talline substances 
were  properly 
squeezed,  their  sur- 
faces developed  elec- 
tric charges;  the 
amount  of  electricity 
which  thus  became 
available  was  so  in- 
finitesimal that  engi- 
neers would  have 
laughed  at  the  idea 
of  applying  these 
crystals  to  useful 
service.  Yet  to-day 
these  very  piezo-elec- 
tric  crystals  are  being 
used  in  the  broadcast 
stations  to  maintain 
the  frequency  con- 
stant. Furthermore 
this  same  piezo  crys- 
tal has  been  found  to 
be  the  most  efficient 

sound  producer  we  have  for  sounds  above 
the  audible  range.  As  a  submarine  detector 
these  piezo-electric  sound  generators  gave 
more  promise  than  any  other  device,  and 
intensive  development  was  carried  on  dur- 
ing the  war  to  push  the  piezo-electric  de- 
tection scheme  to  completion. 

Now  another  discovery  from  the  realm 


V.  K.  ZWORYKIN  AND  HIS  THERMIONIC  PHOTO-ELECTRIC  TUBE 
Which  was  recently  developed  at  the  research  laboratories  of  the  Westinghouse  Company  at  Pitts- 
burgh. The  large  illustration  shows  a  special  set-up  to  demonstrate  the  capabilities  of  the  tube.  A 
75-watt  bulb  is  at  the  extreme  right;  next  to  it  is  the  photo-electric  cell,  which  is  really  an  improved 
vacuum  tube,  showering  millions  of  electrons  when  light  falls  on  an  electrically  sensitive  substance, 
inside  the  tube.  This  light-sensitive  substance  in  turn  operates  a  relay.  In  the  demonstration, 
the  smoke  of  a  cigarette,  coming  across  the  plane  of  the  light  caused  a  bell  to  ring,  and  the  slightest 
shadow  caused  the  cell  to  howl.  The  cell  may  be  used  to  measure  the  light  of  the  stars,  through  com- 
bination with  a  device  developed  by  Dr.  R.  A.  Millikan 


Radio  Times,  London 

Householder  (to  departing  burglar) :  "  Er,  would  it  be  too  much 
to  ask  you  to  take  the  loud  speaker  from  the  flat  below?" 


of  pure  science  promises  to  push  itself  into 
the  purview  of  the  layman.  It  has  been 
known  for  years  that  if  light,  especially 
that  toward  the  blue  end  of  the  spectrum, 
is  allowed  to  fall  on  the  fresh  surface  of  such 
a  metal  as  sodium,  the  surface  being  in 
vacuum,  electrons  will  pull  loose  from  the 
metal  surface  in  some  way  by  the  action 
of  the  light  waves.  Small  indeed  was  the 
amount  of  electricity  thus  set  free,  but  to 
the  scientist  it  was  all  important — as  it 
allowed  him  to  check  his  theories  dealing 
with  the  constitution  of  matter.  But  now 
this  photo-electric  effect,  as  it  is  called,  is 
to  be  used  to  check  the  stationary  fireman 
to  see  how  much  smoke  he  sends  up  his 
chimneys. 

The  possibilities  of  the  photo-electric 
cell  have  been  realized  for  many  years. 
Many  experimenters  in  university  labora- 
tories have  spent  long  hours  of  research 
and  investigation  to  discover  and  formulate 
the  laws  governing  its  action.  It  has  been 
used  in  talking  movies  to  change  light 
impulses  into  electric  currents  which  could 
then  be  amplified  by  the  vacuum  tube 
amplifier  It  remained  for  one  of  the 
Westinghouse  engineers,  V.  K.  Zworykin, 
however,  to  combine  the  photo-electric 
cell  and  the  triode  to  make  a  more  com- 
pact, and  possibly  more  reliable,  piece  of 
apparatus.  The  electrons  freed  from  the 
photo-electric  cell  in  the  tube  are  made  to 
affect  the  potential  of  the  grid  of  the  tube 
and  thus  the  plate  current;  this  in  turn 
opens  or  closes  relays  or  performs  other 
similar  services. 

As  the  light  falling  on  the  photo-electric 
surface  varies,  so  does  the  plate  current  of 


JANUARY,  1926       THE  GRADUAL  IMPROVEMENT  IN  RADIO  EQUIPMENT 


303 


the  triode;  by  arranging  an  incandescent 
lamp  to  throw  its  light  on  the  sensitive  sur- 
face of  sodium,  the  smoke  recording  device 
became  possible.  The  smoke,  passing 
between  the  incandescent  light  and  the 
sensitive  surface  of  the  photo-electric  cell, 
perhaps  one  hundred  feet  away,  cuts  off 
part  of  the  Tight,  thus  operating  proper 
relays  to  record  the  event.  At  one  of  his 
demonstrations,  Mr.  Zworykin  showed 
that  if  the  smoke  from  a  cigarette  passed 
between  the  lamp  and  his  sensitive  cell 
the  latter  was  sufficiently  activated  to 
•cause  the  opening  or  closing  of  a  switch. 

Short  Waves  Are  Growing  Shorter 

THE   daily  press   recently  gave   con- 
siderable space  to  an  announcement 
of  John    Hays  Hammond,   Jr.,  that 
he  had  perfected  a  scheme  for  sending  as 
many  as  eight  radio  messages  on  the  same 
wave.     The  frequency  of  his  carrier  wave, 
30,000  kilocycles,  shows  how  short  these 
short  waves  are  becoming. 

It  is  not  evident  that  the  Hammond 
transmitter  has  anything  of  real  merit  in 
it  or  that  any  new  ideas  are  involved. 
Patents  have  apparently  been  granted  on 
the  method,  but  that  indicates  very  little 
nowadays.  To  the  best  of  our  knowledge, 
Mr.  Hammond  has  not  yet  explained  the 
merits  and  new  features  of  his  scheme  to 
any  of  the  engineering  societies,  and  we 
•cannot  help  but  feel  that  announcements 
of  engineering  accomplishments  which  are 
first  divulged  through  the  daily  press  in- 
stead of  through  the  transactions  of  an 
engineering  society,  the  members  of  which 
are  able  to  judge  its  real  merits  and  rate  it 


JOHN    HAYES    HAMMOND,    JR. 

With  a  bit  of  apparatus  from  his  laboratory.  Mr.  Hammond, 
whose  inventive  talents  are  active  in  many  fields  beside  radio, 
is  probably  best  known  for  his  secret  system  for  radio  control 
which  several  years  ago  was  sold  to  the  United  States  Govern- 
ment. The  inventor  recently  sold  certain  rights  on  a  directive 
and  secret  "broadcasting"  system  to  the  Italian  Government. 
Many  of  Mr.  Hammond's  radio  experiments  have  been  carried 
on  at  Cruft  Radio  Laboratory  at  Harvard 


at  its  proper  worth  are  decidedly 
open  to  question. 

A  wireless  dispatch  to  the  New 
York  Times  from  Berlin  states  that 
Professor  Esau  of  Jena  University 
has  invented  a  wireless  sender  us- 
ing a  frequency  so  high  that  the 
wavelength  is  only  two  meters. 
It  is  reported  that  Professor  Esau 
finds  these  very  high  frequency 
waves  are  not  affected  by  the 
conditions  which  give  absorption 
and  fading  on  the  longer  waves 
and  that  he  expects  to  telephone 
to  America  with  his  set  "before 
Christmas." 

Another  report  tells  of  experi- 
ments at  the  University  of  Iowa, 
in  which  wave-lengths  of  only  74 
centimeters  were  used.  Just  what 
was  done  with  these  short  waves, 
we  do  not  know. 

Before  anyone  else  "invents" 
more  of  these  short  waves,  we 
hurry  to  say  that  waves  much 
shorter  than  any  of  these  re- 
cently reported  have  been  experimented 
with  and  measured  years  ago.  Radio 
seems  to  be  a  field  in  which  things  are 
continually  re-invented.  At  Columbia 
University,  Professors  Nicols  and  Webb 
years  ago  performed  a  number  of  striking 
experiments  with  short  waves — really  short 
ones.  It  is  our  recollection  that  they  went 
as  low  as  two  centimeters,  that  is,  about 
one  inch.  These  waves  were  measured  for 
length,  were  focused  by  mirrors  and  lenses, 
and  reflected  back  and  forth  across  the 
laboratory.  Later  Professor  Nicols  worked 
with  waves  much  shorter,  so  short  that  his 
waves  practically  joined  the 
spectrum  of  heat  waves,  which 
also  are  electro-magnetic. 

If  anyone  else  thinks  of 
"inventing"  some  other  short 
waves  he  had  better  look  up 
scientific  papers  recording  the 
work  of  earlier  experimenters 
and  then  go  back  to  the  fa- 
ther of  them  all,  Hertz.  In 
his  book  on  electric  waves, 
Hertz  describes  practically  all 
the  phenomena  which  the  re- 
cent inventors  have  been  giv- 
ing us.  Some  of  these  recent 
announcements  of  short  wave 
"inventions"  read  almost  like 
sections  of  Hertz's  book;  pub- 
lished thirty-five  years  ago. 

How  Radio  Has  Im- 
proved 

THREE  general  moves  in 
the  direction  of  improve- 
ment   in    the   broadcast 
field  we  have  consistently  ad- 
vocated and  it  is  a  pleasure  to 
see  them  all   coming  to  pass. 
The  single-circuit  regenerative 
receiver  has  come  in  for  the 
universal    condemnation    it 
deserves     and     for    which 


I.    H.    KORDI,    EGYPTIAN    RADIO    ENGINEER 

Sent  to  the  United  States  by  King  Fuad  to  study  Ameri- 
can radio  methods.     M.  Kordi  is  shown  inspecting  a  ijkw. 
arc  telegraph  transmitter  at   station  WCG,  New  York 


these  columns  called  years  ago.  Im- 
proved quality  of  reproduction  was  the 
next  general  suggestion  RADIO  BROADCAST 
called  for — hornless  speakers,  improved 
transformers,  and  power  tubes  for  loud 
speaker  operation.  All  of  these  are  featured 
to-day  in  the  best  radio  sets.  Next  we  re- 
peatedly called  attention  to  the  absurdity  of 
continuing  with  batteries  as  the  only  source 
of  power  supply  for  radio  sets.  The  crudest 
devices  of  the  home  use  power  from  the 
light  socket,  yet  radio  outfits,  the  most 
scientific  piece  of  apparatus  the  average 
home  will  ever  have,  continued  with  the 
crudest  form  of  power  supply.  Only  this 
year  have  the  A  and  B  batteries  both  been 
eliminated  fiom  any  standard  set  and  even 
now  the  price  of  such  a  set  is  absurdly 
high.  The  man  with  two  hundred  dollars 
to  spend  for  radio,  still  has  to  depend  upon 
batteries  for  his  power,  and  how  many 
times  he  runs  into  trouble  as  a  result  of  this 
power  supply!  Dry  batteries  give  out 
altogether,  or  become  noisy;  storage  bat- 
teries call  for  a  charging  outfit  and  are 
troublesome  to  some  listeners:  all  this 
time  the  light  socket  has  unlimited  power 
supply  at  negligible  cost. 

Commander  Elmer  Langworthy,  U.  S. 
N.,  who  designed  and  built  sets  for  the 
White  House  says,  "About  ninety-five 
per  cent,  of  the  trouble  fans  have  with 
reception  is  due  to  their  power  supply." 
When  called  upon  to  diagnose  reception 
troubles  (for  the  President,  we  suppose) 
the  Commander  "usually  finds  dead  or  low 
low  B  batteries,  defunct  C  batteries,  and 
broken  or  loose  battery  leads."  These 
troubles  with  the  vexatious  performances 
of  the  radio  outfit,  or  no  performance  at 
all,  will  disappear  when  radio  tinkering 
changes  to  radio  engineering.  An  engineer 
depends  upon  batteries  for  power  only 
when  absolutely  necessary,  but  in  radio 
reception  this  is  not  so.  The  greatest 
need  of  the  radio  listener  to-day,  who  is 
eager  enough  to  get  good  quality  without 


304 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


JANUARY,  1926 


WILLIAM    DUBILIER 

New  York;  Quoted  in  the  British 
press  on  his  recent  European  tour 

"  Radio  broadcasting  is  only  four  years  old 
in  America,  yet  the  radio  industry  there  is  the 
sixth  largest  in  America,  and  equals  the  auto- 
mobile industry.  The  sales  in  America 
alone  this  year  will  be  at  least  £100,000,000. 
As  regards  broadcasting,  it  may  interest  those 
who  are  continually  criticising  broadcasting 
methods  in  Great  Britain  to  know  that  in  this 
connection  you  are  in  a  much  better  position 
here  than  we  are  in  America.  The  conditions 
in  New  York  are  intolerably  worse  than  those 
of  London.  In  my  opinion,  the  British 
system  is  easily  the  better  of  the  two.  I  am 
certain  that  good  broadcasting  is  the  key  not 
only  to  international  amity,  but  to  world 
peace." 


further  urging,  is  a  reliable  and  reason- 
ably cheap  apparatus  for  supplying  the 
power  to  his  set  from  the  light  socket. 


The  Month  In  Radio 


EVER  since  the  development  of  broadcast- 
ing on  an  important  scale,  the  Commerce 
Department  has  been  deluged  with 
complaints  from  owners  of  radio  sets  relative 
to  the  great  interference  encounted  from  ship 
signals.  Fans  will  be  delighted  to  hear  therefore 
that  the  Department  of  Commerce  has  agreed 
with  British  and  Canadian  authorities  to  pro- 
hibit the  vessels  of  the  three  countries  from  using 
frequencies  in  the  broadcast  band  when  within 
250  miles  of  the  United  States,  Canada,  or  the 
British  Isles. 

(~\  N  E  of  the  most  famous  American  stations  has 
*— '  outlived  its  usefulness  and  has  been  retired. 
After  the  outbreak  of  the  war  in  Europe,  all  of 
Germany's  communications  to  this  country  had 
to  be  carried  out  through  their  Sayville  station 
on  Long  Island.  Many  an  amateur  listened-in 
on  the  dot  and  dash  signals  which  went  out  over 
this  channel — and  so  did  Uncle  Sam.  Although 
United  States  officers  were  stationed  there  as 
censors,  it  was  said  that  "contraband"  messages 
were  continually  coming  and  going  over  Say- 
ville's  channel.  We  now  know  through  an  arti- 
cle in  World's  Work  (Nov.  1925)  that  the  famous 
Zimmerman  telegram  inviting  Mexico  to  take 


whatever  of  our  Southwest  territory  she  desired, 
with  the  additional  suggestion  that  Japan  join 
her,  traveled  by  way  of  Sayville  in  one  of  its 
routes  to  Mexico  City.  When  we  entered  the 
war,  the  station  was,  of  course,  taken  over  and 
the  Navy  has  operated  it  ever  since.  Now  it 
has  been  decided  that  Sayville's  traffic  can  well 
be  routed  over  other  Navy  channels.  The 
famous  Sayville  station  will  now  be  held  for 
reserve  duty  only. 

THE  Columbus  (Ohio)  Dispatch,  has  just 
issued  a  most  interesting  compilation  of 
statistics  for  the  radio  dealers  of  that  State. 
All  information  of  any  value  about  prospective 
radio  buyers  is  contained  in  the  folder.  How 
many  buyers  there  are,  percentage  of  male  and 
female  owners,  number  in  family,  character 
and  earning  capacity  of  the  people  in  the  differ- 
ent towns  of  Ohio,  how  many  own  automobiles, 
etc.  We  find  the  number  of  radio  sets  bought 
last  year,  number  of  radio  dealers,  number  of 
clerks  and  employees,  whether  parts  or  sets 
satisfied  the  average  buyer,  whether  the  dealers 
serviced  their  sets  and  how  it  is  done,  how  much 
advertising  the  radio  trade  does  and  where  it 
is  placed.  This  is  the  best  piece  of  statistical 
work  of  value  to  radio  manufacturers  that  we 
have  seen. 

THE  Radio  Corporation  is  in  for  a  thorough 
airing.  The  Corporation  will  have  to  con- 
vince the  Federal  Trade  Commission  of  their 
fair  and  just  treatment  of  competitors  and  the 
radio  public  in  general.  There  are  one  or  two 
unsavory  reports  of  the  Corporation's  activities 
still  in  our  minds  and  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  no 
more  will  be  brought  to  the  light. 

The  companies  being  investigated  by  the 
Federal  Trade  Commission  in  addition  to  the 
Radio  Corporation  are  The  General  Electric 
Company,  American  Telephone  and  Telegraph 
Company,  Western  Electric  Company,  Westing- 
house  Electric  and  Manufacturing  Company, 
International  Telegraph  Company,  the  United 
Fruit  Company,  and  the  Wireless  Specialty 
Company.  The  Federal  Commission  expects 
to  bring  out  that  a  monopolistic  trust  exists 
in  the  radio  field.  It  is  possible  they  will  prove 
such  to  be  the  fact.  That  isn't  the  thing  that 
really  counts,  however;  the  question  is,  Has  the 
trust  (if  such  exists)  been  reasonable  in  the 
prices  it  has  charged  for  its  wares  ? 


Interesting  Things 

Said  Interestingly 


LJASKELL  COFFIN  (New  York;  artist): 
'  "Men  have  good  color  and  they  don't  put 
anything  on  their  faces.  For  youth  to  rouge  and 
paint  is  just  like  gilding  refined  gold  and  losing 
the  perfection  and  modesty  of  a  sweet  girl.  A 
couple  of  glasses  of  cold  water,  a  good  walk  in 
the  park,  or  exercise  in  the  morning  by  radio  are 
a  great  deal  more  efficient  in  assisting  beauty." 

TORD  GAINFORD  (London;  chairman  of  the 
*•*  British  Broadcasting  Company):  "On  a 
conservative  basis  it  is  estimated  that  ten 
millions  of  the  inhabitants  of  these  islands  listen 
to  our  programs  either  regularly  or  occasionally. 
The  peculiarly  intimate  character  of  this 
medium — the  fact  that  the  programs  are  re- 
ceived at  the  fireside — adds  greatly  to  the  burden 
of  our  responsibility.  In  a  little  more  than  two 
years,  broadcasting  has  not  only  been  estab- 
lished as  a  necessary  part  of  the  machinery  of 


DR.    IRVING    LANGMUIR 

—— "Schenectady:  Research  Engineer,—"— 

General  Electric  Company 

"No  branch  of  electrical  engineering  has  had 
more  interest  for  the  physicist  than  radio. 
Hertzian  waves,  the  vital  element  of  radio, 
were  discovered  in  a  physical  laboratory. 
Electrons,  the  discovery  of  another  great  \ 
physicist,  J .  J .  Thompson,  found  their  first 
engineering  application  in  the  form  of  a  pure 
electron  discharge  in  the  hands  of  the  radio 
engineer.  Studies  in  the  physical  laboratory 
of  phenomena  in  high  vacuum,  such  as  \ 
"clean-up"  effects  of  electron  emission,  of 
diffusion  of  one  metal  through  another,  of 
contact  potential,  and  of  other  interesting 
physical  phenomena,  have  all  contributed  to 
the  development  of  the  vacuum  tube,  which 
has  been  called  the  'heart  of  the  radio  system.' 
"Now,  when  a  high  stage  of  development 
has  been  reached  in  transmitting  and  receiving 
apparatus,  the  problems  of  the  transmitting 
medium  become  more  fascinating  than  ever. 
We  are  just  beginning  to  understand  the  na- 
ture of  the  much-discussed  Heaviside  layer, 
and  something  of  the  polarisation,  reflection, 
absorption,  and  interference  of  radio  waves." 


I 


civilization,  but  it  has  come  to  exert  a  definite 
influence  on  the  minds  of  the  people.  It  is 
something  that  so  far  we  have  built  this  in- 
fluence on  definite  ideals  and  standards  of  public 
service.  But  it  is  of  greater  importance  that  in 
future  the  medium  of  broadcasting  should 
exercise  no  increasingly  beneficent  influence, 
and  that  nothing  be  done  to  endanger  this 
influence." 

p\R  IAGO  GALDSTON  (New  York;  New 
*-^  York  State  Medical  Society):  "Five  of  the 
largest  broadcasting  stations  in  and  near  New 
York  City  are  now  cooperating  with  the  Medical 
Society  of  the  County  of  New  York  in  its  en- 
deavor to  present  authentic  health  information 
to  the  public,  to  the  extent  of  accepting  volun- 
tary supervision  of  all  health  talks  going  out 
over  their  wires.  .  .  .  There  are  still, 
however,  certain  agencies,  both  radio  and 
journalistic  which,  to  our  great  regret,  have  not 
closed  their  avenues  of  publicity  to  the  insidious 
propaganda  disseminated  by  persons  whose 
ignorance  of  medical  science  is  unbounded. 
They  employ  gross  falsehoods  daily  in  their 
attempts  to  discredit  scientific  medicine,  and 
they  advocate  healing  theories  whose  fallacies 
are  largely  veiled  by  the  plausible  manner  in 
which  they  are  presented.  The  medical  profes- 
sion has  been  unable  to  stem  the  flow  of  this 
propaganda." 


What*  s  New  in  Radio 

Many  Interesting  Refinements  were  Exhibited  at  the  Fall  Radio  Shows,  Which  Started 
the  Radio  Season  Off,  But  No  Startling  Developments  Were  Shown — Improved  Quality 
Striven  for  by  Nearly  All — The  Artistic  Appearance  of  the  Receiver  Is  Improving 

By  AUSTIN  C.  LESCARBOURA 


A    SIX-TUBE    SUPER-HETERODYNE 

The  second  harmonic  principle  is  embodied  and 
a  loop  is  used.  While  this  type  of  receiver  is  not 
absolutely  new.  it  has  been  redesigned  and  its 
appearance  considerably  enhanced.  It  is  manu- 
factured by  the  Radio  Corporation  of  America 


A   FINE  T.    R.    F.    RECEIVER 
Made  by  the  Pathfe  Company.     Such  an  instru- 
ment would  not  disgrace  the  appearance  of  any 
living  room.     The  built-in  loud  speaker  should 
gratify  the  most  descriminating  of  tastes 


TWO  radio  shows  recently   held  in  New 
York   and    those   in    other   cities    have 
served  the  usual  ends.     There  has  been 
the  institutional  round  of  handshaking, 
banquetting,  chinning,  praising,  knocking,  argu- 
ing, and  agreeing — the  social  business   of   any 
gathering,    radio  or  otherwise;   and  there  has 
been  the  business  of  laying  the   radio  cards  on 
the  table,  in  the  form  of  new  offerings  to  the 
radio   public — the  real,   honest-to-goodness  ex- 
cuse for  a  radio  show  or  exposition,  and   the 
very  thing  which  attracts  the  crowds.     These 
shows  have  well  served  as  the  national  window 
display  of  the  radio  industry. 

NO  STARTLING  CHANGES  BUT  NO  END  OF  REFINE- 
MENTS 

pHERE    isn't    a   single   genuinely    startling 

*  change    among    this    season's    offerings — at 
least,  if  there  is,  it  hasn't  been  exhibited  at  the 
radio    shows    thus  far.     Of   refinements,    how- 
ever,   there   are   many,    indicating   that    radio 
engineers  and  manufacturers  are  keen  to  keep 
apace  with  the  radio  march  of  progress,  devoting 
their  attention  to  details  when  there  are  no  pros- 
pects of  immediate  changes  in  fundamentals  of 
radio  reception. 

Indeed,  the  whole  atmosphere  of  this  season's 
offerings  is  a  happy  one.  Thus  the  fellow  who 
bought  a  receiver  a  year  or  so  ago,  can  feel 
happy  in  the  assurance  that  he  hasn't  been 
"stung,"  because  the  same  fundamentals  that 
were  included  in  his  receiver  are  still  being  em- 
ployed in  the  latest  offerings.  For  the  fellow 
who  has  waited  until  now,  there  is  likewise  much 
satisfaction;  because,  while  the  fundamentals 
may  remain  unchanged,  there  have  been  numer- 
ous refinements  which  go  to  produce  greater  se- 
lectivity, simpler  operation,  better  tonal  quali- 
ties and,  in  a  few  instances,  more  volume.  For 
the  manufacturer,  too,  there  is  much  happiness 
in  the  stability  of  radio  engineering.  The  more 
critical  radio  enthusiasts  are  bound  to  want  the 
very  latest  refinements  and  will  therefore  pur- 
chase the  new  receivers,  happy  that  these  re- 
finements have  been  made.  So  everyone  is  happy 
with  the  present  state  of  affairs. 

THE    PRIME    CONSIDERATION     IS    TONAL    QUALITY 

*pHE  keynote  of  this  season's  offerings  is  tonal 

*  quality.     A   year    ago,    the    general     trend 
among  radio  receivers  was  toward  sensitivity, 
selectivity,  and  volume;  but  to-day  the  prime 
consideration  is  tonal  quality,  which,  like  charity, 
begins  at  home  with  the  radio  receiver  itself. 
In  other  words,  the  radio  enthusiast  now  realizes 
that  tonal  quality  is  not  a  matter  of  trying  one 
loud  speaker  after  another,  always  in  the  fond 
hope  that  some  day,  somewhere,  a  suitable  one 
will  be  discovered,  which  will  produce  the  long 
desired    realism.     Distortion    and    poor    tonal 
qualities  originate  in  the  radio  receiver,  and  more 
particularly  in  the  audio-frequency  transformers 
and  in  the  amplifying  tubes.     Poorly  designed 
audio-frequency  transformers  fail  to  amplify  with 
equal  volume  the  wide  range  of  audio  frequencies. 


THE    CAMPBELLS    ARE    LISTENING:    TRA 
LA,    TRA    LA! 

An  interesting  photograph  showing  two  instances 
of  being  all  dressed  up.  The  general  trend  at 
the  recent  radio  exhibition  was  not  toward  any- 
thing revolutionary  in  design  but  rather  toward 
improvement  of  existing  models,  both  in  general 
design  and  outward  appearances.  The  receiver 
depicted  is  a  Premier 

Also,  transformers  constructed  with  poor  quality 
of  iron  for  their  cores,  are  unable  to  keep  up  with 
the  rapid  magnetic  changes  caused  by  the  audio 
frequency  currents,  with  the  result  that  the  tonal 
qualities  are  blurred. 

Until  recently,   the  audio  frequency  end  of 


A   NEW    PARAGON   RECEIVER 

Of  particularly  handsome  appearance.     Its  oper- 
ation is  quite  simple,  two  main  controls  accom- 
plishing the  tuning.     There  is  plenty  of  room  in 
the  cabinet  for  the  inclusion  of  batteries 


306 

radio  reception  has  been  sadly  neglected  in  the 
merry    chase    after    new    circuits.     The  audio- 
frequency   transformers    employed    have   often 
been  the  same  as  those  originally  intended  for 
radio  telegraph  work,  in  which  it  is  desirable  to 
have  a  definite  amplifying  peak  at  500  to  1000 
cycles,  so  as  to  produce  the  utmost  strength  of 
signal  at  the  usual  audio  frequencies  employed 
in  signaling.    However,  with  radio  telephony  it  is 
quite  different.     A  flat  amplifying  curve,  provid- 
ing uniform  amplification  of  signals  from  at  least 
100  to  8000  cycles,  is  absolutely  essential  if  real 
tonal  quality  is  to  be  had  from  the  loud  speaker. 
So  it   is   to  be  expected    that   this  season's 
offerings  stress   the   audio-frequency   end.     All 
sorts  of  queer  terms  are  heard  in  this  connection, 
such  as  acoustical  synchronization,  omni-tonal, 
ortho-sonic,  polytonal  and  so  on,  which,  reduced 
to  plain  English,  mean  improved  audio-frequency 
amplification  so  as  to  produce  loud  speaker  re- 
sults comparable  with  those  obtained  from  the 
simple  crystal  detector  receiver  and  head  set — • 
the  cheapest  yet  highest  acoustic  development  in 
radio  telephone  reception !    A  glance  at  the  work- 
ing parts  of  the  new  offerings  discloses  larger 
audio-frequency     transformers.     In     some    in- 
stances, the  transformers  have  been  replaced  by 
resistance-coupled    stages    of    amplification;  in 
other  instances,  the  transformers  are  employed 
in  conjunction  with  special  by-pass  condensers 
and  special  resistances  designed  to  aid  the  tonal 
qualities. 

THE  HORN  VS.  THE  HORNLESS  LOUD  SPEAKER 

"TpHE  radio  shows  have  indicated  a  decided 
*  swing  in  favor  of  the  hornless  loud  speakers, 
although,  truth  to  tell,  the  horn  type  still  is  in 
the  majority  in  numbers  by  a  very  comfortable 
margin.  The  hornless  type  is  represented  by  a 
number  of  exposed  parchment  cones,  all  more  or 
less  alike  in  design  and  mechanism;  by  an  ex- 
posed cone  of  wood  veneer — a  very  beautiful 
thing  to  gaze  upon  and  presumably  of  excellent 
tonal  qualities;  and  by  enclosed  or  concealed 
parchment  cones,  which  are  provided  with 
wooden  cabinets  or  metal  barrels. 

With  the  present  state  of  the  radio  acoustic  art 
as  applied  to  loud  speaker  horns,  it  is  safe  to  say 
that  the  cone  type  of  loud  speaker  has  advan- 
tages which  are  not  to  be  denied.  However,  the 


RADIO  BROADCAST 

last  word  has  not  been  said  in  connection  with  the 
horn  type  of  loud  speaker,  although  the  radio 
shows  failed  to  promise  anything  startlingly 
new  in  that  line.  There  are  some  interesting 
horns  of  moulded  construction — veritable  pret- 
zels, designed  to  produce  deep,  mellow  notes,  yet 
fitting  in  a  surprisingly  small  space. 

Just  what  the  latest  loud  speakers  can  or  can- 
not do  was  not  demonstrated  at  the  radio  shows. 
One  cannot  think  about  the  early  radio  shows 
without  recalling  the  bedlam  of  shrieks  and 
groans  and  distorted  music  from  hundreds  of 
loud  speakers  all  going  at  once.  Fortunately, 
most  radio  shows  to-day  do  not  attempt  to  emu- 
late the  Tower  of  Babel,  although  it  has  always 
seemed  to  us  that  a  radio  show  ought  to  demon- 
strate what  a  radio  receiver  can  do.  Individual 
sound-proof  booths  provided  for  the  various  ex- 
hibitors with  something  to  demonstrate  in  the 
way  of  loud  speaker  performance,  would  solve 
this  perplexing  problem.  However,  at  the 
Grand  Central  Palace  exposition,  excellent  radio 
music  was  provided  by  Hewlett  induction  loud 
speakers,  two  of  which  were  employed  for  the 
entire  vast  hall. 

AND    NOTHING    NEW    IN    THE    WAY    OF    HOOK-UPS 

/"*  ETTING  down  to  the  real  fundamentals  of 
'-*  radio — the  hook-ups — there  is  nothing  new 
to  report,  so  far  as  the  present  season's  offerings 
are  concerned.  There  is  an  overwhelming  ma- 
jority of  receiving  sets  employing  the  five-tube 
radio-frequency  layout,  with  two  tubes  for  radio 
frequency,  one  for  detector,  and  two  for  audio 
frequency  amplification,  and  with  the  usual  three 
tuning  controls  so  much  like  the  neutrodyne  re- 
ceiver that  there  is  often  some  confusion  in  the 
lay  mind.  I  n  some  instances  the  number  of  con- 
trols have  been  reduced  from  three  to  two,  and 
even  to  one,  either  with  a  single  fixed  means  of 
tuning  the  circuits  in  combination,  or  with  a  fixed 
means  and  an  optional  means,  so  that  each  circuit 
may  be  tuned  in  combination  or  individually  for 
maximum  efficiency.  In  the  simpler  tuned  radio 
frequency  receivers,  various  means  are  employed 
to  prevent  regeneration. 

Even  though  radio  frequency  receivers  com- 
prise the  greater  number  of  offerings,  particu- 
larly in  the  low-priced  group,  this  must  not  be 
taken  to  mean  that  this  circuit  is  preferable  to 


JANUARY,  1926 


NO    A    B    OR    C    BATTERY 

Is  required  for  this  receiver.     It  is  connected  directly  to  the  house  electric  light  socket — its 

only  source  of  power.    There  is  nothing  unusual  about  the  circuit  itself,  it  being  of  standard  radio 

frequency  pattern.     It  is  made  by  the  Batteryless  Radio  Corporation,  New  York 


SIMPLICITY  OF  CONTROL 
Is  the  keynote  of  this  Ferguson  receiver.  The 
two  controls  are  for  volume  and  sensitivity, 
while  a  numbered  revolving  dial  behind  the  face 
of  the  panel  enables  one  to  write  down  the  set- 
tings for  the  various  stations 

others.  It  should  be  remembered  that  the 
patent  situation  has  no  little  influence  on  the 
choice  of  circuits  by  manufacturers,  and  that  the 
regenerative,  reflex,  and  super-heterodyne  circuits 
are  more  or  less  dangerous  ground  to  tread  upon. 
As  a  matter  of  fact,  a  well  designed  three-tube 
regenerative  receiver  will  usually  do  as  well,  if 
not  better,  than  a  five-tube  radio  frequency  re- 
ceiver, although  its  operation  is  more  critical 
and  is  not  so  well  suited  to  lay  operation. 

There  is  little  change  in  the  reflex  circuit,  as  the 
original  arrangement  has  been  found  quite  satis- 
factory. The  number  of  tubes  for  commercial 
reflex  receivers  is  five  or  six,  with  two  or  three 
control  dials.  The  reflex  receivers  are  arranged 
for  either  antenna  or  loop  operation.  Some  still 
employ  the  crystal  detector,  while  others  have 
gone  to  the  tube  detector  which  is  simpler  and 
more  stable  in  its  operation. 

XVhile  the  neutrodyne  circuit  remains  basically 
the  same,  with  the  familiar  three  tuning  dials, 
numerous  refinements  have  taken  place  in  pro- 
ducing the  present  season's  neutrodyne  receivers. 
The  standard  layout  of  five  tubes  has,  in  several 
instances,  been  increased  to  six,  with  the  addi- 
tional tube  employed  either  in  the  radio  fre- 
quency end  or  the  audio  frequency  end.  One 
neutrodyne  receiver  now  employs  three  stages 
of  tuned  radio  frequency,  a  detector,  and  two 
stages  of  audio  frequency,  with  but  two  tuning 
controls.  The  antenna  coupler  tuning  condenser 
operates  on  one  tuning  control,  while  the  three 
remaining  interstage  condensers  are  ingeniously 
coupled  together  and  operated  by  a  single  tuning 
control.  The  four  radio  frequency  sections  are 
individually  shielded,  to  prevent  the  interplay  of 
energy  and  to  permit  of  increased  voltage  ampli- 
fication. One  neutrodyne  manufacturer  offers 
a  six-tube  set,  with  the  extra  tube  used  in  the  last 
stage  of  audio-frequency  amplification,  so  as  to 
have  two  tubes  in  parallel  to  handle  the  increased 
energy  without  distortion,  even  when  employing 
standard  vacuum  tubes. 

The  regenerative  circuit  has  all  but  disap- 
peared in  present  offerings,  being  retained  only  in 
connection  with  the  lowest-priced  offerings. 

The  super-heterodyne  is  represented  by  just  a 
few  offerings.  This  circuit,  in  its  highly  devel- 
oped commercial  form,  is  now  offered  in  two 
popular  models,  a  six-tube  receiver  and  an  eight- 
tube  receiver,  both  employing  a  decorative  loop. 
Also,  there  is  an  elaborate  decorative  set  con- 
taining an  eight-tube  super-heterodyne  receiver 
and  enclosed  loop,  together  with  concealed  cone- 
type  loud  speaker  and  battery  eliminator.  This 
radio  receiver,  as  it  stands,  is  beyond  doubt  the 
greatest  achievement  so  far  scored  in  radio  re- 
ception. Operating  from  the  standard  alternat- 
ing current  socket,  without  batteries  of  any 
kind,  this  radio  receiver  produces  remarkable 
tonal  quality  in  any  volume  from  a  mere  whisper 
to  a  beautifully  modulated  output  that  will  fill 
the  largest  hall.  Antenna-operated  receivers 
still  lead  by  a  big  margin,  despite  the  large 
number  of  loop  type  receivers. 


JANUARY,  1926 


WHAT'S  NEW  IN  RADIO 


307 


the  special  vacuum 
tubes  now  avail- 
able for  resistance- 
coupled  amplifi- 
cation. More  and 
more  it  is  coming 
to  be  recognized 
that  the  vacuum 
tube  is  part  and 
parcel  of  a  radio 
circuit,  and  must 
therefore  be  de- 
signed for  the 
specific  purpose  in- 
tended. There  is 
no  such  thing  as  a 
universal  tube. 

The  A.  C.  tube 
has  not  as  yet  re- 
ceived wide  recog- 
nition, although  a 
few  sets  have  been 
designed  specific- 
ally for  it. 

THE  IMPORTANCE 
OF  LITTLE  THINGS 

IN  LITTLE 
'  things  as  well 
as  big  things,  the  keynote  of  the  present  radio 
season  is  improved  reception.  With  no  startling 
developments  to  monopolize  attention,  the  radio 
engineers  and  the  radio  manufacturers  have 
found  time  to  concentrate  on  the  numerous 
details  of  radio. 

Even  a  hasty  survey  of  radio  parts  and  acces- 
sories discloses  no  end  of  refinement  and 
improvement.  Condensers  have  undergone 
marked  changes,  particularly  toward  the 
straight-line  frequency  type  of  plate,  which  pre- 
vents the  crowding  of  radio  stations  at  the  lower 
end  of  the  tuning  dial.  Sockets  have  been 
improved  not  only  in  mechanical  details  but  also 
toward  better  insulation,  with  the  former  metal 
shell  replaced  by  dielectric  material.  There  is 
a  definite  trend  toward  broken-away  bases, 
with  the  object  of  forming  an  air  gap  between 
plate  and  grid  to  reduce  possible  leakage. 


A    CABINET-MAKER  S    BOOTH 

Unless  the  trend  in  present  day  design  was  toward  a  more  beautiful  receiver 

outwardly,  it  is  obvious  that  the  above  exhibitor  would  not  waste  time  and 

money  at  the  show.    Now  the  public  wants  a  good  cabinet  for  the  receiver 


BATTERIES  OR  NO   BATTERIES — THAT   IS   THE 
QUESTION 

A  VERY  definite  phase  of  this  season's 
•*••  offerings,  as  reflected  in  the  New  York 
radio  shows,  is  battery  elimination.  There  are 
many  offerings  which  have  for  their  object  the 
simplifying  of  storage  battery  operation,  on  the 
one  hand,  and  the  total  elimination  of  batteries 
on  the  other.  Some  offerings  are  in  the  form  of 
complete  receivers  with  self-contained  battery 
eliminators,  but  most  of  them  are  presented  as 
accessories,  intended  for  use  with  any  receiver. 
Again,  some  offerings  eliminate  both  A  and  B 
batteries,  and  even  the  C  battery;  but  for  the 
most  part,  merely  the  B  battery  is  eliminated, 
because,  after  all,  that  is  more  readily  achieved 
with  satisfactory  results  than  the  elimination  of 
the  filament  battery. 

Due  to  ingenious  methods  of  recharging  the 
storage  battery,  this  old-time  radio  device  has 
received  a  brand  new  lease  of  life.  This  season's 
offerings  include  various  combinations  of  storage 
battery  and  recharger,  which  do  away  with  the 
usual  storage  battery.  An  interesting  develop- 
ment is  the  trickle  recharger,  through  the  use 
of  which  a  storage  battery  is  constantly  on  charge 
at  a  very  slow  rate  so  that  the  current  consump- 
tion is  virtually  negligible.  Certain  it  is  that 
these  automatic  storage  battery  outfits,  if  such 
they  can  be  called,  restore  the  storage  battery  in 
the  good  graces  of  the  radio  fan  because  of  their 
steady  output  of  current  and  their  relatively  low 
upkeep. 

MORE  AND  BETTER  TUBES  THAN  EVER 

IT  IS  with  keen  satisfaction  that  we  note  the 
'  tube  developments  for  the  coming  season. 
Instead  of  being  limited  to  just  a  few  types  of 
tubes  for  the  various  purposes  encountered  in 
modern  radio  reception,  the  radio  enthusiast  now 
has  a  wide  range  of  vacuum  tubes  to  choose  from. 
To  the  former  standard  tubes,  now  appearing 
with  the  new  standardized  base,  there  have  been 
added  power  tubes  for  taking  care  of  the  last 
stage  of  amplification  in  storage-battery  as  well 
as  dry-battery  receivers.  The  growing  use  of 
battery  eliminators  and  power  amplifiers  has 
also  called  for  special  tubes,  such  as  rectifiers, 
ballast  tubes,  special  power  amplifier  tubes  and 
so  on.  To  what  extent  the  radio  industry  aims 
to  give  the  very  best  it  possesses,  is  exemplified  in 


And  so  it  goes  with  all  other  parts,  such  as 
rheostats,  potentiometers,  plugs,  jacks,  fixed 
condensers,  grid  leaks,  and  binding  posts,  No 
radical  changes,  please  understand,  but  plenty  of 
evidence  to  prove  that  engineers  and  manu- 
facturers have  been  hard  at  work. 

LESS     ACCESSORIES    AND    MORE     SELF-CONTAINED 
RECEIVERS 

H  E  order  of  the  day,  if  we  read  the  signs 
correctly,  is  a  steady  move  toward  self- 
contained  receivers.  More  and  more  the  radio 
manufacturers  are  coming  round  to  the  practice 
of  a  single  cabinet  v,  ith  batteries,  loud  speaker, 
and,  in  some  cases,  wave  interceptor,  complete. 
Thus  what  were  once  accessories  now  become 
integral  parts  of  the  self-contained  receiver,  not 
only  making  for  greater  efficiency,  since  all  com- 
ponents must  obviously  be  better  balanced  in 
such  an  arrangement,  but  also  making  for  re- 
markably attractive  radio  cabinets. 

Then,  too,  there  is  a  definite  tendency  toward 
beautiful  appearance,  with  all  signs  of  radio 
mechanism  artfully  submerged  in  the  more  ad- 
vanced offerings.  Thus  the  insulating  panel 
with  its  dials,  rheostat  knobs  and  jacks,  has  been 
giving  way  to  decorative  wood  fronts,  with  the 
radio  controls  artfully  blended  with  the  general 
decorative  scheme  so  as  to  be  inconspicuous. 
The  standard  tuning  dial  and  knob  have  dis- 
appeared in  many  receivers,  and  in  their  place 
we  have  ingenious  controls  in  the  form  of  drums 
or  rims  which  protrude  through  decorative  slots; 
or,  again,  we  have  small  knobs  which  control 
dials  placed  behind  the  panel,  with  just  the 
immediate  readings  appearing  through  small 
windows.  Some  receivers  have  the  tuning 
controls  entirely  concealed  from  view,  until  they 
are  exposed  by  a  drop  front  or  other  means. 

Fortunately,  however,  this  move  toward 
camouflaged  radio  is  devoid  of  freak  effects. 
There  are  no  radio  receivers  made  to  look  like 
pianos  or  ice  boxes  or  reading  lamps.  The  move 
is  a  safe  and  sane  one,  which  must  go  far  to  con- 
vince Milady  that  she  should  have  the  finest 
radio  obtainable  for  that  corner  of  the  living 
room.  It  certainly  makes  things  lots  easier  for  us 
men  who  must  sell  the  radio  idea  to  Friend  Wife! 


BLACK  BEAUTY 

Is  a  title  befitting  the  new  Bosch  Amborola  receiver.     The  cone  type  loud  speaker  shown  in  this 
photograph,  and  exhibited  at  recent  radio  expositions,  is  the  first  of  its  kind  to  be  made  of  wood 


FIG.     I 

The  set-up  of  apparatus  which  is  required  to  take  accurate  readings  of  audio  transformer  amplification  over  the  audible  frequencies.     At  the  left  is 

shown  the  audio  oscillator  which  grinds  out  the  signal  whose  frequency  is  known.     In  the  center  of  the  picture  may  be  observed  several  sizes  of  tuning 

forks  which,  when  struck,  produce  an  audible  signal  whose  frequency  depends  upon  the  mechanical  make-up  of  the  fork.     At  the  right  of  the  picture 

is  the  recording  apparatus  for  measuring  the  degree  of  amplification  of  the  audio  transformer  under  test 


The  Requirements  for  Better  Audio 


How   to   Tell  a  Good  Transformer  by  Its  Curve — Comparing 
Resistance  and  Transformer  Coupling — The  Right  Tubes  to  Use 

By  KENDALL  CLOUGH 


IN  SPITE  of  the  fact  that  the  audio- 
frequency amplifier  is  one  of  theoldest 
units  of  radio  and  telephonic  recep- 
tion, it  is  still  the  subject  of  much 
controversy,  and  conflicting  ideas  are  just 
as  prevalent  now  as  they  ever  were.  The 
purchaser  of  coupling  units  for  the  audio 
amplifier  is  confronted  with  a  variety  of 
products  to  choose  from,  which  are  ac- 
companied by  as  many  different  curves 
taken  under  as  great  a  diversity  of  condi- 
tions. Then,  after  examination  of  the 
characteristic  curves,  he  decides  on  a  par- 
ticular transformer,  resistance  unit,  or 
choke,  and  installs  it  in  his  own  receiver 
where  it  operates  either  to  his  pleasure  or 
dissatisfaction. 

There  is  just  one  sad  thing  about  the 
whole  affair  and  that  is  that  he  is  usually 
satisfied  with  his  arrangement,  chiefly  be- 
cause the  theory  of  the  thing  is  right.  The 
ear  is  rather  untrustworthy  to  some  minds 
and  even  though  things  may  not  sound  just 
right,  the  unsophisticated  listener  is  apt  to 
recall  the  curves  that  he  has  seen  on  the 
device,  or  some  particular  theory  that  he 
has  heard  regarding  it,  and  conclude  that 
the  theory  must  be  right  and  that  his  ears 


Research  Engineer,  Electrical  Research  Laboratories 

arf*  wrong.  As  a  consequence,  too  many  of 
our  homes  are  blessed  with  radio  melodies 
of  a  nature  that  would  make  the  composers 
as  well  as  the  artists  blush  with  shame. 

One  of  the  first  applications  of  the  audio 
amplifier  was  its  use  in  telephone  systems 
for  the  amplification  of  the  voice  frequen- 
cies. In  this  capacity,  it  was  considered 
necessary  that  the  repeating  devices  used 
between  tubes  should  handle  with  equal 
facility  all  frequencies  between  200  and 
2000  cycles  per  second.  It  has  been  recog- 
nized that  the  transmission  of  music  re- 
quires a  still  greater  frequency  range,  but 
how  much  greater,  the  manufacturers' 
curves  do  not  seem  to  agree.  It  seems 
that,  to  date,  few  of  them  have  considered 
the  performance  of  their  transformer  or 
other  devices  below  100  cycles  per  second, 
and  in  some  cases  not  that  low.  On  the 
upper  range,  we  see  some  carrying  their 
curves  up  to  3000  cycles  and  some  to  as 
high  as  8000  or  10,000  cycles. 

The  chart  shown  in  Fig.  2  may  shed  a 
little  light  as  to  how  great  this  frequency 
range  actually  should  be.  Here  the  piano 
keyboard  is  shown  in  full  lines  correspond- 
ing to  actuality,  while  an  additional  oc- 


tave, which  will  be  discussed  later  is 
shown  dotted.  The  heavy  lines  opposite 
the  names  of  the  various  instruments  are 
indicative  of  their  frequency  ranges. 

The  important  point  of  this  chart  is  the 
fact  that  the  piano  notes  involve  frequen- 
cies as  low  as  30  cycles.  In  addition,  such 
instruments  as  the  bass  viol  and  the  tuba 
have  their  entire  ranges  in  the  lower  fre- 
quencies thus  making  it  imperative  that 
the  audio  amplifier  be  capable  of  magnify- 
ing such  frequencies  if  it  is  to  be  properly 
designed.  There  are  a  few  instruments, 
such  as  certain  kettle  drums  and  organ 
pipes,  that  sound  at  frequencies  lower  than 
those  shown  on  the  chart,  but  these  notes 
are  so  exceptional  that  it  is  hardly  necessary 
to  consider  them  for  the  average  broadcast 
program. 

In  the  upper  range  of  frequencies,  the 
piano  continues  to  represent  the  extreme, 
having  a  frequency  of  more  than  4000 
cycles  at  the  highest  note.  It  might  appear 
on  first  thought  that  it  would  be  unneces- 
sary to  measure  amplification  at  higher  fre- 
quencies, although,  as  mentioned  previously, 
some  transformers  will  amplify  efficiently 
at  considerably  higher  frequencies. 


JANUARY,  1926       THE  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  BETTER  AUDIO  AMPLIFICATION 


309 


It  is  a  fact  well  known  to  musicians  and 
physicists  that  when  an  orchestral  instru- 
ment is  sounded,  there  is  emitted,  not  only 
the  fundamental  note,  but  also  frequencies 
of  double,  triple,  etc.,  the  frequency  of  the 
fundamental.  These  are  ordinarily  called 
overtones  by  the  musicians,  and  harmonics 
by  engineers.  For  example,  suppose  that 
the  note  C,  frequency  256,  is  struck  on  the 
piano.  Frequencies  of  512,  1024,  2048, 
etc.,  together  with  combinations  of  these 
frequencies,  will  be  present  in  the  resultant 
note.  In  general,  the  intensity  of  these 
overtones  will  decrease  in  the  order  named, 
but  for  a  given  instrument  they  will  bear 
a  definite  amplitude  relative  to  the  funda- 
mental note  played.  It  is  the  number 
and  intensity  of  these  harmonics  that  en- 
able the  ear  to  distinguish  between  the 
violin  and  the  piano  playing  the  same  note. 
These  harmonics  aid  the  highly  trained  ear 
to  tell  the  Stradivarius  violin  from  others. 
In  other  words,  the  harmonics  and  their  rel- 
ative intensities  determine  the  tone  quality 
or  color  of  the  individual  note.  Experience 
has  shown  that  in  order  to  retain  with 
fidelity  the  characteristics  of  the  upper 
notes  that  at  least  one  harmonic  must  be 
provided  for  in  the  design  of  the  amplifier. 
For  that  reason  we  will  need  to  consider  cer- 
tain notes  that  are  not  actually  on  the  piano 
keyboard  although  they  are  heard.  They 
are  shown  in  the  chart  by  the  dotted  line 
portion  and  by  the  notes  of  the  staff  above. 

So  the  first  point  that  we  will  want  to 
assure  ourselves  of  in  the  purchase  of  ampli- 
fying devices  is  that  the  characteristic  is 
desirable  from  32  to  8192  cycles  or  more. 

WHAT  CURVES   AND  CHARTS    MEAN 

THERE  is  a  considerable  variation  in 
the  appearance  of  response  curves  ac- 
cording to  the  type  of  coordinate  paper 
that  is  used  in  plotting  the  results  of  tests, 
so  that  it  is  well  when  reviewing  curves  to 
note  what  type  of  paper  is  used.  To  il- 
lustrate this  point,  curves  on  two  different 
transformers  have  been  plotted  on  three 
different  scales,  such  as  have  been  used  by 
various  firms.  The  full  line  in  each  chart 
is  the  characteristic  of  a  very  good  audio 
transformer  while  the  dotted  line  repre- 
sents a  poor  instrument.  It  will  be  noted 
immediately  that  there  is  very  little  ap- 
parent difference  between  the  two  as 
plotted  in  Fig.  ^a.  while  a  decided  difference 
is  shown  in  Figs.  3b  and  3c.  The  first 
curve  is  plotted  in  the  usual  regular  co- 
ordinates and  the  third  in  what  is  called 
logarithmic  scale.  The  second,  Fig.  3b, 
is  a  combination  of  the  two,  frequencies 
being  plotted  on  the  logarithmic  scale  and 
the  response  or  amplification  in  regular 
scale. 

There  can  be  no  doubt  but  that  the  scale 
of  frequencies  should  be  plotted  in  logarith- 
mic scale.  The  "C's"  of  the  musical  scale 
have  been  marked  off  on  the  three  charts 
to  show  the  absurdity  of  the  use  of  regular 
coordinates  for  this  purpose.  Note  in  the 
curve,  Fig.  33,  how  the  octaves  are  crowded 
at  the  lower  end  of  the  scale  and  spread  out 
at  the  upper  end.  In  logarithmic  scale, 


however,  the  various  octaves  of  the  musical 
scale  are  each  given  equal  importance  and 
are  actually  illustrative  of  physical  fact. 

There  is  yet  some  doubt  as  to  the  proper 
scale  to  use  in  the  plotting  of  amplification 
in  these  characteristics.  While  the  semi- 
logarithmic  scale  is  capable  of  differentiat- 
ing between  the  good  and  the  poor  in  trans- 
formers, it  would  seem  that  the  double 
logarithmic  paper  gives  a  more  accurate 
picture  of  what  may  be  expected  in  the 
actual  performanceof  the  instrument.  This 
opinion  is  based  on  Fechner's  Law  which 
states  that  "physiological  response  is  pro- 
portional to  the  energy  involved  in  the 
phenomena."  This  means  simply  that  a 
sound  pressure  of  1000  dynes,  for  example, 
will  produce  only  three  times  the  sensation 
to  the  ear  as  would  a  sound  pressure  of  10 
dynes,  1000  being  the  cube  or  third  power 
of  10.  It  would  not  produce  100  times  as 
great  a  sensation  as  might  be  expected. 
Hence  a  full  logarithmic  scale  in  the  plot- 
ting of  representative  characteristics  is 
considered  best. 

Now,  unfortunately,  a  given  transformer 
does  not  show  the  same  characteristic 
under  a  variety  of  conditions.  Thus,  not 


only  will  the  characteristic  be  altered  by  a 
change  in  tubes  but  also  by  changes  in  grid 
and  plate  voltages  with  the  same  tube. 
Furthermore,  tubes  of  the  same  type  do 
not  have  the  same  characteristics  at  the 
same  voltages,  so  it  is  important  that  curves 
for  purposes  of  comparison  bear  a  notation 
of  the  types  of  tube  used,  the  voltages  at 
which  it  was  used  in  the  test,  and  the  ampli- 
fication factor  and  the  plate  resistance  of 
the  tube  at  those  voltages. 

This  variation  of  amplification  charac- 
teristic with  change  in  tube  constants  is 
a  subject  that  holds  remarkable  possibili- 
ties for  the  listener  who  is  striving  toward 
perfection  in  reproduction. 

The  characteristic  of  a  given  transformer 
is  influenced  by  the  amplification  constant 
of  the  tube  only  in  the  matter  of  degree. 
That  is,  the  amplification  is  high  or  low 
in  proportion  to  the  amplification  factor 
of  the  tube  provided  the  plate  resistance 
of  the  tube  is  unchanged.  This  explains 
the  fact  that  greater  volume  is  obtained 
from  the  use  of  the  2OI-A  type  tube,  with  its 
amplification  factor  of  7.5  than  from  the  199 
type  with  a  factor  of  6.0.  It  should  not  be 
thought  that  the  use  of  some  of  the  new 


.,i  'ill! 


Flute 
Piccolo 
Oboe 

English  Horn 
Clarinets 
Bassoon 
.French  Horn 
Trumpet 
Cornet 
Trombone 
Bass  Clarinet 
Bass  Tuba 

STRINGS 
Violin 
Viola 
Cello 
Bass  Viol 

HUMAN  VOICE 

Tenor 

Baritone 

Soprano 

Bass 

Alto 


FIG.    2 

A  most  interesting  graphical  comparison  of  the  frequency  range  of  a  piano  and  other  musical  instru- 
ments.    Even  though  there  is  overlapping  of  the  ranges  covered  by  these  instruments,  the  particular 
tone  by  which  a  certain  type  of  instrument  may  be  identified  is  produced  by  a  combining  of  the 
overtones  emitted  with  the  fundamental  tone 


310 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


JANUARY,  1926 


high-Mu  tubes  would  be  desirable  with 
transformers  on  this  account,  however, 
for  there  is  another  consideration  in  the 
case. 

That  consideration  is  the  plate  resistance 
of  the  tube.  It  is  a  difficult  if  not  im- 
possible thing  in  vacuum  tube  design  to 
produce  a  tube  having  a  high  amplifica- 
tion constant  and  a  low  plate  resistance. 
Hence  we  find  that  the  high-Mu  tubes  have 
an  almost  correspondingly  high  plate  im- 
pedance which  produces  an  exaggeration 
of  the  effect  illustrated  in  Fig.  4.  Here 
are  shown  curves  of  the  transformer  pre- 
viously referred  to  with  a  tube  having  an 
amplification  factor  of  7.5  and  values  of 
plate  resistance  of  5000,  10,000,  and  15,000 
ohms  as  marked.  This  instrument  has  a 
remarkably  high  primary  inductance  which 
causes  it  to  produce  high  amplification  at 


to  increase  the  bias  on  the  first  stage  to 
45  volts,  the  curve  would  be  modified  to 
that  marked  15,000  ohms,  for  we  have  in- 
creased the  plate  resistance  to  that  value 
by  the  use  of  a  high  bias. 

It  would  not  be  wise  to  increase  the  bias 
beyond  i|  volts  unless  required  to  by  the 
tests  described  by  Mr.  Crom,  for  we  would 
only  be  impairing  the  quality  at  the  low 
frequencies. 

On  the  other  hand  we  might  decide,  after 
listening  very  analytically  to  our  speaker, 
that  the  low  frequency  instruments  cannot 
be  heard  with  quite  the  volume  relative  to 
the  other  instruments  that  we  would  hear 
them  if  actually  in  the  studio.  In  this  case, 
unless  the  loud  speaker  has  a  decided  dis- 
crimination against  the  low  frequencies 
there  will  be  some  advantage  in  operating 
two  20 1 -A  tubes  in  parallel  as  shown  in 
Fig.  5.  The  combined  plate 
cv  impedance  of  the  two  tubes 
would  be  reduced  to  5000 
ohms  and  we  would  obtain 


TUBE  201-A 
Amplification  Factor  7.5 
Plate  Resistance  10,000  Ohms 
Filament  Voltage  5.0 
Plate  Voltage      90.0 
Grid  Voltage      -0.5 


2.000        3,000         4.000         5,000        6,000 
FREQUENCY-CYCLES  PER  SECOND 


such  proportions  that  a  single  aoi-A  will 
not  handle  it  without  some  tube  distort  ion. 
Therefore,  the  low  plate  resistance  of  two 
tubes  or  of  a  power  tube  in  the  last  stage 
will  allow  the  plate  circuit  to  deliver  more 
energy  to  the  loud  speaker  at  the  low  fre- 
quencies. 

RESISTANCE-COUPLED   AMPLIFICATION 

/CONSIDERABLE  material  has  been 
^  published  on  the  improvement  o," 
reproduction  at  the  low  frequencies  to- 
gether with  various  means  for  attaining  it. 
Among  these  the  claims  of  the  various 
manufacturers  of  resistance  couplings  are 
predominant.  While  it  is  true  that  the 
theory  of  the  resistance-coupled  amplifier 
attributes  to  it  the  property  of  uniform 
amplification  at  all  audible  frequencies  it 
can  be  shown  by  test  that  the  average 
resistance-coupled  amplifier,  as  merchan- 
dised, does  not  do  very  well  with  the  low 
notes.  This  is  due  principally  to  the  low 
capacity  of  the  coupling  condensers  advo- 


7,000       8,000 


FIG.    3 

Here  are  three  curves,  A,  B,  and  C.  They  are  all  for  the  same  two  transformers.  It  is 
evident  that  by  using  one  kind  of  cross  section  paper,  the  curve  can  be  made  to  look  as 
though  the  transformer  measured  was  very  good  and  amplified  well  over  the  frequencies 
desired.  From  an  inspection  of  the  three  ways  in  which  a  transformer  curve  may  be 
indicated  as  presented  here,  it  is  obvious  that  the  curves  in  Fig.  }A  are  not  honest  in 
comparison  to  those  shown  in  B  and  C.  In  Fig.  2  we  saw  that  the  tones  and  sounds  we 
are  most  interested  in  ranged  from  about  32  to  4000  cycles.  Yet  by  presenting  a  curve 
as  in  A,  attention  is  subtly  centered  upon  the  flat  portion  of  the  curve  which  deals 
mostly  with  the  high  notes.  The  amplification  at  the  lower  frequencies  is  negligible 
compared  to  the  higher  frequencies.  In  B  this  condition  is  corrected  somewhat  by  the 
use  of  logarithmic  cross  section  paper  where  the  frequency  is  plotted  on  a  logarithmic  or 
octave  scale.  However,  the  amplification  indication  is  not  of  the  same  scale.  I  he  scale 
employed  in  C  is  favored  by  many  as  the  true  way  to  represent  response  curves  for 
audio  transformers.  Here  the  frequency  increases  on  the  logarithmic  or  octave  scale, 
as  it  is  played  on  a  musical  instrument.  Also  the  amplification  in  }C  is  plotted  logarith- 
mically which  is  probably  the  way  in  which  the  ear  hears  sounds 


FIG.    3-A 

the  low  frequencies,  but  note  that  the 
amplification  falls  off  at  these  fre- 
quencies as  the  plate  resistance 
increases,  due  to  lack  of  balance 
between  the  plate  resistance  and  the 
transformer  impedance  at  those  fre- 
quencies. This  slump  of  amplifica- 
tion on  the  low  notes  would  be 
aggravated  with  the  high  amplifica- 
tion tubes  and,  while  the  over-all 
amplification  would  be  very  good  at 
the  high  frequencies  the  low  notes 
would  receive  almost  no  amplifica- 
tion with  consequent  unnatural  re- 
production. 

Our  particular  interest  in  these  curves 
lies,  however,  in  the  fact  that  they  repre- 
sent particular  possibilities  in  regard  toselec 
tion  of  tubes.  The  curve,  Fig.  4,  marked 
10,000  ohms  would  be  indicative  of  the  per- 
formance of  this  transformer  when  used 
with  a  2OI-A  tube  with  90  volts  on  the 
plate  and  a  negative  grid  bias  of  half  a 
volt.  This  tube  and  these  voltages  would 
be  very  satisfactory  for  operation  in  the 
first  stage  as  the  grid  of  the  tube  would 
never  become  sufficiently  positive  on 
moderate  signals,  to  introduce  the  kind  of 
distortion  discussed  by  Mr.  Crom  in  the 
October  RADIO  BROADCAST.  If  we  were 


C.' 


AMPLIFICATION 
o  u,  S  S  8  S 

^ 

^- 

:•; 

^* 

^- 

-—  • 

—  - 

•  1    • 

,,^ 

^x 

1 

/ 

'" 

/ 

A 

TUBE  201-A 
•nplification  Factor  7.5 
ate  Resistance  10,000  Ohms 
lament  Voltage  5.0 
tleVoltage      90.0 
id  Vuluwe       -0.5 

/ 

P 
F 
P 
G 

x 

II!    !    1 

1 

0           20     3040506080100           2       34    56781,000        234    567810.000 
FREQUENCY-CYCLES  PER  SECOND 

cated  in  such  amplifiers,  whose  im- 
pedance at  30  to  60  cycles  becomes 
so  high  as  to  prevent  an  effective 
transfer  of  voltage  to  the  succeeding 
tube.  The  only  remedy  for  this, 
condition  is  in  the  use  of  larger 
condensers  of  from  one  half  to  one 
microfarad,  and  even  then  there  are 
often  certain  limitations  that  make 
it  nearly  impossible  to  obtain  the 
quality  of  reproduction  possible  in 
a  well  designed  transformer-coupled 
amplifier. 


FIG.   3-8 


the  curve  shown  for  that  figure 
on  the  chart.  Or,  we  might  use 
a  single  2i6-A  tube  with  some 
sacrifice  in  amplification  (am- 
plification factor  5.6)  but  with 
the  same  quality.  The  grid  bias 
in  the  second  stage  should  not 
be  omitted  due  to  the  risk  of  the 
grid  becoming  positive  and 
drawing  current  as  described  in 
Mr.  Crom's  article.  Here,  how- 
ever, the  use  of  semi-power  tubes 
is  desirable,  for  the  output  signal 
from  the  first  stage  has  reached 


100 

=3 

C2 

C 

C 

,1 

C'           < 

,:; 

•IV 

E' 

60 
50 
40 
30 

20 
10 

a 

«* 

•IT-*- 

" 

—— 

—  •— 

•  • 

* 
* 

X 

*"•" 

** 

— 

8 
6 
5 
4 

3 

2 

1 
1 

---»*  — 

TUBE  201-A 
jlification  Factor  7.5 
e  Resistance  10,000  Ohms 
ment  Voltage  5.0 
e  Voltage       90.0 
Voltage       -0.5 

Pint 

t 

Fi!t 

/ 

/ 

Grid 

~'_ 

0           20     3040506080100           2       3    456781.000         2       3     4567810.1 
FREQUENCY  CYCLES  PER  SECOND 

FIG.    3-C 


JANUARY,  1926    THE  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  BETTER  AUDIO  AMPLIFICATION 


311 


The  principle  of  these  limitations  is  the 
inability  of  the  resistance  amplifier  to  over- 
amplify  the  high  frequencies.  It  has  been 
the  writer's  experience  that  the  average 
loud  speaker  discriminates  against  the  high 
frequencies  in  such  manner  as  to  make  it 
desirable  that  the  amplifier  supply  a  little 
more  energy  at  these  frequencies  than  at 
the  low  or  medium  frequencies. 

In  addition,  in  the  more  selective  receiv- 
ers the  detector  output  shows  a  falling  char- 
acteristic, that  is  the  low  frequencies  are 
louder  than  the  high,  due  to  the  tuned  cir- 
cuits of  the  radio  amplifier  cutting  the  side- 
bands of  the  transmission.  This  effect  is 
illustrated  roughly  in  Fig.  6,  showing  the 
output  characteristic  of  a  regenerative 
detector.  Hence  the  desirability  of  being 
able  to  amplify  the  high  frequencies  to  a 
greater  degree  than  the  low  tones. 

It  is  not  the  contention  of  the  writer  that 
all  transformers  are  good  in  this  respect. 
The  majority  of  the  transformers  on  the 
market   show  such   ineffectiveness   at  the 
low  frequencies   that   it   is   impossible  to 
offset  their  characteristics.     One  particu- 
lar transformer  on  the  market 
is  very  poorly    designed    as 
evidenced  by  the  fact   that 
at  125  cycles  it  ceases  am- 
plifying  entirely    and    from 
there  down  is  actually  nulli- 
fying  the   amplification  ob- 
tained from  the  tube.     From 
30  to  60  cycles,  an  octave  in 
the  bass  of  the  piano,  it  ac- 
tually attenuates  the  signal 
to  a  greater  extent  than  the 
tubes'  ability  to  amplify,  so 
that  any  note  in  this  octave 
would  actually  be  louder  at 
the  detector  output  than  at 
the  output  of  the  amplifier. 
Unfortunately  there  are  sev- 
eral transformers  on  the  mar- 
ket that  have  similar  char- 
acteristics, so  the  necessity  of 
knowing  the  characteristics  of 


1,000        2,000        3.000 


4,000 
CYCLES 


5.000        6.000         7,000       8.0* 


FIG.   6 

Briefly,  this  curve  shows  that  as  regeneration  is 

increased  the  response  on  the  higher  frequencies 

is  reduced 


a  transformer  over  the  entire   frequency 
range  of  the  piano  becomes  very  evident. 

There  are  several  transformers  on  the 
market  suitable  for  low  frequency  repro- 
duction and  among  these  is  the  transformer 
whose  characteristic  is  shown  by  the  solid 
line  in  Fig.  30  The  extremely  good  ampli- 
fication obtained  at  the  low  frequencies  is 
made  possible  by  the  use  of  a  novel  core  con- 


FIG.  5 

By  paralleling  the  elements  of  tubes  as  shown,  the  effective 

plate  impedance  is  reduced  to  one  half  the  value  of  one  tube. 

However,  this  arrangement  does  not  increase  the  amplification 

but  does  increase  the  power  output  of  the  amplifier 


c1 c«        C"        c"       c» 


30  40  50  60  80 100  2        3     456781,000 

FREQUENCY-CYCLES  PER  SECOND 


2       345  67810,000 


FIG.    4 

Simply  because  a  tube  is  called  high-mu  it  does  not  follow 
that  better  amplification  will  result.  It  is  difficult,  in  high-mu 
tubes,  to  obtain  a  low  plate  impedance.  As  the  value  of  mu, 
shown  here,  increases,  the  plate  impedance  increases.  From 
the  curves  shown  above  it  will  be  observed  that  as  the  plate 
impedance  is  increased  the  amplification  falls  off  correspond- 
ingly. However,  when  high-mu  tubes  are  used  in  a  resistance 
audio  amplifier,  the  story  is  entirely  different 


struction  known  among  power 
engineers  as  the  cruciform. 

The  advantage  in  this  type 
of  construction  is  the  fact 
that  the  magnetic  flux  de- 
veloped by  the  windings  is 
almost  completely  confined 
to  the  iron  core,  with  the 
result  that  the  primary  in- 
ductance obtainable  with  a 
given  amount  of  iron  is 
higher  with  consequent  bet- 
ter transformation  at  the 
low  frequencies.  Fig.  7  shows 
the  manner  in  which  the  flux 
leaks  out  into  the  surround- 
ing space  with  the  more  usual 
core  construction,  while  with 
the  cruciform  construction 
the  coil  is  so  completely  sur- 
rounded by  iron  that  the 
leakage  is  negligible. 


EDITOR'S 


IN  THE  October,  1925,  RADIO  BROAD- 
CAST, an  article  by  George  C.  Crom 
reviewed  certain  considerations  of 
audio  frequency  amplification  which  are 
quite  fundamental.  Some  of  the  readers 
of  this  article  may  not  have  seen  Mr. 
Crom's  remarks,  and  so,  reprinted  below 
are  several  paragraphs  dealing  with  the 
requirements,  as  Mr.  Crom  sees  them,  for 
distortionless  amplifier  operation.  These 
conditions  apply  to  the  amplifier  tube  it- 
self: 

First — The  filament  of  the  tube  must  be 
operated  at  a  temperature  high  enough  to 
supply  all  the  electrons  resulting  from  the  sum 
of  the  direct  plate  current  and  its  audio  fre- 
quency component.  The  majority  of  good 
tubes  give  this  necessary  electron  emission  at 
low  temperatures  such  as  that  resulting  from 
4.5  to  5.5.  volts  across  the  filament  of  a  five- volt 
tube. 

Second — The  plate  circuit  should  have  suffici- 
ently high  impedance.  This  high  impedance 
straightens  out  the  curve  which  is  usually  re- 
ferred to  as  the  operating  characteristic,  and  is 
explained  in  Paragraph  60  of  Thermionic 
Vacuum  Tubes,  by  Van  Der  Bijl.  The  dis- 
cussion there  is  too  involved  to  be  detailed  here. 

Third — The  grid  must  be  maintained  negative 
with  respect  to  the  filament  so  that  at  the  posi- 
tive peaks  of  the  signal-voltage  wave,  apprecia- 
ble current  does  not  flow  to  the  grid.  If  current 
does  flow  to  the  grid,  it  pulls  down  the  plate 


f* —  Laminated  Core 


*~-  Coil 
FIG.    7 

The  lower  illustration  shows  the  flux  leakage 
prevalent  in  most  transformers.  This  condition 
can  be  remedied  by  the  intelligent  use  of  iron 
cores  situated  as  shown  in  the  upper  sketch 


Laminated  Core 


Coil  — 


312 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


JANUARY,  1926 


FIG.   9 

This  is  a  detailed  view  of  the  audio-frequency  oscillator.  The  dial  and 
switches  on  the  front  of  the  panel  allow  the  adjustment  of  the  instrument 
to  frequencies  ranging  from  30  to  100,000  cycles  with  three  inductance 
coils.  The  large  white  coil  at  the  right  is  the  coil  for  the  medium  range 
frequency.  Note  the  phones  attached  to  the  small  pick-up  coil  used  for 
picking  up  the  tone  of  the  oscillator  for  comparison  with  the  standard 
fork.  The  large  fork  at  the  left  has  a  pitch  of  32  cycles  and  near  it  is  a 
fork  of  64  cycles 


current  and  causes  a  bend  in  the  operating 
characteristic  curve,  that  is,  the  positive  peaks 
of  the  plate  current  waves  are  cut  off.  As  cur- 
rent flowing  to  the  grid  must  pass  through  the 
transformer  secondary  with  its  many  turns,  it 
may  saturate  the  transformer  core,  pull  down  its 
amplification,  and  thus  cause  distortion  in  the 
transformer.  The  value  of  the  C  battery  neces- 
sarily depends  on  the  structure  of  the  tube  used 
and  upon  the  signal  voltage.  This  is  not 

CALIBRATION  RESISTANCE 
FOR  VACUUM  TUBE 
VOLTMETER. 


necessarily  true,  for 
individual  tubes  vary 
widely. 

Fourth — the  plate  volt- 
age must  be  high  enough 
so  that  the  plate  current 
can  faithfully  follow  the 
grid  voltage.  The  plate 
voltage  must  force  the 
plate  current  through 
the  resistance  of  the  ap- 
paratus in  the  plate  cir- 
cuit and  still  apply 
enough  voltage  to  the 
tube,  so  that  on  the 
maximum  negative  sig- 
nal voltage  on  the  grid, 
some  plate  current  will 
still  be  flowing.  1  n  other 
words,  the  negative 
peaks  of  the  plate  cur- 
rent waves  must  not  be 
cut  off. 

These  conditions 
sound  complicated, 
but  they  are  not  when 
stated  simply.  The 
first  is:  use  good 
tubes  and  keep  your 
The  second  is:  use  good 
third  and  fourth  are: 


A  battery  charged. 

transformers.     The 

use  the  proper  value  of  C  battery  for  the 

signal  voltage  at  the  grid  of  each  tube, 

and  a  plate  voltage  which  corresponds  to 

this  C  voltage. 

The  most  satisfactory  method,  and  also 
the  easiest,  for  determining  these  last  two 
conditions  is  to  put  a  milliammeter  (d.  c., 


of  say,  o-i  5  milliamperes  range)  in  the  plate 
circuit  of  the  amplifier  tube  under  investi- 
gation and  observe  the  plate  current  while 
the  strongest  signal  that  is  to  be  received 
is  going  through  the  amplifier.  If  the  C 
battery  voltage  is  not  high  enough  and 
positive  peaks  of  the  plate  current  are  cut 
off  (and  current  is  flowing  in  the  grid  circuit), 
the  plate  current  will  decrease  with  a  strong 
signal.  Increasing  the  C  battery  will  pre- 
vent the  grid  from  going  too  much  positive. 

If  the  plate  voltage  is  too  low  (in  the 
opinion  of  the  writer,  it  usually  is)  and  the 
negative  peaks  of  the  plate  current  are 
being  cut  off,  the  current  will  rise  on  a 
strong  signal.  Increasing  the  plate  volt- 
age will  remove  this  difficulty." 

In  an  early  number,  we  expect  to  publish 
an  article  about  audio  frequency  trans- 
formers which  should  be  of  deep  interest  to 
everyone  in  the  radio  field.  We  shall 
show  many  curves  of  the  electrical  charac- 
teristics of  audio  transformers,  taken  in 
RADIO  BROADCAST'S  Laboratory.  This 
feature  alone  should  be  very  interesting 
because  with  so  many  transformers  on  the 
market,  it  is  difficult  for  the  untutored 
buyer  to  know  just  what  transformers  have 
the  characteristics  he  wants.  The  article 
will  explain  how  the  transformers  are 
measured.  Some  needed  light  will  be 
cast  on  the  disputed  effect  of  the  use  of 
shunt  condensers  and  resistances  in  audio 
transformer  circuits.  The  effect  of  the  C 
battery  on  transformer  operation  will  be 
carefully  covered. 


INPUT 
THERMOCOUPLE 


RESISTANCE  TO 
CONTROL  INPUT 
TO  TEST  SET 


O.C  MILL. VOLTMETER 
(INPUT  METER.) 


DUMMY 
RESISTANCE  RP. 


FILAMENT 
VOLTMETER 


TRANSFORMER 
UNDER  TEST 


.VOLTMETER 
TUBE 


-LOAD  IN  PLATE  CIRCUIT 

METER  IN  OUTPUT 
-    OF  VOLTMETER 
TUBE 


FIG.    8 
A  close-up  which  is  self-explanatory  of  the  recording  apparatus 


Additional  Notes  on  the  Model  1926 


How  to  Employ  Impedance-  or  Resistance- Coupling  in  the  All- Wave 
Receiver — How  Quality  in  the  Loud  Speaker  Can  Be  Bettered  by  Coup- 
ling the  Output  Tube  to  the  Speaker  Through  an  Auto-Transformer 

By  ERNEST  R.  PFAFF 


WIS  year  we  find  attention  con- 
centrated upon  the  improvement 
of  the  reproducing  quality  of  the 
radio  receiver,  rather  than  upon 
its  sensitivity  and  selectivity  as  in  past 
years.  There  is  very  little  reason  why  this 
problem  should  require  any  very  great 
concentration  or  experiment  upon  the  part 
of  the  enthusiast  or  listener  desirous  of 
building  his  own,  since  equipment  is  avail- 
able upon  the  market  for  audio  amplifica- 
tion purposes  which  will  permit  of  nearly 
perfect  reproduction. 

In  the  November,  1925,  RADIO  BROAD- 
CAST there  appeared  a  description  of  a  re- 
ceiver developed  by  McMurdo  Silver  which 
possessed  ample  selectivity  and  sensitivity, 
and  consequently  was  admirably  fitted  for 
the  incorporation  of  any  type  of  audio 
frequency  amplification  desired  by  the 
individual  builder.  In  this  article,  a 
standard  two-stage  transformer-coupled 
audio  amplifier  was  considered,  while  in 
the  present  article,  methods  of  improving 
this  amplifier,  the  use  of  resistance  and 
choke  coupling,  and  the  application  of  the 
new  power  tubes  are  considered. 

THE    ORIGINAL   AUDIO   AMPLIFIER 

IN  THE  November  article,  the  receiver 
was  shown  with  a  two-stage  audio  ampli- 
fier using  Thordarson  3^:1  audio  trans- 
formers. These  transformers  are  remark- 
ably satisfactory,  though  they  do  not 
wholly  satisfy  one 
condition  necessary 
for  distortionless 
amplification — 
which  is  that  the 
primary  impedance 
of  the  interstage 
transformer  should 
exceed  by  t hree 
times  the  output 
impedance  of  the 
tube  feeding  into  it 
at  the  lowest  fre- 
quency to  be  han- 
dled. The  primary 
impedance  of  the 
35:1  Thordarson 
transformer  at  50 
cycles,  which  may 
be  considered  as  the 
lowlimit  of  frequen- 
cies to  be  repro- 
duced is  a  bit  less 


than  10,000  ohms,  while  the  lowest  frequency 
at  which  the  condition  stated  above  is 
satisfied  will  be  in  the  neighborhood  of  175 
cycles,  since  the  tube  impedance  for  a  uv- 
20 1 A  is  approximately  I2,oooohms.  There- 
fore, it  is  obvious  that  above  175  cycles, 
substantially  distortionless  amplification 
will  be  obtained,  while  below  this  frequency 
the  gain  will  fall  off  rapidly,  until  some  of 
the  lower  notes  below  50  cycles  suffer 
badly. 

The  reproduction  from  practically  any 
audio  transformers  used  in  an  amplifier 
can  be  very  appreciably  improved  by  care- 
ful and  judicious  attention  to  small  de- 
tails, such  as  by-pass  condensers,  proper 
operating  voltages  for  the  tubes  used, 
shunt  resistances  and  shunt  plate  feed  ar- 
rangements. A  most  excellent  discussion 
of  such  features  will  be  found  in  Mr. 
Crom's  articles  in  the  October,  1925,  RADIO 
BROACAST. 

A  point  not  stressed  by  Mr.  Crom  is  the 
use  of  shunt  resistances  across  audio  trans- 
formers secondaries,  as  well  as  small  by- 
pass condensers  across  these  windings. 
Grid  leaks  of  from  .05  megohms  on  up  to 
.5  megohms  shunted  across  audio  trans- 
former secondaries  will  invariably  help  to 
stabilize  an  amplifier,  and  at  times  will  tend 
to  improve  its  quality  of  reproduction. 
Small  condensers  ranging  from  .0001  to 
.0005  mfd.,  shunted  across  the  secondaries 
of  audio  transformers  will  tend  to  bypass 


A- 
B- 
C  + 


FIG.    I 


The  circuit  of  a  transformer-coupled  audio  amplifier  showing  how  the  output  coil  and  con- 
denser constitute  a  separate  unit  which  insures  correct  functioning  of  the  loud  speaker 


some  of  the  higher  frequencies,  with  the 
net  result  that  in  many  cases  the  reproduc- 
ing qualities  of  the  amplifier  for  low  notes 
seem  materially  improved.  This,  how- 
ever, is  only  apparent  improvement  since 
it  amounts  to  decreasing  the  high  fre- 
quencies to  the  same  volume  as  the  low 
notes.  A  combination  of  resistance  and 
capacity  shunt  is  also  frequently  helpful. 

Where  a  high  plate  voltage  is  used  on  an 
audio  amplifier,  the  last  stage  should  not 
include  the  loud  speaker  directly  in  the 
plate  circuit  of  the  tube.  This  is  because 
the  normal  direct  plate  current  would  flow 
through  the  speaker,  to  which  would  be 
added  the  alternating  signal  component. 
In  many  cases  the  handling  capacity  of 
loud  speakers  is  decreased  to  one-half  or 
one-quarter  what  it  would  normally  be  by 
this  arrangement.  A  much  more  satis- 
factory arrangement  is  to  feed  the  plate 
supply  directly  to  the  plate  of  the  tube 
through  a  high  inductance  choke,  such  as  a 
Thordarson  autoformer,  and  then  shunt  the 
loud  speaker  in  series  with  a  .5-  or  i.o-  mfd. 
condenser  from  plate  to  filament.  In  this 
way,  the  direct  current  component  is  fed 
through  the  choke  and  kept  out  of  the 
speaker;  only  the  alternating  signal  com- 
ponent reaching  the  speaker  windings. 
Thus,  the  value  of  signal  required  to  satur- 
ate the  speaker  is  that  normally  required, 
instead  of,  with  the  usual  connection,  the 
normal  value  minus  the  direct  plate  current 
— often  several 
times  the  alternat- 
ing component. 

If  it  is  desired  to 
use  a  shunt  feed 
system  in  several 
different  stages  of  a 
receiver,  the  choke 
and  condenser  can 
be  permanently 
connected  to  the 
speaker  and  set, 
and  one  side  of  the 
speaker  plugged 
into  the  different 
stages  at  will.  Fig. 
i  illustrates  a  mode 
of  connection  which 
can  be  applied  to 
any  amplifier. 

In  this  case,  the 
join  between  the 
choke  and  conden- 


Speaker  Cord  and 
Condenser  Permanently 
Connected 


314 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


JANUARY,  1926 


R.F.T. 


ANT. 


6  Ohms 
B+90         B+45       A-B-C+      A+  C-4>i 


GND.        2 


0 


FIG.    2 

That  part  of  the  circuit  to  the  left  is  the  tuner  section  of  the  receiver  described  by  Mr.  Silver  in  November  RADIO  BROADCAST.     To  the  right  is  shown 
two  types  of  audio  amplification,  the  lower  is  resistance  coupling  while  that  above  is  the  regular  transformer  audio  amplification  described  last  month. 

This  circuit  shows  how  one  may  be  substituted  for  the  other 


ser  connects  to  the  tip  of  a  phone  plug 
only,  the  sleeve  being  left  free.  The  ar- 
rangement will  be  found  quite  helpful. 

RESISTANCE    COUPLING 

WHILE  resistance  coupling  has  been 
popular  for  quite  some  time,  this  is 
the  first  season  where  indications  point  to 
a  general  appreciation  of  the  merits  of  this 
system  by  the  listening  public.  Unques- 
tionably, resistance-coupled  audio  amplifi- 


cation will  give  as  fine  quality  of  repro- 
duction as  it  is  possible  to  obtain,  and 
contrary  to  general  opinion,  it  is  not  ex- 
tremely wasteful,  either  from  the  power 
consumption  standpoint,  or  the  quantity 
of  apparatus  necessary  to  render  this  sys- 
tem the  equal  of  a  good  transformer  am- 
plifier so  far  as  voltage  gain  per  system 
goes. 

A  three-stage  resistance-coupled  ampli- 
fier made  up  of  standard  parts,  operated  on 


135  volts,  using  proper  tubes,  will  give 
about  the  same  amplification  that  may  be 
obtained  with  two  transformer  stages 
operated  on  90  volts.  The  actual  B  bat- 
tery consumption  figured  over  a  period  of 
time  is  no  greater  than  that  of  the  trans- 
former amplifier,  though  it  is  true  that  the 
initial  battery  cost  is  higher  by  50  per  cent. 
Mr.  Silver's  six-tube  receiver  with  a  re- 
sistance amplifier  is  at  its  best,  for  the 
quality  of  reproduction  is  truly  splendid. 


R.F.T. 


AUTOFORMER 

.5  mfd. 


AUTOFORMER 

.5  mfd. 


FIG. 

A  complete  circuit  diagram  of  the  receiver  employing  impedance-coupled  audio  amplification.     The  various  features  described 
in  the  text,  such  as  modulation  control  on  the  r.  f.  secondary  and  impedance  amplifier  coil,  are  brought  out  here  prominently 


JANUARY,  1926       ADDITIONAL  NOTES  ON  THE  MODEL  1926  RECEIVER 


315 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 
FIG.    4 
A  view  of  a  model  showing  the  disposition  of  the  resistance  coupling  units.     In  all  three  types,  the  audio  amplifier  occupies  the  same  location 


and  the  ease  of  tuning  is  surprising  con- 
sidering the  extreme  sensitivity  and  selec- 
tivity of  the  set.  However,  in  incorporating 
this  type  of  audio  amplifier,  there  are  a 
few  cautions  to  be  observed. 

The  detector  of  the  set  operates  with  a 
negative  grid  potential  of  45  volts,  which 
is  substantially  correct  in  order  to  obtain 
satisfactory  rectification  using  a  plate 
potential  of  45  volts.  This  assumes  that 
in  series  with  the  B  battery  is  a  transformer 
primary  winding  of  only  one  to  two  thous- 
and ohms  resistance — so  low  as  to  have 
hardly  any  effect  upon  the  actual  plate 
potential.  However,  with  resistance  coup- 
ling, a  resistance  of  about  100,000  ohms 
will  be  in  this  plate  circuit.  If  the  de- 
tector plate  voltage  is  increased  to  90, 
rectification  will  still  occur  in  an  efficient 
manner  with  a  4j-volt  negative  grid  po- 
tential. Since  the  resistance  amplifier 
requires  135  volts,  two  B  battery  positive 
leads  will  come  out  of  the  set — one  90  volts 


plus,  for  the  r.f.  amplifiers  and  detector, 
and  one,  135  volts  plus  for  the  three  a.  f. 
amplifiers.  Due  to  the  low  actual  operat- 
ing potential  of  the  first  two  resistance 
amplifiers  because  of  the  high  resistances 
in  their  plate  circuits,  no  C  battery  will  be 
required  for  these  two  tubes,  their  grid 
leaks  terminating  directly  in  the  negative 
filament  line.  The  last  audio  stage  has 
only  the  loud  speaker  resistance  in  its 
plate  circuit — a  matter  of  several  thou- 
sand ohms,  and  so  should  have  its  grid 
biased  for  135  volts.  With  a  UV-2OIA  this 
bias  would  be  about  9  volts,  although  45 
will  be  satisfactory  as  a  basis  for  test 
observation. 

Coupling  units  are  available  made  by 
Muter,  Daven,  Brach,  Dubilier,  Polymet, 
and  others,  which  provide  clip  mountings  for 
grid  leak,  plate  resistor  and  coupling  con- 
denser— thus  but  one  unit  is  required  to  a 
stage.  With  uv-2oiA  tubes,  the  coupling 
resistances  should  be  100,000  ohms,  the  first 


grid  leak  one  megohm,  the  second  one  half 
and  last  one  quarter.  In  no  case  should 
the"  coupling  condensers  be  below  .01  mfd., 
or  distortion  will  be  evident,  and  all  the 
advantages  of  the  system  will  be  lost. 
Going  to  the  opposite  extreme  will  provide 
better  quality,  up  to  the  point  where  the 
time  constant — the  discharge  period  of  the 
condenser  and  resistance  combination — 
becomes  so  low  as  to  interfere  with  repro- 
duction and  cause  blocking  of  the  amplifier 
• — .5  mfd.  is  a  satisfactory  maximum  capa- 
city, though  for  convenience  and  general 
practicability,  the  writer  prefers  .01  mfd.  at 
least. 

A  circuit  and  layout  drawing  showing  the 
substitution  of  three  resistance-coupled 
stages  for  the  transformer-coupled  audio 
amplifiers  accompanies  this  article.  See  Fig. 
2.  It  might  be  well  to  mention  the  matter 
of  sockets.  Those  are  combination  ux  or  uv 
sockets — that  is,  either  a  uv-2oiA  or  a 
ux-2OiA  tube  may  be  used  in  them,  or  for 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 
FIG.    5 
Another  view  of  the  resistance-coupled  receiver.     The  wiring  of  such  a  set  is  very  easy  as  can  be  attested  by  close  observation  of  the  above 


316 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


JANUARY,  1926 


that  matter,  any  other  type  of  ux  tube. 
With  the  uv  bases,  the  tube  pins  are  in- 
serted in  holes  in  the  socket,  with  the 
bayonet  pin  over  a  corresponding  mark  on 
the  socket.  With  other  makes  of  ux 
sockets,  uv-2oiA  tubes  may  not  be  used — 
that  is,  ux  or  uv  tubes  may  not  be  inter- 
changed at  will,  except  in  a  few  cases. 
Therefore,  the  builder,  if  he  uses  ux  sock- 
ets, should  be  sure  that  his  tubes  are  ux 
bases. 

IMPEDANCE    AMPLIFICATION 

DURING  the  war,  "choke"  or  imped- 
ance amplification  was  quite  popular, 
and  was  used  in  various  airplane,  ground 
and  ship  low  powered  telephone  transmit- 
ter stations  where  quality  of  reproduction 
was  important.  The  first  practical  chokes 
available  are  the  Thordarson  autoformers. 
which  are  inductances  of  350  henrys, 
tapped  so  that  there  is  a  voltage  step-up 
of  i:ij.  These  chokes  satisfy  the  im- 
pedance requirements  of  a  distortionless 
amplifier  very  nicely,  and  will  give  greater 
amplification  per  stage  than  a  resistance- 
coupled  amplifier  but  not  quite  as  much  as 
a  transformer  amplifier.  They  require  but 
90  volts  for  their  operation,  in  this  respect 
being  similar  to  transformers. 

A  three-stage  choke  amplifier  added  to  a 
receiver  described  by  Mr.  Silver  in  the 
November  issue  is  shown  in  the  circuit  dia- 
gram, Fig.  3.  While  .5-  mfd.  coupling 
condensers  are  shown,  those  of  .01-  mfd. 
will  probably  be  more  practical,  due  to 
the  tendency  of  the  amplifier  to  block 
with  higher  capacities,  for  reasons  pre- 
viously given.  One  interesting  feature  of 
this  amplifier  is  the  use  of  the  modulator 
to  control  its  volume.  Instead  of  the  con- 
ventional shunt  resistance  which  is  not 
entirely  satisfactory  for  audio  volume  con- 
trol, the  modulator  consists  of  a  500,000- 
ohm  resistance  across  the  output  circuit 
of  the  second  stage.  The  grid  of  the  tube 
into  which  this  circuit  normally  feeds  is 
then  tapped  in  at  any  desired  point  on  the 
resistance,  thus  giving  a  smooth  even 
volume  control  from  zero  to  the  maximum 
available.  The  modulator  may  be  used 
on  an  amplifier,  of  any  type,  and  is  to  be 
recommended  as  a  volume  control  instead 
of  the  conventional  jack  arrangement.  It 
also  serves,  in  this  instance,  as  a  grid 
leak. 

POWER  TUBES 

"THE  use  of  ux-i  12  tubes  in  both  stages 
*•  of  a  transformer  amplifier  will  improve 
quality  considerably,  since,  in  the  case  of 
the  Thordarson  35:1  transformers,  at  50 
cycles,  the  tube  impedance  is  about  one- 
third  that  of  the  transformer  primary. 


However,  it  is  doubtful  if  any  increase  in 
volume  will  result  from  the  use  of  ux-H2 
tubes  instead  of  uv-2OiA's.  Other  than 
improved  quality,  increased  handling  power 
will  be  obtained.  This  means  that  with  a 
very  strong  signal,  the  ux-i  12  will  function 
only  without  distortion,  whereas  a  UV-2OIA 
would  probably  overload  and  distort. 
This  is  true,  provided  the  proper  C  battery 
voltage  is  used. 

ux-i  12  tubes  should  really  be  used  with 
135  volts  plate  potential,  and  about  9 
volts  negative  grid  bias.  They  will  func- 
tion moderately  well  at  90  volts  plate  poten- 
tial with  the  conventional  bias,  however. 

For  resistance  amplification,  Daven  and 
Cleartron  make  high-Mu  tubes  which  are 
ideal  for  interstage  use,  and  both  make 
a  power  tube  which  is  excellent  for 
use  in  the  last  audio  stage.  The  use 
of  these  tubes  cannot  be  too  highly  rec- 
ommended, as  they  will  do  much  to 
bring  resistance  amplification  into  its  own, 
for  the  improved  volume  resulting  from  the 
use  of  two  high-Mu  and  one  output  tube  is 
surprising  when  compared  with  the  output 
of  three  standard  tubes. 

If  Daven  tubes  are  used,  no  rheostat 
will  be  required  for  them.  Thus,  the  rheos- 
tat or  ballast  resistor  if  used  would  be 
connected  in  the  filament  circuits  of  the 
first  three  tubes,  while  the  last  three,  being 
Daven  tubes  designed  for  6  volts,  would 
connect  directly  across  the  battery. 

ux-i 99  tubes  may  be  used  throughout 
the  set  if  it  is  intended  to  operate  it  on  dry 
cells.  If  this  is  done,  the  ux-iao  should 
be  used  for  the  output  stage,  or  entirely 
in  the  audio  amplifier  if  transformer  coup- 
ling is  used. 

OPERATION 

IT  APPEARS  that  in  preliminary  opera- 
tion, builders  have  experienced  some 
difficulty  in  getting  distance  until  they  were 
familiar  with  this  receiver's  operating  pe- 
culiarities. It  might  therefore  be  well  to 
go  over  the  mode  of  operation  again. 

Assuming  locals  to  be  received  properly, 
the  antenna  coupling  coil  should  gradually 
be  turned  out  until  the  desired  degree  of 
selectivity  on  the  first,  or  left,  dial  is  ob- 
tained. This  setting  will  react  on  the  vol- 
ume control,  and  may  be  found  by  tuning-in 
a  high  frequency  (short  wave)  station,  set- 
ting the  volume  control  so  that  the  arrow 
points  straight  to  the  right,  and  gradually 
loosening  the  antenna  coupling  until  the 
set  breaks  into  oscillation.  This  is  a 
proper  operating  position  for  the  antenna 
rotor,  where  it  may  be  left  permanently 
set.  If  the  volume  control  is  then  turned 
counter-clockwise,  the  set  will  stop  oscil- 
lating and  it  may  be  tuned  as  one  would  a 


neutrodyne — that  is,  all  three  dials  will  be 
set  about  alike  for  a  given  station. 

If  maximum  sensitivity  is  desired,  the 
volume  knob  should  be  turned  clockwise 
until,  with  all  three  dials  set  in  resonance, 
i.  e.,  in  a  position  where  a  station  would 
come  in,  the  set  breaks  into  oscillation. 
Then,  if  one  dial  is  moved,  it  will  click  out 
of  oscillation,  but  if  both  dials  are  moved 
after  the  first  a  corresponding  amount, 
oscillation  will  start  again. 

In  this  fashion  the  three  dials  may  be 
moved  up  the  entire  scale  in  hunting  for  a 
station  in  steps  of  one  or  two  degrees  at  a 
time.  Using  this  method,  a  station  will 
come  in  as  a  squeal.  To  tune-in  properly, 
the  first  and  third  dials  should  be  set  right 
on  the  squeal — that  is,  so  moving  either 
one  in  either  direction  will  cause  the  pitch 
to  increase.  Then,  with  the  middle  dial 
set  dead  on  the  squeal,  the  volume  knob 
should  be  retarded  until  the  squeal  stops 
and  the  signal  is  audible. 

No  squeals  will  be  heard  if  tubes  or  bat- 
teries are  not  good,  or  if  too  long  an  an- 
tenna is  used.  In  some  cases  it  may  be 
necessary  to  add  two  or  three  turns  to 
windings  5-6  of  the  radio  frequency  trans- 
formers. They  were  described  in  the 
November,  1925,  RADIO  BROADCAST. 

In  case  too  short  an  antenna  is  used,  it 
may  have  to  be  connected  to  point  4-5 
of  the  antenna  coil  socket,  with  the  ground 
to  the  minus  filament  line.  If  one  stage 
of  r.  f.  amplification  is  to  be  cut  out,  the 
antenna  connects  to  No.  5  of  the  middle 
socket,  with  the  ground  to  the  filament, 
and  the  antenna  coil  removed. 

To  use  a  loop,  the  antenna  coil  is  re- 
moved and  the  loop  connected  to  points  3 
and  6  of  the  coil  socket. 

SINGLE    OR    DUAL   CONTROL 

C  INGLE  control  will  not  be  found  en- 
^  tirely  satisfactory  in  this  receiver, 
but  dual  control  will  work  quite  nicely. 
This  is  because  of  the  extreme  selectivity 
of  the  outfit,  which  renders  each  circuit  so 
sharp  that  minor  variations  which  cannot 
be  overcome  cause  trouble.  The  second 
and  third  controls  may  be  connected  so 
that  they  will  work  together  if  only  one 
knob  is  turned  by  tying  a  piece  of  heavy 
braided  fishline  around  the  pulleys  on  the 
two  condenser  shafts.  The  ends  of  the  line 
should  meet  in  a  light  coil  spring  which 
can  be  gotten  from  a  hardware  store,  and 
which  serves  to  take  up  any  play.  It  also 
allows  either  dial  to  be  turned  indepen- 
dently by  loosening  up  whenever  pressure 
is  applied  to  either  dial  separately.  With 
this  arrangement,  only  the  first  and  second 
dials  need  be  manipulated  for  tuning,  and 
operating  the  set  becomes  a  real  pleasure. 


The  Listeners'  Point  of  View 

Conducted  by  - John  Wallace 


Bb^milllllllllllllllllllllimillllNIIIIIIIIIIIIIIINIIMIIIIIIIIIIIMMIIIIIIIIIIIIW 

i  The  Design  of  Receiving  Sets  i 

^^iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiimiiiiiiiiiiiimiiiiiiiiiiiNiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiu 


THE  one  phase  of  the  radio  industry 
which,  as  far  as  we  have  observed, 
has  received  no  adulation  in  the 
public  prints,  and  which,  we  are 
convinced,  is  the  one  and  only  phase  of  the 
whole  phenomenon  that  is  worthy  of  un- 
stinted praise  is  the  astounding  excellence 
of  design  of  receiving  sets. 

Almost  every  new  invention  has  spent  its 
infant  years  decked  in  the  most  ugly  of 
habiliments.  It  has  been  the  good  for- 
tune of  radio  to  be  swaddled  from  the  start 
in  a  manner  to  make  Velasquez'  Infantas 
look  dowdy. 

The  early  talking  machines  were  un- 
gainly looking  eye-sores,  with  great  over- 
size cranks,  and  hideously  decorated  and 
uncouthly  proportioned  horns. 

The  first  automobiles  were  a  laugh. 
They  strove  valiantly  to  keep  up  the  ap- 
pearance of  their  horse  drawn  predecessors, 
and  succeeded  only  in  being 
a  silly  travesty  on  the  same. 

The  history  of  automobile 
design  in  America,  if  we  may 
digress,  has  been  an  interest- 
ing one,  and  a  supreme  testi- 
monial to  theGreat  American 
jod,  Standardization.  After 
its  shamming  days  were  over 
and  the  automobile  had  de- 
cided to  "be  itself,"  there 
was  a  constant  and  rapid  im- 
provement in  its  appearance. 
This  improvement  continued 
until  a  very  few  years  ago, 
when  disaster  suddenly  over- 
took it. 

In  their  endless  struggle  to 
go  their  competitors  one  bet- 
ter, the  manufacturers  called 
in  Professional  Designers  to 
supervise  their  coach  work. 
Now,  designers  worthy  of  the 
name  simply  do  not  exist  in 
America.  The  fact  that  the 
United  States  was  the  only 
great  nation  of  the  world 
that  found  herself  unable  to 
participate  in  the  Industrial 


Arts  exhibit  lately  held  in  Paris,  would 
seem  to  support  this  contention. 

What  the  Professional  Designer  did  to 
the  automobile  body  can  be  only  too 
quickly  perceived  by  a  casual  glance  to- 
ward the  nearest  boulevard.  Past  us  they 
ooze — a  flock  of  elegant  black  seals — as 
diversified  in  appearance  as  the  well  known 
peas  in  the  pod — sleek  and  elegant,  but 
with  no  vestige  of  individuality. 

The  error  into  which  they  have  fallen  is 
one  of  over-refinement.  All  accessories  are 
concealed  in  one  svelt  ensemble.  Refine- 
ment is  desirable  but,  gosh,  not  so  much  of 
it!  Structural  lines  may  be  emphasized  or 
subordinated,  but  they  cannot  be  annihi- 
lated if  the  result  is  to  be  design  in  good 
taste.  The  Packard's  design  seems  to  have 
been  the  goal  of  the  imitators.  Cadillac 
held  out  nobly,  but  it,  in  its  last  edition, 
succumbed  and  now  is  as  characterless  as 


DR.    S.    PARKES    CADMAN 


Pastor  of  the  Central  Congregational  Church,  Brooklyn,  New  York.  Doctor 
Cadman's  afternoon  talks  before  the  Bedford  Branch  Y.  M.  C.  A.  Brooklyn, 
every  Sunday  at  3:45  p.  M.,  are  broadcast  by  WEAF,  WEEI,  WTAG,  WCAE, 
and  WSAI.  In  addition  to  his  very  large  following,  gained  by  the  sheer 
force  of  his  preaching  in  his  own  church,  his  broadcasting  activities  in  the 
past  few  years  have  made  him  one  of  the  most  popular  preachers  ever 
to  appear  before  the  microphone 


the  rest  of  them.  The  old  game  of  "What 
make  of  car  is  that?"  has  ceased  to  be  a 
game  and  reduces  itself  into  a  guessing 
contest.  Certainly  the  automobile  was 
more  fortunate  when  its  body  was  designed 
by  one  of  the  plant  engineers  in  his  off 
hours. 

In  fact  probably  the  best,  and  certainly 
the  most  American,  design  in  this  land  at: 
the  present  day  is  the  work  of  the  engineer. 
The  engineer  goes  directly  and  efficiently 
to  his  goal,  makes  his  designs  to  suit  his 
purposes,  and  having  attained  them,  adds 
no  superflous  and  meaningless  adornments, 
nor  attempts  to  cover  up  what  he  has  done 
with  sham  work.  So  his  products  are  in- 
evitably beautiful — beautiful  in  their  sim- 
plicity and  in  their  adaptation  to  their  pur- 
pose. 

Certain  radical  French  artists,  notably 
the  late,  unlamented  Dadaists,  have  been 
so  obsessed  by  the  beauty  of 
mechanics  that  they  have 
smeared  vast  quantities  of 
canvas  with  their  interpreta- 
tions of  turbines,  and  girders, 
and  egg  beaters,  and  what 
nots.  A  pretty  tribute  in- 
deed; if  hardly  a  justifiable 
procedure  in  a  supposedly 
creative  art. 

It  is  improbable  that  the 
radio  engineer  when  he  set 
about  devising  a  container 
for  his  half  bushel  of  parts, 
had  in  mind  the  making  of 
a  definite  and  important  con- 
tribution to  industrial  art. 
He  simply  went  ahead  and 
made  the  most  practical  and 
efficient  case  he  knew  how. 
But,  whatever  his  inten- 
tions were,  he  succeeded  in 
creating  a  "thing  of  beauty." 
We  know  of  few  merchandise 
displays  out  of  which  we  get 
a  more  definite  and  legiti- 
mate aesthetic  kick  than  a 
window  full  of  first  class  radio> 
receiving  sets. 


318 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


JANUARY,  1926 


All  are  housed  in  simple  wooden  cabinets 
of  pleasing  proportion.  And  their  panels 
are  enough  to  make  any  one  with  any  sensi- 
tivity to  design  whoop  with  joy.  The 
regular  arrangement  of  gleaming  dials, 
with  here  and  there  smaller  circles  artlessly 
placed,  is  an  application  of  one  of  the 
fundamental  principles  of  good  design — 
the  repetition  with  variation  of  geometric 
forms. 

Now  please  don't  reduce  this  eulogy  to 
absurdity  by  suggesting  that  if  that's  the 
way  we  feel  about  it,  we  forthwith  white- 
wash our  Rembrandt  and  cover  its  gilt 
framed  canvas  with  assorted  radio  dials 
neatly  glued  on.  It's  the  fact  that  the 
dials  have  a  raison  d'etre  on  the  radio  panel 
that  makes  them  beautiful.  The  same  set 
of  dials  applied  to  the  front  door  would  be 
meaningless  and  ugly. 

Some  of  the  cone  type  loud  speakers  are 
as  pleasing  in  form  as  a  Greek  vase  (as  to 
the  goose  neck  horns,  we'll  never  admit 
them  to  be  other  than  unsightly).  And 
an  outside  loop  never  ceases  to  delight  us 
with  its  concentric,  diamond-shaped  wiring. 

The  innards  of  our  set  we  likewise  find 
intriguing  (though  we  confess  here  and  now 
we  don't  quite  know  what  they  are  all 
about).  Anyway  we  like  the  way  those 
wires  run  around  in  neat  little  parallel  lines, 
dodging  tubes,  and  coils,  and  miscellaneous 
gadgets. 

More  power  to  the  engineer !  Would  that 
his  kind  made  up  the  membership  of  our 
lamentable  "Civic  Art  Commissions." 

But,  alas  and  alack!  even  as  we  write, 
the  so-called  Designer  is  getting  in  his  dirty 
work  in  the  field  of  radio,  and  we  are  more 
and  more  frequently  being  pasted  in  the 
eye  by  receiving  sets  masquerading  as 
Chinese  pagodas,  lamps,  canary  cages, 
electric  heaters,  fish  bowls,  and  Louis  XVI 
medicine  chests. 

What  Sort  of  Fellow  Should  the 
Announcer  Be? 

O  EATED  in  the  theater  awaiting  the 
^S  rise  of  the  curtain  on  what  was 
^^  declared  by  all  the  critics  to  be  the 
best  show  in  town,  we  were  presently 
brought  to  our  feet  by  the  arrival  of  a 
portly  gentleman  accompanied  by  his 
multitudinous  family.  We  hitched  in  a 
reluctant  patella  and  they  squeezed 
through  to  their  seats.  Following  them, 
the  usher's  hand,  laden  with  programs, 
brushed  by  our  nose.  These  were  distri- 
buted to  everybody  down  to  little  Willie, 
and  all  immediately  buried  their  noses  in 
them.  At  once  a  buzz  of  indignation 
began. 

"I  don't  think  much  of  the  picture  on 
the  cover,"  growled  Pa. 

"There  aren't  any  beauty  hints  or  fire 
rules,"  whined  Gerty. 

"Shucks,  where  are  the  jokes?"  wailed 
Willie. 

"The  program  is  rotten,"  said  Pa  with 
finality,  "Let  us  depart!" 

We  hitched  in  a  willing  patella  and  they 
filed  out,  doubtless  to  seek  some  theater 


which   presented  a  program  of  more  at- 
tractive format  and  content. 


But  what  we  started  out  to  say  before  we 
got  side-tracked  on  the  above  fable  was: 
Why  the  importance  attached  to  radio 
announcers?  Why  are  their  photographs 
continually  staring  us  in  the  face  in  the 
public  prints?  Why  have  their  names 
become  household  words? 

Announcers  are — or  should  be — simply 
substitutes  for  the  printed  program. 
How  they  part  their  hair  or  what  they 
thought  of  the  last  selection  is  of  no  concern 
to  us.  We  will  not  lament  with  little 
Willie  if  they  offer  no  jokes. 

The  announcer  par  excellence,  in  our 
opinion,  is  the  one  who  is  only  slightly 
more  human  than  an  automaton;  who 
conveys  the  desired  information  in  the 
minimum  of  words  and  intrudes  no  more  of 
his  personality  than  would  a  column  of 
8-point  Caslon. 

And,  while  we're  on  the  subject,  do  they 
say  "This  is  radio  station  XYZ"  to  keep  us 
from  falling  into  the  error  of  suspecting  it 
to  be  Post  Hole  Factory  XYZ,  Cumulus 
Cloud  XYZ,  or  Choir  of  Angels  XYZ? 

From  Ten  P.  M.  to  Two  A.  M. 

IF  EVER  the  disciples  of  Mercury  crave 
substantiation  of  their  suspicion  that 
this  is  a  nation  eighty  per  cent,  moron, 
they  have  only  to  plug  in  on  the  air  any 
time  between  10  p.  M.  and  2  A.  M.  Shades 
of  Euterpes!  What  manner  of  cacophony 
greets  the  ear?  You,  little  boy  in  the  back 
row?  Correct ! 

Now  this  department  hereby  declares  it 
has  no  quarrel  with  jazz  as  such.  But 
what  does  make  it  stand  up  on  its  hind 
feet  and  yowl  desolately  is  the  insufferable 
punkness  of  present  jazz. 

Popular  music  always  was  and  always 
will  be,  and  we  contemplate  no  diatribe 
against  it.  In  fact,  to  give  it  due  credit, 
it  should  be  remembered  that  the  serious 
music  of  the  present  owes  considerably 
more  to  the  popular  music  of  the  past  times 
than,  say,  to  the  classic  polyphony  of  the 
church. 

But  the  rhythmic  caterwauling  that  is 
spewed  forth  by  a  hundred-odd  (very) 
dance  orchestras  every  night  can  only  by 
courtesy  be  called  popular  music.  "Popu- 
lar" no  doubt;  but  "music"  .  .  .  no! 

If  memory  serves  us  right,  we  used  to 
have  a  rather  respectable  brand  of  dance 
music  in  this  country  five  or  ten  years  ago. 
The  tango  brought  with  it  no  end  of  de- 
lightful pieces  of  melodic  interest  and 
colorful  Spanish  trimming.  But  melody 
and  color  have  been  consigned  to  the  pup- 
pies. The  only  goal  of  present  terpsi- 
chorean  thrumming  seems  to  be  the  main- 
tenance of  a  rhythm.  And  this  a  hundred 
banjos  do  every  night,  with  dogged  and 
monotonous  persistance.  The  result  may 
be  satisfactory  for  dancing  but  is  far  from 
delectable  to  the  listener-in  who  is  not,  at 


the  moment,  imitating  a  kernel  of  corn  in  a 
popper. 

Imagine,  if  you  can,  the  music  lover  of  a 
couple  hundred  years  hence,  collecting 
the  "quaint  old  fox  trot  melodies  of  the 
twentieth  century"  as  we  do  the  charming 
old  gigues,  sarabandes,  minuets,  and 
polkas. 

The  trouble  with  modern  jazz  is  not  that 
it  is  jazz,  but  that  it  is  poor  jazz.  Our 
high-hat  friend  who  comes  out  flat-footed 
with  the  statement  that  he  cannot  bear 
popular  music  in  any  shape  or  form  can, 
nine  times  out  of  ten,  be  labeled  a  four- 
flusher.  Of  course  there  is  that  rare  tenth 
person  who  really  understands  music,  and, 
understanding  it,  realizes  that  popular 
music  is  a  very  hollow  echo  of  the  real 
thing.  But  even  an  epicure  occasionally 
enjoys  a  fried  egg. 

The  line  of  demarcation  between  popular 
and  serious  music  is  not  as  exactly  defined 
as  some  would  have  us  suspect.  At  last 
reports  the  savants  had  not  yet  voted  a 
unanimous  ballot  as  to  which  rank  claims 
M.  Igor  Stravinski.  But,  even  as  jazz 
can  approach  perilously  near  to  being 
music,  so  it  can  likewise  move  a  long  way 
from  it.  Jazz,  as  is,  has  retreated  to  the 
limit.  The  tom-tomery  of  the  aboriginal 
head  hunter  must  have  been  less  obnoxious 
than  that  which  delights  the  present  day 
sheik,  if  for  no  other  reason  than  that  the 
savage  had  fewer  instruments — and  no 
saxophones — with  which  to  perpetrate  it. 

Popular  music  has  been  defined  as  differ- 
ing from  the  serious  by  a  diminution  of  the 
intellectual  content.  If  the  entire  intel- 
lectual content  of  the  see-lections  that 
pollute  the  air  from  10  p.  M.  to  2  A.  M. 
were  stood  on  end  it  would  about  equal  the 
intellectual  content  of  the  third  act  of 
Abie's  Irish  Rose — or,  if  you  must  have 
your  statistics  stated  graphically,  it  would 
be  slightly  higher  than  the  grasshopper's 
instep. 

In  the  aforementioned  epic  of  the  Ameri- 
can stage,  not  an  event  transpires  which 
can  not  be  anticipated  twenty  minutes  in 
advance  by  any  normal  fourth-grader. 
So  in  our  modern  dance  music,  the  unex- 
pected never  happens.  One  piece  is  the 
Siamese  sister  of  the  other.  The  tunes  are 
the  same;  the  orchestration  is  the  same;  the 
banality  is  the  same.  You,  gentle  reader, 
could  sit  down  at  the  piano  now  and  write 
something  better,  and — so  could  the  jazz 
composers ! 

But  if  the  dance  music  that  clutters  up 
the  long  suffering  ether  from  10  p.  M.  to 
2  A.  M.  is  about  as  entertaining  as  a  game  of 
three  handed  bridge  played  with  isinglass 
cards,  what  can  be  said  of  the  songs  that 
adorn  those  sad  four  hours?  They  are  all 
cut  from  a  pattern:  either  riotously 
"peppy"  or  lugubriously  sad.  Of  the 
two,  we  most  abhor  the  latter.  "  I  want 
some  bah-ha-dy.  .  .  ."  we  hear  a 
sacharine  barytone  imploring  from  XYZ  at 
a  speed  of  25  miles  per  hour.  And  from 
ZXY,  a  tearful  and  flat  soprano  wails: 
"Like  a  rose-uh,  I'm  all,  alone-uh!"  And 


JANUARY,  1926 


WHAT  HAPPENS  ON  THE  AIR  AFTER  10  P.M. 


319 


QL'IN    A.    RYAN 

Director  of  WON,  Chicago.  He  reported  the 
Big  Ten  football  games.  Mr.  Ryan's  sports 
reporting  is  exceptionally  graphic  and  manifests 
a  very  complete  and  thorough  preparation  of 
material.  He  also  reported  the  Kentucky 
Derby,  Indianapolis  Auto  Races,  and  World 
Series.  Inclined  to  rhapsodize  poetically — but 
the  stuff  is  poetical ! 


we  are  all  but  overcome  by  a  wild  urge  to 
call  up  their  respective  stations  and  ar- 
range for  a  get-together.  Continuing  with 
our  statistics:  if  all  the  sickly,  sentimental 
ballads  broadcast  of  an  evening  were  placed 
end  to  end  they  would  reach  from  Athol, 
Mass.,  to  the  Pacific  Ocean.  That  statis- 
tical end  attained,  we  would  place  ourself 
at  the  eastern  end  of 
said  column  and 
push. 

"But,"  it  is  pro- 
tested, "  that  is  what 
the  pee-pul  want, 
and  what  the  pee- 
pul  want  they 
should  have!" 

With  both  these 
propositions  we  take 
exception.  I  n  the 
first  place,  we  are 
not  convinced  that 
such  a  large  number 
of  individuals  as  is 
imagined  want  this 
juvenile  sort  of 
musical  substitute. 
There  exist  a  goodly 
number  of  persons 
who  are  satisfied 
with  this  tastelesj, 
diet  because  they 
have  known  no 
other,  but  who, 
nevertheless,  are 
capable  of  gustating 
something  at  least  a 
little  more  meaty. 

Take  some  igno- 
rant looking  yokel 
in  the  lowest  ranks 
of  the  army  of  list- 
eners -  in.  Suppose 
it  is  discovered  that 
he  has  assembled  his 


own  receiving  set.  Then,  say  we,  if  he  has 
brains  enough  to  know  what  is  inside  that 
mysterious  box  that  brings  him  in  his  radio 
entertainment,  he,  by  that  sign,  has  brains 
enough  to  appreciate  to  some  extent  the 
content  of  music.  IF  he  gets  a  chance. 
If,  for  instance,  we  were  to  ask  him:  "The 
song  of  what  small  bird,  frequently  found 
in  clocks,  furnishes  the  motif  of  Japanese 
Sandman,  Carolina  in  the  Morning  and 
Berlin's  Pack  Up  Your  Sins?"  we  will 
wager  he  could  discover  the  answer,  and  in 
so  doing  he  would  have,  after  a  fashion, 
discovered  some  of  their  "content."  But 
it  is  to  the  second  proposition — "what  the 
pee-pul  want  they  should  have" — we  take 
the  most  violent  exception.  Let  them, 
say  we,  go  without  it! 

A  cursory  glance  at  this  mortal  coil  dis- 
closes it  to  be  populated  by  two  principal 
classes  of  beings:  the  common  pee-pul, 
and  those  existing  to  serve  the  common 
pee-pul. 

"Pity  the  poor  masses!"  we  hear  con- 
stantly reiterated.  Pity,  rather,  the  poor 
"classes,"  we  shout.  They  are  the  ones 
who  are  getting  the  rotten  deal  in  this  age 
of  the  proletariat. 

Everywhere  the  low-brow  turns,  he  finds 
someone  waiting  to  serve  and  entertain 
him,  to  supply  at  a  moments'  notice  his 
slightest  want.  While  the  poor  high-brow 
searches  about  taking  his  scant  pleasures 
where  he  may.  What's  more,  the  high- 
brow's entertainment  comes  high  (unless 
it  be  communion  with  books)  and  more 


A  presentation  of 
KGO,  at  Oakland. 


THE    RADIO    PLAYERS   AT    KGO 

William  Archer's  "The  Green  Goddess"  before  the  microphone  of 
This  is  the  way  the  radio  villain  loses  his  life — under  protest  (his  own) 


GRAHAM  MACNAMEE 

of  WEAF,  who,  with  Phillips  Carlin,  reported 
several  important  games  played  in  the  East. 
Among  them  were  the  Chicago-Pennsylvania, 
Yale-Army,  and  Cornell-Penn  games.  The  cup 
Mr.  MacNamee  is  gazing  at  is  a  popularity  tro- 
phy awarded  him  some  moons  ago.  Inclined  to 
improvise  comically — but  the  stuff  is  comical 

often  than  not  he  has  less  money  than  his 
slanty-domed,  ditch-excavating  neighbor. 

With  half  the  world  catering  to  the 
masses'  whims,  we  often  wonder  why 
existence  does  not  become  a  surfeit  and  a 
bore  to  said  masses.  If  Fu^y  Wuny  Baby 
played  on  a  tomato  can  is  the  summum 
bonum  in  music  to  them,  imagine  how  con- 
stantly they  are  surrounded  by  art! 
Imagine  a  world  in 
which  every  open 
cafe  door  emmited 
strains  of  Brahms 
and  DeBussy,  and 
passers-by  whistled 
airs  by  Palestrina 
(are  they  whistle- 
able?).  A  world  in 
which  every  bill- 
board bristled  with 
El  Grecos  and  Ti- 
tians,  and  every 
vaudeville  skit  dis- 
played the  artistry 
of  a  Strindberg  or  a 
Synge! 

Well  now  that 
we've  quite  com- 
pletely disposed  of 
the  issue — whether 
the  public  should 
get  what  it  suppos- 
edly wants,  let's  get 
back  to  the  subject, 
which,  if  we  remem- 
ber, was  jazz. 

A  little  jazz  is  rel- 
ished by  the  best  of 
men  (now  and  then) 
but  there's  no  relish 
in  the  variety  on  the 
present  market. 
Even  the  redoubt- 
able Paul  Whiteman 
is  dishing  out  the 
same  monotonous 


320 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


JANUARY,  1926 


stuff  as  the  rest  of  them,  the  while  riding 
on  a  reputation  created  by  mob  hysteria 
and  which  he  has  long  ceased  to  deserve. 
In  conclusion:  give  us  jazz,  Oh  Mister 
Popular  Music  Composer!  We  can  stand 
our  share  of  punishment.  But,  frevvens 
sakes,  give  us  a  better  brand  of  it.  We  will 
trade  seventeen  Yes,  Sir,  That's  My  Baby's 
for  one  Allah's  Holiday  ...  or  what 
have  you? 

Broadcasting  Funeral  Services 

A  ONE  of  the  outstanding  examples 
of  bad  taste  in  broadcasting  that 
has  come  to  our  attention  during 
the  past  month,  we  submit  the  broadcast- 
ing by  a  Mid-Western  station  of  funeral 
services  for  one  of  its  departed  minstrels. 

Certainly  the  man  was  a  most  excellent 
entertainer  and  his  death  was  regretted 
by  those  who  had  come  to  know  him 
through  the  air.  But  we  question  whether 
their  grief  was  so  sincere  as  to  justify  their 
being,  not  merely  invited,  but  forced,  to 
attend  his  obsequies.  And  of  course 
thousands  of  listeners-in  had  never  even 
heard  of  him  before.  It  is  a  doubtful 
mark  of  respect  to  the  deceased  to  intrude 
his  funeral  eulogy  into  what  may  be  a 
dancing  party,  a  convivial  dinner,  or  a 
poker  session. 

Assuming  that  the  whole  nation  was 


genuinely  "bowed  in  grief"  over  the  death 
of  some  great  statesman  or  outstanding 
leader,  a  radio  funeral  service  might  be  not 
only  appropriate  but  almost  imperative. 
In  the  instance  cited  the  service  was  given 
an  importance  out  of  all  proportion  to  the 
importance  of  the  deceased. 


'Broadcast  ^Miscellany 


DOUBTLESS    ere    this    appears    in 
print    the   results   of    KOA'S    aerial 
battle,  "Jazz  vs.  Classical   Music" 
will  have  been  published.     And  the  statis- 
tical lore  of  radio  will  have  been  enriched 
by  an  impressive  array  of  figures  tabulating 
the  judgment  of  the  populace  as  to  which 
was  the  winner. 

But  as  to  the  possibility  of  this  musical 
debate  having  lured  the  army  of  jazz 
lovers  over  to  the  enemy  camp,  or  vice- 
versa,  we  are  inclined  to  believe  that  the 
prophetic  utterances  here  appended  will 
have  been  realized: 

—AND  MAKES  NIGHT  HIDEOUS— 

Jazz  and  classical  music  are  to  fight  it  out  in 
the  air.  KOA  will  stage  the  battle  in  Denver  on 
November  6.  The  ringside  is  the  continent — 
or  where  you  will.  Seats  are  free.  The  betting 
is  heavy  on  both  sides. 


The  ethereal,  soul-stirring  sonata  will  spar 
with  the  sole-tickling  slide  of  the  trombone. 
The  thunder  of  the  Mountain  King's  Ball  will 
roar  defiance  at  the  comic  saxophone  simulating 
a  psychic  jackass  extemporizing  during  the  ver- 
nal equinox.  The  graceful  minuet  pirouetting 
on  the  gossamer  of  imagination  must  hurl  the 
lance  at  the  primitive  pom  pom  moving  to  fleshly 
ecstasy  the  "fat  black  bucks  in  a  wine-barrel 
room."  The  flute,  capturing  bird  notes  still 
fresh  with  the  dew  of  morning,  must  fence  with 
the  piccolo  harmonizing  feline  infelicities  at 
2  A.  M.  Faust,  meditating  divinely  on  Mar- 
garita's dwelling,  must  come  to  vocal  blows  with 
a  "gent"  in  rainbow  linen  and  checkerboard 
socks  snapping  out  "  Yes,  Sir,  That's  My  Baby." 

Beethoven,  Bach,  Handel,  Gounod  and  all 
the  other  masters  who  are  doing  their  harmon- 
izing among  the  celestials  will  descend  as  an 
awful  nightmare  upon  the  living  hip-wigglers 
and  will  utterly  demolish  Polasek's  "Spirit  of 
Music."  The  boys  in  the  pool-room  will  say 
"That  was  some  jazz."  The  girls  in  the  School 
of  Music  will  buy  tickets  for  the  Spring  Fes- 
tival. That's  how  the  world  of  music  will  be 

changed. 

News— Index 
Evanston   (Illinois) 

LET  the  calamity  howlers  take  note: 
radio  has  added  several  things  to  the 
credit  side  of  its  somewhat  unbalanced 
ledger  since  last  writing. 

First  and  foremost  on  its  list  of  achieve- 
ments we  place  the  broadcasting  of  the 
autumn's  football  games.  Here  is  radio 
at  its  best — performing  a  unique  service 
that  no  other  existing  agency  can  do. 
Music  we  can  get,  after  a  fashion,  on  rec- 
ords; speeches  can  well  wait  perusal  in  the 
morning  paper;  but  a  football  game  to  be 
properly  enjoyed  has  to  be  lived  through. 
Certainly  the  broadcasters  made  us  feel 
as  though  we  were  right  down  on  the  side- 
line bench  with  the  water  boys  and  the 
coach's  relations. 

A  close  second  on  the  list  is  the  epochal 
undertaking  of  WEAF — the  weekly  broad- 
casting of  first  rate  artists.  And  paid 
artists  at  that!  Not  pluggers  for  Whoozis 
Garters  or  Whatzis  Shaving  Cream. 

Mr.  A.  Atwater  Kent  is  the  sponsor  of 
this  concert  series,  which  has  been  broad- 
cast by  WEAF,  and  connected  stations, 
Sunday  nights  since  October  4.  The  list 
of  singers  and  musicians  who  have  already 
been  heard  and  those  yet  to  come  reads 
like  a  roster  of  Who's  Who  in  Musical 
America. 

Other  isolated  instances  of  genuine 
musicians  performing  via  radio  could  be 
mentioned.  Station  fico's  Tito  Schipa 
concert,  and  KFI'S  program  by  Mme. 
Schumann-Heink  come  to  mind. 

And  all  these  events  presage  a  brighter 
future  for  radio  programs.  A  small  be- 
ginning, perhaps.  An  hour  of  music  is  a 
small  drop  in  the  bucket  of  several  hundred 
hours  of  mediocrity.  But  vastly  important 
because  it  is  a  beginning. 


FORD    AND    GLENN 

Ford  Rush  and  Glenn  Howell ;  which  is  which  we  don't  know.     As  entertaining  a  pair  of  comedians 

as  have  ever  been  heard  by  radio.     They  were  recently  broadcast  by  WFAA,  Dallas,  to  whom  they 

were  loaned  by  WLS.     They  are  versatile  humorists  appealing  to  domes  of  all  dimensions 


A  Universal  Short  Wave  Transmitter 

How  to  Build  a  Five- Watt  Transmitter  of  Extraordinary  Range 
and  Steadiness  which  Can  Be  Used  with  Receiving  B  Batteries  as 
a  Source  of  Plate  Supply — The  Cost  is  Not  More  Than  Fifty  Dollars 

By  NICHOLAS  HAGEMANN 


Station  2  KP,  Mitchel  Field,  Long  Island 


A  one  who  has  listened  to  signals 
on  the  very  high  frequencies,  on 
the  so-called  amateur  40  meter- 
band,   for  example,   will   know 
that  strange  things  occur  there.    In  the  first 
place,  signals  do  not  stay  put,  but  they 
wobble  around,  fading  in  and  out,  changing 
in  frequency  and  strength.     It  is  one  of  the 
discouraging  things  about  high  frequency 
transmission — but  on  the  other  hand  it  is 
one  of  the  joys,  for  one  never  knows  what  is 
going  to  happen   next.     The  next   signal 
may  be  from  China  or   Indiana,  no  one 
knows.     And  no  one  can  tell  whether  the 
station  will  sign  before  he  fades  out. 

Once  in  a  great  while  a  station  can  be 
heard  that  in  a  steady,  unvarying  pure  note 
pounds  away,  perhaps  not  very  loud,  but 


Cc 


:c0 


FIG.    I 

A  conventional  input  circuit  to  a  vacuum  tube 
wavemeter.  The  frequency  to  which  such  a 
circuit  will  tune  depends  upon  the  inductance 
and  three  capacities  as  indicated.  The  resultant 
frequency  is  a  function  of  L  X  (C0  +  Ce  +  Cc) 


unceasingly.  Among  the  medley  of  notes 
that  fill  the  y-megacycle  (yooo-kc.)  band, 
notes  of  all  sorts,  some  coarse  and  raw, 
practically  all  of  them  varying,  a  clean 
steady  note  is  like  a  beam  from 
a  lighthouse  on  a  thick  night.  c^r,^— 
It  gives  the  receiving  operator 
confidence,  for  he  knows  that 
the  signal  will  not  leave  him 
in  the  middle  of  a  message. 

There  are  several  reasons 
why  signals  of  this  sort  vary. 
One  reason  is  fading;  no  one 
yet  knows  how  to  conquer  that 
natural  phenomenon.  Another 
is  a  swinging  antenna,  some- 
times fifty  feet  from  the  ground, 
at  other  times  nearer  or  farther 
from  earth.  This  swinging 
changes  the  antenna  capacity 
and  naturally  changes  the 
emitted  frequency.  Another 


reason  lies  in  a  transmitter  whose  filament 
or  plate  supply  is  not  steady.  With  every 
change  in  the  conditions  under  which  the 
tube  is  operating,  the  frequency  emitted 
changes. 

A  transmitter  whose  frequency  is  inde- 
pendent of  filament  or  plate  voltages  is  a 
great  boon,  and  if  attached  to  it  is  an  an- 
tenna that  is  rigidly  fixed,  unvarying  signals 
will  be  emitted  that  will  attract  any  receiv- 
ing operator's  attention  at  once,  especially 
if  it  is  battery  operated  so  that  a  pure 
steady  d.  c.  note  is  emitted. 

The  transmitter  described  in  this  article 
has  several  noteworthy  features  that  should 
appeal  to  any  constructor  of  amateur  equip- 
ment, whether  he  already  possesses  a  trans- 
mitting station  or  whether  he 
is  about  to  enter  this  fascinat- 
ing field. 

The  great  advantage  of  the 
present  circuit  lies  in  its  sta- 
bility with  regard  to  the  fre- 
quencies it  turns  out  to  an 
antenna  or  other  load.  A  little 
of  the  history  behind  its  devel- 
opment will  reveal  its  possi- 
bilities in  this  direction. 

In    connection    with    other 
precision    radio     instruments 
developed  by  the  Signal  Corps 
for  the   various    branches   of 
the   United  States    Army,    a 
need    arose   for    a    frequency 
meter    whose    calibration 
would     be    independent    of 
many   factors,    notably    tube 
capacity,  differences  in  plate  and  filament 
voltages,  etc.     In  other  words,  the  Army 
needed  a  heterodyne  frequency  meter  that 
could  be  calibrated  with  one  tube  and  at 


CT"  HIS  article  will  primarily  interest  those  who  already  have  a  short  wave 
•*•  receiver  and  are  anxious  to  build  a  good  transmitter  for  the  high  frequencies. 
This  set  has  the  great  advantage  that  the  note  produced  is  unwavering  and  very 
steady.  It  should  appeal  strongly  to  the  amateur  experimenter  located  in  the 
country,  where  it  is  difficult  to  get  a  dependable  source  of  current  supply.  The 
set  described  here  is  entirely  operated  from  batteries,  an  unusual  design  in  short 
•wave  transmitters.  For  those  who  are  interested,  a  short  description  of  the 
short  wave  receiver  at  present  in  use  at  our  station  2  GY  is  shown.  We  expect 
to  describe  a  good  short  wave  receiver  in  an  early  number.  The  author  has 
used  the  term  megacycle  in  referring  to  transmission  frequencies  because  it 
simplifies  terminology.  A  megacycle  is  one  thousand  kilocycles.  It  is  custom- 
ary to  refer  to  the  frequency  of  broadcasting  and  short  wave  stations  in  kilocycles, 
but  in  short  wave  work,  where  the  frequency  is  often  of  the  order  of  10,000  kilo- 
cycles, the  term  megacycle  is  more  satisfactory.  A  government  license  is,  of 
course,  necessary  before  this  transmitter  can  be  used. — THE  EDITOR. 


certain  filament  and  plate  voltages  with  the 
certainty  that  this  calibration  would  not 
differ  materially  when  other  tubes  or  volt- 
ages were  used. 

Fig.  i  shows  the  usual  tuned  circuit  that 
is  used  in  a  vacuum  tube  frequency  meter 
(wavemeter).  The  apparatus  consists  of  a 
coil  and  a  condenser,  which  is  usually 
variable,  the  tube,  and  a  grid  milliammeter. 
There  are  three  capacities  as  shown  in  this 
Figure,  all  of  which  must  be  accounted 
for  in  the  tuning.  The  coil  capacity  Cc 
is  small,  of  the  order  of  a  few  micro-micro- 
farads, the  condenser  capacity  Co  is 
usually  quite  large,  and  the  tube  capacity 
Cg  is  of  the  order  of  several  micro- 
microfarads.  Naturally  a  change  in  any 


OA- 


OB* 


f  FIG      2 

The  circuit  diagram  of  this  new  transmitter.  It  is  distinct  in 
that  the  inductance  in  the  tuned  circuit  is  very  small  and  the 
capacity  is  very  large.  For  this  reason  small  variations  in  grid- 
filament  capacity  will  have  little  effect  upon  the  resultant 
frequency.  The  key  is  inserted  in  the  B  battery  negative  lead 


of  these  capacities  affects  the  frequency 

to  which  the  circuit  will  tune. 
The  task  of  developing  a  new  type  of 

frequenty  meter  was  undertaken  at  the 
Signal  Corps  Radio  Labora- 
tat,  tories,  Fort  Monmouth,  New 
Jersey.  The  circuit  described 
in  this  article  is  based  upon 
the  results  of  the  work  there. 
This  meter  was  remarkably 
stable  as  regards  frequency, 
due  chiefly  to  the  fact  that  the 
small  grid-filament  capacity  of 
the  tubes  used  was  bridged 
across  a  very  large  capacity  so 
that  variations  in  the  small  ca- 
pacity had  little  effect  upon  the 
total  capacity  in  the  circuit. 

The  circuit  performed  so 
creditably  as  a  frequency  meter, 
and  it  was  found  that  such  high 
voltages  and  currents  existed 


322 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


JANUARY,  1926 


20  Turns 


. 




0  If" 

W999*** 

FIG.    4 

Details  of  the  filament  choke  coils.     There  is 

no  trick  whatever  about  the  construction.     Both 

coils  are  on  this  tube,  one  to  be  inserted  in  each 

filament  lead 


in  the  tuned  circuit,  that  its  value  as  a 
transmitting  circuit  soon  became  evident. 
It  was  then  designed  to  operate  at  3748- 
2998  kc.  (80-100  meters),  on  low  power. 
At  these  frequencies,  a  change  of  150-400 
volts  on  the  plate  of  the  tube  produced  no 
greater  change  in  frequency  than  800  cycles 
and  corresponding  differences  in  grid- 
filament  capacity  and  filament  voltage  pro- 
dused  very  little  difference  in  the  frequency 
of  the  tuned  circuit. 

AN    EXCELLENT  TRANSMITTER   CIRCUIT 

A^Y  one  who  has  listened  on  the  high 
frequency  amateur  bands  3.5,  7,  and  10 
megacycles,  (3500-10,000  kc.,  80-30  me- 
ters) will  appreciate  this  advantage. 
With  a  d.  c.  plate  supply,  say  from  B  bat- 
teries, a  pure  unvarying  note  will  arrive  at 
a  receiving  station  and  where  is  the  amateur 
who  would  not  pass  by  a  dozen  powerful 
but  fluttering  notes  for  one  that  is  steady 
though  not  so  powerful? 

As  actually  designed  for  transmitting 
service,  the  coil  in  Fig.  2  is  a  single  loop 
of  heavy  wire  and,  with  a  five-watt  tube, 
currents  as  high  as  eight  or  more  amperes 
were  obtained  in  the  loop.  As  designed 
here  for  amateur  use,  the  coil  L  consists 
of  a  few  turns  of  heavy  wire  coupled 


to  an  antenna-counterpoise  system.    With  fundamental  frequency  of  the  antenna  and 

medium  power,  large  currents  are  induced  the  actual  frequency  used  for  transmission, 

in  the  antenna,  the  actual  value  of  course  as  well  as  upon  other  factors, 
depending  upon  the  relation  between  the         As  constructed  by  the  writer,  a  consis- 


"-Two  halves  of  coil  form  for  inductance  ' 
FIG.    5 

Details  of  the  Lg-Lp  coil  and  its  construction.     This  is  somewhat  different  from  the 
usual  transmitter  inductance.     A  good  view  of  it  is  shown  in   Fig.  3  and  in   Fig.  6 


FIG. 


BROADCAST  Photograph 


A  view  of  the  transmitter  from  below  the  sub-panel  showing  the  disposition  of  the  choke  coil  and  the 

criss-cross  inductance.     The  short,  direct,  and  heavy  leads  for  the  radio  frequency  paths  are  clearly 

shown.    The  variable  condensers  shown  are  a  General  Radio  247  .ooo44-mfd.  and  DXL  .oooj-mfd. 


FIG.    3 

The  first  experimental  model  of 
the  transmitter.  The  General 
Radio  o.5-ampere  meter  was  in 
the  closed  circuit  and  with  a 
20 1 -A  tube  with  90  volts  on  the 
plate  it  went  up  in  smoke. 
The  details  of  the  "criss-cross" 
inductance  are  clearly  shown. 
The  condenser  used  here  was 
an  X-Laboratory  .ooi-mfd. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


tent  day  range  of  800  miles  was  obtained 
in  the  so-called  4o-meter  band  with  a  ux 
-2 10  tube  with  350  B  battery-volts  supplied 
on  the  plate.  The  currents  and  voltages  in 
the  loop  circuit  are  so  high  that  higher 
powers  require  great  care,  and  at  the 
present  time,  the  writer  is  not  prepared  to 
give  dimensions  of  the  parts  to  be  used  if 
more  than  50  watts  input  to  the  tube  are 
employed. 

The  constants  of  the  various  condensers 
are  shown  on  the  diagram  of  connections 
in  Fig.  2  and  the  general  layout  of  such  a 
transmitter  may  be  seen  from  the  photo- 
graphs accompanying  this  article.  The 
tuning  condenser  must  have  wide  spacing 
between  plates  and  have  a  large  capacity, 
since  the  inductances  used  in  the  set  are 
quite  small.  The  larger  this  condenser  C, 
the  smaller  will  be  the  detuning  effect  of 
varying  tube  capacities.  The  by-pass 
condensers  and  .04  mfd.  stopping  conden- 
ser in  the  L-C  circuit  must  be  able  to  stand 


JANUARY,  1926 


A  UNIVERSAL  SHORT  WAVE  TRANSMITTER 


323 


at  least  1000  volts,  and  for  this 
reason  transmitting  condensers, 
are  suggested.  In  the  writer's 
opinion  it  always  pays  to  buy 
good  by-pass  condensers  since 
the  life  of  tubes  frequently  de- 
pends upon  them.  Mica  con- 
densers of  the  correct  capacity 
may  be  found  in  many  automo- 
bile spark  coils. 

Coil  L  consists  of  three  turns 
of  No.  10  bare  copper  wire 
wound  on  the  cardboard  case 
of  a  dry  cell  and  then  allowed 
to  expand  until  the  diameter  of 
the  coil  is  about  35  inches.  The 
antenna  coupling  coil  is  a  single 
turn  of  the  same  wire  and  about  25 
inches  in  diameter. 

The  filament  choke  coil  is  wound 
in  two  layers  on  a  bakelite  or  hard 
rubber  tube  I  x  2j  inches.  The 
bottom  layer  has  22  turns,  the  top 
20  and  any  size  of  wire  may  be  used, 
although  No.  18  d.  c.  c.  is  about  the 
best  from  the  standpoint  of  resis- 
tance. One  layer  is  wound  on  over 
the  other  as  shown  in  Fig.  4  and  the 
connections  to  the  tube  as  illustrated 
in  the  figure  should  be  short. 

The  other  inductance,  Lg — Lp,  is 
constructed  of  two  hard  rubber  cross 
pieces  as  shown  in  Fig.  5  and  in  the 
set  illustrated  about  17  turns  are 
correct  for  the  7-mcgacycle  (40  me- 
ter) band.  Varying  the  tap  along 
this  coil  controls  the  plate  current 
taken  by  the  tube  and  with  a  given 
antenna  current,  this  plate  current 
should  naturally  be  as  small  as  possi- 
ble. The  tap  with  a  ux-2io  tube 
should  lie  about  six  turns  from  the 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 
FIG.    7 
The  panel  view  of  the  completed  transmitter 


FIG.    8 

A  method  of  indicating  when  the  transmitter  is  in  resonance 
with  the  antenna-counterpoise  system.  The  length  of  the  shunt 
varies  with  the  current  passing  into  the  antenna  and  with  the 
amount  of  current  that  the  indication  device  will  stand  without 
burning  up.  About  one  foot  may  be  used  and  one  point  of  con- 
nection made  variable  so  that  more  or  less  antenna  is  included 


plate  end.  The  actual  construc- 
tion of  such  a  transmitter  is  re- 
markably simple.  There  are  few 
pitfalls  to  avoid,  the  chief  one 
being  long,  poorly  made  connec- 
tions and  condensers  that  will 
not  stand  the  voltage. 

After  the  instruments  are 
wired  up,  a  receiving  tube  should 
be  placed  in   the  socket  and 
about  90  volts  used  on  the  plate. 
Then  the  transmitter  should  be 
brought   near    a    receiver   that 
will  tune  to  the  frequencies  to 
be  covered  by  the  transmitter 
and  the  latter  tuned.     It  will  be 
found  that,  with  the  constants 
used  in  the  diagram  in  Fig.  2,  that 
the  entire  7-megacycle  band  can  be 
covered  with  the  tuning  condenser  C 
at  from  80  to  100  degrees.     This  is 
purposely  done  so  that  the  condenser 
will  be  used  at  its  maximum  value. 
If  desired,  a  fixed  air  condenser  may 
be  made  with  a  small  two-  or  three- 
plate  variable  placed  across  it.    Then 
the  frequency  band  may  be  covered 
with  more  degrees  of  dial  rotation. 

The  variable  condenser,  C,  should 
be  turned  to  maximum  and  the  lowest 
frequency  found  by  tuning  the  re- 
ceiver to  it,  and  then  the  condenser 
capacity  decreased  until  the  tube 
stops  oscillating  or  until  the  con- 
denser approaches  its  minimum  ca- 
pacity. The  transmitter  illustrated 
in  Fig.  3  oscillated  perfectly  until  10 
megacycles  (10,000  kc.,  30  meters), 
was  reached.  It  is  probable  that  a 
given  set  could  be  made  to  cover  two 
of  the  amateur  bands,  either  the  15- 
to  7-megacycle  (15,000  to  7000  kc., 


FIG. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 

Looking  behind  the  panel  of  the  transmitter,  the  three  turn  coil  L  and  the  single  turn  of  antenna  coupling  inductance  are  very  much  in  evidence 


324 


RADIO  BROADCAST 
The  Facts  About  This  Transmitter 


JANUARY,  1926 


FREQUENCY  RANGE:  6.5  to  8.5  megacycles 

WAVELENGTH:  35  to  40  meters 

ANTENNA:  Single  Wire,  35  feet  long 

COUNTERPOISE:  Single  Wire,   35   feet  long,  as  near  to  the 

ground  as  possible 

SOURCE  OF  PLATE  CURRENT  SUPPLY:     Receiving  B  Batteries 

Rectified  a.c. 
Motor  generator 

TUBES  WHICH  MAY  BE  USED 


A  VOLTAGE  B  VOLTAGE 

uv-aoiA  or  similar  inde- 
pendently made  tube  6  200 

UX-II2  6  2OO 

ux-2io  7.5  400 


SENDING 
RANGE 

(MILES) 

50 

IOO 

800 


If  B  batteries  are  used,  so-called  "heavy  duty"  cells  should 
be  purchased.  This  transmitter  when  properly  operated,  will 
have  a  current  drain  of  about  35  milliamperes,  which  is  about 
equivalent  to  the  demand  made  by  an  8-tube  super-hetero- 
dyne. Owing  to  the  fact  that,  in  the  transmitter,  the  keying 
of  the  circuit  interposes  an  intermittent  drain  on  the  B  bat- 
teries, the  drain  on  them  is  not  nearly  as  heavy  as  would 
ordinarily  be  supposed. 


LIST    OF    PARTS     USED     IN    CONSTRUCTING     THIS    TRANSMITTER 

One  panel,  7  inches  by  14  inches  by  ^  ...        1.25 

One  General  Radio  condenser  .ooo5-mfd.  without  gears    3.25 

(or  other  good  receiving  condenser) 

Two  General  Radio  dials  with  verniers  ....  5.00 
One  Centralab  ioo,ooo-ohm  variable  resistance  .  .  2.00 

(Bradleyohm  or  Royalty  B  may  be  used) 

Two  Benjamin  brackets,  .70 

One  .ooo25-mfd.  variable  condenser  (any  reliable  make)  3.00 

One  socket  for  ux  tubes .65 

Two  Dubilier  .oi-mfd.  condensers  type  577  .  .  .  5.50 
One  Dubilier  .ooj-mfd.  condenser  type  577  .  .  .  2.25 
One  General  Radio  or  Weston  radiation  meter  .  .  8.00 
One  General  Radio  rheostat 2.25 

(or  similar  which  will  handle  up  to  2>£  amps 

Eight  heavy  duty  binding  posts .56 

One  sub  base  3 1  inches  by  1 1£  inches         ....          .75 

Two  hard  rubber  cross  pieces 

One  bakclite  choke  coil  tube  i  inch  by  2j  inches 

One  Dubilier  .o4-mfd.,  looo-volt  stopping  condenser.        2.75 

One  plate  milliammeter,  range  o-ioo  (Weston  or  Jewell)  8.00 

One  ux  tube          2.50-6.50 

Total  not  over        $50.00 


20-40  meters),  or  the  7-  to  3.5-  megacycle 
(7000-3500  kc.,  40-90  meters)  band. 

After  the  maximum  frequency  range 
has  been  determined,  the  constructor  can 
calibrate  the  condenser  in  megacycles, 
kilocycles,  or  wavelengths  as  desired. 

THE    ANTENNA 

OROBABLY  the  simplest  antenna  to  be 
'  used  with  this  transmitter  is  a  single 
wire  1 5  to  25  per  cent,  lower  in  fundamental 
frequency  than  the  actual  frequency  to  be 
emitted.  A  series  condenser  is  then  used  to 
bring  the  frequency  to  the  desired  value. 
For  example,  on  the  4O-meter  band,  a  single 
wire  12  meters  (37  feet)  long  and  a  similar 
counterpoise  will  have  a  fundamental 
wavelength  of  about  50  meters  which  can 
easily  be  reduced  to  40.  The  antenna 
current  will  be  lower  under  these  condi- 
tions than  if  the  antenna  were  being  ex- 
cited at  its  fundamental  frequency,  but 


rn 


RF.Choke 


10 '-I 


Short  circuiting 
Switch 


1.00025 
mfd 


00025 
mfd 


Ant 


tA&B- 


O 


A- 


FIG.    I  I 

The  connections  for  the  receiver.     Interchangeable  coils 
enable  this  receiver  to  cover  all  of  the    amateur    bands 


FIG. 


A  photograph  of  a  receiver  now  in  use  at  2 
amateurs,  known  as  the  capacity  feed-back, 
and  the  interchangeable  coils  are  wound  on 

American, 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


GY  which  employs  the  circuit  familiar  to  all 
The  condenser  is  a  five-plate  Bremer-Tully 
Bruno  forms.  The  transformer  is  an  All- 
ratio  10:  i 


since  the  radiation  resistance  is  higher 
above  the  fundamental  frequency,  greater 
efficiency  is  obtained. 

Ribbon  antenna  wire  will  .lower  the 
ohmic  resistance  and  if  the  wire  is  twisted, 
motion  caused  by  the  wind  will  have  little 
effect  on  the  frequency  transmitted.  Good 
copper  ribbon  may  be  obtained  from  an  old 
Ford  spark  coil  primary.  It  is  highly 
important  that  the  antenna  be  thoroughly 
insulated,  preferably  with  Pyrex  and  that 
it  be  taut. 

In  the  photographs  illustrating  this 
transmitter,  a  General  Radio  half-ampere 
radiation  meter  is  shown.  This  will 
handle  the  output  of  a  2OI-A,  a  ux-H2  or 
even  a  ux-2io  type  tube,  unless  a  very 
small  antenna  or  greater  plate  voltages  are 
used.  Then  a  copper  wire  should  be 
shunted  across  the  meter  so  that  it  will  not 
be  burned  out. 

In  actually  tuning  the  transmitter  to  the 
antenna,  the  antenna  series  condenser 


JANUARY,  1926 


A  UNIVERSAL  SHORT  WAVE  TRANSMITTER 


325 


and  the  tuning  condenser  C  should  be 
varied  until  the  greatest  radiation  on  the 
desired  frequency  is  secured.  At  this 
point,  the  plate  current  should  be  adjusted 
by  varying  the  tap  on  the  Lg-Lp  coil  until  it 
is  smallest,  consistent  with  good  radiation. 

If  the  constructor  desires  only  one  meter, 
and  only  one  is  really  necessary,  he  may 
use  a  plate  milliammeter  with  a  range  of 
o-ioo  and  a  flash  light  bulb.  The  milli- 
ammeter is  placed  in  the  negative  B  battery 
lead,  and  the  flash  light  is  placed  in  the 
antenna-ground  lead.  When  maximum 
current  flows  in  the  antenna,  the  lamp  will 
be  brightest.  Here,  again,  care  must  be 
taken  not  to  burn  out  the  indicating  device. 
A  6-volt  lamp  or  smaller  with  a  shunt  wire 
may  be  used  for  this  purpose.  Fig.  8 
shows  the  proper  position  of  the  indicating 
device. 

After  the  constructor  is  thoroughly 
familiar  with  the  operation  of  the  trans- 
mitter, greater  power  may  be  applied  to 
the  receiving  tube,  or  a  power  tube  can  be 
employed.  It  must  be  understood,  how- 
ever, that  the  voltages  in  the  tuned  circuit 
are  very  high  and  that  as  soon  as  heavy 
currents  begin  to  flow,  both  condensers 
must  be  able  to  stand  up.  If  the  mica 
condenser  passes  more  than  five  amperes 
it  will  probably  get  hot  and  then  trouble 
begins.  The  remedy  is  to  use  more  con- 
densers in  a  series  parallel  arrangement — 
but  before  that  time,  enough  distant  sta- 
tions should  be  worked  to  satisfy  any  one. 

In  the  writer's  station  2  KP  at  Mitchel 
Field,  Garden  City,  Long  Island,  and  at 
2  GY,  located  in  the  Radio  Broadcast- 
Eveready  experimental  station,  no  diffi- 
culty at  all  has  been  had  in  maintaining 
schedules  with  stations  800  or  more  miles 
away.  On  several  occasions,  a  201 -A  tube 
has  been  used,  and  with  180  volts  of  stand- 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


FIG.    12 


A  short  wave  receiver  used  at  2  GY  on  the  so-called  8o-meter  band.  Karas  orthometric  condensers 
are  used  for  both  feed-back  control  and  for  tuning.  The  coils  shown  are  made  by  Hammarlund 
Manufacturing  Company.  Other  coils  may  be  quickly  inserted  in  the  circuit  so  that  higher  or 

lower  frequencies  may  be  received 


ard  receiving  B  batteries  on  such  a  tube, 
successful  transmission  of  several  mes- 
sages to  Philadelphia,  100  miles  away, 
has  been  accomplished.  This  represents 
a  power  input  of  less  than  one-half  watt! 
At  the  Mitchel  Field  station,  a  standard 
input  of  19  watts  has  been  used  on  a  five- 
watt  tube  and  all  districts  in  the  United 
States  have  been  worked. 

The  transmitter  illustrated  in  this  article 
is  now  operating  at  2  GY,  and  the  operators 
there  would  appreciate  reports  on  signal 
reception. 

THE    RECEIVER 

*~P  H  E  receivers  used  at  2  KP  and 

*  at  2  GY  are  very  simple  and 

are  fashioned  according  to  the 

well    known   amateur  capacity- 


feedback  circuit  shown  in  Fig.  1 1  and  il- 
lustrated in  Figs.  10,  and  12.  Complete 
description  of  such  a  receiver  will  be  in- 
cluded in  the  Radio  Broadcast-Eveready 
short  wave  experiments  series  of  articles. 
The  photographs  and  circuit  diagram  show 
enough  detail  so  that  the  home  constructor 
should  have  little  difficulty  in  actually 
constructing  such  a  receiver.  A  fixed 
condenser  is  placed  in  series  with  the  tuning 
condenser  so  as  to  spread  out  the  stations 
over  a  greater  number  of  degrees  on  the 
dial.  This  may  be  shorted  when  not 
wanted.  The  switch  is  shown  in  Fig.  12. 


FIG. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


Twelve  miles  from  the  home  station  2  GY.     This  transmitter  with  an  input  of  about  6  watts  on  an  antenna  7  feet  above  ground  put 
strong  signals  into  the  receiver  at  2  GY.     The  oval  insert  shows  a  close-up  of  the  automobile  installation,  operated  from  B  batteries 


Drawings  by  Fran^lyn  F.  Stratford 


Who  Shall  Judge  the  Quality  of  Our  Broadcasting  Stations? 


THE  years  of  broadcasting  reach 
a  dignified  sum,  and  similarly  the 
money  expended  on  programs,  the 
question,  "Who  shall  be  responsible 
for  the  musical  quality  of  the  station  output?" 
is  being  raised  at  more  than  one  station.  That 
is,  who  shall  say  that  there  is  not  quite  enough 
cello  in  this  trio  or  that  quartet,  or  that  the 
woodwinds  are  a  trifle  too  prominent  in  some 
symphony  orchestra  (as  broadcast),  or  that  the 
accompaniment  to  a  vocal  solo  might  be  a  little 
less  prominent  without  injury  to 
the  pianist  or  his  relatives.  Shall 
it  be  the  operators,  who  have  been 
doing  it  heretofore?  Or  shall  the 
job  be  handed  over  to  profes- 
sional musicians? 

The  opinion  among  the  best 
informed  and  forward  looking 
broadcasters  seems  to  be  that  this 
responsibility  should  be  loaded 
on  to  the  shoulders  of  the  musi- 
cians, rather  than  the  operators, 
but  with  certain  qualifications. 
Not  to  any  old  musicians,  but  to 
men  trained  in  both  music  and 
broadcasting.  And  to  these,  with 
reservations  as  to  the  no  man's 
land  between  the  program  side  of 
an  event  and  the  technical  aspects 
of  transmission. 

For  example,  when  carbon  mi- 
crophones are  used,  there  is  always 
liability  to  blasting.  This  phe- 
nomenon is  a  technical  matter. 
(See  "Microphone  Placing  in  Stu- 
dios," September,  1925,  RADIO 
BROADCAST.)  The  operators  and 
engineers  of  broadcasting  stations 
know  more  about  it  than  the 
average  musician  does.  Further- 
more, they  have  instruments  (d.c. 
milliammeters  in  the  battery  cir- 
cuits of  carbon  transmitters), 
which  afford  an  additional  check, 
showing  up  both  incipient  and 
severe  blasting.  Some  micro- 
phones are  more  susceptible  to  this 
difficulty  than  others.  Clearly, 
therefore,  this  is  a  matter  wherein 
the  musical  critics  in  the  studio 
need  the  aid  and  counsel  of  the 
technical  experts. 

As  a  matter  of  logical  expecta- 
tion, skilled  musicians  should  be 
better  able  to  balance  an  orchestra 
to  the  utmost  nicety,  and  to  per- 


form similar  delicate  musical  tasks,  than  men  who 
grew  up  with  voltmeters  and  R.  M.  S.  voltages 
and  curves  of  tube  characteristics.  That  is,  as 
a  class.  There  will  be  exceptions,  of  course. 
Some  broadcast  operators  with  exceptional 
musical  taste  or  experience  are  capable  of  turn- 
ing out  a  better  job  on  the  air  than  all  but  a  few 
musicians.  The  ideal  combination  is  a  first- 
rate  engineer  who  is  also  a  first-rate  musician, 
a  sort  of  fusion  of  Charles  P.  Steinmetz  and 
Jean  De  Reszke,  for  example.  Try  and  get 


'IF 


MISS  AMERICA  ARRIVED,  HE  WOULD  NOT  STOP 
LISTENING" 


him.  Having  done  that,  try  to  make  him  work 
in  a  broadcasting  station  for  $3000  a  year. 
When  we  poor  devils  who,  for  our  sins,  have 
been  set  to  running  broadcast  stations — when 
finally  we  have  completed  our  penance,  and  the 
last  milliampere  has  quivered  through  our 
nerves,  then,  operating  the  broadcasting  sta- 
tions of  heaven,  we  shall  have  paragons  like  that 
working  with  us.  Oh  for  those  celestial  studios 
and  control  rooms,  where  sopranos  shall  never 
shriek,  where  the  "mikes"  shall  cease  from  blast- 
ing, and  the  grid  milliammeter  be 
at  rest!  But  here  on  earth  we 
must  take  men  and  materials  as 
we  find  them,  and  there  is  no  use 
looking  for  such  engineer-musical 
genius  combinations  as  those  we 
have  been  dreaming  about.  Their 
very  qualities  are  antipathetic. 

The  basis  for  employing  musi- 
cians in  this  phase  of  radio  trans- 
mission is  simply  the  old  motto: 
Shoemaker,  stick  to  thy  last.  But 
in  citing  that  phrase — and  1  do  so 
with  approval  and  have  thrown 
what  influence  1  have  toward  the 
musicians  in  this  friendly  contro- 
versy— 1  want  to  add  that  1  am 
proud  of  the  part  engineers  and 
operators  have  played  in  the  mu- 
sical development  of  radio  broad- 
casting. Lifted  abruptly,  most  of 
them,  out  of  the  purely  techno- 
logical and  non-artistic  labors  of 
radio  telegraphy,  they  quickly 
adapted  themselves  to  unfamiliar 
conditions,  learned  what  was 
needed,  developed  new  aptitudes, 
and  turned  out  a  good  job  in  many 
cases,  and  a  brilliant  one  in  some. 
And  a  rotten  job  in  other  instances, 
it  must  be  added,  but  to  the  custo- 
dians of  the  tin  horn  and  dishpan 
stations  1  refuse  to  grant  the  name 
of  radio  operators  and  engineers. 
It  was  a  fine  example  in  adapta- 
tion. Radio  men  are  not  a  sta- 
tionary lot  and  they  move  fast 
when  necessary.  If  they  ever  have 
to  do  it  again,  in  some  other  con- 
nection, depend  on  it  that  you 
will  not  find  them  lacking.  Those 
of  us  who  live  to  see  the  complete 
development  of  radio  motion  pic- 
tures may  view  a  similar  incursion 
of  radio  men  into  the  field  of  pic- 
torial art.  But  inherently  such  in- 


JANUARY,  1926 


MUSIC  JUDGES  FOR  BROADCAST  STATIONS 


327 


vasions  are  self-limiting  in  their  nature.  In- 
variably the  investigators  and  research  men  im- 
prove the  equipment  to  such  an  extent  that  the 
most  artistic  interpretations  become  possible, 
and  the  aid  of  men  with  an  artistic  background 
becomes  essential  for  the  best  possible  results 
And  in  broadcasting  we  are  not  going  to  be  satis- 
fied until  we  get  to  the  point  where  a  man  listen- 
ing to  a  loud  speaker  will  not  be  able  to  tell  for 
the  life  of  him  whether  he  is  hearing  the  original 
performance  or  a  reproduction.  That  point 
we  may  not  be  able  to  reach,  but  we  shall  cer- 
tainly aim  at  nothing  less.  And  anybody  who 
can  help  us,  whether  he  is  a  musician  or  a  street- 
cleaner,  is  welcome. 

The  musician  who  undertakes  work  in  broad- 
casting should  realize,  on  his  part,  that  he  must 
add  something  to  his  technique,  as  the  operators 
have  added  something  to  theirs.  I  have  myself 
seen  competent  orchestra  leaders  and  soloists 
— competent,  that  is  to  say,  as  leaders  of  orches- 
tras or  performers  on  special  instruments — whom 
I  would  not  trust  on  the  musical  end  of  a  lo-watt 
station  with  an  audience  of  two  dozen.  They 
were  incapable  of  listening  closely,  in  the  first 
place.  Have  you  ever  seen  a  good  broadcast 
technician  listening  to  the  output  of  some  piece 
of  equipment?  He  goes  into  a  kind  of  trance. 
If  Miss  America  came  and  pirouetted  before  him 
in  a  one-piece  bathing  suit,  it  is  doubtful  if  he 
would  pay  any  attention  to  her.  Frequently  he 
stops  breathing.  With  such  concentration  one 
is  likely  to  know  what  one  is  hearing,  These 
musicians  I  am  writing  about  did  not  go  to  all 
this  trouble.  They  would  listen  for  a  few 
seconds,  snatch  the  phones  off  their  ears,  rush 
over  to  the  orchestra,  and  make  some  change. 
After  touching  the  telephones  to  their  ears  once 
more,  they  found  it  necessary  to  alter  something 
else.  With  the  third  trial,  the  orchestra — the 
men  by  now  in  active  rebellion,  was  returned  to 
the  first  position.  This  was  now  pronounced, 
"Excellent!"  "Wonderful!"  which  it  was  not. 
After  a  few  minutes  the  virtuoso  realized  this, 
although  he  was  quite  incapable  of  making  the 
correct  diagnosis.  Once  again  he  began  making 
changes.  By  this  time  every  man  in  the  en- 
semble was  ready  to  come  to  blows  with 
him.  In  anotherminute  the  tension  would 
have  risen  to  that  point,  but  at  this  junc- 
ture the  operator  took  charge,  moved  the 
microphone  a  foot  back  in  the  right  di- 
rection, getting  rid  of  the  violin  blasting 
which  was  causing  all  the  trouble,  and 
ended  the  argument. 

Why  should  some  musicians,  who  are 
perfectly  competent  to  read  a  score,  give 
their  individual  interpretation,  control  an 
orchestra,  and  play  a  few  instruments, 
be  unable  to  listen  to  a  loud  speaker  | 
giving  a  fairly  faithful  reproduction  and 
tell  how  it  can  be  improved?  I  don't 
know,  but  presumably  they  overlook  the 
differences  between  even  the  best  repro- 
duction and  the  original  in  the  present 
state  of  the  art,  and,  in  an  unfamiliar 
situation,  they  are  unable  to  concentrate 
to  the  necessary  degree.  There  are  also 
temperamental  obstacles.  I  am  not  one 
of  those  who  look  on  all  artists,  writers, 
poets,  and  musicians  as  subjects  for  the 
psychopathic  ward;  I  believe  that  as  a 
class  they  do  not  go  crazy  much  oftener 
than  manufacturers  of  corrugated  ashcans 
and  cheese-paring  machines,  and  that  in 
any  state  they  are  more  interesting  to 
talk  to.  But  I  presume  that  the  average 
musician  is  somewhat  more  nervous  than 
the  average  engineer,  because  in  his  pro- 
fession nervousness  is  not  discouraged  as 
much  as  in  engineering.  And  there  is  not 


much  room  for  nervousness  in  broadcasting. 
The  business  itself  contains  enough  tension 
without  any  contributions  from  the  partici- 
pants. One  needs  sharp  ears  and  a  cool  head. 
It  is  to  be  hoped  that  no  personal  rancor  will 
enter  into  any  readjustments  that  must  be  made. 
It  is  merely  a  matter  of  doing  the  best  possible 
job.  There  is  room  enough  for  everybody  in- 
volved. If  it  were  not  for  music  and  musicians 
there  would  be  little  use  for  radio  broadcasting, 
and  if  it  were  not  for  broadcasting  some  musi- 
cians would  be  out  of  jobs.  There  is  also  dignity 
enough  to  clothe  everyone,  it  is  to  be  hoped. 
The  operator's  function  can  never  be  relegated 
to  a  place  of  unimportance.  Some  people  seem 
to  think  that  the  term  "operator"  is  applied 
only  to  persons  of  no  great  consequence  or  skill. 
This  is  a  mistake.  The  term  is  a  very  broad  one, 
applied  to  a  variety  of  workers.  Some  are  un- 
skilled and  others  must  be  extremely  intelligent 
and  capable.  It  is  not  generally  known  that 
in  medical  literature  the  surgeon  who  performs 
an  "operation"  is  referred  to  as  the  "operator." 
If  a  man  who  daily  holds  the  lives  of  other  men 
in  his  hands  does  not  mind  being  called  an  "oper- 
ator," surely  there  is  nothing  invidious  about  the 
expression.  But  why  dwell  on  such  trivialities? 
Radio  men  are  more  interested  in  radio. 

Credit  Where  Due 

MANY  a  time  and  oft  I  have  felt  called 
upon  to  comment  sourly  on  the  contents, 
make-up,  and  editing  of  the  newspaper 
supplements  devoted  to  radio,  especially  those 
in  New  York,  which  meet  my  dour  eye  most 
often.  As  a  whole,  they  seem  to  me  to  foster 
superstition,  sensationalism,  and  questionable  in- 
formation, to  emphasize  all  that  is  transitory, 
childish,  and  unoriginal,  and  to  neglect  the  sub- 
stantial and  scholarly  elements  in  the  art.  There 
are,  of  course,  some  exceptions.  Mr.  Zeh 
Bouck's  weekly  column,  "What  Are  the  Air 
Waves  Saying?"  in  the  New  York  Sun,  stands 
out  in  this  group.  But  it  is  an  oasis  in  the 
desert.  Most  of  the  sheets  are  dull,  obvious, 
full  of  unchallenged  press  agents'  concoctions, 


I  SWEAR — WITH  MY  HAND  ON  A  COPY  OF 
ZENNECK" 


and  perhaps  dubious  advertisements.  Heaven 
knows  I  have  a  lot  to  learn  about  radio,  but,  with 
my  right  hand  raised  and  my  left  laid  solemnly 
on  a  copy  of  Zenneck,  I  declare  that  I  have  never 
learned  anything  from  newspaper  radio  sections, 
with  lamentably  few  exceptions. 

It  is  with  the  more  pleasure,  therefore,  that 
I  would  call  attention,  somewhat  belatedly,  to 
the  New  York  Times  Sunday  Radio  Section  of 
September  13,  1925.  It  was  a  first  class  journal- 
istic job.  It  was  brought  out  during  the  week 
of  the  two  big  radio  shows  in  New  York,  with, 
presumably,  the  same  fundamental  objects  as 
those  of  other  radio  sections  and  supplements. 
But  this  one  set  about  its  task  by  filling  the 
space  not  occupied  by  advertisements  with  useful 
information,  authoritative  articles,  and  good 
sense.  Among  the  authors  who  contributed 
were  Orrin  E.  Dunlap,  Jr.,  A.  Hoyt  Taylor,  E. 
F.  W.  Alexanderson,  E.  E.  Free,  J.  A.  Holman, 
David  Sarnoff,  Alfred  N.  Goldsmith,  Kolin 
Hager,  C.  B.  Popenoe,  E.  H  Jewett,  Lee  De 
Forest,  J.  H.  Dellinger,  E.  C.  Mills,  Martin  P. 
Rice,  H.  P.  Davis,  W.  H.  Priess,  David  Grimes, 
J.  D.  Freed,  and  J.  H.  Morecroft.  I  spent 
several  hours  reading  it,  and  they  were  profitably 
spent.  I  have  never  met  the  editor  of  the  Times 
weekly  radio  section,  nor  does  the  paper  sub- 
sidize me,  but,  having  knocked  radio  newspaper 
supplements  in  general,  I  feel  bound  to  con- 
gratulate that  editor  and  that  paper  for  their 
achievement 

Among  the  Broadcasters 
WHAZ 


A  CORDING  to  all  accounts  and  evidence 
on  hand,  WHAZ,  the  broadcasting  station 
of  the  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute 
at  Troy,  New  York,  has  started  its  fourth  year 
on  the  air  without  showing  the  effects  of  age. 
WHAZ,  it  will  be  remembered,  is  under  the  direc- 
tion of  Prof.  W.  J.  Williams,  who  defended  the 
low  power  side  in  the  super-power  debate  which 
lately  raged  in  these  columns.     Mr.  Rutherford 
Hayner  is  program  director  and  announcer. 

Station  WHAZ  is  housed  in  the  Russell 
Sage  Laboratory  of  the  Institute,  with 
the  towers  on  the  roof.  The  location 
overlooks  the  Hudson  River  at  the  head 
of  tidewater  navigation,  1 50  miles  north 
of  New  York,  and  it  appears  to  have  elec- 
trical as  well  as  scenic  advantages,  for  the 
station  has  attained  enviable  ranges  for  a 
standard  5oo-watt  installation.  No  doubt 
a  part  of  this  is  also  due  to  the  operating 
personnel  and  management,  which,  in  an 
engineering  school,  may  be  expected  to 
turn  out  a  top-notch  technical  job.  As 
early  as  February,  1923,  the  station  was 
heard  in  New  Zealand,  two-fifths  of  the 
way  around  the  earth.  It  has  also  been 
picked  up  repeatedly  in  France,  Belgium, 
Scotland,  England,  Alaska,  Panama, 
South  America,  the  Pacific  Islands,  the 
Far  East,  and  of  course  all  over  the 
United  States  and  points  near  by. 

The  R.  P.  I.  station  is  on  the  air  but 
once  a  week,  on  Monday  evenings.  It 
is  the  gift  of  the  Roebling  family  to  the 
Institute,  and  is  operated  naturally,  on 
strictly,  non-commercial  lines,  in  contrast 
to  the  blatant  advertising  of  some  of  the 
smaller  and  irresponsible  stations  in  the 
state.  There  are  popular  monthly  pro- 
grams by  the  students'  symphony  and 
dance  orchestras,  and  musical  clubs.  The 
first  minstrel  show  is  said  to  have  been 
broadcast  from  WHAZ'S  studio.  One  of 
its  programs  that  is  well  and  favorably 


328 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


JANUARY,  1926 


THE    ANTENNA    AT    STATION    WHAZ 


remembered  is  the  commemorative  Joseph 
Henry  broadcast,  in  honor  of  the  American  elec- 
trician and  physicist,  whose  work  in  electro- 
magnetism  prepared  the  way  for  many  later 
developments  of  the  telegraph,  telephone,  and 
radio.  Other  educational  broadcasts  have  found 
a  place  in  the  programs,  including  practical  and 
non-technical  talks  by  members  of  the  faculty 
on  subjects  of  current  interest  in  the  scientific 
and  engineering  field. 

Of  course  Rensselaer  does  not  limit  its  radio 
activities  to  the  operation  of  WHAZ  on  its  fre- 
quency of  790  kc.  (379.5  meters).  As  an  engi- 
neering college  in  which  electrical  and  com- 
munication engineering  are  among  the  major 
courses,  the  school  employs  numerous  trans- 
mitting and  receiving  sets  covering  a  very  wide 
range  of  frequencies.  Among  the  curiosities 
are  a  DeForest  radiophone  set  which  Professor 
Williams  demonstrated  to  the  students  in  his 
courses  as  long  ago  as  1910,  and  a  Marconi 
wireless  telegraph  set  dating  back  to  1902,  con- 
taining one  of  the  original  coherers. 

Many  radio  amateurs  both  in  this  country 
and  abroad  are  familiar  with  the  call  letters  of 
the  Rensselaer  experimental  stations,  2  XAP, 
a  sz,  and  2  CDC. 

WIBO 

NEWSPAPER  reports  tell  of  an  accident  in 
the  generator  room  of  WIBO  in  Chicago, 
when  L.  G.  Rasmussen  came  into  contact  with 
a  high  tension  wire  during  the  evening  program 
on  September  171(1,  and  was  severely  injured.  He 
was  taken  to  St.  Francis  Hospital  in  Evanston. 

The  operator's  injuries  were  sustained  when 
the  gold  frame  of  his  eyeglasses  came  into  contact 
with  a  live  lead.  The  frame  of  the  glasses  fused 
immediately  and  the  resulting  arc  burned  the 
face,  hands,  and  chest,  of  the  victim.  The  sta- 
tion had  to  be  shut  down  before  he  could  be 
released. 

This  unfortunate  occurrence  should  be  a 
warning  to  other  broadcast  operators  who  have 
so  far  escaped.  Familiarity  breeds  contempt, 
and  men  who  handle  high  tension  machinery 
every  day  are  apt  to  forget  that  contact  with  it 
at  the  wrong  time  may  prove  fatal.  Particularly 
with  the  higher  powers  and  voltages  which  are 
coming  into  use  in  broadcasting,  additional  pre- 
cautions are  the  order.  One  good  trick  is  to  work 
on  the  equipment,  where  possible,  with  only  the 


right  hand,  leaving  the  left  in  the  hip  pocket  on 
that  side.  The  logic  of  that  is  the  fact  that  if  one 
is  caught,  the  current  will  pass  down  the  right 
side  of  the  body  to  ground,  instead  of  through  the 
relatively  low  resistance  arm-to-arm  path  which 
includes  the  heart  region,  the  great  splanchnic 
ganglion,  and  other  primary 
nerve  centers  and  organs. 
Secondly,  never  lay  a  hand 
heavily  on  a  portion  of  a 
circuit  which  may  be  alive, 
without  first  flicking  it 
lightly  with  one  finger, 
which  will  give  you  a  chance 
to  disengage  if  there  is  any- 
thing wrong.  The  same  pre- 
caution should  be  used  in 
connecting  two  wires  which 
may  cause  a  short-circuit. 
Incidentally,  the  arc  follow- 
ing a  short  circuit,  if  the 
potential  difference  is  not 
too  high,  may  be  blown  out 
with  a  puff  of  breath. 
Thirdly,  every  station 
should  contain  red  fibre 
signs  "  Man  working  on 
this  circuit — do  not  close," 
or  some  similar  formula,  to 
be  attached  to  open  switches 
when  an  opera  tor  is  working 
on  a  "killed"  circuit.  These 
tags  should  be  signed,  and 
the  rule  is  that  no  one  but 
the  man  who  attached  the 
tag  may  remove  it. 
Fourthly,  keep  away  from 
the  sets  when  there  is  a 
local  lightning  storm.  And 
finally,  all  operators  should 
be  familiar  with  first-aid 
practice  and  methods  of 
resuscitation,  and  in  the 
larger  stations  it  is  a  good 
thing  to  have  a  drill  along 
these  lines  once  a  month. 

KFI 

ACCORDING   to  some- 
what    vague     reports 


experimenting  with  varying  amounts  of  acous- 
tic damping  in  the  studio.  They  started,  it 
seems,  with  the  usual  idea  that  a  studio 
should  be  made  as  "dead"  as  possible,  the 
ideal  studio  being  one  with  entire  absence 
of  reverberation.  This  opinion  is  now  being 
modified,  and  the  object  of  the  experimentation 
at  KFI  is  to  ascertain  how  much  reverberation  is 
to  be  allowed  for  best  results  on  the  air.  This 
quality  seems  to  be  like  salt;  you  don't  want 
much  of  it  in  the  goulash,  but  a  little  is  almost 
indispensable. 

KGO 

STATION  KCO  in  San  Francisco  tackled  a 
big  job  at  the  Municipal  Auditorium, 
broadcasting  the  oratorio  "Creation,"  given  by 
the  city  of  San  Francisco  with  a  chorus  of  300, 
65  players  in  the  orchestra,  and  three  soloists 
This  was  possibly  as  big  a  pick-up  undertaking  as 
any  one  in  the  West  has  tried.  There  was  also 
an  organ,  we  must  not  forget  to  mention. 

The  space  occupied  by  the  chorus  and  musi- 
cians was  48  by  80  feet,  and  the  organ  pipes  rose 
50  feet  in  the  rear.  The  solution  of  the  pick-up 
problem  was  found  in  the  use  of  condenser 
microphones,  which  have  no  hiss  or  internal 
noise,  when  they  are  in  proper  working  order, 
and  can  be  used  to  pick  up  sounds  within  an 
extreme  range  of  volume.  One  of  these  mechan- 
isms, about  three  inches  in  diameter  and  ten 
inches  long,  was  suspended  twenty  feet  over  the 
heads  of  the  performers,  carrying  most  of  the 
orchestral  and  choral  tone.  A  second  condenser 
was  used  for  the  soloists,  about  five  feet  in  front 


which  have  reached  us,  the 
engineers  at  KFI  have  been 


'HIGH  TENSION  EQUIPMENT    .     . 
HANDLED  GINGERLY' 


MUST    BE 


JANUARY,  1926 


WHERE  SHOULD  THE  MICROPHONE  BE  PLACED? 


329 


of  them.  As  the  soloists  stood  in  front  of  all 
the  other  performers,  this  microphone  was  well 
removed  from  the  rest  of  the  musicians  and 
singers. 

By  all  accounts  the  transmission  was  first- 
class.  Even  the  slight  rustling  sound  as  the 
audience  turned  the  pages  of  the  programs  in 
unison,  while  reading  the  words  of  Haydn's 
masterpiece,  was  distinctly  heard  on  the  air. 

Some  years  ago  WEAF  broadcast  the  "Mes- 
siah" oratorio  from  Carnegie  Hall  in  New  York, 
also  turning  out  an  excellent  piece  of  work.  And 
wjz  in  the  same  city  did  Beethoven's  Ninth  and 
Verdi's  "Requiem"  last  summer,  outdoors, 
with  an  orchestra  of  no  men,  five  soloists,  but 
with  a  smaller  chorus — 200  in  number.  We 
should  like  to  hear  from  other  broadcasters  re- 
garding large  pick-ups  they  may  have  tried, 
and  their  estimate  of  the  results. 

CKCO 

DR.  G.  M.  GELDERT  of  Ottawa,  the  presi- 
dent of  the  Ottawa  Radio  Association  of  600 
members  which  operates  CKCO  out  of  pure  interest 
in  broadcasting,  was  in  New  York  during  the 
week  of  the  radio  expositions,  looking  over  the 
field  and  visiting  the  metropolitan  broadcasters. 
The  Doctor  is  a  prominent  physician  of  Ottawa. 
If  I  knew  as  much  about  cyanosis  and  strepto- 
cocci as  he  knows  about  microphones  and  audio 
frequency,  I  should  feel  proud  of  myself. 

Studio   Microphone   Placing — Fur- 
ther Consideration 

THE  interest   shown    in   the    problems  of 
microphone    placing    in    the    studio    has 
been  sufficiently  marked   to  warrant   in- 
terrupting the  progress  of  our  technical  series 
for  broadcasters  to  give  further  discussion   of 
this  important  subject. 

Among  the  letters  received  is  one  from  Mr. 
Ralph  S.  Hayes,  of  Ardmore,  Pennsylvania, 
"reading  as  follows: 

While  I  have  never  had  anything  to  do  with 
broadcasting,  nevertheless,  from  a  study  of 
speech,  music,  and  acoustics,  1  would  like  to 
submit  some  ideas  relevant  to  the  article,  "Mi- 
crophone Placing  in  Studios."  (In  the  Septem- 
ber issue.) 

1 .  I  notice  the  basses  and  percussion  instru- 
ments are   placed   comparatively  far  from   the 
microphone.     Should  it  not  be  just  the  opposite 
on  account  of  the  fact  that  the  bass  tones  are 
invariably  attenuated  more  in  their  transmission 
through    the    station    amplifiers    and    receiver 
amplifiers? 

2.  It  is  a  proved  fact  that  the  basses  carry 
much  of  the  pleasant  roundness  of  music — as  well 
as  the  energy. 

3.  The  excess  of  energy  in  the  lower  pitches 
— isn't   it   the   usual   cause   of   the   "blasting" 
mentioned? 

4.  Wouldn't  a  better  placement  be — 

(a)  microphone    farther   away    from    or- 

chestra; 

(b)  basses    closer    to    microphone    than 

trebles. 

5.  A  possible  objection  to  such  an  arrange- 
ment would  be  carbon  frying,  but  it  either  need 
not  be  carried  to  such  extremes,  or  a  condenser 
transmitter  could  be  used.    At  any  rate  shouldn't 
you    aim    toward    "basses    front"    instead    of 
"basses  rear?" 

As  to  Mr.  Hayes's  first  point,  1  believe  the 
general  feeling  among  broadcast  engineers  is 
against  trying  to  compensate  for  losses  of  essen- 
tial frequencies  in  the  audio  channels  of  trans- 
mitters and  receivers,  by  exaggerations  in  the 
pick-up  or  elsewhere.  As  far  as  the  transmitter 
is  concerned  no  such  losses  should  be  tolerated 
in  any  considerable  degree.  Plenty  of  stations 
find  it  possible  to  send  out  their  stuff  flat  be- 


tween  60  and  6000  cycles,  and  those 
who  haven't  learned  how,  should 
acquire  that  ability  quickly,  while 
they  still  have  an  audience.  As 
for  receivers,  what  degree  of  de- 
ficiency is  to  be  taken  as  a  cri- 
terion? In  some  cases  the  loss  of 
low  frequencies  is  so  complete  that 
a  slight  gain  in  bass  at  the  start 
wouldjnot  help  appreciably.  Again, 
just  as  many  receivers  lose  the 
higher  frequencies  as  well  as  the 
lower,  passing  only  a  band  of 
three  octaves  or  so  in  the  middle. 
Following  out  Mr.  Hayes's  theory, 
there  is  just  as  much  reason  for 
emphasizing  the  violins  at  the 
start  in  order  to  retain  the  nat- 
ural quality  of  the  treble  strings 
with  their  wealth  of  overtones. 
This  brings  us  to  the  second  point. 
It  is  true  that  loss  of  bass  notes 
makes  music  sound  "tinny,"  "canned,"  and 
disagreeably  sharp,  and  strident.  But  drop- 
ping the  band  from  3000  cycles  up  is  quite 
as  bad.  All  the  instruments  merge  into  a 
dull,  soft,  lifeless  harmony,  like  a  bad  orj;an 
heard  with  one's  ears  stuffed  full  of  cotton. 
Finally,  receiving  sets  are  now  on  the  mar- 
ket which  are  capable  of  reproducing  sounds 
sensibly  as  they  are  broadcast,  and  the  number 
of  these  sets  will  naturally  increase.  They  are 
the  only  safe  criterion.  It  is  obviously  a  saner 
procedure  to  work  with  a  horizontal  frequency 
characteristic  all  along  the  line. 

Answering  the  third  point,  I  believe  that  blast- 
ing is  most  frequent  with  instruments  possessing 
a  steep  wave  front.  The  cornet  is  about  the  worst 
offender.  Cutting  off  the  higher  frequencies 
tends  to  reduce  blasting.  One  type  of  carbon 
microphone,  which  cuts  off  on  the  high  end  at 
about  2500  cycles,  is  relatively  free  from  blasting, 
but  the  loss  of  intelligibility  and  tone  brilliancy 
makes  the  net  result  undesirable  in  high  quality 
work. 

To  point  4a,  I  should  answer  "No,"  for  reasons 
well  stated  by  Mr.  Julius  Weinberger,  one  of 
the  leading  electro-acoustic  and  broadcast  engi- 
neers in  the  East.  ("  Broadcast  Transmitting 
Stations  of  the  Radio  Corporation  of  America." 
Proc.  Institute  of  Radio  Engineers,  Vol.  12, 
No.  6,  December,  1924.).  Mr.  Weinberger 
writes: 

It  may  appear  that  less  work  would  have  to 
be  done  with  regard  to  proper  placing  of  the 
performers  if  the  microphones  were  not  used 
relatively  close  up,  being  placed  instead,  for 
example,  at  the  opposite  end  of  the  studio. 
In  the  latter  case,  the  relative  distance  of  the 
microphone  from  each  of  the  several  performers 
would  be  nearly  the  same  and  there  would  ap- 
parently be  less  of  a  problem  so  far  as  proper 
"balance"  is  concerned.  However,  it  has  been 
found  that  this  cannot  be  done  for  a  number  of 
reasons.  First,  the  farther  away  the  microphone 
is  from  the  performers,  the  greater  is  the  propor- 
tion of  sound  which  reaches  it  by  reflection  from 
the  room  walls,  compared  with  that  reaching 
it  directly  from  the  source  of  sound.  These 
reflected  sounds  are  generally  distorted,  since 
they  not  only  are  reflected  in  a  variable  fashion 
with  respect  to  frequency,  but  interference  phe- 
nomena occur  between  reflected  sounds  coming 
from  various  reflection  points.  Thus,  it  is  found 
that  the  sounds  as  heard  from  a  microphone 
located,  say,  twenty  feet  from  the  source,  are  more 
distorted  than  those  heard  when  the  microphone 
is  placed  relatively  close. 

Secondly,  the  sounds  reaching  the  microphone 
must  be  strong  enough  to  give  an  output  far 
exceeding  the  hiss  due  to  the  use  of  carbon, 
and  this  again  necessitates  fairly  close  placing 
with  all  performers  except  orchestras  or  large 
choruses. 


Wave 


Broad  \Jswe 

\riXh  Double  Hump 


FIG.     I 

It  will  be  observed  that  I  am  not  attempting 
to  controvert  Mr.  Hayes's  idea  that  the  bass 
instruments  may  advantageously  be  moved 
closer  to  the  microphone.  No  doubt  in  some 
studios  something  might  be  gained  by  work  in 
this  direction.  I  do  not  believe,  however,  that 
some  of  the  theories  on  which  Mr.  Hayes  bases 
his  conclusion,  would  work  out  in  practical 
broadcasting. 

There  is  no  doubt  that  the  carbon  micro- 
phone is  not  .the  final  answer  to  the  pick-up 
problem.  What  is  needed  is  an  •  inherently 
hissless  and  noiseless  transmitter,  reasonably 
flat  from  say  50  to  6000  cycles,  if  not  better, 
and  insusceptible  to  blasting.  Preferably,  also, 
it  should  be  a  low  impedance  instrument,  so 
that  it  can  be  used  with  a  long,  relatively  high 
capacity  lead.  Finally,  it  should  be  capable 
of  producing  a  voltage  output  comparable  to 
that  of  a  good  carbon  microphone,  which  is, 
incidentally,  a  fine  amplifier  in  itself.  Such 
an  outfit  would  simplify  many  of  our  pick-up 
problems,  and  personally  I  pray  for  it  night  and 
day.  If  someone  will  invent  it,  I  hereby  offer 
$25  in  gold,  out  of  my  own  pocket,  toward  a 
statue  of  the  great  man,  to  be  erected  at  the  site 
of  his  labors,  be  it  East  Pittsburgh;  463  West 
Street,  New  York;  Schenectady;  Van  Cortlandt 
Park  South,  New  York,  or  any  other  place. 

Radio  Lingo,  Past  and  Present 

IN  THE  December  issue  of  this  magazine,  the 
writer  considered  the  source  of  some  of  the 
terminology  of  radio.  In  the  group  of  figura- 
tive expressions  we  considered  were  phantom  and 
dummy  antennas,  and  the  counterpoise. 

Numerous  figurative  expressions  along  the 
same  lines  will  occur  to  the  reader.  We  speak 
of  the  "fading"  and  "swinging"  of  distant 
signals  as  they  vary  in  strength  in  their  journey 
over  great  distances.  A  reactance  coil  is  termed 
a  "choke"  for  alternating  currents.  Interrupted 
continuous  wave  signals  are  sent  with  a  "chop- 
per." A  transmitting  station  has  a  "broad" 
wave  or  a  "sharp"  wave;  it  is  violating  the 
radio  regulations  if  it  has  a  "double  hump" 
or  "peak."  These  terms  are  derived  from 
the  curve  of  response  of  a  wavemeter  or  receiver 
to  such  a  transmitter,  as  shown  in  Fig.  i.  The 
word  "wave"  with  its  combinations,  as  used 
in  radio,  is  itself  in  the  nature  of  a  simile,  for 
an  electric  wave  is  some  sort  of  displacement 
or  stress  in  a  figurative  medium,  quite  incon- 
ceivable to  the  non-mathematical  mind,  and 
the  comparison  with  the  waves  of  the  sea  and 
other  material  wave  motions  is  simply  a  con- 
venient but  rather  inaccurate  means  of  tuition. 

The  same  hydraulic  analogy  persists  when  we 


330 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


JANUARY,  1926 


refer  to  wave  "filters" — networks  of  resistance, 
inductance,  and  capacity  which  allow  only  a 
certain  "band"  of  frequencies  to  pass.  But 
we  are  also  familiar  with  wave  "traps,"  used  to 
eliminate  a  narrow  range  of  frequencies,  and 
here  apparently  we  think  of  the  wave  as  a  small 
animal — a  rat  or  mouse — while  when  we  speak 
of  "carrier"  waves  or  "carrier"  telephony  the 
wave  has  become  a  beast  of  burden.  The  term 
"trap,"  incidentally,  is  one  of  those  ubiquitous 
comparisons  which  can  be  found  in  almost  every 
trade;  the  bend  in  a  drainpipe  to  prevent  gases 
coming  back  along  the  tube  is  called  a  "trap" 
by  plumbers,  for  example. 

The  "regeneration"  of  Armstrong  is  a  dis- 
tinctly figurative  term,  carrying  a  theological 
connotation,  although  it  was  used  in  connection 
with  gas  engines  and  other  prime  movers  long 
before  the  vacuum  tube  was  invented.  There  is 
also  a  physiological  reference  in  the  name  "tick- 
ler" applied  to  a  "feed-back"  inductance  in  the 
plate  lead  of  the  amplifier-rectifier  tube  of  a 
receiving  set.  The  early  workers  in  this  field 
must  have  been  struck  by  the  extraordinary 
increase  in  volume  as  the  tickler  coupling  was 
brought  up,  and  the  sudden  break  into  oscil- 
lation; and  they  compared  these  phenomena 
to  the  peculiar  spasmodic  reactions  of  human 
beings  to  a  tickling  stimulus.  Nor  must  we 
overlook  the  word  "feed-back"  in  this  con- 
nection. Why  should  we  speak  of  the  oscil- 
lations in  the  plate  circuit  as  being  "fed"  back 
to  the  grid,  instead  of  merely  saying  "brought" 
back?  This  figure  has  a  practically  universal 
utility.  It  is  used  in  transportation,  in  reference 
to  railroads  and  waterways,  as,  the  Morris  Canal 
Feeder.  In  communication,  as  "feeder"  tele- 
graph offices.  In  electrical  engineering — 
"feeder"  conductors,  generating  stations,  etc. 
In  sport:  basketball  players  speak  of  "feeding" 
a  team-mate  when  he  is  in  position  to  shoot  for 
the  goal.  And  it  is  all  based  on  the  nutritional 
instinct,  of  course,  and  the  comparison  is  wide- 
spread because  that  instinct  is  shared  by  all 
living  creatures. 

It  is  hardly  possible  to  go  through  the  list 
of  metaphorical  expressions  which  have  invaded 
the  radio  field,  but  a  few  more  typical  ones  may 
be  mentioned  briefly.  Electricians  talk  of 
"juice,"  apparently  a  survival  of  the  early 
fluid  theories  of  electricity.  The  flow  of  high 
frequency  oscillations  on  the  surface  of  a  con- 
ductor is  called  "skin-effect."  Irregular  inter- 
ference of  arc  transmitters  on  low  wavelengths 
is  termed  "arc-mush."  Transient  interference 
with  radio  reception,  both  natural, 
as  from  lightning,  and  artificial,  as 
from  arc  lamps,  lightning  circuit 
grounds,  sparking  commutators, 
etc.  is  referred  to  as  "strays." 
We  talk  of  "shielding"  a  panel 
with  metal.  Spark  interference  is 
"jamming,"  a  graphic  expression 


which  originated  in  the  English  Channel,  although 
familiar  in  a  related  sense  to  the  riders  in  the 
New  York  City  subways  during  the  rush  hours. 

(To  Be  Continued) 


Memoirs    of    a    Radio    Engineer, 
VIII 

IN  OUR  last  issue  I  gave  a  brief  account  of 
the  Titanic  tragedy  of  1912.  For  some 
days  after  the  disaster  all  was  confusion. 
Commercial  stations  and  ships  interfered  with 
each  other,  some  of  the  amateurs,  it  was  charged, 
interfered  with  commercial  stations,  and  no 
reliable  list  of  survivors  could  be  obtained.  As 
the  Carpathia  neared  New  York  with  the  sur- 
vivors, communication  improved,  and  the  names 
came  through  in  the  rescue  ship's  mournful  60- 
cycle  spark.  Most  of  the  shore  copying  was 
done,  1  believe,  by  the  Wanamaker  station,  WHI. 
The  amateurs  shut  down  voluntarily,  setting  a 
good  example  which  they  have  followed  on  other 
occasions  since  that  time,  although  now,  with 
commercial  and  amateur  wavelengths  so  far 
separated,  the  necessity  for  it  has  disappeared 
as  far  as  sos  calls  are  concerned.  They  listened 
on  their  double-slide  tuners  and  loose  couplers 
to  the  long  fateful  strings  of  names.  The  com- 
mercial operators  worked  heroically,  some  of 
them  standing  continuous  watches  until  they 
were  ready  to  drop. 

I  have  referred  before  to  the  anarchy  which 
prevailed  in  the  ether  lanes  in  those  days. 
Everybody  transmitted  on  any  wavelength 
which  pleased  him,  or,  for  that  matter,  without 
knowing  what  his  wavelength  was  or  giving 
any  signs  that  he  cared.  Amateurs  interfered 
with  paid  commercial  traffic,  and  refused  to 
shut  down  when  sworn  at  in  code.  Profanity 
on  the  air  was  the  rule  rather  than  the  exception. 
The  caution  of  Y.  M.  C.  A.  broadcasting  phrase- 
ology was  as  yet  unknown.  Call  letters  were 
self-assigned,  according  to  fancy;  initials  were 
used,  or  simply  what  was  known  as  a  "good" 
call — one  that  had  a  pleasing  rhythm  and  lilt 
to  it  in  the  Continental  or  American  Morse 
code.  Both  codes  were  used,  with  American 
Morse  as  yet  more  prevalent.  The  Britishers 
used  Continental,  and  there  was  a  strong 
prejudice  against  it  among  the  Americans. 
Morse,  with  its  spaced  letters,  such  as  c  (two 
dots,  space,  dot)  was  harder  to  copy  than  Con- 
tinental, but  faster,  and  the  Morse  operators 


were  very  contemptuous  of  the  newer  symbols. 
The  New  York  Herald,  which  maintained  a 
wireless  station,  OHX,  in  connection  with  its 
excellent  shipping  news  department,  sent  press 
every  night  at  9  o'clock,  first  in  Morse,  then  in 
Continental,  but  traffic  was  generally  sent  in 
Morse,  and  my  recollection  is  that  the  election 
returns  of  November.  1912,  were  sent  in  Morse 
only.  All  this  confusion  could  not  last.  Soon 
after  the  Titanic  catastrophe,  the  government 
took  hold.  In  1910  a  law  had  already  been 
passed  providing  for  radio  equipment  on  certain 
steamers.  This  was  not  taken  very  seriously 
until  1912,  when  it  was  amended  to  apply  to 
all  vessels  licensed  to  carry  fifty  or  more  persons 
on  the  ocean  or  the  Great  Lakes,  and  to  provide 
for  auxiliary  apparatus  covering  failure  of  the 
main  set,  continuous  watches,  and  penalties  in 
case  of  failure  to  observe  the  law.  A  little 
later,  on  August  13,  1912,  the  Senate  and  House 
of  Representatives  passed  "An  Act  to  Regulate 
Radio  Communication,"  under  which  the  present 
licensing  system  for  stations  and  operators  was 
instituted.  By  an  international  convention 
signed  at  London  on  July  5,  1912,  and  ratified 
by  the  United  States  Senate  early  in  1913, 
initial  call  letters  were  allocated  to  the  several 
nations.  Those  two  years,  1912  and  1913,  were 
the  great  legislative  years  of  radio.  In  fact, 
so  much  legislation  went  through  that  this 
country  has  not  experienced  any  since,  and  has 
gone  twelve  years  without  altering  the  radio 
laws  themselves.  What  adjustments  have  been 
made  the  Department  of  Commerce  has  taken 
care  of  by  regulations  under  the  administrative 
power  which  it  was  granted  by  the  law  of  August, 
1912. 

These  momentous  changes  percolated  down  to 
even  the  lowest  strata  of  amateurs.  Some  of 
my  friends  lost  their  call  letters.  Such  amateur 
calls  as  MHS,  NSE,  DSE,  su,  JR,  AY  and,  YF,  became 
taboo.  M  calls  belonged  to  British  stations; 
D  was  allocated  to  the  Germans;  N  to  the  Ameri- 
can Navy.  Amateurs  were  to  be  licensed,  and 
to  receive  calls  beginning  with  numbers,  de- 
noting the  radio  district  in  which  the  applicant 
happened  to  find  himself.  All  stations,  from  the 
largest  down  to  the  most  insignificant  which 
might  interfere  with  reception  over  a  State  line 
(the  necessary  limitation  of  Federal  authority), 
were  subject  to  the  new  regime.  It  was  like  the 
lines  in  the  Agamemnon: 

None  who  was  mighty  then,  and  none  so  small 
But  in  the  sack  of  doom  is  borne  away. 

All  the  amateurs,  formerly  so 
reckless  and  carefree,  went  about 
with  worried  faces,  wondering  if 
they  could  pass  the  examination, 
and  trembling  in  fear  of  a  new 
ogre,  the  Radio  Inspector. 

(To  be  Continued) 


'THE  AMATEURS     .     .     .    TREMBLED  BEFORE  A  NEW 
OGRE— THE  RADIO  INSPECTOR" 


Being  the  Study  of  Several  of  the  Most  Popular  and  Most  Efficient  Circuits  for 
Home  Construction  With  a  View  to  Adapting  Them  to  Fit  Our  Individual  Needs 


By  ARTHUR  H.  LYNCH 


H 


'AVE  you  noticed  that  within 
the  past  few  months  the  new 
Flexes,  Dynes,  and  Supers 
described  in  the  radio  press 
have  been  extremely  conspicuous  by  their 
absence?  For  some  time,  the  passing  of 
the  trick  circuit  and  its  capitalization  by 
the  crafty  and  sometimes  not  too  scrupu- 
lous publicist  and  manufacturer  has  been 
considered,  by  those  who  really  understood 
the  radio  business,  as  a  foregone  conclusion. 
In  passing  on  this  interesting  angle  of  the 
radio  business,  some  of  the  older  readers  of 
RADIO  BROADCAST  will  recall  Zeh  Bouck's 
article,  entitled  "The  Truth  About  Trick 
Circuits"  which  appeared  in  our  March, 
1924,  number.  Some  others  may  remember 
that  we  defended  ourselves  successfully  in 
a  libel  suit  for  $100,000  which  was  brought 
against  us  as  a  direct  result  of  the  publica- 
tion of  this  article  and  our  refusal  to  make 
public  apology  for  the  things  we  said. 
We  hope  that  article  was  instrumental  in 
bringing  about  the  situation  with  which  the 
radio  parts  business  is  now  blessed.  Cer- 
tainly, it  is  in  better  shape  now  than  it  has 
ever  been  before,  even  though  there  are 
those  who  would  have  us  believe  that, 


because  the  business  in  completed  receivers 
has  flourished  so  greatly,  there  is  little  or 
no  parts  business  going  on. 

And  before  going  directly  to  the  subject 
at  hand,  perhaps  a  few  words  about  the 
parts  business  will  be  of  interest  to  the 
home  constructor  and  others.  On  the 
magazine,  we  are  in  direct  contact  with 
thousands  of  the  listening  public  by  mail 
who  express  their  likes  and  dislikes  to 
us  in  no  uncertain  terms.  Through  our 
short  wave  transmitting  station  in  our 
Laboratory  at  Garden  City  (2  GY)  we 
are  in  direct  communication  with  amateur 
radio  enthusiasts  in  all  parts  of  the  world. 
Many  manufacturers  avail  themselves  of 
our  laboratory  services  and  from  them  we 
learn  much  of  what  is  going  on  in  their 
particular  fields.  Then,  too,  our  labora- 
tory has  been  chosen  to  pass  on  the  quality 
of  the  products  radio  manufacturers  desire 
to  advertise  in  The  World's  Work,  The 
Atlantic  Monthly,  Harper's  Magazine,  Review 
of  Reviews,  Scribner's  Magazine,  and 
Country  Life.  From  these  contacts,  we 
come  in  still  closer  contact  with  many 
sides  of  the  radio  business. 

There  has  been  a  considerable  slackening 


.00025 
mfd. 


DETECTOR 


off  of  the  general  parts  business  and  there 
is  no  contradicting  that  fact.  There  are 
far  fewer  varieties  of  parts  now  to  be  had 
than  there  were  a  year  ago.  Allah  be 
praised  for  that!  Much  of  the  older  kind 
of  parts  business  was  little  more  than 
traffic  in  junk.  Much  of  the  junk  has  now 
been  cleared  out  and  it  will  not  be  long 
before  the  rest  will  have  found  its  way  to 
the  scrap  heap.  Many  of  the  junk  dealers, 
who,  a  few  months  ago,  believed  themselves 
to  be  in  the  radio  parts  business  have 
gone  broke  or  have  gone  back  to  their 
old  jobs,  whatever  they  were.  The  parts 
merchant  of  to-day  and  to-morrow  is  not 
the  fellow  who  attempts  to  unload  a  lot 
of  radio  jimcracks  on  credulous  but  mis- 
informed radio  buyers,  but  he  is  rather 
the  man  who  understands  the  reason  for 
every  part  he  sells  and  is  able  to  render 
the  home  constructor  the  sort  of  service  he 
is  reasonably  entitled  to  expect.  If  more 
dealers  would  study  some  of  the  existing 
radio  circuits  and  determine  from  actual 
performance  just  which  is  suited  to  their 
particular  needs  and  then  have  samples 
made,  which  could  be  displayed  in  their 
stores  and  operated  if  need  be,  they  would 


SECOND 
AUDIO  STAGE 


Loud  Speaker 
Jack 


FIG.    I 


This  is  the  circuit  diagram  of  the  Universal  Receiver.    It  consists  of  one  stage  of  tuned  radio-frequency  amplification  utiliz  ing  the  Rice  method  of 
neutralization,  a  regenerative  detector,  and  two  low  ratio  stages  of  audio-frequency  amplification.    The  wiring  of  the  assembled  receiver  takes  the 
same  form  followed  in  this  diagram.     For  instance,  the  lower  terminal  of  the  radio  frequency  coupling  unit  is  the  lower  end  of  L4  in  the  diagram 


332 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


JANUARY,  1926 


OH  SUPPORTS 

Matenai     Bras^Bafcelne  or  wood , 
2  Required 


U.-V-H 


Hole 

T 

'jf 

,No  18  Hole 

* 

;rv1 

NEUTRALIZING  CONDENSER 

SUPPORT 
Material  Brass 
1  Required 

© 

ANTENNA  COIL  SUPPORT 

Material  -Brass  Strip  i}*1  l/" 

1  Required 


FIG.    2 

The  dimensions  and  other  specifications  for  the 
angles  and  other  hardware  used  to  assemble  the 
receiver  are  given  here.  In  the  case  of  the  bush- 
ings, bakelite  or  wood  will  do  as  a  substitute  for 
brass 


find  a  harvest  in  the  parts  business  far 
beyond  their  most  optimistic  expectations. 
In  fact,  those  dealers  who  are  following 
this  plan,  and  there  are  a  great  many  of 
them,  are  finding  the  parts  business  to  be 
anything  but  dead. 

Every   home  constructor  is   actually   a 


HOW   THE    SET    STARTED      .       .       . 

The  embryo  "Universal."    By  laying  out  the  parts  on  the  base-board,  it  was  possible  to  experiment 

with  changes  in  location  of  the  various  coil  and  condenser  units  to  observe  any  improvement  in 

results  obtained.     This  system  of  experimental  construction  is  to  be  highly  recommended 


t 

i 

-e- 

f 

No  18  Holes  foi  Mounting 

«... 

-f 

Bue  to  Supports 

V? 

rf> 

*r 

1 

-i  V 

•t 

4 

i  I 

Y 

t' 

j 

, 

,-     , 

M*un»l  k'wgod 

radio  salesman  in  his  neighborhood.  If 
his  receiver  works  well,  and  homemade 
receivers  usually  do,  the  builder  generally 
proclaims  from  the  housetops,  first  the 
wonders  of  his  outfit  and  then  the  wonders 
of  radio  in  general.  Many  of  his  auditors 
wouldn't  give  a  red  apple  to  duplicate  his 
accomplishment,  but  many  of  them  would 
like  to  be  able  to  hear  the  things  he  hears 
and  the  rapid  growth  of  the  radio  business 
to-day  may  well  be  credited  to  the  home 
constructor. 


FIG.    3 

The  baseboard  layout.     Especial  care  should  be  exercised  in 

cutting  out  the  section  to  be  removed  so  as  to  prevent  splitting 

the  wood.     The  use  of  this  type  of  baseboard  insures  easy 

assembly  and  wiring 


r 


No.  18  Hole' 


dU-No.18 
Hole 


space    m 


THE    PROBLEM 

ALL  of  the  foregoing  was 
brought  to  mind  by  a. 
moment's  consideration  of  the 
problem  at  hand  and  our  rea- 
sons for  dealing  with  the  sub- 
ject of  the  universal  receiver. 
First  of  all  it  was  necessary  for 
us  to  determine  on  a  particular 
circuit.  It  is  almost  impos- 
sible to  think  of  circuits  at  all 
without  thinking  of  all  the 
dynes  and  whosits  and  so  forth 
which  were  given  so  much  free 
the  newspapers  a  few  short 


tried  and  true  circuits,  so  the  matter  of 
selecting  the  proper  one  for  our  individual 
use,  is  not  such  a  difficult  job,  even  for 
the  uninitiated.  There  are  many  we  could 
attack  and  use  to  good  advantage,  but 
when  all  the  smoke  has  cleared  away 
and  the  shouting  is  all  over  and  we  get 
back  to  a  peace  time  basis,  there  is  but  one 
real  type  of  circuit  which  may  be  called 
universal  and  that  is  the  combination  of 
one  stage  of  tuned,  neutralized  radio  fre- 
quency amplification,  a  regenerative  de- 
tector and  some  kind  of  audio-frequency 
amplifier  which  will  produce  good  quality. 
To  explain  the  kind  of  a  circuit  we  are 
describing,  each  time  we  have  some  varia- 
tion of  this  circuit  to  contend  with  is  indeed 
embarrassing  and  the  name  "Universal" 
is  about  as  near  the  correct  characterization 
as  we  have  been  able  to  find. 


All  No.18  Holes 


months    ago.     Most    of   them    have   met 
a  natural  death.     There  remain  but  a  few 


---------------  10  ^  --------------  •*! 


FIG.     SA 

This  is  the  layout  for  the  binding  post  terminal 
strip.     Bakelite,   hard   rubber,    or   formica   f"s- 
inch  thick  is  satisfactory  for  use  here 


No.18 
Hole 


SUB-BASE  SUPPORTS 
Material:-  J$'x  \&  Strip  Brass. 

2  Required 
FIG.    4 

Two  brackets,  made  as  shown  here,  support  the 
baseboard  assembly.  Approximately  32  inches 
of  5  x  i*s-inch  strip  brass  are  required  to  make 
the  two  brackets 


See  F,g.3 


.Bracket 

terminal  strip'1 
SeeFig.4 

SeeFig.5A' 

FIG.    4A 

The  baseboard  is  mounted  on  the  brackets  and 
panel  in  the  manner  shown  above.  Two  brackets 
for  the  terminal  strip  are  required.  The  vertical 
part  is  1 1  inches  long  and  the  hole  for  the  strip 
is  located  i  of  an  inch  from  the  bottom 


1_ 


Hoie 


5V' 


^   Hole  J* 


Hole 


M»  Holes  - 
---  3" 


——3%  — 

-r-4 


•18- 


.JL 


FIG.    5 

The  panel  layout.     Only  center  holes  are  shown  so  as  to  enable  the  builder  to  use  parts  that  he  may 

have  on  hand  which  differ  in  make  from  those  recommended.     In  any  case,  before  these  center  holes 

are  drilled  it  is  well  to  spot  off  the  other  mounting  holes 


JANUARY,  1926 


RADIO  BROADCASTS  UNIVERSAL  RECEIVER 


333 


FIG.    7 

Here  Is  a  view  of  the  Universal  employing  the  new  ux  sockets.  With  this  arrangement  there  is  a  generous  spacing  of  the  parts  and  it  is  possible  to 
employ  any  of  the  ux  type  of  tubes  such  as  the  ux-igg,  ux-2Oi  A,  wx-12,  or  ux-i  12  tubes  in  these  sockets.  The  advantage  of  building  the  receiver 
with  these  sockets  is  apparent  as  there  is  not  the  necessity  for  using  adapters  when  other  voltage  tubes  are  to  be  employed.  Leads  are  short  and  direct. 

another  obvious  advantage 


DETECTOR  CIRCUIT 


8»90        B»45to67 
Volts 


FIG.    6 

This  is  a  picture  of  the  Universal  receiver  employing,  in  the  main, 
General  Radio  Company  parts.  Standard  uv  type  sockets  are  provided. 
This  allows  the  use  of  either  the  ux  or  uv2oi  A  type  of  tube  in  this  set. 
Note  the  position  of  the  neutralizing  condenser  between  the  first  two 
sockets  at  the  right.  The  grid  leak  and  Amperite  mountings  are  easily 
accessible  if  replacement  ever  becomes  necessary.  The  binding  post 
terminal  strip  serves  also  as  a  support  for  the  rear  of  the  wooden  sub- 
base 


FIG.    9 

Still  another  highly 
efficient  way  in  which 
to  control  regeneration 
by  a  variable  resist- 
ance.  It  is  necessary 
to  experiment  with  dif- 
ferent values  of  capac- 
ity shunted  across  the 
resistance  to  obtain 
smooth  control  of  re- 
generation. Such  re- 
sistance units  as  the 
Bradleyohm  No.  10, 
the  Centralab,  and  the 
Royalty  may  be  em- 
ployed successfully 


T       © 


FIG.    10 

With  the  use  of  the  cut-out  baseboard,  the  wiring  and  assembly  of  the 
parts  employed  in  the  construction  of  the  receiver  is  made  amazingly 
simple.  Unlike  a  bakelite  sub-base  it  is  possible  to  screw  down  on  to 
the  wood  the  sockets,  transformers,  and  other  material  without  previously 
drilling  it  to  admit  the  screws 


FIG.   8 

Several  systems  of  regeneration  which  may  be  incorporated  in  the  circuit  of 
the  Universal  receiver.  In  A,  the  resistance  R  shunts  the  tickler  coil  which 
is  closely  coupled  to  the  secondary.  This  system  is  employed  in  the  receiver 
described.  Regeneration  is  obtained  and  then  controlled  by  varying  the 
resistance.  In  B,  a  condenser  feedback  system  is  employed  which  will  func- 
tion remarkably  well  when  care  is  taken  to  include  in  the  circuit  a  suitable 
r.  f.  choke-coil.  In  C  is  shown  the  usual  tickler  feedback  system.  When 
General  Radio  coils  are  used  in  the  receiver  and  it  is  desired  to  employ 
tickler  feedback,  a  mechanical  arrangement  must  be  provided  so  that  the 
tickler  may  be  coupled  to  the  secondary  of  the  detector  coil  unit.  This 
puts  another  control  on  the  panel 


334 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


JANUARY,  1926 


A  circuit  which  would  perform 
satisfactorily  in  city  and  coun- 
try on  dry  cells  or  with  a  storage 
battery,  without  wasting  B  bat- 
teries, which  would  give  more 
than  ordinarily  good  quality  of 
reproduction  on  a  loud  speaker 
over  comparatively  long  dis- 
tances, which  was  easy  to  build 
and  easy  to  operate  after  it  was 
built,  and,  last,  but  not  least  a 
circuit  for  which  the  parts  could 
be  procured  in  any  town  of  any 
size  in  any  part  of  the  world;  that 
was  our  notion  of  what  the  "  Uni- 
versal" should  be.  We  believe  we  have 
found  it.  It  is  not  a  new  circuit,  by  any 
manner  of  means.  Fundamentally  it  was 
used  in  slightly  modified  forms  in  such  pop- 
ular receivers  as  the  Teledyne,  the  Browning 
Drake,  The  Roberts,  RADIO  BROADCAST'S 
Four-Tube,  Three-Tube,  and  Two-Tube 
Knockout  Receivers.  Hammarlund- 
Roberts,  RADIO  BROADCAST'S  Aristocrat, 
the  Samson  T.  C.  Receiver  and  the  Silver 
Knockout.  But  since  the  appearance  of 
most  of  these  receivers  in  RADIO  BROAD- 
CAST, improvements  have  been  made  in  the 
design  of  many  of  the  integral  parts  and 
this  improvement  is  particularly  evident  in 
the  matter  of  tubes. 

In  order  to  show  how  various  parts  may 
be  used  in  this  circuit  with  satisfaction, 
we  are  illustrating  with  this  article,  a 
receiver  employing  just  about  the  same 
circuit  and  sold  in  kit  form  by  the  Samson 
Company  of  Cambridge,  Massachusetts, 
and  another  built  to  our  desrgn  by  the 
American  Mechanical  Laboratories  of 
Brooklyn,  New  York.  Other  variations 
on  the  same  theme  may  be  seen  by  looking 
over  the  article  by  Allan  T.  Hanscom  in 
our  October,  1925,  number  and  the  descrip- 


FIG.    I  I 

A  panel  view  of  the  Universal.    Symmetrical  layout  has  been  one 
of  the  prime  considerations  in  the  construction  of  this  receiver. 


tion  of  RADIO  BROADCAST'S  "Aristocrat," 
by  the  present  writer,  in  our  November 
number.  We  are  very  anxious  to  have  the 
fact  understood  that  intelligent  substitu- 
tion of  parts  for  those  we  have  used  will 
not  detract  from  the  performance  of  the 
receiver.  It  is  impossible  for  us  to  list 
all  those  which  can  be  used,  but  we  wish 
to  show  no  favoritism  in  the  matter  of 
recommending  parts  for  the  RADIO  BROAD- 
CAST Universal  Receiver. 

So,  then,  as  an  example  of  what  may  be 
done,  let  us  first  consider  the  circuit  and 
then  the  components  of  a  single  manufac- 
turer which  may  be  used  to  advantage  in 
it.  From  a  study  of  Fig.  i  it  will  be  seen 
that  there  are  two  coil  assemblies,  one,  a 
primary  and  secondary  in  the  antenna 
circuit  (L,  and  L2;  the  latter  tuned  by  the 
variable  condenser  C,)  the  other,  a  tuned 
radio-frequency  transformer  of  the  auto 
transformer  type  and  a  tickler  coil,  which  is 
fixed  in  position  but  adjusted  electrically 
by  means  of  the  500-  to  jo.ooo-ohm 
resistance,  Rj  shunted  across  it.  These 
coils  are  indicated  in  the  diagram  by  L3  and 
L4.  By  properly  using  the  windings  already 
provided  on  the  General  Radio  Company's 


coils,  No.  2770,  both  these  coil 
units  are  instantly  provided.  No 
changes  whatever  need  be  made 
as  the  coils  are  of  solenoid  type 
with  two  windings  on  a  single 
form.  Two  such  forms  are  nec- 
essary. On  each  form  there  is  a 
small  and  a  large  winding.  The 
small  ones  are  used  for  L  and  L4 
while  the  large  ones  are  used  for 
L,  and  L3.  The  tap  indicated  on 
L3  is  easily  provided  by  picking 
up  a  turn  of  the  large  coil,  and 
scraping  clean .  1 1  is  merely  nec- 
essary to  solder  the  proper  wire 
to  it  to  carry  out  the  correct  circuit  ar- 
rangement. In  LI  this  tap  is  made  39 
turns  from  the  grid  end  and  the  tap  on  L-, 
is  made  in  the  exact  center  of  the  coil. 
These  coils  may  be  used  with  .00035  mW- 
variable  condensers  to  cover  the  broadcast 
frequency  range  and  the  results  obtained 
in  our  laboratory  tests  of  the  completed 
receiver  indicate  that  they  will  go  well  be- 
low the  lowest  and  well  above  the  highest 
frequencies  transmitted  by  the  broadcast- 
ing stations  now  on  the  air.  Let  us  now 
consider  the  remainder  of  the  parts  used 
for  storage  battery  operation  and  once  hav- 
ing done  that  we  will  study  the  few  changes 
necessary  for  using  the  same  circuit  ar- 
rangement with  dry  cell  tubes. 

PARTS    USED    IN    R.    B.    LAB    MODEL    OF    THE 
UNIVERSAL   RECEIVER 

THE  parts  employed  are:  i  Panel,  7x  18, 
i  Wood  sub-base  7  x  17^,  cut  as  shown 
in  Fig.  3  and  for  simplicity  of  mounting 
and  wiring  we  recommend  the  use  of  wood 
not  more  than  ^  inch  thick,  2  sub-base 
supports,  made  as  shown  in  Fig.  4,  from 
\  x  -jV  inch  brass  strip  (the  approximate 
length  of  this  strip  required  for  the  re- 


FIG.    12 

A  base  view  of  the  receiver.     Note  that  the  coil  units  are  in  line  with  and  at  right  angles 
to    each    other.     This   is    absolutely    necessary    for   obtaining    proper   neutralization 


JANUARY,  1926 


RADIO  BROADCAST'S  UNIVERSAL  RECEIVER 


335 


In  this  end  view  the  use  of  other  brackets  is 
Ehown.     The  builder  may  use  either  type  accord- 
ing to  his  own  desires 


ceiver  is  32  inches);  2  Detector  coil  sup- 
ports, as  illustrated  in  Fig.  2A;  i  Antenna 
coil  support,  as  shown  in  Fig.  28;  i  Neu- 
tralizing condenser  support,  as  shown  in 
Fig.  2C;  i  Royalty,  500-  to  5O,ooo-ohm 
variable  resistor;  i  each  Electrad,  .00025- 
.002-  and  .oooj-mfd.  fixed  condensers,  and 
the  following  General  Radio  parts:  2 
coils,  type  2yyD;  2  variable  condensers 
with  vernier  attachment,  .00035  mfd. 
capacity,  either  S.L.W.  or  S.L.C.,  type 
247?;  2  Dials  type  310;  i  neutralizing 
condenser,  type  368;  2  audio-frequency 
transformers,  2:1  ratio,  type  285!.;  4 
sockets,  type  156  for  use  with  tubes  having 
uv  base,  or  type  349  ux  sockets  for  tubes 
with  t'x  bases,  as  explained  further  along; 
i  binding  post  strip,  with  8  posts,  type 
I38Z;  2  rheostats,  10  ohms,  type  301; 
i  Yaxley  filament  switch  and  phone  jack 
and  one  Electrad  grid  leak  resistor,  2 
megohm;  and  the  large  \  to  i  mfd.  con- 
denser across  the  B  batteries  is  optional, 
but  advisable.  One  each  \  and  \  ampere 
Brach  or  Amperite  filament  ballasts  and 
mountings. 

BEFORE     BUILDING    THE    RECEIVER 

TO  BEGIN  with,  the  combination  which 
we  have  found  to  meet  nearly  every 
occasion,  except  where  the  storage  battery 
is  impossible  for  one  reason  or  another, 
is  the  circuit  in  which  201 -A  type  tubes 
are  used  in  all  sockets  except  the  output  of 
the  amplifier  and  here  we  have  found 
the  ux-ii2  very  satisfactory,  when  oper- 
ated with  135  volts  on  the  plate  and  a 
negative  bias  of  approximately  minus  9, 
as  shown  in  the  diagram,  Fig.  i  With 
this  arrangement,  using  the  proper  plate  and 
biasing  voltage  (B  and  C)  on  the  radio  fre- 
quency tube  as  indicated  in  the  same 
diagram  the  plate  current  consumption 
is  in  the  neighborhood  of  five  milliamperes 
and  should  not  be  above  seven.  The 
ux-ii2  will  increase  this  figure  somewhat. 
This  sum  is  very  low  for  a  receiver  of  this 
general  type  and  is  one  of  the  outstanding 
features  of  the  RADIO  BROADCAST  Univer- 
sal. If  your  receiver  is  to  be  located  more 
than  fifty  miles  from  a  broadcasting  station, 
you  may  find  that  one  low  and  one  high 
ratio  transformer  will  give  you  more 


volume  and  in  such  cases  it  is  advisable  to 
use  it.  It  should  not  be  more  than  6:1, 
however.  If  this  combination  of  trans- 
formers is  to  be  used,  be  suYe  the  high  ratio 
transformer  is  used  last  and  not  first  as  is 
common  practise.  The  reason  for  this 
change  is  well  covered  by  Mr.  Keith 
Henney,  Director  of  RADIO  BROADCAST'S 
Laboratory,  in  his  article,  Tubes:  Their 
Uses  and  Abuses,  in  our  last  number. 

The  matter  of  sockets  is  a  rather  im- 
portant one,  in  view  of  the  great  number 
of  tubes  already  on  the  market  and  those 
which  will  probably  follow.  We  have 
found  that  the  standard  socket  is  just 
about  as  satisfactory  at  the  present  time 
as  any,  because  the  standard  tubes  will 
fit  in  them  and  so  will  the  tubes  with  the 
new  ux  bases.  Where  either  the  WD-I  i 
or  the  uv-igg  types 
of  tube  are  to  be  used, 
they  may  be  placed  in 
the  standard  sockets 
by  means  of  adapters. 
So  much,  for  the 
receiver,  when  the 
tubes  to  be  used  are 
those  with  which  we 
have  become  quite 
familiar. 

Now  for  the  dry 
cell  operation.  We 
have  found  the  com- 
bination of  three  199 
and  one  120  tubes, 
or  their  equivalent,  to 

be  very  satisfactory  and,  if  you  contemplate 
the  building  of  this  receiver  without  using 
any  of  your  present  stock,  we  suggest  that 
you  use  the  new  type  of  socket  because  it 
may  be  used  with  any  of  the  new  tubes  and 
it  will  be  remembered  that  both  these 
tubes  are  soon  to  be  on  the  general  market 
with  the  new  ux  bases,  and  by  using  the  ux 
sockets,  it  will  be  possible  to  convert 
your  receiver  from  dry  battery  operation 
to  one  which  may  be  used  with  a  storage 
battery  by  going  to  no  greater  bother  than 
changing  the  tubes.  Many  of  the  inde- 
pendent tubes  have  been  found  to  be  very 
satisfactory  and  most  of  them  will  be  on 
the  market  within  a  short  time,  probably 


before  this  article  gets  into  circulation, 
with  the  new  type  bases.  In  order  that 
you  may  have  a  direct  comparison  of  the 
two  types,  we  illustrate  in  Figs.  6  and  7, 
just  how  they  will  look  when  completed. 
The  proper  use  of  any  type  of  tube  in 
any  receiver  is  one  of  the  greatest  factors  in 
determining  its  performance  and  we  can 
not  urge  too  strongly  the  careful  reading 
and  then  putting  into  application  the  in- 
struction sheets  which  accompany  the  tubes 
now  on  the  market. 

BUILDING  THE    RECEIVER 

AFTER    procuring    all    the    necessary 
parts  and  properly  bending  and  drill- 
ing all  the  brass  fittings  and  the  wood  sub- 
base,  the  drilling  of  the  panel  can  be  under- 
taken  and    the  layout    shown   in    Fig.    5 


FIG.    14 

This  view  of  the  rear  of  the  Universal  gives  a  pretty  good  idea  of  the 
disposition  of  the  various  parts.     In  this  particular  receiver,  larger  tun- 
ing condensers  have  replaced  the  .00035  mfd.  variables.    However,  for 
the  broadcast  range  the  .00035*5  are  entirely  satisfactory 


will  be  found  helpful  in  this  connection. 
Next,  all  the  parts  which  are  to  be  directly 
attached  to  the  panel  should  be  put  in 
place  as  should  those  which  are  to  be 
attached  to  the  sub-base.  From  this  point 
on,  the  work  of  assembly  is  a  very  simple 
matter  and  it  is  but  necessary  to  fasten 
the  sub-base  and  the  panel  together  by 
means  of  the  brass  supports  and  attach 
the  binding  post  strip,  which  acts  as  the 
rear  support  for  the  receiver  and  then  go 
ahead  with  the  wiring.  The  dimensions 
of  the  entire  assembly  are  such  that  the 
completed  receiver  will  fit  into  a  standard 
7  x  i8-inch  cabinet  and  the  use  of  a  cable 
lead  to  the  batteries  is  handy  and  is 


FIG.    I  5 

So  much  equipment  in  such  small  space  is,  in  itself,  an  accomplishment.  This  layout  of  the  Samson 
TC  Receiver  is  a  little  difficult  to  approximate  but  when  you  have  it  finished  it's  a  real  receiver. 
The  tests  run  on  it  in  our  laboratory  revealed  it  as  one  of  the  best  receivers  we  have  ever  used.  It 
is  compact,  easy  to  handle,  economical  to  use  and  the  tone  quality  is  far  above  the  average.  On 
the  second  stage  audio  it  performs  very  well  with  a  cone  speaker  which  is  saying  much  for  a 

transformer-coupled  audio  receiver 


336 


Hard  Rubber 
or  Bakelite 


To  keep  radio  frequency  currents  where  they  are 
useful,  a  choke  coil  is  shown  in  use  in  Fig.  8B. 
Such  a  coil  is  illustrated  above  and  may  consist 
of  No.  30  wire  wound  100  turns  to  the  slot. 
With  such  a  coil  the  feed-back  condenser  may 
be  a  small  "  midget "  condenser 

recommended.  Furthermore,  the  dimen- 
sions on  the  sub-base  are  large  enough  to 
allow  the  use  of  any  sockets  or  transformers 
now  on  the  market,  without  making 
necessary  any  changes  in  design. 

Perhaps  there  are  those  who  would  like 
to  improve  on  the  general  design  of  this 
receiver  in  one  way  or  another  and  the 
point  which  might  well  be  expected  to  be 
attacked  is  the  control  of  regeneration  by 
the  resistance  across  the  tickler.  Some  of 
the  attempts  at  this  which  were  made  in 
our  laboratory,  during  the  development 
of  this  receiver  are  indicated  in  Fig.  8,  but 
for  a  number  of  reasons  we  have  found  the 
system  finally  employed  here  to  be  most 
practicable  with  the  type  of  coils  employed. 
Since  the  inductive  relation  of  the  tickler 
to  the  secondary  of  the  radio-frequency 
transformer,  that  is  coil  L4  to  coil  L3,  is 
always  the  same  there  is  no  change  in  wave- 
length or  detuning  in  the  radio  frequency 
circuit,  which  is  sometimes  noticeable  to  a 
marked  degree  in  receivers  where  a  tickler 
of  the  rotary  type  is  employed.  Then, 
too,  the  number  of  moving  wires  and  the 
breaking  of  connections  they  sometimes 
cause  has  been  eliminated  and  with  the 
proper  detector  plate  voltage  and  the  proper 


RADIO  BROADCAST 

variable  resistance,  the  control  of  regenera- 
tion is  remarkably  smooth,  which  is  a 
distinct  advantage. 

CONDENSER    FEED    BACK 

A  VARIATION  of  the  resistance  control  is 
•*>•  the  condenser  feedback,  probably  due 
to  Weagant  and  used  commonly  in  the 
Reinartz  circuit.  A  fixed  coil  is  placed  near 
the  detector  secondary  and  coupling  to  the 
plate  is  effected  by  means  of  a  series  con- 
denser. The  condenser  and  coil  is  then  a 
shunt  path  for  the  radio  frequency  currents, 
and  a  choke  coil  may  be  necessary  to  keep 
these  currents  from  escaping  through  the 
phones  or  amplifier  primary.  The  circuit 
is  shown  in  Fig.  8B  and  a  drawing  of  a  choke 
in  Fig.  1 6.  There  should  be  no  condenser 
across  the  output  in  this  arrangement.  This 
method  of  adding  regeneration  is  partic- 
ularly smooth  in  operation,  and  it  avoids 
the  movable  tickler  with  its  varying  field. 
And  now  there  is  little  to  do  but  the 
soldering  and  wiring.  Wherever  possible, 
the  home  constructor  should  fit  himself 
out  with  a  good  soldering  outfit,  and  a  set 
of  those  small  wrenches  which  comes  in  so 
handy  in  getting  the  nuts  on  and  off  trans- 
formers, tube  sockets  and  such  places. 
He  should  have  a  good  supply  of  bus  bar 
and  spaghetti  or  flexible  rubber-covered 
wire  and  a  goodly  supply  of  small  sized 
lugs  which  may  be  directly  fastened  to  the 
various  units  which  go  to  make  up  the  cir- 
cuit and  to  which  the  soldering  is  actually 
done,  rather  than  to  the  units  themselves. 
By  using  this  method  of  construction,  it 
is  possible  at  any  later  time  to  remove 
the  holding  nuts  and  off  comes  the  wire 
with  no  fuss  whatever.  Then  it  should 
also  be  remembered  that  a  good  small 
screw  driver  is  valuable  in  placing  the 
soldering  lugs  under  the  heads  of  the  screws 
in  those  units  provided  with  screws  instead 


FIG.    17 

A  typical  example  of  the  Universal  circuit  worked  into  the  small  dimensions  of  RADIO  BROADCAST'S 

Phonograph  Receiver.  A  Hanscom  single-control  unit  with  model  2  RK  Clarotuner  coils  provides  the 

tuning  system,  and  the  sub  panel  with  special  sockets  was  supplied  by  Osborne  &  Company  of 

Boston  to  our  dimensions.     Note  the  freedom  from  visible  wiring 


JANUARY,  1926 

of  binding  posts,  and  there  are  a  great 
many  of  them  on  the  market.  That's 
about  all  there  is  to  the  building,  and  now 
we  come  to  the  point  of  putting  our  prize 
on  the  air. 


OPERATING    THE    UNIVERSAL 

THE  antenna  used  with  RADIO  BROAD- 
CAST'S Universal  Receiver  should  be 
about  1 50  feet  long,  from  the  receiver  itself 
to  the  outside  insulator,  including  the 
length  of  the  lead-in  wire.  With  such  an 
antenna,  if  you  are  located  within  25  miles 
of  a  powerful  broadcasting  station  you  may 
find  that  the  receiver  is  not  selective  enough 
to  permit  you  to  cut  out  the  local  station 
and  bring  in  distant  stations  on  frequencies 
near  that  of  the  local.  This  objection 
may  be  overcome  by  inserting  a  .oooi-mfd. 
fixed  condenser  in  series  with  the  antenna 
or  by  reducing  the  length  of  the  antenna  a 
little.  The  former  method  is  easier  and 
usually  more  effective. 

It  will  be  found  that  the  two  dials  will 
run  just  about  even  over  the  entire  scale, 
if  they  are  properly  set  when  they  are 
attached  to  the  shafts.  If  the  wiring  is 
correct  the  receiver  should  respond  as  soon 
as  it  is  put  on  the  air,  if  there  is  any  broad- 
casting going  on.  The  only  adjustment 
other  than  that  which  usually  characterizes 
tuning  is  the  setting  of  the  neutralizing 
condenser  and  that  is  a  simple  matter, 
which  once  taken  care  of  need  cause  no 
further  worry.  In  order  to  set  the  neutral- 
izing condenser  properly,  some  broad- 
caster whose  frequency  is  about  1000  kc. 
(300  meters)  and  whose  volume  is  not  very 
great  should  be  tuned-in  with  the  detector 
oscillating.  The  detector  condenser  should 
be  tuned  until  the  whistle  from  the  station 
is  quite  loud.  Then  the  first,  or  antenna, 
condenser,  should  be  tuned.  It  will  be 
noted  that  the  whistle  will  change  in  pitch 
as  this  condenser  is  varied.  When  the 
set  is  exactly  neutralized,  this  whistle 
will  not  change,  and  the  problem  is  to 
adjust  the  neutralizing  condenser  until 
such  a  state  of  affairs  exists.  The  neutral- 
izing condenser  should  be  varied  a  little 
at  a  time,  each  time  noting  the  change  in 
pitch  of  the  whistle.  On  one  side  of  the 
neutralization  point,  the  pitch  will  rise  in 
frequency;  when  the  neutralizing  point 
has  been  passed,  the  pitch  will  lower  in 
frequency.  By  listening  for  these  changes 
in  pitch,  the  listener  can  tell  on  which  side 
of  the  actual  balance  point  he  is. 

The  usual  method  of  turning  out  the 
first  tube  and  adjusting  the  neutralizing 
condenser  until  no  sound  is  heard  is  not 
satisfactory.  The  grid-plate  capacity  of 
tubes  differs  by  a  large  factor  in  the  two 
conditions  of  tube  unlighted  and  tube 
lighted.  In  other  words,  the  tube  wiH 
not  be  neutralized  when  it  is  lit  if  it  is 
balanced  with  the  filament  turned  out. 
It  should  be  neutralized  under  actual  oper- 
ating conditions. 

A  more  practical  all-round  receiver  than 
RADIO  BROADCAST'S  Universal  will  be  hard 
to  find. 


JANUARY,  1926 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


337 


MILES 
FROM  TO— > 


Atlanta,  Ga  ........... 

Baltimore,  Md  ........ 

Birmingham,  Ala  ...... 

Buffalo,  N.  Y  ......... 

Calgary,  Alta  .......... 

Dallas,  Tex  ........... 

Davenport.  la  ......... 

Denver,  Colo  .......... 

Des  Moines,  la  ........ 

Elgin.  Ill  ............. 

Galveston,  Tex  ........ 

Hastings,  Neb  ......... 

Havana,  Cuba  ........ 

Houston,  Tex  ......... 

Indianapolis,  Ind  ...... 

Iowa  City,  la  ......... 

Joliet,  111 


Kansas  City,  Mo 
Lancaster,  Pa  . 


Lansing,  Mich 

Lincoln,  Neb 

Los  Angeles,  Cal 

Louisville,  Ky 

Madison,  Wise 

Memphis,  Tenn 

Mexico  City,  Mex 

Miami,  Fla 

Milwaukee,  Wise 

Minneapolis,  Minn  .... 

Montreal,  P.  Q 

Oakland,  Cal 

Ottawa,  Ont 

Providence,  R.  I 

Rochester,  N.  Y 

Salt  Lake  City,  Utah. .  . 

San  Francisco,  Cal 

Schenectady,  N.  Y 

Scranton,  Pa 

Seattle,  Wash 

Shenandoah,  la 

Springfield,  Mass 

Tampa,  Fla 

Toronto,  Ont 

Valparaiso,  Ind 

Vancouver,  B.  C 

Washington,  D.  C 

Winnipeg,  Man 

Worcester,  Mass 

Zion,  111 


930 

350 
1050 

400 
20HO 
1515 

990 
1750 
1135 

870 
1585 
1400 
1500 
1575 

790 
1045 

870 
1225 

310 

680 
1320 
2560 

815 

925 
1120 
2300 
1280 

840 
1110 

260 
2650 

315 
40 

340 
2070 
2650 

145 

240 

2500 

1240 

80 

1160 

440 

815 
2500 

390 

1350 

40 

850 


590 
600 
580 
450 

1370 
800 
160 
900 
300 
35 
945 
560 

1315 
925 
160 
200 
35 
400 
600 
170 
465 

1730 
270 
120 
480 

1675 

1180 

80 

360 

740 

1820 
640 
825 
500 

1245 

1820 
700 
615 

1710 
400 
760 

1060 

425 

45 

1760 

590 

710 

800 

45 


375 
420 
415 
395 

1620 
795 
360 

1080 
500 
280 
880 
740 

1100 
875 
100 
405 
250 
545 
430 
240 
650 

1875 

90 

370 

410 

1600 
950 
320 
590 
700 

2000 
620 
700 
450 

1440 

2020 
600 
490 

1950 
590 
645 
775 
400 
200 

2000 
400 
970 
700 
285 


J_ 

550 
315 
615 
175 

1645 

1000 
455 

1200 
605 
335 

1100 
865 

1250 

1085 
255 
505 
330 
690 
295 
170 
775 

2020 
300 
405 
620 

1800 

1085 
335 
620 
490 

2115 
410 
525 
240 

1550 

2140 
400 
315 

2000 
700 
460 
925 
190 
270 

2040 
300 
940 
500 
320 


595 
405 
640 
215 

1555 
990 
390 

1140 
540 
260 

1090 
795 

1325 

1080 
230 
435 
260 
640 
390 
85 
700 

1950 
310 
325 
615 

2120 

1150 
255 
545 
515 

2030 
425 
585 
280 

1475 

2065 
460 
390 

1920 
635 
525 
985 
200 
210 

1950 
390 
850 
570 
240 


745 

170 

855 

295 

2000 

1350 

860 

1600 

1010 

740 

1400 

1265 

1300 

1400 

630 

900 

730 

1080 

130 

550 

1175 

2420 

645 

800 

950 

2115 

1100 

725 

1005 

335 

2500 

335 

150 

250 

1950 

2540 

150 

100 

2400 

1110 

120 

1000 

350 

670 

2400 

200 

1295 

155 

720 


IE 


660 

85 

775 

280 

1200 

1280 

800 

1550 

965 

690 

1315 

1215 

1270 

1310 

575 

860 

680 

1025 

65 

520 

1120 

2360 

570 

760 

870 

2035 

1025 

690 

980 

400 

2490 

380 

235 

260 

1900 

2500 

210 

105 

2385 

1050 

200 

930 

340 

625 

2385 

125 

1275 

235 

675 


il 

0.  03 

520 
200 
610 
180 

1755 

1060 
560 

1310 
710 
440 

1125 
965 

1215 

1120 
325 
600 
430 
775 
200 
280 
875 

2110 
345 
520 
655 

1860 

1010 
450 
750 
470 

2240 
410 
450 
225 

1650 

2240 
350 
230 

2115 
800 
395 
870 
225 
370 

2150 
190 

1050 
435 
420 


470 
730 
400 
655 

1950 
540 
200 
775 
265 
255 
690 
445 

1165 
660 
230 
210 
225 
230 
750 
400 
365 

1565 
245 
300 
240 

1420 

1050 
325 
465 
970 

1705 
875 

1000 
720 

1145 

1715 
900 
790 

1695 
310 
960 
855 
640 
255 


705 
845 
985 
290 


Sixteen 


RADIO  BROADCASTS 

Booklet  of 


and 

Canadian 

Broadcasters 


December  15,  1925 


CALL 

SIGNAL 

WSAI 

WSAJ 

WSAN 

WSAR 

WSAU 

WSAV 

WSAX 

WSAZ 

WSB 

WSBC 

WSBF 

WSBT 

WSDA 

WSKC 

WSM 

WSMB 

WSMH 

WSMK 

WSOE 

WSRF 

WSRO 

WSUI 

WSY 

WTAB 

WTAC 

WTAD 

WTAF 

WTAG 

WTAL 

WTAM 

WTAP 

WTAQ 

WTAR 

WTAS 

WTAT 

WTAW 

WTAX 

WTAY 

WTAZ 

WTG 

WTHS 

WTIC 

WWAD 

WWAE 

WWAO 

WWGL 

WWI 

WWJ 

WWL 


LOCATION 


WAVE- 
FREQUENCY   LENGTH    POWER 
IN  KCYS.   IN  METERS  IN  WATTS 


Mason,  Ohio 

Grove  City,  Pa 

Allentown,  Pa 

Fail  River,  Mass 

Chesham,  N.  H 

Houston,  Tex 

Chicago,  111 

Pomeroy,  Ohio 

Atlanta,  Ga 

Chicago,  111 

St.  Louis,  Mo 

South  Bend.  Ind 

New  York,  N.  Y.    (Shortly  to  re-open) 

Bay  City,  Mich 

Nashville,  Tenn 

New  Orleans,  La 

Owosso,  Mich 

Dayton,  Ohio 

Milwaukee,  Wis 

Broadlands,  111 

Hamilton,  Ohio 

Iowa  City,  la 

Auburn,  Ala 

Fall  River,  Mass 

Johnstown,  Pa 

Carthage,  111 

New  Orleans,  La 

Worcester,  Mass 

Toledo,  Ohio 

Cleveland,  Ohio 

Cambridge,  111 

Osseo.  Wis 

Norfolk,  Va 

Elgin,  111 

Boston,  Mass,  (portable) 

College  Station,  Tex 

Streator,  111 

Oak  Park,  111 

Lambertville,  N.  J 

Manhattan,  Kan 

Flint,  Mich 

Hartford,  Conn 

Philadelphia,  Pa 

Plainfield,  111 

Houghton,  Mich 

Richmond  Hill,  N.  Y 

Dearborn,  Mich 

Detroit,  Mich 

New  Orleans,  La 


920  325.9  5000 

1310  229  250 

1310  229  100 

1180  254  100 

Ceased  activities  October,  1925 

1210  248  100 
Ceased  activities  June,  1925 

1230  244  50 

700  428.3  1000 

1430  209.7  500 

1100  273  250 

1090  275  250 

1140  263  250 

1150  261  100 

1060  282.8  1000 

940  319  500 

1250  240  10 

1090  275  500 

1220  246  500 

1290  233  10 

1190  252  100 

620  483.6  500 

1200  250  500 

1130  266  10 

1120  268  100 

1270  236  50 

Call  signal  changed  to  WOWL 

1120  268  500 

1190  252  10 

770  389.4  2500 

1240  242  50 

1180  254  100 

1150  261  100 

Call  signal  changed   to  WLIB 

1230  244  100 

1110  270  250 

1300  231  50 
Call  signal  changed  to  WGES 

1150  261  15 

1100  273  50 

Ceased  activities  October,  1925 


860 
1200 
1240 
1140 
1410 
1130 

850 
1090 


348.6 

250 

242 

263 

212.6 

266 

352.7 

275 


500 
100 
500 
250 
500 
500 
1000 
100 


To  make  these  pages  into  a  booklet,  cut  through  the  center,  horizontally  along  the 
rule,  and  along  the  outside  of  the  page.  It  will  then  be  easy  to  fit  the  pages  in  or- 
der, as  numbered.  They  may  be  bound  with  a  pin  or  sewed  with  several  stitches. 

Fourteen 


CALL 

SIGNAL 

KFJB 

KFJC 

KFJF 

KFJI 

KFJM 

KFJR 

KFJX 

KFJY 

KFJZ 

KFKA 

KFKB 

KFKQ 

KFKU 

KFKX 

K.FKZ 

KFLB 

KFLP 

KFLR 

KFLU 

KFLV 

KFLX 

KFLZ 

KFMB 

KFMQ 

KFMR 

KFMT 

KFMW 

KFMX 

KFNF 

KFNG 

KFNJ 

KFNL 

KFNV 

KFNY 

KFOA 

KFOB 

KFOC 

KFOJ 

KFON 

KFOO 

KFOR 

KFOT 

KFOX 

KFOY 

KFPG 

KFPL 

KFPM 

KFPR 

KFPV 

KFPW 

KFPY 

KFQA 

KFQB 


LOCATION 


FREQUENCY 


WAVE- 
LENGTH 


POWER 


Marshalltown,  la. 
Junction  City,  Kans. 
Oklahoma,  Okla. .      . 
Astoria,  Ore.  . 
Grand  Forks,  N.  Dak 
Portland,  Ore.      .      . 
Cedar  Falls,  la.    .      . 
Fort  Dodge,  la.    . 
Fort  Worth,  Tex. 
Greeley,  Colo. 
Milford,  Kans.     . 
Conway,  Ark. 
Lawrence,  Kans. 
Hastings,  Neb.     . 
Kirksville,  Mo.     . 
Menominee,  Mich.     . 
Cedar  Rapids,  la. 
Albuquerque,  N.  Mex. 
San  Benito,  Tex. 
Rockford,  111.        .      . 
Galveston,  Tex.    . 
Atlantic,  la.    . 
Little  Rock,  Ark. 
Fayetteyille,  Ark 
Sioux  City,  la. 
Minneapolis,  Minn.  . 
Houghton,  Mich. 
Northfield,  Minn. 
Shenandoah,  la.  . 
Coldwater,  Miss. 
Warrensburg,  Mo.     . 
Paso  Robles,  Cal.     • . 
Santa  Rosa,  Cal. 
Helena,  Mont. 
Seattle,  Wash.      .      . 
Burlingame,  Cal. 
Whittier,  Cal.       .      . 
Moberly,  Mo. 
Long  Beach,  Cal. 
Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 
David  City,  Neb. 
Wichita,  Kans.     .      . 
Omaha,  Neb. 
St.  Paul,  Minn.    .      . 
Los  Angeles,  Calif.     . 
Dublin,  Texas      .      . 
Greenville,  Tex.    .      . 
Los  Angeles,  Cal. 
San  Francisco,  Cal.    . 
Carterville,  Mo.    . 
Spokane,  Wash.   . 
St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Fort  Worth,  Texas    . 


IN  KCYS.       IN  METERS  IN  WATTS 

1210  248  10 

1370  218.8  10 

1150  261  225 

1220  246  10 

1080  278  100 

1200  250  10 

1160  258  50 

1220  246  50 

1180  254  50 

1100  273  50 

Ceased  Activities  June,  1925 
1200  250  100 

1090  275  500 

1040  288.3  20CO 

1330  226  5 

Ceased  activities  June,  1925 
1170  256  20 

1180  254  200 

1270  236  10 

1310  229  100 

1250  240  10 

1 100  273  100 

Changes  pending 
1000  299.8  500 

1150  261  100 

Can  signal  changed  to  WHAT 
1140  263  50 

890  336.9  750 

1130  266  500 

1180  254  10 

Ceased  activities  June,  1925 
Ceased  activities  June,  1925  - 
1310  229  50 

Ceased  activities  June,  1925 


660  454.3 

1330  226 
Changes  pending 

1240  242 

1290  233 

1270  236 

1330  226 

1300  •          231 

1210  248 

1190  252 

1260  238 

1190  252 

1240  242 

1300  231 
Changes  pending 

1160  258 

1130  266 

1150  261 

1140  263 


500 


10 
100 
250 
100 

50 
100 

50 
500 

15 

10 
500 

20 
100 
100 
150 


Three 


338 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


JANUARY,  1926 


CALL 
SIGNAL 

KDKA 
KDLR 
KDPM 
KDYL 
KDZB 
KFAB 
KFAD 
KFAE 
KFAF 
KFAJ 
KFAN 
KFAU 
KFAW 
KFBB 
KFBC 
KFBG 
KFBK 
KFBL 
KFBS 
KFBU 
KFCB 
KFCC 
KFCF 
KFCY 
KFCZ 
KFDD 
KFDH 
KFDJ 
KFDM 
KFDX 
KFDY 
KFDZ 
KFEC 
KFEL 
KFEQ 
KFER 
KFEY 
KFFP 
KFFV 
KFFY 
KFGC 
KFGD 
KFGH 
KFGQ 
KFGX 
KFHA 
KFHL 
KFI 
KFIF 
KFIO 
KFIQ 
KFIU 
KFIZ 

LOCATION 

East  Pittsburgh,  Pa.       ... 
Devils  Lake,  N.  Dak. 

WAVE-           POWER 
FREQUENCY      LENGTH      IN  WATTS 
IN  KCYS.        IN  METERS 

970             309.1          10,000 
1300             231                      5 
1200             250                  500 
1220             246                    50 
1430             209.7               100 
800             340                  500 
1100             273                  100 
860             348.6               500 
1380             217.3                 50 
1150             261                  100 
Ceased  Activities  October,  1925 
1060             282.8               750 
1400             214,2  .              10 
1090             275                    50 
1340             224                    10 
1200             250                    50 
1210             248                  100 
1340             224                    50 
1260             238                    15 
1110             270                 500 
1260             238                  100 
1210             248                    10 
1170             256                  100 
Call  signal  changed  to  KWUC 
1160             258                    50 
1080             278                    50 
1160             258                    50 
1060             282.8               750 
950             315.6              500 
1200             250                  100 
1100             273                  100 
1300             231                    10 
1210             248                    50 
1180             254                    50 
1120             268                  500 
Changes  pending 
1290             233                    10 
1240             242                    50 
1200             250                  100 
1090             275                    50 
1120             268                  100 
Call  signal  changed  to  KOCW 
1110             270                  500 
1330             226                    10 
1200             250                  500 
1190             252                    50 
1250             240                    10 
640             468.5             3000 
1210             248                  100 
1130             266                  100 
1170             256                  100 
1330             226                    10 
1100             273                  100 

CALL 
SIGNAL 

CFAC 
CFCA 
CFCF 
CFCH 
CFCK 
CFCN 
CFCQ 
CFCU 
CFCT 
CFCY 
CFKC 
CFQC 
CFRC 
CFXC 
CFYC 
CHCS 
CHIC 
CHNC 
CHSC 
CHUC 
CHXC 
CHYC 
CJCA 
CJCD 
CJGC 
CJKC 
CJSC 
CJWC 
CKAC 
CKCD 
CKCK 
CKCL 
CKCO 
CKCW 
CKFC 
CKOC 
CKY 
CNRA 
CNRC 
CNRE 
CNRM 

CNRO 
CNRR 
CNRS 
CNRT 
CNRV 
CNRW 

Canadian  Broadcasting  Stations 

WAVE- 
LOCATION                                     FREQUENCY       LENGTH          POWER 
IN  KCYS.      IN  METERS  IN  WATTS 

Calgary,  Alta  6EO            434.5             500 

Salt  Lake  City,  Utah      .      .      . 
Bakersfield,  Cal  

Toronto,  Ont  
Montreal,  P.  Q  
Iroquois  Falls,  Ont  
Edmonton,  Alta  
Calgary,  Alta  
Vancouver,  B.  C.  (Not  Active)     . 
Hamilton,  Ont  
Victoria,  B.  C  

840             356.9             500 
730              410.7            1650 
600             499.7             250 
580             516.9             100 
690             434.5             750 
730             410.7                 5 
880             340.7             500 
910            329.5             500 
960             312.3               50 
1210             247  8               75 

Pullman   Wash 

Boulder,  Colo 

Havre,  Mont  

San  Diego,  Cal  

Tacoma,  Wash  
Sacramento,  Cal  

910             329.5             500 
1120             267.7             500 
1030             291  .  1               20 
730             410.7             500 
880             340  7               10 
840            356.9             500 
840            356.9             500 
840            356.9            250 
910            329.5               50 
690             434.5             250 
730            410.7             850 
580             516.9             500 
840             356.9               50 
910            329.5               50 
730            410.7             500 
840            356.9             500 
910            329.5             250 
730             410.7           1200 
730             410.7           1000 
630             475.9            500 
840            356.9             500 
690            434.5             100 
910             329.5           5000 
730             410.7               50 
880            340  .  7               50 
780             384  .  4             500 
960             312.3             500 
Uses  stations  CFAC  or  CFCN 

New  Westminster,  B.  C.    .      .      . 
Burnaby,  B.  C  

Trinidad,  Colo  

Laramie,  Wyo  
Phoenix,  Ariz  
Helena,  Mont  

Hamilton,  Ont.  (Not  Active)  . 
Toronto,  Ont  
Toronto,  Ont  
Unity,  Sask  

Walla  Walla   Wash 

Le  Mars,  la  

Ottawa,  Ont.      .      . 
Montreal,  P.  Q  

Tucson,  Ariz  

Toronto,  Ont  

Beaumont,  Tex  
Shreveport,  La  
Brookings,  S.  Dak  

Burnaby,  B.  C  

Minneapolis,  Minn  

Portland   Ore 

Montreal,  P.  Q  
Vancouver,  B.  C  

Oak,  Neb  

Fort  Dodge,  la  

Ottawa,  Ont  
Durham  Co.,  Ont.  (Not  Active)    . 

Lamoni,  la  

Alexandria,  La  

H          "It            Ont 

Baton  Rouge,  La  

„,.         .           '  ,,          

Chickasha,  Okla  

Stanford  University,  Cal.     . 
Boone,  la  

Orange,  Texas      

Uses  station  CHYC,  CKAC 
or  CFCF 

690             434.5             500 
Uses  station    .     .     .     CKCK 
Uses  station    .     .     .     CFQC 
Uses  station    .     .     .      CFCA 
1030            291.1             500 
Uses  station     .     .     .       CKY 

Oskaloosa,  la  

Los  Angeles,  Cal  

Portland,  Ore  

Spokane,  Wash  

Vancouver,  B.  C  

Juneau,  Alaska     

Fijtos* 

Two 

CALL 
SIGNAL 

KFQC 
KFQH 
KFQP 
KFQR 
KFQT 
KFQU 
KFQW 
KFQY 
KFQZ 
KFRB 
KFRC 
KFRH 
KFRL 
KFRM 
KFRQ 
KFRU 
KFRU 
KFRW 
KFRX 
KFRY 
KFRZ 
KFSG 
KFSY 
KFU 
KFUJ 
KFUL 
KFUM 
KFUO 
KFUP 
KFUR 
KFUS 
KFUT 
KFUU 
KFUV 
KFUY 
KFUZ 
KFVC 
KFVD 
KFVE 
KFVF 
KFVG 
KFVH 
KFVI 
KFVJ 
KFVK 
KFVL 
KFVN 
KFVO 
KFVR 
KFVS 
KFVU 
KFVW 
KFVX 

LOCATION 

Taft  Cal 

WAVE- 
FREQUENCY      LENGTH         POWER 
IN  KCYS.        IN  METERS   IN  WATTS 
1300                  231                          100 

Call  signal  changed  to  KFOB 
1340             224                    10 
Changes  pending 
1190             252                    20 
1380             217.3                100 
1390             215.7                 50 
Ceased  activities  August,  1925 
1330             226                    50 
1210             248                  250 
1120             268                    50 
Changes  pending 
Ceased  activities  October,  1925 
1240             242                    50 
Ceased  activities  June,  1925 
Ceased  activities  October,  1925 
600               499  .  7               500 
1370             218.8                 50 
1380             217.3                 10 
1130             266                    50 
1350             222                    15 
1090             275                  500 
Ceased  activities  October,  1925 

CALL 
SIGNAL 

WOAX 

woe 

WOCG 
WOCL 
WODA 
WOI 
WOK 
WOKO 
WOO 
WOQ 
WOR 
WORD 
WOS 
WOWL 
WOWO 
WPAK 
WPAZ 
WPCC 
WPDQ 
WPG 
WPRC 
WPSC 
WQAA 
WQAC 
WQAE 
WQAM 
WQAN 
WQAO 
WQAS 
WQJ 
WRAA 
WRAF 
WRAK 
WRAM 
WRAV 
WRAW 
WRAX 
WRBC 
WRC 
WREO 
WRHF 
WRHM 
WRK 
WRM 
WRMU 
WRNY 
WRR 
WRST 
WRVA 
WRW 
WSAC 
WSAD 
WSAG 

LOCATION 

Trenton   N   J 

WAVE- 
FREQUENCY       LENGTH          POWER 
IN  KCYS.       IN  METERS  IN  WATTS 

1250             240                  500 
620             483.6             5000 
1460             205.4                 10 
1090             275                    15 
1340             224                  250 
1110             270                  750 
1380             217.3               500 
1287             233                    50 
590             508.2               500 
1080             278                1000 
740             405.2               500 
1090             275                5000 
680             440.9               500 
1110             270                  100 
1320             227                 500 
1090             275                    50 
Changes  pending 
1160             258                   500 
1460             205.4               500 
1000             299.8               500 
1390             215.7               100 
1150             261                  500 
1360             220                  500 
1280             234                  100 
1220             246                    50 
1120             268                  100 
1200             250                  100 
833             360                  100 
Changes  pending 
670             447.5               500 
Changes  pending 
1340             224                  100 
1170             256                  100 
1230             244                  100 
1140             263                  100 
1260             238                    10 
1120             268                  250 
1080             278                  500 
639             469                1000 
1050             285.5               500 
1170             256                    50 
1190             252                    50 
1110             270                  200 
1100             273                  500 
1270             236                  100 
1160             258                  500 
1150             261                  350 
1390             215.7               250 
1170             256                1000 
1110             273                  500 
Ceased  activities  October,  1925 
Ceased  activities  June,  1925 
Ceased  activities  August,  1925 

Oklahoma  Okla 

Paterson   N    J 

Holy  City,  Cal 

North  Bend   Wash. 

Homewood,  111.     . 
New  York  N  Y 

Belden   Neb 

Hollywood  Cal 

Philadelphia,  Pa  

Beeville  Tex 

Newark,  N.  J  
Batavia,  111  

Grafton,  N.  Dak  
Grand  Forks,  N.  Dak.    .      .      . 
Fort  Sill  Okla 

Jefferson  City,  Mo  
New  Orleans,  La  
Fort  Wayne,  Ind  
Agricultural  College,  N.  Dak.    . 
Charlestown,  W.  Va  
Chicago,  111.         
Buffalo,  NY  

Portland  Ore 

Bristow   Okla 

Pullman,  Wash  

State  College,  N.  Mex.    .      .      . 

Atlantic  City,  N.  J  

State  College   Pa 

Helena,  Mont  

Amarilla,  Tex  
Springfield,  Vt  

1240             242                    50 
1160             258                    10 
1240             242                  100 
550             545.1               500 
1280             234                    50 
1340             224                    50 
1170             256                    50 
1150              261                  100 
1340             224                    50 
Ceased  activities  October,  1925 
Ceased  activities  August,  1925 
Ceased  activities  October,  1925 
Ceased  activities  August,  1925 
1460             205.4                 50 
1250             240                  500 
1440             208.2               250 
1270             236                    10 
1370             218.8                 15 
1210             248                    10 
1330             226                  500 

Galveston,  Tex  
Colorado  Springs,  Colo 
St.  Louis,  Mo.      .            ... 
Denver,  Colo. 
Ogden,  Utah               .... 
Oakland,  Cif.  

Scranton,  Pa  
New  York,  N.  Y  

Chicago,  111  

Salt  Lake  City,  Utah      .      .      . 

Butte  Mont 

Yellow  Springs,  Ohio       .... 

Virginia,  Minn  

San  Pedro,  Cal 

St.  Louis,  Mo  

Washington   D   C 

Hollywood,  Cal  
Independence,  Kans. 

Lansing,  Mich  
Washington,  D.  C  

Minneapolis,  Minn  

Urbana,  111. 
New  York,  N.  Y.  (portable)      .      . 
New  York   NY              .... 

Vancouver,  Wash  
Welcome,  Minn  

Ceased  activities  August,  1925 
1320             227                    10 

Dallas  Tex                  

Call  signal  changed  to  KFKZ 

Bay  Shore,  N.  Y  
Richmond,  Va.      ,      
Tarrytown,  N.  Y.                  ... 
Clemson  College,  S.  C  

Denver,  Colo.             .... 
Cape  Girardeau,  Mo. 
Eureka,  Cal  
San  Diego,  Cal  

1220             246                    50 
1340             224                    50 
1430             209.7                   5 
1200             246                  500 
1270             236                    10 

Four 

Thirteen 

JANUARY,  1926 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


339 


CALL 
SIGNAL 

WJZ 

LOCATION 

New  York,  N.  Y  

WAVE- 
FREQUENCY      LENGTH         POWER 
IN  KCYS.       IN  METERS   IN  WATTS 

660             454.3             1000 

CALL 

SIGNAL 

KFVY 

LOCATION 

Albuquerque.  N.  Mex.    . 

WAVE- 
FREQUENCY      LENGTH         POWER 
IN  KCYS.       IN  METERS   IN  WATTS 

1200             250                    10 

WKAA 

1080             278                  500 

KFWA 

Ogden,  Utah  

1150             261                  500 

WKAD 

1250             240                    20 

KFWB 

1190             252                  500 

WKAF 

1150             261                  250 

KFWC 

Upland,  Cal  

1420             211.1                 50 

WKAP 

1280             234                    50 

KFWF 

St.  Louis,  Mo. 

1400             214.2               250 

WKAQ 
WKAR 
WKAV 
WKBB 

San  Juan,  Porto  Rico      .... 
East  Lansing,  Mich  
Laconia.  N.  H.  (portable)    . 
Joliet   III 

880             340.7               500 
1050             285.5             1000 
1430             209.7                 50 
1400             214  2              100 

KFWH 
KFWI 
KFWM 
KFWO 

Chico,  Cal  
South  San  Francisco,  Cal.    . 
Oakland,  Cal  
Avalon,  Cal  

1180             254                  100 
1330             226                  500 
1430             206.8               500 
1420             211.1               250 

WKBE 

1300             231                   100 

KFWP 

1400             214.2                 10 

WKBG 

Chicago   111 

1390             215  7               100 

KFWU 

Pineville,  La.        

1260             238                  100 

WKBK 
WKRC 
WKY 
WLAL 
WLAP 
WLAX 

New  York,  N.  Y  
Cincinnati,  Ohio  
Oklahoma,  Okla  
Tulsa,  Okla  
Louisville,  Ky  

1430             209.7               500 
920             325.9             KXK) 
1090             275                  100 
1200             250                  150 
1090             275                    20 
1300             231                     10 

KFWV 
KFXB 
KFXC 
KFXD 
KFXE 
KFXF 

Portland,  Ore  
Big  Bear  Lake,  Cal.  .      .      .      .      , 
Santa  Maria,  Cal  
Logan,  Utah   
Waterloo,  la  
Colorado  Springs,  Colo. 

1410             212.6                 50 
1480             202.6               500 
1430             209.7               100 
1460             205.4                 10 
1270             236                    10 
1200             250                 560 

WLB 

1080             278                  500 

KFXH 

El  Paso,  Tex 

1240             242                    50 

WLBL 

1080             278                  500 

KFXJ 

1390             215.7                 10 

WLIB 

Elgin  (near)   III 

990             3028              1500 

KFXM 

1320             227                     10 

WLIT 

760             394  5               500 

KFXY 

Flagstaff  Ariz 

1460             205  4                 50 

WLS 

Chicago   111 

870             344.6             1500 

KFYD 

Muscatine,  la  

1170            256                   250 

WLTS 

Chicago  111                                   .      . 

1160             258                  100 

KFYF 

Oxnard,  Cal  

1460             205.4                 10 

WLW 

710             422  3             5000 

KFYJ 

1260             238                     10 

WLWL 

New  York,  N.  Y  

1040             288.3             1000 

KFYR 

Bismarck,  N.  Dak  

1210             248                     10 

WMAC 

1090             275                  100 

KGB 

Tacoma   Wash 

1200             250                    50 

WMAF 

680             4409             1000 

KGO 

Oakland,  Cal.             .... 

830             361.2             3000 

WMAK 

Lockport   N   Y 

1130             266                  500 

KGTT 

1280             234                    50 

WMAL 
WMAN 

Washington,  D.  C  

1410              212.6                15 
1080             278                    50 

KGU 

KGW 

Honolulu,  Hawaii       .... 
Portland,  Ore  

1110             270                  500 
610             491.5               500 

WMAQ 

Chicago,  111  

670             447.5               500 

KGY 

Lacey,  Wash  

1220             246                      5 

WMAY 

1210             248                  100 

KHJ 

740             405.2               500 

WMAZ 

1150             261                  500 

KHQ 

Spokane,  Wash 

1100             273                  500 

WMBB 

Chicago   111 

1200             250                  500 

KJBS 

1360             220 

WMBC 

1170              256                  100 

KJR 

Seattle,  Wash 

780             384  4             1000 

WMBF 

780             384  4               500 

KLDS 

680             440  9             1000 

WMC 

600             4997               500 

KLS 

Oakland   Cal 

1200             252                  250 

WMCA 

Hoboken   N   J 

880             340  7               500 

KLX 

Oakland   Cal 

590             5082               500 

WNAB 

1200             250                  100 

KLZ 

Denver  Colo 

1130             266                  250 

WNAC 

1070             280.2               500 

KMA 

Shenandoah,  la  

1190             252                  500 

WNAD 

1180             254                  250 

KMJ 

1280             234                    50 

WNAR 
WNAT 

Butler,  Mo  
Philadelphia   Pa 

1300             231                    20 
1200             250                  100 

KMO 
KNRC 

Tacoma,  Wash  

1200             250                  100 

WNAV 

1290             233                  500 

KNX 

890             3369               500 

WNAX 
WNBH 
WNJ 

Yankton.  S.  Dak  
New  Bedford,  "Mass  

1230             244                  100 
1210            248                   250 
1290             233                  100 

KOA 
KOB 
KOCH 

Denver,  Colo  
State  College,  N.  Mex  

930             322.4             2000 
860             348.6               750 
1160             258                  250 

WNOX 

1120             268                  500 

KOCW 

Chickasha,  Okla. 

1190             252                  200 

WNYC 

New  York   N   Y 

570             526                 1000 

KOIL 

Council  Bluffs,  la 

1080             278                  500 

WOAC 

1150             261                     10 

KOP 

Detroit   Mich 

1080             277  6               500 

WOAI 

760             394.5             2000 

KPO 

700             428  3              1000 

WOAN 

1060             282  8               500 

KPPC 

1310             229                    50 

WOAW 

570             526                1000 

KPRC 

1010             296  9               500 

Twelve 

Five 

CALL 
SIGNAL 

WGBS 
WGBT 

LOCATION 

New  York,  N.  Y. 
Greenville  S  C 

WAVE- 
FREQUENCY      LENGTH         POWER 
IN  KCYS.       IN  METERS   IN  WATTS 

949             316                  500 

CALL 
SIGNAL 

WARC 
WBAA 

LOCATION 

Medford  Hillside,  Mass. 
West  Lafayette    Ind 

WAVE- 
FREQUENCY       LENGTH          POWER 
IN  KCYS.       IN  METERS  IN  WATTS 

1150             261                  100 
1  100             273                  C00 

WGBU 
WGBW 

Fulford-by-Sea,  Fla  
Spring  Valley   111 

1080             278                  500 
1170             256                    10 

WBAK 
WBAO 

Harrisburg,  Pa  
Decatur   111                                     ' 

1090             275                  500 
1110              270                  100 

WGBX 

1190             252                 |100 

WBAP 

Fort  Worth  Tex 

630             475  9             1500 

WGBY 
WGCP 

New  Lebanon,  Ohio        .... 

Ceased  activities  August,  1925 
1190             252                  500 

WBAV 
WBAX 

Columbus,  Ohio   
Wilkes-Barre,  Pa  

1020             293.9               500 
1170             256                  100 

WGES 
WGHB 

Oak  Park,  111  

12(X)             250                  500 
1  130             266                   500 

WBBG 
WBBL 

Mattapoisett,  Mass. 

1210             248                  100 
1310             229                  100 

WGHP 

Detroit,  Mich  

1110             270                1500 

WBBM 

Chicago   111 

1330             226                1500 

WGMU 

Richmond  Hill,  N.  Y.  (portable)    . 

1270             236                  100 

WBBP 

1260             238                  200 

WGN 
WGR 

Chicago,  111  
Buffalo,  N.  Y  

810             370.2             1000 
940             319                  750 

WBBR 
WBBS 

Staten  Island,  N.  Y  
New  Orleans,  La  

1100             273                  500 
1190             252                    50 

WGST 

Atlanta,  Ga  

1110             270                  500 

WBBU 

Monmouth,  111  

1340             224                    10 

WGY 

Schenectady  NY  

790             379.5             5000 

WBBV 

WHA 

560             535  4               750 

WBBW 

Norfolk   Va 

1350             222                    50 

WHAD 

Milwaukee,  Wis.        

1090             275                  500 

WBBY 

1120             268                    10 

WHAG 

1300             231                  100 

WBBZ 

WHAM 
WHAP 

Rochester,  N.  Y  
New  York,  N.  Y  

1080             278                  500 
1250             240                  100 

WBBZ 
WBCN 

Chicago,  111.     (Portable)      .      . 
Chicago,  111  

1390             215.7                 50 
1130             266                  500 

WHAR 

Atlantic  City  N  J 

1090             275                  500 

WBDC 

1  1  70             256                    50 

WHAS 

750             399  8               500 

WBES 

Takoma  Park  '  Md 

1350                                     100 

WHAT 
WHAV 

Minneapolis,  Minn  

500 
1130             266                  100 

WBNY 
WBOQ 

New  York,  N.  Y.       . 
Richmond  Hill   N   Y 

1430             209.7               500 
1270             236                  100 

WHAZ 

Troy,  N.  Y  

790             379.5             1000 

WBRC 

1210             248                    10 

WHB 

820             3656               500 

WBRE 

Wil'ces  Barre   Pa 

1300             231                     10 

VVHBA 

Oil  City,  Pa  

1200             2M                    10 

WBS 

Changed  to  WGCP 

WHBB 

Stevens  Point,  Wis  

Ceased  activities  October,  1925 

WBT 

Charlotte   N  C 

Ceased  activities  October   1925 

WHBC 

Canton,  Ohio        

1180             254                    10 

WBZ 

900             333  I             2000 

WHBD 

Bellefontaine,  Ohio    

1350             222                    20 

WBZA 

1240             242                  250 

WHBF 

Rock  Island,  111  

1350             222                  100 

WCAC 

1090             275                  500 

WHBG 

1300             231                    20 

WCAD 

Canton   N   Y 

1  1  40             263                  250 

WHBH 

1350             222                    10 

WCAE 

650             461  3               500 

WHBI 

Chesaming,  Mass  

Ceased  activities  June,  1925 

WCAG 

WHBJ 

1280             234                    10 

WCAH 

1130             266                  500 

WHBK 

1300             231                    10 

WCAJ 

1180             254                  500 

WHBL, 

1390             215.7                 50 

WCAL 

Northfield   Minn 

890             336  9               500 

WHBM 
WHEN 

Chicago,  111.  (portable)  .  |     .      .      . 

1290             233                    20 
1260             238                    10 

WCAO 
WCAP 

Baltimore,  Md.    . 

1090             275                  100 
640             468  5               500 

WHBO 

Pawtucket,  R.  I  

Changes  pending 

WCAR 

1140             263                  500 

WHBP 

1170             256                  100 

WCAT 

1250             240                    50 

WHBQ 

Memphis,  Tenn  

1290             233                    50 

WCAU 

Philadelphia  Pa 

1080             278                  500 

WHBR 

Cincinnati,  Ohio  

1390             215.7 

WCAX 

1200             250                  100 

WHBS 
WHBT 

Mechanicsburg,  Ohio      .... 
Downers  Grove,  111  

Changes  pending 
Ceased  activities  June,  1925 

WCAY 
WCAZ 

Milwaukee,  Wis.        .... 

Changes  pending 
1220             246                    50 

WHBU 

1370             218  8                 10 

WCBA 

WHBV 

WCBC 

WHBW 

Philadelphia,  Pa  

1390             215.7               100 

WCBD 

Zion   111 

870             344  6             5000 

WHBX 

Punxsutawny,  Pa. 

WCBE 

1140             263                      5 

WHBY 

West  De  Pere,  Wis  

1200             250                    50 

WCBG 

1120             268                    10 

WHDI 

1080             278                  500 

WCBH 

1240             241                     19 

WHEC 

Rochester,  N.  Y  

1160             258                  100 

WCBI 

WHK 

Cleveland,  Ohio  

Ceased  activities  October,  1925 

WCBJ 

Ten 

Seven 

340 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


JANUARY,  1926 


CALL 
SIGNAL 
KPSN 
KQP 

LOCATION 

Pasadena,  Cal   .  .                              . 
Portland,  Ore  

WAVfc; 

FREQUENCY      LENGTH         POWER 
IN  KCYS.       IN  METERS  IN  WATTS 

950             315.6             1000 
1410             212.6               500 

CALL 
SIGNAL 

WHN 

WHO 

LOCATION 

New  York,  N.  Y.       . 
Des  Moines,  la.    . 

WAVE- 
FREQUENCY      LENGTH         POWER 
IN  KCYS.       IN  METERS   IN  WATTS 

830             361.2               500 
570             526                  500 

KQV 

Pittsburgh,  Pa.     .                 .      .      . 

1090             275                  500 

WHT 

Deerfield,  111. 

750             400                1500 

KQW 
KRE 
KSAC 

San  Jose,  Cal.       .           .      .     .      . 
Berkeley,  Cal.       .            .      .      .      . 

1300             231                  500 
1170             256                    50 
880             340  7               500 

WIAD 
WIAK 
WIAS 

Philadelphia,  Pa  
Omaha,  Neb  

1200             250                  100 
Changes  pending 
1180             254                  100 

KSD 

St.  Louis,  Mo  

550             545  1               750 

WIBA 

1270             236                  100 

KSL 

Salt  Lake  City,  Utah      .      .      .      . 

1000             299  8             1000 

WIBC 

1350             222                  100 

KSO 

1240              242                    500 

WIBD 

Joliet   111 

Ceased  activities  October  1925 

KTAB 

KTBI 

Oakland,  Cal  
Los  Angeles,  Cal  

1250             240                1000 
1021             293.9               750 

WIBE 
WIBF 

Martinsburg,  W.  Va. 
Wheatland,  Wis 

Ceased  activities  August,  1925 

KTBR 

Portland  Ore 

1140             263                     50 

WIBG 

Elkins  Park  Pa 

1350             222                    50 

KTCL 

Seattle,  Wash  

980             305.9             1000 

VVII'.H 

1430              209  7                    5 

KTHS 

800             274  8              500 

WIBI 

Flushing   N   Y 

1370             218  8                 50 

KTW 

Seattle   Wash 

660             454  3             1000 

WIBJ 

1390             215  7                 50 

KUO 

San  Francisco,  Cal.    .      .      .      .      . 

1200             250                  150 

WIBK 

Ceased  activities  October  1925 

KUOM 

1230             244                  250 

WIBL 

Chicago   111    (portable) 

KUPR 

1110             270                    50 

WIBM 

1390             2157                 10 

KUSD 

1080             278                  100 

WIBO 

1330             226                1000 

KUT 

1300             231                   500 

WIBP 

KWG 

Stockton  Cal 

1210             248                    50 

WIBO 

1  460             205  4                   5 

KWKC 

1270             236                  100 

WIBR 

Weirton   W  Va 

1220             246                    50 

KWUC 

1190             252                    50 

WIBS 

Elizabeth   N   J 

1480             202  6                 20 

KWWG 

Brownsville,  Tex  

1080             278                  500 

WIBU 

Poynette,  W  s            .      . 

1350             222                    20 

KYW 

Chicago,  111  

560             535.4             1500 

WIBV 

Henderson,  N  C  

1140             263                    25 

KZKZ 

Manila,  Philippines   

1110             270                  100 

WIBW 

1360             220                  100 

KZM 

Oakland,  Cal  

1250             240                  100 

WIBX 

Utica,  N.  Y.                ... 

1460             205  4                   5 

KZRQ 

Manila,  Philippines   

1350             222                  500 

WIBZ 

1300             231                    10 

WAAB 

New  Orleans;  La.       . 

1120             268                  100 

WIL 

1  100             273                  250 

WAAC 

New  Orleans,  La.       . 

1090             275                  100 

WIP 

Philadelphia.  Pa  

590             508  2               500 

WAAD 

Cincinnati,  Ohio        

1160             258                    25 

WJAD 

850             352  7               500 

WAAF 

Chicago,  111  

1080             278                  200 

WJAG 

Norfolk,  Neb.       .      .      . 

1110             270                  250 

WAAM 

Newark,  N.  J  

1140             263                  500 

WJAK 

1180             254                  100 

WAAW 

Omaha,  Neb.        

770             389.4               500 

WJAM 

1120             268                  100 

WABA 

Lake  Forest,  111  

Ceased  activities  October,  1925 

WJAR 

980             305  9               500 

WABB 
WABC 

Harrisburg,  Pa  
Asheville,  N.  C  

Ceased  activities  October,  1925 
1180             254                    10 

WJAS 
WJAZ 

Pittsburg,  Pa  

930             322.4              1500 
1120             268                  100 

WABI 

1250             240                  100 

WJBA 

Joliet   111 

1450             206  8                 50 

WABL 

Changed    to    WCAC    Mans- 

WJBB 

1450             206  8                 10 

field,  Conn. 

WJBC 

La  Salle,  111.    . 

1280             234                  100 

WABO 

Rochester,  N.  Y  

1080             278                  100 

WJBD 

Ashland,  Wis 

1290             233                 100 

WABQ 

Haverford,  Pa  

1150             261                   100 

WJBG 

Charlotte   N   C 

1340            224                     10 

WABR 

Toledo,  Ohio  

1140             263                    50 

WJBI 

Red  Bank,  N.  J.        ... 

1370             218.8               250 

WABW 

Wcoster,  Ohio      

1450             206.8                 50 

WJBI 

Joliet,  111 

Call  signal  changed  to  WCLS 

WABX 

Mount  Clemens  (near),  Mich.  . 

1220             246                  500 

WJBK 

1290            233                     10 

WABY 

Philadelphia,  Pa  

1240             242                    50 

WJBL 

Decatur  111 

1110            270                   500 

WABZ 

1090             275                    50 

WJBN 

1170             256                     10 

WADC 

1160             258                  100 

WJBP 

Buffalo  N  Y 

1370            2188                  50 

WAFD 

1090             275                  500 

WJBQ 

1420             211  1                100 

WAHG 

Richmond  Hill,  N.  Y.     .      .      . 

950             315  6               500 

WJD 

1380             2173                 10 

WAIT 

1310             229                    10 

WJJD 

Mooseheart   111 

990             302  8               500 

WAMD 

1230             244                  500 

WJR 

580             517                1500 

WAPI 

1210             248                  500 

WJY 

New  York   N  Y 

740             405  2             1000 

Six 

Eleten 

CALL 
SIGNAL 

WCBM 

LOCATION 

WAVE- 
FREQUENCY      LENGTH         POWER 
IN  KCYS.       IN  METERS   IN  WATTS 

1310             229                    50 

CALL 
SIGNAL 

WEBD 

LOCATION 

WAVE- 
FREQUENCY       LENGTH         POWER 
IN  KCYS.       IN  METERS    IN  WATTS 

1220             246                    10 

WCBQ 

Nashville,  Tenn  

1270             236                  100 

WEBE 

1280             234                    10 

WCBR 

Providence,  R.  I.  (portable) 

1460             205                    30 

WEBH 

Chicago,  111                 ... 

810             370  2             1000 

WCBU 

Arnold,  Pa  

Ceased  activities  October,  1925 

WEBJ 

New  York,  NY              .      . 

1100             273                  500 

WCCO 

St   Paul,  Minn.    . 

720             416  4             5000 

WEBK 

1240             242                    20 

WCEE 

Elgin  (near).  111  

1090             275                1000 

WEBL 

United  States  (portable) 

1330             226                  100 

WCK 

Call  signal  changed  to  WSBF 

WEBM 

1330             226                  100 

WCLO 

Camp  Wis 

1300             231                    50 

WEBQ 

1330             226                    10 

WCLS 

Joliet,  111  

1400             214.2               100 

WEBR 

Buffalo,  N*.  Y.       ...            .      . 

1230             244                  100 

WCM 

Austin,  Tex  

1120             268                  250 

WEBT 

1170             256                      5 

WCSH 

Portland,  Me  

1170             256                  500 

WEBW 

Beloit  Wis 

1120             268                  500 

WCTS 

Worcester,  Mass  

Call  changed  to  WTAG 

WEBZ 

1140             263                    50 

WCUW 

Worcester,  Mass. 

1260             238                  250 

WEEI 

630             475  9               500 

WCWS 

1430             209  7               100 

WEHS 

1480             202  6                 20 

WCX 

Detroit   Mich 

WEMC 

R       '        *^'     '    '        Matft 

1050             285  5               500 

WDAD 

Nashville,  Tenn  

with  WJR 
1330             226                  150 

WENR 

WEW 

Chicago,  111.    .      

1130             266                1000 
1210             248                  100 

WDAE 

Tampa   Fla 

1  100             273                  250 

WFAA 

Dallas  Tex 

630             475  9               500 

WDAF 

820               365.6             1000 

WFAM 

St  Cloud   Minn 

1100             273                   10 

WDAG 

Amarillo,  Tex  

1140             263                  100 

WFAV 

1090             275                  5OO 

WDAH 

El  Paso      

Ceased  activities  August,  1925 

WFBB 

Eureka,  111  

Ceased  activities  June,  1925 

WDAY 

Fargo,  N.  Dak  

1150             261                    50 

WFBC 

1200             250                    50 

WDBC 

1  160             258                    50 

WFBD 

Philadelphia  Pa 

1280             234                      5 

WDBE 

Atlanta,  Ga  

1110             270                  100 

WFBE 

1330             226                    20 

WDBJ 

Roanoke,  Va  

1310             229                    50 

WFBG 

1080             278                  100 

WDBK 

Cleveland,  Ohio   

1320             227                  100 

WFBH 

New  York   NY        

1100             273                  500 

WDBO 

Winter  Park,  Fla  

1250             240                  100 

WFBI 

Camden   N  J                   . 

1270             236                  250 

WDBP 

WFBJ 

1270             236                    50 

WDBQ 

Salem,  N.  J  

1280            234                     10 

WFBK 

WDBR 

Boston,  Mass  

1150             261                  100 

WFBL 

1190             252                  100 

WDBS 

Call  signal  changed  to  WSMK 

WFBM 

1120             268                  250 

WDBW 

Columbia,  Tenn  

Ceased  activities  June,  1925 

WFBN 

WDBX 

New  York,  NY.             ... 

Call  signal  changed  to  WOKO 

WFBQ 

Raleigh  N   C 

1190             252                    50 

WDBY 

Chicago,  111                       ... 

Call  signal  changed  to  WPCC 

WFBR 

1180             254                  100 

WDBZ 

Kingston,  NY.               ... 

1290             233                    10 

WFBY 

WDCH 

Hanover,  N.  H  

1170             256                   100 

WFBZ 

Galesburg,  111.      ...... 

1180             254                    20 

WDM 

Washington,  D.  C  

Changes  pending 

WFDF 

1280             234                  100 

WOOD 

Chattanooga,  Tenn  

1170             256                    50 

WFI 

Philadelphia  Pa 

760             394  5               500 

WDWF 

Cranston,  R.  I  

680             440.9               500 

WFKB 

Chicago   111 

1380             2173               200 

WDZ 

Tuscola,  111  

1080             278                  100 

WFRL 

Brooklyn  NY          .... 

1460            205  4               100 

WEAA 

Flint,  Mich 

Call  changed  WFDF 

WGAL 

1210             248                    10 

WEAF 

New  York,  N.  Y  

610             492                5000 

WGAZ 

WEAH 

Wichita,  Kans. 

1120             268                  100 

WGBA 

1180             254                  100 

WEAI 
WEAJ 

Ithaca,  N.  Y  
Vermilion,  S.  Dak  

1180             254                  500 
Call  signal  changed  to  KUSD 

WGBB 
WGBC 

Freeport,  N.  Y  

1230             244                  100 
1080             278                    10 

WEAM 

North  Plainfield,  N.  J.    .      .      . 

1150             261                  250 

WGBF 

1270             236                  100 

WEAN 

Providence,  R.  I  

1110             270                  250 

WGBH 

Fall  River   Mass    (portable) 

WEAO 

1020             294                  500 

WGBI 

1250             240                    50 

WEAR 

Cleveland,  Ohio  

770             389.4             1000 

WGBK 

1210             248                      5 

WEAU 

Sioux  City,  la  

1090             275                  100 

WGBL 

1320             227                    10 

WEAY 

Houston,  Tex  

Ceased  activities  October,  1925 

WGBM 

1280             234                      5 

WEBA 

Highland  Park,  N.  J.      .      .      . 

1290             233                    15 

WGBQ 

1280             234                  100 

WEBC 

Superior,  Wis.       -            ... 

1240             242                  100 

WGBR 

Marshfield   Wis 

1310             229                    10 

Eight 

Nine 

RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


349 


V 


Illustrated:  5-tube  Thorola  Islo- 
dyne in  Burled  Wai-  $-|  (\(\ 
nutwithCircasaiantop     _L  \J  \J 


JewModein.GenuineMa-  $QC        ^ 
oeany  Cabinet    ....       O^ 

.  $225 


Coniole  Model 


5-tube  Thorola  I«lodyne 

in  smart  Tborocco  Finish  .... 


sr?H2 


[slodyne  action  is  based 
on  Thorola  Low- Loss 
Doughnut  Coils.  They 
bring  many  Thorola 
advantages  to  other  re- 
ceive rs 

Per    $A 
Coil     *T 


Thorola  Low-Loss  Straight  Line  Frequency 
Condensers  can  also  be  bought  separately 


Thorola  Golden  Audio  Reproduo  $  +  59 
ing  Transformer    •••••••• 


* 


Most-Demonstrated 
Set  of  the  Season 

From  radio  as  you  have  known  it,  to  Thorola 
Islodyne  is  as  great  a  change  as  could  happen, 
even  in  radio!  Here  is  so  much  of  an  ad- 
vance that  it  seems  to  put  final  highest  de- 
velopment into  view.  Thorola  Islodyne  now 
brings  you  radio  safe  from  being  surpassed. 

Only  the  Thorola  Islodyne  principle  of  Iso- 
lated Power  makes  it  all  possible.  Based  on 
the  epochal  discovery  of  Thorola  Low-Loss 
Doughnut  Coils,  Islodyne  action  literally 
isolates  the  radio  impulses — keeps  them  from 
interfering  with  each  other— from  tangling  up 
— from  weakening  themselves — keeps  all  un- 
wanted stations  out. 

Sharpest  selectivity  is  certain,  wherever  you 
are.  Tone  is  unbelievably  pure,  since  inter- 
ference is  defeated.  Superabundant  volume 
is  available  at  extreme  distances  because 
power,  instead  of  being  wasted,  neutralized, 
or  damped,  is  put  fully  behind  the  broad- 
casting of  the  one  chosen  station  only. 

These  amazing  results,  free  from  mysterious, 
unmanageable,  disappointing  old  elements 
of  radio  reception,  are  the  regular  perform- 
ance of  Thorola  Islodyne  receivers.  Excel- 
lence is  uniform  in  all  Thorola  sets,  and 
throughout  the  range  of  reception.  Your 
radio  parties  proceed  as  scheduled.  Stations 
come  in  as  logged.  Words  and  music  come 
in  as  broadcast! 

It  is  the  latest  proof  of  Thorola  eminence,  first 
established  by  the  matchless  tonal  accuracy 
of  Thorola  Loud  Speakers.  Now  there  is  a 
complete  receiver,  Thorola  Islodyne,  even 
further  ahead.  At  the  Thorola  store  you  can 
listen  to  the  most- demonstrated  radio  set. 

REICHMANN  COMPANY,  CHICAGO 


ISLODYNE 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


R.  K  Circuits 


The  Systems  at  Present  in  Use  for  Neutralizing  Radio-Frequency  Amplifiers  and  a  Dis- 
cussion of  the  Recently  Developed  "Counterphase"  Method  for  Controlling  Oscillations 


EFORE  looking  into  the  future 
and  ascertaining  what  is  in  store 
for  the  dyed-in-the-wool  experi- 
menter and  builder  of  radio  cir- 
cuits, it  is  well  to  pause  for  a  moment  in 
consideration  of  what  has  gone  before. 

Without  any  question,  tuned  radio  fre- 
quency amplification,  that  discarded  sys- 
tem of  reception  of  years  ago,  has  again 
come  into  its  own  and  is  now_  the  gen- 
eral mainstay  and  backbone  of  receiver 
design. 

But  even  up  to  the  present  time,  the 
especial  and  particular  difficulties  which 
have  accompanied  this  system  of  reception 
are  far  from  being  satisfactorily  controlled. 
Constantly,  the  birth  of  a  new  method 
for  the  successful  handling  and  control 
of  radio  frequency  amplication  is  heralded 
as  the  last  word  in  efficiency  and  per- 
formance— and  still  we  search  on. 

In  brief  reconsideration  of  the  many 
methods  of  control  of  radio-frequency  am- 
plifiers, it  is  worthy  of  mention  to  restate 
the  particular  advantages  and  disadvan- 
tages of  this  system  of  amplification. 


By  JOHN  BERNARD 

In  the  application  of  Ohm's  law,  we  find 
that,  if  for  a  given  voltage,  the  resistance 
of  a  certain  circuit  be  reduced,  then  a 
greater  current  will  flow.  And  conversely, 
if  the  resistance  be  increased  then  the  cur- 
rent will  be  decreased. 

In  a  radio  circuit  where  a  coil  is  tuned 
by  a  variable  condenser,  a  maximum  of  cur- 
rent will  flow  in  the  circuit  when  the  con- 
denser adjusts  the  circuit  to  resonance  with 


^\~TE/IRLY  every  multi-tube  receiver  in  use  to- 
<*  X.  day  employs  some  form  of  radio  frequency 
amplification,  and  the  matter  of  controlling  oscil- 
lations in  such  circuits  has  always  been  a  serious 
•problem.  In  this  article,  the  various  popular 
methods  art  reviewed,  and  a  description  is  offered  of 
a  method  which  differs  from  the  conventional 
"losser"  and  from  neutralising  schemes.  The  pres- 
ent arrangement  combines  resistance  and  capacity 
as  a  method  of  control,  and  should  arouse  a  consider- 
able amount  of  interest,  for  the  idea  may  have 
wide  application  in  r.f.  circuits. — THE  EDITOR 


the  transmitted  frequency.  Where,  in  a 
vacuum  tube  circuit  the  grid  and  plate  cir- 
cuits are  in  resonance,  a  maximum  of  cur- 
rent will  flow  in  each  one  and  the  only 
coupling  agent  between  them  is  the  tube 
capacity.  When  such  a  state  of  affairs  ex- 
ists, the  entire  circuit  oscillates. 

Where  high-grade  apparatus  is  employed 
to  cut  down  the  actual  resistances  of  the  cir- 
cuit, sharp  tuning  of  the  circuit  by  the 
variable  tuning  element,  as  shown  in  Fig.  2, 
is  obtained. 

Now  if  it  were  possible  to  utilize  such  a 
circuit  with  its  advantage  of  extra-fine 
tuning,  there  would  be  no  obstacle  to  be 
overcome  or  problem  to  be  solved.  How- 
ever, this  is  not  the  case.  Whenever  a 
circuit  is  in  oscillation,  it  produces  radio  fre- 
quency energy  which,  when  adjusted  in  fre- 
quency to  the  frequency  of  an  incoming 
signal,  produces  distorted  reception,  some- 
times unintelligible.  It  is  as  though  two 
broadcasting  stations  were  transmitting  on 
the  same  frequency  adjustment  and  were 
received  simultaneously. 

Yet  if  it  were  possible  to  prevent  the 


DETECTOR 


DUAL 
RESISTANCE 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


2 1£ 
A? 
FIG.  i  STAGE 

A  base-board  layout  of  the  Bremer-Tully  "Counterphase"  receiver.     The  rectangular  blocks  shown  above  the  tube  sockets  and  between  the  toroidal 
coils,  are  the  condensers,  by  means  of  which  the  tubes  may  be  adjusted  to  the  correct  oscillating  point.     Note  also  the  extra  midget  or  trimming  con- 
densers, which  are  a  part  of  the  large  tandem  tuning  condensers 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


351 


NO  DIALS 
NO  PANEL 

BUILT-IN 
LOUDSPEAKER 


$ 


135 


.00 


West  of  the 


Rocky  Mountains  $140 


the  ^Well Appointed  JJome 


PEOPLE  of  taste  will  instantly  recognize  in  the 
ULTRADYNE,  Model  L-3,  the  long-awaited 
perfection  in  radio-musical  instruments.  This  new 
receiver  offers  complete  mastery  of  the  air's  riches; 
effortless  operation — as  simple  as  playing  a  phono- 
graph ;  and  a  new  artistic  form  that  blends  harmoni- 
ously with  its  environment. 

Better  than  the  most  exacting  critics  of  radio  ever  demanded,  more 
than  the  radio  authorities  themselves  predicted.  Complete  freedom 
from  entangling  technicalities.  "Belongs"  in  almost  any  scheme  of 
furnishings.  The  perfect  harmony  of  scientific  skill  and  artistic 
genius. 

Radio  never  held  out  more  attractions  for  you  than  this  new  kind 
of  receiver  makes  possible.  See  and  hear  it  demonstrated  at  the 
higher  standard  radio  shoos  and  department  stores. 


The  ULTRADYNE,  Model  L-3, 
is  a  six-tube  receiver  employing 
the  fundamental  principles  of  the 
best  circuits  greatly  refined  and 
marvelously  simplified.  No  dials — 
no  panel;  just  two  inconspicuous 
levers  which  constitute  a  station- 
selector.  Volume  adjustment,  the 
only  other  control.  Beautifully  duco 
finished,  duo-toned  panelled  mahog- 
any cabinet. 

Designed    by  R.   E.   Lacault,   E.E., 


Chief  Engineer  of  this  Company, 
and  formerly  Radio  Research 
Engineer  with  the  French  Signal 
Corps,  Radio  Research  Labora- 
tories. 

To  protect  the  public,  Mr.  Lacault's 
personal  monogram  seal  (R.E.L.)  is 
placed  on  the  assembly  lock  bolts  of 
all  genuine  ULTRADYNE  Model 
L-3  Receivers.  All  Ultradyne  Re- 
ceivers are  guaranteed  so  long  as 
these  seals  remain  unbroken. 


Write  for  illustrated  descriptive  folder 


OLTR3DXne  * 

MODEL  J.-3 
PHENIX  RADIO  CORP.,  116-C  East  25th  St.  NEW  YORK 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


352 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


JANUARY,  1926 


Represents,. ^ 

Tube  Capacity 


C    Is  a  Sharply  Tuned  Circuit 
B   Is  Average  in  Selectivity 
A   Is  Broad 


FREQUENCY 


FIG.    2 

The  circuit  above  depends,  for  selectivity,  upon  the  resistance 
of  the  tuned  portion,  represented  by  the  coil  L  and  the  vari- 
able condenser  shunting  it.  If  the  resistance  is  high,  the  tuning 
response  will  be  broad  as  in  the  curve  A.  As  the  resistance  is 
decreased  the  selectivity  becomes  sharper,  as  depicted  on  curves 
B,  and  C.  Also,  as  the  resistance  of  the  circuit  is  decreased, 
more  current  will  flow  in  the  grid  and  plate  circuits  and  oscilla- 
tions will  be  produced  due  to  the  coupling  between  these  two 
circuits  by  the  inherent  capacity  of  the  tube 


in  question.  The 
well  known  neut- 
rodyne  system  is 
shown  in  Fig.  3. 

Another  system 
worthy  of  compar- 
ison is  that  devel- 
oped by  Walte'r 
Van  B.  Roberts. 
It  is  shown  in  Fig. 
4.  Here,  any  po- 
tential set  up  in 
the  plate  coil  P  is 
set  up  also  in  the 
plate  coil  N,  but  in 
opposite  relation  to  that  flow- 
ing in  P.  Then  through  the 
capacity  C,  which  balances  out 
the  tube  capacity,  this  poten- 
tial is  applied  to  the  grid  of 
the  tube,  effectively  preventing 
any  possibility  of  oscillation 
because  it  is  equal  in  potential, 
and  opposite  in  phase,  to  that 


Ntutralizin» . 

Condensers 


oscillation,  but  keep  the  circuit  as 
sharply  tuned  to  that  particular  fre- 
quency as  before,  then  a  distinct  and 
worthwhile  advantage  would  result. 

The  various  systems  for  stopping 
this  oscillation  are  known  as  neu- 
tralization methods. 

The  word  itself  carries  a  world  of 
meaning,  and  implies  an  equalization 
or  neutralization  of  the  capacity  of 
the  tube  which  is  the  coupling  agent 
producing  the  oscillation.  In  effect, 
neutralization  is  the  setting  up  of  an 
equal  and  opposing  voltage  which, 
due  to  its  opposition,  prevents  un- 
wanted oscillations  from  taking  place 
in  the  grid-plate  circuit  of  the  tube 


Neutralizing — . 
Capacity 


1ST  R.F. 


2NDR.F. 


FIG.    4 

The  Roberts  system  of  neutralization.  The  coil  in  series  with 
the  neutralizing  capacity  is  connected  counter  to  the  plate  coil, 
and  produces  an  effect  on  the  grid,  through  the  neutralizing 
capacity,  equal  and  opposite  to  that  produced  by  the  plate  coil 
acting  through  the  grid-plate  capacity  of  the  tube 

3soR.F 


FIG.    3 

Professor  L.  A.  Hazeltine  is  responsible  for  the  neutralization, 
or  balancing-out  system  shown  above.  A  goodly  portion  of 
all  the  manufactured  receivers  sold  during  the  past  few  years 
incorporated  this  system  using  licenses  granted  under  the 
neutrodyne  patents 


which  might  be  fed  back  to  the  grid  of 
the  tube  by  the  coil  P  through  the  tube 
capacity.  Yet,  even  this  method  is  not 
possible  of  adjustment  independent  of 
frequency. 

Absorption  systems,  still  another  way, 
never  were  regarded  as  truly  a  satisfactory 
neutralization  method,  and  were  more  cor- 
rectly termed  "losser"  systems. 

OSCILLATION    CONTROL    METHODS 


ONE  of  the  most  simple  and  com- 
mon methods  is  to  add  sufficient 
resistance  to  the  grid  or  plate  circuit 
to  prevent  the  possibility  of  oscilla- 
tion. Considering  the  efforts  that 
have  been  made  to  reduce  resistance 
in  coils  and  condensers,  and  the  value 
attributed  to  such  efforts,  the  fallacy 
of  again  deliberately  introducing  such 
losses  into  a  circuit  is  evident.  Were 
it  not  for  the  popular  delusions,  how 
much  more  simple  it  would  be  to  use 
high-loss  coils  and  condensers  in  the 
first  place. 

'    Eddy  current   losses   result   from 
placing  condensers  within  the  field 


2NDA.F 


FIG.    5 


In  the  "Counterphase"  circuit  shown  here,  the  tendency  of  the  radio  frequency  stages  to  oscillate  is  prevented  by  the  separate  circuits  comprising  the 
inductances  M-R  and  the  condensers  Cn.  It  is  necessary  to  adjust  the  condensers  Cn,  the  variable  part  of  this  circuit,  to  suit  the  tube  employed.  On  the 
high  frequency  end  of  the  tuning  scale,  the  tendency  of  a  circuit  to  oscillate  is  greater  than  at  the  other  end  of  the  scale,  the  lower  frequencies,  so  a 
panel  adjustment  is  provided  in  the  dual  resistance  control  to  compensate  for  these  changes,  thereby  obtaining  maximum  efficiency  on  all  frequencies 

within  the  tuning  range 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


353 


These  Eveready  Patterns  are  the  correct 
size  for  your  set.  With  average  use  they  will  last 

you  a  year  or  longer" 


"You  have  been  one  of  the 
many  who  use  'B'  batteries 
that  are  too  small  in  capacity 
for  their  receivers.  That  is  not 
economical.  It  makes  you  buy 
'B'  batteries  twice  as  often  as 
necessary.  Fit  the  right  size 
Evereadys  to  your  set  and  add 
a  'C'  battery,*  if  you  haven't 
one,  and  you'll  get  the  maxi- 
mum of  service  at  the  mini- 
mum of  cost." 

The  life  of  your  Eveready 
"B"  Battery  depends  on  its 
capacity  in  relation  to  your 
set  and  howmuch you  listen  in. 
We  know,  through  a  careful 
investigation,  that  the  aver- 
age year-round  use  of  a  set  is 
two  hours  a  day.  Taking  that 
average  we  have  proved  over 

*NoTE:  In  addition  to  the  increased  life 
which  an  Eveready  "C"  Battery  gives  to 
your  "B"  batteries,  it  will  add  a  quality  of 
reception  unobtainable  without  it. 


and  over  that  on  sets  of  one  to 
three  tubes  the  No.  772  Ever- 
eady "B"  Battery  used  with  a 
"C"  battery  will  last  a  year  or 
longer.  On  sets  of  four  and  five 
tubes,  the  larger  heavy  duty 
Eveready  batteries  used  with 
a  "C"  battery  will  last  eight 
months  or  more. 

The  secret  of  "B"  battery 
satisfaction  and  economy  is: 
With  sets  of  from  I  to  3  tubes, 
use  Eveready  No.  772. 


Layerbilt"B"Bat- 
tery  No.  486.  45 
colts, for  maximum 
economy  on  tour, 
five  or  more  tubes. 
K I  a  H  T-Eveready 
DryCellKadio"A" 
Battery,  1  %  colti. 
The  battery  built 
especially  for  dry 
cell  tubes. 


EVERErVDY 


Radio  Batteries 

-they  last  longer 


With  sets  0/4  or  more  tubes,  use 
either  of  the  heavy  duty  batteries, 
No.  770  or  the  even  longer-lived 
Eveready  Layerbilt  No.  486. 

We  have  prepared  for  your 
individual  use  a  new  booklet, 
"Choosing  and  Using  the 
Right  Radio  Batteries,"  which 
we  will  be  glad  to  send  you 
upon  request.  This  booklet 
also  tells  about  the  proper  bat- 
tery equipment  for  use  with 
the  new  power  tubes. 

Manufactured  and  guaranteed  by 

NATIONAL  CARBON  CO.,  INC. 
New  York  San  Francisco 

Canadian  National  Carbon  Co.,  Limited 
Toronto,  Ontario 


EVEREADY  HOUR 
EVERY    TUESDAY  AT  9   P.    M. 

Eastern  Standard  Time 

For  real  radio  enjoyment  tune  in   the  "Eveready 
Group."     Broadcast  through  stations  — 

WEAF-AVtt-  York    v/fi-Pkiladflpkia    WSAI  -  Cincinnati 
wjAK-Providtnce    wrjt-Ruffa!n  wwj-Detroit 

vtEEi-Boston  woe-  Davenport 

WT  \c-rVorctster      we  AE  -Pittsburgh     KSD-St.  Louis 
wcco-Minwapolis,  St.  Paul 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


354 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


What  You  COULD 
Get  From  Your  Set 

IT  isn't  what  you're  getting  now.    It's 
how  much  more  you  could  get  from 
your  present  set. 

Your  set  may  be  one  of  the  finest  in 
the  world  but  it  can  be  no  better  than 
its  Dials. 

The  human  hand  cannot  tune  ordinary 
dials  sufficiently  accurate  to  bring  in  all 
the  stations  within  scope  of  your  set. 
That's  where  Science  has  stepped  in 
with  the  two  dials  shown  above. 

MYDAR  Recording  Dial  shown  at  the 
left  above,  offers  a  degree  of  tuning 
efficiency  not  usually  associated  with 
this  price.  Ample  space  for  call  letters 
insures  permanent  logging  of  all  stations. 
Genuine  Rakelite,  handsomely  embel- 
lished—12  to  1  Ratio.  Price  $1.75. 

The  A.J.  (Vernier)  shown  at  the  right 
above,  geared  at  150  to  1,  brings  tones 
into  sharp  focus  like  a  fine  camera  lens. 
Beautiful,  dignified.  Genuine  Bakelite. 
A  master  product  of  master  craftsmen 
-Price  $2.25. 

Accuratune  (not  shown)  geared  80  to  1 
is  admirably  suited  to  every  type  of 
tuning  requirements. 

No  panel  drilling  necessary  to  substitute 
any  one  of  these  dials. 

^  MYDAR  Radio  Company 
3  CAMPBELL  STREET 
NEWARK,  N.  J. 


of  a  coil,  and  this  is  another  method  that 
has  been  used  and  probably  will  be  again. 

It  is  evident  also  that  if  one  circuit  were 
slightly  detuned,  the  tendency  toward  oscil- 
lation would  be  reduced.  Another  method 
has  likewise  been  employed,  oscillations 
being  prevented  by  reducing  the  plate  load 
or  number  of  turns  in  the  primary  circuit 
of  the  transformer,  which  cuts  down  the 
coupling  between  primary  and  secondary. 

This  latter  method  increases  selectivity, 
but  unfortunately  the  energy  transfer  be- 
tween tubes  is  thereby  reduced,  and  if  the 
coupling  is  cut  down  sufficiently  to  prevent 
oscillation  on  the  higher  frequencies 
(shorter  wavelengths),  this  same  insuffi- 
cient coupling  results  in  very  unsatisfac- 
tory response  on  the  longer  waves. 

CAUSE  OF  TROUBLE  ON  SHORTER  WAVES 

AT  5  50  meters,  the  upper  end  of  the  pres- 
ent broadcasting  band,  the  frequency 
per  second  is  only  545,100,  but  at  200  me- 
ters, or  the  lower  limit,  the  frequency  per 
second  reaches  the  enormous  number  of 
1,500,000  cycles.  The  resultant  increase  in 
tendency  to  oscillate  on  the  higher  fre- 
quencies (shorter  wavelengths)  has  worried 
circuit  designers  from  the  earliest  days  of 
radio.  It  creates  the  problem  that  has  been 
fought  over,  avoided,  evaded,  neglected,  or 
ignored,  according  to  the  varying  degrees 
of  intelligence  or  intention  involved. 

Regardless,  however,  of  what  last  year's 
arguments  may  have  been,  it  is  now  quite 
generally  agreed  that  when  primary  to  se- 
condary coupling  is  reduced  to  the  extent 
that  oscillation  is  prevented,  the  set  will  be 
satisfactory  on  the  higher  frequencies 
(shorter  wavelengths)  only.  Within  a 
narrow  broadcast  range  750  kc.  wide  (200 
to  400  meters),  such  a  set  would  be  accept- 
able, but  from  1 500  kc.  (200  meters)  to 
545  kc.  (550  meters)  gives  a  band  955  kc. 
wide, — greater  than  has  been  handled  with 
satisfaction. 

Some  difficulty  was  avoided  by  the  manu- 
facture of  sets  and  parts  which  would  not 
reach  the  higher  frequencies  (shorter  wave- 
lengths), but  this  did  not  solve  the  problem 
for  the  user.  When  there  were  no  stations 
assigned  at  the  lower  frequency  end,  the 
omission  was  not  generally  noticed,  al- 
though undoubtedly  part  of  the  reason  why 
stations  were  not  assigned  to  this  band  was 
because  of  the  trouble  the  Government 
knew  would  have  ensued,  and  because  of 
the  complaints  that  would  have  arisen 
among  those  whose  sets  would  not  receive 
satisfactorily  the  full  range  in  effect  at  the 
time  they  were  made. 

SYSTEMS    OF    NEUTRALIZATION 

OINCE  the  reduction  of  coupling  to  the 
^  point  of  complete  avoidance  of  oscil- 
lation gives  acceptable  results  over  part  of 
the  range,  it  follows  that  increasing  the 
coupling  somewhat  by  a  few  more  primary 
turns  will  bring  the  point  of  complete  sup- 
pression farther  up  the  wavelength  scale, 
and  while  oscillations  will  occur  below  that 
point,  the  middle  range  will  respond  favor- 
ably, and  the  upper  range  to  a  slight  extent. 
Similar  results  are  obtainable  under  the 
other  methods  mentioned  by  varying  the 
amount  of  resistance  or  losses,  or  by  fixed 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  -jr 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


355 


—  '  "«-tf  ~f/""f 

IT 

* 

I 

PP 

MMBN^^ 

mSm 

^•H 

f 

AUDIO  FREQUENCYATRANSFORMER 

TYPE  R-SOO       SERIAL  N° 

ALL-AMERICAN  RADIO  CORP.  CHICAGO,  U.S.A. 

\ 

^.KHMMH* 

\  p  i 

~  — 

:  EE 

^ 

When  a  Finer  Transformer  Is  Made 
It  Will  Bear  This  Name-Plate 

iiiiiiiiiiiiliijlijj 

i  I'll!  I't'i'i1  i  t'i't  i  Trf-rri 

EE 

• 

=3  IE  '• 

EE 

5 

Radio  moves  rapidly.   Perhaps  some  time  there 
may  be  seen  a  better  transformer  than  what  we 

II 

EE 

; 

now  know  as  Rauland'Lyric.   It  may  sell 

at  $9, 

E:  : 

™~ 

: 

or  $10,  or  $15,  or  $7.  But  the  careful  observer 

|E  ! 

—  — 

of  the  past  year's  developments  will  entertain 
not  a  moment's  doubt  of  one  thing:  when  the 

EEE  ! 

« 

1; 

better  transformer  comes  it  will  come  beneath 

—  _  . 

— 

'•'- 

the  famous  Rauland'Lyric  name'plate.  Behind 
this  as  a  pledge  rests  the  entire  organization  and 
resources  of  the  All'  American  Radio  Corporation 

EE  : 

I  *"**"" 

•  ~ 

(*^^^         * 

EE:: 

EE 

|; 

:    EE:: 

IT  —  ! 

-3 

=E 
EEj 

IE 

Raukmd'Lyric  is  easily  obtain-                                                     Rauland'Lyric  tone  quality  is 
abk  from  better  'class  dealers                                                     now;  available  in  a  complete 
everywhere.  The  price  is  nine                                                     receiver:  the  new  A  JJ-  American 
dollars.    Descriptive    circular          .                                           Model  R  (a/ive-tube  tuned- 
untfi  technical  data  may  be  had           '                                          radio'frequency  set)  now  being 
on  request  to  All'  American                                          §k         shown.   If  your  preferred  dealer 
Radio  Corporation,  4201       «r/S                    ''••                    does  not  display  it,  send  to  us 
Beimont  Avenue,  Chicago                              -                    S^       for  descriptive  booklet 

EE  : 

TjTmTjl  ;  ( 

^ 

^ 

:      =.- 

I 

if  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


354 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


What  You  COULD 
Get  From  Your  Set 

IT  isn't  what  you're  getting  now.    It's 
how  much  more  you  could  get  from 
your  present  set. 

Your  set  may  be  one  of  the  finest  in 
the  world  but  it  can  be  no  better  than 
its  Dials. 

The  human  hand  cannot  tune  ordinary 
dials  sufficiently  accurate  to  bring  in  all 
the  stations  within  scope  of  your  set. 
That's  where  Science  has  stepped  in 
with  the  two  dials  shown  above. 

MYDAR  Recording  Dial  shown  at  the 
left  above,  offers  a  degree  of  tuning 
efficiency  not  usually  associated  with 
this  price.  Ample  space  for  call  letters 
insures  permanent  logging  of  all  stations. 
Genuine  Bakelite,  handsomely  embel- 
lished—12  to  1  Ratio.  Price  $1.75. 

The  A.J.  (Vernier)  shown  at  the  right 
above,  geared  at  150  to  1,  brings  tones 
into  sharp  focus  like  a  fine  camera  lens. 
Beautiful,  dignified.  Genuine  Bakelite. 
A  master  product  of  master  craftsmen 
-Price  $2.25. 

Accuratune  (not  shown)  geared  80  to  1 
is  admirably  suited  to  every  type  of 
tuning  requirements. 

No  panel  drilling  necessary  to  substitute 
any  one  of  these  dials. 

if  MYDAR  Radio  Company 
3  CAMPBELL  STREET 
NEWARK,  N.  J. 


V 


of  a  coil,  and  this  is  another  method  that 
has  been  used  and  probably  will  be  again. 

It  is  evident  also  that  if  one  circuit  were 
slightly  detuned,  the  tendency  toward  oscil- 
lation would  be  reduced.  Another  method 
has  likewise  been  employed,  oscillations 
being  prevented  by  reducing  the  plate  load 
or  number  of  turns  in  the  primary  circuit 
of  the  transformer,  which  cuts  down  the 
coupling  between  primary  and  secondary. 

This  latter  method  increases  selectivity, 
but  unfortunately  the  energy  transfer  be- 
tween tubes  is  thereby  reduced,  and  if  the 
coupling  is  cut  down  sufficiently  to  prevent 
oscillation  on  the  higher  frequencies 
(shorter  wavelengths),  this  same  insuffi- 
cient coupling  results  in  very  unsatisfac- 
tory response  on  the  longer  waves. 

CAUSE    OF    TROUBLE     ON     SHORTER    WAVES 

AT  550  meters,  the  upper  end  of  the  pres- 
ent broadcasting  band,  the  frequency 
per  second  is  only  545,100,  but  at  200  me- 
ters, or  the  lower  limit,  the  frequency  per 
second  reaches  the  enormous  number  of 
i, 5 00,000 cycles.  The  resultant  increase  in 
tendency  to  oscillate  on  the  higher  fre- 
quencies (shorter  wavelengths)  has  worried 
circuit  designers  from  the  earliest  days  of 
radio.  It  creates  the  problem  that  has  been 
fought  over,  avoided,  evaded,  neglected,  or 
ignored,  according  to  the  varying  degrees 
of  intelligence  or  intention  involved. 

Regardless,  however,  of  what  last  year's 
arguments  may  have  been,  it  is  now  quite 
generally  agreed  that  when  primary  to  se- 
condary coupling  is  reduced  to  the  extent 
that  oscillation  is  prevented,  the  set  will  be 
satisfactory  on  the  higher  frequencies 
(shorter  wavelengths)  only.  Within  a 
narrow  broadcast  range  750  kc.  wide  (200 
to  400  meters),  such  a  set  would  be  accept- 
able, but  from  1 500  kc.  (200  meters)  to 
545  kc.  (550  meters)  gives  a  band  955  kc. 
wide, — greater  than  has  been  handled  with 
satisfaction. 

Some  difficulty  was  avoided  by  the  manu- 
facture of  sets  and  parts  which  would  not 
reach  the  higher  frequencies  (shorter  wave- 
lengths), but  this  did  not  solve  the  problem 
for  the  user.  When  there  were  no  stations 
assigned  at  the  lower  frequency  end,  the 
omission  was  not  generally  noticed,  al- 
though undoubtedly  part  of  the  reason  why 
stations  were  not  assigned  to  this  band  was 
because  of  the  trouble  the  Government 
knew  would  have  ensued,  and  because  of 
the  complaints  that  would  have  arisen 
among  those  whose  sets  would  not  receive 
satisfactorily  the  full  range  in  effect  at  the 
time  they  were  made. 

SYSTEMS    OF    NEUTRALIZATION 

SINCE  the  reduction  of  coupling  to  the 
point  of  complete  avoidance  of  oscil- 
lation gives  acceptable  results  over  part  of 
the  range,  it  follows  that  increasing  the 
coupling  somewhat  by  a  few  more  primary 
turns  will  bring  the  point  of  complete  sup- 
pression farther  up  the  wavelength  scale, 
and  while  oscillations  will  occur  below  that 
point,  the  middle  range  will  respond  favor- 
ably, and  the  upper  range  to  a  slight  extent. 
Similar  results  are  obtainable  under  the 
other  methods  mentioned  by  varying  the 
amount  of  resistance  or  losses,  or  by  fixed 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  -jr 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


355 


E3 


AUDIO  FREQUENCY  TRANSFORMER 

TYPE  R-500       SERIAL  N2 

ALL-AMERICAN  RADIO  CORP.  CHICAGO,  U.S.  A. 


When  a  Finer  Transformer  Is  Made 
It  Will  Bear  This  Name-Plate    f 

Radio  moves  rapidly.  Perhaps  some  time  there 
may  be  seen  a  better  transformer  than  what  we 
now  know  as  Rauland'Lyric.  It  may  sell  at  $9, 
or  $10,  or  $15,  or  $7.  But  the  careful  observer 
of  the  past  year's  developments  will  entertain 
not  a  moment's  doubt  of  one  thing:  when  the 
better  transformer  comes  it  will  come  beneath 
the  famous  Rauland'Lyric  name  "plate.  Behind 
this  as  a  pledge  rests  the  entire  organisation  and 
resources  of  the  All' American  Radio  Corporation 


Rauland'Lyric  is  easily  obtain' 
able  from  better'dass  dealers 
everywhere.  The  price  is  nine 
dollars.  Descriptive  circular 
with  technical  data  may  be  had 
on  request  to  All' American 
Radio  Corporation,  4201 
Belmont  Avenue,  Chicago 


Rauland'Lyric  tone  quality  is 
now  available  in  a  complete 
receiver:  the  new  All' American 
Model  R  (afive'tube  tuned' 
radio-frequency  set)  now  being 
shown.  If  your  preferred  dealer 
does  not  display  it,  send  to  us 
for  descriptive  booklet 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


356 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


Wade  Tuning  Unit  Includ- 
ing Condenser  and  Dial 

The  Wade  Tuning  Unit  con- 
sists of  a  Wade  Condenser 
geared  to  a  four-  nch  360  de- 
gree vernier  dial  of  16  to  1 
ratio.  Finest  possible  control 
with  no  backlash.  Prices  be- 
low are  for  the  complete  unit. 

Capacity  .0001 25  mfd.  #6.00 
Capacity  .00025  mfd.  6.25 
Capacity  .00035  mfd.  *  6.35 
Capacity  .0005  mfd.  6.50 


Viking  Tool  and  Machine  Co. 


Why  dime 
With  Only 
UalfaDial? 


T  TNIQUE  design  of  Wade  Condensers 
^  spreads  stations  over  our  entire 
360  degree  dial.  The  Wade  is  a  complete 
tuning  unit  built  with  specially  designed 
vernier  dial.  This  means  twice  as  much 
space  between  stations  for  close  tuning 
adjustment;  even  wider  separation  of 
stations  than  the  rotor  plate  types  of 
straight  line  frequency  condensers  using 
standard  180  degree  dials.  None  of  the 
annoyance  of  overlapping  stations  and 
jumbled  reception.  The  Wade  Conden- 
ser gives  the  lowest  minimum  capacity 
and  wider  tuning  range.  Covers  the 
whole  broadcast  range  and  down  below 
200  meters. 

No  Body  Capacity  Effects 

A  separately  grounded  frame  insulated  from 
both  sets  of  plates  shields  the  condenser  from 
all  body  capacity  effects — an  important  feature, 
exclusively  in  Wade  Condensers. 

745-A  65th  Street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 


Have  your  favorite  circuit 
Built  or  Repaired  by  experts 

We  are  recommended  by 

Harnmarlund-Roberts 
Radio  Broadcast  Aristocrat 

Sampson 
Browning-Drake 
Bremmer-Tully 

To  render  this  service  ^L. 

These  kits  always  in  stock  * 

—  Prompt  Mail  Order  Service  — 
Radio  Construction  Laboratories 
71-73  West  Broadway  New  York  City 


Blackburn  Ground  Clamps 

Telephone  companies  using 
MILLIONS.  Adjustable  — fits 
any  size  pipe.  Requires  no  pipe 
cleaning — screw  bores  through 
rust  and  scale.  Send  12  cents 
for  sample  and  postage. 
Blackburn  Specialty  Company 
1960  E.66th  St.  Cleveland,  0. 


Books  by  Telegraph 

between 

New  York 
Cleveland 

Kansas  City 
Springfield 
Toledo 

St.  Louis 

Doubleday,  Page  Book  Shop 


neutralization  on  some  wavelength  below 
the  mid-scale,  but  none  of  these  methods 
give  results  over  the  entire  scale.  Should 
the  wavelength  be  increased  by  dropping 
the  lower  limit,  there  is  still  less  possibility 
of  satisfactory  operation. 

EXTERNAL    CIRCUIT    REQUIRED 

EVIDENTLY  some  other  arrangement 
*-'  must  be  found  to  compensate  for  the 
inherent  feedback  of  the  present-day  tube. 
A  logical  solution  is  an  external  circuit  de- 
signed to  feed  back  energy  of  opposite  po- 
tential in  such  manner  and  amount  as  to 
overcome  or  neutralize  the  regenerative 
action  of  the  tube.  It  must  also  be  efficient 
over  the  entire  tuning  range  of  the  receiver 
to  which  it  is  applied. 

It  is  also  evident  that  the  adjustment  of 
this  external  circuit  should  not  remain 
constant  for  all  broadcast  frequencies. 
The  sensitivity  of  a  receiver  is  always  great- 
est just  below  the  point  of  oscillation  of 
both  r.  f.  and  detector  tubes.  The  action 
of  a  sensitive  r.  f.  amplifier  is  therefore  very 
similar  to  the  regenerative  circuit  in  which 
a  regenerative  control,  or  tickler,  is  always 
used  to  bring  regeneration  up  to  the  point  of 
oscillation.  The  difference  is  that,  in  a 
radio-frequency  amplifier,  this  action  is  re- 
duced below  the  point  of  oscillation. 

Panel  control  of  sensitivity  is  just  as  im- 
portant and  desirable,  for  example,  as  the 
panel  control  of  a  tickler  in  the  well-known 
three-circuit  regenerative  receiver.  Per- 
manent neutralization,  on  the  other  hand, 
is  to  all  practical  purposes  similar  to  what 
we  would  find  with  a  permanent  adjust- 
ment of  the  tickler  in  the  circuit  mentioned. 

Only  recently  a  new  method  of  control- 
ing  oscillation  has  been  brought  forward  by 
the  Bremer-Tully  Company  of  Chicago,  and 
has  been  secured  by  patent.  This  system 
has  been  termed  the  "Counterphase,"  and 
an  explanation  of  its  function  is  of  interest. 

The  Bremer-Tully  "Counterphase"  cir- 
cuit includes  a  bridge  between  the  output 
and  the  input  circuits.  Counter  potential  is 
derived  from  a  coil  coupled  inductively  to 
the  plate  circuit,  and  fed,  through  an  adjust- 
able capacity,  to  a  coil  inductively  coupled 
to  the  grid  circuit.  Any  connection  made 
between  plate  and  grid  circuits  must  to 
some  extent  increase  grid-to-plate  capacity, 
which  in  turn  tends  to  increase  oscillation. 
The  most  careful  design  is  necessary,  there- 
fore, to  avoid  such  increase  as  to  make 
neutralization  impossible  in  any  neutraliz- 
ing circuit  at  the  high  frequencies  (shorter 
wavelengths)  of  the  broadcasting  range.  In 
the  Bremer-Tully  "Counterphase"  method, 
this  capacity  effect  is  overcome  to  such  an 
extent  that  neutralization  on  as  high  fre- 
quencies as  1 500  kc.  (200  meters)  is  easily 
accomplished. 

As  compared  to  any  fixed  method  of 
neutralization,  it  will  be  noted  that  the  link 
circuit  between  each  r.  f.  stage  includes 
a  small  adjustable  condenser.  The  method 
of  controlling  two  or  more  stages  of  r.  f. 
amplification  is  extremely  simple. 

The  circuit  is  shown  in  Fig.  5. 

It  is  well  known  that  the  variation  of  a 
resistance  in  series  with  a  condenser  var- 
ies the  effective  capacity  of  the  condenser. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


357 


Employs  no  fluids  of  any  kind.  Uses  only  one  rectifying  tube.  Separate  adjustment  for  detector  and  amplifier  tubes.  Handsomely  finished  in 
rich  velvet-  green  Duco  with  solid  walnut,  satin  finish  top  and  bottom.  Ample  continuous  "B"  current  for  one  to  ten-tube  sets. 

Give  your  Radio  Set  a  "B"  Current 

Supply-—  for  life! 


,  using  alternating  current  from  your  lamp  socket,  in  place  of  "B"  Batteries,  is  guaran' 
teed  to  improve  the  overall  efficiency  of  your  set.  It  provides  constant  "B"  current  at  proper 
potential  for  your  receiver  circuit,  tubes  and  loud  speaker.*  DIS'TON  is  noiseless  in  operation- 
no  crackles  and  popping  such  as  you  get  with  run  down  "B"  Batteries  —  no  hum  of  any  kind 
to  distort  the  finest  aria  or  drown  out  the  faint  signals  from  distant  stations. 

Remarkable  Clarity  -Amazing  Volume  and  Selectivity 


DIS-TON  is  trouble  free — the  special  Trans-Filter  Unit  is  sealed 
in,  protected  against  tampering  and  deterioration.  It  can't  wear 
out.  Consumes  only  eight  watts  from  the  nearest  lamp  socket 
and  puts  your  "B"  load  on  the  big,  powerful,  carefully  watched 
generators  of  your  central  station.  You  can  rely  upon  DISTON 
to  give  you  the  best  from  your  receiver. 


Without  attention  of  any  kind  after  simple  initial  adjustment  to 
your  set — DIS-TON  insures  you  the  equivalent  in  performance  of 
new  "B"  Batteries  every  time  you  listen  in. 
DISTON  requires  no  change  in  the  internal  wiring  of  your  set  to 
secure  either  utmost  efficiency  or  entire  safety.  Accidental  im- 
proper  connections  can't  result  in  tube  "burn  outs." 


DIS-TON  complete 

ready  for  operation 

110  volt,  60  cycle 

$40.00 

Special  3  Voltage 
DIS-TON,  60  cycle 

110  volt,  $45.00 
Other  voltages  and 
cycleson  application 


Know  how  much  DIS-ToN  adds  to  radio 

The  advantages  that  DIS-TON  will  give  you  are  outstanding  and  unusual.  You 

have  the  opportunity  to  verify  them  all  on  your  present  receiver.  A  DIS-TON 

demonstration  is  yours  for  the  asking.  Send  for  Leaflet  B  and  full  details  as  the 

first  step  to  greater  radio  enjoyment  this  season. 

RADIO  PRODUCTS,  Inc. 

Dept.  RB  Richmond/Ind. 

*Regular  DIS-TON  will  modernize  the  performance  of  any  of  the  good,  older  receivers  in  an  amazing  fashion. 

Three  voltage  DIS-TON  is  the  only  AC  current  supply  adapted  to  the  newest  circuit  where  different  detector, 

radio  frequency  and  audiofrequency  ".B"  potential  is  required. 


DIS-TON  KITS 
Essential  Parts 

for 

Home  Builders 
110  volt,  60  cycle 

$28.50 

Other  voltages  and 
cycleson  application 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


358 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


TONE 


SUPER  S  $25.00 

Rubber  horn  I4i"  diameter.  Black 
mat  finish.  Gold  decorated  base. 
Equipped  with  new  Super-Unit. 


clear — natural — pleasing — musical 

HpHE  latest  Bristol  refinement,  the  Super-Unit,  contains  a  large,  low-pitch  dia- 
*•  phragm  which  brings  in,  not  only  the  middle  and  upper  registers,  but  all 
those  deep  bass  notes  heretofore  only  imperfectly  heard  if  at  all.  With  a  Bris- 
tol, either  Super  S  or  Super  C,  you  hear  all  the  concert;  with  it  all  tones  are  dis- 
tinguished in  their  proper  qualities,  in  all  selections. 

Have  Your  Dealer  Send  One  Out  On  Christmas  Eve 

He  will  be  glad  to  have  you  try  any  one  of  the  Bristol  models  in  your 
home.  It's  an  ideal  way  to  appreciate  Bristol  tone  quality  and  judge 
for  yourself.  There  are  four  Bristol  Speakers:  Super  S  at  $25.00,  Su- 
per C,  the  Cabinet,  at  $30.00  and  horn  types  at  $15.00  and  $20.00. 

Send  for  Booklet  "How  to  Select  Your  Loud  Speaker" 

Easily  understood  and  explains  the  "  how"  and  "why"  of  mechanisms 
and  materials  in  loud  speaker  construction. 

BRISTOL  SPEAKER 

[The  AUDIOPHONE] 

THE  BRISTOL  COMPANY  Radio  Div.  AH  WATERBURY,  CONN. 

for  36  years  makers  of  the  highly  sensitive  and  accurate  Bristol's 
Recording  Instruments. 


Therefore,  by  placing  one  resistance  in 
series  with  and  common  to  all  the  neutraliz- 
ing circuits,  the  capacity  of  each  can  be 
changed  by  varying  this  common  resistance. 

The  effect  is  to  unbalance  these  circuits, 
permitting  an  increased  sensitivity,  easily 
variable  over  all  frequencies  within  the 
range  covered. 

Here  again  we  find  a  fortunate  factor 
operating  in  our  favor.  Aside  from  the 
advantage  of  enabling  us  to  control  several 
stages  with  one  knob,  this  resistance  does 
not  introduce  losses  or  interfere  with  se- 
lectivity, and  in  addition  to  that  it  does  not 
affect  dial  readings  by  detuning  the  circuit. 

DUAL   RESISTANCE-CONTROL    AN    ASSET 

INASMUCH  as  sensitivity  is  not  required 
1  on  stations  where  it  is  desirable  to  reduce 
volume,  the  same  knob  can  be  used  to  oper- 
ate a  separate  resistance  in  the  B  battery 
circuit  to  control  volume. 

This  is  accomplished  by  a  dual  resistance 
containing  two  distinct  resistance  elements, 
each  operable  over  an  arc  of  240  degrees. 

When  sensitivity  is  the  objective,  no 
reduction  in  volume  is  desired.  When  a 
decrease  in  volume  is  wanted,  there  is  no  de- 
mand for  sensitivity.  Therefore,  in  opera- 
tion, it  is  necessary  only  to  turn  one  knob 
to  the  right  or  left  to  secure  either  one  or 
the  other  as  desired. 

LjH^*addition  to  the  simultaneous  un- 
balancing feature  which  makes  it  possible 
to  secure  sensitivity  over  the  full  range,  the 
"Counterphase"  method  makes  it  possible 
to  control  three  stages  of  tuned  radio 
frequency  efficiently  with  but  two  tuning 
controls. 

In  design  the  circuit  is  distinctly  new 
and  will  no  doubt  appeal  to  those  who  are 
of  that  jaded  group  of  circuit  seekers  and 
dyed-in-the-wool  experimenters  who  are 
always  on  the  look-out  for  "something  new 
under  the  sun." 

VALUES    OF    PARTS    EMPLOYED    IN    CIRCUIT 


E  coils  employed  in  the  "Counter- 
*  phase"  circuit  are  toroids,  each  wound 
on  a  frame  if  -inches  square.  The  secon- 
dary consists  of  1  68  turns  of  No.  24  double 
silk  covered  wire  and  is  tapped  at  the  I24th 
turn  from  the  filament  end.  It  has  an 
inductance  value  of  220  millihenries.  The 
primary  is  spaced  inside  the  secondary  at 
the  filament  end,  and  consists  of  52  turns 
of  No.  36  d.c.c.  or  d.s.c.  wire. 

The  "Counterphase"  coil  is  wound  with  96 
turns  of  the  No.  36  wire,  its  turns  being 
spaced  between  the  turns  of  the  primary. 
The  antenna  secondary  is  tapped  at  the  2nd, 
8th,  25th,  and  4Oth  turn  from  the  filament 
end  of  the  coil.  The  tuning  condensers 
are  .00035  mfd;  the  trimmers  .000024  mfd. 
The  "Counterphase"  condensers  Cn  have  a 
minimum  of  i  mmf.  and  a  maximum  of  30 
mmf. 

The  dual  resistances  are  variable,  the  one 
located  in  the  Counterphase  part  of  the 
circuit  is  3000  ohms  and  that  in  the  plate 
circuit  500,000  ohms. 

The  by-pass  condensers  are  as  follows:  —  • 
A  .00  1  -mfd.  across  the  first  audio  trans- 
former primary;  a  i-mfd.  across  the  C 
battery,  and  a  i-mfd.  across  the  B  battery. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


359 


Separate  All  Stations  Evenly 


IT  is  not  necessary  to  tear  down  and  rebuild  your  present 
set  in  order  to  separate  the  stations  evenly  on  the  dials. 
By  merely  substituting  Rathbun  Straight  Line  Frequency 
Converters  for  your  present  dials — you  will  be  able  to  se- 
cure real  S.  L.  F.  tuning. 

Here  is  a  variable  vernier  control  that  provides  a  ratio  of 
50  to  1  down  where  the  stations  are  crowded — gradually 
and  smoothly  decreasing  in  uniform  ratio  over  the  full 
360°  of  the  dial.  The  stations  are  evenly  separated  around 
the  entire  circle.  There  are  only  two  moving  parts— a  cam 
and  a  lever.  The  action  is  dependable  and  accurate — with- 
out a  particle  of  backlash.  Easier  tuning  and  immeasur- 
ably better  logging  are  obtainable  from  straight  line  capac- 
ity condensers  with  these  new  converters. 


Remember  that  we  build  the  Rathbun  Single  Hole  Mounting  Condenser 
with  genuine  Bakelite  ends.  This  year's  models  are  enclosed  with 
transparent  pyralin  dustbands  which  preserve  their  high  efficiency 
for  life.  They  are  small,  light  and  rugged — always  reasonably  priced. 

Ask  your  dealer  for  Rathbun  Straight  Line  Frequency  Converters 
He  has  them  in  stock  or  will  get  them  for  you  promptly 

PRICE  $3.50 


* 


RATHBUN  MANUFACTURING  CO.,  INC. 

JAMESTOWN,  N.  Y. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


360 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


dion  Panels  in 
black  and  Mahoga- 
nite  come  cut  in 
alt  standard  sixes 


The  double  advantage 
of  RADION 

SUCCESSFUL  set  manufac- 
turers and  experienced  ama- 
teurs know  that  there  are  two 
important  requirements  for  any 
set: 

1.  Efficient  reception. 

2.  Good  appearance. 

The  selection  of  RADION  goes 
far  toward  fulfilling  both  these 
requirements.  RADION  Panels 
possess  superior  insulating  qual- 
ities not  equaled  in  any  other 
panel  made.  And  RADION  has 
such  a  beautiful  surface  finish 
that  it  noticeably  enhances  the 
appearance  of  any  set. 


New  No.  10  4-inch 
Radian  Dial,  built 
to  conform  to  the 
fingers,  helping  you 
to  get  close  tuning. 


This  double  advantage  of  RADION  is 
due  to  the  fact  that  it  is  the  only  in- 
sulation that  was  made  to  order  for 
radio  purposes  exclusively. 

The  high-resistant  characteristics  of 
RADION  Panels  mark  all  RADION 
low-loss  parts — Sockets,  Dials,  Insula- 
tors, Tubing,  etc.  Adopted  by  leading 
manufacturers  and  sold  universally  by 
radio  dealers. 


No.  2  Ration  Socket  for 
new  UX  tubes  with  collar 
adapter  for  old  type  tubes . 
No.  4  same  as  No.  2, 
without  collar  adapter  for 
new  UX  tubes  exclusively. 


Send  for  booklet,  "Building  Your 
Own  Set."    Mailed  for  10  cents 

Man  ufact  urers:  Our  facilities  and  equipment 
for  the  manufacture  of  moulded  parts  are  sec- 
ond to  none.  Write  us  for  prices  on  quantities. 

AMERICAN  HARD  RUBBER  COMPANY 
Dept.  C-13  11  Mercer  Street  New  York  City 

Chicago  Office:  Conway  Building 

Pacific  Coast  Agent:  Goodyear  Rubber  Co. 

San  Francisco  Portland 


Gflic  Supreme  Insulation 

Made  to  order  for  radio  purposes  exclusively 


If  You  Seek  Economy,  Buy  the  Best! 

By   HAROLD   JOLLIFFE 


The  time  has  come,  the  Walrus  said, 

To  talk  of  many  things; 
Of  shoes  and  ships  and  sealing-wax, 

Of  cabbages  and  kings. 

— CARROLL. 

THE  fellow  who  came  out  with  that  clever 
remark  about  economy,  certainly  was  a 
wise  old  bird;  his  head  was  in  the  right 
place,  and  he  knew  what  he  was  talking  about. 
We  do  not  know  who  the  originator  of  this  bright 
little  maxim  was;  he  probably  dates  'way  back 
down  the  dim  corridors  of  time  to  the  obscure 
and  misty  past,  when  the  ancient  Phoenicians 
dauntlessly  set  forth  in  their  little  vessels  to 
invade  the  shores  of  distant  Britain  with  their 
varied  trade.  Quite  likely  it  had  its  inception 
at  a  far  earlier  date  than  that;  maybe  it  was 
around  about  the  time  when  that  little  fellow, 
David,  got  peeved  and  knocked  his  enemy,  the 
great  and  husky  Goliath,  for  a  home  run,  with  a 
well-directed  stone  from  his  sling. 

But  no  matter  when,  where,  or  how.  It  is 
an  axiom  that  applies  now  as  ever;  and  it  holds 
just  as  forcefully  in  radio  as  in  anything  else 
under  the  sun.  You  can't  get  away  from  it. 

Take  vacuum  tubes,  for  instance.  As  every- 
one knows,  for  the  standard  price  of  two  and  a 
half  dollars  you  can  walk  into  any  radio  dealers' 
and  purchase  a  good  tube;  a  tube  of  recognized 
quality;  a  tube  which  is  the  result  of  the  con- 
stant efforts  of  many  of  the  greatest  scientists 
of  the  age,  and  years  and  years  of  tireless  study 
and  ceaseless  experiment.  Millions  and  millions 
of  dollars  have  been  expended  to  bring  it  up  to 
its  present  high  state  of  perfection,  and  it  has 
embodied  in  its  construction  all  those  desirable 
and  necessary  qualities  which  make  for  an  effi- 
cient, serviceable  tube,  it  is  rated  at  a  certain 
voltage  and  current  consumption,  and  is  guaran- 
teed to  perform  exactly  as  indicated  by  the  man- 
ufacturer when  his  directions,  regarding  its  use 
and  care,  have  been  followed  carefully,  and  pro- 
vided it  is  not  abused.  Therefore,  such  a  tube 
may  be  expected  to  do  all  that  is  claimed  for  it. 
And  yet,  there  are  those  who  will  waste  one 
dollar — yes,  one  buck's  the  price!  Can  you  beat 
it? — on  a  tube  which,  in  the  first  place,  is  proba- 
bly a  "second"  of  a  so-called  independent  manu- 
facturer; a  tube  which,  if  rated  as  consuming  .25 
amps.,  will  more  than  likely  draw  considerably  in 
excess  of  that  amount;  a  tube  which  may  not 
even  fit  its  socket,  for  that  is  exactly  the  case 
with  some  of  the  three-volt  variety.  You  have 
to  take  a  file  and  rub  down  what  appears  to  be  a 
small  brass  rivet  projecting  from  one  side  of  the 
base,  before  it  can  be  inserted  into  a  socket; 
others  sit  wobbly  in  their  sockets  because  their 
bases  have  a  diameter  of  one-sixteenth  inch  less 
than  the  internal  diameter  of  the  shell  of  the 
socket,  which  results  in  uncertain  contact. 

The  writer  knows  of  a  case  where  an  elderly 
couple  had  a  four-tube  receiver,  and  the  tubes, 
having  become  worn  out  through  continued  use, 
needed  replacement.  Despite  warning,  they 
bought  four  tubes  of  the  above-mentioned  type, 
and  without  a  word  of  exaggeration,  these  tubes 
gave  absolutely  no  satisfaction.  They  ate  very 
heavily  into  the  dry  A  batteries — the  tubes  were 
of  the  three-volt  class — and  produced  a  most 
annoying  whining  sound  which  could  not  be 
eliminated  and  which  was  not  due  to  any  fault  of 
the  receiver,  which  was  pulled  apart  and  re-wired 
in  an  attempt  to  locate  the  trouble.  In  the  end, 
they  had  either  to  buy  four  good  tubes  or  let 
the  receiver  sit  on  the  table  and  collect  dust. 
Being  devout  fans  they  purchased  the  tubes,  and 
presto! — the  set  worked  like  a  charm. 

It  therefore  cost  them  sixteen  dollars  to  re- 
place the  tubes  instead  of  twelve.  But  they 
were  attracted  by  the  low  price.  False  economy! 
They  might  just  as  well  have  thrown  the  cheap 
tubes  into  the  ash  can. 

What  is  the  good  of  buying  such  tubes  and 
taking  a  chance  as  to  whether  they  will  be  any 
good?  Admittedly,  you  will  strike  some  good 
ones  now  and  again,  but  at  the  most,  they  are 
good  for  but  a  fraction  of  the  service  you  would 
get  from  the  better  class. 

•if  Tested  and  approved  by  R  VMO  BROADCAST  -A- 


The  writer,  with  the  help  of  a  certain  dealer, 
tested  several  of  these  tubes  with  a  device  which 
registers  the  current  in  the  plate  circuit  when  the 
filament  is  heated  to  a  certain  temperature.  If 
a  recognized  make  of  201 -A  tube  was  inserted  in 
the  socket,  and  the  customary  five  volts  applied 
to  the  filament,  the  milliammeter  indicated  a 
current  of  anywhere  between  i.i  to  1.4  mil- 
liamps.  But  if  one  of  the  dollar  variety  were 
tried,  it  was  seldom  indeed  that  a  reading  of 
more  than  one  milliamp.  was  obtained;  many 
went  as  low  as  .75  milliamps.,  but  only  once  in  a 
while  would  the  meter  indicate  a  good  tube. 

Then  again  many  of  them  will  not  oscillate. 
The  writer  has  three  such  tubes  of  the  201 -A  type 
which  were  loaned  him  for  testing  purposes. 
One  will  oscillate  very  strongly  if  a  pressure  of 
no  less  than  5.5  volts  is  applied  to  the  filament. 
The  remaining  two  will  not  oscillate  at  all, 
which,  of  course,  renders  them  useless  as  detec- 
tors in  a  regenerative  circuit.  And  do  they  play 
havoc  with  the  A  battery!  I'll  tell  the  world! 

AND  TRANSFORMERS! 

/CONSIDER  audio  frequency  transformers. 
v-<  These,  next  to  vacuum  tubes,  are  probably 
the  most  delicate  of  all  radio  receiving  apparatus. 
They  must  be  designed  and  constructed  with  the 
greatest  thought  and  care,  for  it  is  upon  the  de- 
sign and  construction  of  the  audio  amplifier  that 
the  quality  of  the  received  music  depends.  Oh, 
yes;  the  loud  speaker  does  have  a  lot  to  do  with 
it,  but  the  audio  amplifier  first.  Now,  if  there  is 
anyone  who  believes  it  possible  to  produce  a 
good  transformer,  one  that  will  really  do  the 
work,  for  $1.50,  let  him  take  the  floor  and  show 
us  how!  It  simply  can't  be  done,  after  the 
middlemen  have  taken  their  profits. 

Yet,  a  rather  doubtful  looking  affair  can  now 
be  purchased  at  that  price  at  certain  cut  rate 
stores — one  dollar  for  the  winding  and  fifty  cents 
for  the  core,  is  the  way  they  advertise  them. 

A  socket  for  twenty-five  cents,  and  not  such  a 
bad-looking  affair  at  that.  Cheap?  Sure  it  is, 
until  you  apply  the  soldering  iron  and  melt  half 
of  it.  Nothing  but  "mud"! 

Radio  fans!  If  you  wish  to  build  a  good  re- 
ceiver, one  that  will  reward  you  with  the  great- 
est possible  clarity  and  distance  for  a  given 
number  of  tubes,  one  that  will  be  easy  to  work 
with  during  construction,  one  that  you  can  pull 
apart  without  damaging  the  apparatus  when  you 
wish  to  switch  over  to  another  circuit — then 
purchase,  steal,  or  otherwise  acquire  good,  de- 
pendable apparatus.  There's  a  reason! 

Take  the  case  of  John  Brown,  for  instance. 
The  radio  bug  bit  Johnny  good  and  hard;  so 
having  a  nice  little  work  bench  and  all  the 
necessary  tools  down  the  cellar,  he  decided  to 
"  roll  his  own."  Being  a  sensible  sort  of  a  fellow, 
he  went  out  and  bought  the  best  he  could  afford, 
and  since  he  didn't  know  much  about  it,  he  took 
someone  along  with  him  to  show  him  what  was 
what,  and  why.  Johnny  now  has  a  fine  outfit  if 
there  ever  was  one,  a  real  low  loss  set,  and  he  is 
justly  proud  of  it.  He  gets  splendid  results: 
night  after  night  the  old  stations  come  pounding 
in  with  a  roar;  and  Johnny  sits  back  in  the  old 
easy  chair  with  a  contented  look  on  his  face,  and 
enjoys  real  radio  satisfaction. 

His  neighbor,  just  a  few  doors  down,  is  always 
tinkering  around,  fixing  this  and  changing  that 
and  wondering  why  in  heck  his  set  won't  work  as 
well  as  Johnny's.  The  answer  is  simple.  Al- 
though he  could  afford  it,  he  wouldn't  spend  the 
necessary  cash  to  buy  the  good  parts  that  char- 
acterized Johnny's  purchase.  Disregarding  the 
reliable  dealer  down  at  the  corner,  he  went  to 
the  other  store  where  "a  real  low  loss"  variable 
condenser  sells  for  a  dollar  and  a  quarter,  and 
bought  a  lot  of  cheap  stuff  that  Johnny  and  his 
experienced  friend  passed  up  with  a  grin  of 
derision.  He  now  has  more  sense,  and  is  think- 
ing of  junking  the  entirety  of  his  original  pur- 
chase and  starting  in  all  over  again  with  good 
apparatus. 

johnny  Brown  doesn't  have  to  do  that,  so  he 
is  just  that  much  money  to  the  good. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


361 


362 


EADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


ASK  .  .  ANY  .  .  RADIO  .  .  ENGINEER 


An  every-night 

adventure  of  Burgess 

Radio  Batteries 

ONE  of  the  reasons  why 
you  should  always  buy 
Burgess  Radio  Batteries  is 
that  the  batteries  used  by  air' 
mail  pilots — battleships — ex' 
plorers— and  the  majority  of 
recognised  radio  engineers— 
are  evolved  in  the  Burgess 
Laboratories  and  manufac' 
tured  in  the  Burgess  factory. 

These  batteries  are  identi' 
cal  with  the  batteries  sold 
by  your  dealer  and  thousands 
of  other  good  dealers  every 
where. 

BURGESS  BATTERY  COMPANY 

GENERAL  SALES  OFFICE:  CHICAGO 

Canadian  Factories  and  Offices: 
Niagara  Falls  and  Winnipeg 


BURGESS 

RADIO 

BATTERIES 


:Now,  I  HAVE  FOUND 


A  Department  for  the  Exchange  of  Ideas  and  Sugges- 
tions of  Value  to  the  Radio  Constructor  and  Operator 

CONTRIBUTIONS  to  this  department  are  welcome  and  those  used  will  be 
paid  for  at  the  usual  rates,  that  is  from  two  to  ten  dollars  each.     A  pri^e 
of  twenty-five  dollars  is  given  for  the  best  idea  used  during  each  three-month 
period.      The  prizewinner  for  the  last  period  was  announced  in  the  November 
RADIO  BROADCAST.     All  manuscripts  intended  for  this  department  should  not 
exceed  about  three  hundred  words  and  should  he  typewritten.     Little  consider- 
ation can  be  given  to  manuscripts   not  typewritten.       Envelopes   should  be 
addressed  to  this  department,  RADIO  BROADCAST,  Garden  City,  New  York. 


THE  ROBERTS  CIRCUIT  AND  AUDIO 

AMPLIFIER  WITHOUT  A  STORAGE 

BATTERY 

THE  circuit  about  to  be  explained 
consists  of  the  well-known  Roberts 
two-tube  circuit  plus  one  stage  of 
audio  amplification.  One  five-volt  tube 
and  two  three-volt  tubes  are  employed. 
The  filament  supply  for  the  three-volt  tubes 
consists  of  a  battery  of  dry  cells,  while  the 
five-volt  audio  amplifier  tube  is  supplied 
through  a  transformer  by  the  oo-cycle  a.  c. 
lighting  system.  In  this  way  the  expense 
and  inconvenience  of  a  storage  battery  are 
eliminated  without  sacrificing  any  of  the 
good  points  of  the  set. 

In  order  to  eliminate  the  a.  c.  hum  from 
the  amplifier,  a  potentiometer  and  grid  bias 
are  necessary.  By  connecting  the  grid  re- 
turn of  the  amplifier  to  the  negative  ter- 


value  and  the  switch  used  for  making  and 
breaking  the  filament  circuit. 

A  transformer  with  a  secondary  voltage 
of  at  least  six,  is  used.  This  steps  down 
the  house  lighting  circuit  voltage  from  1 10 
volts.  A  toy  transformer  is  being  used  on 
my  set  at  present.  A  bell  ringing  trans- 
former which  gives  the  required  secondary 
voltage  may  be  used.  Do  not  burn  the 
tube  at  greater  brilliancy  than  is  necessary 
to  obtain  good,  clear  tone  quality. 

The  filament  rheostats  of  the  three-volt 
tubes  are  each  of  25  ohms  resistance.  It  is 
important  that  the  negative  terminal  of  the 
filament  battery  be  grounded;  otherwise  a 
hum  will  be  heard  in  the  phones. 

The  adjustment  of  the  amplifier  consists 
merely  in  lighting  all  the  tubes,  plugging-in 
on  the  amplifier,  and  adjusting  the  poten- 
tiometer arm  until  the  hum  heard  in  the 
phones  is  at  a  minimum.  The  position  of 


A.C  Output  of  Step-down 
Transfotmef 


FIG.     I 


minal  of  the  filament  supply  for  the  three- 
volt  tubes,  and  connecting  the  potentio- 
meter arm  to  the  positive  terminal  of  this 
battery,  the  grid  of  the  amplifier  acquires 
a  45-volt  negative  bias. 

I  have  found  by  operation  that  a  vernier 
is  not  necessary  on  the  grid  circuit  tuning 
condenser  of  the  first  tube.  However,  on 
the  second  tube,  a  vernier  condenser  greatly 
facilitates  tuning.  Two  jacks  are  so  ar- 
ranged that  the  loud  speaker  may  be  plug- 
ged-in  on  the  output  of  the  three-volt  or  on 
the  amplifier  output.  A  filament  switch 
is  used  to  control  the  filament  circuits  of 
the  three-volters.  In  this  manner  the  fila- 
ment rheostats  may  be  set  at  the  proper 

f  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  - 


the  arm  should  be  midway  between  its  ex- 
treme end  positions.  If  the  hum  is  not  re- 
duced to  low  audibility  when  the  potentio- 
meter arm  is  near  its  mid-position,  check 
over  the  amplifier  connections  and  examine 
the  potentiometer  itself  for  broken  wire  or 
loose  contacts. 

The  circuit  as  shown  in  Fig.  i  is  correct 
for  two  three-volt  tubes  and  one  audio 
amplifier  tube.  This  latter  tube  may  be 
of  any  type  capable  of  handling  the  out- 
put of  the  preceding  tubes.  The  ohmic 
value  of  its  rheostat  is  determined  by  the 
filament  current  and  voltage,  and  by  the 
output  voltage  of  the  filament  transformer. 

For  a  tube  requiring  a  filament  current  of 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


363 


NATIONAL  Velvet  Vernier  DIAL 


Type  B,  Variable 

(Patents  Pending) 


Positive  Control 
Easily  Mounted 
Gearless 


Variable  Ratio 
Velvety  Smooth 
Graceful  Design 


* 


With  This  NEW  National  Type  B,  Velvet  Vernier  Dial, 
YOU  Control  the  Reduction  Ratio! 


WHAT  a  difference  in  the  tuning  of  your 
set  when  you  replace  your  plain  dial 
with   a  new  NATIONAL  Type  B  Variable 
(patents  pending).     You'll  be  astonished. 

Any  ratio  you  desire,  from  a  minimum  of 
6  to  1  to  a  maximum  of  20  to  1  is  instantly 
obtained  by  shifting  a  small  lever.  Note  how 
it  separates  the  stations  operating  on  the 
lower  wave  lengths. 


Easily  mounted  on  the  \"  shaft  of  any  stand- 


ard  type   of  variable   condenser, 
tool  you  need  is  a  screw  driver. 


The  only 


The  same  velvety  smoothness,  the  same  free- 
dom from  backlash,  the  same  mechanical  drive 
as  the  famous  Type  A  Velvet  Vernier  Dial, 
(patents  pending).  Price  $2.50. 


NATIONAL  Tuning  Unit 
Type  B  D-2 


The  NATIONAL  Tuning  Unit 

for  the  popular  circuits  and  hook- 
ups gives  amazing  results  to  am- 
ateur set -builders. 

Comprises  the  NATIONAL 
CONDENSER  and  the  wonderful 
BROWNING-DRAKE  TRANS- 
FORMER Complete  in  one 
package,Price  $22.  Makes  a  most 
welcome  Christmas  Gift. 

Write  for  Bulletin  106  R.  B. 
NATIONAL  CO.,  INC. 

W.  A.  READY,  President 
110  Brookline  St.    CAMBRIDGE,  MASS. 


NATIONAL  Tuning  Unit 
Type  B  D-l 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


364 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


Better  Tone! 

with  Dry  Cells 
and  UX  120 

than  with  Storage  Batteries 


Note:  The  UX  120 
is  a  new  three-volt  dry 
battery  power  tube. 
Used  for  audio  fre- 
quency amplification, 
this  tube  will  produce 
better  quality  and  great- 
er loud  speaker  volume 
than  regular  storage 
batterv  lubes. 


Any  set  owner  can  easily  install  a  UX  120 
tube  in  his  set  in  a  few  minutes  by  using  the 
new  Na-Ald  Number  120  Connectorald.  It 
is  a  simple,  efficient  means  of  introducing  the 
necessary  additional  "B"  and  "C"  voltage 
required  for  this  tube  into  the  plate  and  grid 
circuit  without  rewiring  the  set.  As  easy 
to  use  as  an  adapter. 

Just  slip  the  Connectorald  onto  the  UX  120 
tube  and  put  the  tube  in  the  socket.  Connect 
the  batteries — and — well,  that's  all  there  is 
to  it.  Except  to  enjoy  a  quality  and  volume 
you  would  not  have  believed  possible.  No 
need  to  fuss  with  charging  batteries.  The 
simplicity,  economy  and  freedom  from  atten- 
tion characteristic  of  dry  cells  is  now  com- 
bined with  the  real  volume  and  quality 
previously  obtainable  only  with  storage 
battery  tubes. 

The  No.  120  Connectorald  is  suitable  for 
all  sockets — metal  neck  as  well  as  insulated. 
For  sale  at  radio,  electrical  and  hardware 
stores.  Price,  $1.25. 

NA-ALD  ADAPTERS 


Na-Ald  Adapter  419-X 

With  this  adapter  the  Na-Ald  df 
Luxe  Socket  will  take  the  new  UX  199 
small  base  tube.  Price,  419-X,  35 
cents. 


Na-AId  420 

Connectorald 

No.  420,  equipped  with 
cables,  enables  owners  of 
Radiola  Snper-Het  to  get  the 
great  increase  in  volume  and 
clarity  the  new  UX-120  tube 
develops.  Price,  420,  $1.25 


Na-Ald  Adapter  421-X 

No.  421-A"  makes  possible  the  shift 
from  WD-U  to  UX  lubes.  Especially 
designed  to  enable  owners  of  Radiola 
III,  and  III-A  to  enjoy  the  improved 
operation  the  new  tubes  provide. 
Price,  75  cents. 


All  Na-Ald  products  are  for  sale  at  radio, 
electrical  and  hardware  stores,  everywhere. 
Send  for  complete  data  on  adapters  for  new 
tubes. 

ALDEN  MANUFACTURING  Co. 

Also  makers  of  the  Famous  Na-Ald 
Sockets  and  Dials 

Dept.  B14  Springfield,  Mass. 

Alden  Processed 


IA-ALI 

Sockets  and  Dials 


i  ampere,  use  a  6-ohm  rheostat  for  a  secon- 
dary voltage  of  6  volts;  use  about  a  25-ohm 
rheostat  for  any  voltage  between  6  and  10 
volts. 

For  a  tube  requiring  a  filament  current  of 
one  ampere,  a  6-ohm  rheostat  may  be  used 
for  any  voltage  up  to  10  volts. 

I  have  used  plate  voltages  as  low  as  67 
volts  on  both  amplifier  tubes  with  satis- 
faction. The  optimum  value  of  plate 
voltage  for  the  detector  tube  can  best  be 
found  by  experiment,  and  for  the  three-volt 
tube  will  be  about  40  volts. 

JOHN  B.  CLOTHIER,  JR., 
Lansdowne,  Pennsylvania. 

A  HOME-MADE  LOUD  SPEAKER 

THE  main  difficulty  in  loud  speaker 
horn  construction  lies  in  cutting  the 
parts  to  fit,  and  in  obtaining  well 
proportioned  lines  and  acoustics,  which  will 
be  a  credit  to  the  finished  product. 

A  brief  study  of  the  patterns  and  details 
given  below,  will  enable  anyone  to  build 
easily  a  horn  which  will  be  very  satisfactory 
with  an  audio-frequency  amplifier. 

It  is  constructed  almost  entirely  of  rs 
inch  fibre  or  cardboard,  and  the  dimensions 
for  the  various  pieces  are  outlined  in  Fig.  2. 

The  back,  A,  is  cut  from  a  piece  9  inches 
wide  and  24  inches  long.  A  line  drawn 
through  the  center  and  perpendicular  to 
the  9-inch  side,  will  aid  in  making  the  nine 
measurements,  one  every  three  inches,  to 
secure  the  curves  indicated.  The  two  sides, 
B,  and  back,  C,  are  likewise  laid  out  and 
cut  with  a  sharp  knife. 

The  four  parts  are  fitted  together  by 
lapping  A  and  C  over  the  two  sides,  B,  be- 
ginning at  the  bell  end  and  taking  one  cor- 
ner at  a  time  and  bending  to  conform  to 
the  curves  and  fastening,  wherever  neces- 
sary, with  a  few  stitches  of  No.  26  copper 
wire,  which  is  threaded  through  perforations 
near  the  edge. 

After  all  corners  are  fastened,  four  strips 
of  strong  paper,  4  inches  wide,  are  cut  to  fit 
each  corner.  These  are  creased  lengthwise, 


THE    FINISHED    SPEAKER 

scored  where  bends  cause  wrinkles,  and 
pasted  on  smoothly. 

To  assist  in  making  the  base,  D,  a  circle 
14  inches  in  diameter  is  drawn  on  a  piece 
of  cardboard.  This  is  then  marked,  cut, 
scored  on  the  dotted  lines,  bent  over  a 
sharp  edge  and  the  seven  5-inch  woodstrips 
tacked  in  at  the  corners.  Four  of  these 
may  be  used  if  desired.  A  f-inch  hole  is 
cut  in  the  center  of  the  base  for  a  No.  522 
CW  Western  Electric  Loud  Speaker  Unit. 
The  base  and  horn  are  then  fastened  to- 
gether with  moulding  and  small  brass 
screws,  and  the  whole  given  four  coats  of 
paranite.  Paranite  can  be  made  by  dissolv- 
ing parts  of  an  old  phonograph  record  in  de- 
natured alcohol.  It  strengthens  the  horn 
and  gives  it  a  very  desirable  velvet  black 
finish. 

The  unit  is  fastened  in  the  base  by  first 
inserting  the  rubber  bushing  to  a  tight  fit. 

(Continued  on  page  174) 


J£  Moulding 
and  Bottom  Strips 


-1% 


FIG.    2 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


373 


if-  41 


Operates  WMAQ 

"Accepted  a  position  with 
Chicago  Daily  News — Station 
WMAQ.  My  income  prac- 
tically doubled  thanks  to  your 
fine  course." 

KEITH  KIMBALL,  Chicago. 


[Be  a  Radio  Expert 

Get   into   the   great  new   Big-Pay  In- 
dustry— Radio.     If  you're    earning    a 
penny  less  than  #50  a  week,  clip  coupon 
now.      Send    for   AMAZING    FREE 
BOOK.     Be  a  Radio  Expert  and  draw 
down  big  money  for  the  easiest  and  most  fascinating 
work  in  the  world.     Positions  everywhere.     Thor- 
oughly-trained men  are  in  big  demand.     Need  for 
Radio  Experts  in  every  community.   Short  hours. 
BIG    PAY.     Free  book   gives   all   the  facts. 
Astonishing     opportunities  —  thousands     of 
them!     Every  day  N.  R.  I.  trained  men  are 
taking  good  places  in  the  Radio  field.    Free 
book  tells  all  about  their  success.     Send 
for  it  now! 

Learn  Quickly  and  Easily 
AT  HOME 

Master  Radio  Engineers  will  show  you  how  to  qualify  quickly  and  easily 
at  home,  for  Radio's  fine  jobs.     We  guarantee  to  train  you  successfully. 
Lack  of  experience  no  drawback — common  schooling  all  you  need.     Our 
tested,  clear  methods  make  it  easy  for  you.     Send  coupon  now  for 
free  proof. 


Gets  Big  Job 

"Just  been  made  Sales  Man- 
ager of  this  Radio  concern — 
a  big  raise  in  pay.  Regret 
I  did  not  take  course  sooner." 
R.  E.  JONES,  Bay  City. 


k"  '  *  r4 

Radio' 

Needs 

Trained 

Men 


Most  amazing 
book  on  Radio 
ever  written 
—  full,  inter- 
esting facts 
about  this 
great  field  and 
how  we  pre- 
pare you  and 
help  you  start. 
You  can  do  what  others 
have  done.  GET  THIS 
BOOK. 

SEND  COUPON 

Send  coupon  to-day  for  spec- 
ial limited  offer,  including  all 
instruments  —  you'll    get    full 
particulars  by  return  mail. 

National  Radio 
Institute 

Dept.  AU5,  Washington,  D.  C. 


Instruments 
Given  with  Course 

All    instruments    shown    here 
and    many   others   given  to 
students  for  practice  work 
while  learning.    Receiving 
sets,  from  simplest  kind 
to    thousand    mile    re- 
ceiver, an  UNEQUAL- 
ED  OFFER.     Many 
other    big    features 
for    limited     time 
only. 


Famous 

Training  That 

"Pays  for  Itself" 

Spare-time  earnings  are  easy 
in  Radio.  Increase  your 
income  almost  from  the 
start  through  practical 
knowledge  we  give  you.  This 
is  the  famous  practical 
training  that  pays  its  own 
way. 


LARGEST  RADIO  SCHOOL  IN  THE  WORLD 


ORIGIN ffTORS  OF  RADIO  HOME-STUDY  TRAINING 


MAIL  THIS  NOW 


NATIONAL  RADIO  INSTITUTE 
Dept.  AU5 

Washington,  D.  C. 

Without  obligating  me  in  any  way,  send  me  your  free  book, 
"Rich  Rewards  in  Radio,"  and  all  information  about  your  prac- 
tical, home-study  Radio  course. 


Name  , 


Address 

Town State. 


374 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


ANOTHER 

JEWELL 

DEVELOPMENT— 

—  Jewell 

Engineers  are  constantly 
studying  the  latest  devel- 
opments in  radio  :—  where 
there  is  need  for  a  new 
instrument  we  are  the 
first  to  design  it. 


The  Jewell  No.   109 

Super-Heterodyne 

Voltmeter 

—Shown  above 
was  designed  for  owners 
of  Radiola  portable  Super- 
heterodyne sets.  It  is 
mounted  in  a  panel  which 
is  an  exact  duplicate  of 
those  in  the  set. 

SAVE  YOUR  TUBES 


ASK    FOR  JEWELL 
15-B   RADIO   CATALOG. 


Jewell   Electrical    Instrument 
Company 

1650  Walnut  St.,  Chicago,  HI. 
26  Years  Making  Good  Instruments 


The  insertion  of  the  nipple  into  this  rubber 
under  considerable  force  holds  it  perman- 
ently, while  the  cord  is  brought  out  through 
a  small  perforation  in  the  side.  The  dia- 
phragm of  the  unit  is  adjustable,  and  in 
conjunction  with  this  horn  and  90  volts  on 
theplateof  a  two-stage  amplifier,  it  brings  in 
distant  stations  with  as  good  definition  and 
volume  as  many  more  expensive  speakers. 

J.T.  CARVER, 
Huntington,  Tennessee. 

CYLINDRICAL  COILS  FOR  THE 
KNOCKOUT  SET 

THIS   letter   is    in   response   to   your 
request  in  RADIO  BROADCAST  regard- 
ing the  use  of  cylindrical  coils  in  the 
Roberts.'circuit.  (Incidentally,  I  bought  this 
particular  issue  at  a  newsstand  in  Singa- 
pore.) 

I  built  a  three-tube  Roberts  outfit  last 
summer,  using  cylindrical  coils,  and  con- 
sider it  a  very  satisfactory  set.  I  find  that 
some  distortion  is  present  when  receiving 
local  or  near-by  stations,  but  on  the  DX 
stuff  the  reproduction  is  all  that  could  be 
desired.  The  distortion  on  locals  can  be 
eliminated  by  slightly  detuning  the  left 
hand  condenser. 

The  circuit  is  shown  in  Fig.  3  while  the 
arrangement  of  coils  may  also  be  seen  in 
this  diagram.  Tubes  of  the  UV-2OIA  type, 


daylight  cut  them  off.  It  is  interesting  to 
note  that  all  of  the  stations  east  of  the 
Rockies  suddenly  fall  off  at  about  3200 
miles  west  of  San  Francisco,  in  longitude 
173  East.  The  same  effect  is  noticed  on 
the  4200-^3700  kilocycles-(75-8o  meter) 
amateur  signals  which  are  very  strong  one 
night  and  unreadable  the  next  as  we  go 
farther  east.  At  the  same  time  there  is  no 
decrease  in  the  signal  strength  of  the  west 
coast  stations. 

I  found  that  the  use  of  No.  24  d.s.c.  wire 
for  the  coils  was  satsifactory,  and  used  this 
wire  throughout.  The  dimensions  of  the 
coils  and  the  data  for  their  construction  is 
perfectly  simple,  and  is  as  follows:  S-i 
consists  of  forty-five  turns  wound  in  single- 
layer  fashion,  on  a  suitable  tube  of  three- 
inch  diameter;  A,  which  is  the  primary 
coil,  is  next  wound  on  the  same  tube  and 
on  top  of  S-i,  in  the  center.  It  consists  of 
25  turns  of  the  24  d.s.c.  wire,  and  is  tapped 
at  every  fifth  turn;  N-P  is  the  next  con- 
sideration. It  is  formed  of  two  2o-turn 
coils  wound  on  top  of  each  other,  on  a  tube 
with  a  diameter  of  2f  inches;  S-2  is  bank 
wound,  and  is  composed  of  45  turns.  Its 
cylindrical  form  is  also  2f  inches  diameter; 
T,  the  tickler  coil,  is  made  by  winding  20 
turns  on  a  2-inch  tube.  The  tickler  coil  is 
so  arranged  that  it  may  be  variably  coupled 
to  S-2,  as  shown  by  the  dotted  lines  in  Fig. 
3.  I  have  found  this  arrangement  gives 
better  results  than  if  the  tickler  is  mounted 


+45  +90 


FIG.   3 


and  General  Radio  audio  transformers  are 
used  throughout. 

This  set  has  brought  in  KGO  Oakland  at 
820  miles  west  of  San  Francisco,  in  broad 
daylight,  and  practically  every  important 
station  in  the  country  at  night,  until  we 
were  so  far  west  of  San  Francisco  that  the 


to  rotate  within  S-2.  N-P  should  be  placed 
about  f-inch  from  S-2  for  best  results. 
Ci  and  C2  were  found  necessary,  as  without 
them  the  receiver  was  found  to  be  very 
unstable. 

L.  O.  DORAN, 
San  Francisco,  California. 


( "  As  stated  elsewhere  in  this  department,  a  $25  prize  is 
awarded  each  three  months  for  the  best  contribution  pub- 
lished. The  winner  for  the  December,  January  and  Feb- 
ruary period  will  be  announced  in  the  next  number  of 

RADIO  BROADCAST. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  -jr 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


375 


It  works  better  than  a  Jot  of  sets  that  sell  for 
twice  the  price.  I  have  owned  four  other  sets  ana 
heard  many  more  -  and  none  beats  this 


Built  like— looks  like—performs  like  a  $200  set!— 27  inches  long. 


Demand  Breaking  All  Records-More  User  Agents  Wanted-Get  Wholesale  PricesQuick 


Notice! 


RADIO 

GETS'EM 
COAST  fr 
COAST 


Enormous  demand  for  the  celebrated  Miraco 
Ultra  6  (resulting  from  itB  many  enthusiastic 
users  so  highly  recommending  it  to  their 
frienda)  enabled  us  to  add  boats  of  coatly 
new  features.  latest  refinements  and  up.-to- 

expect  to  find  only  onThe  newest  se^selli^K  a! 
much  higher  prices.  So  the  Improved  Ultra 
p  tor  1926  is  even  a  better  set—  a  more  beaut- 
iful set—  a  more  selective  and  more  powerful 
set—  incredible  BS  thia  may  aound'  —  for  less 
money  than  ever  before. 


COAST  TO  COAST  RECEPTION  VERIFIED  BY  USERS 


MANY  SAY  IT'S  BEST  THEY'VE 

"Ultra  6"  more  than  meets  my 
expectations  of  a  gnod  radio  set. 
Many  think  it  is  the  best  that  they 
have  heard.  For  volume,  selec- 
tivity, clearness  and  long  distance 
u  is  unsurpassed  in  my  estimation 

s, Auto   Supply.    Allentown. 

i>nna, 

.PRAISES  THE  FINE  TONE  AND 

The  Ultra-5  has  a  fine  tone  and  trood 
volume;  last  night  had  24  different 
Stations  from  8  to  10-aIl  on  loud 

speaker.   O.  T Malone,  Ne< 

York. 

THE   TONE    IS    "WONDERFULLY 
CLEAR  AND  POWERFUL" 

"T1  m."re  tnan  PIe*««d  with  my  6 
tube  Miraco.  Tone  wonderful  lye  [ear 

and  powerful.  D.  C Detroit, 

Michigan. 

MORE  PRAISE  FOR  MIRACO 
,      TONE  QUALITY 

The  Ultra-6  received  from  you  is 
the  best  lever  heard.  It  is  just  as 
clear  as  a  crystal.  Raymond  W. 

Massback.  III. 

ONE  OF  THE^CLEAREST  EVER 

All  who  have  heard  ray  Ultra-5  set 
-jronounce  it  one  of  the  clearest 
Jiey  have  heard,  and  I  must  say 
that  the  MIRACO  is  In  every  way  as 
represented  by  you  George  .  . 
Colville,  Washington. 

MONTANA  HEARS  BOTH 

COASTS 

IJltra-R  wet  is  O.  K.  Have  got  them. 
New  York  to  Los  Angeles,  Winni- 
peg to  Dallas.  Texas.  W.  H 

rolson,  Montana. 

OHIO  GETS  'EM  COAST  TO 

COAST 

We  are  enjoying  the  Ultra-5  Radio. 
It  is  all  you  recommended.  We  get 
stations  on  the  east  coast,  south 
and  west  coast.  Walter  .....  Van 
Buren,  Ohio. 

CALIFORNIA  THE    FIRST  NIGHT 

Headphi.nea  are  not  necessary  with 
the  Ultra-5  I  bad  KFI,  California, 
the  first  night  with  same  volume  as 

Pittsburgh.  Fred  G Liver- 

pool,  Ohio. 


K 


With  Miraco'  five"  "tube  "set  am  get- 
ting stations  on  the  Pacific  and  At- 

WKWt1"*1 paulB 

^COAST  TO  COAST"  A  REALITY 

The  two  Miraco-6's  have  been  work- 
ing fine,  in  fact  far  beyond  our 
expectations,  four  statement  of 
'coast  to  coast"  reception  proved 

absolutely  a  reality.    T.   D 

Houston,  Texas. 

MICHIGAN  GETS  COAST  TO 
COAST 

I  am  overly  pleased  with  the  Miraco 
Ultra-5.  Can  get  stations  from  coast 
to  coast  and  from  Texas  to  Canada. 
Geo.  O' Gordon,  Michigan. 

LOTS  OF  VOLUME  -  20  STATION     FIRST  NIGHT 

Will  drop  yoa  a  few  lines  to  let  you  know  that  I  re- 
ceived my  Miraco  Ultra-5  and  that  it  works  fine.  Had 
20  stations  the  first  night  —  it  has  lots 
ofvolume.  Fred Versailles,  III. 

The  reports  we  print  are 
from  UNSOLICITED  letters 
sent  us  by  pleased  users. 


INDIANA  HEARS  BOTH  COASTS 

Miraco  Ultra-5  is  a  first-class  set 
In  every  respect.  It  can't  possibly 
be  beat  for  the  price.  The  first  night 
1  received  over  twenty  stations 

from  both  coasts.  Adolpb  M 

Indianapolis.  Indiana. 

MINNESOTA  HEARS  COAST  TO 
COAST 

Received  Ultra-5  in  fine  condition. 
Have  received  programs  from  sta- 
tions all  over  the  Ui.ited  States  and 
Canada.  We  find  it  is  one  of  the  best 
sets  in  this  locality.  We  are  well 
pleased  with  the  wonderful  results. 
Clarence  ,..,.'  Nashwauk,  Minn, 

HEARS  CALIFORNIA  TO  EUROPE 

Enclosed  is  a  partial  list  of  the  sta- 
tions I  received  with  the  Miraco 
Ultra-B:  KSD,  WEUH  WHAV 
WEAF.  WLW,  WCHD  WHIT 
WOR.  WJAZ,  WOC.  WHAS  WWj' 
CKAC,  KKIX.  WCK.WHAZ' 
KPAB  WllAA,  WAS!,  WCAP 
WTAfc.  WC1J,  KFKX  ,'WAAW 
WTAM.  WOAI,  WSOri.  WCCO 
KDKA.  WIJAr*.  WMO.  CNRO, 
WLS,  WHJ,  WBZ.  WNH  KFNF 


Carl  H. 


Ine.),     Paris    

.  .  Waukeaha.  V.  is. 

MONTANA   HEARS   CALIFORNIA 
TO  IRELAND 

am  more  than    pleased  with  the 
ltra-6  Receiver.  I  have  90  stations 
my   record  in  20  days'  time    in- 


[a 
Ultr 


. 


»T  v  *-t.     n\ifi  tj,     w  n  \j,     WUUA 
^kCp?UA,UkBT°KAp£   &$£ 

%ttVM£F**u?.'(l& 

WM<1.  WJJ^VVGAN:  KKU.'WGW: 


-  Jlock  I  received  Ireland,  the  dis- 
tance being  several  thousand  miles 

Richard Coniertown.  MontJ 

WEST  VIRGINIA  HEARS 

AUSTRALIA 

Got2-XBWellinBton,Australla.plain 
,a»t  rnnht  at  12:46  A.M.  over  the 
U ltra-5  Miraco  von  Bold  me.  I  am 
delighted  and  would  not  trade  for 

any  instrument  in  town.  Geo 

'•'--  Ferris.  West  Va. 


Se 


ALL  WE  CLAIM  ...  AND  MORE 

Miraco  Ultra  "5"  r  '    ' 
stalled  yesterday  ev 
—had  wonderful  n 
last  night.  Think  I 
tra  "6     ia 
claim  and  _. 

V.  A 

Hampshire. 
Tenneaaea  . 


Guaranteed  by  _ 
One  of  the  Oldest 
Radio  Builders 


[ULTRA  SELECTIVE  FIVE  TUBE  SET  IN  ^J  MAHOGANY  CABINET] 


You  can  ei 

lot  of  money  on  sets  and  sup- 
plies by  sending  coupon  today 
for  our  Amazing  Special 
Offer!  It  will  astonish  you. 
Big  profits  easy — accepting 
orders  for  Miraco  Sets.  Only 
necessary  to  order  one  set  to 
demonstrateinyourhome.  No 
agreements  to  sign— no  sales- 
manship required.  The  per- 
formance of  Miraco  Sots 
does  the  selling.  Greatest  de- 
mand in  the  six  years  we  have 
been  building  sets — we  need 


Tested  and  Approved 

by  Radio's 
Highest  Authorities 


In  the  opinion  of  radio  ex- 
perts. Selectivity,  long  dis- 
tance reception,  clarity  of 
tone,  power  and  volume  have 
been  amazingly  increased — 
"B"  battery  consumption  is 
minimized  —  oscillations  are 
easily  controlled  on  all  wave- 
lengths, through  use  of  latest 
radioinventions.Among  these 
are:  Duoformers"  (ultra  low- 
loss  inductance  coils);  the 
Counter-Balancer"  (patent- 
ed); flexible  wiring  which 
prevents  broken  or  noisy  con- 


OfherMiracoLongVistcmjceSets  ^/?75up 

Wonderfully  improved  new  models  in  one-tube  and 
three-tube  Miraco  Long  Distance  Seta  also  ready  at 
lowerpnces!  New  Miraco  R-3atonly$27.36  (retail)  oper- 
ates loud  speaker  on  distant  stations.  New 
one- tube  Model  R  is  also  a  record-breaker 


Get  Special  Offer!  „„.,„.  „_„„_ 

sets  work  on  storagre  or  dry  batteries,  are  easily 
connected  and  operated.    Unmatched  values! 
Let  testimony  of  users  convince  you.  Write  for 
literature  and  Special  Offer — use  coupon. 

Jftl  theThoofyou  want  is  waiti 


Reports  from  hosts  of  users  in  every  state  prove  Miraco  sets— at  rock-bottom  factory  prie 
outperform  seta  costing  up  to  three  times  as  much.  Send  for  latest  literature,  SPECIAL 
!  of  additional  testimony  leaving  no  doubt  that 
•eta  *em  Coast  to  Coast. 


'ER  and  plenty  c 
"iraco  Radio  Get 


RADIO 

GETS'EM 
COAST  ft 
COAST 


big 

[]  Agent 


NAME. 
ADDRESS  ........ 


376 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


TONE 

Full,  sweet,  mellow  and 
natural,  without  the 
slightest  indication  of 
distortion,  is  another 
achievement  that  is  mak- 
ing the  APEX  SUPER 
FIVE  the  most  popular 
of  all  receiving  sets. 

A 
VOLUME 

That  supplies  dance  mu- 
sic or  entertainment 
without  any  loss,  is  a  fea- 
ture for  which  the  APEX 
SUPER  FIVE  is  world 
famed. 

A 
DISTANCE 

Lends  added  enjoyment 
to  radio  with  an  inde- 
scribable fascination  of 
tuning-in  far  away  sta- 
tions, which  is  always 
possible  with  the  APEX 
SUPER  FIVE. 

Ask  your  dealer  for  a  demonstra- 
tion. Your  eyes  and  your  ears  will 
tell  you  that  APEX  stands  at  the 
high  point  of  perfection  in  both 
performance  and  appearance.  $80 
without  accessories. 


Apparatus 


SUPERS 


APEX  ELECTRIC 
MFG.  CO. 

1410  W.  59th  Street 

Dept.  104 

CHICAGO 


THE  GRID 

A  Department  Devoted  to  Solv- 
ing the  Problems  of  our  Readers 

QUERIES  ANSWERED 


WHAT  ARE  THE  VALUES  OF  THE  CONDENS- 
ERS, RESISTANCES,  AND  BALLASTS  ETC.,  FOR 
THE  RADIO  BROADCAST  "ARISTOCRAT"? 
T.  J.  L.  Lansing,  Michigan. 


2.  WHAT  ARE  THE  CAUSES  OF  SOME  OF  THE 
NOISES  PRODUCED  IN  MY  RADIO  SET?  CAN 
THESE  ORIGINATE  AT  THE  STUDIO? 

A.  W.  T. — Pompton  Lakes,  New  Jersey. 


3.   WHAT  is  THE  THEORY  OF  OPERATION  OF  IM- 
PEDANCE AUDIO  AMPLIFIERS? 

W.  S.  Burlington,  Vermont. 


"ARISTOCRAT  VALUES" 

THE  following  values  apply  to  the  "Aristo- 
crat" receiver  which  is  shown  diagramati- 
cally  in  Fig.  i:  Ci  and  C2,  .0005  mfd.; 
€3,  .002  mfd.;  €4,  .0005  to  .002  mfd.;  C6,  .00025 
mfd.;  €7,  C8,  and  €9,  not  less  than  .01  mfd. 
Cj  is  a  midget  variable  condenser  and  its  capacity 
approximates  .000032  mfd.  The  values  for  the 
various  resistances  shown  in  the  diagram,  are  as 
follows:  Ri,  R2,  R3,  R4,  and  R5  are  filament 
ballasts,  and  their  size  will  vary  with  the  differ- 
ent types  of  tubes  employed.  Thus,  for  tubes 
consuming  .25  amperes,  j  amp.  ballasts  are  nec- 
essary, etc.;  R6,  2  to  4  megohms;  Ry,  Rg,  and 
Rn,  100,000  ohms  each;  R8,  approximately  I 
megohm;  R.IOJ  megohm;  Ri2,j  megohm.  The 
use  of  condenser  Cio  often  improves  the  results 
but  its  use  may  not  be  essential.  Its  capacity 
will  be  in  the  neighborhood  of  .002  to  .004  mfd. 
A  large  capacity  condenser  of  about  half  a  mi- 
crofarad will  often  improve  the  tone  if  connected 
across  the  B  battery  binding  posts.  In  the  ori- 
ginal RADIO  BROADCAST  "Aristocrat,"  single 


broadcasting,  are  often  excessively  noisy  by 
induction  from  neighboring  wires.  A  steady 
rushing  sound,  especially  noticeable  when  the 
receiver  is  tuned  to  resonance,  is  often  caused 
by  the  generator  which  supplies  the  plate  po- 
tential to  the  transmitter  tubes.  This  noise  is 
more  or  less  pronounced  on  all  stations  and 
continues  until  the  broadcasting  is  finished  and 
the  stations  sign  off. 

Noise  contributed  by  the  ether  medium  may 
be  defined  as  those  sounds  which  are  caused  by 
electrical  disturbances  between  the  broadcasting 
station  and  the  receiver  itself.  In  this  group 
are  found  the  disturbing  influences  of  high 
tension  power  lines,  violet  and  X-ray  machines, 
leaky  transformers,  electrically  operated  ele- 
vators, sparking  motors  and  generators,  trolley 
and  elevated  systems,  railway  systems  and  tele- 
phone and  telegraph  wires,  and  a  host  of  other 
electrical  contrivances.  Electrical  impulses  from 
those  undesirable  sources  usually  occur  at  short 
wavelengths  and  are  picked  up  by  sensitive 
receivers.  Static  also  comes  in  this  class  and  is 


Regeneration  may  be  Obtained  Diner  by  Variable 
l' Tickler  or  Resistance  Shunted  Across  A  Fixed  Tidder 


SSOO-50.000A 


Circuit  Enclosed  Herein  Comprises  assistance  Coupled 
'  Amplifier  wtifch  may  be  Ottatred  a*  a  Complete  Unit. 


Separate  Resistor  units  may  be  Employed  in  the  Audio  Amplifier 
'  wherethe  Complete  Manufactured  AmpUfwr  n  not  used 


"1 


H- 


Cj 
"9 


»2 

1 
j 

B       F 

L. 

-r 

L 

B       F 

L 

R4 

L 

"1! 
B     F 

1 
1 
i 

L 

Rs     P  — 

.002(0.004 

j 

the  necessity 
for  the  use  or 
this  Condense, 

i 

; 

1 

_ 

1 

FIG.     I 


units  consisting  of  two  resistances  and  a  coupling 
condenser  all  in  one  piece  were,  among  other 
arrangements,  tried  out.  It  is  for  this  reason 
that  the  two  resistances  and  coupling  condenser 
preceding  each  audio  amplifier  tube  are  sur- 
rounded by  dotted  lines. 

NOISES    AND   THEIR   CAUSES 

IT    IS    possible    that    various    noises    heard 
through  one's  loud   speaker  can  have  ori- 
ginated  at    the    transmitting    station,    but 
generally  speaking  the  trouble  can  be  traced  to 
either  the  receiving  equipment  or  the  interme- 
diate medium — the  ether.     Noisy  microphones 
cause  a  steady  hiss  which  often  blurs  the  voice 
of  the  artist,  while  programs  picked  up  outside 
of  the  studio  and  carried  overland  by  wire  for 

Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  i 


more  prevalent  throughout  the  summer  months. 
Many  satisfactory  programs  are  suddenly  broken 
up  by  a  series  of  unfamiliar  clicks,  and  in  many 
cases  are  interrupted  entirely  for  short  periods. 
Those  may  be  caused  by  key  clicks  from  con- 
tinuous wave  transmitters  and  by  improperly 
operated  regenerative  and  super-heterodyne 
receivers. 

In  another  class  are  the  noises  which  are 
caused  by  the  receiver  itself  or  by  the  equipment 
which  is  used  in  connection  with  it.  Dis- 
charged B  batteries  become  noisy  and  are 
usually  the  cause  of  a  high  pitched  squeal  when 
the  receiver  is  operating  on  the  second  audio 
stage.  These  batteries  should  be  discarded  when 
their  voltage  drops  below  about  thirty-four. 
Storage  B  batteries  often  cause  the  same  trouble 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


377 


Made  to  Last 

RADIO  tubes  will  continue 
to  be  used  for  many  years, 
and  with  careful,  intelligent 
handling  and  periodic  flashing 
with  the  Burton  and  Rogers 
Tube  Flasher  they  will  last  for 
many  years. 

So  will  the  Burton  and  Rogers 
Tube  Flasher.  It  is  made  to 
last.  I  ts  genuine  Bakelite  pan- 
els, resistances  accurate  under 
all  conditions  and  wound  on 
porcelain,  baked  green  enamel 
sides;  proclaim  its  quality  and 
insure  its  durability. 
Electrically  its  design  is  based 
on  fundamental  principles  and 
long  experience  and  experimen- 
tation. It  is  the  scientific  de- 
velopment of  an  idea  —  not  an 
unintelligent  imitation  of  some- 
thing else.  And  because  what 
is  made  right,  loo^s  right,  it  is  an 
ornament  to  the  accessories  of 
the  most  particular  radio  owner. 

YOU   CAN   DO   IT   YOURSELF 
WITH  A 


FL-ASHE.R 


50 


One  Model  for  D.  C.  or  A.  C.  all  cycles 
For    tubes    with   thoriated  filaments. 


BURTON  &  ROGERS  MFG.  CO. 

755  Boylston  Street,  Boston,  Mass. 


If  Your  Set  Won't 
Percolate 

write  us  about  it.  RADIO 
BROADCAST  is  establishing  a 
special  repair  department  to  assist 
set  builders  in  getting  the  best 
out  of  the  receivers  they  build 
from  plans  published  in  the  mag- 
azine. Write  for  complete  infor- 
mation about  this  new  depart- 
ment established  for  your  benefit. 


Volume— with  True  Quality! 

The  value  of  radio  as  an  entertainer  increases  only  with  the  realism  and  quality  of 
reception.  This  requires  good  broadcasting— reception  and  amplification  equal  to,  or 
better  than,  the  broadcast  range  of  audio  frequencies— and  a  loudspeaker  of  uniform 
response  over  the  same  range.  Heretofore  one  of  the  weak  links  in  this  chain  has  been 
the  audio  amplifier. 

But  it  is  now  possible  with  AmerTran  DeLuxe  audio  transformers  to  obtain  faithful, 
strong  reproduction  over  a  range  of  frequencies  down  to  the  lowest  pitched  audible 
sound.  This  is  nearly  three  octaves  lower  than  that  previously  obtained.  The  deep  boom  of 
the  drum,  the  thrum  of  the  base  viol,  and  the  thunder  of  the  pipe  organ  are  reproduced 
with  startling  realism— and  at  no  sacrifice  of  the  highest  notes  within  the  audible  range. 
Once  tried,  the  AmerTran  DeLuxe  will  be  recognized  as  setting  a  new  high  standard  of 
excellence  in  audio  amplification. 

AmerTran  DeLuxe  requires  no  special  circuit  other  than  the  use  of  a  large 
tube  in  the  last  stage  to  prevent  overloading  at  the  low  frequencies  brought 
out.  It  is  made  in  two  types. 

Price,  either  type,  #10.00  . 

We  have  prepared  a  booklet  describing  these  and  other  ^mf 

AmerTran  products,  together  with  recommendations  for 
their  use.  We  shall  be  glad  to  send  you  a  copy  upon  request. 

AMERICAN  TRANSFORMER  COMPANY 

178  Emmet  Street,  Newark,  N.  J. 

"Transformer  builders  for  over  twenty-four  years" 

SOLD   ONLY  AT  AUTHORIZED  AMERTRAN  DEALERS 


AmerTran  Audio  Transformers  type  AF6  (turn 
ratio  5)  and  AF7  (turn  ratio  3H)  have  been  sub- 
stantially reduced  in  price.  As  before,  they  are 
today  the  leaders  in  their  class.  No  changes 
have  been  made  in  the  electrical  characteristics 
since  they  were  first  sold.  Either  type  now  $5.00. 
Be  sure  to  see  the  other  Amer-Tran  ad  on  page  383 


Why  not  subscribe  to  Radio  Broadcast?     By  the  year  only  $4.00;  or  two 
years,  $6.00,  saving  $2.40.     Send  direct  to  Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 

Garden  City,  New  York. 


Write  {or  information 

The     new     and     improved     line     of 

ELDREDGE  * 

Pocket    and    Panel 
Ammeters         -         Voltmeters         -         Voltammeters 

ELDREDGE     ELECTRICAL     CORPORATION 
Springfield,     Mass. 

Established     1892 

Dealers: --Address  Dept.  5,  for  information 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


378 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


Do  you  know  about  the 

"SUPERUNIT" 

FAMILY? 

They  are  all  tested  assemblies 
which  make  possible  the  construc- 
tion of  various  sets  with  no  worry 
about  the  location  of  the  parts. 

They  are  all  equipped  with  cushion 
sockets  and  nickeled  brackets. 

They  solve  the  problem  for  the 
folks  who  like  to  build  their  own 


sets. 


4-Tube  "Superunit 


" 


Type  A  for  |Standard  base, 
Type  B  for  UV199,  Type  C 
for  UX  tubes.  Add  two 
stages  of  audio  for  6  tube 
set  ............................ 


f\  fj 
%    / 

ij  9 


tn 


"Superunit-6" 


The  same  as  the  standard 
type,  but  with  two  stages 
of  Thordarson  audio 
mounted  and  connected. 
Size  5x15  inches 


$ 


50 


,00 


"Superunit"  Jr. 


4  tubes  with  low  loss  plug 
in  coils,  R.  F.,  detector  and 
two  stages  of  Thordarson 
audio '.  .... 


$ 


37 


.50 


Any  "SUPERUNIT"  can  be  used 
with  the  S-C  Capacity  Element 
which  we  manufacture. 

NOTE:  The  S-C  Capacity  Element  is 
indicated  by  Mr.  Arthur  H.  Lynch  for  the 
Radio  Broadcast  Aristocrat  Receiver. 

^^         Bulletins  on  request 

Hanscom  Radio  Devices 

WOONSOCKET,  R.  I.,  U.  S.  A. 


even  when  the  voltmeter  reading  is  high.  Squeals 
in  this  case  are  caused  by  one  or  more  dead  cells 
which  are  usually  not  detected  unless  a  volt- 
meter reading  is  taken  of  each  individual  cell. 

Noises  are  sometimes  caused  by  the  vacuum 
tubes  themselves.  While  outwardly  they  appear 
quite  satisfactory,  it  sometimes  happens  that 
their  internal  elements  are  not  rigidly  supported, 
and  any  disturbance  in  the  vicinity  of  the  re- 
ceiver may  cause  these  elements  to  vibrate.  This 
defect  in  construction  produces  a  bell-like  sound 
which  has  been  known  to  build  up  in  volume  and 
drown  out  the  program. 

A  somewhat  similar  sound  may  possibly  be 
produced  by  placing  the  loud  speaker  on  top 
of  the  receiver  or  by  pointing  the  horn  in  the 
direction  of  the  receiver.  This  may  be  reme- 
died by  a  slight  change  in  the  position  of  the 
horn. 

Noises  are  also  caused  by  dirty  prongs  of 
vacuum  tubes  or  by  sockets  which  do  not  make 
perfect  contact.  These  noises  may  be  over- 
come by  sandpapering  the  prongs  of  the  tubes 
or  by  bending  up  the  spring  contacts  of  the 
tube  sockets. 

IMPEDANCE    AMPLIFIERS 

THE  desire  for  quality  of  tone,  rather  than 
excessive  volume,  is  the  dominant  factor 
causing  widespread  investigation  and  re- 
search work  in  the  quest  of  an  audio  amplifier 
that  will  entirely  satisfy  the  critical  tastes  of  the 
modern  broadcast  listener. 

Up  to  recent  times,  transformer  audio  ampli- 
fiers have  been  accepted  because  very  little  was 
known  about  alternatives.  The  activity  of  in- 
dependent investigators,  however,  led  to  very 
fine  accomplishments  as  regards  resistance- 
coupled  amplifiers,  yet  there  is  still  much  to 
be  found  out  about  this  very  interesting  phase  of 
amplification  work. 

Now  radio  is  repeating  itself  in  a  swing  around 


VT-1 


VT2 


FIG.    2 

the  circle,  and  the  old-time  choke  or  impedance 
audio  amplifier  is  coming  into  its  own  again. 

Claims  are  being  advanced  to  prove  its  partic- 
ular advantages  and  superiority  over  other  forms 
of  amplification,  and  improvement  has  led  to  the 
development  of  a  type  of  choke  coil  which  has  a 
satisfactory  voltage  step-up.  Ordinarily,  such 
amplifier  units  consisted  of  a  single  coil  of  wire 
having  an  iron  core. 

Such  a  coil  is  shown  applied  to  an  audio  ampli- 
fying circuit  in  Fig.  2. 

To-day,  by  means  of  a  tap-off  on  the  choke 
coil,  it  is  possible  to  obtain  a  step-up  ratio  suffi- 
cient to  overcome  any  drop  that  might  take 
place  in  the  condenser  C.  Commercially  this 
type  of  choke  coil  is  known  as  an  "Autoformer." 

Explaining  the  function  of  the  circuit  in 
Fig.  2,  the  variations  in  a.c.  current  in  the  plate 
circuit  of  the  first  tube  set  up  a  varying  electro- 
magnetic field  in  the  choke  coil;  the  e.m.f.  pro- 
duced is  impressed  upon  ihe  grid  of  the  succeed- 
ing tube  through  the  condenser  C,  which  pre- 
vents the  B  battery  potential  from  reaching  the 
grid  of  the  second  tube. 

Note  the  similarity  in  this  type  of  amplifier 

f  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  • 


to  the  standard  resistance  type.  In  the  latter,  a 
plate  resistance  unit  replaces  the  choke  coil. 
Some  claim  that  the  resistance  amplifier  requires 
higher  B  battery  voltage  to  be  applied  to  the 
plates  of  the  amplifying  tubes,  because  of  the 
drop  in  voltage  through  the  high  plate  resistance. 
However,  all  tests  conducted  at  the  RADIO  BROAD- 
CAST Laboratory  tend  to  indicate  that  as  low  as 
ninety  volts  on  the  plate  of  the  last  stage  resis- 
tance-coupled amplifier  will  operate  entirely 


FIG.    3 

satisfactorily.  Of  course,  with  the  new  high-Mu 
tubes,  greater  plate  voltages  are  required. 

The  new  type  of  choke  coil,  or  impedance  am- 
plifier, as  it  is  correctly  called,  employs  the  auto 
transformer  system  to  obtain  the  desired  step- 
up.  In  Fig.  3,  P-B  indicates  the  primary  or 
plate  winding  of  the  coil,  while  G-B  constitutes 
the  secondary.  Any  variations  of  the  electro- 
magnetic field  in  P-B  will  cause  corresponding 
but  stronger  variations  in  G-B.  The  resistance 
R,  in  both  types  of  choke  amplifiers,  prevents 
excessive  negative  charges  from  piling  up  on  the 
grid  of  the  tube,  by  providing  a  leakage  path 
back  to  the  negative  side  of  the  filament.  Or- 
dinarily, the  grid  should  be  maintained  at  a 
negative  potential  in  respect  to  the  filament,  and 
often  a  C  battery  is  employed  for  this  purpose; 
this,  so  that  the  tube  may  function  on  the  proper 
part  of  its  characteristic  curve. 

Several  types  of  impedances  suitable  for  use 
in  an  amplifier  of  this  type,  are  finding  their  way 
to  the  radio  market,  and  there  are  some  com- 
panies, such  as  the  Acme,  General  Radio,  Don- 
gan,  Amertran,  Thordarson,  and  National,  that 
are  either  making  such  coils  or  have  on  stock  a 
coil  which  may  readily  be  employed  in  this 
capacity. 

The  experimenter  may  have  an  old  trans- 
former whose  primary  is  burned  out,  in  which 
case  the  secondary  may  be  connected  as  in  Fig.  2 
to  form  quite  an  efficient  choke  coil  for  such  an 
amplifier. 

An  important  feature  of  the  choke  amplifier  is 
the  selection  of  a  suitable  isolating  condenser, 
as  C  i  is  termed.  If  this  condenser  is  too 
small,  it  will  by-pass  some  of  the  higher  frequen- 
cies. One  on  the  order  of  .5  or  i  mfd.  should  be 
employed  for  satisfactory  reproduction. 


WHEN  WRITING  TO  THE  GRID— 

A  TYPEWRITTEN  letter,  written  on  one 
•*  side  of  the  paper  only,  is  to  be  preferred.as  it 
aids  in  the  quick  formation  of  a  satisfactory  reply. 

Don't  fail  to  send  a  stamped  addressed  envel- 
ope with  your  inquiry. 

Don't  send  a  second  inquiry  about  the  first. 

Don't  include  questions  on  subscription  orders 
or  inquiries  for  other  departments  of  Doubleday, 
Page  &  Company. 

In  asking  questions  give  us  all  the  information 
that  will  aid  in  advising  you.  If  the  question 
relates  to  apparatus  described  in  RADIO  BROAD- 
CAST, give  the  issue,  page  number,  and  figure 
number  of  the  circuit  diagram,  etc. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


379 


Technical  Booklets 
Worth   Reading 

Cardwell  Quality  Radio  Parts  are 
standard.  Write  for  Bulletins  on 
any  or  all  of  the  following.  They 
give  a  liberal  education  on  radio 
theory  and  practice: 

51  Variable  Condensers 

52  Special  Condenser  Types 

55  Cordweve  Coils  (on  press) 

56  Transmitting  Condensers 

71  Equitrol  Dials 

36  Engineering  Service 

37  Audio  Transformers 

82  Professional  Set  Builders  Plan 
85  Straight-Line  Condensers 
60  Dealer  Electrotypes 

72  Exclusive  Dealer  Agencies 

PLEASE  BE  SURE  TO  CHECK  BULLETINS 
IN  WHICH  YOU  ARE  INTERESTED. 

ALLEN   D.    CARDWELL 

Manufacturing  Corporation 


81  Prospect  St. 


Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 


Antiques 

interiors,  houses, 
gardens,    travel, 
sports,  horses,  dogs, 
blooded  cattle — 
all  these  are  in 

Country  Life 

A  Doubleday,  Page  Magazine 
Limited  Supply  at  Newsstands 


FAHNESTOCK 
CONNECTORS 

Popular  Wherever 
Radio  is  Used! 


Antenna  Connector 

Eliminates  splicing 
and  soldering  of 
wires.  Snap  larger 
connector  over  an- 
tenna wire ;  insert 
lead-in  wire  into 
smaller  clip  and  a 
perfection  connection 
is  the  result. 

Made  of  the  finest 
quality  Phosphor 
Bronze. 

PRESS v 


Ground  Clamps 

Eliminates  solder- 
ing, easily  attached. 

Made  from  soft 
copper  %  it  wide  with 
a  phosphor  bronze 
spring  binding  post, 
also  a  screw  and  nut 
attached. 


FAHNESTOCK 

ELECT.CO- 


N.Y. 


9&e  AMSCO 

ALLOCATING 
CONDENSER 


IT  SAVES  SPACE/ 

This  straight  line  frequency  condenser  is  a  space-saver  in  the  radio 
cabinet ...  It  can  usually  be  substituted  for  the  old  time  conden. 
sers  in  existing  sets  ...  Once  installed,  it  revolutionizes  your 
ideas  about  tuning ...  Those  Amsco  half-a-heart-shaped 
plates  add  Kilocycles  at  the  rate  of  ten  to  each  dial  divis- 
ion— giving  "a  station  for  every  degree". . .  AH  wave- 
lengths—  high  or  low  on  the  scale— tune  in  with 
equal  ease  .  .  .  Amsco  allocation  of  the  sta- 
tions is  uniform  and  correct  to  within  a 
fraction  of  1%  ...  Insist  on  Amsco 
Allocating  Condensers  ...  Made 
in  six  space-saving  models,  three 
Single  and  three  Siamese,  at 
very  reasonable  prices. 

Amsco   Products,  Inc., 
Dept.  E 

Broome  &.  Lafayette  Sts. 
New    York,     N.   Y. 


AMSCO   PARTS 

Write  for  our  booklet,  "The  Heart  of 
the  Hook-up"  for  full  details  and  prices 
of  the  entire  Amsco  line.  Amsco  for 
Excellence. 


DEAFNESS   IS  MISERY 
GOOD  HEARING  A  JOY 

Millions  of  people  know  that,  but  Multitudes  of 
,  persons  with  defective  hearing  and  Head  Noises 
"  are  again  enjoying  conversation,  go  to  Theatre  and 

Church  because  they  use  Leonard  Invisible  Anti- 
'  septic  Ear  Drums,  which  are  Tiny  Megaphones 

fittingin  the  Ear  entirely  out  of  sight.  Nowires.no 
»,  batteries,  no  head  piece.  They  are  Unseen  Comforts, 

and  inexpensive.   Write  for  booklet  and  sworn 

statement  of  the  inventor  who  was  himself  deaf. 
&.  O.  LEONARD,  Inc.,  Suite  151  70  5th  Ave.,  New  York 


RADIO  RENCH 


Piv*  II  tone 
«nd  .  hind] 


22'/2  Volt 

un-acid 

everlasting 

rechargeable 

"B" 
Storage  Battery 

$2.95 

includes 
chemical 


illlllf  •>'  H  ,,!«>  »»•!>«•  I'lIP 


IttWtFV  STOW6E 


45  volts  15.25,  90 
volts  $10.00,  1125$ 
volts  $12.50,  135 
volts  |U. 75, 157% 
volts  $16.80. 

Truly  the  biggest  buy  today.  Easily  charged  on  any  current  includ- 
ing 32  volt  systems.  Any  special  detector  plate  voltage  had.  Tested 
and  approved  by  leading  authorities  such  as  Popular  Radio  labora- 
tories. Over  3  years  sold  on  a  non-red  tape  30  day  trial  offer  with 
complete  refund  if  not  thoroughly  satisfied.  Further  guaranteed  2 
years,  Knock-down  kits  at  greater  savings.  Complete  "Hawley" 
"B"  Battery  Charger  $2.75.  Sample  cell  35c.  Order  direct— send  no 
money— simply  pay  the  expressman  cost  on  delivery.  Or  write  for 
my  free  literature,  testimonials  and  guarantee.  Same  day  shipment*. 

B.  Hawley  Smith,  312  Washington  Ave.,  Danbury,  Conn. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


380 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


3&tng  tn  tjje 

Jgeto  fear!! 

Listen  to  the  clear  tinkling  bells  on  the 
frosty  midnight  air — at  the  stroke  of  12. 

Why  Not  Use 
the  "B"  Rectifier? 


Rhamstine*  "B"  Rectifier 
$< 


525 


Only 

(Tube  not  included) 

A  Rhamstine*  "B"  Rectifier  eliminates  "B" 
Battery  troubles,  converts  alternating  cur- 
rent ( 1 10  volts)  into  direct  current,  and 
assures  a  continuous  flow  of  power  through 
Radio  receiving  set  at  a  constant  voltage. 
The  "B"  Rectifier  gives  you  better  reception 
and  reproduces  the  original  sound  in  all  its 
natural  fullness.  Its  efficiency  will  amaze 
you.  Endorsed  by  Radio  Manufacturers  and 
Dealers.  Why  not  get  one?  Sold  on  assured 
satisfaction — you  can  depend  upon  Rhams- 
tine* quality  and  performance.  Send  no 
money.  Just  check  the  coupon. 

Why  Buy  New  Tubes? 

A  Rhamstine* 
Tube  Booster  will 
re-energize  the  fila- 
ment and  repro- 
duce the  clear  tones, 
and  give  better 
volume  and  recep- 
tion. A  few  min- 
utes, once  a  month, 
will  re-create  the 
energy  in  the  old 
tubes  and  make 
them  just  like  new. 


Tube  Booster 


Only 


Works  on  any 
A.C.  no- 1 20  volts, 
50-133  cycles-2OiA 
or  199  type  tubes. 


Mail  the  Coupon  To-day 

J.  THOS.  RHAMSTINE*  (i) 

506  E.  Wood  bridge,  Detroit,  Mich. 
Please  send  me 

D  Rhamstine*  Tube  Booster  at  $6 
D  Rhamstine*  "B"  Rectifier  at  £25 
by  express  C.  O.  D.  subject  to  inspection.     If  I  am 
not  entirely  satisfied  with  the  "B"  Rectifier  I  will  re- 
turn it  to  you  in  five  days  and  receive  a  refund  of  the 
full  purchase  price. 


Name.  .. , 
Address .  . 
City  .  . .  . 


J.  THOS.  RHAMSTINE* 

Radio  and  Electrical  Products 
506  E.  Woodbridge  St.,  Detroit,  Mich. 


THE  BEST  IN  CURRENT  RADIO 
PERIODICALS 

The  Third  Installment  of  a  Useful  Classified  Sur- 
vey of  Material  Appearing  in  the  Radio  Press 

By  E.   G.  SHALKHAUSER 

How  This  Survey    Can  Help   You 

HOW  often  have  you  looked  for  information  contained  in  some  article  which  you  recall  hating 
read  months  ago — the  description  of  the  Browning-Drake  receiver,  or  the  measurement  of 
losses  in  inductance  coils,  for  example?  After  looking  through  probably  several  issues  of  a  do^en  dif- 
ferent publications,  you  either  give  up  or  become  interested  in  something  altogether  different. 

When  data  is  wanted  on  some  particular  subject,  a  systematic  file  of  subjects  and  titles  becomes  a 
real  radio  encyclopedia.  Instead  of  having  merely  the  title  of  an  article  given,  which  often  is  misleading, 
a  summary  of  the  contents  gives  all  the  information.  These  surveys  cover  the  radio  field  as  gleaned  from 
material  in  to-day's  periodicals.  They  will  always  serve  as  a  future  reference-guide  to  all  who  are 
interested  in  the  science  of  radio,  whether  engineer,  manufacturer,  dealer,  experimenter,  or  listener. 

To  be  of  practical  value  and  easily  accessible,  these  surveys  should  either  be  filed  in  a  scrap  book,  or, 
better  still,  be  pasted  on  individual  cards  and  filed  according  to  numbers,  or  alphabetically.  In  the 
matter  of  classification  of  articles,  the  Bureau  of  Standards  circular  No.  i  )8  has  been  followed.  This 
may  be  obtained  from  the  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  District  of  Columbia,  for  ten  cents. 
In  addition,  each  abstract  has  certain  key-words  placed  at  the  upper  right,  which  may  be  used  for 
the  purpose  of  filing  articles  alphabetically. 

With  this  series  of  surveys  we  hope  to  aid  our  readers  and  help  them  through  many  difficulties 
which  they  no  doubt  have  often  experienced.  In  future  we  will  give  information  and  references  to 
articles  previously  surveyed  upon  receipt  of  a  stamped  and  self-addressed  envelope. 

Following  is  the  series  of  headings,  made  up  according  to  the  Dewey  Decimal  System  used  in  the 
Bureau  of  Standards  circular  No.  138: 


VSt 


Rooo  RADIO  COMMUNICATION  IN  GENERAL. 

Under  this  heading  will  appear  all  subject 
matter  pertaining  to  laws,  regulations,  history, 
publications,  etc.,  which  deal  with  radio  in  a 
general  way. 

Rioo    PRINCIPLES    UNDERLYING    RADIO    COM- 
MUNICATION. 

Here  will  be  given  the  phenomena  of  radio 
waves,  their  underlying  theory  of  propagation, 
the  principle  of  antenna  and  counterpoise,  de- 
sign and  characteristics  of  vacuum  tubes  and 
their  behavior  in  circuits,  types  of  circuits,  trans- 
mitting and  receiving  apparatus  and  their  prin- 
ciples of  operation. 

Raoo  RADIO  MEASUREMENTS  AND  STANDARDIZA- 
TION METHODS. 

The  various  known  methods  which  have  been 
used  in  measuring  frequency,  wavelength,  reson- 
ance, capacity,  inductance,  resistance  current, 
voltage,  dielectric  constants,  and  properties  of 
materials,  will  be  mentioned  here. 

Rjoo  RADIO  APPARATUS  AND  EQUIPMENT. 

A  description  of  various  types  of  antennas 
and  their  properties,  the  use  of  the  electron  tube 
in  various  types  of  receiving  and  transmitting 
sets,  other  methods  of  transmission  of  signals, 
various  detecting  devices  used  in  reception, 
instruments  and  parts  of  circuits,  come  under 
this  heading. 


R400  RADIO  COMMUNICATION  SYSTEMS. 

The  spark,  modulated  wave  and  continuous 
wave  systems  in  transmission,  beat  and  other 
methods  of  reception,  wired  wireless,  automatic 
printing,  the  buzzerphone  and  Fullerphone,  will 
be  given  here. 
R5Oo  APPLICATIONS  OF  RADIO. 

To  aviation,  navigation,  commerce,  military, 
private  and  broadcasting,  and  the  specific  infor- 
mation under  their  headings,  are  referred  to  here. 

R6oo   RADIO  STATIONS. 

The  operation,  equipment,  and  management 
of  radio  installations,  both  transmitting  and  re- 
ceiving, the  testing,  the  rules  and  regulations 
concerning  stations,  the  reports  and  bulletins 
issued,  will  follow  under  this  heading. 
Ryoo  RADIO  MANUFACTURING. 

Data  relative  to  costs  and  contracts  of  radio 
equipment  from  raw  material  to  finished  product, 
including  factories,  tools,   equipment,  manage- 
ment, sales  and  advertising,  follows  here. 
R8oo  NON-RADIO  SUBJECTS. 

The  matter  of  patents  in  general;  the  mathe- 
matics and  physics,  including  chemistry,  geology 
and  geography;  meters  of  various  kinds;  all 
information  not  strictly  pertaining  to  radio 
but  correlated  to  this  subject,  will  be  found 
under  this  heading. 
Rooo  MISCELLANEOUS  MATERIAL. 


A  Key  to  Recent  Radio  Articles 


R333-  THREE-ELECTRODE  TUBES.  VACUUM  TUBES, 

Life  Testing 

Proceedings  I.R.E.     Oct.,  1925,  pp.  625-645. 

"Life  Testing  of  Tungsten  Filament  Tnodes,"  W.  C. 
White. 

Triodes  are  life-tested  primarily  as  an  aid  to  the  manu- 
facturers in  proving  their  performance  and  useful  length 
of  service  rather  than  to  obtain  any  average  life  figure. 
The  apparatus  employed  and  its  method  of  operation, 
together  with  the  procedure  in  handling  the  data,  is  next 
described.  Actual  results  obtained  are  given  to  illustrate 
the  methods  used.  These  results  are  outlined  in  the  form 
of  tables  and  curves.  One  point  emphasized  throughout 
the  paper  is  that  triode  life  is  just  as  much  a  variable  factor 
as  other  factors,  such  as  electron  emission  or  impedance. 

R43O.     INTERFERENCE  ELIMINATION  INTERFERENCE, 

Popular   Radio.     Oct.,    1925,   pp.   318-323.         General. 
"How  to  Improve  Broadcast  Reception,"  (.  V.  Hogan. 

Part  VII. 

The  question  of  interference  in  broadcast  reception  is 
taken  up  from  the  receiver  standpoint.  _  The  receiving 
set  can  be  made  very  selective  by  proper  choice  of  apparatus 
and  good  arrangement  of  parts.  Various  primary  and 
secondary  circuits  are  discussed  in  detail,  and  their  advant- 
ages and  disadvantages  noted. 

*tr  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


Ruo.  RADIO  WAVES.  MAGNETISM  OF 

EARTH  AND  WAVES 

Popular  Radio.  Oct.,  1925,  pp.  309-316. 

"How  Earth  Magnetism  Affects  Radio  Waves,"  H. 
Nichols  and  J.  Schelleng. 

The  discrimination  made  against  waves  of  different  fre- 
quencies by  the  medium  through  which  they  travel,  has 
changed  our  ideas  of  wave  propagation  within  recent  years. 
The  atmosphere  is  supposed  to  have  a  marked  effect  on 
electromagnetic  waves,  much  as  a  glass  prism  has  on  light 
waves.  Because  electrons  move  in  the  magnetic  field  of 
the  earth,  we  would  expect  them  to  be  affected  by  this  field. 
Such  an  effect  seems  to  be  particularly  noticeable  at  about 
1199  kilocycles  (250  meters),  and  the  much-discussed 
question  of  fading  may  be  explained  in  this  way. 

Ri34-4     REGENERATIVE  ACTION  OSCILLATIONS 

Popular  Radio.     Oct.,  1925,  pp.  388-300.  AND 

REGENERATION. 

"The  Prevention  of  Oscillation  and  Control  of  Regenera- 
tion in  R.  F.  sets." 

Radio  frequency  receivers  usually  have  the  tendency  to 
oscillate  at  some  frequency,  especially  if  more  than  one 
stage  is  used.  Several  methods  are  described  which  can  be 
used  to  prevent  such  undesirable  noises.  Diagrams  are 
added  to  aid  in  applying  these  remedies 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


381 


A  new  line  of 

COIL  UNITS 


USING 


HEXCELL  COILS 


Complete    set     of    coils     for 
Roberts  circuit,  List  Price  $6. 


List  Price 

3  circuit  HEXOELL  tuner  200-575 
meters $3.00 

Complete  set  of  HEXOELL  coils 
for  Roberts  circuit 6.00 

Complete  set  of  HEXCELL  coils 
for  Browning-Drake  circuit 
with  new  improvements 6.00 

Short  wave  HEXCELL  extra  low 
loss  3  circuit  tuner  40-115  me- 
ters   .. .3.50 


We  have  put  real  electrical  and  mechanical 
engineering  into  our  inductances.  Partic- 
ular attention  is  given  to  efficient  operation 
at  the  lower  end  of  the  Broadcast  Wave  Band. 

Our  coils  are  finished  in  beautiful  silk 
shades,  each  coil  having  a  different  color. 
Highly  polished  bakelite  and  nickel  mount- 
ing parts  used.  Merchandise  packed  in  at- 
tractive boxes. 

A  live  line  for  live  dealers 

Liberal  jobber  and  dealer  discounts 

Write  for  information 

EASTERN  ELECTRIC  Si  MAN- 
UFACTURING  COMPANY 

Providence,  Rhode  Island 

Licensed  manufactures  of  Zig-Zag  Coils 


Antiques 

interiors,  houses, 
gardens,    travel, 
sports,  horses,  dogs, 
blooded  cattle — . 
all  these  are  in 

Country  Life 

A  Doubleday,  Page  Magazine 
Limited  Supply  at  Newsstands 


ACME  WIRE  RADIO  PRODUCTS 


Flexible  Celatsite 

Flexible  stranded  wire  for  "point  to  point" 
and  sub-panel  wiring  latest  method  of  wir- 
ing sets.     Five  colors,  black,  yel- 
low, green,  red  and  brown, 
one    for    each     circuit. 
Twenty-five  foot  coils. 

Stranded  Enameled  Antenna 

The  best  outdoor  antenna  you  can  put  up.  7  strands 
of  enameled  copper  wire;  maximum  surface  for  recep- 
tion. Enameling  prevents  corrosion  and  consequent 
weak  signals.  100,  150  or  200  ft.  coils,  boxed. 

t  i, 

Original  Celatsite  Wire 

Celatsite  is  a  tinned  copper  buss  bar  wire  with  a  non-inflam- 
mable "spaghetti"  insulation  in  five  colors.  Supplied  in  30 
inch  lengths. 

Flexible  Varnished  "Spaghetti" 

A  perfect  insulation  tube  for  all  danger  points  in  set  wiring. 
Costs  a  little  more  and  is  worth  a  lot  more  than  the  cheaper 
substitutes  offered.  Black,  yellow,  red,  green,  brown;  for  wires 
No.  10  to  No.  18.  30  inch  lengths. 

Celatsite  Battery  Cable 

For  connecting  A  and  B  Batteries  (or  current 
supply)  to  radio  set.  Silk  braid  covering  5 
flexible  Celatsite  wires — 5  feet  long — a  differ- 
ent color  for  each  terminal.  Prevents  messy 
wiring  and  "blown"  tubes.  Adds  greatly  to 
the  appearence  of  your  set. 

Send  for  Folder 

THE  ACME  WIRE  CO.,  Dept.  B 

New  Haven,  Conn. 


tACME 


High  Grade 

SETS  BUILT  TO  ORDER 

Repaired Adjusted 

Specialists  in  Hammarlund-Roberts, 

Roberts  and  Super-Hets 

RADIO  RESEARCH  LABS., 

154  Nassau  Street  New  York  City 


RADIO     DEALERS 

Send  for  our  catalogue 

New  Circuits  New  Parts 

Silver-Marshall  Distributors 

VAN-ASHE  RADIO  CO. 

202  N.  10th  St.  St.  Louis,  Mo. 


This  is  a  good  time  to  subscript  for 

RADIO  BROADCAST 

Through  your  dealer  or  direct,  ty  the  year  only  $4.00 
DOUBLEDAY,  PAGE  &  CO.     GARDEN  CITY,  NEW  YORK 


CondLeirsers 

— Prevent  "B"  voltage  fluctuation 
— Allow  undistorted  amplification 
— Make  possible  full  bass  tones         i 
— Improve  reception  with  "B"       ^ 

Supply  Units. 

Made  in  fa,  $,  \,  I,  2,  3  and  4  Microfarad  sizes 
Order  from  Your  Jobber 

POTTER  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 
North  Chicago,  Illinois 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


382 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


SUPREME 

IN 
PERFORMANCE 


Speed  Tubes  will  bring  the 
voice  of  radio  to  you  from 
either  local  or  distant  stations 
with  tonal  perfection. 


The  marked  Superiority  of  Speed 
Tubes  is  Traceable  to  engineering 
skill  a  year  ahead  of  the  times. 


Speed  Tubes  are  sold  under  a  worth 
while  guarantee. 


CABLE  SUPPLY  CO. 

907    Broadway, 
New    York    City 

Representatives  Everywhere 


TYPE 

199 


R56o.     MILITARY.  WAR  AND  RADIO. 

Popular  Radio.     Oct.,  1925,  pp.  301-308. 

"Radio  and  the  War  Menace,"  Bruce  Bliven. 

Radio  is  considered  as  being  one  of  the  most  powerful 
agencies  either  for  war  or  peace  among  nations.  The  sooner 
it  is  harnessed  for  the  purpose  of  maintaining  peace  the 
less  likely  are  we  to  use  it  as  a  means  of  destruction.  A 
common  language  is  sought  among  nations  so  that  broad- 
cast programs  will  be  understood  by  all.  Radio  should  be 
used  to  help  in  disseminating  new  ideas  and  to  foster  a 
proper  attitude  among  constituents.  On  the  contrary, 
it  may  serve  as  a  spreader  of  much  wrong  propaganda  and 
be  able  to  do  much  harm.  Thus  radio  exists  as  a  great 
force  ready  to  be  used  either  for  good  or  evil. 


R382.     INDUCTORS. 


COILS, 
Low  Loss, 


Popular  Radio.     Oct.,  1925,  pp.  326-329. 

"What  Makes  a  Low  Loss  Coil?"  Charles  Burke. 

A  comprehensive  discussion  on  the  relation  of  inductance 
to  high  frequency  resistance  is  presented.  What  size  wire 
is  best  to  use  at  definite  frequencies,  what  shape  of  coil 
is  best  and  how  it  shou|d  be  constructed  —  these  are  questions 
considered.  The  specifications  for  coils  of  highest  efficiency 
are  presented,  various  forms  of  coils  being  shown  in  photo- 
graphs. 


VJ 
P 


.     BROADCASTING. 
opular  Radio.    Oct.,  1925,  pp.  334—339. 


STUDIO 
SECRETS 

"Secrets  of  the  Studio,"  Paul  Godley. 

Much  effort  is  being  expended  in  improving  the  quality 
of  programs  coming  from  the  broadcast  studio.  To  secure 
good  reproduction  at  the  receiver,  both  transmitter  and 
receiver  must  show  little  or  no  distortion.  At  the  studio 
much  intensive  work  is  done  to  insure  the  best  transmission 
possible  from  the  artists.  Better  microphones,  better 
circuits,  and  better  apparatus  for  modulation,  have  im- 
proved broadcasting. 


CONDENSERS. 


CONDENSER 


Popular  Radio.     Oct.,   192^,  pp.  340-345.  LOSSES. 

"How  to  Compare  Losses  in  Condensers,"  S.  Harris. 

The  question  of  condenser  losses,  and  the  method  of 
testing  condensers,  is  discussed.  Various  tests  used  in 
making  comparisons  of  condenser  losses  have  resulted  in 
the  drawing  of  wrong  conclusions.  The  curve  showing 
effect  of  resistance  with  change  in  frequency  for  a  500  mfd. 
condenser  emphasizes  the  point  to  be  considered.  Con- 
densers should  be  tested  for  fosses  not  at  a  thousand  cycles, 
but  at  frequencies  for  which  they  are  to  be  used,  in  order 
to  determine  their  efficiency  and  characteristics. 

R 1 34. 75.  SUPER-HETERODYNES.  SUPER-HETERODYNES 
Popular  Radio.  Oct.,  1925,  pp.  350-363.  Single  Control. 
"  How  to  Build  the  New  Super-Heterodyne  With  a  Single 

Control,"  J.  McLaughlin. 
The  operation  of  an  eight-tube  super-heterodyne  from 

a  single  dial  is  here  described.     Complete  details  include 

circuit  diagram,  parts  to  be  used,  layout  of  the  set,  and 

instructions  for  wiring  and  testing. 

R5I4-     RADIO  COMPASS.  COMPASS, 

Radio.     Oct.,  1925,  pp.  loff.  Radio 

"Piercing  Neptune's  Shroud,"  V.  G.  Mathison. 
A  sketch  of  an  actual  occurrence  aboard  an  American 
liner,  is  given,  showing  the  extreme  value  of  the  radio 
compass.  The  author  then  goes  into  details  concerning 
theory  and  the  practical  uses  of  the  radio  compass  during 
fogs  at  sea.  The  compass  designed  by  Roister,  and  built 
by  the  Federal  Telegraph  Company,  is  shown.  Many 
difficulties  had  to  be  overcome  in  order  to  obtain  absolutely 
reliable  results  under  any  and  all  conditions,  and  some  of 
these  are  mentioned.  Diagrams  of  the  set  and  photographs 
of  the  compass  are  shown. 

R 376.3.      LOUD-SPEAKING    REPRODUCERS.  HORNS. 

Radio.     Oct.,  1925,  pp.  i8ff. 

"  Limitations  of  Horn  Type  Loud  Speakers,"  Dr.  J . 
Minton. 

A  series  of  curves  showing  the  relation  of  frequency  of 
sound  waves  and  sound  pressures  coming  from  horns  of 
various  shapes  and  sizes  are  presented.  The  curves  are 
interpreted  by  the  author.  These  so-called  "response- 
frequency"  curves  show  considerable  variation,  the  best 
kind  of  a  horn  giving  a  high  flat  curve. 

R34i.     DETECTORS,  RECTIFIERS.  DETECTORS. 

Proceedings  I.R.E.     Oct.  1925,  pp.  611-623. 

"Detecting  Characteristics  of  Electron  Tubes,"  H.  M. 
Freeman. 

It  is  pointed  out  that,  owing  to  the  progress  of  the  radio 
art,  the  opinions  heretofore  held  as  to  the  importance  of  the 
part  played  by  detector  efficiency  in  a  receiving  set  are  in 
need  of  revision. 

Taking  the  well-known  analysis  of  the  operation  of  a 
detector  tube  with  condenser  and  grid  leak,  curves  are 
derived  from  the  static  characteristics  of  a  typical  general 
purpose  tube,  showing  the  performance  of  the  tube  as  a 
detector  under  certain  conditions  of  operation. 

A  method  is  described  of  measuring  the  output  of  a 
detector  tube  with  a  standard  incoming  signal,  and  experi- 
mental results  obtained  with  the  tube  used  for  deriving  the 
curves  are  compared  with  those  obtained  from  theoretical 
considerations,  showing  that  the  method  can  be  used  to  give 
a  true  picture  of  the  effect  on  detector  efficiency  of  variations 
in  operating  conditions. 

Sample  curves  are  given,  showing  the  wide  variations 
obtained  in  the  efficiency  of  certain  types  of  standard 
tubes  by  relatively  slight  changes  from  the  customary 
operating  conditions,  ami  also  the  variations  in  efficiency 
of  a  number  of  similar  tubes  under  normal  operating 
conditions. 

R6n.     LONG  WAVE  STATIONS.  STATIONS, 

Proceedings  I.R.E,     Oct    1925,  pp.  570-588.          Warsaw, 
"Transoceanic  Radio  Station,  Warsaw,  Poland,"  W.  G. 

Lush. 

A  brief  history  and  description  of  the  Warsaw  trans- 
oceanic radio  station,  as  constructed  and  installed  for  the 
Government  of  Poland  by  the  Radio  Corporation  of 
America,  is  given.  A  technical  description  of  the  details 
of  the  system  used  is  not  presented,  as  the  system  is  similar 
in  all  respects  to  that  in  use  in  the  United  States  by  the 
Radio  Corporation.  Several  photographs  show  the  gen- 
eral plan  of  the  station  and  the  equipment. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


383 


{ROPE-CORE 


A  marvelous,  new  aerial  that  is  guaranteed 
to  give  greater  distance,  easier  tuning,  more 
perfect  selectivity.  Consists  of  pure  copper 
ribbon,  heavily  enameled,  wound  around 
sturdy,  weather-proof  rope.  Try  this  new 
aerial  for  better  reception. 

*50    ft.    #3.00  100    ft.    #5.00 

75    ft.      3.85  150   ft.      7.00 

ACORN  WINDOW 
LEAD-IN 

Fits  into  sash  as  pic- 
tured. Made  of  pure 
copper  ribbon — J^  inch 
wide,  heavily  enameled 
by  special  process. 
Triply  insulated  with 
waterproofed  fabric. 
Thousands  of  users  rec- 
ommend them  for  satis- 
factory service.  Each  35c.  (Unenameled — 
25c.) 

ACORN   MASTER-SWITCH 

Instantly    connects    your    Battery    to  charger 
or  to  your  receiver. 
Single   socket  type,      #5.00. 
Double   socket   type,    #6.25. 
(For   use    with    B-Eliminator) 

Send  for   circulars   on   Acorn  Products. 
Dealers— Write  for  Discounts— Jobbers 

Acorn  Radio  Products  Co. 

708-A  W.  Madison  St.  Chicago 


400  CENTS  RESISTANCE 

is  the  subscription  price  to 
Radio  Broadcast  for  one  year. 
This  is  less  than  the  cost  of  a 
good  low  loss  variable  con- 
denser. Let  us  enter  your 
subscription  to  begin  with  the 
next  issue. 

Send  $4.00  with  your  name 
and  address  to  Radio  Broad- 
cast, Garden  City,  N.  Y. 


jjiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii!; 


GENUINE 
BAKELITE 

Radio 
Panels 


We  cut,  drill  and  engrave  for 
you  Radio  Panels  of  genuine 
Bakelite. 

Send  rough  sketch  for 
es  tima  re.  A  properly  drilled 
and  engraved  panel  ready  for 
mounting  is  half  the  job  of 
construction.  Plain  panels 
shipped  C.  O.  D.  same  day 
order  is  received.  Write  for 
New  Catalog  on  Radio 
Panels,  Tubes  and  Rods— 
all  of  genuine  Bakelite. 

STARRETT     MFC.     CO. 

521  South  Green  St. 
CHICAGO 


rnllllllllllllllllllllllllllimilllllllllllimillllllllllllllllllimilllllllllllllllllliililliiiillillllllr; 


A  Real  Power  Transformer 

The  modern  home  may  now  utilize  its  electric  service  for  the  operation 
of  a  Radio  Receiver.  Reception  is  greatly  improved  when  efficient  B  and 
A  eliminators  are  employed  to  use  this  steady  power. 

The  AmerTran  Power  Transformer  Type  PF-45, 65  VA— 60  cycles  110  volts  primary, 
450-8/4-8/4  secondary,  is  intended  for  use  in  converting  the  standard  110  volt,  60  cycle 
alternating  house  lighting  current  to  a  higher  voltage  for  the  plate  and  low  voltages  for 
filament  supply.  It  can  be  depended  upon  to  give  good  results  when  used  in  connection 
with  the  different  tubes  now  available  and  is  designed  with  the  usual  margin  of  safety. 
It  is  a  real  power  transformer,  in  design,  construction  and  usefulness. 

The  AmerTran  Power  Transformer  Type  PF-52  is  another  transformer  of 
the  AC  Power  Type  similar  to  Type  PF-45  except  that  it  has  a  plate  wind- 
ing for  525  volts  AC  and  a  metal  ground  shield  between  the  primary  and 
secondary  windings. 

PRICE,  Type  PF-45,  £15.00— Type  PF-52,  #18.00 

We  have  prepared  a  booklet  describing  these  and  other 
AmerTran  products,  together  with  recommendations  for 
their  use.  We  shall  be  glad  to  send  you  a  copy  upon  request. 

AMERICAN  TRANSFORMER  COMPANY 

178  Emmet  Street,  Newark,  N.  J. 

"Transformer  builders  for  over  twenty-four  years" 

SOLD   ONLY   AT   AUTHORIZED   AMERTRAN   DEALERS 


I 


The  AmerChoke  Type  854  is  a  choke  coil  or  im- 
pedance of  general  utility  designed  primarily  for 
use  in  filter  circuits.  It  hasa  current  capacity  up  to 
60  milliamps.  and  a  no  load  inductance  of  approxi- 
mately 100  henrys  at  60  cycles.  Price  $6.00  each 
Be  sure  to  see  the  other  Amer-Tran  ad  on  page  377 


Order  your  copy  of  Radio  Broadcast  from  your 
news  dealer  or  radio  store.  Make  sure  that  he 
reserves  a  copy  for  you  each  month.  If  your 
favorite  radio  store  does  not  stock  the  magazine 
write  us  giving  name  of  radio  dealer  and  address. 


LAI 


m 



/be  Distortionless Jfmpli/tcatlon. 

As  transmitting  Grid  leaks,  they  are  made  in 
special  sizes  and  are  not  afraid  of  power.  Dissi- 
pate 10  watts.    Four  standard  sizes  $1.50  each. 
Special  resistances  $2.50  each. 
Crescent  Radio  Supply  Co.  1-3  Liberty  St.,  Jamaica,  N.  Y. 


Why  not  subscribe  to  Radio 
Broadcast?  By  the  year  only 
$4.00;  or  two  year,  $6.00, 
saving  $2.40.  Send  direct  to 
Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 
Garden  City,  New  York. 


LEARN   THE   CODE   AT   HOME  with   the  OMNIGRAPH 


graph 


Listin—The    Omni- 
urill  do  the  tracking" 


THE  OMNIGRAPH  Automatic  Transmitter  will  teach  you  both  the  Wireless  and  Morse  Codes— right 
Jn  your  own  home— quickly,  easily  and  inexpensively.  Connected  with  Buzzer,  Buzzer  and  Pbon* 
or  to  Sounder,  it  will  send  you  unlimited  messages,  at  any  speed,  from  5  to  SO  words  a  minute. 

THE  OMNIGRAPH  is  not  an  experiment.  For  more  than  15  years,  it  has  been  sold  all  over  the  world 
with  a  money  hack  guarantee.  The  OMNIGRAPH  is  used  by  several  Depts.  of  the  U.  S.  Govt. — in  fact, 
the  Dt>pt.  of  Commerce  uses  the  OM>IGRAPH  to  test  all  applicants  applying  for  a  Radio  license.  The 
OMNIGRAPH  has  been  successfully  adopter!  by  the  leading  Universities,  Colleges  and  Radio  Schools. 

Send  for  FREE  Catalogue  dcscrlhliie  three  models.    DO  IT  TO-DAY. 
THE  OMNIGRAPH  MFG.  CO.,  1  3«C  Hudson  St.  New  York  City 

If  you  own  a  Radio  Phone  set  and  don't  know  the  code — yow  are  missing  most  of  the  fun 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


384 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


Whether  You 
Buy  or  Build 
Insist  on  EBY  Cushion  Sockets 


most  important  elements  in  any  set  are 
the  tubes.  There's  no  getting  around  that! 
And  what  else  but  the  sockets  are  responsible  for 
the  life  and  efficiency  of  those  tubes?  Whether 
you  build  or  buy  see  to  it  that  the  tubes  in  your 
set  are  mounted  on  EBY  Cushion  Sockets. 

The  design  of  this  revolutionary  socket  provides 
a  three-point  wiping  contact  on  each  of  the  four 
tube  prongs.  Each  spring  clip  acts  as  a  shock- 
absorbing  cushion  for  the  tube  and  is  securely 
riveted  to  the  base  eliminating  all  microphonic 
noises  and  protecting 
the  tube  against  damage 
from  vibration. 

Furthermore,  EBY 
Cushion  Sockets,  which 
are  now  ready  for  de- 
livery, fit  all  standard 
tubes  including  the  new 
UX. 


Manufacturers,  jobbers  and 

dealers  write  for  complete 

information 


Here  is  the  socket  that  many 
of  the  foremost  manufact- 
urers and  set  builders  depend 
on  for  100%  tube  efficiency 
and  protection.  You  /?/"| 


can  get  them  at  most 
good    dealers    for 


Each 


H.  H.  EBY  MFG.  COMPANY 

Makers  of  EB  Y  Quality  Binding  Posts 

4710  Stenton  Ave.  Philadelphia,  Pa. 


R431.     STRAYS. 

Radio. 


INTERFERENCE. 

Oct.,  1925,  pp.  lyff. 

"How  to  Reduce  Interference,"  L.  W.  Hatry. 

Most  receivers  in  use  to-day  employ  the  untuned  primary 
method  of  reception.  This  is  undesirable  from  several 
standpoints.  A  method  whereby  greater  selectivity  can 
be  obtained,  is  described,  by  adding  a  loading  coil  to  the 
antenna  circuit.  This  will  permit  rough  tuning  of  the 
antenna  circuit  and  insure  much  better  reception. 

Ri27.     ANTENNA  CONSTANTS.  ANTENNA 

Radio.    Oct.,  1925,  pp.  2ofT.  CONSTANTS 

"How     Antenna     Characteristics     Affect     Reception," 

K.  B.  Morcross. 

A  description  of  the  effect  of  resistance,  capacity,  in- 
ductance, direction,  height,  length  and  surroundings,  of  an 
antenna  on  transmission  and  reception  of  ether  waves,  is 
given.  Various  types  of  antennas  are  discussed,  and 
equations  are  presented  and  interpreted  for  the  benefit  of 
the  less  experienced  in  the  radio  art. 

Rn4-4.     REGENERATIVE  ACTION.  OSCILLATIONS 

Radio.     Oct.,  1925,  pp.  22f.  IN  SETS. 

"  Elimination    of    Oscillations    in     R.     F.    Amplifiers," 

Dr.  Buchbinder. 

An  analysis  of  the  causes  of  oscillations  and  several  of 
the  methods  used  in  preventing  oscillations  in  radio- 
frequency  amplifiers  is  given.  Three  general  methods 
are  employed  usually:  i.  Decreasing  the  amplification 
efficiency  through  losses;  2.  Reducing  stray  magnetic 
and  electro-static  fields;  3.  Using  balancing-out  arrange- 
ments. The  last  method  is  suggested  as  being  the  best  be- 
cause it  leads  to  sensitive  and  selective  receiving. 


Ri45.     REACTANCE 


145.     KEACTANCE 

Radio.     Oct.,  1925,  pp.  24f. 

"How  Radio  Circuits  Work,"  G.  F. 


Lampkin. 


REACTANCfc 

DIAGRAMS 


inductance  in  radio  circuits  is  presented.  Graphs  and 
concrete  examples  of  the  application  of  various  equations 
to  typical  radio  circuits  brings  this  much  misunderstood 
and  difficult  information  within  the  grasp  of  the  average 
experimenter. 


R384- 1 .     WAVEMETERS 


WAVEMETER. 


Radio.     Oct.,  1925,  pp.  2gff. 

"A  Detecting,  Oscillating  and  Modulating  Radiocast 
Wavemeter,"  E.  E.  Griffin. 

The  construction  and  operation  of  a  simple  wavemeter. 
which  may  be  used  as  a  receiver,  a  modulator,  or  an  oscilla- 
tor, is  given.  In  design  and  general  arrangement  it 
resembles  any  ordinary  one-tube  receiving  set,  but  its  uses 
are  many.  Method  of  calibration  and  testing  is  given. 
Its  many  uses  in  measuring  constants  of  radio  apparatus 
make  this  one  of  the  best  laboratory  instruments  for  any 
radio  worker. 

R42O.     MODULATED  WAVE  SYSTEMS.  MODULATING 

Radio.    Oct.,  1925,  pp.  31-32.  SYSTEMS. 

"Plate    and    Grid    Modulation    Systems,"    L.    Grignon 

and  F.  Jones. 

A  constant  carrier  frequency  is  modulated  by  either  a 
decrease  in  antenna  current  (Heising  system)  or  a  decrease 
or  increase  in  antenna  current  (grid  modulation  system). 
The  theory  underlying  these  two  methods,  their  advantages 
and  disadvantages  on  the  broadcast  range  of  wavelengths, 
as  discussed,  lead  the  authors  to  believe  that  the  grid 
system  of  modulation  is  the  better.  Circuit  diagrams  and 
data  are  given  for  the  benefit  of  those  wishing  to  try  out 
these  two  systems  for  comparison. 

R35i.     SIMPLE  OSCILLATORS.  OSCILLATOR. 

Radio.     Oct.,  1925,  pp.  33~34-  Quart;. 

"A  Quartz  Crystal  Oscillator,"  D.  B.  McGown. 

A  description  of  this  new  form  of  instrument,  used  as  a 
standard  of  wavelength,  and  information  on  the  construc- 
tion of  such  an  instrument,  is  given.  The  Hartley  circuit 
is  used.  The  parts  that  enter  into  the  building  of  this 
oscillator  are  all  standard  and  easily  obtainable.  It  can  be 
used  as  any  other  oscillator.  Its  accuracy  is  said  to  be 
much  greater  than  ordinary  forms  of  oscillators. 

R342.6. RADIO-FREQUENCY  AMPLIFIERS.  RECEIVER, 

QST.  Oct.  1925,  pp.  8-11.  Fellogg-RFL. 

"A  True  Cascade  R.  F.  Amplifier,"  Dr.  L.  M.  Hull. 
According  to  Mr.  H.  Snow's  experimental  study,  the 
so-called  intermediate-frequency  amplification  in  super- 
heterodynes, using  three  tubes,  will  not  give  a  voltage 
gain  of  more  than  from  800  to  1000.  A  marked  "tapering- 
ofT"  effect  is  usually  apparent.  Straight  cascade  one-way 
stages  were  tried  at  750  kc.  with  a  voltage  gain,  starting 
with  seven,  of  seven  times  for  each  tube  used.  Five  tubes 
gave  an  amplification  of  more  than  16,000.  A  description 
of  the  set,  its  peculiarities  of  construction,  and  a  circuit 
diagram  are  given.  The  instrument  is  very  selective  and 
has  but  two  controls. 

Rii3-     TRANSMISSION  PHENOMENA.  SHORT  WAVES. 

QST,  Oct.  1925,  pp.  12-21.  Characteristics  of 

"Wave  Propagation  at  High   Frequencies,"  Dr.  A.  H. 

Taylor  and  E.  Hulbert. 

This  article  contains  a  detailed  discussion  concerning'! he 
probable  condition  of  the  upper  ionized  atmosphere  and 
its  effect  on  the  propagation  of  waves  at  high  frequencies, 
lonization,  de-ionization,  wave-energy  losses,  absorption, 
skipped  distances  and  their  cause,  effects  due  to  frequency 
changes,  day  and  night  transmission — these  are  subjects 
taken  up  in  turn  and  discussed  in  a  very  clear  manner. 
Experimental  evidence  substantiates  most  of  the  statements 
made,  curves  and  diagrams  serving  to  illustrate  points  in 
question. 

Roo5-     EXECUTIVE,  ADMINISTRATIVE. 

PERSONNEL.  AMATEURS  LINKED 

QST.    Oct.  1925,  pp.  22-24.  WITH  THE  ARMY. 

"The  Army  links  up  with  the  Amateur."A.R.R.L  Plan. 

A  plan  whereby  amateur  stations  located  in  the  United 
States  will  cooperate  with  the  United  States  Signal  Corps 
for  a  four-fold  purpose:  i.  To  have  channels  available  in 
case  of  emergency;  2.  To  have  channels  available  for 
civilian  components  of  the  army;  3.  To  have  operators 
available  trained  in  army  methods;  4.  To  have  contact 
available  between  operators  and  Signal  Corps  for  the 
exchange  of  new  ideas  in  experimental  work.  The  plan  of 
affiliation  is  given  verbatim. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


38.) 


DOLLAR  VALUES 


The 

RADIO  BROADCAST 

Series  of 

KNOCK-OUT  RECEIVERS 


Nine  Receivers 
Fully  Described 


Additional  Fxplanatory  Notes 

on  Coils,  Tubes,  Neutralisation, 

Two-Element  and  Crystal 

Rectifiers 


PHE  AUTHORS  who  have  contributed  the  wealth 
-•-  of  information  and  constructional  data  con- 
tained in  this  book  are  well-known  for  their  past 
works.  Read  what  Walter  Van  B.  Roberts, 
Bouck,  Brennan,  Kenneth  Harkness  and  Dr.  L.  M. 
Hull  have  to  say  about  Reflex  "Knock-Outs." 


$  DOLLAR  VALUES 


$         DOLLAR  VALUES          $ 
How  to  Make  the 

Radio  Broadcast  Knock-Out 
Four-Tube  Roberts  Receiver 


Two  Full-Sized  Blue-Prints 
Shoicing  the  Constructional  and 
Wiring  Details  Accompany 
the  Instruction  Book 


A  Non-Radiating 

Receiver,  Easy  to 

Build  and  Operate 


IN  THIS  BOOK  John  B.  Brennan,  Technical  Edi- 
tor of  RADIO  BROADCAST,  tells  how  to  make  a 
Four-Tube  Receiver  having  excellent  tone  quality 
characteristics.      Since  September,  1924,  this  re- 
ceiver has  commanded  the  attention  of  thousands 
of  readers   of  RADIO   BROADCAST  and   it  is  still 
going  strong.     The  blue-prints,  which  are  full-^ze, 
enable  you   to   easily  construct 
this  economical  receiver. 


DEALERS: 

RADIO  BROADCAST  will 
tell  you  how  to  make  sales 
that  stay  sold.  Write  to 
us  for  our  proposition. 


DOLLAR  VALUES  $ 


How 
RADIO  RECEIVERS  WORK 

by  Walter  Van  B.  Roberts, 

B.  S.,  E.  E.,  Ph.  D. 

The  Up-To-Date  Radio  For  the  Radio  Constructor 
Easily  Understandable  and  Experimenter 

Profusely  Illustrated 

T  TF.RF.  ARE  SOME  of  the  topics  discussed  in  this 
-*-  *-  Book :  Electrons,  The  Volt  and  The  Ohm, 
Impedance,  Transformers,  Simple  Receivers,  Re- 
generative Circuits,  Loud  Speakers  in  General, 
The  Reason  for  the  Super-Heterodyne,  Problems 
of  "Super"  Design,  Radio  Tubes,  Etc. 

This  is  a  six-chapter  book  that  deals  with  up-to- 
date  apparatus,  and  modern  circuits.  53  pages, 
65  Illustrations. 


How  to  make 

RADIO  BROADCAST'S 
ARISTOCRAT  RECEIVERS 

by  Arthur  H.  Lynch 

THE  BUILDER  has  his  choice  of  two  types  of 
Aristocrat  Receivers  and  the  blue-prints  which 
are  full-sized  show  complete  wiring,  location,  and 
constructional  details.  These  prints  are  accom- 
panied by  an  instruction  pamphlet  prepared  by 
Arthur  H.  Lynch,  Editor  of  RADIO  BROADCAST. 

The  receivers  embody  the  most  modern  features 
of  circuit  design  such  as  a  neutralized  radio-fre- 
quency amplifier,  regenerative  detector,  and  three- 
stage  resistance-coupled  amplifier.  Provision  is 
made  for  the  use  of  high-Mu  tubes  with  high  voltage 
and  proper  grid  bias  on  the  last  audio  amplifier. 


GET  ALL  FOUR  OF  THESE  DOLLAR  VALUES  FOR  THREE  DOLLARS,  OR,  SINGLY  AT  ONE 
DOLLAR  EACH.    THIS  IS  THE  BIGGEST  RADIO  LITERATURE  OFFER  MADE  IN  MANY  A  DAY! 


RADIO  BROADCAST, 

Garden  City,  New  York. 

Gentlemen:    SEND  ME 


1— ALL  FOUR  DOLLAR  VALUES  FOR  THREE  DOLLARS— ENCLOSED. 

2 — The  RADIO  BROADCAST  Series  of  Knock-Out  Receivers,  for  $1.00,  enclosed. 

3 — The  RADIO  BROADCAST  Knock-Out  Four-Tube  Receiver  Blue-Prints  and  Book  for  $1.00,  enclosed. 

4 — How  To  Make  Radio  Receivers  Work,  for  $1.00,  enclosed. 

5 — How  To  Make  RADIO  BROADCAST'S  Aristocrat  receivers,  for  $1.00,  enclosed. 

Name 


B.B.E. 


Address 


386 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


Superadio  Receiver 

5    ^M^BI^B^    Many 

New 
Fea- 


Tubes 


Dials 


Licensed  Under 
Reactodyne  Agreement 


tures 


$56 


DISTINCTLY  new  engineering  has  produced  in  the  Supera- 
dio  a  distinctly  new  type  of  Set  with  a  richness  of  tone 
quality  absolutely  unequalled.  S.  L.  F.  condensers,  tuned  radio 
frequency  with  individual  R.  F.  tube  control  and  many  other  ad- 
vanced features.  Designed  for  low  upkeep  cost,  maximum  re- 
sults are  obtained  with  lowest  possible  drain  on  batteries  and 
wear  on  tubes. 

Ask  your  dealer  or  write  us 

Superadio  Dynometer 

Measures  Amplification  Factor,  Plate  Imped- 
ance and  Mutual  Conductance  of  any  tube. 
No  curves,  no  calculations. 

Tube  Manufacturers 

Improve  your  product.  A  uniform  out- 
put can  be  obtained  if  you  use  the  Super- 
adio Dynometer. 

Jobbers  and  dealers 

The  superadio  is  direct  reading  and  tests  3 
tubes  per  minute.  Write  for  discounts. 

SPECIAL  MODEL     &9{\ 
S-2  AMPLIFIER       <1P^>U 

To  be  used  with  Dynometer  and  loud  speaker  in  place  of  phones 

Just  out — The  new  Superadio  B-Battery 
Eliminator. 


Superadio  Dynometer  equipped 

with  phones  and  plug.     Price  $120. 

(Patents  Pending) 


DeWITT-LaFRANCE  CO.,  Inc. 

54  Washburn  Ave.,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts 


Boston  Representative: 
Martin,  Hartley  &  Dewitt  Sales  Co.,  99  Bedford  St. 


Chicago  Representative: 
William  A.  Welty  &  Co.,  36  So.  State  St. 


This  is  a  good  time  to  subscribe  for 

RADIO    BROADCAST 

Through  your  dealer  or  direct,  by  the  year  only  $4.00 


Doubleday,  Page  &  Company 


Garden    City,  New   York 


Sure  Tight  Connector  No. 3 


"McCALL'S" 
Little  Hexagon  Family  of 
Sure  Tight  Connections 

(Patents  Pending) 
(Used  as  Favorites  the 

world  over) 

These  neat  little  sure  tight 
wire  terminal  adapters  and 
this  Sure  Tight  Connector 
are  the  original  "McCall" 
Hex  Family  of  Connectors. 
Watch  for  our  other  Hex 
Members.  Discount  to 
Jobbers.  Price  lOc  each 

Manufactured   by 

The  McCall  Novelty  Co. 

631  West  Edwards  St. 
Springfield  Illinois 


IF  you  like  this  magazine 
with  its  coated  paper  and 
enlarged  size — then  why  not 
subscribe  and  get  it  regularly 
-by    the    year,    $4.00,   Six 
months,  $2.00. 


Doubleday,  Page  &  Co. 

Garden  City  New  York 


R383.     RESISTORS  RESISTORS. 

QST.    Oct.  1925,  pp.  25-28. 

"High  Frequency  Resistance  Standards,"  J.  M.  Clayton. 

In  measuring  frequencies  above  2000  kc.  the  ordinary 
resistance  units  are  inaccurate,  either  adding  inductance, 
capacity,  or  both  to  the  circuit  being  tested.  A  new  form 
of  resistance  made  of  magnesium  wire  is  described,  which 
can  be  used  for  much  higher  frequencies  with  extreme 
accuracy.  The  method  of  construction  is  given.  Diagrams 
illustrate  method  of  mounting  and  adjusting. 

R343.     ELECTRON  TUBE  RECEIVING  SETS.        RECEIVER, 

QST.  Oct.  1925,  pp.  33-36.  SHORT-WAVE, 

"Short-Wave  Receivers,"  R.  R.  Batcher.  Grebe  CR-i?. 

Valuable  pointers  concerning  construction  of  short-wave 

receivers  are  brought  out  in  this  discussion,  with  particular 

reference  to  the  Grebe  CR-iy.     A  short-wave  tuner  chart 

is  used  for  inductance  and  capacity  calibrations. 

R356.    TRANSFORMERS.  TRANSFORMERS. 

QST.    Oct.  1925,  pp.  37-39. 

"Transformers  and  Reactors  in  Radio  Sets,"  R.  H. 
Chadwick.  Part  II. 

Audio-frequency  transformers  are  discussed,  more  or 
less  theoretically,  with  particular  emphasis  on  the  ampli- 
fication factor  at  various  frequencies.  At  low  and  high 
values  of  frequency,  the  amplification  is  less,  due  to  effects 
noted  in  diagram.  Fig.  10.  Filter  reactors  are  used  for  the 
purpose  of  introducing  opposition  to  the  flow  of  alternating 
current.  Depending  upon  the  circuit  they  are  to  serve, 
their  construction  will  be  determined.  The  discussion 
brings  out  the  general  principles  involved  in  reactor  design. 

RIIO.     RADIO  WAVES.  SHORT  WAVES, 

Radio  News.     Oct.  1925,  pp.  41  off.  Phenomena  of 

"The  Behavior  of  Radio  Waves,"  Dr.  E.  F.  W.  Alex- 

anderson. 

Little  is  known  concerning  the  radiation  of  energy  from 
antennae.  Our  conception  of  the  ether  and  the  electron 
is  more  or  less  vague  at  present.  Experience  points  towards 
the  fact  that  short  waves  are  reflected  according  to  the 
Larmor  Theory  of  propagation,  herein  described.  A  new 
phenpmenon  was  noted  recently,  namely  that  of  horizontally 
polarized  waves  when  sent  from  a  horizontally  mounted 
multiple-tuned  loop.  The  plane  of  polarization  changes 
as  the  wave  progresses.  The  method  used  for  analysis,  and 
the  construction  of  the  loop,  are  shown  in  photographs. 

R594.     GERMANY  GERMAN  RADIO 

Radio  News.     Oct.  1925,  pp.  41 2ff.  DEVELOPMENTS. 

"Radio  in  Germany,"  Dr.  E.  Nesper. 
Radio  developments  in  Germany  have  been  making 
great  strides,  as  is  indicated  by  the  interest  shown  in  recent 
radio  exhibits.  Since  September  ist,  the  German  radio 
laws  and  regulations  have  been  greatly  modified,  so  that 
experimenters  have  about  the  same  range  of  freedom  that 
we,  here  in  America,  enjoy.  Interest  in  broadcast  pro- 
grams is  keen.  The  broadcast  system  is  owned  by  the 
Postal  Company  and  licenses  are  issued  for  receivers. 
Photographs  of  several  home-made  receivers  are  shown. 

R?so.     BROADCASTING.  SUPER  STATIONS 

Radio  News.     Oct.  1925,  pp.  4l8fT. 

"Super-power  Broadcasting." 

This  article  describes  the  new  WGY  5O-kilowatt  broad- 
casting station.  The  accompanying  photographs  give  a 
very  clear  idea  of  the  size  and  scope  of  the  equipment. 
The  circuits  used  in  the  many  transmitters  at  Schenectady 
are  of  the  master  oscillator  type.  Much  of  the  work  is 
experimental,  for  little  is  known  regarding  the  use  of  super- 
power on  the  various  frequencies.  The  stations  are  operat- 
ing primarily  for  the  purpose  of  learning  more  about  the 
"attenuation  constant"  of  transmitters. 

R8oo(535.3)  PHOTOELECTRIC  PHENOMENA    PHOTOELECTRIC 
Radio  News.  Oct.  1925,  pp.  426fT.  CELL,  Its  use. 

"The  Vacuum  Tube  and  Photoelectric  Cell,"  General 

G.  Ferric. 

A  method  whereby  the  photoelectric  cell  is  used  in  con- 
junction with  three  and  four  electrode  tubes,  to  detect  and 
amplify  extremely  small  currents  set  up  bv  light  waves 
(particularly  ultra-violet),  is  here  given.  This  principle 
has  many  applications  in  astronomy.  It  is  a|so  used  in 
determining  the  period  of  a  pendulum,  a  mirror  being 
attached  to  the  swinging  arm,  and  light  reflected  into  the 
cell. 

Ri30.     ELECTRON  TUBES.  VACUUM  TUBES. 

Radio  News.  Oct.  1925,  pp.  434ff.  Detecting  and  Amplifying 
"Hard  Tubes  and  Soft  Tubes  as  Amplifiers  and  Detec- 
tors," Prof.  C.  Bazzoni.     Part  I. 

An  elementary  but  nevertheless  very  thorough  and  com- 
prehensive discussion  on  the  operation  of  vacuum  tubes 
is  presented.  Emission,  space  charge,  degree  of  vacuum 
and  the  action  of  gas  atoms  and  electrons,  determine  de- 
tector and  amplifier  action  in  vacuum  tubes.  Graphic 
diagrams  help  to  form  a  mental  picture  of  the  action  within 
the  tube. 

R38i.     CONDENSERS.  CONDENSERS, 

Radio  News.     Oct.  1025,  pp.  447ff.  S.L.F. 

"Does  a  Straight  Line  Frequency  Condenser  Exist?" 

S.  Harris. 

The  question  of  obtaining  straight  line  frequency  cali- 
bration curves  with  a  so-called  straight  line  frequency 
condenser,  is  a  point  much  discussed.  The  author  shows 
the  relation  between  condenser  capacity  and  coil  at  various 
frequencies.  There  is  practically  no  deviation  from  the 
straight  line  even  with  coils  of  a  jarge  distributed  capacity 
when  connected  to  a  straight  line  frequency  condenser. 
So  for  all  practical  purposes  the  instrument  does  exactly 
what  it  is  supposed  to  do. 

Ri49.     RECTIFICATION.  FILTERS. 

Radio  News.     Oct.  1925,  pp.  452ff. 

"All  About  Filters,"  E.  W.  Berry. 

In  order  to  obtain  a  source  of  good  direct  current  for  plate 
supply,  either  a  generator  or  alternating  current  rectifier 
is  often  employed.  Both  need  considerable  filtering.  The 
article  describes  in  detail  the  effect  of  choke  coils  and 
condensers  in  a  circuit.  Concrete  examples  serve  to  illus- 
trate the  points  brought  out.  A  series  of  graphs  show 
the  result  of  tests  made  with  series,  parallel,  and  series- 
parallel  cpnnections  of  chokes  and  condenses.  A  thorough 
presentation  of  the  subject  for  experimenters. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


387 


/>R 


REAL    ENJOYMENT 


LOUD  SPEAKER 

Assures  remarkable  clarity 
of  tone  with  maximum  vol- 
ume— reaches  full  range  of 
musical  scale  and  gives  a 
faithfulness  of  reproduction 
that  equals  hearing  the  orig- 
inal. New  Concert  unit  is 
of  substantial  size  and  is 
designed  along  scientific 
lines. 

Burns  Horns  are  of  distinctive  design  and  have  special  am- 
plifying properties  which  combined  with  the  pleasing 
tone  of  the  Concert  Unit  give 
most  remarkable  results. 

PRICES 

No  2058— With  black  flare $22.50 


No 
No 


205  D— Mahogany  tinted  flare 25.00 

205?— Mother-of-pearl  flare...  .....  30.00 

IOO   — Medium  phonograph  unit...  .  10.00 

I2O  — Concert  phonograph  unit.  ...  12.00 

Manufacturers 


COMPANY 

Chicago,   U.  S.  A. 


CONCERT  UNIT 


ANNOUNCING 

A  Complete  New  Line  of 

™  ADJUSTABLE  <~> 

ENCLOSURES  -  CONSOLES 
AND  TABLES 

(PATENTS  PENDING) 

Panels  adjustable  to  length,  depth,  width ,  and 
location,  upright  or  tilted,  all  quickly  and 
easily  in  one  STANDARDIZED  MODEL, 
open  and  closed  of  many  designs.  Beautiful 
inlaid  WOODCRAFT  PANELING.  Built 
in  Loop,  inside  Antenna  and  other  new 
Pat.'Pdg.  features.  Large  production  at 
factory  prices,  etc. 

WATCH  for  Them!    NEXT   Wait  for  THEM! 

Better  still,  write  for  literature  to  Factory 
and  Sales  Department. 


DETROIT  WOODCRAFT  CORP. 

2262-4  Hendric  Street 
Detroit,  Mich. 

"MAKES  YOUR  RADIO  LOOK  LIKE  A  RADIO  AND  UP-TO-DATE" 


The 
Original 


The 
Adjustable 


We  Have  Specified  Parts 
TO  BUILD  THE  NEW  6  TUBE 

§ilver  -  Marshall 

"MODERN    BROADCAST 
RECEIVER" 

Model  1926 

When  building  this  receiver  be  sure  you  use  only  the  parts 
specified  and  you  will  not  only  have  the  satisfaction  of  possessing 
the  finest  receiver  yet  developed,  but  you  will  be  a  year  ahead  of 
all  others. 

3— S-M  311   .00035  S.  L.  F.  Condensers 

3 — 4-  in.  Na-ald  moulded  dials 

3— S-M  515  Coil  Sockets 

2 — S-M   112A  Inductances 

1 — S-M  110A  Inductances 

6— S-M  510  Sockets 

1 — Carter  6-ohm  imp.  Rheostat 

1 — Central  Laboratory   500,000  ohm  Modulator 

3 — Muter  or  Daven  Resistance  couplers  complete 

1— Carter   101   Jack 

I— Carter  102A  Jack 
— Benjamin  On-off  Switch 
—.002  M.  F.  Condenser 
—S-M  .5  M.  F.  By-pass  Condensers 
— 7  x  24  Drilled,  Sanded  and  Engraved  Panel 
— 7  x  23  Oak  Base  Board,  Bus-bar,  Screws,  Lugs,  etc. 
— Belden  5-lead  color  cable 


49 


.50 


Complete  Parts   $ 

as  Specified,   Only  .  . 
Wired  and  Ready  to  Use  $8.  Extra 

EXTRAS 

Daven  MU-20  Tubes $  4.00 

Daven  MU-6  Power  Tube 5.00 

Western  Electric  540-A.W.  Cone  Speaker 24.50 

WE  ALSO  CARRY  ALL  THE  PARTS  FOR  THE 

(  -H*a  m  m  a  rl  u  n  d  ) 

.oDerts 

Receiver 

Endorsed  by  ten  leading  Radio  Engineers 

This  is  the  circuit  described,  illustrated  and  listed  on  pages  73  to  78  in 
NOVEMBER  RADIO  BROADCAST 

The  engineers  _of  the  leading  manufacturers  who  make  these  parts  en- 
dorse the  operation  of  the  Hammarlund-Roberts  Receiver  only  when  it 
is  constructed  with  these  specified  units  which  the  designers  have  found 
to  coordinate  most  efficiently  with  one  another. 

Order  from  this  list  and  we  guar- 
antee   you    prompt    delivery. 

Unit  No.     I.     2  Rauland-Lyric    Transformers     @   $9.00     £18.00 

Unit  No.    2.      1   Hammarlund     "Midget"     Condenser     5 

plate,    16   mmfd @      1.80          180 

Unit  No.    3.     2  Hammarlund    .0005    mfd.    Model    "C" 

or  S.  L.   F.   Condensers    @      5.00        1000 

Unit  No.    4.     I   Set    Hammarlund-Roberts    Coils     @     6.00         6.00 

Unit  No.     5.     2  Na-ald   "Super  DeLuxe"  4  in.   Bakelite 

Dials      @       .75         1.50 

Unit  No.    6.     5  Na-ald    "DeLuxe"    Sockets    @        .75          3.75 

Unit  No.    7.      1   Na-ald    K3844 — \%    in.    Dial     @        .20  .20 

Unit  No.    8.     4  Amperites   No.    1-A    @      1.10         4.40 

Unit  No.    9.     5  Prs.  Union  Phone  Tip  Jacks,  per  pair  @        .25          1.25 

Unit  No.  10.      1   Carter   25-ohm    "Imp"    Rheostat    @      1.00          100 

Unit  No.  11.      1   Carter   Single   Circuit   No.    101    "Hold- 

Tite"   Jack    @        .70  .70 

Unit  No.  12.      1   Carter   "Imp"    Battery  Switch @        .65  .65 

Unit  No.  13.      1   Dubilier     Type     640-G      .00025      mfd. 

Grid    Condenser    @        .50  .50 

Unit  No.  14.      i  Dubilier    Type    640    .002    mfd.     Fixed 

Condenser      @        .45  .45 

Unit  No.  15.     1  Dubilier    Type    640    .006    mfd.    Fixed 

Condenser      @        .80  .80 

Unit  No.  16.      1   Durham    Metallized    Resistor    @        .40  .40 

Unit  No.  17.  1  Hammarlund-Roberts  Foundation  Unit 
(contains  engraved  bakelite  Westing- 
house  Micarta  panel,  drilled  bakelite 
sub-panel,  metal  brackets  and  wire)  C 


9.40         9.40 

$57.50 


HAMMARLUND  MFG.  Co.,  INC. 
Complete    Parts    as  specified 

Cabinet  $10.00  extra 

Booklet  "How  to  Build  the  Hammarlund-Roberts  Receiver"  with  complete 
diagram   and    illustiations — Postpaid,    3.25. 

We  Also  Have  Specified  Parts  For  The  New 
L.  C.  1926  MODEL  RECEIVER 

HEINS  &  BOLET,  46  Park  Place,  New  York 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  if 


388 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


Product  of  over  30  years'  experience 


^fnemvorite 
J/6ice  o 


O  hear  an  Amplion 

in  comparison  with 

any  or  all  other  loud 

speakers  is  to  appre- 
ciate at  once  why  Amplions 
are  the  largest  selling  radio  re- 
producers throughout  the 
world — favorites  of  music 
lovers  in  all  lands. 

The  actual  originators  and  old- 
est makers  of  loud  speakers, 
Alfred  Graham  &  Co.,  Lon- 
don, England,  evolved  The 
Amplion.  Its  superbly  life-like 

THE  AMPLION  CORPORATION  OF  AMERICA 

executive  Offices:  Suite  L,  280  Madison  Ave.,  Nev  York  City 
Canadian  Distributors:  Burndept  of  Canada,  Ltd.,  Toronto 

Associated  Companies  and  Agents:  Alfred  Graham  £  Co.,  London,  England,  Patentees; 
Amplion  Corporation  of  Canada,  Limited,  Toronto;  Compagnie  Francaise  Amplion, 
Paris,  France;  Compagnie  Continentale  Amplion,  Brussels,  Belgium;  Amalgamated  Wire- 
less (Australasia),  Ltd.,  Sydney  and  Melbourne;  British  General  Electric  Company,  Ltd., 
Johannesburg  and  Branches;  Indian  States  and  Eastern  Agency,  Bombay  and  Calcutta; 
C.  J.  Christie  E.  Hijo,  Buenos  Ayres;  David  Wallace  Si  Co.,  Valparaiso;  Mestre  &  Blatge, 
Rio  de  Janeiro;  F.  W.  Hammond  &  Company,  London  and  Tokio. 


reproduction  and  supreme 
clarity  on  all  notes  give  elo- 
quent testimony  to  Graham's 
more  than  thirty  years'  experi- 
ence in  sound  reproduction. 

Bring  out  the  full  musical 
quality  of  your  set  with  an 
Amplion  loud  speaker  or  con- 
sole unit.  The  prices  are  $12 
to  $42.50.  All  Amplions  are 
completely  equipped  with  cord 
and  panel  plugs.  Write  for  the 
"Amplion  Pedigree"  and  deal- 
er's address. 


BLUE  PRINTS  FOR  THE  "ARISTOCRAT1 
RECEIVER  DESCRIBED  BY  ARTHUR  H. 
LYNCH  IN  THE  NOVEMBER  MAGAZINE 
CAN  NOW  BE  OBTAINED  AT  YOUR 
RADIO  DEALER.  IF  HE  CANNOT  SUPPLY 
YOU  SEND  US  HIS  NAME  AND  ADDRESS. 

Price  one  dollar  for  complete  set. 


BOOK  REVIEW 

A  History  of  Radio  Men  and 

Their  Contributions  to  Radio 

Progress 

RADIO:  BEAM  AND  BROADCAST.     By  A 

H.  Morse,  Published  by  Ernest  Benn,  Ltd., 
London.  In  New  York,  by  D.  Van  Nostrand 
Company.  186  •pages.  $4. 

I  HIS  recent  book  on  radio  is  well  worth 
while  the  attention  of  any  who  expect  to 
do  developmental  work  in  radio,  or  in  any 
of  its  allied  fields.  While  it  is  entirely 
different  from  what  we  had  expected  to  find,  it 
proved  to  be  of  sufficient  interest  that  we  stayed 
with  it  on  the  first  reading  until  the  last  page 
had  been  covered. 

Instead  of  being  as  we  had  supposed,  a  book 
written  more  or  less  in  the  manner  of  a  text,  it 
proved  to  be  an  interesting  and  continuous  his- 
tory of  the  art  of  radio  as  a  whole,  having  no 
special  connection  with  either  beam  or  broadcast 
methods  of  communication.  The  author's  in- 
tentions are  perhaps  best  given  in  his  own  words. 
Says  he  in  the  introduction:  "Within  the  last 
few  years,  the  radio  field  has  been  invaded  by 
many  thousands  of  persons  who  know  nothing 
of  its  evolution,  and  are  therefore  sometimes  un- 
able to  distinguish  between  what  is  new  and  what 
is  old.  The  consequence  is  that  they  waste 
much  time  and  money  in  re-inventing  old  devices 
and  in  developing  others  to  circumvent  imagined 
patents,  or  inventions,  long  since  in  the  public 
domain.  The  case  of  the  spider-web  coil  may 
be  cited  as  an  example.  This  will  be  found  to 
have  been  illustrated  and  described  several  years 
before  the  Great  War,  but  was  heralded  as  a 
novelty  two  or  three  years  ago.  It  is  one  of  the 
author's  objects  to  help  to  create  the  perspective 
of  these  newcomers,  and  it  is  hoped  that  this 
book  will  be  of  some  assistance  to  British  and 
American  patent  agents'  attorneys  (new  to  the 
art),  inventors,  experimenters,  journalists,  radio 
enthusiasts,  and  'why  men'  generally,  on  both 
sides  of  the  Atlantic. 

"The  evolution  of  the  radio  art  is  traced  herein 
mainly  through  the  Patent  Office  records  of 
inventions  in  use  to-day,  or  their  lineal  forebears. 
As  a  consequence,  many  inventions  of  great 
merit  and  one  time  promise,  receive  little  or  no 
mention;  and  except  in  a  few  cases  where  inven- 
tions are  cited  merely  as  evidence  of  the  con- 
temporary knowledge  of  the  art,  a  selection  has 
been  made,  not  by  the  author  but  by  the  test 
of  utility.  It  may  be  observed  that  this  test 
has  proved  too  much  for  some  of  the  most  her- 
alded inventions." 

The  first  chapter  of  the  book  briefly  relates 
the  accomplishments  of  the  early  workers  in  the 
radio  field,  starting  with  Christian  Huygens. 
who  first  propounded  the  undulatory  theory  of 
light  in  1678,  and  ending  with  the  year  1912. 
The  author  has  been  at  a  deal  of  trouble  evi- 
dently in  consulting  original  writings,  and  has 
given  in  an  interesting  manner  a  story  of  the 
high  spots  of  radio's  development  during  this 
period.  To  indicate  the  scope  of  the  material 
given,  there  is  a  note  that  in  1843  Professor 
Joseph  Henry  succeeded  in  magnetizing  needles 
two  hundred  and  twenty  feet  distant  from  his 
energizing  apparatus.  In  the  opinion  of  one  of 
America's  foremost  physicists,  these  experiments 
of  Henry  really  constitute  the  first  disclosure  of 
radio  communication,  but  they  apparently  were 
not  appreciated  as  such  by  Linsely,  and  his  work 
had  no  important  commercial  outcome.  In  1879, 
Professor  Hughes,  an  Englishman,  succeeded 
in  sending  radio  signals  a  distance  of  about  sixty 
feet.  Among  those  present  were  some  of  the 
most  noted  English  scientists  and  engineers, 


Tested  and  approved  by  RAHTO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


389 


dA Hookup for Dealers 
that  Eliminates  Interference 

-    ^»/"<  +J 

When  a  Radio  Dealer  "hooks  up"with  the 
House  of  Hommel — he  is  assured  of  the 
closest  co-operation  and  of  a  dealer  serv- 
ice unexcelled,  if  even  equaled,  by  any 
other  radio  jobber, — all  of  which  means 
greater  profits  for  Hommel  Dealers. 

The  numerous  user  inquiries  referred  to 
their  dealers — their  policy  of  wholesaling 
only — the  large  stocks  of  reputable  radio 
equipment  carried  at  all  times  for  im- 
mediate shipment  to  dealers — their  in- 
spection and  repair  department — their 
modern  display  room, — are  but  a  few  of 
the  many  features  of  Hommel  Service 
that  are  responsible  for  the  reputation 
and  success  of  the  Hommel  organization 
to-day. 

Hommel's  Encyclopedia  No.  466-6  tells  the  story  in  detail — write  for  your  copy  to-day. 

EXCLUSIVELY 


929  PENN  AVENUE 


PITTSBURGH,  PA. 


You  can  do  it  right  in  your 
own  home  with  the 


Makes  use  of 
fullA.C.Current 
-not  half  of  it. 


Charge  your  battery 
OVERNIGHT 

Model  "A" — for  radio  "A"   and  6  volt  automobile  batteries. 
A.C.  line,  40  to  60  cycle,  110-120  volts.     Battery 
— 6  volts  6-8  amperes.     Comes  complete  with    $  J  §'00 
cords,  plug  and  leaded  clips. 

Price East  of  the  Rockies 

Model  "A-B" — for  charging  radio  "A"  and  "B"  batteries  sim- 
ultaneously.     A.C.   line,  40  to  60  cycle,   110-120 
volts.    Battery — "A,"  6  volts  3-4  amperes;  "B," 
48  to  96  volts  in  series,  1/10  ampere,  up 

Price East  of  the  Rockies 

Pays  its  cost  in  a  short  time 
by  what  it  saves  you 

Ask  your  dealer  to  show  it  to  you — or  write  for  booklet. 

LIBERTY  ELECTRIC 


RADIO 
BATTERY  CHARGER 

HE   ordinary   charger   uses    only    half    the    electric 
current  wave. 

Ful-Wave,  by  a  new  and  better  principle,  uses  the  full 
electric  wave. 

Because  of  this  and  other  reasons  Ful-Wave  takes  only 
about  half  the  usual  time  to  charge  a  battery. 

— Uses  approximately  half  the  current  cost  to  do  the  work. 

There's  no  charger  like  it.     Quiet,  dependable,  factory 
sealed.     It  needs  no  adjustment,  no  water,  no  chemicals. 

Its  service  is  absolutely  guaranteed.     See  it  and  compare 
it — at  your  nearest  dealer. 


-  342  Madison Ave  NewYorR 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


390 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


The  First 

radical   improvement   in 
radio  SLF  condensers 

AT  LAST !  A  new  era  in  vari- 
able condensers.  With 
practically  all  other  radio  parts 
undergoing  constant  improve' 
ment  the  limitations  and  defici' 
encies  of  the  old'Style  multiple 
plate  condenser  have  handi- 
capped progress. 
But  now — professionals  recognise 
in  the  new  FURNELL  Conden- 
ser— based  on  an  entirely  new 
and  simplified  principle— '- the  most 
practical  and  efficient  condenser 
ever  designed  for  straight-line 
Frequency  tuning.  It  is  the  only 
condenser  of  its  type  on  the 
market  and  experts  agree  that : 
"It's  the  most  important  step  for' 
ward  that  has  yet  been  made  in 
its  field." 

Simplicity  is  the  keynote  of  prog- 
ress. The  FURNELL  replaces 
open  multiple  plates  with  only 
two  shielded  plates,  each  coiled  in 
the  form  of  an  evolute.  Simple — 
sound — durable.  Assures  clean- 
cut  separation  of  stations,  tone 
clarity  and  scientific  precision 
heretofore  impossible.  Dust- 
proof,  moisture-proof  damage- 
proof. 

Each  condenser  complete  with 
special  4"  Bakelite  360°  Dial  and 
enclosed  in  a  transparent  Dust- 
proof  case. 

Exclusive  Sales  Franchises  Avail- 
able to  Reputable  Jobbers  in 
Locations  Still  Open.  A 

Write  for  Literature 

FURNELL  MANUFACTURING  CORP. 
24L  Scott  St,  Newark,  N.  J. 


36O°   TAPER    COIL 

CONDENSERS 


but  Hughes  apparently  did  not  really  appreciate 
how  important  and  real  his  work  was,  and  so  was 
discouraged  by  the  comments  of  a  fellow  scient- 
ist. They  took  the  romance  out  of  Hughes's  ex- 
periments by  telling  him  that  the  ordinary  laws 
of  mutual  induction  might  be  used  to  explain 
all  of  his  experiments.  In  1899,  Sir  William 
Crookes,  commenting  on  Hughes'  work,  said: 
"  It  is  a  pity  a  man  who  was  so  far  ahead  of  all 
other  workers  in  the  field  of  wireless  telegraphy 
should  lose  all  the  credit  due  to  his  great  in- 
genuity and  prevision." 

Of  course  every  radio  enthusiast  now  knows 
that  in  1888  Professor  Hertz  succeeded  in  show- 
ing that  electro-magnetic  waves  and  light  waves 
are  the  same  thing,  and  that  he  actually  did 
carry  on  radio  experiments  in  his  laboratory 
with  such  skill  and  perseverance  that  one  may 
read  in  his  laboratory  reports  a  description  of 
practically  all  of  the  radio  schemes  which  it  has 
taken  us  thirty-five  years  to  develop.  For  those 
who  have  not  read  Hertz's  book,  a  real  treat  is 
in  store,  for  one  may  see  pictures  and  read 
about  experiments  disclosing  the  whole  idea  of 
radio  beam  communication,  which  many  people 
believe  originated  in  the  comparatively  recent 
experiments  of  Marconi. 

The  author  takes  us  through  the  work  of 
Branly  (who  recently  received  the  Nobel  prize 
for  the  work  he  carried  out  during  this  period), 
Thomson,  Lodge,  Popoff,  Rutherford,  Marconi, 
and  Fessenden.  In  1906  DeForest  put  the  B 
battery  in  the  plate  circuit  of  the  Fleming  valve 
and,  in  1907,  introduced  the  third  electrode, 
giving  us  the  now  famous  audion.  In  the  same 
year,  in  Italy,  Bellini  and  Tosi  were  showing  the 
possibilities  of  direction  finding  by  radio,  and 
in  Germany  von  Lieben  and  Reisz  were  experi- 
menting with  the  three  electrode  tube.  This 
brings  us  up  to  1912,  when  the  regenerative  cir- 
cuit was  patented  in  England  by  Franklin,  in 
Germany  by  Meissner,  and  in  America  by  Arm- 
strong. Here  the  author  expands  greatly  his 
previously  brief  presentation  of  the  subject  to 
show  that  DeForest  should  be  credited,  at  least 
in  America,  with  the  regenerative  and  oscilla- 
tory features  of  the  audion.  He  cites  the  recent 
decision  of  the  United  States  Court  of  Appeals 
of  the  District  of  Columbia,  which  gives  prece- 
dence regarding  the  invention  of  the  oscillating 
audion  to  De  Forest,  whereas  the  public  is  accus- 
tomed to  think  that  Armstrong  was  the  first 
to  develop  this  idea. 

As  we  read  over  this  part  of  the  book,  and 
again  read  over  the  comparison  of  the  work  of 
Fleming  and  De  Forest,  we  were  urged  to  look 
up  the  former  connections  of  the  author,  and 
found  on  the  title  page  that  he  was  formerly  as- 
sociated with  De  Forest  as  superintendent  of  one 
of  the  De  Forest  wireless  telegraph  companies. 
In  reading  certain  parts  of  the  book  this  fact 
should  be  kept  in  mind. 

Chapters  II  and  III  deal  with  radio  between 
1912  and  the  present  time,  and  the  prediction  as 
to  future  development.  It  is  not  apparent  why 
the  prediction  should  be  inserted  in  Chapter 
III,  as  this  chapter  is  followed  by  others  on  such 
subjects  as  the  Poulson  arc,  broadcasting,  re- 
generation in  reception,  the  triode  as  generator, 
one  on  beam  and  short  wave  radio,  ending  up 
with  the  ninth  chapter  entitled  "Conclusion." 

An  interesting  paragraph  in  the  final  chapter 
calls  our  attention  to  the  fact  that  many  in- 
ventors fail  to  get  the  credit  which  is  due  them. 
In  this  place  the  author  writes  as  follows: 
"  Prior  to  1896,  Preece  had  in  operation  a  system 
of  inductive  wireless  telegraphy,  and  it  was  just 
when  he  was  smarting  under  the  failure  of  this 
system  to  provide  communication  with  East 
Goodwin  lightship,  that  Marconi  came  to  him 
with  a  letter  of  introduction  from  Mr.  A.  A. 
Campbell-Swinton.  Both  Lodge  and  Ruther- 
ford had  already  shown  that  wireless  telegraphy 
was  practicable,  and  by  the  same  essential 

Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


Jo-day 
-in  every 
good  set/ 


a  MASTER 

OPERATOR" 

AMPERITE  neverdistinguishes  between 
a  novice  and  an  experienced  operator  for 
the  wonderful  clarity  and  full,  rich  tones 
it  makes  possible.  Just  pull  the  switch 
and  each  individual  tube  does  its  utmost 
to  outdo  the  other  tubes.  The  "Self-Ad- 
justing" rheostat  that  takes  the  guess  out 
of  tube  control.  Used  in  all  popular  con- 
struction sets.  Price,  $1.10. 
There  it  an  AMPERITE  for  every  tube 
Write  for  free  hook-ups  » 


DepL  R.  B.— 1  SO  Franklin  St.,  N.  Y.  City 


I 


_ 

She  "SELF-ADJUSTING"/M«irf<if 


O.  Henry 

Kipling 
Conrad 

Three  names  that 
just  about  cover 
modern  literature. 

AT  ALL  BOOK   STORES 


Battery  Prices 

SMASHED! 

To  Consumers  Only 


Buy  Direct—  Send  No  Money 

e  atk  no  deposit.    Simply  Bend  name  and  ad 


subj 

on  arrival.    Our  guarantee 

accompanies  earn  battery. 

We  allow  5*^   discount 

for  cash  in  full  with  or- 

der.    You  cannot  lose! 

Send  vour  order  today 

-NOW! 

ARROW  BATTERY  CO. 

Dc-pt,  10.      121SSO. 

Wabash  Ave.,  Chicago 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


391 


TUBE    SERVICE 

Your  set  is  no  better  than  your  poorest  tube 
They  must  be  uniform 


A  good  tube  must 
have: 

1.  Good  Tone 

Quality. 

2.  Impedance  not 

too  high. 

3.  Low  filament 

consumption. 

4.  Long  life. 


Pingree  Tube 
Characteristics 

Plate   impedance 

8500 — 10,000 
ohms. 

Amplification  fac- 
tor 8-9. 

Filament  consump- 
tion .25  amp. 

Filament  voltage 
5.0  volts. 

Plate  voltage  l6v- 
9ov. 


A-TYPE  £2.00 

PROTECTION 

Each  tube  is  tested  rigidly  on  a  Superadio  Dynometer  before 
shipment. 

TRIAL  OFFER 

Try  these  tubes  10  days  at  our  expense.     If  they  are  not  what 
we  claim,  we  will  gladly  refund  your  money. 

PINGREE  RADIO  SERVICE,  INC. 

170  Summer  Street  Boston,  Mass. 

Dealer  inquiries  solicited 


5  WIRE  BATTERY  CABLE 

with  heavy  leaded  terminals,  soldered  to  stay.     Conductors  are 
insulated  with  rubber,  preventing  short  circuits  and  blown  tubes. 


Cable  with  storage  battery  clips 

Without  clips 

Without  terminals   . 


#1.00 


Each  wire  is  coded  so  that  wrong  connections  are  impossible. 

PREMIER  20  foot  extension   cord  with  new  connector,  $1.75, 
longer  lengths  also.     PREMIER  JR.,  $1.25. 

Take  your  loud  speaker  anywhere. 

At  your  dealer  or  write  us 

CRESCENT  BRAID  CO.,  Inc.    -£ 

Providence  Rhode  Island 


r 


On  to  Success 

in  RADIO! 


1 


Mr.  R.  L.  Duncan 

Director  of  the 

Radio  Institute 
of  America 


R\DIO  is  a  profession  well  worth 
following.  The  work  is  interesting 
— fascinating.    The  pay  is  high.    The 
demand  for  new  men — skilled  men — is 
strong. 

You  can  embark,  right  now,  on  a  suc- 
cessful career  in  radio.  With  a  few 
months  study  under  the  expert  instruc- 
tion of  the  Radio  Institute  of  America 
you  can  pass  your  U.  S.  Government 
Commercial  or  Amateur  Radio  License 
Examination  and  be  ready  for  your  first 
real  radio  job. 

Study  in  spare  time 

There's  no  need  to  give  up  your  present 
work.  Study  at  home  in  spare  time.  If 
you  really  want  to  make  a  success  in 
radio,  fill  in  and  mail  the  coupon  to  the 
Radio  Institute  of  America  for  informa- 
tion on  the  finest  theoretical  and  prac- 
tical radio  courses  offered  today. 

RADIO  INSTITUTE  OF  AMERICA 

Formerly  Marconi  Institute    Established  in  1909 

328  Broadway  New  York  City 


—.CUT  HERE— .. . 

RADIO  INSTITUTE  OF  AMERICA 

328  Broadway,  New  York  City  | 

Please  send  me  lull  information  about  your  Home  Study    ' 

Course  of  radio  instruction. 

I  am  interested  in  the  complete  course,   including  code  in-    J 

struction,  which  qualifies  ior  the  U.  S.  Government  Com-    I 

mercial  or  Amateur  Radio  License. 


M 


.State. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


392 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


cltieJfew  Improved 

5  AMP.  A  &  B 
GOI 


Over  500,000  already  In  we 


Modern-Eist-Effident! 

NOW  you  don't  have  to  wait  for  days  while  your  battery 
charges.  The  new  5-ampere  GOLD  SEAL  HOM- 
CHARGER  charges  A  or  B  batteries  three  times  as 
fast  as  last  year's  slow  chargers  -  -  -  it  fully  charges  the 
average  radio  battery  OVERNIGHT ! 

This  year  when  you  buy  a  battery  charger,  be  sure  it  is  a 
modern  fast  charger  -  -  -  one  that  charges  at  5-amperes.  To  be 
absolutely  sure,  insist  on  the  5-ampere  GOLD  SEAL  HOM- 
CHARGER. 


Write  for  new  edition  of  our  interesting 
16-page  booklet  "  The  Secret  of  Distance 
and  Volume  in  Radio.'' 


THE  KODEL  RADIO  CORPORATION 

505  EAST  PEARL  ST.  CINCINNATI,  OHIO 


Owners   of  Kodel   Broadcasting 
Station  WKRC. 


This  is  a  good  time  to  subscribe  for 

RADIO  BROADCAST 

Through  your  dealer  or  direct,  by  the  year  only  $4.00 
DOUBLEDAY,  PAGE  &  CO.     GARDEN  CITY,  NEW  YORK 


BADIO 


616  beautiful  copper  etched  American, 
Canadian,      and      European      stamps, 
each  with  the  call  letters  of  a  sta- 
tion.    FREE     with     Ideal     48-page 
Radio     Stamp     Album     and     Log. 
Also   contains   complete   list   of  sta- 


recora  OI   me    HLHUUIIB   juu   icLt.it. 

You  and  your  children  will  enjoy 
it.  Complete  album,  8"xll".  heavy 
board  covers,  $1  plus  postage. 

SendSoMoney 

Just  pay  postman  after  album  and  stamp: 
arrive.  W.  prepay  postage  if  you  preer  to 
with  order.  MONEY 


pay 


Why  not  subscribe  to  Radio 
Broadcast?  By  the  year  only 
$4.00;  or  two  years,  $6.00, 
saving  $2.40.  Send  direct  to 
Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 
Garden  City,  New  York. 


Big   Money   In    Radio 

Demand  for  high  pay  radio  men  is  so  great  that  a  big 
Kansas  City  wholesale  concern  is  now  fitting  men  free  to 
get  into  the  radio  business  for  themselves  and  make  $60 
to  $200  a  week  without  any  capital  invested.  Select  ter- 
ritory open.  Send  to-day  for  free  catalog  and  amazing 
offer.  Write  direct  to  Mr.  H.  J.  Saizow.  Standard  Badlo 
Co.,  1426  Walnut  St.,  Kansas  City,  Mo. 

t  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  • 


method  that  was  used  by  Marconi,  but  ap- 
parently they  did  not  see,  or  were  not  interested 
in,  its  commercial  potentialities,  or  were  too 
much  engrossed  in  other  activities  to  endeavor 
to  exploit  them.  This  circumstance  has  no 
doubt  contributed  to  the  fact  that  to-day  the 
layman  regards  'Marconi'  and  'Wireless'  as 
interchangeable  terms,  while  the  credit  which  is 
due  to  Hughes,  Lodge,  Popoff,  Braun,  Fessen- 
den,  Stone,  and  others,  is  in  danger  of  being 
forgotten,  except  by  technicians." 

The  author's  views  on  monopoly  are  especially 
interesting  in  light  of  the  investigation  now 
being  carried  on  by  the  Federal  Trade  Com- 
mission regarding  the  activities  of  the  Radio 
Corporation  of  America.  Quoting  Sir  William 
Crookes,  regarding  the  activities  of  the  Mar- 
coni Company,  the  author  says:  "The  whole 
effect  of  the  operations  of  the  Marconi  Company 
has  been  to  check  and  really  stop  the  growth  of 
wireless  telegraphy  as  a  convenience  to  naviga- 
tors as  well  as  a  commercial  undertaking." 
This  comment,  it  is  to  be  borne  in  mind,  is 
made  regarding  the  British  Marconi  Company, 
and  quite  possibly  Sir  William  Crookes  might 
not  have  expressed  the  same  thing  regarding  an 
American  monopoly. 

In  the  appendix,  which  occupies  the  second 
half  of  the  book,  there  are  given  copies  of  the 
important  patents  which  have  been  granted  in 
the  radio  field  since  its  inception. 

The  material  given  in  the  book,  although  not 
presented  in  very  carefully  thought  out  manner, 
is  extremely  interesting,  and  is  well  worth  the 
attention  of  anyone  who  wishes  to  appreciate 
the  development  of  radio  and  its  growth. 

J.  H.  MORECROFT 


HIGH-SPEED  FADING 

MUCH  experimental  work  is  being  carried 
out  by  British  "hams"  with  a  view  to 
finding  some  feasible  explanation,  and  a  suitable 
cure,  for  high-speed  fading.  This  phenomenon 
manifests  itself,  at  nearby  receiving  stations,  by 
distortion  and  very  ragged  modulation.  As  an  ex- 
ample of  the  far-reaching  effect  of  high-speed  fad- 
ing, it  is  interesting  to  cite  a  case  experienced  by 
that  well  known  British  "ham"  Mr.  Gerald  Mar- 
cuse,  who  operates  station  2NM,  and  whose  tele- 
phony transmissions  are  often  heard  in  this  coun- 
try on  6663  kc.  (45  meters).  He  states  that,  while 
his  short-wave  telephony  tests,  carried  out  on  Sun- 
day evenings  with  Iraq  and  India,  are  reported  as 
being  received  with  crystal  purity  in  those  coun- 
tries, nearby  listeners  (within  a  hundred  miles 
or  so)  write  and  tell  him  that  his  modulation 
is  terrible;  nothing  can  be  received  intelligibly. 

Often  this  condition  is  far  less  troublesome 
during  the  hours  of  daylight,  and  in  this  instance 
we  might  mention  an  interesting  fact  about  the 
short-wave  transmissions  of  KDKA.  Listeners  in 
the  city  of  Washington  state  that  it  is  impossi- 
ble to  receive  this  station's  short-wave  emission 
with  anything  like  good  quality  during  the  night 
hours.  However,  during  the  daylight  hours, 
the  Pittsburgh  programs  are  perfect. 

High-speed  fading  is  only  one  of  the  many 
short-wave  telephony  problems  with  which  the 
amateur  has  to  cope,  and  it  is  hoped  that  the 
recommendation  by  the  recent  Washington 
Radio  Conference,  that  amateurs  should  be  per- 
mitted the  use  of  a  short-wave  band  for  telephony 
experiments,  will  materialize.  Already,  we  under- 
stand, the  United  States  Navy  Department  have 
concentrated  their  attention  in  an  effort  to  over- 
come this  and  other  short-wave  difficulties. 
If,  then,  the  American  amateur  is  permitted 
the  use  of  the  short  waves  for  his  radio  vocal 
efforts,  it  is  more  than  likely  that  the  data  al- 
ready collected  by  the  Navy  Department,  will 
be  greatly  supplemented,  and  at  least,  the  many 
short-wave  problems  greatly  mitigated. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


393 


Model  2  RK,  antenna 
coupler  and  regenera- 
tive tuner  for  Rob- 
ert's, Radio  Broad- 
cast Knock-out,  etc. 

$7.50 


Model  TCH,  for 
straight  three  cir- 
cuit hook-ups  and 
Radio  World's 
Thoroughbred 

$4.50 


FOR   THE   "KNOCK-OUT"  BECAUSE- 


Knock-out  Receiver  using  model  2  R.K.   Clarotuners  and  Clarostat  as  tone  modulator 

they  are  easier  to  mount  (requiring  only  one  hole) 
they  are  easier  to  connect  (all  terminals  are  designated) 
the  antenna  coil  is  tapped,  making  for  greater  selectivity 
the  regenerative  tuner  is  easier  to  control  because  its  fixed  tickler  arrange- 
ment affords  a  more  even  approach  to  the  point  of  maximum  amplification. 

If  your  local  dealer  cannot  supply  you,  send  your  remittance  direct  to  us. 


AMERICAN    MECHANICAL    LABORATORIES    INC. 
285  North  Sixth  Street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 


CLAROSTAT,  the  heart  of  the  Claro- 
tuner,  is  the  most  accurate  variable  resis- 
tance ever  placed  on  the  market.  It  has 
a  continuously  variable  resistance  rang- 
ing from  practically  zero  to  five  million 
ohms — and  all  this  without  a  single 
abrupt  step! — $2.25. 


The  COMPLETE  radio 
guide — 96  pages,  com- 
piled by  radio  experts 
and  crammed  full  of 
interesting  data  for 
radio  enthusiasts. 
From  the  first  to  the 
last  page,  it's  a  review 
of  the  newest,  finest  in 
radio;  EVERYTHING 
listed  is  standard, 
nationally  known, 
merchandise;  Sets 
parts,  equipment, 
apparatus,  cabinets, 


etc.  1  -  3  -  5  and  multi- 
tube  circuits,  kits  as 
well  as  ready-built 
outfits. 

FREE 
EXAMINATION 

Everything  you  order 
from  WRS  is  sent  with 
the  privilege  of  free 
examination.  You  do 
not  risk  a  single 
penny,  you  MUST  be 
satisfied  or  the  sale  is 
NOT  complete! 


•ir  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  ~ir 


394 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


For  EVERY 
Radio  Set 

A  stunning  piece  of  furniture  that 
restores  order  in  the  room  where 
you  have  your  Radio!  No  more 
cluttered  table-tops,  nor  litter  of 
equipment  under-foot. 

N  o  unsightly 
horn  in  evidence,  i 
either!  This  con- 
sole has  its  own 
loudspeaker,  in- 
built. It's  out  of 
sight,  but  with 
very  apparent 

tonal         SUperiori-     Non-Vibrant  Horn 

ties.  For  it  has  The  clearest  tone  pro- 
.,  i_-i  .1  i  ducer  on  the  market. 
the  nignest-devel-  Made  of  special  com 

oped  type  of  unit.  ^S™, which  defeats 
With  horn  built 
of    special     non-vibrating,     extra- 
hard    material.       Produces    clear 
non-vibrant  tone. 

There's  ample  room  for  every- 
thing; space  for  A  and  B  wet  bat- 
tries  —  or  battery  eliminator  — 
and  for  a  charging  outfit,  too. 

Finished  in  mahogany,  or  walnut  col- 
or. Dainty  design  of  parqueterie  on 
two  front  panels.  Top,  38  in.  x  18  in. 

Additional  pattern  No.  128  (Special 
for  Radiola  No  125)  in  two-tone  fin- 
Fsh.  Top,  21  in.  x  31  in.  Fitted  with 
doors  for  access  to  control  switches  of 
combination  eliminator-charger. 

The  price,  forty  dollars,  is  for  the 
complete  console  and  includes  the  loud- 
speaker horn  and  unit.  Thousands  of 
dealers  are  showing  this  artistic  ad- 
dition to  home  radio  equipment. 

Rear  View— Set  Honked  Ut 


Price,  $40 
West  of  Rocky  Mt:..  M.50 


Windsor  Furniture  Co 


READERS  WRITE 
US 

Wlnat  Some  Famous  Radio  Men 

Think  of  the  New  "Radio 

Broadcast" 

HERE  are  a  few  extracts  from  letters  of 
radio  men  known  to  all  of  our  readers, 
telling  us  what  they  think  of  the  new  RADIO 
BROADCAST. 

DE  FOREST  PHONOFILMS,  INC. 
NEW  YORK  CITY 

Edi'or,  RADIO  BROADCAST, 
Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 
Garden  City,  New  York. 

SIR: 

I  have  just  had  time  to  look  over  the  last  issue 
of  RADIO  BROADCAST.  1  am  highly  pleased 
with  its  appearance  and  contents.  The  new  is 
certainly  a  distinct  advance  over  the  old  style. 
Mr.  Thompson  certainly  succeeded  in  making 
another  live,  interesting  story  on  the  "Audion" 
— full  of  the  personal  touch  which  surely  appeals 
to  the  average  reader.  Congratulations  and 
continued  success  to  RADIO  BROADCAST. 

Very  truly  yours, 
LEE  DEFOREST. 
President 

DEPARTMENT  OF  COMMERCE 
WASHINGTON 

Editor,  RADIO  BROADCAST, 
Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 
Garden  City,  New  York. 

SIR: 

The  November  number  of  RADIO  BROAD- 
CAST makes  a  very  fine  appearance  in  its  new 
form.  ...  1  wish  you  the  best  of  fortune 
in  the  further  development  of  your  very  excellent 
periodical. 

Very  truly  yours, 
J.  H.  DELLINGER. 

Physicist. 

RADIO  CORPORATION  OF  AMERICA 
NEW  YORK  CITY 

Editor,  RADIO  BROADCAST, 
Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 
Garden  City,  New  York. 

SIR: 

On  my  return  to  the  city,  after  a  week's 
absence,  I  had  brought  to  my  attention  the  new 
RADIO  BROADCAST.  .  .  .  It  is  a  well  pre- 
pared magazine  and  should  meet  with  the 
public's  approval. 

Very  truly  yours, 
J.  G.  HARBORD. 

President. 

NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION  OF  BROADCASTERS 
NEW  YORK  CITY 

Editor,  RADIO  BROADCAST, 
Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 
Garden  City,  New  York. 

SIR: 

I  am  very  happy  to  see  the  recent  changes  in 
RADIO  BROADCAST.  It  augurs  well  for  a  con- 
tinued advancement  in  publications  dealing  with 
radio.  We  have  always  considered  RADIO 
BROADCAST  a  foremost  radio  magazine  of  the 
country,  and  hope  that  it  will  always  continue  to 
be  so. 

Very  truly  yours, 
FRANK  W.  ELLIOTT. 

President. 

Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  - 


EASTERN 
KNOCKOUT  COILS 

TYPE  R 

Designed  in  strict  accordance  with 
Radio  Broadcast  specifications  and  ap- 
proved for  the  "Aristocrat"  and  for  all 
Roberts  Knockout  Circuits,  reflexedor  un- 
reflexed.  Latest  design — mid-tap  on  sin- 
gle layer  wound  N.  P.  Coil — simplifies 
neutralization  and  tuning.  Per  set,  $8.50 

All  Eastern  Coils  are  in  the  efficient 
low  loss  pickle  bottle  form  of  winding, 
guaranteed  incomparable  for  the 
BROWNING-DRAKE  (Type  B-D, 
$8.00  per  set),  O'CONNOR  FREQUEN- 
CY CHANGER  (Type  FC  Coupler, 
$6.00).  OSCILLATOR  COILS  (Type  O 
C),  for  same,  with  special  .00013  mfd. 
fixed  condenser  ($4.75).  THREE  CIR- 
CUIT SET  (Type  3C  Coupler,  $6.00), 
and  for  other  leading  circuits. 

At  your  dealers 
or  direct  postpaid 

EASTERN    COIL    CORPORATION 

22  Warren  Street  Dept.  R.  B 

New  York 


ALL  STANDARD 

TYPES  $2.50  -•- 


GUARANTIED 


RADIO  TUBES 


™  Why  spoil  your  enjoyment  of  radio  with  •• 

*«  inferior  tubes  when  Cleartrons  are  guar-  •} 

5  anteed  to  give  perfect  service — clearer  "~= 

5  tone,  more  volume,  greater  distance  and  •«» 

•••  sharper    selectivity.     Buy    quality   and  5 

'•  service — Cleartrons.  ™ 

At  All  Reliable  Dealers  '-- 

^  Write    for   free    six    page  tube   folder.  « 

CT    101A,    the    original    Hi-Mu    tube  ~ 
for  Resistance-Coupled  Amplifiers  $3.00 

E       CLEARTRON  VACUUM  TUBE  CO.       = 

28  West  44th  Streel,  New  York  City  — 

-     FactoriesrWeslNew York, N.J,, Birmingham,  Eng.      — 

iiiiiiiriniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii 

FOR.  BETTER.  RECEPTION 
immiimiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


395 


CONDENSERS 

"Made  of  Mica  and  Moulded 
in  Genuine  Bakelite." 

Capacities  of  Resistors  and  Con- 
densers guaranteed  within  5%  and 
constant  in  value. 

They  are  indestructible  and  Mois- 
tureproof. 

At  all  good  Radio  Stores 

Micamold  Radio  Corp. 

Flushing  &  Porter  Ave. 

BROOKLYN,  N.  Y.  JL 


ACCURACY  GUARANTIED 
-VALUES  RSMAIN  CONSTANT 


RUDYARD 
KIPLING 


A  set  of  KIPLING   in 
the    home    is    read    by 

every  member  of  the  family. 

Buy  KIPLING'S  books. 

AT  ALL  BOOK  STORES 


FOR  CLEAR,  QUIET  "B"  POWER 


RADIO 
Storage  "B"  Battery 

Lasts  Inde/imtely-Pays  /or  Itself 


Kible  cost,  1'elivers  unfailing  power  that  is  clear,  pure  and  quie 
Approved  an  I  listed  as  Standard  by  leading  Ka>  io  Authorities  includ- 
ing  i'op.  Ridio  Laboratories,  Pop.  Pci.  Inst.  Standards,  Kadio  News 
Lab..  Lefax.  Im.,  and  other  Important  institutions.  Equipped  with 
Solid  Rubber  Caae^  rn  insuranr-e  aKainsc  acid  ard  leakage.  Extra 
heavy  pla 


«e,  0n  Insurance  aftainsc  acid  aid  leakage 

_. Heavy  ru^Ked  plates.    Order  yours  today  1 

I  XTO   \/f  OXIT7V   Just  state  number   of  batteries 
1   JNU   MUfMtl     wanted  and  wev.il!  ship  day  order 
isreceived.  Extra  ofler:  4  batteries  in  series  (96  volts),  $10.00.    " 


>T psv 

ining  batteries.   6  per  cent  discount  for  cash 


ur  order  now! 


WORLD  BATTERY  COMPANY 
i.WabashAve.,      Dept.  24         Chicago,  IU. 

Maters  of  the  Famma  World  Radio  "  A' •  Storage  Battery 

i.tll.SS;   !SOAmp.$lfl.S5;lltOAltlv.Sllt.OO* 


1219  So.  Wabash  Ave., 


Prices;  6-valt,  100 Amp.  tit 
AH  equipped 


'5;    IWAm-p.  $1.1.25:  140 
nth  Solid  Rubber  Cafe. 


STORAGE  BATTERIES 


Set  your  Radio  Dials  at  210 
metera  for  the  new  1000 
u  World  Storage  Battery 


The  Best  in  the  World 


No  Batteries 

are  required  even 
to  operate  the 
most  powerful 
10- tube  receiver 
pictured  above,  if 
you  use  the  new 
laboratory  type 

Model  A 
Power  Unit 


One  Customer  Telegraphs: 

"Receiver  assembled,  per- 
forming like  a  thorobred." 

The  Amateur  or  Experimenter 
with  his  ultra-modern  high- 
powered  receiver  is  years  ahead 
of  Commercial  Radio. 

It  is  significant  that  unsolicited  testimonials  are 
constantly  being  received  from  even  the  far  corners 
of  the  earth,  where  Norden-Hauck  Engineers 
have  furnished  the  finest  radio  apparatus  known 
to  the  art  today. 

Quotations  gladly  furnished  on  radio  parts  and 
apparatus  having  non-infringing  uses. 

Write  for  Literature 

NORDEN-HAUCK,  Inc. 

Engineers 
1617  Chestnut  Street,         Philadelphia,  Pa. 


RADIO    BROADCAST 

For  February 

will  be  a  better  magazine  than  this.  Make  sure  of  it  by 
telling  your  newsdealer  to  hold  one  for  you — or  better 
still,  subscribe  through  him  or  direct. 

RADIO    BROADCAST 

Garden  City  New  York 


Jty&rtkur&Qile  && 

sent  post-paid  on  receipt  of /Of 

in  stamps  or  com 
COLE  RADIO  MFC.CORP. 

BLOOMFIELD.NEW  JERSEY 

Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  FANS,  a  one-year's  subscription  to  Radio  Broadcast  will  cost 
you  four  dollars,  two  years  six  dollars.  Consider  this  expenditure 
as  being  a  necessary  investment  on  your  part  for  the  future  develop- 
ment of  your  own  knowledge  of  Radio. 


in  a  weeK 


your  Buescher  Saxophone 

You  can  do  it — easy,  3  leseons  free  with  each 
new  instrument  give  you  a  quick  start.  Prac-  A 
ticing  is  fun  because  you  learn  so  fast.  And  itf 
will  make  you  popular,  in  demand,  the  center 
of  attraction  everywhere  you  go.  Always  a  hit. 
Even  if  you  have  failed  with  some  other  instru- 
ment, you  can  learn  the  simplified  Buescher 
Saxophone.  Don't  delay.  Get  into  the  big  fun. 
Any  instrument  sent  for  6  days'  free  trial.  Easy 
terms  if  you  decide  to  buy.  Write  now  for 
beautiful,  free  literature.  Address: 

Buescher  Band  Instrument  Co.         "' 
1218  Buescher  Block  Elkhart,  Indiana 


396 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


Centralab  Radiohm 

for  oscillation  control 

The  Centralab  Radiohm  gives  you  perfect 
oscillation  control — enables  you  to  get  full 
efficiency  from  your  radio  set. 

By  controlling  oscillation  with  this  little 
unit,  you  can  hold  that  sensitive  regenera- 
tive position  which  immediately  precedes 
the  oscillation  point,  without  distortion  or 
loss  of  selectivity.  Think  what  a  boon  to 
clear,  true-tone  reception  this  is! 

The  Radiohm  provides  smooth  variation  of  resistance 
from  zero  to  200,000  ohms.  Ideal  for  plate  circuit  con- 
trol of  oscillation.  Used  as  a  standard  unit  in  many  lead- 
ing commercial  sets.  Price:  $2.00. 

Centralab  Modulator 

for  volume  control 

This  improved  type  of  potentiometer  takes  the 
"rough  spots"  out  of  volume — smooths  out 
powerful  "locals"  as  well  as  difficult  "DX." 
It  provides  noiseless  control  of  tone  volume 
without  in  any  way  affecting  the  tuning  of 
your  set.  Has  a  maximum  resistance  of  500,000 
ohms,  specially  tapered  to  give  smooth,  even 
control  from  a  whisper  to  full  volume — or 
vice  versa — without  de-tuning. 


Used  in  the  "Silver  Six"  set!  also  in  audio 
circuits    with    any    transformers    or    with    Thordarson 
Price:  $2.00. 


"Autoformers." 


CENTRAL  RADIO  LABORATORIES 

22  Keefe  Avenue  Milwaukee,  Wis 

Mail  the  coupon 


CENTRAL  RADIO  LABORATORIES        14  Keefe  Ave.,  Milwaukee,  Wlo. 

(  )      Send     me    literature    describing    Centralab    controls.      Enclosed     find 


% for  which   please   send   me   the   following: 

(          )     Centralab  Modulator,   at  $2.00  each.      (          )     Centralab  Radiohm, 
at  S2.00  each. 


This  is  a  good  time  to  subscribe  for 

RADIO  BROADCAST 

Through  your  dealer  or  direct,  by  the  year  only  $4.00 
DOUBLEDAY,  PAGE  &  CO.    GARDEN  CITY,  NEW  YORK 


If  you  are  the  type  of  dealer  who  hustles  after  business,  who 
isn't  content  to  wait  for  trade  to  com*-  in  hut  who  takes  sots  out 
to  demonstrate,  can  talk  and  sell  quality  merchandise,  and 
knows  Radio  values,  we  have  a  big  proposition  for  you.  Are 
you  that  dealer? 

SO%  Discount  to  Dealers 

We  manufacture  a  complete  line  of  high 
grade  receivers  and  sell  to  dealers  at  50# 
discount.  We  are  distributors  for  more  than 
225  Nationally  advertised  lines. 
FREE  Write  today  for  amazing  offers,  new 
112-  page  catalogand  regular  month- 
ly catalogs  quoting  below-  the-  market  prices 
on  latest  merchandise — all  free.  Everything 
in  Radio  for  less. 

AMERICAN  RADIO  MFG.  CO. 
1436  McGee  St..  Kansas  City.  Mo. 


GRID  INQUIRY  BLANK 

Editor,  The  Grid 

RADIO  BROADCAST 

Garden  City,  ~Nfw  for\ 
DEAR  SIR: 

0  I  am  a  subscriber  to  RADIO  BROADCAST 
and  therefore  will  receive  answers  to  my 
queries  free  of  charge. 

1  I     I  am  not  a  subscriber  and  enclose  $1 
to  cover  cost  of  answers. 


NAME  .. . 
ADDRESS  . 


G.  D. 


THE  CROSLEY  RADIO  CORPORATION 
CINCINNATI,  OHIO 

Editor,  RADIO  BROADCAST, 
Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 
Garden  City,  New  York. 

SIR: 

1  wish  to  compliment  you  on  the  beautiful 
copy  of  RADIO  BROADCAST  which  has  just  come 
to  my  desk.     .     .     .     It  is  certainly  attractive, 
and  1  feel  sure  that  in  its  new  form  it  is  destined 
to  greater  accomplishments  than  ever  before. 
Very  truly  yours, 
POWEL  CROSLEY,  JR. 
President. 

A  Remedy  for  Congestion 

COMETH  ING  will  have  to  be  done  to 
>-J  reduce  the  congestion  of  broadcasting 
stations,  which  is  probably  felt  more  in 
New  York  than  in  any  other  city.  Even  in 
Europe  trouble  is  being  met  with  in  this  re- 
spect, and  it  is  suggested  that  some  of  the 
British  relay  stations  will  have  to  be  closed 
down  to  make  room  in  the  ether.  Here  is 
a  reader's  suggestion  to  alleviate  the  con- 
gestion in  New  York. 

Editor,  RADIO  BROADCAST 

Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 
Garden  City,  New  York. 

SIR: 

Regarding  the  congested  condition  of  avail- 
able wavelengths  for  broadcasting,  particularly 
in  this  vicinity,  1  would  like  to  state  my  views  in 
the  nature  of  constructive  criticism.  I  believe 
that  a  mistake  is  being  made  in  granting  so  many 
New  York  stations  exclusive  Class  B  wave- 
lengths. There  are  now  nine  Class  B  stations 
operating  in  and  around  this  city  on  seven  dif- 
ferent frequencies,  only  four  stations  dividing 
time,  namely,  WOR  and  WJY  on  740  kc.  (405 
meters)  and  WCBS  and  WAHG  on  949  kc.  (316 
meters),  and  now,  another  station,  WLWL,  has 
been  granted  a  license  to  operate  on  an  exclusive 
frequency,  1041  kc.  (288  meters).  When  there 
is  already  a  shortage  of  wavelengths,  I  cannot 
understand  why  every  new  New  York  station  is 
given  its  own  wave  instead  of  dividing  time  with 
some  other  station,  particularly  when  such  fine 
stations  aswcApand  WRC  in  Washington  are  com- 
pelled to  share  time.  Each  of  these  two  stations, 
I  believe,  deserves  its  own  wavelength  as  they 
both  give  the  highest  grade  of  programs.  Here 
in  New  York  only  two  stations,  WEAF  and  wjz, 
are  in  my  opinion  rendering  the  type  of  service 
which  justifies  an  exclusive  wave. 

I  have  no  grievance  against  any  particular 
station,  but  1  fail  to  see  any  good  reason  for 
stations  WHN,  WMCA,  and  WNYC  not  dividing 
time.  The  latter,  especially,  could  easily  re- 
arrange its  programs  and  allow  some  other  sta- 
tion to  share  its  wavelength.  At  present  it  is 
only  on  the  air  for  three  or  four  hours  a  day, 
seldom  starting  before  7  p.  M.  and  usually  signing 
off  by  10:30  or  1 1  p.  M.  If  these  three  stations 
and  the  new  one,  WLWL,  were  put  on  a  part  time 
basis  (WEAF,  wjz,  WOR,  WJY,  WGBS  and  WAHG 
continuing  as  at  present),  New  York  would  still 
have  six  Class  B  channels  which,  with  the  Class 
A  stations  in  operation,  should  be  enough  to 
satisfy  any  listener.  This  would  leave  two  waves 
available  for  other  eastern  cities,  one  of  which 
should  be  assigned  to  Washington  and  the  other 
reserved  for  future  use. 

In  Chicago,  every  station  divides  time  with 
another  and  1  believe  this  arrangement  has  been 
satisfactory  to  all  concerned,  while  the  programs 
broadcast  from  that  city  are  in  most  cases  of  the 
highest  caliber.  If  such  a  plan  were  put  into 
effect  here,  while  no  doubt  it  would  not  meet 
with  the  approval  of  the  owners  of  the  stations 
concerned  at  once,  it  would  enable  them  to  con- 
centrate more  on  the  time  they  would  be  on  the 
air  and  thus  furnish  better  programs. 

Yours  very  truly, 
GEORGE  W.  CLINCHY, 

New  York  City. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


397 


The  VEBY 

Itgsistance  Qoupied 

Amplifier 

A    REVELATION  to    Music  Lovers— 
•**•  amplifies  all  frequencies  alike,  thereby 
producing  the  radio  concerts  with  utmost 
fidelity.      Size    5x7    inches — fit 
within  any  receiving  set.    Price     $12.00 

A.  F.  20  High  Mu  Tubes  for  R.  C. 

Amplifiers $3.00 

A.  F.  6  Power  for  the  last  stag  e. .  .    4.50 
A.  F.  30  Super  High-Mu  Tube.  ...    6.50 

VEBY  PRODUCTS  are  uniform  at 
all  times — you  can  depend  on  them. 

Manufacturers,    Distributors  and   Dealers 
write  or  wire  for  particulars. 

VEBY  RADIO  COMPANY 

"Quality  Resistors" 
47-51   Morris  Avenue 
NEWARK         N.  J.  . 


TF   you  like   this   magazine 

with  its  coated  paper  and 

enlarged  siz,e — then  why  not 

subscribe  and  get  it  regularly 

-by   the   year,    $4.00,    Six 

months,  $2.00. 


Doubleday,  Page  &  Co. 

Garden  City  New  York 


'  *  a    new    5-Tub« 
Set  with  all  the 
power  and  none 
of   the    grief   of 
the     Supers*' — 
so    wrote    Henry 
M.    Neely,    Edi- 
tor of  Radio  in 
the          Home, 
Philadelphia. 


Get  This  Book 

Write  to-day  for  this  big  fasci- 
nating 32-page  booklet  which 
tells  how  you  can  build  the 
truly  amazing  new  QUADRA- 
FORMER  receiver.  Based  on 
a  new  radio  principle,  five 
tubes  give  remarkable  results. 

Enclose  lOc  and  you'll  have  it  by  return  mail 

Gearhart-Schlueter  Radio  Corp'n. 

713  Voorman  Avenue,  Fresno,  California 


A  receiving  set  is  no  better  than  its  tubes. 

With  other  parts  and  connections  right  a  set  may  be 
as  good  as  its  tubes — no  set  can  be  better. 

That's  why  you  want  CECO  Tubes.  They  stand  up 
and  deliver.  With  them  your  set  works  at  its  maxi- 
mum. Clarity  of  tone,  rich  volume,  long  life — CECO 
has  them  all  to  a  superlative  degree. 

Our  charted  tests  (results  confirmed  by  laboratories 
of  national  reputation)  PROVE  CECO  TUBE  SU- 
PERIORITY— whether  used  as  detectors,  audio  or 
radio  frequency  amplifiers. 

CECO  Tubes  make  a  Good  Receiver  BETTER.  Try 
them  and  you'll  BUY  them  always — for  results. 

Now  Ready!  CECO  Tubes  with  new  type  Long 
PRONG  BASES.  Also,  Power  Amplifier  Tubes,  E 
(Dry  Cell  Type),  F  (Storage  Battery),  for  last  stage 
of  Audio  Frequency. 

Dealers  write  giving  jobbers  name. 

C  E.  Mfg.  Co.,  Inc. 

702  Eddy  Street,  Providence,  R.  I. 


This  is  a  good  time  to  subscribe  for 

RADIO    BROADCAST 

Through  your  dealer  or  direct  by  the  year,  only  $4.00 
DOUBLEDAY.  PAGE  &  CO.  GARDEN  CITY,  NEW  YORK 


RADIO   WIRES 


We  manufacture  all  types. 

Round    braided    antenna   wires 
Flat  braided  antenna  wires 
TRADE    MARK   ftEG.  Round  stranded  antenna  wires 

Above  types  in  copper — tinned  copper — enameled  copper — tinned  bronze. 

Loop  wires  in  silk  or  cotton  covered.       Antenna  supporting  springs. 

Litz  wires. 

Enameled  wires. 


ROSS  WIRE  COMPANY 


Cotton  and  silk  covered  wires  for  set 

wiring.  A 

Write  us  for  descriptive  catalogue.  ft 


69  Bath  St.,  Providence,  R.  I. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


398 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


ELECTRAD 


Royalty 

Variable  High 

Resistances 

They  provide  all  the  flexibility 
of  the  throttle  of  a  twin-six — bet' 
ter  control  of  volume — complete 
control  of  tone  quality  and  smooth 
variation  of  resistances. 

Specially  designed  as  a  compensa- 
tor or  a  volume  control  in  audio 
amplifiers  wherever  a  high  resis- 
tance is  specified.  Neatly  wire 
wound,  indestructible,  and  the  same 
setting  provides  the  same  resistance 
at  all  times.  Bakelite  moulded  and 
provided  with  holes  of  standard 
spacing  for  panel  or  base  board 
mounting. 

Type  A— Variable  Grid  Leak,  -fr  to  7 
megohms. 

Type  B— 1,500  to  100,000  ohms. 

Type  C— 500  to  50,000  ohms. 
Price  $1.50 

Type  D — Specially  designed   for  con- 

\l  of  detector  plate  current  in  B- 
Sattery  Eliminators.        10,000  to 
700,000  ohms.     Price  $2.00. 


The  Six  Point 
Pressure  Condenser 

The  "Electrad"  Certified  Fixed  Mica  Con- 
denser is  a  revelation  in  accuracy  and  design. 
Ingenious  rigid  binding  and  firm  riveting 
fastens  parts  securely  at  Six  different  points 
insuring  positive  electrical  contact.  Value 
guaranteed  to  remain  within  10%  of  cali- 
bration. Standard  capacities,  3  types.  Price 
30c  to  75c  in  sealed  dust  and  moisture  proof 
packages. 

ELECTRAD,  Inc. 

428  Broadway  New  York  City 


Is  All  Broadcasting  Advertising? 

WHETHER  advertising  should  or 
should  not  be  permitted  is  a  question 
which  the  radio  public  will  ultimately  have 
to  decide  for  itself.  It  is  a  much-mooted 
question  and  one  in  which  most  of  the 
readers  of  RADIO  BROADCAST  have  a  deep 
interest.  As  long  as  broadcasting  stations 
are  owned  and  operated  by  private  indivi- 
duals they  will  be  advertising,  regardless 
of  whether  they  are  or  are  not  doing  so  in 
the  abstract.  When  an  announcer  states 
that  "This  is  station  WPY,  broadcast- 
ing from  Bambelf  Brothers  Store,  West 
Oskaloosa,"  he  is  placing  the  name  of 
that  concern  before  the  public  in  a  manner 
which  defies  competition.  Yes,  after  that, 
it  is  advertising,  regardless  of  whether  or 
not  he  broadcasts  grand  opera  or  education 
or  economics.  The  letter  printed  below 
sets  forth  some  very  interesting  ideas  on 
the  subject. 

Editor,  RADIO  BROADCAST 

Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 
Garden  City,  New  York. 

SIR: 

Referring  to  the  invitation  to  express  views  on 
the  matter  of  advertising  matter  being  broad- 
cast, I  venture  to  ask  if  all  broadcasting  is  not 
advertising?  What  difference  does  it  make  to 
the  listener  whether  he  is  told  that  Miss  Jones 
will  sing  from  station  woe,  the  Palmer  School 
of  Chiropractic,  etc.,  or  that  the  A  &  P  Gypsies 
will  play  from  station  WEAF?  In  either  case  it 
will  be  a  good  number,  well  worth  hearing.  The 
number  from  woe  advertises  the  Palmer  School, 
the  one  from  WEAF  advertises  the  little  red  store. 
Or  take  for  illustration  the  stations  operated  by 
educational  institutions;  is  the  purpose  for  which 
they  are  conducted  to  furnish  laboratory  facili- 
ties for  their  students  or  to  make  the  college 
better  known,  that  is,  to  advertise  the  college? 

Speaking  only  from  recollection,  1  am  of  the 
opinion  that  the  newspapers  were  among  the 
first  to  install  broadcasting  stations.  In  any 
event  several  good  stations  are  still  operated  by 
newspapers.  What  purpose  is  there  for  the 
operation  of  stations  by  newspapers  except  ad- 
vertising? 

It  seems  to  me  that  advertising  is  the  logical 
support  of  a  broadcasting  station  the  same  as  it 
is  the  support  of  periodicals,  and  that  there  can 
be  no  more  objection  to  advertising  in  connec- 
tion with  broadcasting  than  there  is  in  connection 
with  publishing.  Any  owner  of  a  receiving  set, 
except  possibly  a  crystal  set,  is  within  range  of 
more  than  one  station  and  as  free  to  make  his 
choice  of  the  station  to  which  he  listens  as  he  is 
to  read  the  newspaper  he  prefers.  Any  news- 
paper that  cannot  make  its  news  pages  of  suffici- 
ent interest  to  have  enough  readers  to  make  its 
advertising  space  valuable  loses  money  and  in 
time  goes  out  of  business.  If  a  broadcasting 
station  does  not  make  its  programs  interesting 
it  will  have  few  regular  listeners,  it  will  have  no 
advertising  value  and  in  time  it  will  go  out  of 
business.  If  we  could  have  a  frank  expression 
from  the  owners  of  the  broadcasting  stations  that 
have  been  discontinued  we  would  find  that  these 
stations  were  discontinued  because  they  did  not 
pay,  in  other  words  that  they  did  not  have 
sufficient  advertising  value  to  warrant  the  cost  of 
operation. 

The  use  of  broadcasting  for  advertising  pur- 
poses seems  to  be  the  logical  way  to  maintain 
good  broadcasting;  the  broadcasting  has  to  be 
good  to  make  the  advertising  worth  while.  Even 
the  talks  which  are  purely  advertising,  such  as 
those  given  some  time  ago  regarding  tea  and 
surety  bonds,  are  in  no  way  objectionable  because 
such  talks  must  be  of  sufficient  interest  to  hold 
the  attention  of  listeners,  or  they  would  dial  an- 
other number. 

Very  Truly  Yours 

B.  O.,  New  York. 

if  Tested  and  approved  by  RAIIP  BROADCAST  if 


Building 
Better 
Service  into 

RADIO  PARTS 

Aside  from  recognized 
radio  uses  in  which  no 
other  metals  can  be 
substituted,  COPPER 
and  its  alloys  help  you 
to  make  good  radio 
sets  better  sets. 

For  instance,  binding 
posts  are  superior 
posts,  and  battery  nuts 
give  best  service  and 
satisfaction  when  made 
of  dependable  free-cut- 
ting BRASS  rod.  And— 
their  speedier  produc- 
tion makes  labor  costs 
FT  lower. 

COPPER  fef  BRASS 

RESEARCH  ASSOCIATION 

25  Broadway,      New  York 


RADIO  FANS,  a  one-year's  subscription  to  Radio  Broadcatt 
will  cost  you  four  dollars,  two  years  six  dollars.  Consider  this 
expenditure  as  being  a  necessary  investment  on  your  part  for 
the  future  development  of  your  own  knowledge  of  Radio. 


KORACH 

Multiple  Switch 
Board  Tuner 


Base 


For  Those  Who 
Demand 

Superior  Results 

Leads  the  march  toward  perfect  radio  reception 
under  all  conditions.  Not  merely  a  "loop"  but 
an'  ingenious  arrangement  of  mechanical  skill 
designed  for  superior  results.  L.  M.  Cockaday, 
using  this  loop,  reached  out  across  the  Atlantic 
to  hear  many  trans-continental  Stations. 

Selectivity  Plus  Distance 

unheard  of  with  common  loop  aerials.  The  Korach  excels 
on  all  seU  designed  for  loop  reception.  Priced  at  $16.50 
and  for  sale  by  all  good  dealers.  Full  particulars  sent  for 
2c  stamp  and  name  of  local  dealer. 

KORACH    RADIO    CO. 

20  E.  Jackson  Blvd.  Dept.  8  Chicago,  111. 

Dealers  and  Jobbers: 
Write  to-day  for  attractive  proposition. 


The 
KORACH  JUNIOR 


A  modification  of  the  "Senior"   but  pos- 
leiiing    all    its    important    features — $12.50. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


417 


(Not  a 
Wave  Trap !) 


It  75  true! 

188  times  the 
energy . . .  and 
there  is  abso- 
lutely nothing 
else  at  all  like 


PENETROLA 

Without  Penetrola  the  signal  intensity  of       Radio  principles  known  to  be  of  immense 


WOAI  was  1  1 ,  on  the  Audibility  Meter— 
an  impartial  precision  measuring  device. 
With  Penetrola  the  signal  intensity  of 
WOAI  jumped  above  2000—188  times  the 
signal  strength! 

Without  Penetrola  the  scientifically  meas- 
ured signal  intensity  of  WCAL  was  35, 
scrambled  with  WCBD  at  29.  With  Pene- 
trola WCAL  went  to  2000+  and  WCBD  to 
zero— selectivity  with  a  vengeance! 

This  is  just  exactly  the  sort  of  thing  any 
Penetrola  demonstration  will  show  you  on 
any  set  with  any  number  or  arrangement 
of  stages.  The  wanted  station  is  immensely 
intensified;  interference  is  overwhelmed  by 
Penetrola.  There  is  so  much  volume  avail- 
able for  the  most  distant  signals  that  a 
shorter  aerial  may  be  used,  curing 
excess  static.  Your  set  is  stopped 
from  radiating,  and  is  stabilized.  It 
is  needless  to  operate  near  the  os- 
cillation point.  And  dial  readings 
stay  substantially  the  same. 


promise,  but  hitherto  elusive,  are  now  suc- 
cessfully applied  by  Walbert  Penetrola.  The 
widely  heralded  Isof  arad  Circuit,  latest  devel- 
opment of  Walbert  engineers,  is  the  founda- 
tion of  Penetrola  performance.  Here  is  one 
radio  appliance  literally  unduplicated  in 
any  way  by  anybody,  because  there  is  no 
other  Isofarad  circuit.  Nor  is  there  any 
substitute  for  Penetrola  action,  which  am- 
plifies ahead  of  the  detector  entirely, 
strengthening  signals  which  would  other- 
wise never  be  detected!  Remember,  signals 
too  weak  to  detect  cannot  be  amplified  by 
any  means  placed  beyond  the  detector. 

In  a  few  moments  any  receiver,  however 
costly,  can  be  transformed  with  Penetrola. 
Or  anyone  can  quickly  assemble  the 
Penetrola  kit  and  obtain  amazing 
Penetrola  results  most  economi- 
cally. The  Penetrola  price  buys  per- 
formance which  cannot  be  obtained 
with  any  amount  of  investment  in 
a  receiver  alone. 


Walbert 
Made  It 
FIRST 


For  the  sensation  of  the 
European  tests  note 
Penetrola  Reception! 

If  your  dealer  is  not  stocked,  remit  purchase  price  direct  to  factory  and  you  will  be  prompt- 
ly supplied.  State  whether  you  wish  Penetrola  for  outdoor  aerial  or  for  loop  receiver. 


Penetrola  in  beauteous  Black  Crystallite, 
for  Instant  Attachment 

Penetrola  Kit  with  Complete,  Simple 
Instructions 


$35 
$15 


* 


WALBERT 

Manufacturing   Company,   923  Wrightwood   Avenue,  Chicago 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


ARTHUR  H.  LYNCH,  Editor 
WILLIS  K.  WING,  Associate  Editor 
JOHN  B.  BRENNAN,  Technical  Editor 


FEBRUARY,  1926 
Vol.  VIII,  No.  4 


426 

427 
431 

436 

439 


Cover  Design  -  -  From  a  Painting  by  Fred  }.  Edgars 
The  Hamilton  Rice  Expedition  -  -  Frontispiece 

Radio:  The  Jungleman's  Newspaper 

John  W.  Swanson 

The  March  of  Radio     »    *    •*  J.  H.  Morecroft 

Design  of  Radio  Inductances  -  W.  W.  Harper 

How  to  Build  a  Grimes  Inverse  Duplex 

Florian  J.  Fox 
Prize  Contest  Announcement  444 

The  Listener's  Point  of  View     -    -        John  Wallace    445 
"Radio  Broadcast's"  Universal  Receiver  -  450 

"How  Long  Will  My  B  Batteries  Last?" 

George  C.  Furness 
How  to  Use  Vacuum  Tubes  Keith  Henney 

The  1926  International  Radio  Broadcasting  Tests 

Willis  K.  Wing 

"Radio  Broadcast's"  Booklet  of  Foreign  Broadcasting 
Stations  -    *    <    *    -    -         Lawrence  W.  Corbett 

As  the  Broadcaster  Sees  It  -  -  -  -  Carl  Dreher 
Wavelength'Frequency  Conversion  Homer  S.  Davis 
Wavelength-Frequency  Chart  -  -  - 


452 
456 

462 

465 

467 
471 

472 


The  Grid — Questions  and  Answers 

An  Explanation  of  Tuning 

How  to  Obtain  Better  Regeneration 

Protecting  the  Loud  Speaker 

C  Batteries  in  the  Detector  Circuit 

"Now,  I  Have  Found"      -    -    -    - 


482 


488 


Quarterly  Prize  Award  Announcement 

Using  a  Voltmeter  as  a  Milliammeter 

Coil  Design  Data 

A  Simple  Long- Wave  Receiver 

A  Good  Audio  Amplifier 

Improving  the  Volume  of  the  Two-Tube  Roberts 

Winding  Spider  Web  Coils 

What  Constitutes  a  Radio  Patent?  -  Leo  T.  Parser 
A  Key  to  Recent  Radio  Articles  £.  G.  Shaltyiauser 
Book  Review  *.»**•* - 

"ECONOMICS  OF  THE  RADIO  INDUSTRY" 

What  Our  Readers  Write 


494 
504 
514 

518 


BEHIND    EDITORIAL    SCENES 

"OROBABLY  one  of  the  most  interesting  numbers  of  RADIO 
Ji  BROADCAST  presented  to  our  readers  in  a  long  time  is  this 
February  magazine.  To  start  it  off,  Mr.  John  W.  Swanson,  who 
is  now  a  radio  inspector  for  the  Department  of  Commerce,  with 
headquarters  at  Norfolk,  Virginia,  tells  of  the  unusual  experi- 
ences he  and  his  comrades  had  on  their  trip  to  the  headwaters 
of  the  Amazon  and  shows  how  short  waves  saved  the  day*. 
Mr.  W.  W.  Harper,  who  wrote  "Design  of  Radio  Inductances" 
on  page  436,  is  a  consulting  radio  engineer  in  Chicago  who  has 
practically  lived  with  coils  in  his  laboratory  for  the  past  year. 
His  conclusions  should  excite  considerable  comment  and,  in  addi- 
tion, prove  very  valuable  to  every  home  constructor.  Florian 
J.  Fox,  who  prepared  the  very  complete  constructional  article 
on  the  four-tube  model  of  the  Grimes  Inverse  Duplex  Receiver, 
is  chief  engineer  of  the  Grimes  Radio  Engineering  Company. 
The  reader  will  notice  that  on  page  441  appears  a  complete  chart 
of  the  set  being  described.  The  same  terse  description  was 
applied  to  the  short  wave  transmitter  in  the  January  magazine. 
It  would  interest  us  to  know  whether  readers  like  this  feature 
well  enough  for  us  to  continue  it.  Write  us  and  let  us  know. 

THE  $500  prize  contest  for  the  design  of  a  non-radiating  short- 
wave receiver  indicates  one  of  the  most  unusual  steps  taken 
in  the  short-wave  communication  field.  Amateur  experimenters 
have  already  shown  that  they  will  try  hard  to  meet  the  challenge 
to  their  ability.  The  four  receivers  shown  on  pages  450  and 
451  follow  those  models  of  the  "Radio  Broadcast  Universal 
Receiver,"  so  completely  described  in  this  magazine  for  January. 
The  Universal  has  jumped  into  more  than  immediate  popularity, 
not  merely  because  RADIO  BROADCAST  and  others  say  it  is  good — 
that,  by  the  way  is  certain,  for  it  was  developed  in  our  own 
laboratories — but  chiefly  because  others  have  found  it  to  be  good . 
Mr.  Henney's  article  on  how  to  use  vacuum  tubes  on  page  456, 
lives  up,  we  are  certain,  to  all  the  promises  made  for  it  in  this  space 
last  month.  The  transmitting  schedule  for  all  stations  in  the 
International  Tests  during  the  week  of  January  24th  will  be 
found  on  page  463,  together  with  all  late  information  on  the 
Tests  in  the  article  which  accompanies  it. 

ERRORS,  when  they  occur,  should  be  corrected  and  not 
glossed  over.  In  Roland  F.  Beers's  article;  "An  Improved 
Plate  Current  Supply  Unit"  in  our  December  number,  it  was 
stated  on  page  190  that  "one  lug  of  the  single-pole  double-throw 
switch  goes  to  the  full  secondary  terminal  at  1250  turns." 
The  phrase  should  read  "primary"  for  "secondary."  The 
proper  placement  of  the  tap  and  its  circuit  connections  are  evi- 
dent from  the  wiring  layout  and  circuit  diagram  accompanying 
the  article. 

NEXT  month  we  expect  to  print  details  of  the  design  of  a 
very  interesting  receiver,  from  the  pen  of  a  well  known 
radio  man,  whose  talents  entitle  him  to  be  mentioned  in  the 
same  breath  as  Dr.  Walter  Roberts.  The  third  of  the  "Home 
Radio  Laboratory"  articles,  prepared  by  Keith  Henney,  will 
appear  in  March  also.  This  should  please  many  constructors 
who  have  reached  the  "end  of  their  string"  and  who  have 
shown  such  great  interest  in  the  possibilities  opened  up  by  these 
articles.  Mr.  J.  C.  Jensen,  who  has  spent  much  time  in  research 
on  the  subject,  will  have  a  fascinating  and  stimulating  article  on 
how  radio  reception  can  be  calculated  from  known  weather  con- 
ditions. It  is  worth  waiting  for. — W.  K.  W. 


DoubUday,  Page  S*  Co. 
MAGAZINES 

COUNTRY  LIFE 

WORLD'S  WORK 

GARDEN  &  HOME  BUILDER 

RADIO  BROADCAST 

SHORT  STORIES 

EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW 

LE  PETIT  JOURNAL 

EL  Eco 

THE  FRONTIER 

WEST 


lloubleday.  Page  &•  Co. 
BOOK  SHOPS 

/LORD  &  TAYLOR  BOOK  SHOP 

J  PENNSYLVANIA  TERMINAL  (2  Shops) 

\38  WALL  ST.  AND  166  WEST  32Nn  ST. 
GRAND  CENTRAL  TERMINAL 
1223  NORTH  STH  STREET 
4914  MARYLAND  AVENUE 

..r.Tv.   I  020  GRAND  AVENUE 
KANSAS  CITY.  (  Jo6  WEST  4?TH  STREET 

TOLEDO:  LASALLE  &  KOCH 

CLEVELAND:  I  In. in  i  Co. 

SPRINGFIELD,  MASS.:  MEEKINS.  PACKARD*  WHEAT 


NEW  YORK 


ST.  Louis: 


Doubleday,  Page  Sr  Co. 

OFFICES 

GARDEN  CITY,  N.  Y. 

NEW  YORK:  120  WEST  BJND  STREET 

BOSTON:  PARK  SQUARE  BUILDING 

CHICAGO:  PEOPLES  GAS  BUILDING 

SANTA  BARBARA,  CAL. 

LONDON:  WM.  HEINEMANN  LTD. 

TORONTO:  OXFORD  UNIVERSITY  PRESS 


OOUBLEDAT,  PAGE  &  COMPANY,  Garden  Qity, 

Copyright,  1926,  in  the  United  States,  Newfoundland,  Great  Britain,  Canada,  and  other  countries  by  Doubleday,  Page  & 

TERMS:  $4.00  a  year;  single  copies  35  cent*. 


Doubleday.  Page  S"  Co. 
OFFICERS 

F.  N.  DOUBLEDAY,  President 

A.  W.  PAGE,  I  ice-President 

NELSON  DOUBLEDAY,  Vice-Prtsidtni 

RUSSELL  DOUBLEDAY,  Secretary 

S.  A.  EVERITT,  Treasurer 

JOHN  J.  HESSIAN.  Ani.  Treasurer 


•  Company.     All  right*  reserved. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


425 


AMERTRAN 

Types  AF-7  and  AF-6 

AmerTran  audio  transformers  Types  AF-7  and 
AF-6  have  been  considered  for  years  among 
the  leaders  in  audio  amplification.  These  popu- 
lar and  efficient  models  may  now  be  purchased 
at  a  considerable  saving  in  cost.  Types  AF-7 
(ratio  3%:  1)— AF-6  (ratio  5:1)  .  .  $5.00  each 


The 
AMERTRAN  Power  Transformer 

Type  PF-45,  65  Va-60  cycles  110  mils 
primary,  450 — 8/4-8/4  secondary 

Type  PF-45  is  intended  for  use  on  the  standard 
110  volt,  60  cycle  house  lighting  circuit.  It  has 
three  separate  well-insulated  secondary  wind- 
ings. These  are  enclosed  in  a  strong  metal  case 
provided  with  mounting  feet.  The  secondary 
leads  are  standard  code  flexible  wires  left  long 
enough  to  reach  the  terminals  in  the  average 
set  without  splicing.  This  transformer  is  well 
suited  for  supplying  AC  power  for  filter  cir- 
cuits, and  is  designed  with  the  usual  margin  of 
safety £15.00  each 


The  New  AMERCHOKE 

Type  854 

Type  854  is  a  scientifically  designed  impedance 
or  choke  coil  of  general  utility,  designed  pri- 
marily for  use  in  filter  circuits.  As  an  output 
impedance  for  by-passing  direct  current  from 
the  loudspeaker  it  is  just  as  efficient  and  more 
economical  than  an  output  transformer.  When 
used  with  a  1  mfd.  (or  greater)  fixed  condenser, 
the  tone  quality  equals  that  of  the  best  output 
transformer.  DC  saturation  is  prevented  by 
two  adjustable  butt  joints  in  the  core.  #6.0OeacA 


flew  Standardof  Excellence 
inAudioAmplittcation 

r  I  1HIS  new  audio  transformer  has  been  developed  for  those  who  are 

satisfied  only  with  the  utmost  in  quality.  It  possesses  an  unusually 

JL  straight  line  frequency  characteristic  extending  the  range  below 

the  lowest  note  now  being  broadcast,  and  actually  shows  a  gain  of  about 

three  octaves  below  that  previously  obtained. 


6400 


FREQUENCY    SCALED   IN  OCTAVES 


mi 

>m       , 

,re  A 

,en  M 

er,  f 

>ut  f  rj 

by  ^ 


The  AmerTran  De  LuxeMs  a  transformer  of  moderate  size  and  weight, 
enclosed  in  a  strong  metal  case  with  mounting  holes.at  both  top  and  bot- 
tom so  that  it  may  be  inverted,  affording  simplified  connections.  While 
the  AmerTran  De  Luxe  will  improve  any  set,  appreciation  of  its  uniform 
amplifying  qualities  can  best  be  realized  when  operated  in  conjunction 
with  straight  line  frequency  loudspeakers,  such  as  the  best  cone  and  disc 
types,  and  with  a  tube  in  the  last  stage  capable  of  handling  the  output. 
The  AmerTran  De  Luxe  is  made  in  two  types,  one  for  the  first  stage 
and  one  for  the  second  stage,  and  plainly  marked  as  such.  The  chief 
difference  between  these  two  types  is  that  the  first  stage  transformer 
has  approximately  50%  greater  primary  inductance  than  the  second 
stage  transformer,  thus  more  nearly  corresponding  to  the  operating 
impedances  of  the  tubes  out  of  which  they  work.  For  this  reason  it  is 
advisable  to  purchase  and  operate  these  transformers  by  the  pair! 

PRICE,  EITHER  TYPE,  £10.00 

Write  for  descriptive  booklet  on  AMERTRAN  Radio  Products 

American  Transformer  Company 

178  Emmet  Street,  Newark,  N.  J. 
"Transformer  builders  for  over  twenty -four  years" 


SOLD  ONLYA.T 

AUTHORIZED  AMERICAN  DEALERS 


RADIO  AND  THE  HAMILTON  RICE  EXPEDITION  TO  BRAZIL 

The  country  conquered  by  men,  flying  machines,  and  radio.  The  large  photograph,  taken  in  the  expedition's  advance  airplane  piloted  by 
Walter  Hinton,  was  made  by  Captain  Albert  W.  Stevens  of  the  United  States  Army  Air  Service  whose  photographs  are  world  renowned. 
The  expedition  proceeded  up  the  Rio  Negro  500  miles  from  Manaos,  Brazil.  Manaos  is  1500  miles  from  the  ocean,  and  the  base  of  the  ex- 
plorers was  set  up  at  Boa  Vista.  The  Rio  Negro  at  the  point  photographed  is  about  three  and  a  half  miles  wide  and  appears  a  veritable 
archipelago  of  curious  shaped  islands.  The  photograph  above  shows  the  short  wave  transmitter  and  receiver  used  to  maintain^  communica- 
tion with  the  outside  world.  The  natives,  after  they  gained  courage  enough  to  wear  the  phones,  showed  little  surprise  at  the  "white  man  s 
magic"  when  they  heard  the  short  wave  broadcast  signals  from  KDKA  and  WGY  through  the  head  set 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


VOLUME  VIII 


NUMBER  4 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


VSI 


Radios   The  Jutigleman^s  Newspaper 

Vf  (^J  OL.  JL. 

How  the  Rice  Expedition  in  the  Jungle  Maintained  Communication  with  the  Outside  World 
—A  Triumph  of  Short  Waves  and  Low  Power  When  Long  Waves  and  Higher  Power  Failed 


N 


*OT  so  many  months  ago  the  pub- 
lic was  thrilled  to  read  in  its 
morning  newspapers  an  account 
relating  how  radio  amateurs  all 
over  this  and  other  countries  had  estab- 
lished two-way  communication  with  the 
Rice  exploration  party,  then  in  South 
America.  Receiving  apparatus  only  had 
been  carried  on  the  two  previous  expedi- 
tions, which  was  used  for  reception  of  time 
signals,  necessary  in  accurate  topographical 
surveying,  and  of  press  dispatches,  which 
were,  to  the  members  of  the  expeditions, 
what  the  London  Times  is  to  King  George's 
subjects.  Radio's  capable  handling  of  these 
assignments  led  Dr.  A.  Hamilton  Rice, 
vice-president  of  the  American  Geographi- 
cal Society,  when  his  third  expedition 
was  being  organized  at  New  York,  to  al- 
lot a  more  important  task  to  the  writer, 
who  had  been  radio  operator  on  the  pre- 
ceding Brazilian  ventures.  

Where  radio  had  been 
acting  the  part  of  a  listener, 
a  masculine  part,  if  you 
please,  it  was  to  be  given  a 
tongue  on  the  third  expe- 
dition and,  now  cast  in  a 
feminine  role,  was,  if  its 
abilities  were  not  over- 
estimated, to  keep  the  ad- 
vance exploration  party  in 
touch  with  the  base  party, 
and  the  base  party,  through 
stations  of  the  Brazilian 
government,  on  speaking 
terms  with  the  rest  of  the 
world.  It  must  be  admitted 
that  this  mission  assigned 
by  Doctor  Rice  was  regarded 
with  a  certain  amount  of 
doubt  and  misgivings  on  the 
part  of  the  radio  personnel. 
The  advance  party,  in  the 


Chief  Radio  Operator  of  the  Expedition 

first  place,  could  only  carry  featherweight 
apparatus  and  an  insufficient  source  of 
power  supply,  while  the  erection  of  efficient 
antennas  would  present  a  big  problem. 
The  interior  of  South  America,  experience 
had  taught,  bred  static  as  it  did  fever,  while 
venomous  insects  and  rank  vegetation  were 
not  the  least  of  their  troubles. 

How  far  radio's  performance  exceeded 
expectations;  how  "it  might"  became  "it 
did,"  is  a  tale  which  deserves  a  paragraph 
or  two  in  the  history  of  short-wave  com- 
munication. Called  on  to  bridge  one 
hundred — two  hundred  miles  of  jungle,  the 
Rice  Expedition's  transmitters  night  after 
night,  months  on  end,  laughed  at  the  3000- 
odd  miles  of  space  between  upper  Brazil  and 
the  United  States.  Naked,  half-savage  In- 
dians were  the  explorers'  neighbors  while  the 
operators  whispered  intothe  ears  of  amateur 
radio  men  over  half  the  civilized  world. 


LISTENING   TO    KDKA 
From  the  midst  of  the  jungle.     WCY  was  another  short-wave  station 


the  short-wave  apparatus  was  first  tried  out  at  Manaos,  only  three 
heard.     Two  of  these,  curiously  enough,  were  broadcasters,  while 

code  station  was  heard 


To  the  American  amateur  is  due  a  large 
share  of  the  credit  of  the  success  of  the 
Rice  Expedition's  employment  of  radio 
in  the  Amazon  valley.  Playing  for  love 
of  the  game  alone,  they  handled  the  cards 
as  if  the  stakes  were  gold  and  mountain 
high.  Hats  off  to  2  AG,  2  BR,  and  2  cvs,  of 
New  York  City,  i  COT  of  Braintree,  Massa- 
chusetts, 3  ATE — Baltimore,  8  ES — Akron, 
5  SK — Fort  Worth,  and  the  others!  Radio 
is  a  game  at  which  one  cannot  play  a  lone 
hand  and  Thomas  S.  McCaleb,  former  in- 
spector for  the  Independent  Wireless  Tele- 
graph Company,  of  New  York,  was  the 
writer's  capable  assistant  and  fellow  burden 
bearer  in  the  tropics. 

The  expedition's  radio  history  begins  at 
New  York  City  where,  previous  to  taking 
ship  for  Para,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Amazon, 
$6000  was  expended  upon  a  stock  of  radio 
material  which  ran  up  and  down  the  list 
from  binding  posts  to  gener- 
ators, fifty-watt  tubes  to  bus 
bar.  Variable  condensers 
are  conspicuous  by  their  ab- 
sence on  the  store  shelves  of 
small  Brazilian  towns,  and 
no  explorer  has  yet  discov- 
ered a  jungle  palm  treelwhich 
bears  milli-voltmeters. 
Once  in  the  jungle  there  was 
continual  construction  and 
destruction  of  transmitters 
and,  to  some  extent,  of  re- 
ceivers. 

AMERICAN    BROADCASTING 
HEARD 

INITIAL  tests  of  the  radio 
I  apparatus  were  made  at 
Manaos,  an  Amazon  town 
of  5000  inhabitants,  900 
miles  from  the  ocean,  and 
the  jumping-off  place  for 


heard.  When 
stations  were 
only  a  single 


428 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


these  who  probe  the  uncharted  interior  of 
the  great  southern  continent.  Here  the 
expedition's  4oo-watt  transmitter  was  set 
up  temporarily  and  put  in  operation  on 
200  kc.  (1500  meters).  With  this  set  the 
Para  station,  850  miles  distant,  was  "raised" 
without  difficulty. 

Tests  of  short-wave  receiving  equipment 
at  Manaos  did  little  to  bolster  the  confi- 
dence of  the  radio  detachment.  Nights  of 
dial-twisting  and  ear-straining  brought  in 
but  three  short-wave  stations,  two  of  them 
broadcasters.  Hearing  KDKA  and  WGY  with 
regularity  on  high  frequency  was,  it  is 
true,  a  distinct  contribution  to  the  expe- 
dition's entertainment,  but  reception  of  a 
lone  code  station — it  was  8  xi — was  dis- 
couraging. The  road  ahead  appeared  as 
dark  to  the  radio  men  at  this  stage  as  the 
native  tobacco  they  were  smoking. 

Radio  work  at  Manaos  was  drawing  to  a 
close  when  a  political  tidal  wave  engulfed 
the  town.  Making  merry  in  the  Hotel 
Grande  on  July  23,  at  a  gathering  to  wel- 
come others  of  the  party  who  had  just  come 
up  the  river  to  join  their  fellows,  the  radio 
men  were  thrust  into  box  seats  at  a  South 
American  revolution. 

Zero  hour  came  without  warning.  From 
the  restaurant  windows  the  explorers  were 
gazing  idly,  between  drinks,  at  a  detach- 
ment of  olive-skinned  soldiers  shuffling 
down  the  Broadway  of  Manaos.  Troops  in 
movement  are  so  frequently  encountered  in 
South  America  that  the  military  exhibition 
awakened  no  interest  until  the  infantrymen 
halted,  took  interval  quickly,  and  sent  a 
steel-jacketed  shower  in  the  direction  of 
the  governor's  palace.  A  bullet  in  motion 
is  not  a  desirable  neighbor,  no  matter  who 
fires  it.  There  is  small  comfort  in  the 
knowledge  that  marksmanship  is  bad  when 
brick  dust  begins  to  fly.  There  was  a 
great  slamming  and  barring  of  doors  and 
windows  within  the  Hotel  Grande  restau- 
rant, and  a  scramble  for  safe  places  behind 
thick  walls  as  the  government  of  Manaos 
began  to  totter. 

Soon  a  panting  revolutionary  wormed 
the  news  though  a  crack  in  the  hotel  door 
that  right  had  triumphed.  "  Long  live  the 
revolution,"  in  its  equivalent  Portuguese, 
came  between  gasps. 

i  Screwing  up  courage  after  a  time,  the 
Americans  filed  out  upon  Rua  28  do  Sep- 
tembre  to  find  all  quiet.  They  stole  softly 
down  dark  thoroughfares  where  the  arc 
lights  had  gone  on  the  casualty  list.  Care- 
fully they  trod  to  avoid  slipping  on  the 
blood  which,  they  judged  from  the  whole- 
sale expenditure  of  powder,  must  have 
showered  the  rough  pavements.  Their 
guess  was  wrong;  no  blood  or  dead.  Even 
the  martyred  donkey,  the  usual  accom- 
paniment to  tropical  internecine  strife,  was 
not  encountered.  Thousands  of  brass 
cartridge  shells  underfoot  and  the  white 
flag  flying  above  the  governor's  palace 
alone  lay  in  the  wave  of  the  revolution. 
Next  morning,  commercial  Manaos  was 
doing  business  at  the  same  old  stand. 

Rebel  rule  imposed  strict  surveillance 
upon  foreigners,  but  the  upheaval  little 


hampered  the  expedition's  work,  though  it 
brought  an  end  to  radio  tests.  The  inter- 
diction of  ether  communication  at  Manaos 
by  the  de  facto  government  was  followed 
by  a  laughable  incident,  the  humor  of 
which  registered  even  upon  the  officials  who 
called  the  Americans  to  account  when  it 
was  reported  to  them  that  antennas  had 
been  erected  by  the  explorers  on  the  out- 
skirts of  the  town. 

Without  much  difficulty,  official  Manaos 
was  convinced  that  what  had  been  described 
as  "radio  wires  "  were  baited  fish  lines  set  to 
catch  turkey  buzzards,  the  blood  of  which 
was  being  analyzed  by  the  medical  branch 
of  the  party.  When  the  time  came  to 
move  upriver,  an  old  stern  wheel  steamer 
transported  the  party  to  Vista  Allegre,  on 
the  Rio  Branco,  where  the  first  semi- 
permanent camp  was  established.  Ascer- 
taining that  Vista  Allegre  was  a  poor  radio 
location,  the  two  operators  put  their  equip- 
ment aboard  a  batalao  (a  barge  towed  by  a 
steam  launch),  and  proceeded  further  up- 
stream to  Boa  Vista,  which  was  to  be  the 
expedition's  base  during  the  time  the  ad- 
vance party  was  in  virgin  territory. 

During  the  batalao's  slow  ascent  of  the 
river,  the  radio  men  slept  in  filthy  quarters, 
foggy  with  mosquitoes.  McCaleb  went 
down  with  high  fever  the  day  of  his  arrival 
at  Boa  Vista.  Two  weeks  he  lay  ill  at  the 
small  mission,  attended  by  the  kindly 
padres,  a  casualty  of  the  never-ending 
conflict  between  man  and  the  insect  life  of 
the  Brazilian  river  country. 

The  anthem  of  the  Amazon  valley  is  the 
whining,  petulant  song  of  the  mosquito, 
chief  of  a  happiness-blighting  clan  which  in- 
cludes the  pium,  a  smallish  black  fly  with  a 
red-hot  snout  and  others  whose  names 
would  carry  nothing  to  American  readers 
but  whose  blood-sucking  operations  would 
shame  even  a  radio  gyp  dealer. 

Against  these  barely  visible  foes  the  ex- 
pedition fought.  They  were  its  unwelcome 
guests  at  meals,  its  bedfellows;  many  a  radio 
message  sent  by  LR,  the  portable  station 
set  up  at  camps  and  bivouacs  beyond  civil- 
ization's frontier,  was  dispatched  by  opera- 
tors whose  right  hand  tapped  the  key  and» 
whose  left  repulsed  an  insect  onslaught. 

Larger  insect  enemies  included  several 
species  of  the  ubiquitous  ant,  whose  ac- 
quaintance was  made  at  Manaos,  and 
hornets  encountered  in  the  jungle.  They 
attacked  apparatus  as  well  as  operators. 

Anti-ant  measures  became  a  regular  part 
of  radio  routine  after  the  short-wave  re- 
ceiver, opened  one  day  for  inspection,  was 
found  to  be  full  of  very  live  radio  bugs.  A 
blow  torch,  in  McCaleb's  hands,  did  for 
the  most  of  them.  Those  escaping  crema- 
tion perished  under  the  huge  feet  of  Chico, 
native  servant  of  the  radio  detachment. 

Hornets,  of  a  species  which  build  a  mud 
dwelling,  took  possession  of  LR  one  day 
upriver.  The  operator  found  that  all  crev- 
ices in  the  apparatus  had  become  hornet 
home-sites.  Their  mud  huts  shorted  the 
grid  and  plate  terminals  of  one  transmitter 
tube  and  a  veritable  firework  display  re- 
sulted when  the  current  was  turned  on. 


ESTABLISHING   THE    BASE    STATION 

WHILE  McCaleb  convalesced,  the 
erection  of  a  station  at  Boa  Vista 
went  forward,  the  main  trouble  encoun- 
tered in  putting  it  up  being  inability  to  se- 
cure timber  for  masts  in  a  treeless  country. 
Fourdays'  journey  from  the  camp  mast  ma- 
terial was  found,  cut  and  floated.  With 
the  help  of  natives,  most  of  them  Indians, 
three  masts  went  up,  eighty,  seventy-five, 
and  forty  feet  high.  An  antenna  for  long- 
wave work  was  suspended  between  the 
two  highest;  a  short-wave  antenna  was 
hoisted  between  the  shorter  sticks.  There 
was  an  elaborate  ground  system  for  long- 
wave work  and  a  litzendraht  cable  counter- 
poise for  the  high-frequency  set. 

There  followed  six  days  of  calling  and  lis- 
tening while  static  alone  caused  the  head- 
phone diaphragms  to  vibrate.  Two  oper- 
ators were  deep  in  the  dumps,  half-sick  and 
nearly  played  out  when  a  woman's  voice 
floated  in  on  the  sixty-meter  wave.  The 
song,  ironically  enough,  was  "  Happy 
Days."  KDKA'S  short-wave  set  did  a 
physician's  work  at  Boa  Vista  that  night. 

An  American  amateur,  4  SA,  shattered 
the  silence  with  a  readable  signal  the  next 
night,  but  failed  to  respond  when  called 
repeatedly.  This  was  a  disheartening 
chapter  and  the  events  of  the  next  few 
days  produced  more  gloom. 

McCaleb,  sent  down  the  river  to  join 
the  expedition  proper  at  Vista  Alegre,  took 
with  him  the  twenty-five-watt  transmitter, 
hoping  to  effect  communication  with  the 
base  station  wjs  at  Boa  Vista,  as  the  ex- 
pedition moved  along.  The  attempt  failed 
dismally. 

The  only  silver  lining  during  these  days 
of  discouragement  was  that  another 
American  amateur  was  heard,  and  wsc,  an 
American  coastal  station  of  the  Radio  Cor- 
poration, boomed  in.  They  could  not  be 
made  to  hear  us,  however.  Then  things 
brightened  for  Manaos,  called  in  vain  for 
days,  one  morning  responded  with  a  snappy 
"O.  K."  This  was  a  slice  of  bacon  where 
a  whole  side  of  meat  was  needed. 

The  base  party  having  established  itself 
at  Boa  Vista,  and  McCaleb  in  charge  of  wjs, 
the  advance  party  early  in  December  set 
out  on  the  jungle  trail,  the  twenty-five-watt 
transmitter,  under  the  wing  of  the  writer, 
accompanying  it.  Communication  be- 
tween the  two  parties  was  established  with- 
out difficulty  after  the  advance  party  had 
made  some  progress,  and  radio  stock  soared. 
Equipment  overlooked  when  the  advance 
party  set  out,  and  needed  urgently  by  the 
scientists,  was  ordered  dispatched  in  pur- 
suit from  Boa  Vista.  The  portable  set  was 
demonstrating  its  usefulness. 

At  this  juncture,  with  things  going  swim- 
mingly, partial  failure  suddenly  loomed 
in  the  radio  detachment's  path.  Short 
waves  and  the  American  amateur  saved  the 
day. 

The  rock  on  which  the  radio  plans  threa- 
tened to  wreck  was  the  heavy  tube  mortal- 
ity at  wjs.  The  fifty-watters  expired  in 
such  numbers  that  not  enough  remained  to 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


RADIO:  THE  JUNGLEMAISTS  NEWSPAPER 


429 


ERECTING    WJS  S    MASTS 

The  wood  for  which  had  to  be  brought  from  a 

point  four  day's  journey  away  as  no  suitable 

trees  were  found  at  Boa  Vista 

pewer  the  long-wave  base  transmitter. 
The  Boa  Vista-Manaos  link  broke  and  the 
expedition's  communication  with  the  out- 
side world  was  disrupted. 

Now  McCaleb's  short-wave  experiments 
bore  fruit.  During  the  months  since  the 
expedition's  sailing,  the  great  amateur 
migration  to  the  40-80  meter  band  had 
taken  place.  So,  unable  to  work  Manaos 
which  was,  as  radio  distance  is  measured, 
but  a  step  away,  wjs  began  shooting  Rice 
Expedition  traffic  almost  daily  to  American 
amateurs.  First  two-way  communications 
was  effected  with  2  cvs,  New  York  City. 
This  success  was  followed  by  the  trans- 
mission of  long  and  important  messages  to 
dozens  of  other  amateurs  in  the  United 
States,  two  in  England,  one  at  Buenos 
Aires,  and  to  sj,  the  United  Fruit  Com- 
pany's efficient  station  at  San  Jose,  Costa 
Rica. 

JUNGLE    RADIO    ADVENTURE 

SOME  of  the  traffic  was  destined  to  Amer- 
ican points  but 
much  of  it  was  ad- 
dressed to  Manaos. 
Consider  what  this 
meant:  Manaos  was 
400  miles  from  wjs  but 
could  not  be  reached 
direct  during  the  tube 
shortage  days.  A  mes- 
sage for  Manaos  went 
3000  miles  by  ether  to 
the  United  States,  3000 
miles  by  cable  from  the 
United  States  to  Para, 
then  by  radio,  a  matter 
of  nearly  1000  miles,  to 
Manaos.  Costly?  No 
end.  Subject  to  delays? 
Yes,  frequently.  But 
the  messages,  many  of 
them  of  utmost  im- 
portance to  the  party, 
reached  those  to  whom 
they  were  addressed, 
and  that  was  the  ob- 
ject of  the  game. 


The  advance  party,  with  its  portable  set, 
had  now  penetrated  well  into  the  dense 
forests  it  had  come  to  explore  and  map,  its 
canoe  fleet  daily  engaging  the  rapids  of  the 
turbulent  stream,  which  the  Indians  who 
live  beside  it  have  appropriately  named 
"The  Poison  River." 

In  a  clumsy,  heavy,  spoon-billed  craft, 
more  scow  than  canoe,  radio  made  its  fight 
against  the  angry  river,  its  guardians  being 
Weld  Arnold,  jovial  topographer  of  the  ex- 
pedition; an  Indian  boatman  of  the  region; 
Antonio,  in  whose  veins  ran  mixed  negro 
and  Indian  blood;  and  the  writer. 

There  were  many  rapids  up  which  the 
canoes  could  be  pulled  by  ropes,  but  some, 
more^  waterfalls  than  rapids,  would  stop 
a  salmon's  upstream  rush.  Encounter- 
ing these,  the  canoe  fleet  was  forced  to 
portage.  This  meant  heart-breaking  labor 
under  an  unrelenting  sun.  It  meant  more 
than  carrying  equipment  and  canoes  on  the 
backs  of  men  to  navigable  water  above  the 
obstruction,  because,  in  order  that  this  could 
be  done,  a  trail  must  first  be  hacked  with 
machete*  through  the  jungle,  which  came 
down  to  the  river  banks.  On  a  day  when 
the  river  seemed  set  to  baffle  the  canoeists, 
the  party  gained,  with  infinite  labor,  an 
advance  of  one-half  mile.  Camp  was  made 
that  night  within  sight  of  the  camp  of  the 
night  before. 

Beau  Brummels  of  the  advance  party 
fought  the  river  in  B.  V.  D's  and  bathing 
suits. 

From  day  to  day  the  program  varied 
little:  During  daylight  a  contest  with  the 
river;  in  late  afternoon  selection  and  clear- 
ing of  a  camp  site,  pitching  of  fly  tents  and 
preparation  of  the  evening  meal,  which, 
if  the  hunters  had  made  a  kill,  might  include 
a  venison  steak  sweet  and  juicy  enough  to 
tempt  an  epicure;  at  night,  work  by  the 
map-makers,  the  scientists  and  the  radio 
man,  each  with  his  specialty. 

Erection  of  an  antenna  was  the  first 
step  in  establishment  of  radio  stations  at 


A  CABOCLOS  VILLAGE   IN  THE  MIDST  OF  THE  JUNGLE 

They  are  a  Portuguese-Indian  people,  and,  after  being  presented  with  a  few  cigarettes,  proved 
most  hospitable.  The  flying  boat,  which  was  piloted  by  Lieutenant  Walter  Hinton  and  used 
to  survey  the  country  ahead  of  the  expedition,  made  a  forced  landing  at  this  point.  The 
walls  of  the  thatched  house  were  covered  with  pictures  cut  from  various  magazines,  among 
which  were  some  of  the  1922  New  York — Rio  de  Janeiro  flight.  The  natives  became  wildly 
excited  on  being  informed  that  Lieutenant  Hinton  was  the  pilot  on  that  trip 


LR  S    POWER    SUPPLY 

Which  consisted  of  a  dynamotor  operated  by 
storage  batteries.  The  batteries,  in  turn,  were 
charged  by  an  auto  generator  belted  to  an 
outboard  motor  which  in  turn  did  canoe  duty 
at  other  times.  The  plates  of  the  two  fifty- 
watt  tubes  received  500  volts 

the  jungle  camps.  Trees  were  the  masts, 
and  the  vegetation  for  some  distance  about 
the  antenna  trees  was  cleared  away  to  give 
the  wires  breathing  space.  Obtaining  an 
efficient  ground  was  no  problem;  a  length  of 
antenna  wire  thrown  into  the  river  served 
well.  The  receiving  antenna  was  usually  a 
thirty-foot  length  of  wire,  suspended  one 
foot  off  the  ground.  The  low  antenna  re- 
duced signal  strength  materially  but  re- 
duction in  static  more  than  compensated 
for  this  loss.  In  a  tropical  region,  where 
every  night  is  a  static  night,  LR  thumbed 
its  nose  to  atmospherics. 

The  portable  station's  short-wave  re- 
ceiver, put  together  in  the  wilds  out  of  camp 
odds-and-ends,  including  two  empty  sugar 
tins  procured  from  Kwong,  the  Chinese 
cook,  was  a  thing  to  bring  a  blush  of  shame 
to  the  cheek  of  the  radio  constructor  who 
likes  to  see  things  shipshape.  That  its  ap- 
pearance was  not  a  measure  of  its  sensi- 
tiveness was  demon- 
strated when  it  picked 
up  amateur  signals 
from  every  radio  dis- 
trict of  the  United 
States,  and  from  sev- 
eral foreign  countries. 
A  simple  Armstrong 
circuit  was  used. 

The  transmitter,  de- 
signed for  loo-meter 
work,  was  revamped 
upriver  after  its  oper- 
ator became  convinced 
that  better  results  were 
obtainable  lower  down 
the  scale.  Alterations 
fitted  this  set  for  eighty 
and  forty  meter  work. 
The  lack  of  a  wave- 
meter  at  the  portable 
station  was  met  one 
night  when  the  opera- 
tor had  the  good  for- 
tune to  pick  up  the 
standard  frequency 


430 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


signals  emitted  by  wwv,  the 
Bureau  of  Standard's  sta- 
tion at  Washington.  Util- 
izing the  system  of  har- 
monics, a  hastily  assembled, 
but  accurate  instrument, 
was  calibrated. 

The  portable  station's 
power  supply  was  a  dyna- 
motor  operated  by  storage 
batteries,  which  were 
charged  by  an  auto  genera- 
tor belted  to  an  outboard 
motor,  which  in  turn  did 
canoe  duty  at  other  times. 
The  plates  of  the  two  fifty- 
watt  tubes  received  500 
volts. 

Both  outboard  motor  and 
generator  threatened  frequently  to  give  up 
the  ghost  but  were  nursed  along  to  a  re- 
markable performance  by  the  gas  engine 
experts  of  the  party  who  lent  a  hand  to  the 
radio  operator  when  failure  of  the  power 
supply  loomed. 

Jungle  days  and  nights  were  crammed 
with  incidents.  Among  them  there  was  an 
encounter  with  tucandera  ants  whose  sting, 
which  carries  a  long-lived  pain,  the  natives 
dread  more  than  that  of  any  other  insect. 

The  operator's  carelessness  in  lashing  one 
end  of  his  hammock  to  a  dead  tree,  which 
gave  way  in  the  night,  made  him  food  for 
the  tucanderas.  Extricating  himself  in 
the  darkness  from  the  fallen  hammock  he 
rolled  into  their  nest.  He  remained  there 
but  a  moment — there  is  a  limit  to  man's 
endurance — but  the  tucanderas  which  had 
crawled  into  his  clothes  emerged  from  the 
ant  hill  with  him.  Before  all  were  routed 
the  radioman's  skin,  from  head  to  foot, 
burned  with  the  fire  to  which  the  wicked 
are  headed. 

More  pleasant  recollections  are  those  of 
the  visit  to  one  of  the  river  camps  of  four 
naked  Guihibo  Indians,  shy  but  not  un- 
friendly savages  of  the  country  traversed 
by  the  explorers.  Their  call  on  the  white 
men,  the  natives  of  the  party  learned  from 
them,  had  been  made  at  some  difficulty. 
It  appeared  that  enemy  country  lay  be- 
tween their  village  and  the  explorers'  camp, 
and  the  enemy  had  sought  to  block  their 
route.  It  had  been  necessary  for  them  to 
slay  four  hostile  tribesmen. 
Arrows,  as  long  as  spears, 
were  their  main  weapons;  a 
dugout  canoe  their  means 
of  getting  about. 

There  were  few  nights 
spent  in  camp  when  traffic 
was  not  exchanged  between 
wjs  and  LR  and  scarcely  a 
night  when  signals  from 
American  amateur  stations 
were  not  heard  on  the  crude 
short-wave  receiver.  Due  to 
the  necessity  of  conserving 
power,  the  portable  station's 
messages  destinedtothe  out- 
side world  were  habitually 
shot  to  the  base  station, 
which  relayed  them  north- 


THE     EXPEDITION  S     RADIO     APPARATUS 

The  upper  picture  is  of  the  interior  of  the  base 
station  at  Boa  Vista.  It  was  intended  that  wjs 
(the  base  station)  should  be  employed  for 
communication  with  the  station  at  Manaos,  a 
distance  of  about  four  hundred  miles,  but  heavy 
tube  mortality  at  Boa  Vista  brought  long-wave 
medium  power  work  with  Manaos  to  an  end. 
Short-wave  communication  was  then  established 
with  amateur  stations  in  the  United  States, 
using  low  power  and  smaller  tubes,  the  supply 
of  the  latter  being  plentiful.  Messages  for 
Manaos  reached  their  destination  by  a  round- 
about route,  often  going  to  New  York  first. 
The  advance  party's  short-wave  station,  LR, 
provided  the  connecting  link  with  wjs.  The 
second  picture  shows  LR'S  "shack"  at  one  of 
the  camps.  Below:  Natives  listening  to  code 
signals  on  the  short-wave  receiver 


ward.  This  was,  however, 
no  insult  to  the  twenty-five- 
watt  set  at  LR  for,  on  one 
occasion,  when  the  opera- 
tor's curiosity  to  learn  how 
the  low  power  equipment 
would  reach  out  got  the 
best  of  him,  he  passed  with 
ease  a  message  direct  to 
station  4 DO, of  M.  M.  Burns, 
at  Atlanta,  Georgia. 

Radio  operations  during 
the  final  months  of  the  ex- 
pedition's workin  the  tropics 
followed  the  lines  established 
duringthe  period  with  which 
this  article  deals.  On  Feb- 

ruary  23,   1925,  the  writer 

returned  to  Boa  Vista  by 
means  of  an  aeroplane  used  mainly  in  map- 
ping from  the  air.  His  leave  from  the  De- 
partment of  Commerce  expired,  so  he  came 
back  to  the  States.  McCaleb  took  over  the 
portable  station  and  capably  handled  his 
task  until  early  summer,  when  the  ex- 
plorers came  home. 

There  were  times  when,  unsuccessful  in 
"raising"  wjs  on  eighty  meters,  a  shift  to 
the  forty-meter  wave  brought  immediate 
results.  Even  after  nights  when  signals 
carried  poorly,  when  static  was  terrific, 
there  was  a  short  period  just  following  sun- 
rise when  the  world  could  be  heard.  Some- 
times this  fruitful  interval  lasted  two  hours; 
often  not  longer  than  fifteen  minutes. 

The  amount  of  power  used  in  transmission 
appeared  not  to  be  a  factor  of  much  import- 
ance. Many  of  the  amateurs  heard  in  the 
forest  were  using  sets  with  as  little  as  ten 
watts  of  power.  McCaleb  reported  that 
he  was  often  warned  that  LR  was  about  to 
call,  by  a  clearly  audible  sound  which  could 
only  have  been  occasioned  by  a  minute 
amount  of  radio  frequency  energy  leaking 
into  the  antenna  when  the  tubes  were 
lighted  but  when  the  key  contact  points 
were  not  actually  meeting. 

Elevation  above  sea  level  was  important, 
the  ease  with  which  traffic  could  be  handled 
apparently  varying  almost  directly  with  the 
elevation.  During  early  evening  the  short 
waves  gave  poor  results.  It  was  a  rare 
night  when  much  work  could  be  done  be- 
fore 9  o'clock. 

On  the  whole,  while  trans- 
mission on  high  frequencies 
proved  to  a  certain  extent 
freaky,  communication  was 
established  over  such  long 
distances,  with  so  little 
power  that  the  conclusion 
seems  unescapable  that 
short  waves  will  come  to  be 
used  extensively  in  long 
range  work.  We  have  not 
yet  solved  many  of  the 
mysteries  of  their  propaga- 
tion but  we  have  opened  the 
gate  wide  enough  to  enable 
us  to  see  that  there  is  much 
inside  the  field  we  hardly 
realized,  until  recently,  was 
ours  to  explore  and  to  use. 


- 


I 


THE  MARCH  OF  RADIO 


Past  President,  Institute  of  Radio  Engineers 


What  Happened  at  the  Fourth  National  Radio  Conference 


\HE  radio  industry  is  to  be  con- 
gratulated upon  the  outcome  of 
the  deliberations  of  the  1925  Radio 
Conference,  and  this  seems  to  be 
the  burden  of  the  average  editorial  com- 
ment throughout  the  country.  The  spirit 
in  which  the  various  questions  were  ap- 
proached and  the  remarkable  display  of  rea- 
sonableness on  the  part  of  the  many  con- 
ferees augurs  well  for  the  healthy  develop- 
ment of  our  industry. 

The  radio  industry  can  well  get  along 
with  no  governmental  interference  or  help 
— that  was  the  keynote  of  Secretary's 
Hoover's  opening  address  and  that  was  the 
natural  conclusion  to  be  reached  from  the 
deliberations  of  the  conference.  Many 
people  are  too  ready  to  ask  the  government 
to  regulate  something  or  other,  somehow  or 
other,  so  that  it  is  remarkable  that  no  action 
was  taken  along  this  line. 

To  legislate  away  the  regenerative  re- 
ceiver, to  subject  the  advertising  question 
to  federal  legislation,  to  pass  laws  closing 
down  the  super-power  stations,  even  before 
they  had  started;  many  such  questions  were 
in  the  air  waiting  to  be  settled  by  govern- 
ment action  of  some  kind  and  yet  the  confer- 
ence actually  put  through  no  such  resolution. 
The  one  action  of  the  conference  which 

The  photograph  above  shows  the  towers  of  the  beam  sta- 
tion at  Dorchester,  England,  which  will  communicate  with 
New  York. 


stands  out  more  than  any  other  was  the 
stand  taken  on  the  number  of  broad- 
casting stations.  The  opinion  of  the 
conferees  was  almost  unanimous  in  favor 
of  positively  limiting  the  number  of  li- 
censes issued.  We  have  advocated  the 
limitation  of  the  number  of  stations  for 
a  long  time  and  certainly  it  is  gratify- 
ing to  hear  the  voice  of  the  conference 
so  unanimous  in  settling  this  question. 
The  conference  recommended  that  the 
number  of  stations  is  not  to  be  increased, 
but  is  actually  to  be  diminished.  No  new 
licenses  are  to  be  issued  and  those  licenses 
which  become  forfeited  because  of  disuse 
are  not  to  be  reissued  to  another  station  un- 
less there  is  a  demand  from  the  public. 
The  pleasing  thing  about  this  action  is 
that  the  question  was  settled  with  the 
purpose  of  satisfying  the  radio  listener 
instead  of  the  station  owner.  The  public 
is  surely  to  be  congratulated  upon  this 
stand  taken  by  the  conference.  It  all 
simply  means  that  the  radio  listener's  in- 
terests are  to  be  paramount  in  guiding 
the  future  licensing  of  stations  and  matters 
of  similar  import. 

"It  is  a  piece  of  hard  luck, "  remarks  one 
commentator,  "for  the  would-be  station 
owner  who  has  his  station  built  and  paid 
for,  to  be  told  that  no  license  is  available 
and  his  investment  is  valueless."  How- 


ever, unless  the  broadcast  listeners  in  his 
neighborhood  show  unmistakably  their 
desire  for  the  new  station  it  should  remain 
silent.  No  one  has  a  right  to  intrude  into 
ether  channels  where  he  is  not  wanted  and 
those  who  know  whether  he  is  wanted  or 
not  are  the  neighboring  listeners. 

Cooperation  between  various  branches 
of  the  radio  industry,  no  governmental 
regulation  or  censorship,  settlement  of  in- 
terference troubles  entirely  in  the  interests 
of  the  broadcast  listener — these  three 
features  stand  out  as  real  accomplishments 
of  the  Fourth  National  Radio  Conference 
so  well  directed  by  Secretary  Hoover. 

A  Praiseworthy  Bit  of  Radio  Re- 
search 

IN  NOVEMBER,  1925,  a  most  remark- 
able paper  was  presented  to  the  Insti- 
tute of  Radio  Engineers  by  a  group  of 
three  researchers  of  the  American  Tele- 
phone and  Telegraph  Company,  Messrs. 
Bown,  Martin,  and  Potter.  To  those  of 
us  who  look  upon  radio  primarily  as  a 
branch  of  electrical  engineering  rather  than 
simply  a  scheme  of  communication,  the 
paper  seemed  to  be  the  best  which  has  been 
presented  in  years.  Of  all  the  divisions  of 
engineering,  electrical  is  the  most  accurate 
and  scientific.  Of  the  branches  of  elec- 


432 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


RADIO   ON    MOVING    TRAINS 

Passenger  trains  of  the  Canadian  National  Railways  making  the  transcontinental  run  are  all  equipped 
with  broadcast  receivers.  The  installation  of  a  receiver  to  give  regular  service  has  been  entirely 
successful.  On  one  trip  of  the  "Quebec,"  the  following  stations  were  logged  by  operator  N.  Bonnr- 
ville,  who  is  seen  in  the  view  here:  WBZ,  KDKA,  WFI,  WGBS,  WOR,  WEAF,  CKAC,  WGR,  WON,  WJAS,  WCAE, 

CNRO,  WTAM,  WAAF,  WGY,  and  WCX 


trical  engineering,  that  dealing  with  radio 
phenomena  contains  the  most  intricate  and 
interesting  problems.  To  the  student  who 
has  a  keen  imagination,  a  reasonable  grasp 
of  mathematical  relations,  and  an  intense 
desire  to  penetrate  into  the  unknown,  there 
is  today  probably  no  more  attractive  field 
than  that  in  which  Bown,  Martin,  and 
Potter  have  been  working  for  the  past  two 
years  and  about  which  they  reported  in 
their  recent  paper. 

There  are  three  general  subdivisions  in 
radio  engineering  which  offer  opportunities 
to  the  experimenter.  The  receiving  set  is 
being  made  the  subject  of  intensive  study 
by  thousands  of  keen  experimenters.  The 
cost  of  suitable  laboratory  facilities  is  com- 
paratively little  and  the  reward  for  a  worth 
while  discovery  is  ample  and  sometimes 
fabulous.  The  transmitter  can  be  made 
the  subject  of  development  work  by  com- 
paratively few.  Expensive  apparatus  is 
required  and  only  a  small  group  of  engineers 
of  the  large  companies  can  possibly  work 
on  the  improvement  of  transmitters. 

There  is  another  field  of  radio  investi- 
gation, however,  which  apparently  offers 
no  financial  return  for  successful  endeavor, 
that  is  the  question  as  to  how  radio  energy 
is  actually  carried  from  the  transmitter  to 
the  receiver.  Even  a  complete  answer  to 
this  question  may  bring  with  it  no  material 
reward  of  any  kind.  One  says  "may"  be- 
cause there  have  been  several  cases  in  the 
past  in  which  an  apparently  useless  scienti- 
fic research  has  yielded  tremendous  finan- 
cial returns  tothose  whodeveloped  the  idea. 
We  think  of  the  work  of  Richardson  and 


other  "pure  scientists"  who  studied  the 
evaporation  of  electricity  from  metal, 
working  simply  to  discovering  the  truth, 
then  we  consider  the  profits  of  the  Radio 
Corporation  of  America  last  year  on  tubes, 
which  utilized  the  result  which  these  scienti- 
fic workers  gave  to  the  world  for  nothing. 

The  question  of  how  radio  waves  are 
transmitted  can  be  tackled  only  by  the 
best  trained  engineers  we  have  today. 
Not  only  must  they  be  able  experimenters, 
but  to  make  any  reasonable  progress  based 
on  the  interpretation  of  their  results,  they 
must  be  conversant  with  many  allied 
branches  of  science.  The  electro-magnetic 
theory  of  light  (the  bugaboo  of  many  a 
student  of  college  science),  must  be  thor- 
oughly understood  and  the  laws  of  reflection 
and  refraction  of  such  waves  be  sufficiently 
familiar  that  their  occurrence  is  at  once 
recognized. 

In  the  experiments  reported  to  the 
I.  R.  E.,  the  engineers  used  many  thous- 
ands of  dollars  worth  of  the  most  modern 
electrical  apparatus;  the  experiments  were 
such  that  only  one  or  two  of  the  most  pros- 
perous companies  could  afford  to  finance 
them.  The  American  Telephone  and  Tele- 
graph Company  really  felt  the  need  to  in- 
vestigate the  question  because  of  the  very 
poor  quality  of  WEAF'S  signals  throughout 
Westchester  County,  only  a  short  distance 
from  the  transmitter.  Not  only  was  the 
signal  unexpectedly  weak  but  the  quality 
also  was  poor.  So  began  a  most  exhaustive 
study  to  discover  just  what  happened  to 
WEAF'S  radio  waves  as  they  traveled  the 
fifty  or  more  miles  up  Long  Island  Sound. 


These  experiments  showed  conclusively 
that  the  signal  received  in  these  defective 
localities  is  produced  by  waves  arising  from 
two  directions.  One  wave  comes  along  the 
ground  and  is  greatly  weakened  as  it  travels 
through  New  York's  forest  of  steel  sky- 
scrapers. The  other  goes  apparently  up 
in  the  air  and  is  reflected  after  going  up 
perhaps  one  hundred  miles  and  comes  down 
again  to  combine  with  the  other  wave  which 
has  arrived  via  earth.  These  two  waves 
add  their  effects  to  give  the  actual  signal 
and,  unfortunately  for  the  dwellers  in  these 
districts,  the  combined  wave  frequently 
looks  entirely  different  from  the  wave 
which  started  out  from  the  transmitting 
station.  The  length  of  the  extra  path  con- 
tinually varies  with  atmospheric  conditions 
and  thus  the  amount  of  interference  of  the 
two  waves  with  each  other  continually 
changes.  The  result  of  this  interference  is 
to  make  the  signals  so  badly  distorted  as 
to  be  sometimes  unrecognizable.  A  photo- 
graph of  the  signal  current  received  close  to 
WEAF,  and  another  photograph  of  the  signal 
current  received  in  Westchester  County, 
only  a  few  miles  away,  are  so  different  that 
one  cannot  be  identified  with  the  other. 

An  explanation  of  the  extraordinary  dis- 
tortion which  this  radio  current  suffers, 
which  Bown  and  his  co-workers  offer  us, 
does  but  little  at  present  to  make  the 
transmission  better.  Their  work  did  show, 
however,  that  certain  improvements  are 
possible  at  the  transmitting  station  which 
will  make  the  distortion  somewhat  more 
constant  that  it  is  at  present,  but  that 
won't  help  the  broadcast  listenerverymuch. 
It  appears  to  be  a  fact  that  certain  dis- 
tricts will  get  bad  transmission  from  cer- 
tain stations  and  there  is  at  present  no  ap- 
parent remedy  for  it. 

Radio  Control  for  Railroads 

IT  HAS  been  recently  announced  that 
radio  was  doing  much  to  accomplish 
automatic  train  control,  which  the  Inter- 
state Commerce  Commission  has  ordered 
installed  on  all  of  the  principal  railroads. 
The  scheme  required  by  the  Commission 
must  automatically  apply  the  brakes  of  a 
train  which  runs  into  a  danger  zone  so  that 
even  if  the  engineer  ignores  the  danger 
signals  set  against  him,  his  train  will  be 
stopped  before  a  wreck  occurs. 

Among  the  schemes  which  give  promise  of 
success  is  that  which  uses  the  two  rails  to 
carry  high  frequency  currents.  These  cur- 
rents, acting  on  a  coil  carried  on  a  locomo- 
tive, will  apply  brakes,  shut  off  steam,  or 
whatever  other  operation  is  necessary. 
Tuned  circuits  are  used  on  the  locomotive  so 
that  different  operations  are  carried  out  on 
the  locomotive  according  to  the  frequency 
of  the  current  in  the  track. 

To  be  economically  successful,  it  should 
not  be  necessary  to  feed  the  high  frequency 
energy  into  the  tracks  at  too  many  points, 
preferably  only  at  one  point  in  each  block. 
But  very  high  frequency  currents  will  not 
travel  far  along  the  railroad  tracks,  for  they 
waste  away  too  rapidly.  The  radio 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


DOCTOR  MILLIKAN'S  NEW  RAY 


433 


engineer  trying  to  use  this  scheme  must  em- 
ploy frequencies  very  low  compared  to 
those  in  which  the  listener  is  ordinarily 
interested.  About  20,000  cycles  (15,000 
uieters)  is  as  high  as  is  generally  useful  in 
the  continuous  train  control  scheme.  The 
amount  of  power  radiated  from  the  tracks 
with  such  current  is  practically  negligible. 
The  tracks  are  really  acting  as  the  two  wires 
of  a  power  transmission  line  and  there  is  no 
real  radiation  of  power  in  the  scheme  at  all. 
This  "radio"  system  would  probably  oper- 
ate as  well  or  even  better  if  there  was  no 
radiation,  so  that  the  scheme  can  scarcely 
be  hailed  as  an  application  of  radio.  The 
frequencies  useful  are  those  used  by  the 
telephone  engineer  in  carrier  telephony, 
they  are  so  low  that  even  if  there  was  ap- 
preciable radiation,  no  broadcast  receiver, 
as  used  by  the  average  listener,  could  possi- 
bly pick  it  up. 

Detroit   Has  a   Good    Radio 
Supervisor 

WHEN  the  recent  radio  conference 
convened  there  appeared  on  the 
scene  a  real  radio  inspector  prop- 
erly equipped  to  do  his  job.  Probably 
the  most  pressing  duty  of  the  government 
radio  inspector  today  is  to  locate  sources 
of  interference  and  to  do  this  with  any  de- 
gree of  ease  requires  a  portable  receiving 
set.  Supervisor  S.  W.  Edwards,  of  the 
Detroit  district  saw  the  need  some  time  ago 
and  by  shrewd  application  of  the  meagre 
funds  furnished  to  the  inspection  service 
was  able  to  buy  and  equip  a  portable  radio 
laboratory.  An  enclosed  truck  was  fitted 
up  with  all  kinds  of  receivers,  frequency 
measurers,  and  the  like,  so  that  wherever 
the  truck  may  be,  measurements  of  fre- 
quency, direction  from  which  interfering 


signals  are  coming,  and  so  forth,  can  be 
readily  made. 

When  complaint  of  interference  comes 
into  his  office,  Supervisor  Edwards  at  once 
dispatches  his  portable  laboratory  to  the 
scene  and  by  direction  finding  apparatus, 
wavemeters,  etc.,  locates  the  source  of  the 
trouble.  He  reports  that  in  no  case  so  far 
investigated  has  he  failed  to  locate  the 
source  of  interference. 

Is  the  Loop  or  Antenna  Receiver 
More  Popular? 

A  RECENT  bit  of  propaganda  by  one 
of  the  manufacturers  of  loop  sets, 
states  that  fifty-three  per  cent,  of 
the  public  prefer  loop  sets  to  those  operated 
from  an  antenna.  Just  where  these  figures 
came  from  is  not  stated  but  we  were  sur- 
prised at  the  conservative  claims  of  this 
loop-set  manufacturer.  Why  not  say  one 
hundred  per  cent,  of  us  prefer  loop  sets- 
it  would  not  be  contradicted  provided  the 
qualifying  clause  were  added  "other  things 
being  equal." 

Naturally  people  prefer  loop  sets.  They 
don't  have  to  bother  with  outdoor  antennas 
coming  down  in  a  country  snowstorm  or 
with  the  obdurate  city  janitor  when  trying 
to  put  one  up.  Further  the  loop  has  di- 
rectional qualities  (except  in  some  steel 
buildings)  and  this  offers 
the  possibility  of  cutting 
out  undesired  stations. 
Why  then  don't  we  all 
use  loops?  Because  we 
can  say  in  general  that 
a  set  requires  between 
one  and  two  extra  stages 
of  radio  frequency  am- 
plification to  give  as 
strong  a  signal  with  a 


loop  as  with  an  ordinary  antenna.  Tubes 
cost  money  to  buy  and  maintain.  Further- 
more tubes  themselves  give  noise  due  to 
electrical  irregularities  in  their  behavior 
and  when  excessive  amplification  is  used 
in  a  multi-tube  set,  these  noises  become 
quite  apparent  and  sound  much  like  static. 
Sets  having  eight  or  more  tubes  at  times 
give  a  let  of  noise  even  if  the  input  circuit  is 
shorted  so  that  no  static  can  get  in.  Until 
very  quiet  tubes  are  available  at  low  cost 
the  loop  set  actually  works  against  quite  a 
handicap  when  compared  to  the  antenna  set. 

A  New  Short  Wave  Ray  Is  Dis- 
covered 

A  A  recent  meeting  of  the  National 
Academy  of  Sciences,  Dr.  R.  A. 
Millikan  of  the  California  Institute  of 
Technology  reported  the  discovery  of  some 
new  rays  of  the  greatest  power.  Doctor 
Millikan's  name  should  be  known  to  all 
radio  enthusiasts  because  of  his  wonderful 
work  in  measuring  the  size  and  charge  of 
the  electron,  the  thing  that  evaporates  from 
the  filament  of  the  vacuum  tube  and  makes 
its  operation  possible.  And  when  Doctor 
Millikan's  announces  a  new  ray  the  public 
may  rest  assured  that  he  has  one.  Such 
an  announcement  is  not  to  be  confused  with 
that  of  such  exploiters  as  Grindell- 


RADIO   TRAIN    CONTROL    SYSTEM 


Developed  by  Thomas  Clark  of  Detroit  who,  in  the  early  days  of  wireless  telegraphy  headed  a  "wireless"  company  of  his  own.  The  control  system  is  really 
not  wireless  but  rather,  "wired  wireless,"  for  high  frequency  currents  are  sent  along  the  rails  and  used  through  the  proper  combination  of  apparatus  to 
control  danger  signals  in  the  engine  cab  and  valves  which  will  stop  the  locomotive.  The  view  at  the  lower  left  shows  a  close-up  of  the  valves  which 
are  worked  by  this  "radio  current"  to  stop  the  engine  when  desired.  Above  is  shown  the  control  device  applied  to  the  drive  wheel  of  the  locomotive. 
The  smaller  view  shows  a  typical  locomotive  on  the  Pere  Marquette  Railroad  which  is  experimenting  with  the  system 


434 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


Matthews,  who  gave  to  his  fellow  English- 
men the  bad  attack  of  ague  some  time  ago 
when  he  announced  his  "death  ray  "which 
was  to  be  sold  to  the  French  if  his  country 
wouldn't  pay  his  price.  This  death  ray, 
it  will  be  remembered,  was  never  proved  to 
be  at  all  valuable  or  effective. 

Millikan  has  already  received  the  Nobel 
prize  for  his  scientific  researches  which 
marks  at  once  any  announcement  he  makes 
with  the  stamp  of  reliability.  The  new 
rays  are  of  the  nature  of  X-rays,  he  says, 
but  perhaps  one  thousand  times  as  power- 
ful. They  are  discovered  only  at  great 
height;  he  sent  his  measuring  instruments 
up  in  balloons  and  only  at  ten  miles  height 
were  the  new  rays  found  with  intensity 
great  enough  to  be  recorded. 

These  rays  fall  in  with  the  tendency  of  the 
times,  by  the  way.  The  radio  engineer 
every  day  hears  of  the  increasing  reliability 
of  short  waves.  The  shortest  waves  of 
radiation  which  the  scientist  has  known 
until  now  are  the  X-  or  Roentgen  rays. 
These  new  rays,  christened  Millikan  Rays 
by  the  discoverers'  fellow  scientists,  have 
a  wavelength  only  one  thousandth  that 
of  X-rays.  Whether  we  shall  ever  be  able 
to  produce  them  on  earth  or  use  them  after 
they  are  produced,  is  problematical,  but  the 
probable  answer  to  the  question  is  "Yes." 

The   Ethics  of   Radio  Advertising 

SURELY  when  a  novice  looks  over  the 
radio  advertisements  with  the  idea  of 
purchasing  a  receiving  set,  he  must  be 
greatly  confused  and  misled  as  to  what  the 
different  sets  will  do.     Most  extravagant 
claims  are  made  for  radio  apparatus  of  any 
kind  and  price.     Everything  is  the  very 
best  and  when  one  adviser  hits  upon  some 


extravagant  word  with  which  to  brand  his 
goods  all  of  its  synonyms  are  sure  to  ap- 
pear in  the  next  issue  of  the  periodical. 
Now,  no  matter  what  the  manufacturer 
may  say,  we  cannot  believe  that  a  forty 
dollar  set  is  as  sensitive,  selective  and  as 
good  in  quality  of  reproduction  as  the 
hundred  and  fifty  dollar  set — yet  the  ad- 
vertisements all  say  so. 

Mr.  E.  H.  Jewett,  recently  commented  on 
the  situation  in  the  following  way. 

It  (the  radio  advertising  competition)  has 
reached  the  stage  where  it  is  practically  inter- 
changeable, really  almost  cancellable.  The 
race  in  superlative  claims  is  so  intense  that  most 
advertisements  almost  duplicate  one  another. 
One  could  interchange  the  corporate  names  and 
hardly  destroy  the  purpose  of  the  advertise- 
ment. .  .  . 

The  majority  of  radio  manufacturers  are  much 
concerned  about  the  good  name  of  their  industry. 
It  is  essential  to  their  purposes  that  when  Mr. 
Ultimate  Consumer  shoves  his  money  across  the 
counter  he  gets  value  received.  So  the  old 
admonition  about  letting  the  buyer  beware  is 
very  apropos  nowadays.  Every  radio  purchase 
deserves  personal  investigation.  Personal  in- 
quiry is  the  best  checkup  on  too  effusive  ad- 
vertising. 


The  Month  In  Radio 


LA! 


Courtesy  New  York  Etfning  World 
'HOW    IS    YOUR    RADIO    RECEPTION    HERE?" 


AST  month  saw  the  passing  of  two 
of  our  most  promising  radio  engi- 
neers. Returning  from  the  Fourth 
Radio  Conference,  G.  Y.  Allen,  technical 
assistant  to  the  manager  of  the  radio  de- 
partment of  the  Westinghouse  Company, 
was  killed  in  a  train  wreck  near  New  Bruns- 
wick on  November  twelfth.  He  was  a 
graduate  of  Stevens 
Institute,  a  member 
of  several  technical 
societies  and  was 
highly  appraised  by 
his  company.  "Mr. 
Allen's  death  means  a 
great  loss  to  the  West- 
inghouse Company," 
said  E.B.Mallory,  his 
superior  in  the  West- 
inghouse organiza- 
tion. "Brilliant  as  an 
engineer,  indetiga- 
ble  as  a  worker,  and 
of  charming  person- 
ality, it  will  be  impos- 

sible  to  replace  him." 

1 1    Hi  Dr.  H.W.Nichols, 

jl  f^  lR)  research  engineer  of 
the  Bell  Telephone 
Laboratories,  died  at 
his  home  recently 
after  a  brief  illness. 
After  getting  his 
Ph.D.  degree  at  the 
University  of  Chi- 
cago, Dr.  Nichols 
joined  the  research 
staff  of  the  Bell 
Laboratory  and  was 


CAPTAIN    E.    P.    ECKERSLEY 
London 


Chief  Engineer,  British  Broadcasting  Com- 
pany; in  a  statement  especially  written  for 
RADIO  BROADCAST 

"Based  on  our  previous  experience,  the  In- 
ternational Radio  Broadcast  Tests  in  January, 
1926,  should  mark  a  distinct  advance.  It 
should  be  possible  to  secure  with  the  assist- 
ance of  the  International  Bureau  de  Radio- 
phonie,  more  definite  and  accurate  data  on 
the  programs  of  the  broadcast  stations  on  our 
side  of  the  water  than  ever  before.  It  is  espe- 
cially important  to  communicate  to  all  listeners 
to  the  programs  in  these  tests  that  there  is  five 
hours'  difference  in  time,  for  example, 
between  New  York  and  London.  The 
tests  will  start  Sunday,  January  24  at  to 
p.  M.,  Eastern  Standard,  or  New  York  Time: 
that  will  be  J  A.  M.  Monday,  January  25th, 
London  time.  The  stations  on  our  side  of 
the  water  will  begin  their  test  programs  at  4 
A.  M.  London  time,  or  n  p.  M.  the  night  be- 
fore, New  York  time.  Our  European  sche- 
dule of  transmissions  is  being  settled  at  a 
conference  in  Brussels.  We  believe  radio 
intelligently  developed  in  the  public  interest 
is  destined  to  become  a  potent  auxiliary  to 
international  cooperation  in  bringing  closer 
together  broadcast  listeners  and  wireless  en- 
thusiasts all  over  the  world.  Radio  should 
perform  invaluable  work  in  establishing  com- 
mon points  of  interest  and  in  consolidating 
conscious  world  citizenship  without  which 
there  can  be  no  assurance  of  permanent  peace 
between  nations. 


largely  responsible  for  the  radiophone  devel- 
opment carried  on  in  this  laboratory  during 
the  past  few  years.  He  was  a  member  of 
several  scientific  societies,  on  the  Board  of 
Direction  of  the  Institute  of  Radio  Engineers 
and  had  been  nominated  for  President  of 
the  Institute  at  the  time  of  his  death. 

THE  Western  Union  Telegraph  Com- 
pany is  not  suffering  much  from  the 
air  mail  and  radio  competition,  as  had  been 
predicted;  radio,  the  air  mail,  and  the  tele- 
phone, it  has  been  claimed,  constitute  a 
real  menace  to  the  telegraph  companies, 
but  Newcomb  Carleton,  President  of  the 
Western  Union,  says  they  are  allies  of  the 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


WHAT  PEOPLE  SAY  ABOUT  RADIO 


435 


telegraph  rather  than  competitors.  The 
business  of  his  company  was  three  times  as 
great  last  year  as  in  1914  and  the  profits 
have  so  increased  that  a  three  million 
dollar  salary  increase  is  to  be  granted  to  the 
employees  and  a  fifty  per  cent,  stock  divi- 
dend probably  declared. 

IN  A  previous  paragraph  we  spoke  of  the 
effusiveness  of  the  radio  advertiser  and 
how  slightly  his  claims  are  influenced  by 
the  truth.  A  recent  advertisement  of  the 
Radio  Corporation  of  America,  under  the 
attractive  caption  "How  important  is 
vacuum?"  claimed  for  its  engineers  that 
they  have  succeeded  in  reaching  a  vacuum 
"ten  million  times  greater  than  the  vacuum 
of  the  high  exhaust  incandescent  lamp"; 
the  rest  of  the  copy  suggests  that  all  of  the 
RCA  triodes  are  thus  exhausted. 

We  think  that  Thomas  F.  Logan,  Inc., 
the  advertising  agency  concerned,  will  find 
upon  inquiry  that  the  engineers,  capable  as 
they  may  be,  have  succeeded  in  doing 
no  such  thing.  The  vacuum  claimed  is 
nearly  a  thousand  times  as  great  as  the  re- 
search men  have  succeeded  in  attaining  un- 
less some  remarkable  discovery,  not  yet 
disclosed,  has  been  recently  accomplished. 

A  BRITISH  mail  plane  recently  en  route 
*»•  from  Croyden  to  Paris  encountered 
trouble,  and  anticipating  a  forced  landing, 
called  to  both  English  and  French  stations 
for  its  bearings.  These  were  promptly 
given  and  so  the  plane  located  itself.  It 
had  to  come  down  on  the  water  but  was 
able  to  send  its  location  with  sufficient 
accuracy  that  after  a  few  hours  floating  on 
the  Channel  it  was  picked  up  by  one  of 
the  searching  vessels.  This  is  in  contrast 
to  the  radio  service  the  PN-g  No.  i  secured 
from  its  own  equipment  and  the  destroy- 
ers placed  in  the  Pacific  to  help  guide  it. 

THE  Amsco  Products,  Inc.  was  recently 
sued  by  the  Westinghouse  Company 
and  R  C  A  for  putting  out  sets  which,  it  was 
claimed,  infringed  the  regenerative  patent. 


The  set  was  supposed  to  be  neutralized,  but, 
as  the  neutralizing  condensers  were  ad- 
justable, and  instructions  were  given  as  to 
how  the  set  might  be  made  to  regenerate, 
the  judge  decided  that  infringement  had 
been  accomplished  and  found  for  the  plain- 
tiffs. A  special  master  has  been  appointed 
to  assess  damages. 

DURING  a  recent  talk  in  England,  Sena- 
tor Marconi  stated  that  he  and  his 
engineers  have  not  only  found  it  possible 
to  communicate  with  Argentina,  from  Eng- 
land, with  only  one-fifth  of  a  kilowatt  of 
power  at  20,000  kilocycles  (15  meters), 
but  that  he  had  actually  found  the  com- 
munication more  reliable  in  the  daytime 
than  in  the  night  time.  This  is  an  entirely 
unexpected  result  as  night  time  transmission 
has  always  heretofore  established  the  long 
distance  records. 


Interesting  Things 

Said  Interestingly 


©Henry  Miller  News  Pictures,  Inc. 


JOHN    OCHACKI,    JR.    AND    GEORGE    SEEBER 

Chief  and  Assistant  Radio  operators  of  the  Clyde  liner  Lenape 

which  caught  fire  off  the  Delaware  Capes  recently  and  was  burned 

to  the  water's  edge.     Only  one  life  was  lost  and  passengers  and 

crew  numbering  367  were  rescued 


IU (ilium 

AH.  MORSE  (in  Radio:  Beam  and  Broadcast, 
**  published  by  D.  Van  Nostrand  Company): 
"Unquestionably  there  is  much  that  Britain 
and  America  may  learn  from  each  other  in  the 
matter  of  broadcasting,  and  it  is  certain  that  it 
would  be  an  advantage  if  announcers  in  North 
America  were  required  to  satisfy  a  central  author- 
ity as  to  the  purity  and  standard  quality  of 
their  diction,  as  they  do  in  Britain.  This  done, 
there  would  soon  be  no  point  in  the  announce- 
ment of  the  facetious  German  shopkeeper, 
'  English  spoken,  American  understood,'  and  the 
New  York  Eastsider  might  learn  to  articulate  an 


\A  AJ.  HERBERT  H.  FROST  (Chicago; 
***  president  of  the  Radio  Manufacturers 
Association):  "Listeners  in  America  will  never 
be  called  upon  to  pay  a  tax  of  any  kind  to  support 
broadcasting,  as  is  the  case  in  some  European 
countries.  This  will  never  happen  in  the  United 
States  for  the  reason  that  there  are  enough  broad- 
casting stations  owned  and  operated  by  the  radio 
manufacturers  to  reach  every  part  of  the  coun- 
try. The  manufacturer 
will,  if  necessary,  pay  for 
broadcasting,  for  his  busi- 
ness depends  on  it." 


^EN.  J.  G.  HARBORD 
**•*  (New  York;  president 
of  the  Radio  Corporation 
of  America):  "Broadcasting 
in  South  America  is  at  pres- 
ent chiefly  confined  to  the 
few  large  cities.  Buenos 
Aires  boasts  of  four  stations. 
There  are  two  stations  in  Rio 
de  Janeiro,  two  in  Sao  Paulo, 
while  smaller  stations  oper- 
ate occasionally,  one  in  Bahia 
and  one  in  Pernambuco. 
In  Chile  there  are  two  sta- 
tions operating  at  Santiago. 
These  stations,  while  per- 
haps not  as  powerful  and 
well-organized  as  those  of 
the  United  States,  give  a 
very  fair  degree  of  service 
in  each  instance  though  for 
the  most  part,  the  sched- 


CHARLES    GRAY    SHAW 
New    York 


Professor  of  Philosophy,   New  York  Uni- 
versity,   in  an   address   "The    Philosophy 
of  Radio,"  through  station  wjz 

"Our  interest  in  radio  is  as  great  a  mystery 
as  radio  itself.  There  is  no  real  reason  why 
we  should  listen  to  sounds  which  come  to  us 
from  afar,  but  we  have  our  radio  sets  by  the 
million  and  tune-in  on  anything.  We  listen- 
in  without  regard  to  the  character  of  what  is 
being  broadcast.  It  may  be  an  inferior  soloist 
or  a  cheap  minstrel  singer,  a  bedtime  story,  or 
a  college  professor.  If  these  artists  were  to 
hire  halls  they  would  perform  before  empty 
houses.  But  radio  somehow  makes  it  all 
different. 

"How  we  love  to  listen-in.  A  pious  old 
lady  was  found  sitting  enchanted  listening 
to  the  report  of  a  prizefight,  round  by  round. 
A  profane  gambler  boasted  that  on  the  previous 
Sunday  he  had  caught  a  dandy  prayer. 
These  individuals  would  not  have  taken  prife- 
fighl  and  prayer  in  any  way  but  the  uncanny 
one  of  radio.  How  shall  we  explain  this 
mad  interest  in  the  "air"? 


ules  are  well  interspersed  with  phonographic 
music.  In  Buenos  Aires  excellent  broadcasting 
is  given  the  people  during  the  operatic  season 
when  the  opera  is  broadcast  direct  from  the 
Teatro  Colon. 

"It  is  interesting  to  compare  the  'radio  cover- 
age' in  the  countries,  Argentine,  Brazil,  and 
Chile,  with  that  of  the  United  States.  Here  one 
station  serves  an  area  of  roughly  6000  square 
miles,  while  in  South  America  one  station  serves 
more  than  300,000  square  miles.  From  these 
figures,  it  is  obvious  that  the  South  American 
broadcasting  service  is  wholly  inadequate,  even 
in  view  of  the  fact  that  large  sections  are  not  ex- 
tensively populated." 

DENNO  MOISEIWITSCH  (London;  follow- 
*-*  ing  his  recent  recital  from  2  LO);  "Alone  in 
rny  room,  sitting  at  the  piano  without  coat, 
collar,  or  tie,  with  nothing  whatever  to  distract 
my  thoughts,  I  believe  I  can  play  better  than 
on  the  platform.  It  was  the  same  in  the  broad- 
casting studio.  I  found  when  1  arrived  there 
that  a  number  of  people  were  in  the  room,  but, 
at  my  request,  they  were  asked  to  leave.  Then 
I  took  oflf  my  collar,  tie  and  waistcoat  and 
abandoned  myself  to  my  task. 

"I  was  completely  happy.  There  was  no  one 
near  me  save  the  operator,  and  the  thought  that, 
in  my  own  way,  I  was  entertaining  an  unseen 
audience  of,  perhaps  millions,  supplied  me  with 
all  the  inspiration  I  needed. 

"It  is  a  remarkable  experience." 


ECENT  con- 
ditions in  ra- 
<lio  broad- 
casting have 
resulted  in  new  re- 
quirements for  the  de- 
sign and  construction 
of  receiving  equip- 
ment. The  new  fre- 
quency allocation  of 
transmitting  stations, 
and  their  increased 
numbers,  have  created 
the  need  for  receiving 
systems  capable  of 
yielding  a  very  high 
degree  of  selectivity. 
It  is  probable  that  the 
necessity  will  never  be 
less. 

Further  refinements 
in  mechanical  detail 
and  physical  appear- 
ance of  receivers  have 
also  made  imperative 
the  most  compact 
internal  construction. 
The  radio  set  builder, 
confronted  with  the 
problem  of  selecting 
suitable  elements  for  a 
receiver  to  meet  the 
above  requirements, 
has  encountered  many 
difficulties.  Parts 
available  for  purchase 
have  not  been  designed 
to  overcome  the  handi- 
caps  to  reception 
brought  into  being  by  these  new  conditions. 

Radio  inductances  for  commercial  broad- 
cast work  have  undergone  only  slight  im- 
provements in  recent  years  and  the  purpose 
of  this  paper  is  to  point  out  the  need  for 
advancement  in  this  specialized  field  and  to 
relate  some  developments  which  are 
thought  to  be  new. 

A  tuned  radio  frequency  transformer,  or 
"coil"  as  it  is  often  referred  to,  is  recog- 
nized as  being  of  great  importance  in  any 
receiving  system.      Let  us  consider  some 
of  the  characteristics  of  a  radio 
coil   which   play   an   important 
role  in  the  proper  functioning  of 
a  receiving  system  in  which  it  is 
used. 

The  efficiency  of  the  coil  has  a 
very  direct  and  significant  bear- 
ing upon  the  receiving  results 
obtainable.  It  has  been  stated 
many  times  that  a  coil  should  be 
designed  so  as  to  permit  sharp 
tuning  inherently;  that  is,  its 
resistance  to  the  frequencies  for 
which  it  is  intended  should  be 
as  low  as  possible.  Reduction 
in  coil  resistance  is  the  funda- 
mental design  problem  where 
selectivity  is  wanted. 

Various  engineering  texts  have 
defined  coil  efficiency  in  terms 
of  the  ratio  of  inductance  to 
resistance.  A  coil,  to  be  highly 


Why  the  Conventional  Inductances  Do  Not  Meet 
the  Electric  and  Mechanical  Ideal — How  an  Electri- 
cally and  Mechanically  Desirable  Shielded  Inductance 
Was  Designed  and  a  Suggestion  of  Its  Possibilities 

By  W.  W.  HARPER 


efficient,  should  have  as  much  inductance 
per  unit  of  resistance  as  possible.  There 
are  certain  limitations  to  the  magnitude 
of  this  ratio,  but  it  is  reasonable  to  say  that 
a  radio  coil  for  broadcast  reception  should 
be  designed  so  as  to  permit  an  inductance 
of  25  or  more  microhenries  per  ohm. 

NECESSITY    OF    F1ELDLESS  CHARACTERISTICS 

THE  need  for  efficient  coils  has  been  rec- 
ognized for  many  years,  but  it  is  only 
recently  that  we  have  been  forced  to  con- 


RELATTVTE  MERIT  OF  RADIO  COOS 

EXPRESSED  IN  MICROHENRIES  PER  OHM 


/s\  Unspaced  Solenoids 
^  And  Basket  Weaves 


Coils 

Coils  with  Fancy 
(gj'Crisscross  Windings 
Poorly  Constructed 

Toroidats 


15  20  25 

MICROHENRIES  PER  OHM 


FIG.    I 

One  of  the  requisites  of  a  good  coil  is  that  it  have  a  large  value  of  inductance 


per  ohm.     From  this  chart,  showing  graphically  the  results  of  tests 

conducted  by  Mr.  Harper,  it  will  be  seen  that  some  types  of  coil  have 

distinct  advantages  in  this  respect  over  others.     This  chart  should  help 

to  answer  the  question,  "What  is  a  good  coil?" 


sider    carefully    other 
factors. 

It  is  known  quite 
well  throughout  the 
radio  industry  that  or- 
dinary coils  within  a 
receiver  may  act  as 
miniature  antennas. 
Some  of  us  have  even 
disconnected  the  an- 
tenna and  ground  and 
used  the  coils  them- 
selves in  this  capacity 
in  order  to  demon- 
strate the  so-called 
merit  of  the  receiver. 
If  we  had  sufficient 
influence  upon  radio 
wave  energy  so  that 
we  could  make  it  be- 
have and  enter  the 
first  coil  only  of  a  re- 
ceiving system,  then 
such  a  demonstration 
as  mentioned  would 
have  a  real  value.  It 
happens,  however,  that 
in  a  very  unavoidable 
manner  the  radio 
energy  impresses  itself 
with  tremendous  speed 
upon  all  the  coils  in 
the  receiver.  Some  of 
these  coils  may  be  in 
circuits  which  tune 
sharply,  while  •thers 
may  be  in  circuits  which 
are  intentionally  or  un- 
intentionally  very 
broad  in  their  tuning.  At  any  rate,  under 
conditions  such  as  described,  the  receiver 
will  appear  to  be  just  as  broad  as  the  bread- 
est  circuit.  A  non-regenerative  detector  in- 
put circuit  in  the  ordinary  tuned  radio  fre- 
quency amplifier  system  is  an  example  of  a 
broad  circuit.  It  is  possible,  in  many  cases, 
to  have  other  circuits  equally  broad,  how- 
ever. 

So  we  see  why  it  is  necessary  to  design  a 
coil  which  will  not  function  as  a  "collector" 
or  antenna.  The  logical  solution  of  the 
problem  seemingly  resolves  itself 
into  a  matter  of  confining  the 
magnetic  and  electric  fields  of 
the  coil.  It  is  through  these 
agents  that  this  "pick-up"  ac- 
tion occurs.  The  effect  of  un- 
confined  fields  is  also  detrimen- 
tal from  other  standpoints. 

Very  compact  construction  of 
receivers  many  times  necessitates 
the  placing  of  other  instruments 
in  close  proximity  to  the  coil. 
Penetration  of  these  bodies  by 
electrical  fields  of  the  coil  is  usu- 
ally accompanied  by  resistance 
increases  within  the  coil.  This 
is  equivalent  to  saying  that  these 
adjacent  objects  have  caused  en- 
ergy to  be  absorbed  from  the  coil. 
This  disadvantage  will  be  elim- 
inated if  effective  confinement 
of  the  coil  fields  is  attained. 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


DESIGN  OF  RADIO  INDUCTANCES 


Silk  Ins 


Inter-stage  coupling  phenomena  has  also 
been  a  drawback  with  the  old  type  coils 
when  attempts  were  made  to  construct  re- 
ceivers of  small  size.  Effects  of  this  kind 
also  have  their  source  in  the  electrical  fields 
surrounding  the  coils. 

The  mechanical  characteristics  are  also 
worthy  of  consideration.  They  should  be 
of  such  nature  that  the  inductance,  re- 
sistance, and  other  electrical  characteris- 
tics will  be  invariable  whatever  the  minor 
mechanical  stresses  the  coil  is  subjected  to. 
This  feature  is  doubly  important  in  tandem 
control  receivers  where  it  is  almost  imper- 
ative to  match  successive  coils  so  as  to  get 
identical  characteristics  in  each  circuit. 
The  usual  method  of  coil  building  where 
the  insulation  on  the  wire  is  relied  upon  for 
spacing  of  turns,  is  an  example  of  construc- 
tional methods  which  must  be  discarded. 
Variations  in  the  thickness  of  insulation 
produces  similar  variations  in  pitch  of 
winding.  This  results  in  unfortunate  vari- 
ations in  inductance  and  other  electrical 
properties. 

STANDARDS   OF   COIL   DESIGN 

IT  SEEMS  possible  from  the  foregoing 
1  generalized  considerations  to  set  down 
definitely  certain  axioms  of  efficient  radio 
receiving  coil  design.  These  may  be  stated 
as  follows: 

(1)  Low     resistance     over     the     broadcast 
frequency  spectrum  combined  with  as  high  a 
value  of  inductance  as  is  permissible  under  the 
circuit  conditions. 

(2)  Effective    confinement    of    the    electro- 
magnetic field. 

(3)  Effective  confinement  of  the  electrostatic 
field. 

(4)  Consistent     mechanical    and    electrical 
characteristics. 

(5)  Small  physical  dimensions  so  as  to  permit 
compact   construction.     (Points   3    and   4   also 
assist  in  this  connection,  for  with  the  coil  fields 
confined  it  is  obvious  that  they  may  be  mounted 
in  closer  proximity  without  harmful  coupling.) 

The  first  consideration  is  that  of  coil 
efficiency  in  terms  of  low  resistance  com- 
bined with  maximum  inductance.  It  is 
necessary  to  select  the  most  desirable  type 
of  coil  in  this  respect  before  any  attempts 
at  solution  of  the  remaining  factors  are 


COMPARATIVE  MAGNITUDE  OF  COIL  LOSSES 

DETERMINATIONS  BASED  ON  SMALL  SOLENOID    COILS 

Expressed  in  terms  of  Percentage  increase  in  Total 
Coil  loss  Averaged  over  Broadcast  Spectrum 


Note:-Irregularity  (a) 


<b> 


/T\  Fabric    Insulation 
w(Turns  Touching) 

®  Solid  Frame 
(Phenol  Fibre) 

v  Skeleton  Frame 
(Phenol  Fibre) 


® 


Solid  Frame 
(Hard  Rubber) 


.  Impregnating 
Solutions 


Maximum  effect 
with  poor  Solutions 


678 

PER  CENT 


FIG.    2 

From  this  chart  it  can  be  seen  what  effect  the  various  factors  entering 
into  the  winding  of  a  coil  have  upon  the  finished  product  insofar  as  in- 
troducing losses  in  the  coil  and  in  the  circuit  in  which  it  is  used  are  con- 
cerned 


FIG.    3 

The  separation  afforded  between  turns  of  a  coil 
by  silk  insulation  is  apparently  uniform,  but  when 
examined  under  a  magnifying  glass,  its  irregular- 
ities manifest  themselves.  In  comparison,  note 
the  uniformity  of  spacing  when  a  coil  is  wound 
by  the  aid  of  a  machine  which  places  each  turn 
in  position  correctly.  Uniformity  of  spacing 
of  turns  insures  accurate  calibration  of  coils  on 
a  quantity  basis.  Furthermore,  by  eliminating 
the  silk  or  cotton  insulation  from  the  wires  and 
employing  a  grooved  cylinder,  there  is  not  the 
possibility  of  adding  to  the  total  of  losses  due  to 
hygroscopic  effects 

made.  Satisfactory  results  in  any  receiving 
system  may  only  be  anticipated  when  this 
requirement  of  maximum  inductance  per 
unit  of  resistance  is  reached. 

In  Fig.  i  is  shown  a  statistical  chart 
compiled  from  numerous  tests  conducted 
on  various  types  of  coils  commercially 
available.  The  reader  should  not  in- 
correctly interpret  the  significance  of  this 
data.  It  is  well  known  that  solenoid  type 
coils  can  be  so  constructed  that  they  offer 
greater  values  of  microhenries  per  ohm 
than  given  on  this  chart.  The  same  ap- 
plies to  all  the  types  mentioned.  The  im- 
pressive point  relative  to  the  chart  in 
question  resides  in  the  fact  that  the  figures 
given  are  the  results  of  averages  made  on 
measured  observations  of  the  characteris- 
tics of  coils  picked  at  random  from  the 
commercial  market.  The  outstanding 
merit  of  the  solenoid  type  coil  is  clearly  ap- 
parent. This  data  in  combination  with 
other  published  works  by  various  investi- 
gators seems  to  indicate  emphatically  the 
superiority  of  the  solenoid  inductance. 

The  fulfillment  of  the  first  requirement 
is  therefore  gained  by  the  adoption  of  the 
solenoid  type  of  coil,  and  if  this  were  all, 
our  problem  would  be  a  comparatively  sim- 
ple one.  The  further  requirements,  as  listed, 
however,  prevent  such  an  easy  solution. 
The  second  and  third  points  stated  above 
require  that  the  two 
field  components  be 
confined  in  order  to 
eliminate  or  reduce 
"pick-up" effects  and 
eddy  current  losses 
arising  from  too  com- 
pact construction,  as 
well  as  serious  and 
unuseful  coupling 
phenomena.  It  is 
therefore  necessary 
to  cast  aside  the  usual 
solenoid  and  attempt 
to  devise  something 
more  effective. 

1 1  is  known  that  con- 
finement of  the  elec- 
tromagnetic field  may 
be  satisfactorily  ac- 


\ _  /  Usually  immeasurable 

'  V  wi 


I  with  good  solutions 


9      10     11     12     13     14     IS 


complished  by  the  use  of  a  toroidal  winding. 
A  step  in  this  direction  appears  to  be  dis- 
tinctly undesirable,  however,  for  it  is  seen 
from  the  first  chart  that  toroidal  type  coils 
inherently  are  less  efficient  than  some  other 
types.  1 1  would  therefore  seem  that  the  sat- 
isfactory solution  of  one  requirement  which 
imposed  a  very  noticeable  loss  upon  another 
equally  important  one  could  hardly  be  con- 
sidered the  totally  best  solution. 

It  is  also  evident  that  the  toroidals  are 
incapable  of  meeting  the  entire  problem  of 
field  confinement,  since  this  form  of  winding 
has  little  or  no  effect  upon  the  electrostatic 
field.  The  toroidal  coil,  is  difficult  to  con- 
struct with  the  aim  of  satisfying  the  fourth 
requirement  of  electro-mechanical  con- 
sistency. 

NEW   CONSTRUCTIONAL   METHODS 

HP  HE  desirability  of  the  space-wound 
1  solenoid  in  respect  to  efficiency  and 
the  possibility  of  shielding  it  metallically 
suggested  a  much  more  satisfactory  method 
of  fulfilling  the  requirements  we  desire  to 
attain. 

It  was  reasonably  safe  to  assume  that  a 
metal  container  could  be  used  as  both 
housing  and  shield  for  an  efficiently  de- 
signed solenoid.  This  belief,  having  been 
verified  by  experiment,  led  to  the  design  of 
an  inductance  which  is  called  the  Metaloid. 

Preliminary  attempts  to  "screen,"  elec- 
trically, solenoid  coils  by  metallic  cans  met 
with  many  misfortunes.  A  solenoid  which 
had  a  very  low  resistance  unshielded,  would 


Can-.^J — 


40 


50 


60 


o 
<3 

<3 
O 

Primary 

Secondary 


-Oi 


-02 


-03 


(a) 
FIG.    4 

The  connections  of   the  Harper  coil  unit. 

Below,  the  finished  coil  with  "can"  removed. 

The  dimensions: 

Primary:  Form:  if"  diameter,  34"  long.  Turns:  22, 
No.  28  D  S  C  wire.  Winding:  Started  18"  from  top  of 
form.  Tap  at  14th  turn.  Secondary:  Form:  2"  diameter, 
34"  long.  Turns:  115,  No.  28  Enamel  covered  wire  in 
grooves  separated  by  thickness  of  wire.  Winding:  Started 
?,"  fromj  top  of  form.  Can:  Size:  3"  x  3"  x  5".  Cubic 
Volume:  45"  cubic  (inches.  Material:  12  oz.  copper. 
General:  Secondary-32o  microhenries.  Average  resistance- 
g.jfohms.  Approximate  inductance  per  ohm:  33  microhenries 
Coil  Form:  Hard  Rubber. 


438 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


undergo    tremendous    resistance    increase 
when  "canned." 

There  are  two  obvious  reasons  for  these 
failures.  It  was  almost  a  radio  legend 
that  good  solenoids  could  not  be  efficient 
if  they  were  made  smaller  than,  say,  three 
inches  in  diameter.  And  true,  when  the 
diameter  was  reduced  to  two  inches,  the  re- 
sistance increased  at  an  enormous  rate. 
The  larger  coils,  however,  could  not  be 
easily  encased  by  a  metal  can.  When  the 
can  was  made  of  convenient  size,  the  coil 
characteristics  were  harmed  and  by  making 
the  can  of  correct  size  to  avoid  this  diffi- 
culty, it  became  of  tremendous  dimensions. 

The  second  reason  was  due  to  lack  of 
knowledge  regarding  the  shielding  charac- 
teristics of  various  metals. 

Elimination  of  the  first  difficulty  led  to  a 
careful  analysis  of  the  various  sources  of 
losses  in  small  solenoid  coils.  The  results  of 
this  investigation  are  depicted  in  the  chart 
of  Fig.  2,  compiled  after  numerous  measure- 
ments of  various  coil  losses  had  been  made. 

The  magnitude  of  losses  introduced  by 
insulation  averaged  as  high  as  1 5  per  cent, 
and  in  some  instances  ran  as  high  as  20  per 
cent.  The  loss  effect  in  the  framework 
and  impregnating  solutions,  which  have 
been  thought  to  be  of  vital  importance, 
dwindle  to  inconspicuous  factors  in  view  of 
insulation  losses. 

Insulation  losses,  of  course,  are  reduced  to 
a  very  low  value  by  space  winding  so  that 
an  air-gap  exists  between  successive  turns. 

The  experiments  leading  to  this  discovery 
yielded  the  data  necessary  to  proceed  with 
the  design  of  a  small  solenoid  without  the 
customary  resistance  increase.  Eliminat- 
ing the  insulation  immediately  suggested 
the  use  of  bare  or  enameled  wire  wound  on 
a  threaded  hard  rubber  tube.  Following  in 
a  fortunate  sequence  came  the  elimination 
of  impregnating  solutions,  which  are  un- 
desirable from  both  the  standpoint  of  man- 
ufacturing and  electrical  efficiency. 

It  was  also  apparent  that  the  framework 


tubing  could  be  machine  threaded  with 
great  accuracy,  thereby  attaining  electrical 
and  mechanical  constancy  in  every  coil. 

The  Metaloid  secondary  is  constructed 
along  the  lines  mentioned  above.  It  is 
approximately  two  inches  long  and  two 
inches  in  diameter,  space  wound  with  bare 
or  enameled  wire  in  a  machined  groove. 
The  inductance  is  approximately  320  micro- 
henries and  the  average  resistance  is  9.5 
ohms.  This  gives  approximately  33  micro- 
henries per  ohm.  These  figures  are  based 
upon  measurements  made  on  the  secondary 
coil  encased  in  the  metal  can,  which  will  be 
described  later. 

In  Fig.  3  is  shown  a  magnified  comparison 
between  coils  in  which  the  insulation  is  de- 
pended upon  to  give  spacing  and  those  in 
which  the  wire  is  space  wound  by  means  of 
an  accurately  machined  groove  in  the  sup- 
porting framework.  Fig.  3A  indicates  the 
variations  which  arise  because  of  variations 
in  the  thickness  of  fabric  insulation.  Fig. 
36  shows  the  remarkable  accuracy  possible 
where  the  wire  is  spaced  by  a  machine  cut 
groove. 

The  second  difficulty,  that  of  selecting 
the  proper  metal  as  well  as  the  determina- 
tions of  the  optimum  dimensions  for  the 
can,  was  found  to  be  more  involved  than 
one  might  anticipate,  and  a  detailed  re- 
sume of  the  work  done  is  not  possible  within 
the  limits  of  this  article. 

It  was  found,  however,  that  with  the 
small  solenoid  previously  mentioned,  a  four- 
sided  metallic  can  approximately  three 
inches  square  and  five  inches  high,  of 
ordinary  12-ounce  copper  sheet  was  satis- 
factory in  all  respects. 

This  arrangement  apparently  affords 
very  effective  confinement  of  both  field  com- 
ponents. Direct  signal  "pick-up"  is  very 
materially  reduced  as  compared  to  other 
coils.  It  is  understood,  of  course,  that,  due 
to  pick  up  by  other  elements,  this  difficulty 
cannot  be  totally  eliminated,  unless  the 
receiver  is  completely  screened. 


Audio-frequency  transformers,  sockets, 
and  any  metallic  objects  may  be  mounted 
directly  against  the  can  and  no  measurable 
eddy  current  losses  occur. 

Grounding  the  individual  cans  to  the  low 
potential  secondary  terminals  of  their  re- 
spective coils  entirely  obliterates  electro- 
static potential  gradients  between  successive 
coils.  The  four-sided  can  is  also  effective  in 
nullifying  inter-stage  electromagnetic  coup- 
ling. 

The  cubic  volume  of  the  can  is  approxi- 
mately 45  inches.  It  should  be  remem- 
bered that  this  space  houses  the  coil  as 
well  as  its  associated  fields.  While  the 
actual  physical  size  of  the  Metaloid  is 
larger  than  average  coils,  it  really  takes  up 
less  space  electrically,  and  may  therefore  be 
mounted  more  compactly. 

The  winding,  which  is  seen  in  the  photo- 
graph, is  the  secondary.  The  primary  is 
mounted  concentric  and  inside  the  second- 
ary framework. 

Fig.  4A  is  a  schematic  drawing  of  the 
Metaloid  windings  and  connections.  The 
primary  is  tapped  as  shown  at  4,  5,  and  6. 
This  permits  theuseof  large  and  small  tubes 
as  well  as  special  circuit  arrangements. 

Contact  to  the  can  is  independent  of 
other  connections  and  is  made  at  terminal 
2.  In  this  way,  the  shield  may  be  used 
either  "grounded,"  or  "floating,"  It  is 
customary,  however,  to  connect  this  term- 
inal to  the  low  potential  end  of  the  second- 
ary winding. 

The  secondary  terminals  are  indicated  at 
i,  and  3.  It  was  stated  that  the  secondary 
inductance  is  approximately  320  micro- 
henries. A  variable  air  condenser  having 
a  maximum  capacity  of  250  picofarads 
(.00025  microfarads)  will  therefore  be  neces- 
sary to  tune  the  coil  to  broadcast  frequencies. 

A  new  coil  of  this  type  appears  to  open 
up  a  broad  field  to  the  receiving  experi- 
menter, and  in  its  correct  application  to  re- 
ceiver problems,  many  handicaps  have  al- 
ready been  met. 


FIG.  5 

This  view  shows  the  layout  of  apparatus  used  by  Mr.  Harper  in  making  radio  frequency  resistance  measurements  of  coils.  At  the  extreme  left  is  the 
radio-frequency  oscillator,  next  in  line  is  the  wavemeter  used  to  determine  the  frequency  of  the  oscillator,  and  next  the  coupling  coil.  The  coil  being 
measured  is  the  one  resting  on  the  block.  It  is  connected  to  the  resistance  box  and  then  to  a  microammeter  through  a  thermo-couple.  Note  the 
magnifying  glass  suspended  above  the  microammeter  for  precision  readings.  Other  coils  which  have  been  tested  are  shown  on  the  shelf  in  the  lower  left 

side  of  the  photograph.     The  Harper  coil  is  the  high  one  to  the  left  of  the  wooden  box 


Grimes  Inverse 


Constructional    Details    of  a  Four- Tube    Receiver  Which   is   Highly  Selective, 
Built  of  Standard  Parts,  and  Which  Produces  Signals  of  Irreproachable  Quality 

By  FLORIAN  J.  FOX 


Eus  say  in  the  beginning  that  the 
Inverse  Duplex  is  not  a  specific 
circuit — it  is  a  system  which  can  be 
applied  to  any  circuit  in  which  both 
radio  and  audio  frequency   amplification 
are  to  be  found. 

Reflexing,  which  is  the  foundation  of  the 
Inverse  Duplex  system,  permits  one  tube  to 
function  as  both  radio  and  audio  frequency 
amplifier,  and  where  it  is  employed  in  a 


D-  3 


STRAIGHT  REFLEX 

FIG.     I 

Schematic  diagram  of  a  "straight  reflex,"  circuit. 

The  figures  above  show  how  the  several  tubes 

are  employed  to  provide  more  than  one  kind  of 

amplification 

circuit,  special  attention  must  be  paid  to 
the  function  of  various  parts  under  differ- 
ing conditions  for  instance,  small  conden- 
sers offer  very  little  impedance  to  high 
frequency  radio  currents,  but  their  imped- 
ance to  current  flow  at  the  relatively  low 
voice,  or  audio,  frequencies  is  extremely 
high.  In  the  case  of  inductances  (transfor- 
mer windings,  choke  coils,  etc.)  exactly  the 
reverse  is  true.  Circuits  can  therefore  be  so 
arranged  that  they  discriminate  against  low 
frequencies  in  favor  of  the  radio  frequencies 
and  vice  versa.  These  principles  are  used 
in  reflexing.  Radio  and  audio  frequency 
voltages  are  applied  simultaneously  to  a 
tube,  and  since  tubes  work  practically  as 
well  at  radio  frequencies  as  at  audio  fre- 
quencies, both  the  applied  component 
voltages  are  ampli- 
fied. By  means  of  an 
appropriate  circuit 
arrangement  of  coils 
and  condensers,  these 
amplified  compon- 
ents are  separated  in 
the  output  circuit  of 
the  tube.  In  a  prop- 
erly designed  reflex 
system,  the  presence 
of  the  audio  system 
has  no  harmful  effect 
upon  the  efficiency 
or  "sharpness"  of 
the  radio  circuit. 


that  the  reflexed  audio  signals  are  passed 
through  the  amplifiers  in  a  direction  op- 
posite to  that  of  the  incoming  radio  signals. 
The  simple  sketches,  Figs,  i  and  2,  illus- 
trate this  point. 

The  Inverse  Duplex  system  is  superior 
to  the  straight  system  in  several  ways.  It 
is  more  stable  because  any  radio  frequency 
energy  which  may  pass  the  detector  and 
first  audio  transformer  through  capacity 
coupling  will  only  be  impressed  on  the  in- 
put of  the  stage  ahead  of  the  detector,  in- 
stead of  two  or  more  stages  ahead  of  it  as 
in  the  case  of  the  straight  reflex.  In  the 
latter  case,  oscillation  due  to  feedback 
would  be  almost  beyond  control.  In  a 


TJOR  those  constructors  who  are  interested  in 
•*•  building  a  receiver  which  is  efficient  and  very 
sensitive,  which  employs  no  regeneration,  the 
Grimes  Inverse  Duplex  receiver  described  so  com- 
pletely in  the  accompanying  article  should  appeal 
very  strongly.  This  set  is  selective,  a  virtue  not 
present  in  many  simple  reflexed  receivers,  and  de- 
livers lone  quality  of  a  high  order,  because  the  trans- 
formers selected  for  use  in  the  audio  channel  are  of 
excellent  quality  and  the  design  makes  best  use  of 
them.  The  filament  and  plate  current  drain  with 
four  storage  battery  tubes  suggested  for  the  circuit  is 
fortunately  low.  Every  part  of  the  circuit  can  be 
made  by  the  home  constructor,  for  complete  details  of 
the  coil  construction  are  given,  an  important  point, 
since  many  experimenters  desire  to  make  their  re- 
ceiver, as  far  as  possible,  with  their  own  hands. 
— THE  EDITOR. 


straight  reflex  receiver  the  first  radio  tube  is 
usually  also  the  first  audio  amplifier. 
Therefore  if  any  audio  frequency  noises, 
such  as  hum  from  power  lines,  are  induced 


in  the  antenna  and  passed  on  to  this  first 
tube  they  may  be  amplified  by  the  suc- 
ceeding audio  stages  to  loud  speaker 
volume.  I n  the  case  of  the  I  nverse  Duplex 
system,  the  first  radio  tube  is  the  last  or 
next  to  the  last  audio  amplifier,  hence  such 
noises  hardly  ever  reach  a  noticeable 
volume.  Inverse  Duplexing  also  tends  to 
equalize  the  loads  which  the  various  tubes 
carry.  This  enables  one  to  obtain  a  slightly 


6 

^ 


\T71-  R  -1 
N/  2-A.F.-.5 
-    6 


2-R-2 
1-A.F.-4 


0-3 


The  Grimes  Inverse 
Duplex  is  really  an 
inverse  reflex  system. 
By  that  we  mean 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 
FIG.    3 

How  the  Inverse  Duplex  Model  receiver  looks  from  the  outside.  Three  main  tuning  controls, 
which  read  almost  the  same  for  each  station  tuned-in,  take  up  the  major  portion  of  the  panel. 
On  the  lower  portion  of  the  panel,  from  left  to  right  may  be  seen  the  output  jack,  series  antenna 
resistance  for  controlling  volume,  audio  amplifier  switch,  and  rheostat.  In  the  accompanying 
article  it  is  explained  how  the  series  antenna  resistance  is  eliminated  from  the  circuit  and  in  its 
place  is  substituted  the  antenna  tap-switch  which  is  shown  in  other  photographs 


GRIMES  INVERSE  DUPLEX 

FIG.    2 

A  sketch  which  shows  schematically  how  the 
Grimes  Inverse  Duplex  system  works.  The  tubes 
are  shown  in  the  order  in  which  they  are  em- 
ployed in  the  set  and  the  figures  above  indicate 
their  functions 

greater  output  volume  level  before  over- 
loading begins.  In  the  sketch,  Fig.  2,  we 
have  assumed  that  each  stage  has  an  am- 
plification of  one  unit.  The  sum  for  any 
one  tube  will  represent  the  load  that  it 
carries. 

One  of  the  greatest  advantages  of  the 
Inverse  Duplex  system  is  its  economy  of 
tubes  and  battery  power.  This  is  especi- 
ally apparent  if  the  receiver  is  to  be  oper- 
ated by  means  of  dry  batteries,  either  in 
part  or  entirely.  In  the  set  to  be  described, 
if  2OI-A  tubes  are  used  throughout,  the 
A  battery  drain  is  only  i  ampere.  If  a 
9o-volt  B  battery  is  used  in  connection  with 
a  4^-volt  C  bias,  the  total  B  drain  from 
the  amplifiers  will  be  only  about  .009 
amperes  (9  milliamperes).  Since  the  drain 
on  the  detector  bat- 
tery will  be  less  than 
2  milliamperes,  even 
a  small  battery 
should  last  about  a 
year  at  this  point. 
This  set  properly 
handled  will  enable 
the  user  to  get  results 
equal  to  that  of  a  six- 
tube  set.  This  should 
have  a  strong  appeal 
to  those  fans  who  like 
to  get  greater  dis- 
tances on  less  tubes 
or  "more  miles  per 
ampere." 

Looking  into  the  set 
in  the  normal  manner 
the  tube  arrangement 


440 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


BROADCAST  Photograph 


FIG.    4 

In  this  bottom  view  of  the  sub-panel,  the  important  feature  to  observe  is  the  location  and  distribution  of  the  three  audio  transformers.     Three  brackets 
support   both   sub-panel   and   transformers.     The  variable  resistance  unit  located  directly  below  the  Rauland   Lyric  transformer  is  the   stabilizer 


is  as  follows:  (from  left  to  right)  i.  Third 
audio,  or  power  amplifier;  2.  First  radio 
and  second  audio;  3.  Second  radio  and 
First  audio;  4.  Detector. 

The  table  printed  with  this  article 
contains  a  list  of  the  parts  used  in  the 
construction  of  this  model. 

If  a  certain  amount  of  good  judgment 
is  used  in  the  se- 
lection of  the  ma- 
terials, parts  made 
by  other  reliable 
manufacturers  may 
be  substituted.  For 
good  results  one 
must  use  depend- 
able parts. 

Since  most  experi- 
menters know  how 
to  build  sets,  we 
shall  not  spend  too 
much  time  in  des- 


Fig.  8  shows  the  general  panel  layout. 
The  dimensions  given  should  be  followed 
rather  carefully,  otherwise  considerable 
difficulty  may  be  experienced  later  when 
the  set  is  to  be  mounted  in  its  cabinet. 
Only  the  holes  for  the  condenser  shafts  are 
shown  because  the  mounting  holes  will  be 
different  for  different  makes  of  condensers. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


Fig.  10  shows  the  layout  of  the  inside 
sub-panel.  On  account  of  their  height, 
it  will  be  necessary  to  remove  the  bases  of 
the  Benjamin  sockets.  The  base  is  then 
used  as  a  template  for  drilling  the  four 
spring  terminal  holes.  The  sockets  may 
then  be  mounted  on  the  sub-panel  as 
shown  in  Fig.  12. 

As  for  mounting 
the  vernier  dials, 
directions  are  gen- 
erally given  by  the 
manufacturer  of  the 
dial.  If  Hammar- 
lund  condensers  and 
National  Velvet 
dials  are  used,  it 
will  be  necessary  to 
remove  the  fric- 
tion drags  supplied 


1        14       /        m  § 


cribing    construc- 
tional details. 


FIG.   5 

The  coil  units  located  in  front  of  each  tuning  condenser  are  mounted  so  that  their  axes  are  aligned 


at  right  angles  to  each  other. 


On  the  extreme  left  may  be  seen  part  of  the  grid  leak  which  is  shielded 
by  the  copper  strip 


with  the  conden- 
sers and  to  cut  off 
a  half  inch  or  more 
of  the  condenser 


FIG.    6 

A  top  view  of  the  receiver  which  will  be  of  further  aid  to  the  constructor  in  placing  the  parts  mounted  above  the  sub-panel.     As  explained  elsewhere, 
the  antenna  coil  tap-switch  situated  between  the  two  tuning  condensers  at  the  left  is  placed  in  the  regular  model  directly  on  the  main  panel 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


HOW  TO  BUILD  A  GRIMES  INVERSE  DUPLEX 


441 


shaft.  It  would  probably  be 
easier  to  buy  National  conden- 
sers complete  with  dials.  There 
are,  of  course,  other  good  vernier 
dials  on  the  market  which  the 
constructor  may  favor.  We  sug- 
gest that  the  builder  consider 
the  purchase  of  a  set  of  straight 
line  frequency  condensers  for 
this  circuit  for  they  help  to 
spread  the  tuning  points  of  the 
higher  frequency  (short  wave) 
stations,  found  at  the  lower  end 
of  the  dial. 

There  are  quite  a  large  number 
of  concerns  that  make  radio- 
frequency  transformers  for  use 
in  tuned  radio  frequency  circuits. 
Since  it  is  difficult  to  advise  the 
builder  how  to  choose  between 
them,  we  suggest  that  he  copy 
the  coils  that  we  have  designed. 
The  diameter  of  these  coils  is 
small.  Tm's  concentrates  the 
magnetic  field  and  thus  reduces 
magnetic  feed-back.  Also,  since  the  voltage 
per  turn  is  low,  the  distributed  capacity  is 
very  low.  The  resistance  is  not  appreciably 
increased  and  the  result  is  a  coil  which 
tunes  very  sharply.  Let  us  now  describe 
its  manufacture. 

The  winding  form  is  a  bakelite  or  formica 
tube  33  inches  long  and  if  inches  in  dia- 
meter. A  |-inch  space  is  left  in  the  center 
of  the  secondary  winding.  In  this  space 
the  primary  is  wound.  Before  winding, 
drill  all  necessary  holes  for  mounting- 
brackets,  terminals,  and  anchor  holes  for 


ts  About  This  <• 

r» 

NAME    OF    RECEIVER:    Grimes    Inverse 
Duplex. 

No. 

NAME  OF  PART 

MAKE  OR  KIND 

OTHERS  RECOMMENDED 

3 

.0005  mfd.  Variable 

Hammarlund 

Any  good  make 

1  YPE  OF  '  -il'i.I    1  1  .        1  WO  t  unt'il   rSCilO  3m— 

plifier   stages,    detector;   two    audio 

3 
3 

Condensers 
4"  Vernier  Dials 
Radio  Frequency 

National  Velvet 
Home  made 

|  Any  good  make 

stages  refiexed  through  the  two  radio 
stages;  and  one  straight  audio  stage. 

1 

Transformers 
6:1  Audio  Trans. 

General  Radio 

Amertran,  Karas  high 

FREQUENCY  RANGE:  512-1330  kc.  (225- 
585  meters) 

1 

2:1  Audio  Trans. 

Thordarson 

Jefferson  1|:1 

NUMBER  OF  TUBES:  Four. 

1 

Rauland  Lyric 

All  Amer. 

Amertran  31:1 

KIND  OF  TUBES:  All  uv-2oiA*s. 

1 

1 

Audio  Trans. 
Panel  7"  x  24" 
Sub-panel  7"  x  22}" 

Trans.  Co. 
Formica 
Formica 

Thordarson  2:1 
}  Any  good  make 

FILAMENT  CURRENT:    i.i    ampere   at   5 
volts. 

3 

Panel  Mounting 

Benjamin 

TOTAL  PLATE  CURRENT:  9  mils. 

1 

Brackets 
Open  Circuit  Phone 

Carter  Radio  Co. 

Any  good  make 

APPLIED  B  VOLTAGE:  Amp  —  90  V  —  Del. 
__  i  \i 

Jack 

22j   V. 

1 

Inductance  Switch 

J.  W.  Jones 

Any  good  make 

APPLIED  C  VOLTAGE:  4!  volts. 

1 
1 

6-ohm  Rheostat 
Double-pole  double- 

United  Scientific 
Laboratories 
Carter 

Bradleystat,  or  any 
good  make 
Any  good  make 

SELECTIVITY:  Sharp. 
REPRODUCTION    QUALITY:    First    Audio 

throw  Jack  Switch 

Good;    last    Audio    Fair,  with  some 

3 
3 

.00025-mfd.  Mica 
Condensers 
.002-mfd.  Mica  Cond. 

Dubilier 
Dubilier 

>  Any  good  make 

distortion  —  controllable. 
NUMBER  OF  CONTROLS:  Three  for  tuning. 

4 

Standard  Sockets 

Benjamin 

Any  good  make 

one   for   filament,    one   for   volume, 

1 
1 

R.  F.  Choke  Coil 
1000-ohm.  Non-ind. 
Var.  Resistance 

Home  made 
Central  Radio 
Laboratories 

j  Any  good  make 

one  for  quality. 
PARTS  EMPLOYED:  contained  in  article. 

1 

Radio  Cabinet 

Jewett  Parkay 

To  suit  builder 

CONSTANTS   OF    CIRCUIT:    contained    in 

Wire,  Screws,  etc. 

article. 

the  ends  of  the  windings.  Then  make  a 
cut  with  a  hack  saw  in  the  middle  of  the 
tube,  and  at  an  angle  of  about  45  degrees 
to  the  axis  of  the  coil.  Now  begin  the 
secondary  winding  in  such  a  direction  that 
this  saw  cut  can  be  used  for  leading  the 
wire  across  the  5-inch  space  reserved  for 
the  primary.  The  secondary  is  wound 
with  No.  28  d.c.c.  wire.  The  total  winding 
length  is  2j  inches  or  the  equivalent  of  90 
turns.  The  primary  is  now  wound  in 
the  same  direction  as  the  secondary  and 
consists  of  1 5  turns  of  No.  32  or  34  d.c.c. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


FIG.    7 

An  external  view  of  the  commercial  model  of  a  receiver  employing  the  Inverse   Duplex 
system.     The  dial  indicators  are  engraved  on  the  panel  with  pointers  revolving  over 

a  semi-circular  scale 


wire.  Two  such  coils  are  made.  The 
remaining,  or  antenna  coil,  has  a  primary 
of  25  turns  (same  size  wire  as  the  other 
primaries)  tapped  as  follows:  2  turns,  4 
turns,  8  turns,  1 5  turns,  25  turns.  The 
beginning  of  this  winding  is  connected  to 
ground,  and  the  taps  are  connected  to 
points  on  the  inductance  switch.  This 
arrangement  provides  both  a  volume  and 
selectivity  control.  Decreasing  the  num- 
ber of  turns  by  means  of  the  switch  will 
decrease  the  volume  and  increase  the  se- 
lectivity of  the  receiver.  See  Figs.  6  and  9. 

BUILDING    THE    R.F.    CHOKE    COIL 

THE  radio  frequency  choke  coil  shown 
in  the  wiring  diagram  of  the  receiver 
is  absolutely  necessary.  Since  there  are 
none  available  on  the  market,  this  piece 
of  equipment  will  have  to  be  made.  The 
choke  coil  described  is  the  best  we  have 
been  able  to  devise.  It  consists  of  about 
20  separate  windings  all  connected  in 
series.  Spacing  the  windings  in  this  man- 
ner lowers  the  distributed  capacity  to  such 
an  extent  that  its  presence  across  the  tuned 
circuit  does  not  affect  the  setting  of  the 
tuning  condenser. 

If  the  builder  has  no  lathe,  he  can  have 
the  form  made  in  a  machine  shop,  or  by  a 
hard  rubber  turning  company.  The  form 
is  a  piece  of  hard  rubber,  hard  wood,  or 
bakelite,  3  inches  long  and  J  to  |  inches  in 
diameter.  Slots  -j^  of  an  inch  wide  are  cut 
to  a  depth  of  J-inch.  The  slots  are  spaced 
-j^-inch  apart.  This  will  enable  the  cutting 
of  about  20  slots  altogether.  A  saw  cut  is 
now  made  along  the  form  parallel  to  its 
axis.  This  will  be  used  for  leading  the  wire 
from  a  filled  slot  to  the  next  empty  one. 
Fill  each  slot  with  No.  36  d.c.c.,  or  better, 
d.s.c.  wire.  The  ends  of  the  wire  may 
be  later  soldered  to  lugs  that  can  be  screwed 
to  the  ends  of  the  form.  An  easy  way  to 
wind  a  choke  coil  is  to  drill  into  the  dead 
center  of  one  end  of  the  form  for  a  distance 
of  about  one  inch  and  leave  the  form  on 
the  drill.  Then  clamp  the  breastdrill  in  a 


442 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


FIG.    8 

The  layout  for  the  main  panel 


vise  in  such  a  way  that  by  turning  the 
crank,  the  wire  can  be  easily  and  rapidly 
wound  on.  Fig.  9  shows  a  sketch  of  the 
winding  form. 

If  it  is  impossible  to  obtain  the  above 
form,  some  makeshifts  may  be  devised. 
A  dowel  could  be  used  and  the  windings 
spaced  by  means  of  heavy  cardboard 
washers.  It  might  even  be  possible  to  get 
fair  results  by  using  a  long  thread  spool 
filled  with  wire.  Fill  the  spool  up  as  the 
winding  advances,  do  not  wind  in  layers. 
No  mounting  brackets  will  be  necessary 
because  the  finished  coil  can  easily  be 
supported  by  the  wires  that  connect  to  it. 

The  illustrations  show  the  inductance 
switch  mounted  inside  of  the  panel.  This 
arrangement  has  been  changed  since  the 
photographs  were  taken.  The  switch 
may  be  better  placed  where  the  small  knob 
appears  on  the  panel  to  the  left  of  the 
middle  dial.  The  unsymmetrical  arrange- 
ment of  the  panel,  as  the  photographs  show, 
was  due  to  a  fear  when  this  model  was 
designed  that  the  parts  would  be  too 
crowded  when  the  receiver  was  assembled. 
The  fears  were  not  well  founded.  However, 
the  following  change  from  the  photo- 
graphed model  is  suggested:  Do  not  mount 
the  rheostat  under  the  third  dial.  In- 
stall a  Bradleystat  in  the  extreme  lower 
right  hand  corner  of  the  panel,  in  a 
position  corresponding  with  that  of  the 
jack  in  the  lower  left  hand  corner.  Do 
not  change  the  position  of  the  double- 
pole  double-throw  jack  switch.  The  in- 
creased length  of  the  audio  transformer 
leads  might  cause  the  set  to  howl. 


O 


O 


FIG.   9 

A  detail  drawing  showing  how  the  coil  forms 
radio-frequency  transformers  are  prepared  and 

Before  using  the  sub-panel  brackets, 
drill  holes  in  the  sides  in  such  a  way  that 
an  audio  transformer  can  be  mounted  to 
each  one.  Study  the  photographs  care- 
fully in  order  to  get  the  correct  order  and 
approximate  position  of  each  transformer 
on  the  brackets.  Notice  that  the  General 
Radio  transformer  is  at  the  left,  the 


FEBRUARY,  1926 

Thordarson  in  the  center,  and  the  Rauland 
Lyric  at  the  right  of  the  receiver.  Before 
drilling  the  bracket  holes  in  the  sub-panel 
(marked  B  in  Fig.  10.)  check  the  distances 
between  holes  and  between  holes  and  panel. 

DETAILS    OF    CONSTRUCTION 

HOLES  will  also  have  to  be  drilled, 
before  wiring,  in  the  sub-panel  to 
allow  for  the  passage  of  the  condenser  and 
coil  leads  through  it.  The  location  of  the 
holes  is  not  shown.  These  may  be  drilled 
where  convenient.  Wherever  possible,  use 
one  of  the  coil  mounting  brackets  for 
bringing  one  of  the  coil  leads  through 
the  sub-panel. 

The  brass  brackets  which  are 
used  to  support  the  coils  are  shown 
in  Fig.  1 1. 

The  grid  leak  mounting  clips 
used  in  this  model  were  obtained 
from  a  Daven  grid  leak  holder. 
This  is  perhaps  an  unnecessary  ex- 
pense, because  these  parts  can  be 
easily  made  from  a  piece  of  spring 
brass.  The  clips  are  fixed  to  the 
top  of  the  sub-panel  in  order  that 
the  grid  leak  be  easily  accessible. 
If  this  feature  is  not  desired,  a  grid 
leak  and  condenser  may  be 
mounted  beneath  the  sub-panel, 
where  it  is  out  of  sight. 

Notice  also  in  the  photographs 
that  a  brass  bracket  is  made  to 
support  the  end  of  the  binding  post 
strip  that  is  not  supported  by  the 
left  hand  panel  mounting  bracket. 

The  C  battery  and  its  terminals 
are  placed  at  the  extreme  end  of 
the  sub-panel.    In  the  model  of  the 
IJTJJT         Inverse    Duplex    shown    a    small 
*4«-k*>       spring  brass  bracket  was  used  to 
hold  the  battery  against  the  cabi- 
net. The  hole  for  this  is  not  shown. 
The  looo-ohm  variable  stabiliz- 
ing resistance,  since  it  is  not  to  be 
considered  a  control,  is  mounted  on 
the  sub-panel   where   it    is   accessible  for 
adjustment.     In  order  that  this  stabilizer 


for  the 
wound 


® 


--5k-- 


-e- 


PE 


Qne  ,e(,uired  .  Two  may  be  used. 


FIG.     IO 

The  sub-panel  dimensions 


Two  required  :  One  for  mounting 

No.  1  Coil  vert,cally  from  sub  panel.       For  mount       No  2  Coi,  horizonta||y 

One  for  mount.ng  No  3  Co.l  horizon-     from  ,5-pBrt. 

tally  from  No.3  Condenser. 

FIG.     I  I 
Details  of  the  coil  mounting  brackets 

may  work  properly,  the  primary  of  the 
second  radio  frequency  coil  »z«s/be  reversed 
as  shown  in  the  wiring  diagram.  If  this  is 
not  done,  the  stabilizing  resistance  will 
make  the  set  oscillate  badly. 

The  double-pole  double-throw  jack 
switch  changes  the  set  from  a  six-tube  to  a 
five-tube  outfit  (theoretically)  by  cutting 
in  or  out  one  of  the  audio-frequency  stages. 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


HOW  TO  BUILD  A  GRIMES  INVERSE  DUPLEX 


443 


"  Soldering  lug 

-          -1%"--        — > 

FIG.     12 

The  assembly  for  the  Benjamin  sockets 

i\  switch  that  has  a  fibre  cam  should  be 
used  if  possible. 

If  other  makes  of  audio  transformers  are 
chosen,  insist  on  two  low  ratio  transformers 
for  the  two  reflexed  stages.  Use  a  high 
ratio  in  the  last  free  audio  stage.  This 
will  insure  good  quality  in  this  circuit. 

Because  of  the  sub-panel  construction  it 
is  not  necessary  to  waste  time  in  fancy 
wiring.  This  will  appeal  to 
a  large  number  of  home 
builders.  Avoid  large  closed 
loops  in  the  wiring  of  the 
audio  circuits.  Wherever  pos- 
sible, twist  the  wire  with  its 
return.  That  is,  in  the  case  of 
the  wires  connecting  an  audio 
transformer,  twist  the  plate  wire 
with  the  plus  B  wire  and  the  grid 
wire  with  its  minus  filament  wire. 
This  helps  to  reduce  the  tend- 
ency for  audio  feedback  which  is 
very  great  with  three  stages  of 
audio  amplification.  Notice  also 
that  the  third  audio  tube  is 
placed  as  far  away  from  the  de- 
tector tube  as  possible. 

Do  not  allow  the  output  wires 
from  the  third  audio 
stage  to  run  any- 
where near  the  de- 
tector tube  or  its 
grid  leak  and  con- 
denser. The  grid 
leak  and  condenser 
should  be  mounted 
as  close  to  the  de- 
tector grid  as  pos- 
sible. This  is  very 
important  in  a  set 
employing  this  cir- 
cuit. In  the  set  de- 
scribed, a  grounded 
metal  shield  has 
been  placed  near  the 
grid  leak  and  con- 
denser and  the  de- 
tector tube.  This 
helps  considerably 
in  shielding  these 
parts  which  are  ex- 
tremely sensitive  to 
induction  from  vari- 
ous sources,  such  as 
electric  light  wires, 
trolleys,  small 
motors,  and  so  on. 
It  is  also  desirable 


to  ground  the  brackets  which  support  the 
sub-panel  and  the  audio  transformers. 

For  best  results  in  Inverse  Duplexing, 
there  is  a  certain  definite  way  of  poleing 
the  primaries  of  audio  transformers.  A 
technical  explanation  of  this  statement  i§ 
not  necessary  in  this  article.  The  circuit 
shows  the  best  arrangement  for  the  trans- 
formers used.  If  transformers  of  a  differ- 
ent make  are  used  some  experimenting 
will  perhaps  be  necessary  in  order  to  de- 
termine whether  the  primaries  are  to  be 
connected  as  marked  or  reversed.  All 
transformers  do  not  have  their  primaries 
marked  in  the  same  way. 

For  local,  or  perhaps  moderate  distance 
reception,  it  is  possible  to  dispense  with 
the  antenna  and  substitute  for  it  a  loop. 
The  loop  is  connected  in  the  circuit  in  place 
of  the  first  secondary  tuning  coil.  It  can 
be  so  arranged  that  by  means  of  a  double- 
pole  double-throw  switch,  the  loop  is  con- 
nected in  the  circuit  in  place  of  the  antenna 
system.  By  no  means  can  it  be  expected 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 
FIG.     15 

The  three  dials  on  this  panel  seem  to  be  similar  to  those  on  any  number 
of  sets,  especially  those  of  the  two-stage  tuned  radio  frequency  receiver. 
Actually  this  is  a  panel  view  of  the  new  Kurz-Kasch  E-Z  Toon  Group 
Control.  By  means  of  the  center  dial,  all  three  tuning  condensers  may 
be  rotated  simultaneously.  All  three  dials  have  verniers,  permitting 
each  condenser  to  be  finely  adjusted  independently 


FIG.    14 

The  circuit  of  the  Grimes  Inverse  Duplex.     The  first  and  last  tubes  are  3rd  audio  and 
detector   tubes   respectively.     The   other  two   are   both  radio   and  audio   amplifiers 


FIG.     13 
Specifications  for  making  the  choke  coil  forms 

that  the  loop  will  prove  as  satisfactory  as 
the  antenna  where  only  distance  reception 
is  to  be  considered,  but  the  constructor  will 
note  that  with  its  use  there  will  be  a  free- 
dom from  the  usual  collection  of  noises 
that  find  their  way  into  a  receiver  via  the 
antenna. 

The  circuit  is  quite  stable  in  operation 
when  uv  or  ux-icjg  tubes  are  substituted, 
but  when  this  is  done,  it  is  well  to  employ 
a  power  dry-cell  tube  such  as  the  ux-120 
in  the  last  audio  stage  to  prevent  over- 
loading which  results  in  distortion. 

Builders  often  experience  a  certain 
amount  of  difficulty  in  constructing  a  set 
of  entirely  new  design.  We  shall 
outline  some  of  the  troubles  that 
may  be  experienced,  and  how 
to  locate  and  correct  them. 

HOW  TO   LOCATE    AND    REMEDY 
TROUBLE 

THE  first  indication  of  trouble 
is    usually    a  howl  of  some 
kind.    These  can  be  divided  into 
three  main  classes. 

i.  AUDIO  HOWL.  This  is 
a  steady  high  pitched  sing  which 
is  absolutely  independent  of  dial 
settings.  It  may  be  caused  by: 

(a)  audio  feedback  due  to  wiring; 

(b)  audio  feedback  due  to  com- 
mon  resistance   in   old   B   bat- 
teries;   (c)    use   of   a    common 

detector  B  battery. 
In  this  set,  a  sepa- 
rate small  22^-volt 
battery  must  be  used 
for  the  detector  tube 
except  when  storage 
B  batteries  are  used ; 
(d)  long  detector 
grid  lead;  (e)  the 
proximity  of  a  loud 
speaker  or  loud 
speaker  cord  to  the 
detector  tube,  or  to 
its  grid  leak  and  con- 
denser; (f)  improper 
shielding  of  audio 
transformers;  (g) 
open  grid  circuits. 
Look  the  set  over 
carefully  and  check 
everything  except 
(a)  and  (f).  If  the 
howl  still  persists, 
there  are  only  two 
things  to  be  done; 
rewire  the  set,  or 
load  the  secondaries 
of  the  audio  trans- 
formers. Try  placing 


j-meg.    or 


i  d 


meg 


444 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


grid  leaks  across 
one,  two  or  all  three 
of  the  secondaries. 
This  should  cer- 
tainly kill  the  howl. 
If  it  does  not,  the 
author  would  be 
glad  to  hear  in  de- 
tail by  letter  from 
constructors  and  we 
shall  try  to  help 
you.  The  addition 
of  these  leaks,  while 
it  reduces  the  ampli- 
fication, tends  to 
improve  the  quality. 
2.  RADIO  HOWL. 
This  is  usually  a 

very  low  pitched  buzzing  noise.  It  only 
occurs  when  two  or  three  of  the  dials  are 
set  alike.  Removing  the  antenna  and 
ground  tends  to  make  it  even  worse. 
Radio  Howl  is  caused  by  radio  oscillation 
in  the  receiver.  Radio  oscillation,  in 
turn,  is  caused  by  either  electrostatic  or 
electromagnetic  feed-back  between  the 
radio-frequency  stages.  It  may  also  be 
due  to  capacity  feed-back  within  the  tube. 
In  any  case,  first  make  sure  that  the  pri- 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


FIG.    l6 

How  the  Kurz-Kasch  arrangement  works.   By  means  of  the  rack  and  gears,  one  dial  controls  three  con- 
densers, an  advisable  simplification  of  the  tuning  of  any  set  employing  three  condensers.    This  ar- 
rangement can  be  applied  without  difficulty  to  the  Inverse  Duplex  set,  and  to  many  other  types  of 
receivers  employing  two  stages  of  tuned  r.  f.  amplification 

mary  of  the  second  r.f.  transformer  has  been 
reversed.  Next  cut  in  some  of  the  sta- 
bilizing resistance,  retune  carefully,  and 
repeat  until  no  oscillation  can  be  produced, 
even  at  the  low  dial  settings.  If  the  sta- 
bilizing resistance  has  no  effect,  the  primary 
of  the  second  radio  coil  probably  has  not 
been  connected  according  to  instructions. 

3.  OVERLOAD  HOWL.  The  pitch  is 
generally  higher  than  that  caused  by  Radio 
Howl.  It  occurs  only  when  all  three  dial 


readings     are     the 
same  and  when  an- 
tenna   and    ground 
leads  are  connected. 
The    removal    of 
these  leads  stops  it 
at  once.     Overload 
Howl    is    produced 
when     the     set     is 
tuned-in   to  a  very 
powerful    local   sta- 
tion.    If   the  pitch 
is   rather    low    and 
occurs    before     the 
volume  reaches  the 
overload  point  of  the 
free  audio  tube  as 
indicated  by  distor- 
tion, the  audio  transformer  primaries  are 
poled  wrong.     Try  reversing  them  in  vari- 
ous combinations  until  theOverload  Howl  is 
of  rather  high  pitch.     This  is  the  condition 
for  least  overload.   The  receiver  should  now 
be  capable  of  delivering  volume  up  to  the 
limit  of  the  tube  in  the  third  audio  stage. 
To  avoid  Overload  Howl  always  cut  out  one 
audio  stage  when  tuning-in  to  local  pro- 
grammes.    The   third  audio  stage  should 
only  be  used  when  extra  volume  is  desired. 


A  PRIZE  CONTEST  FOR  THE  DESIGN  OF  A  NON- 


IO  GREAT  has  been  the  interest  in  the 
RADIO  BROADCAST-Eveready  experiments 
_  carried  out  at  station  2  GY,  and  so 
many  inquiries  have  come  from  readers  who 
want  to  listen  on  the  short  waves,  that  the 
contest  outlined  below  will  serve  many  purposes. 
In  the  first  place  it  will  indicate  that  up  to  the 
present  time  there  is  no  receiver  which  the 
Editors  of  RADIO  BROADCAST  feel  that  they  can 
recommend.  It  will  also  indicate  what  these 
Editors,  and  the  judges  of  the  contest,  believe 
an  ideal  short  wave  receiver  should  be.  And 
finally,  it  will  serve  to  awaken  interest  among 
the  thousands  of  amateurs  toward  developing 
real  honest-to-goodness  receivers. 

Perhaps  a  few  words  on  the  reason  for  the 
first  statement  will  not  be  amiss.  It  may  be 
remembered  by  many  readers  of  RADIO  BROAD- 
CAST that  the  clearest  cut  and  longest  standing 
policy  of  that  magazine  has  been  to  frown  on 
radiating  receivers.  It  has  consistently  refused 
to  publish  how-to-make-it  articles  on  receivers 
that  were  liable  to  interfere  with  nearby  re- 
ceivers, and  it  has  endeavored  in  many  ways  to 
show  owners  of  such  receivers  how  they  can 
make  them  innocuous  and  more  efficient. 

The  second  important  point  in  this  connection 
is  the  fact  that  there  are  at  present  about  20,000 
amateur  operators  listening-in  on  the  short 
waves,  and  practically  all  of  them  use  very  sim- 
ple two-  or  three-tube  sets,  which  are  of  the 
"blooper"  variety.  To  encourage  thousands 
of  broadcast  listeners  to  go  down  to  the  short 
waves  with  similar  receivers  would  be  contrary 
to  our  long  established  policy,  and  would  result 
in  a  hopeless  medley  of  meaningless  parasitic 
signals  on  the  higher  frequency  bands. 

At  2  GY,  the  experimental  station  of  RADIO 
BROADCAST-Eveready,  a  receiving  tube  with 
180  volts  on  the  plate  has  transmitted  signals 
to  Philadelphia,  100  miles  away,  under  favor- 


able conditions.  Of  course  no  receiver  regu- 
larly uses  180  volts,  but  with  90  volts,  there 
has  been  no  difficulty  in  communicating  over 
distances  of  ten  miles  and  at  that  distance  the  go 
volt  set  produced  very  strong  signals. 

What  is  wanted  is  a  non-radiating  short  wave 
receiver,  preferably  one  that  will  cover  all  of 
the  amateur  bands,  but  most  certainly  the  so- 
called  40,  80,  1 50  meter  bands. 

To  aid  possible  contestants,  the  following 
schemes  are  suggested.  A  receiver  with  such 
loose  coupling  that  the  single  oscillating  tube 
cannot  radiate;  a  simple  receiver  of  the  present 
type  with  a  stage  of  neutralized  radio  frequency 
ahead  of  the  oscillating  detector;  a  super- 
regenerator  with  a  blocking  tube  ahead  of  it; 
some  simple  form  of  super-heterodyne,  such  as 
the  O'Connor  frequency-changer  described  in 
RADIO  BROADCAST  for  June,  1925.  Such  a 
receiver  should  be  as  efficient  as  present  re- 
ceivers, preferably  it  should  be  better.  That 
is,  it  should  go  down  to  the  noise  level  in  places 
where  a  single  oscillating  tube  will  not  do  it. 

The  conditions  of  the  contest  are  outlined 
below.  In  order  to  appear  in  the  May  issue  of 
RADIO  BROADCAST,  complete  specifications, 
photographs  etc.,  of  the  receivers  will  have  to  be 
in  the  editorial  office  by  the  first  of  March, 
1926,  in  order  to  be  considered. 

THE  CONTEST 

Object:  The  object  of  this  contest  is  to  aid  in 
the  development  of  improved  short  wave  receiv- 
ing apparatus,  so  that  the  possibilities  of  high 
frequencies  may  be  more  effectively  studied. 

Prices:  First  prize,  1250;  Second  prize,  $150; 
Third  prize.fioo.  Only  one  prize  to  a  contestant. 

Eligibility:  Anyone  interested  in  short  wave 
reception  is  eligible  to  compete,  though  no  prizes 
will  be  given  to  manufacturers  making  short 
wave  receivers  or  parts  therefor. 


Conditions:  Each  contestant  must  submit  a 
complete  description,  photographs  and  hook-up 
of  a  short  wave  receiver  which  does  not  radiate. 
The  receiver  should  be  adapted  to  the  entire 
short  wave  band  from  35  to  1 50  meters,  although 
this  may  be  accomplished  by  interchangeable 
coils.  RADIO  BROADCAST  shall  be  permitted 
to  request  the  most  promising  receivers  sent  to 
its  laboratories,  in  order  that  the  final  award 
of  the  prize  may  be  determined,  after  exhaustive 
tests.  In  addition  to  the  prizes,  RADIO  BROAD- 
CAST shall  be  permitted  to  use  descriptive  matter, 
either  in  whole  or  in  part,  submitted  by  any 
contestant,  at  its  regular  rates. 

Determination  of  Prices:  The  winning  re- 
ceiving sets  will  be  judged  on  a  basis  »f  points 
as  follows: 

Workmanship 15 

Simplicity  of  handling 20 

Ease  of  Calibration 
Freedom  from  hand  capacity 
Independence  of  tuning  and  regeneration 

Low  Cost 10 

Use  of  standard  or  easily  constructed  parts         5 
Performance 25 

Overall  amplification  of  signals 

Use  in  relaying 

Ability  to  use  break-in 

Ability  to  cover  foreign  amateur  bands 

Appearance 15 

Method  of  avoiding  radiation    ....        10 

Total     100 

Board  of  Judges:  The  following  constitute  the 
board  of  judges:  Boyd  Phelps,  Prof.  Louis  A. 
Hazeltine,  Zeh  Bouck,  G.  C.  Furness,  Arthur  H. 
Lynch,  Edgar  H.  Felix,  Dr.  Lawrence  Dunn, 
and  Dr.  A.  Hoyt  Taylor. 

The  contest  positively  closes  March  i  so  that 
prizes  may  be  announced  in  the  May  issue,  ap- 
pearing April  15.  All  correspondence  and  prize 
manuscripts  must  be  addressed:  Director  of  the 
Laboratory,  RADIO  BROADCAST,  Doubleday,  Page 
&  Company,  Garden  City,  New  York. 


Conducted  by  —  John  Wallace 


What  Radio  Programs  Chiefly  Need 


w; 


rAS  it  Irvin  Cobb  who  des- 
cribed in  whimsical  fashion 
the  dire  results  of  his  attempt 
to  reduce,  by  taking  alternate 
steaming  hot  and  icy  cold  baths?  Whoever 
it  was,  he  attests  that  it  resulted  in  his  de- 
veloping a  set  of  highly  trained,  trick  pores, 
capable  of  opening  or  closing  at  the  slighest 
provocation,  or  at  no  provocation  at  all. 
This  double  action,  hair-trigger  arrange- 
ment, he  further  averred,  was  no  unmiti- 
gated joy,  inasmuch  as  said  pores  used 
absolutely  no  discretion  as  to  the  proper 
time  to  do  their  stuff,  being  prone,  nay 
even  fain,  to  open  wide  on  a  brisk,  six- 
below  zero  morning,  or  shut  up,  like  of- 
fended clams,  in  a  stuffy  telephone  booth. 

Another  disease,  similar  in  causation, 
threatens  at  any  moment  to  sweep  across 
the  continent,  sparing  Mr.  Cobb  perhaps, 
but  reducing  to  mild  insanity  a  large  army 
of  listeners-in.  This  scourge  we  dub  Radio- 
Emotionalis — or  perhaps  better  Radio- 
Super-Emotionalis  (medical  term  for  an 
insidious  neurotic  condition). 

The  hapless  victim  of  the  epidemic  may 
be  readily  recognized.  He  will  greet  you 


right  cheerily  enough,  perhaps  laughing 
boisterously  the  while.  But  a  second  later 
he  will  be  weeping  copiously  on  your 
shoulder  only  to  relapse  quickly  into  the 
belligerent,  defiant  attitude  of  one  resolved 
to  crush  out  the  little  white  menace.  This 
may,  like  as  not,  be  followed  by  a  period 
of  calm,  whilst  the  victim,  with  gently 
heaving  chest,  gazes  off  into  space,  a  where- 
have-you-been-all-my-life  look  in  his  eye. 
Then  he  will  cackle  hideously  and  start 
tuning-in  the  buttons  on  your  coat,  where- 
upon you  will  take  to  your  heels,  unless, 
as  is  probable,  you  have  by  that  time 
caught  the  disease,  in  which  case  you  will 
make  it  a  cackling  duet  accompanied 
by  Miss  Blaughk  on  the  mighty  Baldwin. 

Which  is  reason  enough  for  the  Govern- 
ment to  establish  a  colony  on  some  isolated 
island  and  confine  thereon,  as  menaces  to 
the  public  health,  sixty  per  cent,  of  all  ex- 
isting radio  program  directors. 

The  "bigger  and  better"  radio  stations 
have,  in  response  to  the  nowise  concealed 
wishes  of  the  listeners,  largely  got  away 
from  the  kaleidoscopic  type  of  program. 
But  a  large  majority  of  the  jerk-water 


stations,  keeping  abreast,  as  is  their  wont, 
with  the  times  now  three  years  passed, 
still  persist  in  this  nerve-wracking  offense. 
An  extra-horrible  example  of  the  kaleido- 
scope program  runs  something  as  follows: 

8:00  P.M.  Announcement.  Name  of  station. 
Its  street  address  and  telephone 
number.  List  of  pickle  manu- 
facturers and  dance  halls  it  repre- 
sents. Name  of  announcer.  Color 
of  his  eyes.  Call  letters  of  station. 
Slogan  of  station.  Bright  remark. 

8:03  Valse  Triste Sibelius 

8:07  (Same  as  8:00  P.M.) 

8:10  Itchy  Foot  Rag Joe  Goose 

8:13  (Same  as  8:00  P.M.) 

8:16  Elegy Massenet 

8:20  (Same  as  8:00  P.M.  and  repeated 

hereafter  as  frequently  as  possible) 

8:23  Reading:  "The  Shooting  of  Dan 

McGrew" 

8:29  Quartette:  "Oh  Lord  Where  Art 
Thou?" Larch 

8:36  Quartette:  "Where's  My  Sweetie 
Hiding?" Ed  Ock 

8:41  Solo:  "Fly  With  Me" Verdi 

8:46  Address:  "Swat  the  Fly"  by  Aid. 

Skink 

8:51  And  so  forth. 


BROADCASTING    A    CARILLON    AT   WJZ 

On  Sunday  nights  at  7  p.  M.,  Eastern  Standard  Time,  the  carillon  recently  installed  in  the  Park  Avenue  Baptist  Church,  through  the  generosity  of  John 
D.  Rockefeller,  Jr.,  is  broadcast.  The  chimes  sound  much  better  on  the  air  than  they  do  to  listeners  nearby.  There  are  many  high  buildings  near  the 
balfry  and  unfortunate  sound  reverberations  occur.  The  view  at  the  left  shows  engineers  of  wjz  experimenting  with  the  location  of  the  microphone. 
Anton  Brees,  formerly  assistant  carilloneur  of  the  famous  Antwerp  Cathedral,  and  now  in  charge  of  the  New  York  chimes,  is  shown  at  the  manual 
in  the  center  view.  The  photograph  at  the  right  shows  H.  B.  Glover,  of  wjz,  installing  the  microphone  above  the  bells 


446 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


Well,  yes,  we'll  admit  that  this  is  a 
slightly  exaggerated  example,  but  the 
inconsistent  program,  even  in  its  mildest 
form,  is  very  annoying.  Unity  is  a  quality 
inseparable  from  anything  that  is  well 
constructed,  whether  it  is  a  watch  or  play 
or  a  sermon  or  a  railway  station.  We  don't 
always  consciously  note  the  force  that 
unifies  an  otherwise  heterogeneous  col- 
lection of  miscellany  but  we  quickly 
and  instinctively  sense  its  absence. 

Of  course  even  a  che-ild  (that  hypo- 
thetical youngster  who,  as  shown  in  num- 
berless illustrated  advertisements,  spends 
its  infant  years  at  pushing  pianola  ped- 
als, running  vacuum  cleaners,  operating 
Blum  Bros.  Cross  Index  Files,  and 
cranking  Tripco  Trucks)  could  tell  you 
that  the  above  program  was  decidedly 
lacking  in  unity.  But  with  the  less 
flagrant  offenders,  the  problem  becomes  a 
less  evident  one  and  its  solution  rests 


finally  on  the  taste  and  sense  of  the  fitness- 
of-things  of  the  program  director.  If  he 
already  lacks  this  sense  the  chances  are  he 
won't  acquire  it,  and  it  would  be  better 
for  the  station  to  throw  him  out  and  get 
someone  else. 

Appreciation  of  Sibelius'  liaise  Triste 
requires  that  we  be  in  a  certain  frame  of 
mind.  Likewise  thorough  enjoyment  of 
The  Shooting  of  Dan  McGrew  presupposes 
our  being  in  a  certain  frame  of  mind. 
And  the  two  frames  are  as  dissimilar  as 
passe-partout  and  carved  ebony.  The 
desirability  of  an  audience  being  in  re- 
ceptive mood  is  so  evident  that  it  hardly 
needs  to  be  stated.  The  overture  that 
commonly  precedes  an  opera  constitutes 
a  recognition  of  this  truism.  Containing 
as  it  does  inklings  of  all  that  is  to  happen, 
it  prepares  the  auditor  for  the  three  or  four 
acts  to  follow  and  effectively  bridges  the 
gulf  that  exists  between  listening  to  music 


and  the  previous  occupation  of  the  listener, 
be  it  clipping  coupons,  or  punching  a  type- 
writer. 

Even  the  movies  take  cognizance  of  this 
device.  If,  in  one  of  the  larger  palaces,  the 
feature  film  "Why  Shoot  Your  Husband?" 
is  shown,  it  will  inevitably  be  preceded 
by  an  "opulent  stage  presentation"  show- 
ing a  chorus  of  bored  wives  engaged  in 
target  practice. 

If  the  l/alse  Triste  and  Itchy  Foot  Rag 
are  put  on  the  same  program,  one  or  the 
other,  or  both,  is  going  to  suffer  from  the 
juxtaposition.  The  difference  in  mood 
between  the  two  is  greater  than  we  can 
be  reasonably  expected  to  bridge. 

But  giving  unity  to  a  radio  program  does 
not,  by  any  means,  imply  making  it 
monotonous.  Variety  and  unity  are  not 
necessarily  antagonistic.  Shakespeare,  who 
was  no  ham  at  play  construction,  and 
who  was  a  stickler  for  unity,  didn't  hesitate 


IN   THE    STUDIO   OF   WRNY,   NEW   YORK 

What  probably  is  called  a  motley  crew,  peering  through  the  plate  glass  window  of  the  studio,  inspecting  Jerome  Lama  playing  on 
the  musical  saw,  an  ' '  instrument "  capable  of  curious  and  unearthly  melodies — as  many  radio  listeners  know  from  their  own  experience 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


KIND  WORDS  FOR  THE  DX  FAN 


447 


DR.    EDMUND    A.    WALSH 

Vice  President  and  Regent  of  the  School  of  Foreign  Service  at  George- 
town University  who  inaugurated  the  first  radio  school  of  international 
relations  at  station  WRC,  Washington.  Conferences  in  this  school  are 
broadcast  weekly  by  WRC,  and  test  periods  have  been  arranged  for  ex- 
amination of  listeners  who  enroll  for  the  course 


to  introduce  variety  into  his  tragedies. 
He  occasionally  made  use  of  the  most 
sudden  and  violent  contrasts.  For  in- 
stance the  execrable  pun  pulled  by  Othello 
as  he  blows  out  the  candle  preparatory  to 
smothering  his  wife,  which,  in  1926  version 
amounts  to:  "  I'll  douse  this  glim,  and  then, 
douse  that  one!" 

If  it's  a  joke  it's  a  rather  dismal  one,  and 
quite  in  keeping  with  the  tragic  mood. 
Thus  Jarnefelt's  Praeludium  could  be 
sandwiched  in  along  side  of  the  afore- 
mentioned I/alse  Triste  with  no  discon- 
certing effects.  For,  though  the  one  is 
riotously  funny  and  the  other  mournfully 
sad,  they  are  united  by  a  common  bond: 
both  are  music. 

Mixing  in  a  lot  of  fundamentally  dif- 
ferent things  in  the  same  hour's  broadcast 
simply  means  that  the  edge  is  going  to  be 
taken  off  all  of  them.  We  can  only  give 
such  a  program  the  most  superficial  sort 
of  attention  and  consequently  derive  a  most 
superficial  sort  of  enjoyment.  If  we  were 
to  try  to  get  the  most  out  of  it  by  changing 
our  mood  as  fast  as  the  program  director's 
whims  we  would  expose  ourselves  merci- 
lessly to  the  dread  disease  described  above 
— Radio- Emotionalis. 

The  mixed  program  is  doubtless  the 
program  director's  honest  effort  to  reach 
and  entertain  the  maximum  number  of 
people  of  widely  varying  tastes.  But  in 
his  attempt  to  please  everybody  he  pleases 
nobody.  Moreover,  in  considering  it  his 
duty  to  please  everybody,  he  is  flattering 
himself  as  to  his  indispensability;  forget- 
ting he  is  only  one  of  the  ten  or  twenty, 
or  more,  stations  at  the  listener's  command. 

He  performs  no  valuable  service  in 
offering  variety,  since  it  is  the  simplest 
thing  in  the  world  for  the  listener  to  get 
the  variety  himself,  if  he  wants  it,  by 
tuning  from  one  station  to  another.  But 
if  the  listener,  on  the  other  hand,  wants 
a  uniform  program,  with  no  jarring 
inconsistencies,  his  only  recourse  is  to 
tune-in  on  those  few  progressive  stations 
on  which  he  can  count  to  deliver  such  a 
program. 


And  that  is  exactly 
what  the  listener  does. 
Which  is  well.  For 
in  the  long  run  it  will 
mean  that  the  hodge- 
podge program  sta- 
tion will  either  come 
around  to  some  sort 
of  an  organized  pre- 
sentation or  simply 
waste  its  vaudevillian 
offerings  on  the  thin 
air — which  would  not 
be  economically  ad- 
vantageous. 

So  we  would  seem 
to  have  been  tilting 
with  a  wind  mill  for 
the  last  several  hun- 
dred words  since  all 
will  right  itself  in 
time.  But  the  sooner 
the  better.  The  ideal 

state  of  affairs  will  have  arrived  when 
each  station  adheres  to  one  type  of  offering 
for  at  least  sixty  minutes  on  end.  Then, 


but  not  till  then,  we  will  be  able  to  regard 
the  faint  snatch  of  something  or  other 
we  hear  flickering  across  our  dials,  as  a 
fair  sample  of  what  that  station  is  offering. 
Under  present  conditions,  we  have  more 
than  once  been  fooled  into  patiently 
tuning-in  a  station  because  we  heard  a  bit 
of  a  Brahms  symphony  (which,  now  that  it 
is  no  longer  the  fashion  to  do  so,  we  will 
admit  we  crave  inordinately)  and  have 
been  rewarded  by  the  clear  and  perfect 
reception  of  Palpitatin'  Mamma. 

In  Defence  of  the  DX  Fishers 


T1 
1 : 


kHE  Chicago  district  is,  at  present 
writing,  engaged  in  a  fearsome 
battle  on  the  question  of  silent 
nights.  One  station  has  lingered  on 
through  months  of  warfare  and  refused 
to  shut  down  on  the  specified  night.  Hence 
the  fracas.  While  the  recalcitrant  station 
frequently  asserts,  with  an  air  of  injured 
righteousness,  "We  are  considering  the 
interests  of  the  thousands  of  fans  who,  if 
no  local  station  were  in  the  air,  would  be 


HOW  WGY  IS  REBROADCAST  AT  WCAD,  CANTON  NEW  YORK 

Left  to  right:  Harold  K.  Dergman,  radio  operator  in  charge  at  WCAD;  Ellis  L.  Manning,  announcer 
at  WCAD,  and  instructor  in  physics  at  St.  Lawrence  University;  S.  E.  Barber;  Charles  Geyh.contro! 
room  assistant,  and  Prof.  Ward  C.  Priest,  chief  announcer.  The  WCAD  station  is  maintained  by  the 
students  and  faculty  of  St.  Lawrence  University  and  broadcasts  on  Wednesday  evenings  between  8 
and  1 1  p.  M.,  Eastern  Standard  Time,  on  a  frequency  of  1 140  kc.  (263  meters).  The  main  features 
of  the  WCAD  programs  are  rebroadcast  from  WGY  at  Schenectady,  175  miles  away.  The  illustration 
shows  the  staff  at  the  receiving  station,  picking  up  the  WGY  signals  on  their  lQ2.2-kc.  ( 1 56o-meter)  wave 


448 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


entirely  deprived  of  radio  on  Monday 
nights,  and  the  multitude  of  owners  of  large 
sets  who  can  get  outside  stations,  but  who 
prefer  to  tune-in  on  local  programs"  it  is 
transparent  enough  that  it  is  playing  the 
martyr  for  publicity  purposes. 

And,  of  publicity,  it  has  received  plenty 
in  the  controversy  in  the  newspapers. 
One  of  the  most  amusing  communications 
to  the  press  was  that  of  a  lady  who  said 
"Indeed  we  do  not  want  silent  nights. 
We  want  to  listen  to  the  good  programs  in 
Chicago." 

Any  one  familiar  with  the  general  run 
of  Chicago  programs  should  get  a  large 
ha-ha  out  of  that! 

But  while  we  have  not  been  inflamed  by 
the  controversy  to  the  point  of  contributing 
to  the  symposium  of  nasty  letters,  it  seems 
to  us  that  were  we  questioned  we'd  advo- 
cate a  silent  night.  Why  not? 

The  thousands  of  fans  who  "would  be 
entirely  deprived  of  radio  on  Monday 
nights"  could  doubtless  find  something 
else  to  do.  They  didn't  sit  around  thumb 
twiddling  in  the  Before-Radio  age. 

We  can't  see  why  there  should  be  any 
gnashing  of  teeth  over  the  fact  that  the 
capital  tied  up  in  a  station  lies  idle  on 
silent  night.  There's  many  a  large  factory, 
representing  an  investment  equivalent  to  a 
gross  of  broadcasting  stations,  that  grinds 
forth  no  goods  of  a  Sunday. 

Moreover,  why  isn't  the  station's  force 
entitled  to  a  bit  of  a  vacation  at  least  once 
a  week?  Perhaps  for  some  stations  a  two-, 
or  even  three-day  vacation  might  be  de- 
sirable. Who  knows  but  that  the  program 
director,  freed  for  the  nonce  from  his 
duty  of  filling  up  the  programs,  might, 
during  the  enforced  idleness,  give  birth 
to  an  original  thought  concerning  said 


programs 


DX  fishing  has  been  pooh-poohed  quite 
a  bit  by  those  who  claim  that  it  is  a  hold- 
over from  radio's  infant  days.  Its  chief 
thrill  they  protest  is  merely  (powerful 
word  that  "merely")  the  satisfaction 
gained  in  conquering  vast  distance.  This, 
they  go  on  to  say,  is  silly;  a  perversion  of 
radio's  purpose,  which  is  not  to  furnish 
geographical  gymnastics,  but  to  entertain. 

Granting  the  fact  that  the  largest  use  to 
which  radio  is  put  is  to  furnish  entertain- 
ment in  the  home,  and  granting  likewise 
that  this  will  doubtless  continue  to  be  its 
chief  attraction,  we  still  maintain  that 
its  faculty  of  entertaining  is  not  radio's 
greatest  attribute.  Its  greatest  poten- 
tiality is  the  conquering  of  distance. 

Entertainment  in  the  home  is  no  new 
thing.  We  have  always  had  Cards  and 
Conversation.  Pianos  abound.  Then 
there  is  always  Charades  or  Post  Office, 
to  say  nothing  of  Photograph  Albums. 
Add  to  all  these  boons  the  Talking  Machine 
and  what  more  could  you  ask!  Surely  if 
radio's  claim  to  admission  to  the  Hall  of 
Fame  is  on  the  ground  that  it  has  brought 
entertainment  into  the  home,  its  argument 
is  a  feeble  one.  Cross  Word  Puzzle  books 
could  with  as  much  right  demand  a 
pedestal.  The  unique  feature  of  radio  is 
not  that  it  entertains,  but,  that  it  conquers 
distance.  Every  seeker  after  glory  must 
pursue  that  chimera  in  his  own  line — not 
in  the  other  fellow's.  Hence  it  is  in  the 
conquering  of  distance  that  radio  must 
achieve  its  laurels. 

When  we  get  a  string  quartette  from 
Omaha  we  are  getting  nothing  that  we 
couldn't  get  out  of  a  talking  machine. 
But  when  we  get  an  opportunity  to  sit  in, 
by  radio,  on  a  national  political  convention, 
in  session  perhaps  halfway  across  the 
continent,  we  are  getting  something  we 


DOC    HOWARD  S    WKRC    BROADCASTERS 

Who  are  heard  every  Monday  night  from  station  WKRC  at  Cincinnati  as  a  part  of  the  "  Kodel  Mid- 
night Frolic."     The  entertainment  includes  this  jazz  orchestra,  a  male  quartet,  a  whistler,  and 

character  monologuists 


never  got  before  and  couldn't  get  any  other 
way.  When  (if  ever)  we  are  able  to  listen 
to  some  important  history  making  event 
in  a  distant  country,  we  are  experiencing 
something  undreamed  of  a  generation  ago. 
It  is  in  service  such  as  this  that  radio 
achieves  its  greatest  purpose. 

So  to  us  the  most  potent  argument  for 
a  silent  night  is  that  it  encourages  DX 
fishing.  And  by  stimulating  DX  fishing  it 
is  stimulating  designers  and  manufacturers 
to  greater  efforts  toward  perfecting  long 
distance  receivers.  In  short  it  is  a  step 
toward  the  development  of  radio's  greatest 
and  most  valuable  potentiality. 

Readings  in  Foreign  Languages 

A1ONG  the  very  few  things  that 
radio  is  actually  capable  of  doing 
in  the  educational  line  is  to  assist 
in  the  teaching  of  foreign  languages. 
Time  and  again  we  hear  someone  moaning 
"  If  I  could  only  get  someone  to  talk  to  me 
in  French  I  could  learn  the  language,  but 
you  know  you  can't  get  it  all  out  of  a  book. 
You've  got  to  hear  it  spoken." 

We  seem  to  remember  that  some  years 
ago  the  broadcasting  of  lectures  and 
readings  in  foreign  languages  enjoyed  a 
brief  vogue.  But  of  late  we  have  combed 
our  dials  assiduously  and  discovered  a 
paltry  few  such  offerings,  generally  in  the 
form  of  lessons.  In  New  York,  WEAF 
broadcasts  a  twenty  minute  French  con- 
versational lesson  on  Tuesday  evenings 
conducted  by  Dr.  Thatcher  Clark  of 
Columbia  University  and  WNYC  gives 
an  hour  on  Monday,  Wednesday  and 
Friday  evenings  to  elementary  lessons 
by  V.  Harrison  Berlitz  in  German,  Spanish, 
and  French.  In  Denver  KOA  contributes 
forty-five  minutes  a  week  to  a  conver- 
sational Spanish  lesson  on  Mondays  at 
8  P.  M.  There  are  doubtless  several 
other  stations  we  have  overlooked,  but 
in  all  there  is  very  little  attention  paid 
this  excellent  educational  possibility. 

There  may  be  some  question  in  the  minds 
of  program  directors  as  to  how  widespread 
an  appeal  such  an  offering  would  have. 
Certainly  it  is  true  that'there  is  no  universal 
desire  in  this  country  to  become  bi-lingual. 
What  if  the  most  disreputable  little  news- 
boy in  Rome  can  hawk  his  wares  in  three 
languages?  He  needs  to.  We  don't. 

But  with  the  constantly  increasing  ease 
and  decreasing  cost  of  transportation  to 
foreign  strands,  we,  of  America,  are 
gradually  going  to  find  it  more  convenient 
to  know  other  tongues.  Moreover,  the 
time  is  not  centuries  off  when  communi- 
cation, via  broadcasting,  with  foreign 
countries  will  be  an  everyday  occurrence. 

Besides  there  are  already  a  goodly 
number  of  persons  who  would  be  interested 
in  having  an  opportunity  to  listen-in  on 
French  or  Italian  or  Spanish  from  time  to 
time — persons  who  have  struggled  through 
Mr.  Woman's  or  Otto-Onion's  estimable 
grammars  in  their  school  days  and  have 
a  foundation  of  knowledge  which  needs  only 
exercise  to  become  useful. 


FEBRUARY,  1926        NOTEWORTHY  ADDITIONS  TO  BROADCAST  PROGRAMS 


449 


Such  an  educational  program  might  take 
the  form  of  a  lecture  on  some  current 
topic,  given  perhaps  by  an  attache"  of 
a  consulate  or  by  some  first  rate  pedagogue. 
Or  perhaps  better  it  might  consist  in 
readings  from  some  of  the  standard  classics 
in  the  foreign  tongues.  Then  the  radio 
scholar  would  be  able  to  sit  with  the  book 
in  hand  and  supplement  with  his  eyes  what 
he  could  not  get  with  his  ears. 

The  desirability  of  such  readings  or 
lectures  being  given  by  someone  to  whom 
the  tongue  is  native,  and  who  is  possessed 
of  the  most  perfect  enunciation,  is  evident. 

Announcers  as  Automatons 

SEVERAL  readers  have  taken  the 
trouble  to  inform  us,  and  in  no 
uncertain  terms,  that  we  are  all 
wrong  in  advocating  that  the  radio  an- 
nouncer be  an  automaton.  We  were 
assured  that  "no  one  wants  to  hear  the  plot 
of  the  opera  to  be  broadcast  read  in  the 
same  monotonous  voice  that  is  used  for 
stock  market  quotations."  And  -we  make 
haste  to  agree  heartily. 

When  we  urged  that  the  announcer  be  an 
automaton  rather  than  a  personality-plus 
salesman  of  the  radio  station's  wares, 
we  had  reference  only  to  the  announcer  en- 
gaged in  the  routine  business  of  labeling  the 
next  number  and  citing  the  name  of  the 
performer.  We  still  think  he  should  sink 
unobtrusively  into  the  background. 

The  individual  whose  duty  it  is  to 
comment  at  length  upon  the  program 
(where  absolutely  necessary),  to  explain 
the  music  (where  absolutely  necessary), 
or  to  prepare  us  with  some  historical 
background  (where  absolutely  necessary), 
is  not,  in  the  strict  sense  of  the  word, 
an  "announcer."  Call  him  a  public 
speaker,  if  you  will,  or  an  "artist." 

Of  course  he  should  have  free  rein  to  do 
his  job  in  the  best  possible  manner;  though, 
unless  he  is  the  author,  he  should  see 
fit  to  read  the  interpolations  with  only  the 
inflection  necessary  to  make  them  clear, 
spritely,  and  pleasant,  and  with  no  attempt 
to  put  his  own  personality  forward. 

But  if,  on  the  other  hand,  his  obser- 
vations are  his  own,  he  has  a  perfect  right 
to  put  them  across  any  way  he  pleases — 
just  as  he  would  do  in  ordinary  conver- 
sation. 


Broadcast  Miscellany 


A  CALL    has    been   sent    out    by    KFI 
to  its  receptionists  to  send  in  lists 
of  old  music  dating  from  the  Civil 
War  period  up  to  1900.     Plans  are  on  foot 
in    the    Los    Angeles    station    to    review 
American  music  in  a  thorough  and  pains- 
taking   manner.     Request    is    also    made 
for  copies  of  the  old  songs,  songs  such  as 
"Climbing   Up   the    Golden    Stairs,    "I'll 
Meet   Her  When  the  Sun  Goes   Down," 
or  "We'll  Paint  the  White  House  Green." 
And,    WKRC    at    Cincinnati    performed 
a  similar  service  in  ferreting  out  folk  songs 


that  have  been  preserved  in  the  mountain 
fastness  of  Kentucky  and  are  still  played 
and  sung  in  the  cabins  that  are  found 
in  the  clearings  atop  the  mountains.  This 
station  arranged  with  the  Cincinnati  Post 
and  the  Rudolph  Wurlitzer  Company 
to  send  a  musician  on  a  trip  through  the 
hills  to  listen  to,  and  record,  the  tunes — 
most  of  them  unpublished.  Among  the 
songs,  many  of  them  two  hundred  years 
old,  that  were  gathered  together  to  form 
a  broadcast  program  were:  Brother  Green, 
Frog  Went  A-Courting,  Lady  and  the  Glove, 
Smirwood  Mountain,  and  the  Hangman's 
Song. 

H.  V.  Kaltenborn,  associate  editor  of 
the  Brooklyn  Daily  Eagle  is  on  the 
air  again  Monday  evenings  from  eight 
to  eight-thirty  through  station  WOR. 
His  Current  Events  talks  have  been  a 
popular  feature  of  radio  programs  for  the 
past  three  seasons.  Mr.  Kaltenborn  in- 
terrupted the  series  last  spring  to  make 
an  extensive  journey  through  Europe  and 
the  Near  East  in  search  of  new  material. 

WITH  the  addition  to  its  program  of 
a  new  feature  entitled  "Things 
Talked  About,"  which  is  presented  every 
Friday  afternoon  by  Mrs.  Nina  Reed, 
station  WRC  at  Washington  is  now  covering 
the  weekly  trend  of  current  events  for 
both  its  masculine  and  feminine  audiences. 
Mrs.  Reed's  new  series  of  weekly  talks 
takes  up  the  important  events  of  the 
world  that  are  of  particular  interest  to 
women,  and  reviews  those  questions  that 
are  not  covered  by  Frederic  William  Wile 
in  his  excellent  weekly  discussions  of  the 
political  situation  in  Washington  every 
Tuesday  evening. 

THE  Uncle  Charlies  and  other  bed-time 
boys  who  persist  in  calling  their 
juvenile  listeners  "kiddies"  are,  we  suspect, 
some  kin  of  the  coy  word-coiners  who 
attempted  to  label  the  American  soldiery 
in  the  late  fracas  "Sammies." 

WHAT  ho!  we  thought,  there  is  much 
talk   of    how    Music    is    insinuating 
itself  into  the  Radio  World.     Let  us  see, 
vice-versa,   how  much  of  a  ripple   Radio 
is  creating  in  the  Musical  World. 

So  we  hied  ourself  to  the  public  library 
and  surrounded  ourself  with  seven  of 
the  current  musical  publications.  This, 
thought  we,  should  be  a  fair  enough  index 
of  the  interest  aroused  among  bonafide 
musicians  by  radio.  Well,  we  shall 
chronicle  the  result  of  our  research  without 
comment:  nowhere  in  the  music  trade 
journals  did  we  find  the  word  "radio"  as 
much  as  mentioned.  Which  may  or  may 
not  prove  anything. 

AN  INTERESTING  variation  of  the 
traditional  ritual  of  announcing  is 
that  employed  by  WEBH,  Chicago.  For 
some  time  this  station  has  been  announcing 
only  the  "next  number,"  omitting  reference 
to  the  preceding  one.  Recently  this 


system  was  reversed  and  the  practice 
now  followed  is  to  announce  only  the 
number  just  completed,  after  whick  the 
next  number  starts  without  any  intro- 
duction. Either  practice  is  commendable 
since  it  results  in  cutting  the  announcer's 
timeonthe  air  in  half — and  announcements, 
like  subtitles  in  the  movies,  are  best  when 
brief. 

Of  the  two  methods,  the  one  finally 
adopted  by  WEBH  as  a  permanent  practice 
has  the  most  to  commend  it;  for  frequently 
a  listener  tunes-in  during  a  number  and  is 
perhaps  curious  to  know  what  he  has  heard. 

This  rule  of  omitting  introductions  is 
subject  to  exception.  Where  the  import- 
ance of  the  artist,  or  the  novelty  of  the 
offering,  warrants  it  the  announcement 
is  made  both  before  and  after — for  routine 
studio  offerings  the  "back  announcement" 
alone  suffices. 

SOME  attention-caller,  amateur  or 
professional,  ought  to  take  it  upon 
himself  to  inform  these  enthusiastic  and 
breezy  announcer-persons  that  g-e-n-u-i-n-e 
is  not  pronounced  genuine.  Concerts 
"broadcast  direct"  from  some  place  or 
other,  also  leaves  us  exceeding  cold.  The 
logic  of  this  last  statement  is  positively 
astounding.  Everyone  is  of  course  familiar 
with  indirect  concerts,  and  knows  that  the 
direct  brand  are  vastly  to  be  preferred. 

THE  editor  of  this  department  is  pleased 
to  hear  from  readers  who  agree  or  dis- 
pute his  opinion.  Those  who  write  should 
address  their  letters  to  "John  Wallace, 
Conductor,  Listeners'  Point  of  View,  RADIO 
BROADCAST  Magazine,  Garden  City,  New 
York,"  and  sign  their  communications. 

IN  TAKING  stock  of  recent  noteworthy 
additions  to  the  broadcast  listener's 
fare,  we  discover  that  the  Radio  Cor- 
poration of  America  stations  have  been 
responsible  for  at  least  two  of  the  out- 
standing features  on  the  winter's  programs. 
First  in  importance  was  the  series  of 
recitals  from  Steinway  Hall,  sponsored 
by  Steinway  and  Sons.  Such  important 
musicians  as  Josef  Hofmann,  Guy  Maier 
and  Lee  Pattison,  pianists;  Walter 
Damrosch  and  William  Mengelberg,  con- 
ductors; and  Paul  Kochanski,  violinist, 
were  heard  in  this  series  of  one  and  one- 
half  hour  concerts  broadcast  through,  wjz, 
WRC,  WGY,  and  WBZ. 

Also  of  interest  to  many  have  been  the 
Lewisohn  Free  Chamber  Music  Concerts 
broadcast  from  Hunter  College,  New  York, 
every  Wednesday  night.  The  Chamber 
Music  Series  was  founded  by  Dr.  Henry 
Fleck  and  is  still  under  his  direction.  They 
comprise  the  first  course  in  musical  appre- 
ciation offered  to  the  public.  In  arrang- 
ing the  concerts,  Doctor  Fleck  devoted 
the  first  part  of  the  program  to  the  classical 
school  of  writers,  presenting  them  in 
chronological  order.  The  second  part  has 
been  reserved  for  modern  works,  however 
radical.  Several  excellent  quartettes  and 
trios  have  been  heard  in  this  series. 


Each  of  Wkich  Were  Experimented  With  In  Developing  the 
"Radio  Broadcast  Universal"  — SHou> ing  How  Variations  in 
Panel  and  Sub-Panel  Arrangement  Can  Be  Used  to  Advantage 


DUE  to  space  limitations,  it  was  not 
possible  to  show  the  readers  of  RADIO 
BROADCAST  all  the  models  of  the  popular 
RADIO  BROADCAST  "Universal"  Re- 
ceiver completely  described  in  this  maga- 
zine for  January,  1926.  A  great  many  of 
these  models  were  constructed  while  we 
were  experimenting  with  the  circuit  in 
search  for  the  final  receiver.  Several 
of  the  models  which  were  not  illustrated 
in  our  January  number  are  shown  here 
and  it  is  possible  for  the  reader  to  ascertain 
for  himself  the  wide  scope  of  application 
of  this  circuit  to  other  designs.  Other 
coil  units,  different  panel  and  base  layouts 
may  be  employed.  On  these  two  pages 
are  shown  several  views  and  a  circuit 
diagram  of  an  excellent  receiver  which  has 
points  in  common  with  the  "Universal." 
We  believe  that  many  of  our  readers  are 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 

FIG.    1 

Rear  view  of  the  Phonograph  model.    Note  the  compactness  of  the  unit  which  is 
made  possible  by  using  the  Clarotuner  coils  and  Hanscom  single  control  unit 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 

FIG.  2 

Bottom  view  of  RADIO  BROADCAST'S  Universal  made  to  fit  in  a 
phonograph  cabinet.  This  design  is  due  to  the  engineers  of  the 
American  Mechanical  Laboratories  and  employs  several  de- 
partures from  our  original  model  to  good  advantage,  including  the 
Bruno  Brackets  which  make  for  great  rigidity  in  a  compact  receiver 
of  this  kind 


FIG.  3 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


Top  view  of  the  same  receiver  illustrating  the  ease  of  assembly  and  wiring  as 
well  as  the  particularly  neat  appearance  this  form  of  assembly  makes  possible 


FIG.  5 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


Cabling  the  wiring — when  it  is  done  intelligently — is  advisable.     Here 
is  the  base  of  the  Samson  and  is  a  very  good  example  of  how  it  is  done 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 

FIG.  4 

A  front  view  of  the  Sampson  T  C  Receiver  which 
has  been  developed  by  the  Sampson  Electric  Com- 
pany of  Canton,  Massachusetts,  after  a  design  of 
J.  K.  Clapp  of  M.  I.  T.  This  set  is  a  very  good 
example  of  the  design  adaptations  possible  in  the 
Universal  Receiver.  The  changes  in  the  circuit 
employed  are  briefly  covered  in  an  accompanying 
illustration 


undoubtedly  familiar  with  this  receiver, 
the  Sampson  T  C,  and  for  those  who  are 
not,  it  is  shown  here  by  illustration  and 
circuit  diagram. 

The  circuit  diagram  for  the  "Univer- 
sal" Receiver  is  found  on  page  331  and 
the  six  pages  following  of  RADIO  BROAD- 
CAST for  January,  1926. 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


FOUR  RECEIVERS 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 

FIG.  6 

One  of  the  early  models  of  the  Universal  which  was  abandoned  because  of  wiring  and  electrical  feedback  difficulties 


FIG.  7 

A  very  symmetrical  panel  may  be  had  by  bringing 

the  volume  control  resistor  to  the  center  as  shown 

here 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


FIG.  8 

Looking  down  on  the  Sampson  T  C  Receiver.  So 
much  equipment  in  so  small  a  space  is  in  itself  an 
accomplishment.  This  layout  is  a  little  difficult  to 
approximate,  but  when  you  have  it  finished  it  is  a 
real  receiver.  The  tests  run  on  it  in  our  Laboratory 
revealed  it  to  be  one  of  the  best  we  have  ever  had 
submitted  for  test.  It  is  compact,  easy  to  handle, 
economical  to  use,  and  the  tone  quality  is  far  above 
the  average.  On  the  second  stage  audio  it  performs 
very  well  with  a  cone  speaker  which  is  saying  much 
for  a  transformer-coupled  audio  receiver 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


FIG.  9 

The  circuit  used  in  the  Samson  receiver  is  our  old 
stand-by-the  stage  of  neutralized,  tuned  radio 
frequency  amplification,  a  regenerative  detector  and 
two  stages  of  high  quality  transformer  coupled 
audio  amplification.  The  neutralizing  system  is 
particularly  simple  to  handle  and  but  few  improve- 
ments in  the  circuit  could  be  made.  Some  reduc- 
tion in  plate  current  consumption  may  be  had  by 
placing  a  3  to  4?  negative  bias  on  the  first  tube  and 
better  performance  may  be  had  from  the  audio, 
without  complicating  either  the  building  or  oper- 
ation, if  the  R.  F.  stage  rheostat  is  confined  to 
that  tube  and  ballasts  are  used  in  the  filament  circuits 
of  the  first  and  second  audio  tubes.  If  a  201-A 
type  tube  is  used  in  the  first  stage,  a  j-ampere 
ballast  may  be  used  and  where  the  new  112  type 
tube  is  used,  a  J-ampere  ballast  will  serve  very  well. 
In  this  last  case,  raising  the  plate  voltage  on  the 
last  tube  to  135  volts  and  increasing  the  grid  bias 
to  minus  9  volts  will  be  found  worth  while 


:How  Long  Will  My  B  Batteries  Last?" 

New  Thoughts  on  an  Old  Question — How  to  Choose  the  Proper  Unit 
for  the  Proper  Use — The  Economic  Importance  and  Use  of  the  C  Battery 


By  GEORGE  C.  FURNESS 

Manager,  '•Radio  Division,  National  Carbon  Company 


IHE  question  "How  Long  Will  My 
B  Battery  Last?"  was  old  when 
radio  broadcasting  began,  and  from 
then  until  now,  the  answers  have 
rarely  been  satisfactory.  If  the  question 
were  asked  of  a  radio  battery  expert,  the 
answer  would  consist  of  a  cross-examination 
of  the  user  as  to  the  kind  and  size  of  battery, 
number  of  tubes,  the  B  battery  voltage,  the 
C-battery  bias  and  so  on,  world  without 
end,  until  the  inquisitive  child  appears 
dumb  in  comparison.  If  the  question 
were  asked  of  an  unreliable  clerk  in  the 
radio  store,  who  had  become  an  expert 
over  night  and  who,  knowing  little,  feared 
less,  the  answer  would  be  whatever  figure 
the  clerk  thought  would  most  please  the 
questioner. 

Both  types  of  answers  are  equally  un- 
satisfactory to  the  radio  user.  In  the  one 
case,  he  is  not  generally  interested  in  a  dis- 
cussion of  the  many  factors  which  affect 
the  life  of  his  battery,  and  in  the  second 
case,  he  does  not  want  an  incorrect  answer. 

Although  the  laws  of  physics  and  chemis- 
try continue  to  operate  as  formerly,  thus 
bringing  in  just  as  many  factors  as  of  old  in 
affecting  the  life  of  a  B  battery,  conditions 
have  become  sufficiently  standardized  with 
respect  to  broadcast  receivers  so  that  we 
can  now  fix  many  of  what  formerly  were 
variable  factors.  Common  practice  thus 
enables  us  to  simplify  a  complex  subject 
and  give  results  which  are  in  close  approxi- 
mation to  actual  performance. 

This  article  is  written  by  a  student  of 
radio  batteries  who  still  finds  it  impossible 
entirely  to  get  over  the  old  habit  of  severe 
cross-examination  and  discussion  of  every 
factor.  We  are  therefore  unable  to  come 
to  the  consideration  of  battery  life  under 
simplified  conditions  without  first  explain- 
ing the  basis  on  which  simplification  is 
accomplished. 


Here  then  are  the  assumptions  on  which 
the  simplified  story  is  built: 

1.  That  the  battery  is  of  reliable,  high  grade 
manufacture. 

2.  That  90  volts  of  B  battery  is  used  on  both 
radio  and  audio  frequency  amplifier  tubes. 

3.  That  45  volts  is  used  on  the  detector  tube. 

4.  The    battery    is   considered    as   discharged 
when  each  22j-volt  section  drops  to  17  volts. 
This  is  the  conventional  "cut-off"  voltage. 
Experience    has    shown    that    many    users 
continue  to  obtain  satisfactory  results  and 
do  not  discard  their  B  batteries  until  long 
after  they  have  passed  this  17- volt  point. 

5.  That  the  grid  bias  on  all  radio  frequency 
tubes  is  zero. 

6.  That  the  grid  bias  on  the  audio  amplifier 
tubes  is  either  zero  (no  C  battery)  or  is 
43  volts  negative  when  a  C  battery  is  used. 


FIG.    I 

The  cylindrical  cells  which  go  to  make  up  two 
types  of  B  battery.  That  at  the  left  is  for  light 
duty  batteries,  that  at  the  right  for  heavy  duty 
batteries.  A  zinc  cylinder  encloses  a  compound 
in  which  is  located  centrally,  the  carbon  rod. 
The  carbon  is  the  positive  pole  of  the  battery 
cell,  the  zinc  can  the  negative 


7.  That  the  tubes  are  burned  at  normal  fila- 
ment brilliancy. 

8.  That  the  receiving  sets  employ  tubes  which 
have   the   electrical   characteristics   of   the 
uv-i<)9  or  uv-2oiA. 

HOW  MUCH  IS  THE  AVERAGE  RECEIVER  USED? 

\  A/HEN  a  user  asks  "How  long  will  my 
*  '  B  battery  last?"  he  wants  to  know 
how  long  it  will  be  before  he  will  have  to 
buy  another  battery.  He  does  not  want 
to  be  told  how  many  hours  of  operation  he 
will  get  from  his  battery  because  he  does 
not  know  how  much  he  is  going  to  use  his 
receiver,  and  therefore  he  cannot  tell  how 
soon  he  will  have  to  renew  his  batteries. 
The  other  horn  of  this  dilemma  is  that  the 
life  of  a  B  battery,  in  terms  of  elapsed  time, 
rises  and  falls  with  the  extent  to  which  it 
is  used.  Therefore,  a  satisfactory  answer 
forces  us  to  a  consideration  of  the  average 
hours  of  use  of  a  radio  receiver.  This  is  a 
fertile  subject  for  discussion  among  radio 
fans  and,  in  general,  one  man's  opinion  has 
been  as  good  as  another's  because  they  have 
all  been  opinions  rather  than  facts  drawn 
from  extensive  investigation.  We  are  for- 
tunate in  having  available  a  considerable 
amount  of  data  which  warrants  the  con- 
clusion that  average  year-around  use  is  in 
the  close  neighborhood  of  two  hours  daily. 
We  have,  therefore,  based  all  of  our  battery 
life  figures  on  a  two-hour  daily  use.  Any 
reader  who  feels  that  his  use  is  more  or  less 
than  two  hours  per  day,  should  decrease 
or  increase  the  figures  given,  accordingly. 
In  those  rare  instances  where  the  average 
use  exceeds  three  hours  daily,  the  battery 
life  should  be  somewhat  more  than  pro- 
portionately decreased.  Similarly,  if  the 
average  use  is  less  than  one  and  one-half 
hours'  use  daily,  the  battery  life  should  not 
be  increased  in  full  proportion. 

Experience  has  shown  that  the  drain  on 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


"HOW  LONG  WILL  MY  B  BATTERIES  LAST?" 


453 


FIG.    3 

This  is  a  heavy  duty  battery  designed  for  use 

with   receivers  where   the  current  drain   is    14 

milliamperes  or  over 

storage  battery  tubes  at  90  volts  and  -with- 
out bias  is  6  milliamperes  per  tube,  and 
when  using  the  proper  C  battery,  this  figure 
is  reduced  to  2  milliamperes.  The  drain 
on  this  tube  when  used  as  a  detector  is  also 
2  milliamperes. 

The  difference  between  the  B  battery 
current  drain  of  dry  cell  and  storage  battery 
tubes  is  not  great  enough  to  warrant  sepa- 
rate figures  or  calculations  for  dry  cell  tube 
sets. 

We  have  been  clearing  out  underbrush 
all  this  time,  so  that  we  can  see  one  of  the 
two  things  which  we  must  always  know  to 
determine  how  long  a  B  battery  will  last 
that  is,  the  current  drain  on  the  battery. 
This  is  now  merely  a  matter  of  arithmetic, 
knowing  the  number  of  tubes  and  how  they 
are  used.  For  example:  here  is  a  three 
tube  set  without  a  C  battery.  Its  drain  is 
twice  6  for  the  two  audio  tubes,  plus  2  for 
the  detector,  a  total  of  14  milliamperes. 
A  C  battery  would  change  the  story  to 
twice  2  plus  2,  or  6  milliamperes.  (We 
never  work  out  one  of  these  examples  of  the 
B  battery  drain  with  and  without  a  C 
battery,  that  we  don't  marvel  afresh  at  the 
saving  involved.) 

Once  we  know  the  current  drain  of  a  bat- 
tery, all  that  we  have  to  do  to  determine  its 
life  is  to  put  it  on  test  at  that  drain  and  see 
how  long  it  lasts.  It  doesn't  suffice,  how- 


16 

Vb 

\ 

'4 

Sj 

MONTHS  LIFE 
LIGHT    DUTY 
"B"  BATTERIES 
Based  on  an  average  a» 
of  two  hours  per  day 

13 

\ 

12 

N 

s 

| 

11 

\ 

at 

I    „ 

\ 

z 

\ 

s 

z 

UJ    7 

!5 

6 
5 
* 
3 
2 
1 
0 

\ 

x 

% 

XN 

^, 

•». 

•-„ 

•-. 



•.„ 

~. 

~  — 

~~ 

6      7      8      9      10     11     12     13     14     15     16     17     18     19    20     21     22     23     24    25    26    27 

MILLJ-AMPERE  CURRENT  DRAIN 
*<  One  to  Three  Tubei—  ^  ThrM  or  Mom  Tube*  ' 

FIG.    4 

All  the  curves  shown  on  these  pages  are  based  on  the  results  obtained  from  a  test 
conducted  to  determine  the  average  number  of  hours  of  use  of  a  receiving  set. 
The  unbroken  part  of  the  curve  indicates  the  life  of  a  battery  when  used  with  a 
receiver  employing  one  to  three  tubes  where  the  total  milliampere  drain  does  not 
exceed  14  milliamperes.  Where  more  tubes  are  used  the  drain  is  greater  and 
the  battery  correspondingly  lasts  over  a  shorter  period 


ever,  to  test  a  battery  at  one  drain  and  then 
calculate  the  life  at  other  drains,  for  the 
electrical  capacity  varies  somewhat  with 
the  drain.  If  a  battery  lasts  1000  hours  at 
one  drain,  it  probably  will  not  last  a  full 
500  hours  at  twice  the  drain.  Therefore, 
the  only  way  to  determine  how  long  a  bat- 
tery will  last  at  different  loads  is  to  test  it  at 
those  loads.  This  has  been  done. 

The  drains  chosen  were  4,  8,  16,  24,  and 
32  milliamperes,  which  covers  the  entire 
range  of  load  ordinarily  encountered. 
Several  tests  were  made  for  each  drain  at 
different  periods  and  each  test  represents 
the  performance  of  several  batteries. 

The  entire  series  of  tests  were  made  on 
two  sizes  of  batteries,  designated  as  the 
Light  Duty  and  the  Heavy  Duty.  The 
illustrations  in  Fig.  i  show  the  size  of  the 


FIG.   2 


Several  types  of  B  batteries,  varying  both  in  voltage  and  size.     All  are  for  light  duty 


cells  used  in  the  Light  Duty  and  in  the 
Heavy  Duty  battery.  The  illustrations 
in  Fig.  2  show  the  three  common  forms  of 
the  Light  Duty  battery — the  22^-volt 
unit  which  is  sometimes  referred  to  as  the 
"5-pound  battery"  and  the  vertical  and 
horizontal  forms  of  the  45-volt  unit. 

The  size  of  the  cells  in  a  battery  deter- 
mines its  electrical  capacity,  not  the  num- 
ber of  cells  and  the  voltage.  The  22^-volt 
and  45-volt  units  shown  in  Fig.  2  are  all 
Light  Duty  batteries,  even  though  one  is 
twice  the  weight  and  dimensions  of  the 
other. 

Fig.  3  shows  the  Heavy  Duty  battery 
which  is  generally  made  only  in  a  45-volt 
unit. 

One  of  the  results  of  the  elaborate  series 
of  tests  on  the  two  sizes  of  batteries  has 
been  to  enable  us  to  determine  the  field, 
i.e.,  the  drain,  where  each  is  best  suited. 
The  answer  is  this: — Use  the  Light  Duty 
on  all  drains  below  14  milliamperes  and  the 
Heavy  Duty  on  all  drains  above  14  milli- 
amperes. An  approximate  rule,  in  terms 
of  the  number  of  tubes,  is: — The  Light 
Duty  battery  should  be  used  on  sets  of  one 
to  three  tubes;  the  Heavy  Duty  size  on  sets 
of  four  or  more  tubes.  Let  it  be  noted  with 
all  possible  emphasis  that  the  rule  makes 
no  mention  whatever  of  the  smaller  size 
batteries.  This  is  because  the  Light  Duty 
size  is  more  economical  than  any  of  the 
smaller  size  batteries  however  low  the  drain. 
The  justification  for  the  smaller  size  bat- 
teries lies  entirely  in  their  portability,  never 
in  their  economy. 

When  we  tell  how  to  fit  the  right  size 
battery  to  a  receiver  in  terms  of  the  milli- 
ampere drain  of  that  receiver  there  are 
practically  no  exceptions,  for  we  are  deal- 
ing with  a  fixed  electrical  unit:  the  mil- 
liampere; when,  however,  we  talk  in  terms 
of  number  of  tubes,  a  simple  unit,  under- 


454 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


N 

15 
U 
13 
12 
11 
10 

i  9 

i  8 

£ 

I7 
6 

S 
4 
3 
2 
1 

° 

^ 

\ 

MONTHS  LIFE 
HEAVY   DUTY 
"B"  BATTERIES 
OF 

:YLINDRICAL  CELLS 

iased  on  an  average  us* 
of  two  hours  per  day 

\ 

Ls 

N 

N 

v^ 

s 

\ 

X 

X 

\ 

"•> 

•**x. 

—  „ 

••^ 

~-~. 

k-»^. 

*"•-  — 

-^. 

•—  — 

•^^. 

^^^ 

)      10     11     12     13     14     15     16     17     18     19     20     21     22     23     24     25    26    27     28     2-i     M     31     3 
MILLI  -AMPERE  CURRENT  DRAIN                                                                    I 
V  Orw.Two  or  \  More  than  Three  Tubes  

FIG. 


Where  the  ordinary  heavy  duty  battery  is  employed  for  receivers  having  more 

than  three  tubes,  the  period  of  life  is  greater  as  can  be  seen  by  the  above  curve, 

than  if  light  duty  batteries  were  employed 


standable  to  all,  we  obtain  a  simple  rule, 
but,  like  most  simple  rules,  there  are  ex- 
ceptions. 

"One  to  three  tubes"  covers  most  sets 
below  14  milliamperes,  and  "four  or  more 
tubes"  covers  the  great  majority  of  sets 
whose  drain  is  above  14  milliamperes.  One 
exception  is  that  of  one  model  of  the 
Radiola  super-heterodyne,  which  is  so 
designed  that,  although  it  employs  six 
tubes,  the  drain  is  only  12  to  13  milli- 
amperes. Another  exception  is  the  four- 
and  five-tube  receivers,  recently  described 
in  RADIO  BROADCAST,  which  are  so  con- 
structed that  their  drain  is  much  less  than 
14  milliamperes.  There  are,  therefore, 
certain  exceptional  cases  where  the  Light 
Duty  battery  is  the  proper  size  for  sets  of 
four  or  more  tubes. 

Practically  no  one  uses  the  Heavy  Duty 
battery  when  the  Light  Duty  battery  should 
be  used.  A  recent  survey  has  indicated, 
however,  that  a  large  proportion  of  the 
radio  users  are  making  the  rather  serious 
mistake  of  using  the  Light  Duty  when  they 
should  be  using  the  Heavy  Duty  battery. 
The  use  of  the  Heavy  Duty  battery  on  sets 
of  four  or  more  tubes  is  not  only  much  more 
economical,  but  also  raises  still  further 
the  high  convenience  factor  of  dry  cell  B 
batteries. 

At  last  we  have  come  to  the  point  where 
we  can  discuss  B  battery  life,  for  we  know 
now  the  two  essential  factors,  the  current 
drain,  and  the  correct  size  of  battery  to 
use  for  that  particular  drain.  The  rest  is 
clear  sailing. 

THE     LIGHT     DUTY     BATTERY     ON     ONE-    TO 
THREE-TUBE    SETS 

THE  curve  in  Fig.  4  is  derived  from  the 
data  furnished  by  the  tests  on  the 
Light  Duty  battery.  To  "work"  the 
curve  is  easy.  Take  the  three-tube  set 
about  which  we  have  already  spoken.  The 
drain  without  a  C  battery  was  14  milli- 


amperes. Reference  to  the  curve  shows 
that  at  this  load,  the  life  is  6.4  months. 

With  the  set  pulling  only  6  milliamperes 
when  a  C  battery  is  used,  the  life  is  just 
fifteen  months.  "Too  long,"  you  say. 
You  don't  believe  it?  Very  well,  we  won't 
quarrel.  You  and  I  both  know  that 
Niagara  Falls  is  very,  very  high,  but  neither 
cares  whether  it  is  actually  250  or  400  feet 
from  top  to  bottom.  Let's  say  "more  than 
a  year"  for  the  life  of  the  battery  and  let  it 
go  at  that. 

The  curve  does  not  show  battery  life 
for  drains  of  less  than  6  milliamperes  be- 
cause there  is  little  interest  in  a  life  of  over 
fifteen  months,  and  also  because  we  do  not 
wish  to  overtax  the  reader's  credulity. 

We  have  said  that  the  Light  Duty  bat- 


tery should  not  be  used  on  drains  in  excess 
of  14  milliamperes  but  we  have  extended 
the  curve  in  a  dotted  line  up  to  27  milli- 
amperes. This  makes  it  possible  to  deter- 
mine the  life  of  the  Light  Duty  battery 
even  when  wrongfully  used  on  excessive 
drains. 

Another  way  of  expressing  the  same  data 
given  by  the  curve  in  Fig.  4  and  of  avoid- 
ing the  necessity  of  even  thinking  milli- 
amperes, is  shown  in  the  following  table: 

LIFE  OF  LIGHT   DUTY   B   BATTERY 

(Based  on  average  use  of  two  hours  per  day) 


NUMBER  WITHOUT  C 

OF  TUBES  BATTERY 

1  More  than  a  year 

2  1 1  months 

3  6  months 


WITH  c 

BATTERY 

More  than  a  year 
More  than  a  year 


The  shortest  life  in  the  table  is  six 
months,  i.e.,  two  renewals  a  year.  The 
Light  Duty  story  then  comes  down  to  this: 
When  properly  used,  this  battery  will  not 
require  more  than  two  renewals  per  year 
for  two  hours'  use  per  day. 

THE  HEAVY  DUTY  BATTERY  ON  SETS  OF  FOUR 
OR  MORE  TUBES 

THE  life  of  the  Heavy  Duty  battery 
under  various  drains  is  shown  in  Fig. 
5.  In  this  case  the  curve  is  dotted  below 
14  milliamperes — the  field  of  lower  drains 
where  the  Light  Duty  battery  is  better 
suited,  as  previously  discussed. 

The  life  of  this  battery  on  a  five-tube 
neutrodyne  with  a  C  battery  on  the  audio 
stages  is  worked  out  thus:  Two  radio  fre- 
quency stages  at  6  milliamperes  each  is  12; 
the  detector  at  2  and  each  audio  stage  also 
at  2 — totals  1 8  milliamperes.  The  curve 
shows  the  life  to  be  8  months. 

A  substitute  for  the  curve  is  given  in  the 
following  table: 


16 
15 
14 
13 
12 
11 

10 
$ 

Z   9 
o 

=  8 

z 

i  7 

6 
5 
4 
3 
2 

0 

\ 

\ 

V 

S 

\ 

MONTHS  LIFE 
NEW  TYPE  FLAT  CELL 

HEAVY  DUTY 

"B"BATTERIES 
Based  on  an  average  us 
of  two  hours  per  day 

> 

X 

X 

Si 

E 

v 

s*,. 

— 

^. 

*->. 

±5 

K. 

"-^ 

•^ 

*"*»», 

"-^ 

2     13     14     15     16     17     18     19     20     21     22     23     24     25     26    27     28     29     30     31     32 

MILLI-AMPERE  CURRENT  DRAIN 
FIG.    6 

This  curve  of  a  newer  type  of  heavy  duty  B  battery  shows  conclusively  that 
where  high  drain  is  to  be  experienced  and  where  long  life  is  to  be  expected,  the 
flat  type  cell  unit  approximates,  more  than  the  other  types,  the  ideal  condition 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


"HOW  LONG  WILL  MY  B  BATTERIES  LAST?1 


455 


14 
13 
12 
11 
10 

i: 

*    7 
£    6 

3 
2 

1 
0 

^ 

s 

S 

\ 

S 

\ 

A-  Light  Duty  B  Batter 
B-  Heavy  Duty  B  Bat^ 
(Cylindrical  C«lb> 
C-  Heavy  Duty  B  Batte 
(New  Type  Flat  Cells) 
BaseH  on  use  of  two  noun 
per  day 

s 

\ 

\ 

s 

rj 

S 

s 

\ 

s 

\ 

X, 

X 

sc 

— 

\ 

s 

s 

B 

x 

• 

X 

-X 

1 

X 

A 

*•» 

v. 

•*** 

"•N, 

X, 

^s 

^ 

1 

•*-* 

--. 

~~, 

s 

•> 

^^, 

"^, 

""^  

•-, 

--* 

*•*• 

-> 

--. 

, 

--. 

"»• 

•••••• 

—  -. 

_^ 

6     7     8     9    10  11    12   13  14    15   16   17  18    19  20  21   22  23  24  25  26  27  26  29  30  31  32 

MILLIAMPERE    CURRENT     DRAIN 

FIG.    7 

This  composite  curve  illustration  shows  very  definitely  the  com- 

paritive  longivity  for  three  types  of  batteries,  where  the  current 

drain  is  the  same  in  each  case 


LIFE  OF  HEAVY  DUTY  B  BATTERY 
(Based  on  average  use  of  two  hours  per  day) 


NUMBER  OF 
TUBES 

4 
5 
6 


WITHOUT  C 
BATTERY 

*6 


WITH  C 
BATTERY 

Over  a  year 
8  mos. 
6  mos. 


This  figure  is  slightly  higher  than  is  shown 
by  the  curve  when  using  the  calculated  current 
drain.  Experience  has  shown,  however,  that 
six  months'  life  is  generally  obtained.  This 
longer  life  results  from  operating  the  receiver  at 
lower  drains  in  order  to  avoid  the  distortion 
which  accompanies  high  volume  in  the  absence 
of  a  C  battery. 


The  space  for  the  battery  life  on  a  six- 
tube  set  without  a  C  battery  is  left  blank 
for  we  are  not  familiar  with  any  six-tube, 
factory-made  set  now  being  produced  which 
does  not  use  a  C  battery. 

Here  again  it  will  be  noted  that  the 
minimum  life  to  be  expected  from  the 
Heavy  Duty  battery  is  six  months,  or  two 
renewals  per  year,  based  on  2  hours'  use 
per  day. 

The  new  type  of  dry  cell  battery,  con- 
sisting of  flat  cells  piled  on  each  other  layer 
by  layer,  instead  of  the  conventional  cylin- 
drical cells  soldered  together,  is  a  special 
case  under  Our  discussion  of  the  Heavy 
Duty  size  battery.  The  external  dimen- 
sions and  general  characteristics  of  this 
new  type  of  battery  are  the  same  as  those 
of  the  Heavy  Duty  battery.  The  differ- 
ence lies  in  the  higher  capacity  and  longer 
life  of  the  new  battery.  The  flat  construc- 
tion results  in  the  use  of  more  of  the  active 
chemical  ingredients  per  unit  of  volume 
because  it  avoids  the  wasteof  space  between 
the  cells  in  the  cylindrical  type  of  battery. 

The  curve  in  Fig.  6  shows  the  life  of  this 
flat  cell,  Heavy  Duty  battery  at  various 
drains. 

POWER   TUBES 

\A/E  MUST  also  consider  the  effect  of 
'  '  the  new,  highly  important  power 
tubes,  ux-i  12,  ux-120,  and  others  on  B  bat- 
tery life.  The  situation  is  a  bit  complicated 
technically,  but  is  most  simple  from  the 
standpoint  of  results,  particularly  when  we 
confine  our  attention  to  those  cases  where 


practically  all  the  power 
tubes  will  be  used,  i.e.,  in  sets 
of  four  or  more  tubes. 

The  new  power  tubes  must 
be  used  with  a  C  battery. 
Therefore  it  is  necessary  to 
provide  C  battery  connections 
in  order  to  use  either  of  these 
tubes  in  sets  which  were  for- 
merly without  a  C  battery. 
The  net  result  of  the  change 
will  be  a  decrease  in  B  bat- 
tery drain,  and  hence  longer 
battery  life. 

The  drain  of  these  power 
tubes  when  properly  biased 
averages  around  5  or  6  milli- 
amperes.  This  is  3  or  4  milli- 
amperes  more  than  that  of 
the  biased  tube  which  it  replaces.  The 
use  of  either  of  these  power  tubes  on  a 
set  already  equipped  with  a  C  battery 
will  therefore  increase  the  total  drain  about 
twenty  per  cent. 

In  selecting  the  proper  size  batteries  for 
multi-tube  sets  employing  either  of  the  new 
power  tubes,  one  point  should  be  kept  in 
mind.  The  Heavy  Duty  size  will,  of  course 
be  chosen  to  supply  the  original  90  volts, 
but  the  battery  which  furnishes  the  "top 
45  volts"  to  supply  135  volts  to  the  power 
tube  should  be  of  the  Light  Duty,  not  the 
Heavy  Duty,  size.  This  "top"  45  volt 
battery  carries  the  5  or  6  milliampere  drain 
of  the  power  tube  only,  and  will  therefore 
last  "more  than  a  year." 

Articles  on  "  How  to  Build  a  Radio  Re- 
ceiver, How  to  Erect  your  Antenna,"  in 
fact  all  the  "How  to"  articles  on  radio 
generally  have  a  paragraph  near  the  end 
on  "How  to  look  for  trouble,"  as  though  it 
were  necessary  to  search  for  it.  But  the 


precedent  is  too  strong  to  break.  We  shall 
therefore  include  the  customary  para- 
graph of  warning  and  advice. 

Thefigures  on  the  B  battery  life  are  based 
on  proper  radio  equipment  and  normal 
operating  conditions.  They  will  not  apply 
under  such  conditions  as: 

(1)  Leaving  the  set  turned  on  for  a  week  and 
then  forgetting  that  you  did  so. 

(2)  Use  of  tubes  which   have  an  abnormally 
high  B  battery  drain  (an  occasional  misfor- 
tune.) 

(3)  A  faulty  by-pass  condenser  or  any  form  of 
short    circuit    which   continuously    drains 
the  B  battery. 

(4)  Chronic  over-burning  of  the  filaments. 

(5)  When   using  old    exhausted   tubes   which 
need  renewing  or  re-activating. 

(6)  Failure  to  renew  an  exhausted  C  battery. 

(7)  Leaving  the  shears  resting  on  the  battery 
terminals  over  night. 

The  next  time  any  one  asks  us  how  long 
his  B  battery  will  last  we  shall  not  ask  a 
single  question,  but  immediately  reply, 
"Six  months  at  least,  generally  eight 
months  and  often  a  year  or  more."  Then 
if  the  combination  of  a  New  England 
conscience  and  an  engineering  training  gets 
in  its  deadly  work,  we  will  be  forced  to  add 
"Of  course  you  understand  that  this  an- 
swer is  based  on  your  using  batteries  of 
proper  size  and  of  a  reliable  make  and  also 
on  an  average  use  of  your  receiver  of  two 
hours  per  day." 

We  might  also  go  on  to  explain  that  there 
would  be  occasional,  rare  cases  where  the 
battery  life  would  be  only  four  or  five 
months  but  that  for  every  such  case  there 
would  be  literally  thousands  of  instances, 
even  with  multi-tube  sets,  where  the  bat- 
tery life  would  be  in  the  nine-  to  twelve- 
month range. 


FIG.  8 

It  is  usual  in  depicting  the  circuit  diagram  of  the  Browning-Drake  receiver  described  in  the  De- 
cember, 1924,  issue  of  Radio  Broadcast,  to  represent  the  batteries  employed,  symbolically.  Here 
is  the  diagram  showing  actual  illustrations  of  batteries  connected  in  the  circuit.  The  reader,  how- 
ever, will  do  well  to  become  accustomed  to  the  symbolical  representation  of  batteries  and  other 

parts  of  radio  circuits 


How  to  Use  Vacuum  Tubes 

A  Clear  Explanation  of  How  and  Why  Tubes  are  Rated  as  to  Amplification  Constant,  Mutual 
Conductance,  Plate  Impedance,  Etc. — How  to  Make  and  Use  a  "Characteristic  Curve" — Answers 
and  Explanations  for  the  Most  Commonly  Asked  Questions  About  the  Use  of  Receiving  Tubes 

By  KEITH  HENNEY 


F  ALL  the  various  instruments  that  go 
to  make  a  radio  receiver,  there  are 
none  that  approach  the  vacuum  tube 
in  importance.  In  the  majority  of 
receivers  to-day  the  tube  is  the  most  essential 
accessory,  and  upon  its  proper  operation  depend 
all  of  the  qualities  of  which  the  owner  of  the  re- 
ceiver brags.  The  sensitivity  of  the  receiver, 
the  volume  and  quality  of  reproduction,  the 
economy  of  operation,  all  rest  upon  the  tubes 
that  are  used  and  the  manner  in  which  they  are 
operated. 

Therefore,  it  behooves  the  owner  or  builder 
of  a  radio  receiver  to  become  as  well  acquainted 
as  possible  with  the  various  functions  which 
his  tubes  perform,  and  to  know  what  happens 
when  he  does  this  or  that  to  those  small  bits  of 
glass  and  metal. 

In  the  December  RADIO  BROADCAST,  the  use 
of  new  semi-power  tubes  was  discussed  and  the 
connection  between  undistorted  audio  output 
and  the  operating  conditions  of  tubes  was  out- 
lined. Data  on  the  amount  of  power  necessary 
to  operate  a  loud  speaker  properly  and  the 
power  obtainable  from  various  tubes  were  given. 
It  was  pointed  out  that  the  purchase  of  high 
quality  audio  transformers,  or  cone  type  loud 
speakers  was  futile  unless  one  used  a  tube  with 
an  output  of  about  .06  watts  to  operate  the  loud 
speaker;  that  sufficient  power  was  not  obtainable 
from  a  single  dry-cell  tube  to  operate  a  cone 
type  speaker  without  distortion;  and  that  the 
"scratching"  in  cone  speakers  was  due,  in  the 
vast  majority  of  cases,  not  to  the  speaker  but 
to  the  amplifier  which  was  overloaded. 

In  this  article  some  of  the  other  important 


3  - 


^ 

WD-ie 

f 

Ep-SO     I 

\ 

199 

I 

I 

Ep 

•90 

/ 

/ 

FIG.    I 

These  curves  show  the  relation  between  the  filament  vol- 
tage and  the  plate  current,  giving  plain  evidence  that  it 
is  useless  to  run  filaments  above  their  rated  voltage. 
Attention  is  called  to  the  plate  and  grid  voltage  conditions 
under  which  these  curves  were  made 


Director,  Radio  Broadcast  Laboratory 


<  /  JLHIS  is  a  most  unusual  article  in  many  ways. 
'>••'  For  one  thing,  it  contains  the  most  up-to-date 
presentation  of  information  on  the  use  of  commer- 
cially available  vacuum  tubes  which  has  so  far  been 
presented.  The  curves  and  tables  in  this  article  are 
the  result  of  tests  on  more  than  250  tubes  and  show 
the  amount  of  worl(  which  has  gone  on  recently  in  the 
Laboratory.  The  data  given  here  shows,  for  example, 
what  C  battery  potential  to  use  with  a  given  B  battery 
voltage,  and  what  the  effect  of  varying  either  or  both 
is.  The  curves  show  also,  the  proper  filament  poten- 
tial which  should  be  applied  to  many  types  of  tubes 
for  greatest  efficiency.  All  in  all,  this  is  in  reality  a 
semi-technical  guide  boo}{  to  radio  tubeland.  The 
first  article  in  this  group  appeared  in  this  magazine 
for  December,  and  another  will  be  published  in  an 
early  number  which  will  conclude  this  series,  prepared 
by  Mr.  Henney,  director  of  the  RADIO  BROADCAST 
Laboratory. — THE  EDITOR 


aspects  of  vacuum  tube  operation  will  be  dis- 
cussed, and  an  attempt  will  be  made  to  clear  up 
some  misunderstanding  with  regard  to  what  is 
generally  considered  as  complex  tube  terminol- 
ogy. 

For  example,  nearly  everyone  will  say  that  a 
tube  should  have  a  high  value  of  mutual  con- 
ductance. But  what  does  nearly  everybody 
understand  by  this  high  sounding  phrase?  And 
what  is  a  characteristic  curve,  how  is  it  made, 
and  after  one  has  it,  of  what  use  is 
it?  What  of  amplification 
constant,  "high  mu," 
plate  impedance,  etc.  What 
do  these  terms  mean? 

It  must  be  understood, 
first  of  all,  that  a  tube  is  a 
complex  creation,  that  its 
actions  are  always  con- 
trolled by  certain  boundary 
conditions  which  surround 
it,  and  that  everything  that 
it  does  is  a  product  of  not 
only  one  external  cause, 
but  of  several.  It  will  be 
possible  to  treat  of  but  few 
of  the  important  aspects 
of  vacuum  tube  theory 
and  practice  in  this  article, 
or  to  more  than  scratch 
the  surface  of  those  few. 
Readers  are  referred  to 
Professor  Morecroft's  excel- 
lent book,  Principles  of 
Radio  Communication, 
which  has  nearly  half  of  its 
1000  pages  devoted  to 
vacuum  tubes,  and  to  the 
standard  jSj-page  text  of 
Van  der  Bijl,  Thermionic 
Vacuum  Tubes. 


SOME      FACTS      ABOUT      THE      FILAMENT 

A  TUBE  consists  of  a  glass  container  into 
^*  which  are  sealed  three  metallic  elements, 
after  which  the  air  and  gas  sealed  into  the  tube 
are  pumped  out.  The  most  important  of  these 
elements  is  the  filament.  It  is  the  thing  that 
lights  up  when  the  A  battery  is  placed  across  its 
ends;  and  which  blows  up  when  the  B  bat- 
tery is  accidentally  connected  to  the  terminals. 
When  the  filament  is  dead  the  tube  might  as 
well  be  buried.  And  when  the  filament  wire  is 
poor,  the  tube  is  poor.  And  that's  that. 

In  general  there  are  three  types  of  filament 
now  being  sealed  into  glass  containers  for  radio 
use,  the  tungsten  filament,  the  thoriated  filament 
and  the  oxide  filament.  The  tungsten  is  repre- 
sented in  the  detector  tube,  uv-2oo,  thoriated 
filaments  are  in  the  newer  types,  the  2OI-A, 
the  199,  the  120,  and  similar  tubes,  and  oxide 
filaments  are  used  in  Western  Electric  tubes  as 
well  as  the  wo-12,  and  the  ux-i  12. 

The  pure  tungsten  filament  and  the  oxide 
coated  filaments  are  the  oldest  of  the  present 
types.  Pure  tungsten  must  be  heated  to  a 
much  higher  temperature  than  either  the  thori- 
ated or  the  oxide  filament  before  it  emits  suffi- 
cient electrons  for  ordinary  operation.  In 
other  words  it  is  not  so  efficient,  for  more 
electrical  "filament  power"  must  be  expended 
to  get  a  given  number  of  electrons.  The  data  in 
Table  i  represents  the  filament  efficiency  of 
several  tubes  under  average  operating  conditions 
and  shows  the  plate  current  in  milliamperes 
per  watt  expended  in  heating  the  filament. 


Many  questions  are  asked  the  Grid  department  of  this 
magazine  concerning  the  proper  method  of  connecting 
A,  B,  and  C  batteries  together.  These  diagrams  give  three 
possible  connections,  giving  in  each  case  the  resultant 
filament,  grid,  and  plate  voltages.  It  has  become  standard 
practice  to  connect  negative  A,  negative  B,  and  positive 
C  together 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


1 

1 


r 


•199 


60  80 

PLATE  VOLTS 


FIG.    3 

The  effect  of  increasing  the  plate  voltage  on  var- 
ious standard   tubes   is  shown    in   this  Figure. 
Data  for  these  curves  was  made  at  rated  filament 
voltage  and  at  zero  grid  voltage. 

Oxide  filaments  are  made  by  a  complicated 
process  of  baking  on  to  the  surface  of  a  platinum, 
or  other  metallic  wire  the  oxides  of  strontium, 
barium,  and  calcium,  which  emit  electrons  at  a 
low   temperature.     In    Europe   such   tubes  are 
known  as  "dull  emitters"  since  they 
are  operated  at  a  dull  red  heat  and 
never  as  bright  as  the  tungsten  or 
the  thoriated  wire.     Thoriated  fila- 
ments are  the  result  of  a  fortunate 
accident  in  the  laboratories  of  the 
General  Electric  Company.     A  cer- 
tain run  of  tubes  was  found  to  be 
very  efficient,  much  more  so  than 
usual.     It  was  found  that  the  fila- 
ment wire   had  come   from  a  con- 
tainer in  which  thorium  had  been 
treated.     The    tungsten    had   com- 
bined  with  some    of   the    thorium 
which   like   the  oxides  of  the    ele- 
ments mentioned  above  emits  elec- 
trons at  a  low  temperature. 

The  result  of  this  important  dis- 
covery, that  thorium  mixed  with 
the  filament  wire  would  increase 
the  filament  efficiency,  was  the  pro- 
duction of  the  tubes  with  which 

everyone  is  now  familiar.     Instead 

of  a  tube  filament  that  needed  one 

ampere  at  <j  volts  to  get  the  proper 

number   of  electrons,   present   day 

tubes  require  but  one  fourth  of  this 

current.     Four  of  the  thorium  tubes 

can  be  run  at  the  same  expense  as 

one  of  the  old  ones.     It  may  be  in- 
teresting to  those  who  stilfuse  the 

soft  detector  tube,  uv-2oo,  to  know 

that  it  requires  more  current  than 

three  of  the  201 -A  type. 
The  charts  in  Fig.  i  show  the  plate 

current  in    milliamperes  of  several 

important  tubes  for  various  filament 

voltages.    They  show  the  futility  of 

burning   tubes   beyond  their  rated 

voltage,    for    above    that    point 

there   is   slight   increase   in   plate 

current.     Furthermore,  pushing  up 


HOW  TO  USE  VACUUM  TUBES 

the  filament  voltage  is  one  of  the  most  certain 
methods  of  decreasing  the  life  of  the  tube. 
For  this  reason  a  filament  voltmeter  is  an  im- 
portant and  economic  addition  to  any  existing 
receiver. 

THE    PART    PLAYED    BY    THE    GRID    AND    PLATE 

PHE  other  elements  in  the  orthodox  tube 
play  important  parts  in  the  operation  of  this 
remarkable  device.  The  plate  has  been  men- 
tioned already.  It  is  maintained  at  a  positive 
voltage  with  respect  to  one  end  of  the  filament 
by  means  of  the  B  battery.  The  electrons 
coming  from  the  heated  filament  are  attracted 
toward  the  plate,  because  they  are  negative 
quantities  of  electricity.  Each  electron  that 
arrives  at  the  plate  represents  a  certain  flow  of 
electric  current,  and  the  sum  total  of  this  elec- 
tronic flow  makes  up  the  plate  current.  The 
plate  battery  supplies  the  energy  for  this  transfer 
of  electrons  as  shown  in  Fig.  2. 

The  number  of  electrons  that  flow  to  the  plate 
depends  upon  at  least  two  factors,  the  filament 
temperature,  and  the  plate  voltage.  Under 
ordinary  conditions  the  filament  is  heated  to  the 
point  where  further  increase  in  temperature  has 
no  effect  on  the  plate  current.  In  other  words 
the  tube  is  operated  under  the  condition  of 
"filament  saturation." 

Under  this  condition  the  plate  current  is  a 
function  of  the  plate  voltage,  and  Fig.  3  shows 
the  effect  of  varying  the  B  battery  voltage  while 
a  constant  A  voltage  is  applied  to  the  filament 
and  a  constant  voltage  is  on  the  grid. 

The  grid  is  a  mesh  of  wires  placed  between  the 
filament  and  the  plate.  It,  too,  has  control 
over  the  flow  of  electrons  toward  the  plate  for 
when  negative  it  repels  the  negative  electrons; 
when  it  is  positive  it  draws  more  electrons  out 


457 


1 
18 
17 
16 
15 

14 
13 

1  10 

29 

BE 

B 
3   8 

6 
5 

A 

] 

1 

~  2 

3 
—   /, 

I 

-199     &4 
-    "        •  < 
-12      -4 
-     „       -S 
-  201-A  -  4 
•      »      "£ 

-    »    -i; 

5  B 

10  B 
5  B 

/ 

5 

-.  6 

&  B 

0  R 

7 

7 

15  -B 

? 

/ 

/ 

/ 

/ 

/ 

$ 

? 

/ 

/ 

/ 

]/ 

( 

y 

/ 

f 

f 

f 

/ 

/ 

/ 

/ 

®/ 

/ 

/ 

1 

//a 

/ 

/ 

t 

f 

<® 

3 

/ 

s 

x 

*•  —  " 

+ 

„*' 

i 

t    . 

s 

r* 

/ 

& 

£® 

i 

^—J 

/* 

''' 

/* 

X" 

'/" 

-^ 

*' 

10      8       6       4       2-0*2       4 
GRID  VOLTAGE 

6 

8 

10 

FIG.  4A 


FIG.   40 

Characteristic  curves,  plate  current  vs.  grid 
voltage,  are  shown  here.  Increasing  the  plate 
voltage  on  amplifier  tubes  makes  it  possible  to 
use  much  greater  C  voltages,  with  the  result 
that  greater  input  voltage  may  be  used  without 
distortion  due  to  "overloading."  The  lower 
curve  of  the  2O1-A  tube  at  45  plate  volts  is  an 
indication  of  an  excellent  detector.  The  long 
straight  portions  of  the  201 -A  curves  are  the 
parts  that  are  useful  for  amplification 

into  the  space  between  the  elements,  and  the 
plate  current  increases— provided  the  filament 
temperature  is  up  to  the  required  point. 

It  is  a  matter  of  great  importance  that  the 
-voltage  of  the  grid  has  more  effect  on  controlling 
the  plate  current  than  has  the  plate  voltage. 
It  is  for  this  reason  that  the  tube  amplifies,  and 
carries  out  its  other  multitudinous  functions. 
If  the  grid  has  ten  times  the  effect  that  the  plate 
voltage  has  upon  the  plate  current  the  amplifica- 
tion factor  of  the  tube  is  said  to  be  ten,  and  so  on. 
The  manner  in  which  the  grid  controls  the 
plate  current  may  be  seen  in  Fig.  4A  which  is  a 
"characteristic  curve"  of  an  average  ;-volt 
receiving  tube  of  the  201 -A  type.  There  are 
several  curves  on  this  plot,  each  one  representing 
the  effect  of  the  grid  voltage  and  each  taken  at  a 
different  value  of  plate  voltage. 

There  are,  then,  three  factors  which  control 
the  plate  current  of  a  vaccum  tube,  the  filament 
voltage,  the  plate  voltage  and  the  grid  voltage. 


458 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


TABLE   1 

TUBE 

MILS   PLATE 
CURRENT 

FIL.  WATTS 

MILS  PER 

WATT 

MILS   PER 
WATT    PER 
DOLLAR 

199 

3.2 

.18 

17.8 

7.10 

201 

7.6 

5.00 

1.52 

201-A 

7.6 

1.25 

6.1 

2.44 

120 

7.0 

.375 

18.7 

7.45 

112 

14.4 

2.5 

5.75 

.89 

12 

3.6 

.275 

13.10 

5.24 

As  stated  before,  tubes  are  usually  operated 
under  the  condition  of  filament  saturation,  that 
is,  the  conditions  are  stable  with  regard  to  the 
filament  voltage.  This  leaves  only  two  factors 
which  control  the  plate  current,  and  since  a  tube 
is  usually  operated  with  a  fixed  value  of  plate 
voltage,  it  is  only  the  fluctuating  grid  voltage 
that  varies  the  plate  current. 

WHAT   CHARACTERISTIC   CURVES    MEAN 

XTOW  let  us  see  how  these  characteristic 
'  curves  are  made,  and  what  they  mean. 
Suppose  that  in  our  home  laboratory  we  have  a 
double  range  voltmeter,  such  as  the  one  made 
by  Weston  Electric  Instrument  Company,  or  the 
Jewell  Model  55,  or  Hoyt  type  17.  Such  a 
meter  will  read  from  zero  to  about  10  volts 
and  from  zero  to  about  100  volts.  Thus  it  will 
measure  the  voltage  across  the  filament  and  on 


FIG. 

A  simple  arrangement  of  apparatus  by  means  of 
which  characteristic  curves  of  Fig.  4  may  be 
taken.  With  proper  switches,  two  meters  will 
suffice  for  this  experiment,  a  milliammeter  and 
a  double-range  voltmeter 


Value  of  steady 
D.C. plate  Current 


the  plate  or  grid  of  an  average 
tube.  Let  us  connect  it  first 
across  the  filament  of  a  2OI-A 
type  tube,  regulate  the  rheostat, 
as  shown  in  Fig.  5  until  we  have 
the  required  5  volts  on  the  fila- 
ment. Then  the  meter  should  be 
placed  across  the  B  battery.  Now 
we  know  that  the  tube  is  oper- 
ating under  the  proper  condi- 
tions and  all  we  need  to  make 
a  characteristic  curve  is  a  plate 
ammeter  such  as  a  zero  to  5  or  10  milliam- 
meter, Weston  or  Jewell,  which  is  placed  in 
the  circuit  between  the  plate  of  the  tube  and 
the  plate  battery  as  shown  in  Fig.  5.  A  poten- 
tiometer placed  across  a  C  battery  will  give  us 
variations  in  grid  voltage  which  may  be  meas- 
ured as  in  Fig.  5  and  placed  on  the  grid  of  the 
tube.  As  a  matter  of  rough  measurement,  the 
potentiometer  is  not  necessary,  and  indeed  our 
C  battery  will  last  considerably  longer  if  the 
potentiometer  is  not  used. 

The  low  range  part  of  the  voltmeter  is  now 
placed  across  the  grid  and  filament  to  show  what 
voltage  is  being  placed  on  the  grid.  The  grid 
voltage  is  then  varied  and  each  change  in  plate 
current  noted  as  shown  in  the  data  for  Fig.  4A. 
It  will  be  found  that  for  large  negative  values 
of  grid  voltage  the  plate  current 
will  be  small,  and  that  for  less 
negative  grid  voltage  the  current 
increases.  This  is  one  reason  why 
a  C  battery  on  a  modern  five-tube 
receiver  is  quite  essential.  It  re- 
duces the  plate  current  of  a  single 
tube  from  about  7  milliamperes  to 
about  3.  After  zero  grid  volts  is 
reached,  the  C  battery  must  be  re- 
versed in  order  that  positive  volt- 
ages may  be  supplied.  Care  must 
be  taken  in  this  process,  or  the  mil- 
liammeter will  be  injured,  since  a 
positive  grid  permits  a  large  plate 
current  to  flow. 

For  this  reason  a  tuned  radio 
frequency  receiver  which  uses  a  po- 
tentiometer to  stabilize  the  radio- 
frequency  amplifier  is  an  expensive 
proposition.  In  order  to  keep  the 
amplifiers  from  oscillating,  the  grids 
must  be  kept  positive  by  a  certain 
amount.  This  means  that  two  am- 
plifier tubes  will  draw  considerable 
current  from  the  B  battery 

Now  that  we  have  collected 
this  data  on  the  relation  between 
grid  voltage  and  plate  current, 


12 

/ 

21 

1-ATuhe 

/ 

10 

a 

ffilK  Vote 

f 

/ 

:  CURRENT,  MILLIAMPEF 
cr>  CD 

/ 

J 

/ 

/ 

i< 

2 

/ 

/ 

jp    Change  in  plate  volts 

Changi 
135- 

in  plate  a 
11.8300 

mperes 
Ohms  — 

^ 

t 

M 

1            20            40            GO            80            100           120          U 

PLATE  VOLTS 

FIG.    7 

A  method  of  obtaining  the  plate  impedance  of  a 
tube.  Only  the  straight  part  of  the  curve  is  to 
be  used,  and  the  proper  values  of  plate  current 
and  plate  voltage  may  beobtained  from  the  curve. 
To  simplify  the  calculation,  the  straight  part 
of  the  curve  is  prolonged  to  the  zero  current  line. 
In  mathematical  language,  the  plate  impedance 
is  the  slope  of  the  plate  current-plate  voltage  line 


TABLE  2.  201-A  TYPE  TUBES 

TUBE 

NO. 
TESTED 

PLATE 
CURRENT 

AMP. 
CNST. 

PLATE 
IMPEDANCE 

MUTUAL 
CONDUCT- 
ANCE 

Arion 

4 

1.9 

9.2 

14,400 

638 

Kismet 

3 

2.60 

7.75 

13,250 

590 

Ureco 

8 

2.62 

8.15 

12.300 

660 

Gold  Seal 

6 

2.43 

8.13 

13,000 

630 

Duotron 

9 

1.83 

10.00 

16,000 

615 

Van  Home 

12 

2.64 

8.63 

12,800 

677 

Sylfan 

6 

3.00 

6.90 

12,800 

542 

Sylvania 

6 

2.63 

8.29 

11,350 

735 

Sturdy 

2 

2.90 

8.20 

12.500 

678 

Magnatron 

6 

2.75 

8.00 

12,250 

652 

Goode 

3 

2.50 

7.90 

12,000 

658 

Empire- 

Tron 

2 

1.80 

9.50 

16,500 

581 

CeCo 

9 

2.2 

8.48 

14,300 

592 

R.  C.  A. 

6 

3.40 

7.53 

10,100 

745 

Marathon 

2 

2.60 

8.20 

11,500 

712 

Supertron 

3 

2.00 

9.50 

14,600 

680 

Sea  Gull 

12 

3.60 

6.70 

10,600 

640 

Boehm 

4 

3.62 

7.10 

9,740 

734 

Speed 

5 

3.82 

7.35 

9,950 

734 

Ken  Rad 

5 

2.78 

8.24 

12,400 

677 

Cleartron 

6 

4.2 

6.75 

9,450 

715 

Ferryman 

6 

3.98 

6.53 

9,750 

670 

AVERAGE 

125 

2.59 

8.2 

12,700 

660 

CONDITIONS 

FILAMENT   VOLTS                   GRID   VOLTS                        PLATE    VOLTS 

5                                    —4.5                                  90 

¥\ 


A.C.plate 
current 


bias  voltage 
Input  voltage  wave 


FIG. 


Three  curves  showing  the  effect  of  proper  and  improper  C  bias  are  shown  in  this  illustration. 
It  will  be  noted  that  when  the  grid  goes  negative,  the  plate  current  decreases.  In  (a)  the 
correct  C  voltage  is  used  so  that  the  plate  current  is  a  perfect  reproduction  of  the  incoming 
wave.  When  the  C  bias  is  too  negative,  the  lower  parts  of  the  plate  current  curve  are  cut 
off.  In  other  words  the  plate  current  is  actually  brought  to  zero  at  times.  On  the  other 
hand  in  (c)  when  there  is  not  enough  C  battery  used,  the  grid  goes  positive  at  times,  and  the 
tops  of  the  curves  are  cut  off.  Both  of  these  latter  cases  produce  distortion  of  the  worst  type, 
most  easily  detected  by  watching  a  milliammeter  in  the  plate  circuit.  If  the  needle  jumps 
about,  one  of  the  two  latter  cases  is  in  effect 


we  may  try  another  value  of  B  battery  and  re- 
peat the  experiment.  In  this  manner  data  for  the 
three  curves  shown  in  Fig.  4A,  B  and  C  were  taken . 
The  only  thing  that  remains  is  to  plot  the  data 
in  a  curve  which  gives  a  complete  picture  of 
what  happens  to  the  plate  current  under  varia- 
tions of  the  grid  and  plate  voltages.  They 
are  called  "static"  characteristics  because  they 
were  made  under  static  conditions,  that  is  not 
under  the  exact  operating  conditions,  for  in 
actual  practice  there  is  a  load  of  some  kind,  in 
the  plate  circuit,  such  as  a  pair  of  receivers, 
a  transformer  primary,  or  a  large  resistance, 
whose  characteristic,  when  alternating  voltages 
are  applied,  differs  from  its  direct  current 
characteristic. 

Now  to  see  what  these  curves  tell  us,  let  us 
look  at  them  rather  closely.  It  will  be  seen  that 
increasing  the  plate  voltage  increases  the  plate 
current.  For  instance  let  us  look  at  the  curves 
in  Fig.  4A  at  the  exact  center  of  the  picture  at 
zero  grid  volts.  With  45  volts  on  the  plate,  the 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


HOW  TO  USE  VACUUM  TUBES 


459 


32.000 
30,000 
28,000 

\ 

9.5 
9.0 
8.5 
8.0 
7.5 
7.0 
6.5 
6.0 
5.5 
5.0 

\ 

\ 

v 

Eg 

-0 

24.000 
22.000 
g  20.000 
J  18.000 

g  iwoo 

I 

.1  14,000 
E  12.000 

•10.000 

8.000 
6,000 
4X100 
2X»0 

1 

\ 

A 

\ 

^^ 

1 

">* 

^, 

\ 

\ 

'-'<' 

-- 

--• 

— 

V" 

•—""" 

, 

\ 

101-  A  (u). 

\ 

• 

* 

—  — 

~i~~( 
^-~, 

_---f---- 

1    1 

\S 

\ 

"^ 

^i 

f 

—  ^- 

x 

^ 

——  . 

—     — 

*-^ 

«== 

"ST 

—  —  . 

—  — 
•-••• 

—~ 

^—  — 
—  —  . 

—•••». 

—  -  — 

1      10     20      30     40     50     60      70     80     90     100    110   120    130  140 

PLATE  VOLTAGE 
FIG.    8 

The  three  important  tube  factors,  plate  impedance, 
amplification  constant,  and  mutual  conductance  all 
vary  with  plate  voltage  and  with  grid  voltage.  This 
curve  shows  how  these  factors  vary  with  plate  voltage 


plate  current  of  the  2O1-A  is  2.2,  with  90  volts, 
the  current  is  7.6,  and  with  135  the  current  is  13. 
Also  it  will  be  noted  that  increasing  the  grid 
voltage  increases  the  plate  current.  For  ex- 
ample let  us  take  the  go-volt  curve.  At  nega- 
tive 2  grid  volts,  the  plate  current  is  5.6  milli- 
amperes  and  at  positive  2  the  plate  current  is 
9.7.  It  will  be  seen  at  once  that  the  grid  voltage 
has  greater  effect  than  has  the  plate  voltage. 
The  ratio  of  these  effects  is  known  as  the  ampli- 
fication constant  of  the  tube.  For  example  it 


FIG.    9 

A  diagram  of  the  bridge  used  in  RADIO  BROAD- 
CAST Laboratory  for  determining  tube  character- 
istics. The  resistances  Ri  and  R2  may  be  a 
simple  slide  wire  bridge  or  they  may  be  decade 
resistance  boxes.  To  measure  amplification 
constant,  open  switch  No.  i,  throw  No.  2  to  the 
left,  close  No.  3.  Then  when  silence  is  obtained 
in  the  phones,  M  =  R2/Ri.  To  measure  plate 
impedance,  close  No.  i,  throw  No.  2  to  the  right, 
Ri  x  10,000 


open  No.  3.    Then  Rp 


The 


R,. 

tentiometer  across  the  input  with  the  variable 
arm  grounded  is  useful  in  obtaining  a  balance 


will  be  found  from  this 
data  that  it  requires  only 
5.5  volts  change  in  grid 
potential  to  produce  the 
same  change  in  plate  cur- 
rent that  45  plate  volts 
change  produced.  Inother 
words  the  amplification 
factor  is  -£§•  or  8.2. 

This    may  be  stated  as 
follows: 

Amplification  factor 
^change  in  plate  volts 
change  in  grid  volts 

to  produce  the  same  change  in 
plate  current. 

PROPER   USE   OF   THE   C 
BATTERY 

I  TNDER  actual  operat- 
^  ing  conditions,  the 
plate  is  maintained  at  some 
definite  value,  say  90  volts,  and  the  grid 
is  biased  negative  by  a  definite  value, 
say  4$  volts.  The  incoming  signals 
which  are  impressed  on  the  grid  are 
alternating  in  value,  and  they  cause  the 
actual  voltage  on  the  grid  to  vary  from 
42  as  a  mean  value.  For  instance,  let 
us  suppose  that  the  tube  is  the  second 
audio  amplifier  tube  and  that  fluctuat- 
ing voltages  of  a  maximum,  or  peak, 
value  of  one  volt  are  coming  from  the  previous 
audio  stage.  When  the  impressed  alternating 
voltage  is  positive  the  actual  negative  grid 
voltage  is  45  minus  i  volt  or  35  and  when  this 
a.c.  voltage  is  negative,  the  negative  bias  on  the 
grid  has  been  increased  to  55  volts.  In  other 
words  the  voltage  actually  on  the  grid  varies 
from  35  to  55  volts. 

We  may  see  how  the  plate  current  varies  with 
these  changes  in  grid  voltage  by  noting  the 
proper  values  from  the  characteristic  curve. 
Fig.  6  gives  a  picture  of  the  process  showing 
that  small  changes  in  grid  voltage  produce  large 
changes  in  plate  current. 

Now  for  distortionless  amplification,  only  the 
straight  part  of  the  curve  may  be  used,  and  the 
grid  must  never  be  permitted  to  become  positive. 
This  limits  the  input  grid  voltages  to  certain 
definite  values.  The  characteristic  curves  shown 
above  indicate  the  proper  value  of  C  battery 
that  is  to  be  applied  to  an  amplifier  tube  with  a 
given  value  of  B  voltage.  For  example  it  will 
be  seen  that  if  the  grid  of  the  tube  shown  in  Fig. 
4A  at  90  volts  B  battery  goes  negative  by  4  volts 
it  will  be  approaching  the  lower  bend  in  the  curve 
while  if  it  goes  beyond  45  volts  positive,  the  grid 
will  actually  be  positive  with  respect  to  the 
filament  and  distortion  is  inevitable. 

To  find  from  the  curve  the  proper  C  voltage 
it  is  only  necessary  to  measure  the  length  of  the 
straight  part  of  the  curve.  For  example  at  90 
volts  the  length  in  volts  is  about  9  volts.  Then 
the  C  bias  is  about  half  this  or  45. 
At  135  volts  B,  about  9  volts  C 
battery  may  be  used. 

In  an  article  by  Mr.  George  Crom 
in  RADIO  BROADCAST  for  October 
the  effect  of  impi  oper  C  and  B  bat- 
teries was  discussed.  A  considera- 
tion of  the  chaiacteristic  curves 
shows  what  actually  happens  when 
incorrect  values  are  used.  For  ex- 
ample, when  ths  grid  is  forced 
too  negative  by  input  voltages, 
the  curved  part  of  the  character- 
istic will  be  used  with  the  re- 
sult that  harmonics  are  added  to 
the  original  sounds  coming  from 
the  broadcasting  microphone.  If 


TABLE  3.     199  TYPE  TUBES 

NO. 

PLATE 

AMP. 

PLATE 

MUTUAL 

TESTED 

CURRENT 

CNST. 

IMPEDANCE 

COND. 

Arion 

5 

2.00 

6.8 

19,650 

346 

CeCo 

3 

2.33 

6.1 

16,900 

361 

Jove 

6 

1.87 

6.0 

22,800 

268 

Gold  Seal 

3 

1.50 

6.3 

35,400 

207 

Sylvania 

6 

1.87 

6.0 

19,600 

305 

Ferryman 

2 

1.80 

6.35 

21,475 

296 

Van  Home 

5 

2.66 

7.35 

24,500 

305 

Magnatron 

6 

2.60 

6.5 

18,500 

350 

Empire- 
Tron 

2 

1.70 

7.1 

23,400 

303 

Speed 

3 

2.2 

6.0 

19,500 

310 

Ken  Rad 

5 

2.0 

6.76 

22,800 

300 

R.  C.  A. 

5 

2.5 

6.3 

18,600 

332 

TOTAL 

51 

2.00 

6.5 

22,400 

304 

CONDITIONS 

FILAMENT   VOLTS                  GRID  VOLTS                      PLATE  VOLTS 

3                                 —4.5                                90 

still  greater  negative  values  are  impressed  on 
the  grid,  or  if  the  grid  is  biased  too  negatively, 
the  lower  parts  of  the  waves  will  be  cut  off  as 
shown  in  Fig.  6  resulting  in  still  greater  distor- 
tion. As  mentioned  in  Mr.  Crom's  article,  a 
milliammeter  in  the  plate  circuit  of  such  a 
tube  will  show  an  upward  deflection  under  such 
conditions.  The  remedy  lies  in  increasing  the 
plate  voltage  to  the  values  he  specified. 

Fig.  6  also  shows  the  effect  of  too  little  C 
battery.  In  this  case  a  strong  signal  will  force 
the  grid  positive  at  times  which  again  results  in 
distortion,  though  of  a  slightly  different  nature. 
In  this  case  the  plate  current  will  decrease  as  Mr. 
Crom  pointed  out.  Increasing  the  C  battery 
negative  potential  will  eliminate  this  difficulty. 

An  amplifier  that  is  working  properly,  with 
correct  B  and  C  batteries  will  turn  out  a  dis- 
tortionless output — as  far  as  the  tubes  are  con- 
cerned— only  when  a  milliammeter  in  the  plate 
circuit  remains  steady.  This  is  the  best  method 
of  investigating  the  conditions  under  which  an 
amplifier  works.  In  a  great  many  cases  the  C 
battery  value  is  much  too  low  to  take  care  of 
loud  signals.  Increasing  the  C  battery,  however, 
without  making  corresponding  changes  in  the  B 
voltage  is  fatal,  as  Fig.  6  indicates. 

Fig.  4  shows  the  effect  of  increasing  the  B 
battery  voltage.  The  straight  part  of  the  char- 
acteristic is  much  longer,  a  fact  that  has  import- 
tant  consequences.  Greater  values  of  C  bias 
may  be  used,  greater  input  voltages  may  be 
applied  without  distortion,  and  the  tube  will 
have  a  lower  plate  impedance.  This  latter  fact 
is  explained  later  in  the  present  article,  and  the 
value  of  a  low  plate  impedance  was  mentioned 
in  the  article  on  tubes  in  the  December  RADIO 
BROADCAST. 

The  curves  in  Fig.  4,  known  as  the  static 
characteristics  of  the  tubes  in  question,  reveal 
many  interesting  facts.  For  instance  the 
method  of  calculating  the  amplification  factor 


TABLE  4.     SEMI-POWER  TUBES 

TUBE 

PLATE 
CUR- 
RENT 

AMPLIFI- 
CATION 
CONST. 

PLATE 
IMPED- 
ANCE 

MUTUAL 
COND. 

POWER 
OUTPUT 

Daven 
Mu-6 
Cleartron 
CeCo 
Ureco 
UX-112 
216-A 
Van  Home 

8.7 
6.0 

5.8 
8.0 
5.8 
7.4 
4.7 

6.35 
6.35 
7.0 
6.8 
7.9 
6.0 
8.65 

5,350 

5,340 
6,700 
5,570 
6,000 
6,000 
8,050 

1,190 

1,190 
1,050 
1,235 
1,315 
1,000 
1,075 

.076 
.076 
.060 
.084 
.105 
.060 
.0936 

CONDITIONS 

FILAMENT  VOLTS                  GRID  VOLTS                      PLATE  VOLTS 

AS  RATED                                   —  9                                          135 

460 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


of  the  tube  has  been  mentioned.  It  is  only 
necessary  to  measure  along  the  zero  grid  line 
the  number  of  milliamperes  change  in  plate 
current  produced  by  varying  the  plate  voltage 
from  45  to  go,  and  to  take  any  of  the  three  curves 
and  find  out  how  many  grid  volts  change  are 
required  to  produce  the  same  change  in  plate 
current. 

THE  MEANING  OF  "  PLATE  IMPEDANCE"  AND 
"MUTUAL  CONDUCTANCE" 

^OW  there  are  two  other  important  tube 
*  factors,  known  as  the  plate  impedance, 
and  the  mutual  conductance.  The  plate  im- 
pedance is  defined  as  the  change  in  plate  current 
a  given  change  in  plate  voltage  produces.  This 
may  be  expressed  as  below 

plate  voltage  change 
Plate  impedance  =  p,ate  curfent  change 

and  using  the  values  ascertained  for  calculating 
the  amplification  constant,  the  plate  impedance 
of  the  tube  under  question  is 


ohms 


This  value  may  be  obtained  directly  from  the 
plate  current  —  plate  voltage  curve,  Fig.  3. 
Fig.  7  shows  how  this  may  be  done.  This 
second  method  is  more  accurate,  since  the  plate 
impedance  varies  with  each  change  in  plate  or 
grid  voltage.  For  that  reason  it  should  be 
calculated  for  small  changes  and  only  over  the 
straight  part  of  the  characteristic. 

The  mutual  conductance  of  the  tube  is  an  im- 
portant factor,  since  it  is  an  expression  for  the 
value  of  the  grid  voltage  in  controlling  the  plate 
current.  It  is  defined  as 

change  in  plate  current 
mutual  conductance  =  cllinge  in  ^rid  volts 

For  example  from  Fig.  4A  we  see  that  a  change 
of  ten  volts  on  the  grid,  from  plus  6  to  minus  4 
of  the  135-volt  201  -A  curve  produced  a  change 
of  6.9  milliamperes.  Therefore 

mutual  conductance  =  .  0069  amperes  =  .00069  mhos. 
10 

or  expressed  in  the  usual  units  of  micromhos 
the  mutual  conductance  of  the  tube  under 
question  is  690. 

This  may  also  be  obtained  from  the  interesting 
relation  between  amplification  constant  and  plate 
impedance, 

mutual  conductance  =  amplification  constant,  or  Gm  =  (X 
plate  impedance  Rp 


showing  that  the  best  tube  is  one  with 
a  high  amplification  constant  and  a  low 
plate  impedance — but  in  popular  lan- 
guage "try  and  find  one." 

All  three  of  the  tube  factors,  (i,  Rp, 
and  Gm  vary  with  grid  voltage  and 
plate  voltage  as  the  curves  in  Fig.  8 
show.  For  purposes  of  power  amplifi- 
cation a  low  plate  impedance  is  of  im- 
portance, and  the  effect  of  increasing 
the  plate  voltage  to  produce  this  low- 
ered impedance  is  clearly  indicated. 
For  voltage  amplification,  a  high  am- 
plification constant  is  important. 

The  effect  of  tube  impedance  on  the 
characteristics  of  an  audio-frequency 
amplifier  was  shown  in  Curve  2  in 
the  article  by  Kendall  Clough  in  the 
January  RADIO  BROADCAST. 

Anyone  can  verify  the  improvement 
in  signal  quality  with  the  use  of  low 
plate  impedance  tubes  by  noting  the 
difference  when  substituting  a  high  im- 
pedance tube,  say  a  199,  or  a  tube 
designed  for  resistance-coupled  ampli- 
fiers for  the  final  tube  in  a  transformer- 
coupled  set.  The  low  notes  of  the  viols 
and  horns  will  be  lost  in  the  latter  case 
but  will  suddenly  reappear  when  the  low 
impedance  tubes  are  again  replaced. 
Characteristics  of  these  tubes  were  dis- 
cussed in  the  December  RADIO  BROAD- 
CAST, page  163,  and  were  found  to  be 
an  extremely  important  advance  from 
the  standpoint  of  quality. 

The  methods  outlined  above  for 
obtaining  the  important  tube  charac- 
teristics required  only  two  meters,  a 
milliammeter  and  a  double  range 
voltmeter.  The  method  is  not  so  accurate  as 
that  employed  in  well  equipped  laboratories, 
but  is  sufficient  for  all  practical  purposes  pro- 
vided small  changes  of  plate  and  grid  voltage 
are  used. 

In  the  RADIO  BROADCAST  Laboratory  a  special 
bridge  is  used  which  places  an  a.c.  voltage  on  the 
grid  and  measures  the  factors  of  the  tube  under 
conditions  that  are  closer  to  actual  operating 
conditions.  A  diagram  of  connections  is  given 
in  Fig.  9  and  by  the  proper  use  of  switches,  only 
two  meters  are  necessary.  The  source  of  a.c. 
tone  may  be  obtained  from  a  buzzer  or  from  a 


4000 


FIG.     I  1 

The  effect  of  grid  voltage  is  clearly  shown  in  this  figure. 
Plate  current,  plate  impedance  and  amplification  con- 
stant all  vary  with  changes  in  grid  voltage.  Mutual 
conductance  may  be  obtained  by  dividing  the  amplifica- 
tion constant  by  the  plate  impedance.  These  curves 
were  made  from  201 -A  type  tube 


modulated    oscillator    as    described 
BROADCAST  for  September. 


in    RADIO 


FIG.     10 

A  laboratory  set-up  for  making  characteristic  curves  of  tubes.     The  group  of  instruments  is  a  Jewell 
test  set  and  is  made  up  of  plate,  grid,  and  filament  voltmeters,  and  plate  and  filament  ammeters 


HOW  TUBE  VALUES  ARE  FOUND 

IN  PRACTICE  the  tube  is  lighted  at  its  rated 
*•  voltage,  the  switches  are  thrown  as  indicated, 
and  at  silence  in  the  phones,  the  values  are  as 
shown  in  the  Figure.  The  accuracy  of  the 
method  is  such  that  one  can  repeat  measurements 
to  within  a  few  per  cent,  depending  upon  the 
accuracy  with  which  the  meters  can  be  read  and 
readjusted  to  proper  value.  All  of  the  data  in 
Table  3  were  taken  by  means  of  such  a  bridge. 

Several  machines  are  on  the  radio 
market  which  are  useful  in  measuring  the 
tube  constants,  but  attention  must  be 
paid  to  the  methods  in  which  they  are 
used.  For  instance,  one  meter  submitted 
to  the  Laboratory  measured  the  plate 
impedance  by  an  Ohm's  law  method. 
It  was  argued  that  from  Ohm's  law, 

voltage  voltage 

current  =  impedance    or  ""pedance  =  ^^ 

and   from    the  data  used   above,   impe- 

dance=:5o76="840 
while  the  actual  impedance  as  measured 
on  a  bridge  =  7600  ohms. 
The  error  in   using  such  a  meter  is  ex- 
plained on  page  424  of  Prof.  Morecroft's 
Principles  of  Radio  Communication. 

In  connection  with  tube  constants 
and  their  measurements,  the  question 
naturally  arises,  at  what  values  of  grid 
and  plate  voltage  should  tubes  be  meas- 
ured and  rated.  At  the  present  time 
there  are  several  points  of  view,  to 
judge  from  the  printed  matter  sent  out 
by  tube  manufacturers.  All  tubes  rated 
in  the  Laboratory  are  measured  under 
the  conditions  under  which  they  are 
usually  operated.  For  example  an 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


HOW  TO  USE  VACUUM  TUBES 


461 


amplifier  is  usually 
operated  at  90  volts 
on  the  plate  and 
negative  4.5  volts 
on  the  grid.  The 
plate  current,  the 
amplification  con- 
stant, the  mutual 
conductance,  and 
the  plate  impe- 
dance will  all  be  dif- 
ferent under  these 
conditions  than  at 
zero  grid  voltage. 
For  this  reason 
Laboratory  meas- 
urements are  made 
under  these  condi- 
tions, notwith- 
standing that  the 
fact  that  many  tube 
testers  now  on  the 

market,  and  in  the  hands  of  tube  dealers,  have 
no  provision  for  adding  C  batteries. 

It  is  to  be  noted  in  this  connection  that  the 
circulars  recently  sent  out  by  the  Radio  Cor- 
poration give  values  for  these  important  con- 
stants under  standard  conditions,  namely  90 
volts  plate  and  negative  4.5  volts  grid.  To 
state  tube  constants  at  zero  grid  is  to  give  no 
indication  of  what  these  tubes  will  do  under 
actual  conditions,  and  for  this  reason  the  table 
of  tube  data  included  in  this  article  gives  values 
at  the  proper  C  bias. 

The  reader  who  is  interested  in  tubes  and  the 
proper  conditions  under  which  they  should  work 
would  do  well  to  study  the  booklet  published 
by  the  Radio  Corporation  which  gives  tube 
constants  for  all  of  the  well  known  detectors  and 
amplifiers.  The  reader  should  see  that  tubes 
that  he  buys  measure  up  to  these  standards, 


M 


FIG.     12 
The  main  elements  of  a  standard  UV-ZOIA  tube 

and  should  not  let  dealers  give  him  tubes  that 
the  dealer  has  used  in  his  own  receiver — for  sad  to 
relate,  reports  come  frequently  of  this  nefarious 
practice. 

And  the  data  in  the  table  of  tube  constants 
must  be  considered  with  the  proper  respect  for 
what  the  ear  actually  hears.  For  instance  a 
tube  with  a  mutal  conductance  of  650  will  differ 
but  little — as  far  as  the  ear  is  concerned — from 
one  with  a  conductance  of  675  or  even  greater. 
It  is  probable  that  any  of  the  tubes  in  this  table 
will  give  identical  results  as  is  pointed  out  in  an 
interesting  manner  by  a  recent  booklet  on  tubes 
published  by  the  Radiofax  Company.  The 
point  to  be  noted  is  that  the  average  of  all  those 
tubes  listed  is  about  650  and  that  tubes  that  one 
buys  should  be  of  this  order,  and  not  of  only  400 
or  so.  Having  a  tube  with  a  high  plate  current  is 
no  disadvantage,  for  this  current  may  be  reduced 


by  the  use  of  a  C 
battery.  In  fact  the 
best  tubes  obtaina- 
ble give  large  plate 
currents— they  are 
Jj  equipped  with 

r  1|K          Ji  good.    long  lived 

filaments. 

From  all  availa- 
ble data  the  reader 
may  rest  assured 
that  reputable  tube 
manufacturers  are 
doing  their  best, 
and  that  they  will 
be  glad  to  replace  a 
defective  tube,  pro- 
vided that  it  lights. 
Dry  cell  tubes  are 
suitable  for  radio- 
frequency  amplifi- 
ers, detectors,  and 

first  audio  amplifiers,  but  that  for  operating  a  loud 
speaker  without  overloading  larger  tubes  must  be 
used  with  greater  values  of  B  and  C  voltages.  1 1  is 
here  that  the  1 12  type  tubes  of  the  R.C.A.,  Clear- 
Iron,  Sea  Gull,  Golden  Tone,  the  Daven  Mu6,  the 
2i6-A,  and  others  are  most  useful.  The  reader 
is  referred  to  the  table  in  the  November  RADIO 
BROADCAST  which  gives  the  output  of  these  tubes 
in  undistorted  power. 

For  resistance  and  impedance-coupled  ampli- 
fiers, there  are  several  tubes  with  higher  am- 
plification constants  that  are  useful  and  curves 
will  be  found  of  these  tubes  in  this  number. 
Such  tubes  are  Daven,  Cleartron,  Golden  Tone, 
and  there  are  doubtless  others  which  have  not 
yet  been  submitted  to  the  Laboratory. 

Tubes  are  the  important  items  in  present  day  re- 
ceivers, they  make  the  wheels  go 'round — but  they 
must  be  operated  intelligently,  and  with  care. 


T 


. 


NOTE 

VHE     data    in 

Table  4  repre 

sents  the  aver- 
age of  at  least  four 
tubes  of  each  manu- 
facturer. It  will  be 
noted  that  it  differs 
in  some  respects  from 
similar  data  pub- 
lished in  December 
RADIO  BROADCAST. 
This  is  due  to  the 
fact  that  some  man- 
ufacturers, at  least, 
have  not  decided 
definitely  upon  the 
desired  characteris- 
tics. It  is  probable 
that  another  month 
will  see  other 
changes  and  addi- 
tions to  this  table. 
When  this  article 
was  written  (De- 
cember) this  data 

was  the  best  obtainable  from  existing  tubes. 
Throughout  this  article  and  in  other  texts 
which  deal  with  the  subject  of  vacuum  tubes, 
their  characteristic  curves,  etc.,  reference  is  made 
for  convenience's  sake  to  letters  and  signs  inten- 
ded to  represent  some  constant  or  value.  The 


y  y 


-199  UV-ZOh*  UV-2O3 

UV-90O  UV-2O2 


FIG.     13 

The  Radiotron  family  from  the  little  199  to  the  big  water  cooled 
fellow  that   is  being  used   at   the  new  wjz   and   other  stations 


derivation  of  these  symbols  is  originally  from 
Ohm's  Law  where  volts  is  represented  by  E, 
amperes  by  I  and  resistance  by  R.  The  ele- 
ments of  a  vacuum  tube,  the  filament,  grid  and 
plate  are  represented  by  the  letters  F,  G,  and 
P  respectively.  Now  by  combining  these  and 


Ef .  .  Filament  Volts 
Ep.  .  Plate  Volts 
Eg.  .Grid  Volts 

Rp.  .Plate  Impedance 


the  letters  of  Ohm's 
Law,  we  can  denote 
a  value  such  as  plate 
voltage  by  writing 
Ep.  Filament  cur- 
rent or  amperes 
would  be  IF  and  so 
on. 

The  symbols  des- 
ignating amplifica- 
tion constant  was 
borrowed  from  the 
Greek  alphabet  and 
is  represented  as  /*• 
Mutual  conductance 
is  usually  repre- 
sented by  Cm  since 
G  is  a  symbol  for  a 
"conductance,"  and 
the  term  "mutual 
conductance",m,was 
coined  by  Prof.  Ha- 
zeltine. 

Following  is  a  list 
of  letter  symbols 
most  commonly 
used,  with  their 
meaning. 

Jp. .  Plate  Current 
If.  .  Filament    Current 
fi.  .Amplification    Con- 
stant 

Gm.  .  Mutual    Conduc- 
tance 


What  Radio  Listeners  Everywhere  May  Expect  in  the  Most  Comprehensive 
International    Tests    Ever   Arranged — The   Final   Transmitting   Schedules 

By  WILLIS  *C  WING 


held," 


ASEDon  previous  experience,  the 
January      International     Radio 
Broadcast  Tests  should  mark  a 
distinct  advance  over  the  others 
says  Captain  Eckersley,  chief  engi- 


neer of  the  British  Broadcasting  Company, 
in  a  radiogram  just  received  by  RADIO 
BROADCAST.  "It  should  be  possible,"  he 
continues,  "with  the  cooperation  and  assis- 
tance of  the  International  Bureau  de  Radio- 
phonie  recently  organized  at  Geneva,  to 
secure  more  definite  and  accurate  data  on 
the  test  broadcasting  of  all  the  European 
stations  than  in  the  Tests  of  November 
1924.  All  listeners  should  remember  the 
differences  in  time,  in  order  to  avoid  con- 
fusion and  disappointment.  Our  council 
meeting  at  Brussels  during  the  second 
week  of  December,  at  which  representatives 
of  all  English  and  Continental  broadcasters 
took  part  showed  a  most  commendable 
spirit  of  cooperation  on  the  part  of  all  con- 
cerned. 

"We  believe  that  radio,  intelligently  de- 
veloped in  the  public  interest  is  destined  to 
become  a  potent  auxiliary  of  international 
cooperation  in  bringing  closer  together 
broadcast  listeners  and  wireless  enthusiasts 
all  over  the  world.  Radio  should  perform 
valuable  work  in  establishing  common 
points  of  interest  and  in  consolidating  con- 
scious world  citizenship  without  which 
there  can  be  no  assurance  of  permanent 
peace  between  nations,"  concludes  Captain 
Eckersley. 

The  idea  of  the  International  Tests  orig- 
inated with  Mr.  F.  N.  Doubleday,  president 
of  Doubleday,  Page  &  Company,  on  his 
return  from  a  trip  to  England  in  1923, 
during  which  time  he  had  made  a  detailed 
study  of  radio  broadcasting  there.  Mr. 
Doubleday  felt  that  it  would  be  extremely 
interesting  and  stimulating  both  to  the  pro- 
gress of  radio  and  to  international  friend- 
ship were  it  possible  for  RADIO  BROADCAST 
to  arrange  a  program  of  broadcasting  from 
this  country  to  England.  So  it  was  ar- 
ranged that  a  two-way  test  should  be  held. 
And  during  the  last  week  in  November, 
1923,  the  first  International  Tests  took 
place,  between  the  broadcasters  of  England 
and  America.  The  plans  were  not  ex- 
tensive, but  the  success  of  listeners  on  both 
sides  of  the  water,  in  logging  broadcasters 
at  great  distances  was  really  extraordinary. 
And  the  second  series  of  tests,  during  the 
last  week  of  November,  1924,  more  ambi- 
tious than  the  first,  since  Continental 


broadcasters  were  invited  to  participate, 
boasted  a  huge  total  of  listeners  in  the 
United  States  and  in  England  who  received 
stations  foreign  to  them.  This  is  all  the 
more  remarkable  because  in  both  years, 
atmospheric  conditions  were  certainly  not 
all  that  could  be  desired.  In  addition  to 
the  mere  DX  features  of  the  first  two 
Tests,  there  was  the  side,  perhaps  not  so 
evident,  but  really  none  the  less  important, 
that  radio  enthusiasts  on  both  sides  of  the 
water  were  bending  their  thoughts  toward 
a  kind  of  international  radio  unity.  To  the 
American  listeners,  the  English  and  Conti- 
nental peoples  seemed  closer,  as  indeed 
they  were,  than  ever  before.  And  the 
same  may  be  said  of  the  English  listeners. 

EUROPEAN    PARTICIPATION    GREATER 

THE  1924  Tests  inaugurated  the  broad- 
casting of  European  stations,  and  the 
Tests  of  1926  will  see  the   European   and 
the   British  stations  in  fuller  cooperation 


"FOR  SERVICES  RENDERED" 

In  arranging  the  International  Test.     Presented 

to  the  editor  of  this  magazine  at  the  recent  New 

York  Radio  Show 


than  ever  before.  This  increased  coopera- 
tion is  due  to  the  recent  organization  of  the 
International  Bureau  de  Radiophonie,  with 
headquarters  in  Brussels,  headed  by  Arthur 
Burrows,  formerly  chief  program  director 
for  the  British  Broadcasting  Company. 
The  European  broadcasters  have  realized 
that  broadcasting  is  not  a  sectional  or 
national  matter,  and  that  they  must  at- 
range  their  affairs  so  that  all  listeners  may 
benefit,  and  the  international  bureau, 
which  attempts  to  settle  wavelength  allot- 
ments and  allied  problems,  is  the  logical 
result. 

The  success  of  the  International  Tests 
depends  entirely  on  the  cooperation  of  all 
the  broadcasters,  because  silent  hours, 
allowing  for  the  uninterrupted  reception 
of  stations  outside  national  boundaries  is 
essential.  And  in  this  respect,  the  Amer- 
ican and  Canadian  stations  have  definitely 
demonstrated  their  feeling  that  the  Tests 
meant  enough  to  radio  for  them  to  make 
special  sacrifices.  These  sacrifices  have 
been  greater  for  the  American  and  Cana- 
dian stations  than  they  have  for  those  of 
the  other  nationals,  because  these  Tests 
have  come  on  this  side  of  the  water  during 
the  regular  evening  hours  of  broadcasting, 
while  the  difference  of  time  between  the 
American  continent  and  Europe  has  called 
the  foreign  broadcasters  from  their  more  or 
less  downy  couch  at  three  o'clock  in  the 
morning,  and  no  paraphrase  of  a  once 
popular  song  meant. 

But  what  is  going  to  happen  this  year? 
The  editors  of  RADIO  BROADCAST  felt  that 
the  International  Tests  had  grown  too  big 
for  any  one  organization  in  this  country 
to  assume  entire  charge.  So  the  matter  of 
the  Tests  was  put  up  to  many  organiza- 
tions, including  the  Radio  Manufacturers 
Association  and  the  National  Radio  Trade 
Association  who  felt  that  so  important  an 
event  to  the  radio  world  should  not  con- 
tinue without  their  active  support.  The 
result  has  been  that  about  eighteen  organ- 
izations devoted  to  furthering  the  interests 
of  radio  have  aligned  themselves  with  this 
movement.  So  in  the  United  States  this 
year,  the  International  Radio  Broadcast 
Tests  are  not  supported  and  supervised  by 
RADIO  BROADCAST  alone,  but  by  all  the 
influential  organizations  in  radio.  And 
in  Europe,  the  aid  of  the  three  most  power- 
ful radio  groups  has  been  enlisted,  the 
British  Broadcasting  Company,  the  Inter- 
national Bureau  de  Radiophonie,  and 


FEBRUARY,  1926         THE  1926  INTERNATIONAL  RADIO  BROADCASTING  TESTS 


463 


DAY 


RECEIVING    FOREIGN    STATIONS 

During  the  International  Tests  of  1924,  at  Mitchel  Field,  New  York. 
This  Army  radio  truck  was  driven  to  the  center  of  the  field,  and  a  super- 
heterodyne set  up  and  many  stations  were  heard.     Light  was  furnished 
by  lanterns  and  flashlights 


Radio  Press,  the  latter  controlling  a  circu- 
lation of  radio  readers  in  England  totalling 
more  than  a  million.  Mr.  Scott-Taggart, 
the  editor-in-chief  of  all  the  Radio  Press 
publications  has  been  appointed,  jointly 
with  Captain  Eckersley,  chief  engineer  of 
the  British  Broadcasting  Company,  as 
heads  of  the  European  broadcasting  pro- 
gram during  these  Tests. 

In  the  United  States  and  Canada,  the 
broadcasters,  at  a  considerable  sacrifice, 
have  arranged  their  programs  so  that  silent 
hours  are  provided.  The  activities  during 
this  test  week  also  involve  Mexican  and 
Cuban  and  South  American  stations. 
Among  the  South  American  stations  par- 
ticipating is  OAX,  at  Lima,  Peru,  owned  by 
the  Peruvian  Telephone  Company,  operat- 
ing on  a  wavelength  of  380  meters  (  789 
kc.).  The  Cuban  broadcasters  are  directed 
by  Frank  H.  Jones,  owner  of  the  famous 
Cuban  station  6  KW.  Canadian  broad- 
casters are  operating  under  the  direction 
of  Jacques  Cartier,  director  of  station 
CKAC,  La  Presse,  Montreal. 

UNUSUALLY    INTERESTING    PROGRAMS 

A  GREAT  number  of  American  sta- 
tions are  arranging  special  programs 
for  the  American  test  period,  which  is  from 
10  to  ii  p.  M.,  Eastern  Standard  time. 
Mr.  A.  Atwater  Kent,  whose  excellent  radio 
programs  through  the  WEAK  chain  of  sta- 
tions are  so  popular,  expects  to  present  a 
program  of  more  than  usual  interest  to 
listeners  on  both  sides  of  the  water.  This 
program  will  be  broadcast  the  first  night 
of  the  Test  Week,  Sunday,  January  24, 
1926.  Those  in  charge  of  WOR  at  Newark 
admit  that  their  program  for  the  Test 
week  will  offer  some  genuine  surprises. 
This  station  was  heard  abroad  in  both  the 
previous  tests.  Station  wwj,  the  Detroit 
News,  is  planning  features  of  unusual  in 
terest  during  their  transmitting  period  for 
over-seas  listeners.  This  is  true  of  practi- 


cally every  broadcast- 
ingstationon  thisside 
of  the  water,  and  to 
list  all  the  special 
plans  of  all  the  broad- 
casters would  take  far 
more  space  than  can 
be  spared  in  RADIO 
BROADCAST.  Every 
individual  and  organ- 
ization in  any  way 
connected  with  Inter- 
national Radio  Week 
realizes  that  this  year 
there  is  an  opportun- 
ity to  share  in  an  in- 
ternational party  of 
huge  proportions. 

The  Tests  were 
scheduled  this  time 
for  the  last  week  in 
January,  instead  of 
the  last  week  in  No- 
vember, because  re- 
ceiving conditions  are 
much  better  in  Janu- 
ary than  in  November.  This  was  found  to 
be  true  by  the  experience  gained  in  the  first 
two  Tests  and  we  firmly  believe  that  receiv- 
ing conditions  will  give  a  greater  number  .of 


listeners  a  better  chance  to  hear  foreign 
stations.  Tests  recently  conducted  by  the 
Bureau  of  Standards  on  the  transmissions 
of  KDKA  at  Pittsburgh,  seemed  to  show  that 
the  worst  atmospherics  were  found  in  June, 
and  the  least  in  February,  with  the  next 
best  months  in  the  following  order:  March, 
January,  November,  December,  May, 
October,  April,  August,  July,  and  Septem- 
ber. The  worst  fading  was  encountered  in 
October  and  the  least  in  February.  Fad- 
ing increased  in  the  months  in  the  following 
order:  April,  July,  March,  June,  January, 
May,  November,  December,  August,  and 
September.  These  results,  while  not  con- 
clusive, certainly  point  to  the  last  week 
in  January  as  a  very  favorable  time  to 
schedule  the  Tests. 

The  final  schedules  and  latest  informa- 
tion about  the  Tests  will  of  course  appear 
in  the  daily  newspapers.  This  is  written 
some  weeks  before  the  Test  Week  and 
while  the  main  features  of  the  schedules 
are  settled,  there  are  many  details  which 
cannot  be  announced  until  a  few  days 
before  the  first  night  of  the  Tests. 

Wavelengths  and  call  signals  of  the 
European  stations  have  been  subject  to 
many  changes  since  the  organization  of  the 
I nternationak. Bureau  de  Radiophonie  and 


Schedule  of  Transmissions  International  Radio  Broadcast 

Tests  0/1926 

All  the  Times  in  This  Table  are  Eastern  Standard 


Sunday,  24th  January 
Sunday,  24th  January 


Monday,  25th  January 
Monday,  25th  January 
Tuesday,  26th  January 
Tuesday,  26th  January 
Wednesday,  27th  January 
Wednesday,  27th  January 
Thursday,  28th  January 
Thursday,  28th  January 
Friday,  29th  January 


Saturday,  30th  January 


TIME 


10—11  P.  M. 
11—12  p.  M. 


10—11  p.  M. 
11—12  p.  M. 
10—11  p.  M. 
11—12  P.  M. 
10—11  p.  M. 
11—12  P.  M. 
10—11  P.  M. 

11—12  P.  M. 

11— 11:15  P.M. 
11:15— 11:30  P.M. 

11:30— 11:45  P.M. 
11:45— 12P.M. 
11— 11:15  P.M. 
11:15— 11:30  P.M. 
11:30— 11:45  P.M. 
11:45— 12  P.  M. 


STATIONS  PARTICIPATING 


Canadian,  United  States,  Mexican,  Porto 

Rican,  Cuban 
Foreign  (British,  French,  German,  Dutch 

Spanish,     Italian,     Austrian,     Czech, 

Polish  and  South  American  stations) 
American  Continent  (as  shown  above) 
Foreign  (as  shown  above) 
American 
Foreign 
American 
Foreign 
American 
Foreign 
American  Eastern  Standard  Time  Zone 

stations 
American  Central  Standard  Time  Zone 

stations 

American  Mountain  Time  Zone  stations 
American  Pacific  Time  Zone  stations 
All  Canadian  stations 
Northern  half  United  States  stations 
Southern  half  United  States  stations 
All  stations  south  of  the  United  States 


It  will  be  noted  that  this  schedule  will  not  only  give  American  listeners  a  chance  to  hear 
stations  in  this  country  never  heard  before  because  of  the  station  operating  on  a  frequency 
used  by  some  near-by  station,  but  this  arrangement  will  also  give  the  overseas  listeners  a 
chance  to  pick  up  some  American  stations  that  are  more  distant  from  them  than  the  sta- 
tions almost  on  the  edge  of  the  Eastern  seaboard.  The  arrangement  of  the  American  tests 
so  that  on  the  first  night  (Friday,  American  time)  the  stations  will  progressively  transmit 
from  east  to  west,  and  on  the  second  night  of  those  tests  (Saturday,  American  time)  trans- 
mit north  and  south,  will  give  American  listeners  a  chance  to  experiment  with  DX  recep- 
tion such  as  they  have  never  before  had. 

The  Continental  and  British  stations,  if  they  follow  the  same  plan  for  their  territory, 
on  the  last  two  nights  of  the  test,  will  be  on  the  air  just  one  hour  earlier  than  the  American 
stations.  This  will  keep  the  air  clear  for  the  American  transmissions  which  follow.  The 
British  and  Continental  broadcasters  will  undoubtedly  appreciate  this  arrangement,  for 
it  will  give  them  a  chance  to  get  a  bit  more  rest.  Since  the  transmissions  from  abroad 
come  at  from  four  to  five  o'clock  in  the  morning,  London  time,  the  physical  strain  on  the 
various  station  staffs  is  bound  to  be  quite  heavy  by  the  end  of  the  test  week. 


464 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


ii  HT' 
Wlft  II    I  YNfJ 


CUP  PRESENTED  TO  ARTHUR  H.  LYNCH 
At  the  recent  Chicago  Radio  Exposition  for  or- 
ganizing and  arranging  the  International  Tests 


so  most  of  the  listed  frequencies  of  those 
stations  are  not  now  accurate.  On  pages 
465-6  of  this  magazine  appears  as  complete 
and  accurate  a  list  of  English  and  Conti- 
nental broadcasters  as  is  possible  to  secure. 

The  main  outline  of  the  entire  transmit- 
ting schedule  for  all  the  stations  is  printed 
elsewhere  in  this  article  and  it  would  be 
well  for  listeners  to  clip  that  schedule  out 
for  reference  during  the  Test  Week.  As 
Captain  Eckersley  suggests  in  his  radio- 
gram quoted  above,  all  listeners  should 
remember  that  there  is  a  great  difference  in 
time.  For  the  convenience  of  listeners  in 
the  United  States  and  Canada,  the  schedule 
is  made  out  entirely  in  Eastern  Standard 
Time.  Conversion  to  the  time  of  the 
other  zones  in  this  country  is  not  difficult. 
Five  British  stations  including  5  xx,  the 
high  power  station  of  the  B.  B.  C.,  will  be 
on  the  air  for  three  nights  of  the  test  Al- 
though no  list  is  at  present  available  of  the 
European  stations  participating,  the  leading 
continentals  will  be  on  the  air. 

Without  any  major  exception,  all  the 
broadcasters  in  the  United  States,  Canada, 
Mexico,  Cuba,  and  Porto  Rico  will  be  on 


the  air  during  their  alloted  periods. 
And,  a  matter  of  great  interest,  at  least 
one  station  on  the  west  coast  of  South 
America  will  be  heard,  OAX  789  kc.  (380 
meters)  at  Lima,  Peru.  A  number  of 
the  broadcasters  on  the  east  coast  of 
South  America  are  also  expected  to  join 
in  the  test  broadcasting. 

Copies  of  the  Radio  Week  programs 
of  all  the  American  stations  which 
take  part  are  being  forwarded  to  Mr. 
Scott-Taggert  of  Radio  Press  in  Lon- 
don. Radio  Press  will  undertake  to 
verify  American  programs  heard  by 
English  and  European  listeners  during 
the  week.  And  in  the  United  States 
andj  Canada,  the  verification  of  foreign 
programs  heard  will  be  in  charge  of 
the  official  International  Radio  Week 
newspaper  in  each  city.  The  official 
programs  will  be  printed  the  day  after 
they  are  sent  so  that  all  listeners  can 
themselves  check  their  reception. 

It  is  pr^able  that  there  will  be  many 
listeners  who  will  not  see  the  printed 
newspaper  programs  and  who  prefer  a 
verification  direct  from  RADIO  BROAD- 
CAST. Listeners  who  want  a  verification 
direct  may  address  their  telegrams, 
letters,  and  long  distance  calls  to  Inter- 
national Radio  Broadcast  Test  Com- 
mittee, RADIO  BROADCAST  magazine, 
Garden  City,  New  York.  Our  long 
distance  telephone  number  is  Garden  City 
800.  Those  who  wish  to  address  the 
Committee  by  amateur  radio  may  do  so 
by  filing  a  message  with  some  amateur 
operator  in  their  locality  and  asking  him 


"BIG  BEN" 

The  famous  clock  atop  the  Houses  of  Parliament 
whose  chimes  are  frequently  broadcast  from  2  LO 
and  other  stations  in  the  British  Broadcasting  Com- 
pany chain.  If  the  English  plans  work  out,  listeners 
on  this  side  of  the  water  may  have  an  opportunity  to 
hear  the  deep  bells  of  these  chimes  over  their  own 
sets  during  the  January  1926  Tests 


to  forward  it  to  the  above  address.    The 
call  letters  of  our  amateur  radio  station 
are  2  GY,  and  the  station  is  tuned  to  7496 
kc.  (40  meters). 
Good  going  to  you  all  during  the  Tests! 


THOSE  IN  CHARGE  OF  CANADIAN  COOPERATION 

The  staff  of  station  CKAC,  La  Presse  at  Montreal.  J.  N.  Cartier,  the  director  of  the  station,  fourth 
from  the  left  in  the  illustration,  has  had  charge  of  the  arrangements  with  all  Canadian  broad- 
casters for  their  part  in  the  Tests.  In  the  back  row,  from  left  to  right  are  Arthur  Dupont,  assistant 
announcer;  Adrien  Arcand,  radio  editor  of  the  paper;  Leonard  Spencer,  technician;  J.  N.  Cartier; 
A.  Lebeau,  master  of  ceremonies;  front  row:  J.  P.  Calligan,  "Father  Radio";  Mary  Brotman  and 

Nora  O'Donnel,  stenographers 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


465 


Distance  Computation  Chart 


MILES 

TO     FROM  —  > 

4 

BERLIN 

LONDON 

MADRID 

k 

> 
i 

! 

PARIS 

I 

SAN  FRANCISCO 

Aberdeen  
Amsterdam  

700 
400 

400 
220 

1180 
940 

1514 
1350 

3280 
3300 

600 
260 

1220 
820 

5880 
5900 

Barcelona  
Berlin  
Bilbao  

950 
990 

720 
580 
600 

300 
1560 
200 

1900 
1020 
1980 

3200 
3700 
3050 

540 
540 
480 

520 
740 
770 

5800 
6300 
5650 

Bremen      .  .  . 

210 

400 

1060 

1170 

3580 

400 

800 

6180 

190 

720 

1230 

900 

3850 

650 

680 

6450 

280 

740 

1150 

1000 

3800 

630 

540 

6400 

500 

200 

830 

1420 

3240 

160 

730 

5840 

Buda  Pesth 

430 

880 

1200 

1000 

4000 

750 

500 

6600 

Cadiz 

1460 

1110 

310 

2420 

2900 

970 

1050 

5500 

Cardiff 

700 

140 

780 

1680 

3000 

300 

1020 

5600 

4400 

3900 

3800 

5400 

750 

3800 

4700 

1820 

Cleveland  

4000 

3550 

3500 

5100 

400 

3500 

4400 

2140 

Copenhagen  
Daventry  
Dresden  
Dublin  ... 

280 
600 
100 
820 

600 
80 
590 
300 

1310 
850 
1110 
930 

1000 
1780 
1050 
1760 

3700 
3200 
3650 
3000 

640 
290 
520 
500 

950 
1190 
640 
1170 

6300 

SHOO 
6250 
5600 

Geneva  . 

700 

460 

630 

1500 

3300 

250 

430 

59CO 

Glascow  

760 
4500 

340 
3580 

1100 
3250 

1650 
5000 

3150 
1350 

580 
3700 

1230 
3900 

5750 
3950 

Helsingfors  ......... 

700 
520 

1160 
460 

1860 
660 

570 
1460 

4300 
3550 

1210 
260 

1390 
430 

6900 
6150 

1810 

1020 

303 

2450 

2800 

940 

1140 

5400 

580 

800 

1580 

3200 

220 

880 

5850 

Los  Angeles  

6300 
610 

5700 
460 

5600 
580 

7280 
1560 

2560 
3200 

6000 
250 

6300 
460 

5160 
5800 

1560 

800 

2130 

3100 

670 

830 

5500 

Mexico  City  
Milan  .... 

6000 
530 

4300 
530 

4100 
730 

5900 
1430 

2200 
3800 

4400 
390 

4400 
300 

1270 
6400 

1020 

1580 

2130 

4600 

1540 

1490 

7300 

Newcastle 

640 

260 

1040 

1540 

3400 

460 

1110 

6000 

New  York 

3700 

3200 

3100 

4600 

3350 

3700 

2600 

Oslo 

540 

720 

151C 

1060 

3900 

850 

1260 

6500 

Paris 

540 

220 

670 

1540 

3350 

680 

6000 

180 

620 

1100 

1040 

3700 

530 

580 

6300 

Reval 

660 

1130 

1840 

550 

4300 

1160 

1330 

6900 

740 

880 

830 

1490 

3700 

680 

6400 

San  Francisco  

6300 

5850 

5500 

7300 

2600 

6000 

6400 

Toulouse  

830 

570 

330 

1790 

3150 

380 

560 

5750 

Vienna  

330 

750 

1140 

1060 

3900 

620 

480 

6500 

Warsaw  

320 

890 

1410 

720 

4000 

850 

830 

6600 

Eight 


RADIO  BROADCASTS 

Booklet  of 

European 

South  American 

Mexican 

and 

Cuban 

Broadcasting  Stations 

January  15th,  1926 


Compiled  by 

LAWRENCE  W.  CORBETT 


Oslo 


Lima 


Warsaw 
Warsaw 


San  Juan 


Lisbon  . 
Lisbon  . 
Montesanto . 


Moscow 
Moscow . 
Moscow . 
Moscow . 
Nijni-Novgorod 


Barcelona     . 
Barcelona     . 
Bilbao     .      . 
Bilbao     .      . 
Bilbao     .      . 
Cadiz 
Cadiz 
Madrid  . 
Madrid  . 
Madrid  . 
Madrid  . 
Madrid  . 
San  Sebastian 
Seville     .      . 
Valencia . 


Boden     .      . 

Goteborg 

Joenkoeping 


CALL        FREQUENCY 
SIGNAL  IN    KC. 

NORWAY 
OSLO  785 

PERU 

OAX  789 

POLAND 

779 
779 

PORTO  RICO 

WKAQ  882 

PORTUGAL 


P1AA 


937 
750 
122 


RUSSIA 


821 
666 
297 
207 
2998 


SPAIN 


EAJ1 
EAJ13 
EAJ9 
EAJ11 

EAJ3 

EAJ10 

EAJ2 

EAJ4 

EAJ6 

EAJ7 

EAJ15 

EAJ8 

EAJS 

EAJ14 


923 
652 
999 
923 
723 
833 
909 
967 
983 
765 
735 
612 
867 
857 
750 


SWEDEN 

SASE  219 

SASB  769 

SMZD  1131 

Six 


WAVELENGTH 
IN    METERS 


382 


380 


385 
385 


340 


320 

400 

2450 


365 

450 

1010 

1450 

100 


325 
460 
300 
325 
415 
360 
330 
310 
305 
392 
408 
490 
346 
350 
400 


1370 
390 
265 


POWER 
IN  WATTS 


1000 


1500 


1000 
300 


500 


1500 
1500 


1000 
1000 
1000 
12,000 
1000 


1000 
1000 
1000 
1000 
1000 
1000 
1000 
3000 
1000 
3000 
6000 
1000 
3000 
1000 
1000 


1500 

500 

1000 


CALL       FREQUENCY 
SIGNAL          IN   KC. 

CUBA—Continuea 


Habana  . 
Habana  . 
Habana  . 
Habaaa  . 
Habana  . 
Habana  . 
Habana  . 
Habana  . 
Habana  .     . 
Habana  .     . 
Habana  . 
Habana  .     . 
Habana  . 
Habana  . 
Habana  . 
Habana  . 
Habana  . 
Habana  . 
Matanzas     . 
Nueva  Gerona 
Puerto  del  Rio  . 
Sagua  la  Grande 


2  HP 

2JP 

2  XX 

2CX 

2AB 

PWX 

2JL 

2EP 

2CG 

2BB 

2MG 

2  OK 

20L 

2RY 

2TW 

2UF 

2RK 

2PK 

5EV 

8JQ 

1AZ 

6HS 


Santiago 8FU 

Santiago 8  BY 

Santiago 8  HS 

Santiago 8 IR 

Santiago 8  JQ 


1016 
1110 
1999 

937 
1276 
7496 
1090 

845 

857 
1176 
1071 

833 

999 
1764 
1304 
1131 

967 
1538 

833 
1333 
1090 
1499 
1333 
1199 
1499 
1578 
2306 


CZECHO  SLOVAKIA 


Brunn 
Prague-Strasnice 


OKB  167 

OKP  584 


DENMARK 


Copenhagen 
Hjorring  (relay) 
Lyngby  .  .  . 
Lyngby  .  .  . 
Odense  (relay)  . 
Ryvang 


OXE 


Reval 


Helsingfors  . 
Skatudden  . 
Tammerfors 


973 
240 
387 
125 
316 
261 


ESTHON1A 

—  857 


FINLAND 


3NB 


810 
714 
999 


WAVELENGTH 
IN   METERS 


295 
270 

150 
320 
235 
400 
275 
355 
350 
255 
280 
360 
300 
170 
230 
265 
310 
195 
360 
225 
275 
200 
225 
250 
200 
190 
130 


1800 
513 


308 
1250 

775 
2400 

950 
1150 


350 


370 
420 
300 


POWER 
IN   WATTS 


100 
20 

5 
10 
10 

500 
5 

400 
15 
15 
20 

100 

100 
5 
20 
10 
20 
10 
10 
20 
5 
10 
15 

100 
20 
20 
20 


1000 
5000 


1000 

500 
2500 
1000 
1000 


1000 
250 


Three 


466 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


LOCATION 

CALL       FREQUENCY 
SIGNAL          IN  KC. 

ARGENTINE 
LOR                750 

WAVELENGTH 
IN   METERS 

400 

350 
327 
375 
325 
425 
380 

404 
530 

265 

350 

312 
370 
350 
381 
310 
380 
312 
400 
400  (approx.) 

385 
350 
360 
430 
400 

250 
225 
350 
340 
275 
200 
235 
275 
300 

POWER 
IN    WATTS 

500 

500 
500 
500 
500 
1000 
500 

500 
2000 

2500 

500~ 
500 
500 

80 
300 
500 
500 

100 
10 

350 
30 
1200 

50 

50 
10 
500 
100 
100 
20 
20 
10 
100 

LOCATION                                   CALL       FREQUENCY     WAVELENGTH          I 
SIGNAL          IN  KC.             IN   METERS          IN 

SWEDEN—  Continued 

Norrkoeping                                     SMW           1153                   260                 ] 

>OWER 
WATTS 

000 

000 
000 
000 
000 

500 
1500 
500 
500 

)  

LOV                857 

Malmo    SASC            1110                   270                 ] 
Stockholm    SASA              702                   427                 ] 

Buenos  Aires     .... 

LOW               917 
LOX                800 

Stockholm    681                   440 
Sundswall    SASD              550                   545                 ] 

SWITZERLAND 

Berne                                                                         993                   302 

LOY                923 

Buenos  Aires     .... 
Mendoza  City  .... 

Graz 

705 
.       LOU                790 

AUSTRIA 

742 

Geneva         .                                     HB  1                273                 1100                 ] 

Lausanne     .                                      HB2                353                   850 

ORV                566 

Zurich     RGZ                582                   515 

BELGIUM 

Radio 

URUGUAY 
Montevideo             ....       857                   350 

Bahia 

Belgique        1131 
BRAZIL 

.       857 

VENEZUELA 

Caracas  750                  400  (Approx. 

Bahia 

Bello  Horizonte 
Bello  Horizonte 
Pernambuco      .... 
Porto  Alegre      .... 
Recife                 .... 

SPH                961 

.       857 
.       RSR                787 

967 

<7£O    ASSEMBLE    this   eight-page   booklet   of 
^-/  foreign  broadcasting  stations,  first  cut  the 
sheet  on  which  the  call  signals  are  printed,  from 
the  magazine.     It  is  best  to  employ  a  razor  blade 
for  this  operation.     Then  trim  the  sheet  along  the 
outside  border  line.    Do  not  cut  down  the  cen- 
ter vertical   lines.    These  are  used  as  a  folding 
guide  only.    The  sheet  is  next  cut  in  two,  across 
the  center  horizontal  line.     The  two  pieces  (each 
consists  of  four  booklet  pages,  of  course)  are  then 
folded  down  their  vertical  centers  and  inserted 
into  each  other  so  that  the  numbered  booklet  pages 
run  concurrently. 
The  distances  given  in  the  chart  on  page  eight 
of  the  booklet  are  only  approximately  correct,  but 
are  sufficiently  accurate  to  serve  a  useful  purpose. 

SPE                 790 

SPE                 961 

SQE                 750 

750 

857 

CHILE 

CRC                779 

RC                   857 

.                  833 

ORC                697 

ACB                750 

CUBA 

6EV              1200 

7AZ               1333 

7  SR                857 

Central  Tuinicu 
Central  Tuinicu 

.       6KW               882 
.       6JK               1090 
6  YR               882 

7  BY             1280 

6JQ              1090 

Cienfuegos   

.       6BY                999 

Two 

Seven 

LOCATION 

CALL        FREOUENCY 
SIGNAL          IN  KC. 

FRANCE 

943 

WAVELENGTH 
IN  METERS 

318 
840 
276 
475 
350 
1780 
345 
458 
1780 
2650 
274 
315 
2500 

505 
576 
279 
418 
255 
288 
283 
292 
280 
249 
470 
251 
395 
296 
463 
1300 
452 
485 
410 
340 
443 

495 
440 
479 
386 
310 
346 
353 
1600 
331 
328 
422 

POWER 
IN  WATTS 

250 
150 
300 
300 
300 
4000 
500 
500 
100 
4000 
2000 
250 
500 

4500 
2000 
1000 
1500 
1500 
1500 
500 
1000 
1000 
500 
1500 
1500 
1500 
1000 
1500 
5000 
1500 
1000 
1500 
1000 
1500 

1500 
1500 
1500 
1500 
200 
200 
1500 
20,000 
200 
200 
1500 

LOCATION                                   CALL       FREQUENCY     WAVELENGTH 
SIGNAL          IN  KC.             IN    METERS          IN 

GREAT  BRITAIN—  Continued 
Hull                                                    6KH               895                   335 

=OWER 
WATTS 

200 
200 
3000 
1500 
L500 
1500 
200 
200 
200 
200 

1000 
400 
1000 
5000 
2500  up 
2000 

2000 
1500 

500 
1500 
500 

250 
250 
100 
500 
500 
100 
500 
100 
500 
500 

100 
100 

357 

Liverpool                                           6  LV                952                   315 

1086 

London                                              2  LO                821                   365 

YN                   631 

Manchester                                       2  ZY                793                   378 

857 

Newcastle                                          5  NO                742                   404 

Paris  

SFR                 168 

Nottingham                                      5  NG               920                  326 

Paris  

5  NG                869 

Plymouth                                          5  PY                887                   338 

Paris  

FPTT             655 

Sheffield                                             6FL                996                   301 

Paris  

8AJ                 168 

Stoke  on  Trent                                 6  ST                980                   306 

Paris  (Eiffel  Tower)     .      . 

FL                    113 

109 

Swansea  5  SX               622                   482 

HOLLAND 

Amsterdam                                       PCFF              154                 1950 
Amsterdam        PX9                280                 1070 
Amsterdam        140                2125 
Bloemendaal      869                   345 
HUversum                                         HDO               286                 1050                 ! 

MRD              952 

Tours     

YG                   120 

Berlin     

GERMANY 

594 

Berlin     

520 

Utrecht                                           273                1100 

Bremen  (relay). 

1075 
717 

HUNGARY 

Buda  Pesth                                                               5491                  546 

1176 

Cassel  (relay)    .... 

1041 

1059 

IRISH  FREE  STATE 
Dublin                                               2  RN                769                   390 

Dresden  (relay) 

.       1027 
1071 

Elberfeld      

1204 

Frankfort     

638 

ITALY 

Milan                                                 SITI                550                   545 

Gleiwitz       ' 

1195 

759 

Hanover  (relay) 
Konigsberg  .            ... 
Konigswusterhausen    . 

1013 
.       648 
.       231 
663 

Rome      IRO                 705                   425 

Rome      167                   1800 

MEXICO 

Chihuahua  City      .      .            .       CZF                923                   325 
Mazatlan                                           CYR                631                   475 

618 

731 

Nuremberg  (relay) 
Stuttgart      

.       882 
677 

GREAT  BRITAIN 

2BD                606 

Merida   .                                           CYY                546                   549 

Mexico  City      CYA                999                   300 

Mexico  City      CYB              1090                   275 

Mexico  City                                      CYH               800                   375 

Belfast    

2  BE                681 

Mexico  City                                      CYL                750                   400 

Birmingham      .... 

5  IT                 626 

Mexico  City                                      CYO                705                   425 

Bournemouth    .... 

6  BM               777 

Mexico  City                                      CYX               923                   325 

Bradford   )  

,  ,  _                 967 

Mexico  City                                      CZE                 857                   350 

Leeds         }  

.       2LS                 867 

Mexico  City                                      CZI  1                666                   450 

Cardiff    

5  WA               849 

Puebla  City                                      CYU                961                   312 

Daventry     

5  XX               187 

Tampico                                            CYE                833                   360 

Dundee  

2DE                906 

Tampico                                            CYQ                931                   322 

Edinburgh   

2  EH                914 

Vera  Cruz                                         CYC                999                   300 

Glasgow       

SSC                711 

Vera  Cruz                                         CYD              1199                   250 

Four 

Fife 

AS  THE  BROADCASTER  SEES  IT 

/&» 


Drawings  by  Fran\lyn  F.  Stratford 


What  the  Institute  of  Radio  Engineers  Does  for  Radio 


\HE  Institute  of  Radio  Engineers  is  a 
learned  society  devoted  to  the  advance- 
ment of  radio  communication  in  all 
its  aspects,  theoretical  and  practical. 
The  term  "radio  communication,"  it 
must  be  understood,  includes  a  great  deal  besides 
broadcasting.  To  old  radio  telegraph  engineers, 
broadcasting  is  only  the  frothy  comedy  of  radio. 
What  does  it  matter,  they  ask,  whether  the 
ether  is  burdened  with  all  these  pretty  tunes 
and  smart  talks;  no  one  is  going  to  die  if  they 
fail  to  reach  the  receivers  waiting  for  them. 
An  sos  call  on  the  high  seas  is  another  matter. 
So  they  stick  to  their  dots  and  dashes. 

The  Institute,  however,  keeps  pace  impartially 
with  the  developments  in  radio  telegraphy  and 
telephony.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  two  arts 
rest  on  the  same  principles  and  most  of  the 
articles  appearing  in  the  Proceedings,  published 
six  times  a  year  by  the  society,  are  of  equal 
interest  to  specialists  in  both  fields.  If  an 
engineer  makes  some  experiments  on  field  inten- 
sity of  a  transmitter  at  various  points,  the  pres- 
ence of  shadows,  dead  spots,  etc.,  the  results 
are  equally  applicable  to  telegraph  transmitters 
and  broadcasting  stations  in  or  near  the  fre- 
quency bands  covered.  The  differences  between 
wireless  telegraphy  and  telephony,  important  as 
they  are,  are  much  fewer  than  the  similarities. 
Practically  every  technical  radio  man  of 
prominence  in  the  United  States,  and  many  in 
other  countries,  are  members  of  the  Institute 
of  Radio  Engineers.  But  membership  is  not 
confined  to  these  eminent  figures.  The  total 
membership  is  in  the  neighborhood  of  3000, 
divided  into  four  grades  according  to  experience 
and  professional  standing.  At  the  head  are 
about  100  Fellows,  followed  by  some  500  full 
Members.  These  are  very  largely  professional 
radio  engineers  and  administrators.  The  2400 
Associate  Members  comprise  the  body  of  the 
membership.  There  are  also  approximately  150 
juniors  under  21  years  of  age. 

It  is  not  generally  known  that  any  responsible 
person  who  is  seriously  interested  in  radio,  in 
either  an  amateur  or  professional  capacity,  is 
welcomed  to  associate  membership  in  the 
Institute,  as  long  as  he  or  she  can  pay  the  dues 
of  f6.oo  per  year  assessed  in  this  grade.  As 
a  matter  of  fact,  the  Associate  gets  as  much  for 
his  $6.00  as  the  Fellow  for  his  annual  payment 
of  $15.00.  He  may  attend  meetings.  He  may 
contribute  to  the  Proceedings  if  he  has  something 
worth  while  to  say.  He  can't  be  President, 


but  his  vote  counts  as  much  as  any  one  else's. 
If  he  makes  a  great  invention  he  is  just  as  eligible 
for  the  gold  medal  or  the  Liebmann  Memorial 
Prize  of  $500,  both  awarded  yearly.  Above  all, 
he  gets  his  six  copies  of  the  Proceedings  every 
year.  In  1924  the  volume  ran  to  864  pages  of 
reading  matter,  printed  in  admirable  format  with 
full  illustrations  and  charts,  making  a  thick  book 
of  information  absolutely  indispensable  to  any- 
one whose  interest  in  radio  is  above  the  twelve- 
year-old  level.  How  the  Institute  does  it  I 
don't  know,  although  the  fact  that  a  number  of 
$2o,ooo-a-year  men  give  a  portion  of  their  time 
to  running  it,  free,  gratis,  for  nothing,  as  they  say 
in  the  backwoods,  must  have  something  to  do 
with  it.  Anyway,  there's  the  book.  The 
subscription  price  to  non-members  is  $9.00,  and 
it  is  worth  that. 

Members  of  the  Institute  in  any  grade  must 
be  passed  on  and  elected  by  the  Board  of  Direc- 
tion. Application  blanks  may  be  secured  from 
the  Secretary,  at  37  West  39th  St.,  New  York, 
New  York.  If  the  application  is  for  one  of  the 
two  top  grades  it  must  be  accompanied  by  the 
recommendation  of  five  members  in  that  grade, 
and  the  Board  goes  over  it  very  exactingly. 
There  are  rigid  constitutional  requirements 
which  must  be  met.  A  Fellow  must  be  not  less 
than  thirty  years  of  age;  he  must  have  been  in 
the  active  practice  of  his  profession  for  at  least 
seven  years,  including  three  years  of  responsible 
charge  of  important  radio  work — and  "import- 
ant" does  not  mean  running  a  peanut  roaster 
broadcasting  station  or  designing  still  another 
receiver  which  is  called  a  uni-control  because  you 
have  to  move  six  knobs,  one  big  and  five  small, 
in  order  to  tune  it.  A  Member-applicant's  record 
is  also  subject  to  critical  scrutiny;  but  the 
section  of  the  constitution  referring  to  Associ- 
ates states  merely  that  "An  Associate  shall 
be  not  less  than  twenty-one  years  of  age  and 
shall  be:  (a)  a  radio  engineer  by  profession; 
(b)  A  teacher  of  radio  subjects;  (c)  A  person 
who  is  interested  in  and  connected  with  the 
study  or  application  of  radio  science  or  the  radio 
arts."  That  lets  in  everyone  who  wants  to  join 
and  who  pays  his  debts  and  does  not  throw 
bombs  at  the  constituted  authorities,  invent 
perpetual  motion  machines,  or  sell  pill-box 
static  eliminators.  Through  affiliation  with  the 
Institute,  one  is  definitely  known  as  a  person 
active  in  the  development  of  radio  communica- 
tion, and,  aside  from  the  tangible  advantages 
realized,  it  is  about  the  most  practicable  means 


of  testifying  to  a  genuine  interest  in  the  art. 
Not  without  reason,  some  employers  in  technical 
radio  pursuits  consider  membership  in  the 
Institute  of  Radio  Engineers  as  one  evidence 
of  serious  devotion  to  the  problems  of  advancing 
and  establishing  radio  communication. 

The  principal  section,  of  the  Institute  is  in 
New  York  City,  where  the  attendance  at  meet- 
ings is  such  that  it  is  necessary  to  hold  them  in 
the  large  Engineering  Societies  Building  audi- 
torium. However,  good-sized  sections  have 
also  been  organized  in  Washington,  District  of 
Columbia,  Boston,  Massachusetts,  Seattle, 
Washington,  San  Francisco,  California,  Philadel- 
phia, Pennsylvania,  Chicago,  Illinois,  and 
Toronto,  Canada.  These  bodies  hold  meetings, 
usually  each  month,  in  their  respective  towns. 
Important  engineering  papers  are  presented  and 
discussed  at  these  gatherings.  It  is  no  exaggera- 
tion to  say  that  no  important  radio  achievement 
of  a  technical  nature  has  appeared  without  being 
introduced  to  the  engineering  fraternity  in  this 
way.  Foreign  engineers,  as  well  as  Americans, 
contribute  to  the  material  presented  at  these 
meetings  and  later  published  in  the  Proceedings, 
thus  giving  the  papers  and  discussions  an  in- 
ternational flavor  in  keeping  with  the  nature  of 
an  art  which  knows  no  national  boundaries  or 
artificial  limits  in  its  mechanism. 

The  Institute  maintains  various  committees 
which  systematize  forms  and  procedure  in  their 
various  fields.  For  example,  there  is  a  Stan- 
dardization Committee  which  has  the  job  of 
keeping  technical  nomenclature  and  terminology 
abreast  of  the  times,  so  that  everyone  interested 
may  know  the  correct  and  accurate  use  of  the 
various  terms.  This  committee  and  its  sub- 
committees issue  detailed  standardization  re- 
ports every  few  years. 

The  officers  of  the  Institute  of  Radio  Engineers 
for  1926  are  Donald  McNicol  (President);  Ralph 
Bown  (Vice-President);  Alfred  N.  Goldsmith 
(Secretary  and  Editor  of  Publications);  Warren 
F.  Hubley  (Treasurer);  Edward  Bennett,  Lloyd 
Espenschied,  Louis  A.  Hazeltine,  John  V.  L. 
Hogan,  John  H.  Morecroft,  A.  H.  Grebe,  Mel- 
ville Eastham,  and  A.  E.  Reoch  (Managers). 
The  Past  Presidents  are  R.  H.  Marriott,  G.  W. 
Pickard,  L.  W.  Austin,  John  Stone  Stone,  A.  E. 
Kennelly,  M.  I.  Pupin,  G.  W.  Pierce,  J.  V.  L. 
Hogan,  E.  F.  W.  Alexanderson,  Fulton  Cutting, 
Irving  Langmuir,  J.  H.  Morecroft,  and  J.  H. 
Dellinger.  Doctor  Kennelly  is  also  a  Past  Presi- 
dent of  the  American  Institute  of  Electrical 


468 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


Engineers,  with  which  the  Institute  of  Radio 
Engineers  maintains  close  and  cordial  relations; 
and  Doctor  Pupin,  the  President  of  the  A.  I.E. 
E.  at  this  time,  is  the  second  engineer  to  hold 
these  two  important  offices  during  his  career. 

I  do  not  go  in  much  for  exhorting  the  populace 
or  inflicting  advice  on  my  fellow  citizens,  but 
I  will  say  to  any  technical  broadcasters  who 
happen  to  read  this,  as  well  as  any  one  seriously 
interested  in  radio  work,  amateur  or  professional, 
that  they  are  very  definitely  getting  off  on  the 
wrong  foot  if  they  have  neglected  to  affiliate 
themselves  with  the  Institute  of  Radio  Engineers. 
Personally,  I  have  never  joined  any  fraternities, 
lodges,  churches,  sodalities,  temperance  societies, 
police  reserve  organizations,  turn  vereine,  unions, 
or  pacifist  brotherhoods.  I  declare,  with  several 
thumps  on  my  chest,  that  1  am  as  little  inclined 
toward  joinery,  in  the  large,  as  an  Anatole 
France  or  a  Remy  de  Gourmont.  But  I  have 
belonged  to  the  I.  R.  E.  since  considerably  before 
the  time  when  I  became  eligible  to  vote,  and 
intend  to  remain  in  it  until  I  become  too  weak 
to  earn  $10.00  a  year.  The  sixty  or  seventy 
dollars  which  I  have  paid  it  in  dues  during  that 
decade  have  been  among  the  best  investments 
I  have  ever  made,  and  if  you  are  a  radio  engineer, 
operator,  amateur  or  experimenter  still  on  the 
outside,  permit  me  to  give  you  this  tip  and  to 
urge  you  to  send  for  the  application  blank,  as 
the  correspondence  schools  say,  NOW. 

Technical  Routine  in  Broadcasting 
Stations.     II.  Control  Work 

THIS  is  the  sixth  of  a  series  of  practical 
articles  for  professional  broadcasters. 
Articles  previously  published  are  three  on 
microphone  placing  (September,  and  October, 
1925;  and  January,  1926);  one  on  personnel 
and  organization  in  a  typical  large  station 
(November,  1925);  and  one  relating  to  wire 
lines  as  employed  in  broadcasting  (December, 
1925).  This  last-named  paper  was  the  first  of  a 
number  under  the  general  heading  of  Technical 
Routine  in  Broadcasting  Stations,  and  this  dis- 
cussion will  now  be  continued  with  a  considera- 
tion of  the  functions  and  problems  of  broadcast 
control  work. 

Essentially  the  control  room  is  a  small  tele- 
phone exchange.  We  have  a  radio  telephone 
transmitter  to  which  various  places — studios 
and  a  variety  of  field  points — are  to  be  connected 
in  a  pre-arranged  order  and  for  more  or  less 


definite  periods.  The  control  room  makes  these 
connections.  It  (meaning  the  men  in  the  control 
room)  also  "lines  up"  the  various  field  points, 
making  sure  that  each  will  be  ready  to  broadcast 
when  the  program  is  handed  over  to  it.  The 
control  room  supervises  the  output,  and  adjusts 
the  over-all  amplification  of  the  station  to 
appropriate  levels,  as  required  by  changing 
inputs  and  the  characteristics  of  the  equipment. 
And  when  the  station  in  question  is  connected 
to  other  stations,  hundreds  or  thousands  of 
miles  away,  "feeding"  them  a  portion  of  its  own 
animating  energy,  the  work  of  the  control  men 
is  further  increased.  These  operators,  therefore, 
are  highly  trained  technicians,  not,  like  wire 
telephone  operators,  automatons  mechanically 
doing  the  bidding  of  the  people  who  use  the 
telephone  facilities.  The  work  of  local  telephone 
operators  can  be  done,  and  is  being  done  better 
by  machine  switching  equipment  than  human 
beings  can  do  it.  When  it  comes  to  long  lines 
and  toll  telephony,  the  procedures  become  some- 
what too  intricate  for  successful  mechanization. 
The  control  room  of  a  broadcasting  station 
contains  most  of  the  complications  of  long  dis- 
tance wire  telephony,  plus  complexities  of  its 
own.  If  we  are  to  see  the  day  when  machinery 
takes  the  place  of  the  control  operators,  we  shall 
have  to  get  a  good  deal  older. 

One  of  the  essential  elements  in  good  control 
work,  nevertheless,  is  an  almost  machine-like 
uniformity  in  procedure.  In  putting  the  station 
on  the  air,  in  changing  from  the  studio  to  the 
field  or  vice-versa,  in  interrupting  a  field  event 
when  necessary,  a  definite  routine  should  always 
be  followed,  to  be  varied  only  when  it  is  obviously 
advantageous  for  some  special  reason.  Mis- 
takes are  less  apt  to  be  made  when  the  various 
steps  are  always  taken  in  the  same  order.  For 
example,  when  the  control  operator  changes 
over  from  the  studio  to  an  outside  point  it  is 
generally  necessary  for  him  to  light  a  separate 
amplifier  to  the  input  of  which  the  line  is  con- 
nected at  the  proper  time.  Unless  there  is  some 
fixed  rule  on  the  subject,  there  will  be  occasions 
when  the  amplifier  is  not  lighted  when  the 
change-over  is  made.  The  result  is  that  the 
opening  announcement  from  the  remote  point 
is  lost  while  the  control  operator  rushes  madly 
around  tracing  the  signal  and  finds  he  has  no 
voltage  on  his  filament.  If,  however,  it  is  a 
regular  procedure  to  light  this  tube  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  last  studio  number,  this  sort  of  thing 
is  less  apt  to  occur. 

Such    instances    may    be    multiplied.     It    is 


found  that  some  specific  formula  must  be  used 
in  putting  a  field  event  on  the  air.  The  control 
operator  should  say  to  the  field  man:  "You're 
on  the  air,"  and  wait  for  the  word  "Right!" 
before  closing  the  switch.  If  various  phrases 
are  used  the  station  will  inevitably  get  into 
trouble.  There  will  be  a  misunderstanding 
and  some  wire  talk  will  go  out  on  the  air.  Such 
mishaps  occur  in  most  complicated  ways.  Re- 
cently I  heard  of  one  which  came  about  through 
a  curious  combination  of  circumstances.  A 
chorus  was  being  broadcast  from  an  opera  house, 
with  no  audience  present.  It  was  a  first-class 
aggregation  of  sixty  trained  voices,  achieving 
unusual  and  very  beautiful  symphonic  effects. 
After  starting  the  concert  the  field  operator 
decided  he  was  not  getting  quite  enough  bass, 
and  as  he  was  set  up  near  that  section  of  the 
chorus  he  ran  out  his  own  microphone,  which 
he  had  been  using  for  communication  with  the 
studio  before  the  wire  was  turned  over  to  the 
air,  some  twelve  feet,  adding  it  to  the  two  or 
three  concert  microphones  already  set  up.  Half- 
way through  the  program  the  control  operator 
had  occasion  to  give  a  brief  message  to  the 
announcer,  something  about  signing  off  one  of 
the  stations  on  the  chain,  and,  no  extra  pair 
being  available,  he  opened  the  broadcasting 
line  at  what  seemed  like  an  opportune  moment 
and  called,  "Hello."  The  field  operator  heard 
him  and  made  a  dash  for  his  microphone.  In 
order  to  get  it  he  had  to  take  off  his  phones, 
which  were  on  the  usual  six  foot  cord.  It  took 
him  a  few  seconds  to  get  back  with  the  micro- 
phone, and  in  this  interval  the  control  operator 
gave  him  the  message,  which  the  field  man 
missed,  of  course.  Then  the  control  operator 
said,  "You're  on  the  air,"  just  as  the  field  man 
was  putting  on  the  phones  in  more  or  less  con- 
fusion and  excitement.  The  control  man  waited 
for  a  reply,  and  heard  some  noise  which  he  inter- 
preted as  "Dit-Dit" — the  Continental  code  for 
"I,"  frequently  used  as  an  acknowledgment 
by  this  particular  field  man,  who  had  been  a  ship 
operator  in  his  day.  So  the  control  put  the 
opera  house  back  on  the  air.  An  instant  later 
the  field  man  cried,  "What  d'you  sayr"  and 
this  went  out  to  Canada  and  Mexico  while  the 
engineers  and  program  managers  listening  on  the 
outside  tore  their  hair  and  smashed  mirrors 
without  being  able  to  bring  it  back.  The  line 
was  immediately  opened  again  and  the  mess 
straightened  out,  but  the  damage  was  done.  A 
single  slip  like  that,  coming  after  a  majestic 
oratorio,  dispels  the  dramatic  illusion  like  a  half 


'IMPORTANT  PAPERS  ARE  PRESENTED  AND  DISCUSSED  AT  THE  i.  R.  E." 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


DRAMA  IN  RADIO  CONTROL  ROOMS 


469 


ton  of  gun  cotton  exploded  in  a  haystack.  Yet 
the  four  or  five  individual  mistakes  made  by 
the  technical  men  might  occur  singly  without 
causing  a  break.  In  this  case  the  fates  bunched 
them  in  such  a  way  that  all  hands  made  a  show 
of  themselves  on  the  air.  A  better  organized 
routine  procedure  would  have  saved  all  this. 

In  most  stations,  even  of  the  half  and  one- 
kilowatt  size,  all  the  technical  equipment — 
switchboards,  amplifiers,  and  transmitting  set, 
is  found  in  one  room.  This  is  fundamentally 
wrong.  The  only  advantage  is  in  enabling  the 
station  to  be  run  with  a  small  staff,  since  one  or 
two  men  are  enough  to  watch  the  oscillators  and 
modulators,  regulate  the  gain,  take  care  of 
necessary  switching,  and  keep  a  6oo-meter  log. 
It  also  means  that  these  men  have  too  much  to 
do,  especially  when  the  station  gets  into  trouble, 
and  I  have  yet  to  see  one  which  is  exempt.  At 
the  very  least  the  line  switchboard,  amplifica- 
tion controls,  and  first  few  stages  of  amplifica- 
tion, should  be  in  one  room  (the  control  room) 
with  the  heavy  machinery  elsewhere.  The 
tendency  now  is  to  subdivide  even  further. 
Thus,  there  may  be  a  line  control  room  where 
the  various  local  and  out-of-town  wires  terminate 
in  suitable  switchboards.  Here  the  appropriate 
connections  are  made  and  telegraphing  over 
simplex  circuits  is  handled.  The  noise  involved 
in  these  operations  is  in  this  way  kept  away 
from  the  second  control  room,  where  the  am- 
plification is  adjusted  and  the  output  of  the 
station  monitored  in  relative  peace  and  quiet. 
The  men  in  this  division  are  not  responsible  for 
switching;  their  responsibility  is  to  take  what 
the  preceding  technicians  send  them  and  pass 
it  on  to  the  transmitter  with  the  best  possible 
acoustic  quality.  The  men  in  the  first  division 
take  care  of  the  switching  and  corrollary  ad- 
justments. The  steps  then  become: 

1.  Field  operators  at  remote  pick-up  points; 

2.  Control  operators  (switching); 

3.  Control  operators  (Amplification  and  radio 

quality); 

4.  Power  operators. 

The  6oo-meter  watch  is  best  kept,  in  the 
majority  of  cases,  by  the  men  in  the  power  plant. 
It  should  be  kept  out  of  the  control  room  when- 
ever possible;  if  it  must  be  handled  there,  a 
separate  operator  listening  with  headphones 
should  be  assigned  for  this  purpose.  If  this  job 
is  taken  care  of  in  the  transmitter  plant,  a 
loud  speaker  may  be  used  and  no  additional 
staff  is  required  for  this  important  detail. 

The  Memoirs  of  a  Radio  Engineer. 
IX 

1WENT  to  the  College  of  the  City  of  New 
York  for  two  reasons;  one  was  that  I  had 
none  too  much  money,  and  the  tuition  at 
the  College  was  free.  This,  however,  was  not 
a  major  factor;  it  would  not  have  been  an 
insurmountable  difficulty  to  raise  the  money 
for  a  course  at  one  of  the  other  institutions  of 
learning  around  town.  The  principal  force 
which  drew  me  to  the  City  College  was  the 
presence  in  the  faculty  of  physics  of  a  famous 
radio  engineer,  Dr.  Alfred  N.  Goldsmith,  now 
Chief  Broadcast  Engineer  of  the  Radio  Corpora- 
tion of  America.  As  early  as  1910  or  1911  the 
Doctor's  renown  had  spread  to  the  far  corner 
of  the  Bronx  in  which  I  struggled  with  insensitive 
pieces  of  galena,  hard  visaged  janitors  who 
were  as  ready  to  cut  down  an  antenna  as  to  step 
on  a  cockroach,  ten-cent  store  tools,  my  own 
ignorance — all  the  animate  and  inanimate 
obstacles  in  the  path  of  the  young  wireless 
experimenter  of  that  benighted  time.  Of  these 


handicaps  my  lack  of  knowledge  was  the  great- 
est, and  I  hoped  to  sit  at  the  feet  of  this  pre- 
ceptor and  learn  from  him  the  theory  and 
practice  of  the  wireless  art. 

A  prominent  college  president,  in  a  recent 
commencement  address,  advised  graduate  stu- 
dents not  to  attend  a  professional  school  at 
random,  but  to  select  one  at  which  some  out- 
standing scholar  taught  the  subject  in  which 
they  were  interested,  for  contact  with  such  a 
figure  would  be  of  incalculable  value  to  aspirants 
in  his  specialty.  At  the  mediaeval  universities, 
also,  a  celebrated  professor  attracted  students, 
sometimes  in  enormous  numbers;  some  of  the 
universities,  in  fact,  grew  up  around  such  figures. 
Thus  my  course  in  picking  a  college  had  ample 
historical  precedent,  a  fact  of  which  I  was  prob- 
ably unaware;  all  I  knew  was  that  I  wanted  to 
learn  radio,  and  Doctor  Goldsmith  could  teach 
me  if  he  desired.  In  this  hope  I  was  not  dis- 
appointed. If  1  did  not  learn  radio,  the  fault 
was  not  in  my  training. 

During  his  teaching  years.  Doctor  Goldsmith 
instructed,  inspired,  and  in  most  cases  got  jobs 
for  some  thirty  radio  engineers,  among  whom 
may  be  named  Julius  Weinberger,  William 
Priess,  Joseph  D.  R.  Freed,  Lester  Jones,  and 
numerous  others.  He  gave  what  was  probably 
the  first  regulation  radio  engineering  course  in 
this  country,  and  certainly  one  of  the  best 
anywhere.  His  students  were  picked  men, 
senior  students  specializing  in  physics  or  en- 
gineering, who  showed  special  qualifications 
for  an  advanced  course  in  radio  technique  and 
theory.  The  classes  ran  from  three  to  six  men 
in  number,  an  ideal  condition  in  which  a  "course" 
ceases  to  be  what  is  usually  meant  by  the  term — 
something  to  be  "taken"  and  forgotten.  The 
first  class  was  in  1913,  the  last  in  1918,  when 
the  pressure  of  other  responsibilities  became  too 
great,  and  the  Doctor  was  no  longer  able  to 
devote  a  considerable  portion  of  his  time  to  a 
handful  of  men  in  this  one  course.  It  was  not 
until  the  end  of  1924,  however,  that  he  gave  up 
active  teaching  entirely.  He  was  then  an 
Associate  Professor,  in  charge  of  the  Department 
of  Electrical  Engineering  at  the  College  of  the 
City  of  New  York. 


While  teaching  physics,  electrical  engineering, 
and  radio  at  the  College,  Doctor  Goldsmith 
was  editor  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Institute 
of  Radio  Engineers,  a  position  which  he  still 
holds,  and  has  held  since  the  Institute  was 
founded  in  1912.  Since  1918  he  has  also  been 
Secretary  of  the  Institute.  He  is,  accordingly, 
one  of  the  charter  members  and  founders  of  the 
Institute,  and  a  Fellow  from  the  beginning,  with 
activities  dating  back  to  the  Society  of  Wireless 
Telegraph  Engineers  and  the  Wireless  Institute, 
whose  combination  formed  the  Institute  of 
Radio  Engineers. 

Readers  who  are  unfamiliar  with  these  primor- 
dial days  of  organized  radio,  and  its  outstanding 
figures  then  and  now,  will  probably  imagine 
Doctor  Goldsmith  as  a  man  of  at  least  sixty. 
He  is  in  fact  thirty-eight  years  old.  In  1913, 
when  I  first  met  him,  he  was  in  his  twenty-sixth 
year,  already  a  Ph.D.  of  Columbia  University, 
and  an  instructor  in  physics  at  the  City  College. 
And  while  he  was  engaged  in  all  the  activities 
enumerated  above,  he  was  also,  from  1914  on, 
Consulting  Engineer,  and  later  Director  of 
Research,  for  various  commercial  radio  com- 
panies. 

The  course  in  radio  engineering  was  neither  my 
first  nor  last  contact  with  Doctor  Goldsmith. 
Long  before  I  was  qualified  for  this  study,  I  was 
one  of  his  students  in  physics,  and  a  member  of 
the  City  College  Radio  Club,  founded  in  1914, 
of  which  the  Doctor  was  the  Faculty  Advisor, 
and  which  he  supported  liberally,  not  only  with 
advice,  but  also  with  donations  of  valuable 
apparatus,  so  that  shortly  it  became  one  of  the 
most  affluent  amateur  radio  clubs  of  the  city. 
At  the  meetings  he  would  frequently  appear  and 
lecture  for  a  half  hour  on  some  interesting  phase 
of  radio  to  the  fifteen  or  twenty  members  pres- 
ent. In  this  way,  by  virtue  of  the  fact  that  the 
Doctor  was  Chairman  of  the  I.R.E.  Committee 
on  Papers,  and  Editor  of  the  Proceedings,  the 
students  frequently  received  summaries  and 
elucidations  of  important  engineering  literature 
soon  after  presentation.  This  early  contact 
with  first-rate  engineering  exposition  was  of 
course  inestimably  valuable  to  the  young  men 
in  the  club. 


> 


THE    PROGRAM    MANAGERS   AND    ENGINEERS    LIS- 
TENING   ON     THE    OUTSIDE     TORE     THEIR     HAIR" 


470 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


In  1913  I  was  in  the  graduating  class  of 
Townsend  Harris  Hall,  the  preparatory  school 
of  the  College,  across  the  campus  from  the  other 
college  buildings.  It  was  the  custom  to  give 
these  "subfreshmen,"  during  the  last  semester 
of  their  preparatory  course,  College  instructors, 
space  in  the  Main  Building,  and  other  facilities 
of  the  university.  Accordingly  my  class  in 
what  was  known  as  Physics  2,  an  elementary 
course  in  light,  heat,  magnetism,  and  electricity, 
received  its  tuition  from  Doctor  Goldsmith. 
I  had  seen  pictures  of  him,  and  recognized  him 
as  soon  as  he  came  into  the  room.  He  was 
smooth  shaven,  and  it  became  clear  to  me  im- 
mediately that  a  man  could  look  very  much  the 
scientist  without  the  pointed  beard  which  in- 
variably characterizes  the  profession  in  the 
movies.  His  manner  was  brisk  and  businesslike, 
not  at  all  hurried,  but  giving  the  effect  of  getting 
to  the  objective  without  any  delay  or  vacillation. 
He  knew  just  what  he  was  doing,  and  my  class- 
mates, who  were  not  above  indulging  in  various 
monkeyshines  if  they  thought  the  instructor 
would  let  them  get  away  with  it,  realized, 
appraising  a  firm  chin  and  executive-looking 
eyes,  that  they  would  get  kindly  treatment, 
but  that  it  would  not  do  to  throw  chalk,  roll 
dice  under  the  seats,  or  bring  pet  fauna  into  the 
recitation  room.  With  sinking  hearts  they  re- 
signed themselves  to  the  thought  of  work. 

I  got  along  well  enough  in  this  course,  having 
gone  over  the  electricity  and  magnetism  part 
in  my  private  studies,  and  in  the  other  branches 
I  studied  diligently  in  order  to  impress  the 
instructor  with  my  serious  intentions.  So  did  a 
number  of  the  other  lads,  who  also  had  their 
eyes  on  the  radio  field,  although  not  obsessed 
by  it  to  the  extent  I  was.  We  knew  of  the  radio 
engineering  course,  P  17,  which  was  that  year 
being  given  for  the  first  time,  and  from  the  lowly 
position  of  P  2  we  gazed  up  at  the  heights  with 
vast  curiosity  and  longing.  The  radio  labora- 
tory, a  large  room  on  the  ground  floor,  was 
always  kept  locked.  One  made  application  to 
get  in  after  ringing  a  bell.  On  a  certain  day, 
as  three  of  us  were  passing  the  room,  the  Doctor 
came  by,  nodded  to  us  as  we  touched  our  hats 
in  accordance  with  the  punctilio  of  the  College, 


'JACK    PICKERILL   WOULD    BE    COMING    TO 
PATCHOGUE    WITH    AN    ELEPHANT    RIFLE*' 


and  went  in.  Walking  nervously  up  and  down 
the  hall,  we  began  to  debate  as  to  whether  he 
might  show  us  the  laboratory  if  we  could  get 
up  courage  enough  to  ask  him.  Finally  one  of 
us  pumped  up  resolution  and  pressed  the  push- 
button for  about  a  quarter  of  a  second.  When 
the  door  opened  we  almost  turned  on  our  heels 
and  ran,  but  it  was  not  Doctor  Goldsmith. 
We  explained  to  the  College  senior  who  appeared 
that  we  were  preparatory  school  students  of  the 
Doctor's,  and  suppliants  for  a  view  of  the  labora- 
tory. In  a  moment  Doctor  Goldsmith  appeared, 
received  us  cordially,  and  invited  us  in.  This 
was  the  first  time  that  I  had  ever  seen  com- 
mercial radio  telegraph  equipment  and  precision 
radio  measurement  apparatus,  and  1  was  dazzled. 
The  neat  ebonite  bases,  shiny  brass  fittings,  the 
carefully  spaced  turns  of  helical  inductances, 
and  all  the  other  marks  of  good  design  and 
workmanship,  were  fascinating  to  one  used  to 
wooden  bases  and  cheap  construction.  Of 
especial  interest  was  a  3  kw.  Poulsen  arc, 
presented  to  the  College  by  Mr.  Gano  Dunn. 

It  was  a  laboratory  afternoon  for  the  radio 
engineering  students  and  they  were  engaged 
on  the  various  experiments  assigned  to  them. 
One  squad  was  measuring  the  voltage  of  a 
quarter  kilowatt  transformer  with  an  electro- 
static voltmeter;  another  was  working  with 
wavemeters;  another  was  taking  antenna  char- 
acteristics, and  so  on.  It  would  all  seem  fairly 
commonplace  to  me  to-day — I  mean,  I  like 
radio  as  much  as  ever,  but  the  magic  is  no  longer 
there;  it  is  the  difference  between  having  a  crush 
on  a  girl  and  marrying  her.  Radio  to  me  to-day 
is  a  matter  of  hiring  men,  o  k'ing  bills,  arguing 
with  orchestra  leaders,  worrying  about  wire 
lines,  maintenance,  costs,  and  technical  bugs; 
and  so  on.  But  on  that  day,  when  Doctor 
Goldsmith  showed  us  around  his  laboratory, 
it  was  pure  glamour. 

Having  introduced  Professor  Goldsmith  into 
my  narrative  at  this  point,  I  shall  have  many 
more  occasions  to  refer  to  his  influence  and  good 
will,  which  were  so  great  an  aid  to  these  young 
men  eager  to  enter  the  radio  field.  They  were 
fortunate  that  for  some  years  before  executive 
functions  took  over  all  the  Doctor's  time,  he 
was  able  to  devote  a  part  of  his 
plentiful  energy  toward  giving 
them  a  start.  As  for  me,  I  feel 
the  obligation  to  acknowledge  my 
indebtedness  to  Doctor  Goldsmith 
at  this  point  in  my  autobiographi- 
cal sketches.  Perhaps  this  is  in  bad 
taste.  Perhaps,  with  the  reserve  or 
inarticulateness  considered  proper 
in  a  country  of  Anglo-Saxon  tradi- 
tions, I  should  wait  until  the  object 
of  my  acknowledgments  is  dead. 
But  he  shows  no  signs  of  disintegra- 
tion, on  the  contrary,  he  is  in  vig- 
orous health,  and  it  might  well  turn 
out  that  when  he  is  dead  I  shall  be 
in  the  same  state,  which  would  in- 
terfere seriously  with  my  eulogizing. 
So  1  speak  my  piece  now. 

Resurrection 


A1ONG  the  oral  and  written 
comments  which  we  have 
received  on   points  of  an- 
cient   history    taken    up    in    the 
"Memoirs  of  a  Radio  Engineer" 
series,  is  one  from  Mr.  James  M. 
Baskerville    of    Patchogue,    Long 
Island.     He  deposes  and  says: 

I  installed  and  operated  the 
Plaza  Hotel  station,  call  letters 
FS  (not  P)  after  Mr.  Fred  Sterry, 


Manager.  Harry  Shoemaker  designed  the  "Ice 
Box"  for  the  spark  gap,  to  reduce  the  com- 
plaint of  patrons  who  desired  to  sleep  nights. 
Some  day  I'd  like  to  tell  you  how  I  fought  it 
out  with  the  Lusitania  (incoming)  and  Sea 
Gate,  from  FS,  before  there  were  any  laws 
governing  good  wireless  conduct.  No  doubt 
the  Plaza  station,  aggressively  manned,  was  the 
air  boss  around  New  York,  though  frequently 
the  Waldorf  Astoria  (WA)  station  disputed 
this  fact  with  FS. 

It  is  a  good  thing  that  Mr.  Baskerville  added 
that  last  qualifying  statement,  or  Jack  Pickerill 
would  be  coming  out  to  Patchogue  with  an 
elephant  rifle.  The  boys  have  never  got  over 
those  days.  There  were  no  church  services  on 
the  air  in  1908. 

The  Lingo  of  Radio 

Artificial  Terms  and  Trade  Names 

ANEW  thing  requires  a  new  name,  and  when 
a  good  word  does  not  happen  to  be  at  hand, 
an  attempt  is  sometimes  made  to  build  one  out 
of  Greek  or  Latin  roots.  "Heterodyne"  is  an 
example.  "Hetero"  is  from  a  Greek  prefix 
meaning  "other"  or  "different,"  as  in  "het- 
erodox," "heterogeneous."  "Dyne"  means 
"force";  in  physics  the  "dyne"  is  in  fact  the 
unit  of  force.  The  name  was  applied  to  the  re- 
ception of  a  radio  oscillation  by  causing  it  to  beat 
with  a  local  oscillation  of  somewhat  different 
frequency — the  local  oscillation  being  the 
"other"  or  "different"  force.  Similarly  with 
such  terms  as  "homodyne,"  "autodyne,"  etc. 
With  the  exception  of  "heterodyne"  and  a  few 
others,  such  terms  do  not  usually  attain  a  great 
vogue;  their  artificiality  appears  to  be  against 
them.  For  example,  "diode"  for  a  two-elec- 
trode tube,  and  "triode"  for  a  three-electrode 
bulb,  have  not  come  into  very  wide  use,  logically 
constructed  as  they  are. 

Trade  names  are  sometimes  built  up  in  the 
same  way  and  frequently  gain  currency.  For 
example,  "Audion,"  "Pliotron,"  "  Kenotron," 
"Radiotron,"  "Radiola."  Sometimes  words  with 
this  origin  push  out  of  use  the  more  general 
names  of  academic  origin.  "Graphophone" 
and  "gramophone"  are  correct  synonyms  for 
"phonograph,"  but  they  are  certainly  less  widely 
known  and  used  than  "victrola,"  although  "vic- 
trola"  has  no  dictionary  standing  at  all.  With 
a  generous  advertiser  behind  it,  a  word  may  go 
a  long  way. 

Misnomers:  Inappropriate  Terms,  Etc. 

"Static"  is  an  ambiguous  term  as  generally 
used.  Its  derivation  is  from  "static  electricity" 
in  the  sense  of  a  bound  charge  on  some  insulated 
object,  as  distinguished  from  the  electricity  in 
motion  of  an  electric  current.  The  charge  on  a 
piece  of  sealing  wax  or  a  Leyden  jar  or  a  metal 
ball  on  an  insulating  stand  was  called  "static" 
appropriately  enough.  In  radio  the  word  came 
to  be  used  indiscriminately  to  denote  the  various 
disturbances  picked  up  by  receivers  affected  by 
lightning  storms.  These  are  highly  dynamic 
effects,  and  it  is  glaringly  inappropriate  to  speak 
of  them  as  "static."  The  1922  report  of  the 
Committee  on  Standardization  of  the  Institute 
of  Radio  Engineers  limits  "static"  to  "conduc- 
tion or  charging  current  in  the  antenna  system 
resulting  from  physical  contact  between  the 
antenna  and  charged  bodies  or  masses  of  gas." 
The  term  "strays"  is  applied  to  irregular 
electromagnetic  waves  or  impulses  originating 
from  lightning  or  other  sudden  electrical  changes, 
whether  natural  or  artificial. 

One  word  that  has  fallen  into  deserved  disre- 
pute is  "undamped"   for  "continuous  wave." 
We  might  as  well  speak  of  a  girl  as  "unplain" 
when  we  want  to  say  she  is  pretty. 
(To  be  continued) 


How  the  Term  "Wavelength  in  Meters"  First  Came  Into  Being  and  Why  It  Should 
Be  Discarded — Why  Broadcasting  Stations  Are  Given  a  Definite  Frequency  Separation 


|  VER  since  the  old  broadcasting 
channels  of  360  and  400  meters 
discarded  nearly  three  years  ago, 
the  use  of  the  expression  "fre- 
quency in  kilocycles,"  rather  than  "wave- 
length in  meters,"  has  been  constantly 
advocated.  The  reason  for  this  is  that 
the  broadcasting  stations  are  now  spaced 
according  to  frequency  instead  of  wave- 
length. But,  like  a  bad  habit,  the  use  of 
the  term  wavelength  is  proving  a  difficult 
one  to  drop. 

Now  light,  radio,  heat,  and  sound  forms 
of  energy,  are  similar  in  one  respect;  they 
all  are  transmitted  by  wave  motion.  When 
the  quiet  surface  of  a  pond  is  disturbed 
by  dropping  a  stone  into  it,  waves  are 
formed  which  spread  out  in  ever-widening 
circles.  This  is  a  classical  example  of 
wave  motion.  These  waves  travel  out- 
ward with  a  definite  velocity,  and  contain 
energy  sufficient  to  set  in  motion  any  small 
floating  objects  that  they  might  pass. 
In  applying  this  analogy  to  radio  waves, 
consider  the  stone  as  replaced  by  a  radio 
transmitting  station,  the  floating  objects 
by  radio  receivers,  the  water  by  the  ether, 
and  an  idea  may  be  had  of  the  transmission 
of  radio  energy,  except  that  radio  waves 
travel  forward  at  a  much  greater  velocity 
than  water  waves. 

Every  wave  has  a  length,  which  is  con- 
veniently defined  as  the  distance  from  the 
crest  of  one  wave  to  the  next.  This  is 
easily  observed  in  the  case  of  water  waves, 
but  the  alternate  crests  and  troughs, 
though  present,  are  invisible  in  radio  and 
light  forms,  and  must  be  measured  in- 
directly. Each  wave  travels  with  a  definite 
velocity,  defined  as  the  distance  it  moves 
in  one  second.  The  number  of  times  per 
second  that  a  new  crest  passes  a  fixed  point 
is  called  the  frequency.  The  relation  be- 
tween these  three  properties  of  length,  vel- 
ocity, and  frequency,  is  that  the  velocity,  or 
distance  one  wave  travels  per  second,  when 
divided  by  the  length  of  each  wave,  gives  the 
frequency,  or  number  of  waves  per  second. 
The  early  scientists  who  experimented 
with  radio  phenomena,  were  able  to  demon- 
strate that  radio  waves  are  transmitted 
with  the  same  velocity  as  light  waves,  and 
that  the  two  are  the  same  kind  of  waves, 
differing  in  frequency.  They  travel  with 
the  enormous  velocity  of  more  than 
186,000  miles  per  second,  or  300,000,000 
meters  (the  meter  being  a  little  longer  than 
the  yard)  per  second.  As  the  frequencies 


By  HOMER  S.  DAVIS 

of  light  waves  are  almost  too  great  to 
comprehend,  that  of  yellow  light  being  six 
hundred  trillion  per  second,  it  was  found 
more  convenient  to  classify  them  by  their 
wavelengths.  In  view  of  their  similarity, 
the  same  practice  was  adopted  for  radio 
waves,  and  proved  entirely  satisfactory  in 
those  early  years,  long  before  broadcasting 
stations,  not  to  mention  interference  be- 
tween them,  were  even  dreamed  of. 

But  when  the  old  360  and  400  meter 
channels  became  jammed,  and  the  problem 
of  spacing  the  stations  over  a  wide  range  of 
wavelengths  presented  itself,  it  became  evi- 
dent, for  two  chief  reasons,  that  they  must 
be  spaced  on  a  frequency  basis  rather  than 
of  wavelength.  The  first  reason  was  that 
the  energy  radiated  by  a  broadcasting  sta- 
tion consists  of  not  only  the  principal,  or 
"carrier"  frequency,  but  other,  or  "side" 
frequencies,  differing  from  the  carrier  by 
amounts  equal  to  the  audio  frequencies. 
Since  the  useful  audio  frequencies  range  up 
to  about  5000  or  more  cycles  per  second,  the 
energy  radiated  by  the  station  is  distributed 
from  at  least  5000  cycles  below  to  5000 
cycles  above  the  carrier  frequency,  a  band  of 
10,000  cycles.  To  prevent  overlapping,  it 
is  evident  that  adjacent  stations  should 
not  use  frequencies  closer  together  than 
10,000  cycles  per  second.  The  second 
reason  was  that  if  two  stations  use  fre- 
quencies very  close  together,  an  audible 
"beat  note"  or  whistle  will  be  produced, 
its  pitch  being  equal  to  the  difference  in 
the  frequencies  of  the  two  stations.  As 
this  difference  is  increased,  the  pitch  of  the 
whistle  increases  until  it  can  no  longer  be 
heard  by  the  human  ear;  this  occurs  at  a 
minimum  of  about  10,000  cycles  per  second. 

Thus  broadcasting  stations  are  now 
allotted  frequencies  differing  by  10  kilo- 
cycles (or  10,000  cycles,  "kilo"  meaning 
thousand),  and  although  many  stations 
use  the  same  frequency  in  common,  they 
are  located  in  sufficiently  remote  parts  of 
the  country  as  to  cause  a  minimum  of 
interference. 

HOW   TO   USE   THE   CHART 

THE  present  time  marks  a  period  of 
transition  from  the  old  custom  of 
speaking  of  wavelengths  to  the  new  one  of 
frequencies.  It  is  a  rather  trying  period, 
for  the  old  custom  has  not  yet  been  fully 
abandoned,  and  both  are  in  general  use, 
resulting  in  a  great  deal  of  confusion.  To 
assist  the  reader  in  converting  meters  into 


kilocycles,  until  the  time  when  the  term 
wavelength  is  put  back  on  the  shelf  of  the 
scientific  library  whence  it  was  first  bor- 
rowed, the  chart  on  the  next  page  has  been 
prepared  for  reference  use.  On  the  right 
is  a  scale  of  wavelengths  from  10  to  10,000 
meters,  placed  alongside  a  scale  of  corres- 
ponding frequencies  in  kilocycles.  To  use, 
merely  read  the  desired  frequency  opposite 
the  wavelength  in  question.  For  example 
200  meters  corresponds  to  1 500  kilocycl  s, 
300  meters  to  1000  kilocycles,  1000  meters 
to  300  kilocycles,  5000  meters  to  60  kilo- 
cycles, and  so  on.  It  may  be  seen  frora  the 
chart  that  the  frequencies  are  closer  to- 
gether at  the  shorter  wavelengths  than  at 
the  longer  ones;  to  take  a  specific  case,  the 
hundred  meters  between  100  and  200 
correspond  to  a  frequency  range  of  1500 
kilocycles,  or  1 50  station  channels,  whereas 
the  hundred  meters  between  500  and  600 
comprise  a  range  of  only  100  kilocycles, 
or  only  10  channels.  Everyone  who  has 
used  the  old  style  circular  plate  condenser 
is  familiar  with  this  crowding  of  stations  at 
the  shorter  wavelengths. 

On  the  left  is  a  pair  of  similar  scales 
covering  a  more  limited  range;  namely, 
the  broadcast  band.  It  is  used  in  the  same 
manner  as  the  other  pair  of  scales;  for 
example,  station  KDKA  uses  a  wavelength 
of  309.1  meters,  which  is  seen  from  the 
chart  to  equal  a  frequency  of  970  kilocycles. 
Here  the  frequency  scale  has  been  spaced 
uniformly,  suggesting  the  spacing  of  dial 
readings  when  a  straight  line  frequency 
condenser  is  used.  This  clearly  shows  how 
a  properly  designed  condenser  of  this  type 
spreads  out  the  short  wavelength,  or  high 
frequency,  stations,  relieving  the  critical 
tuning  formerly  required  at  the  low  read- 
ings. (This  function  should  not  be  mis- 
taken for  selectivity.) 

That  the  adoption  of  this  custom  of 
speaking  of  frequencies  is  fully  justified 
may  be  seen  by  summing  up  its  advantages; 
it  is  in  keeping  with  the  station  assign- 
ments made  by  the  United  States  Depart- 
ment of  Commerce;  it  replaces  clumsy 
wavelength  numbers,  such  as  483.6  meters, 
with  useful  frequency  values,  such  as  620 
kilocycles;  it  gives  a  direct  indication  of 
the  possibility  of  interference  between 
stations;  it  is  especially  convenient  when 
straight  line  frequency  tuning  condensers 
are  used;  and  its  general  use  aids  the  move- 
ment toward  simplifying  our  every-day 
terminology. 


472 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


FEBRUARY,  1926 


200 


210-  - 


220- 


230- 


240 


260 -I_ 

270 

280 


300 


350-^- 


450- 


550^1 


1, 


1,400 


WAVELENGTH 
FREQUENCY 

CONVERSION  CHART 


1,300 


1,200 


1,100     8 


1,000 


900 


£ 

O- 

|3 


5 


o 

ui 

ce 


800 


700 


10 


20 

30 

40 
50  - 


100 


•    5,000 
—  4,000 

—  3,000 


200 


300 


400  — 
500  - 


1,000 


3,000 


5,000 


10,000 


30,000 


10,000 


1,000 


o 
c_> 

ui 
co 

Q± 


CO 


o 
O 


-  500 
-400 

-300 
-200 


100 


50 


-40 


30 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


481 


Tested  and  approved  by  the  manufacturers  of  the  Raytheon  tube 
for  use  in  the  Raytheon  "B"  Eliminator 


The  Only  Condensers  specially 
designed  for  the  Ray theoriTS' Eliminator 

Complete  in  two  groups  —Tested  1000  Volts  D.  C.  t 


The  two  Potter  Condenser  Groups  shown 
above  constitute  a  complete  condenser 
equipment  for  building  the  Raytheon  "B" 
Eliminator.  They  are  the  only  condensers 
specially  designed  in  groups  for  this  use. 
They  are  specially  developed  to  stand  up 
under  the  high  voltages  used  with  the  Ray- 
theon tube. 

Each  unit  in  these  groups  has  been  thor- 
oughly tested  to  a  break-down  voltage  of  not 
less  than  1000  Volts  D.  C.  They  are  of  full 
capacity.  They  remove  every  vestige  of  A.  C. 
impulses.  They  eliminate  all  hum.  Being  far 
more  highly  insulated  than  ordinary  con- 
densers, they  will  give  continuous  discharge 
service  without  leakage.  They  insure  highest 


possible  resistance  and  longest  life  under  con- 
tinuous use. 

The  larger  of  the  two  groups  shown  is  the 
Filter  Unit,  tapped  for  8,  2,  2,  and  .5  Mfds. 
This  unit  is  also  made  with  smaller  capacities 
as  listed  below.  The  smaller  unit  shown  is  the 
Transformer  Condenser  Unit,  used  across 
the  secondary  of  the  transformer.  Both  units 
have  strong  metal  jackets.  They  occupy  min- 
imum space  and  make  for  quick  assembly. 

These  two  units  provide  a  complete  and 
ideal  condenser  equipment  for  the  Raytheon 
"B"  Eliminator,  yet  cost  practically  no  more 
than  would  the  cheapest  condensers  if  bought 
separately.  Ask  for  them  at  your  dealer's  to- 
day. If  he  cannot  supply  you  write  direct  to  us. 


No.  350    Raytheon  Filter  Unit— Tested  1000  Volts  D.  C.— Tapped  8  Mfds., 

2Mfds.,2Mfds.and.5Mfd $12.00 

No.  375    Same  as  350,  but  tapped  6  Mfds.,  2  Mfds.,  2  Mfds.  and.SMfd.     .  11.00 

No.  385     Transformer  Condenser  Unit— Tested  1000  Volts  D.  C.    ....  1.50 


FILTER 


(An  American -Made  Product) 
POTTER   MANUFACTURING    COMPANY       •        NORTH    CHICAGO,    ILLINOIS 

^<r^&£y 


RAYTHEON 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


48-2 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


TONE 

Full,  sweet,  mellow  and 
natural,  without  the 
slightest  indication  of 
distortion,  is  another 
achievement  that  is  mak- 
ing the  APEX  SUPER 
FIVE  the  most  popular 
of  all  receiving  sets. 


VOLUME 

That  supplies  dance  mu- 
sic  or  entertainment 
without  any  loss,  is  a  fea- 
ture forwhich  the  APEX 
SUPER  FIVE  is  world 
famed. 


DISTANCE 

Lends  added  enjoyment 
to  radio  with  an  inde- 
scribable fascination  of 
tuning-in  far  away  sta- 
tions, which  is  always 
possible  with  the  APEX 

SUPER  FIVE. 

Ask  your  dealer  for  a  demonstra- 
tion. Your  eyes  and  your  ears  will 
tell  you  that  APEX  stands  at  the 
high  point  of  perfection  in  both 
performance  and  appearance.  $80 
without  accessories. 


SUPERS 


APEX  ELECTRIC 
MFG.  CO. 

1410  W.  59th  Street 

Dept.  204 

CHICAGO 


THE  GRID 

A  Department  Devoted  to  Solv- 
ing the  Problems  of  our  Readers 

QUERIES  ANSWERED 


1.  WHAT  is  MEANT  BY  "TUNING"? 

F.  B.  F. — Topeka,  Kansas. 

2.  THE  CONTROL  OF  REGENERATION  IN  MY  RE- 
CEIVER IS  NOT  SATISFACTORY.      WHAT  CAN 
I    DO  TO  IMPROVE  IT? 

E.  W.  P. — Chicago,  Illinois. 

AN    EXPLANATION    OF   TUNING 

IN   A   circuit   consisting   of   inductance    and 
capacity  (coil  and  condenser),  it  is  possible 
to  alter  the  value  in  meters  of  this  circuit 
by  variations  in  value  of  either  the  inductance  or 
capacity. 

If  a  generator  of  an  alternating  current  is 
connected  with  a  coil  and  a  variable  condenser, 


Generator 


Condenser 


A.C.MeJer 


3.  Is  THE  USE   OF   AN   OUTPUT  TRANSFORMER, 
FOR  A    LOUD  SPEAKER,  OF  ANY   BENEFIT  IN 
OBTAINING  GOOD  QUALITY  SIGNALS? 

A.  C.  B.- — Gloucester,  Massachusetts. 

4.  HOW  IS  A  C  BATTERY  USED  IN  A  DETECTOR 
CIRCUIT  TO  OBTAIN  RECTIFICATION? 

T.  C. — Newark,  New  Jersey. 

change  over  to  another  station  transmitting  at  a 
different  frequency  (wavelength)  it  is  only 
necessary  to  re-adjust  the  receiving  condenser 
C.2  until  the  circuit  is  in  resonance  with  the  new 
signal. 

As  was  previously  stated,  variation  in  value 
of  a  circuit  may  also  be  obtained  by  varying 
the  inductance  value  of  the  coil.  This  may  be 
done  by  a  switch  tap  arrangement  as  in  Fig. 
3 A,  or  by  the  variometer  method  in  B.  The 
switch-taps  allow  the  use  of  more  or  less  of  the 
coil  turns  which,  at  its  best  is  only  a  rough 
control.  In  the  variometer  arrangement,  the 

total  inductance  value  is  governed  by  the 
Coil  coupling  of  the  fields  of  the  two  parts  of  the 

coil.  They  are  wound  so  that  when  at  right 
angles  to  each  other  the  fields  oppose  each  other 
and  the  inductance  value  is  low.  When  parallel, 


FIG.     I 

then  by  varying  this  condenser  it  is  possible,  by 
noting  the  maximum  deflection  of  a  meter 
which  is  in  the  circuit,  as  in  Fig.  i,  to  arrive  at  a 
setting  of  the  condenser  where  the  coil-condenser 
part  of  the  circuit  will  be  resonant  with  the 
frequency  of  the  current  set  up  by  the  generator. 

We  now  have  a  new  term  "resonant"  or 
"resonance,"  and  as  defined  by  Hogan  this 
means  "Agreement  or  harmony  in  frequency: 
the  condition  under  which  the  natural  frequency 
of  an  oscillating  circuit  equals  the  frequency  of 
an  applied  alternating  electromotive  force." 

In  the  circuit  A,  Fig.  2,  we  have  a  frequency 
generator  whose  frequency  can  be  varied  by  the 
variable  condenser  Ci. 

Now,  to  bring  the  circuit  B  in  "resonance," 
or  "tuned"  to  A,  it  is  necessary  to  rotate  the  con- 
denser Ca  until  maximum  deflection  is  noted  on 
the  meter.  Any  change  in  the  adjustment  of 
the  frequency  of  the  generator  will  necessitate  an 
adjustment  for  the  circuit  B. 

Now  suppose,  instead  of  the  generator  circuit 
A,  a  signal  from  a  broadcasting  station  is  sub- 
stituted. Since  broadcasting  stations  are  as- 


Variometei 


\     Fixed 
Condenser  (Air) 


the  fields  aid 
value  is  high. 


B 

FIG.    3 

each  other  and   the  inductance 


Frequency 
Generator  Circuit 
A 


HOW   TO   OBTAIN    BETTER   REGENERATION 


W 
t 
i 


FIG.    2 


signed  to  a  definite  frequency  (wavelength),  then 
it  is  possible  to  adjust  the  circuit  B,  or  "tune  it," 
by  means  of  the  condenser  C2,  until  it  is  in 
resonance  with  the  transmitted  wave.  To 

f  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  ~4r 


HEN  a  receiver  of  the  regenerative 
type  goes  into  oscillation  with  a  "plop" 
instead  of  gradually  doing  so,  as  the 
tickler  coupling  is  increased,  it  is  impossible  to 
tune-in  distant  stations  satisfactorily  and  steps 
should  be  taken  to  rectify  this  condition. 

Often  smoother  oscillation  can  be  obtained  by 
decreasing  the  B  battery  voltage  applied  to  the 
detector  tube  plate,  but  when  this  does  not  alter 
conditions,  it  is  then  necessary  to  employ  other 
means  for  obtaining  the  desired  results. 

If  the  tickler  coil  produces  regeneration,  then 
by  reducing  the  number  of  turns  on  this  coil, 
one  at  a  time,  a  point  may  be  reached  where, 
upon  advancing  the  tickler,  there  is  an  even, 
smooth,  production  of  oscillation. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


483 


INDUSTRIALIST 


Tioneer 


o  ^Builder 


At  a  time  when  products  of  his  manufacturing  genius 
were  already  known  to  millions,  Powell  Crosley,  Jr., 
boldly  diverted  his  energies  to  the  development  of 
radio  reception,  then  scarcely  known  beyond  the 
laboratory  walls. 

Pioneering  both  in  engineering  trends  and  manu- 
facturing practices,  Mr.  Crosley  has  been  a  vital 
factor  in  making  radio  and  broadcasting  as  much  a 
part  of  American  life  as  motion  pictures  and  the 
motor  car. 

There  is  scarcely  a  milestone  in  the  development  of 
popular  radio  on  which  his  shadow  has  not  been  the 
first  to  fall.  And  his  announcement  of  December 
26th  concerned  a  milestone  that  dwarfed  all  others 
in  its  importance  —  four  entirely  new  radio  receiving 
sets: 

The  Crosley  4-29  (4-tube)     .     .  .  $29.00 

The  Crosley  5-38  (5-tube)      .     .  .  38.00 

The  Crosley  R.  F.  L.-60  (5-tube)  .  60.00 

The  Crosley  R.  F.  L.-75  (5-tube)  .  75.00 

These  are  now  being  demonstrated  by  Crosley 
dealers  and  will  be  completely  described  in  a 
forthcoming  issue. 


* 


•jf  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


484 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


I35-C  is  furnished  with  leads  and 
phone  tips  for  plugging  into  Ra- 
diola  Models  20,  25,  ^^  _ 

26  and  28 $10.00 


I35-A  has  prods  for  plugging  in- 
to Radiola  Models  25     A      — 
and  28 $7.50 


$12.50 


107  Junior  Tube-Checker  makes 
the  testing  of  tubes  in  the  home 
easy. 


NEW 


Write  for  copies  of  Circulars  735 
and  739  describing  these  three 
new  Jewell  Radio  Instruments 
for  Set  owners. 


f    ORDER  FROM  DEALER 

JEWELL  ELECTRICAL 
INSTRUMENT    CO. 


1650  WALNUT  ST. 


CHICAGO 


26  years  making  Good  Instruments 


Variometers  which  are  employed  to  produce 
regeneration,  should  be  so  placed  that  no  per- 
manent coupling  effects  between  them  and  other 
coils  used  in  the  receiver  are  obtained. 

Replacing  the  small  by-pass  condenser  which 
shunts  the  primary  of  an  audio  frequency  trans- 
former, will  often  improve  matters.  A  too  high 
value  of  grid  leak  sometime  causes  this  inefficient 
condition  while  even  the  grid  condenser's  value 
may  be  improved  upon. 

PROTECTING   THE    LOUD    SPEAKER 

WHEN  a  power  amplifier  is  used  in  a  re- 
ceiver, it  is  well  to  consider  just  what  is 
taking  place  in  the  loud  speaker.     Un- 
less the  action  is  visualized  and  understood,  the 
user  cannot  hope  to  obtain  maximum  efficiency 
from  his  apparatus. 

Most  of  the  loud  speakers  on  the  market  are 
merely  elaborations  of  head  phones,  so  con- 
structed that  a  large  diaphragm  is  actuated  by 
the  impulses  surging  through  the  magnet  wind- 
ings of  the  loud  speaker  reproducer  unit.  Also 
the  majority  employ  a  type  of  mechanism  where 
the  armature,  pin,  or  diaphragm,  is  pulled  toward 
the  pole  pieces  of  the  magnet  by  the  strong 
magnetic  field  set  up  by  the  permanent  magnet. 
Now,  when  signals 


in  Fig.  4.  Three  wires,  instead  of  the  conven- 
tional two  from  the  loud  speaker,  lead  to  the  set. 
The  lower  side  of  the  speaker  connects  to  the 
minus  side  of  the  filament,  while  the  impedance 

Itol  Ratio  Output 
Transformer 


are  received  and 
passed  along 
through  the  vac- 
uum tubes  in  the 
form  of  impulses, 
the  diaphragm  is 
alternately  released 
and  gripped  as  the 
impulses  first  neu- 
tralize then  aid  in 
the  gripping  of  the 
diaphragm.  While 
such  a  system  is 
satisfactory,  where 
normal  B  battery 
voltageis  em- 
ployed, it  is  not  at 
all  to  be  desired  in 
cases  where  high  B 
potential  is  applied 
to  the  plate  of  the 
last  audio  tube. 

The  reason  here 
is  that  the  heavy 

current  coursing  through  the  windings  of  the 
loud  speaker  tends  to  paralyze  the  diaphragm, 
thereby  causing  imperfect  reproduction. 

Now,  if  some  arrangement  could  allow  the 
diaphragm  more  freedom  of  action,  then  the  ob- 
jection to  the  use  of  high  B  battery  potential 
would  automatically  become  void. 

Such  a  device  is  simple  to  construct  and  effi- 
cient in  operation. 

It  consists  of  a  large  fixed  condenser,  of  i  mfd. 
capacity,  and  an  iron-core  coil  with  high  im- 
pedance and  low  resistance.  One  having  an  in- 
ductance value  of  350  henries  is  highly  satisfac- 
tory. 

The  parts  are  connected  in  the  circuit  as  shown 

,5  to  1  mfd. 


Characteristic  Curve  -i 


1C 


FIG. 


coil  connects  one  side  to  the  plate  of  the  last  tube, 
the  other  side  to  the  high  voltage  terminal  of 
the  B  batteries.  The  upper  side  of  the  loud 
speaker  connects  to  the  large  fixed  condenser,  the 
other  side  of  which 
terminates  at  the 
plate  lead  of  the 
impedance  coil. 

A  glance  at  the 
circuit  will  show 
that  now  the  heavy 
B  battery  potential 
is  circuited  through 
the  choke  coil  in- 
stead of  through 
the  loud  speaker 
windings.  The  va- 
riations  in  the 
electro-magn  et  ic 
field  set  up  in  the 
choke  coil,  cause  a 
charging  of  the 
large  condenser 
which  in  turn  pro- 
duces an  a.c.  signal 
in  the  loud  speaker. 


FIG.   6 


FIG.   4 
Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


Another  type 
of  unit  which 
will  do  much  the 

same  thing  is  an  output  transformer.  It  will  be 
recalled  that  such  a  transformer  is  employed  in 
push-pull  amplifiers,  with  the  exception  that  the 
primary  has  a  middle  tap.  Where  the  output 
transformer  is  used  in  a  single  stage  power  am- 
plifier, the  primary  and  secondary  each  have 
two  terminals.  The  ratio  of  the  windings  is 
i  :i.  A  circuit  diagram  is  shown  in  Fig.  5. 

C  BATTERIES  IN  THE  DETECTOR  CIRCUIT 

ATELY  the  C  battery  has  come  in  for  its 
bit  of  attention  because  of  its  use  as  a 
satisfactory  substitute  for  the  usual  grid 
leak  and  condenser  in  obtaining  rectification  in 
a  tube  detector  circuit  . 

The  use  of  a  C  battery  as  a  grid  bias  in  am- 
plifiers, has  been  an  accepted  practice  for  years, 
but  little  has  been  generally  known  about  its 
function  in  a  rectifying  circuit. 

The  Model  1926  receiver,  described  by 
McMurdo  Silver  in  the  November,  1925,  RADIO 
BROADCAST,  employed  this  system  of  detection 
very  successfully. 

Those  who  have  had  the  opportunity  to  com- 
pare this  and  the  old  grid  leak  and  condenser 
system  have,  no  doubt,  noticed  that  while  the 
former  produces  a  healthier  signal,  the  latter  is 
more  to  be  desired  where  sensitivity  and  selectiv- 
ity are  the  prime  considerations. 

In  this  system  the  tube  is  acting  as  a  distorting 
amplifier,  and  the  C  battery  is  the  agent  which 
produces  the  distortion  because  it  shifts  the 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


485 


Eveready  Hour 


* 


LIKE  the  fabled  ship  in  which 
Jason  brought  home  the  en- 
chanted fleece  of  gold,  the 
Eveready  Hour  brings  a  rich 
treasure  of  entertainment  to 
charm  the  harbor-homes  of  its 
hearers. 

Inaugurated  two  years  ago, 
the  Eveready  Hour  was  an 
adventure  in  broadcasting — 
an  hour  of  connected  enter- 
tainment, uninterrupted  by  the 
frequent  injection  of  the  name 
of  the  broadcaster. 

Many  of  these  programs 
have  become  famous.  Thou- 
sands of  letters  voice  the  ap- 
preciation of  our  audience  and 
ask  for  repetition  of  favorites. 
We  make  no  requests  for  these 
letters,  but  they  mean  much  to 
our  artists  and  to  us,  and  are 
of  great  value  in  helping  us  in 


our  efforts  to  arrange  programs 
of  a  distinctive  nature  and 
pleasing  to  the  vast  audience. 
Radio  has  already  become 
a  highly  specialized  art  worthy 
of  the  most  scrupulous  code  of 
ethics,  and  the  Eveready  Hour 
represents  a  sincere  effort  to 
pioneer  in  providing  the"  most 
acceptable  form  of  radio 
entertainment. 


Tuesday  night  means  Eveready  Hour 
—  9  p.m.,  Eastern  Standard  Time, 
through  the  following  stations  — 

WEAF-JVew  York        WSAI— Cincinnati 
VfJAR-Providence       viv/j-Detroit 
WEEi-Barton  Vioc-Davenport 

VfTAG-Worcester         VftAR-Cleveiand 
Vin-Pltiladelphia  j  Minneapolis 

viGS-Bufalo  ™ccc>\St.  Paul 

VfCAE-PtttsburgJi        WGN-CAicofO 
KSD-St.  Louis 

EVEREADY 

Radio  Batteries 

-they  last  longer 


Eveready  programs  cover  a 
wide  range  of  entertainment 
and  human  interest,  transport- 
ing us  to  periods  of  wholesome 
simplicity;  to  barren  islands 
where  marooned  sailors  meet 
adventure,  starvation  and 
death ;  to  battle-scarred  France 
with  singing  doughboys;  to 
emotional  heights  by  telling 
with  music  the  stories  of  the 
seasons;  and  to  memories  of 
yesteryear  aroused  by  old 
ballad  and  musical  comedy 
favorites. 

Eveready  Hour  begins  at 
9  p.  m.  each  Tuesday  night, 
Eastern  Standard  Time. 

NATIONAL  CARBON  CO.,  INC. 
New  York  San  Francisco 

Canadian  National  Carbon  Co.,  Limited 
Toronto,  Ontario 


•4r  Tested  and  aooroved  bv  RADIO  BROADCAST 


486 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


He  was  amazed 

he  had  been   sure 
it  was  static — 

MANY  fans  are  blaming  static  for 
noises  which  are  not  static  at  all. 
Theyarenoises  which  can  be  eliminated. 
For  example,  unless  you  keep  your  contacts 
between  tube  and  sockets  clean  at  all  times, 
corrosion  is  going  to  cause  disturbing  noises 
which  you  may  lay  to  static. 

It  is  easy  to  keep  these  contacts  clean  with  the 
Na-Ald  No.  400  De  Luxe  Socket.  Just  a  turn 
or  two  of  the  tube  in  the  socket  cuts  away  all 
corrosion  from  tube  terminals  and  clears  up  the 
voice  of  your  radio  instantly.  No  need  to  take 
the  tube  out  and  sandpaper  each  terminal  with 
this  socket.  When  the  tube  is  turned  in  the 
socket,  Mie  exclusive  side-scraping  duo-con- 
tacts scrai«  away  all  corrosion  and  the  term- 
inals come  to  rest  on  the  scraped  portions. 
The  Na-Ald  No.  400  De  Luxe  Socket  is  the 
only  socket  that  eliminates  noises  due  to  cor- 
rosion. Meter  cescs  nave  proved  this  action 
sure  and  positive. 

And  our  No.  400-S  socket  (the  regular  No. 
400  on  spring  mount)  also  eliminates  micro- 
phonic  noises  due  to  vibrations. 

Both  the  No.  400  and  the  400-S  sockets  are 
made  of  Alden-processed  Bakelite  which  con- 
serves all  the  current  energy.  Laboratory 
tests  proved  Na-Ald  Sockets  most  efficient  in 
low  loss  and  low  capacity.  Na-Ald  Socket  No. 
400  was  selected  by  ten  famous  radio  engineers 
as  best  for  the  famous  Hammarlund-Roberts 
set.  It  is  part  No.  6.  List  piices:  No.  400 
and  No.  400-S,  7Sc. 

The    New    focktt    that 

takes  all  the  new  tubes 

THE  new  Na-Ald  Socket  No.  481-X  takes  all 
the  new  tubes  without  adapters.  Sure,  Posi- 
tive Contact.  Alden  Processed  Bakelite  for 
lowest  losses.  List  price,  481-X,  35c. 

*  Write  for  full  information  on  the  complete  line 
of  Na-Ald  Sockets,  Dials  and  Adatttrs. 

ALDEN  MANUFACTURING 

COMPANY 
Dept.  H-15  Springfield,  Mass 

Alden  Processed 


Sockets  and  Dials 


operating  point  on  the  characteristic  curve  of  the 
tube  to  the  curved  portion.  See  Fig.  6.  Here 
one  half  cycle  of  the  incoming  signal  is  repro- 
duced, greater  in  proportion  to  its  other  half. 
This  is  because  that  section  of  the  curve  below 


In  A,  practically  the  same  circuit  is  shown 
as  that  in  B,  but  the  C  battery  is  shunted 
with  a  potentiometer  of  200  or  400  ohms.  By 
means  of  this  potentiometer,  it  is  possible  to 
apply  a  readily  regulated  C  voltage  ranging  from 


200  or  400  Ohm 
Potentiometer  - 


FIG. 


Showing  the  position  for  a  C  battery  in  a  detector  tube  circuit.     In  A,  the  grid  battery  is  shunted 
with  a  potentiometer  to  control  the  voltage  bias.     A  potentiometer  is  not  essential,  as  B  shows 


the  mid  horizontal  line  of  the  distorted  wave 
form,  flattens  out  more  than  the  part  above 
it. 

In  Fig.  76,  the  C  battery  is  shown  connected 
in  a  detector  circuit,  replacing  the  more  standard 
grid  leak  and  condenser.  Note  the  polarity  of 
the  C  and  A  battery  leads. 


o  to  45  volts,  or  whatever  the  full  value  of  the 
C  battery  may  be.  Such  an  arrangement  aids 
in  shifting  the  working  point  of  the  tube  to  that 
position  where  most  satisfactory  distortion- 
detection  is  to  be  obtained.  With  only  the  C 
battery,  as  in  B,  the  variation  is  mainly  in  steps 
of  15  volts. 


DON  T   ADDRESS   YOUR   GRID   DEPARTMENT    LETTERS    LIKE    THIS 

Originating  in  Manitoba,  Canada,  this  letter  was  forwarded  by  the  postal  authori- 
ties to  St.  Paul,  Minnesota,  and  there  was  re-addressed  to  Garden  City  as  shown 


GRID  INQUIRY  BLANK 

Editor,  The  Grid 
RADIO  BROADCAST 
Garden  City,  Tvfcw  "far\ 
DEAR  SIR: 

O     I  am  a  subscriber  to  RADIO  BROADCAST 
and  therefore  will  receive  answers  to  my 
queries  free  of  charge. 

LJ     I  am  not  a  subscriber  and  enclose 

$1 

to  cover  cost  of  answers. 
NAME  

ADDRESS  

G.  F. 

WHEN  WRITING  TO  THE  GRID— 

A  TYPEWRITTEN  letter,  written  on  one 
•"*  side  of  the  paper  only,  is  to  be  preferred,  as  it 
aids  in  the  quick  formation  of  a  satisfactory  reply. 

Don't  fail  to  send  a  stamped  addressed  envel- 
ope with  your  inquiry. 

Don't  send  a  second  inquiry  about  the  first. 

Don't  include  questions  on  subscription  orders 
or  inquiries  for  other  departments  of  Doubleday, 
Page  &  Company. 

In  asking  questions  give  us  all  the  information 
that  will  aid  in  advising  you.  If  the  question 
relates  to  apparatus  described  in  RADIO  BROAD- 
CAST, give  the  issue,  page  number,  and  figure 
number  of  the  circuit  diagram,  etc. 

Be  explicit  yet  brief. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


487 


F^HSfElL   -| 

Balkite 

T{adioPower  Units 


Entirety Noiseless 
"Permanent 


_  ^^^^MH|^^^.^ 

Convert  your  present  receiver  into 

A  LIGHT  SOCKET  SET 

with 

Balkite  Radio  Power  Units 


- 

c-Askyour  Tfydw  Dealer 


Manufactured  by  FANSTEEL  PRODUCTS  COMPANY,  Inc.,  North  Chicago,  Illinois 

Sole  Licensee]  in  the  United  Kingdom: 
Messrs  Radio  Acceiorie>  Ltd.,  9-13  Hythe  Rd.,  Welloden,  London,  N.W.  10 


* 


-4r  Tested  and  approved  bv  RADIO  BROADCAST 


488 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


TONE 

Full,  sweet,  mellow  and 
natural,  without  the 
slightest  indication  of 
distortion,  is  another 
achievement  that  is  mak- 
ing the  APEX  SUPER 
FIVE  the  most  popular 
of  all  receiving  sets. 


VOLUME 

That  supplies  dance  mu- 
sic  or  entertainment 
without  any  loss,  is  a  fea- 
ture for  which  the  APEX 
SUPER  FIVE  is  world 
famed. 


DISTANCE 

Lends  added  enjoyment 
to  radio  with  an  inde- 
scribable fascination  of 
tuning-in  far  away  sta- 
tions, which  is  always 
possible  with  the  APEX 
SUPER  FIVE. 

Ask  your  dealer  for  a  demonstra- 
tion. Your  eyes  and  your  ears  will 
tell  you  that  APEX  stands  at  the 
high  point  of  perfection  in  both 
performance  and  appearance.  $80 
without  accessories. 


SUPERS 


APEX  ELECTRIC 
MFG.  CO. 

1410  W.  59th  Street 

Dept.  204 

CHICAGO 


:Now,  I  HAVE  FOUND 


A  Department  for  the  Exchange  of  Ideas  and  Sugges- 
tions of  Value  to  the  Radio  Constructor  and   Operator 

CONTRIBUTIONS  to  this  department  are  welcome  and  those  used  will  be 
paid  for  at  the  usual  rates,  that  is,  from  two  to  ten  dollars  each.  A  prife 
of  twenty-five  dollars  is  given  for  the  best  idea  used  during  each  three-month 
period.  The  prizewinner  for  the  last  period  is  Mr.  J.  T.  Carver,  of  Hunting- 
ton,  Tennessee,  whose  description  of  a  home-made  loud  speaker  appeared  in  the 
last  (January)  RADIO  BROADCAST.  Manuscripts  should  not  exceed  about 
three  hundred  words  in  length,  and  should  be  typewritten.  Little  consider- 
ation can  be  given  to  manuscripts  not  typewritten.  Envelopes  should  be 
addressed  to  this  department,  RADIO  BROADCAST,  Garden  City,  New  York. 


USING  A  VOLTMETER  AS  A 
MILL1AMMETER 

IN  LOOKING  for  trouble  in  a  receiving 
set,  it  is  often  convenient  to  connect  a 
milliammeter  in  the  negative  B  battery 
lead.     Thus,  as  each  tube  is  plugged  in  or 
turned  on,  the  change  in  plate  current,  and 
thus  the  current  drawn  by  this  tube,  may 
be  readily  observed.     A  tube  that  is  worn 
out  will  draw  very  little  plate  current.     If 
there  is  an  open 
plate   circuit 
(caused   by  a 
burned-out  trans- 
former,    loud 
speaker  or  defec- 
tive jack,  etc.)  it 
will  be  readily  de- 
tected as  there  will 
be  no  increase  in 
the    milliammeter 
reading  when   the 
tube  with  the  open 
plate  circuit  is 
turned-on. 

If  a  milliamme- 
ter is  not  available 
for  this  use,  a  volt- 
meter may  be  em- 
ployed as  a  sub- 
stitute.  The 
deflection  of  a 
good  voltmeter  is 
directly  propor- 
tional to  the 
current  passing 
through  it.  The 
currerft  required 
for  full-scale  de- 
flection may  gen- 
erally be  obtained 
from  the  manu- 
facturer of  the 
meter. 

For  example,  a  Weston  301  eight-volt 
meter  has  a  full  scale  deflection  of  16.12 
milliamperes,  and  there  are  40  divisions  on 
the  scale.  As  the  reading  is  in  proportion 
to  current,  the  reading  in  scale  divisions 
multiplied  by  16. 12  and  the  quotient  divided 
by  40,  gives  exactly  the  current  passing 
through  the  meter  in  milliamperes.  For  this 
particular  meter  it  figures  number  of  divi- 
sions times  .4  approximately.  Thus  a  read- 
ing of  six  scale  divisions  would  indicate 
6  x  .4,  or  2.4  milliamperes  plate  current. 
CLAUDE  SCHUDER, 

Sumner,  Illinois 

COIL  DESIGN  DATA 

IT  HAS  been  generally  acknowledged  in 
radio  circles  that  d.c.c.  wire  is  very  satis- 
factory for  radio  purposes,  and  most 
designers,  accordingly,  specify  this  type  of 
wire  in  the  construction  of  their  coils. 

k  Tested  and  approved  bv  RADIO  BROADCAST  - 


A  PRIZE-WINNING  IDEA 


The  home  made  loud  speaker  described  by  Mr. 
J.  T.  Carver  in  this  department  of  the  January 
RADIO  BROADCAST,  was  awarded  the  quarterly 
$25  prize  offered  by  this  magazine  for  the  best 
contribution  published  in  the  "Now,  I  Have 
Found  .  .  ."  Section.  Complete  construe- 
tional  data  on  the  construction  of  the  speaker  ap- 
peared in  the  January  number.  The  winner  of 
the  next  prize,  that  offered  for  the  February, 
March,  and  April  period,  will  be  announced  in 
the  May  RADIO  BROADCAST.  Al!  manuscripts 
for  this  department  should  be  prepared  and  sent 
according  to  the  conditions  given  at  the  top  of  this 
page.  Special  consideration  is  given  to  typewritten 
manuscript. 


The  main  reason  for  this  preference  seems 
to  lie  in  the  fact  that  the  comparative  thick- 
ness of  double  cotton  insulation  is  instru- 
mental in  producing  low  distributed  capac- 
ity, which  is,  as  is  well  known,  a  very  desir- 
able quality. 

The  majority  of  the  present  day  variable 
condensers  with  air  dielectric,  possess  ex- 
ceedingly high  maximum  to  minimum  ca- 
pacity ratios,  and  naturally,  very  low  min- 
imum capacity  values.  Such  condensers, 
coupled  with  really 
efficient  radio  coils 
of  low  distributed 
capacity,  tend  to 
extend  the  lower 
limit  of  our  wave- 
length range,  thus 
permitting  us  to 
tune-in  more  of 
the  low  power,  high 
frequency,  Class 
A,  broadcasting 
stations. 

Unfortunately,  a 
coil  madeof  double 
cotton  covered 
wire  is  quite  in- 
efficient in  moist 
weather  because 
cotton  is  highly 
hygroscopic,  which 
means  that  it  will 
absorb  moisture 
from  the  air.  Not 
only  is  the  effi- 
ciency of  such  a 
coil  variable,  but 
it  is  often  variable 
to  such  an  extent 
as  to  make  long 
distance  reception 
in  moist  weather 
practically  impos- 
sible. 

To  eliminate  the  undesirable  hygroscopic 
characteristic  of  d.c.c.  coils,  it  has  been 
suggested  that  such  coils  be  painted  with  a 
light  coat  of  thin  shellac.  True  enough; 
such  precautions  protect  the  coil  from 
moisture  without  adding  greatly  to  its  dis- 
tributed capacity  .  However,  even  this  in- 
crease in  distributed  capacity,  when  added 
to  other  losses  inherent  in  construction  of 
the  coil,  causes  diminished  efficiency  and 
a  shorter  radius  of  reception. 

It  is  for  this  reason  the  writer  suggests 
that  celluloid  cement  be  substituted  for 
shellac  in  coating  d.c.c.  coils.  Celluloid 
cement  will: — • 

1.  Add  less  than  shellac  to  the  distrib- 
uted capacity  of  the  coil. 

2.  Decrease  dielectric  losses  by  making 
the  coils  self  supporting,  as  the  winding  form 
may  be  removed  when  the  cement  dries. 

Note:  When  such  a  coil  is  removed  from 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


489 


FER  KENT 


Fifteen  acres  of  radio 


does  it  mean  to  you? 


* 


Radio  Speaker 
Model  H,  $22 


Model  20  Compact, 


Prices  slightly  higher 

from  the  Rockies  west, 

and  in  Canada. 


Every  Sunday  Evening 

The  Atwater  Kent  Radio 
Hour  brings  you  tbe  stars  of 
opera  and  concert,  in  Radio's 
finest  program.  Hear  it  at 
9:15  Eastern  Time,  8:15 
Central  Time,  through  : 

WEAF •    New  York 

WJAU Providence 

WEEI Boston 

WCAP Washington 

WSAI Cincinnati 

WCCO Minn.-St.  Paul 

.  .  Philadelphia 
alternating 

\VCAE Pittsburgh 

WGR Buffalo 

WOC Davenport 

WTAG Worcester 

KSD St.  Louis 

WWJ     Detroit 

WEAR Cleveland 

WLIB Chicago 


VF.    > 

voo  ) 


T  OOK  at  this  building.     It  is  the 

-«— '  factory  where  Atwater  Kent 
Receiving  Sets  and  Radio  Speakers 
are  made. 

To  every  dealer  this  picture  tells 
a  story  of  Stability. 

Already  the  largest  radio  factory 
in  the  world,  our  plant  is  still  grow- 
ing. The  demand  for  Atwater  Kent 
Radio  has  proved  that  we  didn't 
have  room  enough. 

By  May,  a  three -and -one -half 
acre  addition  will  be  completed.  The 
main  building  will  then  cover  nearly 
fifteen  acres. 

If  this  isn't  enough,  we  shall  go 
on  building,  for  we  have  the  ground. 

Think  of  it!  Fifteen  acres  of  radio 
— and  every  part  of  every  Receiving 
Set  and  Radio  Speaker  made  from 
our  own  designs  by  our  workers  in 
our  own  way.  And  every  set  and 
speaker  constructed  with  as  much 


care  as  if  this  were  the  smallest  fac- 
tory in  the  world  and  we  had  a  repu- 
tation yet  to  win. 

Thus  we  prove  our  confidence  in 
Radio  now  and  in  Radio  five,  ten, 
twenty  years  from  now-  indefinitely. 

Look  at  this  picture  again  and  let 
it  remind  you  that 

1.  A  sound  product,  rightly  designed, 
carefully  manufactured,  and  sold  at 
a  sensible  price  made  possible  by 
large  production  and  modern  meth- 
ods, has  become  so  popular  that  it 
takes  a  fifteen  acre  plant  to  meet 
today's  demand. 

2.  The  Atwater  Kent  Manufacturing 
Company  has  invested  its  money 
in  this  plant  because  it  is  in  the 
radio  business  to  stay. 

Is  not  this  something  to  think  about? 

Write  for  illustrated  booklet  telling  the 
tomflete   ttorj   of  Atwater  Kent   Radio 

ATWATER    KENT    MFG.    CO. 

j4.  Atwater  Kent,  President 
4726WISSAHICKON  AVE.  PHILADELPHIA 


Tested  and  aooroved  bv  RADIO  BROAHCAST 


490 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


You  can't  tell  the  KODEL  MICROPHONE 
LOUD  SPEAKER  from  the  microphone  the 
broadcasting  stations  use — they  are  exactly 
alike  in  size  and  appearance. 
The  efficient  Kodel  Sound  Unit,  with  an  in- 
genious new  snail-shell  horn,  mounted  inside 
the  microphone  case,  produces  a  remark- 
ably clear,  full -toned  volume.  Non-vibrating 
tone  chamber  absolutely  eliminates  dis- 
tortion. 

$15  model  incorpo- 
rates Kodel,  Jr.  unit 
equipped  with  large 
Kodel  unit  $20 


Radio   dealers 
where      have 


them. 


THE  KODEL  RADIO  CORP. 
505  E.  Pearl  St.  Cincinnati,  O. 

RECEIVERS     ::     SPEAKERS 
HOMCHARGERS 


Owners   of  Kodel   Broadcasting 
Station  WKRC.  Send  for  program 


Books  by  Telegraph 

between 

New  York 
Cleveland 

Kansas  City 
Springfield 
Toledo 

St.  Louis 

Doubleday ,  Page  Book  Shop 


the  winding  form,  it  is  necessary  to  paint  the 
inside  of  the  coil  in  order  to  render  it  abso- 
lutely non-hygroscopic. 

Now  a  few  words  about  the  preparation 
of  the  celluloid  cement.  Obtain  a  wide- 
mouthed  bottle  of  acetone  and  small  pieces 
of  celluloid,  the  quantity  to  be  determined 
by  experiment.  The  latter  does  not  have 
to  be  purchased,  as  old  photographic  films 
can  be  used  after  the  emulsion  has  been  re- 
moved in  hot  water. 

Into  the  acetone  throw  a  quantity  of  cel- 
luloid, taking  care  that  the  pieces  are  small. 
Leave  the  bottle  overnight  and  in  the  morn- 
ing it  will  be  found  that  the  celluloid  has 
been  dissolved.  The  consistency  of  the 
solution  should  be  that  of  a  thin  syrup. 
By  adding  to  the  solution,  either  more  ace- 
tone or  celluloid,  you  will  obtain  the  right 
consistency. 

Apply  the  cement  with  a  brush,  and  keep 
the  bottle  well  stoppered  at  all  times,  as 
the  acetone  has  a  tendency  to  evaporate 
and  leave  the  cement  too  thick. 

BORIS  S.  NAIMARK, 
New  York  City. 

A  SIMPLE  LONG-WAVE  RECEIVER 

THE  radio  fan  who  has  not  built  him- 
self an  ultra  audion  set  to  play  with 
when  his  regular  equipment  fails  to 
function,  just  doesn't  know  how  much  fun 
he  is  missing. 

The  expense  of  a  set  of  this  sort  is  quite 
modest  and  its  performance  is  certainly 
wonderful.  The  transoceanic  code  stations 
come  booming  in  on  almost  any  frequency 
band  from  300  down  to  20  kilocycles  (1000  to 
1 5,000  meters) — and  on  even  longer  waves. 
The  big  fellows  give  excellent  code  practice 
for  nearly  all  of  them  send  very  slowly,  and 
repeat  each  word. 

I  wish  I  could  radiate  some  of  the  pleas- 
ure and  enthusiasm  I  get  from  the  little 


FIG.     I 

The  completed  ultra  audion  receiver.     Not  the 

slotted  strip  of  bakelite  which  permits  variable 

coupling  between  the  two  coils 

ultra  audion  set  pictured  above.  There 
must  be  thousands  of  others,  who,  like 
myself,  want  to  get  a  little  vacation  from 
the  broadcasting  territory  on  those  occa- 
sions when  the  programs  just  don't  seem 
to  fit  one's  mood.  There  are  all  sorts 
of  strange  and  mysterious  territories  to 
explore  where  whistling  treasures  may  be 
picked  up.  The  big  European  stations 
talk  with  the  Americans,  and  Panama 
sends  up  tones  from  the  tropics. 

I  have  built  a  number  of  ultra  auaion 
circuits,   and   all   functioned   very   nicely. 

f  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  i 


But  there  are  drawbacks;  the  annoying 
instability  of  the  circuit  for  example,  and 
the  squeals  and  howls  from  body  capacity. 
Many  times  I  have  found  it  essential  to  sit 
perfectly  still  to  hold  a  very  distant  station. 
Finally  1  made  a  discovery.  By  connecting 
the  metal  case  of  the  head  phones  with  the 
ground,  the  set  immediately  settles  down  to 
steady  work.  I  have  a  six-foot  piece  of 
silk-covered  tinsel  cord  with  a  test  clip  on 
each  end.  1  clip  one  end  to  the  headband 
adjustment  and  the  other  to  the  ground 
post.  It  is  not  well  to  twine  the  cord 
around  the  phone  cord  but  permit  it  to 
hang  loosely. 

Strange  as  it  may  seem,  another  improve- 
ment that  has  been  decidedly  satisfactory 
is  the  addition  of  a  tickler.  The  illus- 
tration, Fig.  i,  shows  how  a  coil  mounting 


12 

I 


B  •= 


J 


FIG.    2 

The  circuit  diagram  of  the  ultra  audion.  A  tick- 
ler coil  arrangement  can  be  included  as  shown 

is  attached  to  a  sliding  strip  of  bakelite, 
and  held  in  place  with  a  thumb  nut.  This 
coil  is  inserted  between  the  positive  B 
binding  post  and  the  plate  connection  on 
the  socket.  The  condenser  has  a  capacity 
of  .0005  mfd.  Any  tube  may  be  used  but 
1  seem  to  get  best  results  with  a  standard 
UV-2OO  or  0-300  with  about  22  volts  on  the 
plate.  For  an  antenna  for  the  transoceanic 
stations,  with  a  coil  of  1000  to  1500  turns, 
I  have  a  stretch  of  about  125  feet  of  single 
copper  wire,  thirty  feet  high.  The  tickler 
for  the  very  large  coils  should  increase  in 
size  in  proportion.  For  instance,  with 
1500  turns  I  seem  to  get  best  results  with 
a  500-,  or  75O-turn  tickler. 

Other  than  adding  the  tickler  and  the 
grounding  of  the  phone  caps,  the  hookup  is 
exactly  the  same  as  shown  in  the  DeForest 
catalogues  of  seven  or  ten  years  ago.  The 
circuit  is  shown  in  Fig.  2. 

H.  H.   BUCKWALTER 

Denver,  Colorado. 

A  GOOD  AUDIO  AMPLIFIER 

BEING  convinced  that  the  cone  type 
of  speaker  does  not  do  itself  justice 
on    the    standard    two-stage    audio 
amplifier,  I  am  giving  the  wiring  diagram 
of  an  amplifier  which  in  my  opinion  will 
really   give  the   volume  and   true  repro- 
duction which  we  all  strive  for.     See  Fig.  3. 
Used  with  a  three-circuit  tuner  and  tube 
detector,  it  will  furnish  the  most  perfect 
quality  I  have  yet  heard. 

The  parts  may  be  assembled  to  suit  the 
fancy  of  the  constructor,  remembering  only 
the  standard  precautions  about  short  grid 
leads,  transformers  mounted  at  right  angles 
and  non-parallel  leads.  Although  there 
are  three  stages  of  audio,  the  amplifier 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


491 


Sixteen  newspaper  and  radio  publications  have  saved  you 
the  work  of  trying  out  various  B  battery  eliminators — 

They  have  put  their  official  okay 
on  the 


TIMMONS 


Patented  May  IS.  1923 


We  would  like  to  tell  you  something  about  the 
tests  to  which  these  publications  subject  the 
B-Liminators.  For  this  purpose  we  have  pre- 
pared a  folder  which  we  will  send.  All  of  these 
tests  were  more  severe  than  conditions  the  B- 
Liminator  will  ever  meet  on  your  set. 

In  this  folder  you  will  also  find  quoted  in  the 
exact  words  of  publications  just  what  the  tests 
showed. 


B-Liminators  operate  on  110  volts,  60  cycle  alternating 
house  current  and  completely  eliminate  all  B  batteries 


The  Timmons  Laboratories, which  produced  the  B-Liminator,  have  now  developed  the 

Timmons  Cone  Talker 


Price,  $25.00 

14-inch  Cone 

There  are  years  of  experience  in  acoustics  behind 
this  new  Timmons  Cone  Talker.  However,  as 
most  of  the  adjectives  have  been  exhausted  in 
describing  other  loud  speakers,  we'll  just  ask  you 
to  hear  the  new  Timmons  Cone.  If  you  wish, 
we'll  first  send  you  a  folder  telling  you  all  about 
it.  Your  dealer  handles  both  the  Timmons 
B-Liminator  and  Timmons  Cone  Talker — or 
we'll  tell  you  one  who  does. 


Timmons  Radio  Products  Corporation 
Germantown,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 


TIMMON  S  Radio  Products 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


STUDY 
RADIO! 


Radio,  the  field  of 
unlimited  oppor- 
tunity, calls  for  more 
trained  men. 

Prepare  yourself  for 
a  high  salaried  post 
tion  by  using  your 
spare  time  to  study 
radio  at  home. 

Radio  Institute  of 
America,  the  world's 
oldest  radio  school, 
has  graduated  more 
than  7,000  students. 
The  value  of  RIA 
training  is  univers- 
ally recognized — and 
graduates  readily  se- 
cure positions. 

This  coupon  will  bring  you 
a  wealth  of  important  and 
interesting  information. 

RADIO 

INSTITUTE 

OF  AMERICA 

Formerly  Marconi  Institute 
Established  in  1909 

328  Broadway 
New  York  City, 

I —  TEAR  OUT 1 


= 

Radio  Institute  of  America 
328Broadway,  New  York  City 

Please  send  me  full  information  about 
your  Home  Study  Course  of  radio  in-    ] 
struction. 

[  1  I  am  interested  in    tbe    complete   . 
course,    including    code     instruction,   | 
which  qualifies  for   the  U.  S.  Gov't   1 
Commercialor  Amateur  RadioUcense.  Immm 

Q  I  am  Interested  in  the    technical   ••• 
course  for  radio  dealers,  jobbers  and   i 
salesmen. 

Name          ' 

1 

will  not  howl  or  distort,  and  there  is  no  neces- 
sity for  grounding  the  transformer  frames. 

If  the  amplifier  is  to  be  used  in  connection 
with  a  radio  frequency  set,  it  is  advisable 
to  use  either  two  tubes  in  parallel  in  each 
half  of  the  push  pull,  making  four  tubes  in 
the  last  stage,  or  use  two  power  tubes,  as 
the  volume  to  be  handled  will  overload  two 
of  the  2OI-A  type  tubes. 

A  list  of  material  is  given  below,  and 
although  it  is  not  necessary  to  adhere 
strictly  to  the  list  of  manufactured  parts 
given,  it  is  essential  to  use  good  trans- 
formers. 

2  Amertran  transformers,  ratio  5:1. 

1  set  of  Western  Electric  or  Como  push-pull 

transformers. 

2  Bradleystats. 

i  single-circuit  jack. 

4  General  Radio  sockets. 

i  "Turn-It"  grid  leaks. 

1  2-mfd.  fixed  condenser. 

2  .oo2-mfd.  fixed  condensers. 
2  .ooi-mfd.  fixed  condensers. 

Only  one  jack  is  used,  as  I  find  that  better 
tone  quality  is  obtained  by  using  all  the 
tubes  and  controlling  the  volume  by  the 


besides.  How  to  eliminate  them,  and  not 
reduce  the  volume  to  the  two-tube  level 
was  at  first  a  problem. 

Connecting  a  resistance  across  the  secon- 
dary of  the  additional  transformer  effici- 
ently eliminated  the  squeals  and  the  volume 
also.  It  was  found  that  varying  direct 
and  reversed  grid  biases  had  much  the 
same  effect. 

While  disconnecting  one  of  the  various 
unsuccessful  arrangements,  the  dulcet  tones 
of  a  local  station  suddenly  half  deafened 
the  operator !  Upon  said  operator's  spring- 
ing back  in  surprise,  the  old  familiar  med- 
ley of  horrible  sounds  came  back  in  full 
force.  In  short,  placing  the  hand  of  a 
human  ground  on  the  grid  terminal  of  the 
second  transformer  accomplished  what 
nothing  else  had  done.  The  trail  now  being 
clearly  blazed,  a  variable  resistance  of 
25,000-100,000  ohms  was  connected  be- 
tween this  point  and  the  ground. 

Using  this  arrangement,  a  signal  which 
is  audible  on  a  cone  speaker  with  two  tubes, 
when  the  ear  is  placed  very  close  to  the 
instrument,  is  magnified  sufficiently  to  fill 
comfortably  quite  a  large  sized  room. 
Signals  from  WBZ  at  a  distance  of  about  one 


FIG.   3 

The  connections  for  the  quality  audio  amplifier  from  the  output  of  the  detector  tube  are 
shown  in  this  diagram.     There  are  three  stages  of  audio  but  four  tubes  are  employed 


regenerator,  or  if  the  set  is  non-regenerative, 
by  the  detector  and  first  amplifier  rheostat. 
Due  to  the  high  amplification  obtained, 
it  will  often  be  found  that  unless  ex- 
ceptional volume  is  desired,  the  tubes  may 
be  operated  at  four  volts,  thus  lengthening 
their  life  and  compensating  for  the  ad- 
ditional tubes  used.  For  those  who  do 
not  use  a  voltmeter,  I  would  suggest  that 
the  tubes  be  turned  up  to  normal  brilliancy 
while  tuning-in,  and  then  turned  down  as  far 
as  possible  without  destroying  the  tone 
quality. 

EDWARD  T.  WERDEN 
Mount  Vernon,  New  York. 

IMPROVING  THE  VOLUME  OF  THE 
TWO-TUBE  ROBERTS  CIRCUIT 

DESIRING    more  volume  than  that 
obtained    from    the    usual    Knock- 
out  two-tube  set,  and   not   want- 
ing to  change  the  whole  arrangement  of 
the  apparatus,    I    added  one  step  of  or- 
thodox transformer-coupled  audio  ampli- 
fication.    Using  a  G.  R.  Type  285  audio 
transformer  gave  enormous  volume — and  a 
thousand  raucous  squeals,  noises,  and  howls 


hundred    miles    are    rather   too    loud    for 
comfort  in  a  large  room. 

As  an  important  afterthought,  I  should 
like  to  emphasize  the  fact  that  the  quality 
obtained — both  transformers  being  of  the 
type  mentioned — is  good  enough  to  have 
caused  surprised  comment  from  a  large 
number  of  people. 

J.  W.  TEALE, 

Boston,  Massachusetts. 

WINDING  SPIDER  WEB  COILS 

I    HAVE  found  that  two  empty  thread 
spools,  together  with  a  bolt  of  sufficient 
length,  a  nut,  and  washer,  are  of  much 
help   in    quickly   and   accurately   winding 
spider  web  coils. 

The  bolt  is  passed  through  one  spool, 
then  through  the  hole  in  the  center  of  the 
coil  form,  and  then  through  the  other 
spool,  after  which  the  washer  and  nut  are 
placed  on  the  bolt  and  the  nut  tightened. 
This  gives  a  firm  and  convenient  handle 
for  holding  the  form  during  winding,  greatly 
facilitating  that  process. 

H.  EDWARD  KNIES, 
White  Haven,  Pennsylvania. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


493 


IN  WORK  THAT  IS 
ALMOST  ROMANCE 


[Be  a  Radio  Expert, 


Operates  WMAQ 

"Accepted  a  position  with 
Chicago  Daily  Newt — Station 
WMAQ.  My  income  prac- 
tically doubled  thanks  to  your 
fine  course." 

KEITH  KIMBALL,  Chicago. 


00 


Get  into   the   great  new   Big-Pay  In- 
dustry— Radio.     If  you're    earning    a 
penny  less  than  $50  a  week,  clip  coupon 
now.      Send    for   AMAZING    FREE 
BOOK.     Be  a  Radio  Expert  and  draw 
down  big  money  for  the  easiest  and  most  fascinating 
work  in  the  world.     Positions  everywhere.     Thor- 
oughly-trained men  are  in  big  demand.     Need  for 
Radio  Experts  in  every  community.   Short  hours. 
BIG    PAY.     Free  book   gives   all   the  facts. 
Astonishing     opportunities  —  thousands     of 
them!     Every  day  N.  R.  I.  trained  men  are 
taking  good  places  in  the  Radio  field.   Free 
book  tells  all  about  their  success.     Send 
for  it  now! 

Learn  Quickly  and  Easily 
AT  HOME 

Master  Radio  Engineers  will  show  you  how  to  qualify  quickly  and  easily 
at  home,  for  Radio's  fine  jobs.     We  guarantee  to  train  you  successfully. 
Lack  of  experience  no  drawback — common  schooling  all  you  need.     Our 
tested,   clear  methods   make  it  easy   for  you.     Send  coupon   now  for 
free  proof. 


ing  Book 


Gets  Big  Job 

"Just   been   made   Sales   Man- 
ager of  this    Radio  concern — 
a    big    raise    in    pay.      Regret 
I     I  did   not   take  course  sooner." 
R.  E.  JONES,  Bay  City. 


,r\  »  f  r  A 

Radio' 

Needs 

Trained 

Men 


Most  amazing 
book  on  Radio 
ever  written 
—  full,  inter- 
esting facts 
about  this 
great  field  and 
how  we  pre- 
pare you  and 
help  you  start. 
You  can  do  what  others 
have  done.  GET  THIS 
BOOK. 


Instruments 
Given  -with  Course 

All    instruments  •  shown   here 
and   many  others   given  to 
students  for  practice  work 
while  learning.    Receiving 
sets,  from  simplest  kind 
to  thousand  mile  receiv- 
er.   An  UNEQUALL- 
ED OFFER.    Many 
other    big    features 
for  limited  time 
only. 


Famous 

Training  That 

"Pays  for  Itself" 

Spare-time  earnings  are  easy 
in  Radio.  Increase  your 
income  almost  from  the 
start  through  practical 
knowledge  we  give  you.  This 
is  the  famous  practical 
training  that  pays  its  own 
way. 


SEND  COUPON 

Send  coupon  to-day  for  spec- 
ial limited  offer,  including  all 
instruments  —  you'll    get    full 
particulars  by  return  mail. 


Youtfet 
allot 


MAIL  THIS  NOW 


I 


these  I     NATIONAL  RADIO  INSTITUTE 
Dept.  BUS 

Washington,  D.  C. 


National  Radio 
Institute 

Dept.  BUS,  Washington,  D.  C. 


g^SSp^pjj^ 


ORIOINATORS  OF  RADIO  HOME-STUDY  TRAINING 


Without  obligating  me  in  any  way,  send  me  your  free  book,  "Rich 
Rewards  in  Radio,"  and  all  information  about  your  practical, 
home-study  Radio  course. 


Na 


-Age. 


Address.  . 
Town .  . .  . 


.State. 


494 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


best 
for 

condensers 
—brass 

As  plates  and 
columns  BRASS 
has  the  rig,nt 
temper  to  pre- 
serve alignment 
with  small  clear- 
ances. BRASS 
is  readily  sol- 
dered in  mak- 
ing, proper  elec- 
trical contact 
and  its  easy  ma- 
chining, qualities 
g,ive  economy  in 
production. 


I 


COPPERS  BRASS 

RESEARCH  ASSOCIATION 

25  Broadway,      New  York 


22'A  Volt 

un-acid 

everlasting 

rechargeable 

"B" 
Storage  Battery 

$2.95 

includes 
chemical 


45  Tolte  $.V25.  90 

Toiu  $10.00.  irj'-j 
«.it»  $i'j.5o.  r& 

ToltslU.TMr.;1-, 

TOl  t  B        *H  S'l 

Truly  the  biggest  t>uy  today.  Easily  charged  on  any  current  Includ- 
ing 32  volt  systems  Any  special  detector  plate  voltage  had.  Tested 
and  approved  by  leading  authorities  such  as  Popular  Radio  laltora- 
torie*.  Over  3  years  sold  on  a  non-red  tape  30  day  trial  offer  with 
complete  refund  if  not  thoroughly  satisfied.  Further  guaranteed  "2 
year*.  Knock-down  kits  at  greater  savings.  Complete  "Hawley" 
"B"  Battery  Charger  $2.75.  Sample  cell  35c.  Order.direct— send  no 
money— simply  pay  the  expressman  cost  on  delivery.  Or  write  for 
my  f  rff  literature,  testimonials  and  guarantee.  Same  day  shipim-nts. 

B.  Hawley  Smith,  312  Washington  Ave..  Danbury,  Conn. 


What  Constitutes  a  Radio  Patent? 
By  LEO  T.  PARKER 

Patent  Attorney 


ANY  radio  experimenters  overlook 
opportunities  of  obtaining  the  pro- 
tection afforded  by  the  patent  laws, 
simply  because  they  are  unfamiliar  with  the  rules 
by  which  to  determine  the  kinds  of  radio  in- 
ventions that  present  patentable  possibilities. 
Others  of  these  inventors  and  experimenters  do 
not  understand  the  essential  requirements  of  an 
invention  in  order  that  a  good  patent  may  be 
obtained  on  it. 

There  are  at  least  two  very  important  things 
about  which  all  experimenters  should  be  fa- 
miliar. One  is  what  the  word  "invention" 
really  means  when  it  is  construed  in  relation 
to  radio  circuits.  The  other  is  how  the  United 
States  Courts  have  dealt  with  important  radio 
patents  in  the  past. 

In  the  first  place,  the  word  "invention"  really 
means  any  newly  discovered  thing  or  method 
which,  when  put  to  a  practical  test,  will  produce 
useful  results.  It  makes  no  difference  if  the 
various  parts  or  elements  of  which  the  invention 
consists  are  old  and  well  known.  The  important 
requirement  is  that  these  old  elements  co-act 
to  accomplish  new  and  beneficial  results.  So, 
therefore,  merely  changing  a  wire  in  a  radio  cir- 
cuit may  effect  an  entirely  new  and  patentable 
circuit,  because  the  signals  are  received  with 
improved  tone  quality,  or  the  volume  of  the 
incoming  signals  is  increased,  or  greater  selectiv- 
ity is  effected,  or  any  other  of  the  many  desirable 
results  is  attained. 

Many  individuals  believe  Marconi  was  the 
first  person  to  discover  wireless  telegraphy. 
But  he  was  not.  Others  had  accomplished  this 
result  many  years  before  him. 

Going  back  to  1905,  we  find  the  first  United 
States  adjudicated  radio  patent  was  that  of 
Marconi's  reissue  No.  11,913.  The  validity  of 
this  patent,  after  lengthy  litigation,  was  upheld. 
His  original  patent  was  dated  July  13,  1897, 
and  related  to  apparatus  used  in  transmitting 
electrical  impulses  and  signals,  particularly  re- 
lated to  spark  telegraphy.  This  original  patent, 
however,  did  not  protect  the  invention  as  he 
thought  it  should,  so  he  cancelled  it  and  had 
ano'her  patent  issued  in  its  stead. 

During  the  legal  controversy,  various  patents 
and  experiments  were  brought  to  the  attention 
of  the  court  in  an  attempt  to  have  Marconi's 
patent  declared  invalid,  and  considerable  money 
was  spent  toward  this  end.  Nevertheless, 
Marconi  was  declared  to  be  the  first  inventor 
of  wireless  telegraphy. 

One  of  the  first  methods  to  be  utilized  for  the 
purpose  of  sending  wireless  messages  was  the 
Dolbear  System.  A  conductive  principle  was 
employed  on  the  banks  of  a  body  of  water,  and 
comprised  primary  and  secondary  circuits 
suitably  positioned  on  the  opposite  banks, 
while  wires  were  stretched  along  both  banks 
and  connected  with  the  ground.  By  means  of 
this  improvised  arrangement  together  with  the 
assistance  of  batteries,  galvanometers,  and 
either  telephone  or  telegraph  instruments,  the 
currents  of  electricity  in  the  primary,  generated 
by  the  batteries,  were  passed  across  the  body  of 
water  to  the  terminal  of  the  secondary  circuit, 
thereby  making  and  breaking  the  connections 
of  the  receiving  apparatus,  corresponding  to  the 
intermittent  changes  of  the  current  set  up  in  the 
primary  circuit.  However,  the  greatest  distance 
covered  by  the  Dolbear  System  was  about  two 
miles. 

Another  method  of  transmitting  wireless 
messages  had  been  used,  consisting  of  the 

•if  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  •*• 


principle  of  induction,  and  based  upon  the  theory 
of  an  arrangement  of  primary  and  secondary  cir- 
cuits. A  battery  was  connected  with  the  primary 
which  was  positioned  parallel  with  the  secondary. 
By  actual  test  it  was  found  that  a  current 
made  or  broken  in  the  primary  circuit  induces 
a  transient  current  in  the  secondary  circuit. 
This  wireless  system  was  successfully  demon- 
strated prior  to  1887,  with  the  utilization  of 
elevated  conductors,  vertical  wires,  and  ground 
conductors,  and  messages  were  sent  through 
the  air  for  short  distances.  Also,  in  1865, 
Professor  Maxwell  discovered  that  electricity, 
made  manifest  in  the  form  of  a  spark,  will 
spread  out  in  waves  or  undulations  similar  to 
sound  waves  and  he  produced  the  effect  by 
means  of  a  special  radiator. 

However,  the  important  difference  between 
Marconi's  invention  and  the  prior  ones  was  that 
Marconi  realized  his  messages  were  sent  through 
the  ether  by  means  of  high  frequency  currents 
of  electricity  and,  therefore,  he  was  enabled  to 
devise  suitable  instruments  with  which  to  in- 
crease the  distances  over  which  he  could  com- 
municate, thus  rendering  the  invention  highly 
useful,  and  not  a  mere  experiment. 

In  the  patent  specification  Marconi  referred 
to  his  invention  as  "Electrical  signals,  actions 
or  manifestations,  which  are  transmitted  through 
air,  earth,  or  water,  by  means  of  oscilliations  of 
high  frequency." 

Marconi,  therefore,  has  been  said  to  be  the 
discoverer  of  the  fact  that  high  frequency  cur- 
rents are  essential  in  the  successful  sending  of 
wireless  messages.  He  also  invented  instru- 
ments particularly  adapted  to  send  and  receive 
this  type  of  current.  Although  other  persons 
before  him  had  accomplished  similar  results 
through  accident,  they  did  not  know  why  the 
phenomenon  took  place.  In  one  sense  of  the 
word,  all  Marconi  did  was  to  adopt,  improve, 
and  elaborate  upon  existing  theories,  and  put 
the  various  principles  on  a  substantial  work- 
ing basis. 

It  should  be  remembered  that,  irrespective 
of  how  old  or  well  known  the  elements  of  a  new 
radio  circuit  or  other  invention  may  be,  if  by. 
means  of  this  new  combination  or  arrangement 
the  old  elements  are  caused  to  co-act  to  perform 
new  and  different  results,  such  an  arrangement  is 
a  patentable  invention.  It  does  not  matter  how 
old  or  common  the  various  parts  or  elements  are, 
the  important  thing  is  whether,  when  acting 
together,  they  effect  a  new  and  unitary  result  or 
function. 

THE    HETERODYNE    PATENT 

A  LMOST  every  inventor  knows  that  a  basic 
**  patent  is  construed  broadly  in  favor  of  the 
patentee,  but  many  persons  do  not  know  that 
an  invention  need  not  relate  to  an  entirely  new 
science  to  be  basic.  It  may  relate  merely  to  a 
new  application  of  a  well  known  thing,  as  is 
verified  by  a  very  recent  United  States  Court 
decision  on  the  validity  of  the  heterodyne  patent, 
which  was  declared  to  also  cover  the  super- 
heterodyne principle. 

Two  patents  were  obtained  by  Mr.  Fessenden 
on  his  invention  of  the  heterodyne;  one  for  the 
method  of  accomplishing  the  results  and  the 
other  for  the  apparatus  itself.  The  numbers  of 
these  patents  are,  respectively,  1,050,441  and 
1,050,728,  and  any  person  desiring  to  examine 
the  patents  may  secure  them  (and  any  others 
for  that  matter)  merely  by  addressing  The 
Commissioner  of  Patents,  Washington,  District 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


501 


flRBORPHONE 

What  You  Expect 
of  Your  Set 


'"pHERE  are    several    thou- 
•*•     sand   men     and    women, 
owners  of  Arborphone  Receiv- 
ers, who  will  tell  you — • 

"You  cannot  equal  my  Arborphone 
— It's  all  you  could  ask  of  a  radio." 

Anyone  can  tune  in  enough 
stations  to  satisfy  the  most 
ambitious  air-adventurer. 
From  stations  near  or  far  there 
is  a  delightful  ease  of  tuning 
and  purity  of  tone  quality  un- 
surpassed in  radio. 

Arborphone  gives  you  perma- 
nent radio.  Like  any  good 
musical  instrument  your  pleas- 
ure in  Arborphone  will  be 
measured  in  years. 

Housed  in  a  really  beautiful 
cabinet  Arborphone  lends  "a 
new  charm  to  your  prettiest 
room. 

You  cannot  buy  better  radio — 
at  any  price.  Ask  any  Arbor- 
phone  owner  or  dealer. 

Most  interesting  radio  facts — 
written  for  everyone  to  under- 
stand— are  described  and  illus- 
trated in  Arborphone  Catalog. 
A  copy  sent  free  at  your  re- 
quest. 

$60.00  in  Rocky  Mi.  and 
Pacific  Coast  States. 


MACHINE  SPECIALTY  COMPANY 

ANN  ARBOR,  MICHIGAN 

This  is  a  good  time  to  subscribe  for 

RADIO  BROADCAST 

Through  your  dealer  or  direct,  by  the  year  only  $4.00 
DOUBLEDAY,  PAGE  &  CO.     GARDEN  CITY,  NEW  YORK 


ealers 


If  you  are  the  type  of  dealer  who  hustles  after  business,  who 
isn't  content  to  wait  for  trade  to  come  in  but  who  takes  sets  out 
to  demonstrate,  can  talk  and  eell  quality  merchandise,  and 
knows  Radio  values,  we  have  a  big  proposition  for  you.  Are 
you  that  dealer? 

5O%  Discount  to  Dealers 

_  We  manufacture  a  complete  line  of  high 

grade  receivers  and  sell  to  dealers  at  50# 
discount.  We  are  distributors  for  more  than 
•225  Nationally  advertised  lines. 

FREE  Write  ted*y  for  amazing  offers,  new 
112-pagecatalogandregularmonth- 
lv  catalogs  quoting  bolow-  the-  market  prices 
nn  latest  merchandise—  all  free.  Everything 
"  Kadio  for  !«•• 

AMERICAN  RADIO  MFG.  CO. 
426  MoGee  St.,  Kaunas  City,  Mo. 


BUY  ALL    YOUR   FUTURE 
B- CURRENT  NOW! 


RADIO  PEP 
B-BATTERY  ELIMINATOR 

is  unique  in  that  it  stops  ALL  the  hum  by  using 
EIGHT  perfected  electrolytic  cells  and  NO 
TUBES. 

Plugged  into  the  standard  AC  house  lighting 
circuit  RADIO  PEP  gives  a  silent,  strong,  de- 
pendable plate  current  that  improves  the  per- 
formance of  your  set  due  to  the  effect  of  its 
huge  condensers. 

ECONOMY!  No  more  drain  of  buying  new 
batteries;  and  RADIO  PEP  takes  so  little  cur- 
rent that  you  see  no  difference  in  your  electric 
bills. 

135  VOLTS  are  called  for  by  the  modern  sets 
and  tubes.  RADIO  PEP  delivers  135  volts 
year  after  year  without  weakening. 

Send  for  particulars  and  the  address  of  the  near- 
est dealer  who  can  supply  you.  Money-back 
guarantee.  Price,  $38.00. 


*  PEP  MFG.  CO.,  Inc. 

33  West  42nd  Street 


New  York 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


502 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


What  You  COULD 
Get  From  Your  Set 

IT  isn't  what  you're  getting  now.    It's 
how  much  more  you  could  get  from 
your  present  set. 

Your  set  may  be  one  of  the  finest  in 
the  world  but  it  can  be  no  better  than 
its  dials. 

The  human  hand  cannot  tune  ordinary 
dials  sufficiently  accurate  to  bring  in  all 
the  stations  within  scope  of  your  set. 
That's  where  Science  has  stepped  in 
with  the  two  dials  shown  above. 

MYDAR  Recording  Dial  shown  at  the 
left  above,  offers  a  degree  of  tuning 
efficiency  not  usually  associated  with 
this  price.  Ample  space  for  call  letters 
insures  permanent  logging  of  all  stations. 
Genuine  Bakelite,  handsomely  embel- 
lished—12  to  1  Ratio.  Price  $1.75. 

The  A.  J.  (Vernier)  shown  at  the  right 
above,  geared  at  150  to  1,  brings  tones 
into  sharp  focus  like  a  fine  camera  lens. 
Beautiful,  dignified.  Genuine  Bakelite. 
A  master  product  of  master  craftsmen. 
—Price  $2.25. 

Accuratune  (not  shown)  geared  80  to  1 
is  admirably  suited  to  every  type  of 
tuning  requirements. 

No  panel  drilling  necessary  to  substitute 
any  one  of  these  dials. 

MYDAR  Radio   Company 

3  CAMPBELL  STREET 

NEWARK,  N.J. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


of  Columbia,  and  enclosing  ten  cents  for  each 
copy  specified  by  the  numbers. 

Heterodyne,  as  applied  to  radio,  is  a  method 
by  which  signals  are  produced  by  beats,  whose 
frequency  is  equal  to  the  difference  between 
that  of  a  transmitted  frequency  and  that  of 
locally  produced  oscillations.  This  accomplish- 
ment was  the  important  consideration  for  which 
Mr.  Fessenden  was  granted  patents. 

Broadly  speaking,  the  method  of  generating 
local  oscillations,  as  performed  by  Mr.  Fessen- 
den, was  a  beat  system,  old  and  well  known  in 
acoustics.  The  same  results  have  been  produced 
many  times  by  means  of  various  musical  in- 
struments, such  as  tuning  forks,  pianos,  etc. 
In  other  words,  he  simply  applied  a  well  known 
scientific  principle  to  a  different  purpose  whereby 
new  and  beneficial  results  were  accomplished — 
an  absolutely  safe  foundation  upon  which  a 
highly  valuable  and  valid  patent  may  be 
obtained. 

The  courts  regard  the  heterodyne  invention 
as  one  of  the  highest  order  and  entitled  to  a  very 
broad  scope,  because  it  was  the  first  application 
of  the  old  beat  system  in  radio  apparatus. 

Another  important  thing  to  remember  is  that 
Mr.  Fessenden's  patents  do  not  infer  or  suggest 
that  his  invention  is  intended  for  voice  or 
concert  reception.  Notwithstanding  this,  the 
court  refused  to  limit  the  patent  and  sustained 
it  as  a  basic  patent  which  covers  any  kind  of 
beat  system  of  radio  reception,  including  the 
super-heterodyne  receiving  set. 

At  a  later  date  a  Mr.  Vreeland  applied  for 
certain  super-heterodyne  patents  but  the  courts 
decided  that  although  his  patents  Nos.  1,239,852 
and  1,245,166  on  the  super-heterodyne  circuit 
doubtless  improved  Mr.  Fessenden's  invention, 
he  could  not  build  his  circuit  without  infringing. 
This  decision  brings  out  another  important  point, 
namely,  that  an  improver  of  a  valid  patented 
radio  circuit  cannot  proceed  to  build  his  improve- 
ment, in  which  is  incorporated  the  original 
circuit,  without  paying  a  royalty  to  the  original 
patentee. 

Mr.  Vreeland  contended  that,  while  his 
patent  may  infringe  Mr.  Fessenden's  patent, 
it  goes  beyond  it  and  makes  a  substantial 
contribution  to  the  original  patent.  In  spite 
of  obvious  differences  between  the  heterodyne 
and  super-heterodyne  circuits,  the  heterodyne 
patents  are  broadly  construed,  in  favor  of  the 
inventor,  to  cover  the  super-heterodyne  principle 
of  receiving  incoming  signals,  even  though  the 
beat  system  is  old  in  acoustics,  and  Mr.  Vree- 
land's  claim  could  not  be  sustained. 

IMPORT  DUTY  ON  RADIO 
GOODS  FOR  AUSTRALIA 

A  CONSIDERABLE  amount  of  American 
and  British  radio  apparatus  is  now  on  the 
market  in  Australia,  and  there  is  keen  competi- 
tion between  these  two  importing  countries. 
Contrary  to  general  opinion,  even  Britain  is 
charged  duty  on  her  imports,  but  the  percentage 
is  not  so  high  as  it  is  for  American  apparatus. 
Radio  sets  imported  into  Australia  from  this 
country  are  chargeable  at  the  rate  of  55  per  cent, 
ad  valorem,  while  British  set  manufacturers  are 
required  to  pay  a  duty  of  only  35  per  cent., 
according  to  the  Broadcaster  and  Wireless  Re- 
tailer of  London.  An  intermediate  figure  of 
50  per  cent.,  is  applicable  to  certain  countries. 
British  tubes  were  allowed  into  Australia  duty 
free  until  January  ist  of  this  year,  but  a  275 
per  cent,  duty  is  now  levied.  American  tubes 
are  taxed  at  the  rate  of  40  per  cent,  ad  valorem. 
The  general  tariff  on  tubes  was  only  1 5  per  cent, 
until  recently.  There  is  an  intermediate  tariff 
of  35  per  cent,  on  tubes  from  certain  countries. 
A  general  revision  of  duties  on  radio  apparatus 
came  into  force  on  January  ist. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


503 


0 


The  Ideal 

Receiver  ! 


A  DVANCED  engineering  and 
/-\   years  of  production  expe- 
rience  by  one  of  the  oldest 
radio  manufacturers  in  the  coun- 
try produced   the   new   Chelsea 
Super-Five— a      Receiver     with 
performing   features  and    refine- 
ments   found    in    much    higher 
priced  sets. 

Fine  mahogany  finish  cabinet 
with  graceful  sloping  panel  and 
large  dials  for  easy  tuning.  Con- 
venient cord  leads  (no  unsightly 
binding?posts).  Foolproof,  dust- 
proof  inside  panel  to  protect  del- 
icate parts.  Rugged  bus-wiring, 
hand-soldered  connections  and 
other  refinements.  This  Set  de- 
livers wonderful  tone  quality  and 
volume  and  is  one  of  the  most 
selective  sets  on  the  market. 

Choote  Chelsea  and  save  the 
difference 

Write  us  to-day  for  New 
Descriptive  Folder 

CHELSEA  RADIO  CO. 

Chelsea,  Mass.          ,JL, 


RADIO  FANS,  a  one-year's  subscription  to  Radio  Broadcast  will  cost 
you  four  dollars,  two  years  six  dollars.  Consider  this  expenditure 
as  hoinu  a  necessary  investment  on  your  part  for  the  future  develop- 
ment of  your  own  knowledge  of  Radio. 


rMOONTFORD: 

•  PLUNGER  TYPE  VARIABLE 

GRID  LEAK 

Perfect  graduation,  obtains  all 
fractions  of  a  megohm  from  ^  J 
to  20  inclusive.   Increases  selec- 
-ivity  and  sensitivity.    UnaiFect- 
.  -.     ed   by   heat    or  cold.     Maintains 
ff  accuracy  of  range  and  consistency 
of  resistance.     At  your  dealers  or  A 
postpaid  upon  receipt  of  price. 
W*  also  manufacture  the  Mountford  Resist- 
ance Coupled  Kit,  Prift  postpaid  tS.SO 

C.  E.  MOUNTFORD 

469  Greenwich  St. 
New  York  City 


The  New 

SUPER 

UNIT 

t 


This  Speaker 

Has  the  NEW  VOICE! 

t  •  ^»HE  small  diaphragm  commonly  used  reproduces  the 

^    middle  and  upper  notes  of  the  musical  scale  well 

enough,  but  it  leaves  much  to  be  desired  from  the 

middle  down.     Verify  this  yourself.     Listen  to  almost  any 

speaker  and  you  will  be  amazed  at  the  muffled  sound  of  the 

middle  and  lower  registers  of  voice  and  instrument. 

The  Bristol  Speaker  is  equipped  with  that  latest  discovery 
in  tone  reproduction,  the  SUPER-UNIT.  This  unit  con- 
tains an  unusually  large  diaphragm  which  brings  in  the 
full  range  of  tones  from  deep  bass  to  high  treble. 

The  rumble  of  the  tympani,  the  roll  of  the  snare  drum,  the 
low  tones  of  the  viols,  tuba,  organ,  saxophone  and  voice — 
notes  you've  never  before  heard  in  radio — notes  which  are 
even  more  vital  in  reproduced  music  than  in  an  actual  con- 
cert— are  clearly  and  naturally  audible. 

The  cabinet  is  highly  polished  mahogany,  17  x  10  x  10  j 
inches  in  size,  with  long,  freely  vibrating  sound  chamber. 
The  price  is  $30.  Ask  your  dealer  for  a  demonstration  and 
at  the  same  time. 

Send  for  FREE  BOOKLET 

*-  - 1 

entitled,  "How  to  Select  Your  Loud  Speaker." 
It  tells  how  to  look  for  and  find  tone  quality 
in  a  speaker. 

BRISTOL  SPEAKER 

(AUDIOPHONE) 
The  Bristol  Company  Radio  Div.  AH,  Waterbury,  Conn. 

For  36  years  makers  of  the  highly  sensitive  and  accurate  Bristol's  Recording  Instruments 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


504 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


This  4-inch  dial,  calibrated  on 
entire  circumference,  is  built  in 
as  part  of  the  condenser. 


"Spreads"  Stations  All  Over  the  Dial 

OTATIONS  won't  overlap  one  another 
O  when  you  use  the  Wade  Condenser 
Tuning  Unit.  This  unique  condenser  is 
geared  to  a  dial  that  is  graduated  all  the 
way  around — from  2gro  to  360  degrees. 
This  means  twice  as  much  space  between 
stations  for  close  tuning  adjustment;  even 
wider  separation  of  stations  than  the 
rotor  plate  types  of  straightline  frequency 
condensers  using  standard  180  degree 
dials.  If  you  are  one  who  is  tuning  now 
with  only  "half  a  dial"  you  are  in  for  a 
pleasant  surprise  when  you  try  Wade 
Condenser  Tuning  Unit.  It  covers  the 
whole  broadcast  range  and  down  below 
200  meters. 

No  Body  Capacity  Effects 

A  separately  grounded  frame,  insulated 
from  both  sets  of  plates,  shields  the  con- 
denser  from  all  body  capacity  effects — an 
important  feature,  exclusively  in  Wade 
Condensers. 


Wade  Tuning  Unit 

Including 
Condenser  and  Dial 

The  Wade  Condenser 
Tuning  Unit  consists 
of  a  Wade  Condenser 
geared  to  a  four-inch 
360  degree  vernier  dial 
of  16  to  1  ratio.  Prices 
are  for  the  complete 
unit. 

Capacity 
.000125  mfd.  #6.00 

Capacity 
.00025  mfd.  #6.25 

Capacity 
.00035  mfd.  #6.35 

Capacity 
.0005  mfd.  #6.50 


Dealers 

Dealers  and  jobbers, 
as  well  as  the  radio 
public,  will  be  inter- 
ested  to  note  the  addi- 
tion of  a  .00035  mfd. 
capacity  model  to  our 
regular  line.  We  have 
had  many  calls  for  this 
capacity  and  it  will  be- 
yond doubt  meet  with 
popular  favor. 


The  Viking  Tool  and  Machine  Co.  Inc.      745-A  65th  Street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 


_Q 


Why  not  subscribe  to  Radio  Broadcast?  By  the  year 
only  $4.00;  or  two  years,  $6.00,  saving  $2.40.  Send  direct  to 
Doubleday,  Page  &  Company,  Garden  City,  New  York. 


ELDREDGE     PANEL  METERS 

Why  pay  more?   Eldredge  meters  are  accurate  and  long-lived. 
//  dealer  can't  supply  you,  write  us  direct 

Dept.  B 

Eldredge  Electrical  Corporation  -^ 

Springfield 


Mass. 


Established  1892 


A  KEY  TO  RECENT 
RADIO  ARTICLES 

By  E.  G.  SHAULKHAUSER 

THIS  is  the  fourth  installment  of  references  to 
articles  which  have  appeared  recently  in  var- 
ious radio  periodicals.     Each  separate  reference 
should  be  cut  out  and  pasted  on  cards  for  filing, 
or  they  may  be  pasted  in  a  scrap  book  either 
alphabetically  or  numerically.     A  brief  outline 
of  the  Dewey  Decimal  System  (employed  here) 
appeared  in    November   and  January    RADIO 
BROADCAST. 


R8oo(535.3)  PHOTOELECTRIC  PHENOMENA.  PHOTOELECTRIC 
Radio   News.     Oct.  1925,  pp.  436ff.  CELL. 

"The  Luminptron,"  T.  H.  Nakken. 

The  description  of  a  new  type  of  photoelectric  cell,  and 
its  application  to  many  unsolved  problems,  is  outlined  by 
the  inventor  in  this  article.  The  cell  is  of  the  potassium 
plate  type.  Its  fundamental  working  principles,  and  some 
of  the  results  obtained  with  the  tube,  make  this  cell  very 
reliable. 


.     BROADCASTING.  BROADCAST  RANGE, 

Radio  News.     Oct.  1925,  pp.  446^.  Covering  the. 

"Extending  the  Broadcast  Range,"  S.  Harris. 
A  possible  expansion  of  the  present  broadcast  band 
will  necessitate  changes  in  most  radio  receivers  to  cover  the 
entire  range.  The  difficulties  encountered  and  the  best 
solutions  are  presented  in  an  excellent  discussion  by  the 
author,  who  comes  to  the  conclusion  that  tapped  coils  will 
most  likely  be  necessary. 


R343-     ELECTRON  TUBE  RECEIVING  SETS.         RECEIVER, 
Radio  News.     Oct.   1925,  pp.  448-449.        2000-600    kc. 

(i5o-6oom). 

"Another  Three-Range  Receiver." 

Anticipating  an  expansion  in  the  broadcast  band  of  wave- 
lengths, the  receiver  here  described  and  illustrated  uses  a 
novel  scheme  in  covering  the  range.  Sets  of  coils  of  three 
sizes  are  built,  and  mounted  to  fit  into  an  ordinary  tube 
socket.  The  receiver  is  of  the  regular  two-stage  radio 
frequency  type,  using  three  tuning  dials. 

Rii3-8  ECLIPSES.  ECLIPSE,  SOLAR. 

Proceedings  I.R.E.     Oct.  1925,  pp.  539-569. 

"The  Effect  of  the  Solar  Eclipse  of  Jan.  24,  1925,  on 
Radio  Reception,"  G.  Pickard. 

A  complete  resume  of  the  observations  made  under  the 
direction  of  the  author,  is  presented,  with  diagrams  and 
illustrations.  The  data  collected  lead  to  certain  conclusions 
and  put  us  several  steps  ahead  in  our  search  for  information 
concerning  the  behavior  of  ether  waves  in  space. 

R-33I.  CONSTRUCTION  OF  VACUUM  TUBES.  VACUUM  TUBES. 

X-L  filament. 

Proceedings  I.  R.  E.  Oct.  1925,  pp.  580-609. 

"The  Application  of  the  X-L  Filament  to  Power  Tubes," 
I.  C.  Warner  and  O.  W.  Pike. 

The  properties  of  the  X-L  or  thoriated  tungsten  filament, 
are  discussed,  with  particular  reference  to  the  suitability 
of  this  material  for  use  in  power  tubes  and  its  advantages 
over  other  materials.  Comparisons  are  given  between  pure 
tungsten  and  thoriated  tungsten  filaments  in  electron 
emission  characteristics  and  effect  on  tube  design,  and 

Eerformance.     Several      power     tubes     containing      X-L 
laments  are  described  in  detail.     The  improvements  due 
to  the  use  of  the  X-L  filament  are  illustrated  by  comparison 
of  these  tubes  with  older  types  of  tubes  containing  pure 
tungsten  filaments. 

R375.     DETECTORS  AND  RECTIFIERS.  RECTIFIER, 

QST.     Nov.  1925,  pp.  38-40.  Raytheon. 

"The  Raytheon  Rectifier,"  M.  Penny-backer. 

A   theoretical   discussion   of  a   new   rectifier  tube,    the 

Raytheon,  is  given  by  one  of  the  manufacturer's  engineers. 

The  tube  is  a  full-wave  rectifier,  and  has  many  new  features 

which  make  it  exceptionally  well  adapted  to   B  battery 

eliminator  operation,  according  to  the  author.     The  curve  in 

Fig.  5  shows  the  relation  or  output  voltage  to  output  current. 

A  completed  rectifier  unit  is  shown  in  a  photograph. 

R35O.  GENERATING  APPARATUS;  TRANSMITTER, 

TRANSMITTING  SETS.  Crystal-Control. 

QST.     Nov.  1925,  pp.  41-44. 

"Navy  Developments  in  Crystal  Controlled  Trans- 
mitters." 

A  detailed  account  of  the  developments  of  crystal  con- 
trolled transmitters  at  the  Naval  Research  Laboratory, 
Bellevue,  District  of  Columbia,  is  given,  beginning  with  the 
first  experiments,  May  ist,  1925.  Most  of  the  research 
has  been  done  on  short  waves,  according  to  the  account 
given.  Various  types  of  sets  tested,  results  obtained  on 
different  frequencies,  and  power  input,  are  described,  and 
photographs  shown  for  the  benefit  of  the  experimenter 
who  desires  this  information.  The  data  presented  is  all 
of  an  experimental  nature. 

R343.     ELECTRON  TUBE  RECEIVING  SETS.         RECEIVER, 
Radio.     Nov.  1925,  pp.  25-26.  Loop. 

"An  Improved  Loop  Receiver,"  R.  L.  Rockett. 
A  five-tube  loop  receiver,  employing  three  stages  of  radio 
frequency  amplification,  is  presented,  with  data  on  con- 
struction and  assembly.    One  audio  stage  is  reflexed. 

R343.     ELECTRON  TUBE  RECEIVING  SETS.         RECEIVER, 
Radio.     Nov.  1925,  pp.  27ff.  Short-Wave. 

"  Building  for  the  Future,"  H.  A.  Nickerson. 
Many  stations  can  be  heard  broadcasting  programs 
on  very  high  frequencies  (wavelengths  below  100  meters) 
with  a  receiver  designed  for  that  purpose.  Such  a  receiver 
is  described  in  this  article.  It  is  a  simple  regenerative 
arrangement. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


505 


Rosin  Core 

1 

/2 
is  Safe  and  Sinj/>/e 

«  s 

*  = 

Approved  by    •  1 
I  Radio  Engineers 

A  Genuine  Solder 

|  CHICAGO  SOLDER  COMPANY  I 


Originators   and 

World's  Largest  Manufacturers  of 
Self  Fluxing  Solder 


YOUR     DEALER 

CAN  SUPPLY  YOU 


KORACH 


Tuned   Loop 

Multiple  Switch 

Board  Tuner 

Directional 

Base    Compass    for 

Logging 
Collapsible 


For  Those  Who  Demand  t 
SUPERIOR  RESULTS 

Leads  the  march  towards  perfect  radio  reception  under  all 
conditions.  Not  merely  a  "loop"  but  an  Ingenious 
arrangement  of  mechanical  skill  designed  for  superior 
results.  Ii.  M.  Cockaday,  using  this  loop,  reached  out 
across  the  Atlantic  to  audibly  hear  many  trans-continental 
stations.  Selectivity  Plus  Distance 

unheard  of  with  common  loop  aerials.  The  Korach  eicels 
on  all  sets  designed  for  loop  reception.  Priced  at  $12.50. 
and  for  sale  by  all  good  dealers.  Full  particulars  sent  for 
2c  stamp  and  name  of  local  dealer.  _*_ 

KORACH    RADIO  CO.    * 

20  E.  Jackson  Blvd..  Dept.   a.  Chicago.  III. 

Dealers  and  Jobbers:  Write  today  for  attractive  proposition. 


The  Korach  Junior 
A  modification  of 
the  "Senior"  but  possess- 
fnr  all  its  important  fe»tu-es — $10.00. 


Here  Are 

Three  Good  Reasons 
Why  You  Should  Use 

EBY 


SPRING  SOCKETS 

/  A  three  point  wiping  contact  that  insures  a 
-*•  positive  contact  at  all  times  regardless  of 
the  size  of  the  prong  or  amount  of  solder  on  the 
prong  tip. 

Its  ingenious  design   permits   the   tube   to 
"float"  when  in  service.     This  feature  re- 

duces microphonic  noises  to  a  minimum  and 

prevents  tube  damage. 

JAll  the  advantages  of  inter  changeability  of 
the  new  UX,  CX,  and  UV  tubes  for  6oc. 
Don't  take  chances  on  twenty  loose  connections 
in  a  five-tube  set.     Use  the  new  EBY  positive 
contact  sockets  for  better  reception. 


H.   H. 


//  you  dealer  can't  supply  you 
write  to  us  sending  his  name. 

EBY   MANUFACTURING   CO. 

4710  Stenton  Ave.,  Philadelphia 


This  is  the  EBY  Binding  Post  that  is  standard  equipment  on 
eight   out   of   ten   of    the    radio    receivers    made    in    America— 
your  dealer  has  all  of  the  27  different  markings. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


506 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


now  you  can 

y   Airw 


notcsL 

x 


A  Thordarson  Autoformer 
Amplifier  built  in  accord- 
ance with  instructions 
and  diagrams  fur- 


Full  amplification  of 
those  bass  notes  hith- 
erto largely  "lost." 
Greater  clarity  on  all 
notes. 

O  Improved  reception 
•J  of  distant  programs. 

Bettervolume  control. 

These  are  the  four  great  improvements 
achieved  by  Autoformer  Amplification 


Deepest  Bass  to  Highest  Treble 
Brought  Out  Clearly 

The  Thordarson  Autoformer  is  not  "another  trans- 
former." It  is  an  all-frequency  amplifier,  an  entirely 
new  instrument  developed  and  built  only  by  Thor- 
darson. Autoformer  Amplification  is  step-up  im- 
pedance coupled  with  capacities  and  resistances. 
Write  for  fully  descriptive  literature.  Autoformers, 
$5  each.  Dealers  everywhere. 


TrtxU-Mart  Rteuimt 

All  Frequency  Amplifier 


Other  Thordarsons 


Thordarson  Super  Audio  Frequency 
Transformers  in  either  sub-panel  or 
top  mounting  type.  Three  ratios:  2-1, 
$5;  3K-1,  $4;  6-1,  $4.50.  Thordarson 
Power  Amplifying  Transformers,  $13 
the  pair.  Thordarson  Interstage 
Power  Amplifying  Transformers,  $8 
each.  All  Thordarson  products  are 
unconditionally  guaranteed. 

THORDARSON  ELECTRIC  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

Transformer  xftecialists  smce  1895 
•WORLD'S  OLDEST  AND  LARGEST  EXCLUSIVE  TRANSFORMER  MAKERS 

Chicago.  U.S.A. 


Deresnadyne 

ADLER-ROYAL 
MURDOCH 
MU-RAD 
Valleijtone 
.  I.EICH 


Also  choice 
of  the 

MacMillan 
Arctic 

Expedition 

BUCKINGHAM1 
NUNN-LAVDON     . 
.KUSTOMBILTflwP 

many  others 
use  Thordarson* 


use  inoraarspi 
^Supcr-Arnblifyii 
\.  Transform* 


This  is  a  good  time  to  subscribe  for 

RADIO    BROADCAST 

Through  your  dealer  or  direct,  by  the  year  only  $4.00 
DOUBLEDAY,  PAGE  &  CO.  GARDEN  CITY,  NEW  YORK 


W. 


Sets  —  Parts  —  Kits  | 
Radio's  Newest 

Yru  need  thii  big  FREE  book.  I 

A  practical  guide  to  success  in  I 

set    building.      Gives  advanced! 

honk -tips        Shows    all    newejtl 

parts   and    kits,    built    up    sots  I 

ready  for  use,  battery  elimina-l 

tors,    radio's  newest  creations.  L 

Write  for  Copy  free,  also  send  I 

'  name  of  radio  fan.  Send  to-day,  f 


BARAWIKCO. 


[  102  20SS.  Canal  Si  .  Chicago  I 


Attention  Dealers 

SEND  FOR  OUR  200  PAGE  CATALOG 


The  finest  and  largest  exclusive  Radio 
Catalog  in  the  United  States 

SCHNEITTER   RADIO   COMPANY 
Dept.  10  St.  Joseph,  Missouri 


TRANSFORMERS, 

[-452.  Radio. 

formers," 


R8oo(535.3)  PHOTOELECTRIC  PHENOMENA.  PHOTOKI.KCTRIC 

Popular  Radio.     Nov.  1925,  pp.  397-404.  CELLS. 

"The  Photoelectric  Cell,"  E.  E.  Free. 

The  development  of  photoelectric  cells  is  an  outgrowth 

of  radio  progress.     This  cell  is  used  to  convert  light  beams 

into  a  stream  of  electrons.     There  efficiency,  at  present,  is 

very  low,  and  the  most  modern  cells  still  use  as  active  metal 

either  potassium,  sodium,  lithium,  caesium,  or  rubidium. 

The  action  taking  place  within  the  tube  is  vividly  described. 

R375.     DETECTORS  AND  RECTIFIERS.  RECTIFIER, 

Popular  Radio.     Nov.  1925,  pp.  405-414.  Raytheon. 

"Raytheon  Plate  Supply  Unit,"  L.  M.  Cockaday. 
This  article  describes  the  new  B  battery  eliminator  unit 
using  the  Raytheon  tube.  Cost  of  parts  is  given  at  about 
$45.00.  The  tube  has  no  filament  and  will  last  practically 
indefinitely.  A  detailed  description  covering  the  operation 
of  the  unit,  and  method  of  constructing,  wiring,  and  testing, 
is  given. 

R8oo(62i.3i4.3)  TRANSFORMERS 

Popular  Radio.     Nov.  1925,  pp.  444 

"Practical   Pointers  About  Transfc 
F.   E.  Nimmcke. 

This  article  gives  practical  information  concerning  the 
design,  construction,  and  operation  of  small  transformers, 
as  used  in  radio  engineering.  Mathematical  equations  and 
reference  examples  serve  to  help  the  radio  engineer  in  com- 
prehending the  problems  in  question. 

Ruo     RADIO  WAVES.  RADIO  WAVE 

Popular  Radio.     Nov.  1925,  pp.  461-464.  THEORY. 

"Alexanderson's  Theory  of  Twisting  Waves." 
The  theory  of  twisting  waves,  as  proposed  by  E.  F.  W. 
Alexanderson,  is  illustrated  by  diagram,  and  discussed. 
The  phenomenon  of  polarization,  and  the  effect  of  the 
magnetic  field  of  the  earth  on  such  polarized  waves,  is  taken 
as  a  probable  explanation  of  fading  signals,  and  so  called 
"dead-spots." 

R333-    THREE-ELECTRODE  VACUUM  TUBES. 

VACUUM  TUBES, 

RADIO  BROADCAST.     Dec.  1925,  pp.  163-166.  |    New  types. 
"Tubes:  Their  Uses  and  Abuses,     Keith  Henney. 

The  condition  under  which  present-day  vacuum  tubes 
must  be  operated  to  get  best  results,  are  related.  A  brief 
but  very  practical  discussion  on  theory  and  operation  of 
the  detector  tube,  regeneration  in  the  detector  circuit, 
audio  and  radio  amplification  where  voltage  as  well  as 
power  amplification  must  be  considered,  importance  of 
matching  output  impedance  of  last  tube  with  loud  speaker 
impedance,  transformer  ratios,  resistance-coupled  audio 
amplifiers,  are  questions  receiving  attention.  The  author 
gives  considerable  information  concerning  the  new  power 
amplifier  tubes,  ux-i2O,  ux-H2,  Daven  MU-6,  Cleartron 
112,  WE-2i6-A,  and  others. 

R343.     ELECTRON  TUBE  RECEIVING  SETS.         RECEIVER, 
RADIO  BROADCAST.     Dec.  1925,  pp.  172-176. 

Browning-Drake. 

"A  Five-Tube  Receiver  of  Dual  Efficiency,"  G.  H.  Brown- 
ing. 

The  receiver  described  is  an  improvement  of  the  one  pre- 
viously described  in  RADIO  BROADCAST  (December,  1924.}. 
Three  stages  of  impedance  coupling  are  used  in  the  audio 
circuit.  The  construction  of  the  tuned  radio  frequency 
stages  is  very  important.  From  the  curve  it  appears  that 
when  frequency  is  plotted  against  voltage  amplification, 
the  Daven  MU-2oand  MU-6  tubes,  with  impedance  coupling, 
will  give  greatest  amplification  without  distortion  when 
compared  to  other  methods  of  amplification.  Parts  listed, 
and  diagrams  covering  constructional  details,  enable  the 
builder  to  follow  instructions  without  difficulty.  The 
author  lays  stress  on  the  careful  construction  of  the  Regeno- 
former,  and  gives  a  very  simple  method  of  balancing  the 
r.  f.  stage,  using  a  small  disc  of  metal  brought  near  the  coil 
winding. 

R545.    AMATEUR  RADIO.  SHORT  WAVES 

RADIO  BROADCAST.     Dec.   1925,  pp.   182-184.  FOR 

AMATEURS 
"Short  Waves— A  New  Paradise  for  the  DX  Fan,"  E.  H. 

Felix. 

The  great  interest  manifested  in  high  frequency  tele- 
graph transmission  by  the  so-called  radio  amateur,  is  de- 
picted in  this  article.  Short-wave  stations  communicate 
by  code  generally  using  small  power  transmitters  (s  watts 
being  a  common  output).  Such  apparatus  can  be  con- 
structed for  sums  of  $20.00  and  up.  The  receivers  are 
very  simple  and  rarely  use  more  than  two  tubes.  The 
thousands  of  dyed-in-the-wool  "hams"  are  at  their  game 
day  and  night  and  their  work  constitutes  a  most  important 
link  in  the  progress  of  radio. 

R375.     DETECTORS    AND    RECTIFIERS.  RECTIFIER, 

RADIO  BROADCAST.     Dec.  1925,  pp.  186-100.         Raytheon. 
"An  Improved  Plate-Current  Supply  Unit,"  R.  F.  Beers. 

The  operation  of  the  Raytheon  rectifier  tube  in  B  bat- 
tery eliminator  circuits,  is  discussed.  The  tube  is  rated 
at  60  milliamps.  at  150  volts  d.  c.  output;  is  very  quiet  in 
operation,  and  has  good  characteristics  as  shown  by  the 
curve.  Back  currents  are  not  detectable  in  the  tube,  and 
consequently  all  filtering  problems  are  simplified.  There  is 
no  filament  in  the  Raytheon  tube.  Data  is  given  enabling 
the  constructor  to  build  his  own  transformer  and  choke  coils. 

Rii3.6     REFLECTION;  REFRACTION; 

DIFFRACTION  REFLECTOR, 

Radio.     Nov.  1925,  pp.  i  3ff.  Parabolic. 

"Short  Wave  Reflectors,"  R.  C.  Hunter. 

Method  of  constructing  a  parabolic  reflector  for  the  range 
from  400,000  kc.  to  401,000  kc.  (-74Q6-.7477  meters)  is 
given.  This  information  can  be  used  for  building  larger 
reflectors  to  operate  on  lower  frequencies.  The  size  here 
described  can  be  placed  in  a  small  space  in  a  laboratory, 
dimensions  being  about  66  x  30  x  1 8  inches.  Diagrams  and  il- 
lustrations supplement  the  article. 

R 342.7    AUDIO-FREQUENCY  AMPLIFIERS.         AMPLIFIERS, 
Radio.     Nov.  1925,  pp.  16-18.  Audio-Frequency 

"An    Ideal   Audio-Frequency  Amplifier,"    E.  W.    Pfaff. 
A  three  stage  impedance-coupled  amplifier,   for  which 
unusual  amplification  quality  is  claimed,  is  described.     The 
theory  of  the  circuit,  and  the  construction  of  the  set,  includ- 
ing list  of  parts,  are  presented  in  detail. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


507 


This  RADIO  BOOK 
will  save  you  money 


514  PAGES 


i.c.-s. 

RADIO 

HANDBOOK. 


ONLY  $1 

Compiled  by 
HARRY  F.  DART,  E.E. 

Formerly  with  the  Western  Elec- 
tric Co.,  and  U.  5.  Army  In- 
structor of  Radio.  Technically 

edited  by  F.  H.  Doane. 
THE  I.  C.  S.  Radio  Hand- 
book will  help  you  to  get 
more  enjoyment  out  of 
radio.  It  clears  up  the 
mysteries — tells  you  just 
what  you  want  to  know. 
Written  by  nationally  known 
radio  authorities  in  language 
that  you  can  understand. 
An  absolute  necessity  for 
every  radio  fan.  A  wonder- 


ful bargain  at  $1.  Note  this  partial  list  of  contents — 
Electrical  terms  and  circuits,  antennas,  batteries,  genera- 
tort  and  motors,  electron  (vacuum  tubes),  many  receiving 
hook-ups,  radio  and  audio  frequency  amplification,  broad- 
cast and  commercial  transmitters  and  receivers,  super- 
regeneraton,  licenses,  etc. 

Send  $1   today  and  get  thi$  514-page  I.  C.  S.  Radio 
Handbook- — the   biggeit    value   in   radio   today 

1 1 

International   Correspondence  Schools 

Box  8298-  E,  Scran  ton,  Penna. 

I  I  enclose  One  Dollar.  Please  send  me — post-paid — 
I  the  514-page  I.  C.  S.  Radio  Handbook.  It  is 
I  understood  that  if  I  am  not  entirely  satisfied  I 
1  may  return  this  book  within  five  days  and  you  will 
I  refund  my  money. 


Name  . 


Address 

Check  here  Q  and  enclose  J1.50  if  you  icraft 
the  edition  bound  in  Leatheroid 


l"F   you  like   this   magazine 

with  its  coated  paper  and 

enlarged  size — then  why  not 

subscribe  and  get  it  regularly 

-by   the   year,    $4.00,    Six 

months,  $2.00. 


Doubleday,  Page  6?  Co. 

Garden  City  New  York 


RADIO  OWNERS 

who  can  twirl  a  dial  can  renew  their  old 
tubes  without  chance  of  error  with  this  in- 
strument.  It  is  built  so  that  it  cannot  be 
mis-operated. 

YOU   CAN    DO   IT   YOURSELF 
WITH  A 


FL-ASHE.R 


One  Model  for  D.  C.  or  A.  C.  all  cycles 
For    tubes     with    thoriated  filaments. 

BURTON  &  ROGERS  MFG.  CO. 


755   Boylston  Street, 


Boston,  Mass. 


ACME  WIRE  RADIO  PRODUCTS 


Celatsite  Battery  Cable 

For  connecting  A  and  B  Batteries  (or  current  supply) 
to  radio  set.  Silk  braid  covering  5  flexible  Celatsite  wires 
— 5  feet  long  —  a  different  color  for 
each  terminal.  Prevents  messy  wiring 
and  "blown"  tubes.  Adds  greatly  to 
the  appearance  of  your  set. 


Stranded  Enameled  Antenna 

The  best  outdoor  antenna  you  can  put  up.  7  strands 
of  enameled  copper  wire;  maximum  surface  for  recep- 
tion. Enameling  prevents  corrosion  and  consequent 
weak  signals.  100,  150  or  200  foot  coils,  boxed. 


Loop  Antenna  Wire 

You  can  make  a  good  loop  with  Acme  wire  made  of  65  strands  of  fine  copper 
wire,  green  silk  covered.     Flexible;  non-stretching,  neat. 

The  Original  Celatsite  Wire 

Celatsite  is  a  tinned  copper  bus  bar  wire  with  a  non-inflammable 
"  spaghetti "  insulation  in  five  colors.  Supplied  in  30  inch 
lengths. 


Flexible  Varnished  "Spaghetti" 

A  perfect  insulation  tube  for  all  danger  points  in  set  wiring. 
Costs  little  more  and  is  worth  a  lot  more  than  the  cheaper  sub- 
stitutes offered.  Black,  yellow,  red,  green,  brown,  for  wires  No. 
10  to  No.  18.  30  inch  lengths. 


Flexible  Celatsite  Wire 


Flexible  stranded  wire  for  "point  to  point"  and 
sub-panel  wiring — latest  method  of  wiring  sets. 
5  colors,  black,  yellow,  green,  red  and  brown, 
one  for  each  circuit.  25  ft.  coils. 


Sen  d  for  Folder 

THE  ACME  WIRE  CO.,  Dept.  B 

New  Haven,  Conn. 


Make  your  set  a  Super  -Het 

THE  circuit  described  in  Radio  Broadcast  for  June  and  August  will  change  any  set 
into  a  super-heterodyne.     It  is  particularly  applicable  to  five-tube  neutrodyne  and 
tuned  RF  sets.     It  changes  these  two  circuits  into  super-heterodynes  as  good  as  most, 
and  considerably  better  in  some  respects  than  any  super-heterodyne  circuit  ever  devised. 
Stations  come  in  at  but  one  point  on  the  oscillator  dial.     There  is  mathematically  no 
possibility  of  harmonics.     Full  scale  blue  prints  with  reprint  of  article  $1.00. 

Eastern  Coil  antenna  coupler $6.00 

O'Connor  oscillator  coupler 4.75 

Special  fixed  condenser 60 

Complete  parts  including  panel,  drilled  and  engraved,  special  formica 

bushings,  screws,  and  wire,  blue  prints  and  reprint 37.50 

*  A.   O'CONNOR    &    COMPANY 

Super-Heterodyne  Headquarters  Since  1923 
97O2  Euclid   Avenue         ....  Cleveland,  Ohio 


Tr  Tested   and   annroved   hv  T?  Anin 


508 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


Cfhe  New  Improved 
5  AMP.  A  &  B 


te 

Orer  500.000  already  In  use 


Modern-Ibst-Efficient! 

NOW  you  don't  have  to  wait  for  days  while  your  battery 
charges.  The  new  5-ampere  GOLD  SEAL  HOM- 
CHARGER  charges  A  or  B  batteries  three  times  as 
fast  as  last  year's  slow  chargers  -  -  -  it  fully  charges  the 
average  radio  battery  OVERNIGHT ! 

This  year  when  you  buy  a  battery  charger,  be  sure  it  is  a 
modern  fast  charger  -  -  -  one  that  charges  at  5-amperes.  To  be 
absolutely  sure,  insist  on  the  5-ampere  GOLD  SEAL  HOM- 
CHARGER. 


Write  for  new  edition  of  our  interesting 
t€£    16 -page  booklet  "The  Secret  of  Distance 
and  Volume  in  Radio. " 


THE  KODEL  RADIO  CORPORATION 

505  EAST  PEARL  ST.  CINCINNATI,  OHIO 


WKRC 


Owners  of  Kodel   Broadcasting 
Station  WKRC. 


This  It  a  good  lime  to  subscribe  jot 

RADIO  BROADCAST 

Through  your  dealer  or  direct,  by  the  year  only  $4.00 
DOUBLEDAY,  PAGE  &  CO.        GARDEN  CITY,  NEW  YORK 


in  a  weeK 


your  Buescher  Saxophone 

You  can  do  it — easy.  3  lesions  free  with  each 
new  instrument  give  you  a  quick  start.  Prac-  A 
tiring  is  fun  because  you  learn  so  fast.  And  it 
will  make  you  popular,  in  demand,  the  center 
of  attraction  everywhere  you  go.  Always  a  hit. 
Even  if  you  have  failed  with  some  other  instru- 
ment, you  can  learn  the  simplified  Buescher 
Saxophone.  Don't  delay.  Get  into  the  big  fun. 
Any  instrument  sent  for  6  days'  free  trial.  Easy 
terms  if  you  decide  to  buy.  Write  now  for 
beautiful,  free  literature.  Address: 

Buescher  Band  Instrument  Co.         l" 
1219    Buescher  Block  Elkhart,  Indiana 


If  Your  Set    Won't 
Percolate 

write  us  about  it.  RADIO 
BROADCAST  is  establishing  a 
special  repair  department  to  assist 
set  builders  in  getting  the  best 
our  of  the  receivers  they  build 
from  plans  published  in  the  mag- 
azine. Write  for  complete  infor- 
mation about  this  new  depart- 
ment established  for  your  benefit. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


R38o.     PARTS  OF  CIRCUITS;  INSTRUMRNTS.  METERS, 

RADIO  BROADCAST,     Dec.   1925,  pp.   198-200. 

Use  in  Receivers, 
"How  to  Use  Meters  in  Your  Receiver/'  James  Millen. 

A  voltmeter  for  the  filament  circuit,  and  one  for  the  B 
batteries,  is  recommended.  A  plate  milliameter  gives  the 
plate  current  drain  and  shows  when  audio  amplifiers  are 
properly  "modulating."  Method  of  connecting  meters, 
and  the  various  uses  to  which  they  can  be  put  otherwise, 
is  given;  several  "meter  circuits"  are  shown. 

R344-     ELECTRON  TUBE  GENERATORS.  OSCILLATORS, 

RADIO  BROADCAST.     Dec.  1925,  pp.  201-204.         Modulated 
"New  Fields  for  the  Home  Constructor,"  Keith  Henney. 

For  those  who  have  accumulated  radio  apparatus  and 
tools,  and  really  want  to  know  more  about  radio  science 
and  what  is  going  on  in  the  laboratory,  this  second  article 
of  a  series  is  given.  A  method  of  testing  open  circuits  in 
audio  transformers  by  means  of  looo-cycle  oscillator,  and 
obtaining  transformer  characteristics  with  the  same  oscil- 
lator, is  described.  Other  uses  of  the  oscillator  are  sug- 
gested, and  taken  up  in  some  detail.  The  previous  article 
in  this  series  appeared  in  the  September,  1925,  RADIO 
BROADCAST. 

Rii5.     DIRECTIONAL   PROPERTIES.  BEAM 

Radio.     Nov.  1925,  pp.  ioff.  TRANSMISSION 

"Marconi  Radio  Beams,"  H.  de  A.  Donjsthorpe. 
The  advent  of  beam  transmission  will  relieve  ether 
congestion,  and  make  obsolete  existing  high-power  lonp 
range  stations  of  to-day,  according  to  the  writer.  Beam 
transmission  will  give  minimum  interference,  due  to  marked 
directional  effects.  Early  experimental  work  is  discussed, 
and  modern  improvements  made,  due  to  the  invention 
of  vacuum  tubes,  are  described.  The  size  and  method 
of  constructing  reflecting  surfaces  have  given  rise  to  new 
theories  of  wave  transmission.  Parabolic  and  flat  reflectors 
have  been  used,  the  latter  with  marked  results.  A  flat 
network  of  wires  set  horizontally,  serves  as  an  antenna, 
while  another  similar  network,  placed  J-wavelength  back- 
serves  as  the  reflector.  This  system  will  concentrate 
energy  within  10°,  making  possible  thirty-six  times  the 
transmitted  energy  otherwise  obtained  at  a  point. 

R342.6    RADIO-FREQUENCY  AMPLIFIERS.         AMPLIFIERS. 
Radio.     Nov.  1925,  pp  14-15.  Radio-Frequency 

"A  Universal  Radio-Frequency  Amplifier,"  A.  J.  Haynes 
A  radio-frequency  amplifier,  which  can  be  used  ahead 
of  any  receiving  set,  is  described.  Careful  construction  is 
emphasized.  The  circuit  employs  an  effective  mean* 
of  controlling  oscillations.  This  is  done  through  the  use 
of  a  tuned  choke  coil,  as  is  evident  from  a  study  of  the  circuit 
diagram.  Sufficient  data  is  presented  to  enable  the  ex- 
perimenter to  construct  this  set.  Unusual  sensitivity  and 
volume  are  supposed  to  be  the  prime  features  incorporated 
in  this  amplifier. 


BIOGRAPHY. 
M.    Latour. 


Rooy.     BIOGRAPHICAL. 

Radio.     Nov.  1925,  pp.  igfT. 

"Marius  Latour,"  W.  Emmett. 

A  sfeort  biographical  sketch  of  M.  Latour,  the  French 
scientist  and  philosopher,  is  presented.  Mr.  Latour  is  not 
only  known  as  a  student  of  science,  but  his  writings  in  the 
field  of  sociology  and  psychology  are  widely  read.  He  has 
many  patents  to  his  credit,  some  of  which  are  discussed 
in  this  article. 

R 145-3     INDUCTANCE.  INDUCTANCE 

Radio.     Nov.  1925,  pp.  24ff.  COILS. 

"Comparative  Efficiencies  of  Coils,"  J.  E.  Anderson. 
The  L/I  ratio  of  inductance  coils  is  regarded  as  a  measure- 
ment of  the  efficiency  of  coils  at  low  as  well  as  high  fre- 
quencies. From  this  standpoint,  the  author  makes  a 
comparison  of  various  forms  and  types  of  coils,  including 
two  and  three  layer  banked  coils,  single  layer  coils  of  various 
shapes,  Lorenz  coils,  spiderweb  coils,  toroidal  coils,  etc. 
The  conclusions  arrived  at  are  summed  up  at  the  end  of  the 
discussion. 


Ri33.    GENERATING  ACTION.  ELECTRON  Ti  BE 

Radio.     Nov.  1925,  pp.  29ff.  GENERATORS. 

"The  Vacuum  Tube  as  a  Generator,"  Lieut.  J.  B.  Dow. 
A  theoretical  as  well  as  practical  analysis  of  the  funda- 
mental principles  of  vacuum  tubes,  is  presented,  for  the 
benefit  of  the  amateur  building  his  own  transmitter.  In- 
formation is  given  of  the  effect  of  gas  in  the  tube,  on  the 
grid,  the  internal  resistance,  the  amplification  factor,  the 
dynamic  characteristics,  the  mutual  conductance,  the 
generator  action,  etc.  Schematic  circuit  diagrams  illustrate 
the  discussion, 

R375.     DETECTORS  AND  RECTIFIERS.  RECTIFIER, 

Radio,     Nov.  1925,  pp.  35-36.  Raylbetm. 

"The  Helium  Tube  Rectifier,"  E.  E.  Turner. 

The  Raytheon  tube  rectifier  and  its  use  in  B  battery 
eliminators,  is  discussed.  Complete  description  on  building 
a  practical  eliminator,  including  list  of  parts  required  and 
diagram,  is  given.  No  hum  of  any  kind  is  heard  in  the  loud 
speaker,  even  when  the  outfit  is  delivering  37  railliamp^s.  on 
a  ten-tube  super-heterodyne  set,  according  to  the  writer. 

R35O.     GENERATING    APPARATUS, 

TRANSMITTING     SETS.  TRANSMITTERS, 

QST.     Nov.  1925,  pp.  15-19-  Stip. 

"KFUH,"  Ralph  M.  Heintz. 

The  transmitter  aboard  the  ship  Kaimiloa,  call  KFUH, 
consisting  of  two  25O-watters,  is  discussed  in  detail.  Cir- 
cuit diagrams  and  photographs  give  a  clear  idea  of  the  set, 
and  how  it  has  been  constructed.  The  results  obtained 
have  been  very  gratifying. 

RR342.6.     RADIO-FREQUENCY  AMPLIFIERS      AMPLIFIERS, 
QST.     Nov.  1925,  pp  21-24.  Radio-Frequency. 

"The  One-Stage  Radio-Frequency  Amplifier,"  P.  L, 
Pepdleton. 

While  designing  a  one  stage  radio-frequency  amplifier, 
results  of  a  nature  different  to  the  conventional,  were 
obtained.  They  pertained  to  the  control  of  oscillations 
in  the  radio  frequency  circuit  over  the  broadcast  band 
of  frequencies.  With  the  layout  of  Fig.  i  (circuit  diagram 
Fig.  2),  and  the  array  of  coils  shown  in  Fig.  3,  considerable 
information  was  gathered  on  the  actual  operation  of  such 
a  setup.  The  final  arrangement  adopted  as  giving  the 
best  results,  is  shown  in  Fig.  4. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


.509 


12-Cell-24-VoIt 
Storage'B'Battery 

Positively  (riveD  free  with  each 
purchase  of  a  WORLD  "A" 
Storage  Battery.  You  must 
send  this  ad  with  your  order 
WORLD  Batteries  are  famous 
for  their  guaranteed  quality 
and  service.  Backed  by  years 
of  successful  manufacture  and 
thousands  of  satisfied  users 
Equipped  with  Solid  Rubber  Caff 
an  insurant  affainRt  acid  and  leak- 
age. YoupaveGOpercentandgeta 

z-Year  Guarantee 
Bond  in  Writing  gg«u>  ^ 

••tell  their  friends."    That* a  our  W p?£>f 

of  performance.     Send  your  order  in  today. 

Solid  Rubber  Case  Radio  Batteries 

6-Vo!t.  lOO-Amperes ill. 25 

6- Volt,  120-Ampcres 13  25 

t'.-V'olt,  140  Amperes 14  OO 

Solid  Rubber  Case  Auto  Batteries 

|vo|™::x  ::  :  *J3:|i 

Send  No  Money 

"  "by" Ex" 


will   ship  day  order  ia 
•  C.  O.  TX^Bubject  to  your  examination 
'  '    Battery   included. 


Extra  Offer:   6  per  cent  discount  "for  cash  . 
in  full,  with  order.     Buy  now^ami  ?et  a  (r»ar- y 


r  cen 
.     Buy 

anteed  battery  at  60  par  cent  a 


Approved 
and  Luted 
as  Standard 
by  Leading 
Authorties 

including  Radio 
News  Labora- 
tories, Popular 
Science  fnati- 
tute  of  Stand- 
ard*, Popular 
Radio  Labors - 
torleB,  Kadio 
Broadcant  Lab 

MF 
Home. 

ax, Inc. 


WORLD  BATTERY  COMPANY 

1219So.W«b«shAve.f          Dept.24  CHICAGO,  ILL. 


World 

TO  RAGE  BATTERIES 


S«  t  your  Radio  Diala  at  210 

metera    tor   the    new    H-Uu 

Salt  World  Storage  Battery 
:  ition,    WSF«:,    Chicago. 
Watch  for  announcements. 


*  WJS  *  KHJ 


Why  not  subscribe  to  Radio 
Broadcast  ?  By  the  year 
only  $4.00;  or  two  years, 
$6.00,  saving  $2.40.  Send 
direct  to  Doubleday,  Page 
&  Company,  Garden  City, 
New  York. 


"SUPER" 

CONTROL 

METER 


FOR  PRECISION  CONTROL 

of  RaiUola  Superheterodynes  Nns.  'JO,  25  and  28 
Instantly  attached  without  any  change  in  wiring 
to    jacks    already   installed    for   this    purpose.      Per- 
mits   settins    rheostat    for    exact    filament    voltaee 
for   best   reception  and   longest   tube  life. 

A  HOYT  moving-coil  voltmeter,  type  17,  with 
bronze  rim,  wood  case  to  match  set,  non-scratch 
base  and  cord. 

Price  $8-50  * 

BURTON-ROGERS  CO. 

26  Brighton  Ave., Boston,  Mass. 


'The  enchantment  of  distance, 
the  joy  of  clearness,  with 
fROST-fONES 

New!  Better! 

Two  useful  new  items  of  fROST- RADIO  now  ready 


A  new  fROST-RADIO 

socket  that  fits  all  new 
type  tubes 

This  new  socket  takes  ALL  tubes  with 
the  new  type  bases.  Has  perfect  spring 
construction  which  grips  each  tube  prong 
full  length  with  self -cleaning,  sliding  con- 
tact. We  believe  this  socket  to  have  the 
most  satisfactory  contacts  of  any  socket 
made.  All  terminals  plainly  marked.  It 
is  equipped  with  soldering  lugs.  Genu- 
ine black  Bakelite  in  high  lustre  finish. 
Order  from  your  dealer  today. 


fROST-RADW 


No 

.TNOe 


SOCKET.    . 


f  HOST-RADIO 

No.  540 


FROST  RADIO 

ADAPTER  .    . 


Convert  your  present  stand- 
ard sockets  to  UX199— CX 
299,  or  UX120—CX220 
with  this  adapter 

With  this  handy,  inexpensive  adapter  you 
can  instantly  fit  the  new  CX299  or  UX199, 
and  the  CX220  or  the  UX120,  into  your 
present  standard  base  sockets. 

No  need  to  rebuild  your  set  to  take  the 
new  tubes.  Genuine  black  Bakelite — high 
lustre  finish.  Ask  your  dealer  to  supply  you. 


HERBERT  H.  FROST,  Inc. 

314-324  WEST    SUPERIOR   STREET,   CHICAGO 

NEW  YORK  CITY        CLEVELAND         KANSAS    CITY         LOS   ANGELES 
Export  Office:  314  West  Superior  Street,  Chicago 


TF  you  like  this  magazine 
with  its  coated  paper  and 
enlarged  size — then  why 
not  subscribe  and  get  it  re- 
gularly— by  the  year,  $4.00, 
Six  months,  $2.00. 


Doubleday,  Page  &  Co. 
Garden  City  New  York 


Tested  and  approved  bv  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  FANS,  a  one-year's  subscription  to  Radio  Broadcast 
will  cost  you  four  dollars,  two  years  six  dollars.  Consider  thi» 
expenditure  as  being  a  necessary  investment  on  your  part  for 
the  future  development  of  your  own  knowledge  of  Radio. 


102-109  S.  Canal  St.,  Chicago 


510 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


>C^v^c^c^cy^Kr^l>^^f^^f^^^'^^*^>-^*^< 


Eastern    Pickle   Bottle    Coils 

may  also  be  had  for  the  following  pop- 
ular and  leading  circuits — 
"EASTERN  CLASSIC"  circuit,  the 
latest  achievement  in    non-regenera- 
tive, efficient  tuned  R.  F.  reception — 
makes  the  ideal  five-tube  set.    Hook- 
up free  on  request. 
EASTERN  CLASSIC  COILS  (Type 

EA,  for  use  with  .0005  condensers), 
set  of  3 $6.00 

EASTERN  CLASSIC  COILS  (Type 

EB,  for  use  with  .00035  condensers), 
set  of  3 $6.00 

BROWNING-DRAKE    (Type    B-D) 
$8.00 

THREE  CIRCUIT  (Type  3  C)   $6.00 
M.  B.  SLEEPER  RX-1  $6.00 

DX  SUPERDYNE  (Type  S)       $8.00 
At  your  dealers  or  direct  postpaid 


KNOCKOUT  COILS 

(TYPE  R) 


for  the  EASTERN  KNOCKOUT  CIRCUIT  (The 
original  unreflexed  ROBERTS.) 

Designed  in  strict  accordance  with  latest  Radio 
Broadcast  specifications  and  guaranteed  perfect  for 
the  "Aristocrat"  and  for  all  Roberts  Knockout 
Circuits. 

Minimum  of  capacity  between  N.  P.  winding  and 
secondary;mid-tap  on  single-layer  wound  N.  P.  coil 
—  simplifies  neutra'ization  and  tuning,  and  brings  in 
the  lower  wave  length  stations  with  a  heretofore  un- 
equalled efficiency. 

Price,  $8.50  per  set. 

EASTERN  Pickie  Bottle  COILS 


TRADE  MARK 

Ever  Increasing  in  Popularity 

No  matter  what  the  circuit,  they  guarantee  the 
best  possible  results  from  it  because  they  incorporate 
every  feature  essential  to  low  loss  coil  design,  in  con- 
formity with  every  known  radio  engineering  principle. 

Highest  inductance,  combined  with  lowest  distrib- 
uted capacity  and  dielectric  losses,  least  insulating 
material  in  the  field,  wires  free  of  any  injurious  sub- 
stance —  no  celluloid  or  collodion  binders  used. 
These  are  some  of  the  advantages  of  this  extremely 
efficient  pickle  bottle  form  of  winding. 

Elimination  of  losses  keeps  the  high  frequency  re- 
sistance at  the  minimum,  insuring  increased  selec- 
tivity, volume,  and  natural  tone  quality. 


EASTERN  COIL  CORPORATION  * 

22  Warren  Street  Dept.  R.  B.  New  York 


This  is  a  good  lime  to  subscribe  for 

RADIO  BROADCAST 

Through  your  dealer  or  direct,  by  the  year  only  t4.00 
DOUBLEDAY,  PAGE  &  CO.     GARDEN  CITY,  NEW  YORK 


AGENTS 
WANTED 


You  Can  Now  Earn  a 

Tube    Demonstrator    FREE! 


In  addition  to  $25  to  $100  a  week,  part  or  full  time.  Everyone 
a  prospect.  Complete  line  standard  sets  and  accessories,  $5  to 
$90.  Write  today  for  illustrated  catalog  and  eiclusive  selling 
plan  for  live  dealers  and  community  agents.  20TH  CENTURY 
RADIO  CO..  1045  Coca  Cola  Bldg.,  Kansas  City,  Mo. 


If  Your  Set  Won't 
Percolate 

write  us  about  it.  RADIO 
BROADCAST  is  establishing  a 
special  repair  department  to  assist 
set  builders  in  getting  the  best 
out  of  the  receivers  they  build 
from  plans  published  in  the  mag- 
azine. Write  for  complete  infor- 
mation about  this  new  depart- 
ment established  for  your  benefit. 


R386.     FILTERS.  FILTERS. 

QST.     Nov.  1925,  pp.  31-32.  Key-Tbump. 

"  Key-Thump  Filters," 

Practical  suggestions  on  where  to  and  where  not  to 
connect  a  key  in  a  transmitter  to  avoid  key-thumps,  are 
presented.  Six  possible  locations  for  a  key  are  shown  in  Fig. 
7.  Only  one  of  these  locations  is  good.  The  cure  for 
key-thumps  is  found  in  a  proper  filter  circuit.  Analysis  of 
various  filters  brings  the  author  to  the  best  possible  arrange- 
ment of  parts,  shown  diagramatically  in  Ftg.  5. 

R350.     GENERATING  APPARATUS.     TRANSMITTING  SETS. 

KLUTH  SYSTEM. 

Radio  News.     Nov.  1925,  pp.  60 iff. 

"Plastic  Radio  by  the  Kluth  System,"  Dr.  A.  Graden- 
witz. 

A  method  used  for  producing  stereophonic  effects  at  the 
receiving  station  is  described.  By  means  of  a  special  high 
inductance  variometer,  two  circuits  are  so  arranged  that  the 
telephone  current  of  one  is  slightly  out  of  phase  with  that 
of  the  other,  thus  producing  different  acoustic  effects, 
and  giving  a  perfect  plastic  impression.  Circuit  diagrams 
are  shown  and  described. 

R343.     ELECTRON  TUBE  RECEIVING  SETS.       RECEIVERS. 

RADIO  BROADCAST.     Nov.  1925,  pp.  36-40. 

"A   Model    1926  Broadcast   Receiver,"   M.  Silver. 

The  receiver  described  by  Mr.  Silver  has,  for  its  funda- 
mental requirement,  wavelength  flexibility.  By  using 
interchangeable  coils  a  much  larger  frequency  band  can 
be  covered.  The  matter  of  condenser  size,  regeneration, 
amplification,  assembly,  and  testing,  is  covered  in  great 
detail.  A  list  of  parts  required  to  construct  the  set  is  given. 
The  receiver  has  three  control  dials,  although,  as  explained, 
single  control  is  possible  by  betting  condensers  together. 

R6io.     EQUIPMENT;  STATION  DESCRIPTIONS.       STATIONS. 
RADIO  BROADCAST.     Nov.  1925,  pp.  41-44- 
"  Radio  Central-Conqueror  of  Time  and  Distance,"  F.J. 

Turner. 

A  graphic  description  of  "Radio  Central,"  the  largest 
telegraph  transmitting  station  in  the  world,  is  given.  This 
station  is  located  on  Long  Island,  was  built  in  1920,  and  is 
owned  by  the  Radio  Corporation  of  America.  It  carries 
on  transmission  with  all  foreign  countries,  handling  com- 
mercial messages  throughout  the  year,  twenty-four  hours 
per  day.  Photographs  show  the  immense  towers  and  the 
station  proper,  interior  and  exterior. 

R54O.  PRIVATE  STATIONS.  STATIONS. 

Private 

RADIO  BROADCAST.    Nov.  1925,  pp.  54-56. 

"What  Do  We  Know  About  Short  Waves?  "  K.  Henney. 

The  experimental  short-wave  station  operated  by  RADIO 
BROADCAST,  call  letters  2  GY,  is  conducting  experimental 
work  to  determine  the  results  of  short  waves  versus  distance, 
using  different  values  of  power  input.  The  station  desires 
to  cooperate  with  other  experimenters  in  its  efforts  to  arrive 
at  some  conclusion  regarding  some  of  these  high  frequency 
wave  problems. 

R343.7.  ALTERNATING  CURRENT  SUPPLY.  A.C.  RECEIVER 

AND  AMPLIFIER. 
RADIO  BROADCAST.  Nov.  1925,  pp.  57-62. 

"An  A.  C.   Receiver  and  Power  Amplifier,"  J.   Millen. 

The  design  and  assembly  of  a  four-tube  receiver  using 
a.c.  power  supply,  is  given.  A  new  high  efficiency  power 
amplifier  is  developed  for  use  in  the  audio  stages.  Care 
in  choosing  parts  for  this  set,  especially  for  the  power 
amplifier,  is  considered  important.  The  construction  of  a 
power  unit  to  supply  B  current  from  a  60  cycle  source  is 
detailed,  giving  circuit  diagram  and  a  list  of  parts.  Con- 
siderable valuable  information  concerning  the  use  of  tubes 
in  a.c.  circuits  is  found  in  this  article. 


R570.     DISTANT  CONTROL  BY  RADIO. 


AUTOMOBILE. 


Radio  News.  Nov.  1925,  pp.  592  ff.  Radio-Controlled 
"Radio-Controlled  Automobile,"  H.  Green. 
By  means  of  two  lo-watt  transmitters,  an  automobile  was 
controlled  up  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York  City,  the  operator 
following  some  few  hundred  feet  in  another  car.  The 
controlling  mechanism  operated  everything  necessary 
in  starting  and  running  a  car.  Two  frequencies  were 
used,  one  to  set  the  selector  switch,  the  other  to  close 
the  relays  for  the  battery  current.  The  wiring  diagram 
shows  the  method  used,  photographs  of  the  cars  ana  the 
transmitters  are  also  shown. 

R545.  AMATEUR  RADIO.  AMATEUR 

REC.  &  TRANS. 

Radio  News.     Nov.  1925,  pp.  6o5ff. 

"A  Crack  40-80  Meter  Set,"  E.  W.  Thatcher. 

The  construction  and  operation  of  a  simple  but  efficient 
transmitter  and  receiver,  to  operate  round  about  7500  kc. 


. 

(37-43  meters)  and  3750  kc.  (75-86  meters),  ij  described. 
According  to  the  diagram,  one  5O-watt  tube  is  connected 
in  the  Meissner  circuit  for  transmission  purposes.  Both 


receiver  and  transmitter  are  considered  in  detail  for  the 
benefit  of  those  who  have  had  very  little  experience  in  the 
construction  of  radio  sets.  A  table,  showing  the  relative 
merits  of  the  various  wave-bands  assigned  to  the  amateurs. 
is  given. 

R343.     ELECTRON  TUBE  RECEIVING  SETS.          RECEIVER. 

Radio  News.     Nov.  1925,  pp.  610-61  1.  Two-Range. 

"A  New  Two-Range  Receiver,"  S.  Harris. 

A  receiver  is  described,  using  tapped  inductances,  capable 
of  covering  a  range  from  500  to  2000  kc.  (600  to  1  50  meters). 
A  single  lever  changes  the  inductances  of  each  coil  through 
a  switch  arrangement.  This  is  a  five  tube  set;  two  radio- 
frequency  amplifiers,  detector,  and  two  audio  frequency 
stages.  Three  tuning  controls  are  required.  Photographs 
are  shown,  giving  constructional  details. 


R375     DETECTORS  AND  RECTIFIERS.  RECTIFIER. 

Radio  News.     Nov.  1925,  pp.  6l3ff.  Raytheon. 

"The  Raytheon  Rectifier,"  J.  Riley. 

The  theory  and  characteristics  of  a  new  rectifier  tube  used 
in  B  battery  eliminators  is  presented.  Helium  gas  is  used 
in  this  rectifier.  It  differs  from  other  rectifier  tubes  mainly 
in  the  means  taken  to  reduce  the  effective  anode  area,  and 
in  the  selection  of  design  f9r  insuring  steadiness  of  action. 
Two  anodes  are  contained  in  the  tube,  the  circuit  diagram 
showing  how  this  rectifier  is  connected  to  rectify  both  halves 
of  the  wave. 


•jr.  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


511 


every 

ood set 


Less  wiring — 

Fewer  losses 

Full,  clear,  rich  tone  depends  on  more 
than  on  just  good  apparatus.  It  depends, 
first  of  all,  upon  careful,  compact  wiring. 
AMPER1TE  eliminates  complicated  wir- 
ing, avoiding  leaks  and  losses.  Requires 
no  attention.  Controls  the  filament  per- 
fectly, bringing  the  utmost  out  of  each 
individual  tube.  Permits  use  of  any  tubes 
or  combination  of  tubes.  Used  in  all  pop- 
ular construction  sets.  Price,  $1.10. 

There  i*  an  AMPERITE  for  every  tube 
Write  for  free  hook-ups  + 

(Bvtnpany 

SO  Franklin  St.,  N.  Y.  City 


RADIO     PANELS 

OF  GENUINE  BAKRLITE 

Cut,  drilled  and  engraved  to  order.  Send  rough  sketch 
for  estimate.  Our  New  Catalog  on  Panels,  Tubes  and 
Rods — all  of  genuine  Bakelite— mailed  on  request. 

STARRETT  MFG.  CO.  if 

521  S.  Green  Street  Chicago,  111. 


RADIO    BROADCAST 

For  March 

will  be  a  better  magazine  than  thii.  Make  sure  of  it  by 
telling  your  newsdealer  to  hold  one  for  you — or  better 
still,  subscribe  through  him  or  direct. 

RADIO    BROADCAST 

Garden  City  New  York 


N 


Complete   Separation  of 
Low  Wave  Stations 

Perfectly  accomplished  with  Tune-Rite, 
the  straight  line  frequency  dial.  A 
marvel  in  scientific  construction,  it  in- 
stantly converts  any  set  to  straight  line 
frequency.  Bring  your  present  set  up- 
to-date  by  replacing  your  old  dials 
with  Tune-Rite.  Beautiful  in  appear- 
ance. Easily  mounted  without  drilling. 

Price,  $3.50  . 

Write  for  instructions       ^^ 


Dept.  T.R.B.-l,  50  Franklin  St.,  N.  Y. 

TUNE-RITE 

The  Straight  Line  Frequency  Dial 

M«Je  by  tl.e   m.Wr.  of  Amperitc.  the  Sclf-AJju*tinf  Rheoitat 


« 


"Now  We  Can  Enjoy  Radio" 

NEVER  knew  what  joy  and  entertainment 
radio  could  bring  into  the  home  until  we  bought 
our  Mu-Rad.  Now,  with  a  slight  movement  of  the 
Single  Dial  we  can  tune  in  any  station  that  is  broad- 
casting, so  clear  that  it  seems  the  music  and  artists  are 
right  here  in  our  home.  It  is  a  comfort  to  me  during 
the  day  and  a  relaxation  to  you  after  a  busy  day  at  the 
office." 


ONE  DIAL  CONTROL  - 


Transcontinental  "Receiver 

can  bring  joy  and  entertainment  into  YOUR  home. 
Ask  your  nearest  dealer  for  a  demonstration  of  this 
wonderful  Radio  —  in  your  home. 


Write  lor  Booklet  E-6 


MU-RAD  RADIO  CORPORATION 

Asbury  Park,  N.  J. 


This  is  a  good  time  to  subscribe  for 

RADIO    BROADCAST 

Through  your  dealer  or  direct,  by  the  year  only  $4.00 
Dc.nM.  ,!;i\ .    Page   &   Company  Garden   City,  New   York 


RADIO   WIRES 


We  manufacture  all  types. 

Round    braided    antenna   wires 
Flat  braided  antenna  wires 
TRADE    MARK   REG.  Round  stranded  antenna  wires 

Above  types  in  copper — tinned  copper' — enameled  copper — tinned  bronze. 
Loop  wires  in  silk  or  cotton  covered.       Antenna  supporting  springs. 
Litz  wires.  Cotton  and  silk  covered  wires  for  set 

Enameled  wires.  wiring.  ^i 

Write  as  for  descriptive  catalogue.  ^\ 

ROSS  WIRE  COMPANY  69  Bath  St.,  Providence,  R.  I. 


512 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


itsinthcTube 


A  receiving  set  is  no  better  than  its  tubes. 

With  other  parts  and  connections  right  a  set  may  be 
as  good  as  its  tubes — no  set  can  be  better. 

That's  why  you  want  CECO  Tubes.  They  stand  up 
and  deliver.  With  them  your  set  works  at  its  maxi- 
mum. Clarity  of  tone,  rich  volume,  long  life — CECO 
has  them  all  to  a  superlative  degree. 

Our  charted  tests  (results  confirmed  by  laboratories 
of  national  reputation)  PROVE  CECO  TUBE  SU- 
PERIORITY— whether  used  as  detectors,  audio  or 
radio  frequency  amplifiers. 

CECO  Tubes  make  a  Good  Receiver  BETTER.  Try 
them  and  you'll  BUY  them  always — for  results. 

Now  Ready!  CECO  Tubes  with  new  type  Long 
PRONG  BASES.  Also,  Power  Amplifier  Tubes,  E 
(Dry  Cell  Type),  F  (Storage  Battery),  for  last  stage 
of  Audio  Frequency. 

Dealers  write  giving  jobber's  name. 

C.  E.  Mfg.  Co.,  Inc. 

702  Eddy  Street,  Providence,  R.  I. 


Why  not  subscribe  to  Radio 
Broadcast?  By  the  year  only 
$4.00;  or  two  years,  $6.00, 
saving  $2.40.  Send  direct  to 
Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 
Garden  City,  New  York. 


RADIO  RENCH 


If  Your  Set  Won't 
Percolate 

write  us  about  it.  RADIO 
BROADCAST  is  establishing  a 
special  repair  department  to  assist 
set  builders  in  getting  the  best 
out  of  the  receivers  they  build 
from  plans  published  in  the  mag- 
azine. Write  for  complete  infor- 
mation about  this  new  depart- 
ment established  for  your  benefit. 


R343.     ELECTRON  TUBE  RECEIVING  SETS.        RECEIVERS. 

RADIO  BROADCAST.     Nov.  1925,  pp.  28-31. 

"The  RADIO  BROADCAST  'Aristocrat,'  "  A.  H.  Lynch. 

The  author  describes  in  detail  the  construction  and 
operation  of  a  five-tube  receiver  having  one  stage  of  radio 
frequency  amplification,  regenerative  detection,  and  three 
stages  of  resistance  coupling.  The  circuit  diagram,  with 
list  of  parts,  is  reviewed  to  cover  many  kinds  of  radio  parts 
now  available.  According  to  the  author  care  should 
be  exercised  in  mounting  resistances  for  amplifier  to 
prevent  leakages.  Photographs  of  several  five-tube  re- 
ceivers, including  the  RADIO  BROADCAST  "Aristocrat," 
are  shown. 

R62o.o65.     REGULATION  AND  CONTROL.  CRYSTAL 

QST.     Nov.  1925,  pp.  8-13.  CONTROL. 

"Crystal  Control  for  Amateur  Transmitters,"  John  M. 

Clayton. 

Rochelle  crystals,  when  placed  between  two  charged  metal 
plates,  change  in  shape.  The  fact,  however,  that  they 
absorb  moisture  readily  makes  their  use  impracticable  for 
the  purpose  here  designated.  Quartz  crystal  are  far  more 
satisfactory.  Because  of  their  electrical  properties,  crystals 
will  oscillate  when  placed  between  two  metal  plates  which 
are  charged.  A  discussion  concerning  the  axes  of  crystals 
and  method  of  cutting  and  grinding  them,  follows.  Ready 
cut  crystals  may  be  purchased  from  optical  companies. 
Their  use  in  practical  circuits,  precautions  to  observe, 
and  results  that  can  be  obtained,  are  outlined  in  detail. 

R35o. 


GENERATING  APPARATUS; 

TRANSMITTING  SETS.  TRANSMITTER. 

QST.     Nov.  1925,  pp.  26-30.  Standard  Frequency 

"The  Pacific  Coast  Standard-Frequency  Station,    H.  H 

Henline. 

A  complete  description  of  the  two  standard-frequency 
stations  located  at  Stanford  University,  California,  6xBM, 
is  given.  A  circuit  diagram  of  the  125-1 500  kc.  set,  with  a 
detailed  list  of  parts  and  construction  data  of  coils,  etc., 
make  possible  the  duplication  of  such  a  transmitter  by 
experimenters.  The  1 500-6000  kc.  set  is  simpler  in  con- 
struction, as  indicated  in  the  accompanying  figure.  A  list 
of  parts  is  also  given. 

R8oo.     (533.85)  VACUUM  APPARATUS.  TUBES, 

Radio  News.     Nov.  1925,  pp.  604  ff.  Gas  Filled. 

"  Hot  Cathode  Metal  Vapor  Tubes,"  Dr.  C.  B.  Bazzoni. 

It  is  desired  to  obtain  a  detector  tube  with  a  sensitivity 

so  high  that  regeneration,  with  its  complications,  will  not  be 

necessary      For  this  purpose,  tubes  employing  ionization 

are  considered  as  being  much  better  than  pure  electron 

discharge  tubes.    The  use  of  metal  vapors  is  therefore  tried 

and  found  superior  to  gas  vapors  for  this  purpose.    The 

author  describes  how  tubes  are  filled,  and  what  results  one 

can  expect  when  connecting  such  a  vapor  filled  tube  into  a 

receiving  circuit. 

R8oo  (534)  SOUND  RECORDING.  SOUND 

PHOTOGRAPHS 

Radio  News.     Nov.  1925,  pp.  614  ff. 

"Sound  Photographs  and  Their  Reproduction,"  T.  H. 
Nakken. 

A  method  of  recording  and  reproducing  sound  waves 
on  a  film,  by  means  of  a  special  tube  called  the  Gehrke  tube, 
is  described.  Two  types  of  records  may  be  made,  one  called 
by  the  writer  the  qualitative  (step-ladder)  type,  the  other 
the  quantitative  (saw-tooth)  type.  The  latter  is  considered 
to  be  the  better  from  several  standpoints.  Different  types 
of  microphones  used  to  convert  sound  wa_ves  to  electric 
energy  are  also  mentioned  in  the  discussion.  A  circuit 
diagram  of  a  special  amplifier  for  the  weak  currents  is  shown 
and  explained. 

R343-     ELECTRON  TUBE  RECEIVING  SETS.         RECEIVER, 

Radio  News.     Nov.  1925,  pp.  616-617.        Counterpbase. 

"The  Counterphase  Circuit,"  J.  T.  Carlton. 

The   much   discussed   "Counterphase"  circuit,   having 

three  stages  of  radio  frequency  amplification  but  only  two 

controls,  has  many  advantages  over  ordinary  radio  frequency 

sets,  says  the  writer.     First,  the  causes  of  oscillation  in 

sets  is  taken  up,  then  the  principle  embodied  in  this  circuit 

is  explained.    Of  particular  interest  seems  to  be  the  fact 

that  no  kind  of  losses  are  introduced  in  the  grid  circuit, 

which  remains  at  a  low  resistance.     Circuit  diagrams  and 

photographs  are  shown. 

R342.7.  AUDIO-FREQUENCY  AMPLIFIERS.         AMPLIFIERS, 
Radio  News.     Nov.  1925,  pp.  620-623.    Audio-Frequency 
"The    Four  Types   of  Audio   Amplifiers,"   S.    Harris. 
In  receiving  sets  of  today  four  types  of  audio  amplifiers 
are    in    common    use,    namely    transformer,    impedance, 
resistance,  and  push-pull.     Diagrams  of  these  four  types, 
with  detailed   discussion   concerning   use,  characteristics, 
and  advantages,  are  given.    A  breadboard  layout  of  each 
type  is  also  shown.     Comparison  by  the  author  shows  some 
interesting  results  concerning  the  particular  type  of  ampli- 
fication method  to  be  used,  especially  in  the  many  kinds  of 
receiving    sets    now    being    constructed.     Each    amplifier 
arrangement  has  its  specific  advantages. 


First  International  Meeting  of 
Radio  Engineers 

FOR  the  first  time  in  the  history  of  radio, 
the  scientists  and  engineers  who  made  radio 
telegraphy  and  radio  broadcasting  a  reality 
j  will  convene  in  an  International  Meeting  and 
Convention  in  New  York  City,  January  i8th  and 
igth.  Notices  have  been  sent  by  the  Institute  of 
Radio  Engineers,  under  whose  auspices  the  meet- 
ings are  being  held,  to  its  members  both  here 
and  abroad.  Included  in  its  membership  roll 
are  such  illustrious  names  as  Guglielmo  Marconi, 
Edwin  H.  Armstrong,  Louis  A.  Hazeltine, 
E.  F.  W.  Alexanderson,  George  O.  Squier,  Lee  de 
Forest,  Thomas  A.  Edison,  Michael  Pupin, 
Irving  Langmuir,  Reginald  Fessenden,  John 
Stone,  David  Sarnoff,  and  John  V.  L.  Hogan. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


513 


'Even  the  organ 

crescendo 
was  perfect' 

VETERAN  set-build- 
.  er  recently  remarked 
about  the  purity  of  tone  at 
tremendous  volumes  that  he 
got  through  the  Super-size 
Precise  No.  480  Audio  Trans- 
former. In  particular  was  he 
impressed  with  a  recent  organ 
recital  which  he  had  received. 
"Why,"  he  said,  "even  the 
organ  crescendo  was  perfect." 

The  big  Precise  No.  480 
(shown  below)  is  truly  a 
master  transformer,  designed 
for  radio  reception  in  a  con- 
cert hall  if  necessary.  It 
brings  forth  the  deep  rich 
tones  or  the  high  clear  tones 
with  magnificent  volume. 
The  ratio  of  voltage  ampli- 
fication to  frequency  is  prac- 
tically a  straight  line,  assuring 
uniform  amplification  over 
the  entire  range  of  useful 
audio  frequencies. 

Made  in  two  ratios,  2J  to  1  and 

5tol. 

Price,  $730  either  ratio. 

Ask  your  nearest  radio   dealer  to 

show  you  the  complete  Precise 

Line. 

PRECISE  MANUFACTURING 
CORPORATION 

Rochester,   N.  Y. 
Branch  Offices: 

126  Liberty  Street 

New  Tork  City 
205  W.  Harrison  Street 

Chicago.  Illinois 
821  Market  Street 
San  Francisco,  Cal. 


1127  Pine  Street 
SI.  Loms,  Me. 
701  «.  0.  U.  W.  Bide. 
Little  Reck,  Ark. 
454  Buildrr'l  Exeh. 
Minneapolis,  Minn. 


Canadian  Distributer. : 

Perkins  Electric.  Ltd. 

Toronto,  Winnepeo.  Montreal 


Improved   S.  L.  F.   Condenser  $2.75 

A  scientific  instrument  house  of  international  reputation  offers  for  the  first 
time  direct  to  the  radio  fan  an  improved  S.L.F.  Variable  Air  Dielectric  Condenser. 

Due  to  over  production  on  orders  from  prominent  set  manufacturers  whom  we 
have  been  supplying  for  years! 

Type  offered  has  a  maximum  capacity  of  315  M.  M.  F.  with  a  minimum  of  8 
M.  M.  F.  especially  adapted  to  Neutrodyne,  Tuned  Radio  Frequency,  and 
Radio  Broadcast  Hook-Ups  for  home  construction. 

Made  of  the  best  materials  obtainable,  of  highest  grade  aluminum  and  brass;  workmanship  that  of 

precision  instrument  makfrl 

Ordinary  "Straight  line  frequency"  cal- 
ibration gives  too  rapid  a  capacity 
variation  near  maximum  capacity  to 
permit  convenient  tuning  for  the 
longer  wave  lengths.  Radio  Engineers 
will  appreciate  the  nicely  balanced 
compromise  we  have  obtained  in  equal 
spacing  broadcasting  stations  and 
equal  facilities  of  tuning  over  the  en- 
tire frequency  band.  Compact;  no  nar- 
row pointed  rotor  plates  of  small  area 
to  crowd  the  other  parts  of  the  set,  but 
eccentric  semi-circular  plates  of  ade- 
quate area. 

The  low  minimum  capacity  (7  to  8 
micro-microfarads)  reaching  down  to 
200  meters,  necessary  for  new  De- 
partment of  Commerce  allocations. 

Losses  are  negligible. 

The  bearings  are  individually  reamed  to  fit,  with  no  side  or 
end  play  and  are  mechanically  correct  with  dissimilar  met- 
als on  all  rubbing  surfaces. 

Good  electrical  bonding  between  plates,  due  to  our  highly 
developed  crimping  process.  Good  centering  of  plates,  re- 
sulting from  high  standards  in  assembly  and  adjustment 
and  rigid  inspection  and  test. 

General  sturdiness  of  construction  and  cleanness  of  workman- 
ship. 

Due  to  our  large  production  for  set  manufacturers,  we  are 
enabled  to  offer  extremely  reasonable  prices  on  these  high 
grade  condensers. 

Sold  only  on  a  cash  with  order  basis,  money  returned  if  you 
are  not  more  than  satisfied  that  they  are  exactly  what  you 
want  and  none  equalled  electrically  or  mechanically. 

Price  $2.75  each.     Set  of  three,  $8.00 
Sent  by  paid  parcel  post  anywhere  in  U.  S.  A. 

THOMPSON-LEVERING  COMPANY 


353-357 
North  57th  Street 


RADIO  DIVISION 


Trad,  Hark  Reyatervd 


Philadelphia,  Pa., 
U.  S.  A. 


A  |-    T  ocf-T      oA  Real  Panel  Engraving  Machine 

at  a  Price  you  can  afford. 


L 


Capacity  14  x  40" 


OW  ill  price  because  it  is  designed  for  panel  en- 
graving only. 

For  engraving  your  own  Panels,  or  panels  for  others 
with  any  marking  desired,  including  Trade-marks, 
special  designs  and  serial  numbers. 

Being  designed  particularly  for  panel  engraving,  it  is 
the  most  rapid  and  accurate  machine  for  engraving 
panels.  Simple  to  operate. 

Price  of  machine  with  full  equipment  including  master 
letters  and  characters,  $135.00. 

f.  o.  b.,  Forestdale,  R.  I. 
Wire  or  write 

BRANCH  TOOL  CO.,  Dept.  G 

Forestdale,  .'.  /.  Rhode 


514 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


Centralab  Radiohm 

for  oscillation  control 

The  Centralab  Radiohm  gives  you  perfect 
oscillation  control — enables  you  to  get  full 
efficiency  from  your  radio  set. 

By  controlling  oscillation  with  this  little 
unit,  you  can  hold  that  sensitive  regenera- 
tive position  which  immediately  precedes 
the  oscillation  point,  without  distortion  or 
loss  of  selectivity.  Think  what  a  boon  to 
clear,  true-tone  reception  this  is! 

The  Radiohm  provides  smooth  variation  of  resistance 
from  zero  to  200,000  ohms.  Ideal  for  plate  circuit  con- 
trol of  oscillation.  Used  as  a  standard  unit  in  many  lead- 
ing commercial  sets.  Price:  $2.00. 

Centralab  Modulator 

for  volume  control 

This  improved  type  of  potentiometer  takes  the 
"rough  spots"  out  of  volume — smooths  out 
powerful  "locals"  as  well  as  difficult  "DX." 
It  provides  noiseless  control  of  tone  volume 
without  in  any  way  affecting  the  tuning  of 
your  set.  Has  a  maximum  resistance  of  500,000 
ohms,  specially  tapered  to  give  smooth,  even 
control  from  a  whisper  to  full  volume— or 
vice  versa — without  de-tuning. 

Used  in  the  "Silver  Six"  set!  also  in  audio 

circuits    with    any    transformers    or    with    Thordarson 

"Autoformers."     Price:  $2.OO. 

CENTRAL  RADIO  LABORATORIES 

22  Keefe  Avenue  Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Mail  the  coupon 


CENTRAL  RADIO  LABORATORIES  22  Keefe  Ave.,  Milwaukee,  Wls. 

(  )  Send  me  literature  describing  Centralab  controls.  Enclosed  find 

$ for  which  please  send  me  the  following: 

(  )  Centralab  Modulator,  at  $2.00  each.  (  )  Centralab  Radiohm, 
at  $2.00  each. 


Name 
Address 


This  is  a  good  time  to  subscribe  for 

RADIO  BROADCAST 

.  Through  your  dealer  or  direct,  by  the  year  only  $4.00 
DOUBLEDAY.  PAGE  &  CO.      GARDEN  CITY,  NEW  YORK 


Send  for  our  big  new 
Catalog.  Contains  hur 
dreds  of  standard  nation 
llv  advertised  i 


400  CENTS  RESISTANCE 

is  the  subscription  price  to 
Radio  Broadcast  for  one  year. 
This  is  less  than  the  cost  of  a 
good  low  loss  variable  con- 
denser. Let  us  enter  your 
subscription  to  begin  with  the 
next  issue. 

Send  $4.00  with  your  name 
and  address  to  Radio  Broad- 
cast, Garden  City,  N.  Y. 


BOOK  REVIEW 

The  Economic  Background 
of  Radio 


ECONOMICS  OF  THE  RADIO  INDUSTRY. 
By  Hiram  L.  Jome,  Ph.  D.  Published  by 
A.W.  Shaw  Company,  New  York,  Chicago, 
and  London.  ))2  pages.  $5. 

THIS  work  by  the  Professor  of  Economics 
at  Denison  University  is  said  by  the 
publishers  to  be  the  pioneer  book  on  the 
subject.  It  is  a  good  beginning,  and  marks  a 
transition  from  the  state  of  affairs  which  was 
epitomized,  about  six  years  ago,  by  a  prominent 
electrical  manufacturing  executive  called  on  to 
manufacture  radio  telegraph  equipment. 
"Radio  isn't  a  business!"  cried  this  gentleman 
in  a  moment  of  conferential  anguish,  "It's  a 
disease!"  What  is  more,  at  the  time  he  said 
this  he  was  right,  as  he  was  also  when  he  de- 
clared vacuum  tube  manufacture  to  be  "a  nice 
toy  for  the  lamp  works."  But  times  change. 
In  1924  the  tube  business  alone,  according  to 
Mr.  Babson,  amounted  to  about  $50,000,000, 
which  is  a  good-sized  toy  for  anyone.  In  fact, 
it  was  able  to  swallow  a  few  dozen  lamp  works 
as  an  entree. 

Economics  of  the  Radio  Industry  is  written 
in  four  parts,  with  an  appendix.  Part  I, 
concerned  with  "  Development  and  Extent  of 
the  Radio  Service,"  is  largely  a  technical  and 
financial  history  of  the  whole  wireless  art,  both 
telegraphy  and  telephony,  from  the  days  when 
the  coherer  was  a  great  and  indispensable 
invention,  down  to  this  era  of  super-heterodyne 
and  balanced  radio  frequency  receivers  cali- 
brated in  kilocycles,  receiving  antennas  nine 
miles  long,  transmitters  which  put  one  thousand- 
plus  amperes  into  antenna  systems  which  in 
themselves  constitute  engineering  feats,  and 
radio  technicians  who  are  engineers,  telephone 
experts,  publicists,  musicians,  and  diplomats, 
all  in  one.  The  four  chapter  headings  in  this 
part  of  the  book  give  some  idea  of  the  range 
covered:  "Beginnings  of  Wireless";  "Early 
Organization  for  Service";  "The  Radio  Corpo- 
ration of  America";  "The  Radio  Industry  of 
To-Day. " 

Part  II,  under  the  somewhat  vague  heading  of 
"  Bringing  Radio  Service  to  the  People,"  is 
principally  a  discussion  of  marketing,  retailing, 
and  financing  problems  in  receiving  set  manu- 
facture, but  at  the  end  there  is  a  chapter  on 
"Handling  of  Traffic",  which  includes  an 
elementary  discussion  of  oscillation  and  vacuum 
tube  theory,  preliminary  to  an  analysis  of 
traffic  conditions  in  long  distance  radio  teleg- 
raphy. 

In  Part  III,  "Problems  of  Efficiency  in  Radio 
Service,"  the  growing  pains  of  broadcasting, 
copyright  and  patents  as  property  problems  in 
the  radio  field,  and  the  extent  to  which  sound 
public  policy  requires  federal  and  international 
control  of  the  various  services,  receive  about 
seventy-five  pages  of  discussion.  This  is 
followed  by  Part  IV,  "The  Future  of  Radio,"  in 
which  the  author  cautiously  ventures  into  the 
domain  of  prophecy,  having  in  mind  the  rash 
remark  (which  he  quotes)  of  Mr.  Marconi's 
youth:  "As  soon  as  my  wireless  system  succeeds, 
the  vast  network  of  cables  and  wires  will  become 
useless,  and  the  money  invested  in  the  old 
system  will  be  simply  thrown  away,"  a  forecast 
which  has  turned  out  to  be  so  incorrect  that 
it  should  evermore  serve  as  a  warning  to  even 
the  greatest  inventors,  sales  "engineers",  and 
promotors.  The  wireless  system  has  succeeded, 
and  there  are  more  wires  and  cables  than  ever. 
But  Dr.  Jome  plays  safe,  and  in  gazing  into 


Tested  and  aooroved  bv  RADIO  BROADCAST  -ir 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


515 


REMEMBER! 


WHEN 

B  U I L-D  I  N  G 
THE  ROBERTS' 
KNOCK-OUT 

AND 

ARISTOCRAT 


Receivers  that  CLAROTUNERS  are 
easier  to  mount,  easier  to  hook-up,  and 
that  a  more  even  approach  to  the  point 
of  MAXIMUM  AMPLIFICATION  is 
effected  with  CLAROTUNERS. 

DO  YOU  KNOW 

that  CLAROSTAT  is  the  perfect  variable 
resistor  and  that  it  is  the  only  logical  resis- 
tor for  the  UNIVERSAL  receiver? 


Send  Stamp  for  Hook-ups 

American  Mechanical 
Labs.,  Inc.      -fa 

285  North  Sixth  Street 
Brooklyn,  New  York 


Antiques 

interiors,   houses, 
gardens,     travel, 
sports,  horses,  dogs, 
blooded  cattle — • 
all  these  are  in 

Country  Life 

A  Douhlcday,  Page  Magazine 
Limited  Supply  at  Newsstands 


SOCKET 

THE  BEST  TEST 

Listen  in  on  your  detector,  replace  old 
socket  with  an  AIRGAP  SOCKET. 
Note  the  wonderful  improvement. 
You  will  then  use  no  other. 

Sent  direct  if  your  dealer 
cannot  supply  you.  75  cents 
each.  +, 

AIRGAP  PRODUCTS  CO.  MFR. 

188  N.  J.  R.  R.  Ave.        Newark,  N.  J. 
"Yes,  It's  Bakelite" 


i/iiiniil 


Super adio  Receiver 

5       <v "^ — "^•fe^s.        Many 

"  ^s. 

New 
Fea- 


Tubes 


Dials 


Licensed  Under 
Reactodyne  Agreement 


lures 


$56 


MATCHLESS  tone  quality  is  obtained  in  the  Superadio  Receiver  due  to  the 
Reactodyne  System  of  R.  F.  Amplification  by  which  automatic  control  of 
oscillation  is  effected  over  the  broadcast  range.  As  the  result  of  exhaustive 
development  work,  each  tube  performs  the  maximum  amount  of  work  assuring 
greater  volume  and  greater  distance.  Housed  in  a  handsome,  compact,  solid 
walnut  cabinet  with  black  bakelite  panel,  engraving  in  deep  gold.  Very  easy 
to  operate.  Economical  upkeep.  Truly  marvelous  results. 

Ask  your  dealer  or  write  us 

Superadio  Dynometer 

Remember — you  can  now  buy  TESTED  tubes — 
where  the  Superadio  Dynometer  is  on  the  job. 
This  meter  is  direct  reading.  Measures  Amplifica- 
tion Factor,  Plate  Impedance  and  Mutual  Conduc- 
tance of  any  tube.  No  Curves — No  Calculations. 

Jobbers  and  dealers 

The  Superadio  is  direct  reading  and  tests  3  tubes 
per  minute.  Write  for  discounts. 

SPECIAL  MODEL     &9{\ 
S-2  AMPLIFIER       «P«*U 

To  be  used  witlt  Dynometer  and  loud  speaker  in  place  of  phones 

Just  out — The  new  Superadio  B-Battery 
Eliminator. 


Superadio  Dynometer  equipped 

with  phones  and  plug.     Price  $120. 

(Patents  Pending) 


DeWITT-LaFRANCE  CO.,  Inc. 

54  Washburn  Ave.,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts 


Boston  Representative: 
Martin,  Hartley  &  Dewitt  Sales  Co.,  99  Bedford  St. 


Chicago  Representative: 
William  A.  Welty  &  Co.,  36  So.  State  St. 


LEARN   THE   CODE   AT   HOME  with    the  OMNIGRAPH 

"  just  Listen  —  The  Omni'  THE  OMNIGRAPH  Automatic  Transmitter  will  teach  you  both  the  Wireless  and  Morse  Codes— right 
eratth  will  da  the  teachine"  *n  y°ur  Own  home— quickly,  easily  and  inexpensively.  Connected  with  Buzzer,  Buzzer  and  Phona 
or  to  Sounder,  it  will  send  you  unlimited  messages  at  any  speed,  from  5  to  50  words  a  minute. 

THE  OMNIGRAPH  is  not  an  experiment.  For  more  than  15  years,  it  has  been  sold  all  over  the  world 
with  a  money  hack  guarantee.  The  OMNIGRAPH  is  used  by  several  Depts.  of  the  U.  S.  Oovt.— in  fact, 
the  Drpt.  of  Commerce  uses  the  OMNIGRAPH  to  test  all  applicants  applying  fora  Radio  license.  The 
OMMGRAPH  has  been  successfully  adopted  by  the  leading  Universities,  Colleges  and  Radio  Schools. 

Send  for  FREE  Catalogue  describing:  three  modeU.    DO  IT  TO-DAY. 
THE  OMNIGRAPH  MFG.  CO..  1 3K  Hudson  St.  New  York  City 

If  you  own  a  Radio  Phone  set  and  don't  know  the  code — uou  are  missing  most  of  the  fun 


Order  your  copy  of  Radio  Broadcast  from  your 
news  dea'er  or  radio  store.  Make  sure  that  he 
reserves  a  copy  for  you  each  month.  If  your 
favorite  radio  store  does  not  stock  the  magazine 
write  us  giving  name  of  radio  dealer  and  address. 


CUMP  Blackburn  Ground  Clamps 

Telephone  companies  using 
MILLIONS.  Adjustable  — fits 
any  size  pipe.  Requires  no  pipe 
cleaning — screw  bores  through 
rust  and  scale.  Send  12  cents 
for  sample  and  postage. 

Blackburn  Specialty  Company 
I960  E.  66th  St.  Cleveland,  O. 


Gosilco  Super  Aerials 


Heavy  burnished  silver  plate  on  14  copper 
sheathed  with  24  karat  gold.  Permanently  effi- 
cient. O  t-distance  all  others.  Sets  re-wired  with 
Gosilco  show  35%  increase  volume,  range.  K  N  X 
lab.  test.  Approved  Popular  Radio,  Radio  News 
All  American  Radio  Corp.  4}c  per  ft.,  round  bus 
wire  12c  per  length,  po  tpaid.  C.  O.  D. 

American  Luminous  Products  Co.    If 

fatenl  Applied  for 
Huntington  Park  California 


516 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


62 


ou  must 
cTprotect  the 
circuit  against 
leaks  and  losses 

HADIOM 

71  ic  Supreme  Insulation 

does  it! 


RADION  offers  the  utmost  possible 
protection  against  leaks  and  losses. 
Designed  exclusively  for  radio  purposes, 
it  is  the  most  efficient  insulation  as  in- 
dicated by  authoritative,  impartial  tests. 
Radion  Panels  reduce  surface  leakage  to 
a  minimum.  Their  beautiful  surface  fin- 
ish adds  to  the  attractiveness  of  any  set. 
Radion  Dials  match  their  beauty  of  fin- 


ish and  help  to  get  close  tuning.  Radion 
Sockets  eliminate  capacity  effects;  they 
are  made  both  for  new  UX  tubes  exclu- 
sively and  with  collar  adapters  for  old- 
type  tubes. 

Radion  dealers  have  the  complete  line  of 
Radion  low-loss  parts.  Manufacturers  will 
find  it  to  their  interest  to  write  us  for 
prices  on  moulded  parts.  Send  for  catalog. 


FREE  Booklet,  "Building  Your  Ovn  Set"  mailed  on  request 

AMERICAN  HARD  RUBBER  COMPANY 

Dept.  C  14,  11  Mercer  Street,  New  York  City.     Chicago  Office:  Conway  Building 
Pacific  Coast  Agent:  —  Goodyear  Rubber  Company,  San  Francisco— Portland 


STUDY  AT  HOME 


R*dla,   the  wonder  of  all  •(*•, 

•ro      pace      with      th*     frawth. 
.nd«   of    food   piylni    puil- 
ire    open    to    (rained    men. 
radio      tx»«rt — turn      bli- 
the       Itmrllfht.  Thtrr'p 

...    _.     ._ ...    _    .        lead    for    m«n    with    vUlon 

now    Jun    ai    th*re    wa*   when   Henry    Pord    «o!    •(art*d   OB 
hit    auln.       The    arn.'nd-flonr    opoortunttr     Id    htr* 

Y(M:   EARN  WHILE  YOU   LEARN 

Our    homo- 

rfi«-"r-a   bv   roil  tn   •  mnnina.      i 

Write    for  fr«.   bonhl*!.    ••Mllllnna  UBIC 

F«rK  TWIN    If  rou  •nroii   now.     8«nd    letter  or  poatal  to 
BADID  HKT      I.  J.    M.nrt.l.-lr.rn  how  to  m.ke   mi  ML 
AMERICAN    RADIO    RNGINERRS, 
'      --          c.  a.  A. 


DURHAM^ 

Variable  Leaks 

And  Tube  Makers  Data 


••^^•••••••^••••••^^^^^ 

Standard  Type     /  5C 

Instruction  sheets  say  that  you  should  try  dif- 
ferent values.  With  a  DURHAM  this  is  done 
with  a  smooth  running  plunger.  Fits  your 
present  clips. 

New  Panel  Mount 


Short  lead 
to  grid 


$1 


hole. 

There's  a  DURHAM  for  every  need 

No.  100—1,000  to  100,000  ohms  (audio) 

No.  101— O.I  to  5  megohms  (for  UV-200  and  WD-I2  tubes) 

No.  201A— 2  to  10  megohms  (for  UV-199  or  201A  tubes) 

DUKHAM6CCUhc. 

«****  Market  St.,  Philadelphia  "" 


NO  MORE  LOOSE  CONNECTIONS 
X-L  PUSH  POST 

A  Binding  Poet  that  really  does  excel,  looks, 
action,  lervice  and  convenience.  Push  it  down 
— insert  wire — cannot  jar  loose  from  vibration. 
No  screwing  or  danger  of  shearing  off  wires. 
Furnished  attractively  plated  with  soldering 
l"g  and  necessary  markings. 
if  Price  Each,   15  Cent, 

X-L  RADIO  LABORATORIES 
2424  Lincoln  Ave.  CHICAGO 


RADIO  FANS,  a  one-year's  subscription  to 
Radio  Broadcast  will  cost  you  four  dollars, 
two  years  six  dollars.  Consider  this  expen- 
diture as  being  a  necessary  investment  on 
your  part  for  the  future  development  of  your 
own  knowledge  of  Radio. 


FOR  CLEAR,  QUIET  "B"  POWER 


RADIO 
Storage  "B"  Battery 

:,"|  Lasts  Indefinitely— Pays  for  Itself 

omy  and  performance  unheard  of  before.  Recharged  a'  a  negli- 
gible co't.  delivers  unfailing  power  tbat  la  clear,  pure  and  quiet. 
Approved  an  I  Hated  a*  Standard  by  leading  Rmrlo  Authorities,  mclud- 
ina  I'op  Rjdio  Laboratories,  Pop.  Pci.  Inst.  Standards,  Radio  >-ewB 
Lab..  Lefax.  Inc.,  and  other  Important  institntions  Eon^Piwd '^» 
.So/iVf  Rubber  Case,  fin  Insurance  agHinat  acid  ard  leakaKe.  Extra 
heavy  -la^B  jars.  Heavy  ruRRed  plates.  Order  yours  todayl 

SEND  NO  MONEY  S^JSftWSJSSSi 

isreceived.  Extra  offer:  4  batteries  in  series  (96  volts),  »n».f,ll.  Pay 
exp  cB^mrjn  after  examining  batteries.  6  percent  discount  ror  cash 
with  order.  Mail  your  order  now! 

WORLD  BATTERY  COMPANY 
1219  So.  Wabash  Ave.,      Dept.  24         Chicago.  Ill* 

Makers  of  the  Famous  World  Radio"  A"  Storage  Batten 
Prices:  6-volt.lOOAmj>.  $11.S5:   12OAmp.SI.9.£5:UOAmp.'* 
i  with  Solid  Rubber  COM. 


Alt  equipped  « 

Wo  fid 

STORAGE  BATTERIES 


Set  your  Radio  Dial.  »t  210 
meters   for   the    Dew   Id 
watt  World  Storage  Battery 
Station.    WSHC.    Chicago. 
Watch  for  announcements. 


•ft  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


the  future  he  does  not  relinquish  the  sober 
and  unpyrotechnical  style  with  which  he  writes 
of  the  past.  As  to  the  future  of  broadcasting, 
he  apparently  favors  a  modification  of  the 
British  system,  combining  the  order  and  sym- 
metry of  the  latter  with  some  of  the  advantages 
of  the  American  laissez-faire  structure,  which 
admittedly  begins  to  lean  at  an  alarming  angle. 
In  preparation  for  writing  this  book  Dr.  Jome 
has  very  obviously  talked  to  a  great  many 
people  and  consulted  a  raft  of  documents  and 
authorities.  There  is  scarcely  a  page  without 
one  or  more  footnote  references.  The  author 
has  done  a  thorough  job  at  an  opportune  time, 
and  his  book  deserves  wide  reading  among 
people  to  whom  radio  is  more  than  a  song  and 
dance.  Leaving  aside  the  advent  of  broad- 
casting, which  brought  up  the  gross  sales  of  the 
Radio  Corporation  of  America,  for  example, 
from  $1,468,920,  or  35  per  cent,  of  the  total 
business,  in  1921,  to  $50,747,  202,  or  92.5  per 
cent  of  the  whole,  in  1924,  practically  swamp- 
ing, as  far  as  magnitude  goes,  the  communica- 
tion activities  of  the  company — even  omit- 
ting consideration  of  this  shift,  the  changes 
have  been  remarkable.  In  transoceanic  com- 
munication, not  much  over  ten  years  ago  the 
practice  was  to  build  a  line  of  4OO-foot  masts  for 
reception — vacuum-tube  amplifiers  were  not 
yet  taken  seriously — and  large  stone  hotels  were 
erected  for  the  occupancy  of  operating  staffs  of 
sixty  men  or  so  off  on  the  seashore  somewhere. 
These  men  copied  the  messages  and  re-trans- 
mitted them  over  wire  lines  to  the  metropolis, 
adding  another  link  to  the  chain  with  that  much 
more  chance  of  errors  creeping  in.  A  few  years 
later  this  whole  system  was  changed.  None 
of  the  engineers  of  1914 — and  they  were  good 
engineers — were  able  to  foresee  this  development. 
In  a  business  which  turns  such  somersaults, 
there  is  certainly  room  for  an  economic  treatise 
like  that  which  Professor  Jome  has  given  us. 
A  few  errors  and  omissions  may  be  pointed  out. 
On  page  86  we  encounter  the  statement  that 
"Consumers  now  looked  for  apparatus  which 
would  enable  them  to  tune-out  a  larger  number 
of  stations,  thus  eliminating  interference  and  eli- 
minating static."  Doctor  Carson  has  proved  that 
sharp  tuning  will  not  eliminate  or  reduce  static 
in  any  way,  shape,  or  manner.  The  footnote 
on  page  166,  discussing  the  question  of  the 
pioneer  broadcasting  station,  does  not  mention 
the  later  work  of  De  Forest  (in  1916)  at  High- 
bridge,  New  York.  On  page  167,  Doctor  Jome 
trustingly  states  it  as  his  opinion  that  a  large 
number  of  broadcasters  "have  begun  the 
broadcasting  game  for  no  ulterior  motive  at  all." 
So  they  say.  Possibly  Munchausen  wasn't  a  liar 
either.  Page  170:  "The  act  of  reception  itself 
does  not  weaken  radio  signals,  just  as  the  human 
voice,  carried  by  means  of  sound  waves,  can  be 
heard  by  all  within  range  without  loss  of 
strength."  This  is  not  true  in  the  case  of  a 
number  of  receiving  antennas  close  to  each  other 
and  tuned  to  the  same  signal,  and  there  is  reason 
to  believe  that  the  field  strength  of  a  trans- 
mitter may  be  pulled  down  somewhat  in  urban 
reception  by  a  great  number  of  outdoor  an- 
tennas tuned  to  it.  On  page  203,  discussing 
the  motives  of  Heinrich  Hertz,  the  author  of 
Economics  of  the  Radio  Industry  fails  to  mention 
the  most  probable  reason  why  Hertz  omitted 
to  take  out  a  patent,  to  wit:  that  he  wasn't 
interested  in  making  money.  And  some  of  the 
aviators  may  be  amused  at  the  statement  on 
page  235  about  what  damage  an  aviator  flying 
far  up  above  New  York  could  do.  If  he 
went  that  high  he  would  probably  have  all  he 
could  do  to  take  care  of  himself.  The  high 
estimate  of  beam  transmission  (Page  269)  is 
possibly  somewhat  too  sweeping.  And  Professor 
R.  A.  Fessenden's  name  is  not  found  in  the  index 
Such  little  points  can  be  corrected  in  later 
editions. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


517 


New  Roberts' 


Higher     Amplification     with 
Zero  Coupling  for  "The  Aris- 
tocrat" and  "Universal" 

Per  Set  Complete          $7-00 
P.  P.  C.  O.  D.  if  desired 


7 


Mail  postcard  for  details  ^w 

PERFECTION  RADIO  MFG.  CO. 

24th  &  Race  Streets  Philadelphia,  Pa. 


>  LAV! VE 

*/l>r  Distortionless  rfmpitytcfttlon. 

As  transmitting  Grid  leaks,  they  are  made  in 
special  sizes  and  are  not  afraid  of  power.  Dissi- 
pate 10  watts.    Four  standard  sizes  $1.50  each. 
Special  resistances  $2.50  each. 
Crescent  Radio  Supply  Co.  1-3  Liberty  St.,  J.maici,  N.  T. 


RUDYARD 
KIPLING 


C(  Who  is  able  to 
reach  you,  talk  to 
you  in  your  own 
language,  portray 
your  own  emotion, 
convulse  you  with 
laughter  or  hold  you 
spellbound  before 
pathos  or  power 
.  .  .  like  Kipling? 
Buy  his  books. 


AT    ALL 
BOOKSTORES 


The  Best  in  the  World 


No  Batteries 

are  required  even 
to  operate  the 
most  powerful 
10- tube  receiver 
pictured  above,  if 
you  use  the  new 
laboratory  type 

Model  A 
Power  Unit 


One  Customer  Telegraphs: 

"Receiver  assembled,  per- 
forming like  a  thorobred." 


The  Amateur  or  Experimenter 
with  his  ultra-modern  high- 
powered  receiver  is  years  ahead 
of  Commercial  Radio. 

It  is  significant  that  unsolicited  testimonials  are 
constantly  being  received  from  even  the  far  corners 
of  the  earth,  where  Norden-Hauck  Engineers 
have  furnished  the  finest  radio  apparatus  known 
to  the  art  today. 

Quotations  gladly  furnished  on  radio  parts  and 
apparatus  having  non-infringing  uses. 

Writ*  for  Literature  ^ 

NORDEN-HAUCK,  Inc. 

Engineers 
1617  Chestnut  Street,         Philadelphia,  Pa. 


Why  not  subscribe  to  Radio  Broadcast?     By  the  year  only  $4.00;  or  two 
years,  $6.00,  saving  $2.40.     Send  direct  to  Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 

Garden  City,  New  York. 


Radio  Battery  Chargers 

Best  by  Test          * 

$O50         .        ,   j, 

—        minus   bulb 


east  of  Rockies 


Your  dealer  can  get  it  for  you 

THE  ACME  ELECTRIC  &  MFG.  CO. 


1410  Hamilton  Avenue 


Cleveland,  O. 


Tr  Tested  and  approved  bv  RADIO  BROADCAST 


518 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


Make  Your  Own 
Cone  Loud  Speaker 
-and  Save 


(All  Parts  Supplied) 

Why  pay  $35  for  a  cone  loud  speaker  when  you  can  easily  assenv 
hie  a  splendid  super-sensitive  one  at  home  with  the  complete  parts  we 
send  you — and  save  $25? 

We  include  a  special  complete  cone  unit,  blueprint  and  simplified  direc- 
tions for  assembling.  You  can  easily  set  up  this  wonderful  speaker  in  a  few 
interesting  hours.  Large  size,  stands  eighteen  inches  high,  complete  in 
every  detail.  Not  only  unmatched  for  beauty  but  reproduces  both 
music  and  voice  with  faultless  accuracy.  Yet  the  cost  is  amazingly 
low — only  $10  for  the  most  approved  form  of  speaker  known.  You 
make  this  big  saving  because  we  save  the  cost  of  assembling  and  pack- 
ing and  you  save  all  jobbers'  and  dealers'  profits. 

SEND  NO  MONEY 

Simply  send  name  and  address  and  the  complete  outfit  will  be  sent  you  by  return  mail.    When  postman  brings  package, 
deposit  with  him  only  $10.00  in  full  payment.    If  you  aren't  more  than  delighted — if  you  are  not  al 


^  ..„  ,  absolutely  convinced  that 

you  have  a  cone  speaker  equally  as  fine  as  any  $35  cone  sold — simply  return  the  parts  within  ten  days  and  your  money 
will  be  instantly  refunded.  Never  before  has  a  better  radio  bargain  been  offered.  You  would  pay  at  least  $35  for  a  cone 
speaker  of  equal  quality  anywhere.  Act  at  once.  Write  NOW1 

254  West  34th  Street,  Dep't  22 
New  York  City 


SCIENTIFIC     RADIO     LABORATORIES 


ALMOST  TOO  GOOD  TO  BE  TRUE 

X-L  VARIO  DENSERS 

INSTALL  THEM  IN  YOUR  SET  AND  LEAVE 
THEM  SPEAK  FOR  THEMSELVES 

Endorsed  and  Died  by  the  Foremost  Radio  Engineer! 

MODEL  N — Capacity  range  1.8  to  20-  micro-micro- 
farads, for  balance  in  Roberta  two  tube.  Browntnc- 
Drake,  McMunlo  Silver's  4 -tube  set,  Neutrodyne  and 
tuned  radio  frequency  circuits.  Price,  $1.M 

MODEL  O — For  the  Cockaday  circuit,  filter  and  in- 
termediate frequency  tuning  in  super-heterodyne  and 
positive  grid  bias  in  all  sets. 

G-l — .00002  to  .0001  Mf.  G-10 — .0003  to  .001  Mf. 
G-5 — .0001  to  .0005  Mf. 

Price  eich  »ilh  Grid  Leik  Clips  SI. 50 


It  RADIO  L«BOB»IORIIS 


1424  Lincoln   Jvtmie,  CHICAGO 


Battery  Prices 

SMASHED! 

To  Consumers  Only 


Books  by  Telegraph 

between 
New  York 
Cleveland 
Kansas  City 
Springfield 

Toledo 

St.  Louis 

Doubleday ,  Page 

Book  Shop 


TREE  BLUE  PRINTS" 

To  Set  Builders 

TO  PROVE  THE  SELECTIVE  AND  SENSITIVE 
COMBINATIONS  OBTAINABLE  WITH 

Werner  Transformers 

(Radio  Frequency  Type) 

which  cover  the  entire  broadcasting  wave  range  and 
have  been  used  by  the  best  radio  engineers  for  the  past 
2  years,  we  will  furnish  a  full  size  Blue  Print  of  a  selec- 
tive 6  tube  Loop  Receiver  FREE  if  you  order  from  us 
direct. 

Werner  Radio  Frequency  and  Audio  Frequency  Trans- 
formers  are  fully  guaranteed  and  tested,  on  actual  broad' 
cast  reproduction.  Guaranteed  damp  and  moisture 
proof  and  will  give  perfect  reception  in  any  climate. 

MADE  IN  TWO  TYPES 

Tuned  and  untuned  for  any  standard  type  of  vacuum  Tube 

Radio  Frequency  $4.        Audio  Frequency  $6. 

Werner  Loop  Antenna 

Used  wi.h  any  type  of  loop  receiver.    Adjustable  to  a 
fine  degree  of  clearness.    Can  be  folded  or  extended 
without  tools.    Approved  by  POPULAR  RADIO. 
PRICE  POSTPAID  $14.00 

Send  for  free  circuit  diagrams  and  descriptive  literature. 

Book  of  Up-to-date,  practical  R.  F.  circuit  dia-  f 
grams  and  treatise  on  R.  F.  amplification  postpaid 

Ask  Your  Radio  Dealer 

WERNER    MFG.    CO. 

|  204  Ninth  St.     Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


Chain  Broadcasting  an  Economy 

DUE  to  the  fact  that  we  go  to  press  a 
number  of  weeks  before  publication  and 
to  heavy  demandsiipon  our  space,  we  have 
not  been  able  to  print  this  interesting  letter 
which  came  to  our  desk  some  time  before 
the  last  Washington  Radio  Conference. 
Those  would-be  broadcasters  whose  hopes 
were  cast  to  the  ground  by  the  statement 
that  very  few  more  stations  would  be 
licensed,  should  consider  the  possibilities 
of  the  use  of  the  chain  system  as  an  alter- 
native to  erecting  their  own  stations.  The 
following  letter  is  representative  of  several 
we  have  received  on  this  subject. 

Editor,  RADIO  BROADCAST 

Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 
Garden  City,  New  York. 

SIR: 

Permit  me  to  call  to  your  attention  a  field 
which  your  magazine  might  cover  with  advan- 
tage to  the  radio  public.  It  is  a  campaign  to  edu- 
cate the  prospective  broadcasting  station  builder 
into  a  realization  of  the  fact  that  his  yearnings 
for  fame  and  publicity  may  be  attained  by  means 
other  than  supplying  the  radio  audiences  with  a 
quantity  of  programs  such  as  are  now  available 
to  all. 

We  have  been  discussing  the  question  of  who 
pays  for  broadcasting.  That,  of  course,  is  easily 
answered,  as  easily  as  the  question  of  who  pays 
for  the  full  pages  of  advertising  in  the  Saturday 
Evening  Post  and  our  daily  newspapers.  Does 
broadcasting  pay  well?  That  question  also  is 
easily  answered,  for  take  note  of  the  fact  that  we 
are  to  have  about  forty  new  Class  B  stations  and 
that  many  of  the  older  Class  B  stations  are 
scrambling  to  double  and  triple  their  present 
power  output. 

Now  the  thing  that  puzzles  me  is  why  we,  the 
radio  listeners,  need  these  40  new  stations  when 
the  air  is  so  congested  now  that  one  can  generally 
hear  two  programs  on  one  wave  channel  to  the 
accompaniment  of  a  beautiful  heterodyne  whistle. 
To  which  wave  channels  will  these  new  stations 
be  assigned  without  increasing  this  annoying 
interference? 

My  suggestion  is  this.  Educate  the  prospec- 
tive broadcasting  station  builder  into  spending 
his  money  on  good  programs  put  on  the  air  once 
or  twice  a  week  through  a  chain  of  stations  such 
as  are  now  connected  with  the  American  Tele- 
phone &  Telegraph  system.  The  simultaneous 
broadcasting  from  several  stations  of  exception- 
ally fine  programs  is  far  better  advertising  and 
creates  more  good  will  than  the  continuous 
broadcasting  of  mediocre  or  poor  programs  such 
as  we  now  have  from  many  stations.  More 
people  would  be  reached  and  at  the  same  time 
the  cost  of  such  fine  programs,  although  expen- 
sive, would  not  equal  the  cost  of  equipping  and 
maintaining  a  broadcasting  station. 

I  firmly  believe  in  interlinking  broadcasting 
stations  for  indirect  advertising  by  means  of 
superfine  programs  of  education  and  music. 
Such  a  system  will  force  the  other  stations  to  pro- 
duce equally  fine  programs  or  lose  the  good  will 
of  the  radio  public.  Two  very  fine  examples  of 
indirect  advertising  by  the  system  of  chain 
broadcasting  are  the  programs  of  the  National 
Carbon  Company  and  the  Victor  Talking  Ma- 
chine Company.  Let  us  have  more  programs 
like  these  with  fewer  Class  B  stations  using 


more  power. 


Yours  very  truly, 

F.  L.  W., 
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


537 


KESTER 

Rosifi  Core 

Sure  '      is  Safe  and  Simple 

Approved  by 
Radio  Engineers 

A  Genuine  Solder 

|  | 

|  CHICAGO  SOLDERCOMPANY  i 


1 4222  WrightwoodAve.,Chicago,U.S.A. 


Originators  and 

World's  Largest  Manufacturers  of 
||  Self  Fluxing  Solder 

\  ll 

III  YOUR     DEALER  ,|| 

1  |>  CAN  SUPPLY  YOU  ,1" 


22%  Volt 

un-acid 

everlasting 

rechargeable 

"B" 
Storage  Battery 

'2.95 

includes 
chemical 


15  volte  $5.25.  90 
volt»$10.00,  112% 
volts  $12.50.  135 
volts  $14.75. 157)4 
volts  $10.80. 

Truly  the  biggest  buy  today.  -  Easily  charged  on  any  current  includ- 
ing 32  volt  systems.  Any  special  detector  plate  voltage  had.  Tested 
and  approved  by  leading  authorities  such  as  Popular  Radio  labora- 
tories. Ove.r  3  years  sold  on  a  non-red  tape  30  day  trial  offer  with 
complete  refund  if  not  thoroughly  satisfied.  Further  guaranteed  2 
T»ar9.  Knock-down  hits  at  greater  savings.  Complete  "Hawley" 
'B"  Battery  Charger  J2. 75.  Sample  cell  85c.  Order  direct— sen*  no 
money— slrnpjv  pay  the  expressman  cost  on  delivery.  Or  write  for 
my  free  literature,  testimonials  and  guarantee.  Sams  day  shipments. 

B.'  Hawley  Smith,  312  Washington  Ave.,  Danbury,  Conn. 


SUPREME 

IN 
PERFORMANCE 


The  one   outstanding   Tube 
in  radio  betterment. 


No  station  too  distant  for  "SPEED" 
Tubes.  They  bring  in  voice  and 
music  as  broadcasted. 


•J 


The  latest  charted  tests  from  Radio 
Broadcast  Laboratories  prove 
"SPEED"  Tubes  are  superior  in 
quality  and  performance.  Send  for 
a  copy. 


•MM- 


CABLE    SUPPLY   CO. 

INCORPORATED 

Sales  Offices 
907  Broadway,   New  York  City 


-4r  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


ARTHUR  H.  LTHCH,  Editor 
WILLIS  K.  WING,  Associate  Editor 
JOHN  B.  BRENNAN,  Technical  Editor 


MARCH,  1926 
Vol.  VIII,  No.  5 


Cover  Design  -  From  a  Painting  by  Fred  J.  Edgars 
Frontispiece  '  '  A  Majestic  English  Radio  Tower 
A  Man  and  His  Hobby  -  -  -  -  E.  E.  Horine 
The  March  of  Radio  -  -  J.  H.  Morecroft 

Can  We  Forecast  Radio  Reception  from  the  Weather? 

J.  C.  Jensen 

What  Multiple  Regeneration  Can  Do  For  Your  Tuned 
R.  F.  Amplifier     -    -    -    -  V.  D.  Landon 

As  the  Broadcaster  Sees  It  Carl  Dreher 

Drawings  by  F.  F.  Stratford 

Standards  for  the  Home  Laboratory  -  Keith  Henney 
The  Listeners'  Point  of  View  -  -  John  Wallace 
An  All-Purpose  Coil  Winder  -  Edward  Thatcher 

The  First  Report  on  the  International  Tests 

Willis  K.  Wing 

SupeixHeterodyne  Construction  -  Harold  C.  Weber 
The  Grid — Questions  and  Answers  -**«•** 


Variable  Voltage  from  a  "B"  Substitute 

A  Loop  R.  F.  Receiver 

Making  Grid  Leaks 

Operating  Characteristic*  of  the  New  Tube* 

Charging  Storage  Batteries  from  D.  C. 


"Now,  I  Have  Found" 

How  to  Make  Balloon  Coils 

An  Audio  Bypass  Method 

Improved  Loud  Speaker  Reproduction 

ALow  Loss  Coil 

One  Use  for  a  Bypass  Condenser 

A  New  Way  to  Make  Money  in  Radio 

D.  C.  Wilfcrson 

A  Key  to  Recent  Radio  Articles      E.  G.  Shalkhauser 
What  Our  Readers  Write 


546 

547 
552 

558 

563 
568 

573 
577 
582 

588 
589 
594 


600 


606 
608 
618 


BEHIND    EDITORIAL    SCENES 

THE  present  number  of  RADIO  BROADCAST  was  prepared,  and 
edited  during  the  week  of  the  International  Radio  Broadcast 
Tests,  but  in  spite  of  the  disorganization  of  office  personnel  and 
the  conventional  magazine  routine,  we  feel  that  a  very  interesting 
lot  of  radio  material  has  been  assembled.  E.  E.  Horine,  who 
wrote,  "A  Man  and  His  Hobby"  which  is  the  leading  article,  is 
known  to  many  radio  men  as  assistant  radio  manager  of  the 
National  Carbon  Company.  Professor  Morecroft,  in  his  com- 
ments about  the  Naval  Radio  Service,  has  stirred  up  considerable 
discussion,  with  rather  vocal  partisans  on  each  side.  In  attempt- 
ing to  take  a  neutral  position,  we  have  been  accused  of  attempting 
to  accomplish  all  sorts  of  dire  ends.  But  as  Professor  Morecroft 
has  stated,  the  only  purpose  has  been  to  indicate  what  seemed  to 
us  to  be  the  facts  and  to  try  to  discover  how  conditions  may  be 
remedied. 

RADIO'S  relation  to  weather  conditions  has  been  discussed 
ever  since  the  coherer  days  of  the  art,  but  we  doubt  if  any 
more.important  or  complete  information  has  been  presented  than 
Mr.  Jensen  gives  in  his  article,  "Can  We  Forecast  Radio  Re- 
ception from  the  Weather?"  By  carefully  studying  the  maps 
and  curves  in  the  article,  experimentally  inclined  radio  folk  have 
opened  to  them  a  most  interesting  field  for  investigation.  And 
Mr.  Landon's  article  on  multiple  regeneration  is  also  a  frankly 
experimenta  presentation  of  a  subject  which  has  very  large 
possibilities  and  we  expect  many  interesting  reports  frbm  home 
constructors  who  put  some  of  Mr.  Landon's  suggestions  to 
practical  tests.  The  long-awaited  third  article  in  the  series  for 
the  home  constructor  who  wants  to  go  further  in  radio  than  set 
building  appears  on  page  573,  and  if  the  letters  addressed  to  Mr. 
Henney,  the  author  of  the  series  and  director  of  our  Laboratory 
are  any  indication,  those  to  follow  are  also  eagerly  awaited. 
That  interest  is  not  hard  to  explain,  for  the  series  is  packed  full 
of  material  of  the  utmost  help  to  the  radio-ambitious. 

"PROM  our  correspondence  from  the  increasing  number  of  ex- 
JT  perimenters  interested  in  short  wave  transmitting  and  reedy 
ing.it  would  appear  that  RADIO  BROADCAST'S  $500  prize  contest  for 
the  design  of  an  efficient  short  wave  receiver  was  attracting  a  great 
deal  of  interest.  Our  amateur  contemporary,  §ST,  devoted  a 
page  to  announcing  the  contest  in  its  February  issue.  For  those 
who  have  not  seen  particulars  of  the  contest,  full  information  may 
be  had  by  writing  to  the  Director  of  the  Laboratory,  RADIO 
BROADCAST,  or  on  page  444  of  this  magazine  for  February. 

TN  THE  April  RADIO  BROADCAST,  we  can  promise  another  one 
JL  of  Keith  Henney's  absorbing  and  informative  articles  on  tubes. 
There  will  also  be  a  distinctly  helpful  article  on  various  means  of 
filament  control,  prepared  by  John  B.  Brennan,  Technical  Editor 
of  this  magazine.  There  will  be  a  review  of  the  International 
Radio  Broadcast  Tests  which  will  be  of  interest  to  nearly  every 
radio  listener  who  has  a  receiver  more  elaborate  than  a  crystal 
set.— W.  K.  W. 


Doubleday,  Page  Sr  Co. 
MAGAZINES 

COUNTRY  LIFE 

WORLD'S  WORK 

GARDEN  &  HOME  BUILDER 

RADIO  BROADCAST 

SHORT  STORIES 

EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW 

LE  PETIT  JOURNAL 

EL  Eoo 

THE  FRONTIER 

WEST 


NEW  YORK: 


Doubleday,  Page  Sr  Co. 

BOOK  SHOPS 
I  LORD  &  TAYLOR  BOOK  SHOP 


\  GRAND  CENTRAL  TERMINAL 
CT  I  -.„..    (  223  NORTH  STH  STREET 
ST.  Louis.    {          MARYLAND  AVENUE 

I/  „.  ,  OTV-  J920  GRAND  AVENUE 
KANSAS  CITY.  {  j-g  WESJ  4yTH  STREET 

CLEVELAND:  HIGBEE  Co. 

SPRINGFIELD,  MASS.:  MEEKINS,  PACKARD  &  WHEAT 


Doubleday,  Page  Sr  Co. 

OFFICES 

GARDEN  CITY,  N.  Y. 
NEW  YORK:  285  MADISON  AVENUE 
BOSTON:  TREMONT  BUILDING 
CHICAGO:  PEOPLES  GAS  BUILDING 
SANTA  BARBARA,  CAU 
LONDON:  WM.  HEINEMANN  LTD. 
TOIONTO:  OXFORD  UNIVERSITY  PRESS 


Doubleday,  Page  Gr  Co. 

OFFICERS 

F.  N.  DOUBLEDAY,  President 
A.  W.  PAGE,  Vice-President 
NELSON  DOUBLEDAY,  Vitt-Presideni 
RUSSELL  DOUBLEDAY,  Secretary 
S.  A.  EvERirr,  Treasurer 
JOHN  £  HESSIAN,  Aist.  Treasurer 


DOUBLEDAT,  'PAGE  &>  COMPACT,  Garden  Qity, 

Copjrright,  1926,  in  the  United  States,  Newfoundland,  Great  Britain,  Canada,  and  oilier  countries  by  Doubleday,  Page  &•  Company.    AH  rightt  ratneo. 

TERMS:  $4-.00  a  year;  «fngle  oopie.  35  cent*. 

598 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


545 


RADIO  'MTHMETIC 


Multiply  distance  by  adding  a  RJSCTIGON 


A  SIMPLE  solution  for  so  big  a  result! 
Want  band  music?  Try  KDKA.  Jazz? 
Theatricals?  Maybe  you'll  find  it  at  WBZ, 
KYW  or  KFKX.  What  your  local  stations 
won't  provide  can  be  obtained  easily  from 
somewhere  else. 

How  well  you  receive  radio  entertainment 
depends  upon  the  condition  of  your  batteries 
— and  that's  up  to  you.  With  a  Westinghouse 


Rectigon  on  the  job  both  your  "A"  and  "B" 
batteries  can  be  kept  fully  alive  to  the  greatest 
possibilities  of  your  set. 

And  it's  easy  as  can  be.  Just  snap  on 
the  leads  and  turn  on  the  current.  There's 
no  muss  or  fuss;  no  acids;  no  chemicals,  and 
no  noise.  The  Rectigon  more  than  pays  for 
itself  within  a  short  time. 


WESTINGHOUSE  ELECTRIC  &  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


SOUTH  BEND.  INDIANA 


\yestinghouse 


Rectigon 

* 


No  storage-battery 
radio  is  complete 
without  a 

RECTIGON. 


Westinghouse  manu- 
factures, also,  a  com- 
plete line  of  Micarta 
radio  panels,  Micarta 
tubes  and  instruments. 


anrl    a  r»r\rr»\rpM    V»v  J?  amn 


WHERE  ENGLISH  MESSAGES  LEAVE  FOR  THE  UNITED  STATES 

One  of  the  majestic  towers  of  one  of  the  new  beam  stations  of  the  British  Marconi  Company.  The  station 
is  located  in  Dorchester,  Dorsetshire  and  was  chiefly  erected  to  communicate  with  stations  on  the  east 
coast  of  the  United  States.  Tests  with  the  new  equipment  have  been  progressing  for  some  time 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


VOLUME  VIII 


NUMBER  5 


MARCH,  1926 


JSV 


A  Man  and  His  Hobby 

The  Story  of  One  Man's  Experiences  With  Short  Wave  Code  Transmitters  onLow 
Power — The  Philosophy  of  the  Radio  Amateur — How;  Australia  Was  Reached 
From  British  Columbia  With  Batteries  and  a  Receiving  Tube  as  a  Transmitter 


ANEW  and  thrilling  experience  is 
in  store  for  the  dyed-in-the-wool 
broadcast  listener  when  he  first 
tunes-in  on  the  shorter  wave- 
lengths set  aside  for  the  use  of  the  ama- 
teur. Around  about  7500  kc.  (40  me- 
ters), the  air  is  literally  full  of  signals  of  all 
kinds,  day  and  night,  summer  and  winter. 
It's  all  code  down  there.  No  grand  opera 
stars  singing  in  heavenly  voices;  no  promi- 
nent speakers  wagging  the  silver  tongue;  no 
jazz.  Only  a  succession  of  queer  sounding 
dots  and  dashes,  in  all  manner  of  tones  and 
pitches,  from  low  gutteral  growls  to  high- 
pitched,  clear,  chirping  notes.  Some  of 
them  sound  as  if  they  might 
have  originated  next  door, 
while  others  create  the  im- 
pression of  having  come 
across  thousands  of  miles 
of  ocean  and  land;  and  the 
chances  are  they  have,  for  it 
is  an  everyday  occurrence 
for  amateurs  of  different 
nations,  on  opposite  sides 
of  the  world,  to  converse 
with  each  other.  The  field 
of  amateur  radio  is  the  DX 
fan's  paradise,  and  therein 
lies  a  part  of  the  fascination 
of  the  game. 

Listening-in  on  the  ama- 
teur bands  stirs  the  imagin- 
ation and  arouses  the  curi- 
osity. There  seem  to  be 
thousands  of  these  amateurs 
at  work,  bombarding  the 
ether  with  their  messages, 
clamoring  away,  trying  to 
engage  some  one's  attention 
perhaps  thousands  of  miles 
distant.  Who  are  these 
amateurs?  What  kind  of 


By  E.  E.  HORINE 

folk  are  they?    What  do  they  talk  about? 
What  keeps  them  so  everlastingly  at  it? 

The  best  way  to  answer  these  perfectly 
natural  questions  is  to  recount  the  story 
of  what  one  amateur  has  done.  Clair 
Foster,  or  to  give  him  his  correct  entitle- 
ments, Colonel  Clair  Foster,  6  HM,  Carmel, 
California,  is  more  or  less  a  newcomer  to 
the  ranks  of  amateur  radio.  He  calls 
himself  a  greenhorn,  but  there  are  those 
who  will  take  emphatic  issue  with  him 
on  this  score.  Two  years  ago,  he  knew 
nothing  about  amateur  radio.  He  had 
constructed  a  few  broadcast  receivers  and 
was  beginning  to  yearn  for  new  worlds  to 


conquer,  when  he  met  John  Reinartz.  And 
that  meeting  was  the  beginning  of  a  new 
life  for  Colonel  Foster. 

His  first  and  natural  objection  was  he 
couldn't  read  code,  but  this  was  pooh- 
poohed,  laughed  at,  ridiculed.  Anybody 
can  learn  the  code;  a  little  study,  a  little 
practice,  and  you  are  ready  to  stand  the  ex- 
r.mination  for  a  transmitting  license.  Age 
is  no  barrier,  nor  is  sex,  for  there  are  many 
girl  amateurs,  YL'S  in  "ham"  language 

Foster  says  the  small  time  and  study  he 
devoted  to  learning  the  code  was  the  best 
investment  he  ever  made.  It  has  been  the 
means  of  opening  up  for  him  a  new  field 
of  activity;  it  has  brought 
him  a  host  of  new  friends, 
many  of  them  on  the  other 
side  of  the  world,  with  whom 
he  is  on  terms  of  closest  in- 
timacy, yet  whom  he  has 
never  seen,  and  probably 
never  will  see.  It  has  drawn 
him  into  an  international 
fraternity  guided  by  a  self- 
imposed  code  of  ethics  that 
comes  closer  to  being  a  lit- 
eral application  of  the  golden 
rule  than  anything  else  on 
this  earth.  It  has  afforded 
him  the  most  pleasant  hours 
of  his  life,  and  turned  him 
into  a  youth  again,  bubbling 
over  with  enthusiasm. 


HATS 


OFF      TO      THE 
WAITERS 


FIVE 


LOOKING   TOWARD    AUSTRALIA 

From  the  little  shack  of  Col.  Clair  Foster's  radio  cabin  near  Port  Alberni,  B.  C. 
The  mountain  is  called  Mount  Arrowsmith,  and  did  not  seem  to  block  the  modest 
radio  signals  from  the  battery-operated,  j-watt,  short  wave  transmitter  installed 
here  by  Colonel  Foster  and  operated  under  the  call  CQCK.  The  story  tells  how  a 
simple  transmitter  was  built  and  communication  established  all  the  way  across  the 
Pacific  with  amateur  radio  men  in  Australia 


HIS  station  at  Carmel, 
California,  6HM,  uses 
a  250-watt  tube,  and  with 
it  he  has  "worked"  fellow 
amateurs  in  the  Philippines, 
Japan,  Australia,  and  other 


548 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


MARCH,  1926 


countries.  But  he  feels  that  reaching  out 
to  great  distances  with  high  power  isn't  so 
remarkable.  It's  the  fellow  who  does  it 
with  low  power  that  deserves  credit  for  real 
achievement,  and  this  "most  miles  per 
gallon"  idea  is  now  coming  in  for  a  great 
deal  of  attention  on  the  part  of  the  amateur. 
Commenting  on  this  phase  of  radio  trans- 
mission, Foster  says, 

After  working  a  number  of  distant  stations 
that  were  using  very  low  power,  my  hat  came  off 
to  the  chaps  who  could  put  out  such  clear  and 
steady  signals  with  5  waiters — and  even  201 -A 
receiving  tubes.  Every  one  1  bumped  into 
I  boned  for  his  dope,  and  I  have  collected 
through  their  courtesy  quite  a  bunch  of  it.  I 
see  no  especial  credit  coming  to  the  fellow  who 
busts  out  with  the  big  tubes.  Of  course  it  is 
satisfying  to  have  a  wallop  so  that  when  you 
answer  a  CQ  (general  call)  you  are  the  fellow  the 
other  chap  almost  surely  hears;  but  the  big  field 
for  the  practical  use  of  radio  can't  be  opened 
up  with  the  use  of  big,  expensive  equipment. 
Only  a  small  proportion  of  those  who  will  be- 
come interested  in  transmission  can  afford  the 
heavy  outlay. 

The  big  tubes  themselves  are  expensive, 
and  they  require  a  rather  costly  array  of 
auxiliary  apparatus  for  their  operation — a 
high  voltage  motor  generator,  or  a  system 
of  rectifiers  and  filters  to  convert  the  com- 
mercial alternating  current  into  as  close 
an  approximation  of  the  pure  direct  current 
of  batteries  as  possible.  But  with  the 
small  tubes,  the  installation  cost  of  a  com- 
plete transmitter  becomes  ridiculously  low. 
The  transmitter  itself  can  be  built  for  much 
less  than  the  cost  of  a  good  broadcast 


THE  TRANSMITTER  THAT  TALKED  TO  SOUTH  AUSTRALIA 

The  photograph  was  taken  before  the  coils  were  changed.     The  most  notable  feature  of  the  outfit 
is  the  careful  placement  of  the  parts  which  certainly  had  much  to  do  with  the  extraordinary  results 

produced  by  the  arrangement 


receiver,  and  it  can  be  operated  successfully 
and  reliably  from  B  batteries. 

Foster's  low  power  transmitter,  9  CK, 
was  designed  and  built  in  California,  but 
was  operated  all  summer  at  a  point  on 
Vancouver  Island,  about  125  miles  north 
of  Victoria.  The  outstanding  character- 
istic of  this  transmitter  is  the  careful  and 
painstaking  workmanship  expended  on  its 


THE    COMPLETE    OUTFIT   AT   CQCK 

The  transmitter,  receiver,  "power  plant,"  and  operator  —  Colonel  Clair 
Foster  himself.     Note  the  wavemeter  on  the  right  top  of  the  table 


construction.  There  is  nothing  ragged  or 
loose  about  it.  Every  part  fits  perfectly 
in  its  appointed  position,  and  the  coils,  as 
can  be  seen,  are  made  of  heavy  copper 
strips,  with  nothing  touching  the  turns. 
They  are  supported  by  their  own  rigidity, 
and  the  whole  transmitter  is  just  about  as 
low  loss  as  it  is  possible  to  build  such  a  set. 
This  careful  attention  to  small  details  is 
largely  responsible  for  the  fine  work  done 
by  this  transmitter. 

The  shack  was  located  on  the  shore  of  a 
lake  surrounded  by  snow  capped  mountains 
over  which  or  through  which  the  signals 
from  the  little  transmitter  had  to  pass  to 
get  anywhere.  It  is  a  wild,  rugged  coun- 
try, remote  from  civilization,  and  naturally 
no  electric  power  available  for  any  purpose. 
There  is  only  one  way  to  get  power  in  that 
country,  and  that  is  to  carry  it  along  in  the 
form  of  batteries. 

But  that  wasn't  the  real,  fundamental 
reason  for  deciding  to  run  his  low  power 
transmitter  with  B  batteries.  If  the  weak 
signals  put  out  by  such  apparatus  are  to 
get  anywhere,  it  is  essential  for  the  note 
emitted  to  have  a  high,  penetrating  sound, 
otherwise  it  can't  be  read  at  considerable 
distances,  and  batteries  are  ideally  suited 
to  impart  to  the  transmitter  a  tone  that  is 
not  only  penetrating,  but  steady  and  free 
from  swinging. 

In  connection  with  the  use  of  B  batteries 
for  power  supply  for  transmitters,  Colonel 
Foster  said,  in  one  of  his  earlier  letters 
written  before  leaving  Carmel  for  Van- 
couver Island, 

Along  this  line,  most  of  us  on  15,000  kc. 
(20  meters)  have  been  using  25O-watt  tubes. 
But  9  DFH  has  the  steadiest  signals  I  hear,  and 
he  is  using  a  lonely  5-watter  (about  the  size  of 
an  ordinary  receiving  tube)  with  less  than  20 
watts  input.  And  recently,  I  worked  4  BL,  in 
Lakeland,  Florida,  who  was  coming  in  here  fine 
through  heavy  static  disturbance,  using  a  201 -A 


MARCH,  1926 


A  MAN  AND  HIS  HOBBY 


549 


Audibility 
RECEIV 


receiving  tube  for  transmitting! 
It  wasn't  a  freak  transmission, 
for  4  BL  has  worked  some  of 
Canada,  all  United  States  Dis- 
tricts, and  Porto  Rico  on  7500 
kc.  (40  meters)  with  this  tube. 
At  present,  the  big  drawback  to 
the  use  of  1 5,000  kc.  (20  meters)  is 
that  it  is  so  responsive  to  slightest 
variation  in  current  that  the  sig- 
nals keep  swinging  into  and  out 
of  tune.  I  think  batteries  for 
plate  and  filament  ought  to  help 
a  lot. 

HIS    "A.    C."    BATTERIES 

WH  EN  the  little  transmit- 
ter first  went  on  the  air, 
reports  received  indicated  that 
its  note  was  rough  and  ragged, 
as  if  produced  by  rectified  a.c. 
which  Foster  couldn't  under- 
stand, on  account  of  the  bat- 
tery supply.  Many  a  time  he 
was  kidded  over  the  air  by 
facetious  hams  about  his  "a.c. 
batteries,"  but  he  finally 
solved  the  puzzle.  The  flat 
copper-strip  coils  were  thrown 
into  slight  mechanical  vibra- 
tion by  the  thumping  of  the  relay,  and  it 
was  this  vibration  that  caused  the  rough 
quality  of  the  note.  New  coils,  made  of 
j-inch  copper  tubing,  were  substituted 
for  the  original  ones,  after  which  reports 
began  to  come  in  saying  "Pure  d.c.  OM 
VFB" — pure  direct  current,  old  man,  very 
fine  business." 

Your  radio  amateur  is  an  optimistic 
individual.  Everything  that  happens  is 
encouraging.  Witness  this,  written  a  few 
days  after  the  transmitter  was  set  up. 

The  little  j-watter,  signing  itself  c  9  CK,  here 
among  the  mountains  of  Vancouver  Island,  seems 
to  be  getting  out  a  bit,  on  7900  kc.  (38  meters.) 
Have  had  encouraging  reports  from  two  stations 
in  southern  California. 

Southern  California!  And  he  calls  it 
encouraging!  In  view  of  what  he  had 


20  GURNET  ROAD,  DIJLWICH,  S.A. 


D  J-  MM      ^L  received  . 
Radio  C  7/./y  ur  *»*«;  .  .  _,.  .  j    licit  Oft. 


.1923' 


>rked 


at 


S.A.M.T 


QRM  &L.  QRN  /M.    QSS*</_ 


QRK.  5  BG?  P$e   QSL. 

C.U  L.  73's  (rm. 


....Operator. 


THE    VERIFICATION    CARD    FROM       A  5  BG 

The  call  letters  of  H.  R.  Kauper,  the  amateur  operator  in  Dulwich, 
South  Australia,  who  maintained  a  faithful  schedule  with  CO.CK,  to  learn 
how  reliable  communication  with  a  5-watt,  battery-operated  transmitter 
could  be.  The  back  of  the  card  lists  details  of  their  schedule:  "Aug. 
27 — 10  watts;  28th,  QSA  (strong  signals);  29th  QSA;  2oth,  2OIA  tube, 
ii  watts;  3ist,  QSA;  Sept.  ist,  OK,  but  QRZ  (weak  signals);  2nd,  my 
transmitter  out  of  action;  3rd,  QSA;  4th,  QRZ,  but  OK;  4th,  later,  QSA; 
5th,  QSA;  6th,  vy.  QSA  (very  strong);  7th,  vy.  QSA 


accomplished  before  the  summer  was  over, 
Southern  California  was  just  around  the 
corner.  Colonel  Foster's  ambition  was  to 
work  an  Australian,  but  results  along  this 
line  were  not  so  encouraging  at  first. 

Saturday  night  I  hollered  my  head  off  at  the 
Antipodes  until  2  A.M.  I  imagined  batteries 
would  show  some  drain  after  all  that  use.  But 
at  the  end  of  that  time  the  eleven  in  use  still 
tested  exactly  as  when  I  began,  485  volts. 

He  continued  to  "holler  his  head  off" 
at  the  Antipodes  night  after  night  without 
result,  until  the  ordinary  individual  would 
have  given  up  and  dumped  the  apparatus, 
batteries  and  all,  in  the  lake.  But  your 
radio  amateur  is  not  an  ordinary  individual. 
For  nearly  two  months  he  kept  at  it,  never 
losing  hope,  never  giving  up.  And  then, 
on  the  morning  of  August  nth,  he  made 


the  grade!  You  can  imagine 
the  pride  and  enthusiasm  with 
which  he  dashed  off  this  tele- 
gram. 

Port  Alberni,  British  Columbia, 

August  nth,  1925. 
E.  E.  HORINE, 
Radio  Division, 
National  Carbon  Company, 
New  York. 

Using  only  one  201 -A  receiving 
tube  with  input  just  ten  watts 
from  Eveready  Batteries  worked 
satisfactorily  this  morning  five 
forty  to  six  forty-five  A.M.  Pacific 
Standard  Time  Australian  3YX  on 
thirty  nine  meters.  Report  on 
other  work  follows  soon. 

CLAIR  FOSTER  c  9  CK. 

Some  telegram!  And  some 
message!  For  over  an  hour, 
he  had  conversed  with  this 
Australian  amateur,  and  at  a 
time  of  year  when  broadcast 
listeners  have  ceased  to  fish 
for  distance  on  account  of 
summer  static.  And  look  at 
the  time  of  day  it  all  hap- 
pened! 5:40  A.M.!  Appar- 
ently amateurs  never  sleep. 

Once  the  ice  was  broken,  things  began 
to  break  rapidly  in  the  direction  of  Aus- 
tralia. On  August  1 3th,  the  performance 
was  repeated,  this  time  communication 
being  established  with  Australian  2TM. 
And  on  August  27th  began  what  constitutes 
one  of  the  outstanding  performances  of 
amateur  radio.  On  that  morning,  Colonel 
Foster  reported  in  a  telegram: 

To-day  again  the  receiving  tube  stop  this 
time  forty-five  minutes  perfect  communication 
with  5  BG  near  Adelaide  South  Australia  stop 
these  signals  had  to  travel  thousand  miles  or 
more  over  land  after  passing  the  other  three 
stations  already  worked  with  this  tube  stop  input 
thirteen  watts  wavelength  thirty  eight  and 
seven  tenths  stop  more  than  quarter  of  distance 
full  daylight. 

The  mere  fact  of  establishing  contact 


"MEELAAN,"  MISSOURI  AVENUE,  GARDEN  YALE  (Vic.,  Australia) 

To 

'""-         _>T. 

jlatl" 


"  CARMEN™  13  ERITH  ST.,  MOSMAN,  SYDNEY.  AUSTRAL«L 

TO! 


QRK.2AT)  PSE.  QSL. 


"BUSINESS  CARDS     OF  TWO  AUSTRALIAN  AMATEURS 

Sent  to  Colonel  Foster  after  his  station  cgcK  was  heard  in  Australia.  The  initial  "A"  before  the  call  signs  means  that  the  station  concerned  is 
in  Australia,  just  as  the  "C"  used  with  Colonel  Foster's  call  means  that  his  station  is  in  Canada.  United  States  amateurs  use  "U"  as  identification. 
The  practise  is  necessary  because  the  air  is  full  of  signals  from  amateurs  all  over  the  world.  Note  that  A2TM  says  "I  think  that  that's  lowest  power 
record  across  the  Pacific.  Your  signals  were  fading  a  lot,  but  did  not  drop  off  much  when  you  changed  tubes.  1  hope  to  test  again  with  you  soon. 

Will  try  reducing  power  myself  next  time" 


550 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


MARCH,  1926 


with  an  Australian  station  from  Vancouver 
Island,  using  a  2OI-A  receiving  tube,  is  a 
notable  achievement,  but  not  a  record. 
Other  amateurs  have  surpassed  this  per- 
formance, and  while  naturally  elated  at 
his  success,  Colonel  Foster  was  conscious 
that  there  was  danger  of  his  lapsing  into 
the  role  of  the  joyous  ham  experiencing  a 
major  thrill  instead  of  maintaining  the 
attitude  of  a  cold-blooded  observer;  for 
after  all  this  might  prove  to  be  freak 
transmission.  To  settle  this  point,  he  and 
5  BG  arranged  a  daily  schedule,  the  idea 
being,  that  if  they  could  repeat  the  per- 
formance day  after  day,  it  would  establish 
beyond  any  doubt  that  there  was  nothing 
freakish  about  it.  The  maintaining  of  that 
schedule  is  one  of  the  outstanding  points 
of  amateur  radio  history,  for  they  kept  it 
up  for  fourteen  days  without  a  break, 
through  all  kinds  of  interference  from  other 
stations  and  static,  under  conditions  not 
considered  favorable  for  transmission  and 
reception.  And  the  daily  schedule  was 
finally  discontinued,  not  because  communi- 
cation became  impossible,  but  because 
they  had  demonstrated  conclusively  that 
reliable  two-way  communication  could  be 
established  and  maintained  with  extremely 
small  power. 

THE  AMATEUR:  CURIOUS  MIXTURE 

AMATEUR  call  letters  consist  of  a  num- 
eral followed  by  two  or  more  letters. 
This  was  all  very  well  for  a  while,  but  of  late, 
international  communication  has  become 
such  an  everday  occurrence,  that  it  has 
become  necessary  to  adopt  some  means 
of  separating  the  nations  of  the  earth! 
It  is  customary  to  precede  the  regular  call 
letters  with  an  initial,  designating  the 
country  in  which  the  station  is  located. 
For  example:  u  6  HM  is  station  6  HM  in  the 
United  States,  c  9  CK  is  in  Canada;  A 
stands  for  Australia,  z  for  New  Zealand, 
etc.  This  old  earth  of  ours  is  rapidly 
getting  too  small  to  hold  the  amateur! 

The  fourteen  day  schedule  with  Kauper 
reveals  the  many-sided  nature  of  the  ham. 
He  is  interested  in  his  work,  and  takes  it 
seriously,  but  not  too  seriously.  He  is 
human,  just  like  the 
rest  of  us,  and  en- 
joys a  joke  as  well 
as  anybody.  In  fact, 
the  amateurs  have 
coined  a  word  which 
is  used  to  indicate 
the  appreciation  of  a 
joke,  or  to  call  at- 
tention to  what  is 
considered  a  joke. 
Like  most  of  the 
words  in  ham  lan- 
guage, it  is  short, 
for  it  must  be  re- 
membered that  all 
communications  are 
spelled  out,  letter 
by  letter,  and  short 
words  are  at  a  pre- 
mium. This  particu- 
lar word  is  "Hi." 


Freely  translated,  it  means,  "That's  a  hot 
one!  Consider  me  laughing.  Ha!  Ha!"  Or, 
in  case  the  sender  interjects  a  "Hi"  into  a 
sentence,  it  means,  "That's  a  joke — you 
are  supposed  to  laugh  now." 

They  have  a  lot  of  fun,  these  hams,  in 
the  pursuit  of  their  labors.  There  is  no 
formality  about  them.  Everybody  is  OM 
— old  man.  Log  sheets  of  amateur  stations 
fairly  bristle  with  OM'S  and  other  abbrevia- 
tions which  are  as  useful  and  effective  as 
they  are  curious.  Here  is  the  way  it  goes. 
This  is  A2TM  talking  to  cgCK  at  6:15 
A.M.  August  13. 

Only  last  part  OM — missed  QRA  (your  location) 
again  OM — say  OM,  send  V's  after  call  till  I  get 
you  best  then  QRA  please — think  about  record 
for  low  power  OM — congratulations  OM,  very 
fine  business — want  get  your  QRA  OM  please 
try  again. 

Six  "old  mans"  in  one  short  message! 
That's  ham  language. 

The  intimate  side  of  the  relations  be- 
tween amateurs  is  revealed  in  this  message 
from  Foster,  commenting  on  his  intercourse 
with  Kauper,  A  5  BG. 

Our  times  are,  of  course,  widely  apart.  Kauper 
takes  in  an  evening  movie  show,  then  goes  to  his 
"shack"  as  every  ham  fondly  terms  his  little 
sanctum,  the  privacy  of  which  must  never  be 
invaded  by  the  uninitiated  without  special 
invitation — to  listen  for  c  9  CK.  Day  before 
yesterday  he  asked  "Just  what  is  your  time 
now,"  and  added  "Ours  is  11:25  p-M->  August 
27th".  I  replied,  "5:55  A.M.,  August  28th." 
Next  time  he  came  back  he  said  "Thanks  for 
time.  Hi." 

Such  conversations  flashed  back  and 
forth  across  the  vast  expanse  of  the  Pacific 
bring  out  many  intimate  touches  like  that. 
The  daily  habit  of  going  to  the  movies; 
the  fact  that  Kauper  is  married  and  that  his 
wife  sometimes  objects  to  his  sitting  at  the 
key  so  late  at  night;  and  many  others. 
And  all  this  with  a  man  more  than  nine 
thousand  miles  away,  but  who,  thanks  to 
radio,  is  also  your  next  door  neighbor. 
That's  the  kind  of  associations  formed  by 
amateurs.  No  wonder  the  ranks  are  filling 
up  with  newcomers. 


THE    SHORT   WAVE    RECEIVER 


Which  is  not  much  larger  than  a  B  battery.     A  receiving  201  A  tube,  used  as 
a.  transmitter  is  on  the  table,  near  a  "peanut"  tube  used  in  the  receiver 


One  of  the  first  things  Colonel  Foster 
told  Kauper  was  that  his  little  transmitter 
was  being  run  by  B  batteries,  such  as  are 
used  for  reception,  because  that  was  one  of 
the  unusual  features  of  the  installation. 
Kauper  appreciated  the  significance  of  the 
use  of  batteries,  and  made  frequent  com- 
ments on  it.  Several  times,  when  the 
going  got  too  hard  for  him  he  said  "Can 
read,  but  can't  you  stick  a  few  more  B 
batteries  on  her?"  One  day,  when  the 
signals  arriving  in  South  Australia  were 
exceptionally  loud  and  clear,  Kauper  said 
"Say  OM,  you  must  own  a  couple  of  B 
battery  companies,  Hi." 

This  kind  of  thing  kept  up  for  two  solid 
weeks.  The  original  plan  was  to  keep  the 
schedule  for  only  one  week,  but  the  going 
was  so  good  that  they  hung  on  for  another 
week.  Colonel  Foster  is  convinced  they 
could  have  kept  it  up  indefinitely.  Even 
after  the  schedule  was  completed,  he  and 
Kauper  chatted  back  and  forth  every  now 
and  then,  apparently  enjoying  the  freedom 
from  their  self-imposed  task. 

TRANSMITTER   COST  VERY    LOW 

IT  IS  hard  to  realize  that  this  vast  dis- 
tance was  bridged  with  a  little  trans- 
mitter that  any  one  with  a  little  knowledge 
of  the  subject  can  build  at  a  total  outlay 
of  not  to  exceed  $50.00.  That's  the  won- 
derful part  of  it.  This  low  power,  long 
distance  transmitting  is  not  a  rich  man's 
game — it  is  within  the  practical  reach  of 
all.  And  in  the  amateur  ranks,  there  is 
room  for  all.  They  welcome  the  new 
comer  with  open  arms,  and  go  to  unbe- 
lievable lengths  to  help  him  get  started 
right. 

Colonel  Foster,  like  all  hams,  has  his 
facetious  moments.  Commenting  on  the 
performance  of  the  aoi-A  tube  in  his  trans- 
mitter, he  said: 

In  all  fairness  1  should  make  the  confession 
that  this  particular  2OI-A  tube  is  not  an  ordin- 
ary 2OI-A.  It  was  especially  prepared  for  this 
job.  It  spent  eighteen  months  as  an  oscillator 
in  a  broadcast  super;  then  it  worked  for  a  while 
as  a  detector  in  a  receiver  built  solely  for  very 
short  waves.  In  this  way  it  gained  a  lot  of 
experience  as  an  oscil- 
lator so  of  course  it 
knew  its  business  when 
it  entered  the  trans- 
mitting field. 

Colonel  Foster  is 
thoroughly  con- 
vinced of  the  value 
of  using  B  batteries 
with  low  power 
transmitters.  In  his 
enthusiasm  over 
this  form  of  power 
supply,  he  is  doing 
all  he  can  to  get 
other  amateurs  to 
duplicate  his  ap- 
paratus, batteries 
and  all,  for  he  is 
convinced  that  with 
any  other  kind  of 
power  supply  he 


MARCH,  1926 


A  MAN  AND  HIS  HOBBY 


551 


would  never  have  made  the  fine 
record  of  keeping  a  two  weeks 
daily  schedule  with  Kauper, 
away  down  yonder  on  the  un- 
der side  of  the  world. 

Writing  about  his  plans  for 
the  winter  at  Carmel,  he  said: 

"I'm  going  to  keep  on  using 
dry  cell  B  batteries  for  this  work 
even  if  I  have  to  give  up  a  hun- 
dred dollars  apiece  for  them  " 

That  was  written  after  five 
months  grilling  had  only  par- 
tially exhausted  the  B  batteries 
he  took  with  him  to  Vancouver. 
They  are  now  reposing  in  a  ware- 
house in  Port  Alberni,  waiting 
for  next  summer's  work. 

He  takes  none  of  the  credit  of 
his  accomplishment  to  himself 
but  distributes  it  impartially  between  the 
batteries  and  the  amateurs  who  helped  him 
out — typical  of  the  generous  spirit  of 
hamdom.  His  letters  are  full  of  praise 
for  Kauper  and  the  way  he  hung  on 
through  the  schedule.  He  goes  on  to  say 
of  his  Australian  friend: 

"Am  simply  lost  in  admiration  of  that 
chap.  Just  think  of  the  courage  displayed 
in  asking  for  a  report  that  of  necessity 
must  be  more  or  less  complicated,  and 
knowing  that  it  must  come  back  to  him  in 
a  thin,  high,  bird-like  note  that  must  take 
a  mighty  fine  pair  of  ears  to  hear 
at  that  distance.  Only  one  thing 
in  his  favor — Cg  CK'S  note  is  abso- 
lutely steady.  It  has  been  so  re- 
ported all  over  the  map.  This  is 
due  partly  to  the  set  and  the  way  it 
is  adjusted,  but  more  to  the  fact 
that  both  filament  and  plate  sup- 
ply are  from  batteries." 

And  again: 

Kauper  is  a  wonderful  chap. 
It  is  obvious  that  he  is  keenly  alive 
to  the  fact  that  in  keeping  this  daily 
schedule  under  actual  working  con- 
ditions Australian  amateur  station 
5  BG  and  Canadian  amateur  station 
9  CK  are  helping  to  make  radio 
history. 

Once,  after  recounting  in  detail 
all  the  messages  flashed  back  and 
forth  across  the  Pacific  in  one  of 
their  scheduled  communications, 
Colonel  Foster  burst  out  with : 

"There's  a  game  boy  for  you! 
That's  the  kind  of  stuff  that  has 
sent  the  amateurs  ahead  so  fast  in 
this  new  and  marvelous  short-wave 
field  that  the  commercial  interests, 
professionals,  and  high-brows  can 
only  plod  along  behind  in  the  dust 
and  pick  up  what  the  amateurs  let 
drop." 

And  that's  a  typical  amateur 
attitude  too.  But  pardonable. 

Enthusiastic  as  he  is  over  past 
amateur  performances,  Colonel 
Foster  is  even  more  enthusiastic 
over  the  future  possibilities.  And 
the  more  amateurs  there  are  testing 


BREAKING   CAMP   AT   QCK 

As  Harry  Lyman  started  away  from  the  radio   shack,   he  remarked, 
"Well,  here  goes  GQCK'S  famous  QSB",  Which  meant  cgcK's  high,  pene- 
trating, flute-like  note 


away  and  experimenting  with  new  things, 
the  sooner  his  dream  will  come  true.  It 
isn't  an  expensive  game — quite  the  reverse, 
especially  in  the  short-wave,  low  power 
field.  And  in  the  opinion  of  many,  that 
is  the  field  where  the  greatest  radio  progress 
is  to  be  made  in  the  next  few  years.  The 
ease  with  which  one  can  embark  on  this 
fascinating,  thrilling  enterprise  of  radio 
transmission  will  doubtless  be  responsible 
for  hosts  of  new  recruits  into  the  amateur 
fraternity. 
Colonel  Foster's  comments  on  the  future 


A    5OO-WATT   AMATEUR    STATION 

Owned  by  La  T.  S.  F.  Moderne,  a  French  radio  magazine.    This  might 

almost   be  dubbed  a  superpower  station   when  compared  to  the 

"midget"  transmitter  used  so  successfully  by  Colonel  Foster 


of  amateur  radio  are  timely  and 
pertinent. 

"  I  feel  that  in  these  experi- 
ences of  mine  there  is  really  a  big 
story.  You  know  me  well  enough 
to  know  that  I  don't  mean  big 
because  I  did  it.  It  is  big  because 
the  infant  art  of  radio  did  it,  and 
is  continuing  to  do  it.  jt  is  big 
because  of  the  far-reaching  pos- 
sibilities it  discloses  for  the  hu- 
man good.  Not  theorizing  as  to 
the  probability  of  long  distance 
communication  with  extremely 
low  power,  but  proving  the  prac- 
ticability of  it  by  doing  it  day 
after  day.  Unlike  the  automo- 
bile, heralded  as  the  greatest 
promoter  of  human  progress, 
radio  can  never  be  used  to  the 
great  advancement  of  the  bank 
robber,  gunman,  and  bootlegger. 
And  just  look  at  the  future  possibilities, 
certainties  of  this  inexpensive  low  power 
stuff  as  a  promotor  of  peace  among  the 
peoples  of  the  earth.  Why,  with  all  the 
warm  friendships  that  are  being  born  every 
day  among  the  radio  amateurs  of  one 
country  with  those  of  another,  it  will  soon 
be  all  a  politician's  life  is  worth  to  say, 
"Let's  start  something."  Just  fancy  some 
big  stuffed  shirt's  telling  me  to  go  out 
and  fight  young  Kauper! 

And  that,  mind  you,  was  written  by  a 
reserve  officer. 

Since  the  completion  of  the 
summer's  adventure  on  Vancouver 
Island  and  the  termination  of  cor- 
respondence regarding  it,  Colonel 
Foster  has  paid  us  a  visit  here  in  the 
East.  He  is  as  sunny,  as  breezy,  as 
enthusiastic  in  person  as  one  would 
imagine  him  to  be  from  his  letters. 
A  most  pleasant,  human  and  com- 
panionable man. 

He  has  retired  from  active  par- 
ticipation in  all  business  and  is  pur- 
suing the  radio  transmission  game 
as  a  hobby.  Unlike  many  hobbies, 
his  is  useful,  not  only  to  himself, 
but  to  others.  And  he  is  not  a  one- 
sided man,  as  are  many  hobby 
riders.  He  can  discourse  enter- 
tainingly on  any  subject  pro- 
posed, for  he  has  led  an  active 
life,  full  of  many  and  varied  ex- 
periences. He  has  a  wealth  of  good 
stories,  and  he  tells  them  with  a 
merry  twinkle  in  his  eye  that  belies 
his  years. 

He  has  worked  hard,  borne 
heavy  responsibilities,  achieved 
much;  and  now,  after  a  useful 
and  successful  business  career  he 
is  really  enjoying  life — thanks  to 
radio.  Colonel  Foster  represents 
just  one  type  of  man  to  whom 
amateur  radio  has  appealed  and 
lifted  to  a  higher  plane  of  en- 
joyment of  life,  and  what  it  has 
done  for  him,  it  will  do  for  any 
one,  young  or  old,  who  seriously 
takes  up  this  new  and  fascinating 
game. 


THE  MARCH 


I 


Past  President,  Institute  of  Radio  Engineers 


Additional  Opinions  About  the  Naval  Radio  Service 


UR  comments  regarding  the 
Naval  Radio  Service  in  the 
December  RADIO  BROADCAST 
brought  forth  some  letters  from 
our  readers  which  deserve  presentation 
with  at  least  as  much  emphasis  as  that 
used  in  giving  our  own  ideas.  Elsewhere 
in  this  issue  there  is  printed  a  communica- 
tion from  Mr.  H.  A.  Halcomb,  who  was  in 
the  radio  service  at  the  time  when  our 
destroyer  squadron  went  aground  on  the 
California  coast.  He  enjoys  the  distinction 
of  "knowing"  that  radio  was  not  at  fault 
in  this  accident,  as  his  log  was  used  in  the 
investigation.  Evidently  then  Mr.  Halcomb 
knows  that  the  radip  bearings  received  by 
the  fleet  were  correct — and  still  the  fleet 
ran  aground!  Does  this  mean  that  the 
radio  bearings  were  considered  of  so  little 
importance  by  the  navigating  officer  that 
he  preferred  to  cruise  by  dead  reckoning? 
Had  the  radio  compass  service  proved  of  so 
little  reliability  in  the  past  that  a  navigator 
at  that  time  preferred  to  depend  upon  his 
judgment  of  the  effects  of  currents,  winds, 
etc.,  rather  than  plot  his  position  on  a  chart 
in  accordance  with  the  radio  signal?  If 
so  (and  we  can  see  no  other  way  to  recon- 

The  photograph  in  the  heading  above  shows  one  view  of 
the  2o-kw.  vacuum  tube  transmitter  at  the  Naval  station, 
NAA,  at  Arlington  Virginia.     Note  the  water-cooled  tube. 
(©  Harris  &  Ewing) 


cile  the  event  with  Mr.  Halcomb's  state- 
ments), hadn't  radio  failed  to  function  prop- 
erly, to  lead  up  to  such  a  catastrophe? 
The  spirit  in  which  our  comments  were 
made  was  a  friendly  one,  and  not  one  of 
cynical  criticism.  We  were  attempting  to 
answer  the  question — is  radio  doing  as 
much  for  our  Navy  as  it  is  capable?  If 
not,  conditions  should  be  changed  either 
by  increasing  the  reliability  and  utility 
of  the  radio  service  or  in  educating  the  per- 
sonnel properly  to  appreciate  its  worth. 

Another  letter  taking  us  to  task  for  the 
article  comes  from  Mr.  C.  J.  Pannill,  vice- 
president  of  the  Independent  Wireless 
Telegraph  Company.  Mr.  Pannill  says: 

An  article  of  this  kind  may  do  the  Naval 
Communication  Service  considerable  harm,  and 
it  is  only  fair  to  ask  that  Professor  Morecroft 
get  in  touch  with  the  proper  authorities  in  the 
Navy  Department  and  set  the  public  right 
through  the  publication  in  RADIO  BROADCAST 
of  a  correction  to  his  article  mentioned.  My 
idea  in  taking  this  matter  up  with  you  is  due  to 
my  particular  interest  in  the  Naval  Communica- 
cation  Service,  since  I  had  a  good  deal  to  do 
with  laying  the  foundations  of  the  service  during 
the  time  I  served  in  the  Navy. 

Now  it  is  just  possible  that  pointing  out 
the  way  in  which  radio  has  not  proved  it- 


self may  do  the  Naval  Communication 
Service  more  good  than  could  be  accom- 
plished by  the  method  suggested  by  Mr. 
Pannill.  If  misstatements  were  made,  we 
shall  be  the  first  to  apologize  and  retract 
them,  but  in  spite  of  some  of  Mr.  Pannill's 
remarks,  it  is  not  evident  that  our  criti- 
cisms were  in  error.  The  circumstance 
which  brought  forth  our  comments  was  the 
dismal  failure  of  radio  communication  in 
the  PN-g  No.  i  near-disaster.  Referring 
to  the  U.  S.  S.  Honda  affair  and  the  PN-Q 
No.  i  failures,  Mr.  Pannill  says  that  "they 
are  not  chargeable  to  any  one  branch  of  the 
Navy  or  its  organization.  These  failures 
may  have  been  the  -fault  of  the  Navy  but 
the  reasons  assigned  were  not  sound  and 
were  evidently  written  without  adequate 
knowledge  of  the  facts." 

It  so  happens  that  as  Mr.  Pannill's  letter 
came  to  hand,  we  were  reading  further  evi- 
dence on  the  PN-g  No.  i  inquiry  and  found 
that  "Lt.  Byron  J.  Connell,  pilot  of 
the  PN-gNo.  i  said  that  he  was  satisfied  the 
PN-g  No.  i  failed  to  locate  the  Aroostook, 
the  last  of  the  station  boats  on  the  Hawaiian 
flight,  because  the  radio  bearings  received 
were  in  error.  The  plane  followed  the 
bearings  given  and  landed  in  the  sea  to  re- 
main there  for  nine  days."  In  the  same 
hearing,  Commander  Rodgers  said  that  the 


MARCH,  1926 


OUTSTANDING  RADIO  EVENTS  IN  1925 


553 


failure  to  reach  the  Aroostook  was  "due  to 
confusion  of  radio  bearings  and  possibly  an 
error  in  navigation." 

In  contradistinction  to  the  two  letters 
mentioned  above,  attempting  to  "soft 
pedal"  radio's  performance  in  the  two  in- 
stances named,  the  Navy  itself  sent  us  a 
most  courteous  inqury  for  suggestions  as  to 
what  constructive  criticism  we  could  offer. 

As  Mr.  Halcomb  says,  it  is  easy  to  sit 
back  and  criticize  what  others  have  done 
but  how  to  do  better?  Well,  in  the  interest 
of  radio  progress,  we  insist  again  that  the 
PN-g  No.  i  should  have  had  an  emergency 
radio  outfit.  Too  much  weight?  Then 
leave  one  of  the  men  at  home  and  make  the 
rest  of  the  crew  work  a  little  harder.  Bet- 
ter have  eight  overworked  men  arrive  at 
their  destination  than  nine  men  somewhat 
less  fatigued  drifting  helplessly  toward 
Japan. 

Unless  one  has  looked  at  a  map  of  the 
Pacific  in  the  vicinity  of  this  near-disaster 
he  cannot  realize  how  closely  this  crew 
came  to  perishing.  It  is  almost  an  acci- 
dent that  they  happened  to  drift  into  an 
island.  Had  the  direction  of  wind  changed 
a  little  they  would  probably  have  drifted 
clear  into  the  Pacific — forever. 

Shouldn't  there  have  been  some  radio 
outfit  aboard  which  would  keep  them  in 
touch  with  their  supply  ship  when  they 
were  forced  down?  It  is  doubtful  if  any 
sensible  man  to-day  would  differ  with  us. 

If  such  a  flight  as  that  to  Hawaii  is  so 
close  to  the  impossible  that  even  the  added 
weight  of  an  emergency  radio  outfit  would 
spell  failure  then  it  should  not  be  attempted. 
The  Navy  is  not  supplied  with  so  many 
capable  airmen  that  it  can  afford  to  take 
again  chances  as  it  took  in  that  flight. 
Those  responsible  for  such  projects  as  was 
attempted  by  the  PN-Q  No.  i  will  never  be 
told  by  their  junior  officers  that  the  chances 
of  success  are  too  slim  to  make  the  scheme 
worth  while — our  officers  are  not  of  that 
mind.  It  remains,  therefore,  for  some  rank 
outsider,  such  as  ourselves,  to  venture  the 
statement  that  possibly  things  should  have 
been  done  differently. 

The  Progress  of  Radio  in   1925 

PROBABLY  the  one  event  standing 
out  more  than  any  other  during  the 
year  1925  in  so  far  as  the  interests  of 
the  general  listener  are  concerned,  was  the 
spirit  in  which  the  questions  arising  at  the 
National  Radio  Conference  were  settled. 
While  the  conference  could  not  give  Secre- 
tary Hoover  any  power  to  act,  it  brought  to 
him  so  strongly  the  sentiment  of  the  coun- 
try on  certain  of  radio's  problems  that  he 
has  been  able  to  act  since  then  with  the  as- 
surance that  the  radio  public  was  behind 
him.  It  is  notable  that  for  some  weeks 
now,  not  a  single  broadcast  license  has  been 
issued.  It  is  hoped  that  this  condition 
will  continue. 

All  questions  arising  in  the  broadcasting 
realm,  said  the  radio  conferees,  must  be 
settled  in  the  interests  of  the  broadcast 
listeners  and  the  establishment  of  this 


policy  for  the  guidance  of  future  radio 
executives  will  prove  to  be  a  real  boon  to 
all  of  us.  Any  sensitive  set  to-day  gives 
heterodyne  notes  in  many  of  the  radio 
channels  which  are  supposed  to  be  without 
interference  and  this  situation  can  be 
remedied  only  by  keeping  constantly  in 
mind  the  policy  that  the  interest  of  the 
listener,  rather  than  that  of  the  broad- 
caster, must  prevail.  Many  of  our  present 
stations  must  soon  be  eliminated,  and  this 
event  was  certainly  predicted  by  the  spirit 
of  the  radio  conference. 

The  great  attempt  being  made  to  furnish 
the  public  with  a  satisfactory  battery  elim- 
inator is  perhaps  the  next  outstanding  fea- 
ture of  the  radio  season  just  passed.  Not 
yet  successful  enough  to  call  the  problem 
solved,  yet  near  enough  to  make  us  believe 
that  the  real  solution  is  at  hand,  the  work 
of  those  radio  engineers  engaged  on  this 
problem  is  probably  of  more  present  signi- 
ficance to  the  broadcast  listeners  than  any 
other.  Of  course,  as  the  battery  interests 
maintain,  there  are  many  places  where  1 10 
volts  a.  c.  cannot  furnish  power  for  the 
radio  outfit  because  there  are  many  houses 
which  do  not  have  it.  The  number  of 
such  homes  is  rapidly  diminishing  so  that 
it  may  truthfully  be  said  that  the  battery 
eliminator  (for  both  A  and  B  supplies)  is 
awaited  to-day  by  millions  of  listeners. 

The  remarkable  popularity  of  the  straight 
line  frequency  condenser  shows  that  there 
was  a  real  demand  for  such  a  piece  of  ap- 
paratus. First  introduced  about  two  years 
ago,  it  has,  during  the  past  year,  shown  it- 
self so  valuable  that  the  old  semi-circular 
plate  condenser  has  today  a  limited  sale. 
The  innovation  of  this  specially  formed  con- 


denser, spreading  out  the  stations  on  the 
lower  part  of  the  dial,  was  a  decided  help 
to  the  broadcast  listeners. 

The  use  of  the  piezo-electric  crystal  as  a 
frequency  stabilizer  will  soon  be  looked 
back  upon  as  one  of  the  milestones  in  the 
improvement  of  radio  transmission.  With 
the  present  spacing  of  stations  on  the  fre- 
quency scale,  some  standardization  scheme 
is  absolutely  necessary  and  the  curiously 
acting  bits  of  quartz  crystal  which  serve  to 
make  a  small  tube  oscillate  at  an  exact  and 
constant  frequency,  are  accomplishing  this 
purpose  admirably.  Rochelle  salt  is  about 
one  hundred  times  as  active  a  crystal  as  is 
quartz  and  would  probably  serve  the  pur- 
pose even  better  if  it  were  not  so  fragile, 
and  soluble  in  water.  Piezo-electrically 
a  wonderful  material,  it  is  mechanically 
so  inferior  to  the  durable  and  constant 
quartz,  that  the  latter  will  undoubtedly 
soon  be  fixing  the  frequency  of  all  our  im- 
portant broadcasting  stations. 

Picture  transmission  by  radio  secured  a 
large  amount  of  attention  during  the  past 
year,  but  so  far  has  become  commercially 
important  over  only  one  or  two  channels. 
It  is  sure  to  develop  into  a  service  of  im- 
mense importance  (with  the  possibility  of 
doing  away  altogether  with  our  dash  and 
dot  communication  system)  but  much 
development  work  remains  to  be  done  be- 
fore that  is  accomplished. 

The  quality  of  reception  in  the  average 
receiving  set  was  much  improved  during 
the  past  year.  Great  improvements  were 
made  in  the  characteristics  of  tubes  to 
operate  with  loud  speakers,  by  the  research 
engineers  of  the  General  Electric  Company, 
and  several  fundamental  and  important 


A   CORNER    IN    THE    RADIO   CABIN    OF    A    NEW    ITALIAN    LINER 

The  Conte  Biancamano,  which  is  said  to  be  the  largest  liner  flying  the  Italian  flag.  The  installation 
is  quite  modern.  A  soo-watt  tube  transmitter  for  telegraphy  can  be  seen  in  the  right  hand  corner. 
Note  the  position  of  the  transmitting  key,  just  a  few  inches  from  the  edge  of  the  operating  table. 
This  position  would  be  almost  an  impossible  one  for  an  American  operator,  as  practically  all  of  the 
operators  trained  here  use  a  sending  motion  which  rests  the  entire  arm  on  the  table 


554 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


MARCH,  1926 


ONE   OF   THE    RADIO   DEVELOPMENTS   OF    1925 
A  beautifully  compact   vacuum   tube  commercial  transmitter 
with  a  power  of  two  hundred  watts.     This  outfit  has  a  wave- 
length range  of  600  to  900  meters  and  is  especially  designed  for 
radio  telegraphy  aboard  ships 


studies  of  the  characteristics  of  loud  speak- 
ers themselves  were  reported  to  our  engin- 
eering societies.  To  some  extent  keeping 
pace  with  the  improved  quality  of  reception 
of  the  average  receiving  set,  the  programs 
themselves  may  in  general  be  considered  as 
somewhat  better  than  last  year.  Most 
notable  among  the  year's  accomplishments 
in  this  direction  is  the  series  of  Atwater- 
Kent  Musical  Hours.  Not  less  pleasing, 
even  if  less  important,  are  several  series  of 
concerts  by  certain  of  our  well-known 
trios  and  ensembles.  The  "  Dinner-Hour" 
music  is  a  real  treat  for  the  average  subur- 
banite, who  gets  the  benefit  of  good  music 
with  his  meals  without  the  disadvantage  of 
a  cover  charge.  As  one  turns  from  station 
to  station,  however,  at  about  eleven  o'clock 
in  the  evening,  he  is  impressed  with  the 
concentration  of  jazz.  It  is  hard  to  believe 
that  there  really  is  a  demand  for  the  con- 
coctions the  average  dance  orchestra  sends 
out  over  the  midnight  radio  channels. 

With  the  advent  of  two  5O-kilowatt  sta- 
tions, WGY  and  wjz,  the  era  of  international 
broadcasting  seems  ready  to  start.  The  re- 
broadcasts  which  have  occurred  to  date, 
of  programs  flung  across  the  Atlantic, 
haven't  been  worth  while  except  as  a 
"stunt."  But  by  raising  the  signal  strength 
ten  times  or  more,  the  static  disturbance 


may  become  comparatively 
unimportant.  In  general,  these 
high  powers  have  not  caused  as 
much  disturbance  as  had  been 
anticipated;  those  close  by 
(within  a  few  miles)  have  no 
doubt  been  well  deluged  with 
the  energy  of  these  powerful 
stations,  but  by  using  proper 
traps  to  bypass  most  of  their 
signals,  much  of  the  present 
trouble  will  disappear.  A 
proper  policy  for  a  super- 
power station  to  adopt  would 
be  to  start  operation  on  very 
low  power  and  gradually  to  in- 
crease the  radiation,  taking 
perhaps  three  months  to  grow 
to  their  normal  rated  strength. 
This  method  of  procedure 
would  do  away  with  much  of 
the  complaint  as  the  near-by 
listeners  would  gradually  be- 
come accustomed  to  methods 
and  apparatus  for  eliminating 
these  powerful  signals. 

The  feeling  against  the  re- 
generative receiver  has  steadily 
grown  until  the  listener  is 
almost  ashamed  today  to 
acknowledge  the  ownership 
of  such  a  set.  The  man 
known  to  operate  such  a 
receiver  is  at  once  blamed 
by  his  neighbors  for  all  the 
howls  they  hear  and  the  con- 
tinued cultivation  of  this 
attitude,  by  those  owning 
non-radiating  receivers,  will 
do  much  to  hasten  the  dem- 
ise of  this  undesired  member 
of  the  receiver  familv. 


A  most  remarkable  study  of  wave  inter- 
ference and  signal  distortion  was  reported 
during  the  past  winter  and  it  seemed  to  the 
writer  that  Bown,  Martin,  and  Potter,  the 
research  engineers  responsible  for  this  work, 
were  laying  out  for  themselves  a  unique 
problem  on  which  they  will  probably  work 
alone.  It  is  likely  that  these  engineers  will 
do  this  work  so  well  that  the  field  becomes 
theirs  and  we  shall  look  entirely  to  them  for 
explanations  of  transmission  phenomena. 

In  the  patent  situation,  the  granting  of 
the  high  vacuum  invention  to  Langmuir 
stands  out  as  the  one  event  of  the  year. 
Continued  and  expensive  litigation  along 
other  lines  points  out  the  entire  inadequacy 
of  our  present  patent  scheme.  It  seems 
nowadays  that  the  granting  of  a  patent 
has  scarcely  more  significance  than  a  license 
to  sue  others.  The  overworked  staff  of 
our  Patent  Office  is  so  loaded  up  that  fre- 
quently five  years  or  more  are  required  for 
a  patent  to  be  issued.  Secretary  Hoover 
may  be  able  to  arrange  some  new  method  of 
procedure  so  that  much  of  the  wrangling, 
which  now  takes  place  before  a  court  after 
the  patent  is  issued,  might  be  heard  before 
the  patent  is  granted,  so  that  the  patent  is 
really  of  some  value  to  the  inventor;  at 
present  it  is  worth  practically  nothing  un- 
less he  is  backed  by  some  powerful  cor- 
poration. 

The  year  has  seen  a  growing  appreciation 
of  the  value  of  scientific  research — not  the 
research  having  as  its  goal  a  new  receiving 
set,  or  more  economical  triode,  but  research 
in  the  realm  of  pure  science,  the  kind  under- 
taken to  determine  the  truths  of  an  unsolved 
problem.  Not  only  has  the  work  of  the 
pure  scientist  received  increasing  recogni- 
tion, but  from  the  highest  sources,  words  of 
appreciation  have  been  showered  upon  him. 


I 


THE  CONTROL  PANEL  OF  A  FORTY-KW.  TUBE  TRANSMITTER 

Built  by  the  General  Electric  Company  for  use  in  the  station  at  Kahuku,  Hawaii.    This  transmitter 

when  installed  will  continue  the  radio  link  now  in  force  between  Hawaii  and  California.     Another 

similar  radio  station  competes  with  the  cables  to  Japan  and  links  Hawaii  with  Tokio 


MARCH,  1926 


HOW  BROADCAST  LISTENERS  SERVE  EACH  OTHER 


555 


LEGEND 
BiOOO  WATTS  OQ  MOOfl 

500  WATTS  OO  MOOE 

BUT  LESS  THAN  &OOO  WATTS 

LESS  THAN  5OO  WATTS 


THE   DISTRIBUTION   OF   BROADCASTING   STATIONS   IN   THE   UNITED   STATES 

On  the  first  of  November,  1925.  This  chart  was  officially  compiled  for  the  Department  of  Commerce. 
Note  how  comparatively  few  stations  there  are  operating  with  a  power  of  more  than  5  kilowatts. 
Since  the  Fourth  National  Radio  Conference,  the  number  of  stations  has  not  increased.  There 
are  now  536  broadcast  stations  to  supply  aerial  provender  for  the  estimated  four  and  a  half  million 

radio  receivers 


In  a  recent  talk  before  the  Society  of  Me- 
chanical Engineers,  Secretary  Hoover  ex- 
pressed the  opinion  that  Michael  Faraday's 
discoveries  were  of  such  value  as  to  "per- 
form for  us  in  one  day  more  service  than  the 
whole  banking  community  does  in  a  year." 
Yet  Faraday  never  received  more  than  five 
hundred  dollars  a  year,  whereas  the  bank 
executive  to-day  never  feels  himself  over- 
paid with  a  $50,000  salary.  Yet  even  now 
so  little  do  we  appreciate  men  with  the  Far- 
aday point  of  view,  that  we  spend  for  re- 
search and  pure  science  only  one  tenth  of 
what  we  spend  for  cosmetics.  For  every 
dollar  the  scientist  spends  to  discover  the 
truth,  the  women  of  the  land  spend  ten  to 
conceal  it.  But  when  such  men  as  Mr. 
Hoover  bring  their  influence  to  back  up  re- 
search in  pure  science  then  we  are  well 
started  to  fill  the  position  in  the  world's 
scientific  progress  which  our  country  is  evi- 
dently destined  to  occupy. 

A  Note  on  the  Langmuir  Patent 

A  SHORT  time  ago  we  made  a  comment 
*»  on  the  "high  vacuum  patent" 
which  was  issued  to  Langmuir,  expressing 
our  idea- that  Langmuir  had  not  invented 
anything  and  that  the  issuance  of  the  pat- 
ent was  a  mistake  on  the  part  of  the  Patent 
Office.  We  are  in  receipt  of  a  letter  from 
Mr.  F.  S.  McCullough,  who  has  been  as- 
sociated with  vacuum  tube  manufacture 
for  many  years,  in  which  he  agrees  heartily 
with  the  ideas  we  expressed.  This  tube 
engineer  has  some  old  DeForest  audions  in 
his  possession,  he  says,  which  show  a  higher 
vacuum  than  do  the  present  Radio  Corpo- 
ration tubes.  As  long  as  facts  such  as  these 
can  be  certified  to  by  reputable  engineers  it 
is  incomprehensible  that  the  Court  should 
sustain  the  Langmuir  patent. 

More  Millions  for  Radio 

¥  T  SEEMS  that  some  ambitious  attorneys 
have  persuaded  R.  A.  Fessenden  (well- 
known  for  his  submarine  signalling  ap- 
paratus and  patents  on  the  radio  hetero- 
dyne principle)  that  he  has  been  grossly 


r 


swindled  by  some  sort  of  monopolistic 
control  in  the  radio  industry  and  that  by 
due  legal  process  he  might  collect  as  dam- 
ages $60,000,000.  It  is  very  interesting 
to  a  college  professor,  with  his  rather 
modest  income,  to  see  how  some  of  these 
radio  inventors  do  juggle  with  millions. 
Their  smallest  unit  of  money  seems  to  be 
about  $100,000,  and  to  judge  from  the 
rumors  extant,  some  of  them  have  collected 
many  units. 

Fessenden  really  has  been  a  very  prolific 
worker  in  the  radio  field,  one  of  his  ideas, 
for  example,  being  covered  by  the  hetero- 
dyne patent.  To  hear  a  high-frequency 
current  it  must  be  combined  with  another 
current  of  nearly  the  same  frequency,  to 
produce  beats.  The  first  alternator  of  the 
type  now  credited  to  Alexanderson  was 
built  by  Fessenden.  He 
now  claims  that  eight  of 
the  principal  concerns  deal- 
ing in  radio  have  conspired 
to  do  him  out  of  his  just 
rewards  and  have  not  offered 
him  a  fair  value  for  his  in- 
vention. The  attorneys' 
claims  sound  rather  flimsy 
to  us,  but  possibly  the  men 
who  drew  them  up  feel  that 
there  is  some  chance  of 
collecting  a  little  money  for 
their  client. 

Who   Invented  the 

New  Photo- Electric 

Cell? 

IN  THE  same  mail  that 
brought  criticism  of  our 
naval  radio  article  came 
a  letter  from  Mr.  T.  H. 
Nakken,  criticizing  our 
comments  on  the  photo- 
electric cell  which  ac- 
complished such  remark- 
able effects  at  the  recent 
electrical  show.  The  new 
type  of  photo-electric 
cell  was  shown  by  Mr. 


Zworykin,  of  the  research  staff  of  the  West- 
inghouse  Company  That  company  claimed 
the  invention  was  theirs.  Mr.  Nakken 
informs  us,  however,  that  he  patented  this 
device  several  years  ago  and  that  full  publi- 
cation was  made  in  England  and  France 
three  years  ago.  "This,"  according  to  Mr. 
Nakken,  "made  it  comparatively  easy  for 
the  Westinghouse  Company  to  invent  the 
device." 

So,  with  the  aim  of  being  fair,  we  cannot 
do  less  than  publish  Mr.  Nakken's  claim 
to  this  novel  piece  of  apparatus.  His  pat- 
ent in  the  United  States  was  issued  about 
a  year  ago,  but  was  filed  over  five  years  ago. 
It  may  be  that  Mr.  Zworykin  has  added 
something  to  Nakken's  ideas,  but  on  such 
a  controversial  point  we  can  hardly  enter 
in  these  columns. 

Broadcast   Listeners  Organize 

IN  THE  Middle  West,  the  broadcast 
listeners  have  found  it  to  their  advan- 
tage to  organize  in  order  to  improve  the 
conditions  under  which  they  receive  their 
programs.  One  such  organization,  the 
Broadcast  Listeners  Association  of  Indian- 
apolis, reports  an  extensive  program  with 
the  purpose  of  eliminating  interference  of  all 
sorts.  After  only  a  short  existence,  the 
membership  list  has  expanded  to  twelve 
hundred  and  the  activities  become  quite 
diversified.  The  small  membership  fee 
proves  sufficient  to  carry  on  what  paid 
work  appears  necessary;  certain  trouble 
locating  apparatus  has  been  purchased  and 
is  regularly  used  by  some  of  the  members  in 
finding  out  the  reasons  for  poor  reception. 
According  to  a  report  recently  released, 
meetings  are  held  regularly,  at  which  radio 
engineers  generally  give  talks  on  interfer- 


RADIO    PRINCIPLES  AT  WORK   IN   THE    POWER   HOUSE 

The  so-called  "storm  detector"  used  in  the  power  house  of  the 
Brooklyn  Edison  Company  at  Gold  Street.  The  principle  of 
the  device  is  merely  a  simple  application  of  the  detection  of 
static  charges,  which  is  ingeniously  employed  to  ring  a  bell. 
With  a  warning  of  approaching  storms,  the  power  companies 
can  prepare  for  the  increased  load  that  the  darkness  will  cause 


556 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


MARCH,  1926 


ence  causes  and  their  prevention; from  three 
hundred  to  five  hundred  people  have 
attended  these  meetings.  A  campaign 
against  the  single-circuit  regenerative  re- 
ceiver is  being  constantly  waged,  while 
for  those  who  still  prefer  to  use  this  type  of 
receiver,  an  educational  series  of  talks  on 
the  proper  and  legitimate  use  of  regenera- 
tion has  been  carried  out. 

A  remarkable  degree  of  cooperation  has 
been  secured  from  the  public  utility  com- 
panies in  Indianapolis  and  vicinity.  A 
typical  letter,  from  the  superintendent  of 
the  Indianapolis  Street  Railway  Company 
says:  "This  company  stands  ready  to  co- 
operate with  the  Broadcast  Listeners  As- 
sociation at  all  times  and  will  remedy  any 
condition  of  its  tracks  or  cars  that  might 
interfere  with  radio  reception.  We  have 
already  cleared  up  several  bad  spots  that 
have  been  complained  of  by  radio  users." 
The  telephone  company  and  the  electric 
power  companies  have  similarly  expressed 
their  desire  to  remedy  conditions  which  are 
pointed  out  by  the  Listeners  Association 
as  being  detrimental  to  good  radio  reception. 
This  association,  it  appears,  is  accomplish- 
ing a  really  valuable  work  for  the  listeners 
in  Indiana. 


The  Month  In  Radio 


THE  annual  report  of  the  Chief 
Signal  Officer  brings  to  light  the 
fact  that  the  army  is  now  regularly 
using  radio  channels  to  carry  on  its  routine 
business.  A  net  of  radio  stations  all  over 
the  country  has  been  built  up,  the  network 
comprising  twelve  major  stations  and  sixty 
auxiliary  ones.  About  eight  hundred  mes- 
sages are  handled  each  day  over  this  network. 
In  requesting  more  appropriation  for  devel- 
opment, General  Saltzman  states  that  if  the 
communication  which  was  effected  through 
his  radio  chain  had  been  handled  by  com- 
mercial channels  it  would  have  cost  the 
government  $156,000.  It  is  just  possible 
that  it  actually  cost  the  government  more 
than  that  if  the  proper  charges  were  made, 
but  even  so  the  radio  chain  is  a  valuable 
asset  to  our  country,  one  that  the  Army 
should  have  available  for  emergencies  in 
any  case,  even  though  it  could  show  no 
saving  at  all. 

FEW  of  us  know  enough  about  automo- 
biles to  care  thoroughly  for  them  our- 
selves; we  depend  largely  upon  the  service 
man  for  inspection  or  repairs.  Without 
the  country-wide  service  of  this  character 
it  is  sure  the  automobile  industry  would 
not  have  grown  as  it  has. 

Now,  in  a  lesser  degree  probably,  the  radio 
receiving  sets  of  our  country  need  the  serv- 
ice man.  But  few  of  the  listeners  know 
the  functions  of  the  different  parts  of  a  set, 
but  they  would  like  to  know  that  they  are 
functioning  properly.  The  "radio  service 
man"  is  due  to  arrive.  A  group  of  repair 
and  maintenance  men,  thoroughly  familiar 


with  all  ordinary  types  of  receivers,  could 
build  up  quite  a  clientele  in  almost  any 
sizable  town,  we  imagine.  They  must 
know  the  different  sets  and  what  they  are 
capable  of  and  how  to  remedy  faults.  It 
seems  as  though  quite  a  lucrative  business 
might  be  built  up  along  this  line  and  we 
expect  to  see  someone  do  it. 

As  is  frequently  mentioned,  the  way  of 
the  inventor  is  long  and  tedious  and  he 
never  knows  whether  his  idea  is  safely  his 
own  or  not.  A  case  in  point  has  to  do  with 
the  modulation  of  the  output  of  a  vacuum 
tube  oscillator.  This  scheme  is  used  in 
every  broadcasting  station  today.  In  spite 
of  its  universal  application,  no  patent  has 
yet  been  granted.  White,  of  the  General 
Electric  Company,  Hartley  of  the  Bell 
Laboratories,  and  De  Forest  have  been  in  a 
three-cornered  argument  for  about  eight 
years.  After  going  through  the  normal 
Patent  Office  routine,  the  case  went  to  the 
Examiner  of  Interferences,  who  gave  De 
Forest  priority.  The  Board  of  Examiners 
in  Chief  was  then  appealed  to  by  White  and 
Hartley  and  this  board  reversed  the  inter- 
ference examiners'  verdict  and  gave  the  idea 
to  Hartley.  Then  De  Forest  and  White 
appealed  the  case  to  the  United  States 
Court  of  Appeals  and  only  now  have  the 
arguments  before  this  court  just  been  com- 
pleted. 

Even  an  older  matter  apparently  still 
has  to  be  settled.  The  Court  of  Appeals 
of  the  District  of  Columbia  has  just  re- 
versed a  ruling  of  the  Patent  Office  on 
LeVy  vs.  Armstrong,  so  that  now  LeVy  is 
permitted  to  go  ahead  with  interference 
proceedings  against  Armstrong,  to  whom 
the  regenerative  patent  has  already  been 
issued.  And  in  this  same  line  it  still  remains 
to  be  settled,  apparently,  whether  Arm- 
strong or  De  Forest  is  entitled  to  the  oscil- 
lating audion  patent. 

EACH  year  the  work  of  the  Bureau  of 
Standards  is  inspected  and  reported 
upon  by  a  Visiting  Committee,  made  up  of 
men  not  connected  in  any  way  with  the 
Bureau  but  all  of  whom  are  closely  in  touch 
with  the  needs  of  our  country  as  regards 
development  and  research.  After  com- 
menting upon  the  great  value  to  our  coun- 
try shown  by  the  results  of  the  Bureau 
workers  (the  report  states  that  the  auto- 
mobile industry  is  saving  $155,000,000  a 
year  as  a  result  of  Bureau  studies)  the  com- 
mittee emphasizes  the  great  value  of  basic 
research — the  kind  that  has  no  immediate 
apparent  application. 

It  is  the  opinion  of  the  committee  that 
the  Bureau  work  should  tend  in  this  direc- 
tion more  than  it  has  done  in  the  past.  It 
is  pointed  out  that  private  research  labora- 
tories are  generally  forced  to  work  on  cer- 
tain questions  having  to  do  with  special 
problems  of  the  industry  maintaining  them 
and  that  these  laboratories  are  not  generally 
free  to  publish  their  researches.  The  Bu- 
reau of  Standards,  on  the  other  hand,  is 
maintained  by  the  government  for  the  good 
of  all  industries  and  so  can  most  suitably 
attack  those  apparently  unremunerative 


A.    ATWATER    KENT 
Philadelphia;  Radio  Manufacturer 

"  Improved  programs,  I  believe,  will  feature 
11)26  broadcasting  to  an  even  greater  extent 
than  was  true  in  1925.  As  a  result  oj  the 
Sunday  night  programs  by  world  famous 
artists,  that  I  was  fortunate  enough  to  arrange, 
I  have  found  that  the  American  public  likes 
good  music.  They  will  get  more  of  it  during 
the  coming  year.  Perhaps  the  two  greatest 
fields  for  the  development  of  radio  in  1926, 
however,  are  its  use  on  the  farm  and  in 
education.  Steps  recently  taken  by  Secretary 
Jardine  to  further  radio  service  to  farmers 
will  prove  of  far  reaching  importance.  The 
lime  will  come  when  every  schoolroom — city 
and  country  alike — will  have  a  radio  receiving 
set  to  supplement  the  work  of  the  teacher  in 
the  class  room.  The  new  year  will  bring  a 
big  advance  toward  that  condition." 


problems  out  of  the  results  of  which  in- 
dustry generally  reaps  rich  rewards. 

THE  past  year's  report  of  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Lighthouses,  just  received, 
indicates  the  gradually  increasing  impor- 
tance of  radio  signalling  to  the  protection 
of  ships  approaching  our  shores.  The  very 
first  paragraph,  which  is  a  long  one,  deals 
only  with  the  new  radio  installations. 
There  are  now  thirteen  radio  fog  signal 
stations  under  his  direction,  one  of  them, 
installed  on  Lake  Huron  during  the  past 
year,  being  the  first  of  its  kind  to  be  tried 
out  on  the  Great  Lakes.  Equipment  for 
fifteen  additional  stations  (all  outfits  of  the 
vacuum  tube  type)  is  ordered,  six  for  the 
Great  Lakes,  one  for  the  Maine  coast,  and 
the  rest  for  the  Pacific.  We  note  that  one 
of  these  is  for  Point  Arguello,  the  scene  of 
the  Naval  destroyer  catastrophe.  Cer- 
tain improvements  in  synchronizing  the 
signals  from  adjacent  stations  have  been 
carried  out  and  the  fog  signal  station  on 
Nantucket  Light  has  been  operated  during 
the  past  year  for  fifteen  minutes  out  of 
every  hour  to  test  the  efficiency  of  the  sta- 
tion in  giving  long-distance  bearings  for 
the  incoming  ships.  No  comments  are 
made  as  to  whether  this  service  has  been 
of  appreciable  value. 

Important  as  we  may  think  the  radio  fog 
signalling  to  be,  it  is  actually  a  very  small 


MARCH,  1926 


RECENT  REMARKS  ABOUT  RADIO 


557 


GEN.    CHARLES    MCK.    SALTZMAN 

Washington;    Chief  Signal  Officer 

United  States  Army 

"  While  the  technical  advance  in  radio  broad- 
casting apparatus  for  transmission  and 
reception  during  the  year  1925  has  been 
confined  largely  to  improvement  in  programs 
and  wider  dissemination  of  those  programs 
as  a  result  of  the  use  of  greater  power  and 
linked  up  stations,  there  has  been  much 
development  in  other  fields  of  the  art,  prin- 
cipally in  long  distance  telegraphic  communi- 
cation. The  most  outstanding  advance  in 
this  branch  of  radio  communication  has 
been  in  the  development  of  the  short  wave 
bands,  where  it  has  been  demonstrated  that  on 
certain  frequencies,  with  an  insignificant 
amount  of  power  and  at  small  cost,  communi- 
cation has  been  conducted  over  greater  dis- 
tances that  had  hitherto  been  considered 
only  possible  of  accomplishment  with  the 
extremely  high  power,  long  wave  stations. 
I  predict  that  in  the  coming  year  we  shall  see 
many  improvements  and  novelties  in  the 
broadcasting  activities.  In  the  commercial 
field  and  as  a  result  of  the  short  wave  develop- 
ments, we  may  look  for  some  revolutionary 
advances  in  radio  communication  and 
correspondingly  increased  use  of  radio  for 
international  correspondence." 


part  of  the  total  activity  of  this  govern- 
ment department.  For  1926  out  of  a  total 
appropriation  of  $9,700,000,  only  $16,000 
is  allowed  for  radio  fog  signals.  Of  a  total 
of  1207  fog  signals,  fog  horns,  submarine 
bells,  whistling  buoys,  bell  buoys,  etc., 
only  thirteen  of  them  are  radio  stations. 

The  fog  signal  on  the  Ambrose  Channel 
Lightship  is  a  tube  transmitter  which  has 
been  operated  close  to  the  metropolitan  dis- 
trict since  April,  1924;  the  report  comments 
on  the  fact  that  nocomplaintof  interference 
has  ever  been  lodged  against  this  station. 
Had  a  spark  transmitter  been  used,  the 
government  would  have  heard  from  a  great 
many  broadcast  listeners,  no  doubt. 

WE  GENERALLY  like  to  print  rea- 
sonably accurate  statements  in  these 
columns,  but  it  seems  that  one  slipped  in  a 
few  issues  back  which  hasn't  the  stamp  of 


dependability.  Mr.  William  Dubilier,  who 
makes  a  rather  good  living  from  mica  con- 
densers, was  quoted  as  saying  that  in 
America  the  radio  industry  has  grown  so 
rapidly  that  it  is  now  equal  to  the  automo- 
bile industry. 

Mr.  Sarnoff  estimates  the  past  year's 
radio  business  as  $350,000,000,  and  he 
would  not  be  inclined  to  understate  the 
matter.  Motor  Magazine  tells  us  that 
there  was  an  increase  in  car  registration  in 
our  country  of  2,132,758  last  year.  So 
by  combining  Mr.  Dubilier's  statement  and 
Mr.  Sarnoffs  estimate  with  the  above 
figure  we  find  that  the  average  price  of  the 
new  automobiles  purchased  last  year  was 
$164.30!  We  must  conclude  that  Mr. 
Dubilier's  statement  was  open  to  question. 

A  PUBLICATION  of  the  Bureau  of  the 
**•  Census,  dealing  with  the  Farm  Census 
of  New  Hampshire,  gives  the  total  farms 
reported  as  19,895,  of  which  only  2,366  had 
radio  outfits.  Evidently  there  is  still  plenty 
of  market  for  good  receiving  sets. 


Interesting  Things 

Said  Interestingly 


A  LMA  CLUCK  (New  York;  former  opera 
**•  singer  and  still  well  known  on  the  concert 
stage):  "Since  the  time  a  single  record  netted 
me  sufficient  to  buy  a  private  house  on  Park 
Avenue,  receipts  from  royalties  have  fallen  off 
precipitously,  and  all  because  of  radio.  The 
radio  is  a  nuisance.  They  are  perfectly  darn 
foolish  things  to  have  around,  and,  besides  the 
squawks,  most  of  what  one  hears  over  the  radio 
is  terrible." 

HUGH  S.  Pocock  (London,    England;   editor 
of  Wireless  World): 

"Wireless  is  still  a  new  industry,  and  the 
design  of  apparatus  associated  with  broadcast 
reception  is  passing  through  a  stage  of  evolution. 
The  steady  development  which  is  going  on  is  not 
entirely  the  outcome  of  invention,  but  is  more 
probably  due  to  the  stabilizing  of  an  industry 
and  the  establishment 
of  an  improved  manu- 
facturing organization. 
It  may  be  said  that  the 
manufacturer  and  the 
wireless  enthusiast  have 
rivalled  each  other  in  an 
endeavor  to  construct 
equipments  possessing 
good  selectivity,  an  ex- 
tensive receiving  range, 
with  easy  manipulation 
and  the  elimination  of 
distortion.  It  must  be 
admitted  that  a  peculiar 
position  has  existed 
where  prospective  pur- 
chasers would  exercise 
caution  and  seek  advice 
before  selecting  a  receiv- 
ing set,  and  exhibit  a 
hesitancy  that  would 
indicate  a  lack  of  con- 
fidence in  the  manu- 
facturer. The  exhibi- 
tion this  year  indicates 


that  a  change  has  come  about  and  that  the 
wireless  trade  is  now  taking  a  lead.  It  is  now 
possible  to  select  a  broadcast  receiving  set  built 
to  a  design  that  will  not  be  rapidly  superseded 
and  with  which  the  user  will  remain  satisfied 
in  spite  of  his  technical  interest  in  receiver 
design." 

J.   J.   WALSH    (Dublin,    Ireland;    Minister  of 
Posts  and  Telegraphs) : 
"The  science  and  practice  of  agriculture  and 
horticulture   will    hold   a   prominent    place    in 
the  items  compromising  the  programs   of  our 
broadcasting  stations,  and  it  will  be  sedulously 
seen  to  that  everything  that  wireless  broadcast- 
ing can  do  will  be  done  to  inform  and  instruct 
the  farming  classes  and  to  keep  them  in  touch 
with  current  agricultural  research. 

Market  reports,  seasonable  lectures,  weather 
forecasts,  etc.,  will  be  regular  features  of  the 
programs. 

Our  news  service  we  propose  to  make  second  to 
none,  and  how  much  this  will  be  appreciated  by 
our  country  people  will  be  understood  when  it  is 
remembered  that  they  are  insatiable  gluttons 
for  news.  Their  salutations  are  invariably 
followed  by  'Bhfu.il  aon  sceul  agat't'  ('Have 
you  any  news?')" 

REV.       DR.      S.       EDWARD      YOUNG 
(New  York;  in  a  sermon  delivered  at  the 
Bedford  Presbyterian  Church,  Brooklyn): 

"We  should  encourage  broadcasting  stations 
and  broadcasters  to  refrain,  as  far  as  possible, 
from  conflicting  with  the  usual  hours  of  church 
worship.  Since  nothing  can  really  take  the 
place  of  the  assembling  of  God's  people  in  God's 
house,  the  time  of  their  assemblage  ought  to  be 
protected  from  needless  rivalry  or  distraction. 
To  be  commended  is  a  great  broadcasting  station 
for  not  starting  its  tremendous  entertainment 
at  night  until  after  the  sanctuaries  have  closed. 

DR.  JOHN  J.  T1GERT  (Washington; 
United  States  Commissioner  of  Education) : 
"The  benefits  of  hearing  the  best  music  are  so 
great  that  I  have  always  favored  making  it 
available  to  the  greatest  number  of  persons  pos- 
sible. Arrangement  of  programs  such  as  the 
Atwater  Kent  series  marks  the  attainment  of 
an  important  milestone  in  this  direction,  because 
it  will  make  a  vastly  greater  number  of  Ameri- 
cans acquainted  with  the  best  music  and  the 
best  musicians. 


IN     THE     MANUFACTURE     OF     FIXED    CONDENSERS 
The  mica  must  be  accurate  in  thickness.     One  degree  on  the  large-scale 
micrometer  in  the  photograph   equals  one  one-thousandth  of  an   inch 


Can  We  Forecast  Radio  Reception  From 


The    Results    of   Many    Experiments    Seem    to    Show    That   Weather    Conditions 
Influence  Radio  Reception — Some  Rules  for  the  Amateur  Radio- Weather  Forecaster 


By  J.  C.  JENSEN 

Nebraska  Westeyan  University 


M 


ARK  TWAIN  is 
credited  with  the 
remark  that  al- 
though everyone 
talks  about  the  weather,  no 
one  does  anything  about  it. 
Thirty  years  ago  when  bicycle 
riding  was  all  the  rage  .among 
the  young  people,  many  a  joy 
ride  of  twenty  miles  over  coun- 
try roads  was  suddenly  turned 
into  a  weary  tramp  through 
the  mud  when  an  unfriendly 
thunderstorm  got  into  action 
in  mid-afternoon.  Not  long 
ago  the  newspapers  carried 
of  automobile  tour- 
were  marooned  on 
of  Pike's  Peak  by 
snowstorm,  and  of 
our  famous  dirigible,  the 
an  Ohio  windstorm.  It 


accounts 
ists  who 
the  top 
an  early 


)AN  I  forecast  radio  reception  as  the  weather  is  forecast?"  Since  the 
publication  of  Professor  Van  Cleef's  "Do  Weather  Conditions  Influence 
Radio?"  we  have  received  many  inquiries  worded  like  that  sentence.  Many 
amateurs  who  now  have  radio  receivers  are  anxious  to  extend  their  hobby,  but  still 
to  maintain  a  distinct  radio  tinge  to  their  experiments.  The  investigation  of  how 
radio  conditions  are  influenced  by  the  weather  can  be  done  with  no  other  equip- 
ment than  a  good  radio  set  and  the  United  States  Weather  Bureau  daily  weather 
map.  The  map  is  printed  by  most  newspapers  or  one  can  be  put  on  the  mailing 
list  of  the  nearest  Weather  Bureau  office  for  a  small  sum.  Neither  Mr.  Van 
Cleef,  or  Mr.  Jensen  would  care  to  say  that  radio  conditions,  that  is,  the  strength 
of  signals,  amount  of  static,  and  the  probabilities  of  fading  can  definitely  be 
forecast.  Mr.  Jensen  in  this  highly  interesting  article  does  say,  however,  that, 
knowing  national  weather  conditions,  it  is  possible  to  tell  pretty  definitely  and 
accurately  what  conditions  will  be.  The  author  will  of  course  be  glad  to  hear  from 
readers  who  find  interesting  facts  about  thevagaries  of  the  weather,  and  Mr.  F.  M. 
Herrick  of  the  Taylor  Instrument  Companies,  Rochester,  New  York,  would 
similarly  like  to  hear  from  experimenters. — THE  EDITOR. 


of 


the  loss 
Shenandoab,  in 
would  be  un- 
reasonable to  expect  that  radio,  the  latest 
"indoor  sport,"  should  be  an  exception 
and  escape  without  any  handicaps  resulting 
from  weather  conditions.  Radio  reception 
has  the  advantage,  however,  that  when 
J.  Pluvius  makes  its  use  impracticable, 
the  operator  suffers  no  further  incon- 
venience than  the  necessity  of  turning  to 
the  trusty  phonograph  or  the  piano  for  his 
entertainment. 

The  variations  in  radio  reception  may  be 
grouped  under  three  heads: 


1.  Irregularities  in  signal  strength  which  per- 
sist for  hours  or  even  days  at  a  time,  re- 
sulting in  clear  reception   from   a  given 
station  on  one  evening  and  faint  or  inaudi- 
ble response  on  the  next.     Such  fluctua- 
tions are  spoken  of  as  changes  in  audibility. 

2.  Sharp,  noisy,  crackling  sounds  are  called 
"Static." 

3.  A  short  period  variation  in  signal  intensity, 
the  usual  interval  from  one  point  of  high 
audibility  to  the  next  being  from  three  to 
five   minutes.     This   is   called    "fading." 

While  we  may  not  be  able  to  "do  any- 
thing about  it,"  our  purpose  in  what  follows 
is  to  connect  these  three  phenomena  up  with 
weather  conditions. 


10  15 

DECEMBER  1921 


10  15 

DECEMBER  1921 


FIG.    I 


Measurements  of  signal  intensity  variations  of  station  NAA,  the  Naval  station  at  Arlington,  Virginia. 

Curve  B  shows  the  variations  from  night  to  night,  during  the  first  twenty  one  days  of  December  in 

1921.     Note  that,  in  B,  on  December  3rd,  NAA'S  signals  were  120  turns  audible,  while  they  were  only 

four  times  audible  on  the  gth.     Curve  A  indicates  the  static  audibility  for  the  same  nights 


RESULTS  OBTAINED    BY    OTHER 
EXPERIMENTERS 

ATTEMPTS  to  explain  the 
variations  in  radio  re- 
ceiving conditions  have  been 
made  constantly  since  the  very 
beginnings  of  wireless  trans- 
mission, but  the  tremendous 
increase  in  the  number  of  per- 
sons owning  receiving  appara- 
tus since  the  advent  of  broad- 
casting has  resulted  in  a  much 
more  general  interest  in  all 
problems  affecting  clearness 
and  regularity  of  reception. 
Space  will  permit  the  mention 
— ^— He*  of  only  a  few  of  the  most  im- 
portant of  these  experiments. 
Dr.  L.  W.  Austin  of  the  United  States 
Bureau  of  Standards  has  been  engaged  for 
several  years  in  recording  the  signal 
strength  of  high-power,  long-wave  com- 
mercial stations  such  as  Nauen  in  Germany 
and  LaFayette  in  France.  His  reports 
show  that  transmitting  conditions  are  more 
favorable  at  night  than  in  the  daytime  and 
in  winter  than  in  summer.  The  amount 
of  static  disturbance  varies  greatly  from 
day  to  day  and  is  worst  in  the  summer 
months.  During  the  years  1920  and  1921, 
the  American  Radio  Relay  League  in 
cooperation  with  the  Bureau  of  Standards 
conducted  an  extensive  series  of  investiga- 
tions in  which  amateurs  used  their  receiving 
sets  to  determine  the  audibility  of  signals 
under  various  weather  conditions.  They 
found  that  stronger  signals  were  obtained 
when  the  radio  waves  from  transmitter  to 
receiver  pass  parallel  to  the  isobars  than 
when  they  move  at  right  angles  to  them. 
[An  isobar  is  an  imaginary  line  connecting 
or  marking  places  on  the  earth's  surface 
where  the  barometric  height,  reduced  to 
the  sea  level,  is  the  same  at  a  given  time 
for  a  certain  period.]  It  was  found  that 
stormy  weather  at  the  transmitting  station 
does  not  affect  the  range  or  strength  of  the 
signals  and  that  an  area  of  clear  weather 
connecting  both  stations  results  in  less 
fading.  Cloudy  weather  at  the  receiving 
station  resulted  in  much  more  static  than 
did  clear  weather.  Our  British  cousins 
have  recently  completed  a  similar  investi- 
gation and  report  conclusions  in  general 
agreement  with  those  already  given.  They 
also  found  that  the  nature  of  the  earth's 


MARCH,  1926 


RADIO  FORECASTING  FROM  THE  WEATHER 


559 


FIG.    2 

Signal  intensity  variations  of  NAA  (operating  on  113.1  kc.,  2650 
meters)  for  the  month  of  April,  1922.  Curve  A  shows  the  static 
audibility  and  B  the  signal  variations.  The  maximum  signal  au- 
dibility for  this  month,  as  compared  with  December  referred  to 
in  Fig.  i  is  thirty.  In  December,  the  maximum  was  more  than 
300,  while  the  static  peak  record  here  is  750  (Curve  A),  more 
than  twice  the  December  maximum.  Curve  A  is  static  intensity. 
Curve  B  is  audibility.  In  Curve  B,  Fig.  2,  maximum  audibility 
{530  while  in  Fig.  i  Curve  B,  the  maximum  audibility  is  120. 
Curve  C,  here  and  in  Figs.  2  shows  the  angles  made  with  the 
isobars  of  Fig.  3  and  4,  by  a  ruler  connecting  Arlington,  Virginia 
and  Lincoln,  Nebraska,  on  the  map.  Curves  D  (Figs,  i  and  2) 
give  the  number  of  isobars  cut  by  the  radio  waves  in  passing 
between  transmitter  and  receiver 


15          20 
APRIL  1922 


:*» 


30.1 


WEATHER   MAP 
Dec. 6, 1921  7 P. M.:  '.' 


FIG.    3 

The  United  States  Weather  Bureau  map  for  one  of  the  days  covered  by  the  curves  in  Fig.  i.     Mr. 
Jensen  explains  the  coincidence  and  relation  of  reception  conditions  with  weather  conditions  in  the 

article 


surface  in  a  given  region  influenced  the 
strength  of  signals,  water  and  mineral 
deposits  being  more  favorable  to  good  re- 
ception than  sandy  soil  and  rock.  They 
further  maintain  that  some  signal  varia- 
tions attributed  to  fading  are  in  reality 
caused  by  the  antenna  swinging  in  the 
wind  and  throwing  the  receiver  out  of  tune. 
Early  in  1924,  Dr.  G.  W.  Pickard 
published  an  article  on  signal  fading  which 
presented  the  first  satisfactory  method 
by  which  the  actual  signal  strength  of 
radio  carrier  waves  may  be  recorded. 
The  curves  obtained  with  his  apparatus 
show  rapid  fluctuations  in  the  carrier  wave, 
the  time  between  peaks  and  the  amount  of 
change  varying  from  night  to  night.  The 
same  type  of  apparatus  was  used  by  Doctor 
Pickard  and  others  in  obtaining  data 
concerning  the  effects  of  the  eclipse  of 
last  January  on  radio  signals.  The  results 
show  a  sharp  rise  in  signal  strength  as  the 
moon's  shadow  passed  over  the  observer, 
conditions  quickly  returning  to  those 
normal  for  daylight  work  after  the  eclipse 
had  passed.  Further  records  made  at 
sunset  by  a  considerable  number  of  ob- 
servers during  the  summer  of  1925,  by  the 
use  of  Pickard's  method,  showrapid  fluctua- 
tions in  the  signal  strength  just  after  sun- 
set, conditions  becoming  steadier  and  the 


signals    reaching    night    intensities    about 
thirty  minutes  later. 

One  of  the  most  interesting  and  widely 
discussed  articles  dealing  with  radio  and 
the  weather  was  that  of  Professor  Van 


Cleef  in  RADIO  BROADCAST  for  May,  1925. 
This  writer  combined  the  observations  of 
the  lay  observer  of  radio  programmes 
with  the  technical  training  in  weather  lore 
of  the  climatologist  and  claims  to  have 
found  a  number  of  specific  relationships 
between  radio  reception  and  weather 
conditions.  The  most  important  of  these 
are  that  strong  signals  occur  when  trans- 
mission is  at  right-  angles  to  the  isobars, 
or  lines  joining  points  of  equal  barometric 
pressure;  signals  are  weaker,  and  fading  is 
worse,  when  radio  waves  pass  parallel  to 
the  isobars,  and  reception  is  weaker  when 
transmission  crosses  from  one  pressure 
area  to  another.  Before  discussing  these 
points  in  detail,  let  us  turn  to  some  recent 
experiments  in  the  writer's  laboratory. 

RESULTS  OF  ACTUAL  RADIO  MEASUREMENTS 

A  MONG  the  most  accurate  and  ex- 
*»  tensive  records  of  signal  strengths  yet 
made  are  those  by  Mr.  M.  P.  Brunig,  a 
graduate  student  in  the  radio  laboratory 
at  Nebraska  Wesleyan  University,  three 
years  ago.  The  audibility  of  the  time 
signals  from  NAA,  together  with  that  of 
static,  was  measured  daily  over  a  period 
of  several  months.  A  local  oscillator  gave 
a  standard  tone  whose  intensity  could  be 
measured  by  means  of  a  thermocouple 
and  a  galvanometer.  This  tone  was  then 
used  to  measure  the  sensitivity  of  the  ear 


!'••'• : •  •  .•'. :•'.'.•; .- .WEATHER  MAP 

'.'•   ;."•'.      •':'•':•'    April. 6, 1922  7 P.M. 


FIG.    4 
Another  Weather  Map  for  the  period  covered  in  the  curves  of  Fig.  2 


560 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


MARCH,  1926 


FIG.    <-, 

The  apparatus  used  to  make  the  observations  detailed  in  this  article.  The  signals  are  received  on  a 
six-tube  super-heterodyne.  In  the  plate  circuit  of  the  second  detector  is  inserted  a  fifth  intermediate- 
frequency  transformer.  A  head  set  is  shunted  across  a  .oo2-mfd.  fixed  condenser  in  series  with  the 
primary  of  this  transformer.  Shunted  around  this  condenser  is  a  sensitive  wall-galvanometer  (seen 
on  the  right  side  of  the  wall).  In  series  with  the  secondary  are  a  crystal  detector  and  another  .002- 
mfd.  condenser.  The  field  strength  of  broadcasters  is  accurately  recorded  with  the  galvanometer. 
The  battery  and  resistance  box  in  the  foreground  are  used  in  neutralizing  the  small  plate  current  of 
the  uv-199  tube  which  has  more  recently  replaced  the  crystal  as  a  detector.  To  the  right  of  the 
resistance  box  is  a  recording  rain  gauge  and  on  the  wall  to  the  left  of  the  galvanometer  is  a  Compton 
electrometer,  both  of  which  are  used  for  meteorological  research 


of  the  observer  and  to  standardize  the 
adjustments  of  the  receiving  set.  A  simple 
vacuum  tube  receiver  with  the  necessary 
voltmeters  and  ammeters  to  check  on 
batteries  and  filament  current,  and  an 
audibility  meter,  completed  the  outfit. 
The  original  report  on  this  research  was 


published  in  the  Monthly  Weather  Review 
for  December,  1922,  but  since  the  appear- 
ance of  Professor  Van  Cleef's  article  we 
have  gone  over  all  the  original  observations 
together  with  the  corresponding  weather 
maps  in  order  to  study  the  relations  of  the 
weather  conditions  between  transmitter 


10.15AM. 
46 


HME  SCALE  WHTJULY30. 1925 
J020 1025 


and  receiver,  and  the  observed  signal 
strength.  Curve  B  of  Fig.  i  shows  the 
remarkable  variation  in  signal  intensity 
from  night  to  night,  the  data  covering  the 
first  twenty-one  days  of  December,  1921. 
Signals  from  NAA  were  120  times  audible 
on  December  3rd,  6th,  and  2Oth,  while 
they  were  only  four  times  audible  on  the 
gth  and  eight  times  on  the  I4th.  Curve  A 
indicates  the  static  audibility  for  the  same 
nights  and  it  is  very  evident  that  heavy 
static  does  not  necessarily  accompany 
weak  signals,  for  on  the  evening  of  Decem- 
ber 3rd,  static  was  260  times  audible  yet 
the  signals  were  very  loud.  Ordinarily, 
however,  strong  and  frequent  crashes  of 
static  coincided  with  weak  signals.  Curves 
A  and  B  of  Fig.  2  give  similar  data  for 
April,  1922.  The  maximum  signal  audibil- 
ity for  that  month  was  thirty  as  compared 
with  1 20  for  December,  while  the  static 
peak  record  was  750,  or  more  than  twice 
the  December  maximum. 

Many  newspapers  at  present  reproduce 
the  daily  weather  map,  so  that  if  there  is 
any  simple  relation  between  the  directions 
of  the  isobars  and  radio  receiving  condi- 
tions, a  few  moments'  study  of  the  map 
should  be  sufficient  for  determining  the 
radio  probabilities  for  the  evening.  In 
Figs.  3  and  4  are  shown  two  typical  weather 
maps,  chosen  from  the  periods  covered  by 
the  curves  of  Figs,  i  and  2.  On  December 
6th,  1921,  clear,  fair  weather  prevailed  all 
the  way  from  the  high  barometer  area  in 
Colorado  to  the  Atlantic  coast.  The 
entire  distance  from  eastern  Nebraska 
to  Arlington,  Virginia,  lies  between  the  two 
isobars  marked  30.1  inches.  Conditions 
on  April  6th,  1922,  were  entirely  different, 
with  a  storm  area  over  Nebraska  and  Iowa 
and  a  high  barometer  region  in  the  eastern 
states.  A  radio  signal  from  Arlington  to 


TIME  SCALE  KOA  AUG.7,-1525 


12:08  12:13 

TIME  SCALE  WHO  AUG. 8. 1925 


12:18 

FIG.   6 

Several  representative  curves  on  different  stations,  taken  from  a  great  many  made  by  Mr.  Jensen.  Audibility  is  plotted  on  the  left 


MARCH,  1926 


RADIO  FORECASTING  FROM  THE  WEATHER 


University  Place,  Nebraska,  must  cross  six  isobars,  pressures 
dropping  from  30.3  to  29.7  inches.  Curves  C  of  Figs,  i  and  2 
show  the  angles  made  with  the  isobars  by  a  ruler  connecting 
Arlington,  Virginia,  and  Lincoln,  Nebraska,  on  the  map.  On 
December  6th,  this  angle  was  o°  while  on  April  6th  it  was  about 
seventy-five  degrees.  Curves  D  give  the  number  of  isobars  cut 
by  the  radio  waves  in  passing  between  transmitter  and  receiver, 
distances  above  the  zero  line  indicating  that  the  pressure  was 
higher  at  the  receiving  end  so  that  the  waves  must  travel 
"uphill."  From  these  studies,  our  data  shows  that  the  highest 
audibilities  are  obtained  when  a  ridge  of  high  pressure  extends  from 
the  sending  station  to  the  receiver.  Good  results  may  also  be 
expected  when  the  waves  travel  at  right  angles  to  the  isobars, 
provided  they  do  not  need  to  pass  over  an  intervening  low  and 
up  again.  Poorest  signals  result  from  passing  diagonally  across 
the  isobars  or  through  a  storm  area.  While  these  general  rules 
apply  to  a  majority  of  our  records,  it  must  be  clearly  understood 
that  they  are  not  infallible,  and  other  controlling  forces  doubtless 
should  be  taken  into  account. 

MEASUREMENTS    OF    STATIC 

THE  current  in  a  lightning  discharge  is  of  the  order  of  5000 
to  10,000  amperes,  hence  it  is  not  surprising  to  find  that 
electric  waves  produced  by  these  crashes  may  travel  for  hun- 
dreds of  miles.  Measurements  made  in  our  laboratory  show  that 
an  antenna  or  other  insulated  conductor  may  become  charged 
to  potentials  of  more  than  5000  volts  when  a  stormcloud  is 
overhead  and  our  sensitive  apparatus  records  the  smaller  charges 
even  before  the  thunderstorm  itself  is  visible  on  the  western 
horizon.  In  the  northern  hemisphere,  thunderstorms  are  most 
common  in  the  southeast  part  of  a  low  area.  These  conditions 
prevailed  in  eastern  Nebraska  in  the  map  of  Fig.  4,  and  atten- 
tion has  already  been  called  to  the  very  high  static  audibility 
for  that  day.  In  high  winds,  and  especially  with  drifting  snow, 
the  air  often  becomes  electrified  by  wind  friction,  causing  an 
antenna  wire  to  take  on  a  charge  sufficient  to  cause  sparks  to 
jump  across  a  lightning  arrester  to  ground.  Under  such  condi- 
tions the  writer  has  known  charges  to  accumulate  of  sufficient 
magnitude  to  be  heard  all  over  a  large  room  as  they  jumped 
across  an  antenna  condenser.  The  worst  thing  about  these  and 
other  forms  of  static  discharges  is  that  the  waves  produced  by 
them  are  scattered  over  a  large  number  of  wavelengths  so  that 
they  are  not  easily  tuned-out. 

WHEN    SIGNALS    FADE 

XA/HILE  almost  everyone  who  has  used  a  radio  receiver  to 
"  *   any  extent  has  noted  the  gradual  variations  in  the  loud- 
ness   of    program,    special    apparatus    is    required    to    measure 


12:33 


TIME  SCALE  WDAF  AUG. 8. 1925 
12:38 


12:43 


561 


12:48 


11:54 
TIME  SCALE  WDAT  AUG.  7, 1925 


11:64 


10:08  P.M. 


10:13 


10:18 
TIME  SCALE  WHT  AUG.?.  1925 


10:23 


1028 


•  •  29.8' 


•;:•.-.••'•.  ...WEATHER   MAP  .'•;.•: 
'':•• '-'.•'.•.••.: ':':.'•'•  ••'.'•    .'•.';'.'. -;.'.;:    Aug. 7, 19257P.M.   ':'•••'• 


FIG.    8 


FIG.    7 

Time  scale  plotted  against  audibility  on  several  stations  on  the  night  of 

August  7,  1925.     The  Weather  Map  below,  (Fig.  8  ),  shows  the  general 

conditions  prevailing  at  7  p.  M.  the  same  day 


the  actual  changes  in  signal  strength. 
The  ear  is  not  a  reliable  measuring  in- 
strument and  tone  impressions  cannot 
readily  be  kept  in  mind  for  several  min- 
utes for  comparison.  Another  difficulty 
lies  in  the  fact  that  different  parts  of  a 
musical  program  may  vary  considerably 
in  loudness  because  of  the  character  of 
the  selections  themselves,  a  change  which 
has  no  relation  whatever  to  true  fading. 
The  apparatus  in  use  for  making  signal 
fading  records  in  the  radio  laboratory  of 
Nebraska  Wesleyan  University  consists 
of  a  six-tube  super-heterodyne  receiver 
with  vernier  dials  for  tuning,  and  ammeters 
in  the  filament  circuits.  In  the  plate- 
circuit  of  the  second  detector  is  placed  a 
fifth  intermediate  frequency  transformer. 
A  telephone  head-set  is  shunted  across  a 
.oo2-mfd.  condenser  in  series  with  the 
primary  of  this  transformer,  for  use  as  a 
pilot  in  tuning  and  in  following  programs 
which  are  being  recorded.  In  series  with 
the  secondary  are  a  crystal  detector  and  an- 
other .oo2-mfd.  condenser.  Shunted  around 
this  condenser  is  a  sensitive  wall  galvano- 


562 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


MARCH,  1926 


meter  as  shown  in  Fig.  5.  More  recently 
we  have  replaced  the  crystal  detector 
with  a  uv-i99  tube  and  have  also  built 
up  an  automatic  recording  device  some- 
what similar  to  the  Shaw  Recorder  used 
in  Doctor  Pickard's  experiments.  With 
this  equipment,  galvanometer  deflections 
are  proportional  to  the  strength  of  the 
carrier  wave  and  are  not  at  all  affected 
by  the  music  or  voice  modulations  heard 
by  the  radio  listener. 

In  Figs.  6,  7,  and  8,  are  shown  a  few 
typical  records,  chosen  from  the  large 
number  now  on  file.  Three  of  the  four 
curves  in  Fig.  6  are  daylight  graphs  and 
give  conclusive  evidence  that  transmission 
is  much  more  steady  in  the  daytime  than 
at  night.  The  weather  map  for  May  16 
shows  a  marked  storm  area  in  the  region 
of  Lake  Erie,  with  clear  and  settled  weather 
over  the  great  central  plains.  This  ac- 
counts for  the  remarkably  regular  curve 
from  WDAF  at  Kansas  City.  From  wcco 
at  Minneapolis,  on  the  other  hand,  some 
effects  of  the  storm  to  the  east  are  notice- 
able. The  night  record  for  wcx  at  Detroit 
is  unusually  regular,  being  obtained  with  a 
"high"  in  northern  Minnesota,  a  "low" 
in  Tennessee,  and  the  intervening  isobars 
running  almost  exactly  parallel  between 
University  Place  and  Detroit. 

Reference  to  the  time  scales  on  Figs.  7 
and  8  will  show  that  these  records  were  all 
made  on  the  evening  of  August  7,  with  the 
exception  of  that  for  WHT  on  July  3Oth. 
The  midnight  curve  for  WDAF  contains  the 
most  rapid  and  violent  changes  of  our  en- 
tire series  to  date.  While  the  period  be- 
tween peaks  is  commonly  from  four  to  six 
minutes,  these  are  only  ninety  seconds 
apart,  and  continue  the  cadence  with  great 
regularity.  This  becomes  all  the  more 
noticeable  when  contrasted  with  the  records 
of  WDAT  at  Chicago  and  WHO  at  Des  Moines 
taken  just  a  few  minutes  before.  The 
graphs  for  WHT  at  Chicago  and 
KOA  at  Denver,  taken  earlier  in 
the  evening,  are  typical  mid- 
summer curves.  The  meteoro- 
logical map  for  the  evening  of 
August  7th  is  reproduced  in  Fig. 
9.  The  weather  was  hot  and 
sultry,  with  no  well-defined 
storm  area  in  the  plains  region,  a 
condition  classed  as  "unsettled" 
by  the  meteorologist. 

CONCLUSIONS 

A  DISCUSSION  of  the  appli- 
cation of  the  data  presented 
above  to  the  Heaviside  theory 
of  radio  transmission  would  be 
beyond  the  scope  of  this  ar- 
ticle. So  far  as  it  is  possible 
to  formulate  an  opinion  based 
on  actual  observations,  the 


Eccles-Larmor  theory  which  requires  a 
refracting  upper  layer  rather  than  an 
ionized,  reflecting  surface,  agrees  more 
nearly  with  the  facts.  There  is  strong 
evidence  for  definite  relationships  .between 
weather  conditions  and  radio  reception 
although  other  factors,  such  as  the  earth's 
magnetic  field,  probably  also  play  a  part. 
The  general  conclusions  supported  by  the 
data  presented  may  be  summarized  as 
follows: 

1.  Signal  strength  will  be  greatest  with  set- 
tled weather  conditions  and  transmission 
parallel  with  the  isobars.     (Fig.  3). 

2.  Good  reception  may  also  occur  at  right 
angles  to  the  isobars  unless  a  storm  center 
intervenes  between  sending  and  receiving 
stations. 

3.  Static  is  most  noticeable  as  a  storm  area 
approaches,    the    crashing    noises    being 
audible  for  several  hundred  miles;  and  the 
hissing  noises  prevailing  only  in  the  im- 
mediate vicinity  of  a  "low." 

4.  Fading  is  much  less  troublesome  in  day- 
light than  at  night. 

5.  Fading  is  much  more  noticeable  in  un- 
settled weather  than  when  transmission  is 
parallel  with  the  isobars  along  the  ridge  of 
a  "high." 

With  these  rules  as  a  general  guide,  a 
radio  forecast  has  been  sent  out  daily  at 
4:30  p.  M.  from  station  WCAJ,  since  October 
ist,  1925,  While  encouraging  reports  have 
been  received,  the  project  is  yet  in  the  ex- 
perimental stage. 

EDITOR'S  NOTE 

HpHE  conclusions  reached  by  Mr.  Van 
*  Cleef,  in  his  article,  "  Do  Weather  Con- 
ditions Influence  Radio?"  in  the  May, 
1925,  RADIO  BROADCAST  are  reprinted 
below,  so  that  experimenters  can  compare 
the  findings  of  the  two  investigators. 
Mr.  Van  Cleef  reached  his  conclusions 
from  his  observations  without  a  great  deal 

TIME  SCALEWDAF  MAY16.1925 


45  P.M.                          3:50                                  3:55                                  4:00                                   4:05                                  4:1 

__^^ 

.—  _^ 

"  L— 

•N-v 

S^. 

>    f 

^s- 

V  —  • 

.*••** 

WT>AF 

V 

MB 

•»***• 

**^- 

.^-^ 

—  — 

V— 

-rr*» 

jC 

^ 

«*"• 

^•^ 

•^••m 

—  • 

„ 

•    - 

—  • 

woe 

b.bO 

.M. 

5. 

B 

6:00 
TIME  SCAL 

WO 

:  MAY 

6:05 
IB,  1925 

6: 

0 

6:15 

8:27  P.M.                   8:32                               8:37                              &42                              8:47                           &U 

\ 

^ 

rs 

^ 

7 

M 

s 

A 

wcx 
A  / 

H-^v 

7 

V 

^-sX1 

V~* 

sj 

X 

^ 

fS 

M 

^, 

A, 

A— 

~>. 

,r* 

wrec 

*-+* 

j^ 

^^ 

*— 

~* 

'•V 

^ 

V 

V 

^ 

] 

12  PM.                        3:17                                 322                                  3:27                                 332                                33 

of  study  of  the  radio  theories  advanced 
for  variation  in  radio  receiving  conditions. 
Mr.  Jensen  has  proceeded  from  the  point 
of  view  of  the  radio  investigator.  Mr. 
Van  Cleef's  first  point  is  in  direct  opposition 
to  that  of  Mr.  Jensen  as  he  claims  strongest 
transmission  at  right  angles  to  the  isobars. 
Mr.  Jensen  has  found  that  loudest  signals 
are  to  be  heard  in  territories  parallel  with 
the  isobars,  along  the  ridge  of  a  "high", 
with  no  difference  in  pressure  between 
transmitting  and  receiving  stations.  This 
conclusion  is  also  opposed  to  Mr.  Van 
Cleef's  second  rule.  With  respect  to  fading, 
Mr.  Jensen  thinks  that  the  worst  fading  is 
found  with  a  "flat"  barometer  or  large  "low" 
area,  while  the  third  rule  of  Mr.  Van  Cleef 
assumes  most  fading  on  a  ridge  or  parallel 
with  the  isobars. 

1.  If  a  line  connecting  the  receiving  station 
with  the  broadcasting  station  crosses  the 
intervening   isobars   at    right   angles,    re- 
ception is  at  its  best. 

2.  The  steeper  the  isobaric  gradient  (that  is, 
the  closer  the  isobars  to  each  other)  the 
stronger  the  reception. 

3.  The  more  nearly  the  transmitted  waves  ap- 
proach parallelism  with  the  isobars,  the 
weaker  the  reception.     Under  these  con- 
ditions, fading  occurs. 

4.  Reception  in  a  Low  pressure  area  tends  to 
be  somewhat  weaker  than  in  a  High  of  cor- 
responding intensity. 

5.  Reception  is  weaker  when  the  transmitted 
waves  cross  from  one  pressure  area  into 
another  than  when  they  travel  only  within 
one  area. 

6.  The  strength  of  reception  for  any  station  is 
a  factor  of  both  its  location  within  a  pres- 
sure area  and  its  position  with  respect  to 
the  broadcasting  station. 

7.  "Bad  weather"  does  not  affect  reception. 
excepting  as  it  may  be  the  index  of  an  un- 
favorable pressure  distribution. 

8.  Reception  can  be  as  good  in  "bad  weather" 
as  in  good  weather  if  the  pressure  distri- 
bution is  right. 

9.  Temperature  does  not  influence 
reception,  excepting  as  it  may  be 
the  index  of  pressure  distribution 
as  follows: 

(a)  Reception  is  better  in  winter 
than  in  summer  because  the 
cyclones    and    anticycylones 
are  more  intense  in  the  win- 
ter period. 

(b)  Reception  is  better  when  tem- 
peratures are  low  than  when 
high,   because  low   tempera- 
tures usually  indicate  inten- 
sive High  pressure  areas,  that 
is,  areas  with  steep  isobaric 
gradients. 

(c)  rLow  temperatures   accom- 
panying poorly  defined  High 
pressure  areas  make    recep- 
tion poor. 

10.  Shallow  or    flat    pressure    areas 
result  in  much  static-noise  in  the 
receiver. 


TIME  SCALE  WCCO  MAY  16,1925 

FIG.    9 

Some  remarkable  records  of  daylight  re- 
ception during  the  spring  of   last  year 


R  Amplifier 


Suggestions  for  Experimenting  with  and  Applying  Multiple  Regener- 
ation to  a  Qreat  Variety  of  Circuits  with  a  Consequent  Large  Qain 
in  Sensitivity — Details  of  the  Circuit  and  Operating  Suggestions 

By  V,  D.  LANDON 

Radio  Engineering  Department,  Westinghouse  Electric  and  Manufacturing  Company 


A 


GREAT  deal  of  ex- 
periment  has  been 


•tsv 


adjustment  of  the  tickler  or  the 
balancing  condenser  or  of  either 


EXPERIMENTERS  in  radio' have  tried  for  a  long  time  to  secure  the  un-      Dalani 

spent  in  an  effort  to  O  doubted  advantages  in  sensitivity  that  multiple  regeneration  would  give,  tuning  condenser,  upsets  the 
but  always  there  have  been  very  serious  practical  obstacles  in  the  way.  This 
article,  by  Mr.  Landon,  who  is  an  experimental  engineer  with  the  Westingrjou.se 
Electric  &*  Manufacturing  Company,  at  present  attached  to  their  offices  in 
Springfield,  Massachusetts,  is  in  no  sense  a  construction  article.  The  basic 
principles  of  the  system  are  o  utlined  by  the  author,  and  they  can  be  applied  by 
the  constructor  to  the  particular  receiver  which  he  may  have.  The  number  of 
receivers  employing  tuned  radio  frequency  a  plifiers  now  in  use  in  this  country 
must  he  much  more  than  five  hundred  thousand  and  the  Landon  method  is 
applicable  to  all  of  them — it  will  add  considerably  to  their  sensitivity.  The 
importance  of  the  experimental  field  opened  up  by  this  article  can  scarcely  be 
overestimated. — THE  EDITOR. 


obtain  the  full  am- 
plification of  regeneration 
twice  or  more  times  in  the  same 
amplifier.  The  average  ex- 
perimenter does  not  obtain  the 
desired  result,  though  the  rea- 
son for  failure  is  somewhat 
puzzling  unless  considerable 
study  is  made  of  the  subject. 

Take  for  example  the  well 

known  Roberts  Knockout  Re-  

ceiver.     This  circuit  (with  one 
stage  of  audio  added)  is  shown 
in  Fig.  5.     If  a  station  fifty  to  one  hundred 
miles  distant  is  tuned-in  with  this  receiver, 
using  zero  tickler  adjustment,  a  compara- 
tively weak  signal  results  while  a  500-  to 
looo-mile  station  is  usually  inaudibly  weak. 
Nevertheless  when  the  tickler  is  advanced 
to  the  critical  point,  the  gain  in  signal  is 
sufficient  to  bring  in  stations  well  over  one 
thousand  miles  dis- 
tant and  with  full 
loud     speaker    vol- 
ume.    Only  on  poor 
nights   or   on    very 
weak    stations    is 
difficulty    found    in 
obtaining    sufficient 
volume     for     satis- 
factory reception. 

On  such  occasions, 
however,  im  a  g  i  n  e 
the  thrill  of  having 
another  tickler  con- 
trol  capable  of 
boosting  the  signal 
again  by  the  same 
ratio!  It  was  with 
this  in  mind  that  a 
great  many  experi- 
menters tried  the 
effect  of  unbalanc- 
ing the  neutralizing 
condenser  in  an 
effort  to  regenerate 
the  antenna  as  well 
as  the  detector  cir- 
cuit. Also  many 
have  tried  various 
schemes  of  feeding 
energy  from  the  de- 


tector  back  into  the  antenna  circuit  by  in- 
ductive coupling.  One  such  scheme  was 
suggested  by  the  technical  staff  in  the 
April,  1925,  RADIO  BROADCAST. 

Many  of  those  who  experimented  along 
these  lines  thought  they  had  achieved  the 
desired  result  when  they  tried  the  set 
because  it  becomes  very  critical.  An 


FIG.    I 

By  employing  the  Bremer-Tully  three-coil  unit,  all 
the  windings  for  the  dual  regenerator  system  are  very 
simply  provided.  The  rotor  coil,  pointed  out  in  this 
illustration,  is  used  as  the  radio  frequency  tickler 
coil  while  the  adjustable  coil  and  fixed  coil  are  used 
as  antenna  and  secondary  windings  respectively. 
The  receiver  pictured  here  was  hastily  assembled  to 
conform  with  the  principles  of  construction  laid  down 
by  Mr.  Landon  in  his  article.  It  consisted  of  three 
tubes,  namely,  regenerator,  radio-frequency  amplifier, 
and  detector.  The  coil  unit  shown  at  the  left  consti- 
tutes the  detector  secondary,  tickler  and  r.f.  plate 
circuit  coil.  The  former  and  latter  are  both  wound  on 
the  vertical  coil  form  while  the  tickler  is  variable  and 
is  shown  in  a  diagonal  position 


adjustment  of  one  or  more  of 
the  other  three  controls.  How- 
ever, a  more  critical  receiver 
does  not  mean  a  more  sensi- 
tive one.  If  a  comparison  is 
made  between  two  sets  using 
the  circuit  of  Fig.  5,  one  of 
which  is  well  balanced  while 
the  other  has  a  variable  neu- 
tralizing condenser,  it  will  be 

found  that  there  is  very  little 

difference  in  the  sensitivity  of 
the  two  sets.  This  is  found  to 
be  the  case  in  any  circuit  in  which  an 
attempt  is  made  to  regenerate  the  antenna 
circuit  by  means  of  some  form  of  coupling 
to  a  regenerated  detector.  Briefly  the 
reason  is  this: 

When  energy  is  fed  back  through  the 
tube  capacity  so  as  partly  to  regenerate 
the  antenna,  the  tickler  setting  for  critical 
regeneration  is  re- 
duced, offsetting  the 
gain  in  the  antenna. 
In  other  words,  if 
the  two  circuits  are 
somewhat  coupled, 
both  may  be  partly 
regenerated,  but 
both  may  not  be 
completely  regener- 
ated, since  the 
system  as  a  whole 
starts  oscillating  be- 
fore this  point  is 
reached. 

Before  attempting 
the  true  solution  of 
the  problem,  let  us 
reduce  the  Roberts 
circuit  of  Fig.  5  to 
the  equivalent  four- 
tube  circuit.  This 
is  shown  in  Fig.  2, 
Theoretically,  the 
only  difference  be- 
tween Fig.  5  and 
Fig  2  is  that  in  Fig.  5 
the  first  tube  does 
the  work  of  the  first 
and  third  tubes  of 
Fig.  2.  In  practice, 

BROADCAST  Photograph 


564 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


MARCH,  1926 


the  circuit  of  Fig.  5 
can  be  made  equal 
to  that  of  Fig.  2  only 
after  considerable 
experiment.  In  pre- 
senting the  multiple 
regeneration  cir- 
cuits, the  circuit  of 
Fig.  2  is  used  as  a 
starting  point  be- 
cause it  is  not  sub- 
ject  to  certain 
troubles  which  a  re- 
flex set  may  develop. 

THE     BEST    WAY    TO 

ATTAIN       INCREASED 

SENSITIVITY 


0-A-B*C 


0.90 


1  mfd. 


FIG.    3 

The  Browning- Drake  with  regeneration  added  to  the  radio-frequency  amplifier  circuit 


THE  solution  of  the  problem  is  in 
regenerating  each  tuned  circuit,  all 
the  while  keeping  the  coupling  between 
them  to  zero.  Such  a  circuit  is  shown  in 
Fig.  3.  It  will  be  found  with  this  receiver 
that  the  advantage  gained  by  using  two 
ticklers  instead  of  one  depends  a  great  deal 
on  the  completeness  of  neutralization. 
The  more  exact  the  neutralization  the 
greater  ;he  gain  in  signal. 


REGENERATOR 
TUBE 


Notice  that  the  change  from  the  circuit 
of  Fig.  2  is  very  slight.  Another  tube, 
and  a  small  coil  were  added.  A  means  of 
varying  the  coupling  of  the  coil  to  the  an- 
tenna circuit  must  be  provided.  The  grid 
circuit  of  the  new  tube  is  the  same  as  that 
of  the  first  tube,  that  is,  the  two  grids  are 
tied  together.  However  the  plate  circuit 
of  the  new  tube  is  separate.  It  consists 
of  the  new  coil  which  is  used  as  a  tickler. 

Another  method  of  control- 
ling antenna  regeneration  is  to 
use  a  fixed  tickler  with  a  vari- 
able resistor  in  series.  A 
bypass  condenser  must  be  pro- 
vided to  bypass  r.f.  currents 
around  the  resistor.  When  the 
resistance  is  all  "in",  the  volt- 
age applied  to  the  plate  of  the 
tube  is  insufficient  for  oscilla- 
tion to  occur.  When  the  re- 


sistance  is  gradually 
cut  out,  the  point  of 
critical  regeneration 
is  approached  until 
finally  oscillation 
occurs.  When  the 
set  is  properly  con- 
structed it  should 
be  possible  to  start 
or  stop  oscillation 
at  any  wavelength 
with  this  resistor. 
There  are  several 
good  resistors  for 
this  purpose  on  the 
market,  which  have 
a  range  of  10,000  to 
100,000  ohms  such 

as  the   Royalty,   Bradley,  Centralab,  and 
Clarostat. 

It  is  also  possible  to  control  the  antenna 
tickler  by  any  of  the  commonly  used 
methods.  A  coil  having  the  same  value  as 
the  secondary  coil  may  be  substituted  for 
the  variable  resistor  and  a  variable  con- 
denser shunted  around  this  coil  for  tickler 
control.  Or  the  tickler  lead  may  go 
directly  to  the  B  battery  terminal  with 
a  separate  (vernier)  rheostat  on  the  first 
tube  for  regeneration  control.  In  this 
latter  case  the  tube  filament  brilliancy  is 
turned  down  to  the  point  just  below  the 
point  of  oscillation.  This  is  a  very  simple 
and  effective  system. 

For  ordinary  reception,  the  first  tube 
may  be  left  out  of  the  socket,  the  set  being 
used  like  the  standard  Roberts  Circuit. 
However,  when  a  signal  is  found  which 
cannot  be  brought  up  to  the  desired  volume, 


FIG.  4 

Here  are  shown  the  important  parts  of  the  usual  radio  fre- 
quency circuit  to  which  has  been  added  the  extra  tube  whose 
grid  is  paralleled  with  that  of  thefirst  tube  and  whose  plate  return 
is  made  through  a  coil  coupled  inductively  to  the  first  secon- 
dary and  thence  back  to  the  B  battery.  Notice  that  in  all 
the  circuit  diagrams  accompanying  this  article  a  i-mfd. 
condenser  connects  from  the  plus  B  to  the  minus  A  lines 


FIG.    2 

This  is  the   Browning-Drake  circuit,    familiar  to   readers  of 
RADIO  BROADCAST  as  one   having  excellent   tuning  qualities 


-*-»•« 


FIG.   5 

The  regular  three-tube  Roberts  receiver  consisting  of  one  stage  of  tuned, 
neutralized,  radio  frequency  amplification,  a  regenerative  detector  whose 
output  is  reflexed  back  to  the  first  tube  and  thence  followed  by  a  straight 

audio  stage 


FIG.   6 

The  Landon  system  of  r.f.  regeneration  added  to  the  reflexed  Roberts 

circuit.     In  the  article,  this  is  used  as  a  basis  for  a  discussion  of  the 

merits  of  dual  regeneration 


MARCH,  1926       MULTIPLE  REGENERATION  IN  TUNED  R.  F.  AMPLIFIERS 


a  great  gain  in  sig- 
nal is  to  be  had  by 
inserting  the  tube 
and  adjusting  the 
antenna  tickler  to 
the  critical  point 
which  is  just  be- 
low the  oscillating 
point. 

It   is  also   very 
easy  to  provide  a 
filament  switch  to 
cut    in    the    tube 
when  it  is  needed, 
but  for  those  who 
are  not  so  particu- 
lar about  the  fila- 
ment current   used,   it   is   perfectly  prac- 
tical    to    leave     all    five    tubes    lighted 
whenever    the   set    is    in    operation.    The 
extra  tube  will  have  no  effect  on  the  cir- 
cuit as  long  as  the  antenna  tickler  is  set  at 
lero,  and  of  course,  this  control  should  not 
be  used  until  necessary,   since  the  receiver 
•will   radiate  when    the    antenna    circuit    is 
caused  to  oscillate.      There  is   no  point  in 


Facts  About  the  Circuit  System 

Material  required  for  regenerator  Stage: 

One  socket,  one  tube,  one  tickler  coil,  a  rheostat  and  filament  switch. 

Values  of  parts  employed  in  tine  Circuit: 

No  definite  values  are  stipulated  as  it  is  desirable  for  the  builder  to  select  for  himself  the  size  of  tuning  coil  and  condenser  he 
wishes  to  cover  the  frequency  range  in  which  he  is  interested.  The  bypass  condenser  across  the  primary  of  the  first  audio 
stage  should  be  .001  mfd.  For  the  tuning  coils,  the  ratio  of  primary  to  secondary  should  be  1  to  4  for  the  antenna  circuit 
and  1  to  3  for  the  detector.  The  tickler  coil  should  have  j  the  number  of  turns  of  the  secondary  coil  to  which  it  is  coupled. 

Operation: 

When  first  tuning  for  a  station,  keep  the  regenerator  tube  unlighted.  When  the  distant  station  is  tuned-in  and  it  is  desired 
to  increase  sensitivity,  turn  on  the  filament  switch  of  the  regenerator  tube  and  slowly  advance  the  coupling  between  the 
regenerator  tickler  and  the  antenna  secondary  coil.  Do  not  attempt  to  regenerate  up  to  or  beyond  the  oscillation  point 
which  manifests  itself  by  a  raucous  squeal.  Always  employ  the  regenerator  as  a  reserve  of  sensitivity  and  power. 

Important  points  to  remember: 

A  large  bypass  condenser,  such  as  a  1-mfd.  should  connect  from  the  B  battery  terminal  of  the  new  tickler  coil  direct  to  the 
minus  A;  the  secondary  coils  for  r.  f.  stage  and  detector  should  be  placed  at  exact  right  angles  to  each  other. 


advancing  the  antenna  tickler  to  the  oscilla- 
ting point  since  it  makes  the  receiver  inopera- 
tive as  far  as  the  reception  of  ungarbled,  un- 
distorted  reception  is  concerned  and,  further- 
more, interference  is  caused  with  neighboring 
receivers  which  should  be  avoided  at  all  costs. 
The  extra  control  simply  provides  the 
operator  with  a  reserve  of  power  in  case  of 
need.  With  this  type  of  set  it  is  possible  to 


565 

get  down  to  the 
much  discussed 
static  level  except 
on  unusually  quiet 
nights.  In  other 
words,  those 
broadcasting  sta- 
tions whose  signal 
intensity  is  higher, 
or  stronger  than 
the  static  inten- 
sity— otherwise 
termed  static  level, 
have  a  very  fair 
chance  of  being 
tuned-in  with  the 
aid  of  the  extra 

control.  Those  below  the  static  level  have 
not  this  possibility.  Briefly,  a  receiver  em- 
ploying this  regeneration  system  has  all 
the  sensitivity  for  which  there  is  any  use. 


0F, 


THIS  SYSTEM  HAS  WIDE  APPLICATION 

COURSE  the  main  idea  of  Fig. 


3 

can    be    applied    to    practically    all 
circuits  employing  tuned  radio  frequency 


N  p 


NP 


P    Placementof  coils  when  aligning 
rotor  shafts  parallel  with  top 
and  bottom  of  panel 
B 


•c- 


FIG.     7 

To  obtain  satisfactory  neutralization  of  the  radio  frequency  amplifier,  it  is  first  necessary  to  de-couple  the  tuning  coil  units  to  prevent  any 
undesirable  feedback  or  inter-coupling  effects  which  are  not  helpful.  Here  are  shown  several  ways  of  placing  the  coils  to  obtain  the  desired  effect. 
In  A,  the  secondary  coil  axes  are  at  right  angles  to  each  other;  in  B  the  condition  prevails  excepting  that  the  two  coil  units  have  been  shifted  so 
that  the  rotor  coil  mounting  holes  in  the  panel  are  on  a  straight  line  parallel  with  the  top  and  bottom  edge  of  the  panel.  This  is  only  where  uniformity 
and  symmetry  of  panel  layout  is  desired.  In  C  the  angle  of  coil  placement,  54° — 57'  made  prominent  by  incorporation  in  most  neutrodynes  is  shown. 

Here  it  is  desirable  to  have  the  coil  centers;  placed  not  less  than  6  inches  apart 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph, 


FIG.   8 

The  rear  view  of  a  receiver  employing  dual  regeneration  constructed  solely  for  experimenting.     Note  that  the  secondary  coils  of  each  tuning  unit 
have  their  axes  at  right  angles  to  each  other.     This  is  an  absolute  necessity  where  a  positive  neutralization  of  the  radio-frequency  amplifier  is  to  be 

obtained 


566 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


MARCH,  1926 


amplification.  For  the  lovers  of  reflex, 
Fig.  6  is  given.  Notice  that  the  first  two 
tubes  act  in  parallel  at  both  radio  and  audio 
frequency.  This  circuit  could  easily  be 
made  from  the  Roberts  Circuit  as  the  only 
changes  necessary  are  the  addition  of  a 
tube  and  the  tickler  coil.  Then  there  are 
the  thousands  of  neutrodyne  receivers  to 
which  this  system  is  admirably  adapted. 

Fig.  9  shows  a  two-stage  tuned  r.f. 
amplifier  in  which  regeneration  can  be 
obtained  in  two  places.  The  neutraliza- 
tion of  the  first  stage  is  variable  so  that  the 
antenna  can  be  regenerated  by  capacity 
feedback.  The  detector  circuit  is  regen- 
erated by  means  of  a  tickler  as  usual. 
There  is  coupling  between  the  first  two 
circuits,  but  the  coupling  between  the 
detector  and  the  other  two  circuits  must 
be  kept  as  near  zero  as  possible. 

Fig.  1 1  shows  a  two-stage  amplifier  in 
which  regeneration  occurs  in  three  places. 
In  view  of  the  foregoing,  the  diagram  is  self 
explanatory. 

In  practice,  the  circuit  of  Fig.  1 1  would  be 
extremely  hard  to  balance  accurately 
enough  to  operate  satisfactorily.  By  using 
separate  batteries  on  each  stage  and  by 
separating  them  by  several  feet,  it  could 
probably  be  done,  though  the  sensitivity 
would  be  greater  than  is  ever  necessary, 
except  perhaps  for  long  distance  daylight 
reception.  Probably,  the  most  practical 
circuit  employing  multiple  regeneration 
is  that  of  Fig.  3. 

It  is  not  the  purpose  of  this  article  to 
give  exact  constructional  details  for  this 
set.  Individual  constructors  will  have 
their  own  ideas  as  to  what  the  panel  layout 
should  be,  since  each  will  incorporate 
different  varieties  of  apparatus.  However, 
it  will  be  necessary  to  keep  in  mind  certain 
points,  if  the  set  is  to  work  properly. 

The  coils  must  be  low  loss  for  good  re- 
sults. The  lower  the  resistance  the  greater 


FIG.    9 


The  standard  neutrodyne  circuit  employini 
may   be   added   the   radio-frequency    amplil 

the  sensitivity,  even  when  full  regeneration 
is  employed.  The  effect  of  resistance  in 
the  grid  circuit  of  a  regenerated  system  is 
thoroughly  discussed  in  December,  1925, 
Proceedings  of  the  I.  R.  E.  "An  Analysis 
of  Regenerative  Amplification"  by  the 
writer  and  K.  W.  Jarvis. 

The  two  grid  coils  may  be  any  of  the 
well  known  low  loss  designs,  so  long  as  the 
broadcast  range  can  be  covered  with  the 
variable  condensers  used.  The  following 
may  help  in  choosing  the  type  of  wind- 
ing. 

CHARACTERISTICS    OF    THE    BEST   COILS 

THE  Lorenz  or  basket  weave  coil  has 
fallen  into  disrepute  among  the  ex- 
ponents of  low  loss  lately.  Nevertheless 
it  is  about  as  good  a  coil  as  can  be  made  in 
a  given  small  volume.  In  general,  however, 
coils  wound  on  tubing  are  better  because 
they  are  larger.  The  chief  losses  in  the 
Lorenz  type  of  winding  are  due  to  eddy 
currents  in  the  wire  itself  caused  by  the 
magnetic  flux  from  adjacent  turns.  This 
loss  is  reduced  to  a  minimum  by  using 
large  diameter  coils  and  a  spaced  winding. 
The  larger  the  volume  which  is  to  be  oc- 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


FIG.     IO 


The  pencil  points  to  an  adjustable  antenna  coil  which  aids  greatly  in  obtaining  the  correct  coupling 
between  antenna  primary  and  secondary  circuit  of  the  radio-frequency  amplifier.  The  additional 
tube,  which  functions  in  the  dual  regenerator  part  of  the  circuit,  is  located  directly  ^behind  the  Bremer- 

Tully  coil  unit 


a  regenerative  detector.     To  this  circuit 
ler   regeneration    system  shown  in    Fig.   4 

cupied  by  a  coil  the  larger  the  wire  that 
may  be  used  with  advantage.  Number  24 
wire  (B  &  S  Gauge)  is  about  right  for  a  coil 
three  inches  in  diameter.  No.  16  wire  is 
better  if  the  coil  diameter  is  in  the  neighbor- 
hood of  six  inches. 

The  effect  of  the  average  type  of  tubing 
in  the  field  of  the  coil  is  negligible  in  dry 
weather  or  immediately  after  a  coil  is 
thoroughly  baked.  However,  the  resistance 
of  a  coil  may  be  multiplied  by  three  or  four 
in  wet  weather  if  proper  precautions  are 
not  taken  to  keep  the  moisture  out.  The 
coil  may  be  made  moisture  proof  by  treat- 
ing it  with  a  good  coil  varnish  such  as 
Sterling  Copal  varnish.  The  coil  should 
be  baked  dry,  then  dipped  in  the  varnish 
and  baked  again.  Painting  the  outside  of 
the  coil  with  varnish  is  not  sufficient,  since 
moisture  will  be  absorbed  by  the  inner 
surface  of  the  tubing.  Of  course  collodion 
will  do  the  trick  but  it  is  rather  expensive. 
Celluloid  sheets  dissolved  in  acetone  to  a 
consistency  of  shellac  or  varnish  also  is 
effective  as  a  coil  binder. 

All  coils,  such  as  primary  windings  and 
ticklers,  which  are  not  a  part  of  the  tuned 
circuit,  should  be  wound  with  very  fine 
wire  such  as  No.  35  d.c.c.  The  resistance 
of  these  coils  in  themselves  is  not  important, 
but  if  large  wire  is  used  in  them  the  resist- 
ance of  the  tuned  circuit  to  which  they  are 
coupled  is  increased,  and  this  causes  a 
reduction  in  efficiency. 

It  is  well  to  remember  that  this  article 
does  not  deal  specifically  with  the  construc- 
tion of  a  receiver  but  rather  explains  the 
application  of  a  regeneration  control  system 
to  existing  receivers. 

The  ratio  of  primary  to  secondary  wind- 
ing should  be  about  i  to  4  in  the  antenna 
circuit  and  about  i  to  3  in  the  detector 
circuit.  Each  tickler  coil  should  have 
about  |  the  number  of  turns  of  the  grid 
coils.  Remember  that  it  is  necessary  to 
neutralize  the  coupling  between  the  tuned 
circuits  almost  perfectly  if  any  gain  is  to  be 
noticed  from  multiple  regeneration.  This 
means  extreme  care  to  place  the  coils  at 
right  angles  or  as  shown  in  Fig.  7  in 
order  to  prevent  inductive  coupling.  It 
will  be  noticed  also  that  any  metal  in 
the  field  of  either  coil  may  distort  the 
field  so  as  to  cause  coupling  even  when 
the  coils  are  at  right  angles.  Adjustment 
of  the  capacity  balance  (neutralization^ 


MARCH,  1926        MULTIPLE  REGENERATION  IN  TUNED  R.  F.  AMPLIFIERS 


567 


FIG.    I  I 

Three  ticklers  for  two  r.  f.  stages  and  the  detector.     An  hypothetical  case  of  applying  the  Landon  regeneration  system  to  the  neutrodyne  receiver. 

It  is  unlikely  that  in  this  instance  much  will  be  gained  by  its  use  because  of  the  extremely  critical  tuning  which  will  result.     Two  ticklers,  one  for  the 

second  r.  f.  stage,  and  one  for  the  detector,  would  be  the  more  practial  application  of  the  Landon  regeneration  system. 


should  need  no  explanation.  Let  it  suffice 
to  say  that  the  adjustment  should  be  made 
as  accurately  as  possible. 

But  for  those  who  are  incorporating 
this  system  in  a  new  construction,  it  is  as- 
sumed that  neutralization  has  not  been 
obtained,  therefore  the  following  memo- 
randum on  neutralization  will  be  helpful. 

Maintaining  zero  coupling  between  the 
first  secondary  and  the  radio  frequency 
tickler  coil,  the  detector  tickler  is  ad- 
vanced to  cause  regeneration  in  that  cir- 
cuit. Previous  to  this,  the  receiver  should 
be  tuned  to  some  station  which  responds 
at  the  half-way  point  on  the  tuning  dials. 
The  squeal  produced  should  not  be  made 
too  loud.  Rotate  the  antenna-secondary 
tuning  condenser  over  a  small  arc.  If  the 
pitch  of  the  squeal  varies,  then  the  set  is 
not  properly  neutralized.  The  capacity 
of  the  neutralizing  condenser  employed  in 
the  circuit  should  be  varied  a  little  at  a 
time  until  the  pitch  of  the  squeal  does  not 
vary.  Then  the  receiver  may  be  consid- 
ered neutralized.  The  constructor  should 
not  confuse  squeal  intensity  with  squeal 
pitch. 

BEST  APPLICATION  OF  THESE  EXPERIMENTAL 
SUGGESTIONS 

A  NOTICEABLE  gain  in  selectivity 
will  be  obtained  if  no  part  of  the  set 
is  grounded  except  one  end  of  the  antenna 
coil  as  shown  in  all  the  circuits  printed  with 
this  article.  This  is  especially  effective 
if  all  battery  leads  are  kept  short. 

Of  course  all  the  usual  precautions 
should  be  taken.  To  avoid  apparatus  of 
poor  design,  buy  only  well  known  makes 
of  apparatus  when  purchasing  such  items 
as  sockets,  rheostats,  grid  leak,  variable 
condensers,  transformers,  tubes,  etc. 

To  aid  in  neutralization,  keep  all  grid 
and  plate  connectors  as  short  as  possible. 
Run  the  leads  to  the  neutralizing  condenser 
in  as  short  a  line  as  possible.  Do  not 
omit  any  of  the  bypass  condensers  shown. 
Those  shunted  across  the  primary  of  an 
audio  transformer  should  have  a  capacity 
of  about  .001  mfds.  The  condenser  across 
the  B  battery  should  be  about  i  mfd. 


To  avoid  bad  joints  and  leakage  losses, 
use  rosin  core  or  soft  wire  solder  in  wiring 
the  set.  All  battery  leads  should  be  cabled 
if  they  are  close  together  for  a  considerable 
distance  in  a  set.  This  will  avoid  closed 
loops. 

It  should  be  kept  in  mind  that  all  the 
multiple  regeneration  circuits  shown  in  this 
article  are  capable  of  oscillating  into  the 
antenna.  This  is  true  of  any  r.f.  circuit 
employing  a  means  for  neutralization  and 
where  the  neutralization  is  not  perfect. 
Care  should  be  taken  not  to  cause  such 
oscillation  at  any  time,  since  interference 
to  neighboring  receivers  is  the  inevitable 
result.  This  is  readily  accomplished  if 
the  receiver  is  tuned  as  follows,  which  is 
the  easiest  and  most  natural  method. 


Leave  the  antenna  tickler  at  zero  or 
nearly  so,  and  operate  the  set  in  exactly 
the  same  way  that  a  Roberts  Knockout 
Receiver  is  operated.  Occasionally  a  sig- 
nal will  be  found  which  is  too  weak  to  be 
brought  to  the  required  volume  by  this 
method.  The  antenna  tickler  should  then 
be  brought  up  to  the  critical  point,  after 
the  other  controls  are  properly  adjusted. 
If  oscillation  should  occur,  it  will  be 
immediately  apparent  to  the  operator  who 
should  back  off  the  control  at  once. 

The  circuit  of  Fig.  3  is  especially  recom- 
mended to  home  builders  as  it  is  the  sim- 
plest and  most  practical  of  the  circuits 
shown.  It  is  believed  that  any  one  who 
completes  it  will  be  well  pleased  as  it  is  a 
wonderful  performer. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


FIG.    12 

Adjustment  of  the  neutralizing  condenser  is  an  important  procedure  in  the  correct  operation  of 

this  receiver.     John  B.  Brennan,  Technical  Editor  of  RADIO  BROADCAST,  is  shown  here  making  this 

adjustment  in  RADIO  BROADCAST  Laboratory 


Drawings  by  Fran/^fyn  F.  Stratford 


Putting  the  Listener  Under  the  Microscope 


JOME  years  ago,  in  a  moment  of  despair, 
I  proposed  the  establishment  of  a  broad- 
casting station  to  be  operated  for  the  plea- 
sure of  the  engineers  alone,  in  vacuum,  so 
to  speak.  In  this  way  the  cares  of  the  program 
directors,  engineers,  announcers,  artists  and  other 
functionaries  would  be  marvellously  reduced. 
They  would  be  kinder  to  their  wives  and  chil- 
dren, and  suicides  and  murders  would  be  less  a- 
mong  them.  The  ceaseless  tension  of  the  broad- 
casting business  would  be  relieved,  and  profes- 
sional broadcasters  would  become  as  carefree  as 
shepherds  on  pleasant  summer  afternoons.  I 
can  see  them  going  around  playing  joyfully  on 
little  pipes,  the  operators  fraternizing  with  the 
announcers,  all  hands  looking  ten  years  younger, 
gaining  weight,  and  enjoying  life.  And  all 
through  the  elimination  of  the  listeners.  The 
method  1  suggested  was  to  run  the  station  with- 
out an  antenna.  Thus  no  one  would  have  to 
worry  about  what  went  out,  nor  how  it  sounded, 
because  no  one  would  listen  to  it  but  the  station 
staff,  and  they  wouldn't  give  a  continental. 

This  is  a  dream  with  which  I  please  myself 
once  in  a  while.  For,  in  the  hard  world  of  real- 
ity, the  listeners  crack  the  whip  over  me  and 
all  my  colleagues  in  the  various  divisions  of  the 
broadcasting  business.  They  make  and  break 
us.  Please  them  we  must,  or  we  don't  eat — - 
unless  we  give  it  up  altogether  and  become 
garbage  collectors  and  hosiery  salesmen  once 
more.  One  should  give  prolonged  consideration 
to  fauna  of  such  importance  to  one's  welfare. 
Therefore  we  shall  devote  a  portion  of  this  de- 
partment, without  further  delay,  to  a  discussion 
of  the  listener,  testing  his  reactions  to  various 
acids  and  alkalies,  purifying  and  educating  him, 
and  giving  him  praise  where  due,  but  nowhere  else. 
In  the  course  of  business  I  recently  had  occa- 
sion to  make  a  journey  with  a  United  States 
Supervisor  of  Radio,  a  gentleman  who  is  a 
philosopher  as  well  as  an  administrator.  During 
our  talk  he  commented  on  the  remarkable 
contrast  between  the  perfectly  supine  reaction 
of  many  citizens  to  the  avoidable  evils  of  exis- 
tence, and  the  fearful  how-dy-do  immediately 
raised  when  something  goes  wrong  on  the  radio. 
An  automobilist  will  sit  almost  motionless  at  the 
ferry  landing  for  four  hours,  on  Labor  Day  or 
some  other  holiday,  waiting  his  turn  to  get 
on  the  boat,  with  scarcely  a  murmur.  If  he 
lives  in  a  big  city,  he  will  submit  himself  and  his 
womenfolk  to  the  most  inordinate  crowding  in 
their  daily  journeys  about  the  town,  without 
batting  an  eyelash.  He  allows  himself  to  be 
robbed  by  hatcheck  boys,  abused  by  the  traffic 


cop  when  his  car  slides  two  inches  over  the  line, 
and  to  be  told  by  conventional  imbeciles  that 
he  must  not  wear  his  straw  hat  after  September 
1 5th.  None  of  these  injuries  is  inevitable. 
Wharves,  bridges,  and  subways  may  be  built  to 
accommodate  peak  loads,  a  posse  of  public- 
spirited  citizens  could  lynch  a  hatcheck  boy  and 
duck  one  of  the  over-eloquent  traffic  directors, 
and  the  bitter-enders  among  the  straw  hat 
wearers  could  free  themselves  by  marching  to 
the  Polo  Grounds  in  a  body  on  September  25th 
and  shooting  down  the  first  hoodlum  who  threw 
a  pop  bottle  at  them.  My  remedies  are  a 
trifle  radical,  and  all  the  readers  of  this  law- 
abiding  periodical  will  not  agree  with  them,  but 
there  can  be  no  debate  about  the  underlying 
thesis.  In  all  these  situations,  and  a  multitude 
more,  the  people  stand  for  anything.  But  not 
in  radio!  Just  let  some  foreign  freighter  open 
up  on  450  meters  during  a  concert,  and  twenty 
irate  listeners  sit  down  and  write  a  letter  to 
Secretary  Hoover.  The  more  moderate  ones 
get  after  the  Supervisor,  but  there  are  always 
some  for  whom  nothing  less  than  the  Secretary 
will  do.  The  Secretary  must  suppress  the 
amateurs,  brush  the  cobwebs  off  an  ill-managed 
station's  carrier,  stop  XXX  from  air  advertising, 
and  torpedo  the  Jugo-Slovakian  merchant 
marine.  He  must  do  these  things  right  away, 
or  Richard  Roe  and  John  Doe  will  rise  agin 
the  government. 

Here  is  an  actual  instance.  A  large  broad- 
casting station  was  set  up  at  a  point  30  miles 
from  New  York,  the  location  having  been  deter- 
mined by  careful  tests  and  calculations.  New 
York  has  a  lot  of  suburbs,  and  inevitably  some 
of  them  were  and  are  (for  neither  the  towns  nor 
the  station  have  been  moved)  much  nearer  the 
transmitter  than  that.  When  the  station 
started  testing,  after  only  a  day  one  gentleman, 
a  lawyer,  sat  down  and  wrote  a  long  petition  to 
Secretary  Hoover.  He  is  quite  a  prominent 
lawyer  and  writing  1200  words  must  have  cost 
him  a  neat  sum  in  time  and  energy.  It  seems  he 
had  an  eleven-tube  neutrodyne,  which,  as  he 
was  a  lawyer  and  had  made  it  himself,  was 
absolutely  perfect,  and  with  the  near-by  station 
going  he  could  not  hear  one  in  Chicago  which 
he  had  to  hear,  or  die,  so  there  was  nothing 
left  but  to  write  the  Secretary.  As  a  matter  of 
fact,  in  about  half  the  time  he  spent  in  dictating 
that  epistle  he  could  have  rigged  up  a  wave  trap 
which  would  have  solved  his  problem.  The 
company  which  put  up  the  station  knew  that  a 
wave  trap  would  take  it  out  in  all  the  near-by 
towns  when  it  wasn't  wanted. 


1  do  not  mean  that  all  the  listeners  are  chronic 
kickers.  Most  of  them  are  amiable  and  appreci- 
ative souls,  or  else  the  martyrs  at  the  broadcast- 
ing end  of  the  circuits  would  all  have  eaten  rat 
poison  by  this  time.  For  instance,  in  the  case 
mentioned  above,  after  a  brief  period  of  testing, 
some  1500  letters  were  received,  of  which  thirty- 
eight  were  protests — some  of  them  justified  by 
special  circumstances — while  the  remainder 
were  favorable  and  most  of  them  full  of  en- 
thusiastic praise. 

Listeners  who  desire  to  help  the  broadcasting 
stations  to  which  they  write  should  keep  in 
mind  the  necessity  for  being  definite  in  their 
statements  and,  if  the  matter  is  a  technical  one, 
critical  in  their  observations.  Some  listeners 
are  too  prone  to  imagine  things.  A  while  ago 
one  of  the  stations  for  whose  operation  I  am 
responsible  technically  developed  hiccoughs  a 
few  hours  before  an  exceedingly  important 
program  was  scheduled  to  go  on.  The  cause 
was  obscure,  and,  supported  by  the  other  heroes 
on  the  technical  staff,  I  started  to  wrestle  with 
the  thingamajigs  and  doodaddles.  With  the 
kind  permission  of  the  local  Federal  official,  we 
put  the  carrier  on  during  a  two-hour  blank  period 
and  let  an  orchestra  rehearsal  go  out.  Every- 
thing— power,  radiation,  modulation — remained 
as  usual  in  the  past  year  and  a  half,  and  the  only 
irregularity  was  an  intermittent  growl  down  in 
the  bass.  While  we  were  sweating  and  swearing 
and  tearing  things  apart,  a  listener  called  on  the 
telephone.  "  1  wish  to  report  on  your  test," 
he  announced  excitedly.  I  didn't  want  any 
report,  but  as  the  most  polite  and  speedy  way  of 
getting  rid  of  him  I  asked  what  he  had  found. 
"Your  station  sounds  just  as  usual,"  he  declared 
after  some  irrelevancies,  "but  the  wave  is 
terribly  broad!"  Restraining  an  impulse  to  re- 
ply, "So's  your  old  man!"  I  thanked  our 
informant  and  got  away,  having  lost  several 
minutes  when  I  needed  them  as  a  squirrel  needs 
acorns  during  a  severe  February. 

On  the  other  hand,  several  of  our  listening 
customers  render  us  occasional  valuable  aid 
with  all  the  precision  of  observation  and  ex- 
pression of  trained  engineers,  although  one  of 
them  is  a  physician  and  others  are  in  similarly 
detached  professions.  Out  of  a  spirit  of  pure 
helpfulness,  they  write  extensive  reports  full  of 
valuable  technical  data.  The  same  thing  is 
true  on  the  program  end.  Every  program 
manager  has  a  circle  of  listening  friends  whose 
judgment  and  criticism  are  important  factors  in 
determining  the  nature  of  the  material  he  uses. 
"Applause  mail"  is  necessarily  one  of  the  guide- 


MARCH,  1926 


WHERE  JAZZ  CAN  BE  FOUND,  ON  ORDER 


569 


posts  in  program  work.  Letters  from  people 
who  know  definitely  what  they  want  and  don't 
want,  and  why,  are  always  carefully  read.  It  is 
not  always  possible  to  answer  them  individually; 
if  the  volume  of  mail  is  great,  a  system  of  form 
answers  is  the  only  way  to  avoid  running  into 
prohibitive  expense,  although  even  then  some  of 
the  letters  must  receive  special  attention. 

The  more  pretentious  the  writer,  the  less  the 
value  of  his  letter,  as  a  general  rule.  Recently 
I  received  a  report  on  signal  strength  from  one 
well-wisher  who  printed  "Radiotrician"  under 
his  name.  There  was  not  the  slightest  sign  of 
an  address  on  the  letter,  and  all  it  told  me  was 
that  someone  in  the  United  States  heard  us 
satisfactorily.  And  in  the  letter  he  asked  for 
an  answer,  and  he  is  probably  riled  because  he 
failed  to  get  one! 

The  listeners  have  their  foibles,  just  as  the 
broadcasters   have   theirs.     And   it   is   hard   to 
please  all  the  people  all  the  time.     In  fact,  as  I 
have  had  occasion  to  argue  in  this  place  before, 
to  attempt  to  do  so  leads  directly  to  stultification. 
And  some  members  of  the  audience  will  always 
prove  unreasonable.     All  that  is  true,  but  in  the 
last   analysis   the   progress   of   broadcasting   is 
accelerated  by  the  pressure  exerted  by  unsatis- 
fied patrons.     The  power  level  is  being  raised 
because   people  object   to   getting  their   music 
mixed  with  the  electrical  racket  of  the  vicinity. 
The   programs   are   improving   because    people 
will  no  longer  listen  to  feeble  stuff,  and  because 
they  want  entertainment  as  good  as  that  of  the 
best    theatres    and    concerts.     Not    everybody 
can    keep    up    with    the    procession.     Well,    if 
some  of  the  stations  fall  by  the  wayside,  the 
event  is  proof,  in  each  case,  that  there  is  no 
place  for  that  station.     So  let  the  tomahawks 
fly,  and  the  devil  take  the  hindmost;  the  time 
may  yet  come  when  Mr.  Hoover  will  be  able  to 
separate  stations  by  so  many  kilocycles  that  the 
"dyne"  squeals  will  be  lost  in  the  upper  reaches 
of  audibility,  and  for  that  and  other  blessings 
we  shall  have  to  thank,   in  part,  the  listener- 
die-hards. 


A    Jazz    Lover    Lifts    His    Voice 


C 


SIR: 


OMMUNICATION  from  a  defender  of 
jazz  harmony,  Mr.  Bernard  Kelly  of 
Pueblo,  Colorado: 


You  are  about  to  solve  a  great  problem  for  me. 
I  am  one  of  "Those  things"  that  like  their  jazz 
straight,  and  in  these  times  when  radio  broad- 
casters are  simply  drenching  the  nation  with  the 
polluted  stuff,  1  can't  seem  to  bag  it.  1  thought 
that  I  might  be  trying  to  operate  my  set  without 
aerial  and  ground,  but  this  does  not  seem 
reasonable,  as  1  can  get  any  number  of  salon 
orchestras,  coloratura  sopranos,  and  players  of 
Bach  and  Wagner.  Perhaps  atmospheric  con- 
ditions here  are  so  educated  as  to  shut  out  the 
barbaric  jazz  and  give  asylum  to  the  classics 
which  nobody  else  can  find.  Need  I  add  that 
I  was  desolated  until  I  read  your  December 
ai  tide. 

Apropos  of  your  statement:  "If  you  want 
Jazz  issuing  from  your  loud  speaker,  there  are 
certain  wavelengths  in  every  locality  where  you 
can  get  it  at  any  time."  I  am  enclosing  here- 
with a  little  blank  of  my  own  arrangement, 
together  with  a  stamped,  addressed  envelope, 
whereon  you,  being  a  good  sport,  will  inscribe 
these  various  stations.  I  use  a  Roberts  Knock- 
out set  Let  this  guide  you  in  your  choice, 
and  remember,  I'm  very  choosy  about  my  jazz. 
I  would  have  been  satisfied  to  get  it  on  the  head- 
phones, but  your  added  promise  of  loud  speaker 
volume  greatly  pleases  me,  and  in  return  for  this 
favor,  I'll  give  you  a  tip.  KOA  of  Denver  is  one 
of  those  stations  where  they  specialize  in  uplift. 
They  have  there  some  very  palatable  violinists 
and  pianists,  together  with  an  array  of  songsters 
who  have  never  heard  of  Irving  Berlin.  More- 
over, they  have  just  begun  to  give  Spanish 
lessons.  Here  indeed  is  a  safe  refuge  from  Jazz. 
I  await  your  reply  most  impatiently. 

The  blank  to  which  Mr.  Kelly  refers  is  pre- 
pared with,  as  can  be  seen,  diabolical  ingenuity 
and  thoroughness;  its  general  lay-out  will  appear 
from  the  sample  which  I  am  magnanimous  enough 
to  print  above: 


I WHERE  TO  GET  JAZZ  WHEN  YOU — , 

WANT  IT 

Compiled  by  Carl  Dreber 

HOURS 

Mountain  Time 

Day  7  P.M.  8  P.M.  9  P.M.  10  P.M.  1 1  P.M.  12  P.M. 

SUNDAY 
MONDAY 


If  Mr.  Kelly  was  "desolated"  before  the  ap- 
pearance of  my  article  "In  Defence  of  Broad- 
casting"   in    the    December    number,    by    the 
dearth  of  jazz  on  the  Colorado  steppes,  he  was  in 
no  worse  case  than  I  am  at  this  moment.     I  am 
not  merely  desolated,  but  prostrated,  and  there 
is  nothing  more  terrible  than  to  be  desolated 
and  prostrated  at  the  same  time.     In  fact,  the 
coincidence  of  these  two  acute  malaises  is  so  rare 
and  dangerous  that  I  may  be  able  to  make  some 
money  by  exhibiting  myself  before  the  annual 
meeting  of  the  American  Medical  Association  (if 
they  have  one),  or  by  travelling  with  an  old- 
fashioned    medicine   show    (if  any   still   exist). 
The  last  time  I  was  so  sad  was  twelve  years  ago, 
when  my  first  audion  bulb  gave  up  the  ghost 
after  two  hours  of  use,  leaving  me  bankrupt  and 
heartbroken.     My  present  grief  flows  from  two 
sources:  first,  from  hearing  Mr.  Kelly  cry  "Jazz! 
Jazz!"   when   there  is  no  jazz,   and  secondly, 
because  I  am  unable  to  make  good  on  the  sen- 
tence which  Mr.  Kelly  has  plucked  out  of  my 
article.     It  appears  that  there  is  a  neighbor- 
hood where  jazz  is  not  always  on  tap  for  those 
who  crave  its  charms.     Well,  that's  certainly  too 
bad.     Mr.  Kelly  might  try  some  suasion  on  Mr. 
Talbot,  the  program  man  at  KOA.     If  all  else 
fails,  he  can  move  to  New  York,  a  town  which 
spouts  hot  jazz  as  Old  Faithful  spouts  hot  water. 
Above  360  meters  one  gets  it  now  and  then; 
below  360  meters  jazz  runs  riot.     Incidentally,  in 
common  with  the  Hon.  Gilbert  Seldes,  I  have  no 
objection  to  the  stuff  in  limited  quantities  and 


THEN   TWENTY   IRATE   LISTENERS   WRITE   A    LETTER   TO   SECRETARY   HOOVER." 


570 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


MARCH,  1926 


when  it  is  well  done.  I  would  rather  listen  to  a 
good  jazz  band  than  a  rotten  soloist;  there  are 
even  times  when  I'd  rather  listen  to  a  good  jazz 
band  in  preference  to  a  good  soloist  or  classical 
orchestra,  depending  on  my  mood.  For  ex- 
ample, when  I  write  out  my  income  tax  check, 
once  a  year,  I  like  to  listen  to  jazz;  it  cheers  me 
up.  The  only  reason  I  took  Mr.  Nathan  up  on 
this  question  is  that  he  seemed  to  think  that 
radio  music  is  practically  all  jazz,  a  conclusion 
with  which  my  battered  ears  did  not  agree. 
And  now  along  comes  Mr.  Kelly,  roasting  me  by 
implication,  because  there  isn't  enough  jazz!  I 
give  it  up! 

Technical  Routine  in  Broadcasting 
Stations 

3.     Monitoring 

THE  word  "monitor"  is  one  of  the  con- 
tributions of  wire   telephone   practice  to 
broadcasting.     Its  technical  meaning  is  to 
listen  to  what  is  going  over  a  circuit  for  the  pur- 
pose  of   making   indicated    adjustments.     The 
principal  one  of  these  adjustments,  in  broad- 
casting, is  the  regulation  of  the^  amplification, 
or  "gain,"  as  the  telephone  people  call  it. 

Skillful  broadcast  monitoring  is  an  art  in  itself. 
The  necessity  for  it  arises  through  the  fact  that 
radio  transmitters  cannot  be  built,  at  the  present 
stage,  to  accommodate  the  extreme  ratios  in 
volume  of  many  musical  performances.  The 
energy  emitted  by  a  symphony  orchestra,  going 
full  blast,  with  the  conductor  sweating  like  a 
stevedore  and  all  hands  sawing,  thumping,  and 
blowing  to  the  maximum  capacity  of  their  in- 
struments, is  in  the  ratio  of  about  100,000:1  to  a 
few  of  the  pieces  playing  pianissimo.  This  does 


HE    CRIES  "JAZZ,  JAZZ,"  WHEN    THERE    IS   NO  JAZZ 


not  faze  musicians  a  bit,  but  it  gives  an  engineer 
the  willies.  The  power  ratio  of  machines — the 
ratio  of  the  maximum  power  which  the  machine 
can  handle  effectively,  to  the  minimum,  is  as 
a  rule  quite  low,  probably  not  more  than  10. 
One  cannot  build  a  machine  which  will  have  the 
power  of  a  locomotive,  when  that  is  required, 
and  which  in  the  next  second  can  be  used  to 
crack  nuts  efficiently.  If  it  is  a  good  nut  cracker, 
it  will  not  be  an  adequate  locomotive,  and  if  it 
is  a  good  locomotive  it  will  be  lamentably  waste- 
ful as  a  nut  cracker.  This  is  from  the  standpoint 
of  the  engineer  as  a  manipulator  of  energy — raw 
horsepower.  But  a  broadcast  transmitter  is  not 
a  mere  engine.  It  is  a  combination  of  musical 
instrument  and  machine.  So  a  compromise 
becomes  necessary.  The  energy  ratio  remains 
large,  say  of  the  order  1,000:1,  but  even  so  it  is 
only  one  tenth  of  one  per  cent,  of  the  original. 
The  reproduction  is  not  perfectly  natural,  but 
it  sounds  better  than  it  would  if  the  1,000,000:1 
ratio  were  the  basis  of  operation.  In  that  case 
the  low  portions  would  drop  below  the  noise 
level,  with  the  result  that  portions  of  the  per- 
formance would  be  lost  altogether.  By  ironing 
out  the  peaks  and  faint  passages  to  this  extent 
the  ultimate  quality  of  reproduction  is  at  its 
best. 

This  1000:1  reduction  in  ratio  is  accomplished 
manually.  Of  course,  in  many  types  of  music 
the  actual  original  ratio  is  much  lower  than  a 
million  to  one,  and  in  that  case  the  reduction 
should  be  correspondingly  modified,  the  object 
of  the  competent  control  engineer  always  being 
to  leave  the  original  alone  just  as  far  as  the  load 
characteristics  and  noise  level  of  the  broadcast- 
ing medium  will  permit.  There  are,  in  general, 
two  types  of  incompetent  control  operators. 
The  first  is  careless;  he  "lets  it  ride."  Some- 
•  times  he  lets  the  level  drop  so 
that  no  one  on  the  outside  hears 
it,  and  at  other  times  he  allows 
overloading  and  distortion  to  mar 
the  performance.  The  announce- 
ments are  too  high  or  too  low 
with  respect  to  the  music.  They 
should  be  slightly  above  the  aver- 
age value  of  the  music,  say  60 
per  cent,  amplitude.  The  second 
type  of  undesirable  control  opera- 
tion is  the  over-cautious  method, 
whereby  the  modulation  is  ironed 
out  to  such  a  degree  that  most 
of  the  contrast  is  lost.  This  fel- 
low constantly  pulls  down  the 
gain  when  the  music  is  loud,  for 
fear  that  it  will  overload,  and 
brings  up  the  pianissimo  passages 
so  that  the  listeners  will  be  sure 
to  hear  them.  He  can't  do  much 
to  a  jazz  band,  but  heaven  help 
the  station  which  lets  him  loose 
on  a  symphony  orchestra.  A 
good  gain  regulator  is  like  a  good 
fighter;  he  always  has  something 
in  reserve.  He  is  unlike  a  fighter 
in  this:  he  seldom  moves  fast. 
Jerky  manipulation  of  the  am- 
plification handle  is  out  of  order. 
The  movement  should  be  smooth; 
the  only  abrupt  changes  in  the 
music  should  be  those  which  the 
composer  wrote  into  it.  Of 
course  the  whole  thing  can  be 
gauged  better  by  one  who  knows 
the  piece  being  played.  He  can 
look  ahead  and  give  a  more 
finished  performance  than  the 
man  who  has  no  idea  of  what  is 
coming  next.  The  gain  control 
should  not  be  moved  except  when 


C, 


FIG.    I 
A  "Gain"  control  in  a  field  control  set 

necessary,  and  then  its  movement  should  never 
be  neglected;  the  competent  control  operator 
knows  which  is  when. 

On  field  events,  the  control  should  be  in  the 
hands  of  the  field  technician,  he  being  on  the 
ground  and  in  a  better  position  to  judge  than 
the  man  at  the  station  end  of  the  line.  The 
station  engineer  sets  his  gain  control  once  and 
for  all,  theoretically,  moving  it  after  that  only 
to  correct  errors  on  the  part  of  the  field  man.  On 
studio  events  the  job  devolves  on  the  station 
control  operator,  necessarily.  As  a  rule,  less 
monitoring  is  required  in  the  studio,  for  very 
large  orchestras,  organs,  choruses,  etc.,  are  en- 
countered more  in  the  field. 

The  usual  form  of  gain  control  is  a  potentio- 
meter arrangement  carrying  only  audio  fre- 


| — /wwww1- 


Zero  Gam 


FIG.    2 

quency  and  isolated  by  means  of  condensers 
from  any  d.c.  circuits  whose  variation  would 
give  rise  to  noise.  Fig.  l  shows  such  an  arrange- 
ment between  stages  of  a  resistance-coupled 
amplifier.  Rp  is  the  resistance  in  the  plate  of 
the  first  tube,  C,  a  condenser  of  the  order  of  0.5 
mfd.  separating  the  gain  control  and  following 
tube  from  this  plate  circuit,  G  is  the  gain  control, 
which  is  so  arranged  that  as  one  resistance  Ri 
is  cut  in,  the  other  resistance,  R2,  is  correspond- 
ingly reduced,  Q  is  the  second  isolating  con- 
denser, of  the  same  magnitude  as  d,  RL  is  the 
grid  leak  of  the  following  tube.  Fig.  2  illus- 
trates how,  with  the  contact  in  one  extreme 
position,  C2  has  one  side  short-circuited  to  the 
filament  of  the  second  tube,  while  the  resistance 
R:  is  in  series  between  the  tubes,  practically 
blocking  the  transfer  of  audio  voltages.  In 
Fig.  3,  the  reverse  condition  obtains,  R,  being 
all  out,  while  the  total  drop  of  Rl  is  available 
to  pass  on  audio  fluctuations  to  the  second  triode. 
This  gain  control  is  noiseless,  unless  the  sliding 
contacts  are  so  bad  that  they  open  momentarily, 


Maximum  Gain 
FIG.    3 


MARCH,  1926         "WIRELESS"  TELEPHONY  CREATED  AN  IMPRESSION  IN  1912 


571 


breaking  the  connection  between  the  tubes  be- 
tween which  the  gain  control  functions. 

The  crude  gain  control  which  is  sometimes 
seen  in  small  stations — a  means  of  cutting  down 
filament  voltage  on  one  of  the  audio  amplifiers, 
is  bad  because  as  the  emission  of  the  tube  drops 
the  impedance  rises,  resulting  in  the  loss  of  low 
frequencies  in  most  cases,  as  well  as  other  ano- 
malies. 

Memoirs  of  a  Radio  Engineer 
X 

IN  THE  January  issue  it  was  related  how  the 
Federal  legislation  of  1912  started  to  bring 
order  out  of  chaos  in  the  radio  world.  The 
job  was  not  a  small  one,  and  now,  thirteen  years 
later,  it  is  not  yet  completed.  For  as  fast  as  one 
patch  of  chaos  was  ironed  out  in  one  place, 
another,  such  as  broadcasting,  bobbed  up  some- 
where else,  to  keep  the  authorities  busy.  That 
the  law  was  provided  with  teeth  was  demon- 
strated very  shortly.  A  young  man  who,  after 
the  passage  of  the  act  providing  for  station  and 
operator's  licenses,  had  continued  to  transmit 
without  either,  on  a  wavelength  that  happened 
to  suit  him,  was  haled  to  court  and  fined.  This 
was  in  1913,  and  the  incident  received  consider- 
able publicity.  The  law  had  gone  into  effect 
December  23,  1912,  and  by  that  date  about 
five  hundred  of  the  twelve  hundred  amateurs 
in  New  York  City  had  applied  for  their  papers. 
Those  who  continued  to  operate  were  warned  by 
W.  D.  Terrell,  now  Chief  Supervisor  of  Radio, 
with  headquarters  in  Washington,  but  then  in 
charge  of  the  New  York  district.  "These  ama- 
teurs," said  Mr.  Terrell,  "who  make  it  a  practice 
to  interfere  with  business  communication,  are 
nearly  all  known  to  us.  There  may  be  a  very 
few  whose  whereabouts  we  have  not  yet  found 
out,  but  in  a  short  time,  thanks  to  the  efforts  of 
commercial  stations  and  of  the  vast  majority 
of  amateurs,  who  realize  that  the  delinquencies 
of  these  few  may  call  for  laws  still  more  strict. 


we  will  run  them  all  down."  And  indeed,  after 
a  half  year  or  so,  the  only  unlicensed  amateurs 
left  were  little  fellows  with  spark  coils  of  limited 
range;  practically  all  the  big  fellows  had  sub- 
mitted. 

I  had  no  transmitting  station  worth  the  name, 
but  by  this  time  I  was  fairly  adept  at  copying 
and  was  filling  my  log  book  with  such  entries 
as  the  following: 

Sept.  10,  1912.     2.27?.     Ward  liner  Havana, 

WH,  talking  to  NY.     Distance,  251  miles. 
Jan.     ii,     1913.     S.ooP.     MAA,    White    Star 

Carmania,  working  MSB. 
Jan.    20,     1913.     2.23?.     SS    Moltke,     DDM, 

working  MSB.     Good  sig. 
Mar.  i,  1913.     5-I5P-     KKX,  SS  El  Occidents, 

calling  MSE.     Comes  in  well  with  low  tone. 

Wanted   to  know  if  MSE   knew  where  SS 

Comus  was. 

MSE  was  the  Seagate  land  station,  later  WSE, 
a  famous  transmitter  in  its  day.  It  had  a  3-kw 
transmitter  with  rotary  gap. 

My  log  book  also  contains  numerous  messages 
copied  from  ships  and  the  few  land  stations 
around  town.  Besides  WSE,  the  principal 
transmitters  in  the  New  York  district  at  this 
time  were  FNK,  the  Bush  Terminal  station  of 
the  National  Flectric  Signalling  Co.,  and  TWT, 
operated  by  the  Atlantic  Communication 
Company  at  1 1 1  Broadway.  The  latter  two 
had  beautiful  notes  around  1000  cycles,  which 
they  maintained  with  remarkable  purity  of  tone 
for  weeks  at  a  time.  Their  flute-like  whistles 
enraptured  all  the  amateurs,  half  of  whom 
would  cheerfully  have  killed  a  man  for  a  500- 
cycle  alternator  and  a  quenched  gap. 

"Wireless  telephony"  was  not  unknown,  but 
it  was  as  yet  no  more  than  a  curiosity.  The 
principal  hope  of  its  proponents  was  that  it 
might  supplant  wireless  telegraphy;  its  applica- 
tion in  broadcasting  apparently  occurred  to  no 
one,  as  yet.  The  following  report  in  the  New 
York  Times  shows  how  radio  telephony  was 
regarded  toward  the  end  of  1912: 


VOICES  HEARD 

BY  WIRELESS 


Marconi  Operator  Picks  Up  Conversa- 
tion 150  Miles  Away 


SAN  FRANCISCO,  Dec.  18.— A  demon- 
stration that  wireless  methods  may  be 
used  for  transmission  of  the  human  voice 
was  made  on  the  recent  trip  of  the  Pacific 
Mail  liner  Son  Jose,  which  reached  here 
to-day  from  Panama.  Last  Monday, 
while  off  the  Lower  California  coast,  C.  H. 
Kessler,  the  ship's  Marconi  operator, 
distinctly  heard  conversation  while  he  was 
taking  a  wireless  message.  The  conversa- 
tion was  a  test  of  wireless  telephones  be- 
tween Catalina  Island  and  the  mainland 
of  California,  and  was  carried  on  150  miles 
from  Kessler. 

At  noon,  when  R.  H.  Shimek  relieved 
Kessler,  he  also  heard  scraps  of  conversa- 
tion, as  well  as  music  from  a  phonograph. 
As  several  passengers  were  around  the 
wireless  room  he  gave  them  individual 
receivers,  and  they  heard  ragtime  music 
distinctly,  and  even  danced  around  the 
deck  to  the  tunes.  The  Captain  was 
called  in  and  heard  the  music. 

This  experience  was  said  to  be  the  first 
of  the  kind  ever  recorded,  and  it  suggests 
that  the  wireless  at  sea  may  yet  be  handled 
like  the  telephone,  which  would  be  a  great 
economy  in  time  of  transmission,  especially 
in  the  case  of  vessels  in  port. 


Antique  stuff!  Even  the  words — "wireless," 
"  ragtime,"  are  out  of  date.  And  the  speculation 
in  the  last  paragraph  was  on  the  wrong  track. 
By  far  the  best  way  to  communicate  with  vessels 
in  port  is  by  the  simple  expedient  of  hauling  a 
telephone  cable  aboard  and  hooking  up  the 
ship  to  the  nearest  exchange.  The  big  ocean 
liners  all  have  telephone  switchboards,  and  when 


THE    ENERGY    EMITTED    BY    AN    ORCHESTRA    GOING    FULL    BLAST. 


572 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


MARCH,  1926 


they  are  at  their  piers  you  call  up  the  various 
extensions  just  as  you  call  up  the  local  delicates- 
sen dealer  or  the  town  dog-catcher.  And  when 
they  are  at  sea,  the  radio  telegraph  provides  a 
faster  and  more  reliable  service  than  telephony 
can  give.  The  code  cuts  through  static  and 
interference  where  telephony  would  only  yield 
a  jumble.  Even  now  only  a  few  ships  carry 
radio  telephone  transmitters,  and  they  are 
considered  a  luxury,  although  presumably  the 
time  will  come  when  the  great  liners  will  carry 
extremely  powerful  radio  telephone  sets  provid- 
ing a  ship-to-shore  service  linked  up  with  the 
land  telephone.  But  the  wireless  phone  did  not 
have  to  await  this  development  before  it  could 
come  into  its  kingdom.  Broadcasting  supplied 
that. 

Broad  Waves  and  Sharp 

ONCE  an  error  has  taken  firm  root  the 
only  thing  to  do  is  to  wait  a  few  centuries 
until  it  is  forgotten,  for  you  will  cer- 
tainly not  get  rid  of  it  in  any  quicker  way. 
Thus,  probably  a  majority  of  the  population 
still  believe  that  blondes  are  treacherous,  that  no 
one  with  brown  eyes  can  ever  become  a  great 
man,  that  touching  a  toad  will  cause  warts, 
and  that  Aaron  Burr  was  a  villain  while  Alex- 
ander Hamilton  was  an  angel.  There  is  no 
law  against  believing  what  one  pleases,  even 
though  it  is  wrong.  This  is  likewise  true  of  the 
almost  universal  belief  among  radio  listeners 
and  newspaper  critics  that  in  some  mysterious 
way  the  engineers  of  a  broadcast  station  can 
sharpen  its  wave,  as  if  it  were  a  pencil  which  can 
be  whittled  down  with  a  jack  knife.  Everybody 
believes  it,  although  it  isn't  so.  It  is  true  of  a 
spark  station  emitting  a  decadent  wave  train, 
and  that  is  no  doubt  the  origin  of  this  radio 
superstition.  But  given  a  broadcasting  station 
of  P  meter-amperes  modulating  a  continuous 
wave  of  a  certain  radio  frequency  Y,  modulated 
at  audio  frequency  X  with  per  cent,  modulation 
Z,  the  only  factors  influencing  the  broadness  of 
tuning  in  reception  are  (i)  The  signal  strength  at 
the  point  in  question,  and  (2)  The  kilocycles 
admittance  of  the  receiving  set  at  the  said 
frequency  Y.  In  other  words,  when  people 
talk  of  a  broadcasting  station  as  having  a 
"broad"  or  "sharp"  wave  in  the  abstract 
they  are  emitting  nonsense.  It  be- 
comes sense  only  when  a  particular 
receiving  location  with  known  signal 
strength  from  the  station  in  question, 
and  the  tuning  characteristics  of  the 
receiving  set,  are  definitely  specified. 
When  a  listener  declares  that  a  certain 
broadcasting  station  has  a  "broad" 
wave,  it  usually  means  that  he  gets 
a  very  strong  signal  from  that  sta- 
tion, or  that  he  has  a  badly  designed 
receiving  set,  or  both.  If  he  says  that 
the  wave  is  "sharp"  the  conclusion  is 
that  the  signal  is  relatively  weak,  or 
that  the  receiver  tunes  sharply,  or 
both.  Assuming  the  power  of  the 
station  as  fixed,  it,  has  no  control 
over  either  condition. 

The  Lingo  of  Radio 

Onomatopoeia 

THIS  disagreeable  looking  Greek 
word  is  applied  to  those  terms 
which  through  their  sound  imi- 
tate the  thing  described.    There  are 
a  few  such  words  in  radio,  most  of 
them  not  of  radio  origin,   however. 
"  Buzzer,"  for  example,   and  "  howl- 
ing,"  "squealing,"    for  uncontrolled 


audio  frequency  oscillation,  as  of  an  amplifier. 
The  older  telephone  term  for  this  phenomenon, 
"singing,"  has  not  broken  into  radio  to  any 
extent. 

The  only  original  radio  names  which  exhibit 
the  tendency  toward  sound  imitation  in  word 
formation  appear  to  be  the  words  describing 
certain  kinds  of  strays:  "Clicks,"  "crashes,"  and 
"grinders."  "Clicks"  are  the  short  sharp  im- 
pulses, "crashes"  are  somewhat  longer  and 
more  bothersome;  "grinders"  are  still  longer 
and  may  consist  of  a  succession  of  shorter 
impulses. 

Imported  Words:  Foreign  Influences. 

Except  from  the  English,  American  radio  is 
indebted  very  little  to  foreign  languages  for  its 
radio  terminology.  The  only  instance  I  can 
recall  offhand  of  a  word  borrowed  outright  is  the 
German  "litzendraht"  for  stranded  high  fre- 
quency conductor,  and  this  has  been  modified 
into  "litz." 

It  is  interesting,  however,  to  note  how  widely 
British  and  American  radio  terminology  differ. 
The  divergence,  of  course,  is  by  no  means  con- 
fined to  radio.  Again,  a  Britisher  talks  of  "or- 
dinary" and  "preference"  stock,  where  an 
American  says  "common"  and  "preferred." 
The  following  is  a  comparison  of  a  few  British 
and  American  radio  terms: 


High  frequency  (h.f.) 

Terminal 

Telegraphist 


Radio  frequency  (r.f.) 
Binding  post 
Operator 


BRITISH 

Anode,  plate 

Ebonite 

Gear 

Components 

Maker 

Factor 

Earth 

Basket  coils 

Pile  winding 

Valve 

Reaction 

X's,  atmospherics 

Note  magnifier 

Accumulator 

Frame  aerial 

Jigger 


Anode  (of  a  tube) 
Low  frequency  (l.f.) 


AMERICAN 

Plate 

Hard  rubber 

Apparatus 

Parts 

Manufacturer 

Jobber 

Ground 

Spiderweb  coils 

Bank  winding 

Bulb,  tube 

Regeneration 

Static 

Audio  amplifier 

Storage  battery 

Loop 

Oscillation 

transformer  spiral 

helix 
Plate 
Audio  frequency  (a. f.) 


"A  YOUNG  MAN  WAS  HALED  TO  COURT 


The  curious  term  "listen-in,"  incidentally, 
appears  to  be  of  English  origin.  Why  the  "in" 
was  added  is  as  much  of  a  mystery  as  the  appear- 
ance of  the  same  preposition  in  the  British  slang 
phrase,  "  do  him  in  " — "  kill  him."  Whatever  its 
origin,  it  has  led  to  some  horrible  compounds, 
like  "listeners-in,"  which  is  about  as  far  as  one 
could  go  if  one  sat  down  to  invent  the  most  awk- 
ward phrase  possible. 

Why  do  we  speak  of  an  air-core  transformer? 
The  case  is  really  one  of  the  absence  of  a  core, 
and  we  might  better  call  it  a  "coreless  trans- 
former" or  an  "air  transformer."  Of  course  air 
is  something — witness  the  trouble  we  take  to 
get  it  out  of  our  electron  tubes,  but  is  it  solid 
enough  for  a  core?  However,  we  all  talk  of  it 
in  that  way. 

Why  "variometer"  to  denote  a  continuously 
variable  inductance?  The  instrument  does  not 
measure  anything,  so  the  "meter"  part  of  the 
name  is  out  of  place,  and  the  "vario"  is  too  vague 
to  mean  anything.  In  a  less  aggravated  form, 
"potentiometer"  has  the  same  or  similar  faults. 

The  only  thing  that  can  be  said  in  favor  of  the 
terms  "A,"  "B,"  and  "C,"  batteries,  for  plate 
filament,  and  grid  bias,  respectively,  is  that  they 
are  brief.  Such  arbitrary  designations  are 
very  puzzling  to  beginners.  These  terms,  in- 
cidentally, date  back  to  the  invention  of  the 
three-electrode  tube. 

Of  late  years,  some  effort  has  been  made  to 
achieve  uniformity  in  the  use  of  suffixes  in 
speaking  of  the  common  electrical  properties. 
On  this  basis  it  is  not  correct  to  speak  of  "resis- 
ance"  coupling  in  an  amplifier;  one  should  say 
"resistive"  coupling.  An  "inductor"  is  the 
physical  object  or  coil  possessing  the  property 
of  "inductance";  its  effect  is  "inductive." 
Likewise  "resistor,"  "resistance,"  and  "resis- 
tive"; "capacity,"  "capacitance,"  and  "capaci- 
tive."  However,  no  one  will  be  arrested  for  us- 
ing the  wrong  suffix. 

Proper  Names 

HpHE    Alexanderson   alternator,   the    Poulsen 
1  arc,    the     Heaviside    layer,    are    instances 

where  the  name  of  a  man  of  original  ideas  has 
become  attached  to  a  machine  or  the- 
ory. The  common  electrical  units, 
also  commemorate  the  names  of  great 
scientists,  as  the  farad  (M  ichael 
Faraday),  the  ampere  (after  Andre 
Marie  Ampere),  the  volt  from  (Count 
Alessandro  Volta),  and  the  henry 
(Joseph  Henry — an  American  physi- 
cist, incidentally).  Then  there  is  poor 
Pierre  Vernier,  who  died  in  1637  after 
inventing  an  attachment  for  indicat- 
ing accurately  parts  of  divisions  in 
linear  measurements,  and  never  con- 
ceived of  a  radio  set — and  his  name 
is  applied  to  the  fine  adjustment  of 
variable  condensers  three  centuries 
later! 

Radio  terms  derived  from  the  va- 
rious older  engineering  arts  are  too 
numerous  to  mention.  Such  words  as 
"decrement,"  "eddy  currents," 
"secondary,"  "primary,"  etc.,  are  of 
old  standing  in  electrical  science. 
The  various  prefixes  which  denote 
magnitude,  such  as  "meg"  (one 
million);  "kilo"  (one  thousand); 
"milli"  (one-thousandth);  "micro" 
(one  millionth);  and  their  combina- 
tions, are  all  in  general  scientific 
use  and  not  peculiar  to  radio. 


Standards  for  the  Home 


How  the  Home  Experimenter  Can  Build  and  Use  the  Necessary  Standards 
of  Inductance,  Capacity,  and  Resistance — Essential  Tools  for  All  Kinds  of 
Experiments — More  Suggestion  for  the  Ambitious  Home  Experimenter 

By  KEITH  HENNEY 

'Director,  Radio  "Broadcast  Laboratory 


THERE  are  two  stages  in  the  life  of  any 
experimenter  whether  he  be  inclined 
toward  chemical,  mechanical,  or  elec- 
trical pursuits.  The  first  stage  may  be 
represented  by  the  desire  to  do  something  of  an 
experimental  nature,  it  matters  little  what,  as 
long  as  something  happens.  The  second  may 
be  marked  by  the  experimenter's  desire  to  know 
what  has  happened,  if  anything,  and  how  much 
of  it  has  happened.  Any  one  can  hook  a  con- 
denser across  the  antenna  and 
ground  of  a  receiver  and  note  6<a^—.,^— 
what  happens.  Any  one  can  at- 
tach a  coil  across  that  condenser 
and  have  a  wave  trap.  But  after 
a  few  preliminary  bouts  with  a 
tricky  device  of  this  nature,  the 
experimenter  will  probably  plot  a 
curve  of  the  thing,  showing  what 
happens  to  certain  frequencies 
when  the  condenser  is  varied. 

This    business    of    wanting    to 
know    what    happens,    and    how 
much,    when     the    condenser    is 
tuned,  signalizes  the  entrance  of 
the   radio   experimenter   into  the 
second  stage  of  his   career.  Lord 
Kelvin,  one  of  the  world's  greatest 
experimental    and    mathematical 
scientists,  is  credited  with  saying       j^ 
that  any  research  enters  upon  a 
scientific  basis  when  actual  figures 
are  put  down  on  paper,  when  the  experimenter 
knows  how  much,  and  when,  and  begins  to  get 
some  idea  of  "why." 

Just  as  building  radio  receiving  sets  palls  on 
most  any  one  after  the  dozenth  is  completed,  so 


radio  research,  and  the  essential  apparatus  will 
be  described  from  time  to  time.  The  first  article 
of  this  series,  in  the  September  RADIO  BROAD- 
CAST, described  a  simple  vacuum  tube  oscillator 
for  the  home  experimenter  that  in  the  Labora- 
tory has  proved  to  be  of  endless  service.  It  con- 
sists of  a  radio-frequency  oscillator,  a  miniature 
broadcast  station  in  fact,  which  is  modulated 
with  an  audible  tone.  The  uses  of  this  oscillator 
were  described  in  the  December  magazine.  The 


C~F\/TORE  than  one  satiated  home  constructor  has  written  us  that  this  series 
"  "*  of  articles  hy  Mr.  Henney,  the  director  of  our  Laboratory,  has  caused 
them  to  renew  their  subscription  to  RADIO  BROADCAST  and  to  take  a  new  interest 
in  the  technical  side  of  radio.  Dust  that  has  collected  on  soldering  iron  and 
pliers  is  shaken  off,  and  unused  parts  in  the  miscellaneous  pile  of  odds  and 
ends  owned  hy  every  constructor  worthy  of  the  name  are  assuming  a  new  value. 
There  are  many  among  the  amateur  radio  folk  who  have  the  feeling  that  if  they 
could  just  learn  a  bit  more  about  what  could  be  called  the  laboratory  fundamentals 
of  radio,  they  would  be  able  to  make  considerable  progress  in  the  art,  and  perhaps 
even  make  a  discovery  of  some  importance.  We  believe  that  these  articles,  of 
which  this  is  the  third,  will  be  of  great  value  to  these  inquisitive  souls.  Those 
two  valuable  Government  radio  hooks,  Bulletin  No.  74  of  the  Bureau  of  Stand- 
ards, and  Principles  Underlying  Radio  Communication,  published  by  the 
Army  Signal  Corps  are  used  as  bases  in  the  present  article.  Every  radio  en- 
thusiast who  really  wants  to  learn  more  about  the  art  should  own  these  volumes, 
which  can  be  had  from  the  Government  Printing  Office. — THE  EDITOR. 


present  article  will  deal  more  with  the  uses  of  this 
device  and  mention  a  few  lines  of  experiment 
along  which  the  home  constructor  should  work. 

WHAT   ARE    THE    ELEMENTS   OF    RADIO? 


will  endless  and  aimless  experimenting  get  to  be  HP  HE  apparatus  used  in  radio  consists  largely 
stale  sport  unless  there  is  something  to  look  ^  of  two  simole  elements,  inductance  and  ca- 
forward  to. 

The  staff  of  RADIO   BROADCAST  Laboratory 
has  prepared  a  number  of  experiments  for  those 


who  are  interested  in  the  more  serious  side  of 


of  two  simple  elements,  inductance  and  ca- 
pacity, that  is,  coils  and  condensers.  Each  of 
these  components  of  oscillating  circuits  has  re- 
sistance, so  the  experimenter  has  to  deal  with 
three  important  electrical  quantities,  inductance, 


capacity,  and  resistance,  and  for  practically  all 
of  his  work  he  uses  these  quantities  in  varying 
proportions  and  in  various  relations  to  each 
other.  He  winds  a  coil  and  finds  that  it  will  tune 
to  a  certain  frequency  band  with  a  .oooj-mfd. 
condenser.  He  may  feel  that  tuning  is  broad. 
He  knows  then  that  there  is  resistance  in  the  coil, 
too  much  resistance  perhaps.  But  he  wants  to 
know  how  much,  how  to  reduce  it,  and  what  is 
the  practical  limit  of  reducing  resistance. 

In   other  words,    he    wants   to 
— ^^-jgvs       know  "how  much?" 

To  do  exact  or  even  approxi- 
mate work,  the  research  engineer 
and  the  home  experimenter  alike 
must  know  to  a  certain  degree  of 
precision  the  constants  of  the  ap- 
paratus with  which  he  works.  To 
know  that  one's  apparatus  is  cor- 
rect to  within  a  certain  per  cent, 
is  to  know  that  one's  results  will 
be  valuable  to  that  extent.  Ac- 
curately designed  equipment,  care- 
fully calibrated,  inspires  a  degree 
of  confidence  in  the  worker  that 
will  be  one  of  his  best  assets. 

In  any  well  equipped  Labora- 
tory, the  question  "how  much?" 
is  answered  in  one  of  several  ways. 

The    simplest    method    and    the 

one  most  often  employed  is  a 
comparison  of  the  apparatus  under 
test  with  some  high  grade  standard.  For  in- 
stancs,  one  builds  a  coil.  He  wishes  to  know  its 
inductance  and  perhaps  its  resistance.  By  a 
complicated  series  of  experiments  he  may  arrive 
at  both  of  these  values,  but  by  a  simple  compari- 
son with  a  coil  already  measured  he  may  arrive 
at  the  answer  in  a  short  time. 

Among  the  first  acquisitions  to  a  home  labor- 
atory, then,  are  standards  of  inductance,  capac- 
ity, and  resistance  with  which  all  unknown  coils, 
condensers,  and  resistances  may  be  compared. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


FIG.     I 


Some  of  RADIO  BROADCAST  Laboratory's  standard  apparatus.     Note  the  peculiar  construction  of  the  "inner  works"  of  the  resistance  box.     The 
other  apparatus  is  a  standard  variable  condenser  and  a  variometer  which  is  used  as  a  standard  of  inductance.     An  idea  of  the  size  of  the  equipment 

may  be  judged   from  the  ever-useful  slide  rule  which  is  just  10  inches  long 


574 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


MARCH,  1926 


Power-  (1)2  >  R 

FIG.    2 

This  represents  a  source  of  direct  current  energy 

feeding  a   load  which   is   in    the   box.     If  the 

ammeter  is  not  accurate,  the  amount  of  power 

used  cannot  be  correctly  computed 

These  standards  must  be  carefully  made  and 
accurately  measured.  Fortunately,  the  con- 
struction of  a  coil  is  sufficiently  simple  that  any- 
one can  do  it,  and  thanks  to  the  work  of  the 
Bureau  of  Standards  physicists,  the  home  worker 
can  calculate  its  inductance  with  sufficient  accur- 
acy for  all  ordinary  work.  Fortunately,  too,  he 
may  construct  a  standard  of  capacity,  or  at  small 
outlay  he  may  purchase  a  variable  condenser 
equipped  with  a  dial  calibrated  in  micro-micro- 
farads, such  as  the  General  Radio  No.  247. 

The  importance  of  knowing  the  accuracy  of 
one's  equipment  may  be  illustrated  by  the  follow- 
ing experiment.  Fig.  2  represents  a  source  of 
direct  current  feeding  a  certain  "load"  which  is 
in  the  box.  We  desire  to  know  how  much  power 
in  watts  it  required.  Knowing  the  resistance  of 
the  box  and  having  an  ammeter  in  the  circuit,  it 
is  a  simple  matter  to  compute  the  power  for 

power  =  (current)2  X  resistance 
where  power  will  be  in  watts  provided  the  current 
is  in  amperes  and  the  resistance  is  in  ohms.  If 
the  resistance  is  one  ohm  and  our  ammeter  says 
that  ten  amperes  are  flowing,  we  get  from  our 
formula  (io)2  X  i  =  100  watts.  Butifouram- 
meter  reads  ten  per  cent,  too  low,  in  other  words 
it  is  only  go  per  cent,  correct,  1 1  amperes  will 
actually  be  flowing  and  the  power  will  be  121 
watts,  an  error  of  twenty  one  per  cent. 

Or  suppose  that  we  want  to  design  an  induc- 
tance that  will  tune  to  1000  kilocycles  (300 
meters)  with  a  condenser  of  .0002  5  mfd.  capacity. 
At  this  frequency,  the  product  of  the  capacity  in 
microfarads  and  the  inductance  in  microhenries 
is  .025331,  so  that  the  inductance  value  must  be 
101.32  microhenries.  If  we  design  such  a  coil 
and  our  measurements  show  that  it  has 
this  value  when  it  is  actually  ten  per 
cent,  greater,  that  is,  1 1 1 .45  microhenries, 
the  frequency  will  be  about  950  kilocycles 
(3 1 5  meters).  These  values  come  from  the 
relation  between  frequency,  inductance, 
and  capactity. 

F   =   rk,\/LC 

Such  errors  are  discouraging  to  any 
worker,  and  to  one  who  wishes  to  make 
accurate  experiments  or  apparatus,  they 
are  hopeless. 

Examples  of  some  of  RADIO  BROAD- 
CAST'S standards  of  inductance,  capacity, 
and  resistance  are  shown  in  Fig.  i .  They 
are  made  by  the  General  Radio  Com- 
pany. Similar  apparatus  may  be  ob- 
tained from  Leeds  and  Northrup,  the 
Cambridge  Instrument  Company,  and 
others.  The  list  numbers  and  prices  for 
the  General  Radio  Equipment  are  given 
below: 


A  standard  fixed  capacity  is  a  good  addition  to 
any  laboratory  and  may  be  constructed  of  metal 
plates  with  air  dielectric.  Neglecting  minor 
corrections,  the  capacity  of  such  a  condenser 
may  be  calculated  by  the  following  formulae 

Cmmf=  .08858  Where  S  is  the  area  of  one  plate  in  sq.  cms. 
— y~~  Where  T  is  the  distance  apart  of  the  plates 
in  cm. 

Cmmf  =  .2258  Where  S  is  as  above  in  square-inches 
~^f      Where  T  is  as  above  in  inches 

If  some  other  insulator  than  air  separates  the 
plates,  such  as  mica,  or  glass,  the  formula  will 
not  hold,  and  the  home  constructor  is  not  advised 
to  stray  from  the  use  of  air  in  his  standard  con- 
denser. It  has  the  advantage  that  it  is  of  con- 
stant "dielectric"  value.  Its  use  makes  it 
possible  to  calculate  the  capacity  fairly  accur- 
ately, and  like  all  apparatus  supplied  by  nature, 
it  is  free.  As  an  example,  two  square  plates 
io  cm.  on  a  side,  separated  by  one  mm.  of  dry  air 
will  have  a  capacity  of  88.5  mmf.  as  shown  below 

Cmmf  =  .0885  X  10  XIQ 

.1 
Cmmf=  88.5 

A  good  variable  condenser  may  be  any  of  the 
commercial  types.  The  General  Radio  Type 
247  is  specially  valuable  if  provided  with  a  cali- 
brated dial.  The  standard  should  have  a  ca- 
pacity of  about  .0005  to  .001  microfarad,  should 
not  be  equipped  with  a  stop  so  that  the  plates 
may  be  rotated  through  a  full  revolution  without 
bringing  up  against  a  metal  pillar  with  a  thud 
sufficient  to  move  the  plates  on  the  shaft.  This 
would  invariably  spoil  the  calibration  of  the  in- 
strument. It  should  be  of  the  old  fashioned 
straight  line  capacity  variety  since  the  curve  of 
such  a  condenser  will  be  a  straight  line  as  is 
shown  in  Fig.  3  which  is  the  calibration  of  the 
Laboratory's  standard. 

The  ordinary  small  bypass  condensers  are  not 
at  all  suited  for  laboratory  standards.  They 
have  been  known  to  depart  as  much  as  50  per 
cent,  from  their  rated  capacity  and  are  not  in- 
dependent of  external  conditionssuch  as  moisture 
and  temperature.  Sangamo  fixed  condensers, 
however,  have  been  found  to  be  within  io  per 
cent,  of  their  rated  capacity  and  are  usually 
within  5  per  cent.  It  is  probable  that  manufac- 
turers of  similar  condensers  will  furnish  ones  of 
measured  capacities  at  slightly  increased  cost. 
Variables  with  calibration  curves  may  also  be 


N 


DATA- 


15 
.4  cm 
D=  1.1  cm 
a  -  diam.  of  tubing 
*d  =  12.2 


b<ND-15«ll-16.5 
2a  _  diarn.  .  24.4  -  ,  .. 
b  "  length  "  T55     *  *8 
K  for  148  =  0.598 
L  =  48  microhenries 


100 



Type  239  E 
nable  Air  Condense 
Calibration  Curve 

/ 

/ 

yo 

Va 

/ 

^ 

80 

> 

/ 

/u 

60 

1 
1 

i50 

1 
40 

30 

20 
10 
0 

> 

/ 

. 

/ 

/ 

' 

/ 

U)IO 

BROA 

DC  AS 

F  LA! 

iORAl 

ORY 



/ 

RJ 

3       100     200     300     400     500     600     700     800     900    1000    1100   12 
MICROMICROFARADS 

FIG.    4 

Essential  dimensions  for  a  coil  whose  (inductance 

will  be  48  microhenries.     The  dimensions  are 

those   that  are   to  be  fitted  into  the    formula 

given  in  the  text 

obtained  from  well-known  manufacturers,  or 
they  may  be  sent  to  RADIO  BROADCAST'S  Labor- 
atory where  they  will  be  calibrated  at  a  nominal 
cost. 

INDUCTANCE    STANDARDS    MADE    AT    HOME 

THE  construction  of  an  inductance  standard 
should  present  no  difficulties  to  the  experi- 
enced home  constructor.  He  should  procure  a 
coil  form,  bakelite,  hard  rubber,  glass,  cardboard 
soaked  in  paraffine,  or  some  other  insulating  ma- 
terial, wind  it  full  of  No.  18  d.c.c.  wire,  attach 
the  ends  of  the  wire  to  small  binding  posts  at  the 
ends  of  the  tubing,  and  calculate  the  resultant 
inductance.  Fig.  4  shows  the  essential  dimen- 
sions of  an  inductance  in  centimeters  and  gives 
the  values  to  fit  into  the  inductance  formula  be- 
low, which  may  be  found  in  the  Bureau  of  Stand- 
ards Circular  No.  74,  and  the  Signal  Corps  Book, 
Principles  Underlying  Radio  Communication 
.Q395AaN  *  K 
C 

The  method  of  applying  the  data  to  the  for- 
mula is  shown  below.  The  constants  are  taken 
from  Fig.  4. 

_  .0395  X  (I2.2PX  (HEX  .598  =    g  microhenries 
16.5 

These  values  may  be  found  on  Page  386  of  the 
Signal  Corps  Book  already  mentioned  and  a 
drawing  of  such  a  coil  is  shown  there  too.  As 
another  example  a  single  layer  coil  on  a  five-inch 
1 1  inches  long  and  having  a  total  of  l  50 
turns  will  have  an  inductance  of  a  little 
over  one  millihenry.  This  is  too  large  for 
ordinary  radio  measurements  over  the 
broadcast  band  of  frequencies,  since  the 
coils  ordinarily  used  have  an  inductance 
of  from  .1  to  .5  millihenries,  or  100  to 
500  microhenries. 

The  factor  K  in  the  above  formula 
varies  as  shown  below.  The  inductance 
may  be  more  accurately  calculated  if  the 
coil  is  somewhat  longer  than  its  diameter. 
Attention  is  also  called  to  the  coil  induc- 
tance chart  published  in  RADIO  BROAD- 
CAST, May,  1925,  Page  46. 

DIAMETER         K        DIAMETER        K        DIAMETER       K 


L  in  microhenries  = - 


form 


-959 
.902 
.818 
-735 


LENGTH 
1.25 
1.50 
1-75 
2.00 
2.50 


.638 
•  595 
.558 
.526 
.472 


LENGTH 
3.00 
3-50 
4.00 
5.00 

6.00 
8.00 


.429 
.394 
.365 
.320 
.285 
.237 


Resistance  Box,  Type  IO2-K  .1-,   i-,  io-, 

loo-ohm  units      .      .  £47.00 

Capacity             Type  239-8  .001  mfd.    .  19.00 

Type  247-E  .0005  mfd. .  5.50 
Inductance         Type  107-6  100  to  6000 

microhenries.      .      .  24.00 


FIG.    3 

A  calibration  curve  of  the  standard  condenser  shown  in 

Fig.   i.     It  is  of  the  "straight  line  capacity"  type  and  is 

an  excellent  standard 


After  the  coil  is  wound  it  should  be 
given  a  coat  of  collodion,  a  performance 
that  will  cause  many  eyebrows  to  lift.  Col- 
lodion, so  it  is  said,  increases  both  capac- 
ity and  resistance  of  a  coil.  This  is  true, 
but  for  a  standard  of  inductance  one  must 
have  a  coil  that  once  calibrated  will  not 


MARCH,  1926 


STANDARDS  FOR  THE  HOME  LABORATORY 


575 


130,000 
I 

iMyOOO 

i 

frj 

fA 

Wave  Length-  1.884  VTC" 
WaveLengthAs.SSLC 
(Wave  Length)2 

L"     3.55  c 

130,000  -  40,000 

/ 

/ 

f 

3.55 
=  2 

(1% 

12/ih 

-38) 

/ 

/ 

i/ 

/ 

' 

/ 

/ 

Y 

/ 

1 

/ 

1 

_a 
i 

/ 

- 

2 

i 

Mali 
=18,51 

iralfl 
0-U 

ravel 

36Me 

«ngtl 
tere)2 

•?• 

400 


300! 


200 


100 


100 
CONDENSER  CAPACITYjyUf 


200 


FIG.    5 

An  interesting  experiment  that  any  one  with  a  calibrated 
condenser  and  a  source  of  radio  frequency  voltage — an  os- 
cillator, or  signals  from  broadcasting  stations — can  per- 
form. This  curve  was  made  from  data  on  a  rather  poor 
coil,  poor  in  that  its  distributed  capacity  is  higher  than  is 
desirable 


vary.  A  coil  whose  wire  is  firmly  held  together 
and  to  the  form  and  made  moisture  proof  will 
have  fairly  fixed  constants.  The  fact  that  its 
resistance  and  capacity  are  somewhat  greater 
than  desirable  for  a  tuning  coil  need  not  bother 
us  at  all  since  it  is  only  to  be  used  as  a  means  of 
comparing  inductances. 

INDUCTANCE-CAPACITY    EXPERIMENTS 

HERE  is  an  interesting  experiment  that  any 
one  can  perform  provided  he  has  a  cali- 
brated condenser,  a  coil,  a  source  of  oscillations 
variable  over  a  certain  range  of  frequencies,  and 
a  simple  receiver.  The  source  of  oscillations 
may  be  broadcasting  stations  whose  frequencies 
are  known,  or  the  radio  part  of  the  modulated 
oscillator;  the  receiver  can  be  anything  that 
oscillates,  from  a  single-circuit  blooper  to  the 
detector  circuit  of  a  Roberts,  a  Browning-Drake, 
or  any  similar  receiver. 

The  coil  is  shunted  by  the  condenser  and  tuned 
to  various  frequencies.  To  tell  when  it  is  tuned, 
the  inductance  should  be  brought  near  the  tun- 
ing coil  of  the  receiver.  When  the  coil-condenser 


unit  is  accurately  tuned  to  the  in- 
coming frequency  to  which  the  re- 
ceiver is  already  in  resonance,  a  sharp 
click  will  be  heard  in  the  telephones 
indicating  that  enough  energy  has 
been  substracted  from  the  oscillat- 
ing detector  by  the  tuned  circuit 
actually  to  stop  oscillations.  A 
different  frequency  is  then  chosen 
and  a  new  point  determined.  After 
several  of  these  points  have  been 
found,  a  curve  is  made,  plotting  the 
wavelength  squared  against  the 
shunt  capacity  as  shown  in  Fig.  5. 
This  should  result  in  a  straight 
line  which  is  really  a 
picture  of  the  formula, 

(wavelength)1  = 
(L  X  C)  X  3-55 

The  chart  in  Fig.  5 
shows  the  method  of 
ascertaining  the  induc- 
tance of  the  coil,  its 
natural  wavelength,  and 
its  distributed  capacity. 
This  experiment  does 
not  give  accurate  re- 
sults, but  it  will  give  the 
home  constructor  sev- 
eral hours  of  enjoyment. 
He  will  find  that  some 
coils  will  have  large 
distributed  capacity — 
which  is  bad — and  that 
when  this  capacity  is 


The  simplest  method  is  by  the  use  of  a  slide  wire 
bridge  as  shown  in  Fig.  6.  It  consists  of  a 
straight  piece  of  wire  of  uniform  thickness,  pre- 
ferably of  one  of  the  high  resistance  alloys  such 
as  manganin,  advance,  nichrome,  or  similar  wires 
and  about  two  feet  of  No.  24  will  make  a  very 
good  bridge. 

The  exact  resistance  is  immaterial,  although  it 
should  be  as  high  as  is  consistent  with  mechanical 
strength.  Too  fine  a  wire  will  not  last,  and  too 
large  a  wire  will  not  have  sufficient  resistance. 
No.  24  seems  to  be  a  fair  compromise.  A  scale 
divided  in  some  convenient  manner  is  fixed  below 
the  wire  so  that  the  ratio  between  A  and  B  may 
be  easily  read. 

--Slide  Wire.^ 


large  that  the  coil  will  not  tune  to 
the  higher  frequencies  (lower  wave- 
lengths). He  will  be  able  to  com- 
pare the  value  of  inductance  deter- 
mined in  this  manner  with  that 
calculated  from  the  formula  already 
given.  He  will  begin  to  see  how 
coils  and  condensers  perform  when  they  are  in 
a  receiver. 

The  data  for  Fig.  5  is  as  follows- 


AC 
FIG.    7 

The  principle  of  the  slide  wire  bridge.     When  no  sound  is 
heard  in  the  telephones,  there  is  a  simple  ratio  which  exists 
between   the   various   "arms"  of  the   bridge   so   that   the 
unknown  may  be  calculated 


Cmmf 

75 
'25 
190 
250 
325 
380 


FREQUENCY       WAVELENGTH 


1,224  «C.  245 

985  305 

845  355 

736  407 

674  452 

605  495 

L  from  curve  =  232  mh. 
"  as  measured  on  bridge  =  210  mh. 


(WAVELENGTH)2 
6O,OOO 

93,000 

126,000 
166,000 
205,000 
245,000 


Now  that  descriptions  of  both  capacity  and 
inductance  standards  have  been  given,  and  it  is 
assumed  that  the  home  constructor  has  added 
such  apparatus  to  his  laboratory,  it  is  necessary 
to  have  some  method  by  which  they  can  be  used 
to  measure  other  unknown  coils  and  condensers. 


Binding  posts  are  provided  so  that  telephones, 
the  a.  c.  voltage,  and  the  standard  and  unknown 
inductances,  or  other  apparatus,  may  be  at- 
tached. Extra  binding  posts  should  be  provided 
so  that  fixed  known  resistances  may  be  added  to 
the  two  arms  of  the  bridge  to  increase  its  useful- 
ness as  indicated  later. 

The  principle  of  the  bridge  is  shown  in  Fig.  7. 
Here  are  four  arms,  A,  B,  X,  and  S.  These  arms 
may  be  resistances,  capacities,  or  inductances,  or 
they  may  be  combinations  of  these  three  variable 
quantities.  Usually,  and  as  in  this  case,  A  and 
B  are  pure  resistances  with  a  variable  tap  X 
represents  the  unknown  being  measured,  S  is  the 
standard. 

An  alternating  voltage  is  placed  across  the 
bridge  as  shown  in  Fig.  7  and  a  pair  of  telephones 


O       AC.      Q-- 

1  2 

(Slider  Contact 


Sl,d.r  Support  Rod  —  —  - 


ice  Wire 


5  r  Scale        l>_\  ~)   6 

. .  ,  i  ,  , ,  .  i  ,    . ,  i  ,  , .  .  i  .  . , , i , , , ,  i  .  ,  ,  1 1  ,  , , , i . , i , i , , ,  .  i ,  ,  ,  ,  c/\  i ,  ,  i  ,  i  ,  , , , i , , , ,  i  ,  ,  i  ,  i  i  ,  i ,  i  , , , i i , , , , i  , , ,  , 

5     10    15    20    25    30    35    40    45    50    55O\6P    65    70    75    80    85    90    95   1 


Flexible 
ConnectiorT 


•-O 

8 


FIG.   6 

A  simple  slide  wire  bridge  by  means  of  which  comparisons  may  be  made  between  unknown  capacities,  resistances 
or  inductances  and  laboratory  standards.      In  a  home  or  commercial  laboratory  such  a  device  is  extremely  useful 


576 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


MARCH,  1926 


are  used  to  indicate  a  balance.  The  a  c.  voltage 
may  be  supplied  by  a  buzzer,  or  better  by  a 
vacuum  tube  oscillator,  such  as  the  audio  part 
of  the  modulated  oscillator  already  mentioned. 

In  practice,  the  unknown  is  placed  at  X,  the 
standard  at  S,  and  the  variable  slider  moved 
along  the  slide  wire  until  the  sound  in  the  phones 
is  balanced  out.  At  this  point  the  voltages  at 
the  points  C  and  D  are  equal  (no  voltage  differ- 
ence across  the  receivers)  and  the  following  rela- 
tions hold: 

(i)hA  -  I«X 

(2)  1,  B    =   1  *S 

(3)  Divide  (i)  by  (a) 

A        X 
B   =  <T 

The  result  is  that  the  same  ratio  between  X 
and  S  exists  that  holds  for  A  and  B,  and  this 
latter  may  be  easily  read  from  the  graduated 
scale  below  the  slider.  For  resistance  and  in- 
ductance it  means  that  X  may  be  found  by  sub- 
stituting in  the  above  equation  and  for  capacity 
the  inverse  relation  is  the  true  one.  That  is,  for 
capacity: 


For  example  let  us  suppose  that  we  have 
placed  our  standard  inductance  at  S  and  an  un- 
known at  X  and  that  when  no  sound  is  heard  in 
the  phones,  or  a  minimum  sound,  the  slider  lies 
at  40.  Then  A  =  40,  B  =  6o  and 


40       X  .  . 

—  =  —    =  334  microhenries 
60       500 


provided  the  standard  is  known  to  be  500  micro- 
henries. If  we  were  measuring  capacity  and  the 
standard  S  was  equal  to  .001  when  the  slider 
read  40  and  60  for  the  arms  A  and  B  the  ratio 
would  be 


-OO1  .          ,  , 

~^-  =  .001 5  microfarads 


MAKING    RESISTANCE    STANDARDS 

HP  HE  construction  of  high  frequency  resistance 
*  standards  presents  a  more  difficult  problem  to 
the  average  constructor.  Such  resistances  should 
have  neither  capacity  nor  inductance,  and  that's 
the  trouble.  They  should  also  be  independent 
of  the  current  passing  through  them;  in  other 
words  their  resistance  should  not  vary  as  they 
warm  up. 

For  high  frequencies  there  is  no  resistance  unit 
that  will  be  better  than  a  single  straight  wire  as 
short  as  possible.  It  has  negligible  inductance 
at  ordinary  frequencies.  Until  the  construction 
of  such  units  are  described  in  RADIO  BROADCAST 
the  reader  is  referred  to  the  Bureau  of  Standards 
Circular  No.  74,  sixty  cents,  or  to  an  article  by 
John  M.  Clayton  in  the  October,  1925,  QST. 

Mr.  Clayton  uses  maganin  wire,  B  &  S 
gauge  No.  38  to  44,  and  for  resistances  from  .1 
to  30  ohms,  the  wire  will  be  one  quarter  to  25 
inches  long.  The  ends  are  soldered,  with  a 
minimum  of  solder,  to  heavy  copper  wires  and 
the  resistance  part  of  the  unit  sealed  into  small 
glass  tubing  so  that  it  will  be  protected.  After 
these  units  are  constructed,  they  must  be  meas- 
ured on  some  sort  of  bridge  and  that  is  where  the 
average  home  constructor  will  have  the  greatest 


difficulty — for  he  must  have  a  standard  resistance 
to  begin  with. 

The  process  of  making  such  a  set  of  resistance 
units  will  be  described  soon,  and  at  the  same  time 
the  proper  procedure  to  have  them  measured 
will  be  outlined. 

With  the  modulated  oscillator,  inductance 
and  capacity  standards,  and  the  simple  slide  wire 
bridge  the  home  experimenter  can  do  many  inter- 
esting things.  He  may  investigate  the  distri- 
buted capacity  of  coils,  he  may  neutralize  his 
receiver  which  may  be  built  from  coils  whose 
constants  are  known  and  whose  tuning  range 
may  be  calculated  in  advance.  He  may  measure 
the  inductance  and  capacity  of  home  made  or 
manufactured  material.  When  he  buys  a  by- 
pass condenser  he  may  actually  find  out  what  its 
capacity  is,  and  many  will  be  his  surprises. 

Throughout  his  investigations,  the  home  ex- 
perimenter should  keep  a  careful  notebook. 
Everything  should  be  put  down  that  seems  to 
have  any  significance  at  all.  The  worker  can 
never  tell  when  his  data  may  be  useful  in  the 
future.  It  may  save  him  considerable  time  to 
be  able  to  turn  to  page  so-and-so  in  his  note 
book  and  find  an  exact  calibration  of  this  con- 
denser, or  variable  inductance,  or  the  frequencies 
a  certain  combination  of  coil  and  condenser  will 
tune,  or  the  capacities  of  certain  fixed  condensers 
that  are  about  the  laboratory.  And  if  unexplic- 
able  happenings  take  place,  let  the  experimenter 
put  down  as  nearly  as  possible  what  he  believes  is 
taking  place,  circuit  diagrams,  the  constants  of 
all  apparatus — perhaps  at  some  future  time  such 
data  may  be  useful  in  patent  cases.  One  can 
never  tell  in  these  busy  days  of  radio  invention. 


A    WELL    EQUIPPED    RADIO    LABORATORY 

A  view  in  the  electrical  engineering  laboratory  of  Rennsselaer  Polytechnic  Institute  at  Troy,  New  York.     The  home  experimenter  can  never  hope  to 
attain  an  expensively  equipped  laboratory  with  all  the  various  instruments  lound  in  such  laboratories  as  Marcellus  Hartley  at  Columbia  and  Cruft  at 
Harvard  and  in  other  Universities.     But  much  of  the  equipment  can  be  made,  and  not  very  expensively  at  that,  by  the  constructor  in  his  own  labora- 
tory.    As  much  constructional  material  of  that  sort  as  possible  has  been  and  will  be  described  in  this  series  of  articles 


-'^sgBigglMggj  ju^CTjjym  -frc-i  •»»••  irmrym  f/ 

Listeners'  "Point  of  View 

Conducted  by John  Wallace 

Wanted:  A  Radio  Shakespeare! 


ROM  Mr.  Edgar  H.  Felix  of  New 
York  City  we  have  received  the 
following  pregnant   theme,    upon 
which  he  has  invited    us    to    im- 
provise variations: 

"One  of  the  problems  which  vex  radio 
program  managers  is  the  discovery  of 
suitable  text  for  dramatic  recitations.  More 
frequently  than  not,  the  broadcast  listener 
finds  the  efforts  of  would-be  dramatic 
artists  a  program  of  confusion  because  so 
much  that  is  essential  is  either  missing  or 
requires  the  bolstering  of  tedious  announce- 
ment. One  outstanding  exception  is  found 
in  the  prolific  works  of  Shakespeare,  which 
offer  a  repertoire  to  meet  the  needs  of  every 
conceivable  kind  of  dramatic  talent. 

"Shakespeare  contended  with  the  very 
problems  which  make  broadcasting  per- 
formances fail.  He,  too,  was  practically 
limited  to  the  sense  of  hearing  in  his  presen- 
tations, because  stage  lighting  and  scenery 
were  not  developed  in  his  day.  A  few 
uncertain  candles,  which  hardly  served  to 
guide  the  almost  unseen  actors  to  their 
position  on  the  stage,  were  the  only  sources 
of  illumination.  There  was  no  scenery; 
colored  drapes  indicated  the  surroundings- 
green  a  field,  blue  a  sea, 
and  so  forth. 

"Appreciating  these 
handicaps,  Shakespeare 
always  worked  into  the 
actor's  lines  all  the  es- 
sential information 
which  makes  an  aural 
rendition  both  under- 
standable and  enjoyable. 
There  is  a  wealth  of  de- 
scription which  performs 
the  function  now  served 
by  stage  setting,  scenery, 
and  illumination,  and 
which  permits  of  com- 
plete appreciation 
through  the  medium  of 
the  microphone." 

By  way  of  checking  up 
on  Mr.  Felix's  very  inter- 
esting point,  we  picked 
up  a  volume  of  Shake- 
speare— it  happened  to 
be  Hamlet— and  found 


in  the  first  ten  lines  examined  a  demonstra- 
tion of  the  truth  of  Mr.  Felix's  suggestion: 
"Shakespeare  always  worked  into  the 
actor's  lines  all  essential  information." 


HAMLET 

ACT  ONE       SCENE  ONE 
A  Platform  before  the  Castle 


Ehinore. 
Francisco  at  his  post. 


Enter  to  him  Bernardo. 


Bernardo.    Who's  there? 

Francisco.    Nay,  answer  me:  stand  and  unfold 

yourself. 

Bernardo.     Long  live  the  king! 
Francisco.    Bernardo? 
Bernardo.     He. 
Francisco.    You  come  most  carefully  upon  your 

hour. 
Bernardo.     Tis  now  struck  twelve;  get  thee  to 

bed,  Francisco. 
Francisco.    For   this    relief   much    thanks:    'tis 

bitter  cold,  and  I  am  sick  at  heart. 
Bernardo.     Have  you  had  a  quiet  guard? 
Francisco.    Not  a  mouse  stirring. 

This  play  was  probably  first  presented  in 
broad  daylight,  in  a  circular,  roofless 
building  (as  this  sort  of  theater  preceded 
the  walled  in,  candle-lit  type).  Doubtless 


Gentle  reader   is  not  the  culinary  staff  of  WGY  broadcasting  recipes  for  home  brew  but 
the  Players  of  sa.d  station  putting  over  a  one-act  play  cabled  "Dange?"  and 
to  do  with  lovers  buried  in  a  coal  mine 


a  hot  noon-day  sun  was  beating  down  on 
the  actors  while  they  recited  their  lines. 
Probably  there  was  no  scenery.  Yet  alf 
necessary  information  was  conveyed  to  the 
audience  of  London  citizenry,  and  not  in 
an  obvious  and  uncomfortable  manner. 
First  they  were  told  the  names  of  the 
characters.  Secondly  they  were  informed 
that  it  was  twelve  o'clock  at  night.  Thirdly 
they  learned  that  it  was  bitter -cold.  And 
fourthly,  that  the  death-like  silence  of 
midnight  prevailed  (though  probably  the 
theatre  was  echoing  with  the  noise  of 
boisterous  late  comers). 

Mr.  Felix's  immediate  point,  and  a  well 
taken  one,  is  that  Shakespeare  be  drawn 
on  more  frequently  for  dramatic  recitations. 
As  a  matter  of  record  this  has  occasionally 
been  done.  We  have  happened  on  a  couple 
of  instances.  The  "To  be  or  not  to  be" 
soliloquy  was  recited  by  Basil  Sydney,  the 
star  of  Hamlet— In  Modern  Dress  over  WOR 
some  time  ago.  This  station  also  pre- 
sented a  group  of  readings,  by  whom  we've 
forgotten,  from  The  Taming  of  ihe  Shrew 
and  Macbeth.  Station  KOA  had  a  program 
in  which  one  John  Connery  portrayed  the 
various  characters  in  the  grave-digger 
scene  from  Hamlet. 

However,  even  at  best, 
it  seems  unlikely  that 
recitations  will  ever 
make  an  astounding  suc- 
cess with  radio  audi- 
ences. The  most  potent 
idea  suggested  by  the 
above  letter,  we  think,  is 
that  all  aspiring  radio- 
playwrights  be  required 
to  read  and  assimilate  in 
their  entirety  each  and 
every  one  of  Shake- 
speare's dramas. 

For  the  radio  play  has, 
to  date,  proved  to  be  an 
utter  and  complete  wash- 
out. Of  the  many  we 
have  heard  we  know  of 
no  one  we  would  call  a 
complete  success.  Sev- 
eral were  fair.  The  large 
majority  were  terrible. 
Once  we  thought  we  had 


578 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


MARCH,  1926 


a  good  one:  it  had  held  us  breathless,  spell- 
bound, and  so  forth,  for  fully  ten  minutes 
— but  just  then  a  shooting  occurred  and 
we  spent  the  rest  of  the  play  trying  to 
figure  out  who  in  thunder  had  been  killed. 
Now  if  recollection  immediately  rushes 
to  your  mind  of  some  radio  play  which  you 
heard  and  thought  was  a  wow,  we  plead 
guilty  to  an  occasional  absence  from  the 
loud  speaker  and  protest  that  that  must 
have  been  one  we  slipped  up  on.  Dwelling 
upon  those  we  have  heard,  we  are  unable 
to  decide  whether,  as  an  average,  the  plays 
or  the  actors  were  worse.  We're  inclined 
to  hand  the  palm  to  the  latter. 

But  in  fairness  to  the  radio  Thespians 
it  should  be  observed  that  theirs  is  a  more 
difficult  task  than  that  of  their  brethren 
on  the  visible  boards.  The  stage  actor  is 
assisted  by  props,  costume,  action,  gesture, 
and  makeup.  If  all  these  accessories  are 
of  high  standard,  his  cerebral  and  vocal 
deficiencies  may  be  partly  overlooked,  or 
at  least  not  seem  quite  so  glaring. 

Not  so  of  the  radio  actor.  His  ability 
to 'put  over  his  part  is  exclusively  depen- 
dent upon  his  ability  correctly  to  under- 
stand and  interpret  his  lines  and  upon  his 
natural  vocal  endowment.  We  advance 
fhis  point,  not  because  we  think  it  to  be 
an  obscure  one,  in  the  ferreting  out  of 
which  we  have  exhibited  great  acumen, 
but  beca'use,  obvious  as  it  is,  it  does  not 
seem  to  have  occurred  to  radio  play  pro- 
ducers. Their  radio  players  are  made  up, 
1  for  the  most  part,  of  second  rate  hams 
'  who  would  in  no  wise  add  to  the  glory  of  a 

third-rate  stock  company. 
\'  As  a  matter  of  fact,  nothing  short  of  an 
'-'  all-star  cast  culled  from  the  headliners  of 
the  legitimate  stage  would  be  able  to  put 
across  a  flawless  radio  play,  so  difficult  is 
the  chore.  Such  a  cast  we  may  not  ex- 
pect; but  at  least  we  may  ask  the  station 
directors  to  come  a  little  closer  to  it.  High 
school  dramatics  may  be  endured  while  we 
are  waiting  for  little  Oswald  to  go  up  for 
his  diploma,  but  they  are  likely  to  be 
tuned-out  when  they 
come  via  radio. 

When,  occasionally,  we 
have  heard  a  genuinely 
competent  and  experi- 
enced troupe  of  players 
perform,  they  have  al- 
most invariably  been 
weighted  down  by  some 
impossible  stage  piece 
that  defied  their  most 
valiant  efforts  to  trans- 
mogrify it  into  a  radio- 
piece. 

Drama  is  one  of  the 
most  difficult  of  all  forms 
of  writing,  and,  per- 
versely, of  all  forms  of 
writing  the  most  easy  to 
criticize.  Easy  to  criticize 
because  we  need  rely  on 
no  objective  standards  or 
canons  of  judgment;  our 
personal  reaction  is  the 
final  criterion.  We  may 


know  nothing  at  all  of  the  craft  of  acting, 
yet  we  are  justly  entitled  to  pass  on  act- 
ing. If  the  actor  succeeds  in  creating  the 
illusion  of  reality  (or  of  unreality,  as  the 
case  may  be)  we  declare  him  to  be  a  good 
actor.  If  he  creates  no  illusion  but  simply 
remains  an  "actor"  we  call  him  a  bad  actor. 
Simple! 

So  we  feel  encouraged  to  state  dogmatic- 
ally that  we  have  never  heard  a  radio  play 
worth  two  bent  pins  and  war  tax.  For 
we  don't  recall  having  ever  been  com- 
pletely absorbed  in,  or  carried  away  by 
one.  We  have  never  experienced  any 
difficulty  in  getting  "back  to  earth"  after 
listening  to  a  radio  play;  to  us  at  least, 
every  radio  play  has  remained  just  a  "radio 
play"  from  start  to  finish.  The  reason  for 
their  unsuccess  has  been  stated  so  often  it 
has  become  banal:  "Radio  is  an  entirely 
new  medium  and  requires  an  entirely  new 
and  distinct  type  of  play."  Yet,  in  spite 
of  the  frequent  reiteration  little  has  been 
done  about  it. 

Now  comes  news  of  a  new  radio  play 
contest,  and  our  hope  perks  up.  Perhaps 
something  may  come  of  it.  Station  WLS,  of 
Chicago,  and  the  Drama  League  of  America 
are  its  joint  sponsors.  It  is  press  agented 
as  the  first  radio  play  contest  in  the  world, 
which  is  not  entirely  correct.  The 
General  Electric  Company  opened  a 
similar  contest  in  1923  which  continued 
about  six  months,  closing  on  December 
31  of  that  year.  In  this  contest  a  $500. 
prize  was  offered  for  the  best  play,  and  ten 
additional  prizes  were  given  for  manuscripts 
thought  to  be  satisfactory  for  radio  pres- 
entation. WGBS,  New  York,  conducted 
one  last  year,  and  several  others  of  purely 
local  import  have  been  held.  But  at  any 
rate  the  WLS  contest  is  a  pretentious  under- 
taking and  should  bring  interesting  results. 

The  prizes  are  sizable  if  not  munificent; 
first  award  is  $500.  And  the  judges  are 
George  Arliss,  Augustus  Thomas,  and 
James  O'Donnell  Bennett.  Doubtless  by 
the  time  this  appears  in  print,  the  prizes 


will  have  been  long  awarded  and  the  plays 
will  have  been  aerially  presented.  But 
the  rules  governing  the  contest  may  be  still 
of  interest  and  we  quote  some  of  them,  as 
outlined  by  George  Junkin,  field  secretary 
of  the  Drama  League: 

Radio  will  not  allow  any  sly  stage  business. 
Glances,  asides  and  business  with  props  cannot 
be  put  over,  to  the  radio  audience.  Entrances 
and  exits  must  in  some  way  be  told  in  the  action 
of  the  play.  Just  as  the  movies  brought  about 
the  new  drama  and  a  new  way  of  presenting  it, 
so  will  radio.  Sounds  will  be  the  principal 
vehicle.  Bells  of  all  sorts,  church,  dinner, 
telephone,  house  and  others  can  be  used  to  ad- 
vantage. Rain,  storms,  musical  backgrounds, 
horse,  airplanes,  automobiles,  all  have  sounds 
which  can  be  duplicated  and  will  lend  life  to  the 
words  and  action  of  the  radio  play. 

Any  play  submitted  must  be  original  and  not 
have  been  printed. 

Original  one-act  plays,  eighteen  to  twenty-five 
minutes  in  length. 

Few  characters — maximum,  five  principals. 

Accompany  action  with  appropriate  sounds. 

Farce,  comedy,  drama,  melodrama,  tragedy 
and  mystery  plays. 

Plays  must  be  clean,  wholesome  material. 

Plays  should  not  have  material  which  would  be 
objectionable  to  any  sect  or  nationality. 

Write  plays  as  though  they  were  to  be  pro- 
duced for  the  blind. 

Everything  necessary  in  the  action  must  be 
made  plain. 

With  due  appreciation  of  Mr.  Junkin's 
suggestions,  we  hope  that  too  many  con- 
testants will  not  go  in  for  the  clanging  bells, 
galloping  hoofs,  and  wailing  wind  effects. 
Little  gain  can  come  from  such-like  trickery. 
In  the  final  analysis  it's  the  words,  words, 
words  that  count.  Just  as  the  radio  actor 
has  to  have  a  better  command  of  his  voice 
and  inflection  than  the  legitimate  actor,  so 
the  radio  playwright  has  to  have  a  better 
command  of  the  President's  English.  With 
neither  scenery  nor  action  to  fill  in  his  gaps 
of  thought  he  is  up  against  a  problem  even 
harder  than  Shakespeare  had  to  face.  So 
it  would  seem  that  the  radio  playwright 
who  would  do  his  job  in 
the  best  possible  manner 
will  need  to  possess 
slightly  more  ability  than 
Shakespeare.  Here's  hop- 
ing such  a  man  comes  to 
light! 

Dinner    Orchestras: 

Excellent    Radio 

Features 


o 


CYRIL    MAUDE 

The  famous  English  stage  star,  familiar  to  many  theatregoers  who  saw  him  in  "  Are'n't  We 

All?"  and  "These  Charming  People,"  shown  here  listening  to  an  American  radio  receiver 

in  use  in  his  apartment  in  New  York.     Mr.  Maude  has,  so  far,  ventured  no  authoritative 

opinions  on  a  comparison  of   English  and   American   broadcasting 


,  NE  of  the  pleas- 
anter  features  of 
radio  is  the  dinner 
orchestra.  As  radio 
standards  go,  the  dinner 
orchestras  occupy  a  lofty 
position  on  their  respec- 
tive programs.  This  is 
particularly  true  of  some 
of  the  smaller  stations. 
Located,  as  they  often 
are,  in  towns  where  there 
is  a  decided  dearth  of 


MARCH,  1926 


THE  DINNER  ORCHESTRA  IS  DESERVEDLY  POPULAR 


579 


FREDERICK    STOCK 

Conductor  of  the  Chicago  Symphony  Orchestra, 

which  was  heard  some  time  ago  through  WMAQ 

of  that  city 

available  talent  (and  where  there  should 
never  have  been  a  radio  station)  the  best 
broadcast  material  available  is  often  the 
orchestra  at  the  local  hospice.  In  larger 
cities  the  membership  of  these  bands  often 
includes  recruits  from  first  rate  symphony 
orchestras. 

It  is  safe  to  guess  that  some  hundred 
thousands  of  our  citizenry  dine  nightly  to 
radio  music.  And  if  a  careful  job  of  tuning 
has  been  done,  and  a  mild  pianissimo 
applied,  these  radio  strains  wafting  in  from 
the  front  parlor,  add  considerably  to  the 
relish  of  home  cooked  victuals — to  say 
nothing  of  the  delightful  possibility  of  an 
occasional  healthy  obligatto  of  static,  under 
cover  of  which  one  may  really  enjoy  one's 
soup  or  celery. 

Among  the  dinner  bands  we  have  listened 
to,  we  give  the  KDKA  Little  Symphony 
Orchestra  a  class  A  position.  This  is  one 
of  the  few  stations  that,  itself,  supplies 
the  orchestra.  Next  comes  to  mind  the 
Commodore  Hotel  concerts  from  wjz  and 
the  Waldorf  Astoria  Rose  Room  orchestra 
heard  through  WEAF.  Close  to  the  top  of 
the  list  come  the  Drake  Concert  Ensemble 
and  the  Blackstone  String  Quintette  heard 
through  WLIB  (or  WON).  These  two  orches- 
tras are  picked  up  so  as  to  alternate  num- 
bers. 

The  Brown  Palace  String  Orchestra  at 
Denver,  offered  by  KOA  is  very  good.  KGO 
relays  the  dinner  music  of  a  caravansary 
called  Roberts-at-the-Beach,  which  comes 
in  a  bit  later  than  our  customary  dining 
hour.  From  Detroit  comes  Jules  Klein's 
Hotel  Statler  Orchestra,  via  wwj.  WSM, 
at  Nashville,  offers  Francis  Craig's  Her- 
mitage Hotel  orchestra  on  alternate  nights 
and  KGW  at  Portland,  Oregon,  presents  a 
first  rate  trio  from  six  to  seven. 

Will    Broadcast    Stations    Ever 
Specialize? 

ONE  of  the  planks  in  the  platform  of 
this  polite  if  not  pertinent  purveyor 
of    program    piffle    is    that     radio 
stations     be     constrained     to     specialize. 


Specialization  will  eventually  overtake  the 
radio  industry  just  as  surely  as  it  has  the 
magazine  business,  and  every  other  enter- 
tainment dispensary.  At  some  future 
date  we  shall  rant  on  at  great  length  in 
these  pages  in  an  attempt  to  prove  this 
point,  which,  since  it  is  transparently 
obvious,  should  not  be  too  much  of  a  chore. 
For  the  present  we  shall  be  content  to 
record  joyfully  the  advent  of  two  stations 
whose  announced  policy  is  to  specialize. 

WBAL  at  Baltimore,  operated  by  the 
Consolidated  Gas  Electric  Light  and  Power 
company  of  that  city,  broadcast  the  follow- 
ing manifesto  on  its  opening  night: 

In  its  desire  to  be  known  as  the  radio  station 
of  good  music  rather  than  merely  "another 
station  of  the  air,"  WBAL  hopes  to  attain  an 
enviable  distinction.  If  this  station  gives 
Baltimore  a  reputation  for  broadcasting  good 
music,  well  performed,  in  a  distinctive  manner, 
it  will  serve  the  city  better  than  if  it  tried  to 
compete  with  the  general  run  of  stations  by 
doing  exactly  what  they  do. 

WBAL  has  a  definite  weekly  program 
schedule:  Sunday  night,  Twilight  music 
(whatever  that  is!)  Monday,  Concert  night; 
Tuesday,  Ensemble  night;  Wednesday, 
silent;  Thursday,  Concert  night;  Friday, 
Novelty  night;  and  Saturday,  silent. 

A  slightly  different  policy  is  that  an- 
nounced by  WHAP,  New  York: 

The  intention  of  the  founders  has  been 
to  establish  an  institution  through  which  high 
ideals  and  standards  can  be  expressed  in  the 
fields  of  education,  musical  art,  and  good  citizen- 
ship. In  matters  of  current  opinion  and  in 
civic  and  social  questions,  WHAP  will  depart 
from  the  neutral  and  passive  attitude  generally 
maintained  by  broadcasting  stations,  as  it 
has  definite  convictions,  which  will  be  expressed 
on  the  air. 

Believing  that  those  who  favor  jazz  music 
and  vaudeville  songs  are  already  receiving  an 
ample  volume  of  this  material  from  other 
stations,  WHAP  will  not  broadcast  any  music 
of  this  type.  Without  making  its  musical 
programs  at  all  heavy  or  academic,  WHAP 
plans  to  arrange  radio  concerts  that  will  have 
artistic  merit,  as  well  as  entertainment  value. 
Education  is  also  to  have  a  prominent  place  on 
the  program,  and  several  courses  of  half-hour 
talks  are  to  be  given  by  noted  university  lec- 
turers. American  history,  English  literature, 
and  other  subjects  will  be  treated. 

Of  course  we  don't  want  all  stations  to 
specialize  thusly,  in  highbrow  manner — 
let  it  be  in  any  manner  they  chose,  as  long 
as  it  is  specialization.  For  this  reason  we 
are  inclined  to  regret  the  passing  of  WTAS 
at  Elgin,  Illinois. 

WTAS,  catering  to  "Willie,  Tommie, 
Annie, and  Sammy"was  frankly  a  lowbrow 
station — and  proud  of  it.  WTAS  had 
thousands  of  devoted  and  enslaved  listen- 
ers. If  you  didn't  particularly  snap  for 
its  offerings  (nor  did  we)  you  doubtless 
carefully  memorized  its  dial  markings  and 
learned  to  trip  lightly  past  them.  Mean- 
while, your  next  door  neighbor  sought 
them  out  and  enjoyed  his  fill  of  peppy 
pieces  and  flip  announcing.  So  no  harm 
was  done. 


MADAME    TAMAKf    MIURA 

Japanese  Soprano  and  well-known  and  praised 
interpreter  of  "Butterfly"  who  was  heard  in 
recital  recently  from  WEBH,  Chicago.  We  can't 
say  who  the  evil  genius  who  butted  into  the 
picture,  is,  but  of  one  thing  we  are  moderately 
certain.  He  is  not  an  announcer 

Consistency  in  Programs 

ODEAR!  O  DEAR!  The  way  of  the 
reformer  is  hard !  Possibly  a  couple 
of  our   gentle   readers   will    recall 
that  we  towered  to  heights  of  what  we 
considered  to  be  righteous  wrath  in  these 
columns  last  month  in  a  diatribe  against 
the  "hodge-podge"   program   that  jumps 
from  one  offering  to  another  quicker  than  a 
nervous  flee  in  a  litter  of  pups. 

And  what  was  our  reward?  No  sooner 
had  we  laid  down  our  flaming  pen  than  we 
were  slapped  in  the  face  by  the  following 
notice  in  a  local  (Chicago),  journal: 

Symbolic  of  the  variety  which  has 
marked  the  daily  broadcasts  of  WBCN 
since  its  inception,  the  twenty-four- 
hour  program  which  will  mark  the 
first  anniversary  of  the  station  will 
include  a  creditable  representation  of 
practically  every  kind  of  talent  on  the 
air  to-day.  Everything  from  a  whis- 
tler to  a  brass  band  will  be  offered. 

There  is  great  variety,  as  among  the 
acts  booked  are  a  brass  band,  two  dance 
orchestras,  pipe  organist,  male  vocal 
octet,  male  vocal  quartet,  mixed  vocal 
quartet,  male  vocal  and  instrumental 
quartet,  three  female  vocal  duos,  two 
male  vocal  duos,  a  saxophone  trio,  a 
banjo  trio,  violin  duo,  harmonica  duo, 
guitar  duo,  mandolin-guitar  duo,  four 
violin  soloists,  a  cellist,  a  bagpiper, 
pianologist,  musical  reader,  monologist, 
two  dramatic  readers,  four  speakers,  an 
operatic  soprano,  an  operatic  tenor,  three 
classical  piano  soloists,  a  blind  tenor, 
three  jazz  piano  soloists  a  trombonist,  one 
harmonica  soloist,  three  piano-accor- 
dionists, two  mandolin  soloists,  one  "song 
and  patter"  duo,  a  Scotch  harmony  duo,  a 
mixed  harmony  duo,  a  Scotch  soloist,  a 
French  barytone,  an  English  soprano, 
seven  other  sopranos,  a  Swedish  tenor, 
fourteen  other  tenors,  a  dialect  singer,  a 
negro  barytone,  two  blues  singers,  a 
children's  entertainer,  two  whistlers,  two 
xylophone  soloists,  a  basso,  three  classical 
barytones,  two  contraltos,  one  popular 
barytone,  a  girl  barytone,  harmonica- 
guitar  player,  eleven  song  writers,  a  barn 
dance  fiddler  and  a  tipple-player. 


580 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


MARCH,  1926 


Stories  By  Air 

COSMO  HAMILTON,  the   scriviner, 
read   a   specially    composed    radio 
novel  over  wjz  recently,  and  since, 
regularly  at  8  P.M.  each  Saturday  evening, 
accompanied  by  sundry  and  droll  remarks 
on  the  possibilities  of  the  new  medium. 
On  the  first  night,  he  said  in  part: 

My  radio  novel  idea,  which  is  not  the  con- 
densation of  an  already  written  full-length  novel, 
but  of  one  written  newly  for  the  radio,  which 
must  take  no  longer  than  fifteen  minutes  to 
read,  anticipates  the  time  when,  very  shortly, 
the  few  people  who  still  buy  novels — and  they 
are  very  few — will  have  joined  the  vast  majority 
who  look  and  listen  but  are  physically  and 
mentally  unable  to  stop. 

But  equally  entertaining  was  F.  P.  A's 
comment  the  following  morning  in  "The 
Conning  Tower"  of  the  New  York  World 
which  we  cannot  refrain  from  quoting: 

Mr.  Cosmo  Hamilton,  having  said  that  the 
radio  would  put  the  spoken  drama  out  of  busi- 
ness, advances  a  parasang  and  predicts  that  the 
radio  will  make  unnecessary  the  written  novel. 
Novels,  Mr.  Hamilton  forecasts,  will  be  broad- 
cast. And  a  jolly  idea,  too.  Perhaps  in  a  day 
or  two  we  shall  revise,  for  radio  audiences,  some 
novel  or  other.  It  would  have  been  a  glorious 
thing  to  do  in  the  old  days.  There  is  a  scene  in 
Ivanboe,  for  example,  that  goes  something  like 
this: 

"My  grandsire  drew  a  good  bow  at  Hastings." 
"  The  foul  fiend  on  thy  grandsire  and  all  bis 
generation!    In  the  clout!    In  the  chut!    A  Hubert 
forever!" 

The  radio  audience  would  listen  in  on  this: 
" Hello,  folks!     This  is  Walt  Scott,  from  WEAF, 
broadcasting.     Well,    bere   we   are    in    Sberwood 
Forest.     The  boys  are  having  a  contest  in  archery. 


There  they  are,  folks,  all  lined  up.  Now,  let's  see. 
Well,  Sir  Reginald  steps  up  and  starts  boasting. 

"'My  grandpa  was  a  curly  wolf  at  this  game,'  he 
says.  'He  won  a  cup  at  Hastings  Field.' 

"'  So's  your  old  man!"  cried  they  all. 

"And  now,  folks,  while  they're  shooting,  Miss 
Elsie  O'Brien,  who  takes  the  part  of  Rebecca  in 
the  novel,  will  sing,  'I've  an  Eye  for  Ivanboe.' 
If  you  like  this  little  lady,  folks,  send  a  postal  to 
her  in  care  of  the  Waverley  Length  Radio  Corpora- 
tion, Newark,  New  Jersey.  The  Waiierley 
Length  Radio  Corporation,  Newark,  New  Jersey." 


w 


A  Leader  Explodes 

E  ARE  in  receipt  of  the  following 
letter  addressed  to  our  worthy 
predecessor  in  this  department: 

PUEBLO,  COLORADO 


MR.  KINGSLEY  WELLES, 

Editor,  "Listeners'  Point  of  View" 

SIR: 

The  only  thing  that  avoided  a  conflagration 
in  the  local  post  office  last  night  was  the  fact 
that  I  had  the  mental  and  moral  strength  to 
contain  my  wrath  over  a  period  of  hours  before 
putting  it  on  paper. 

It's  all  about  Jazz.  It  seems  to  me  that  you 
and  most  of  your  fraternity  of  critics  are  wearing 
yourselves  down  to  mere  shadows  over  an  evil 
which  does  not  exist.  Much  as  it  may  astound 
you  to  know  it,  there  are  those  of  us  who  prefer 
jazz  to  the  more  profound  type  of  program,  and 
oddly  enough,  our  radio  sets  cost  just  as  much  to 
run  as  do  those  of  the  listeners  who  like  the 
classics.  Yet  where  is  all  this  Jazz  coming  from? 
Out  here  in  the  great  open  spaces,  I  twirled 
the  dials  of  our  Roberts  Knockout  one  night 
last  week  (it  was  not  Sunday)  and  brought  in 
fifteen  stations  without  a  single  Jazz  orchestra 
among  them.  I  got  sermons  and  speeches; 


sopranos  and  bassos;  cornetists,  pianists,  and 
violinists;  organs,  bands,  long-winded  announ- 
cers, and  a  pain  in  the  neck.  Conditions  must 
be  a  lot  different  in  New  York. 

It  has  come  to  the  point  where  a  person  who 
wishes  to  listen  to  a  jazz  concert  must  wait 
around  until  ten  or  eleven  o'clock  before  his  wish 
can  be  fulfilled,  and  even  then  he  may  be  dis- 
appointed. In  fact,  you  mention  a  station  in 
New  York  which  forbids  dance  orchestras  the 
air  until  ten-thirty.  Fine!  And  now,  let  us 
close  the  air  to  sopranos  of  the  coloratura  variety, 
and  to  Hungarian  Rhapsodies  from  ten-thirty 
on.  Apropos  of  this  discussion,  1  have  sent  a 
stamped,  addressed  envelope  to  Carl  Dreher, 
who  says  in  part:  "  If  you  want  jazz  issuing  from 
your  loud  speaker,  there  are  certain  wavelengths 
in  every  locality  where  you  can  get  it  at  any 
time."  1  confidently  expect  Mr.  Dreher  to  solve 
my  problem  for  me,  with  the  added  assurance 
of  loud  speaker  volume. 

For  your  information,  may  I  state  that  KOA 
of  Denver  seems  to  fulfill  your  ideal  of  a  broad- 
casting station?  Twice  a  week  for  short  periods 
they  have  genteel  dance  orchestras  on  the  air. 
I  pass  them  by  rather  hurriedly  for  the  "  Packard 
Six"  of  KFI  which  is  unashamedly  a  dance  orches- 
tra. Incidentally,  I  always  set  my  dials  for 
KFI  on  Sunday  night  and  turn  on  the  juice 
afterward.  They  always  have  a  program  of 
lighter  numbers  for  those  who  do  not  wish  to 
go  to  sleep  with  their  headphones  on. 
Very  truly  yours, 

BERNARD  KELLY. 

If  we  may  be  permitted  to  rally  to  the 
defense  of  Mr.  Welles  (and  incidentally 
to  our  own,  as  one  of  the  "fraternity  of 
critics"  indicated  above)  we  will  hazard 
the  guess  that  Mr.  Welles  never  desired  to 
bring  conditions  to  such  a  sorry  pass  as  Mr. 
Kelly  seems  to  have  found  them. 

On  our  own  behalf,  we  sympathize 
entirely  with  Mr.  Kelly's  point  of  view 
the  while  rejoicing  that  he  has  found  jazz 
so  difficult  to  find.  Rather  too  little  jazz 
than  the  vast  too  much  that  prevailed 
until  recently.  With  the  demand  for  jazz 
bands  and  artists  slightly  greater  than  the 
supply  the  quality  was  bound  to  suffer. 
When  jazz  is  good  it  is  very,  very  good; 
but  when  it  is  bad  it  is  horrid. 


'Broadcast  ^Miscellany 


JULES  KLEIN'S  HOTEL  STATLER  ORCHESTRA 

Which  plays  dinner  and  noon-day  music  from  wwj  in  Detroit.     Left  to  right,  standing:  Eric  Ernst, 
Raymond    Epstein,    Erick    Wyle,    Benjamin   Gulp;    seated:    Jules   Klein,   and   Frank    Hancock 


THE  broadcasting  of  the  autumn's 
football  games  was,  by  all  odds,  the 
best  piece  of  work  done  by  radio 
during  the  last  half  year.  The  broadcast- 
ing of  basketball,  hockey,  and  such-like 
games,  that  has  been  prevalent  during  the 
last  few  months  has  proved  to  be  an  un- 
mitigated fizzle.  The  success  of  a  sporting 
event  broadcast  is  dependent  on  the  list- 
eners' ability  to  visualize  the  progress  of 
the  contest.  If  it  is  a  tax  on  one's  optics 
intelligently  to  follow  the  plays  of  a  fast 
hockey  match,  it  is  a  considerably  greater 
strain  on  the  mind's  eye  to  turn  the  same 
trick.  Football  is  fundamentally  adapted 
to  broadcasting:  the  game  is  essentially  a 
spectacle — a  series  of  clear  cut  and  well 
defined  pictures.  Basketball  is  far  from 
picturesque.  It  is  all  action.  And  the 


MARCH,  1926 


THE  BEST  RADIO  FEATURE  OF  THE  MONTH 


581 


action  is  too  rapid  to  be  delineated  by  the 
radio  reporter  with  any  degree  of  interest. 
We  are  no  better  able  to  picture  the  prog- 
ress of  the  game  than  we  are  when  we 
read  a  newspaper  report  of  it. 

NOT  a  bad  idea,  WOR'S,  of  celebrating 
a  writer's  birthday  with  a.program  of 
his  brain  children.  On  Rudyard  Kipling's 
birth  anniversary,  December  30,  this 
station  broadcast  a  program  made  up  of 
readings  of  his  best  known  verse  with 
•orchestral  accompaniment,  and  several  solo 
renditions  of  poems  which  have  been  set  to 
music.  There  was  also  a  speech  by  Mr. 
Russell  Doubleday,  one  of  the  members  of 
the  firm  which  is  his  American  publisher. 
The  excellent  Eveready  Hour  over  the  WEAF 
chain,  on  the  following  Tuesday,  prepared 
as  usual  by  Mr.  Paul  Stacey  also  reminded 
listeners  throughout  the  eastern  United 
States  of  Kipling's  greatness. 

KSD,  at  St.  Louis,  has  a  Thursday 
afternoon  feature  that  may  or  may 
not  be  of  interest  to  club  women.  Not 
being  one  we  can't  say.  At  any  rate,  the 
Wednesday  (!)  Club  of  St.  Louis,  throws 
its  meetings  open  to  the  ladies  at  large 
every  Thursday  from  4  to  5  o'clock  (P.M). 
The  program  is  known  as  the  "Women's 
Hour."  Among  the  subjects  so  far  treated 
at  its  sessions  are:  "The  Newest  Things  in 
Dramatics"  and  "Home  Hygiene  and 
Public  Health." 

THE  Atwater-Kent  concert  programs 
through  WEAF  and  its  r.hain  of  some 
fifteen  stations  continue  to  be  about  the 
best  thing  on  the  radio  bill  of  fare.  Not  the 
least  factor  in  their  success  is  the  fact  that 
the  series  has  continued  so  long  now,  and 
so  regularly,  that  ninety  per  cent,  of  all 
listeners  know  its  day  and  hour  by  memory 
and  can  thus  plan  their  Sunday  evenings  to 
listen-in  if  they  desire.  The  occasional  al- 
most equally  excellent  program  from  many 
another  station  is  all  too  often  lost  in  the 
shuffle. 

TOURING  the  period  from  January  i 
*—'  to  November  30  (1925),  WEAF  was 
on  the  air  almost  2800  hours;  the  Plant 
Department  or  technical  delays  caused 
by  unavoidable  equipment  trouble  in  this 
time  totalling  slightly  in  excess  of  five 
hours;  the  studio  delays  or  time  lost  be- 
tween program  presentations,  12  hours 
and  the  delays  occasioned  by  sos  calls 
from  vessels  in  distress  17  hours. 

WE  DON'T  want  to  boast  about  the 
receptive  qualities  of  our  receiver, 
but  we  are  here  to  state  that  we  have 
listened  to  broadcasts  of  the  New  York 
Philharmonic  Orchestra,  from  wjz,  out  here 
in  the  wilds  of  Illinois,  from  which  we  have 
derived  almost  as  much  pleasure  as  from 
our  seat  in  Orchestra  Hall,  which,  to  us, 

seems  savini?  nnitp  a  hit  fnr  raHin      AnH  it  ho  are  heard  nl8htly  from  station  KGW  of  the  Portland  Oregontan.    The  personnel 

t  tor  radio.     And  it       ati0n  reading  from  left  to  right:  Gladys  Johnson,  'cellist;  Julius  Walter,  pianist; 


OLIVER  M.  SAYLER'S  "Footlight 
and  Lamplight"  talks  over  WGBS 
are  worth  attention.  Mr.  Sayler  relates 
current  gossip  of  the  stage,  and  reviews, 
in  a  brief  and  entertaining  manner,  recent 
books.  The  talks  are  on  Thursday  even- 
ings at  8:30  P.M.  Eastern  time. 

IT  WAS  WHAS  (Louisville)  we  think — 
though  we  tuned-out  so  fast  we  might 
have  got  its  letters  wrong — that  jangled 
our  nerves  like  bells  out  of  tune  the 
other  night  by  stating  that  it  was  "radio- 
casting." 

/^"HICAGO  programs  are  evincing  a 
^— •*  slight  improvement.  WJAZ  has  an 
excellent  program  of  music  Thursday 
nights  from  10  to  12.  Efforts  to  make 
some  arrangement  whereby  the  productions 
of  the  Chicago  Civic  Opera  company  could 
be  broadcast  have  so  far  been  unsuccessful. 
The  broadcasting  of  opera  involves  a 
myriad  complications.  To  mention  only 
two  of  them:  many  artist's  contracts 
prohibit  broadcasting  and  some  opera's 
copyrights  prohibit  broadcasting. 

THE  Cincinnati  Symphony  Orchestra 
is  on  the  air  once  a  month  during  a 
series  of  twenty  community  radio  concerts 
being  broadcast  in  the  name  of  the  com- 
munity of  Cincinnati  through  WSAI.  Fritz 
Reiner  is  conductor  of  this  orchestra. 
Its  engagement  was  in  response  to  a  popu- 
lar demand  among  listeners  throughout 
the  country,  nearly  3000  letters  having  been 
received  after  its  first  concert  urging 
repititions. 


NOT  an  habitual  peruser  of  the  comic 
sections,  and  likewise  by  no  means  a 
faithful  listener-in  on  the  "kiddie"  (Ouch!) 
programs,  we  found  ourself,  nevertheless, 
completely  absorbed  in  Uncle  Walt's  (WGN) 
broadcast  of  the  comics  on  a  recent  Sunday 
morning.  Stumbling  accidentally  on  this 
program,  we  picked  up  the  funny  paper,  as 
instructed  by  the  speaker,  sat  ourself 
down,  and  didn't  get  up  until  he  had 
finished  reading  all  eight  pages! 

BUT,  withal,  from  Chicago  comes  the 
high-spot  in  programs  since  last 
writing.  The  Chicago  Symphony  Or- 
chestra, which  has  never  before  con- 
sented to  broadcast  its  concerts  at  last 
agreed  to  furnish  a  two-hour  program, 
which  was  picked  up  by  WMAQ  for  the 
opening  program  of  its  new  looo-watt 
apparatus. 

The  concert  was  one  of  a  regular  series 
conducted  by  Frederick  Stock.  As  a 
musical  offering  it  was  the  equal  of  any- 
thing that  has  yet  been  tendered  us  by 
radio.  Of  course  there  was  the  inevitable 
muffling  of  some  of  the  instruments, 
especially  during  loud  passages — but  on 
the  whole  a  good  job  for  non-studio  broad- 
casting. To  date  no  promise  has  been 
made  of  further  concerts. 

THIS  year  of  grace  1926  was  ushered  in 
by  the  ringing  of  Liberty  Bell  at  the 
stroke  of  midnight  on  New  Year's  eve. 
Station  WIP  broadcast  the  historic  gong 
at  the  conclusion  of  an  official  ceremony 
inaugurating  Philadelphia's  Sesquicenten- 
nial  year. 


THE     KGW    DINNER    CONCERT    TRIO 


needs  kind  words! 


1  and  instrument- 
.  Abe  Bercovitz, 
violinist.     They  are  presented  through  the  courtesy  of  Olds,  Wortman  &  King,  of  Portland 


An  All 


Hou>  to  Make  and  Use  a  Simple  Coil  Winder  for  Solenoid  and 
Lorenz  Type  Coils  Together  With  Useful  Inductance  Tables 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


By  EDWARD  THATCHER 


A  S  LONG  as  radio  constructors  assemble  sets, 
•/*•  there  will  be  those  who  want  to  make  the 
coils  they  use  in  the  set  with  their  own  hands. 
There  are,  of  course,  plenty  who  have  no  desire  to 
wind  their  own  coils  any  more  than  they  care  to 
make  an  audio  transformer  or  wind  a  set  of  bobbins 
for  head  telephones.  So  many  of  our  readers  write  in 
for  information  on  how  to  wind  this  or  that  sort  oj 
coil  that  the  information  contained  here  should  be 
of  wide  interest.  Practically  every  common  type  of 
coil  can  be  made  with  this  simple  device,  from  the 
simple  solenoid  to  the  more  complex  diamond  and 
basketweave  types.  The  inclusion  of  an  ingenious 
turn-counter  makes  the  device  of  great  practical 
value.  Many  examples  of  Mr.  Thatcher's  work 
in  other,  non-radio,  lines,  have  appeared  in  The 
Ladies'  Home  Journal  and  other  publications. 
He  is  especially  known  for  his  excellent  amateur 
ship  models. — THE  EDITOR. 


old  discarded  auto  speedometer,  which 
may  be  purchased  for  about  a  dollar  at 
most  auto  junk  yards.  Perhaps  a  search 
of  the  home  garage  may  result  in  finding 
one.  A  bicycle  cyclometer  may  also  be 
used,  if  a  few  slight  alterations  are  made. 
Fig.  2  shows  such  a  cyclometer  mounted. 
This  one  cost  85  cents  at  a  mail  order  house. 
The  various  forms  used  with  the  simple 
machine  are  shown  in  Figs.  4,  5,  6,  7, 
8,  and  in  the  top  illustration  on  this  page. 
These  will  be  described  in  detail  later  on. 
It  might  be  well  to  mention  here  that  these 
same  forms  may  be  found  very  convenient 
for  hand  winding  if  you  do  not  care  to  make 
the  machine. 


In  Fig.  3  may  be  seen  the  coil  winder 
and  counter  unassembled.  The  hook  J,  is 
exactly  similar  to  the  one  used  to  make 
the  handle  I. 

It  should  be  understood  that  the  dimen- 
sions given  for  the  coil  winder  and  counter 
may  be  made  to  suit  individual  needs, 
those  given  being  found  convenient  for 
most  of  the  coils  which  have  come  to  the 
writer's  attention. 

The  frame  is  made  from  soft  pine  wood 
taken  from  a  packing  box.  A  saw,  plane, 
drills,  and  a  hammer,  are  the  only  tools 
necessary  for  this  part  of  the  work.  All 
the  parts  should  be  very  carefully  marked 
out  and  squared  up  before  cutting  them  out. 


M 


'OST  of  us  who  tinker  with  radio 
know  the  bother  of  keeping 
count  of  the  turns  of  wire  on 
a  coil  as  it  is  being  wound,  or 
of  counting  the  turns  after  the  coil  is  fin- 
ished, particularly  with  such  coils  as  the 
basketweave  type  or  other  coils  of  a  similar 
nature. 

With  the  simple  coil  winder  and  counter 
shown  in  Fig.  i,  and  some  simple  forms 
which  are  easy  to  make,  you  may  wind 
practically  any  type  of  continuously 
wound  coil  very  easily,  and  enjoy  a  smoke 
at  the  same  time  if  you  care  to.  You 
may  stop  winding  to  light  your  pipe  and 
resume  operations  sure  that  the  turns  will 
be  counted  correctly,  and  if  you  should 
accidentally  wind  on  too  many  turns, 
you  may  easily  unwind  them.  The  counter 
will  always  show  the  number  of  turns  on 
the  coil. 

This  coil  winder  and  counter  is  in  the 
form  of  a  very  simple  lathe,  the  counter 
being  nothing  more  than  part  of  an 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 
FIG.    I 

The  inexpensive,  easily  made  coil  winder  and  counter  is  illustrated  "in  action"  here.     With  the  aid 
of  this  device  high  grade  coils  are  within  the  reach  of  all  home-constructors  and  experimenters 


MARCH,  1926 


AN  ALL  PURPOSE  COIL  WINDER 


583 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 
FIG.    2 

A  cyclometer  type  of  turn-counter  which  may  be 
satisfactorily  used.  Your  local  hardware  or 
bicycle  store  can  supply  you  with  a  similar  one 

In  Fig.  3,  A  is  the  baseboard  or  bed  of 
the  winder.  This  is  f  inch  thick,  2f  inches 
wide,  and  18  inches  long.  B-B  are  two 
pieces  which  are  used  to  support  the  coun- 
ter. Each  piece  is  -jV  mcn  thick  (f  or  J 
inch  will  do  as  well), 
^  inches  high,  and 
6  inches  long.  These 
pieces  are  glued, 
nailed,  or  screwed  to 
one  end  of  the  base- 
board. 

C  is  the  base  of 
the  sliding  tailstock, 
and  is  |  inch  thick, 
2^  inches  wide, 
and  jj  inches  long. 
A  slot  G  i  inch  wide 
and  3!  inches  long 
is  centered  in  this 
base.  The  screw  F 
passes  through  the 
slot  G  into  the  base- 
board A,  and  is 
tightened  up  to 
hold  the  tailstock  in 
position.  The  two 
pieces  E-E  are  made 
of  wood  T\  or  §  inch 

thick,  and  each  piece  is  51  inches  long. 
Each  of  these  pieces  is  sawn  out  to  make 
room  for  turning  the  handle  I,  a  coping  or 
compass  saw  being  used  for  this  purpose. 
These  two  pieces,  E-E,  are  glued  and  either 
nailed  or  screwed  to  pieces  D  and  C,  the  end 
of  piece  D  resting  on  top  of  piece  C. 

Piece  D  is  |  inch  thick,  2^  inches  wide, 
and  4j  inches  high.  In  this  piece  is  drilled 
the  hole  H,  into  which  the  handle  may 
be  pushed  and  allowed  to  turn  easily. 
The  position  for  this  hole  is  best  found  by 
sliding  the  tailstock  along  the  bed  until  the 
end  of  the  stovebolt  used  to  make  the 
counter  shaft,  rests  against  D,  when  the 
counter  is  mounted  in  position  between  the 
pieces.  B-B. 

The  handle  I  is  made  of  a  common 
screwhook.  This  is  4  inches  in  length 
and  made  of  stock  about  \  inch  in  dia- 
meter, a  common  size  obtainable  at  most 
hardware  and  lo-cent  stores.  To  trans- 
form the  screwhook  into  a  screw  handle, 
place  it  upright  in  the  vise  jaws,  the 
hook  end  uppermost,  with  the  bend  just 


above  the  top  of  the  jaws.  Use  a  monkey- 
wrench  to  grasp  the  hook  and  bend  it  out 
roughly  into  the  shape  of  a  handle. 
The  handle  is  then  removed  from  the  vise 
and  straightened  up  a  bit  by  hammering 
on  some  sort  of  an  anvil,  such  as  the  bottom 
of  an  old  flat  iron,  taking  care  not  to  injure 
the  screw  thread. 

The  screw  end  of  the  hook  will  be  found 
rather  blunt.  This  may  be  much  improved 
for  our  purposes  if  the  threads  are  filed 
down  so  that  they  barely  show  at  the  point, 
tapering  up  gradually  to  the  full  thread  at 
the  end,  next  to  the  handle,  so  that  the 
thread  is  much  like  the  threaded  end  of  a 
polishing  spindle.  A  tapered  screw  of  this 
kind  will  enter  the  wood  more  easily,  and 
the  further  it  is  screwed  in  the  tighter  it 
will  hold. 


THE   COUNTER   DEVICE 


It 


NOW  for  the  counting  head  M.     It  is 
quite  easy  to   remove   the   counting 
device     from 


common 


I 

RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 
FIG.    3 

The  coil  winder  partly  assembled.  Box  wood,  screw  hooks,  screws  and  a  turn-counter  are  the  re- 
quirements for  the  construction  of  this  handy  laboratory  apparatus.  The  lettered  parts  are  for 
identification  with  the  Material  List  and  refer  directly  to  the  description  of  the  preparation  of  the 

material  in  the  text 


Pry  off  the  glass  cover  and  you  will  usually 
find  that  the  counter  may  be  removed 
by  taking  out  a  screw  or  two,  when  it 
may  be  lifted  out  and  separated  from  the 
speed  indicator.  The  counter  probably 
registers  a  number  of  miles  and  these  may 
be  set  back  on  the  "trip"  by  the  device 
found  in  most  indicators.  The  total  mile- 
age however,  must  be  turned  backward 
if  you  wish  it  to  register  oooo.  Unless  yoii 
wish  to  wind  coils  of 
more  than  99  turns, 
the  total  mileage  in- 
dicator may  be  dis- 
regarded. However, 
it  may  be  turned 
back  after  the  counter 
is  mounted  in  its 
frame  by  attaching  a 
hand  drill  to  it  and 
turning  it  backward, 
or  fastening  the 
counter  shaft  to  the 
chuck  of  a  lathe 
head  and  running 


it  backward  this  way.  Then  you  will  have 
a  counter  which  will  register  up  to  9999, 
quite  enough  for  most  experimenters, 
The  trip  and  season  counters  are  usually 
connected  by  a  simple  cjutch  arrangement, 
which  may  be  thrown  in  or  out  as  you  like. 
In  the  counter  shown  in  Fig.  10,  the  set 
device  is  not  made  use^of,  it  being  a  simple 
matter  to  turn  the  counter  backward  to  ooo 
after  the  coil  is  round  and  before  the  form 
is  removed. 

The  counter  M,  Fig.  10,  is  supported  by 
a  simple  wooden  frame  which  is  made  as 
follows.  There  are  two  pieces  like  K, 
each  piece  being  £  inch  thick,  \  inch  wide, 
and  6  inches  long.  These  two  pieces  are 
fastened  together  at  the  head  end  by  a 
block  of  wood  N,  i^  inches  thick  or  high, 
if  inches  wide,  and  i|  inches  long.  The 
block  is  glued  and  nailed,  or  screwed,  to 
the  side  pieces.  Through  this  block  is 
drilled  a  hole  to  accommodate  the  stove 
bolt  L,  which  should  turn  easily  in  this 
hole,  the  head  of  the  stovebolt  connecting 
with  the  end  of  the 
counter  shaft,  as 
will  be  described 
later.  The  exact 
position  of  this  hole 
may  best  be  found 
by  experimenting 
with  the  counter 
resting  in  position, 
so  that  the  hole 
through  N  is  exactly 
in  line  with  the 
center  of  the  shaft 
of  the  counter. 

The  piece  O  is  J 
inch  thick,  if  inches 
wide,  and  i\  inches 
long.  It  should  be 
understood  that  the 
dimensions  of  all  the 
pieces  may  be 
changed  to  accom- 
modate any  partic- 
ular type  of  speedo- 
If  a  cyclometer  is 


meter  you  may  have, 
used  follow  Fig.  2. 

Now  look  at  Fig.  1 1 .  The  stovebolt 
L  is  i  inch  in  diameter  and  3  inches  long. 
This  should  be  provided  with  two  nuts 
and  one  or  more  washers.  The  end  of  the 
counter  shaft  P,  on  the  counter  M,  is 
filed  to  a  flat  shape  like  the  end  of  a  screw 
driver,  care  being  taken  to  have  the  wedge- 
like  end  exactly  in  the  center  of  the  counter 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 
FIG.    4 

Here  are  the  cylindrical  and   pickle-bottle  coil  forms  with  a  very  good 

example  of   coil   binding    utilizing    gummed    paper.     Note    that    just 

below  the  center  hole  in  the  end  piece  of  each  coil  form  is  situated  the 

pin  which  engages  in  the  nut  on  the  turn-counter  shaft 


584 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


MARCH,  1926 


shaft,  as  this  is  to  slip  easily  in 
the  slot  in  the  head  of  the  stove- 
bolt,  so  that  the  latter  may 
turn  the  counter  as  it  is  turned 
around  by  the  coil  form,  which 
in  turn  is  turned  by  the  handle. 
A  small  hole  is  drilled  in  one 
corner  of  the  nut  on  the  stove- 
bolt  as  shown  at  Q,  with  a  twist 
drill  about  -fa  'ncrl  m  diameter. 
A  pin  or  brad  driven  in  the  end 
of  each  coil  form  fits  in  this 
hole  to  prevent  the  coil  form 
from  turning  on  the  shaft  with- 
out turning  the  counter,  thereby  causing  a 
wrong  count. 

When  you  have  the  counting  head  ready 
to  assemble,  slip  the  stovebolt  through  the 
hole  in  N,  place  a  washer  on  the  threaded 
end,  and  then  screw  on  the  nut  with  the  hole 
Q  in  it  until  it  is  fixed  very  tightly  on  the 
end  of  the  thread, taking  care,  of  course,  that 
the  stovebolt  turns  easily  without  undue 
play.  The  counter  M  should  then  be 
mounted  on  its  wooden  frame  and  screwed 
to  it,  so  that  every  time  the 
stovebolt  makes  one  revolution 
the  counter  will  register.  Re- 
member that  the  red  figures  on 
the  counter  are  tenths  and  the 
black  figures  on  the  wheel  next 
to  the  red  figures  will  count  one 
for  every  turn  of  the  shaft. 

ADJUSTING  A    CYCLOMETER 

A  CYCLOMETER  also  makes 
*»  a  very  good  counter.  It 
will  have  to  be  tinkered  with  a 
bit,  however,  before  it  will  count 
one  for  every  turn  of  the 
shaft.  The  cyclometer  shown  in 
Fig.  2  was  treated  as  follows. 
The  disk-like  end  opposite 
the  star  wheel  was  removed  by  placing 
the  points  of  a  small  pair  of  round  nosed 
pliers  in  the  two  holes  found  in  this  end, 
and  unscrewing  it.  Inside  this  disk  were 
•several  washers  which  were  removed  and 
left  out.  On  the  end  of  the  star  wheel 
shaft  thus  exposed,  will  be  found  a  small 
t>rass  disk.  To  this  disk  is  attached  a 
small  pinion  which  engages  a  ring  or  inter- 
nal gear  attached  to  the  first  row  of  figures. 
The  pinion  should  be  soldered  fast  to  the 
disk  which  is  on  the  end  of  the  star  wheel 
shaft.  It  will  then  be  locked  in  the  ring 
gear  turning  this  with  the  star  wheel 
shaft,  one  turn,  one  count.  Care  must  be 
taken  with  this  soldering,  and  only  a  small 
-amount  of  flux  and  solder  are  necessary. 

Two  small  holes  about  -^  inch  in  diameter 
are  then  drilled  about  £  inch  apart  and 
•equidistant  from  the  star  wheel  shaft, 
these  holes  being  drilled  in  the  disk  attached 
to  the  end  of  the  shaft,  to  which  the  pinion 
was  soldered. 

A  "U"  shaped  piece  was  then  bent  out 
of  a  piece  of  thin  steel  wire  taken  from  a 
paper  fastener,  the  points  of  the  "  U  "  being 
J  inch  apart.  The  U  shaped  piece  is  then 
soldered  in  the  center  of  the  slot  in  the  head 
of  the  stovebolt  L,  Fig.  2.  The  ends  of 
this  soldered  piece  of  wire  engage  the  two 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


FIG. 


End  pieces,  coil  form,  and  screws  are  all  that  is  required  to  make  up  the 
cylindrical  form  for  the  sample  of  solenoid  coil  shown  at  the  right. 
The  wood  strip  indicated  at  A  is  employed  as  a  backbone  for  the  coil  form 


radio  or  electrical  work  as  it  is 
very  corrosive  for  such  work. 
It  is  well  to  coat  the  solder 
which  you  are  using  with  this 
flux.  The  flux  will  be  found 
excellent  for  steel,  iron,  copper, 
brass,  etc.,  when  these  metals 
are  not  used  for  carrying  electric 
currents.  The  cyclometer  is 
held  to  its  frame  by  screwing 
the  lug  attached  to  it  to  the 
block  R,  Fig.  2. 

COLLAPSIBLE   COIL    FORMS 


holes  drilled  in  the  disk  at  the  end  of  the 
star  wheel  shaft.  The  whole  should  be  a 
rather  loose  fit  to  prevent  binding. 

To  solder  steel  to  steel  you  may  find  that 
your  regular  soldering  flux  used  for  bus 
bar  work  will  not  work  very  well.  "Killed" 
acid  is  best  for  this  purpose.  This  is  made 
of  muriatic  acid  in  which  as  much  pure 
zinc  as  possible  is  dissolved.  To  make  this 
flux  pour  a  small  quantity  of  muriatic  acid 
in  an  old  cup.  Set  this  cup  in  a  pan  of 


RADIO  13ROADCA9T  Photograph 
FIG.  6 

Here  are  the  parts  for  the  pickle-bottle  coil  form.  Low  loss  coils  of  this 
type  of  winding  may  easily  and  speedily  be  wound  for  use  in  the  many 
Roberts  and  other  circuits  described  in  past  issues  of  RADIO  BROADCAST 


water  to  keep  it  cool,  taking  care  that 
no  water  gets  in  the  acid.  Cut  up  a 
number  of  pieces  of  pure  zinc  (the  zinc 
covers  of  old  B  or  A  battery  dry  cells  are 
excellent),  and  put  a  small  quantity  of 
the  zinc  clippings  in  at  a  time  and  add  to 
them  from  time  to  time  until  no  more  zinc 
will  dissolve.  Allow  the  acid  to  stand  for  a 
time,  strain  through  muslin,  and  it  is  ready 
to  use.  The  parts  to  be  soldered  are 
painted  with  it.  Never  use  this  flux  for 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


FIG.    7 

The  Lorenz  or  basketweave  coil  is  more  difficult 
to  wind,  but  when  finished,  is  one  that  any  ex- 
perimenter would  be  proud  to  use  in  his  receiver. 
Substantial,  well-wound  coils  do  much  to  insure 
proper  operation  of  one's  receiver.  The  spool 
of  thread  also  shown  above  is  for  binding  the  coil 
turns  together 


*•      and  counter  in  use,  starting  to  make 
a  low  loss  self-supporting  solenoid  coil. 

The  spool  of  wire  is  held  by  a  large  nail 
which  is  placed  between  the  vise  jaws, 
the  head  of  the  nail  being  tapped  with  a 
hammer  until  the  coil  of  wire  may  be 
turned  with  just  the  right  amount  of  ten- 
sion. 

The  form  used  to  make  a  solenoid  coil  of 
low  loss  design  is  shown  in  Fig.  5.  This 
particular  coil  is  of  50  turns 
wound  over  a  3-inch  form.  The 
form  is  partially  collapsed  to 
remove  the  coil  when  it  is  fin- 
ished. The  form  may  be  reas- 
sembled and  used  over  again  as 
many  times  as  it  is  desired. 
The  outer  or  cylindrical  part  of 
the  form  shown  is  made  out  of  a 
section  cut  from  an  ice  cream 
container  which  was  originally 
3j  inches  in  diameter.  The  two 
wooden  disks  used  as  the  ends 
of  the  form  are  cut  to  such  a 
diameter  so  that  when  the 
cardboard  covering  is  put  in 
place  over  these  wooden  disks, 
the  outer  diameter  of  the 
whole  form  is  3  inches.  As  the  thickness 
of  the  cardboard  is  fa  inch,  it  will 
readily  be  seen  that  the  diameter  of  the 
wooden  ends  is  2^f  inches. 

The  section  cut  from  the  ice  cream  con- 
tainer is  planned  so  that  when  it  is  screwed 
to  the  wooden  ends  there  will  be  a  space 
of  from  ^  to  j  inch  left  open  between  the 
ends,  on  the  side,  as  shown  in  Fig.  4. 
Directly  underneath  the  edges  are  glued 
narrow  strips  of  wood  about  j  inch  square, 
as  at  A,  Fig.  6.  These  strips  of  wood  sup- 
port the  pasteboard  which  might  otherwise 
be  drawn  in  by  the  tension  of  the  wire 
when  winding  a  coil.  These  two  strips 
should  be  placed  in  such  a  manner  that 
the  edges  of  the  form  may  be  easily  pushed 
inward  when  the  coil  is  wound  and  the 
wooden  ends  removed,  to  allow  for  the 
removal  of  the  finished  coil. 

Forms  for  coils  of  practically  any  diame- 
ter may  be  made  up  in  this  manner,  using 
such  cylindrical  forms  as  oatmeal  Boxes, 
mailing  tubes,  and  the  like. 

Figs.  4  and  6  show  the  form  used  to  make 
the  pickle-bottle  type  of  coil.  Like  the 
cylindrical  form  the  pickle-bottle  form  may 
be  used  any  number  of  times.  The  paste- 
board used  to  make  this  form  was  ap- 
proximately |  inch  thick  (strawboard 


MARCH,  1926 


AN  ALL  PURPOSE  COIL  WINDER 


585 


taken  from  the  sides  of  a  packing  carton). 
The  wooden  ends  are  then  2  inches  in 
•diameter  across  the  flats.  A  pattern 
.should  first  be  made  for  these  wooden  ends, 
which  are  cut  from  soft  pine  about  f  inch 
thick.  The  outside  of  the  form  is  made  in 
•one  piece  divided  into  eight  equal  parts, 
•each  dividing  line  being  scored  on  the  out- 


^ 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


FIG.    8 

When  this  double-wedge  rectangular  form  is 
mounted  in  the  coil  winder,  it  is  possible  to  wind 
a  long  strip  of  coil  with  a  square  cross-section, 
so  that  it  may  be  bent  into  a  circular  form,  there- 
by making  up  the  much  discussed  toroid  coil. 
On  page  600  of  this  issue,  Mr.  John  L.  Lee  shows 
in  detail  the  constructional  steps  in  making  up 
such  a  coil 


side  with  a  sharp  knife  to  allow  the  paste- 
board to  fold  down  sharply  over  each  angle 
of  the  wooden  ends  to  which  it  is  screwed. 
A  strip  about  $  inch  wide  is  cut  off  one 
end  to  prevent  the 
edges  interfering 
when  the  form  is 
collapsed,  and  a 
strip  of  wood  A,  is 
glued  and  tacked  to 
one  or  both  edges  at 
the  end  of  the  form 
as  shown  in  Fig.  6. 
The  piece  (or  pieces) 
A  are  just  long 
enough  to  fit  be- 
tween the  wooden 
ends  when  these  are 
in  place.  The  cor- 
ners formed  by  the 
angles  on  the  outer 
edges  of  these 
wooden  forms  are 
cut  off  slightly 
to  allow  for  the 
bends  in  the  paste- 
board. 

A    j-inch   hole  is 
drilled  in  one  of  the 

wooden  ends,  this  end  being  slipped  over 
the  threaded  end  of  the  stovebolt  connected 
to  the  counter.  A  short  brad  is  driven 
in  this  end  and  the  head  of  it  cut  off  so 
that  it  may  be  pushed  into  the  hole  drilled 
in  one  corner  of  the  nut  which  is  screwed 
on  the  stovebolt.  By  changing  the  diama- 
ter,  or  rather,  building  a  similar  form  of  any 
desired  diameter,  pickle-bottle  coils  may 
be  wound  as  called  for. 

When  a  simple  solenoid  coil  is  to  be 
wound,  and  the  form  is  to  be  left  inside, 
circular  pieces  of  wood  are  sawed  out  to 
fit  inside  of  each  form  and  these  are 
held  with  screws  while  the  coil  is  being 
wound.  Holes  are  of  course  drilled  in  each 
disk,  one  hole  to  fit  over  the  stovebolt  and 


in  the  second  disk  a  suit- 
able hole  is  drilled  into 
which  the  screw  end  of  the 
handle  is  inserted. 

WINDING    A    LOW    LOSS 
SOLENOID   COIL 

THE  coil  forms  shown  in 
Figs.  4  and  5  are  moun- 
ted in  the  winding  machine 
as  shown  in  Fig.  i.  Four 
strips  of  gummed  tape  are 
held,  gummed  side  up,  to 
the  form  with  rubber  bands. 
The  handle  is  shown  firmly 
screwed  into  one  end  of  the 
form  so  that  it  may  be 
turned  against  the  tension 
likely  to  be  put  on  the  wire,  without 
slipping. 

Fig.  i  also  shows  how  the  winding  is 
started.  A  pin  is  pushed  through  the  side 
of  the  pasteboard  form  where  it  is  desired 
to  start  the  winding,  and  the  end  of  the 
wire  wrapped  once  or. twice  around  this 
pin  to  hold  it. 

The  gummed  side  of  each  strip  of  tape 
is  moistened  with  water  before  the  winding 
is  started.  After  this,  the  winding  may  be 
proceeded  with,  and  if  everything  is  right, 
it  should  go  very  rapidly.  The  speed  and 


MATERIAL  LIST  FOR  COIL  WINDER 

PART 

PART 

LETTER 

DIMENSIONS 

NUMBER 
REQUIRED 

Baseboard 
Counter  Supports 
Tail  Stock  Base  Support 
Tail  Stock  Face 
Tail  Stock  Sides 

A 
B 
C 
D 

E 

f"  X  2|"  X  18" 

A"  x  4J"  x  6" 
J"  x  2}{"  x  51" 
}"  x  2{J"  x  4}" 
A"  x  51"  shaped  as 

1 
2 
1 
1 

shown 

2 

Tail  Stock  Screw 

F 

1"  x  No.  6  Wood 

Screw 

1 

Tail  Stock  Slot 

G 

}"  x  31" 

1 

Handle  Hole 

H 

1 

Handle 

I 

i"  x  4" 

1 

Counter  Base  Sides 

K 

i"  x  ;"  x  6" 

2 

Stove  Bolt 

L 

i"  x  3" 

1 

Turn  Counter 

M 

1 

Counter  Head  Block 
Counter  End  Block 

N 
O 

U"xU"xli" 

r  x  ir  x  u" 

1 
1 

No  dimensions  are  given  for  coil  forms  as  the  constructor  must  use 
his  own  judgment  in  selecting  the  forms  for  the  coils  he  wishes  to  wind. 

FIG.    9 

"Spiderweb  coil  forms  may  be  mounted  in  the  same  way  as  the  basket-weave  coil  form  shown 
here,"    says    Mr.   Thatcher.     The    sliding    tailstock    is    removed    when    such    soils    are    wound 

accuracy  with  which  coils  may  be  wound 
on  this  simple  machine  with  an  occasional 
glance  at  the  counter,  will  be  only  too 
apparent. 

When  the  required  number  of  turns  are 
wound  on,  stick  another  pin  through  the 
coil  form  to  wrap  the  wire  on  at  the  end 
of  the  winding  while  the  paper  tape  is 
pasted  about  the  coil. 

Moisten  the  ends  of  the  gummed  paper 
tape  which  extends  beyond  the  winding, 
first  removing  the  elastic  bands  and  pro- 
ceed to  fold  the  ends  of  the  moistened  tape 
over  the  winding,  pressing  each  strip 
firmly  in  place. 

Taps  may  be  made  in  coils  of  this  kind 
by  lifting  up  a  short  loop  of  wire  at  the 


desired  turn,  twisting  it,  and  then  going  on 
with  the  winding.  Another  winding,  such 
as  a  primary,  may  be  wound  over  the  first 
coil,  after  this  is  wound,  and  the  tape  stuck 
to  it  as  usual,  by  wrapping  a  single  layer 
of  Empire  tape  or  even  gummed  tape, 
about  the  first  coil  and  then  winding  the 
second  coil  on  this,  this  second  coil  being 
held  together  with  strips  of  gummed  tape  as 
the  first  one  was,  the  form  being  left  in 
place  until  both  coils  are  wound  on  and  the 
gummed  tape  is  dry.  To  remove  the  form, 
the  screws  are  taken  out,  after  the  handle  is 
unscrewed,  and  the 
coil  removed  from 
the  counter  head. 
Then  the  wooden 
ends  are  removed, 
and  the  pasteboard 
form  is  pressed  in  at 
the  joint  until  the 
coil  may  be  easily 
slipped  off. 

WINDING    BASKET- 
WEAVE      AND 
DIAMONDWEAVE 
COILS 

THE  form  for 
winding  a  bas- 
ketweave  coil  is 
shown  in  Fig.  9 
mounted  on  the 
counter  shaft.  The 
extra  nut  provided 
with  the  stovebolt 
is  used  to  hold  it  in 
place,  a  pin  in  the 


I\ADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


FIG.    IO 

Another  use  for  the  automobile  speedometer — 
only  here  it  tells  you  how  far  you've  gone  and 
not  how  fast.  However,  with  practice,  the  home 
constructor  becomes  quite  efficient  in  making  the 
coil  turns  lay  side  by  side  at  an  exceeding  high 
speed.  For  an  explanation  of  the  lettered  parts, 
the  constructor  should  refer  to  the  text 


586 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


MARCH,  1926 


SPIDERWEB  COIL 

SIZE    WIRE 

NUMBER 
OP 
SPOKES 

NUMBER 
OF 
TURNS 

INSIDE 
DIAMETER 

FREQUENCY 
RANGE 

No.  24  d.s.c. 
No.  20  d.c.c. 
No.  24  d.c.c. 

15 

17 

11 

52 
46 
50 

Hin. 

2  in.  (no  form) 
l}in.  " 

1764-500  k.c. 
(170-600  meters) 
2540-565  k.c. 
(118-529  meters) 
2630-565  k.c. 
(114-529  meters) 

3ASKETWEAVE 

No.  18  Enamel 
d.c.c. 
No.  18  d.c.c. 

No.  24  d.s.c. 

13 
14 
15 

58 
60 
64 

2J"    between 
peg  centers 
4  J"    between 
peg  centers 
2J"    between 
peg  centers 

2361-500  kc. 
(127-600  meters) 
2290-550  kc. 
(131-545  meters) 
2054-495  kc. 
(146-605  meters) 

DIAMONDWEAVE 

No.  26  d.s.c. 
No.  20  d.c.c. 
No.  24  d.c.c. 

15 
21 
15 

57 
36 
44 

2J  inches 
2}  inches 
2j  inches 

2040-495  kc. 
(147-605  meters) 
2650-694  kc. 
(113-432  meters) 
1  764-560  kc. 
(170-535  meters) 

pictures  to  show  up  better, 
but  plain  uncolored  cotton 
string  is  usually  recom- 
mended for  this  purpose. 

On  the  right  of  the  top  il- 
lustration on  page  582  will 
be  noticed  a  form  for  wind- 
ing a  diamond  weave  coil. 
Grooves  are  shown  in  the 
face  of  the  central  part  of 
this  form.  After  the  wire 
is  wound  on  the  form,  the 
flexible  needle  is  used  to 
thread  the  string  up 
through  the  winding  as  each 
peg  is  removed. 

DATA  ON  SPECIMEN  COILS 


THE  data  in  the 
shown  elswhere  on 


other  side  engaging  the  hole  in  the  first 
nut.  Spiderweb  coil  forms  may  be  mounted 
in  the  same  way,  except  that  a  common 
pin  may  be  pushed  through  the  form,  and 
through  the  hole  in  the  nut,  before  the 
second  nut  is  screwed  in  place. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  opposite  every 
peg  in  the  form  shown  in  Figs.  7  and  9 
is  a  deep  groove,  the  top  of  which  extends 
into  the  hole  for  the  peg. 

These  grooves  are"  made  by  first  mak- 
ing a  cut  with  a  saw  and  then  enlarging 
this  with  a  three  cornered  file  or  a  sharp 
knife. 

The  reason  for  these  cuts  is  as  follows: 
After  the  winding  is  finished,  a  flexible 
needle,  about  3  inches  long  is  used  with 
string  to  sew  the  coil  together  as  each  peg 
is  removed. 

The  flexible  needle  is  made  of  a  piece  of 
copper  wire  about  No.  20  gauge,  bare  or 
enamel  covered,  it  being  doubled  to  form  a 
loop  at  one  end.  The  other  end,  or  ends,  are 
held  together  by  a  drop  of  solder  which  is 
rounded  over  with  emery  cloth  to  remove 
any  sharpness.  The  needle  thus  made, 
being  very  soft  and  flexible,  may  be  bent 
to  a  suitable  shape  to  be  passed  into  the 
slot  in  the  side  of  the  form  and  up  through 
the  top  of  the  winding,  after  each  peg  is 
removed.  Black  thread  is  used  in  the 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


FIG.    I  I 

An  unassembled  view  of  the  turn  counter  and 
support  frame.  With  care,  the  shaft  P  should 
be  filed  so  that  it  engages  the  slot  in  the  head 
f  the  bolt  L  on  which  the  coil  for  m  is  mounted 


table 
this 

page  will  serve  as  a  guide 
to  those  constructors 
wishing  to  wind  coils  for 
use  in  tuned  circuits.  In  the  first  test 
to  determine  the  correct  number  of  coil 
turns,  a  .ooo5-mfd.  variable  condenser  was 
employed. 

From  the  table  it  will  be  noted  that 
for  each  type  of  coil  the  wire  size, 
number  of  spokes,  number  of  turns,  and 
coil  diameter  is  different  for  each  three 
examples,  yet  the  frequency  spectrum 
(wavelength  range)  does  not  differ 
greatly. 

With  a  .ooo35-mfd.  variable  condenser, 
the  secondary  sizes  for  the  above  types  of 
coils  will  take  not  more  '•  than  80  turns. 
Usually  77  is  correct.  The  correct  value 
varies  slightly  with  changes  in  coil  diameter 
and  wire  size.  If  the  tuned  circuit  is  found 
to  tune  to  frequencies  below  the  range  de- 
sired, then  remove  a  turn  at  a  time  until 
the  lowest  frequency  (longest  wave)  you 
wish  to  tune  to  is  tuned-in  somewhere  near 
the  high  end  of  the  condenser 
scale,  usually  between  90  and 
100. 

The  primary  and  tickler 
coils  for  use  with  these 
secondaries  should  have 
about  one  third  the  number 
of  turns  as  the  secondaries. 
For  a  tuned  radio-frequency 
amplifier  circuit,  employing 
no  neutralization  system,  it 
will  be  well  to  reduce  the 
primary  turns  to  from  six 
to  ten,  otherwise  oscillation 
in  each  stage  will  be  un- 
controllable. 

It  will  be  observed  that 
the  number  of  turns  for  a 
coil,  tuned  with  a  .ooo5-mfd. 
condenser,  is  approximately 
60,  and  conforms  to  a  cer- 
tain degree  with  the  Induc- 
tance chart  prepared  by  Mr. 
Homer  Davis  on  page  587. 

With  this  coil  winder  it  is 
also  very  easy  to  make  up 
such  coils  as  are  shown  in 
Fig.  12,  which  represents  the 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 

FIG.     12 

For  the  experimenter  who  desires  the  last  word 
in  low  loss,  Mr.  Thatcher  offers  this  space  wound 
coil,  which  he  wound  on  his  indispensable  coil 
winder.  A  thread  is  wound  with  the  wire, 
separating  turn  from  turn.  When  the  coil  is 
completed  and  fastened  together,  the  thread  is 

removed 


latest  design  in  space  wound  solenoids. 
An  ordinary  cylindrical  form  can  be  used, 
such  as  is  shown  in  Fig.  5.  A  piece  of 
heavy  thread  is  wound  in  parallel  with 
the  wire  so  that  all  the  turns  are  sepa- 
rated, and  when  the  coil  is  finally  completed, 
the  thread  separator  is  removed  leaving 
a  space  wound  solenoid  very  well  adapted 
for  use  in  tuned  radio  frequency  circuits. 
Adhesive  tape  is  employed  to  keep  the  coil 
together.  By  referring  to  Fig.  12  it  will 
be  clearly  seen  how  the  tape  is  arranged. 

In  order  to  obtain  the  same  inductance, 
a  coil  of  this  type  will  require  a  few  more 
turns  than  are  necessary  for  a  solenoid 
that  is  not  space  wound.  Because  of  its  low 
loss  features  and  low  distributed  capacity, 
due  to  the  spacing  between  turns,  the  wave- 
length range  of  this  coil  is,  in  general,  some- 
what greater  than  that  obtained  with  an 
unspaced  winding. 


KIND  OF  INSULATION 

ENAMEL 

B.  &  S. 

Dec 

sec 

DSC 

ssc 

ENAMEL 

AND 

AND 

GAUGE 

sec 

SSC 

14 

13  7 

14.6 

14  7 

15  0 

15  2 

14  2 

14  7 

15 
16 

15  0 
16  7 

16.2 
18  0 

16  4 
18  2 

17  0 
19  0 

17  0 
18.7 

15  8 
17  6 

16  5 

18  4    I 

17 

18.5 

20  0 

20  0 

21.2 

21  4 

19  5 

20  5    1 

18 

19  6 

22  3 

22.3 

23  6 

24  0 

21  7 

22  9    I 

19 

22  5 

25  0 

25  2 

27  0 

27  2 

24  2 

25  8    1 

20 

24  5 

27  5 

27  5 

29  5 

30  1 

26  5 

28  4    I 

21 

27  5 

30  8 

30  8 

32  8 

33  6 

29  6 

31  5    1 

22 

30  0 

34  0 

34  0 

36  6 

37  7 

32  7 

35  0    1 

23 

32  7 

37  5 

37  5 

40  7 

42  3 

36  1 

39  0    1 

24 

35  5 

41  5 

41  5 

45  3 

47  2 

39  7 

43  I    ! 

25 

38  5 

45  7 

45  7 

50  3 

52.9 

43  7 

47  9    I 

26 

41  8 

50  2 

50  2 

55  7 

59  0 

47  8 

52  8    ! 

27 

45  0 

55  0 

55  0 

61  7 

65  8 

52  1 

58  I     ! 

28 

48  5 

60  0 

60.0 

68  3' 

73  9 

57  0 

64  4    t 

29 

52  0 

65  5 

65  5 

75  4 

82.2 

61  9 

706    j 

30 

55  5 

71  3 

71  3 

83  1 

92  3 

67  4 

77.9    I 

31 

60  0 

77  3 

77  3 

91  6 

103  0 

72  8 

85  3    ! 

32 

62  7 

83  7 

83  7 

101  0 

116  0 

79  1 

93  9    I 

33 

66  3 

90  3 

90  3 

110  0 

130.0 

85  6 

103  0    1 

34 

70  0 

97  0 

97  0 

120  0 

145  0 

91  7 

112  0    | 

35 

73.4 

104  0 

104  0 

131  0 

164  0 

98  8 

123  0    \ 

36 

77  0 

111  0 

111  0  ' 

143  0 

182  0 

105.0 

133  0    | 

37 

80.3 

126  0 

126  0 

155  0 

206  0 

113  0 

146  0    1 

38 

83.5 

133  0 

133  0 

168  0 

235  0 

120  0 

157  0    1 

39 

89  7 

140  0 

140  0 

181  0 

261  0 

128  0 

172  0    1 
i 

1 

FIG    13 

This  table,  giving   the   number   of    turns  per  inch  of  various 
kinds  of  wire,  is  to  be  used  in  conjunction  with  the  capacity- 
inductance  data  table  printed  on  the  following  page 


MARCH,  1926 


AN  ALL  PURPOSE  COIL  WINDER 


587 


d              n                                Index  Line                               1              L 

A                                     C 

12- 

10- 

-20 

r.  00001 

** 

JO 

10- 

9- 

30 

-40 

• 

8- 

40 

-50 

-.00002 

15- 

~  % 

-60 

- 

50 

6- 

: 

'  60 

-80 

-  .00003 

5- 

20- 

*\ 

:» 

-80 

-100 

-  .00004 

', 

X. 

CO 

:  100 

-.00005 

4- 

25J 

^-x 

X                                   ""^ 

-  i      | 

-150 

-  .00006 

- 

£         30- 

!          ^^ 

M 

UJ 

5- 

UJ 

1^ 

•  150 

V) 

200                                    £ 
'                                            < 

-  .00008 

3- 

I  : 

Q. 
CO 

r~            ! 

Z 

r  200^ 
-250       "***•  N 

| 

2 

Ql 

-300                                    | 

-.0001 

- 

a         40- 

| 

"^                   o 

-   2 

0 

300 

•>s 

X 

-400 

2- 

i- 
Lu 

o 

•e 

"N^              LL. 

x^ 

0 

u. 
O 

-400 

UTs 

_J 

-  500                                    - 

-  .0002 

1         50- 

ul 
CO 

-3                  LU 

-  500 

B 

-  600^                                   ^ 

£ 

z 

UJ 

§ 

-600 

1 

^800     >^                      | 

-  .0003 

Hr 

60- 

z 

4         G 
a 

r  800 

-  1000                 ^  \ 

-.0004 

- 

70- 

5         ^ 

1000 

;                                \, 

-.0005 

-  6 

-  1500 

»- 

80- 
90- 

n                  JL 

W 

-  7 
-  8 

-  1500              K^ 
o  i   —  . 

-2000 

-.0006 
-.0008 

V 

100- 

d^^^                  ^*"**^    i 

r  9 
-  10 

-2000 

o  •-  -7 

0 

o 

-3000 

:.ooi 

: 

^             ^1 

-  3000 

-4000 

'_ 

15 

-  4000 

-  5000 

-002 

»i-l           150  J 

V                                                                                                                       vV_ 

J 

CHART  II 

CHART  I 

Connect  three  known  values  as  per  key.  and  read  fourth  at  point 

of  intersection. 

Example:  If  L-170  mh.,  A-3"  and  n=196,  then  1-3" 


Connect  two  known  values  and  read  third  at  point 

of  intersection. 

Example:  If  A  -  550  m.  and  C-.0005  mfd  then  L 170  mh 


COIL  DATA  CHART 

With  the  aid  of  this  chart,  a  ruler,  and  pencil,  the  experimenter  can  very  simply  determine  the  approximate  specifications  for  a  solenoid  coil  to  cover  a 
definite  frequency  spectrum  (wavelength  range)  with  any  condenser  on  hand.  Full  information  for  its  use  was  contained  in  an  article  by  Mr.  Homer 
Davis,  on  page  46  of  the  May,  1925,  issue  of  RADIO  BROADCAST. 

Briefly,  the  chart  is  used  in  the  following  manner: 

Suppose  the  constructor  has  a  .ooo5-mfd.  variable  condenser  and  he  wishes  to  cover  a  tuning  range  whose  extremes  are  545  kc.  and  1500  kc.  (550  to  200 
meters).  Therefore,  he  must  wind  a  coil  so  that,  with  the  condenser  plates  entirely  meshed,  the  tuned  circuit,  comprising  coil  and  condenser,  will 
respond  to  545  kc.  (550  meters).  The  problem  is  to  first  determine  the  inductance  value  in  microhenries.  By  connecting  together  with  a  ruler  and  pencil 
the  values  of  capacity  (.0005  mfd.)  on  column  C  and  the  wavelength  extreme  (550  meters)  on  column  X  (wavelength),  and  continuing  this  line  so  that  it 
intersects  column  L,  a  value  of  L  (inductance)  is  denoted. 

Now,  knowing  the  size  of  wire  he  is  to  use.  the  constructor  looks  for  the  number  of  turns  to  the  inch  for  that  particular  size  of  wire  as  indicated  on  the 
wire  table,  Fig.  13,  and  then  spots  this  position  on  column  "n"  above.  If  No.  iSd.c.c.  is  to  be  used,  the  number  of  turns  per  inch  will  be  19.6.  Then  he, 
knowing  the  diameter  of  the  coil  he  is  to  wind,  draws  a  line  from  the  diameter  figure  point  on  column  "d"  to  the  inductance  value  in  microhenries  on  column 
L,  determined  previously.  This  latter  line  between  d  and  L  intersects  the  index  line.  Now  from  the  spotting  on  column  n  (19.6  if  18  d.c.c.  be  em- 
ployed), a  line  is  drawn  to  pass  through  the  point  of  intersection  on  the  index  line  continuing  on  to  the  column  L,  thereby  indicating  the  approximate 
length  in  inches  of  the  coil  to  be  wound.  Knowing  this  value,  then  L  times  n  equals  the  number  of  turns  for  the  complete  coil. 


THE  ASSEMBLED  WINDER 
Clamped  to  the  bench  and  ready 
for  work.  By  comparing  this  pic- 
ture with  the  illustration  Fig.  i, 
which  shows  the  winder  in  opera- 
tion, it  will  be  plainly  understood 
how  the  solenoid  form — and  other 
forms  too  for  that  matter — are 
fixed  to  the  winder 


Tests 


By  WILLIS  K,  WING 


[EVERAL  days  before  the  Third  International  Radio 
Broadcast  Tests  are  completed,  it  is  a  difficult  matter 
to  prepare  anything  more  than  what  the  newspapers 
refer  to  as  a  "bulletin"  on  the  general  success  or  failure 
of  the  most  elaborate  of  the  inter-nation  broadcasting  efforts 
which  have  yet  taken  place.  A  story  on  the  results  of  the  Tests 
will  appear  in  RADIO  BROADCAST  for  April,  after  sufficient  time 
has  elapsed  for 
the  thousands 
and  thousands 
of  reports  to  be 
sifted  and  veri- 
fied. Now,  with 
a  desk  loaded 
with  telegrams 
and  detailed  re- 
ports of  recep- 
tion of  foreign 
stations  con- 
tained in  letters, 
covering  recep- 
tion for  the  first 
few  nights  of  the 
Tests,  it  is  not 
possible  to  pre- 
sent all  the  facts. 
Most  of  the 
news  of  immedi- 
ate interest  to 
radio  listeners 
has  been  furn- 
ished them  al 
ready  through 
their  news- 
papers and  in 
that  field  a 
monthly  maga- 
zine cannot  hope 
to  compete. 

But  at  Inter- 

national  Test  headquarters  here  in  Garden  City  we  have  the 
reports  of  eager  listeners  who  carefully  tuned  to  the  foreign 
"wavelengths,  and  praises  be  to  their  radio  souls,  lots  of  them 
heard  the  coveted  distant  stations! 

In  brief,  the  first  three  nights  of  the  Tests  were  very  poor  for 
receiving,  at  least  on  the  East  coast  of  the  United  States  and  in 
the  Middle  West.  On  the  first  two  nights,  reception  was 
moderately  good  north  and  south  and  indifferently  good  east 
.and  west — the  most  important  directions  to  the  great  body  of 
American  listeners.  There  were  few  indeed  who  reported 
reception  of  the  English  stations  on  Sunday,  January  24th  and 
of  the  Continentals  on  Monday,  the  day  following.  And,  to 
top  it  off,  and  not  to  make  excuses,  but  rather  to  state  a  sad  fact, 
the  oscillating  receiver  reared  its  electrical  head  and  made 
reception  well-nigh  impossible  for  many  listeners  whose  receiv- 
ing equipment  was  efficient  and  sensitive  enough  to  have  a  good 
chance  of  hearing  the  foreign  broadcasts.  If  ever  the  genuine 
menace  of  the  radiating  receiver  was  demonstrated,  it  was 
demonstrated  during  these  Tests. 

On  Tuesday  night,  the  26th,  American  listeners  were  more 
successful,  and  Cardiff  and  Aberdeen  were  reported  in  a  con- 
siderable number  of  localities.  Mail  from  the  Middle  and  far 
West  has  not  yet  reached  Garden  City,  so  it  is  not  possible  to 
-say  at  this  time  how  successful  listeners  in  those  parts  of  the 
United  States  were  in  hearing  English  and  Continental  broad- 
casts on  that  night. 


But  on  Wednesday  night,  the  2?th,  in  the  Eastern  part  of 
the  United  States,  weather  conditions  had  greatly  improved  and 
reception  from  the  Middle  European  stations  seemed  to  be  much 
better,  many  verified  reports  being  received  on  Hamburg  and 
Prague,  as  well  as  on  Madrid.  The  South  American  stations, 
too,  seemed  to  come  in  better  than  before  and  the  three  Buenos 
Aires  stations  and  the  faithful  OAX  at  Lima,  Peru  succeeded  in 

reaching  a  con- 
siderable num- 
ber of  listeners. 
During  the 
first  three  nights 
of  the  interna- 
tional experi- 
ment, there  were 
storms  at  sea,  as 
a  number  of  sos 
calls  gave  evi- 
dence that  ships 
on  the  Atlantic 
were  having 
their  own  troub- 
les—  far  more 
serious  than  the 
uncertain  recep- 
tion American 
listeners  had  to 
face.  The  con- 
firmation pro- 
grams from  many 
cf  the  Continen- 
tal broadcasters 
which  were  for- 
warded to  Gar- 
den City  by 
D wigh  t  K . 
Tripp,  the  rep- 
resentativeof 
RADIO  BROAD- 
CAST in  Paris,  by 

courier  on  the  S.  S.  Leviathan  were  held  up  two  days  by  a  delay 
of  that  length  in  the  arrival  of  the  ship,  due  to  the  heavy 
weather  on  the  Atlantic. 

Of  dramatic  happenings,  there  were  many,  and  it  is  hoped 
they  can  be  chronicled  in  the  April  number  of  this  magazine. 
There  is  the  story  of  the  experiences  of  those  of  the  staff  who 
took  a  broadcast  receiver  out  to  a  thinly  populated  corner  of 
Long  Island,  far  from  telephone  or  telegraph  and  connected 
with  headquarters  only  by  a  battery-operated  short  wave 
transmitter  and  receiver,  but  that  will  have  to  wait. 

In  England,  early  cablegrams  from  Percy  W.  Harris,  editorial 
manager  of  Radio  Press,  the  English  organization  appointed  by 
RADIO  BROADCAST  in  charge  of  the  Tests  there,  indicate  that 
our  fellow  British  enthusiasts  were  not  highly  successful  in 
receiving  American  broadcasts  during  the  first  two  days  of  the 
transmissions.  There  has  not  so  far  been  time  for  reports 
more  complete  than  that.  Receiving  conditions  in  England 
seemed  to  be  exceptionally  poor  during  the  early  part  of  the 
Test  week. 

Reports  of  reception  of  the  foreign  broadcasts,  which  are 
coming  in  to  the  offices  of  RADIO  BROADCAST  by  mail  and  tele- 
graph are  being  answered  as  promptly  and  completely  as 
possible  and  an  official  card  of  verification  is  being  sent  to  those 
fortunate  enough  to  have  heard  any  or  all  of  the  foreign  stations. 
Those  who  have  not  yet  sent  in  their  report  are  urged  to  mail 
it  in  and  to  make  it  as  complete,  but  as  brief,  as  possible. 


©  Rand,  McNally 


Super-Heterodyne  Construction 

In  Which  the  Various  Sections  of  a  Super-Heterodyne  Are  Described 
in  Turn — Timely  Hints  and  Constructional  Data  are  Qiven  for  the 
Benefit  of  Those  Contemplating  the  Construction  of  Such  a  Receiver 

By  HAROLD  C.  WEBER 


A  GREAT  DEALof  misunderstand- 
ing seems  to  exist  at  present  in  re- 
gard to  just  what  advantage  the 
super-heterodyne  type  of  receiver 
has  over  other  circuits.  In  the  opinion  of 
the  writer  a  Roberts  receiver  properly  con- 
structed gives  all  the  selectivity,  and  by 
the  addition  of  two  stages  of  audio  fre- 
quency amplification,  all  the  volume  one 
could  desire.  It  is  remarkably  free  from 
distortion,  and  if  one  lives  in  a  locality 
where  a  good  outdoor  antenna  can  be 
erected,  there  is  some  doubt  in  the  author's 
mind  as  to  whether  the  super-heterodyne 
will  produce  results  any  more  satisfactory 
than  those  obtainable  by  the  more  simple 
Roberts  circuit.  The  big  advantage  ob- 
tained by  the  use 
of  the  super- 
heterodyne circuit 
is  its  ability  to 
work  on  a  small 
loop  and,  in  so 
doing,  produce 
just  as  good  re- 
sults as  can  be 
obtained  by  other 
sets  with  the  aid  of 
an  outdoor  an- 
tenna. From  this 
it  can  be  seen  that 
the  super-hetero- 
dyne finds  its 
greatest  use  in 
thickly  populated 
sections  where  it  is 
difficult  to  erect  a 
satisfactory  out- 
door antenna.  The 
builder  of  a  super- 
heterodyne may 
expect  to  obtain 
the  same  results 
on  an  eighteen-or 
twenty-inch  loop 
with  his  super- 
heterodyne that 

he  has  been  obtaining  in  the  same  location 
with  an  outdoor  antenna  on  either  a  good 
neutrodyne,  for  example,  or  a  Roberts  set. 
If  he  lives  on  the  Atlantic  Coast,  and  has 
been  unable  to  receive  Pacific  Coast  sta- 
tions with  his  Roberts  or  neutrodyne  set, 
it  is  doubtful  whether  he  will  be  able  to  do 
any  better  with  a  super-heterodyne  working 
on  a  loop.  Attempts  to  make  the  super 
work  on  a  large  outdoor  antenna  are  for  the 
most  part  unsatisfactory,  due  to  its  great 
sensitivity.  The  weakest  winter  static 
noises  resembled  in  volumea  heavy  thunder- 


storm, after  passing  through  the  set.  Of 
course,  working  the  super-heterodyne  on  an 
outdoor  antenna  has  the  further  disadvan- 
tage that  considerable  annoyance  will  be 
caused  to  one's  neighbors  unless  a  buffer 
or  blocking  tube  is  used  in  front  of  the 
first  detector. 

The  discussion  will  now  be  turned  to  the 
various  component  parts  of  the  super- 
heterodyne, and  as  each  section  is  discussed, 
various  experimental  results  which  have 
been  obtained  will  be  pointed  out. 

THE    FIRST    DETECTOR 

THE  first  detector  circuit   of  the  beat 
type  receiver  is   really   little  different 
from  any  other  detector  circuit,  and  it  is 


CIRCUIT    DIAGRAM   OF   THE    AUTHOR'S    RECEIVER 

A  nine-tube  super-heterodyne.     The  only  controls  appearing  on  the  panel  are  the  two  condenser  dials, 

three  rheostat  knobs,  a  potentiometer  control,  and  a  single  jack  for  headphone  use.    The  loud  speaker 

is  put  in  operation  by  merely  pulling  out  the  phone  plug  and  turning  on  the  audio  rheostat 

imperative  that  if  one  wishes  to  obtain  satis- 
factory results  the  same  care  be  exercised  in 
building  this  part  of  the  set  as  would  be  ex- 
ercised in  the  construction  of  any  good  low 
loss  one-tube  receiver.  This  means  that 
the  condenser  used  for  tuning  the  loop  must 
be  a  good  one.  Its  capacity  should  not  be 
more  than  .ooo5-mfd.,  and  it  should  be 
equipped  with  a  smooth-acting  vernier  dial. 
Considerable  discussion  has  been  raised  as 
to  whether  this  first  detector  circuit  should 
be  operated  with  a  grid  leak  and  a  grid 
condenser  or  with  a  C  battery.  The  author 


has  tried  both  schemes  and  believes  that 
there  is  nothing  to  be  gained  by  the 
use  of  the  bias  battery.  In  all  of  the 
sets  he  has  constructed  results  obtained 
with  the  grid  leak  and  the  grid  con- 
denser fully  equal  those  obtained  with  a  C 
battery.  The  use  of  regeneration  on  the 
first  detector  tube  will  be  found  helpful. 
This  is  most  easily  accomplished  by  the 
use  of  a.  split  loop,  as  pointed  out  in  Mr. 
Silver's  article  in  the  July,  1925,  RADIO 
BROADCAST.  It  is  not  necessary  to  use  the 
midget  variable  condenser  as  he  suggested. 
One  may  wind  the  loop  with  bare  copper 
wire,  and  then  place  the  center  tap  on  that 
point  of  the  loop  where  the  first  detector 
just  refuses  to  oscillate.  In  place  of  the 
midget  condenser 
a.ooo25-mfd.  fixed 
condenser  may 
then  be  used.  If 
the  loop  contains 
about  fourteen 
turns  of  wire,  it 
will  be  found  that 
the  best  point  for 
the  mid  tap  is  ap- 
proximately four 
turns  away  from 
that  end  of  the 
loop  which  is  con- 
nected to  the  grid 
return,  or  ten 
turns  away  from 
that  side  of  the 
loop  connected  to 
the  grid. 

One  point  seems 
to  have  been  over- 
looked in  this  first 
detector  circuit 
by  a  great  many 
constructors;  that 
is,    the    necessity 
for    providing     a 
low    resistance 
path  for  the  high- 
frequency  oscillations  in  the  plate  circuit 
of  the  first  detector.     No  one  would  think 
of  constructing  a  single-tube  regenerative 
set  without  the  use  of  a  proper  phone  by- 
pass condenser,  and  yet  a  great  many  super- 
heterodyne constructors  neglect  to  use  a 
bypass   condenser    at  the  same  point  in 
their  super.    This  bypass  condenser  need 
not  be  larger  than  about  .00015  to  .00025 
mfd.  and,  in  fact,  if  the  split-loop  method 
is  used,  the  condenser  which  must  be  in- 
cluded in  the  circuit  will  serve  the  double 
purpose   of   providing    regenerative  feed- 


590 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


MARCH,  1926 


back  and  a  low-resistance  path  for  the  high- 
frequency  currents.  The  detector  circuit 
must  be  coupled  to  the  oscillator  in  some 
manner,  and  this  can  be  done  by  coupling 
on  to  the  plate  circuit  of  the  detector  or 
to  the  grid  circuit.  Personally,  the  author 
feels  that  slightly  better  results  are  obtained 
by  grid-circuit  coupling  than  by  plate- 
circuit  coupling.  The  pickup  coil  may  be 
placed  either  on  the  grid  side  of  the  loop  or 
on  the  grid  return  side.  The  most  satis- 
factory place  for  this  coil  seems  to  be  be- 
tween the  grid  return  and  that  point  where 
the  tuning  condenser  connects  to  the 
loop.  The  coupling  coil  is  shown  con- 
nected in  this  position  in  Fig.  i. 

Here  again  authors  seem  to  differ  as  to 
the  proper  number  of  turns  to  be  used 
for  coupling.  Anything  from  one  turn 
to  six  turns  seems  to  work  satisfactorily 
on  the  broadcast  wavelengths.  Re- 
sults obtained  using  from  about  six 
to  thirty-five  turns  seem  to  be  some- 
what less  satisfactory.  Satisfactory 
operation  is  again  obtained  by  the  use 
of  anywhere  from  thirty-five  to  fifty 
turns  on  the  coupling  coil.  This  may  mean 
that  the  detector  circuit  can  be  coupled  to 
the  oscillator  circuit  either  capacitively  or 
inductively.  Evidently,  the  transfer  of 
energy  is  mostly  by  induction  with  the  low 
number  of  turns  in  the  coupling  coil,  and 
perhaps  mostly  by  capacity  when  a  large 
number  of  turns  is  used.  It  does  seem, 
however,  that  there  is  a  range  from  ap- 
proximately six  to  twenty-five  or  thirty 
turns  where  results  are  inferior  to  those 
obtained  either  above  or  below  this  figure. 
Incidentally,  there  appears  to  be  little 
actual  advantage  gained  in  making  the 
coupling  coil  movable. 

THE    OSCILLATOR 

THE  oscillator  is  an   extremely  impor- 
tant   part    of   any    super-heterodyne. 
The  author  has  found  the  Hartley  oscillator 
circuit  to  be  the  most  satisfactory.     If  a 


3o-kc.  (io,ooo-meter)  wave  is  used  on  the 
intermediate  amplifie-,  a  suitable  construc- 
tion for  the  coils  in  this  circuit  is  two  twenty- 
seven  turn  coils  wound  with  No.  22  or  24 
double  silk-covered  wire  on  a  thin  bakelite 
or  cardboard  tube,  approximately  2j  inches 
in  diameter.  Both  coils  are  wound  in  the 
same  direction.  The  proper  method  of 
connecting  these  coils  in  the  oscillator  cir- 
cuit is  shown  in  Fig.  2,  and  the  coupling 
coil  in  the  first  detector  circuit  should  be 
placed  at  the  grid  coil  end  of  the  oscillator 
coil  unit  rather  than  at  the  plate  coil  end. 


,   FIG.     I 

Serious  difficulty  will  no  doubt  be  experi- 
enced with  harmonics  if  oneattempts  to  use 
more  than  twenty-five  or  thirty  volts  on 
the  oscillator  tube.  Perfectly  satisfactory 
results  can  be  obtained  with  ten  or  twelve 
volts  on  the  oscillator  tube  using  2OI-A 
type  tubes.  If  the  coupling  coil  of  the 
first  detector  is  coupled  too  closely  to  the 
oscillator  circuit,  some  difficulty  may  occur, 
due  to  the  fact  that  the  oscillator  will  stop 
functioning  whenever  the  first  detector 
circuit  is  tuned  to  approximately  the  same 
wavelength  as  the  oscillator.  This  diffi- 
culty is  easily  overcome  by  loosening  the 
coupling  betweenthe  detector  and  oscillator 
circuits. 

Too  much  care  cannot  be  exercised  in  the 
selection  of  a  suitable  tube  for  use  in  the 
oscillator.  This  is  one  of  the  most  critical 
tubes  in  the  whole  set,  and  several  should 
be  tried  in  this  position  until  one  is  found 


that  functions  satisfactorily.  No  station 
should  be  heard  at  more  than  two  points  on 
the  oscillator  dial  in  a  properly  constructed 
super-heterodyne.  Most  stations,  even 
powerful  locals  four  or  five  miles  away,  can 
be  completely  tuned  out  by  a  movement  of 
less  than  one  degree  on  the  oscillator  dial  if 
the  set  is  working  properly.  The  same 
sharpness  of  tuning  holds  for  the  first  de- 
tector circuit,  if  proper  care  is  used  in  its 
construction,  and  low-loss  parts  are  used 
throughout. 

INTERMEDIATE    FREQUENCY    AMPLIFIER 

SO  MUCH  has  been  said  about  inter- 
mediate-frequency amplifiers  in  vari- 
ous articles  that  the  author  really  hesitates 
to  add  anything.  A  long  discussion  has 
been  waged  as  to  the  relative  merits  of  the 
air-core  transformer  versus  the  iron-core. 
It  is  usually  admitted  that  it  is  much  easier 
to  amplify  at  a  frequency  of  thirty  kilo- 
cycles than  at  the  higher  frequencies  to 
which  most  air-core  transformers  are 
tuned.  Most  iron-core  transformers  have 
their  peak  at  about  thirty  kilocycles  (10,000 
meters),  whereas  the  air-core  transformers 
work  at  a  very  much  higher  frequency 
(shorter  wavelength).  This  means  among 
other  things  that,  in  general,  more  grid  bias 
can  be  applied  to  an  intermediate-frequency 
amplifier,  using  iron-core  transformers, 
than  to  one  using  air-core  transformers.  Of 
course,  increasing  the  grid  bias  decreases  the 
B  battery  consumption,  and  when  one  is 
using  anywhere  from  six  to  nine  tubes,  B 
battery  current  becomes  an  item  of  major 
importance.  Offsetting  this  gain  obtained 
by  the  use  of  iron-core  transformers  rather 
than  air-core  ones  is  the  fact  that  unless  the 
iron-core  instrument  is  carefully  designed, 
there  is  a  great  tendency  for  it  to  amplify  at 
audio  frequency,  and  therefore  to  be  very 
noisy.  If  one  uses  the  higher  grade  types 
of  iron-core  transformers  now  available,  no 
difficulty  will  be  experienced  with  noises 
from  the  intermediate-frequency  amplifier. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


A    SEVEN-TUBE    SUPER-HETERODYNE 
Note  the  copper  shield  between  the  first  and   second   tube   units    (at   the   right) 


MARCH,  1926 


SUPER-HETERODYNE  CONSTRUCTION 


591 


Shielding  will 
formers,  etc., 


If  the  set  is  properly  constructed,  the  in- 
termediate-frequency amplifier  often  can 
be  run  with  the  potentiometer  arm  com- 
pletely over  to  the  negative  side,  and  it 
will  be  found  that  often  a  few  volts  of  C 
battery  can  be  added  to  this  circuit. 

It  is  claimed  that,  unless  the  set  is  very 
thoroughly  shielded, 
ten  thousand  meter 
transformers  will  be 
likely  to  oick  up  long- 
wave code  signals. 
It  is  felt  that  most  of 
the  trouble  experi- 
enced by  the  users  of 
ten-thousand  meter 
transformers  in  this 
respect  is  due  to  the 
fact  that  their  leads 
have  been  made  too 
long.  The  best  plan 
at  the  present  time 
seems  to  be  to  mount 
the  long  wave  trans- 
formers, if  they  are 
of  the  iron  core  type, 
directly  under  the 
tubes  to  which  they 
are  to  be  connected, 
and  then,  if  trouble  is 
still  experienced,  to 
try  grounding  the 
metal  casings  with 
which  most  long-wave 
transformers  are  now 
protected.  In  fact,  grounding  the  casings 
of  these  transformers  is  usually  found 
advantageous  in  any  case. 

Jhe  question  of  tuned  input  versus  tuned 
output  for  the  intermediate-frequency  am- 
plifier has  long  been  a  debated  point.  It 
has  been  argued  that  tuned  output  does 
offer  some  advantage  in  that  a  sharply 
tuned  transformer  will  not  pass  any  audio 
frequency  which  may  be  picked  up  by  the 
first  transformer  in  the  train.  This  tends 
to  cut  out  noise  in  the  set.  The  author  has 
tried  both  tuned  input  and  output  on  the 
same  set,  and  has  come  to  the  conclusion 
that,  with  the  better  makes  of  long-wave, 
iron-cored  radio-frequency  transformers 
now  on  the  market,  little  trouble  will  be  ex- 
perienced from  transformer  noises  in  any 
case.  There  is  one  advantage  that  the 
tuned  input  circuit  does  have  over  the  out- 
put circuit.  It  will  be  remembered  that 
reference  was  made  to  the  bypass  con- 
denser which  is  quite  necessary  across  the 
primary  circuit  terminals  of  the  first  long- 
wave transformer  in  the  first  detector  cir- 
cuit. Placing  a  bypass  condenser  at  this 
point  is  not'Very  helpful  to  the  amplifying 
action  of  the  transformer,  providing  it  is 
an  iron-core  instrument;  but  if  a  tuned 
air-core  transformer  is  used  at  this  point, 
the  fixed  condenser  necessary  across  its 
primary  terminals  serves  the  purpose  of  a 
bypass  for  the  high-frequency  oscillations 
as  well  as  serving  as  a  means  of  tuning  for 
the  transformer.  From  this  point  of  view 
it  might  be  argued  that  tuned  input  does 
have  some  advantage  over  tuned  output. 
Of  course,  if  one  is  using  a  split-loop  method 


for  obtaining  regeneration  this  advantage 
does  not  appear,  and  under  these  considera- 
tions it  is  doubtful  whether  either  a  tuned 
input  or  a  tuned  output  offers  any  advan- 
tages. Surely  any  good  iron-core  trans- 
former, when  used  in  a  properly  constructed 
super-heterodyne,  will  give  all  the  selec- 


fixed  condenser  across  the  primary  of  this 
instrument,  and  approximately  a  .00025 
mfd.  fixed  condenser  across  the  secondary. 
Inasmuch  as  many  small  fixed  condensers 
vary  somewhat,  it  may  be  necessary  to  try 
several  before  satisfactory  results  are  ob- 
tained. If  access  can  be  had  to  a  wave- 
meter  tuning  as  high 
as  30  kc.  (10,000 
meters)  of  course  one 
can  design  his  trans- 
former so  that  it  will 
exactly  match  the 
peak  on  the  iron-core 
transformers  which 
are  to  work  with  it. 
A  good  intermediate- 
frequency  amplifier  • 
will  usually  give  all 
the  amplification  ne- 
cessary with  two 
stages,  and  it  K  very 
doubtful  whether  one 
should  ever  use  more 
than  three  stages. 

THE     SECOND     DETEC- 
TOR   AND    AUDIO 
AMPLIFIER 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 
A    COPPER    LINED   CABINET 

prevent  body  capacity  effect*  and  also  prevent  the  coils,  trans- 
picking  up  the  transmitted  waves   thus  impairing  the  efficiency 


tivity  in  tuning  that  could  be  desired, 
especially  if  the  first  detector  is  made  regen- 
erative. For  those  who  are  interested  in 
experimenting  with  tuned  input  and  output 
circuits,  the  following  specifications  will  be 
found  useful  in  constructing  an  air-core 
transformer  having  a  peak  at  about  31  kc. 
(9600  meters);  primary,  750  turns  No.  30 
d.  s.  c.  wire,  random  wound  on  a  form 
having  a  central  opening  £  of  an  inch  in 
diameter  and  ^  of  an  inch  wide.  Secon- 
dary, two  8oo-turn  coils  connected  in  series 
and  wound  with  d.  s.  c.  wire  on  the  same 


THE  second  detec- 
t 


FIG.    2 

form  as  the  primary  was  wound  on.  The 
two  secondary  coils  are  to  be  placed  one  on 
either  side  of  the  primary  coil.  If  these 
coils  are  wound  on  a  suitable  collapsible 
form,  they  can  be  lightly  doped  with  collo- 
dion and  made  self-supporting,  thus  doing 
away  with  any  supporting  form.  In  this 
way  some  slight  increase  in  efficiency  can 
be  had  over  coils  wound  on  solid  forms. 
It  will  be  necessary  to  shunt  a  .001  mfd. 


tor  usually  gives 
very  little  trouble  in 
any  set.  Rather  a  low 
value  grid  leak  seems 
to  work  best  in  this 

circuit,  usually  about  two  to  four  megohms 
and,  of  course,  the  phone  bypass  condenser 
should  not  be  omitted.  Here  again  experi- 
ment will  show  the  best  value  for  this  con- 
denser. Usually  a  condenser  with  a  ca- 
pacity of  from  .001  mfd.  to  .006  mfd.  will 
be  found  most  suitable,  preference  being 
given  to  the  low  values. 

A  good  super-heterodyne  will  give  all  the 
volume  that  one  could  desire  for  headphone 
use  without  any  audio  amplifier,  even  when 
receiving  distant  stations  on  the  loop.  For 
loud-speaker  operation  one,  and  possibly 
two  stages  of  audio  frequency  amplification 
may  be  added.  Here  again  the  use  of  good 
transformers  cannot  be  over  emphasized. 
If  the  constructor  is  willing  to  pay  a  high 
price  for  one  of  the  new  type  high  ratio 
audio-frequency  transformers  now  on  the 
market,  all  well  and  good;  otherwise  he  will 
probably  obtain  the  most  satisfactory  re- 
sults by  not  attempting  to  use  a  transformer 
having  a  ratio  of  more  than  3  or  35  to  i. 
Some  of  the  newer  transformers  mentioned 
above  will  amplify  in  a  very  satisfactory 
manner  even  though  they  do  have  ratios  of 
5  or  6  to  i.  Such  a  transformer  cannot, 
however,  be  constructed  cheaply  due  to  the 
fact  that  it  requires  a  heavy  core  and  an 
exceedingly  large  number  of  turns  on  its 
secondary.  Unless  the  set  is  to  be  used  in 
a  large  room  or  hall,  one  good  stage  of  audio- 
frequency amplification  will  usually  give 
enough  volume  for  satisfactory  loud- 
speaker operation.  If  a  second  stage  is 
desired,  it  had  best  be  either  of  the  power 
type  using  some  such  tube  as  the  uv-2O2  or 
the  Western  Electric  2i6-A,  or  perhaps. 


592 

the  push-pull  construction  which  has 
been  quite  popular  during  the  last  year 
or  two. 

The  second  stage  of  audio-frequency 
amplification  handles  exceedingly  heavy 
currents,  especially  on  local  signals,  and 
any  ordinary  receiving  tube  will  become  so 
overloaded  that  bad  distortion  will  occur. 
Some  discussion  has  been  raised  as  to  the 
necessity  for  a  filter  before  the  audio- 
frequency amplifier  to  keep  the  inter- 
mediate-frequency currents  from  entering 
it.  It  is  doubtful  whether  such  a  filter  will 
be  found  necessary  if  careful  construction 
work  is  done.  The  use  of  large  bypass 
condensers  (.5  to  i.o  mfd.)  across  both  the 
amplifier  and  detector  sections  of  the  B 
battery,  will  aid  in  keeping  these  currents 
out  of  the  audio  circuits. 

GENERAL   CONSIDERATIONS 

IF  ONE  is  going  to  the  expense  of  building 
a  super-heterodyne,  the  author  would 
by  all  means  advise  the  use  of  storage  bat- 
tery tubes,  except  in  those  cases  where  a 
portable  set  is  desired,  or  where  the  charg- 
ing of  storage  batteries  is  a  great  inconveni- 
ence. The  B  battery  current  drawn  by 
a  super-heterodyne,  although  it  is  large, 
need  not  be  excessive.  The  author's  own 
set,  using  nine  ov-2  tubes,  draws  but  eight 
to  ten  milliamperes  of  B  battery  current  and 
from  i£  to  if  amperes  on  the  A  battery 
side,  by  actual  measurement.  If  more  than 
twenty  milliamperes  are  drawn  in  the  B  bat- 
tery circuit  by  a  super-heterodyne  using 


RADIO  BROADCAST 

Considerable  care  must  be  exercised 
in  the  selection  of  tubes  for  the  in- 
termediate-frequency amplifier,  and  it 
may  be  necessary  to  try  several  dif- 
ferent arrangements  of  tubes  in  the 
set  before  a  really  satisfactory  ar- 
rangement is  found.  The  operation 
of  the  whole  set  may  be  ruined  by  one 
faulty  tube  anywhere  before  the  second 
detector. 

A  great  many  times  it  will  be  found 
that  the  loop  does  not  have  much 
directional  effect  and  that  it  can  very 
often  be  built  inside  a  cabinet  housing 
the  set  with  practically  no  loss  in 
signal  strength.  This  is  true  with  the 
author's  own  set,  and  such  a  construc- 
tion does  much  toward  improving  the 
appearance  of  the  set  and  protecting 
the  loop  and  its  connections  from  dirt 
and  injury. 

A  comparison  of  the  results  obtained 
by  the  author  using  his  set,  with 
those  results  obtained  using  other  sets 
in  exactly  the  same  location,  may  be 
of  interest.  The  set  is  located  in  one 
of  the  suburbs  of  Boston.  Several 
years  ago  a  three-tube  set,  employ- 
ing the  three-circuit  tuner,  was  used 
in  the  same  place  with  a  three-wire  indoor 
antenna  about  thirty-five  feet  long  and 
twenty-five  feet  high.  New  York  stations 
could  be  heard  on  the  loud  speaker  regularly, 
and  Chicago  stations  occasionally.  About 
two  years  ago  a  five-tube  neutrodyne  set 
was  installed.  This  employed  three  stages 


MARCH,  1926 


Primary  and  Secondary 
Tuning  Condenser 
Dubilier  No.  601 


op  V  Hard  Rubber 


^Supporting  Leg 
'^"RubberRod 


Hard  Wood  Dowel 
•  Carrying  Wooden 
Discs  Supporting  Coil; 


Secondary  Coil 


Primary  Coil          Secondary  Coil 


1st  Del 


ut  RE 


2  nd  R.F. 


3rd  R.F.      Tuned  Output      2nd  Del, 
Transformer 


1st  Audio 


2nd  Audio 


Audio 
Output 
Transf. 


LAYOUT   DIAGRAM 

Of  the  essential  parts  of  a  nine-tube  superheterodyne  using  two  stages  of  audio,  the  second  stage  being 
push-pull.  Note  the  position  of  the  oscillator  tube,  coils,  and  condenser,  as  far  away  from  the  first  detector 
as  possible.  The  long  wave  transformers  are  mounted  under  the  three  radio  frequency  tubes  feeding 

into  them,  and  are  not  shown  in  this  sketch 


FIG.    3 

A  sketch  of  the  author's  96oo-meter  tuned  out- 
put transformer  drawn  approximately    to   scale 


push-pull,  gives  consistent  loud  speaker 
operation  on  Chicago  stations  and  fairly 
consistent  loud  speaker  operation  on  Cuba 
and  the  Texas  stations.  London's  2  LO  was 
heard  on  the  loop  twice  during  last  year's 
transatlantic  tests,  once  on  the  loud  speaker. 
The  author  does  not  feel,  however,  that 
the  present  super-heterodyne,  working  on 
its  built-in  loop,  is  any  more  effective  as  a 
distance  getter  than  was  the  previous  neu- 
trodyne set  working  on  the  thirty-five 
foot  indoor  antenna.  Of  course  there 
is  the  advantage  that  the  present 
set  has  but  two  tuning  controls. 

Whether  or  not  the  super-hetero- 
dyne is  enough  better  than  the 
other  good  circuits  known  to-day  to 
justify  the  extra  expense  demanded 
in  its  construction  and  operation, 
is  still  a  debatable  question. 

In  conclusion  let  it  be  repeated  that 
it  is  impossible  to  overestimate  the 
undesirability  of  operating  the  super- 
heterodyne on  an  outside  antenna. 
Even  when  a  loop  is  employed  it  is 
possible  to  interefere  with  other  re- 
ceivers in  the  same  building.  For 
successful  operation  the  type  of  re- 
ceiver depends  on  the  fact  that  it  is 
a  miniature  transmitter,  and  as  such, 
will  cause  considerable  interference 
if  coupled  to  an  outside  antenna. 


iron-core  transformers,  it  is  probable  that 
there  is  something  wrong  somewhere  in  the 
set. 

Any  voltage  from  45  to  90  is  suitable 
for  use  on  the  intermediate-frequency 
tubes.  For  best  results,  one  should  not 
use  more  than  20  to  30  volts  on  the  de- 
tectors. 

In  order  to  use  as  few  rheostats  as  possi- 
ble, the  two  detectors  may  be  operated  from 
one  rheostat,  the  three  intermediate  ampli- 
fiers from  a  second,  the  oscillator  perhaps 
from  a  third,  while  the  audio  amplifiers 
may  well  be  run  through  fixed  resistance 
units  rather  than  from  a  rheostat. 


of  neutralized  radio-frequency  amplifi- 
cation and  two  stages  of  audio- 
frequency amplification,  one  of  the 
latter  being  reflexed  through  one  of 
the  radio  tubes.  Loud  speaker  opera- 
tion on  the  Chicago  stations  was  pos- 
sible, using  the  same  antenna  as 
outlined  above;  fairly  consistent  loud- 
speaker signals  on  stations  as  far 
south  as  Cuba  and  Texas  were  ob- 
tained. The  present  set,  a  nine-tube 
super-heterodyne,  using  three  stages  of 
intermediate-frequency  3O-kc.  amplifi- 
cation and  two  stages  of  audio-frequency 
amplification,  the  second  stage  being 


) 

i- 

i 

^Dr 

«S! 

/          = 

.00025 

—                0 

&II 

™  C  i^ 

mfd. 

^^^ 

sss 

^> 

£«2 

Mil.  

r 

-    B  + 


THE    C    BATTERY   CONNECTIONS 

On  the  first  detector  tube  to  obtain  grid  bias. 
The  potentiometer  used  here  must  be  a  high 
resistance  one  of  about  1800  ohms.  The  high 
frequency  bypass  condenser  may  be  seen  directly 
across  the  first  transformer  primary.  This  is  the 
method  of  connecting  the  condenser  when  re- 
generation is  not  used  on  the  first  detector 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


£93 


The  Newest 

Achievements  of 


LEY 


Industrialist — Pioneer  Radio  Builder — Master  of  Mass  Production 

Four  Entirely  New  4-  and  5-tube 
Radio  Sets— Also  the  Crescendon 


Never  before  has  Crosley  engineering  and  man- 
ufacturing genius  been  so  brilliantly  demon- 
strated as  in  this  group  of  new  Crosley  sets. 

Here,  at  prices  so  low  as  to  be  literally  revolu- 
tionary, are  three  5-tube  sets  and  one  4-tube  set 
—entirely  new  in  principle,  design,  circuit, 
and  appearance — entirely  unique  in  the  results 
they  give  on  distant  and  local  stations — en- 
tirely unprecedented  in  the  values  they  now 
introduce. 

On  two  of  these  sets  is  offered  the  Crescendon, 
a  new  and  exclusive  Crosley  feature — an  extra 
volume  control  by  which  average  incoming 
signals  can  be  built  up  or  modified  in  a  manner 
nothing  short  of  amazing.  Introduced  on  the 
new  4-29  and  5-38,  the  Crescendon  principle 
makes  its  first  appearance  in  the  low  price  field, 
its  use  having  hitherto  been  restricted  to  one  set 
costing  several  times  as  much. 


Particular  emphasis  is  directed  to  the  new 
Crosley  RFL  receiving  sets  that  utilize  an  en- 
tirely new  and  patented  circuit  which  provides 
true  cascade  amplification  and  closely  ap- 
proaches the  theoretical  maximum  of  efficiency 
per  tube.  Non-oscillating  at  any  frequency  and 
absolutely  non-radiating,  the  RFL  Crosleys  are 
specifically  recommended  for  use  in  congested 
areas  and  for  satisfactory  performance  in  the 
hands  of  inexperienced  operators. 

In  addition  to  their  truly  marvelous  selectivity, 
sensitivity,  and  purity  of  tone,  these  new  Cros- 
leys have  been  given  a  new  order  of  beauty  that 
cannot  help  but  win  the  highest  admiration. 

We  do  more  than  urge  you  to  go  to  the  nearest 
Crosley  dealer  for  a  demonstration !  We  ask 
you  to  go  prepared  for  the  most  startling  reve- 
lation in  radio  ever  announced  in  the  entire  his- 
tory of  th«  industry — and  predict  that  your  ex- 
pectations will  be  more  than  satisfied! 


Croslfy    manufactures    radio    receiving    sets    which   are   licensed   under   Armstrong    U.    S.  ^^ 

Patent  No.    1,113,149,   or  under  patent  applications  of  Radio  Frequency  Laboratories,  Inc. 

THE  CROSLEY  RADIO  CORPORATION,  CINCINNATI,  OHIO 

Owning    and     Operating     WLW    first    remote     control     super-power    broadcasting    station     in     America 


The  Crosley  4- 


in  which  the  Crescendon  is 
equivalent  to  one  or  more 
additional  tubes  of  tuned 
radio  frequency 
amplification  .  . 


The  Crosley  5- tube— 5-38 

All     the     volume,     selectivity, 
sensitivity      and      purity      of 
tone   available   in  the  best 
5-tube  set — plus 
the  Crescendon 


The  Crosley  S>tube—RFL-M 

A  set  so  marvelous  in  per- 
formance that  its  appearance 
on  the  market  is  bound  to 
create  a  new  stand- 
ard of  comparison 


The  Crosley  S- tube— RFL-7S 

For  simplicity  and  speed  in  tuning, 
fidelity  of  tone,  and  decorative 
beauty — it  stands  unchal- 
lenged at  twice  the  price 


West    of    the   Rocky   Mountains    all    prices    as    published    are     10%     higher 


BETTER-      COSTS 

•jf  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


LESS 


594 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


ASK  -  .  ANY  .  .  RADIO  .  .  ENGINEER 


An  every-night 

adventure  of  Burgess 

Radio  Batteries 

ONE  of  the  reasons  why 
you  should  always  buy 
Burgess  Radio  Batteries  is 
that  the  batteries  used  by  air' 
mail  pilots — battleships — ex' 
plorers— and  the  majority  of 
recognized  radio  engineers— 
are  evolved  in  the  Burgess 
Laboratories  and  manufac' 
tured  in  the  Burgess  factory. 

These  batteries  are  identi- 
cal with  the  batteries  sold 
by  your  dealer  and  thousands 
of  other  good  dealers  every 
where. 

BURGESS  BATTERY  COMPANY 

GENERAL  SALES  OFFICE:  CHICAGO 

Canadian  Factories  and  Offices: 
Niagara  Falls  and  Winnipeg 


BURGESS 

RADIO 

BATTERIES 


A  Department  Devoted  to  Solv- 
ing the  Problems  of  our  Readers 

QUERIES  ANSWERED 


1.  HOW    MAY    I    OBTAIN    A    VARIABLE    VOLTAGE 
SUPPLY    FROM    MY    B    BATTERY     ELIMINATOR 
FOR    THE    PLATES   OF  MY  RADIO    FREQUENCY 
AMPLIFIER  TUBES? 

R.  A.  W.— New  York  City. 

2.  WILL    YOU    PUBLISH  A  SIMPLE  CIRCUIT    DIA- 
GRAM FOR  A  LOOP  R.  F.  RECEIVER? 

F.  M. — Cape  May,  New  Jersey. 


3.  WHAT   is  THE  BEST  WAY  OF  MAKING  MY 

OWN    GRID   LEAKS    FOR  EXPERIMENTAL  PUR- 
POSES? 

M.  L.  H. — Bay  Shore,  Long  Island. 

4.  WHAT    ARE    THE    OPERATING    CHARACTERIS- 
TICS OF  THE  NEW  TUBES? 

C.  A.   B.— Little  Rock,  Arkansas. 


5.    I    HAVE     D.    C.     IN     MY    HOME.       HOW    MAY    I 
CHARGE  MY  STORAGE   BATTERY? 

L.  P.— New  York  City. 


SEPARATE  R.   F.  TUBE  VOLTAGE    FROM   B  BATTERY 
ELIMINATORS 


M' 


OST  B  battery  eliminators  are  so  con- 
structed that  only  two  distinct  voltage 
values  are  obtainable,  a  variable  one 
for  the  detector  tube  and  a  fixed  figure  for  the 
audio  amplifier.  When  a  receiver  employing 
radio  frequency  amplification  is  used,  it  is 
therefore  necessary  to  apply  the  same  potential 
to  the  r.f.  tubes  as  is  applied  to  either  the 
detector  or  audio  plates.  It  is  often  advisable 
to  use  an  intermediate  value  for  the  r.f.  tubes, 
however,  and  this  may  be  accomplished  by  the 
addition  of  a  suitable  resistance  in  series  with 
a  second  lead  from  the  positive  high  voltage 
tap  of  the  instrument. 

It  is  a  very  simple  matter  to  make  this  addi- 
tion to  the  circuit,  and  it  is  possible  to  obtain 
the  variable  resistance  on  the  market.  In  most 
instances  one  having  an  approximately  correct 


IRON  CORE 

R.F.TRANSFORMERS 

--  200  550  Meters   - 


obtain  the  desired  voltage  regulation.  As  an 
instance;  if  it  is  desired  to  regulate  the  voltage 
on  the  r.f.  tubes  from  65  to  100  volts,  then  the 
maximum  resistance  value  is  obtained  by  apply- 
ing the  formula: 

E-E, 


R  = 


I 


Here  EI  =  65,  E  =  100,  and  I  =  current  in 
amperes  per  r.f.  tube.  If  no  C  battery  is  used 
in  the  radio-frequency  amplifier  then  the  plate 
current  per  tube  will  be  about  5  milliamperes, 
so  where  the  receiver  consists  of  two  r.f.  stages 
the.  total  is  10  milliamperes  or  .01  amperes. 
Substituting  values  for  the  formula  we  get-: 
100-65 


R  = 


or 


R  =  -  -  =  3500  ohms 


.01 


Where  a  C  battery  is  employed,  the  current  is 


A     B 


FIG.    2 


range  will  have  to  be  selected.  For  instance, 
if  it  is  found  that  one  having  a  maximum  of 
4000  ohms  is  necessary,  one  rated  at  5000  ohms 
will  be  just  as  satisfactory. 

The  user  can  very  simply  determine  for  him- 
self the   value  of  the   resistance  necessary   to 


Additional  resistance  for  obtaining 
Voltage  lower  than  100  volte 


frS.OOO  Ohms 
(Variable) 


o 

B 

O 

•100 

r^wvw\ 
|           -,     Td  An/iirt  frfvjuorvy 

amplifier-100  volts 

Bstl«y 
Eliminator 

o 

»45 

>   To  detector  0  to  45  volts 

•& 

-0 

—  f-B- 

OelMO, 

FIG.    I 
Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  -jr 


reduced  by  a  third  or  a  half,  and  if  the  experi- 
menter has  a  milliammeter  he  can  determine  in 
an  instant  the  actual  drain  per  tube  by  inserting 
the  meter  in  each  tube's  plate  circuit. 

The  connections  of  this  additional  resistance 
in  the  B  supply  circuit  are  shown  in  Fig.  i. 

ONE    DIAL    LOOP    RECEIVER 

A   VERY    simply    constructed     one    dial 
receiver,   employing  two  stages    of   un- 
tuned radio   frequency   amplification,  a 
crystal  detector,  and  two  stages  of  audio  fre- 
quency amplification,  is  shown  in  Fig.  2. 

To  prevent  the  radio  frequency  stages  from 
oscillating  continuously,  a  potentiometer  of 
200  to  400  ohms  is  shunted  across  the  A  battery 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


595 


Unfailing 
radio  power 

from  the 
LIGHT  SOCKET 


Balkite  Radio  Power  Units 


Balkite  Radio  Power  Units  give  unfailing,  uniform  current  for  both 
circuits  from  the  light  socket  One  very  popular  Balkite  installation, 
especially  for  heavy  duty  sets  where  reserve  "A"  power  is  required  is 
with  the  Balkite  Battery  Charger  and  Balkite  "B."  Here  the  noiseless, 
high-rate  Balkite  Battery  Charger  is  ideal  If  your  battery  should  be  low, 
you  merely  turn  on  the  charger  and  operate  the  set.  Balkite"B"  eliminates 
"B"  batteries  entirely  and  supplies  plate  current  from  the  light  socket. 


light  socket  equipment 


Another  very  popular  Balkite  installation  is  with  the  Balkite  Trickle 
Charger  and  Balkite  "B."  The  Balkite  Trickle  Charger  converts  your 
"A"  battery  into  an  automatic  "A"  power  unit  that  provides  "A" 
current  from  the  light  socket,  so  that  both  circuits  operate  from  the 
lighting  circuit.  This  installation  enables  you  to  convert  your  present 
receiver  into  a  light  socket  set. 

Noiseless  — No  bulbs — Permanent 

All  Balkite  Radio  Power  Units  are  permanent  pieces  of  equipment, 
entirely  noiseless,  have  no  bulbs,  nothing  to  break,  replace  or  get  out  of 
order.  Their  current  consumption  is  very  low.  All  operate  from  110- 
120  volt  AC  current,  with  models  for  50,  60  and  other  cycles.  All  are 
tested  and  listed  as  standard  by  the  Undenimters'  Laboratories. 

The  Balkite  Railway  Signal  Rectifier  is  now  standard  equip- 
ment on  over  50  leading  American  and  Canadian  Railroads 


* 


MANUFACTURED  BY  FANSTEEL  PRODUCTS  COMPANY,  INC.,  NORTH  CHICAGO,  ILLINOIS 


Balkite  Trickle  Charger 

Converts  any  6-volt  "A"  battery  of 
30  ampere  hours  capacity  or  more 
into  an  automatic  "A"  power  unit 
that  furnishes  "A"  current  from 
the  light  socket.  With  4-volt  and 
smaller  6-volt  batteries  may  be  used 
either  as  an  intermittent  charger 
or  a  trickle  charger.  $10.  West  of 
Rockies,  $10.50.  In  Canada,  $15. 


Balkite  Battery  Charger 

The  popularrapid  charger  for  6  volt 
"A"  batteries.  Noiseless.  Can  be 
used  during  operation.  Special 
model  for  25-40  cycles.  $19.50.  West 
of  Rockies,  $20.  In  Canada,  $27.50. 


Balkite  "B" 

Eliminates  "B"  batteries  and  sup- 
plies plate  current  from  the  light 
socket.  For  sets  of  6  tubes  and  less. 
$35.  In  Canada,  $49.50. 

Balkite  "B"  II 

Supplies  plate  current  from  the 
light  socket.  Will  serve  any  stand- 
ard set.  Especially  adapted  to  sets  of 
6tubesormore.$55.InCanada,$75. 


SOLE  LICENSEES  IN  THE  UNITED  KINGDOM  :   MESSRS.  RADIO 


ACCESSORIES  LTD.    9-13  HYTHE  RD.,  WELLESDEN,  LONDON,  N.  W.  10 


596 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


•  ...  _ 


Greater 

Station  Spread 
With  360°  Dial 

JVTEW  Wade  vernier  dial,  finished 
-L  '  in  beautiful  black  lacquer  is  a 
vital  factor  in  the  Wade  tuning  effi- 
ciency— Spread  stations  over  the  en- 
tire 360°  circun.ference  and  gives 
twice  the  space  between  stations  for 
close  tuning  as  rotor  plate  types  of 
straight  line  frequency  condensers 
using  180°  dials.  No  more  bunching 
of  stations,  none  of  the  annoyance 
of  overlapping  stations. 

By  actual  test  the  Wade  condense.- 
gives  the  lowest  minimum  capacity  and 
wider  tuning  range.  Covers  the  whole 
broadcast  range  and  down  below  200 
meters. 

No  Body  Capacity  Effects 

A  separately  grounded  frame  insulated 
from  both  sets  of  plates  shields  the 
condenser  from  afl  body  capacity 
effects — an  important  feature,  exclu- 
sively in  Wade  Condensers. 

WADE  TUNING  UNIT 

Including  Condenser  and  Dial 

The  Wade  Tuning  Unit  consists  of  a 
Wade  Condenser  geared  to  a  four-inch 
360  degree  vernier  dial  of  16  to  1  ratio. 
Finest  possible  control  with  no  back- 
lash. Prices  below  are  for  the  complete 
unit. 

Capacity  .000125  mfd $6.00 

Capacity  .00023    mfd 6.25 

Capacity  .00035    mfd 6.35 

Capacity  .0005      mfd 6.50 

At  your  dealers,  otherwise  send  pur- 
chase price  and  you  will  be  supplied 
postpaid. 

Jobbers  and  dealers  write  for  further 

information  and  opportunities  in  your 

locality. 

The  Viking  Tool  and  Machine 
•jr         Company,  Inc. 

745-A  65th  Street  Brooklyn,  N.  Y 


leads.  The  return  side  of  the  secondary  of  the 
first  r.f.  amplifying  transformer  and  the  lower 
side  of  the  loop  are  connected  to  the  central 
arm  of  this  potentiometer.  It  is  recommended 
that  a  power  tube,  such  as  the  ux-i  12,  be  em- 
ployed in  the  last  audio  stage.  This  will  insure 
quality  reproduction  providing  a  C  battery  of 
the  proper  value  is  employed,  to  bias  its  grid. 
The  use  of  a  C  battery  in  the  first  audio  stage 
will  be  found  helpful  also,  and  should  be  in- 
cluded, although  its  value  will  not  be  as  high  as 
for  the  second  stage. 

Any  type  of  loop  capable  of  being  tuned  to 
the  broadcast  band  of  frequencies  is  suitable 


tion  is  being  centered  upon  the  production  of 
units  designed  to  be  employed  in  receiver  in- 
stallations where  quality  is  the  goal. 


A 

FILAMENT 

B 

NORMAL 

BATTERY 

TERMINAL 

BATTERY 

GRID 

PLATE 

SUPPLY 

VOLTS 

(AMPLIFIER) 

CURRENT 

FOR  THE   UX-I  12  THE  REQUIREMENTS  ARE: 

6 

5 

157.0 

10.5 

6 

5 

135.0 

g.o 

6 

5 

112.5 

7-5 

2.5 

6 

5 

go  o 

6.0 

2.4 

FOR  THE   U 

X-I2O  THE  REQUIREMENTS  ARE  : 

4-i 

3 

135 

22.  5 

6.5 

To  Fot 
Secondary 
oflndAF, 
Transformer 


-9;, 


To  Fof 

Secondary 

of  IstAF, 

Transformer 


-9 


+C  to  -A 

i  , 


FIG.    3 


but  for  those  who  wish  to  make  their  own,  it  is 
suggested  that  a  box  frame,  three  feet  square 
and  ten  inches  wide,  and  having  16  turns  of 
No.  18  bell  wire  wound  thereon,  separated  5 
inch  apart,  be  employed. 

Values  for  the  various  parts  are  indicated  in 
Fig.  2  while  Fig.  3  shows  how  two  4|-volt  C 
batteries,  connected  in  series,  may  be  used  to 
furnish  grid  bias  for  both  audio  amplifier  stages. 

MAKING   YOUR   OWN    GRID    LEAKS 

THE  true  experimenter  always  desires  to 
make  as  much  of  his  own  apparatus  as  is 
possible.     Grid    leaks   are    important    in 
maintaining  the  proper  standard  of  reception 
and  not  always  is  it  possible  for  the  experimenter 
to  secure  a  grid  leak  of  the  value  which  will  pro- 
duce these  results. 

With  the  aid  of  drawing  ink  and  a  business 


FIG.   4 

calling  card,  it  is  possible  to  make  grid  leaks  of 
various  values. 

One  side  of  the  card  is  completely  covered  with 
the  ink  and  then  by  cutting  into  the  sides  with 
a  pair  of  scissors  as  shown  in  Fig  4,  it  is  possible 
to  vary  the  value  of  leak  by  removing  the  sec- 
tions cut  into. 

Grid  leaks  of  this  type  should  be  thoroughly 
dried  before  using,  as  the  value  of  the  leak  will 
vary  with  different  degrees  of  temperature  and 
moisture. 

Paper  clips  make  satisfactory  connections  to 
the  ends  of  the  inked  paper. 

NEW  TUBES  AND  THEIR  CHARACTERISTICS 

ONLY    recently    the    new    line  of   radio 
tubes  has  been  added  to  the  fast-growing 
accumulation  of  apparatus  from  which 
the  constructor  may  make  his  choice  in  building 
high  quality  receivers.     More  and  more  atten- 

Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  i 


The  new  tubes  offer  to  the  constructor  the 
means  for  operating  his  receiver  at  the  efficiency 
at  which  it  should  be  operated.  However,  there 
are  certain  requirements  that  must  be  observed 
in  the  use  of  these  tubes. 

Those  that  interest  the  constructor  most  are 
the  power  tubes,  ux-i  12  for  6-volt  source,  and 
the  ux-i2o  for  42-volt  source.  Each  must  be 
supplied  with  its  correct  grid  and  plate  voltage 
or  else  there  is  no  advantage  in  their  use.  The 
requirements  are  shown  in  the  accompanying 
table  which  appears  at  the  top  of  this  column. 

HOW  TO  CHARGE   STORAGE   BATTERIES  FROM  D.  C 

THE  charging  of  storage  batteries  which 
serve  to  supply  the  energy  for  the  fila- 
ments of  radio  tubes  is  a  problem  which 
has  engaged  the  attention  of  many  engineers 
who  are  seeking  to  make  this  work  easy  for  the 
man  at  home. 

In  many  places  only  alternating  current  is 
obtainable  for  charging  purposes  and,  where  this 
is  the  case,  some  rectifying  devices  must  be 
employed  to  change  the  current  in  the  lighting 
mains  from  alternating  to  direct  current.  Where 
a  simple  rectifier  is  used  the  resultant  rectified 
current  is  not  purely  a  constant  direct  current 
but  is  more  correctly  termed  a  pulsating  direct 
current. 

A  glance  at  A  in  Fig.  5  shows  how  this  occurs. 
The  alternation  or  cycle  of  current  in  an  alter- 
nating current  line  assumes  a  definite  form  start- 
ing at  a  zero  or  neutral  line.  It  then  rises  to  a 
positive  value  afterward  decreasing  to  the 
neutral  again.  This  constitutes  a  half  cycle. 
Now  it  continues  below  the  neutral  line  toward 
the  negative  in  the  same  fashion  ?.s  it  went 
positive.  Therefore,  it  is  observed  that  the 
cycle  consists  of  two  wave  forms,  one  positive, 
the  other  negative  in  potential. 

The  rectifier  is  so  designed  and  operated  as 
to  exclude  the  negative  half  of  the  alternation, 
permitting  only  the  positive  half  to  pass.  This 
results  in  a  series  of  pulsations  of  a  positive 
nature  which,  if  visible,  would  look  like  those 
shown  in  B.  It  is  these  periodic  raps  or  pulsa- 
tions which  enter  the  battery  on  charge,  causing 
a  chemical  change  in  the  nature  of  the  plates  of 
which  the  battery  is  composed,  so  that  it  resumes 
its  original  charged  state. 


X  —  N 

/             \  

i  ^ 

i 

E 

\    / 

•>t_  ^ 

FIG.    5 

This  chemical  change  within  the  battery  must 
be  accomplished  slowly,  that  is,  at  a  low  ampere- 
hour  rate,  otherwise  the  compound  pressed  into 
the  plates  of  the  battery  will  disintegrate  and 
fall  to  the  bottom  of  the  cell,  thus  causing  short- 
circuits  from  plate  to  plate. 

Where  the  charging  current  is  direct  current  a 
different  procedure  must  be  employed.  Here 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


597 


Perhaps  you,  too,  can  cut  your 
"B"  battery  costs  in  half.  Just 
follow  the  chart.  It  gives  you 
the  secret  of  "B"  battery  economy. 


THOUSANDS  of  people  have 
made  the  discovery  that  Ever- 
eady  "B"  Batteries,  when  used 
in  the  proper  size  and  with  a 
"C"  battery*,  are  the  most  eco- 
nomical, reliable  and  satisfac- 
tory source  of  radio  current. 

On  sets  of  one  to  three  tubes, 
Eveready  "B"  Battery  No.  772, 
used  with  a  "C"  battery,  will 
last  a  year  or  longer,  usually 
longer.  On  sets  of  four  and  five 
tubes  either  of  the  larger  Heavy 
Duty  Eveready  Batteries  No. 
770  or  No.  486,  used  with  a 
"C"  battery*,  will  last  eight 
months  or  more. 

These  figures  are  based  on 
the  average  use  of  receivers, 
which  a  country-wide  survey 
has  shown  to  be  two  hours  daily 
throughout  the  year.  If  you 
listen  longer,  of  course,  your 
batteries  will  have  a  somewhat 


*NOTE:  In  addition  to  the  increased 
life  which  an  Eveready  "C"  Battery  gives 
to  your  "B"  batteries,  it  will  add  a  quality 
of  reception  unobtainable  without  it. 


shorter  life,  and  if  you  listen 
less,  they  will  last  just  that  much 
longer. 

Here  is  the  secret  of  "B"  bat- 
tery satisfaction  and  economy: 
With  sets  of  from  1  to  3 
tubes,  use  Eveready  No. 
772. 

With  sets  of  4  or  more 
tubes,  use  either  of  the 
Heavy  Duty  Batteries,  No. 
770,  or  the  even  longer- 
lived  Eveready  Layerbilt 
No.  486. 

Use  a  "C"  battery  on  all 
but  single  tube  sets. 
Evereadys  give  you  their  re- 
markable   service    to    the    full 
when  they  are  correctly  matched 
in  capacity  to  the  demands  made 
upon  them  by  your  receiver.   It 
is  wasteful  to  buy  batteries  that 
are  too  small.  Follow  the  chart. 
In  addition  to  the  batteries 

EVEREADY 

Radio  Batteries 

-they  last  longer 


illustrated,  which  fit  practically 
all  of  the  receivers  in  use,  we 
also  make  a  number  of  other 
types  for  special  purposes. 
There  is  an  Eveready  Radio 
Battery  for  every  radio  use.  To 
learn  more  about  the  entire 
Eveready  line,  write  for  the 
booklet,  "Choosing  and  Using 
the  Right  Radio  Batteries," 
which  we  will  be  glad  to  send 
you  on  request.  This  booklet 
also  tells  about  the  proper  bat- 
tery equipment  for  use  with  the 
new  power  tubes.  There  is  an 
Eveready  dealer  nearby. 

Manufactured  and  guaranteed  by 

NATIONAL  CARBON  CO.,  INC. 
New  York  San  Francisco 

Canadian  National  Carbon  Co.,  Limited 
Toronto,  Ontario 

Tuesday  night  means  Eveready  Hour 
—  9  P.  M.,  Eastern  Standard  Time, 
through  the  following  stations: 


WEAF-A'no  York 
-vijKR-Providence 


wine-Worcester 
viTi-Philadelphia 
VfGS-Buffato 
View-Pittsburgh 


vism-Cincinnati 
WEKR-Cleveland 
vtvtj-Detroit 
wen-Chicago 
-woe-Davenport 
wcro  J  Minneapolis 
\St.Paul 


KSD-St.  Louis 
KGO-San  Francisco,  8  P.  M.  Pacific  Coast  Time 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


598 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


A  UX  Power  Tube 

will  increase  volume  and  clarity 
in  YOUR  set,  too! 

REWIRING  UNNECESSARY 

NOTE:  The  UX-120  tube  has  been  designed  to 
increase  volume  and  clarity  in  all  dry  battery  sets. 
The  UX-112  tube  has  been  designed  to  increase 
volume  and  clarity  in  storage  battery  sets.  To  make 
it  easy  for  you  to  secure  the  great  benefits  of  the 
UX  tubes  without  rewiring  your  set,  a  complete 
line  of  Na-Ald  Adapters  and  Connectoralds  have 
been  manufactured. 
Months  of  service  have 
proved  their  efficiency. 
Below  are  given  three 
very  efficient  and  eas- 
ily made  applications 


of  the  new  power  tubes. 
For  complete  details 
covering  all  possible 
applications  of  the  new 
tubes  mail  coupon  at 
bottom  of  ad. 


How  to  improve  sets  equipped  with  UV-199  lakes 
To  increase  volume  and  clarity  in  sets  using  UV- 
199  tubes,  use  the  UX-120  tube  in  the  last  stage. 
Easily  fitted  to  the  UV-199  socket  with  a  Na-Ald 
No.  920  Connectorald  which  also  provides  cables 
for  attaching  necessary  extra  45  volts  B  battery 
and  22J  volts  C  battery  required  for  the  UX  tube. 
Price,  $1.25. 

How  to  switch  to  dry  batteries  without 

sacrificing  volume  or  quality 

The  combination  of  a  UX-120  tube  for  the  last 
stage  with  UX-199  tubes  in  the  other  sockets  pro- 
vides, with  dry  cells,  results  previously  obtained 
only  with  storage  bat- 
teries. Fit  UX-120  tube 
to  the  UV-201A  Socket 
with  Na-Ald  Connector- 
aid  No.  120.  Cables 
provided  for  attaching 
extra  B  and  C  batteries. 
Fit  UX-199  tubes  in  all 
other  sockets  with  Na- 
Ald  No.  419-X  Adapters. 
PH'ce,  No.  120  Connect- 
orald, $1.25;  No.  419-X 
Adupter,  35c. 

How  to  improve  storage 

battery  sets 

Volume  and  clarity  can 
be  increised   in    storage 
battery  sets  by  using  the 
UX-112  tube  in  the  last 
stage.      Easily    fitted   to 
the  UV-201A  socket  by 
means  of  the  Na-Ald  No. 
112  Connectorald  which 
provides      cables     for 
attaching  necessary 
extra  B  and  C  batteries. 
Price,    $1.25.     Mail 
coupon  below  for  com- 
plete adapter  informa- 
tion   cpvering    use    of 
new  tubes  in  all  sets. 

ALDEN  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 

Dept.  B  16  Springfield,  Mass. 

All  Na-Ald  Sockets,    Dials   and    Adapters    are 
protected  by  patents.     Many  patents  Pending 


No.  419-X 
Adapter 


ALDEN  MFG.  CO.. 

Dept.  B16.     Springfield,  Mass. 
Please  send  me  complete  information  on  how  to 
increase  volume  and  clarity  in  any  set  by  the 
use  of  the  new  tubes. 

Name 

Address 

City ...State... 


the  current  is  already  di- 
rect so  there  is  no  need  to 
rectify.  However,  it  us- 
ually is  higher  in  voltage 
than  is  desirable,  and  if  a 
battery  were  connected  to 
it  directly,  the  low  resis- 
tance of  the  battery  would 
cause  high  current  to  be 
passed  through  it.  This 
is  equivalent  to  a  rapid 
high  charge  which,  as  ex- 
plained previously,  causes 
disintegration  of  the  plates 
of  which  the  battery  is 
composed.  Therefore, 
when  employing  d.c.,  it 
behooves  us  to  regulate 
t  he  current  flowing 
through  the  battery  on 
charge  so  that  this  break- 
ing up  does  not  occur. 
If  the  resistance  of  the 

battery  could  be  increased,  then  less  current 
would  flow  in  the  circuit.  Of  course,  it's  not 
possible  to  increase  the  battery  resistance,  but 
an  external  resistance  can  be  added  to  the  circuit 
which  will  accomplish  the  desired  result. 

By  the  use  of  a  simple  formula,  it  is  possible 
to  calculate  the  resistance  necessary  to  charge 
the  battery  at  a  predetermined  rate.  In  this 
formula,  W=  I  x  E,  the  E  represents  the  d.c.  line 
voltage,  usually  no  volts,  and  I  represents  the 

220  Watts 


Resistance 
55  Ohms 


I     =      TT 


I   XR 


R  -    4- 


I  - 


w 

T 


Charging  Current 
2  Amperes 

FIG.    7 


rate  of  charge  in  amperes  at  which  we  wish  to 
charge  the  battery.  Let  us  suppose  that  we 
wish  this  rate  to  be  2  amperes.  Then  I  =  2,  and 
W  represents  watts,  the  unknown.  If  we  could 
determine  this  value  of  W,  then  we  could  make 
use  of  the  many  home  electric  appliances,  such 
as  electric  light  bulbs,  toasters,  irons,  heaters, 
etc.,  to  charge  the  battery.  Usually  the  manu- 
facturers of  such  devices  have  a  nameplate 
fastened  to  the  apparatus  which,  among  other 
things,  tells  its  line  voltage  and  watts  value. 

By  applying  the  formula  we  find  that  W= 
2  x  1 10  =  220  watts.  From  this  we  see  that,  if  in 
the  charging  circuit  we  employ  a  device  rated  at 
220  watts,  the  battery  will  be  charged  at  the 
rate  of  2  amperes.  Batteries  are  rated  in 
capacity,  that  is,  their  ampere-hour  capacity. 
Theoretically,  if  a  100  ampere-hour  battery  be 
discharged  at  the  rate  of  2  amperes,  it  will  last 
for  50  hours  of  use.  In  recharging  this  battery 
to  its  former  state  of  usefulness,  it  is  necessary 
to  charge  it  for  50  hours  at  2  amperes  or  25 
hours  at  4  amperes  or  100  hours  at  I  ampere, 
etc. 

Coming  back  to  the  use  of  formulas,  if  we 
wished  to  determine  the  actual  resistance  of  the 
device  necessary  to  charge  the  battery  at  2 
amperes,  the  formula  R=-j  would  be  employed. 
By  substituting  values  we  see  that  R  =  ^=55 
ohms.  To  check  back  our  first  formula,  W= 
I  x  E,  there  is  another  one,  W=  I2xR,  which  will 
prove  that  the  resistance  of  a  220  watt  device 
is  55  ohms  when  used  on  a  1 10  volt  d.c.  line. 

Tested  and  approved  bv  RADIO  BROADCAST  - 


-  2  Amperes 
Charging  Current 
6 


FIG. 


=  22X5J,  or  W  = 


*  55 


Substituting   values, 
=  220  watts. 

Often  the  experimenter  will  know  his  line 
voltage  and  the  wattage  of  a  piece  of  electric 
apparatus.  By  using  the  formulas  above  and 
transposing  symbols,  it  is  possible  to  determine 
the  rate  of  charge  of  a  battery  circuit  when  that 
apparatus  is  included  in  the  circuit  as  part  of 
the  charging  medium.  The  variations  or  trans- 
positions of  the  first  formula  \V=I  x  E  are, 
E=  -  and  1=  g.  It  is  the  last  one  that  we  can 
apply  in  the  last  case  described,  I=^g  or  l  =  "o 
=  2  amperes.  If  W  =  6oo,  then  I  =  7,^=5-45 
amperes.  These  explanations  will  become  more 
apparent  from  an  observation  of  the  circuits  in 
Figs.  6.  and  7. 

In  a  great  many  homes  there  is  employed  a 
local  lighting  system,  such  as  the  farm  lighting 
affairs.  They  consist  mainly  of  a  bank  of 
storage  batteries  totalling  32  volts,  with  a  direct 
current  generator,  the  latter  being  used  to  charge 
them.  Often  it  is  not  practicable  to  move  the 
radio  storage  battery  to  the  location  of  the  gen- 
erator and  batteries,  and  it  is  more  convenient 
to  charge  the  battery  from  a  light  outlet.  By 
insert:ng  a  resistance  in  series  with  the  32-volt 
line,  the  6-volt  battery  may  easily  be  charged. 
Applying  the  above  formula  to  determine  the 
resistance  necessary  to  charge  at  the  rate  of 
2  amperes  R  =  -(-  or,  R='|=  16  ohms.  Where 
the  value  of  a  resistance  is  known,  say  8  ohms, 
and  it  is  desired  to  determine  the  rate  of  charge 
when  using  that  resistance,  then  I=j^,  or  1=^?  = 
4  amperes. 


GRID  INQUIRY  BLANK 

Editor,  The  Grid 

RADIO  BROADCAST 

Garden  City,  'N.ew  Tor\ 
DEAR  SIR: 

Please  give  me  the  fullest  information 
on  the  attached  questions.  I  enclose  a 
stamped  envelope. 

CH  I  am  a  subscriber  to  RADIO  BROADCAST 
and  therefore  will  receive  answers  to  my 
queries  free  of  charge. 

I  am  not  a  subscriber  and  enclose  SI 
to  cover  cost  of  answers. 


NAME . . . 
ADDRESS  . 


G.  M. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


599 


Model  R  Receiver: 
R  au  land -Lyric - 
equipped.  Price 
$90  (East  of  the 
Rocky  Mountains) 


All  that  you  -want  in  a  radio 
natural  tone,  sharp  selectivity, 
straight-line-frequency  tun- 
ing (360°)  unaffected  by  posi- 
tion of  the  fingers,  extreme 
sensitiveness,  permanence. 


Beauty  and  Permanence 

Listeners  Marvel — 

at  the  wealth  of  enjoyment  awaiting  but  a  touch  of  the 
fingers. 

Women  Are  Delighted — 

with  the  tasteful  stateliness  of  the  Model  R  cabinet,  as  much 
as  with  the  neatness  of  its  battery  accommodations. 

Engineers  Voice  Approval — 

of  the  rigid  spot'welded  steel  chassis,  protecting  from  damage 
every  part  of  a  set  that  stands  as  a  notable  example  of  the 
completely  manufactured  rather  than  the  merely  assembled 
radio  receiver. 

Service  Men  Commend — 

the  thoroughness  with  which  every  part  has  been  made  proof 
against  the  interruption  of  its  service,  so  far  as  human 
ingenuity  can  devise. 

Dealers  Are  Enthusiastic — 

over  the  excitement  created  everywhere  by  this  unique 
receiver  and  the  uniform  satisfaction  felt  by  its  users. 

Buy  "Solid  Value"  in  Your  Radio 

The  leading  wholesaler  of  radio  apparatus  in  your  community 
has  probably  been,  for  years,  an  ALL-AMERICAN  Authorized 
Distributor.  ALL-AMERICAN  Guaranteed  Radio  Products 
are  being  shown  everywhere  by  responsible  and  reliable  dealers. 


ALL-AMERICAN  RADIO  CORPORATION,  E.  N.  Rauland,  Pres.,  4213  Belmont  Ave.,  Chicago,  U.  S. A. 

^Bt  ITWt^iT^fcA  J9^  OWNING  AND  OPERATING  STATION  WENR — 266  METERS 

ALL-AMERICAN 

Pioneers    in    the    Radio     Industry 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  if 


600 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


• 
° 


A  Shortage 
of  Trained 
Radio  Men! 

We  can't  supply  trained 
radio  operators  to  the 
shipping  companies  fast 
enough!  Atlantic,  Paci- 
fic— Gulf  and  Lakes- — 
our  graduates  are  sought 
everywhere. 

You  can't  get  better  ra- 
dio training  than  that 
offered  by  Radio  Institute 
of  America.  Courses 
planned  and  supervised 
by  RCA  secure  you  your 
1st  Class  Commercial  Ra- 
dio Operator's  License. 
And  an  immediate  posi- 
tion awaits  every  graduate. 

Moreover  you  can  study 
at  home   in    spare    time. 


Thecoupon  will  bring  you 
complete  in/ormation. 


RADIO  INSTITUTE 
OF  AMERICA 

Formerly  Marconi  Institute 
Established  in  1909 

328  Broadway,  New  York  City 


A  Department  for  the  Exchange  of  Ideas  and  Sugges- 
tions of  Value  to  the  Radio  Constructor  and   Operator 

/CONTRIBUTIONS  to  this  department  are  welcome  and  those  used  will  be 
\^,  paid  for  at  the  usual  rales,  that  is,  from  two  to  ten  dollars  each.  A  pri^e 
of  twenty-five  dollars  is  given  for  the  best  idea  used  during  each  three-month 
period.  The  prizewinner  for  the  last  period  was  announced  in  the  February 
RADIO  BROADCAST.  Manuscripts  intended  for  this  department  should  not  ex- 
ceed about  three  hundred  words  in  length,  and  should  be  typewritten.  Little  con- 
sideration can  be  given  to  manuscripts  not  typewritten.  Envelopes  should  he 
addressed  to  this  department,  RADIO  BROADCAST,  Garden  City,  New  York. 


HOW  TO  MAKE  BALLOON  COILS 

BALLOON    coils    are    often    seen    in 
many  of  the  latest  circuits,  but  no 
instructions   are   given    for   making 
them,  thus  depriving  the  experimenter  of 
most  of  the  real  pleasure  of  building  his 
own  set. 

They  can  be  easily  made,  however. 
First  of  all  secure  a  round  stick  about  an 
inch  in  diameter  and  ten  inches  long,  for 
a  winding  form.  When  using  one  coil 
within  a  larger  coil  (primary  and  second- 
ary), one  form  will 

need  to  be  larger  by  -wire 

about  a  quarter  inch, 
or  more,  in  diameter. 
Saw    a    slot    about 
seven  inches  long  in 
the  form  and  make 
a  wedge  as  shown  in 
A,  Fig.   i ,  to  hold  it 
open    while    winding 
the    coil.     Wrap    this 
form    with    paper    to 
prevent      the     insula- 
tion of  the  wire  sticking 
to  it  when  the  cement 
is  applied.     A  tack  is 
employed  to  hold  the 
paper  and  is  left  pro- 
truding from  the  wood 
so  that   the  beginning 
of    the    wire    may   be 
fastened  to  it  when  the 
next  procedure,  that  of 
winding    the    coil,     is 
started.    A  second  tack 
is    used    to    hold    the 
other  end  of  the  coil 
when    the    latter    has 
been    completely 
wound.     The   size    of 
wire    and    number   of 
turns    can    be     taken 
from    a   manufactured 
coil,  or  found  by  trial. 
To  hold  the  wires  to- 
gether  while    bending 
the    coil    around    the 
core,    the   use   of  col- 
lodion, or  better  still,  a 
solution     of     acetone 
and    celluloid,    is    recommended.      When 
thoroughly  dry,  the  coil  can  be  taken  off  by 
removing  the  wedge  and  closing  the  slot. 
A  round  piece  of  wood  will  do  for  a  core 
for  a  small  coil,  or  a  piece  of  bakelite  tubing 
for  a  larger  one.     Make  the  core  any  con- 
venient length.     The  diameter  of  the  core 
may  be  found  by  cutting  a  strip  of  paper  the 
length  of  the  winding  and  making  the  core 
of  such  size  that  the  paper  will  not  quite 
meet.     Remove  the  paper  from  outside  of 
coil  and  place  on  the  core  as  shown  in  B ,  Fig. 
i .  A  waxed  thread  should  be  run  through  to 
secure  the  coil  to  the  core;  then  carefully 


bend  the  coil  around  the  core  and  secure 
with  the  thread.  Space  the  free  coils  as 
evenly  as  the  job  requires.  A  thread 
around  the  core  on  the  outside  of  the  coil  as 
shown  in  C,  will  help  to  hold  the  individual 
turns  steady.  When  these  coils  are  to  be 
used  one  inside  the  other,  secure  the  larger 
coil  to  the  core  but  do  not  space  the  wire* 
at  the  joint.  The  small  coil  can  be  slipped 
in  the  larger  one.  A  narrow  strip  of  paper 
is  used  to  space  the  coils  as  shown  in  sec- 
tion in  C.  Now  secure  the  smaller  coil 
with  thread  and  space  the  coils  as  desired. 
JOHN  L.  LEE, 


/Paper 


Washington,  D.  C. 


GOOD    AUDIO 

BYPASS 
METHOD 


Fl 
i 


Inner  Coil- - 


Thread-. - 


SECTION  X-X 


FIG.     I 


ROM  a  con- 
structor's point 
of  view  may  I 
register  a  point  in  con- 
nection with  Mr.  Mil- 
len's  power  amplifier 
as  published  in  the 
November,  1925, 
RADIO  BROADCAST.  I 
have  reference  to  the 
use  of  a  resistance  as 
a  means  of  securing  the 
negative  grid  bias,  as 
is  best  illustrated  in 
his  Fig.  9. 

Let  us  suppose  that 
a  milliammeter  in  the 
plate    circuit    of    the 
power  tube  registers  10 
milliamperes,  and  let  us 
suppose  that  the  audio 
frequency   fluctuations 
range  from  5  milliam- 
peres   to    15    milliam- 
peres.     The    voltage 
drop  across  R3  is  pro- 
portional to  the  value 
of    the    plate   current, 
since   the   entire  plate 
current    must    pass 
through    R3    in    order 
to   reach  the   filament. 
The     voltage     drop, 
therefore,  not  only  varies  in  the  ratio  of 
i  :3  during  the  audio  frequency  cycle  but 
unfortunately    this    variation    is — as    one 
might   say — "180  degrees  out  of  phase" 
with  the  grid  current  fluctuations.     When 
the   grid    has    reached    its    most    positive 
potential,  the  negative  grid  bias  is  then  at  a 
maximum,  because  the  plate  current  is  at 
a  maximum,  and  when  the  grid  has  reached 
its  most  negative  potential,   the  negative 
grid  bias  is  then  at  a  minimum  because 
the  plate  current  is  at  a  minimum.     The 
effect,  therefore,  is  to  reduce  the  amplitude 
of  the  grid  circuit  fluctuations,  and  con- 


— - Paper 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


601 


Type   BD1-A 

NATIONAL 
TUNING   UNIT 

Embodying  the  genuine 
Browning-Drake  Induct- 
ance Coil  and  the  NA- 
TIONAL Condenser 


The  New  NATIONAL 
EQUICYCLE  Condenser 

The  latest  development  in  straight  line  frequency  con- 
trol as  applied  to  NATIONAL  Condenser  design. 
Increases  range  of  rotation  from  180°  to  270°,  permit- 
ting more  precise  adjustment  and  sharper  separation 
of  stations,  and  accomplishes  this  WITHOUT 
GEARS,  CAMS,  OR  LEVERS. 


It  changes 

a  mob 

into  an 

orderly 

procession 


INALlg^iEQUICYCLE" 


Type   BD2-A 

NATIONAL 

TUNING    UNIT 

Embodying  the  genuine 
Browning  -  Drake  Trans- 
former and  the  NATION- 
AL Condenser 


and 

lengthens 
the  line 

of 
march! 


(Patented  February  10,   1925) 


Tests  Conducted  at  Harvard  University,  by  Prof.  Field,  give  characteristics  of  the  new 
Equicycle  Condenser  as  indicated  by  the  following  graph: 


— The  novel  shape 
of  the  plates  spaces 
the  station  groups  at 
equal  intervals  of  10 
kilocycles  (as  speci- 
fied by  the  U.  S.  De- 
partment of  Com- 
merce) in  a  true 
straight  frequency 
line. 


Type    B 

NATIONAL      VELVET 
VERNIER    DIAL 


(J>  <i  O, 

o  o  c 

Frequency  in  O  Kilocycles  O  O 

"V 

X 

Ort 

1 

X 

"•1 

% 
^ 

S 

X 

f 

X 

^v 

«4 

S 

X 

• 

X 

. 

^ 

^ 

X 

s 

> 

X 

__  Tuning  P<ange  of  Standard  180°  Condenser 

S 

Tuninq'RanQe  of  /Vatic 

?7d^  Equici/cie  Condenser 

v 

V  °~ 

C.Ct 
L.Ct 
T.  Ti 
M 

tndense 
3i7  =3/5  / 
tie  lit 
ea.sv.ren 
>erating 

r=2J 
1.H. 

*OM 

M.F- 

|_ 

-  If 

c.\ 

L 

IT: 

: 

III 

witti  pltte  I 
tent  Made  V 
Conditions. 

Oda 
nde 

ed. 

r 

Oj- 

SO.     Dial  Setting        100. 


/SO. 


-The  same  electric- 
al efficiency  and  me- 
chanical ruggedness 
that  have  always 
characterized  NA- 
TIONAL DX  Con- 
densers have  been 
embodied  in  the  new 
NATIONAL 
EQUICYCLE 
Condenser. 


Get    the    Genuine.    Insist    upon    NATIONAL    COMPANY'S 

RADIO    Products.     Your    dealer    appreciates    your 

patronage  and  will  gladly  get  them  for  you. 

Write  for  Bulletin  m-RB 

NATIONAL  COMPANY,  Inc. 

\V.  A.  READY,  PRESIDENT 
110  Brookline  St.  Cambridge,  Mass. 

•jf  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  -fa 


NATIONAL 

TRANSMITTING 

CONDENSER 


602 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


against  leaks 
and  losses 


THE  UTMOST  possible 
protection  against  leaks 
and  losses  in  the  circuit  is 
afforded  by   Radion — The 
Supreme  Insulation. 

Radion  Panels  reduce  sur- 
face leakage  and  dielectric 
absorption  to  a  minimum. 
Their  beautiful  surface  fin- 
ish adds  to  the  attractive- 
ness of  any  set.  Radion 
Dials  match  their  beauty  of 
finish  and  help  to  get  close 
tuning.  Radion  Sockets 
reduce  capacity  effects. 

Radio  dealers  have  the 
complete  line  of  Radion 
low-loss  parts.  Manufac- 
turers will  find  it  to  their 
interest  to  write  us  for 
prices  on  moulded  parts. 
Send  for  catalog. 

FREE  Booklet,  "Building  Your 
Own  Set"  mailed  on   request. 


AMERICAN 

HARD   RUBBER 

COMPANY 

Dept.  G-1S 

11  Mercer  St. 

New  York  City 

Chicago  Office: 
Conway  Building 

Pacific  Coast  Agent: 

Goodyear  Rubber  Co. 

San  Francisco 

Portland 


No.  2  Radion  Socket  for 
new  UX  tubes,  with  collar 
adapter  for  old  type  tubes. 
No.  4  same  as  No.  2, 
without  collar  adapter,  for 
new  UX  tubes  exclusively 


^flic  Supreme  Insulation 

Made  to  order  exclusively  for  radio  purposes 


UV-202 


FIG.    2 

sequently  the  amplification.  It  amounts 
in  fact  to  a  reversed  feedback. 

The  audio  frequency  bypass  condenser, 
Cj,  of  his  Fig.  4,  if  transferred  to  Fig.  9 
for  simplicity  of  illustration,  would  appear 
as  in  accompanying  Fig.  2.  In  this  posi- 
tion C5  does  not  overcome  the  objections 
noted  as  the  entire  plate  current  (both  d.c. 
and  a.c.  components)  must  still  pass 
through  R3. 

I  wish  to  suggest  that  Cj  be  placed  as  in 
Fig.  3  shown  herewith.  It  is  evident  that 
in  this  position  only  the  average  plate 
current  (i.e.  the  d.c.  component)  will  pass 
through  R3,  and  a  fairly  constant  grid  bias 
will  be  obtained  throughout  the  entire 
audio  frequency  cycle  which  will  neither 
add  to,  nor  substract  from,  the  grid  current 
fluctuations.  The  a.c.  component  of  the 


telephone  type  diaphragm  and  an  electro- 
magnet. On  these  speakers  the  magnetic 
stress  placed  upon  the  diaphragm  by  the 
non-modulated  component  of  the  plate 
current  is  the  cause  of  a  certain  drag  or 
excessive  inertia  that  is  productive  of 
distortion. 

On  electro-dynamic  loud  speakers,  dis- 
tortion is  partially  due  to  the  great  load 
that  the  low  impedance  moving  coils  place 
upon  the  tube  with  the  output  of  which 
they  are  connected  in  series. 

Any  overloaded  loud  speaker  will  produce 
distorted  reproduction. 

To  improve  the  quality  of  reproduction 
by  improving  the  operation  of  the  loud 
speaker  used  in  conjunction  with  a  set, 


To  Plate  of 
last  audio 
tube 


To  B  + 
Amplifier 

To -A 


For  loud  speakei 


FIG.    4 


-B         +B 


FIG.    3 

plate  current  is  now  supplied  by  Cj,  or 
"bypassed"  if  one  wishes  to  think  of  it  in 
that  way. 

With  the  change  in  position  of  Cj,  if 
now  a  2O-henry  25-milliamperechoke  is  in- 
troduced at  X,  the  combination  becomes  as 
good  as  a  dry  cell  C  battery. 

JEROME  KIDDER,  M.D. 
Salina,  Kansas. 

HOW  TO  OBTAIN  IMPROVED 
LOUD  SPEAKER  REPRODUCTION 

THE  ideal  radio  set  of  to-day  is,  no 
doubt,  the  one  constructed  with    a 
view   of  securing    the    highest   pos- 
sible acoustic  perfection  of  reproduction. 
Sources  of  distortion  in  a  multi-tube  set 
are  galore,  and  it  takes  expert  knowledge 
to  build  one  that  can  be  depended  upon  to 
bring  in  the  favorite  broadcast  programs 
day  after  day  with  an  unfailing  quality  of 
reproduction. 

Every  component  that  goes  to  make  up 
your  receiver  installation  may  in  a  way,  be 
considered  as  a  distortion  device.  Let  us 
consider  the  present  day  loud  speakers, 
ignoring  entirely  for  the  moment  all  dis- 
tortion that  may  be  due  to  resonance  and 
similar  phenomena.  Those  built  along 
electro-magnetic  lines  employ  the  ordinary 

-  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  i 


it  is  generally  recommended  to  employ 
some  sort  of  a  shunt  plate  feed  for  the 
loud  speaker  in  such  a  manner  that  only 
the  modulated  component  of  the  plate 
current  be  permitted  to  flow  through  the 
loud  speaker  coil  windings. 

Fig.  4  shows  the  conventional  arrange- 
ment of  such  a  plate  shunt  feed,  where  I  is 
usually  the  secondary  of  an  audio  trans- 
former or  an  impedance  of  similar  charac- 
teristics, C  a  i-to  4-  mfd.  blocking  conden- 
ser, and  J  an  open  circuit  output  jack. 

The  writer  has  found  that  practically 
identical  acoustical  improvement  can  be 
had  by  an  arrangement  as  shown  in  Fig.  5, 
where  R  is  a  grid  leak  of  approximately 
50,000  ohms,  C  a  i-  to  2-mfd.  condenser, 
and  J  the  output  jack. 


For  loud  speaker 


To  Plate  of 

II      , 

tube                       L 

R  > 

50,000  Ohms->-S 

To  B  +         <          ] 

II     1 

Amplifier 

FIG.    5 

This  arrangement  was  found  quite  as 
effective  in  reducing  loud  speaker  distortion 
as  is  the  one  shown  in  Fig.  4.  It  has  a 
tendency  to  stabilize  the  audio  amplifying 
system  which  is  especially  apparent  when 
high  plate  voltages  are  employed. 

It  can  be  built  into  any  set  as  it  takes 
up  very  little  space,  and  it  does  not  cost 
nearly  as  much  as  the  impedance  shunt- 
plate  feed  that  is  the  more  commonly  used. 
BORIS  S.  NAIMARK, 
New  York  City. 

A  LOW  LOSS  COIL 

THE  following  method  describes  the 
making  of  a   low  loss  solenoid  coil 
which    is    quite    rigid    and    can    be 
removed  with  ease  from  the  coil  form. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


60.'$ 


I    C    K    L   E    S 


Aristocrat 


F.  W.  Sickles  Co.  felt  strongly  that  a  receiver  so  advanced  in  design  as  the 
"Aristocrat"  deserved  coils  just  as  advanced  in  order  to  give  to  the  home 
constructor  the  inherent  benefits  of  this  receiver. 

As  a  consequence  Mr.  Sickles,  who  is  the  developer  of  the  proved  "Diamond  Weave" 
principle  in  coils  and  who  is  chief  engineer  of  the  F.  W.  Sickles  Co.,  set  to  work. 
The  result  of  his  engineering  ability  backed  by  thorough-going  and  practical 
research,  is  being  enthusiastically  welcomed  by  laboratories  everywhere  in  America. 
The  "Aristocrat"  Coil  by  Sickles  is  based  upon  scientific  facts,  not  wishes  nor 
fancies.  And  these  facts  were  determined  by  an  exhaustive  and  conclusive  series  of 
tests  upon  highly  sensitive  and  calibrated  electrical  instruments. 

The  "Aristocrat"  Coil  is  unquestionably  the  best  coil  ever  produced  by  Sickles. 
Write  for  Radio  Broadcast's  Five  Foot  Diagrams. 


THE   F.   W.   SICKLES   C 

132  Union  Street,  Springfield,  Mass. 


Tested  and  approved  bv  RADIO  BROADCAST 


604 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


The  AmerTran 
DeLuxeis  made  in 
two  types,  a  first 
and  second  stage, 
Price,  either  type, 
$10.00. 


jl  flew  Standardof  Excellence 
in  AudioAmplification 

The  realism  of  this  new  audio  trans- 
former  is  outstanding.  Realism  of 
this  kind  results  from  the  uniform 
amplification  of  the  fundamental 
tones  of  the  lower  register.  The 
AmerTran  DeLuxe  makes  possible 
the  natural  reproduction  of  not  only 
the  Overtones,  but  all  of  the  trans- 
mitted Fundamental  tones. 


The  AmerChoke 
type  854  is  a  choke 
coil  or  impedance 
of  general  utility. 
Price  $6.00. 


A  Qood  Audio  Amplifier 

Requires  enough  plate  and  grid  bias 
voltage  on  its  tubes  to  prevent  them 
from  being  overloaded  by  the  signal 
voltage. 

The  AmerTran  PF-45  or  PF-52  with 
the  half  wave  high  voltage  rectifying 
tubes  now  available  and  suitable 
condensers  and  resistances— together 
with  three  AmerChokes  Type  854 
will  furnish  these  proper  voltages. 
This  combination  will  give  real 
quality  loudspeaker  volume.  Amer- 
Tran Power  Transformers  also  sup- 
ply A.  C.  filament  current  for  the 
last  audio  tube.  A 

^^ 


AmerTran  Audio 
Transformers  type 
AF6  (turn  Ratio  5) 
and  AF7  (turn  ratio 
3^2)  are  the  leaders 
in  their  class.   Price, 
either  type,  $5.00. 


Write  for  booklet  describing  these  and  other 

AmerTranProducto — with  recommendations 

on  their  use.   It's  free  on  request.  All  prices 

are  F.  O.  B.  Newark,  N.  J. 

AMERICAN  TRANSFORMER  CO. 

178  Emmet  Street,  Newark,  N.  J. 

"Transformrr  builders  for  over  twenty-fire  yean" 

Sold  Only  at  Authorized  AmerTran  Dealers. 


To  make  the  coil  form,  a  wooden  block 
is  turned  down  to  a  hollow  cylinder  2\ 
inches  in  diameter  and  4.5  inches  long. 
See  Fig.  6.  Then  two  plugs  and  two  rings 
are  made,  one  ring  and  plug  for  each  end 
of  the  tube.  The  diagram  shows  the  con- 
structional data  for  these.  Now  two 
grooves  are  cut  lengthwise  on  opposite 
sides  of  the  tube,  and  a  saw  cut  is  made 
halfway  between  the  grooves  on  one  side. 
This  completes  the  coil  form. 

The  four  bakelite  strips,  shown  in  the 
illustration,  are  heated  until  they  can  be 
slightly  curved,  as  shown  in  Fig.  7,  and 
are  then  allowed  to  cool.  By  curving  the 
strips  the  middle  turns  of  the  coil  are 


ONE  USE  FOR  A  BYPASS 
CONDENSER 

IT  IS  noticeable  that  in  a  large  number 
of  radio  receivers,  commercial  or  home 
made,  the  quality  of  tone  is  not  as 
good  as  it  should  be.  In  some  receivers 
there  is  a  distinct  hiss  or  a  high  shrill 
whistle  which  comes  in  continuously  with 
the  music  or  speech.  This  whistle  or  hiss 
is  caused  by  some  slight  feedback  between 
the  tubes,  and  seems  to  indicate  that  there 
is  some  oscillation  in  the  audio  frequency 
end  which  should  not  be  there.  To  the 
critical  listener  this  is  very  objectionable. 
It  may  often  be  effectively  stopped,  without 


a-B, 


\  rMfSCf/Kfs  m  of 
ef/vff  aaenety  -*fr  ne  z. . 


FIG.    6 


held  fast.  The  strips  are,  of  course, 
equal  in  width  to  the  grooves  mentioned 
above. 

Before  starting  to  wind  the  coil,  the  two 
copper-wire  rings  are  put  on  the  form  ends 
and  the  plugs  inserted.  Then  two  of  the 
bakelite  strips,  with  their  screws,  are 
placed  in  the  grooves  and  the  curve  taken 
out  by  binding  with  string  at  the  middle. 
The  beginning  of  the  wire  is  bent  around 
one  of  the  screws,  which  are  used  for  termi- 
nal posts,  and  the  winding  proceeded  with 
in  the  usual  manner,  care  being  taken  to 
keep  the  bakelite  pieces  straight.  When 
finished,  bend  the  wire  around  the  other 
screw  and  then  fasten  down  the  other  two 
bakelite  strips  on  top  of  the  wire.  A  little 
binder  can  be  used  to  cement  the  wire 
to  the  strips. 


affecting  the  volume  of  the  receiver,  by 
placing  a  small  mica  type  bypass  condenser 
in  the  proper  place.  The  condenser  should 
be  placed  across  the  plate  and  plus  filament 
of  the  last,  or  in  other  words,  the  output 
tube.  Its  value  should  not  be  iess  than 
.005  mfd.  but  it  may  be  found  on  trial  that 


-Fil. 


Bottom  view 
of  socket 


Grid 


Small  Brass  Strips- 


FIG.    8 


FIG.    7 

To  slip  the  coil  off,  remove  plugs  and 
rings  and  compress  the  tube. 

The  experimenter  can,  by  lengthening 
the  bakelite  strips  and  using  the  same  size 
wire,  wind  a  primary  coil  at  one  end  of 
the  tube.  If  smaller  wire  is  used,  the 
outside  strips  will  have  to  be  in  two  pieces. 
Also  a  fixed  or  movable  tickler  could  be 
mounted  at  the  other  end  of  the  coil. 

EVERETT  FREELAND, 
Dowagiac,  Michigan. 


this  should  be  increased  to  .01  mfd.  A  con- 
venient way  of  mounting  the  condenser  is 
given  in  the  sketch  Fig.  8,  which  shows  the 
underneath  part  of  the  socket  and  contact 
springs.  A  small  brass  strip  about  one 
inch  long,  with  a  hole  near  each  end,  can 
be  bolted  direct  to  the  condenser  and  to  the 
bolt  holding  the  socket  spring.  This  idea 
was  tried  out  on  a  manufactured  set  of 
the  lower  priced  kind,  and  the  results  were 
so  much  improved  that  such  a  condenser 
is  being  placed  on  every  set  of  this  type 
that  is  sold.  Placing  a  condenser  across 
the  speaker  posts  of  the  receiver  was  not 
found  to  produce  the  same  results  as  the 
volume  was  reduced  to  some  extent,  and 
the  tone  changed. 

K.  B.  HUMPHREY, 
Brooklyn,  New  York. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


G05 


CARDWELL 


CONDENSER 


The  Allen  D.  Cardwell  Mfg.  Corp. 
81  Prospect  Street  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 


ARTHUR  H.  LTNCH  ap- 
proved the  new  Type  E  taper  plate 
Cardwell  as  the  ideal  for  use  in  the 
"Aristocrat"  and  other  receivers  as  soon 
as  he  saw  and  tested  it. 

(Dhe  new  taper  plate  Type  E  Cardwell 
is  the  logical  answer  to  the  demand  for  a 
straight  frequency  tuning  curve.  Semi' 
circular  plates,  far  heavier  than  ever 
used  before,  assure  permanent  calibra' 
tion,  and  it  will  mount  entirely  behind  a 
four'inch  dial.  Its  depth  bac\  of  the 
panel  is  less  than  three  inches. 

(Dhe  price  for  the  .0005  mfd.  size  is 
$5.00.  Other  sizes  are  priced  propor* 
tionately. 


Write  for  illustrated  catalogue 

If  your  dealer  can't  supply  you,  order 
direct  from  us 


"THE       STANDARD       OF      COMPARISON" 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


606 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


flRBORPHONE 

A    New   Conception 
of  Good  Radio 


NO  MATTER  what  experience  you 
have  had  with  radio  you've  a  new 
thrill  coming  when  you  listen  to  Arbor- 
phone  performance  the  first  time. 

Clear  reception — even  on  D  X  work — 
is  the  outstanding  quality  that  endears 
Arborphone  to  thousands  of  owners  all 
over  this  country.  Your  Arborphone 
makes  a  radio  concert  something  to  en- 
joy with  unmarred  enthusiasm. 

Mother,  sister  or  any  member  of  the 
family  can  get  plenty  of  stations  on  the 
Arborphone.  An  expert  isn't  required 
to  operate  this  remarkably  simplified  re- 
ceiver. Another  point — this  artistic  set 
is  incased  in  a  gracefully  designed  cab- 
inet, a  masterpiece  of  the  woodworker's 
art. 

By  all  means  buy  no  set  before  trying 
out  the  Arborphone  at  your  dealer's. 
No  value  in  radio  to  equal  it.  Let  us 
send  you  a  copy  of  our  new  and  interest- 
ing radio  book. 

Dealers 

The  sales  plan  back  of  this 
wonderful  set  assures  you  a 
splendid  year  'round  business. 
Ask  for  details — by  mail  or 
^  wire. 

£60.00  in  Rocky  Mt.  and 
Pacific  Coast  States. 

MACHINE   SPECIALTY   CO. 

321  S.  Main  St.     Ann  Arbor,  Michigan 
"Alt  you  could  Ask  of  a  Radio" 


fe 


RADIO  FANS,  a  one-year's  subscription  to  Radio  Broadcast 
will  cost  you  four  dollars,  two  years  six  dollars.  Consider  this 
expenditure  as  being  a  necessary  investment  on  your  part  for 
the  future  development  of  your  own  knowledge  of  Radio. 


PARTS, 

HOOK-UPS: 

SET 
KITS 


1O2-1O9  S.  Canal  St..  Chicaeo 


111 


As  Long  as  New  Apartment  Houses  Are  Being  Erected, 
There  Will  Be  Plenty  of  Opportunity  for  the  Qo- Ahead  Man 

By  D.  C.   WILKERSON 


AS  WITH  the  swing  of  the  pendulum,  the 
first    impressions    which    labeled    radio 
with    the    yellow-golden    streak    as    a 
bonanza  for  quick  wealth,  seem  to  have  changed 
of  late. 

Hundreds  of  fly-by-night  radio  enterprises 
are  going  permanently  out  of  business,  and 
perhaps  their  disgusted  proprietors  have  spread 
the  story  that  "radio  is  a  lemon."  At  any 
rate,  although  many  attractions  are  offered  to 
young  men  to  take  up  radio  and  kindred  sub- 
jects by  the  large  corporations,  most  of  whom 
spend  real  mor?y  to  train  these  neophytes, 
the  1925  crop  of  college  graduates  has  not 
leaped  into  the  arms  of  these  welcoming 
agencies. 

Regardless  of  false  impressions  blabbed  about 


IN  EACH  ROOM 


r 


Set     " 

•K-      ; 

! 
—  i 

Power 
Amplifier 


1 


CENTRAL  DISTRIBUTION   PLAN 

A  series  of  jacks,  one  in  each  hotel  room  or  apartment  living 
room,  may  be  connected  in  parallel  to  the  output  of  a  central 
receiver  kept  in  tune  by  the  telephone  operator.  A  separate 
ground  for  each  jack  is  often  advisable,  it  being  as  near  to  the 
jack  as  possible 


hither,  thither,  and  yon,  by  those  who  may  be 
soured  on  radio,  the  radio  art  is  yet  a  sound  and 
promising  field  for  men,  young  or  middle-aged, 
or  even  old.  Its  possibilities  are  so  tremendous 
that  one  can  scarcely  grasp  them.  A  field  for 
radio  not  generally  realized  will  be  discussed 
here. 

Have  you  ever  stopped  to 
consider  how  radio  in  real 
estate  is  a  genuine  asset? 
Only  last  month  one  realty 
firm  of  note  advertised  that 
their  new  subdivision  of 
houses  was  in  an  excellent 
location  for  radio,  in  other 
words,  out  of  the  dead  spot 
zones. 

Now  then,  how  many  new 
houses  are  being  built  by 
companies  of  large  operating 
facilities  in  your  neighbor- 
hood? Perhaps  ten,  fifty,  a 
hundred,  or  maybe  a  thou- 
sand, depending  upon  where 
you  live. 

Would  these  houses  sell 
more  readily  if  they  were 
equipped  with  antenna  and 
ground,  and  convenient  con- 


nections inside?  You  can  bet  your  new  loud 
speaker  they  would. 

Now  then,  who  has  enough  initiative  to 
organize  and  broach  the  proposition  of  making 
such  installations  for  the  building  operations 
company?  It  would  not  require  much  invest- 
ment in  the  way  of  tools  and  equipment,  while 
copper  wire,  insulators,  screws,  spreaders,  masts, 
and  the  like,  can  be  obtained  anywhere.  You 
could  make  a  deal  with  your  local  hardware 
store  to  supply  you  at  a  discount. 

Armed  with  a  ladder,  some  roof  "stickers," 
and  some  gumption,  a  couple  of  bright  active 
fellows  could  "clean  up"  in  the  home  town  on 
a  job  like  this.  Old  clothes,  a  flock  of  screw 
drivers,  and  a  smile  or  two,  would  make  valuable 
adjuncts. 

Why  not  try  it  some  of  you  fans 
who  want  to  capitalize  your  hard- 
earned  knowledge  of  radio? 

Again,  another  market  for  your 
knowledge  presents  itself.  It  is  be- 
coming quite  the  thing  for  multiple 
installations  to  be  rigged  up  for 
hotels  and  apartment  houses.  Here 
is  a  field. 

Some  jack  plates  for  wall  plugs, 
wiring  connecting  to  a  central  dis- 
tribution point  where  the  elevator 
operator,  or  telephone  girl,  keeps 
tuned-in  to  some  program  or 
other,  is  not  a  difficult  job. 

Inexpensive  loud  speakers,  with 
plug  in  each  suite,  complete  the 
panorama.  Some  of  the  finest 
hotels  and  apartment  houses 
in  the  country  are  being  built 
with  these  radio  conveniences  in- 
stalled. 

The  work  must  be  done  by  some- 
body, and  it  might  as  well  be  you. 

STURDY  ERECTION  A  PRIME  FACTOR 

AND  here  is  another  stunt.  How  about 
'*  these  tanglefoot  rooftops  which  entrap  the 
wary  burglar  or  zealous  fireman  with  equal 
facility?  More  rigid  fire  regulations  will  surely 

Antenna  N(U 


A  NEAT  MULTIPLE  ANTENNA  ARRANGEMENT 
By  the  use  of  iron  piping  supports,  several  antennas  may 
be  supported  without  fear  of  disaster  during  heavy  storms 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


607 


Sentt  for  this 

Mew  7/ookup 


No  choicer  group  of  radio 
products  has  ever  been  em- 
bodied in  a  single  radio  re- 
ceiver. Not  only  are  these 
manufacturers  nationally 
known  and  accepted  as  the 
leaders  in  radio  design  and 
construction,  but  they  have  de- 
veloped for  the  S-C  receiver 
many  new  features  which 
will  create  a  new  standard  in 
reception  throughout  the 
radio  world. 

Represented  Manufacturers: 

Belden  Mfg.  Co. 
S-C  Wiring  Harness 

Central  Radio  Laboratories 

Ccntralab  Resistance 


Polymet  Mfg.  Corporation 

Fixed  Condensers,  Leak 
and  Leak  Clips 

Silver-Marshall,  Inc. 

Variable  Condensers,Coil  Sockets, 

Coils,  Tube  Sockets,  Vernier  Dial, 

Mounting  Brackets 

Thordarson  Electric  Mfg.  Co. 

Equiformer  Audio 

Transformers 


Poster  &  Co. 

Drilled  and  Processed  Front  Panel 
and  Drilled  Sub-Panel 


Yaxley  Mfg.  Co. 


Four  Tube  Receiver 

Here  is  the  outstanding  radio  receiver  development  of  the  season,  in  which 
is  combined  thegenius  of  two  of  the  most  successful  and  distinguished  radio 
engineers,  assisted  by  the  engineering  and  laboratory  staffs  of  seven  prom- 
inent radio  manufacturers.  Here  is  a  receiver  for  the  home  builder  that  will 
represent  for  several  seasons  to  come  a  far  greater  value  than  any  other 
design  available.  Send  for  the  book.  Read  how  to  obtain  the  following 

Startling  New  Features 

SINGLE  CONTROL — But  one  tuning  or  station  selector  control. 
SELECTIVITY — In  a  residential  district  of  New  York  City,  within  a  few  hundred 
yards  of  powerful  stations,  thirty-five  stations  were  heard  between  9  and  10  p.  m. 
on  the  loud-speaker.  KFI,  in  Los  Angeles,  was  heard  with  ample  volume  to  fill  | 
two  rooms.  Tests  in  Chicago  brought  in  either  coast  with  ample  speaker  volume, 
and  indicated  that  a  consistent  range  of  1,000  to  2,500  miles  might  be  expected. 
QUALITY — Two  new-type  Thordarson  power  amplifying  transformers  possess- 
ing a  substantially  flat  frequency  characteristic  over  the  range  of  40  to  6,000  cycles, 
give  a  quality  of  reproduction  so  perfect  that  com- 
parison by  the  best  trained  human  ear  with  other 
types  ofamplifiers  will  not  reveal  any  superior  type. 
VOLUME — In  all  cases  the  volume  will  exceed  that 
obtainable  from  other  four-tube  receivers,  and  in 
practically  all  cases  equal  or  exceed  that  obtainable 
from  standard  five  and  six-tube  receivers. 

UNLIMITED  WAVE  LENGTH  RANGE— Through  the  use 
of  interchangeable  coils,  the  wave-length  tange  is  practically 
unlimited. 

WIRING  AND  ASSEMBLY— All  wiring  is  carried  in  a  spe- 
cial harness.  Since  each  wire  is  exactly  the  right  length,  and 
has  a  special  color,  it  is  impossible  to  go  wrong  in  wiring. 
No  soldering  is  needed  unless  preferred  By  the  builder.  Only 
a  screwdriver  and  a  pair  of  pliers  necessary  to  assemble  this 
set  in  less  than  two  hours. 

Over-all  design,  rugged  and  solid.  Adapted  to  practically  any 
standard  cabinet,  any  standard  tube.any  battery  or  eliminator 
source  of  supply,  outdoor  antenna  or  loop.  While  the  parts 
are  the  best  that  the  leading  laboratories  of  the  country 
afford,  the  set  can  be  built  at  an  extremely  low  cost.  Full  de- 
scription of  the  receiver  will  be  published  in  the  March 
issue  of  Popular  Radio. 

Get  the  hand  book  at  your  nearest  Radio  Dealer  or  clip  the 
coupon  and  send  with  25  cents  TO-DAY.  Address 


The  S-C  Merchandising 
Committee 

106  S. Wabash  Ave.       ^  ^  ^ 
Chicago  ^  ^ 

^  ^ 

1  — ^*  Name 


The  S-C 
Merchandising 


0  ^  -  706  S.  Wabash  <zAvenue  •  Chicago 

&  •- 

Gentlemen:    Please  find  enclosed  25c,  for  which 
send  me  hand  book  of  the  new  S-C  Receiver. 


Address 


608 


RADIO   BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


itsinthcTube 


A  receiving  set  is  no  better  than  its  tubes. 

With  other  parts  and  connections  right  a  set  may  be 
as  good  as  its  tubes — no  set  can  be  better. 

That's  why  you  want  CECO  Tubes.  They  stand  up 
and  deliver.  With  them  your  set  works  at  its  maxi- 
mum. Clarity  of  tone,  rich  volume,  long  life — CECO 
has  them  all  to  a  superlative  degree. 

Our  charted  tests  (results  confirmed  by  laboratories 
of  national  reputation)  PROVE  CECO  TUBE  SU- 
PERIORITY— whether  used  as  detectors,  audio  or 
radio  frequency  amplifiers. 

CECO  Tubes  make  a  Good  Receiver  BETTER.  Try 
them  and  you'll  BUY  them  always — for  results. 

Now  Ready!  CECO  Tubes  with  new  type  Long 
PRONG  BASES.  Also,  Power  Amplifier  Tubes,  E 
(Dry  Cell  Type),  F  (Storage  Battery),  for  last  stage 
of  Audio  Frequency. 

Dealers  write  giving  jobber's  name. 

C  E.  Mfg.  Co.,  Inc. 

702  Eddy  Street,  Providence,  R.  I. 


REMEMBER! 


WHEN  BUILDING 
THE  ROBERTS', 


KNOCK-OUT     AND     ARISTOCRAT 

receivers  that  CLAROTUNERS  are  easier  to  mount,  easier  to 
hook-up,  and  that  a  more  even  approach  to  the  point  of 
MAXIMUM  r  AMPLIFICATION  is  effected  with  CLARO- 
TUNERS. 

DO  YOU  KNOW 

thai  CLAROSTAT  is  the  perfect  variable  resistor,  having  a  greater  range  and  a  greater 
carrying  capacity  than  any  other,  and  that  it  is  the  only  logical  resistor 
for  the  UNIVERSAL  receiver? 

I  Send  Stamp  for  Hook-ups 

^  American  Mechanical  Labs.,  Inc. 

285  North  Sixth  Street  Brooklyn,  New  York 


A  KEY  TO  RECENT 

RADIO  ARTICLES 

By  E.  G.  SHALKHAUSER 

THIS  is  the  fifth  installment  of  references  to 
articles  which  have  appeared  recently  in  var- 
ious radio  periodicals.      Each  separate  reference 
should  be  cut  out  and  pasted  on  cards  for  filing, 
or  pasted  in  a  scrap  book  either  alphabetically 
or    numerically.     An   outline    of    the   Dewey 
Decimal   System  (employed  here)  appeared  in 
the  November  and  January  RADIO  BROADCAST, 
and  u'ill  be  reprinted  iti  an  early  number. 


NDUCTORS 


. 

QST.     Dec.  1925,  pp.  <}   12 
"oroids,"  F.  J.  Marco. 


. 
"To 


COILS. 

Toroids. 


,       .    .  . 

Through  the  increased  use  of  radio  frequency  amplifica- 
tion, coils  have  been  designed  which  are  said  to  give  greater 
selectivity  than  is  the  case  with  common  solenoid  coils 
The  toroid  coil  is  an  outgrowth  of  some  of  these  newer 
developments.  It  has  practically  no  external  field.  Con- 
siderable theoretical  and  practical  data  accumulated  by  the 
author,  is  presented.  The  advantage  of  this  new  coil  lies  in 
the  lessening  of  interstage  magnetic  coupling.  !t  does  not 
nullify  interstage  oscillations  in  r.  f.  amplification. 

R$82.     TRANSMISSION  OF  PHOTOGRAPHS.         PHOTOGRAPH 
QST.     Dec.  1925,  pp.  12-17.  TRANSMISSION. 

"Practical  Picture  Transmission,"  T.  P.  Dewhirst. 
The  Jenkins  Laboratories  have  two  picture  transmission 
machines  available  for  amateur  use,  the  "Midget"  and  the 
"Junior."  Both  of  these  instruments  are  pictured  and  des- 
cribed in  detail.  Certain  facts  regarding  the  use  of  the  ap- 
paratus and  method  of  operating  it  are  considered.  Cir- 
cuit diagrams  are  shown  and  explained. 

R}86.     FILTERS.  FILTERS. 

QST.     Dec.  1925,  pp.  24-26. 

"Amateur  Filter  Problems,"  F.  S.  Dellenbaugh. 

A  summary  of  problems  pertaining,  to  low-pass  filters 
from  25  cycles  a.  c.  to  commutator  ripples  in  generators,  is 
given.  A  full  page  of  design  data  covering  construction  of 
induction  coils  with  carrying  capacity  of  .05-.  5  amperes,  is 
included.  The  "brute  force"  and  "intelligence"  method  of 
filtering  are  discussed,  and  diagrams  shown.  Tests  of  filter 
action  using  telephone  induction  coil  and  headphones  are 
diagrammatically  included. 

R357.     FREQUENCY  CHANGERS.  FREQUENCY 

QST.     Dec.  1925,  pp.  29-30.  Doubling 

"Frequency  Doubling  in  Vacuum  Tubes,"  T.  T.  Green- 

wood. 

A  method  whereby  the  ordinary  three-electrode  tube  may 
be  used  to  double  the  output  frequency  in  a  circuit,  is  des- 
cribed. Use  is  made  of  the  decrease  of  grid  current  for 
either  increase  or  decrease  of  plate  potential.  Diagrams  il- 
lustrate the  points  under  consideration. 

R-374.     DETECTORS,  CRYSTAL.  CRYSTAL, 

QST.     Dec.  1925.  pp.  31-32.  Carborundum. 

"The  New  Carborundum  Detector,"  M.  L.   Hartmann 

and  J.  R.  Meagher. 

A  fixed  crystal  detector  for  broadcast  receivers  is  de- 
scribed. Carborundum  is  used  since  this  crystal  is  superior 
to  any  others,  considering  electrical  stability  and  perman- 
ence. It  has  been  developed  to  a  point,  according  to  the 
author,  where  its  use  may  be  an  asset  to  modern  receiving 
sets.  The  commercial  product  is  shown  and  circuit  diagram 
given. 

R4O2.     SHORT  WAVES.  SHORT-WAVE 

Proc.  I.  R.  E.     Dec.  1925,  pp.  677-683.    TRANSMISSION. 

"An  Investigation  of  Transmission  on  the  Higher  Radio 
Frequencies,"  A.  Hoyt  Taylor. 

A  preliminary  range  chart  has  been  constructed  for  tele- 
graphic communication,  5  kw.  in  the  antenna,  at  various  fre- 
quencies. The  conclusions  upon  which  the  range  chart  is 
based  are  derived  from  experiments  made  by  the  Naval 
Research  Laboratory,  from  experiments  made  by  amateurs, 
and  from  such  data  as  the  Laboratory  has  had  access  to 
from  commerical  and  Government  sources  at  home  and 
abroad. 

An  attempt  has  been  made  to  indicate  in  a  general  way 
the  advantages  and  disadvantages  of  high  frequency  tele- 
graphic transmission.  Various  critical  regions  are  pointed 
out  where  new  phenomena  make  their  appearance;  (i) 
region  between  2000  and  3000  kcs.  (2)  region  around  6000 
kcs.  (3)  developments  at  higher  frequencies  of  uncertain 
ranges. 

The  development  of  a  missing  region  to  extensive  areas 
is  shown  to  take  place  with  a  frequency  rise  to  20,000  kcs. 
The  chart  also  attempts  to  indicate,  in  a  general  way,  the 
region  of  uncertain  communication  and  the  regions  where 
further  exploration  is  urgently  needed.  It  is  quite  evident 
that  the  range  data  is  far  from  complete  and  that  many  in- 
dividual cases  will  be  found  in  contradiction  to  the  chart,  but 
it  does  represent  a  general  average  of  the  situation  as  it 
presents  itself  to  the  engineers  in  the  Naval  Service. 

Ri  is.     DIRECTIONAL  PROPERTIES.  DIRECTION  A  i 

Proc.  I.  R.  E.     Dec.   1925,  pp.  685-707.       RECEIVERS 

"A  New  Directional  Receiving  System,"  H.  T.  Friis. 

The  paper  discusses  methods  of  combining  the  signal 

currents  from  the  different  antennas  in  a  directional  receiv- 

ing system,  and  a  detailed  description  is  given  of  a  system 

by  which  all  phase  and  amplitude  adjustments  are  per- 

formed upon  the  beating  current  inputs  of  a  double  detection 

receiver.     The  theoretically  derived  shape  of  the  directional 

characteristic  of  a  two-loop  system  has  been  verified  by  ex- 

periments, and  data  on  reduction  of  static  for  such  a  system 

are  given.     Photographs  and  diagrams  are  shown  of  all  the 

apparatus  used. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


(509 


INWORKTHATIS 
ALMOST  ROMANil 


Jff, 


[Be  a  Radio  Expert; 

Gtt   into   the   great  new   Big-Pay  In- 
dustry— Radio.     If  you're    earning    a 
penny  less  than  $50  a  week,  clip  coupon 
now.      Send    for   AMAZING    FREE 
BOOK.     Be  a  Radio  Expert  and  draw 
down  big  money  for  the  easiest  and  most  fascinating 
work  in  the  world.     Positions  everywhere.     Thor- 
oughly-trained men  are  in  big  demand.     Need  for 
Radio  Experts  in  every  community.   Short  hours. 
V         BIG    PAY.     Free  book   gives   all   the   facts. 
\       Astonishing     opportunities  —  thousands     of 
pk        them!     Every  day  N.  R.  I.  trained  men  are 
\        taking  good  places  in  the  Radio  field.    Free 


book  tells  all  about  their  success, 
for  it  now! 


Operates  WMAQ 

"Accepted  a  position  with 
Chicago  Daily  News — Station 
WMAQ.  My  income  prac- 
tically doubled  thanks  to  your 
tine  course." 

KEITH  KIMB^LL,  Chicago- 


Radio 

Needs 

Trained 


ing Book 


Send 


Learn  Quickly  and  Easily 
AT  HOME 

Master  Radio  Engineers  will  show  you  how  to  qualify  quickly  and  easily 
at  home,  for  Radio's  fine  jobs.     We  guarantee  to  train  you  successfully. 
Lack  of  experience  no  drawback — common  schooling  all  you  need.     Our 
tested,   clear  methods   make  it  easy   for  you.     Send  coupon   now  for 
free  proof. 


Most  amazing 
book  on  Radio 
ever  written 
—  full,  inter- 
esting facts 
about  this 
great  field  and 
how  we  pre- 
pare you  and 
help  you  start. 

You   can  do  what  others        ^^^™ 
have    done.      GET    THIS          YOU  <$Ct 

BOOK.  11       f 

SEND  COUPON  \    *  | 

Send  coupon  to-day  for  spec-  TlltJSC  I 

ial  limited  offer,  including  all 

instruments  —  you'll    get    full 

particulars  by  return  mail. 

National  Radio 
Institute 

Dept.  CU5,  Washington,  D.  C. 


^ 


ORIGINATORS  OF  RADIO  HOME -STUDY  TRAINING 


Instruments 
Given  with  Course 

All    instruments '  shown   here 
and   many   others   given  to 
students  for  practice  work 
while  learning.    Receiving 
sets,  from  simplest  kind 
to  thousand  mile  receiv- 
er.   An  UNEQUALL- 
m,       ED  OFFER.    Many 
other    big    features 
for  limited  time 
oniv 


Famous 

Training  That 

"Pays  for  Itself" 

Spare-time  earnings  are  easy 
in  Radio.  Increase  your 
income  almost  from  the 
start  through  practical 
knowledge  we  give  you.  This 
is  the  famous  practical 
training  that  pays  its  own 
way. 


MAIL  THIS  NOW 


NATIONAL  RADIO  INSTITUTE 
Dept.  CUB 

Washington,  D.  C. 


Without  obligating  me  in  an 
Rewards  in  Radio."  and  al 
home-study  Radio  course. 


;way,  send  me  your  free  book,  "Rich 
information    about   your    practical, 


Name Age. 


Address 

Town.  ..  State. 


610 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


JVfeuTAM  S  CO  Products 


AMSCO 

SIAMESE 

CONDENSERS 

Used  by  William  H. 
Preiss  in  his  "Straight 
8"  Receiver,  R.  E. 
Lacault  in  his  '"Ultra- 
dyne,"  L.  M.  Coclcaday 
in  his  "L.  C.  26"  Re- 
ceiver,  and  specified  by 
Lester  L.  Jones  for  single 
control  receivers. 


It  Clicks  into  Contact 


AMSCO 

UNIVERSAL 
SOCKET 

All  standard  UX 
and  C  X  radio 
tubes  snap  in  with 
a  click  that  assures 
positive  contact. 

Patented  Amsco 
construction  fully 
enclosed  in  genu- 
ine Bakelite.  One 
hole  mounting. 
They  save  space 


DE  LUXE  MODEL. 
AMSCO  VERNIER  DIALS 

Nowfinishedin  gold,  silver, 
and  jet.  Free  acting-forward 
or  backward,  fast  or  slow, 
without  momentum  or  back- 
lash. (Jives  finesse  to  fingers. 


FOR  STRAIGHT-LINE 
AMPLIFICATION 


AMSCO 

RESISTANCE 
COUPLERS 

The  perfected  instru- 
ments  for  straight-line 
amplification.  All  fre- 
quencies within  the 
voice  and  music  ranges, 
from  the  highest  treble 
to  the  lowest  bass,  are 
augmented  equally, giv- 
ing true  tone  reproduc- 
tion without  distortion. 

Investigate  Amsco  Re- 
sistance Couplers,  Grid 
Gates  and  Resistors. 


AMSCO  PRODUCTS, INC. 

Broome  &  Lafayette  Sts.,  New  York 


Make  your  set  a  Super -Het 

THE  circuit  described  in  Radio  Broadcast  for  June  and  August  will  change  any  set 
into  a  super-heterodyne.     It  is  particularly  applicable  to  five-tube  neutrodyne  and 
tuned  RF  sets.     It  changes  these  two  circuits  into  super-heterodynes  as  good  as  most, 
and  considerably  better  in  some  respects  than  any  super-heterodyne  circuit  ever  devised. 
Stations  come  in  at  but  one  point  on  the  oscillator  dial.     There  is  mathematically  no 
possibility  of  harmonics.     Full  scale  blue  prints  with  reprint  of  article  $1.00. 

Eastern  Coil  antenna  coupler $6.00 

O'Connor  oscillator  coupler 4.75 

Special  fixed  condenser 60 

Complete  parts  including  panel,  drilled  and  engraved,  special  formica 

bushings,  screws,  and  wire,  blue  prints  and  reprint 37.50 

*  A.    O'CONNOR   &   COMPANY 

Super-Heterodyne  Headquarters   Since  1923 
97O2  Euclid   Avenue        ....  Cleveland,  Ohio 


R  1  40.     CIRCUITS.  CIRCUITS, 

Radio.     Dec.  1925,  pp.  26  ff.  Transmitting. 

"How  to  Indentify  the  Transmitting  Circuits,"  Lieut.  J. 

B.  Dow,  U.  S.  N. 

An  oscillating  tube  circuit  is  used  for  transmitting  pur- 
poses. Six  basic  circuits,  the  Meissner,  Coupled  plate,  Coupled 
grid,  Hartley,  Modified  Hartley,  and  Colpitts,  are  listed  by 
the  author,  together  with  diagrams  and  a  general  discussion. 
Other  circuits,  such  as  the  grid  condenser  and  leak  system, 
are  considered  modifications  of  the  fundamental  ones. 
Some  of  the  modifications  are  taken  up  and  diagrams  shown. 

R343.     ELECTRON  TUBE  RECEIVING  SET.  RECEIVER, 

Popular  Radio.     Dec.   1925,  pp.  495-511.  LC-26. 

"LC-26  Receiver,"  L.  M.  Cockaday. 
A  receiver  considered  by  the  author  as  the  best  one  yet 
constructed,  and  available  in  parts  for  the  radio  experi- 
menter, is  described.  It  is  a  five-tube  resistance-coupled 
set.  Front,  rear,  and  side  views,  including  wiring  diagram 
and  list  of  parts,  are  shown.  All  details  pertaining  to  the 
set  are  carefully  presented. 

R38i.     CONDENSERS  CONDENSER 

Popular  Radio.     Dec.  1925,  pp.  521-525.  LOSSES 

"Condensers,"  S.  Harris. 

The  question  of  losses  in  condensers  is  a  difficult  problem 
in  radio  engineering,  but  one  should  have  some  idea  about 
high  frequency  resistances  in  condensers.  The  radio  experi- 
menter will  have  no  difficulty  in  understanding  some  of  the 
effects  due  to  eddy  currents,  dielectric  losses,  etc.,  the  author 
believes.  A  simple  method  of  measuring  such  losses  in  con- 
densers is  presented  by  the  writer. 

R55Q.     BROADCASTING.  INSTRUMENTS, 

Popular  Radio.     Dec.  1925,  pp.  526-532.          Placing  oj 
''The  Oboe  in  4-D,"  T.  L  Bayard.  t 
"The  location  of  each  instrument  in  group  radio  trans- 
mission, orchestra  or  band,  before  the  studio  microphone, 
is  a  problem  which  has  been  studied  at  some  length  and 
solved  to  some  extent  by  engineers  of  station  KDKA  at  Pitts- 
burgh.    Charts  and  explanations  furnish  the  reader  with 
considerable  detailed  information. 

R582.    TRANSMISSION  OF  PHOTOGRAPHS        PHOTOGRAPHIC 

Popular  Radio.    Dec.  1925,  pp.  540-544.   TRANSMISSION. 

"Pictures  by  Telephone  or  Radio,"  E.  H.  Hansen. 

A  new  method  of  transmitting  pictures  by  radio,  called  the 

"Phono-Photo"  method,  is  described.     Fundamental  data 

on  present  types  of  systems  developed,  are  reviewed  and 

compared  with  the  system  presented  by  the  author.     A 

photo-electric  cell  is  required,  actual  pictures  being  trans- 

mitted over  the  ordinary  telephone  lines  in  a  remarkable 

short  time. 

R26i.     ELECTRON  TUBE  VOLTMETERS.  VOLTMETERS, 

Popular  Radio.     Dec.  1925,  pp.  552-555.     Vacuum  Tube. 

"A  Vacuum  Tube  as  a  Voltmeter,"  L.  M.  Cockaday. 

A  three-electrode  vacuum  tube  is  used  as  a  voltmeter  to 
cover  a  considerably  greater  range  than  the  voltmeter  in  com- 
mon use,  since  it  can  be  applied  to  either  d.  c.  or  a.  c.,  from  a 
fraction  of  a  volt  to  several  hundred  volts.  An  explanation 
of  its  uses,  and  the  method  of  applying  it,  is  given  in  detail. 
Circuit  diagram  and  apparatus  assembled,  is  shown. 

Rj82.     INDUCTORS.  INDUCTANCE 

Popular  Radio.     Dec.   1925,  pp.   559-561.  VALUES. 

"The  Relative  Merit  of  Some  Types  of  Inductance,"  B. 

B.  Minnium. 

The  author  presents  a  careful  analysis  of  several  types  of 
inductance  coils,  mainly  pertaining  to  the  method  of  wind- 
ing them,  and  makes  a  comparison  of  their  relative  L-R 
values.  Some  conspicuous  results  are  obtained,  which 
should  be  considered  carefully  before  deciding  which  coils 
are  the  best.  A  graph  shows  the  L-R  ratio  and  the  wave- 
length plotted  for  six  types  of  windings.  The  torus  coil 
appears  to  be  far  the  poorest  coil  investigated. 


CRYSTAL    DETECTORS.  CRYSTALS. 

Popular  Radio.     Dec.  1925,  pp.  575-576. 
"Do  Impurities  Improve  Crystal  Detectors?," 
Doctor  Wherry,  of  the  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  presents  one 
of  the  most  complete  lists  of  crystal  detector  minerals  and 
their  composition,  which  has  ever  been  published.     It  ap- 
pears that  crystals  with  some  impurities  are  better  for  high 
frequency  detecting  purposes  than  the  pure  minerals,  al- 
though there  are  some  exceptions. 

R342.7.     AUDIO-FREQUENCY  AMPLIFIERS.        AMPLICATION 
RADIO   BROADCAST.     Jan.    1926,  pp.  313-316.       Audio- 

Frequency 
"Additional  Notes  on  the  Mode!  1926  Receiver,"  E.  R. 

Pfaif. 

The  author  describes  an  improved  audio  amplifying  unit 
to  be  used  with  the  McMurdo  Silver  receiver  (described  in 
Nov.,  1925,  RADIO  BROADCAST)  using  transformer,  resistance, 
or  choke-coil  coupled  amplifiers.  In  using  increased  plate 
voltages  for  power  tubes,  it  is  frequently  necessary  to  use  a 
shunt  method  of  horn  connection  for  good  results.  Resist- 
ance coupling,  with  its  advantages  and  precautions  to  be 
observed,  is  reviewed  at  length. 

R402.     SHORT  WAVES.  SHORT-WAVE 

RADIO  BROADCAST.     Jan.  1926,  TRANSMITTER. 

pp.  321-325. 

"A  Universal  Short-Wave  Transmitter,"  N.  Hagemann. 
The  construction  of  a  high  frequency  telegraph  transmit- 
ter, using  receiving  parts,  is  described.  The  circuit  shown 
is  capable  of  steady  oscillations  even  when  plate  or  filament 
current  should  vary  somewhat.  Complete  instructions, 
wiring  diagrams,  and  photographs  are  given. 

R343.     ELECTRON  TUBE  RECEIVING  SETS.  RECEIVER, 

RADIO  BROADCAST.     Jan.  1926,  pp.  331-336.     Universal. 

"Radio  Broadcast's  Universal  Receiver.",  A.  H.  Lynch. 

The  article  starts  with  a  general  review  of  the  radio  parts 

situation  at  the  present  time  and  proceeds  to  give  a  detailed 

account  of  several  good  receivers  which  may  be  built  by 

the  home  constructor,     The  "Universal,"  an  exceptionally 

efficient   four-tube  receiver,  using  one  r.   f.   stage,  tuned 

and  neutralized,  a  regenerative  detector,  and  good  audio 

stages,  is  described,  photographs  serving  to  illustrate  t*ie 

general  layout  of  instruments. 


Tested  and  approved  hy  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


611 


Every  Radio  Fan 
should  have  this  book 

JUST  OUT — 514  PAGES 


I.C.S. 

RADIO 

HANDBOOK 


Compiled  by 

HARRY  F.  DART,  E.E. 

Formerly    with     the     Weitira 

Electric  Co.,  and  U.  S.  Army 

Instructor  of  Radio. 

Technically  edited  by 

F.  H.   Doane 

VTO  MORE  need  you  turn 
IN  from  book  to  book, 
hoping  to  find  what  you 
want.  It  is  all  here,  in 
514  pages  crammed  full 
1  of  every  possible  radio  de- 
1  tail.  Written  in  plain 
language,  by  engineers  for 
laymen.  100.000  sold. 
IT  EXPLAINS  :  Electrical  terms  and  circuits,  antennas, 
batteries,  generators  and  motors,  electron  (vacuum)  tubes, 
many  receiving  hook-ups,  radio  and  audio  frequency  am- 
plification, broadcast  and  commercial  transmitters  and 
receivers,  super-regeneration,  codes,  etc. 

Send  $1   today  and  get  thit  514-page  I.  C.  S.  Radio 
Handbook-  —  the  biggest  value  in  radio  today. 

""T 

International.  Correspondence  School! 
Box   8299-E,   Seranton,   Penna. 

I  enclose  One  Dollar.  Please  send  me  —  post-paid  — 
the  514-page  I.  C.  S.  Radio  Handbook.  It  Is 
understood  that  if  I  am  not  entirely  satisfied  I  may 
return  this  book  within  five  dajs  and  you  will 
refund  my  money. 


Name.. 


Address 

Check  here  D  and  enclote  $1.50  it  vou  Kith  the 
edition  bound  in  Leatheroid. 


J 


^Lessons 


You  can  play  the  scale  in  an  hour  and  play 
Jazz  in  a  week  on  the 

Buescher  Saxophone 

We  give  3  free  lessons  with  each  new  instrument.  Th 
start  you.  Teach  yourself.  It's  great  fun  practicing, 
because  you  learn  so  quickly.  Even  though  you  have 
failed  with  some  other  instrument,  you  can  learn  the 
Buescher  Saxophone.  And  it  will  make  you  the  most  " 
popular  person  in  your  set.  6  days'  free  trial  in  your 
own  home,  any  instrument.  No  obligation.  Easy  terms 
if  you  decide  to  buy.  Send  now  for  beautiful  free  lit- 
erature. A  postal  brings  liberal  proposition.  Address: 

Buescher  Band  Instrument  Co.          '" 
1 220  Buescher  Block  Elkhart ,  Indian* 


Radio  Rotary  Meter 


Price  »84 


This  unique  meter  will  do  all  testing  nec- 
essary on  Radio  receiving  sets,  tubes,  batteries 
and  battery  eliminators.  It  furnishes  the  ex- 
perimenter and  Radio  dealer  with  a  single  in- 
strument with  5  different  ranges,  reading  from 
as  low  as  %  milliampere  or  1.8  volt  to  7.5 
milliamperes  or  150  veils.  Operation  is  simple 
and  accident-proof. 

BURTON-ROGERS  CO. 

26  Brighton  Ave.          Boston,  Mas* 


RADIO    PEP 

B- BATTERY    ELIMINATOR 
NO  TUBES      1^  NO  HUM 


Bay  no  more  B-batteries! 

USE  the  unlimited  supply  of   cheap,  depend- 
able electricity  right  at  hand  in  your  house- 
lighting  circuit. 

This  can  be  done  with  permanent  satisfaction 
with  RADIO  PEP. 

RADIO  PEP  is  the  FIRST  eliminator  to  com- 
pletely solve  the  problem,  as  it  is  the  only  one 
made  with  EIGHT  PERFECTED  ELECTROLY- 
TIC CELLS,  replacing  tubes  and  doing  away  with 
all  the  familiar  tube  troubles. 

Two  or  four  cells  overloaded  will  not  give  PER- 
MANENCE and  POWER— the  outstanding  char- 
acteristics of  RADIO  PEP. 

135  VOLTS  are  called  for  by  the  modern  sets  and 
tubes;  here  you  get  it  year  after  year  without 
weakening. 

For  110-125  volts,  60-cycle  alternating  current. 

Send  for  particulars  and  name  of 

our    nearest    dealer.       Price    $38. 

Money  back  guarantee. 


*  PEP  MFG.  CO.,  Inc. 

33  West  42nd  Street 


New  York 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


612 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


ACME  WIRE  RADIO  PRODUCTS 


Celatsite  Wire 

Celatsite  is  a  tinned  copper  bus  bar  wire  with  a  non-inflammable 
"  spaghetti "  insulation  in  five  colors.  Supplied  in  30  inch 
lengths. 

Flexible  Varnished  "Spaghetti" 

A  perfect  insulation  tube  for  all  danger  points  in  set  wiring. 
Costs  little  more  and  is  worth  a  lot  more  than  the  cheaper  sub- 
stitutes offered.  Black,  yellow,  red,  green,  brown,  for  wires  No. 
10  to  No.  18.  30  inch  lengths. 


Celatsite  Battery  Cable 

For  connecting  A  and  B  Batteries   (or  current  supply) 
to  radio  set.    Silk  braid  covering  5  flexible  Celatsite  wires 
— 5  feet  long  —  a  different  color  for 
each  terminal.    Prevents  messy  wiring 
and  "blown"  tubes.    Adds  greatly  to 
the  appearance  of  your  set. 


Enameled  Antenna  Stranded 

The  best  outdoor  antenna  you  can  put  up.  7  strands 
of  enameled  copper  wire;  maximum  surface  for  recep- 
tion. Enameling  prevents  corrosion  and  consequent 
weak  signals.  100,  150  or  200  foot  coils,  boxed. 


Loop  Antenna  Wire 

You  can  make  a  good  loop  with  Acme  wire  made  of  65  strands  of  fine  copper 
wire,  green  silk  covered.     Flexible;  non-stretching,  neat. 


Flexible  Celatsite  Wire 

Flexible  stranded  wire  for  "point  to  point"  and 
sub-panel  wiring — latest  method  of  wiring  sets. 
5  colors,  black,  yellow,  green,  red  and  brown,  -, 

one  for  each  circuit.     25  ft.  coils.  ff^ 


Send  for  Folder 

THE  ACME  WIRE  CO.,  Dept.  B 

New  Haven,  Conn. 


7'/iis  is  a  good  time  to  subscribe  for 

RADIO    BROADCAST 
Through  your  itealer  or  direct,  by  the  year  only  $4.00 
Doubleday,   Page  &   Company 


Garden   City,  New   York 


WHOLESALE 


EXCLUSIVELY 


929  PENN  AVENUE 


DOM°M°( 


PITTSBURGH.  PA. 


SATISFIED  DEALERS 
BECAUSE 

WE   HELP    THES\~ 

Catalog  466  ^B  is  free  to  Dealers 


KS?O.     BROADCASTING,  STATION. 

Radio  News.     Dec.  1925,  pp.  798  ff.  Broadcasting. 

"What  Happens  In  the  Broadcast  Station,"  A.  P.  Peck. 

A  fundamental  description  of  the  operation  of  a  modern 
broadcasting  station,  including  the  principles  of  sound  vibra- 
tions, the  purpose  of  the  microphone,  the  operation  of  tht- 
transmitting  tubes,  the  method  of  modulating  high  fre- 
quency currents,  and  the  equipment  of  the  rooms  housing 
the  broadcasting  station. 

Ri42.3.     INDUCTIVE  COUPLING.  COUPLING. 

Radio  News,     Dec.  1925,  pp.  800  ff. 

'.'Coupling— Tight  or  Loose?",  S.  Harris. 

In  this  article,  the  first  of  a  series,  is  presented  a  mathe- 
matical treatise  on  the  question  of  coupling  between  coils. 
Actual  measurements,  made  with  different  coils,  are  shown 
graphically,  with  constants  of  the  coils  given.  Only  con- 
centric coils  are  considered,  variations  being  made  in  dia- 
meter of  coils,  number  of  turns,  and  position  of  primary  with 
respect  to  secondary  (whether  in  center  or  to  one  end). 
The  effect  of  the  antenna  constants,  when  considered  with 
coil  coupling,  is  another  important  factor. 

R402.     SHORT  WAVES.  TRANSMITTER, 

Radio  News.     Dec.    1925,   pp.   803   ff.  Short-Wave. 

"The  Baby  Transmitter,"  W.  B.  Schulte. 
A  complete  description  of  a  low  power  transmitter  using 
UV-IQQ  tube,  and  operating  at  high  frequencies  (7500  kc.). 
is  given.  The  modified  Colpitts  oscillator  used,  was  devel- 
oped at  the  Burgess  Laboratories.  Ordinary  dry  batterie> 
furnish  the  plate  and  filament  supply.  The  circuitjdiagrams 
show  clearly  how  this  set  can  bt  constructed. 

R334-     FOUR-KLECTRODE  TUBES.  ELECTRON  TUBES, 

Radio  News.     Dec.  1925,  pp.  804  ff.  Four-electrode. 

"  Multiple  Grid  Vacuum  Tubes  and  Their   Advantages  " 

f .  H.  Nakken. 

The  author  presents  an  analysis  and  working  principle  of 
a  two-grid  tube,  giving  its  advantages  and  theory  of  opera- 
tion. One  grid  is  connected  directly  to  part  of  the  B  bat- 
tery voltage  in  order  totneutralize  the  space  charge  within 
the  tube.  The  other  grid  performs  its  regular  functions  as 
in  three-electrode  tubes.  It  is  said  that  capacity  effects 
between  grid  and  plate  may  be  prevented  by  this  unique  ar- 
rangement of  grids.  As  a  power  tube,  this  device  has  many 
possibilities. 

!<402.     SHORT  WAVES.  TRANSMITTER, 

Radio  News.     Dec.  192^,  pp.  807  ff.  Five-Meter. 

"Five-Meter  Transmission,"  R.  E.  Kolo. 
The  construction  of  a  transmitter  and  receiver  operating 
on  =10,000  kc.  (3  meters)  and  the  arrangement  of  Lecher  wires 
to  measure  these  high  frequency  currents,  is  given.  The 
I  niverMty  of  Illinois  experimental  station  worked  out  the 
apparatus  design.  Data  on  construction  and  operation  is 
given  in  detail. 

R}8i.     CONDENSERS.  CONDENSERS. 

Radio  News.      Dec.    1925,  pp.  8o8f.  EUitrolylii. 

"Electrolytic  Condensers,'    I".  A.  Smith  and  J.  Millen. 

"A  description  of  the  much  talked  of  electrolytic  con- 
densers, is  presented.  Tables  give  relation  of  capacity  to 
voltage  formation  values  and  the  critical  voltages  for  alu- 
minum anodes  with  various  electrolytes.  Construction  of 
such  condensers  for  transmitting  and  receiving  purposes, 
and  proper  sized  choke  coils  to  be  used  for  good  results, 
is  part  of  the  information  given  to  enable  the  constructor 
to  build  his  own. 

1<375.     DK  i  KCIOKS;  RECIIFIERS; 

MISCELLANEOUS.  ELIMINATORS, 

Radio.     Dec.  1925,  pp.  15  ff.  A,  B,  and  C  B  alter  v. 

"The  ABC  Battery  Eliminator,"  G.  M.  Best. 

The  construction  of  an  eliminator  to  replace  the  A,  B,  and 
C  batteries,  thus  operating  the  radio  receiver  from  the  regu- 
lar 1 10  volt  a.  c.  power  circuit,  is  described.  Any  set  using 
up  to  and  including  eight  tubes,  may  connect  to  this  elimin- 
ator. Some  changes  in  wiring  are  necessary  in  the  set.  A 
list  of  complete  parts  are  given  and  diagrams  shown.  The 
construction  of  the  eliminator  is  not  difficult,  and  is  con- 
sidered quiet  in  operation.  Rewiring  diagrams  for  the 
Browning-Drake  and  also  an  eight-tube  super-heterodyne, 
are  given. 

Ro73-    TRAINING  OF  OPERATORS.  EXAMINATIONS, 

Radio.     Dec.  1925,  pp.  22  ff.  Government 

"Passing  Your  Next  Radio  Examination,"  C.  W.  Rados. 
Complete  information  is  presented  concerning  the  license 
examinations  for  amateur  and  commercial  operators.  These 
examinations  are  conducted  by  the  Department  of  Com- 
merce and  may  be  taken  at  any  one  of  the  district  offices. 
A  code  test  comes  first,  followed  by  an  examination  in  theors 
and  laws  of  radio  communication.  A  sample  code  test  i> 
also  included  in  this  very  complete  article. 

Rj43.     ELECTRON  TUBE  RECEIVING  SET.  RECEIVER. 

Radio.  Dec.  1925,  pp.  25  ff.  Browning-Drabs 

Single  Control 

"The  Single  Control  Browning-Drake  Receiver,"  H.  A. 
Nickerson. 

A  method  of  converting  the  Browning-Drake  circuit  to 
single  control  is  described,  using  two  condensers  mounted  on 
one  shaft.  This  circuit  is  well  adapted  to  such  an  arrange- 
ment, writes  the  author.  The  principle  of  operation,  with 
the  change  suggested,  is  considered  at  some  length.  Other 
changes  to  be  made  are  also  given  consideration. 


DAMPING. 


R242.     REACTANCE-VARIATION  METHOD. 


COIL 


Radio.     Dec.  i  gas,  pp.  31.  MEASUREMENTS 

"A  Standard  of  Coil  Comparison,"  G.  F.  Lampkin. 
The  author  makes  a  plea  for  expressing  in  some  standard 
way  the  meaning  of  coil  efficiency.     He  suggests  that  the 
ratio  of  L-R  be  used,  and  gives  his  reasons,  explaining  this 
ratio  of  reactance  to  resistance  at  some  length. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


613 


CHELSEA 

Super* 


EVER  Ywhere — 

Winning  New 

Friends 

THAT'S  exactly  what  the  new 
Chelsea  Super-Five  is  doing 
because  it  offers  supreme  per- 
formance at  a  popular  price.  Each 
Super- Five  is  housed  in  a  beautiful 
mahogany-finish  cabinet  with  grace- 
ful sloping  panel  and  large  over-size 
dials  for  easy  tuning.  Dust-proof, 
fool-proof  inside  panel  to  protect 
the  "vitals."  Hand  soldered  con- 
nections. Rugged  bus-wiring 
throughout.  Convenient  cord  leads 
for  making  all  connections. 

See  these  Chelsea  features  at 

*Your  Dealers.      Write  Us 
for  Folders. 

CHELSEA   RADIO   COMPANY 

CHELSEA,  MASS. 


This  is  a  good  time  to  subscribe  Jor 

RADIO  BROADCAST 

Through  your  dealer  or  direct,  by  the  year  only  $4.00 
DOUBLEDAY,  PAGE  &  CO.     GARDEN  CITY,  NEW  YORK 


MORE  PROFITS 

for  the  PROFESSIONAL 

SET  BUILDER 

WE  have  an  unusually  interesting 
proposition  to  make  to  the  man 
who  is  now  building  (or  has  the  ability 
to  build)  radio  receiving  sets  for  resale. 

This  is  a  real  opportunity.     Write  to- 
day for  full  information. 

Gearhart-Schlueter  Radio  Corp. 
716  Voorman  Ave.     Fresno,  California 


Here  Are 

Three  Good  Reasons 
Why  You  Should  Use 


EBY 


SPRING  SOCKETS 

~l  A  three  point  'wiping  contact  that  insures  a 
•*•  positive  contact  at  all  times  regardless  of 
the  size  of  the  prong  or  amount  of  solder  on  the 
prong  tip. 

Its  ingenious  design  permits  the  tube  to 
"float"  when  in  service.  This  feature  re- 
duces microphonic  noises  to  a  minimum  and 
prevents  tube  damage. 

JAll  the  advantages  of  inter  changeability  of 
the  new  UX,  CX,  and  UV  tubes  for  6oc. 
Don't  take  chances  on  twenty  loose  connections 
in  a  five-tube  set.     Use  the  new  EBY  positive 
contact  sockets  for  better  reception. 

//  your  dealer  can't  supply  you 
•write  to  us  sending  his  name. 

H.    H.    EBY   MANUFACTURING   CO. 

4710  Stenton  Ave.,  Philadelphia 


This  is  the  EBY  Binding  Post  that  is  standard  equipment  on 
eight   out    of    ten    of    the    radio    receivers    made    in    America — 
your  dealer  has  all  of  the  27  different  markings. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  if 


614 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


The  Magic 
Dial 


AS  AMAZING  AS 
A  STROKE  OF 
MAGIC! 

Variable  condensers  that  are  not  straight  line 
frequency,  tune  as  if  they  were,  if  you  install 


Jj 


nmon 


If  your  dealer 
can't  supply 
you,  order  di- 
rect. $2.50. 


MAGIC  DIALS 

As  if  at  the  touch  of  a  wondrous  wand,  stations  other- 
wise  crowded  together — are  evenly  separated.  Un- 
crowd  the  air  with  the  Magic  Dial!  Genuine  moulded 
Bakelite  with  fluted  columns  of  Arabian  inlay,  $2.50 

"SLO-MOSHEN"  VERNIER  DIAL,  $2.00 

Powertone    Electric    Co. 

(Subsidiary  of  Bruno  Radio  Corp.) 

Dept.  P  223  Fulton  St.  N.  Y.  City 


This  is  a  good  time  to  subscribe  for 

RADIO    BROADCAST 

Through  your  dealer  or  direct  by  the  year,  only  $4.00 
DOUBLEDAY,  PAGE  &  CO. GARDEN  CITY.  NEW  YORK 


RADIO   WIRES 


We  manufacture  all  types. 

Round    braided   antenna   wires 
Flat  braided  antenna  wires 
TRADE    MARK   REG.  Round  stranded  antenna  wires 

Above  types  in  copper — tinned  copper — enameled  copper — tinned  bronze. 

Loop  wires  in  silk  or  cotton  covered.       Antenna  supporting  springs. 


Litz  wires. 
Enameled  wires. 


Cotton  and  silk  covered  wires  for  set 
wiring.  .  A  . 

Write  us  for  descriptive  catalogue.  ^ 


ROSS  WIRE  COMPANY 


69  Bath  St.,  Providence,  R.  I. 


R  134.4.     RECENERAIIVE  ACTION.  REGENERATIVE 

Proc.  1.  R.  E.     Dec.  1925.  pp.  709-753.    AMPLIFICATION 
"An  Analysis  of   Regenerative   Amplification,"    V.    D. 

Landon  and  K.  W.  Jarvis. 

This  paper  shows  some  of  the  defects  of  present  theories 
regarding  regeneration,  and  presents  a  new  method  of 
analysis  based  on  the  idea  of  a  power  balance.  It  is  shown 
that  a  signal  voltage  does  not  supply  power  to  a  regenerated 
circuit,  but  merely  prevents  certain  losses  from  occurring. 
This  upsets  the  balance  between  power  input  from  the  tickler 
and  power  lost  in  the  circuit,  so  thai  oscillation  occurs.  The 
amplification  obtainable -in  this  way  has  a  definite  limit,  the 
limit  being  caused  by  variations  in  the  plate  and  grid  im- 
pedances of  the  vacuum  tube,  as  the  amplitude  of  the  grid 
voltage  increases.  The  rate  of  variation  of  these  impedances 
as  the  grid  voltage  increases,  depends  on  the  tube  and  on 
the  direct  voltage  used. 

The  use  of  a  grid  leak  and  condenser  decreases  the  voltage 
amplification,  by  increasing  the  rate  of  change  of  the  plate- 
filament  impedance.  In  general,  however,  increased  detect- 
ing efficiency  more  than  makes  up  for  the  difference  when 
audio  frequency  output  is  considered.  The  effect  of  resist- 
ance in  the  grid  circuit  is  to  decrease  the  amplification  by 
increasing  the  effect  of  the  impedance  variations. 

The  best  turn  ratio  to  use  in  a  regenerated  transformer  is 
the  same  ratio  that  should  be  used  in  a  non-regenerated 
transformer.  The  amplification  obtainable  increases 
rapidly  as  the  strength  of  an  applied  signal  is  decreased. 
Although  the  inductance-capacity  ratio  does  not  affect  tne 
amplification  obtained  on  an  a.  c.  wave  train,  this  ratio  does 
affect  the  amplitude  of  the  audio  output  when  a  modulated 
signal  is  being  amplified.  If  a  low  L-C  ratio  is  used,  high 
notes  will  be  lost  when  a  weak  signal  is  being  received  with 
full  regeneration. 

Regenerative  amplification  also  occurs'when'a  tube  is  in  a 
condition  of  self-oscillation,  providing  the  strength  of  the 
local  oscillation  is  weak.  A  regenerated  circuit  amplifies 
non-resonant  frequencies  to  a  certain  extent,  the  amount 
depending  on  the  value  of  the  reactance  that  would  be 
needed  to  tune  the  circuit  to  the  non-resonant  frequency. 

R382.5.     OSCILLATION  TRANSFORMERS.  INDUCTANCES, 

Proc.    I.   R.    E.     Dec.    1925,   pp.    755-766.       Air-Core. 
"  Designs  and  Efficiencies  of  Large  Air-Core  Inductances," 
W.  W.  Brown  and  J.  E.  Love. 

Representative  designs  of  large  air-core  antenna  tuning 
inductances  suitable  for  outdoor  and  indoor  service,  are 
described.  The  latest  improved  designs  are  described  in 
greater  detail  and  compared  with  earlier  designs  on  a  basis 
of  efficiency  and  kilovolt-ampere  capacity.  Formulas  are 
given  for  calculating  the  ohmic  and  eddy  current  conductor 
power  factor  of  coils  using  finely  stranded,  separately 
insulated,  strands.  In  graphical  form  are  shown  the  varia- 
tions of  ohmic  and  eddy  current  power  factor  with  frequency, 
with  four  different  conductors  wound  in  a  given  arrangement 
to  given  dimensions.  Also  the  variation  of  the  sum  of  ohmic 
and  eddy  current  power  factors,  with  frequencies  for  a  rep- 
resentative conductor  on  various  diameters,  are  given. 
These  values  were  calculated  by  the  formulas  given,  and  in- 
dicate very  high  efficiencies  for  the  latest  types  of  coils. 

R342.6.  RADIO-FREQUENCY  AMPLIFIERS.  TRANSFORMERS, 
Proc.  1.  R.  E,  Dec.  192$,  pp.  767-779.  Radio-Frequency 
"An  Efficient  Tuned  Radio-Frequency  Transformer," 

F.  H.  Drake  and  G.  H.  Browning. 

A  mathematical  discussion  of  a  new  type  of  r.  f.  amplifying 
transformer  is  given,  which,  it  is  claimed,  is  capable  of  giving 
greater  amplification  per  stage  than  other  transformers  now 
used.  Circuit  diagrams  and  charts  are  shown  verifying  the 
theoretical  work  done. 

R6io.  EQUIPMENT;  STATION  DESCRIPTION.  STATION, 
Radio  News .  Dec .  1925,  pp.  770  ff .  H roadca sting. 
"Britain's  New  Superpower  Broadcasting  Station,"  A. 

Dinsdale. 

Great  Britain's  largest  broadcasting  station,  located  at 
Daventry,  is  described.  Several  photographs  show  imerior 
and  exterior  arrangements.  The  present  rated  power  out- 
put is  25  kw.,  although  up  to  60  kw.  can  be  used  in  the  future. 
The  circuit  design,  oscillator,  amplifier,  modulator,  and  sob- 
modulator,  are  discussed  separately.  The  tubes  are  water- 
cooled,  the  system  employed  being  taken  up  in  detail.  The 
station  frequency  is  187  kc.  (1600  meters),  call  letters  5  xx. 

Ri  13.1     FADING.  FADING. 

Radio  News.     Dec.  1925,  pp.  772  ff. 

"The  Nature,  Cause,  and  Reduction  of  Fading,"  G.  W. 
Pickard. 

Mr.  Pickard  discusses  the  inconstancy  of  the  space  circuit, 
giving  a  very  exhaustive  and  complete  study  of  the  probable 
causes  o.'  f?ding.  His  explanations  are  supplemented  by 
charts  and  data  taken  over  long  periods  of  time.  From  his 
observations  it  appears  that  the  Kennedy-Heaviside  layer 
theory  does  not  explain  day  and  night  and  seasonal  varia- 
tions, but  the  cause  must  be  found  elsewhere.  A  system  of 
multipoint  antennas  for  receiver,  transmitter,  or  both,  is  pro- 
posed to  improve  conditions. 


Ri3o.     ELECTRON  TUBES. 


TUBES, 
laiho 
Tubes,"    C.    B. 


Radio  News.     Dec.  1925,  pp.  786  ff.  Cold-Catbode. 

"Cold-Cathode    Gas-Filled    Discharge 
Bazzoni. 

Some  fundamental  principles  pertaining  to  electron  dis- 
charges through  vacua,  are  presented.  The  Crookes  dark 
space  and  the  Faraday  dark  space  in  partially  exhausted 
tubes,  are  two  of  the  interesting  phenomena  explained  at 
some  length. 

R35O.    GENERATING  APPARATUS; 

TRANSMITTING  SETS.  TRANSMITTERS, 

Radio  News.     Dec.   1925,  pp.  790  ff.     Radio  Telephone. 

"Transatlantic  Radio  Telephony,"  G.  C.  B.  Rowe. 

According  to  information  in  this  article,  the  Western 
Electric  Cpmpany  will  announce  transatlantic  radio  tele- 
phone service  on  a  commercial  basis  shortly.  A  new  system 
of  transmission,  known  as  the  single  side-band  eliminated 
carrier,  is  used.  This  system  is  described  and  illustrated. 
A  special  system  of  reception  is  necessary,  a  local  oscillator 
being  employed  in  order  to  properly  detect  the  signals. 
The  advantages  of  this  new  system  are  discussed  at  some 
length. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


615 


Goodrich 

Silvertown 


The  Radio  Panel  Supreme! 

1  Easier  to  drill  and  machine. 

2  Better   color,   lasting   lustre. 

3  Lower  free  sulphur — no  dis- 
coloration. 

4  Higher  softening  point — no 
warping. 

Cjoodrich  V.  T.  Sockets  Spaghetti  Tubing 

Radiophone  Ear  Cushions 
•jf  Battery  Mats 

Hard  Rubber  Tubes  for  Coils 

The  B.  F.  Goodrich  Rubber  Company 

Established  1870  Akron,  Ohio 


Selected 

As  The  Best 

Variable 

Resistor 


$2.25 


By  the  Raytheon  Manufacturing  Company  and 
others,  because  it  has  no  equal  for  voltage  con' 
trol  in  "B"  Battery  Eliminators. 

A  RANGE  FROM  ALMOST  ZERO  TO 
5,000,000  OHMS  and  A  CARRYING  CA- 
PACITY OF  200  milliamperes,  ten  times  greater 
than  that  of  any  other  variable  resistor. 

Consequently,  in  B  Battery  Eliminators,  where 
so  much  depends  upon  a  proper  voltage  control, 
its  freedom  from  noise,  the  necessity  of  its  carry 
ing  capacity  and  staying  put  when  once  adjusted 
—is  where  the  CLAROSTAT  is  SUPERIOR. 

If  your  dealer  cannot  supply  you,  write  direct  7^ 

American  Mechanical  Laboratories,  Inc. 

285-287  North  Sixth  Street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Special  types  for  "A"  and  "B"  Battery  Eliminators  available  for  Manufacturers. 


Mica  Condensers 


sizes 


IMPROVE 

TONE 
RANGE 

AND 

VOLUME 


IT  is  accuracy,  not  luck,  that  makes 
one  receiver  sweeter  and  more  power- 
ful than  another  that  is  almost  its  twin. 
Especially  condenser  accuracy,  for  the 
closer  you  come  to  absolute  accuracy  at 
these  critical  parts,  the  more  wonderful 
your  receiver  will  be.  The  cost  of  ac- 
curate condensers  is  small — the  effect 
is  immense. 

Now  you  can  get  Sangamo  Mica  Con- 
densers in  capacities  in  between  the 
usual  stock  sizes,  so  you  can  build  with 
greater  accuracy  than  ever  before.  They 
are  guaranteed  to  be  accurate  and  they 
always  stay  accurate,  being  solidly 
molded  in  bakelite.  Neither  heat,  cold, 
moisture,  pressure  nor  acid  fumes  will 
affect  their  capacity,  because  bakelite 
seals  the  delicate  parts  against  all  out- 
side influences. 

Capacities  in  microfarads  and  prices 


0.00004 
0.00005 
0.00006 
0.00007 
0.00008 

O.OOOI 

0.00012 
0.00015 
0.000175 

O.OOO2 

0.00025 

0.0003 

0.00035 

0.0004 

0.0005 

0.0006 

0.0007 

0.0008 


4oc. 


O.OOI 
O.OOI2 

0.0015 
0.00175 

O.OO2 

0.0025 
0.003 

0.0035 

0.004 

0.005 
0.006 
0.007 

0.0075 
0.008 

0.01 
O.OI2 

0.015 


50c. 


6oc. 


7oc. 
8Sc. 
900. 

950. 

$1.00 

i-iS 
1.  20 

1.25 


With  Resistor  clips,  loc.  extra 


Also  Sangamo  By-Pass  Condensers    -JL- 
i/io  mfd.     8oc.  1/2  mfd.    goc. 

1/4  mfd.     8oc.  i  mfd.     $1.25 

Sangamo  Electric  Company 

6332-1  Springfield,  Illinois 

RADIO  DIVISION,  50  Church  Street,  Netv  York 

SALES  OFFICES— PRINCIPAL  CITIES 

For  Canada — Sangamo  Electric  Co.  of  Canada,  Ltd.  Toronto. 

For  Europe — British  Sangamo  Co.,  Ponders  End,  Middlesex,  Eng. 

For  Far  East — Ashida  Engineering  Co.,  Osaka,  Japan. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


616 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


The  Best  in  the  World 


No  Batteries 

are  required  even 
to  operate  the 
most  powerfial 
10- tube  receiver 
pictured  above,  if 
you  use  the  new 
laboratory  type 

Model  A 
Power  Unit 


One  Customer  Telegraphs: 

"Receiver  assembled,  per- 
forming like  a  thorobred." 

The  Amateur  or  Experimenter 
with  his  ultra-modern  high- 
powered  receiver  is  years  ahead 
of  Commercial  Radio. 

It  is  significant  that  unsolicited  testimonials  are 
constantly  being  received  from  even  the  far  corners 
of  the  earth,  where  Norden-Hauck  Engineers 
have  furnished  the  finest  radio  apparatus  known 
to  the  art  today. 

Quotations  gladly  furnished  on  radio  parts  and 
apparatus  having  non-infringing  uses. 

Write  for  Literature  ^ 

NORDEN-HAUCK,  Inc. 

Engineers 

1617  Chestnut  Street,         Philadelphia,  Pa. 


Why  not  subscribe  to  Radio  Broadcast?     By  the  year  only  $4.00;  or  two  years,  $6.00,  saving 
$2.40.     Send  direct  to  Doubleday,  Page  &  Company   Garden  City,  New  York. 


Speaker  with  Concert  Unit 

The  Heart  of  the  Speaker 

Large  size  and  scientific  construction  of  the  Concert  Unit 
gives  the  remarkable   tone  values  which 
combined  with  the  special  amplifying  prop- 
erties of  the  BURNS  horn  produce  re- 
markable results. 


Manufacturers 


Burns  horn  is  of  distinctive  design  with 
pyralin  flare  in  several  handsome  finishes. 


jtfmericaa&ectricQrnptuiy 


State  and  64th  Streets,  Chicago,  U.  S.  A. 


demand  a  changing  of  this  bad  condition.  Who 
is  going  to  be  the  bright  fellow  to  straighten  it 
out  at  a  profit  to  himself? 

A  survey  of  most  apartment-house  roofs  in 
the  country  will  show  what  has  to  be  done. 
Far  beyond  the  unsightliness  of  these  trap- 
maze,  antenna-ridden  roofs,  it  is  not  pleasant  to 
have  to  duck  and  dodge  such  affairs  when  bent 
on  getting  a  breath  of  fresh  air. 
.  There  are  two  ways  to  get  this  thing  ironed 
out.  Dr.  A.  Hoyt  Taylor  has  invented  a 
multiple-tap  antenna  from  which  as  many  as  a 
hundred  sets  can  be  connected.  Why  not  apply 
this  principle  to  rigging  up  apartment  house 
roofs  in  a  more  workmanlike  manner? 


On  larger  txjildingt 
intermediate  supports  with  1  joints  — 
Space  for  Antennas  t 


Iron  Pipe  Supports 


A   STOUT   ANTENNA   SYSTEM 

In  which  the  possibility  of  a  tangled  mass  of 
collapsed  antennas  is  greatly  mitigated.  Nowa- 
days the  average  apartment  house  rooftop  is 
"enhanced"  by  a  multiplicity  of  awkwardly 
arranged  antennas  in  all  stages  of  confusion 

Or  again,  the  use  of  a  solid  spreader  at  either 
end  of  a  roof  made  of  iron  pipe  and  joints, 
properly  braced,  and  carrying  a  whole  gang  of 
antennas  at  a  safe  height  above  the  roof,  is  easy 
to  set  up. 

Who  is  going  to  get  this  business?  It.  is 
there,  waiting  for  somebody.  Big  or  little;  a 
crowd  of  young  men  interested  in  radio  should 
have  no  trouble  in  making  their  knowledge  pay 
them  big  dividends. 

Here  are  some  sketches  to  show  you  just  how 
to  solve  such  problems.  It  is  essential  that 
radio  encourage  young  men,  all  men,  in  fact, 
to  get  into  the  game  and  use  their  knowledge  for 
the  advancement  of  the  craft.  There  is  always 
a  scarcity  of  men  who  know  their  business, 
especially  in  radio. 

There  are  more  men  versed  in  the  bread-and- 
butter  knowledge  of  radio,  of  a  type  fitted  to 
perform  the  work  outlined  here,  than  in  almost 
every  other  industry.  You  men  who  read  this 
publication  must  know  quite  a  bit  about  radio 

Put  your  knowledge  to  work.  It  means 
money  to  you;  it  means  experience,  and  new 
minds,  and  more  willing  hands  to  do  the  work 
that  radio  needs  to  have  done. 


DEMAND  FOR  RADIOS  IN- 
CREASES  IN  CZECHO- 
SLOVAKIA 

pOLLOWING  a  severe  depression  in  the  radio 
1  business  during  the  summer  months  in 
Czechoslovakia,  things  are  now  beginning  to 
look  up  again,  and  the  last  few  winter  months 
have  seen  quite  a  strong  demand  for  radio  equip- 
ment. It  is  extremely  difficult  to  obtain  ac- 
curate figures  of  the  total  number  of  receiving 
sets  now  in  use,  but  two  reliable  sources  estimate 
this  figure  to  approximate  20,000,  of  which  8000 
are  located  in  the  city  of  Prague,  where  is  a  5000 
watt  broadcasting  station.  At  present  there  an. 
forty-nine  manufacturers  of  radio  equipment  in 
Czechoslovakia,  but  they  do  little  business,  most 
of  the  apparatus  there  being  of  foreign  manu- 
facture. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


617 


NEW  PROFITS 
for  RADIO  DEALERS 


The  II  &   U   5   Battery  Charger  will   Charge 

.1     Radio    "A"    batteries  at    once.       Built    for 

110    volts,   no  power   line  needed.      PluK   it   in 

on    any    lamp    socket    and  set    it    to    work.      It 

pays   for   itself    in   two   to  three  months. 

Price,   $60  with  bulb. 
Send    for   cur    Charger    booklet. 

BURTON  &  ROGERS  MFG.  CO. 

755  Boyleston  St.  Boston,  Mass. 


LATEST  "COAST  TO  COAST"  FULLY  GUARANTEED 


RADIO* -mwa 


SAVE'/rro'A 


Users  everywhere  report  Miraco  Radios  get 
program B coast  to  coaat  on  loud  speaker; 
outperform  sets  three  times  as  costly. 
Many  hear  foreign  countries.  Radio  a 
most  amazing  values  in  unconditionally 
Euaranteed,  factory -built  long  distance 
Bets-let  testimony  of  users  convince  you. 
.  PowerfulNewMulti- 
ttube  Miraco  gets 
llong  distance  on 
•  loud  speaker.  Set* 

I  ONLY 


RADIO 

GETS'EM 
COAST  *> 
-  COAST 


""•  improved  1  to  5  tuho  mod- 
els, new  low  prices,  testimony  of 
users  and  SPECIAL  OFFER.  Write: 

MIDWEST  RADIO  CORP'N 

Pioneer  Builders  of  Sri* 
40G-W  E. 8th  St.  Cincinnati, O. 


Blackburn  Ground  Clamps 


Telephone  companies  using 
MILLIONS.  Adjustable  — fits 
any  size  pipe.  Requires  no  pipe 
cleaning— screw  bores  through 
rust  and  scale.  Send  12  cents 
for  sample  and  postage. 
Blackburn  Specialty  Compan; 


1960  E.  66th  St.    Clerela 


npany 
ml.  O. 


Better  Condenser'\ 


The  TOBE  DEUTSCHMANN  High-Voltage  Bi- 
Pass  Condenser  in  its  silvered,  shielded  metal  case  is 
designed  for  all  usual  by-pass  work  in  radio  receiving- 
sets,  and  for  construction  of  "B"  eliminators  of  the 
Raytheon  and  other  types. 

0.10  Mfd..  .$0.60c.  0.5  Mfd..  .$0.75 

0.25  Mfd..  .$0.70c.  1.0  Mfd..  .$0.90 

2.0  Mfd..  .$1.75 

We  announce  a  new  TOBE  High-Voltage  Filter 
Condenser  for  strictly  filter  uses,  for  power  ampli' 
fiers  and  other  high-tension  work  up  to  750  volts. 
Each  of  these  is  individually  tested  and  stamped  with 
date  of  test.  Accuracy  is  guaranteed  to  within  5% 
of  rating.  Put  up  in  heavy  metal  cases  and  recom* 
mended  for  precision  work.  Prices  are  the  same  as 
our  former  list  on  filter  condensers. 

The  new  TOBE  "B"  BLOCK  is  out,  for  "B"  elim- 
inator construction,  with  one  8  M/d.,  two  2  Mfd.,  and 
two  1  Mfd.  condensers  in  one  case.  Saves  $2.50  over 
cost  of  separate  units, — saves  space, — saves  wiring. 

Send  for  free  eliminator  diagrams          ^Lr 

TOBE  DEUTSCHMANN  CO. 

Cornhill,  Boston,  Mass.  f 


NXI 

VARIABLE-RATIO 
A  UDIO-TRANSFORMER 

4  to  1     -    6  to  1     -    8  to  1 

all  in  one  transformer 


With  this  new  Como  Variable  Ratio  Transformer  the  set 
builder  may  secure  for  each  stage  of  audio  amplification 
the  exact  ratio  best  suited  to  the  purpose.  He  may 
match  more  closely  the  primary  impedance  of  the  trans- 
former with  the  plate  impedance  of  his  tubes,  with  a 
choice  of  6  different  values. 

Built  by  a  pioneer  in  radio  manufacturing,  this  new  Como 
product  will  reproduce  music  and  speech  with  lifelike 
faithfulness. 

In  the  familiar  Como  round-top,  shielded  metal  case,  at 
your  dealers. 

PRICE,  $/*00 

^^ 

Send  for  descriptive  pamphlet  K 

COMO  APPARATUS  COMPANY,  INC. 

Kelley  Street  Manchester,  N.  H. 


This  is  a  good  time  to  subscribe  for 

RADIO    BROADCAST 

Through  your  dealer  or  direct,  by  the  year  only  $4.00 
DOUBLEDAY, PAGE  &  CO. 


GARDEN  CITY,  NEW  YORK 


ARE  You  THE  MAN 

to  be  first  in  your  town  to  sell  and  demonstrate  POWEROLA,  the  famous  5-tube,  no  battery 
ELECTRIC  LIGHT  SOCKET  RADIO  RECEIVER  (not  an  attachment),  universal  for  D.  C. 
or  A  C  (100-115  v.  40-60  cycle,)  three  now  sold  and  demonstrated  by  THE  NEW  YORK  EDISON 
CO.,  public  utility  companies  and  radio,  electric  and  music  dealers  everywhere.  Absolutely  de- 
pendable, fully  guaranteed,  powerful,  practical,  perfect  in  performance.  Tested  and  indorsed  by 
Popular  Radio,  Radio  Broadcast,  Radio  News,  all  leading  authorities  and  engineers  of  your  local 
electric  light  company. 

Are  You  the  Man  Who  Sees  Opportunities  Ahead  for  Real  Money  Making? 
YOU.    TOO.    CAN     MAKE    POWEROLA 

Send  $1.00  for  wiring  diagrams  showing  parts  used  and  how  to  make  any  set  or  circuit  (1  to  8  tubes)  operate 
satisfactorily  without  A,  B  or  C  batteries,  from  A.  C.  or  D.  C.    This  is  the  newest  and  greatest  proposition 

Write  for  literature,   terms  and  prices  at  once 
THE   POWEROLA   RADIO    CORP..    1845    BROADWAY.  NEW  YORK  CITY 


•ft  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


618 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


Product  of 
38  Years' 
Experience 


eproduction 

"I  have  listened  to  many  loud 
speakers,  but  never  to  any 
music  which  can  compare 
with  that  reproduced  by  the 
Amplion.  The  sound  is  clear, 
sweet  and  well  modulated.  It 
brings  in  clearly  instruments 
in  bands  and  orchestras  that 
were  lost  in  other  speakers. 
Through  my  Amplion  I  enjoy 
my  radio  to  a  degree  I  had 
never  thought  possible." 
You  will  be  as  appreciative  as  this  gen- 
tleman, once  you  hear  your  set  through 
an  Amplion.  Creation  of  the  origina- 
tors and  oldest  makers  of  loud  speaking 
devices — Alfred  Graham&Co.,London, 
England — The  Amplion  leads  in  pop- 
ularity throughout  the  world. 

Enjoy  an  Amplion  demonstration  at 
your  dealer's.  Six  models,  including 
phonograph  units,  equipped  with  cords 
and  panel  plugs,  $12  up.  Write  for  the 
-jL.  "Amplion  Pedigree." 


THE  AMPLION  CORPORATION 
OF  AMERICA 

Suite  L,  280  Madison  Atie.,  New  York  City 
Chicago  B 


Used  in  SO  big  broadcasting  stations.  14,000, 
48,000, 50,000  and  100,000  ohms.  For  distortion- 
less amplification.  Order  a  Crescent  today  at  $1 .50. 
Special  sizes  made  to  order.   Discounts  to  dealers. 
Crescent  Radio  Supply  Co.          ,1-3  Liberty  St.,  Jamaica,  N.  Y. 


RADIO  RENCH 


Kiagara  Melil  Slampinq  Corp 
Dent.  502,  Niagara  Fills,  K.I. 


Naval  Radio 

DROFESSOR  MORECROFT'S  com- 
*  ments  on  the  Naval  Radio  Service  in 
the  December  RADIO  BROADCAST  created 
quite  a  considerable  amount  of  interest. 
This  especially  interesting  letter  from  a 
gentleman  apparently  in  an  excellent 
position  to  criticize,  should  be  read  in  con- 
junction with  Professor  Morecroft's  re- 
marks elsewhere  in  this  number. 

Editor,  RADIO  BROADCAST, 
Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 
Garden  City,  New  York. 

SIR: 

After  a  long  month  of  waiting  for  your  Decem- 
ber issue  to  reach  the  Coast,  1  was  successful  in 
obtaining  a  copy  today. 

After  reading  Prof.  J.  H.  Morecroft's  article 
about  the  Naval  Radio  Service  I  decided  that  an 
answer  to  a  few  of  his  statements  and  questions 
was  in  order. 

Just  a  year  ago  on  the  22nd  of  this  month,  I 
was  discharged  from  the  Naval  Radio  Service. 
At  the  time  of  the  Honda  disaster  I  was  on  the 
U.  S.  S.  Sumner,  No.  333,  12th  Squadron  of  the 
Pacific  Destroyer  Force.  My  log  was  used  at 
the  hearing  which  was  held  at  North  Island  and 
1  know  it  was  through  no  fault  of  radio  that  the 
disaster  occurred.  If  Mr.  Morecroft  had  looked 
this  matter  up  more  carefully  before  his  writing, 
he  would  not  have  made  such  a  statement. 

As  for  the  California-Hawaii  flight  Mr.  More- 
croft  states:  "According  to  the  planes  com- 
mander, a  perfect  landing  on  the  ocean  was  made 
and  nothing  happened  to  interfere  with  the  radio 
apparatus  performing  as  it  was  intended  to  do. 
\Vhy  didn't  it  perform?"  The  generators  for 
the  radio  are  wind  driven  therefore  a  plane  must 
do  her  working  before  landing.  Also  the  trans- 
mitting antenna  is  reeled  in  before  landing.  It 
is  a  known  fact  that  these  planes  could  not  carry 
the  extra  weight  necessary  to  transmit  while  on 
the  water.  Of  course  we  all  have  some  ideas  of 
'How  it  should  have  been  done'  but  put  yourself 
in  their  position  and  you  will  see  it  different. 
All  possible  space  was  needed  for  fuel,  etc.,  and 
fuel  is  heavy — so  are  batteries,  or  other  equip- 
ment necessary  for  transmission  while  a  plane  is 
down. 

Very  truly  yours, 

H.  A.  HALCOMB. 
San  Diego,  California. 


Standardisation  of  Radio  Parts 

HPHE  need  for  universal  standardization 
1  of  radio  parts  is  still  very  general, 
but  much  progress  in  this  matter  has 
been  made  since  the  inception  of  broadcast- 
ing. The  subject  was  revived  in  a  recent 
letter  to  this  office,  and  we  would  like  the 
comment  of  our  readers  on  this  matter. 

ASSOCIATED  MANUFACTURERS  OF  ELECTRI- 
CAL SUPPLIES,  CHICAGO,  ILLINOIS 

Editor,  RADIO  BROADCAST, 

Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 
Garden  City,  New  York. 

SIR: 

Every  one  in  the  radio  industry  realizes  that 
standardization  of  radio  parts  and  sets  is  neces- 
sary to  bring  about  a  more  stabilized  condition. 
The  A.  M.  E.  S.,  which  has  brought  about  the 

•jr  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  - 


••.-.r^^ 

FREE! 


12-Cell-24-VoIt 
Storage'B'Battery 

Positively  given  free  with  each 
purchase  of  a  WORLD  "A" 
Storage  Battery.  You  must 
scml  this  ad  with  your  order. 
WORLD  Batteries  are  famous 
for  their  guaranteed  quality 
and  service.  Backed  by  years 
of  successful  manufacture  and 
thousands  of  satisfied  users 
Equipped  with  Solid  Rubber  Cane. 
an  insurance  apninst  acid  and  lenk- 
age.  YouraveSOpercentandgeta 

2-Year  Guarantee 
Bond  in  Writing 

• 


Solid  Rubber  Case  Radio  Batteries 

6-Volt,  lOO-Amperea  .....       ill  25 


-        - 

12-Volt.    7-'lst« 


we  will    ship  day  order  iu 
press  C.  O.  D.,  subject  to 


received,  by  Ex- 

--  -+t,  your  examination 
l.  FKtt  U  Battery  included. 
Extra  Offer:  5  per  cent  discount  for  caab 
in  full  with  order.  Buy  now  ami  gftaeuar-' 
anteed  batter/  at  60  per  cent  navin*  to  y"u. 

WORLD  BATTERY  COMPANY 
1219  So.  Wabash  Ave.,         Dept.  24  CHICAGO.  ILL. 


Science     

tute  of  Stand- 
ards. Popular 
Radio  Labors- 
torfee,  Kadio 
Broadcast  Lab- 
oratories, Radio 
In  the  Home, 
andL«fax.  Inc. 


World 

STORAGE  BATTERIES 


8.  t  your  Radio  Diala  at  210 
metera    tor    the    new  1000 
watt  World  Storm**  Katt 
Station,    WSIiC.    Chic* 


AGENTS 
WANTED 


You  Can  Now  Knrn  a 

5    Tube    Demonstrator    FREE! 


In  addition  to  $25  to  $100  a  week,  part  or  full  time.  Everyone 
a  prospect.  Complete  line  standard  sets  and  accessories,  $5  to 
$90.  Write  today  for  illustrated  catalog  and  exclusive  selling 
plan  for  live  dealers  and  community  agents.  20TH  CENTURY 
RADIO  CO..  1045  Coca  Cola  Bldg..  Kansas  City.  Mo. 


Wonderful 

Volume  with  Clearness 
AMPL-TONE 


Phonograph  makers  have  spent  years  perfecting  the 
acoustic  properties  of  their  phonographs.  Use  an  AMPL- 
TONE  Unit  and  make  a  real  Loud  Speaker  in  an  instant  or 
use  it  in  your  horn  and  get  better  results. 

After  all.  speakers  are  as  good  as  their  unit.  We  make  a 
real  unit  at  a  real  price.  Money  gladly  returned  if  you  are 
not  entirely  satisfied. 


The  UNION  FABRIC  CO. 

DERBY,  CONN. 
Makers  of  the  Excellent  French  AMPL-TONE  Headset 

Please  send  me  an   AMPL-TONE  Unit   for   which    I   en- 
close $3.00. 

Name 

Address 

State.  . . 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


619 


THE  ARISTOCRAT 


HEATH  RESISTANCE  COUPLED 
AMPLIFIER 

Used  in  Radio  Broadcast's  Latest  Set 

Resistance  Coupled  Amplification  has  improved  radio 
reception  and  simplified  set  construction.  For  these 
reasons  Radio  Broadcast  used  resistance  coupling  in  the 
design  of  their  new  Aristocrat  Receiver.  In  this  won- 
der set  Radio  Broadcast  recommends  the  use  of  Heath's 
3'Stage  Resistance  Coupled  Amplifier.  The  well  known 
quality  and  performance  of  Heath's  compact,  3-stage 
unit  makes  it  particularly  suitable  for  any  set  where  full 
volume  and  unusual  quality  are  desired. 

Write  for  Literature  J^ 

Heath  Radio  and  Electric  Mfg.  Co. 

206-210  First  Street  Newark,  N.  J. 


BUS  BAR  WIRE 

VJOOKS' 


We  make  a  superior  wire 
of  pure  copper 


Every  piece  of  Cook  Bus  Bar  Wire  is  now  plainly 
stamped  "COOK'S" — your  protection  against 
substitutes. 

It  is  finished  square  or  round,  properly  tinned  and 
correctly  tempered  for  radio  use. 

Furnished  in  standard  lengths  of  2  feet. 

EDWARD    N.    COOK 
PLATE    CO. 

70  Ship  Street  Providence,  R.  I. 

^Representatives 

A.  ALLEN  SMITH  MR.  W.  I.  OTIS 

304  E.  Fourth  St.,   Lo«  Angela,  Gal.  Rialto  Building,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 


WOOD  if  LANE  CO. 
915  Olive  Street,  St.  Loui«,  Mo. 


HARRY  J.  CAFFREY 
51  East  42nd  St.,   New  York,  N.  Y. 


Complete  list  of 

GUARANTEED  PARTS  FOR 

Cilvcr  -  Marshall 

l—J  Model  IwJL  1926 

"MODERN    BROADCAST 
6-TUBE    RECEIVER" 

When  building  this  receiver  be  sure  you  use  only  the  parts 
specified  and  you  will  have  the  satisfaction  of  possessing  the  finest 
receiver  yet  developed. 

3— S-M  311   .00035  S.  L.  F.  Condensers 

3 — 4  in.   Kurz  Krasch  Moulded  Dials 

3— S-M  515  Coil  Sockets 

2 — S-M    112A   Inductances 

1 — S-M  110A  Inductance- 

6— S-M  510  Sockets 

2 — Carter  6-ohm  imp.   Rheostats 

1 — Central    Laboratory    500,000   ohm   Modulator 

3 — Daven   Resistance  couplers  complete 

1— Carter   101  Jack 

1— Carter  102A  Jack 

1 — Carter  On-off  Switch 

1 — .002  M.   F.  Condenser 

2 — Dubilier    .5    M.    F.    By-pass   Condensers 

1 — 7  x  24  Drilled,   Sanded  and   Engraved   Bakelite  Panel 

1 — 7  x  23  Oak  Base  Board,  Bus-bar.  Screws,  Lugs,  etc. 

1 — Belden   5-lead  color  cable 

Complete  Parts      $4Q.50 

as  Specified,    Only  .  .  T^«X 

Wired  and  Ready  to  Use  $8.  Extra 


EXTRAS 

Daven  MU-20  Tubes 

Daven  MU-6  Power  Tube      ».-»»••••• 
Western  Electric  540-A.W.  Cone  Speaker      -    -     - 

All  parts  carried  for  Every 
SILVER-MARSHALL   CIRCUIT 


$  4.00 

5.00 

27.50 


WE  ALSO  CARRY  ALL  THE  PARTS  FOR  THE 

R     HAMMARLUND 
OBERTS-RECEIVER 

Endorsed  by  Ten  Leading  Radio  Engine?!* 

Engineers  of  the  leading  manufacturers  who  make  these  parts  endorse 
the  operation  of  the  Hammarlund-Roberts  Receiver  only  when  it  is  con- 
structed with  these  specified  units  which  the  designers  have  found  to  co- 
ordinate most  efficiently  with  one  another. 

Order  from  this  list  and  we  guarantee  you   prompt  delivery. 

Unit  No.     1.     2  Rauland-Lyric   Transformers    at  $9.00     $18.00 

Unit  No.    3.     2  Hammarlund   .0005   mfd.  Model   "C"   or 

S.  L.   F.    Condensers    at     5.00        10.00 

Unit  No.    2.      1  Hammarlund      "Midget"      Condenser      5 

plate.    16   mmfd at    1.80 

Unit  No.    4.      1  Set    Hammarlund-Roberts    Coils at    7.50 

Unit  No.    5.     2  Na-ald  "Super  DeLuxe"  4  in.  Bakelite  at      .75 

Unit  No.    6.     5  Na-ald    "DeLuxe"    Sockets    at      .75 

Unit  No.    7.      1  Na-ald    K3S44 — 1J4    in.    Dial    at      .20 

Unit  No.  10.      1  Carter    25-ohm    "Imp"    Rheostat    at     1.00 

Unit  No.  11.         Carter    Single    Circuit    No.     101     "Hold- 

Tite"   Jack    at      .70 

Unit  No.  12.        Carter    "Imp"    Battery   Switch    at      .65 

Unit  No.  16.         Durham  Metallized   Resistor    at      .40 

Unit  No.    8.     4Ampwites    No.    1-A    at     1.10 

Unit  No.  13.        Dubilier  Type  640-G   .00025    mfd.   Grid 

Condenser    at      .50 

Unit  No.  14.        Dubilier  Type  640  .002  mfd.  Fixed  Con- 
denser     at      .45 

Unit  No.  15.      1  Dubilier  Type  640  .006  mfd.  Fixed  Con- 
denser      ..at      .80 

Unit  No.    9.     5  Prs.  Union  Phone  Tip  Jacks,  per  pair  at      .25 
Unit  No.  17.      1  Hammarlund-Roberts     Foundation     Unit 
(contains      engraved      bakelite-Westing- 
house    Micarta    panel,     drilled    bakelite 
sub-panel  metal  brackets  and  wire   ..at    7.90 


1.80 
7.50 
1.50 
3.75 
.20 
1.00 

.70 

.65 

.40 

4.40 

.50 
.45 

.80 
1.25 


7.90 


Complete  Parts  as  specified    $57'50 

Hammarlund  De  Luxe  Cabinet  $12. 
Wired  and  Ready  to  Use  $10.  Extra 

General  Radio 

UNIVERSAL    RECEIVER 

This  is  the  simplified  4-tube  circuit  described  in  detail  in  the  Jan- 
uary  issue  of  this  magazine.  Diagrams  and  complete  instructions 
furnished  with  each  complete  set  of  parts. 


Complete  Parts 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


Mail  order*  thipped  fame  day  received 

HEINS  &  BOLET 

40  PARK  PLACE.  NEW  YORK 


$33.50 


620 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


for 
radio 

aerials 
—COPPER 
wire 


-MM- 


COPPER  combines 

the    essential 

qualities  of — 

resistance  to  cor- 
rosion, 

tensile    strength, 
high  conductivity. 


COPPER  &  BRASS 

RESEARCH  ASSOCIATION 
25  Broadway,  New  York 


Order  your  copy  of  Radio  Broadcast  from  your 
news  dealer  or  radio  store.  Make  sure  that  he 
reserves  a  copy  for  you  each  month.  If  your 
favorite  radio  store  does  nof'stock  the  magazine 
write  us  giving  name  of  radio  dealer  and  address. 


LOW  LOSS 


Tuners  and  Coils  for  all  circuits 

3  Circuit  Amateur  and  Broadcast  tuners $7-oo 

Radio  Frequency  Transformers  (each) $2.00 

Coils  to  order.    Write  for  literature. 

Davenport  Radio  Laboratories         -fr 
1711  W.  Locust  Street  Davenport,  Iowa 


standards  in  the  electric  light  and  power  field, 
have  created  a  Radio  Section  to  standardize 
radio  sets  and  parts. 

The  Radio  Section  so  far  has  made  wonderful 
progress  in  radio  standards,  but  before  going 
further,  it  is  considered  advisable  to  get  as  much 
information  as  possible  as  to  what  should  be 
standardized.  Some  of  the  things  we  have  in 
mind  that  should  be  standardized  at  once  are  as 
follows: 

1.  Should   Rheostats,  Condensers,  etc.,  be  of 
the  one-hole   mounting   type,   or  mounted   by 
means  of  screws? 

2.  Should  Dials  and  Condensers  be  so  designed 
that  when  the  dial  is  turned  to  the  right  the 
numbers  on  the  dial  increase,  or  should  the  num- 
bers increase  when  the  dial  is  turned  to  the  left? 

It  seems  to  us  that  inasmuch  as  rheostats  turn 
from  left  to  right,  that  the  other  controls  should 
turn  in  the  same  direction.  There  are  many  sets 
and  condensers  on  the  market  on  which  the  dials 
turn  from  right  to  left.  It  would  seem  that  if 
this  could  be  standardized  it  would  be  a  step  in 
the  right  direction. 

3.  Should  all  Dials  and  Knobs  have  the  same 
size  Holes,  and  if  so,  what  size  do  you  recom- 
mend? 

4.  How  far  should  Condenser  Shafts  project 
through  the  panel? 

There  seems  to  be  no  standard  length  of  con- 
denser shaft,  which  results  in  much  annoyance, 
due  to  the  fact  that  dials  do  not  fit  properly. 

The  Radio  Section  has  already  standardized 
such  items  as  Cords,  Cord-tips,  Plugs,  Jacks, 
Rheostat  Shafts,  Standard  Color  Code  for  wiring 
sets,  etc. 

What  other  specifications,  in  your  opinion, 
should  be  standardized? 

Your  recommendations  will  be  beneficial  and 
we  will  greatly  appreciate  any  assistance  or  sug- 
gestions you  care  to  give. 

Very  truly  yours, 

A.  J.  CARTER. 

Chairman,  Parts  Committee  Radio  Section. 


A    Letter    from    Chicago's 
Radio" 


'Miss 


BEFORE  the  commencement  of  the 
recently  concluded  International 
Tests,  RADIO  BROADCAST  appointed  listen- 
ing posts  all  over  the  country  so  that 
the  fullest  possible  data  could  be  collected 
on  this  subject  after  the  Tests  were  com- 
pleted. One  of  our  letters  was  sent  to 
Chicago's" Miss  Radio,"  and  here  is  her 
reply. 

Editor,  RADIO  BROADCAST, 
Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 
Garden  City,  New  York. 

Sir: 

I  would  like  very  much  to  be  appointed  as  an 
official  listening  post  for  the  International  Radio 
Broadcast  Tests.  I  have  a  certificate  of  reception 
awarded  to  me  last  year  for  the  successful 
reception  of  programs  as  broadcast  from  2  to  and 
FPTT,  Paris. 

1  am  using  an  Atwater  Kent-io,  an  Atwater 
Kent-2o,  and  an  Apex  Super-Five.  1  have  three 
different  antennas;  (i)  140  feet  long,  south  to 
north;  (2)  100  feet  long,  east  to  west;  (3)  50  feet 
long,  north  to  south.  1  have  logged  264  different 
broadcasting  stations,  and  am  still  going  strong. 
The  Atwater  Kent-io  was  my  first  set,  and  was 
bought  in  March,  1924. 

I  was  awarded  second  prize  in  the  "Radio 
Diana"  contest  conducted  by  the  Radio  World's 
Fair   in    New    York   City,   and   was   awarded 
first  prize  in  the  "Miss  Radio"  contest  at  the 
Chicago  Radio  Show.     I  hope  to  have  a  five- 
watt  short-wave  transmitter  going  soon. 
Very  truly  yours, 
FLOSSIE  E.  ERICKSON, 
Bloomington,  Illinois. 

T  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  - 


NEW  MODEL  T  CABINET 


Si:es  in  stock.     Have  pi.ino  hinge,  and  are  full  8"  and 
10"  deep  inside. 


Siz. 

7x18-8 
7x21-8 
7x24-S 
7x26-8 
7x28-8 
7x30-8 


Mahnenny  Mahogany 


$8.55 
9.30 
10.10 
10.70 
11.80 
12.75 


$9.50 
11.50 
12.60 
15.35 
14.70 
15.85 


Mahogany  Mahogany 
Finish  or 

Walnut 


7xlv-10 
7x21-10 
7x24-10 
7x26-10 
7x28-10 
7x30-10 


$10.20 
10.90 
11.70 
12.65 
13.00 
13.30 


$11.55 
13.25 
14.65 
15.80 
16.20 
16.65 


HAMMARLUND  ROBERTS  CABINET 

With  piano  hinge,  sloping  panel,  and  fancy  line  grooves. 

Mahogany  or  Walnut $14.00 

Mahogany  Finish 1 1 .50 

BROADCAST  UNIVERSAL  AND 
ARISTOCRAT  CABINETS 

Model  T  design,  with  slots  and  drilling  to  specifications 

Mahogany  or  Walnut $11.00 

Mahogany  Finish 9-00 

Shipping  charges  prepaid 

"CORBETTS  CABINETS"  have  been  preferred  for 
several  years  by  quality  set  builders  and  are  unquestion- 
ably superior  in  design  and  finish.  They  are  backed  by 
our  guarantee  to  please  you.  Carefully  hand-rubbed 
piano  finish.  Well  packed  for  shipment. 

WRITE  FOR  CATALOG  showing  attractive  models 
for  all  sizes  of  radio  cabinets,  consoles  and  tables. 

Jobbers  and  Dealers  lfrite  for  discounts.         ^^ 

CORBETT  CABINET  MFG.  COMPANY 
St.  Marys  Pennsylvania 


NO  MORE  LOOSE  CONNECTIONS 
X-L  PUSH  POST 

A  Binding  Post  that  really  does  excel,  looks, 
action,  iervice  and  convenience.  Push  it  down 
— insert  wire — cannot  jar  loose  from  vibration. 
No  screwing  or  danger  of  shearing  off  wires. 
Furnished  attractively  plated  with  ioldering 
lug  and  necessary  markings. 

Price  Each,   15  Cents 

X-L  RADIO  LABORATORIES 

2424  Lincoln  Ave.  CHICAGO 


Why  not  subscribe  to  Radio 
Broadcast?  By  the  year  only 
$4.00;  or  two  years,  $6.00, 
saving  $2.40.  Send  direct  to 
Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 
Garden  City,  New  York. 


FOR  CLEAR,  QUIET  "B"  POWER 


RADIO 

Storage  "B"  Battery 

..IS  Lasts  Indefinitely— Pays  for  Itself 

Economy  and  performance  unheard  of  b*f< 
irible  coat.  Delivers  unfailing  power  tnai 
Approved  an  1  listed  as  Standard  by  leadlni 

-    "     r    '        -wriea.  Pop.  Pel.  In 

other  Important  Institut 


Recharged  at  a  nesrli- 


AroroVeTan-t iist^  StendaU by  leadin*  •(£££%      ' 
ing  Pop.  Radio  Laboratories,  Fop.  Pci.  Inst.  Standards.  Ra 


fore.  Recharged  at  a  nesrli- 
it  la  clear,  pure  and  quiet. 
IK  Raf'io  Authorities,  inciud- 


NewB 

™.,.    .^.a, „„„..».      MUH'ped, With 

Insurance  atralnsc  acid  ard  Ie»ka(te.  Extra 


efax,  Ini. .  and  other  important  Institutions.    &iu 
(  ^ubbtr   Cage.  «n  Insurance  ajralnsc  acid  ard  leaha^- 
heavy  "la-*B  jars,    tieavy  rugged  plates.    Order  yours  today  I 

Ct:XTT^  "rVTC~\   X,fl*^XJI7V    Just  state  number   of  b .— 

Oh.NLJ  WL/  AlLJiNllI  wmnt*d  end  we  will  shlo  day  order 
i  a  received.  Extra  offer:  4  batteries  in  series  (96  volta) ,  *  ]  u  ;,i  i.  Pa» 
*xp  eB«man  after  examining  batteries.  6  per  cent  discount  ror  cash 
with  order  Mail  ynur  order  now! 

WORLD  BATTERY  COMPANY 
1219  So.  Wabash  Ave..      Dept.  78        Chicago,  HI. 

Maker*  of  the  Famota  World  Radio  "A"  SloTaat  Bntlerv 
frier,:  e^olt.  loo  Amp.  tlt.ts:  liu  Amp.  tls.Zf;  110  Ams   f"«*- 
'  "  -Quipped  with  Solid  RiMrr 


Alt  eyiipved.  with  Sol 

World 


.; 
r  COM. 


S-t  your  Radio  Dial*  >t  210 
meun  for  the  new  1000 
watt  World  Ztonge  Battery 
Station,  WSBC.  Chicaio. 
lor  announcement*. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


639 


4222WrightwoodAve.,  Chicago.U.S.  A 


Charger  ONi 

SATISFACTION    GUARANTEED 


Charges  any  type  of  storage  A 
or  B  battery,  or  auto  battery, 
using  a  few  cents  worth  of  or- 
dinary house  current.  Cannot 
injure  battery  and  lasts  for 
years.  Complete  directions  en- 
closed— anyone  can  operate.  No 
"Extras"  to  buy. 

Why  pay  J10.00  to  $18.00  for 
a  charter  when  you  can  get  this 
splendid  GUAKANTEKD  H.  B. 
Charger  by  mailing  us  two  dol- 
lars (bills,  money  order,  check, 
or  stamps).  Charger  will  be  sent 
postpaid.  Act  at  once.  TO-DAY. 


R.  B.  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

308  East  Third  Dept.  19  Cincinnati,  Ohio 


RADIO    PEP 

B- BATTERY    ELIMINATOR 
NO  TUBES      f**  NO  HUM 


Buy  no  more  B-batteries! 

USE  the  unlimited  supply  of  cheap,  depend- 
able electricity  right  at  hand  in  your  house- 
lighting  circuit. 

This  can  be  done  with  permanent  satisfaction 
with  RADIO  PEP. 

RADIO  PEP  is  the  FIRST  eliminator  to  com- 
pletely solve  the  problem,  as  it  is  the  only  one 
made  with  EIGHT  PERFECTED  ELECTROLY- 
TIC CELLS,  replacing  tubes  and  doing  away  with 
all  the  familiar  tube  troubles. 

Two  or  four  cells  overloaded  will  not  give  PER- 
MANENCE and  POWER— the  outstanding  char- 
acteristics of  RADIO  PEP. 

135  VOLTS  are  called  for  by  the  modern  sets  and 
tubes;  here  you  get  it  year  after  year  without 
weakening. 

For  110-125  volts,  60-cycle  alternating  current. 

Send  for  particulars  and  name  of 

our    nearest    dealer.       Price    $38. 

Money  back  guarantee. 


*  PEP  MFG.  CO.,  Inc. 

33  West  42nd  Street 


New  York 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


ARTHUR  H.  LYNCH.  Editor 
WILLIS  K.  WING,  Managing  Editor 
JOHN  B.  BRENNAN,  Technical  Editor 


APRIL,  1926 
Vol.  VIII,  No.  6 


Cover  Design  '     -  From  a  Painting  by  Fred  J.  Edgars 

Frontispiece    -     -  Listening-in  at  Petyn  642 

How  Radio  Grew  Up  Robert  H.  Marriott  643 

What  Happened  During  the  1926  International  Tests 

Willis  K.  Wing  647 

The  March  of  Radio  -J.  H.  Morecroft  652 

The  $500  Short' Wave  Receiver  Contest     <  657 

The  Tube  and  Its  Best  Uses  Keith  Henney  658 

The  "Aristocrat"  Receiver      -  664 

Radio  Sets  for  Light  Keepers  -     -     -  666 

The  Listeners'  Point  of  View  -          -     John  Wallace  667 

As  the  Broadcaster  Sees  It  -  Carl  Dreher  672 

Drawings  by  F.  F.  Stratford 

How  a  Portable  B  Battery  Transmitter  Works 

By  the  Laboratory  Staff  678 

The  Use  of  the  Filament  Resistance  John  B.  Brennan  682 

Cutting  out  the  Locals  -          -     -     -     H.  E.  Rhodes  686 


The  Grid — Questions  and  Answers 

Coil  Dimensions  for  the  "Universal"  Receiver 

Eliminating  the  Reflex  in  the  Roberts  Circuit 

How  to  Calculate  Capacity  in  Series  or  Parallel 

A  Three-Tube  R.  F.  Circuit  with  Impedance  Amplification 

"Now,  I  Have  Found"  -     -     -     - 


Improving  Reproduction  in  Cone  Speakers 
How  to  Provide  a  Counterpoise  System 
The  Silver  "Model  1926  Receiver4' 
A  Coil  Winder  for  Diamondweave  Coils 
A  Battery  Throw-over  Switch 
Economical  Sub'panel  Brackets 


Short  Wave  Stations  of  the  World 


A  Key  to  Recent  Radio  Articles      E.  G.  Shaltyiauser 
What  Our  Readers  Write  Us 


696 


702 


708 

710 
716 


1 


EDITORIAL   SCENES 

ROBERT  H.  MARRIOTT  is  one  of  the  "old  men  of 
radio"  in  the  United  States  and  his  articles  about  "How 
Radio  Grew  Up"  seem  to  please  both  old  and  new  radio  folk. 
The  first  article  in  the  series  he  is  writing  for  RADIO  BROADCAST 
appeared  in  December,  1925.  However  much  we  may  marvel 
now  at  the  accomplishments  of  the  amateur  in  throwing  a  faint 
short-wave  signal  half  way  around  the  world  with  his  simple 
apparatus,  there  is  still  much  of  the  remarkable  in  the  accom- 
plishments of  the  early  radio  workers,  and  there  is  no  one  better 
able  to  tell  about  it  than  Mr.  Marriott.  There  are  other  arti- 
cles to  follow  by  him. 

A  LTHOUGH  the  International  Tests  are  considerably  be- 
•/!.  hind  us  in  this  rapidly  moving  radio  world,  the  corres- 
pondence from  radio  listeners  all  over  the  United  States  and 
from  foreign  countries  still  continues  to  bombard  the  office. 
For  those  who  listened  in  vain  for  a  peep  on  a  foreign  wave- 
length, the  review  of  the  results  of  the  Tests  on  page  647  of 
this  issue  should  attract  attention.  A  letter  just  received  from 
a  woman  in  Iowa  is  especially  interesting.  "To  settle  an  ar- 
gument with  my  husband,"  she  writes,  "will  you  please  tell  me 
whether  or  not  the  following  program  came  from  any  foreign 
station?"  The  program  in  question  came  from  Bournemouth, 
and  since  that  station  was  added  to  the  list  at  the  last  minute, 
she,  among  many  listeners,  did  not  know  they  were  on.  We 
settled  the  argument. 

THE  third  in  the  series  of  Keith  Henney's  valuable  articles 
on  tubes  appears  in  this  number.  The  previous  two  ap- 
peared in  the  December  and  February  issues  of  RADIO  BROAD- 
CAST. "The  Tube  and  Its  Best  Uses"  is  specially  designed  to 
answer  all  sorts  of  questions  on  the  practical  use  of  the  tube  in 
radio  circuits,  and  it  was  written  in  a  large  measure  to  answer 
definite  inquiries  which  came  to  our  office. 

/DOMING  numbers  of  RADIO  BROADCAST  will  have  much  of 
\—J  interest  to  every  sort  of  reader.  One  wishes  that  space 
limitations  did  not  prevent  us  from  including  in  this  issue  some 
of  these  articles  which  have  been  omitted  for  that  reason.  In  an 
early  number,  there  will  be  another  of  the  home  laboratory  arti- 
cles, describing  a  very  useful  wavemeter  wit,,  complete  instruc- 
tions on  how  to  use  this  valuable  device  in  the  home  laboratory. 
Then  there  is  another  article  by  H.  E.  Rhodes  on  wavetraps,  de- 
scribing a  number  of  valuable  types,  which  will  be  a  great  help 
to  those  who  are  having  their  own  difficulties  with  a  receiver 
which  is  not  selective  enough.  There  will  be  more  informa- 
tion on  short-wave  transmitters — that  subject  which  has 
proved  widely  popular  with  our  readers.  Edgar  H.  Felix  has 
written  a  very  helpful  article  on  how  to  learn  the  code  which 
many  a  mystified  struggler  with  the  Continental  dots  and 
dashes  will  find  of  great  value.  The  article  by  J.  C.  Jensen 
in  the  April  number,  "Can  We  Forecast  Radio  Reception  from 
the  Weather?"  has  stirred  up  no  end  of  interest  and  discussion. 
Shortly  after  the  magazine  appeared,  the  Associated  Press  car- 
ried a  story  about  Mr.  Jensen's  conclusions.  Mr.  Jensen's 
article  has  inspired  other  investigators  in  the  same  field  to  tell 
us  of  their  work  and  we  hope  soon  to  print  the  conclusions  of 
some  of  these  men. 

MANUSCRIPTS  on  the  $500  short-wave  receiver  contest 
are  piling  into  the  office,  and  those  who  have  not  yet 
become  actively  interested  in  the  problem  should  turn  at  once 
to  page  657  and  set  their  brains  to  work. — W.  K.  W. 


0*= 


Doubleday,  Page  &  Co. 
MAGAZINES 

COUNTRY  LIFE 

WORLD'S  WORK 

GARDEN  &  HOME  BUILDER 

RADIO  BROADCAST 

SHORT  STORIES 

EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW 

LE  PETIT  JOURNAL 

EL  Eco 

THE  FRONTIER 

WEST 


NEW  YORK: 


Doubleday,  Page  &  Co. 

BOOK  SHOPS 
LORD  &  TAYLOR  BOOK  SHOP 
PENNSYLVANIA  TERMINAL  (2  Shops) 
38  WALL  ST.  AND  I66WEST  32NDST. 
GRAND  CENTRAL  TERMINAL 
c     ,  I  223  NORTH  STII  STREET 

•     I  4914  MARYLAND  AVENUE 

u'.v,  .c  r,™. )  920  GRAND  AVENUE 
KANSAS  CITY,  j  ^  WEST  4?TH  SyREET 

CLEVELAND'  HIGBEE  Co. 

SPRINGFIELD,  MASS.   MEEKINS,  PACKARD^  WHEAT 


Doubleday,  Page  &  Co. 

OFFICES 

GARDEN  CITY,  N.  Y. 
NEW  YORK:  285  MADISON  AVENUE 
BOSTON:  TREMONT  BUILDING 
CHICAGO:  PEOPLES  GAS  BUILDING 
SANTA  BARBARA,  CAL. 
LONDON:  WM.  HEINEMANN  LTD. 
TORONTO:  OXFORD  UNIVERSITY  PRESS 


Doubleday,  Page  Sr  Co, 

OFFICERS 

F.  N.  DOUBLEDAY,  President 
A.  W.  PAGE,  V ice-President 
NELSON  DOUBLEDAY,  ^'ice-President 
RUSSELL  DOUBLEDAY,  Secretary 
S.  A.  EVERITT,  Treasurer 
JOHN  J.  HESSIAN,  Asst.  Treasurer 


OOUBLEDAT,  'PAGE  &  COMPACT,  Garden  Qity,  N.ew 

Copyright,  1926,  in  the  United  States,  Newfoundland,  Great  Britain,  Canada,  and  other  countries  by  Doubleday,  Page  &  Company.    All  rights  reserved. 

TERMS:  $4.00  a  year;  single  copies  35  cents. 

640 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


641 


uson 


One  Tuning  Control — 
Calibrated  in  Meters.' 

Select  your  program, 
turn  up  its  wavelength 
and  in  comes  your 
station.  In  accomplish- 
ing this  feat  in  radio 
design,  there  has  not 
been  the  slightest 
sacrifice  in  electrical  ef- 
ficiency. 


The  Gold  Standard  °f Radio  Receivers 

A3  THE  "FORTY-NINERS"  washed  out  for  the 
hidden  particles  of  gold,  so,  today,  the 
wise  buyer — sifting  through  a  confusion  of 
extravagant  claims  and  choosing  on  perform- 
ance alone — finds  Ferguson,  "The  Gold 
Standard  of  Radio  Receivers." 

Readily  piercing  through  the  maze  of  local 
broadcasters,  the  Ferguson  unfailingly  finds 
the  more  remote  stations.  Its  three  stages  of 
Matched  Audio  give  ample  volume  so  that  you 
may  not  only  hear  but  enjoy  their  programs. 
Its  life-like  reproduction  is  true  as  gold. 


Arrange  with  the  nearest  Authorized 

Ferguson  Dealer  for  a  demonstration 

in  your  own  home,  or  write  us. 

J.  B.  FERGUSON,  Inc. 

41  East  42d  Street 
NEW  YORK,  N.  Y. 


The  single  tuning  knob  revolves  the  shaft  by 
means  of  a  split  gear  that  eliminates  all  back- 
lash. A  pivot  bearing  gives  this  control  its  velvet- 
smooth  ease.  The  Receiver  is  mounted  upon 
a  rigid  aluminum  chassis. 


CABINET  MODEL  EIGHT 
A  Six-tube  Tuned  r.  f.  Receiver,  $226 


Tested  and  approved  bv  RADIO  BROADCAST  •*• 


LISTENING-IN  AT  PEKIN 


©American  Museum  of  Natural  History  and  Asia 


Although  radio  broadcasting  has  already  made  its  debut  in  some  Chinese  centers,  most  of  the  natives  listening-in  here  were  doing  so  for 
the  first  time.  The  sets  are  those  of  the  scientific  expedition  headed  by  Roy  Chapman  Andrews,  which  was  sent  to  Mongolia  through  the 
cooperative  efforts  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  and  Asia  magazine.  The  upper  picture  shows  one  of  the  expedition 
mystified  by  the  voice  in  the  box,  while  the  other  retainers  are  shown  listening  to  a  program  from  Tientsin  in  the  lower  picture 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


VOLUME  VIII 


NUMBER  6 


APRIL,  1926 


The  Period  1872  to  1897— Hughes,  Dolbear,  Hertz,  Branley,  Lodge,  Tesla, 
Popoff — Marconi's  Early  Life — Wireless  is  First  Put  on  a  Commercial  Basis 

By  ROBERT  H.  MARRIOTT 


IN  CHAPTER  I  of  "How  Radio  Grew 
Up"  we  rapidly  traced  the  growth  of 
radio  science  from  its  earliest  stages — 
from  the  time  when  Luigi  Galvani  con- 
ducted his  researches  in  1790,  probably 
knowing  little  about  what  he  was  actually 
doing,  through  the  researches  of  De  Salva, 
of  Morse,  and  of  Maxwell.  The  electro- 
magnetic induction  experiments  of  Faraday 
were  also  described,  and  the  story  concluded 
with  one  Loomis,  who,  in  1872,  took  out  a 
patent  for  a  special  apparatus  designed  to 
utilize  electricity  collected  from  the  atmos- 
phere for  transmitting  purposes.  Taking 
up  our  story  at  this  point  (where  it  was 
dropped  in  the  December,  1925,  RADIO 
BROADCAST,)  the  first  new  name  in 
the  series  is  that  of  Professor  D.  E. 
Hughes,  who,  in  1872,  managed  to 
transmit  and  receive  intelligible 
signals  over  a  distance  of  a  quarter 
of  a  mile,  using,  for  receiving  pur- 
poses, both  coherers  and  microphonic 
detectors. 

He  described  his  devices  before  the 
Royal  Society  on  May  8,  1878. 
During  his  experiments,  he  walked 
up  and  down  Great  Portland  Street 
in  London  with  his  microphonic  de- 
tector and  telephone  receiver,  and 
it  was  at  this  time  that  he  got  signals 
up  to  a  quarter  of  a  mile  or  more 
from  his  transmitter.  Had  he  per- 
sisted with  his  apparatus,  and  if  it 
had  been  possible  to  employ  at  that 
time  a  present  day  publicity  agent, 
radio  might  have  gone  into  public 
service  many  years  earlier  than  it 
did,  for  some  of  the  accounts  in- 
dicate that  his  apparatus  was  every 
bit  as  efficient  as  apparatus  used 
seventeen  years  later.  In  this  coun- 
try we  quickly  abandoned  the  later 


First  President,  Institute  of  Radio  Engineers 

coherer  method  of  reception  and  went  back 
to  the  telephone  and  detector  method. 

Hughes  made  his  demonstrations  to 
fellow  scientists  who  appeared  to  be  bent 
on  discouraging  him,  and  years  later  he 
said,  "  I  was  so  discouraged  at  being  unable 
to  convince  them  of  the  truth  of  these 
aerial  electric  waves  that  I  actually  re- 
fused to  write  a  paper  on  the  subject — — ." 

In  1882,  Professor  A.  E.  Dolbear,  of 
Tufts  College,  built  a  transmitter  and  a 
receiver,  with  antenna  and  ground,  that 
apparently  must  have  operated  according 
to  the  electro-magnetic  theory.  On  Oc- 
tober 5,  1886,  he  was  granted  United  States 
patent  number  350,299.  He  described 


EDOUARD    BRANLY 

French  scientist  who  made  a  very  valuable  contribution 
wireless  telegraphy  in  designing  a  detector  known  as  a 
coherer.  It  was  later  improved  by  Sir  Oliver  Lodge 


his  invention  as  a  mode  of  electric  com- 
munication, and  said  in  the  description, 
"Communication  may  thus  be  established 
between  points  certainly  more  than  half 
a  mile  apart;  but  how  much  farther  I  cannot 
now  say." 

It  looks  now  as  though  both  Hughes's  and 
Dolbear's  devices  were  pretty  fair  radio 
devices  for  that  time;  but  apparently  those 
equipments  were  not  deliberately  designed 
and  operated  on  the  basis  of  the  now 
accepted  electro-magnetic  wave  theory  of 
Maxwell. 

Following  Hughes  and  Dolbear,  we  next 
come  to  the  exponents  of  the  earlier  Max- 
well theory.  The  first  of  these  is  Henrich 
Hertz,  a  German  scientist,  who,  in 
1886,  proceeding  on  Maxwell's 
theory,  built  and  used  a  carefully 
tuned  radio  transmitter  and  receiver. 
However,  it  could  not  be  heard 
enough  to  do  much  more  than  serve 
as  proof  of  the  Maxwell  theory,  be- 
cause the  detector  was  insensitive. 
Sir  William  Crookes,  in  discussing 
Hertz's  apparatus,  said,  quoting  from 
the  Fortnightly  Review,  London,  Feb- 
ruary, 1892,  "Here,  then,  is  revealed 
the  bewildering  possibility  of  tele- 
graph without  wires,  posts,  cables,  or 
any  of  our  present  costly  appliances." 

HERTZ   THE    FATHER    OF    RADIO  ? 

SOME  scientists  and  other  folk 
who  have  studied  the  history  of 
radio  and  who  are  not  biased  by 
nationality  or  by  some  company's 
pay  roll,  are  inclined  to  say  that  radio 
is  a  product  of  evolution;  while 
others  prefer  to  say  that  radio  was 
invented.  As  a  rule,  those  unbiased 
ones  who  prefer  to  say  it  was  in- 
vented, give  the  credit  to  Hertz. 


644 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


APRIL,  1926 


NIKOLA   TESLA 

Was  born  in  Austria-Hungary  in  1857,  Serbian 
by  race.  It  was  originally  intended  that  he 
should  be  trained  for  the  clergy,  but  he  developed 
scientific  tendencies  instead.  He  came  to 
America  in  1884  and  immediately  entered  the 
Edison  works,  afterward  starting  out  on  his 
own.  In  1893  he  invented  methods  of  wireless 
transmission 


In  1891,  Edouard  Branly,  a  French 
scientist,  made  a  more  sensitive  detector 
than  that  used  by  Hertz,  intended  for  use 
in  the  latter's  receiver.  This  detector  was 
called  the  Branly  coherer.  It  consisted  of 
particles  of  metal  that  would  stick  together 
when  affected  by  radio  currents,  and  would 
then  pass  a  battery  current.  Sir  Oliver 
Lodge  used  the  Hertz-Branly  combination, 
but  added  a  tapper  that  automatically  de- 
cohered the  coherer  after  a  signal. 

In  1893,  Nicola  Tesla  proposed  that  high 
antennas  and  a 
ground  connection 
be  used  at  the  sending 
and  receiving  instru- 
ments to  get  the  great- 
est possible  distance. 

In  1895  Vladimir 
Popoff,  a  Russian, 
added  antenna  and 
ground  to  the  Hertz- 
Branly  -  Lodge  com- 
bination, and  gave 
demonstrations  to 
students  and  scien- 
tific people.  The  dis- 
tances covered  grew 
with  these  successive 
steps. 

By  1894,  wireless, 
that  is  the  induction 
system  like  that  Fara- 
day had  used,  and  the 
conduction  system 
which  Morse  had 
demonstrated,  had 
been  successfully  and 
repeatedly  used  to 
telegraph  over  dis- 
tances up  to  three 
miles  or  more.  The 
Hertz-Branly-  Lodge- 
Tesla- Popoff  combi- 
nation apparently 
worked  best.  It  was 


the  product  of  German,  French,  English, 
American,  and  Russian  scientists,  arrived 
at  by  sticking  to  the  Scotchman's  (Max- 
well's) theory. 

MARCONI'S  EARLY  LIFE 

WHILE  this  radio  development  was 
going  on  in  the  scientific  circles  of 
the  world,  young  Marconi  had  been  taking 
a  course  under  science  teachers  at  Leghorn 
and  Bologna,  and  became  interested  in 
radio  in  1895,  when  about  twenty-one 
years  old.  He  had  means  and  influential 
connections  in  both  Italy  and  Great  Britain. 
He  came  from  Italian  ancestry  on  his 
father's  side,  and  Irish  ancestry  on  his 
mother's  side. 

In  1896,  Marconi  went  to  England  and 
filed  a  patent  in  which  he  described  the 
Hertz-Branly-Lodge-Tesla- Popoff  devices 
and  a  special  form  of  spark  gap  that  had 
been  designed  by  the  Italian  scientist 
Righi,  which  gap  was  not  necessary  but 
could  be  used  as  a  substitute  for  the  one 
used  by  Hertz.  Then  he  commenced 
demonstrating  what  was  actually  known 
about  radio  up  to  that  time,  to  government 
representatives  and  to  business  men,  to 
newspaper  and  magazine  writers.  His 
demonstrating  extended  radio  from  college 
environment  to  political,  military,  and 
mercenary  circles.  By  the  middle  of  1897, 
business  men  had  become  sufficiently  inter- 
ested to  form  a  £100,000  company  for 
exploiting  radio. 

Marconi  played  the  part  of  a  salesman, 
and,  as  is  still  often  the  case  where  scientists 
and  salesmen  are  involved,  the  salesman 
got  money  out  of  it  while  the  scientists 


THE    CATALINA    SENDING    STATION 

Located  at  Avalon,  about  twenty-five  miles  from  the  California  Coast  station.  Until  Mr.  Marriott 
erected  this  station  there  was  no  means  of  communication  with  the  mainland  except  by  means  of 
the  boat  service  which  was  not  at  all  reliable,  especially  in  bad  weather.  One  of  the  first  uses  to 
which  this  wireless  was  put  was  to  receive  the  result  of  a  big  fight  which  took  place  in  San  Francisco. 
Skeptics  doubted  the  authenticity  of  the  wireless  reports  and  even  after  they  were  confirmed,  various 
theories  as  to  how  the  messages  were  actually  received  were  advanced.  Some  said  that  carrier 
pigeons  were  used.  Others  said  they  saw  a  man  in  a  small  boat  land  on  the  Island  with  the  news. 
Another  theory  was  that  signals  by  means  of  powerful  lights  were  sent  from  the  mainland  to  Catalina 


GUGLIELMO   MARCONI 

Whom  Mr.  Marriott  describes  as  a  sales  engineer. 
He  studied  and  conducted  his  early  experiments 
at  the  University  of  Bologna  in  Italy.  In  1899 
he  succeeded  in  communicating  across  the 
English  Channel  for  the  first  time,  and  in  1901, 
across  the  Atlantic  Ocean.  He  was  awarded 
the  Nobel  Prize  for  Physics  in  1909 


didn't.  Also,  as  part  of  the  promotion 
scheme  for  getting  money,  Marconi  was 
advertised  as  deserving  the  honor  for  what 
the  scientists  had  done,  making  him  appear 
as  a  profound  scientist  and  almost  super- 
natural inventor. 

The  scheme  was  to  make  it  appear  that 
Marconi  had  invented  radio  and  thereby 
get  a  world  wide  radio  patent  monopoly. 
That  was  the  beginning  of  many  dupli- 
cated attempts  to  advertise  inventions  and 
inventors  for  the  purpose  of  getting  a 
monopoly  of  radio,  or  to  sell  stock.  It  has 
been  tried  more  or 
less  right  up  to  this 
very  minute.  In  the 
United  States,  how- 
ever, the  patents  were 
shown  up  for  what 
they  were  worth,  or 
avoided  by  making 
other  devices  that 
would  serve  the  same 
purpose. 

The  virtue  of  the 
Marconi  Company's 
advertising  was  in  the 
publicity  it  gave  to 
radio  and  not  in  the 
claims  they  made  for 
themselves.  That 
publicity  started 
quite  active  develop- 
ment of  radio  in  sev- 
eral countries.  It  put 
more  money  and  peo- 
ple into  the  develop- 
ing of  this  so-called 
new  science. 

The  advertising 
brought  radio  to  the 
attention  of  people  in 
all  walks  of  life,  in- 
cluding numerous  un- 
attached  young 
would  -  be  scientists 
and  engineers,  who, 


APRIL,  1926 


HOW  RADIO  GREW  UP 


645 


like  Marconi,  as  yet 
had  no  scientific  or 
engineering  reputa- 
tions to  lose,  and 
therefore,  could  take 
a  chance  in  this  new 
field. 

It  became  obvious 
to  many  that  radio 
could  be  useful  if 
properly  applied. 
Its  apparent  possi- 
bilities made  it  an 
easy  thing  for  stock 
jobbers  to  sell  stock 
in  radio  companies. 
They  were  inclined 
to  depart  very 
widely  from  the  kind 
of  rules  laid  down  in 
Christian  Sunday 
schools  in  disposing 
of  their  stocks,  how- 
ever. Radio  was  an 
obviously  fertile 
field,  but  without 
immediate  returns 
in  it.  It  contained 
some  more  or  less 


AN    EARLY    DETECTOR 


Is  shown  in  this  photographic  reproduction  of  the  sketch  and  description  of  those  made  by  Mr. 
Swenson  (Mr.  Marriott's  able  assistant)  to  Mr.  Marriott's  specifications.  These  were  used  in  the 
California-Catalina  Island  circuit  for  several  years.  They  consisted  of  converted  spherometers 


dangerous  Indians. 
Scientists,  with  reli- 
able incomes  and 
reputations  that 
might  get  sunk  na- 
turally were  afraid 
to  go  into  radio. 
However,  there 
were  quite  a  num- 
ber of  young  men 
who  had  been  given 
scientific  training, 
and  who  had  not 
made  any  scientific 
or  engineering  repu- 
tations that  could 
be  lost.  Some  of 
them  were  adven- 
turous enough  to  go 
into  radio  then,  and 
a  few  still  survive. 
The  writer  is  one  of 
these  young  men. 

After  1897,  the 
works  and  workers 
became  so  increas- 
ingly numerous  that 
only  some  of  the  es- 
sence of  them  can  be 


C.    S.    KEMP,    AN    EARLY    ASSISTANT   OF    SENATOR    MARCONI 

Photographed  in  England  with  the  apparatus  used  by  Mr.  Marconi  in  his  experiments  at  Bologna,  Italy,  in  1895.     The  copper  plate  at  the  top  is  the 

antenna  used  for  short  distances,  while  for  greater  distances,  kite  balloons  ten  feet  in  diameter  with  a  copper  antenna  wire  attached,  were  employed. 

The  telegraph  key  is  at  the  right,  the  large  induction  coil  shown  in  the  center  operating  from  batteries,  furnished  the  high-frequency  energy 


646 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


APRIL,  1926 


given  here.  Radio  stations  began  to  bob 
up  in  various  parts  of  the  world  like  mush- 
rooms, and  like  mushrooms,  they  did  not 
last  long  in  any  one  place;  as  a  rule  because 
they  didn't  pay  expenses,  and  also  because 
a  great  many  of  them  were  temporary 
stations  erected  purely  for  demonstration 
purposes,  devoted  to  showing  the  possibili- 
ties at  that  place,  or  to  sell  stock.  In 
1902,  the  writer  succeeded  in  establishing  a 
radio  circuit  between  Catalina  Island  and 
the  mainland  of  California,  the  first  in  the 
United  States  that  stayed  put,  although 
several  circuits  had  been  tried  before  that. 
That  circuit  continued  for  twenty-one 
years,  becoming  a  radio  telephone  circuit 
in  its  later  days.  The  use  of  telephony 
killed  it,  for  too  many  uninvited  folks  were 
able  to  listen-in. 

The  steamship  companies  were  slow  to 
install  radio  on  their  ships.  The  directors 
of  the  companies  had  too  many  other 
places  where  they  wanted  to  put  their 
money.  The  captains  likewise  did  not 
want  it  because,  without  it,  they  were 
kings  between  docks,  but  with  it,  the 
owners  might  play  king  and  give  them 
orders.  A  la<-ge  proportion  of  the  first  ship 
radio  stations  were  established  on  board  free 
of  charge  to  the  steamship  companies. 

The  United  States  law  which  compelled 
ships  to  be  equipped  with  radio,  took  effect 
in  1912,  and  caused  a  large  increase  in 
radio  on  vessels,  and  also  resulted  in  some 
of  the  old  captains  recalling  for  service  all 
the  cuss  words  they  had  mentally  vo- 
cabularized  during,  perhaps,  forty  years  at 
sea.  The  writer  had  intimate  contact  with 
this  aspect  of  radio,  because,  when  the  law 
went  into  effect,  he  helped  enforce  it  at 
New  York  as  United  States  Radio  In- 


A    1902    COMMERCIAL    RADIO   CIRCUIT 

The  wireless  telegraph  installation  at  Catalina  Island,  made  by  Mr.  Marriott  and  his 
assistants.  The  switchboard  at  the  right  controlled  the  dynamo  circuits  for  light  and 
transmitter  power.  The  switchboard  in  the  back  carried  two  remote  control  switch 
arms  which  switched  the  antenna  from  "send"  to  "receive".  The  box  bearing  the 
spark  rods  is  a  large  induction  coil  capable  of  giving  a  2O-inch  spark  but  actually  de- 
livering a  f-inch  spark  when  connected  to  the  antenna.  The  piece  of  paper  covers  a 
mechanical  interrupter,  which,  at  the  time  the  picture  was  taken,  was  a  secret 


spector.  After  a  captain's  big  noisy  kick 
was  divested  of  its  profane  trimmings, 
about  all  it  amounted  to  was  a  statement 
to  the  effect  that  he  had  sailed  the  seas 
ever  since  the  time  when  vessels  were 
pushed  along  by  the  wind,  and  that  he  had 


THE    RECEIVING    EQUIPMENT 

Of  the  last  Santa  Catalina  public  service  station,  which  was  closed  in  July,  1923,  as  its  traffic  was  listened-in  to 
by  many  outsiders.     The  receiving  loop  may  be  detected  in  the  background.     A  submarine  cable  was  substituted 

for  the  radio  link 


gotten  along  without  wireless  up  to  date 
so  why  shouldn't  he  and  everybody  else 
continue  to  get  along  without  it.  All  the 
radio  inspector  had  to  say  was,  "Maybe 
so,  but  if  your  radio  isn't  in  proper  working 
order  before  you  leave  port  I  will  have  to 
report  it,  and  you  will  be  liable  to 
a  fine  of  five  thousand  dollars." 
Not  many  words,  but  they  were 
effective. 

The  value  of  radio  as  a  protec- 
tion against  the  loss  of  life  and 
property,  and  the  failure  of  steam- 
ship companies  to  avail  themselves 
of  it,  made  the  law  necessary.  Had 
there  been  a  radio  monopoly,  this 
law  would  probably  have  been  all 
the  more  necessary  because  the 
monopoly  would  have  undoubt- 
edly held  up  the  prices,  and  steam- 
ship owners  would  have  fought 
harder  against  its  enforcement. 

The  United  States  took  the  lead 
in  the  production  of  the  best  de- 
tectors and  receivers;  Germany 
took  the  lead  in  the  production  of 
the  best  transmitters.  Receivers 
and  detectors  were  inexpensive  to 
build,  as  compared  with  trans- 
mitters. This  was  what  probably 
caused  the  various  workers  in  the 
United  States  to  advance  rapidly 
in  making  the  best  detectors  and 
receivers.  By  the  time  the  Euro- 
pean War  started  in  1914,  however, 
the  United  States  was  catching 
up  with  Germany  in  making  first 
class  transmitters. 


A  Complete  Report  of  the  Plans,  Their  Progress  and  Success — What  Stations  Were  Qenerally  Heard 
— How  Bloopers  Spoiled  Reception — The  Qreat  Popularity  of  the  Regional  Broadcasting  Experiment 

By  WILLIS  K.   WING 


•ANY  old  wives'  tales  are  common 
knowledge  about  events  which  occur 
in  the  dark  of  the  moon.  And  by 
the  same  token,  things  which  happen 
during  the  full  moon  must  take  their  chances  of 
success.  The  third  of  the  International  Radio 
Broadcast  Tests  took  place  during  the  fullest 
of  full  moons,  we  remind  the  superstitious,  and 
if  that  be  any  comfort  to  those  who  failed  to 
hear  signals  from  the  foreign  broadcasters,  all  of 
that  gentry  are  free  to  make  the  most  of  that  celes- 
tial condition.  For  to  review  the  Tests  briefly, 
a  comparatively  small  number  of  American  and 
Canadian  listeners  heard  broadcasting  stations 
on  the  other  side  of  the  Atlantic.  If  that  is  the 
only  measure  of  failure,  the  Tests  were  a  failure. 
However,  the  Tests  this  year,  lasting  for  an 
hour  for  seven  days,  included  but  five  days  of 
transmission  from  transatlantic  stations.  The 
other  two  days,  as  everyone  knows,  were  devoted 
to  distance  receiving  trials  on  the  North  and 
South  American  continents.  And  in  those  two 
days,  the  average  listener  probably  heard  more 
stations  on  this  continent  than  he  had  ever 
heard  before.  The  genuinely  new  feature  of 
the  Tests  proved  a  great  success. 

The  plans  for  the  Tests  were  published  so 
completely  in  newspapers  in  this  country  and 
in  Canada,  that  there  is  no  point  in  completely 
reviewing  them  here,  for  no  monthly  magazine 
can  hope  to  compete  with  a  newspaper.  But 
the  1926  Tests  were  the  third  to  be  held.  The 
first  Test  was  held  in  November,  1923,  and 
involved  only  the  stations  of  the  British  Broad- 
casting Company,  abroad.  The  sec- 
ond occurred  in  November,  1924.  In 
that,  the  British  stations  and  broad- 
casters in  Spain,  Italy,  France,  and 
Belgium  took  part.  The  third  an- 
nual Test  was  to  have  been  held  in 
November,  1925,  but  was  postponed 
to  January,  1926  in  order  to  take 
advantage  of  what  was  fondly  sup- 
posed to  be  better  weather  condi- 
tions. 

There  is  always  plenty  of  enthu- 
siasm for  international  broadcasting 
from  this  side  of  the  Atlantic,  but 
the  desire  for  a  special  Test  of  this 
sort  is  not  so  great  on  the  other  side 
of  the  water,  and  especially  in  Eng- 
land, where  there  are  probably  more 
active  listeners  than  in  any  of  the 
Continental  countries.  Owing  to 
the  difference  in  time,  it  is  possi- 
ble for  any  European  listener  to  sit 
up  a  bit  after  twelve  at  night,  and  if 
he  has  a  sensitive  receiver,  tune-in 
an  occasional  American  station. 
So  that  when  the  special  Interna- 
tional Tests  are  arranged,  with 
listening  periods  for  American  sta- 
tions at  from  three  to  four  o'clock 
in  the  morning,  European  time,  the 
desire  on  the  part  of  foreign  fans  for 


special  long  distance  tests  is  apt  to  be  less 
ardent  than  here,  where  the  listening  period  has 
never  been  later  than  midnight,  Eastern  time. 

LARGE      NUMBER      OF      STATIONS      INVOLVED 

DUT  in  spite  of  these  handicaps,  the  foreign 
^  arrangements  for  the  Tests  went  forward 
with  great  completeness  and  more  foreign  sta- 
tions were  listed  in  the  schedules  this  year  than 
have  ever  taken  part  before.  John  Scott- 
Taggart,  editor  of  the  British  Radio  Press 
publications  was  appointed  foreign  director  of 
the  Tests,  and  through  his  good  offices  and  those 
of  his  able  assistant,  Percy  W.  Harris,  editorial 
manager  for  those  publications,  the  work  went 
forward.  On  the  Continent,  the  arrangements 
were  in  charge  of  Dwight  K.  Tripp,  a  former 
member  of  the  editorial  staff  of  RADIO  BROAD- 
CAST, who  is  now  residing  in  Paris.  Mr.  Tripp 
worked  in  close  cooperation  with  Arthur  Bur- 
rows, head  of  the  newly  formed  Bureau  Inter- 
national de  Radiophonie  at  Geneva. 

Although  the  engineers  of  all  the  Continental 
broadcasting  stations  have,  for  the  past  few 
months,  been  conducting  some  special  late 
broadcasting  tests  of  their  own,  in  the  effort  to 
solve  the  problem  in  international  heterodyning 
between  stations  which  is  now  very  serious,  they 
entered  into  the  spirit  of  the  plan  and  assumed 
the  additional  burden  of  broadcasting  for  an 
hour  several  nights  of  the  Test  at  the  unpleas- 
antly early  hour  of  four  o'clock  in  the  morning, 
their  time.  It  was  chiefly  through  the  fortunate 
official  influence  of  Mr.  Burrows  that  the  Con- 


THE    SHORT-WAVE    OUTFIT    IN    USE    AT    2  GY 

During  the  International  Tests,  a  40-  and  an  8o-meter  transmitter  were 

used  constantly  in  checking  receiving  conditions  with  amateur  operators 

in  this  country  and  in  Europe.     Many  reports  of  reception  were  handled 

by  this  short-wave  link 


tinental  cooperation  was  as  general  and  complete 
as  it  was.  And  Mr.  Tripp  was  untiring  in  his 
efforts  to  make  the  many  complicated  arrange- 
ments necessary. 

On  this  side  of  the  Atlantic,  the  greatest 
number  of  broadcasting  stations  ever  to  take 
part  in  a  concerted  plan  of  this  sort  were  on 
the  schedule.  There  were  the  37  Canadian 
broadcasting  stations,  some  550  American  broad- 
casters, 1 6  Mexican  stations,  36  Cuban  broad- 
casters, one  station  in  Porto  Rico,  one  in  Lima, 
Peru,  and  three  in  Argentina  taking  part. 
The  cooperation  of  the  Cuban  stations  was 
secured  by  Mr.  Frank  H.  Jones,  owner  of  sta- 
tion 6Kw  at  Tuinicu.  The  cooperation  of  the 
American  broadcasting  stations  was  practically 
complete  with  the  exception  of  several  of  the 
California  stations,  notably  KNX  at  Hollywood 
and  KFI  at  Los  Angeles.  The  operators  of  KFI 
it  was  announced,  felt  that  their  individuality 
would  be  greatly  limited  by  participation  in  the 
Tests  and  confidently  undertook  to  analyze 
the  desires  of  all  the  radio  listeners  within  range 
of  their  five  kilowatts,  and  decided,  to  the  tune 
of  wide  publicity,  that  they  would  remain  on  the 
air  during  the  silent  periods.  They  stated  that 
the  chances  of  California  listeners  for  hearing 
foreign  broadcasting  was  very  slim,  and  to  that 
confident  assertion  was  added  the  confession 
that  theirs  was  in  part  a  commercial  station, 
devoted  to  selling  time  on  the  air,  and  that  they 
saw  no  reason  for  making  any  financial  sacrifice. 
Our  records  show  that  a  number  of  listeners 
in  Oregon  and  Washington  did  hear  fragments 
of  the  foreign  programs,  a  remark- 
•^^  able  receiving  record.  A  very  large 

number,  comparatively  speaking, 
heard  OAX  at  Lima,  Peru  and  sev- 
eral of  the  Buenos  Aires  stations. 
The  sentiment  quoted  from  the  let- 
ter printed  below  is  similar  to  that 
contained  in  a  great  many  letters 
and  telegrams  which  came  into  the 
office  of  RADIO  BROADCAST  both 
during  and  after  the  Tests. 


Editor,  RADIO  BROADCAST, 
Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 
Garden  City,  New  York. 
SIR, 

1  am  a  radio  dealer  and  a  fan  as 
well.  May  we  not  in  some  way  en- 
ter protest  against  California  sta- 
tions remaining  on  the  air  during 
the  quiet  hour  Sunday  night  (Janu- 
ary'24th)  during  the  Tests?  I  think 
I  picked  them  all  up.  1  like  Cali- 
fornia, but  I  like  them  to  shut  up 
at  least  once  a  year  and  I  am  sure 
I  speak  the  sentiments  of  many 
more  of  your  readers  and  fans  in 
this  locality. 

Very  truly  yours, 

W.  M.  CURTRIGHT, 
Flat  River,  Missouri. 

No  purpose  would   be   served   in 


648 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


APRIL,  1926 


embroidering  this  controversy,  except  to  add,  in 
fairness  to  the  Pacific  Radio  Trade  Association, 
who  failed  to  cooperate  positively  in  the  national 
United  States  arrangements,  that  they  finally 
agreed  to  recommend  silence  for  the  West  coast 
stations  even  though  they  were  in  highly  active 
opposition  to  the  plan.  And  during  the  first 
few  nights  of  the  Tests,  some  of  the  Pacific  coast 
stations  did  not  keep  silence,  but  in  the  main, 
their  insurgent  tactics  caused  no  national  radio 
calamity.  Our  judgment  that  radio  listeners 
there,  and  elsewhere,  wanted  the  Tests  to  go 
through  as  planned,  whether  or  not  the  in- 
dividual felt  he  had  a  chance  of  hearing  Europe, 
has  certainly  been  vindicated  if  our  heavy 
correspondence  is  any  criterion. 

HOW    THE    TESTS    WERE    ADMINISTERED 

THE  Tests  were  managed  this  year  by  a 
representative  organization,  drawn  from 
all  branches  of  the  radio  industry.  A  committee 
was  chosen  from  the  National  Radio  Trade 
Association,  with  Powel  Crosley,  Jr.,  as  chair- 
main  and  L.  A.  Nixon  executive  secretary. 
There  were  other  cooperating  committees  from 
the  National  Association  of  Broadcasters  and 
the  Radio  Manufacturers'  Association.  The 
editors  of  RADIO  BROADCAST  felt  in  planning 
the  test  this  year,  that  the  interest  caused  by  the 
first  two  Tests,  which  were  almost  entirely 
managed  from  this  office,  had  made  the  affair 
so  important  that  the  entire  radio  industry 
should  be  represented  in  its  management. 

The  Test  Committee  at  its  headquarters  in 
New  York  managed  the  American  side  of  the 
affair  and  furnished  the  newspapers  and  press 
associations  with  daily  and  hourly  bulletins. 
Certain  newspapers  in  representative  cities  were 
furnished  with  the  official  programs  as  received 
from  the  foreign  representatives  of  RADIO 
BROADCAST.  This  made  the  task  of  checking 
foreign  reception  vastly  easier  and  far  more  ac- 
curate than  in  the  previous  two  Tests.  Busy 
long  distance  wires,  and  piles  of  telegrams  at 
the  New  York  office  made  the  scene  there  dur- 


ing the  Test  Week  one  of  the  most  active  we 
have  ever  witnessed,  and  we  have  been  in  more 
than  one  metropolitan  newspaper  office  at  World 
Series  time,  or  on  the  occasion  of  a  big  disaster. 

A  large  number  of  official  listening  posts  were 
appointed  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  and  their 
reports,  sent  in  by  mail,  telegraph,  and  by  the 
short  wave  amateur  radio  link  with  our  experi- 
mental station  2  GY  was  of  constant  help  in 
determining  how  receiving  conditions  were  in 
all  parts  of  the  country.  Many  radio  manu- 
facturers had  special  receiving  stations.  The 
National  Association  of  Broadcasters  appointed 
a  listening  committee,  headed  by  Paul  F. 
Godley,  of  Upper  Montclair,  New  Jersey.  Mr. 
Godley,  it  will  be  recalled,  about  five  years  ago 
was  successful  in  hearing  American  amateur 
transmissions,  the  first  across  the  Atlantic,  from 
a  special  receiver  he  established  at  Androssan, 
Scotland.  The  Boston  Herald-Traveller  estab- 
lished a  listening  station  at  Baker's  Island  near 
Boston,  manned  by  several  operators,  and  a 
meteorologist.  F.  R.  Hoyt,  of  Stamford,  Con- 
necticut set  up  his  interesting  radio  recording 
apparatus  at  Shippan  Point,  Connecticut,  and 
reported  that  he  succeeded  in  making  partial 
records  of  foreign  programs.  R.  P.  Worden, 
radio  editor  of  the  Cleveland  News  sent  especially 
complete  reports  of  receiving  conditions  and 
success  in  the  Cleveland  area  which  were  very 
helpful. 

In  addition,  RADIO  BROADCAST  had  several 
receivers  in  operation  at  Garden  City,  and  two 
operators  were  constantly  on  watch  at  station 
2  CY  using  the  40-  and  8o-meter  transmitting 
bands  simultaneously.  During  the  Test  periods, 
2  GY  received  frequent  reports  from  all  parts  of 
the  United  States  on  receiving  conditions,  and 
on  several  occasions,  communicated  directly 
with  Europe  to  discover  weather  and  receiving 
conditions  at  the  time.  An  article  on  another 
page  of  this  number  describes  in  part  some  of 
those  arrangements  with  short  wave  communica- 
tion. Receiving  conditions  are  never  especially 
favorable  at  Garden  City  for  extreme  long  dis- 


NEWS    HEADQUARTERS    FOR   THE   TESTS    IN    NEW    YORK   CITY 

With  L.  A.  Nixon,  Secretary  of  the  International  Radio  Week  Committee,  wearing  the  telephone 
receiver.  During  the  Test  Week,  an  office  was  set  up  in  the  Hotel  McAlpin,  New  York,  where 
official  programs  were  given  to  the  Official  Radio  Week  newspapers;  the  United  Press,  and  the  Asso- 
ciated Press  were  given  hourly  bulletins  as  to  the  progress  of  events.  This  left  the  wires  freer  at 
Garden  City  for  communications  from  our  official  listening  stations 


tance  work,  so  several  members  of  the  staff 
took  sensitive  receivers  to  Riverhead,  Long 
Island,  where  it  was  thought  that  the  air  would 
be  free  from  radiating  receivers  and  their  havoc. 
Even  there,  miles  from  the  nearest  house,  the 
bloopers  got  in  their  furious  work. 

THE      BUSINESS     OF      VERIFICATION 

REPORTS  from  listeners  in  this  country 
went  chiefly  to  the  local  newspapers,  to 
the  broadcasting  stations,  and  to  radio  manu- 
facturers. Many  newspapers  furnished  verifica- 
tion cards  to  successful  listeners.  Telegrams 
sent  to  RADIO  BROADCAST  for  verification  of 
reports  were  answered  the  same  day  they  were 
received,  which  was  no  small  chore,  considering 
their  number.  Letters  with  details  of  reception 
have  come  in  to  our  office  by  thousands  and 
are  being  checked  and  verified  as  rapidly  as 
possible.  An  official  verification  card  is  being 
mailed  to  all  listeners  who  write  to  RADIO 
BROADCAST  whose  report  can  be  verified. 

This  task  of  verification  is  not  easy,  but  its 
onus  is  frequently  broken  by  conscious  or  un- 
conscious humor.  "  While  listening  last  night," 
reads  a  sample  letter,  "  I  picked  up  a  lady  singing 
on  360  meters,  but  she  soon  faded  out.  Can 
you  tell  me  who  it  was?"  This  achievement, 
if  it  is  a  radio  affair  at  all,  is  worthy  of  note,  and 
a  curiously  large  number  of  letters  read  just  like 
that.  Verification  from  such  meagre  informa- 
tion is  out  of  the  question  and  there  are  prob- 
ably many  disappointed  listeners  whose  letters 
were  equally  bare  of  facts  who  still  wonder  why 
"the  coveted  pasteboard"  was  not  sent  them. 
Still  others  sent  in  confident  letters  announcing 
that  they  heard  2  LO,  or  Madrid,  or  whatnot, 
"very  clearly,"  but  failed  utterly  to  specify 
their  success  in  detail.  Reports  like  that  were 
not  considered.  But  many  others  mailed  reports 
that  were  more  than  complete  and  very  accurate, 
making  our  task  almost  easy. 

The  question  that  everyone  wants  to  have 
answered  is:  What  success  did  listeners  have 
generally,  and  what  foreign  stations  were  heard? 
There  is  not  space  enough  at  our  disposal  to 
list  the  listeners  whose  reports  have  been  veri- 
fied, but  it  is  possible  to  tell  what  stations  were 
most  generally  heard.  Station  OAX  at  Lima, 
Peru.was  heard  by  more  listeners  than  any  other, 
and  that  is  no  mean  accomplishment,  from  the 
point  of  view  of  distance  and  can  be  pointed 
to  with  as  much  pride  as  the  electrical  bagging 
of  a  European  broadcaster.  Reports  on  English 
stations  were  few  and  far  between,  but  all  of  the 
English  stations  participating  were  heard  in  var- 
ious parts  of  the  United  States.  Almost  no  Cana- 
dian listeners  heard  British  broadcasters.  The 
Madrid  and  Barcelona  stations  got  through  to 
the  United  States  very  well  also.  Prague,  M  unich, 
Berlin,  Hamburg,  Brussels,  and  Munster  were 
also  widely  reported  during  their  transmission 
times.  Hamburg  signed  off  in  code  with  the 
letters  "h  a"  and  one  faithful  reporter  although 
he  did  not  know  the  Continental  code,  related 
that  he  heard  the  name  of  the  city  and  the  code 
sign,  four  dots,  dot  dash. 

NO    RECEIVING    LOCATION    PERFECT 

Hp HERE  were  spots  of  fair  reception,  although 
»  in  no  locality  did  any  of  the  transmitting 
stations  come  in  with  any  laudable  volume.  In 
parts  of  New  England  there  were  a  number  of 
successful  listeners  who  heard  both  Europe  and 
South  America.  There  were  a  few,  similarly 
fortunate,  in  eastern  Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey, 
and  New  York.  A  listener  in  Bermuda  heard 
Madrid  and  he  reported  that  many  other  Ber- 
mudians  heard  LOX,  and  numbers  of  European 
stations.  Moving  farther  west,  there  were  a 
considerable  number  of  listeners  in  southern 


APRIL,  1926 


THE  1926  INTERNATIONAL  TESTS 


649 


Ohio  and  Kentucky  who  heard  fragments  from 
the  Continent  and  more  than  that  from  the 
South  American  stations.  Missouri  seemed  to 
be  fortunate  in  having  more  favorable  receiving 
conditions  than  some  of  her  neighbor  states. 
Reports  from  the  Middle  and  Far  West  were 
scattering,  but  in  these  localities,  OAX  at  Lima, 
and  the  Buenos  Aires  stations  seemed  to  get 
through  quite  consistently. 

The  unfortunate  atmospheric  conditions 
affected  reception  on  the  other  side  of  the  ocean 
and  only  four  American  stations  were  reported 
heard  by  our  foreign  aides.  Mr.  Tripp,  in 
Paris,  reported  that  KDKA  was  heard  there  and 
Mr.  Harris,  in  London  radioed  that  WGY,  WJAZ, 
and  WLW  had  been  heard  'in  England.  Other 
reports  may  yet  come  through  by  mail.  It 
was  reported  by  the  Associated  Press  that  WEAF 
and  wjz  had  been  heard  in  Moscow  and  in 
Germany,  but  no  further  verification  could  be 
obtained. 

Mr.  Paul  Godley,  whose  reputation  as  a  radio 
authority  is  of  long  standing,  reported  some  very 
interesting  conclusions  from  his  listening  post 
at  Barnegat,  New  Jersey.  He  had  a  special 
antenna  and  about  eight  sensitive  receiving 
sets  under  his  direction.  On  every  evening  of 
the  Tests,  it  was  his  experience  that  receiving 
was  much  better  in  a  north  and  south  direction 
than  east  and  west.  This  condition,  he  avers, 
has  always  held  good  in  the  United  States,  but 
was  particularly  noticeable  during  the  Test  week. 
As  an  example,  on  one  evening,  he  was  able  to 
hold  the  entire  program  of  OAX  at  Lima,  with 
fair  volume,  while  not  even  a  carrier  wave  could 
be  heard  on  any  of  the  European  frequencies. 
Other  careful  observers  noted  the  same  condi- 
tion and  it  is  unfortunate  that  there  is  not  room 
to  quote  from  their  reports. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  practically  all  of 
those  who  listened  during  this  Test  and  during 
the  two  which  preceded  it,  accepted  the  challenge 
of  the  thing  in  the  sporting  spirit  in  which  it  was 
conceived.  All  realized  that  there  was  no 
absolute  certainty  of  hearing  any  of  the  foreign 
stations,  but  made  their  best  receiving  efforts 
and  took  their  chances  of  success.  Even  a 
casual  glance  over  the  mass  of  mail  which  has 
been  sent  to  Garden  City  about  the  Tests  from 
radio  enthusiasts  in  every  section  of  the  country, 
shows  that  no  listener  is  childish  enough  to 
think  that  because  his  receiver  failed  to  bring  in  a 
foreign  program  on  the  loud  speaker  that  there- 
fore radio  is  all  wrong,  overestimated,  and  a 
failure. 

PRINTABLE    REMARKS    ABOUT    BLOOPERS 

'"pHERE  is  something  to  be  said  about  radiat- 
1  ing  receivers,  although  indications  are  that 
a  wide  variety  of  remarks,  mostly  unprintable, 
have  already  been  made  about  the  subject 
during  the  Tests.  "International  radio  week," 
says  the  Hamilton,  Ontario,  Spectator  editorially, 
"is  proving  to  be  just  a  howl,  instead  of  the 
howling  success  it  was  hoped  it  would  be."  And 
with  this  terse  opinion  about  oscillating  receivers 
everyone  seems  to  agree.  Says  the  Kansas 
City  Star: 

Whatever  conclusion  may  be  drawn  by  the 
committee  in  charge  of  the  International  Tests 
as  to  the  success  of  transoceanic  broadcasting, 
it  can  be  definitely  stated  that  the  Tests  demon- 
strated to  radio  listeners  the  menace  of  the 
radiating  receiver  and  the  ignorance  of  many 
persons  in  the  operation  of  such  sets. 

The  silent  hour  for  the  hundred  of  licensed 
broadcasting  stations  was  only  the  signal  for 
thousands  of  unlicensed  bloopers  to  fill  the  air 
with  such  howling,  squealing,  and  sputtering  as 
to  make  it  a  miracle  indeed  that  any  listeners 
were  able  to  pick  up  foreign  broadcasting.  .  .  . 
Such  a  situation  is  a  hangover  from  the  early 


days  of  radio  when 
no  thought  was 
given  to  the  matter 
of  radiation:  when 
single  circuits  and 
regeneration  were 
the  vogue  with 
builders  whose 
chief  object  was 
distance.  I  n  t  h  e 
last  two  .years, 
these  circuits  have 
been  gradually 
junked  in  favor  of 
the  more  advanced 
sets.  .  .  .  Reports 
of  foreign  reception 
have  been  fre- 
quent, yet  not  at 
all  in  proportion  to 
the  number  of  re- 
ceivers capable  of 
the  distance  jump 
to  Europe.  Those 
that  were  not  pre- 
vented by  interfer- 
ence, probably  gave 
up  where  the  repul- 
sion against  squeals 
was  stronger  than 
the  lure  of  DX. 


January  24,  1926 


January  30,  1926 


INTERNATIONAL 


RADIO  BROADCAST  TEST 

Under  the  Auspices  of  RADIO  BROADCAST  Magazine 

<@fcf 

ri 

"it- 
Located  at 1 1^«  mftt^ **nf*Vi<7<r**-   n,        r- •• 

Has  assisted  and  participated  in  the  International  Radio7 Test,  and  that  information 
received  and  checked  at  Radio  Broadcast  Laboratory  (Headquarters  of  the  Test)  indi- 
cates successful  reception  of  test  programs  from  cooperating  European  Stations. 

lynch 

national  Tests 


THE   VERIFICATION    CERTIFICATE 

The  successful  listeners  who  heard  European  or  South  American  stations  re- 
ceived an  official  verification  card  from  RADIO  BROADCAST  similar  to  this 
one  issued  to  Mr.  Charles  Ellis  of  Clark  Island,  Maine 


The  Star's  radio  writer  has  well  put  the  case 
for  the  whole  country.  There  is  not  a  commun- 
ity in  the  United  States  where  the  blooping 
receiver  did  not  make  distance  reception  nearly 
impossible.  Those  who  were  successful  in 
getting  through  were  either  fortunate  in  their 
neighbors,  or  fortunate  in  an  especially  good 
location,  or  both.  One  imaginative  listener,  in 
describing  his  experience  to  us  said,  "  It  was  like 
trying  to  pick  out  the  buzz  of  one  bee  through 
the  sound  made  by  an  entire  hive,  when  I  tried 
for  Europe  through  the  barrage  of  squeals." 

Our  correspondents  have  been  eloquent  on  the 
subject  of  the  radiating  receiver  and  it  is  hard  to 
refrain  from  quoting  indefinitely.  Mr.  Charles 
Temple  of  Waltham,  Massachusetts,  wrote: 

For  three  nights  now,  my  wife  and  I  have  sat 
for  one  hour  with  the  head  phones  on,  taking 
the  punishment  that  is  meted  out  to  us  by  the 
thousands  on  thousands  of  bloopers.  It  is 


absolutely  past  description  the  noise  that  we 
get  from  these  radiating  sets,  and  I  want  to 
say  in  capital  letters  that  man  has  never  made 
a  set  that  will  distinguish  even  a  local  station, 
to  say  nothing  of  foreign  ones,  through  the 
din  that  they  set  up. 

It  is  our  suggestion  and  the  suggestion  of  all 
other  radio  lovers  who  get  pleasure  from  the 
air  and  who  are  interested  in  the  future  of  radio 
that  you  spend  the  next  season  in  efforts  for 
legislation  against  these  bloopers  who  are  a 
hindrance  to  the  whole  future  of  radio.  I  am 
not  a  chronic  kicker,  either,  but  I'm  only  one 
of  thousands  who  have  been  standing  by  and 
watching  this  nuisance  increase  rather  than 
diminish  for  the  past  two  years.  I  am  not  in 
the  radio  business,  but  am  simply  an  ordinary 
citizen  who  likes  to  stay  at  home  nights  and 
get  some  pleasure  out  of  the  air  without  listen- 
ing to  the  sound  of  fire  sirens  ripping  up  the 
atmosphere. 

Mr.  Temple  adds  another  word,  which,  al- 


THE    STUDIO   OF    STATION    SBR   AT    BRUSSELS 

SBR  was  one  of  the  European  stations  very  generally  heard  in  this  country  and  suc- 
ceeded also  in  pushing  its  signals  to  the  United  States  during  the  Tests  in  1924 


650 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


©  Barratt's 

WHEN    *,  XX    WAS    UNDER   CONSTRUCTION 

The  Daventry  station  of  the  British  Broadcasting  Company,  using  25  kilowatts 
input  now  furnishes  good  program  service  to  a  very  large  number  of  British  and 
Continental  listeners.  But  during  the  Tests,  the  signals  of  5  xx  were  not  reli- 
ably reported  in  this  country,  despite  the  fact  that  a  1601 -meter  wavelength 
was  used,  a  frequency  which  WGY  has  reported  to  be  most  satisfactory  for 

general  relay  work 


though   perhaps   not   applying  directly   to  the 
subject  in  hand,  is  a  graceful  bit  of  praise: 

I  want  to  thank  you  (RADIO  BROADCAST  and 
the  International  Test  Committee)  and  let  you 
know  that  I  certainly  appreciate  the  time,  money, 
and  effort  that  you  have  spent  in  the  months 
past  in  an  endeavor  to  give  American  radio 
listeners  an  interesting  week,  and  perhaps  the 
thrill  that  comes  once  a  year  in  hearing  music 
from  across  the  Atlantic. 

RADIO  BROADCAST  has  been  working  for  the 
better  part  of  its  magazine  career  against  the 


radiating  re- 
ceiver, has  never 
described  a  re- 
ceiver that  will 
radiate,  and  fre- 
quently, at  a  se- 
vere financial 
disadvantage,  has 
refused  to  publish 
advertisements 
featuring  radiat- 
ing sets.  But  the 
fight  is  apparent- 
ly a  losing  one, 
and  our  own 
weapons  not 
strong  enough  to 
combat  a  menace 
of  this  size. 

RECEIVING      CON- 
DITIONS 

THE  weather 
conditions 
were  even  less 
favorable  than 
they  were  during 
the  Tests  of  1924. 
Here  is  what 
Captain  A.  G.  D. 
West,  assistant 
chief  engineer  of 
the  British 
B  roadcastin  g 
Company,  wrote 
in  an  article  in 
the  Radio  Times 
(London)  of  the  1924  Tests: 

The  second  International  Radio  Week  was 
held  in  November,  1924,  and  although  agree- 
ments had  been  made  with  all  the  American 
broadcasting  stations  to  "keep  off  the  air" 
during  the  periods  of  the  European  transmissions 
so  as  not  to  interfere  with  these  transmissions, 
the  results  were  not,  on  the  whole,  very  satis- 
factory, as  atmospheric  conditions  during  the 
week  of  the  tests  were  remarkably  unfavorable. 
It  was  just  a  matter  of  bad  luck  that  this  was 
so,  because  reception  during  the  week  before 
and  during  the  week  after  was  very  good. 


THE  "RADIO  BROADCAST"  EXPEDITION  ON  LONG  ISLAND 

Setting  up  the  short  wave  transmitter  and  receiver  near  Riverhead,  Long  Island.  The  short  wave 
link  connected  the  listeners  with  headquarters  at  Garden  City.  What  with  blooping  receivers  and 
unfavorable  receiving  conditions  nothing  more  definite  than  strong  carrier  waves  could  be  heard  at 
that  location.  In  the  photograph,  left  to  right:  Arthur  H.  Lynch,  editor  of  this  magazine;  Keith 
Henney,  director  of  the  Laboratory;  John  B.  Brennan,  technical  editor 


APRIL,  1926 

Very  few  of  the  reports  of  reception  could  be 
verified. 

Reports  from  all  over  this  continent  showed 
that  reception  was  bad,  not  only  on  the  foreign 
programs,  but  also  on  American  stations. 
"  KFI  and  KCO  are,  under  average  radio  weather 
conditions,  easily  picked  up  in  this  locality," 
writes  W.  W.  Mulr,  of  Lockport,  New  York, 
"and  under  extremely  favorable  conditions,  are 
heard  with  great  volume  and  clarity.  For  the 
last  four  or  five  nights,  it  has  been  impossible 
to  pick  up  even  the  carrier  wave  from  either 
of  these  stations  with  a  very  sensitive  receiving 
set."  And  Wilfred  Taylor,  at  Thompson, 
Connecticut  says:  "Atmospheric  conditions, 
with  the  possible  exception  of  those  in  evidence 
on  Wednesday  (January  27),  were  unspeakably 
bad.  Western  United  States  stations  were  en- 
tirely blank,  and  none  but  the  large  Eastern 
stations  could  be  heard.  On  Wednesday,  I 
got  through  to  KGO  with  fair  speaker  volume, 
and  on  that  night  code  and  bloopers  were  heard 
all  over  the  lot." 

And  from  far  off  North  Dakota,  Professor 
E.  W.  Bellinger,  of  the  University  of  North 
Dakota,  at  Grand  Forks  writes: 

The  failure  to  receive  foreign  stations  was 
undoubtedly  due  to  the  extremely  poor  weather 
conditions,  it  being  impossible  to  receive  United 
States  stations  with  sufficient  volume,  and  in 
some  instances,  it  has  been  impossible  to  receive 
a  single  station.  This  condition  has  prevailed 
during  the  larger  part  of  the  winter  and  is  per- 
haps the  poorest  reception  we  have  ever  ex- 
perienced. 

Receiving  conditions  can  not  be  guaranteed 
in  advance,  and  in  choosing  January,  we  thought 
that  a  great  improvement  would  be  noticed. 
Receiving  conditions  in  the  first  year  of  the 
Tests  were  rather  good,  and  as  Captain  West 
of  the  British  Broadcasting  Company  writes: 

The  first  Test  Week  gave  rise  to  a  great  in- 
terest in  transatlantic  broadcasting,  in  fact,  this 
can  be  referred  to  as  the  beginning  of  interest  by 
the  general  public  in  receiving  and  transmit- 
ting broadcast  programs  across  the  Atlantic. 
Conditions  during  this  week  were,  on  the  whole, 
fairly  good  and  a  very  large  number  of  amateurs 
in  Great  Britain  were  able  for  the  first  time  to 
hear  on  their  own  sets  some  of  the  broadcasting 
stations  of  the  United  States.  Also,  the  reports 
of  reception  of  British  stations  by  amateurs 
in  America  were  very  many,  of  which  some 
thousands  were  verified. 

THE     POPULAR     REGIONAL    TESTS 

ASIDE  from  the  correspondence  and  invec- 
tive by  the  bloopers'  performance  during 
the  Tests,  the  innovations  of  the  North  and 
South  and  East  and  West  test  of  the  last  two 
nights  of  the  Tests  appeared  to  create  the  most 
interest  during  the  period.  It  suggested  to 
many  listeners  that  here  was  a  national  arrange- 
ment which  might  be  well  continued  in  the  future. 
Listeners  on  the  Pacific  coast  rarely  hear  Eastern 
United  States  stations,  owing  to  the  difference  in 
time.  And  stations  in  Mexico  and  South  America 
are  infrequently  heard  because  stations  here 
operate  simultaneously  on  similar  frequencies. 
During  the  silent  period  for  American  stations, 
the  sonorous  call  of  CZE  of  Mexico  City  was 
heard  all  over  the  United  States,  and  the  an- 
nouncer at  that  station  made  many  friends  by 
his  thoughtfulness  in  frequent  announcements. 

"I  think  it  would  meet  with  the  approbation 
of  thousands  of  radio  fans,"  writes  Henry 
B.  Newhall  of  New  York,  "if  perhaps  not  this 
winter,  but  possibly  during  next  season,  regional 
broadcasting,  preferably  during  two  hour  periods 
similar  to  those  of  the  last  two  nights  of  the 
Tests,  could  be  arranged  to  take  place  every 


APRIL,  1926 


THE  1926  INTERNATIONAL  TESTS 


651 


MANY    LISTENERS   MADE    SPECIAL    PREPARATIONS    FOR 
THE    TESTS 

The  photograph  shows  a  special  antenna  being  put  up  at  a  good 
receiving  location  on  Long  Island.  Practically  every  listener 
overhauled  his  set,  steamed  up  his  batteries,  and  tightened  con- 
nections, all  to  hear  the  foreign  signals.  The  overhauling  is  not 
such  a  bad  idea  regardless  of  the  Tests.  It  is  a  good  plan  to  go 
over  a  set  at  least  every  six  months 


A    SPECIAL    LISTENING    STATION    IN    MASSACHUSETTS 

Samuel  Curtis,  Jr.,  and  Leslie  Barnard  of  the  Boston  American  at  their 
receiving  station  at  Pembroke,  Massachusetts.  In  all  parts  of  the  coun- 
try, deeply  interested  listeners  took  an  assortment  of  receivers  to  the 
best  location  near  by  they  knew  of  and  did  their  best  to  pull  in  the  foreign 
signals.  Mr.  J.  L.  Snyder,  of  Patton,  Pennsylvania,  for  example,  set  up 
a  receiver  on  the  side  of  a  mountain  and  reported  very  successful  reception 


two  weeks  or  every  four  weeks.  I  should  think 
it  would  not  seriously  interfere  with  the  pro- 
grams of  the  regular  broadcasters  if  the  tests 
were  arranged  for  the  mid-week  so  that  they 
would  not  break  in  on  Saturday  and  Sunday 
programs.  Such  an  arrangement  is  really  about 
the  only  chance  now  we  have  to  give  our  sets 
tests  for  distance.  The  only  other  way  I  can 
get  California,  for  instance,  is  to  rise  up  out  of 
my  warm  bed  at  two  o'clock  in  the  morning. 
My  bed  has  usually  looked 
better  than  California." 


question  of  silent  nights.  It  might  be  wise, 
for  instance,  instead  of  silencing  all  the  stations 
in  one  city,  so  that  listeners  could  hear  programs 
from  other  cities,  to  arrange  for  silent  periods 
for  all  stations  in  one  time  belt  to  be  silent, 
either  for  several  hours,  or  for  an  evening.  We 
suggest  this,  knowing  full  well  that  it  will  start 
a  storm  of  protest  in  some  quarters.  Our  own 
feeling  in  the  matter  is  quite  neutral;  after  all 


the  matter  is  for  the  majority  of  listeners  to 
decide.  We  believe  pretty  firmly  in  the  sov- 
reignty  of  the  local  station.  It  should  be  able 
pretty  generally  to  meet  the  wishes  of  the  major- 
ity of  its  listeners  in  most  instances.  If  it  fail, 
then  the  listeners  ought  to  become  vocal  and 
state  their  feelings. 

And  so  we  write  "Finis"  on  the  1926  Tests 
Better  luck  next  time! 


There  is  a  great  deal 
of  interest  in  the  question 
of  regional  broadcasting, 
with  silent  periods  for 
the  other  groups,  and  it 
may  be  that  this  may 
point  to  a  solution 
of  that  always  debated 


A     CORNER     OF     THE 
EXPERIMENTAL    LAB- 
ORATORY  AT   WGY 

With  a  monitoring  opera- 
tor at  the  desk.  This  is  a 
part  of  the  short  wave, 
high  power  transmitter 
installation.  During  the 
Tests,  WGY  used  its  usual 
power,  although  on  the 
intersectional  transmitting 
periods  the  last  two  days 
of  the  Tests,  50  kw.  was 
employed.  The  station 
was  heard  in  England  and 
OP  the  Continent 


I 


THE  MARCH  OF  RADIO 


Past  President,  Institute  of  Radio  Engineers 


A  Legal  Test  Case  For  Our  Radio  Laws 


|HE  government,  it  appears,  is  en- 
gaged in  testing  the  legality  of  the 
present  regulations  of  radio  broad- 
casting stations  and  the  outcome  of 
this  test  case  will  be  followed  with  profound 
interest  by  all  of  those  operating  broadcast- 
ing stations  and  by  many  of  us  who  merely 
listen. 

Station  WJAZ  in  Chicago  has  questioned 
the  authority  of  the  Department  of  Com- 
merce to  regulate  its  broadcasting  assign- 
ments. This  station  is  owned  by  the  Zenith 
Radio  Corporation  and  the  issue  is  created 
by  Mr.  E.  F.  McDonald,  Jr.,  who  has 
much  to  say  about  "the  freedom  of  the 
air."  Well,  we  hasten  to  comment  that 
there  is  no  such  thing  as  freedom  of  the 
air  in  the  sense  that  Mr.  McDonald  uses  it. 
The  tactics  he  has  pursued  in  forcing  legal 
action  on  the  part  of  the  Department  of 
Commerce  are  unfortunate. 

Some  time  ago,  apparently  at  Mr. 
McDonald's  request,  his  station  was  as- 
signed to  operate  on  the  same  frequency 
with  KOA,  the  General  Electric  station  at 
Denver,  Only  two  hours  a  week  were  free, 
so  WJAZ  was  given  these  two,  a  small  share 
of  the  time,  we  do  admit.  Not  being  con- 
tent with  this  allotment,  the  Chicago  sta- 

The  photograph  which  forms  the  heading  for  this  month 
shows  H.  I.  Rothrock,  Jr.,  of  the  radio  laboratory.  Bureau  of 
Standards,  Washington,  testing  the  high  vacuum  pump 
used  for  exhausting  tubes.  (©  Harris  &  Ewing). 


tion  searched  for  another  channel  and  found 
a  neighboring  one  frequently  free. 

This  new  frequency  selected  by  this 
active  philosophy  of  force  had  been  re- 
served, by  mutual  agreement,  for  the  Ca- 
nadian stations.  Of  the  ninety-five  avail- 
able frequencies  in  the  present  broadcast 
band,  we  have  appropriated  eighty-nine 
and  left  only  six  for  Canada.  Now  a 
"freedom  of  the  air"  exponent  finds  it  nec- 
essary to  step  into  one  of  these  six  Canad- 
ian channels.  This  presents  not  only  a 
national,  but  an  international  radio  prob- 
lem of  serious  proportions. 

Mr.  McDonald  has  given  a  statement  of 
his  case  to  the  press  and  we  can  easily  see 
his  reasons  for  feeling  aggrieved.  He  has 
invested  a  deal  of  money  in  his  station  and 
now  finds  it  practically  valueless.  He  feels 
that  he  has  been  discriminated  against — 
that  he  has  as  much  right  on  the  air  as 
any  other  broadcaster.  After  having  spent 
several  weeks  in  Washington  trying  to  get 
an  assignment  from  the  Department  of 
Commerce  and  not  having  achieved  the 
success  he  expected,  he  evidently  felt  that 
he  was  entitled  to  go  back  home  and  try 
other  means.  Perhaps  the  course  was  jus- 
tified, but  why  bring  Canada  into  the  fray? 
Certainly  her  meagre  share  of  the  ether 
could  be  left  alone. 

Why    didn't    Mr.    McDonald    start    to 


operate  on  KOA'S  time?  He  felt,  according 
to  his  statement,  that  stations  such  as  KOA 
had  been  assigned  a  disproportionately  large 
part  of  the  total  time — -166  hours  a  week 
to  two  for  WJAZ.  Of  course  the  General 
Electric  Company  could  reply  that  they 
had  been  using  the  channel  regularly 
and  possession  being  nine-tenths  of  the 
law,  they  are  entitled  to  keep  the  chan- 
nel. 

The  question  of  division  of  time  between 
the  stations  operated  by  the  Radio  Cor- 
poration group  and  "independent"  stations 
is  suggested  in  Mr.  McDonald's  press  state- 
ment and  we  think  it  brings  up  a  very  im- 
portant point.  Someone  should  compare 
the  R.  C.  A.  group  "channel-hours"  to  the 
independent  "channel-hours"  and  let  us 
see  where  we  stand  on  this  question.  We 
have  twice  legislated  that  the  ether  is  in- 
alienably the  property  of  the  citizens  of  the 
United  States  so  we  had  better  take  inven- 
tory and  see  whether  it  is  or  not. 

Even  if  the  combine  controls  75  per  cent, 
of  our  broadcasting  time  we  are  not  at  once 
ready  to  denounce  it.  Are  the  people  more 
pleased  to  listen  to  the  combine  stations  or 
the  independent  stations? — that  is  the  thing 
that  really  counts.  The  people  of  the 
country  are  the  ones  who  have  "the  free- 
dom of  the  air"  and  not  the  r wner  of  any 
special  broadcasting  station. 


APRIL,  1926 


FIRST  NATIONAL  GATHERING  OF  RADIO  ENGINEERS 


653 


The  Institute  of  Radio 
Engineers  Convention 

THE  first  national  convention 
of  the  Institute  of  Radio  En- 
gineers recently  closed  and 
even  the  most  modest  commentator 
must  declare  it  was  an  unexpected 
success.  Not  only  did  the  attend- 
ance justify  the  opinion  that  there 
is  a  host  of  capable  engineers  work- 
ing in  the  radio  field  to-day,  but  the 
fact  that  so  many  of  them  should 
come  long  distances  at  considerable 
expense  speaks  well  for  the  past 
year's  prosperity  in  the  radio  busi- 
ness. Enthusiastic  as  radio  workers 
may  be,  without  a  materially  pros- 
perous business  behind  them  backing 
up  their  plans  and  ambitions,  the 
engineers  could  not  have  turned  out 
the  numbers  they  did. 


RADIO    BROADCAST    announces    with 
regret  that  Mr.  Arthur  H.  Lynch,  who 
has  edited  the  magazine  from  its  third  number  to 
the  present  one  has  decided  to  leave  editorial 
work  and  go  into  manufacturing. 

The  managing  editor,  Mr.  Willis  K.  Wing, 
will  succeed  him,  and  the  rest  of  the  staff  will 
remain  the  same,  with  Mr.  John  B.  Brennan  as 
technical  editor,  and  Mr.  Keith  Henney  as  di' 
rector  of  the  Laboratory.  The  policy  of  the 
magazine  will  continue  along  the  lines  set  during 
Mr.  Lynch's  editorship.  Professor  Morecroft 
will  continue  to  write  "The  March  of  Radio" 
and  the  other  departments  will  be  continued 
by  the  same  writers. 

DOUBLEDAY,     PAGE     fi   COMPANY. 


be  the  finest  in  the  world  is  worth 
having. 

When  did  we  concede  audibly  that 
British  broadcasting  was  better  than 
ours? 

And    further  —  a    Sidney  trader, 
after  a  trip  to  the  United  States, said: 


The  Institute  is  not  yet  fifteen  years  old 
but  the  membership  already  totals  about 
three  thousand.  Probably  in  no  other 
national  engineering  society  is  there  such  a 
preponderance  of  young  men,  and  it  is  the 
presence  of  young  men  in  an  association  of 
this  kind  that  promises  much  for  its  future. 
The  older  societies  with  their  venerable  and 
bemedalled  members  of  the  engineering 
profession  may  well  point  with  pride  to  the 
accomplishments  of  these  well-known  fig- 
ures, but  their  work  is  in  general  in  the 
past.  It  is  in  the  hands  of  the  younger 
and  almost  unrecognized  members  that 
the  future  of  the  profession  lies. 

It  was  with  some  doubt  that  the 
Board  of  Direction  of  the  Institute 
started  their  plans  for  this  first  con- 
vention but  the  out-come  well  justi- 
fies their  judgment  that  it  would  be 
worth  while.  Such  a  call  a  decade  ago 
would  not  have  gathered  more  than  a 
dozen  men,  but  so  great  has  been  the 
recent  demand  and  the  resulting  sup- 
ply for  technical  radio  men  that  sev- 
eral hundred  attended  this  meeting. 
The  convention  did  not  attempt  the 
ambitious  programs  carried  through 
by  some  of  the  other  engineering 
bodies,  yet  there  were  some  valuable 
papers  presented  and  interesting  and 
profitable  trips  were  planned  to  the 
Bell  Telephone  Laboratories,  to  the 
high-powered  station  wjz  at  Bound 
Brook  and  to  the  factory  of  the 
A.  H.  Grebe  Company  operating  sta- 
tion WAHG.  The  session  closed  with 
a  most  successful  banquet  and  we 
must  admit  that  never  before  had  we 
believed  that  so  many  radio  workers 
could  attend  a  five-dollar  dinner,  but 
there  were  hundreds  of  them  there  to 
testify  to  radio's  prosperity.  Jewett, 
Nally,  Alexanderson,  Langmuir,  Fes- 
•senden,  and  other  noted  workers  in 
the  radio  field  gave  brief  talks,  all  of 
them  bringing  out  the  tremendous 
strides  radio  is  sure  to  make  in  the 
coming  decade.  (The  modest  writer 
of  these  editorials  was  also  among 
the  speakers. — Editor.) 


in     What    the    Australians    Think 
Their  Broadcasting 


of 


N' 


[O  POSITIVE  methods  of  comparing 
foreign  broadcasting  with  that  in  the 
United  States  exist,  but  it  is  always 
to  note  what  outsiders  say.  A.  W.  Watt, 
editor  of  Wireless  Weekly  (New  South 
Wales),  writes: 

The  broadcasting  in  Australia  is  excellent. 
This  is  the  well-considered  opinion  of  an  official 
of  one  of  the  largest  British  wireless  concerns. 
This  opinion  coming  from  one  who  has,  if  only 
from  a  business  point  of  view,  intensively  studied 
the  quality  of  British  broadcasting  which  is 
conceded  even  by  our  cousins  in  America  to 


I  went  over  there  to  admire  American 
broadcasting  but  I  came  back  with  the 
full  conviction  that  taken  all  around  our 
Australian  broadcasting  was  better. 
More  boost  has  been  put  into  American 
broadcasting  than  into  any  other  thing 
and  it  becomes  natural  for  us  to  associate 
everything  that  is  good  in  broadcasting 
with  the  country  whence  that  boost 
emanates.  .  .  .  We  blink  at  the 
fact  that  America  ...  is  now  up 
against  a  serious  problem  of  extricating 
the  broadcasting  situation  from  the 
chaotic  condition  under  which  it  labors.  .  .  . 

And  then  to  make  sure  that  we  are  down 
for  the  count  of  ten — "  if  we  must  pattern 
ourselves  after  somebody  else  let  it  be  after 
the  British  system  which,  built  up  on  a  solid 
foundation,  stands  out  as  preeminent." 
This  is  criticism  indeed,  from  one  of  our  most 
respected  neighbors.  Are  we  really  as  good 
as  we  have  been  telling  ourselves  we  are? 


'An  Official  Indiscretion" 

NDER  this    caption,   the    editorial 
writer  of  the  Wireless  World  takes 
to  task  that  admirable  British  en- 
gineer, Captain  Eckersley,  Assistant  Con- 


u 


SOME  OF  THE  LEADING  MEMBERS  OF  THE  INSTITUTE  OF  RADIO  ENGINEERS 
Photographed  during  the  recent  convention  of  that  organization  in  New  York.  In  the  front  row,  reading 
left  to  right:  Frank  Conrad,  assistant  chief  engineer  of  the  Westinghouse  Company,  who  received  the  1925 
?500  award  of  the  Institute  for  his  work  in  short  wave  broadcasting;  Donald  McNichol,  president  of  the 
Institute;  Dr.  J.  H.  Dellinger,  director  of  the  radio  laboratory,  Bureau  of  Standards,  and  retiring  president; 
Dr.  A.  N.  Goldsmith,  chief  broadcast  engineer,  Radio  Corporation  of  America;  R.  H.  Marriott,  first  presi- 
dent of  the  Institute;  second  row,  left  to  right:  W.  H.  Hubley;  John  V.  L.  Hogan;  C.  W.  Home,  manager 
of  radio  for  the  Westinghouse  Company;  Lloyd  Espenschied;  A.  H.  Grebe;  Professor  J.  H.  Morecroft  of 
Columbia  University  and  member  of  the  staff  of  RADIO  BROADCAST;  Melville  Eastham,  president  of  the 
General  Radio  Company;  Dr.  G.  W.  Pickard,  research  engineer,  Wireless  Specialty  Apparatus  Company; 
L.  E.  Whittemore,  and  Dr.  E.  F.  W.  Alexanderson  of  the  General  Electric  Company 


654 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


APRIL,  1926 


trailer  and  Chief  Engineer  of  the  British 
Broadcasting  Company. 

In  an  interview  entitled  "A  Talk  to 
Homemakers"  he  saw  fit  rather  severely  to 
criticize  the  enthusiast  who  buys  parts  and 
assembles  them  into  the  well-known  home- 
made set.  Not  only  did  he  tell  the  radio 
"tinker"  that  he  was  generally  wasting  his 
time  and  money  but  further  intimated  that 
the  home  builder  was  actually  doing  an 
unethical  thing:  that  he  was  using  ideas 
which  had  cost  the  manufacturer  thousands 
of  pounds  to  develop  and  for  which  the 
manufacturer  was  entitled  to  believe  that 
the  radio  listener  would  buy  his  sets  and 
thus  help  pay  for  the  cost  of  research.  "  If 
home  making  simply  means  copying  what 
some  one  else  has  taken  pains  to  design, 
may  I  suggest  that  mental  indigestion  may 
result,  and  more,  might  I  point  out  that  a 
new  and  great  industry  is  being  ham- 
pered"? 

The  home  builder  is  one  of  the  important 


vitamines  of  the  radio  industry.  He  really 
learns  a  lot  about  radio,  he  spends  much 
money  for  parts;  he  spends  his  time  at 
home,  contented  and  enthusiastic  about 
his  task,  he  occasionally  lets  his  family 
actually  listen  to  a  whole  selection  from 
some  distant  station  before  he  tunes  to 
another,  and  in  many  instances  he  also 
buys  a  manufactured  set.  So  actually  in- 
stead of  cheating  the  set  manufacturer 
from  his  legitimate  profit  he  generally  does 
contribute  his  bit  and  in  addition  creates  a 
healthy  demand  for  "parts." 

The    Recent    International    Radio 
Broadcast  Tests 

THIS    year's    international    tests    ran 
into   difficulties  with    a    vengeance. 
It  seems  as  though  nature,  as  well  as 
the  bloopers,  were  making  all  efforts  to 
keep  America  for  Americans.     It  probably 
pleased  many  of  our  short-sighted  senators 


to  think  that  circumstances  were  doing  so 
well  to  keep  us  from  being  contaminated 
by  touch,  even  over  an  ether  channel,  with 
our  transatlantic  fellow  men.  Rapidly 
changing  weather  conditions,  which  always 
bring  plenty  of  static,  resulted  in  violent 
Atlantic  storms,  and  as  soon  as  the  static 
had  partially  abated,  the  transocean  chan- 
nels were  required  for  more  important  ser- 
vice than  that  of  friendly  intercourse.  Radio 
was  being  used  to  locate  the  men  who  were 
fighting  against  death  in  the  ocean  storms, 
and  no  one  of  us  has  ever  begrudged  giving 
up  his  radio  hours  for  such  a  cause. 

The  law  of  compensation  played  its  part 
in  the  ocean  tragedy,  however;  one  of  the 
benefits  of  these  International  Tests  which 
some  of  us  had  continually  urged  is  that 
arising  from  the  better  understanding  be- 
tween nations.  This  must  result  from  our 
repeated  attempts,  always  more  successful, 
to  get  in  radio  touch  with  those  in  Europe 
and  South  America.  When  peoples  are  in 


MARINE    RADIO    DIRECTION    FINDERS 

Three  nations  have  recently  joined  to  honor  the  Captain  and  crew  of  the  S.  S.  President  Roosevelt  on  their  rescue  of  the  crew  of  the  British  steamer 
Antinoe.  It  was  radio  which  brought  the  rescue  ship  and  the  radio  compass  which  guided  the  Roosevelt  to  the  drifting  Anlinoe  after  the  American  ship 
had  drifted  more  than  100  miles  out  of  her  course  during  the  night.  The  large  illustration  on  the  right  is  the  Kolster  radio  compass  installed  on  the  bridge 
of  the  S.  S.  President  Harding,  a  sister  ship  of  the  Roosevelt.  The  wheel  operates  a  loop  above,  which  leads  to  the  receiver  at  the  right  of  the  operator. 
The  view  at  the  left  is  the  antenna  of  the  British  Bellini-Tosi  direction  finder,  installed  on  the  bridge  of  an  English  merchant  ship.  Its  principle  of 

operation  is  somewhat  different  from  the  Kolster  system  used  on  American  vessels 


APRIL,  1926 


THE  INTERNATIONAL  TESTS 


655 


close  communication  with  each  other,  many 
sources  of  friction  and  causes  of  discord  will 
disappear.  Now  the  time  used  for  the 
sos  calls  during  the  International  Test 
schedule  resulted  in  American  crews  and 
German  crews  risking  their  lives  for  British 
crews,  certainly  an  international  episode  of 
as  much  importance  as  the  exchange  of  the 
"Star-Spangled  Banner"  for  the  strains  of 
"God  Save  the  King." 

This  year's  Tests  further  emphasized  the 
undesirable  character  of  the  regenerative 
receiver  in  the  hands  of  unskilled  or  careless 
users.  Much  of  the  time  when  the  air  was 
otherwise  clear  and  the  chances  of  having 
European  and  South  American  radio  chan- 
nels end  in  our  homes,  was  rendered  useless 
to  us  by  the  howling  receivers.  As  soon  as 
we  located  one  of  the  transatlantic  channels 
and  were  endeavoring  to  copy  the  program, 
a  flock  of  howling  receivers  would  start  to 
work  around,  trying  to  locate  the  same 
station.  It  is  high  time  that  common  de- 
cency to  our  neighbors  prohibit  the  use  of 
such  equipment  and  especially  on  such  an 
occasion  as  the  long-distance  tests. 

How  They  Run  Radio  in  Canada 

IN  CANADA  the  radio  activities  of  the 
government  are  carried  out  in  the  De- 
partment of  Marine  and  Fisheries,  a 
logical  place  for  it  when  we  remember  that 
radio  served  the  marine  service  long  before 
it  was  used  for  broadcasting  entertainment. 
We  have  commented  before  on  what  seemed 
to  us  the  very  reasonable  and  sane  course 
the  Canadian  officials  take  in  developing 
radio — in  fact,  we  have  also  previously  ex- 
pressed the  opinion  that  the  work  was  done 
in  a  manner  somewhat  superior  to  that 
which  our  officials  display  in  attacking 
radio  questions.  It  is  good  to  find  the 
quality  of  directness  of  attack  for  which 
the  Canadians  won  a  reputation  during  the 
war,  shown  in  the  annual  report  of  the 
Canadian  radio  service. 

The  totai  number  of  stations  coming 
under  government  supervision  is  93,049, 
apparently  a  prodigious  number,  but  we 
hasten  to  recall  that  all  receiving  sets  are 
classed  there  as  receiving  stations  and  come 
under  government  supervision.  There  are 
92,000  of  these  receiving  stations  in  the 
dominion  which  pay  to  the  government 
$1.00  a  year  for  their  operation.  After  re- 
viewing the  compass  service  and  the  twice 
daily  weather  report  to  shipping,  the  prob- 
able development  of  radiophone  service  to 
certain  classes  of  shipping  is  discussed. 
The  ordinary  weather  and  compass  reports 
are  of  course  sent  out  in  code  and  the  re- 
ceiving ship  must  have  a  trained  operator 
on  board.  But  it  is  thought  that  harbor 
shipping  might  use  radiophone  channels 
and  thus  get  the  benefit  of  radio  without 
the  expense  of  a  specially  trained  man. 
A  frequency  of  1 500  kc.  is  to  be  used  so  as 
not  to  interfere  with  broadcast  channels. 
It  seems  to  us  that  such  a  scheme  is  only 
practical  when  the  shipping  is  not  dense. 
Around  New  York  harbor,  such  an  attempt 
would  be  unwise  indeed. 


Strange  as  it  may  seem  to  those  in  con- 
trol of  our  governmental  attitude,  the 
Canadian  government  has  a  definite  policy 
by  which  broadcasting  licenses  are  issued. 
"One  wavelength  is  issued  to  each  city  or 
area  and  three  stations  are  licensed  to  use 
it,  one  station  at  a  time.  In  case  the  li- 
censees are  unable  to  arrive  amicably  at  a 
division  of  time,  the  department  itself  di- 
vides the  time  on  an  equitable  basis."  This 
is  different  from  the  Cincinnati  row  we  had 
when  the  Department  of  Commerce  officials 
said  it  was  none  of  their  business  and  left 
the  stations  to  fight  it  out.  In  the  larger 
Canadian  cities,  a  second  wavelength  is 
assigned  but  the  station  operating  on  the 
second  wave  must  be  at  least  ten  miles 
out  from  the  city! 

For  the  past  two  years,  licenses  issued 
by  the  Department  have  permitted  indirect 
advertising  without  restriction  and  direct 
advertising  before  6  P.  M.  In  spite  of  the 
permission,  practically  all  direct  advertis- 
ing has  been  abandoned,  the  stations  ap- 
parently having  reached  the  same  con- 
clusion that  direct  advertising  fell  on 
"deaf"  receiving  sets. 

In  1923  the  United  States  assigned  to  its 
numerous  licensees  all  of  the  broadcast 
bands  available  for  this  continent,  a  not 
very  neighborly  action.  Ninety-five  chan- 
nels to  be  properly  proportioned  between 
Canada  and  ourselves  so  we  use  all  of  them ! 
"As  a  result,  the  transmission  of  practically 
every  one  of  our  stations  was  subject  to 
severe  interference."  The  United  States 
Department  of  Commerce  finally  agreed  to 
regard  six  of  the  ninety-five  channels  as 
exclusively  Canadian  and  also  to  use  cer- 
tain of  the  other  channels  for  our  southern 
stations  only,  that  is,  these  channels  might 
also  be  used  by  our  northern  neighbor. 
Taking  into  account  the  unlikelihood  of 


West  Coast  stations  interfering  with  her 
eastern    stations,    Canada   counts   on    19 
available  channels. 
Continues  the  report: 

Every  Canadian  station  is  checked  each  night 
by  some  specified  inspector  and  offending  sta- 
tions are  at  once  ordered  back  to  their  specified 
wavelength.  Should  the  offending  station  be 
under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  United  States,  the 
Supervisor  of  Radio  for  the  area  in  which  the 
offending  station  is  located  is  advised  by  tele- 
graph and  in  all  cases  promptly  and  effectively 
attends  to  the  complaint. 

The  report  speaks  of  the  surrender  of  the 
1000-  and  66o-kc.  channels  by  the  shipping 
approaching  our  shores.  They  are  not 
used  by  ships  of  Great  Britain,  United 
States,  Belgium,  Denmark,  and  Sweden 
when  within  250  miles  of  our  shore.  "Un- 
fortunately France  has  not  seen  her  way 
to  accede  to  our  request  and  we  still  have 
a  prolific  source  of  interference  in  the 
coast  station  operated  by  that  government 
at  St.  Pierre  Island,  south  of  Newfound- 
land." Under  the  caption  "  Regenerative 
Whistles"  we  learn  that  "We  have  as  a 
matter  of  fact,  considered  getting  all  the 
Canadian  radio  manufacturers  together 
with  a  view  to  having  them  mutually  agree 
to  stop  the  manufacture  of  the  regenerative 
type  of  apparatus.  But  as  there  is  no 
legislation  available  to  compel  any  manu- 
facturer to  abide  by  the  same,  etc. " 

With  comparatively  few  broadcasting 
stations  (only  nineteen  channels),  Canada 
has  thirty-eight  inspectors.  "Generally 
speaking,"  the  Commissioner  modestly 
concludes,  "the  Canadian  broadcast  lis- 
tener would  appear  to  receive  at  least  as 
much,  if  not  more,  service  than  the  lis- 
teners in  any  other  part  of  the  world, 
whether  licensed  or  not,  and  we  have  not 
as  yet  really  got  into  our  stride!" 


RADIO    HEADQUARTERS    OF    THE    SIGNAL    CORPS 

At  Washington,  all  the  official  business  of  the  Signal  Corps  of  the  Army  which  is  transacted  by  radio 
through  the  network  of  Army  stations  is  received  at  this  central  office.  General  Saltzman,  Chief 
Signal  Officer,  reported  recently  that  radio  was  the  means  of  saving  a  large  sum  over  the  usual  tele- 
graph tolls  paid  by  the  Army  for  official  communication.  This  radio  central  is  located  twenty  feet 
below  large  receiving  loops  on  the  roof  of  the  building 


656 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


APRIL,  1926 


The  Month  In  Radio 


REGINALD    A.    FESSENDEN 

Chestnut  Hill,  Massachusetts 

at  the   Institute  of  Radio   Engineers 
Dinner,  New  York 

"  There  are  in  existence  to-day,  fully  de- 
veloped and  tested,  wireless  methods  for 
operating  substantially  without  disturbance 
from  static  or  interference,  and  these  means 
have  been  tested  with  large  capacity  high 
antennas  between  Boston  and  Panama,  in 
summer. 

"  There  are  also  in  existence  to-day,  fully 
developed  and  tested  in  all  essential  details, 
•wireless  methods  for  operating  direct,  without 
exchanges,  by  setting  direct  to  the  subscribers' 
numbers,  between  bodies  of  subscribers  as 
large  as  those  comprising  the  New  York  ex- 
changes. 

"  The  wireless  pheroscope  has  been  de- 
veloped from  the  first  crude  apparatus  of 
1906  to  a  device  capable  of  putting  wireless 
vision  into  every  house  in  the  United  States, 
and  was  tendered  to  the  United  States  Navy 
under  guarantee  in  1921,  and  to  others. 
Its  success  depends  upon  tu.o  inventions — • 
the  multiple  valued  function  method,  as  it  is 
called,  and  the  shutter  which  has  been  opera- 
ted by  independent  engineers  at  a  frequency 
of  400,000  per  second  and  is  capable  of 
more.  I  have  pleasure  in  showing  you  the 
shutter,  a  photograph  showing  its  general 
arrangement  in  action,  and  a  sample  of  the 
wire  used,  of  which  it  takes  goo  twisted  to- 
gether to  make  the  si^e  of  a  single  hair;  and 
of  presenting  these  historical  exhibits  to  the 
archives  of  the  Radio  Engineers." 


THE  large  station  at  Rocky  Point  (Radio 
Central)  has  for  some  time  been  able  to  send 
telephone  messages  across  the  Atlantic  to  Eng- 
land where  a  receiving  station  has  been  set  up 
at  Chedzoy;  this,  it  is  expected,  will  be  the  Eng- 
lish receiving  station  for  the  transatlantic  radio- 
phone channel.  The  British  have  been  at  work 
on  a  transmitting  station  for  their  end  of  the 
channel  and  a  cable  to  the  New  York  Times  says 
that  the  station  is  now  complete  and  has  been 
taken  oxer  by  the  British  Postoffice,  which  will 
operate  the  communication  scheme. 

The  English  news  puts  the  price  of  a  three- 
minute  talk  to  America  at  five  dollars.  This 
seems  like  an  unreasonably  low  price  for  the 


service  and  certainly  cannot  be  based  on  the 
idea  of  earning  a  reasonable  return  on  the  in- 
vestment. 

NOTHING  more  indicative  of  the  emancipa- 
tion which  Turkish  women  have  experi- 
enced in  the  last  decade  has  occurred  than  the 
broadcasting  of  a  speech  by  the  wife  of  the 
Curator  of  the  Evkaf  Museum  in  Constanti- 
nople. Only  a  few  years  ago  the  face  of  the 
Turkish  women  could  be  seen  by  her  master 
only,  and  never  could  she  talk  to  other  men. 
Now  she  not  only  shows  her  face  as  other  women 
do  but  addresses  an  audience  numbered  in  the 
hundreds  of  thousands  by  the  most  modern  of 
our  scientific  achievements.  Mme.  Aly  ad- 
dressed the  British  radio  audience  on  "The 
Turkish  lady  of  Yesterday  and  To-day."  The 
topic  certainly  seems  to  offer  opportunities  for 
some  striking  contrasts. 

FROM  wov,  the  radio  audience  had  a  chance 
to  listen  recently  to  a  most  striking  ex- 
periment. Professor  Wold  of  Union  College, 
gave  a  series  of  talks  on  the  electron  and  its 
activities  and  during  one  of  his  lectures  he  let  his 
listeners  actually  hear  an  electron  as  it  splashed 
its  way  through  a  cloud  of  gas  particles.  Some 
substances,  said  to  be  radio-active,  are  con- 
tinually shooting  off  positive  and  negative 
electrons,  and  as  these,  traveling  at  high  speed, 
bump  their  way  through  a  small  air  chamber  and 
so  affect  the  air  particles  they  bump  that  the 
air  becomes  partially  conducting.  This  change 
in  the  conductivity  of  the  air  is  made  to  affect 
a  vacuum  tube  amplifier  and  thus  modulate 
the  carrier  wave  of  the  broadcast  station. 
The  noise  is  scarcely  more  pleasing  than  static 
noise,  but  it  will  be  certainly  more  interesting 
when  one  realizes  that  each  noise  represents  the 
collisions  caused  by  one  electron,  the  smallest 
thing  in  the  universe  of  which  the  scientist 
knows  to-day. 


Interesting  Things 

Said  Interestingly 


j.  c.  HARBORD  (New  York; 

-*  president  Radio  Corporation  of  America): 
"The  world  leadership  of  the  United  States  in  the 
development  of  the  radio  art  and  industry  has 
won  for  our  manufacturers  and  engineers  a 
dominant  position  in  the  radio  affairs  of  South 
America,  where  to-day  the  greater  percentage 
of  the  total  business  is  carried  on  by  Americans. 
In  spite  of  foreign  competition,  our  products 
and  methods  remain  the  most  acceptable  to 
South  Americans.  Our  four  years  of  experience 
in  the  development  and  production  of  broad- 
casting devices  both  for  transmission  and  re- 
ception, has  stood  us  in  good  stead  in  Latin 
America.  Americans  are  contributing  a  full 
measure  of  this  experience  toward  the  develop- 
ment of  radio  in  South  America  and  we  have  the 
hearty  cooperation  of  local  South  American 
radio  interests." 

E.  F.  W.  ALEXANDERSON  (Schenectady; 
Chief  Consulting  Engineer,  Radio  Corpora- 
tion of  America):  "The  great  problems  in  radio 
are  static,  interference  and  fading.  The  trend 
of  the  radio  art  in  the  past  has  been  determined 
by  improvements  that  have  been  made  in  over- 
coming these  difficulties.  The  practical  solu- 
tions of  these  problems  to-day  are;  directive  re- 
ception for  reduction  of  static;  continuous  waves 


CAPT.    A.    G.    D.    WEST 

London;  Assistant  Chief  Engineer •, 

British    Broadcasting  Company;   in    an 

interview    before    the   recent 

International  Tests 

"  The  tests  will  not  give  such  a  unique 
opportunity  to  European  listeners  because 
they  can  listen  on  any  night  to  American 
stations  withmit  fear  of  interruption  from 
broadcasting  stations  on  this  side  of  the 
Atlantic.  American  stations  usually  take 
very  great  care  with  regard  to  maintaining 
their  wavelengths  and  their  power  constant 
over  long  periods  of  time,  so  that  amateurs  on 
this  side  who  want  to  do  serious  experimental 
work  on  long  distance  reception  on  various 
wavelengths,  can  do  so  throughout  the  winter 
season,  but  there  are  not  many  experimenters 
who  would  have  time  and  opportunity  and 
also  inclination  to  listen  in  the  early  hours 
night  after  night  for  American  stations  to 
obtain  data  that  will  be  valuable  from  a 
scientific  point  of  view,  and  it  is  during 
Radio  Week  that  a  more  useful  opportunity 
is  given  to  those  who  want  to  try  occasional 
American  reception. 

"  Even  now  it  is  not  advisable  for  listeners 
with  sets  containing  less  than  two  valves  to 
attempt  to  pick  up  these  (American)  pro- 
grams, and  it  is  certainly  most  important 
to  make  sure  that  the  sets  do  not  oscillate  and 
cause  local  interference.  Even  just  a  few 
oscillators  playing  around  the  wavelength  of 
a  distant  station  can  completely  spoil  the 
reception  of  that  station  by  listeners  situated 
many  miles  around." 


to  minimize  interference;  and  the  use  of  long 
waves  to  minimize  fading.  The  future  answer 
to  these  problems  may  be  different.  At  least 
we  have  reason  to  think  that  the  new  knowledge 
which  we  have  gained  regarding  wave  propaga- 
tion will  furnish  us  additional  methods  of  dis- 
criminating between  signals  and  disturbances. 
Wave  polarization  will  undoubtedly  be  one  of 
the  important  factors  in  this  new  development." 

PROF.  A.  M.  LOW  (London;  from  an  article 
in  John  Bull) :  "  Before  many  years  are 
passed  we  are  sure  to  have  the  radio  serial  story, 
and  we  are  sure  to  have  plays  acted  by  radio  with 
various  incidents  leading  up  to  exciting  passages 
which  are  always  'to  be  continued  in  our  next.'" 


News  of  the  $500  Short- Wave  Receiver 

Prize  Contest 


Entries  May  Be  Made  Up  to  April  1, 1926,  Instead  of  March  1 — Conditions 
and  Further  In/ormation  of  a  Contest  to  Interest  Amateurs  Everywhere 


THE  short-wave  receiving  set  con- 
test, announcement  of  which  was 
made  in  the  February  issue  of 
RADIO  BROADCAST,  has  won  the 
enthusiastic  response  of  numerous  experi- 
menters in  the  short-wave  field,  judging 
from  the  correspondence  which  has  come  in 
since  the  announcement  was  made.  So 
many  complaints  were  received  that  there 
was  not  sufficient  time  for  some  of  the  ex- 
perimenters to  finish  their  sets  for  sub- 
mission before  the  contest  closes,  that  it 
has  been  decided  to  extend  the  time  limit 
from  March  i  st  to  April  i  st,  1926.  A 
request  by  the  New  York  representative  of 
Popular  Wireless,  London,  that  the  receivers 
of  entrants  shipped  from  Europe  not  later 
than  April  ist  should  be  considered,  has 
been  granted.  It  is  probable  that  the  ex- 
tension date  will  also  enable  Australian 
short-wave  enthusiasts  to  compete. 

One  of  the  interesting  things  which  the 
contest  has  brought  forward  is  the  fact 
that  up  to  this  time  there  has  been  little 
or  no  novelty  in  the  design  and  construc- 
tion of  short-wave  receivers.  The  con- 
ventional types  have  given  satisfactory 
results  and  consequently,  prior  to  this 
contest,  the  stimulation  to  designing  better 
receivers  has  been  lacking. 

According  to  present  indications,  among 
the  contenders  for  the  prize  money  will  be 
super-heterodynes,  regenerative  neutro- 
dynes  and  even  the  much  neglected  super- 
regenerative  receiver.  Certainly  some- 
thing worth  while  should  be  brought 
forward.  In  practice,  however,  Reinartz 
receivers  are  being  used  almost  to  the 
exclusion  of  other  types.  Attention  is 
called  again  to  the  basis  of  points  upon 
which  the  prize  is  to  be  awarded.  Con- 
testants should  observe  that  a  paramount 
requirement  is  that  the  receiver  shall  be 
adapted  by  its  design  and  construction  to 
practical  amateur  relaying.  The  only 
circuit  limitation  imposed  is  that  radiation 
be  reduced  to  a  minimum.  Otherwise,  any 
type  of  receiver  which  will  function  with 
the  utmost  sensitiveness,  stability,  and 
reliability,  is  eligible  for  consideration. 

The  extension  of  the  contest,  which  has 
been  widely  announced,  will  give  contes- 
tants opportunity  to  do  additional  work, 
which  should  not  be  overlooked. 

The  basis  of  points  is  as  follows: 

Workmanship 15 

Simplicity  of  handling 20 

Ease  of  Calibration 
Freedom  from  hand  capacity 
Independence  of  tuning  and  regeneration 

Low  Cost 10 

Use  of  standard  or  easily  constructed  parts       5 


Performance 25 

Overall  amplification  of  signals 

Use  in  relaying 

Ability  to  use  break-in 

Ability  to  cover  foreign  amateur  bands 

Appearance 15 

Method  of  avoiding  radiation    ....       10 

Total       ....      100 

Much  comment  has  resulted  from  our  in- 
sistence on  the  non-radiating  feature.  Cer- 
tainly we  are  aware  that  there  are  differ- 
ences between  continuous  wave  reception 
and  broadcast  reception.  The  enjoyment 
of  a  broadcast  entertainment  can  be  com- 
pletely ruined  by  a  near-by  radiating  receiver 
but  continuous  wave  reception  is  not  neces- 
sarily impossible  within  range  of  a  radiat- 
ing receiver.  Continuous  wave  reception 
is  not  the  only  thing  to  consider,  however. 
Short  waves  are  also  used  for  rebroadcast- 
ing  purposes  and  for  supplying  programs 
to  broadcasting  stations  from  remote 
points.  A  few  hundred  radiating  receivers 
on  short  wavelengths,  used  for  rebroadcast- 
ing  purposes,  would  be  sufficient  to  make 
these  short  wave  radio  telephone  links 
practically  inoperative.  In  anticipation  of 
this  problem,  RADIO  BROADCAST  adheres  to 
its  fixed  policy  to  discourage  the  use  of  radi- 
ating receivers  on  any  and  all  wavelengths. 

We  have  been  invited  to  exhibit  receivers 
entered  in  the  short-wave  contest  at  the 
Sixth  Annual  Radio  Show  and  Convention 
held  at  New  York  under  the  management  of 
the  Executive  Radio  Council  of  the  Second 
District.  If  a  sufficiently  interesting  ex- 
hibit can  be  assembled  so  early  in  the  con- 
test, there  will  be  an  opportunity  to  see 
some  of  the  latest  designs  in  the  short-wave 
art. 

We  have  sought  to  make  the  board 
of  judges  a  composite  one,  which  will  be 
thoroughly  capable  in  considering  all  of 
the  qualities  of  a  receiver.  You  will 
observe  that  it  includes  practical  ama- 
teurs, who  have  extensive  experience  in 
short  wave  relay  work;  scientists  and 
mathematicians,  who  know  how  to  meas- 
ure and  appraise  in  impersonal  quantitative 
terms,  and  writers  and  commercial  engi- 
neers who  are  able  to  judge  the  simplicity  of 
workmanship  and  ease  of  construction  from 
the  point  of  view  of  the  average  home 
constructor.  There  are  many  names  which 
we  would  have  liked  to  include  in  the 
Board  who  were  perforce  omitted,  lest  it 
become  too  large  to  be  efficient  in  its  work, 
but  we  are  sure  that  each  member  has  a 
specific  and  definite  contribution  to  make 
which  should  result  in  a  fair  decision  from 
every  standpoint. 


That  public  interest  and  attention  is 
turning  toward  short  waves  is  no  longer  a 
debatable  question.  The  announcement 
of  this  contest,  the  RADIO  BROADCAST- 
Eveready  short-wave  experiments  con- 
ducted with  the  cooperation  of  the  National 
Carbon  Company,  the  long-distance  records 
of  2  GY  have,  individually  and  collectively, 
aroused  so  much  attention  that  we  are  in- 
clined to  predict  that  the  number  of  enthusi- 
asts in  short-wave  transmission  and  re- 
ception will  continue  to  increase  with  the 
marked  rapidity  of  the  last  few  months  for 
some  time  yet.  After  all,  your  receiver 
may  respond  to  signals  coming  in  for 
distances  of  thousands  of  miles,  but  until 
you,  yourself,  have  mastered  the  ether  by 
making  it  subservient  to  the  will  of  your 
own  transmitter,  your  conquest  is  not 
complete.  It  is  our  hope  that  through 
the  disclosure  of  a  better  short-wave  re- 
ceiver, RADIO  BROADCAST  may  be  the 
means  of  introducing  you  to  a  new  phase  of 
radio  entertainment — the  mastery  of  the 
ether  through  the  use  of  the  short  waves. 

THE  CONTEST 

OBJECT:  The  object  of  this  contest  is  to 
aid  in  the  development  of  improved  short- 
wave receiving  apparatus,  so  that  the 
possibilities  of  high  frequencies  may  be 
more  effectively  studied. 

PRIZES:  First  prize,  $250;  Second  prize, 
$150;  Third  prize,  $100.  Only  one  prize 
to  a  contestant. 

ELIGIBILITY:  Anyone  interested  in  short- 
wave reception  is  eligible  to  compete, 
though  no  prizes  will  be  given  to  manu- 
facturers making  short-wave  receivers  or 
parts  therefor. 

CONDITIONS:  Each  contestant  must  sub- 
mit a  complete  description,  photographs, 
and  hook-up  of  a  short-  wave  receiver  which 
does  not  radiate.  The  receiver  should  be 
adapted  to  the  entire  short-wave  band 
from  8566  to  1999  kc,  although  this  may 
be  accomplished  by  interchangeable  coils. 
RADIO  BROADCAST  is  permitted  to  request 
that  the  most  promising  receivers  be  sent 
to  its  laboratories,  in  order  that  the  final 
award  of  the  prize  may  be  determined, 
after  exhaustive  tests.  In  addition  to 
the  prizes,  RADIO  BROADCAST  is  to  be  per- 
mitted to  use  descriptive  matter,  either  in 
whole  or  in  part,  submitted  by  any  con- 
testant, at  its  regular  rates. 

BOARD  OF  JUDGES:  The  following  consti- 
tute the  board  of  judges:  Boyd  Phelps, 
Prof.  Louis  A.  Hazeltine,  Zeh  Bouck,  G.  C. 
Furness,  Arthur  H.  Lynch,  Edgar  H.  Felix, 
Dr.  Lawrence  Dunn,  and  Dr.  A.  Hoyt 
Taylor. 


The  Tube  and  Its  Best  Uses 

Explanations  of  Some  Qeneral  Instructions  on  How  Best  to  Use  Tubes 
— How  Characteristics  are  Measured  and  Their  Importance — Relative 
Merits  of  Amplifier  Connections — The  Facts  About  Tube  Rejuvenation 

By  KEITH  HENNEY 


ADIO  receivers  arrive  in  American 
homes  at  the  present  time  in  one  of 
two  ways,  either  the  home  buys  a 
completed  receiver  or  someone  in  the 
home  builds  it,  assembling  material  that  some 
manufacturer  has  designed  and  constructed. 

In  either  case,  the  receiver  is  a  static  thing 
until  the  listener  buys  the  tubes  and  turns  on 
the  A  battery.  From  the  moment  that  this 
final  act  is  completed,  the  receiver  ceases  to  be 
a  mere  assembly  of  electrical  apparatus  and 
becomes,  for  the  time  being  at  least,  a  stage  upon 
which  many  interesting  things  happen. 

Few  builders,  or  purchasers,  of  radio  receivers 
seem  to  realize  that  the  tube  is  about  the  only 
part  of  the  complete  installation  over  which  they 
have  any  control.  The  purchased  set  comes 
"without  tubes"  and  the  final  contribution  to 
the  home  made  receiver  must  be  tubes.  These 
tubes  must  be  chosen  with  considerable  discre- 
tion and  operated  with  care. 

It  is  sufficient  for  the  average  listener  if  his 
set  works,  and  under  this  happy  condition  a 
tube  is  a  tube,  an  ingenius  device  that  fits  into  a 
socket.  Yet  let  something  happen,  a  mix-up 
in  A  and  B  battery  leads,  a  broken  connection,  a 
dropped  tube,  and  the  user  realizes  without  de- 
lay that  the  tube  is  the  vital  thing,  and  that 
upon  its  proper  functioning  depends  the  success 
of  the  receiver. 

For  this  reason  this  article,  with  those  pub- 
lished in  the  December  and  February  RADIO 
BROADCAST,  endeavors  to  explain  some  tube  in- 
formation and  some  tube  idiosyncrasies.  Such 
information,  in  the  words  of  a  certain  college 
professor  "is  in  all  the  books"  but  many  that 
should  have  noted  it,  have  not.  To  judge  from 
the  enthusiastic  reception  given  the  first  two 
tube  articles,  this  field  is  a  profitable  one  for 
study. 

Among  other  things  about  tubes  that  are  fre- 
quently mentioned  in  radio  magazines  and  news- 
paper radio  sections  is  the  fact  that  an  amplifier 
grid  should  never  be  allowed  to  go  positive,  and 
this  seems  a  logical  point  of  attack  for  the  present 
article. 

It  is  also  stated  that  the  characteristics  of  tubes 
as  ordinarily  measured  are  "static"  and  have 
little  to  do  with  the  tube  under  actual  operating 
conditions.  At  least  one  manufacturer  of  tube 
testers  claims  that  his  device  measures  the 
"dynamic"  characteristics  of  tubes  giving  the 
lie  to  others  whose  products  measure  tubes 
statically.  This  particularly  efficient  instru- 
ment, so  the  manufacturer  says,  measures  tubes 
dynamically  because  it  uses  a  source  of  alternat- 
ing current  for  the  measurements,  and  everyone 
knows  that  tubes  are  alternating  current  ampli- 
fiers. And  there  you  are! 

Naturally,  what  the  average  listener  wants  is 
information  that  will  aid  him  in  operating  his 
tubes  intelligently;  it  matters  little  to  him  by 
what  name  you  call  tube  characteristics,  or  how 
they  are  measured.  He  wants  the  "cold  dope." 
And  the  experimenter — how  many  there  are  who 


'•Director,  Radio  ''Broadcast  Laboratory 

have  requested  tube  data  from  RADIO  BROAD- 
CAST Laboratory — wants  to  know  how  to  meas- 
ure tubes  in  the  most  approved  fashion.  The 
present  article  may  be  of  interest  to  both  of 
these  types  of  readers. 

With  regard  to  static  and  dynamic  character- 
istics, there  is  this  to  be  said — a  difference  does 
exist  between  them;  both  are  important;  neither 
is  difficult  to  measure.  And  it  is  doubtful  if  the 
dynamic  tube  tester  mentioned  before  has  any- 
thing to  do  with  the  so-called  dynamic  character- 
istics of  vacuum  tubes. 

WHAT  IS  NEEDED  TO  TELL  TUBE  CHARACTERISTICS 

ASIDE  from  the  tube  and  its  accessory  bat- 
teries, all  that  is  necessary  to  measure  static 
characteristics  of  tubes,  which  show  in  the  form 
of  curves  the  relations  between  grid,  plate,  and 
filament  voltages  and  the  corresponding  cur- 
rents, is  a  good  voltmeter  of  double  range,  o-io 
and  o-ioo  volts,  and  a  good  milliammeter,  and 
any  one  in  his  home  laboratory  can  have  many 
hours  of  enjoyment  studying  tubes  by  means  of 
these  instruments.  With  such  apparatus  dia- 
grammatically  represented  in  Fig.  I,  let  us  carry 
out  the  following  procedure: 

a.  Measure  the  B  battery  voltage. 

b.  Set  the  filament  at  proper  voltage. 

c.  Vary  C  voltage  in  convenient  steps,  meas- 

uring with  voltmeter. 

d.  Note  plate  current  at  each  different  C 

voltage. 

e.  Plot  the  results  similar  to  Fig.  2. 

For  199  and  2OI-A  tubes,  the  normal  plate 
voltages  are  45,  90,  and  135.  The  C  voltage  may 
be  varied  in  steps  of  2  volts  from  minus  10  to 
plus  10.  Semi-power  tubes  normally  use  135 
volts  on  the  plate  but  as  many  as  180  may  be 
safely  used.  On  some  tubes  of  this  type — not  of 


L Efc.Ep-.->| 


EP=EB 


FIG.    I 

Apparatus  required  for  measuring  static  charac- 
teristics  of   tubes.     A   double-range   voltmeter 
can  be  used  to  measure  A,   B,  and  C  battery 
voltages 


the  oxide  coated  filament  type — plate  voltages 
up  to  400  have  been  used  in  the  Laboratory  with 
complete  success.  The  C  voltage  on  these  tubes 
of  the  1 12  type  may  be  varied  in  steps  of  5  volts 
from  minus  35  to  plus  5. 

Now  it  is  a  common  statement  in  published 
tube  information  that  only  the  straight — com- 
paratively speaking — part  of  this  grid-voltage- 
plate-current-curve  should  be  used  for  distor- 
tionless amplification.  Any  one  can  see  that  the 
curve  is  not  straight  at  the  bottom,  and  on  page 
458  of  the  February  RADIO  BROADCAST,  the  effect 
of  using  this  part  of  the  curve  is  shown.  But 
any  one  can  see  that  the  curve  continues  to  be 
straight  beyond  the  zero  grid  line.  In  other 
words,  there  seems  to  be  no  reason  why  the 
grid  should  not  be  allowed  to  go  positive.  There 
must  be  a  catch  somewhere. 

The  catch  lies  in  the  fact  that  the  method  of 
discovering  the  relation  between  Ip  and  Eg 
(plate  current  and  grid  voltage)  illustrated  above 
does  not  tell  us  exactly  what  the  tube  will  do 
under  actual  amplifying  conditions.  For  in- 
stance, an  amplifier  tube  always  works  into  a 
load  of  some  kind;  as  the  telephone  engineers 
say,  the  tube  "looks"  into  a  transformer,  a  re- 
sistance, or 'a  pair  of  telephones,  and  the  grid 
circuit,  in  the  same  language  "looks  back  into" 
a  transformer  secondary,  a  resistance,  or  some 
combination  of  resistance,  inductance  and  ca- 
pacity. 

Therefore,  if  we  insert  into  the  grid  and  plate 
circuits  of  the  tube  under  test,  a  resistance  ap- 
proximating the  impedance  into  which  the  tube 
normally  looks  we  shall  have  the  conditions  of 
test  more  nearly  like  those  occurring  in  practice. 
Fig.  3  contrasted  with  Fig.  i  shows  these  addi- 
tions, and  Fig.  4  the  method  of  calculating  the 
input  and  output  resistance.  The  tube  normally 
looks  back  into  the  output  impedance  of  a  similar 
tube  which  is  "stepped  up"  by  the  square  of  the 
turn  ratio  of  the  connecting  transformer.  Fig.  5 
shows  how  two  differing  impedances  may  be 
coupled  together  by  means  of  a  transformer.  In 
this  case  Zi  may  be  the  output  impedance  of  a 
semi-power  tube  and  7.t  the  impedance  of  a  loud 
speaker.  If  the  turn  ratio  of  the  transformer 
obeys  the  formula 


or 


the  maximum  amount  of  power  will  be  trans- 
ferred; in  other  words,  quality  reproduction  will 
result. 

In  connection  with  this  formula  it  is  well  to 
remember  that  the  voltages  appearing  on  prim- 
ary and  secondary  of  transformers  vary  di- 
rectly as  the  turn  ratio,  while  the  impedances 
which  the  transformer  connects  vary  as  the 
square  of  the  turn  ratio. 

In  the  case  of  a  first  stage  amplifier  working 
from  a  detector  tube — whose  impedance  will  be 


APRIL,  1926 


TUBES  AND  THEIR 


USES 


659 


about  30,000  ohms — and  coupled  to  it  by  means 
of  a  3:1  ratio  transformer,  the  tube  looks  back 
into  approximately  30,000  x  (3)"  or  30,000  x  o,  = 
270,000  ohms.  If  the  tube  is  the  second  of  a 
two-  or  three-stage  resistance  amplifier  employ- 
ing high-mu  tubes,  the  tube  looks  back  into  three 
impedances  in  parallel  as  shown  in  Fig.  4.  In 
the  case  of  the  last  tube  in  a  set  which  works  into 
the  loud  speaker,  its  output  impedance  will  be 
approximately  matched  by  the  impedance  of  the 


plate  voltage  is  less  than  the  B 
battery  voltage  by  the  drop  in 
the  load  impedance.  The  plate 
current  will  be  less  naturally. 
When  the  grid  goes  positive  it 
begins  to  draw  current  so  that 
variations  in  grid  voltage  are  no 
longer  as  effective  in  changing 
plate  current;  then  these  varia- 
tions only  produce  more  or  less 
grid  current. 


To  Preceeding 
Tube 


,  To  Following 
Tube 


In  a  poten- 
tiometer-con- 
trolled radio 
frequency 
a  m  p  1  i  fi  e  r  , 
very  heavy- 
plate  currents 
are  drawn 
when  the  grid 
is  forced  posi- 
tive by  stabi- 
lizing adjust- 
ments. This  is  due  to 


TABLE  1 

TUBE 

V- 

Rp 

Gm 

V? 
RP 

1* 
l/Rp 

CONDI- 
TIONS 

199 
201-A 
12 
120 
112 
210 
Mu20 

6.5 
8.2 
5.6 
3.3 
7.0 
7.65 
20.00 

22,400 
12.700 
14.0CO 
(MM 
6150 
5100 
33,000 

304 
660 
400 
500 
1140 
1500 
600 

19.8  x  10-* 
55.3 
15.0 
12.8 
80.0 
107.0 
121.0 

4.45  x  10-' 
7.37 
3.87 
3.58 
8.95 
10.35 
11.00 

a 
a 
a 
b 
c 
d 
e 

CONDITIONS 

Eg 

Ep 

a                  —  4.5 

b                     22.1, 
c                   —  9.0 
d                   —27.0 
e                         0.0 

90 
135 
135 
350 
90 

u         -  amplification  constant 
Rp     =  Plate  impedance  in  ohms 
Gm    =  mutual  conductance  in  micromhos 

Eg-Ec-Ig  Rj 
Ep-EB-IpRL 


k~— 


FIG.    3 

To  obtain  the  curves  shown  in  Fig.  2  it  is  necessary  to  add  resist- 
ances in  the  input  and  output  circuit  of  an  amplifier  tube.     These 
resistances  simulate  the  impedances  of  the  preceding  and  following 
tubes  together  with  accessory  coupling  apparatus 


speaker,  but  in  intermediate  stages,  the  primary 
impedance  of  the  coupling  transformer  should  be 
at  least  three  times  the  output  impedance  of  the 
tube  at  the  lowest  audio  frequency  which  it  is 
required  to  amplify.  This  means  that  the  prim- 
ary of  the  transformer  must  have  50  henries  in- 
ductance at  100  cycles  when  working  from  a 
2oi-A  tube  with  an  output  impedance  of  10,000 
ohms.  If  the  transformer  has  a  "flat"  charac- 
teristic at  loo  cycles,  the  higher  frequencies  will 
be  taken  care  of  by  a  complicated  combination  of 
capacity  and  core  loss  in  the  transformer. 

In  other  words  in  the  first  amplifier  the  factor 
RL  will  be  about  30,000  ohms,  while  in  the  last 
amplifier  this  factor  will  be  about  10,000  for  a 
20 1 -A  and  5000  for  a  112  tube. 

In  Fig.  3  RL  and  RI  represent  the  combined 
impedance  of  the  tube  and  the  connecting  ap- 
paratus looking  away  from  the  tube  under  test. 

Under  these  conditions,  shown  in  Fig.  3,  some- 
what different  curves  result  when  one  plots  plate 
current  against  change  in  grid  volts.  In  this 
case  the  plate  voltage  is  not  the  B  battery  voltage 
but  is  less  by  the  drop  in  the  load  resistance,  and 
the  voltage  actually  applied  to  the  grid  is  not 
the  same  as  the  C  battery  but  is  less  by  the  drop 
in  the  input  resistance — when  the  grid  goes 
positive. 

As  soon  as  the  grid  goes  positive,  current  flows 
in  the  grid  circuit,  depressing  the  input  voltage, 
and  the  plate  current  curve  flattens  out  or  act- 
ually drops.  Distortion  is  inevitable  because  the 
plate  current  no  longer  is  an  exact  replica  of  the 
applied  voltage.  The  tops  of  the  waves  are  com- 
pletely obliterated  and  the  plate  current  jumps 
about  when  incoming  signals  force  the  grid  posi- 
tive. What  comes  from  the  loud  speaker  differs 
widely  from  what  leaves  the  transmitting  station. 
Curves  which  show  this  flattening  are  in  Fig.  2 
in  which  the  load  impedance  is  12,000  ohms, 
and  many  excellent  curves  of  this  nature  may  be 
found  in  a  recent  article  in  Popular  Radio  by 
Hugh  S.  Knowles. 

What  actually  happens  is  the  following:  the 


fact  that  there  is  very  little 
resistance  in  the  plate  circuit 
of  these  amplifier  tubes  which 
operate  under  "static"  con- 
ditions. At  the  same  time 
another  effect  begins  to  be 
noticed.  When  an  amplifier 
grid  is  negative  and  drawing 
no  current,  the  tube  input 
impedance  is  extremely  high. 
In  other  words,  it  puts  no 
load  on  the  input  device,  say 
a  tuning  inductance  and  condenser.  When  the 
grid  takes  current,  however,  power  is  required, 
the  input  impedance  becomes  very  low,  effec- 
tively shunting  the  tuning  circuit  and  making 
tuning  broad. 

As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  above  experiment  has 
not  as  yet  measured 
what  vacuum  tube  ex- 
perts know  as  "a.  c. 
dynamic  characteris- 
tics" which  show  the 
relation  between  alter- 
nating plate  current 
values  as  related  to 
alternating  grid  volts. 
Some  excellent  curves  of 
this  type  may  be  found 
in  the  December,  1925, 
Proceedings  of  the  Insti- 
tute of  Radio  Engineers. 
What  we  have  meas- 
ured are  known  as  "d.c. 
dynamic"  characteris- 
tics. Since  we  have 
used  pure  resistance 
loads,  the  curves  for 
d.c.  and  a.c.  will  be  the 
same.  This  would  not 
be  true  had  we  used  an 
inductance  in  the  plate 
circuit.  But  the  fact 
has  been  clearly  demon- 
strated that  amplifier 
grids  should  not  be  per- 
mitted to  go  positive — 
they  should  not  be  over- 
loaded. The  remedy, 
naturally,  is  increased  C 
battery  and  this  in  turn 
necessitates  greater  B 
battery. 

It     seems     to    be    a 
psychological  fact  that 


the  wants  louder  and  louder  signals — he  becomes 
radio  deaf.  For  example  the  first  stage  in  the 
average  listener's  radio  life  is  that  of  a  single 
tube  which  delivers  its  output  to  the  listener 
through  head  phones.  After  a  time  he  wants 
a  loud  speaker  and  he  adds  one  or  two  stages 
of  audio  amplification  to  his  one-tube  set. 
He  is  satisfied  with  90  volts  on  the  plate  and 
negative  4.5  on  the  grid.  Then  he  finds  that 
signals  do  not  seem  as  loud  as  they  did  at  first. 
So  he  uses  135  volts  on  the  plate  and  negative  9 
on  the  grid  and  installs  a  semi-power  tube. 
Then  he  finds  after  a  time  that  signals  might  be 
louder.  So  he  goes  to  180  volts  on  the  plate  and 
negative  1 5  on  the  grid,  or  to  two  tubes  in  paral- 
lel or  push-pull,  or  to  the  final  stage  where  he 
uses  a  power  tube  with  350  volts  on  the  plate 
and  about  negative  25  on  the  grid.  The  more 
the  listener  gets,  the  more  he  wants.  In  another 


12 
10 
8 
6 
4 
2 
0 

i 

UV 

201- 
=  * 

A 

/ 

RI 

| 

.n. 

/ 

/ 

/] 

f    F 

*L=< 
B=90 

) 

-Ep 

f 

y 

/ 
/ 

/ 

RL 

=  12,000 
•  =  136     - 

--1 

f 
• 
« 

f 

^- 

EB 

~~~- 

,/ 

^ 

RI 

F 

foo 

,000 

/, 

• 

-  m  • 

Hi] 

p—  •"  *  * 

—  •  "  " 

/ 

/ 

* 

f 

^ 

S 

/ 

/ 

/. 

S* 

^> 

S 

*' 

^ 

16    14     12     10      8       6       4       2  -  0  +  Z      4       6      8 
C  BATJ£/?Y  WiTS-  EC 

the  average   listener 


FIG.   2 

What  one  gets  by  measuring  tube  characteristics  with  and  without  a 
load  in  the  plate  circuit.  Note  how  the  curve  of  plate  current  flattens 
out  when  a  load  is  included.  This  is  due  to  the  fact  that  the  effective 
voltage  on  the  plate  has  been  reduced.  It  shows  why  people  get  into 
trouble  when  they  use  resistance  amplifiers  with  low  mu  tubes  and  with 
low  plate  voltages 


660 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


APRIL,  1926 


©RESISTANCE  AMPLIFIER 
Rp(Hi-mu)  =  60,000  Ohms 


0    DETECTOR 
Rp  (Detector)  =  30,000  Ohms 
Ri  -  32xRp   =270.000    " 


®  AMPLIFIER 
Rp  (Amplifier)  =  15,000  Ohms 
Ri=42  x  15,000  =  240.000  Ohms 

FIG.    4 
Methods  of  calculating  Ri  and  Rp  for  three  general  amplifier  cases 


direction  there  is  an  analogy — rouge  blindness! 
The  more  rouge,  the  more  .  .  .  but  per- 
haps we  had  better  not  go  into  that. 

So  much  for  distortion  owing  to  positive  grids. 
Too  much  C  battery,  however,  will  force  signals 
to  use  too  much  of  the  lower  part  of  the  charac- 
teristics and  will  cause  distortion.  A  load  in  the 
plate  circuit,  however,  has  the  tendency  to 
straighten  out  the  Ip-Eg  (plate  current-grid 
voltage)  curve,  so  that  the  bottom  of  the  curve 
is  not  so  bad  as  it  looks  from  the  static  character- 
istics. 

Consideration  of  the  curves  in  Fig.  <>  and  those 
in  Popular  Radio  already  mentioned  show  that 
the  greater  the  impedance  in  the  plate  circuit 
the  straighter  will  be  the  characteristic.  Some 
loud  speakers  have  very  little  impedance  at  low 
frequencies  so  that  the  curve  worked  over  is  not 
straight  but  curved  and  a  peculiar  distortion  re- 
sults when  bass  viols,  or  kettle  drums  are  played. 
The  remedy  lies  in  a  lower  impedance  tube,  say 
one  of  4000  ohms,  and  some  tube  manufacturers 
are  making  preparations  to  supply  such  tubes. 
They  will  necessarily  have  a  low  amplification 
factor  and  will  draw  considerable  plate  current 
but  will  be  capable  of  delivering  considerable 
power.  Output  transformers  useful  in  overcom- 
ing this  type  of  distortion  are  manufactured  by 
the  General  Radio  Company,  and  are  designed 
to  couple  low  imp.-dance  speakers  of  the  cone 
type  to  20 1 -A  tubes  and  to  low  impedance 
power  tubes. 

Among  other  things  that  are  often  discussed 
by  those  interested  in  tubes  is  the  importance  of 
producing  and  using  tubes  with  a  high  value  of 
mutual  conductance.  In  preceding  articles  of 
this  series,  methods  of  measuring  this  impor- 
tant tube  constant  have  been  shown.  Tables 
Were  given  showing  the  value  of  mutual 
conductance  of  tubes  recently  tested  in  the 
Laboratory. 

Let   us  examine   this   term   and   see  what   it 


means  in  relation  to  proper  tube  operation. 
Tubes  are  most  frequently  called  upon  to  per- 
form one  of  two  functions,  voltage  and  power 
amplification.  It  is  important  then  to  know 
how  useful  a  given  tube  will  be  when  used  as  a 


Np 


Ns 


0- 


Np=Primary  Turns 
Ns-Secondary  Turns 

FIG.   <j 

How  a  transformer  may  be  used  to  couple  two 
impedances.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  such  trans- 
formers in  the  telephone  industry  are  called 
"repeating  coils"  since  they  repeat  into  a 
second  circuit  what  goes  on  in  a  first  circuit 
which  may  be  of  widely  differing  impedance 
characteristics 


voltage  or  power  multiplier.  It  is  also  impor- 
tant to  know  the  power  in  watts  that  a  given 
tube  will  deliver  to  a  loud  speaker. 

It  can  be  shown  by  mathematics  that  voltage 
and  power  amplification,  and  power  output  are 
related  to  the  mutual  conductance,  usually 


abbreviated  to  read  Cm  and  defined  as  the 
amplification  constant  divided  by  the  plate 
impedance. 

The  same  mathematics,  however,  shows  that 
these  functions  are  related  in  the  following 
manner: 

Voltage  Amplification  =  j  \/Ri  X       ,   -t 

V  Rp 

Power  Amplification  =  — '  X  73 

2  Kp 

Eif*        u.2 

Power  Output  =  -p  X  £• 
Kp 
ti. 

Mutual  Conductance  =  77- 
RP 

The  mutual  conductance,  then,  is  a  measure 
of  a  tube  considered  without  regard  to  the  circuit 
in  which  it  works,  while  the  other  facts  outlined 
above  depend  upon  these  external  conditions. 


F'or  example,  the  values  in  Table 


are  for  £ 

Kp 


and     , —  and  knowing  the  input  impedance  as 

y  RP 

figured  in  Fig.  4  and  the  voltage  that  is  being 
placed  on  the  grid  of  an  amplifier,  it  is  a  simple 
matter  to  compute  the  power  and  voltage  am- 
plification and  the  actual  power  output  in  watts 
delivered  to  a  loud  speaker.  It  has  already  been 
mentioned  that  a  reasonable  amount  of  power  to 
require  from  an  amplifier  is  .06  watts  which  will 
give  a  good  comfortable  signal  from  an  average 
loud  speaker  of  the  cone  type  without  overload- 
ing distortion. 

When  one  is  interested  in  oscillators  and  mod- 
ulators, for  example,  in  a  transmitting  circuit, 
the  mutual  conductance  of  a  tube  is  a  valuable 
measure,  but  it  is  believed  that  in  amplifier  prac- 
tice some  other  factor  such  as  £•  is  a  better 

Kp 

figure  of  merit  by  which  to  rate  tubes.  In 
England  such  a  factor  has  been  used  for  some 
time. 


M-  5 


®      SINGLE  TUBE 


©      PARALLEL  TUBES 
FIG.    6 


PUSH  PULL 


Methods  of  calculating  the  important  factors  of  three  commonly  used  amplifier  connections.    One  point  worth  noting  is  the  fact  that  the  push-pull  input 
coil  divides  the  voltage  so  that  the  effective  step-up  to  each  grid  is  only  one  half  the  total  turn  ratio  of  the  transformer.     In  the  push-pull  circuit,  the 

two  tube  irrpedances  are  in  series:  in  the  parallel  case  they  are  cut  in  half 


APRIL,  1926 


TUBES  AND  THEIR  BEST  USES 


661 


THE  MERITS  OF  VARIOUS  AMPLIFIER  CONNECTIONS 

NOW  with  these  facts  in  mind  let  us  settle  a 
few  arguments  about  the  relative  merits  of 
a  single  tube  compared  with  a  push-pull  amplifier 
or  with  two  tubes  in  parallel,  each  working  into 
a  loud  speaker  designed  to  match  approximately 
the  output  impedance  of  the  amplifier.  In  Fig. 
6  these  three  amplifiers  are  shown  and  the  values 

„! 

of  rr,  voltage  amplification,  and   power  output 

given.  The  factor  j  which  is  included  in  the 
above  expressions  for  voltage  and  power  ampli- 
fication has  not  been  used  in  these  computations 
since  in  these  cases  a  high  impedance  open  cir- 
cuit secondary  is  used. 

It  will  be  noted  that  the  push-pull  and  parallel 
tube  amplifier  will  deliver  twice  as  much  power 
to  a  loud  speaker  as  a  single  tube  with  the  same 
input  voltage,  but  that  the  push-pull  amplifier 
is  behind  the  others  when  it  comes  to  voltage 
amplification.  Now,  in  any  amplifier, 
the  tubes,  with  the  exception  of  the 
last  one,  are  primarily  acting  as  volt- 
age amplifiers,  boosting  the  voltage  as 
much  as  possible  without  distortion  so 
that  the  last  tube  whose  power  output 

is     expressed    as      (input  v°'tage  "  *>* 

oKp 

gets  as  much  voltage  input  as  pos- 
sible. The  push-pull  amplifier  should 
be  used  to  feed  power  into  the  loud 
speaker,  and  practically  any  tube  can 
be  used  up  to  that  point,  that  is  a 
199,  12,  or2oi-A.  These  preliminary 
tubes  are  not  required  to  handle  much 
power  since  they  are  functioning 
primarily  as  voltage  multipliers. 


The  Electrical  "Shorthand"  Terms  Used  in 

This  Article 

Ep 

=   Plate  Voltage 

Eb 

=    B  Battery  Voltage 

Eg 

=   Grid  Voltage 

EC 

=   C  Battery  Voltage 

Ef 

=   Filament  Voltage 

Ip 

=    Plate  Current 

Ig 

=   Grid  Current 

I* 

=   Amplification  Constant 

Rp 

=   Plate  Impedance 

Gm 

=   Mutual  Conductance 

There  is  one  other  consideration  when  investi- 
gating the  merits  of  the  three  amplifiers  men- 
tioned above.  Owing  to  the  electrical  symmetry 
of  the  push-pull  amplifier,  each  tube  has  supplied 
to  its  grid  only  one-half  of  the  total  input  volt- 


TABLE  2 

V? 
Rp 

POWER    OUTPUT 
=  WO 

VOLTAGE 
AMPLIFICATION=N 

Single 
tube 

V       _    00- 

I-'  x  .0025 

o 

=  .01125  watts 

l/14400x32x  V  •  0025 
=  18  times  =25.1  T.  U. 

10,000 

Push- 
pull 

(2  x  6)i 

I/  14400  x  3"  x  V  -00125 
=  12.7  times  =22.1  T.  U. 

20,000       •°01"5 

=  .0225  watts 

Parallel 
tubes 

5« 

f*.005 
=  .0225  watts 

V  144000  x  y  x  i/.  005 
=24.5  times  =28.1  T.  U. 

5,000       -00- 

age.  In  other  words,  one  can  apply  greater  in- 
put voltages  to  a  push-pull  amplifier  than  to  a 
single  or  parallel  tube  arrangement.  Owing  to 
this  same  symmetry,  certain  harmonics,  due  to 
curvature  of  the  characteristic,  are  balanced  out 
so  that  about  25  per  cent,  more  overloading  can 
be  tolerated. 

The  parallel  tube  arrangement  has  the  only 
advantage  that  its  output  impedance  is  lower 
than  the  single  tube,  due  to  the  two  plate  im- 
pedances connected  in  parallel,  and  for  this 
reason  greater  power  can  be  delivered  to  a  loud 
speaker  of  low  impedance.  Practically  all  loud 
speakers  now  on  the  market  are  comparatively 
high  in  impedance  so  the  advantage  in  the  paral- 
lel tube  arrangement  is  not  usually  realized. 

Since  the  output  impedance  of  the  push-pull 
amplifier  is  the  sum  of  the  tube  impedance,  a 
high  impedance  speaker  must  be  used.  If  a  low 
impedance  speaker  is  used  such  as  the  Western 
Electric  54O-AW,  an  output  trans- 
former should  be  used.  The  push- 
pull  amplifier  has  both  advantages 
and  disadvantages,  and  at  the  present 
time  it  is  impossible  to  get  input 
transformers  that  compare  in  quality 
with  the  best  of  the  single-tube  trans- 
formers. With  power  tubes  of  low 
impedance  and  capable  of  delivering 
relatively  large  amounts  of  power,  the 
usefulness  of  the  push-pull  amplifier 
is  not  so  great  as  it  has  been. 


THE  EAR  AS  A  MEASURING  INSTRUMENT 

AND  while  we  are  speaking  of  im- 
**  pedance  matching  and  voltage 
amplification,  one  should  not  lose 


MEASURING  THE  TUBE  S  HEARTBEATS 
Apparatus  necessary  for  laboratory  tests  of  tubes  is  shown  here. 
The  diagram  of  connections  controlling  this  set-up  of  apparatus 
was  given  on  page  459  of  February  Radio  Broadcast,  and  in- 
volves the  use  of  accurate  resistance  standards,  a  source  of  a.c. 
voltage,  accessory  batteries  and  switches,  and  several  meters 


662 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


APRIL,  1926 


sight  of  the  fact  that  the  ear  is  a  de- 
ceptive measuring  instrument.  It  hears 
according  to  a  logarithmic  scale,  that  is,  a 
signal  with  one  hundred  times  the  power 
of  another  signal  will  sound  only  twice 
as  loud.  For  that  reason,  the  difference 
between  a  3:1  and  a  4:1  transformer  in 
an  audio  amplifier  is  scarcely  noticeable. 
For  example,  the  parallel  tube  amplifier 
compared  to  a  single  tube  has  1.4  times 
the  voltage  amplification  and  twice  the 
power  output.  This  difference  in  logarithmic 
"transmission"  units  is  only  three  units,  and 
it  takes  a  trained  ear  to  detect  such  small 
differences. 

For  the  same  reason  the  fact  that  it  is  not 
possible  to  "match"  a  loud  speaker  to  a 
tube  at  every  frequency  in  the  useful  audio 
range  should  not  worry  a  listener  too  much. 
Any  one  can  tell  the  difference  between  a 
terrible  loud  speaker  of  ante-quality  days 
and  a  fine  one,  or  with  the  latter  the  differ- 
ence between  running  it  from  a  199  tube 
and  a  1 12,  but  in  general  any  one  should  be 
satisfied  with  an  amplifier  that  uses  two  of 
the  modern  high  grade  transformers,  or  a 
resistance  or  impedance  amplifier  properly 
constructed  and  operated,  with  a  semi-power 
tube  in  the  last  stage  and]  proper  B  and  C 
batteries,  especially  if  this  amplifier  delivers  its 
output  to  a  cone  type  speaker  that  is  properly 
made. 

At  this  point  it  seems  fair  to  point  out  that  a 
speaker  that  merely  uses  a  paper  cone  is  not 
necessarily  better  than  a  speaker  of  the  horn 
type.  Much  depends  upon  the  element  that 
drives  the  cone  and  upon  the  methods  of  con- 
struction and  mounting.  The  only  test  is  to 
listen  to  it  compared  with  other  speakers  in 
which  the  listener  is  interested.  Comparisons 
should  be  made  both  as  regards  fidelity  (quality) 
and  efficiency  (volume  with  a  given  input). 
Some  cones  are  remarkably  inefficient. 

HOW  NOT  TO  CONTROL  VOLUME 

IT  IS  weli  too,  to  point  out  the  fallacy  of  con- 
trolling volume  by  regulating  the  filament 
voltage  of  audio  frequency  amplifiers.  As  soon 
as  the  voltage  is  reduced  to  the  point  where 
volume  is  reduced,  the  impedance  of  the  tube 
is  increased,  resulting  in  the  dropping  out  of  the 
low  notes.  If  the  low  notes  seem  to  have  been 
lost,  or  the  amplifier  has  a  tendency  to  howl, 
charge  the  battery.  Much  distortion  can  be 
laid  to  a  detector  or  amplifier  filament  that  is  run 
at  too  low  a  voltage.  Reduced  emission  due  to 
too  low  filament  voltage  results  in  distortion  due 
to  the  inability  of  the  plate  current  to  follow  the 
peak  input  voltages.  Low  B  battery  voltages 
also  result  in  poor  quality  due  to  increased  plate 
impedances. 


TABLE  3 

REJUVENATED  TUBES 

201-A                                                                    199 

PLATE                                                                                    PLATE 

CURRENT                                                                             CURRENT 

@  90  Ep,  0  EJ                                                   <g»  90  Ep,  0  Eg 

Before 

After                                                    Before 

After 

3.0 

3.0                                                          0.0 

4.0 

.5 

5.0                                                          0.0 

3.0 

1.0 

9.0                                                          0.3 

4.0 

0.0 

6.5                                                          0.2 

3.4 

0.0 

2.0                                                          0.4 

4.0 

0.0 

1.0                                                          2.0 

3.8 

3.5 

2.0                                                          0.2 

0.9 

4.0 

1.3                                                          0.1 

3.2 

2.0 

5.8                                                          1.0 

4.2 

0.5 

5.0                                                          0.5 

3.0 

0.4 

4.8                                                          2.4 

4.0 

39 

4.8                                                          2.4 

dead 

1.8 

5.0                                                          2.2 

4.2 

32 

56 

4.9 

4.7 

3.6 
2.0 
2.6 

4.8 

Number  of  201-A  tubes            24 
5.0                   ••         ••  199        ••                 13 

1.0 
2.8 
1.2 
0.2 

Average  increase  in  201-A  Ip   2.4  mils, 
dead                199     Ip   2.2    " 

Average  Ip  of  new  201-A          6.5     ' 
d««d                                       •     199             3.5     ' 

1.5 

Some  question  has  been  raised  regarding  the 
proper  method  of  coupling  a  good  loud  speaker 
to  a  high  quality  amplifier.  In  Fig.  7  are  shown 
three  common  systems.  In  any  case  there  are 
two  primary  considerations;  will  the  d.c.  plate 
current  of  the  power  tube  harm  the  loud  speaker, 
and  will  the  impedance  of  the  speaker  match  the 
tube?  If  one  uses  a  power  amplifier  as  was  de- 
scribed by  James  Millen  in  the  November  RADIO 
BROADCAST  in  which  the  plate  current  is  of  the 
order  of  30  milliamperes,  the  speaker  should  cer- 
tainly be  protected. 

When  the  loud  speaker  is  directly  in  the  plate 
circuit  it  looks  directly  into  the  tube  impedance. 
This  is  also  the  case  with  the  condenser-choke 


mfd. 


IN  THE  PLATE  CIRCUIT 
Rp=  ZL 


CONDENSER  CHOKE 
Rp=  ZL 
FIG.    7 

Methods  of  coupling  a  loud  speaker  to  a  power 
tube.  When  the  impedances  of  speaker  and 
tube  are  approximately  the  same,  either  "a," 
or  "b"  may  be  used.  When  they  differ,  an 
adjusting  coil  should  be  used — commonly  called 
an  output  transformer.  Its  turn  ratio  as 
controlled  by  the  impedances  is  given  by  the 
above  formula 

system  since  the  choke  and  condenser  are  so 
large  that  they  have  no  effect  upon  the  audio 
frequency  output,  and  in  both  of  these  cases  the 
loud  speaker  and  tube  impedances  should  be  of 
the  same  order.  In  case  of  the  output  trans- 
former, the  impedances  can  be  anything,  pro- 


vided the  primary  of  the  transformer 
matches  the  tube  and  the  secondary  matches 
the  speaker.  Either  the  condenser-choke  or 
the  output  transformer  will  keep  the  direct 
plate  current  out  of  the  speaker. 

THE  MEANING  OF  THE   "SQUARE  LAW" 
DETECTOR 

IT  HAS  been  stated  that  distortion  in  radio 
reception  arises  from  the  use  of  detectors 
which  function  according  to  a  "square  law." 
In  other  words  the  output  current  varies 
as  the  square  of  the  input  voltage.  This 
statement  may  be  discussed  in  the  follow- 
ing manner.  If  the  detector  acted  accord- 
ing to  a  linear  law,  i.  e.,  output  current 
directly  proportional  to  input  voltage,  there 
would  be  no  detection — only  amplification. 
In  other  words  our  detector,  which  is  in- 
herently a  distortion  device,  would  amplify. 
At  the  transmitting  station  a  modulator 
is  used  which  functions  according  to  a  com- 
plicated law,  approximating  a  square  law. 
This  is  distortion  at  the  very  start  of  the 
whole  radio  circuit.  At  the  receiving  sta- 
tion a  detector  is  employed  as  a  "demodu- 
lator" which  brings  the  distorted  signals 
back  to  their  original  form.  The  detector  is 


l|||pH|||±J 


©   OUTPUT  TRANSFORMER 


NS        ZL 
Rp=  Plate  Impedance 
ZL=  Loud  Speaker  Impedance 
Rp  not  equal  to  ZL 

the  reverse  of  the  modulator  and  may  be  said  to 
introduce  approximately  complementary  dis- 
tortion. Neither  would  work  at  all  unless  there 
were  a  bend  in  the  characteristic  curve.  As  a 
matter  of  fact  a  crystal  detector  does  not  follow  a 
linear  law  but  approximates  a  square  law.  Fig. 
8  shows  the  curve  of  a  crystal  detector  and  its 
similarity  to  a  three-element  tube  curve  is  ap- 
parent at  once.  Detection  takes  place  on  the 
bend  of  the  curve.  If  an  amplifier  is  operated 
on  the  bend  of  its  characteristic  it  acts  as  a  de- 
tector (distorts).  Recent  research  on  detectors 
by  F.  M.  Colebrook  in  England,  shows  that  tube 
detectors  are  more  efficient  at  low  frequencies 
than  at  high,  say  100  cycles  compared  with 
5000,  and  some  distortion  results.  The  extent 
of  this  distortion  may  be  considerable. 

USE  OF  "HICH-MU"  TUBES 

UESTICNS  are  frequently  asked  regarding 
e  use  of  tubes  with  a  high  amplification 
constant.  These  tubes  are  primarily  designed 
for  use  in  resistance  and  impedance  amplifiers. 
As  a  matter  of  fact  a  low  mu  tube  will  not  "  load 
up"  a  power  amplifier  unless  coupled  to  it  by 
means  of  a  transformer.  For  example,  the  aver- 
age amplifier  to  deliver  .06  watts  power  requires 


APRIL,  1926 


TUBES  AND  THEIR  BEST  USES 


663 


at  least  9  volts  variation  on  its 
grid.  A  tube  with  a  mu  of  8 
coupled  by  means  of  resistance  or 
impedance  to  the  amplifier  can- 
not produce  a  variation  of  vol- 
tage greater  than  8  volts  and 
probably  not  over  6,  so  that  the 
amplifier  will  not  deliver  its  rated 
quota  of  power.  On  the  other 
hand  a  tube  with  a  mu  of  20,  or  a 
tube  with  a  mu  of  5  coupled  by 
means  of  a  2:1  transformer,  can 
easily  produce  the  desired  change 
in  input  voltage.  High  mu  tubes 
can  be  used  as  detectors  and  hence 
are  useful  in  vacuum  tube  volt- 
meters. Their  use  in  resistance 
and  impedance  amplifiers  makes 
the  latter  practical  without  in- 
creasing the  B  battery  voltage 
beyond  reason.  It  must  be  said 
here  that  the  mu  of  such  tubes  is 
not  the  only  important  constant. 
The  plate  impedance  must  be  con- 
sidered and,  like  all  other  tubes, 
the  usefulness  of  high-mu  tubes 
increases  as  their  impedance  de- 
creases. 

REJUVENATING    TUBES 


80 


70 


o 

ci 

Q 


V) 

U 

cc 


o 

CC. 

o 


60 


50 


40 


30 


g    20 


10 


10 


20 


PERIKON 


CRYSTAL 


.1 


.2 


THERE  are  many  rejuvenat- 
ing devices  on  the  market  at 
the  present  time.  These  cannot 
be  used  with  any  tubes  except 
those  which  have  thoriated  fila- 
ments. They  will  be  of  no  ser- 
vice with  the  old  tungsten  filament 
201  or  200  type  tubes,  or  with  the  new  ux-i  12,  or 
with  Western  Electric  tubes.  On  the  other  hand 
they  are  very  efficient  when  worked  with  thor- 
iated filaments  of  the  199,  2OI-A,  120,  210  and 
certain  1 12  type  tubes.  The  data  in  Table  3 
gives  the  result  of  recent  rejuvenating  in  the 
Laboratory  showing  the  plate  current  in  milli- 
amperes  at  90  volts  on  the  plate  and  zero  grid 


-0    +  .1 

(Ej)  A.C.  VOLTS 

FIG.  8 
This  curve  shows  that  the  crystal  detector  follows  a  complicated 


curve — not  a  straight  line — differing  but  little  from  the  grid 
voltage-plate  current  or  grid  voltage-grid  current  curve  of  a 
vacuum  tube.  The  apparent  increase  in  quality  when  using  a 
crystal  detector  is  probably  due  to  lack  of  tube  noise  introduced 
by  a  grid  condenser-grid  leak  detector 


before  and  after  the  process.  Fig.  9  shows  sev- 
eral tube  flashers  that  have  been  tested  in  the 
Laboratory.  It  will  be  seen  that  some  tubes 
went  dead  in  the  flashing  process  while  many 
gave  increased  plate  current.  At  any  rate  the 
user  has  everything  to  gain,  nothing  to  lose  in 
the  process.  If  his  vacuum  tube  is  no  good  be- 
fore, it  cannot  be  worse  after  the  rejuvenating 


process.  Tubes  can  often  be  re- 
vived by  burning  the  filament  for 
several  hours  without  the  B  battery. 

WHAT  "IMPEDANCE"  MEANS 

FOR  the  many  readers  to  whom 
the  term  "impedance"  is  some- 
thing of  a  mystery,  the  following 
explanation  may  be  of  aid — it  is 
not  intended  for  engineers.  In 
direct  current  circuits  —  vacuum 
tube  filament  circuits,  for  exam- 
ple—  the  resistance  controls  the 
flow  of  current.  In  alternating 
current  circuits,  for  example,  the 
plate  circuit  of  a  tube  in  which 
there  is  an  inductance  coil,  an 
additional  factor  comes  into  play. 
There  is  resistance  and  induc- 
tance, both  of  which  tend  to  limit 
the  flow  of  current.  These  two 
factors  may  be  combined  into  a 
single  term  called  impedance.  If 
there  is  no  inductance  or  capacity 
in  an  a.c.  circuit,  the  impedance 
is  the  same  as  the  resistance;  if 
these  other  factors  appear  in  the 
circuit,  the  resistance  must  be 
combined  with  them  to  calculate 
the  impedance. 

The  impedance  between  the 
filament  and  plate  of  a  vacuum 
tube  is  practically  pure  resistance, 
and  its  d.c.  plate  circuit  resistance 
may  be  figured  knowing  the  plate 
voltage  and  the  plate  current. 
As  an  example:  If  the  plate 
voltage  is  90  and  the  plate  current  6  milliam- 
peres,  the  d.c.  resistance  is  1 5,000  ohms.  The 
impedance  of  the  tube,  however,  as  measured  on 
an  alternating  current  meter  differs  from  this 
value,  and  since  tubes  are  used  in  alternating 
current  circuits  it  is  not  correct  to  use  the  above 
figure  when  calculating  the  amplification,  etc.,  as 
has  been  done  in  this  article. 


.3 


FIG.    9 

A  few  of  the  tube  rejuvenators  now  on  the  market.     Those  illustrated  here  are  the  Jefferson,  the  Sterling,  the  Burton  and  Rogers  and  the  "Socket"  tube 

reviver.     The  device  with  two  meters  is  to  measure  the  plate  current  of  a  tube  so  that  one  can  tell  if  the  reviving  process  had  any  effect.     Another  re- 

juvenator  which  is  not  shown  here  but  which  has  been  used  in  the  Laboratory  is  the  Hemco 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


WHERE  TWO  CONDENSERS  ARE  EMPLOYED 

To  tune  the  RADIO  BROADCAST  "Aristocrat,"  a  very  symmetrical  layout  may 

be  had.    In  the  receiver  illustrated  here,  Silver  straight  line  frequency  condensers 

have  been  used.    The  panel  size  is  7  x  18  inches 


The  "ARISTOCRAT" 

Some   Variations   of  this  Popular   Quality 

Circuit   which    Originally   Was    Described 

in  the  November,  1925,  "Radio  Broadcast" 

—the  Application  of  Dual-Control  Tuning 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 

UNDER  THE  SUB-BASE 

Showing  most  of  the  wiring  and  the  method  of  mounting  of  Daven  resisto-couplers  and  Amperite  filament  control.     Moulded 

hard  rubber  brackets  have  been  used  to  hold  the  panel  and  sub-panel  together,  and  to  act  as  rests  for  the  completed  receiver. 

This  receiver  and  other  models  of  the  "Aristocrat"  were  designed  by  Arthur  Lynch 


A  TOP  VIEW  OF  THE  TWO-CONTROL  "ARISTOCRAT" 

The  layout,  on  an  ordinary  baseboard,  and  simplicity  of  wiring,  make  for  compactness  without  stray  capacities  or  the  necessity  of  shielding.  In  this  receiver  the 
single  General  Radio  20-ohm  rheostat  is  in  the  filament  circuit  of  the  r.f.  tube.  Daven  j-ampere  ballasts  are  used  in  all  the  other  filament  circuits  save  the  extreme 
right,  where  the  size  of  ballast  depends  on  the  output  tube  used.  The  plate  voltage  arrangement  found  best  with  this  receiver  was  90  on  the  r.f.  and  a  4.5 
negative  bias;  45  on  the  detector,  and  135  on  all  three  audio  stages  with  4.5  bias  on  the  first  two  and  between  9  and  11  volts  on  the  last.  The  parts  employed 
in  this  model  are  Formica  panel,  Kurz-Kasch  dials,  Silver  SLF  condensers  and  Knockout  coils,  Daven  ballasts,  fixed  resistors,  and  resisto-couplers,  Silver  ux  tube 
sockets,  Tobe-Deutschmann  bypass  condenser  X-L  neutralizing  condenser,  Eby  binding  posts,  Sangamo  condensers,  Carter  switch,  and  Pacent  jacks 


ANOTHER  TWIN-CONTROL 

"ARISTOCRAT" 

In  this  model  the  layout  is  altered  somewhat  by  the 
use  of  a  sub-base.  This  receiver  is  identical  to  the 
original  RADIO  BROADCAST  "Aristocrat"  for  which 
working  drawings  in  blueprint  form  are  available. 
Amsco  vernier  dials,  whether  black,  silver,  or  gold, 
show  up  nicely  on  the  Insuline  panel.  The  other 
knobs,  left  to  right,  are  Carter  antenna  switch, 
Royalty  r.f.  rheostat,  Hammarlund  neutralizing  con- 
denser, and  Eastern  tickler  control 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


A  REAR  VIEW  OF  THE  SUB-BASE  RECEIVER 

Furnishing  a  general  idea  of  the  complete  assembly.     The  tubes,  left  to  right,  are  Cleartron  cx-201-A  Detector;  two  Cleartron  Hi-Constron  CT-101-A  high-mu 
amplifier  tubes;  ux-112  Radiotron  power  tube;  and  ux-201-A  radio-frequency  amplifier.     In  this  layout  the  resisto-couplers  are  hung  below  the  sub-base  rather 

than  mounted  on  it  as  shown  in  some  of  the  original  models 


A  BEHIND-THE-PANEL  VIEW 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


Of  the  set  shown  above,  the  layout  above  the  sub-base,  and  the  freedom  from  visible  wiring  this  form  of  construction  makes  possible,  is  distinctly  shown. 

The  use  of  the  Cardwell  SLF  condensers  and  Eastern  Coils,  resulted  in  both  dials  reading  the  same  for  any  given  station  throughout  the  broadcast  rar.ge.. 

Benjamin  cushioned  sockets  for  ux-base  tubes  were  found  very  satisfactory.     In  this  receiver  Dubilier  fixed  condensers  were  used 


I  EGRET ARY  of  Commerce,  Herbert  Hoover's  letter,  reproduced  on  this  page,  is 
quite  self-explanatory.  There  are  without  question,  many  radio  receivers  in 
working  condition  which  are  idle,  and  which  would  be  of  inestimable  service 
to  the  lighthouse  keepers  at  their  lonely  posts.  We  believe  that  readers  of  RADIO 
BROADCAST,  if  they  know  the  service  they  can  render  by  the  donation  of  good  receiv- 
ing sets,  will  not  be  slow  in  rendering  the  aid  they  can  so  easily  offer. 

Readers  of  this  magazine  who  have  multi-tube  sets  which  they  are  willing  to  donate 
to  the  lighthouse  keepers,  should  pack  them  carefully  and  ship  them  to  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Lighthouses,  Washington,  D.  C.,  together  with  an  explanatory  letter  to  that 
official,  who  will  see  that  the  set  is  delivered  to  a  keeper  who  could  best  use  it.  It  is 
well  to  keep  in  mind  the  fact  that  the  set  should  be  capable  of  long  distance  reception, 

for  as  every  marine  traveler 
knows,  lighthouses  are  neces- 
sarily located  at  lonely  and 

COMMERCE  \y    i  out-of-the-way  spots,  often  far 

from  any  broadcasting  station. 
There  are  few  more  worthy 
causes  than  this,  which  RADIO 

January  s?.  l  \         BROADCAST  is  glad  to  present, 

and  we  are  sure  that  our  read- 
ers, who  best  know  the  pleas- 
ure that  a  broadcast  receiver 
can  bring,  will  not  be  slow  in 
Garden  ci* j  •  -  j  showing  their  generosity. 


to 


Dear 


H^^^lCfeSlT^f;;:™1- 

toysj^^g  ^SSHo^tW*  *°ffitnPtht  °ut  °£  the  *»7 

Tlien  too »      {j«civ©  ®^  £®°        .   fovsA* 

^uBMally  ®          -t  ^ff'h.tliO1-LS ® ^  nets 

g^l^^HS^^f;^;, 

i  /  "**\f     4 


»5£* 

^S^Bfc^ 


LEAVING    A    LIGHTHOUSE 

Heavy  weather  often  makes  relief  for  the  keeper 
uncertain  and  infrequent.  There  are  many 
lonely  marine  outposts  such  as  this  where  radio 
would  bring  much  comfort  and  pleasure.  The 
gift  of  a  sensitive  radio  receiver  would  be  a 
welcome  one  indeed 


HB-»« 


Conducted  by  —  John  Wallace 
Radio  and  the  Taste  of  the  Nation 


Comes  now  radio,  stalking  in  like  the  prover- 
bial last  straw,  to  put  on  the  complete  kibosh  the 
few  straggling  remnants  of  good  taste  that  have 
managed  to  linger  on  in  this  Land  of  the  Cretin 
and  Home  of  the  Depraved. 
— words  taken  from  the  utterances  of  any  one 
of  several  of  God's  private  secretaries,  expressed 
editorially  in  any  one  of  several  pastel  colored 
periodicals  on  the  occasion  of  that  sage's  dis- 
covery of  the  existence  of  radio. 

THE  text  of  most  of  this  pious  pessimism  is 
that  the  taste  of  the  American  nation  is 
lower  than  that  of  any  other  similar  body 
of  men  on  this  sphere,  and  that,  among  the 
agents  engaged  in  undermining  it,  radio  promises 
to  be  one  of  the  most  effective. 

Nor  is  the  custom  of  unfavorably  comparing 
the  kuliur  of  America  to  that  of  any  other 
nation  confined  to  the  so-called  intelligentsia. 
The  habit  is  so  widespread  as  to  constitute 
almost  a  Dulcyism.  That  America,  in  respect 
to  its  appreciation  of  the  "higher  things"  is  an 
infant  among  nations  is,  in  fact,  one  of  the 
cardinal  planks  in  the  American  credo.  It 
finds  place  in  our  code  of  national  convictions 
along  side  of  such  sacred 
tenets  as  "We  must  avoid  all 
entangling  alliances,"  "The 
French  do  not  know  how  to 
make  coffee,"  "Success  is 
always  the  reward  of  effort," 
"Newspaper  men  are  con- 
scienceless scoundrels." 
"Abraham  Lincoln  was  the 
incarnation  of  all  virtue,"  and 
"The  Japs  are  a  dangerous 
little  people." 

It  seems  unfathomable  on 
the  face  of  it  that  this  nation 
of  100  per  cent,  boosters 
should  be  so  clamorously  in- 
sistent upon  deprecating  the 
aesthetic  consciousness  of  its 
citizenry.  But  it  needs  no 
Freud  or  Jung  to  explain  this 
seeming  paradox. 

Try  saying  aloud;  "Why, 
my  dear,  you  know  our  people 
have  simply  no  taste  at  all. 
Why  any  French  workman,  or 
Italian  ditch  digger,  or  Ger- 
man peasant,  or  heathen 
Chinee,  has  ten  times  as  much 
appreciation  of  good  art  and 
good  music  as  the  average 
American.  They  seem  to 
take  naturally  to  the  bettah 
things." 


There  now,  doesn't  that  give  you  a  delightful 
glow;  doesn't  that  tickle  your  superiority  com- 
plex; doesn't  that  neatly,  though  not  too 
obviously,  set  you  aside  as  one  of  the  chosen  few 
who  appreciate  the  bettah  things;  doesn't  it 
give  you  a  cosmopolitan  and  world  traveled  air? 
That  at  any  rate  is  our  explanation  of  the 
national  delusion  that  the  taste  of  the  average 
American  is  inferior  to  the  taste  of  the  average 
Anything-else. 

At  risk  of  appearing  to  make  ourself  out  to  be 
very  widely  traveled,  we  assert  that  this  theory 
is  pure  and  undiluted  bunk.  The  "man  in  the 
street"  in  Naples  or  Shanghai  or  Buenos  Aires 
or  Berlin  or  Paris  is  every  bit  as  much  of  a  dumb- 
bell as  "the  man  in  the  street"  in  Janesville, 
Wisconsin.  In  fact  if  any  difference  in  their 
stupidity  exists  we  should  be  inclined  to  give 
the  American  an  edge  more  of  appreciation. 

Paris — the  cultural  capital  of  the  world! 
There  is  more  inferior  and  ridiculous  statuary 
lining  the  boulevards  of  Paris  for  the  delectation 
of  the  Parisian  "man  in  the  street"  than  could 
ever  be  found  in  a  thousand  miles  of  our  Main 
Streets. 

"Ah,  but  the  Italians,"  the  self  abasing  Amer- 


CECILIA    HANSEN    AND    DR.    WALTER    DAMROSCH 

Two  artists  recently  heard  on  Sunday  evening  Atwater-Kent  radio  hours.  Miss 
Hansen  presented  a  violin  program  splendidly  played,  although  the  program  numbers 
were  hackneyed.  Doctor  Damrosch  led  his  New  York  Symphony  orchestra  in  a 
special  program  for  the  International  Tests,  which  was  unfortunately  cut  short  on 
some  of  the  stations  of  the  "chain"  by  an  sos  call  in  mid-Atlantic 


icano  cries  out,  "see  how  they  appreciate  mu- 
sic. It  is  born  in  them.  It  is  part  of  them!" 
We  are  urged  to  ascend  to  the  garlic  saturated 
heights  of  the  galleries  of  our  local  opera  houses, 
and  find  there  the  Latins,  the  true  appreciators  of 
operatic  music.  And  we  find  them  there.  But 
when?  When  the  silly  melodramas  of  Guiseppe 
Verdi  or  Donezetti  are  being  yawped  forth  from 
the  stage  beneath. 

The  tired  business  man  of  Milan  goes  out  in 
the  evening  to  have  his  spirit  refreshed  by  some 
cafe  or  street  corner  band  doling  out  dolorous 
and  sentimental  tunes  garnered  from  the  jam 
pots  of  the  "classics."  The  tired  business  man 
in  Pittsburgh  takes  his  musical  stimulus  in  the 
form  of  a  program  of  jazz.  And  we  are  inclined 
to  attribute  a  superior  discrimination  to  the 
Pittsburgher.  His  taste  savours  less  of  the 
maudlin  and  more  of  the  virile  and  lusty. 

We  are  told  that  the  European  instinctively 
knows  a  good  picture  when  he  sees  it,  and  at  the 
same  time  we  find  on  the  walls  of  his  home,  even 
as  we  do  in  Texas,  color  prints  of  "Aurora"  or  of 
one  of  Carlo  Dolci's  sickly  saints. 

But  it  is  the  man  in  the  streets  of  ancient 
Athens  who  is  most  frequently  held  up  to  our 
gaze  as  the  supreme  example 
of  the  artistic  cultivation  of 
the  masses.  And  without 
pausing  to  examine  any  of  the 
numerous  reference  books  on 
the  golden  age  of  Greece,  we 
venture  to  guess  that  though 
civic  art  at  that  time  reached 
a  perfection  never  to  be  ap- 
proached it  was  no  doing  of 
hoi  polloi.  The  politicians  of 
the  time  happened  to  be 
gentlemen  of  artistic  leanings, 
so  they  put  up  public  build- 
ings that  seemed  to  them 
good — and  they  were  good. 
The  bourgeois  Athenian  ac- 
cepted these  exquisite  edifices 
because  they  were  there,  no 
whit  realizing  that  they  were 
supreme  examples  of  architec- 
ture. Doubtless  he  admired 
the  Parthenon,  but  not  so 
much  for  its  purity  of  form  as 
for  the  gaudy  colors  with 
which  it  was  then  daubed. 

In  brief,  we  hold  that  there 
is  no  evidence  to  support  the 
contention  that  the  American 
taste  is  on  a  lower  level 
than  that  of  other  countries 
(speaking  always  of  the 
"average  man's"  taste.) 


668 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


APRIL,  1926 


But  let  not  our  impassioned  defense  of  the 
aesthetic  discrimination  of  our  fellow  citizen 
lead  you  to  suspect  that  we  consider  his  taste 
worth  a  row  of  pins.  Our  argument  is  entirely 
relative;  we  simply  believe  he  is  no  worse  off 
than  any  foreigner  of  the  same  intellectual  strata. 

For  the  taste  of  the  American  nation  is 
incontrovertibly  low.  It  could  adorn  itself 
with  a  parasol  and  still  walk  under  a  dachshund 
to  the  small  discomfiture  of  the  beast.  Our 
newsstands  are  loaded  with  printed  rubbish,  our 
theaters  are  decadent  and  demented,  our 
music  is  punk  in  proportion  to  its  popularity,  and 
our  movies  .  .  .  ah,  there  is  exhibit  A  ... 
fifteen  years  of  almost  unrelieved  drivel. 

However  picture  us  not  as  sitting  here  gnash- 
ing our  hair  or  tearing  our  teeth  over  the  fact. 
On  the  contrary  it  disturbs  us  not  a  bit.  If  the 
magazines  on  the  stands  and  the  movies  at  the 
theaters  actually  represent  what  the  great  mass 
of  the  people  want,  so  be  it,  and  well  and 
good.  One  book  read  for  enjoyment  is  worth 
three  books  read  for  uplift. 

Yet  our  peace  of  mind  is  occasionally  dis- 
turbed by  the  suspicion  that  perhaps  this 
nefarious  fare  doesn't  exactly  reflect  the  desires 
of  the  masses.  Perhaps  they,  or  some  of  them, 
could  be  getting  a  bit  more  entertainment  out 
of  something  a  little  better.  If  so  it  would 
seem  an  economic  waste  for  them  to  be  content 
with  inferior  substitution.  Which  brings  us  back 
to  the  subject  on  hand — the  influence  of  radio  on 
the  taste  of  the  nation. 

Radio,  we  conclude  after  some  pondering,  will 
have  no  vast  and  far  reaching  effect  on  the 
nation's  taste.  But  far  from  lowering  it,  as  has 
been  prognosticated  by  the  pious  pessimists,  it 
will,  if  it  reacts  upon  it  at  all,  more  likely  im- 
prove it.  And  for  several  good  reasons. 

Taste  in  art,  like  taste  in  anything  else,  is  the 
index  of  our  ability  to  enjoy  the  more  highly 
civilized  forms  of  entertainment  or  stimuli. 
Our  friend  Mr.  Mulligan  gets  an  immense  kick 
out  of  a  prize  fight.  Our  friend  Mr.  Van  Peyster 
gets  an  immense  kick  out  of  a  George  Bellow's 
picture  of  a  prize  fight.  And  though  we  are 
inclined  to  suspect  that  Mr.  Van  Peyster's  en- 
joyment is  a  bit  more  acute,  there  is  no  way  to 
prove  it.  More  power  to  both  of  them  in  their 
varied  pursuits! 

But  perhaps  Mr.  Mulligan  might  likewise  get 
a  kick  out  of  Bellow's  prize  fight  paintings  if  he 
were  ever  exposed  to  one.  And  then  what  a 
desirable  state  of  affairs  would  have  been 
reached:  Mr.  Mulligan  could  spend  his  days 
enjoying  fisticuffs  and  his  evenings  enjoying 
pictures  of  fisticuffs  and  thus  be  assured  of  six- 
teen hours  a  day  of  happiness. 

But  all  fooling  aside,  it  is  in  just  this  way  that 
radio  is  likely  to  prove  of  service.  It  is  exposing 
the  American  nation  nightly  to  better  things 
in  music  than  it  has  been  accustomed  to  hear. 
Among  the  millions  thus  exposed  to  good  music 
are  certainly  some  few  who  were  not  vaccinated 
against  it  at  birth,  and  they  will,  as  they  have 
been  doing,  "catch"  it. 

To  say  that  good  music  is  not  heard  by  radio — 
as  has  been  said  by  some  critics — is  simply  to 
confess  an  utter  ignorance  of  what  is  being 
broadcast.  For  good  music  is  being  broadcast, 
indifferently  performed  in  many  instances  no 
doubt,  but  nevertheless  good  music. 

The  man  in  the  street,  like  the  man  in  the 
jungle,  has  a  tremendous  fear  of  the  Unknown. 
Offer  him  an  artichoke  and  he  will  bristle  at  the 
brow  and  foam  at  the  mouth.  Conduct  a  nation- 
wide advertising  campaign  with  the  slogan, 

ARTICHOKES  FOR  HEARTY  FOLKS 
and  he  will  deposit  his  pennies  in  the  Piggly 
Wiggly  for  dozens  of  them. 


Such  names  as  Beethoven,  or  Moussorgski 
or  Debussy  formerly  filled  our  lowbrow  with 
wide  eyed  fright,  gave  him  the  blind  staggers, 
lashed  him  into  a  frenzy  of  terror.  And  now  he 
has  found  that  his  fears  were  groundless;  that 
even  the  baby  can  listen  to  these  names  as 
they  come  in  via  the  family  receiving  set,  perhaps 
even  to  the  tunes  themselves,  without  dying 
of  some  mysterious  blight. 

His  curiosity  is  piqued.  Who  were  these 
men?  Did  they  ever  run  for  alderman?  Could 
they  stand  a  show  against  Irving  Berlin?  And 
lo  and  behold!  if  he  has  not  been  too  thoroughly 
inoculated  against  them  by  heredity,  he  finds 
himself  actually  enjoying  them.  Voila !  The 
deed  is  done!  Our  lowbrow  has  found  a  new 
source  of  amusement.  He  has  not  been  "up- 
lifted." He  has  not  been  "cultivated."  He 
has  simply  stumbled  upon  something  as  effective 
in  another  way  as  a  bag  of  peanuts,  or  a  game  of 
pinochle,  in  assuaging  the  griefs  of  this  world. 

And  radio  will  be  a  tremendous  boon  to  those 
who  imagine  they  are  already  possessed  of  a 
polite  and  enviable  taste  for  music.  More  often 
than  not,  an  imagined  appreciation  of  music  is  at 
bottom  simply  an  appreciation  of  all  the  frip- 
peries and  gew-gaws  that  deck  it.  The  cut  of 
the  soprano's  gown,  the  twirl  of  the  violinist's 
moustache,  the  presence  of  the  "400",  and  so 
forth,  are  of  greater  interest  to  a  large  pro- 
portion of  concert  goers  than  the  music  itself. 

Attention  to  the  concert  is  frittered  away 
through  the  eye.  What  with  attending  to  the 
gymnastics  of  the  conductor,  the  foot  work  of  the 
tympanist,  and  the  amazing  alertness  of  the 
piccolo  player,  small  part  of  the  cerebral  hemi- 
spheres is  available  for  following  the  music. 

The  remedy,  in  the  case  of  concert  halls,  is  to 
darken  the  auditorium.  But  this,  few  impre- 
sarios have  the  temerity  to  attempt.  Their 
business  is  to  fill  the  seats,  and  plenty  of  light 
wherewith  to  peruse  the  programs  is  the  demand 
of  their  clientele.  Individuals  feeling  more 
rabid  on  the  subject  than  we  have  gone  so  far 
as  to  protest  that  "no  executive  artist  should 
ever  be  visible  to  the  audience."  We  vaguely 
recollect  that  a  concert  hall  in  London  made  the 
experiment  one  time  of  screening  the  stage. 

Radio  is,  of  course,  the  complete  answer  to  this 
problem.  The  listener,  of  necessity,  does 
naught  but  listen.  So  we  can  not  help  but 
believe  that  in  the  long  run  this  training  in 
listening  exclusively  will  have  a  demonstrable 
effect  on  the  mass  of  musically  inclined  people. 

The  WGBS  Prize  Play 

COMES  to  our  desk  a  copy  of  Sue  'Em, 
the  radio  play  which  won  first  prize  in 
the  contest  recently  conducted  by  WGBS 
and  which  was  acted  over  the  air  for  the  first 
time  some  months  ago  by  members  of  the 
Provincetown  players. 

The  title  page  makes  known  that  the  author 
is  Nancy  Bancroft  Brosius,  that  it  is  published 
by  Brentano's,  and  is  the  first  radio  play  printed 
in  America. 

Unfortunately  (or  fortunately?)  we  didn't 
hear  the  play  presented,  but  we  have  just  read 
it  through  two  times — the  second  trip  being 
attributable  only  to  our  burning  desire  to  dis- 
cover, if  possible,  why  it  won  the  prize.  That 
discovery  we  have  yet  to  make.  We  dismiss  the 
most  ready  answer — that  it  was  the  best  one 
submitted — as  a  rather  too  unkind  reflection  on 
the  other  contestants. 

The  characters  are  four:  Mrs.  Dorn,  "middle 
aged  and  of  settled  disposition  "  her  henpecked 
husband,  the  "flapper"  daughter  Effie,  and  the 
son  Bill.  The  family  is  sitting  around  waiting 


to  go  to  the  movies  when  pa  finally  puts  in  a 
belated  appearance.  Ma  gives  pa  a  good 
bawling  out  and  is  not  at  all  appeased  by  his 
explanation  that  he  was  delayed  by  a  cop  who 
wanted  to  arrest  him  for  jay  walking.  Pa,  it 
seems,  tried  to  walk  into  a  truck  which  brushed 
by  his  leg. 

But  suddenly  it  is  suggested  to  ma  that  the 
truck  drivers  might  be  sued !  Then  pa  is  quickly 
shifted  from  the  role  of  doddering  jay  walker  to 
that  of  martyr. 

In  a  few  moments  he  is  quite  dead  and  buried, 
the  suit  is  set  at  $2000  and  the  receipts  budgeted 
out  and  all  but  spent.  Pa  is  now  a  wounded 
hero  and  the  truck  driver  indicted  as  a  criminal 
menace  to  the  safety  of  honest  citizens.  The 
dialogue  working  up  to  this  right-about-face 
on  the  part  of  Mrs.  Dorn  is  well  written  and 
humorous  in  a  broad  fashion. 

Then  the  twist  is  introduced:  Bill,  the  son, 
enters  the  room,  disheveled  of  appearance  and 
terror  stricken  of  mien.  He  announces  that  he 
has  been  out  driving  in  the  family  Ford;  that  a 
man  walked  right  in  front  of  his  car,  that  he 
struck  him,  and  probably  killed  him!  The 
consternation  of  the  family  is  augmented  when 
Bill  says  they  will  probably  be  sued  by  the  man's 
widow  and  four  orphans.  Ma  then  executes 
another  right-about-face  and  discourses  at 
length  about  the  carelessness  of  pedestrians  and 
the  injustice  of  the  widow's  presuming  to  sue 
her  innocent  little  Bill. 

An  amusing  situation,  we  grant,  but  how 
was  it  arrived  at:  Bill,  after  witnessing  his 
family's  absurd  shift  of  ground,  breaks  into 
merry  laughter  and  announces  that  it's  all  a  joke, 
he  never  hit  anyone.  This  announcement, 
which  is  supposed  to  constitute  a  climax,  is, 
as  a  matter  of  fact,  a  silly  let  down,  and  takes 
away  whatever  merit  the  play  hitherto  had. 
It  is  irritating  as  it  discloses  the  author  as  trying 
to  put  one  over  on  the  audience.  In  other 
words  the  situation  is  not  developed  but  forced. 
It  is  like  killing  off  the  husband  in  the  third  act 
to  solve  the  unsolvable  triangle  problem. 

A  Plea  for  More  Novelties  on  First 
Class  Programs 

CECILIA    HANSEN,  violinist,  sharing  a 
program  with  Florence  Austral,  soprano, 
was  heard   in   the    third  of  this  year's 
Atwater  Kent  concerts.     Miss  Hansen's  contri- 
bution to  the  concert  was  as  follows: 


a    Poent              .      ,      . 

Fibich 

b.  false  Blueite.     .     . 

a.  Meditation.  "Thais" 
b.  Caprice  Viennois 

Drigo-Auer 

Massenet 
Kriesler 
Arensky 

a.  Humoresque  . 
b.  Ave  Maria     . 

Dvorak 
Schubert-  Wilhelmj 

Now  suppose  you,  gentle  reader  (if  such  there 
be!),  help  us  finish  this  article.  Turn  to  your 
nearest  neighbor  and  ask  him  to  "name  five 
solos  for  the  violin  that  have  been  massacred 
more  often  than  any  others  by  radio  performers." 
Done?  Well  now  we'll  just  bet  you  our  Hyper- 
whichomodyne  against  your  thirteenth  tube 
that  your  five  numbers  are  included  in  the  above 
program. 

Who  was  responsible  for  Miss  Hansen's  dish- 
ing out  such  an  assortment  of  trite  tunes  we 
don't  know,  but  we  are  willing  to  be  quoted  as 
saying  it  was  a  stupid  move.  Cecilia  Hansen  is 
in  the  first  rank  of  her  profession.  Her  skill 
as  a  violinist  is  not  even  exceeded  by  her  good 
looks  (a  considerable  tribute  that).  So  why, 


APRIL,  1926 


WHAT  LISTENERS  THINK  OF  BROADCASTING 


669 


WILLIAM    DIEFENDORF 

A  well  known  performer  on  the  musical  saw  who 

was    heard    during    the    recent    International 

Tests  from  WHAZ,  at  Troy 

oh  why,  couldn't  we  have  heard  something  a 
little  less  threadbare  from  her? 

Dvorak's  Humoresque,  Massenet's  Meditation, 
and  the  rest  of  the  above  pieces  have  become 
hackneyed  for  the  very  good  reason  that  they 
are  beautiful  tunes.  So  charming  in  themselves 
that  they  defy  the  efforts  of  the  vilest  cat  gut 
scratcher  to  completely  disguise  their  beauty. 
Ever  assured  of  an  enthusiastic  reception,  they 
have  become  fixtures  on  the  repertoires  of  every 
fourth  rate  vaudeville  or  radio  fiddler. 

But  hackneyed  they  nevertheless  are.  Of 
course  any  alert  musical  theorist  can  furnish 
proof  beyond  contradiction  that  a  great  compo- 
sition can  never  get  old,  no  matter  how  often  it 
is  heard.  But,  aside  from  theory,  the  facts  of 
the  case  are  we  do  get  tired  of  hearing  the  same 
thing  over  and  over  again. 

And  for  this  reason  we  regretted  that  an  artist 
of  Miss  Hansen's  ability  allowed  these  musical 
banalities  not  merely  to  encroach  on,  but  to 
completely  monopolize  her  program.  On  the 
strength  of  her  skillful  interpretation  she  could 
have  made  just  as  enjoyable  a  program  of  less 
familiar,  though  equally  worthy,  selections — and 
thus  enriched  our  musical  acquaintanceship, 
leaving  these  sure-fire-hits  to  her  weaker  sisters. 

We  ramble  on  at  such  length  not 
because  this  concert  alone  would 
seem  to  warrant  it,  but  because  it  is 
typical  of  many  other  offenses  in 
kind.  The  John  McCormack  con- 
cert, for  instance,  was  made  up 
largely  of  the  ditties  that  you,  as  do 
we,  sing  so  effectively  in  the  bath 
tub.  And  we  are  not  entirely  con- 
vinced that  John  sang  them  a  bit 
better  than  we  have  ourselves  under 
the  stimulus  of  fragrant  soap  suds. 
Doubtless  there  are  some  more  diffi- 
cult tenor  airs  that  Mr.  McCormack 
could  do  more  justice  to  than  we, 
but  they  were,  in  the  main,  lopped 
off  his  program.  Which  seems  to  us 
somewhat  of  a  waste — rather  like 
using  a  nice  shiny  silver  cock- 
tail shaker  to  mix  up  the  baby's 
barley  water. 


have  been  "played  to  death"  on  the  radio,  the 
eight  directors  of  the  concert  orchestras  whose 
programs  are  featured  weekly  by  station  WRC,  at 
Washington,  will  for  one  week  include  in  their 
programs  only  those  new-old  compositions 
which  are  seldom,  if  ever,  heard  on  the  concert 
stage  or  on  the  air. 

Working  in  cooperation  with  Ralph  Edmunds, 
Program  Manager  of  station  WRC,  the  eight 
directors  will  search  their  libraries  for  musical 
compositions  whose  melodies  lie  half-forgotten 
on  their  shelves,  and  will  eliminate  from  their 
programs  any  numbers  that  they  themselves 
have  played  in  radio  concerts  in  the  past  year  or 
any  which  they  may  have  heard  played  by  some 
other  orchestra.  This  innovation  was  decided 
upon  following  numerous  requests  from  listeners 
for  "new"  music,  instead  of  the  almost  continual 
repetition  of  selections  which  in  many  cases  have 
become  prevalent  during  the  past  six  months. 

So  far,  a  list  of  more  than  a  hundred  such 
compositions  has  been  compiled  by  Mr.  Ed- 
munds and  submitted  to  the  directors  for  their 
consideration.  Included  in  the  programs  for  the 
"music  revival"  week  will  also  be  a  number  of 
original  compositions  which  are  being  written 
by  the  directors  and  members  of  their  orchestras. 
A  second  list  of  more  than  one  hundred  and  fifty 
selections  has  been  made,  all  of  which  are  placed 
definitely  under  the  radio  ban  for  the  week. 

Is  It  too  Early  for  the  Burlesque 
Program? 

1  OME  time  ago  it  occurred  to  us  that  radio 
had  attained  of  sufficient  age  and 
accumulated  enough  foibles  in  the  ageing 
for  some  intrepid  station  to  undertake  a  bur- 
lesque program,  poking  fun  at  the  broadcasting 
game  and  possibly  effecting  some  reform  through 
the  medium  of  mild  satire.  As  we  rotated  the 
idea  in  our  mind  we  were  struck  by  the  limitless 
number  of  opportunities  for  screamingly  funny 
burlesque  that  are  offered.  In  fact  we  had  al- 
most reached  the  point  of  writing  to  some  station 
director  and  imploring  him  to  hazard  such  a 
program  when  we  ran  across  the  following  article 
in  the  New  York  Times,  whereupon  we  decided 
'twere  better  not. 

LONDON,  Jan.  17. — Great  excitement  and  fear  were 
caused  here  and  in  all  parts  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland 
last  evening  when  radio  listeners-in,  by  a  comedy  of 
errors,  heard  on  the  air  the  announcement  that  a  revolu- 
tion had  broken  out  in  London. 

Among  other  things  they  were  told  that  the  National 
Gallery  had  been  laid  in  ruins  by  an  army  of  unem- 
ployed; that  the  Savoy  Hotel  had  been  blown  sky  high, 


S( 


FRED  SMITH 

Formerly  program  director  of  WLW  at  Cincinnati, 
and  lately  the  guiding  spirit  behind  the  splendid 
and  entirely  unique  civic  music  programs 
sponsored  by  the  Cincinnati  Chamber  of  Com- 
merce and  broadcast  through  WSAI.  Business 
men  of  that  city  have  subscribed  more  than 
$15,000  to  support  twenty  monthly  programs 
which  have  featured  such  artists  as  Fritz  Reiner, 
and  the  Cincinnati  Symphony  Orchestra, 
Marguerite  Lizsniewska,  Mieczyslaw  Munz, 
Francis  McMillan,  and  Paul  Althouse.  Edward 
J.  Hoff,  of  the  Chamber  of  Commerce,  is  Chair- 
man of  the  Broadcasting  Committee 


that  the  interior  of  the  House  of  Commons  had  been 
bombed,  and  that  there  had  been  a  massacre  of  people 
in  St.  James's  Park.  A  realistic  touch  was  given  to 
the  terrifying  details  by  sounds  as  though  of  distant 
explosions,  the  tumult  of  terror-stricken  crowds  and 
the  crash  of  falling  buildings. 

The  listeners-in  spread  the  news  and  soon  the  news- 
paper offices  everywhere  were  bombarded  with  tele- 
phone calls  from  people  anxious  to  get  further  details. 
These  offices  were  kept  busy  all  day  today  reassuring 
frightened  inquirers,  for  the  rumors  were  still  circulating 
in  country  towns  and  villages,  and  the  fact  that  bad 
weather  delayed  the  arrival  of  the  morning  papers  was 
taken  by  many  persons  as  confirmation  that  the  worst 
had  happened. 

It  was  learned  later  that  Father  Ronald  Knox  had 
been  broadcasting  from  the  Edinburgh  wireless  station 
a  series  of  burlesque  "news  items"  and  it  seems  that 
many  in  the  radio  audjence  had  failed  to  tune-in  scon 
enough  to  hear  a  preliminary  announcement  warning 
that  the  stories  should  not  be  taken  seriously. 

But  the  British  Broadcasting  Company  is  being  se- 
verely criticized  for  what  is  described  as  a  bad  joke  and 
has  found  it  necessary  to  issue  an  explanation  to  the 
public.  It  regrets  that  any  listeners  should  have  been 
"  perturbed  by  this  purely  fantastic  picture,"  but  points 
out  that  preliminary  warning  was  given  that  the  enter- 
tainment was  not  to  be  taken  seriously. 

Father  Knox's  burlesque  news  bulletin 
was  given  with  so  many  touches  of  humor 
that  it  seems  incredible  that  what  he  said 
could  have  been  taken  literally,  yet  at 
least  one  woman  fainted  when  she  heard  it. 


The   Listeners   Speak 
Themselves 


for 


T* 

A     arn 


After  writing  the  above  the  in- 
formation below  came  to  our  atten- 
tion. The  novelty  week  referred  to 
was  inaugurated  last  January. 

Banning  all  musical  selections  that 


THE    CAST   OF   THE    WGBS    PRIZE    PLAY,        SUE     EM 

Recently  presented  at  the  New  York  station.  Last  year,  a  contest  was 
conducted  by  the  station  and  the  prize  for  the  best  manuscript  for  the 
group  was  given  to  Miss  N.  B.  Brosius,  of  Cleveland.  In  the  photograph, 
left  to  right:  John  Huston,  Eugene  Lincoln,  Marion  Berry,  and  Jeanie 
Begg.  All  are  members  of  the  Provincetown  Players  of  New  York 


following  statistics  should 
of  interest.  They  were 
arrived  at  by  a  canvass  of 
2800  radio  fans  scattered  through 
48  states.  The  poll  was  undertaken 
by  A.  Atwater  Kent  of  Philadelphia 
and  its  result  catalogued  by  Carl 
H.  Butman  of  Washington. 

Practically  all  listeners  agreed 
that  there  are  far  too  many  small 
broadcasting  stations  operating  in 
the  lower  wave  band,  and  that  there 
is  too  little  high-class  entertainment, 
although  many  believe  that  the 
chain  broadcasters  are  giving  ex- 
cellent service. 

Lack  of  variety  in  programs 
and  poor  announcing  from  many 
stations,  are  given  as  constructive 


670 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


APRIL,  1926 


criticisms  by  radio  denizens  of  over  five  hundred 
cities  and  towns.  "No,  there  is  not  too  much 
classical  music,"  2400  reports  out  of  2600  state. 
On  the  other  hand,  there  is  too  much  jazz, 
according  to  1420  replies  out  of  a  total  of  2534 
answers.  Short  talks  and  timely  speeches  also 
appear  to  hold  fan  interest,  the  survey  shows. 

Interference  from  various  sources  is  noted  by 
more  than  half  the  correspondents;  only  about 
nine  per  cent. of  the  writers  claim  they  have  no  in- 
terference. Static  is  blamed  by  more  than  seventy 
per  cent,  of  those  having  reception  difficulties, 
and  seventy-five  per  cent,  of  them  admit  that 
their  local  or  near-by  stations  come  in  the  best. 
This  is  believed  partly  due  to  the  static  handi- 
cap. Code  reception  still  causes  some  inter- 
ference; about  a  third  of  the  fans  reporting 
interference,  say  this  form  bothers  them. 

A  large  number  insist  most  of  the  interference 
is  due  chiefly  to  the  fact  that  so  many  stations 
are  crowded  into  the  wavelengths  between  300 
and  200  meters.  A  Pennsylvania  listener 
wished  three-fourths  of  them  would  sign  off  for 
good.  Some  say  they  never  try  to  tune-in  below 
the  wavelength  of  KDKA.  The  use  of  a  selective 
set  and  careful  tuning  seems  to  bring  in  lots  of 
little  fellows  pretty  well,  and  some  of  them  offer 
unique  programs.  This  fact  is  pointed  out  by 
another  fan,  who  asserts  he  likes  some  of  the 
smaller,  independent  stations  better  than  the 
high-powered  broadcasters  due  to  their  individu- 
alitys  and  unusual  features. 

One  correspondent,  an  old  time  listener  from 
Cleveland,  states  boldly  that,  although  some  of 


the  larger  stations  which  frequently  hook  up  on 
national  programs  with  WEAF  or  wjz  are  fine,  he 
believes  ninety  per  cent,  of  all  the  programs  are 
not  worth  while.  The  ideal  conditionswill  only  be 
realized,  he  declares,  when  there  is  but  one  local 
in  a  city  or  town,  and  one  or  two  good  conti- 
nental chains.  More  broadcasting  of  inter- 
national events,  conventions  and  really  good 
speakers  will  make  for  greater  understanding  and 
contentment  in  radio  land,  he  adds.  Many  of 
the  smaller  stations,  he  points  out,  put  on  artists 
from  cheap  vaudeville  shows,  whose  acts  and 
lines  of  patter  are  often  offensive  and  sometimes 
obscene.  His  statement  that  the  programs 
handled  by  linked  stations  are  usually  good,  is 
borne  out  by  approximately  eighty-five  per 
cent,  of  the  replies  filed,  which  endorse  this  type 
of  entertainment. 

A  pertinent  suggestion  is  offered  by  a  fan  who 
says  he  can't  see  why  these  chain  hook-ups 
always  work  one  way,  that  is  out  of  New  York; 
He  would  like  something  from  Detroit,  Chicago, 
Philadelphia  and  other  cities  broadcast  over  a 
series  of  stations  for  a  change,  believing  there  is 
also  good  talent  available  in  those  cities. 

A  feminine  fan  is  willing  to  listen  to  dance 
music  and  jazz  when  there  is  some  semblance  of 
melody  to  be  heard,  but  objects  to  tuneless 
selections  which  sound  as  if  they  were  written 
for  noise  alone.  She  also  makes  a  plea  for 
variety,  pointing  out  that  a  whole  evening  of 
classical  music  is  boresome  while  a  solid  program 
of  jazz  is  worse. 

The  ears  of  careless  operators  of  regenerative 


sets  would  certainly  burn  if  they  could  read 
some  of  the  caustic  complaints  regarding  oscillat- 
ing receivers.  This  type  of  set  should  not  be 
manufactured,  one  letter  protests,  while  another 
listener  claims  all  should  cooperate  to  suppress 
them  or  teach  the  owners  how  to  handle  them. 
Semi-technical  talks  on  operation  would  help 
remedy  this  condition,  he  believes. 

Just  after  Christmas  for  about  three  months, 
one  writer  says  he  never  tries  to  listen-in,  be- 
cause the  kids  trying  to  operate  their  cheap 
"radiators"  make  the  nights  hideous  until  they 
run  their  batteries  down  or  break  up  their  sets 
Another  fan  expresses  disappointment  that 
Secretary  Hoover  hasn't  put  a  stop  to  the  use  of 
oscillating  sets,  adding  that  it  now  looks  as  if 
radio  was  doomed  to  failure  in  this  country 
where  it  should  be  the  best  in  the  world.  An 
Ohio  listener  says  he  quits  in  disgust  every  night 
about  eight  when  the  howlers  and  squealers 
begin.  "I  would  gladly  pay  a  national  tax  on 
my  antenna  or  set,"  this  man  declares,  "if  we 
could  be  guaranteed  from  the  interference  of 
these  nuisances."  This  man  seems  to  ha\e 
spoken  for  a  large  number  of  listeners. 

Some  of  the  suggestions  for  improving  the 
programs  call  for  humorous  talks  sprinkled  in 
with  miscellaneous  matter,  touching  on  the 
general  request  for  novelties  and  variety,  which 
of  course  make  it  harder  than  ever  for  the  over- 
worked station  managers.  One  man  wonders 
why  practically  all  stations  open  up  at  almost 
the  same  hour  and  suggests  that  some  start 
earlier,  say  at  dinner  time  and  carry  on  through 


THE    FLONZALEY   QUARTET 

Heard  in  a  recent  Victor  Hour,   broadcast  over  wjz,  WCY,  WRC,  KDKA,  and  WBZ.     This  group  of  musicians  is 
internationally  conceded  to  be  one  of  the  most  perfectly  balanced  chamber  music  organizations  on  the  concert  stage 


APRIL,  1926 


THE  BEST  CURRENT  BROADCAST  FEATURES 


671 


the  early  evening,  while  others  come  on  a  little 
later.  Perhaps  they  would  interfere  less  if  they 
operated  on  staggered  schedules.  A  train 
dispatcher  is  evidently  needed  if  they  all  want  us 
to  ride  with  them.  After  all,  we  can't  ride  on 
more  than  one  train  or  listen-in  on  more  than  a 
single  wave  at  a  time  satisfactorily. 

Thoughtful  members  of  the  listeners'  clan, 
point  out  that  more  instruction  on  reception  is 
necessary;  that  dealers  should  be  particular  to 
sell  correct  accessories  and,  particularly,  suitable 
length  antennas,  designating  the  proper  instal- 
lation of  antennas  and  grounds  for  new  comers. 
Incorrectly  erected  and  poorly  insulated  an- 
tennas are  the  cause  of  a  great  amount  of  poor 
reception,  several  correspondents  hold.  Faith 
in  fairly  long  outside  antennas  is  evidently  still 
strong,  as  83  per  cent,  of  the  fans  listed  use  them, 
nearly  half  of  them  being  between  75  and  100 
feet  in  length. 

A  few  listeners  admit  they  would  prefer  one  or 
two  good  programs  a  week  rather  than  a  con- 
tinuous nightly  performance  by  mediocre  talent 
or  even  fair  entertainment.  Many  offer  to  pay 
for  better  broadcast  programs  if  it  is  necessary, 
so  as  to  eliminate  the  amateur  and  inferior 
stations. 

The  calls  for  silent  nights  were  not  missing, 
but  most  of  the  fans  reporting  seem  able  to  get 
at  least  a  few  outside  stations  when  they  want 
to  do  so.  This  is  perhaps  because  a  large 
percentage  of  those  writing  in  own  three-,  four-, 
or  five-tube  sets.  Out  of  2660  fans  replying  to 
the  question,  40  per  cent,  operate  five-tube  sets, 
while  22  per  cent,  own  three-tube  receivers,  and 
13  four-tube  sets.  Very  few  boast  of  more  tubes 
and  even  less  seem  content  with  single  tubes  or 
crystals.  This  would  indicate  that  listeners  are 
slightly  better  equipped  that  a  year  ago.  Most 
of  them  get  loud  speaker  volume  on  some  station 
as  85  per  cent,  of  their  sets  are  equipped  with 
loud  speakers.  Of  these,  horns  seem  still  most 
prevalent,  although  the  more  modern  types  are 
coming  into  use  gradually. 

These  folk  who  wrote  in  about  their  sets, 
appear  to  prefer  wet  A  batteries,  but  dry  B 
batteries,  although  a  few  have  installed  elimi- 
nators. 

Complaints  against  barefaced  advertising  and 
sales  talks  were  also  registered,  while  protests 
against  the  conduct  of  announcers  would  make 
a  story  in  itself. 


'Broadcast  ^Miscellany 


A  NOTABLE  contribution  to   recent  radio 
offerings  was  the  series  of  Free  Chamber 
Music  Concerts   by   the    Lenox    String 
Quartette    broadcast    through    wjz    from    the 
Music  Library  in  New  York  City. 

These  concerts  were  made  possible  through  the 
courtesy  of  Mrs.  Elizabeth  S.  Coolidge,  who  has 
taken  a  great  interest  in  the  development  of 
musical  appreciation  in  the  American  people 
and  has  spent  large  sums  of  money  in  the  ad- 
vancement of  the  education  of  the  people  along 
these  lines.  She  is  the  founder  of  the  Coolidge 
Chamber  Music  Festival,  which  is  an  annual 
event  of  three  or  four  days  duration  in  Washing- 
ton each  Autumn.  It  is  Mrs.  Coolidge's  aim 
to  institute  free  music  concerts  in  every  city  in 
the  United  States  and  make  the  public  libraries 
the  seat  of  musical  as  well  as  literary  education. 
It  was  she  who  paid  for  these  concerts  and  her 
only  stipulation  was  that  the  works  of  at  least 
one  American  composer  be  played  at  each  con- 
cert. 

The  Lenox  String  Quartette  is  composed  of 


HENRY    FORD'S   OLD    FASHIONED    DANCE    ORCHESTRA 

Composed  of  cymbalom,  sousaphone,  "fiddle,"  and  dulcimer,  which  recently  broadcast  an  interesting 
program  of  old  time  dance  music  over  WEAF,  WJAR,  WEEI,  woo,  WCAP,  WCAE,  WTAG,  WGR,  wwj, 

woe,  WEAR,  wcco,  WON,  and   KSD 


Wolfe  Wolfmsohn,  first  violin;  Edwin  Ideler, 
second  violin;  Herbert  Borodkin,  viola;  and 
Emmeran  Stoeber,  violoncello. 

A  WELCOME  addition  to  the  Chicago 
*»  district's  dinner  music  programs  is  the 
offering  of  the  KDKA  Little  Symphony  concert 
through  KYW.  This  is  effected  through  KDKA'S 
short  wave  relay  system  which  connects  that 
station  also  with  WBZ  and  KFKX. 

A  MONO  the  novelties  recently  introduced 
*>  was  the  Henry  Ford  Old  Fashioned  Dance 
Orchestra  broadcast  through  WEAF  and  Associ- 
ates. Besides  the  still  up-to-date  violin  this 
quartette  boasts  of  a  cymbalom,  sousaphone, 
and  dulcimer. 

/^\NE  of  the  best  of  the  permanent  features  on 
^-^  KGO'S  program,  is  the  concert  by  the 
station's  Little  Symphony  Orchestra  every 
Sunday  afternoon  at  3:30.  The  orchestra  is 
conducted  by  Carl  Rhodehamel.  Explanatory 
remarks  are  made  by  Arthur  S.  Garbett. 


STIMULATE  a  greater  interest  in  the 
*•  operations  of  governmental  machinery  and 
national  problems,  the  Minneapolis  League  of 
Women  Voters  has  arranged  a  series  of  20 
weekly  talks  from  wcco.  These  are  to  be  given 
at  2:00  p.  M.  every  Tuesday.  Each  week  the 
speaker  will  devote  five  minutes  to  answering 
questions  which  the  listeners  have  sent  in.  The 
subjects  to  be  discussed  are:  "Is  Woman 
Suffrage  a  Failure?";  Why  Vote?"  "How  Can 
Women  Help  in  Bringing  Universal  Peace?"; 
"How  Does  My  Vote  Affect  the  Home?"; 
"City  Government?";  "State  Government?"; 
"National  Government?";  "Women  in  Indus- 
try?"; "Women  in  Professional  Life?";  "The 
Child  at  Play.";  "The  Child  at  School." 

f~\f  THE  stations  we  receive  regularly  on  our 
^-'  set,  we  know  of  none  that  flaunts  its  call 
letters  and  location  more  frequently  and  per- 
sistently than  WJAX  at  Jacksonville,  Florida. 
Since  it  is  a  municipal  station,  the  explanation 
lies,  probably,  in  its  desire  to  impress  the  name 
of  the  village  on  the  world  at  large.  Personally, 
we're  over-impressed. 

"THE  custom   in    Europe,  we  are  told,  is  to 

*•  announce  the  name  of  the   station   at   the 

commencement  of  the   program,   and   then   to 


make  no  subsequent  reference  to  it.  The  only 
exceptions  are  Toulouse,  Oslo,  Rome,  and 
Munster,  where  the  announcers  state  the 
station's  name  with  every  single  announcement 
throughout  the  program. 

DROBABLY  the  most  irritating  mode  of 
announcing  in  present  use  is  that  em- 
ployed by  WBBM,  Chicago.  An  oh  so  cheery, 
oh  so  democratic  voice  greets  the  listener  before 
each  number  with  a  "Yes  sir!  Yesma'm!  This 
is  the  so-and-so  Company  station!!!" 

IN  NOTING  the  recent  high  spots  in  radio 
1  programs  we  first  take  occasion  to  welcome 
again  the  Victor  Hour.  The  series  started  out 
auspiciously  with  John  McCormack  and  Lu- 
cretia  Bori,  on  whose  heels  quickly  followed 
Titta  Ruffo  and  the  Flonzaley  Quartette. 

DUT  what  we  consider  the  best  news  since 
L*  last  writing  is  the  winning  over  of  the 
Boston  Symphony  Orchestra  to  broadcasting. 
For  the  first  time  in  its  history  it  has  undertaken 
to  broadcast  its  regular  winter  series  of  twelve 
concerts  Saturday  evenings  through  WEEI. 

The  fact  that  season  ticket  holders  have  com- 
pletely filled  Symphony  Hall  for  the  last  two 
seasons,  to  the  exclusion  of  the  general  public, 
was  a  determining  factor  in  causing  the  trustees 
to  authorize  the  broadcast. 


Communications 


Mr.  John  Wallace, 
RADIO  BROADCAST, 
Garden  City,  New  York 

SIR: 

I  have  been  hoping  that  someone  would  take 
a  crack  at  those  announcers  who  urge  us  to 
"write  in."  Why  always  "in?"  Can't  they 
say  "out"  or  even  "round  about"  once  in  a 
while? 

Also  something  about  the  announcers  who  only- 
have  "little"  songs,  "little"  compositions,  etc. 
Why  not  have  something  of  a  fair  size  or  perhaps 
even  large  now  and  then? 

I  grow  somewhat  tired,  too,  of  the  announcers 
who  are  so  sure  we  are  enjoying  their  programs. 

BEECHER  OGDEN. 
Pleasantville,  New  York. 


AS  THE  BROADCASTER  SEES  IT 


Drawings  by  Fran^lyn  F.  Stratford 


How  Radio  Has  Progressed 


W! 


"E  ARE  so  constantly  bom- 
barded with  the  idea  of 
'progress,"  nowadays,  that 
we  are  apt  to  conclude  that 
it  is  a  notion  of  universal  validity,  which 
has  always  existed.  This  is  an  error. 
Progress,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  was  first 
boomed  in  earnest  by  the  late  Victorians. 
No  doubt  it  existed  before,  but  it  was  taken 
for  granted,  and  no  one  got  excited  over 
it.  Presumably  a  civilized  Greek  of  the 
EC's  realized  that  he  was  housed  and  fed 
better,  and  more  comfortably  situated  in 
general,  than  his  remote  ancestors,  but  he 
did  not  feel  the  urge  to  deliver  lectures  on 
the  subject.  As  for  the  mediaeval  mind, 
the  idea  of  progress  was  as  remote  from  it 
as  oil  circuit  breakers. 

The  reason  for  this  deplorable  lack  must 
lie  in  the  fact  that  these  people  were  not 
blessed  and  burdened  with  machinery. 
Their  main  concern,  after  the  primal  com- 
forts had  been  taken  care  of,  was  with 
the  things  of  the  spirit.  Hence  they  did 
not  believe  in  progress,  probably  never  even 
thought  of  it.  For  it  can  hardly  be  denied 
that  as  far  as  spiritual  comfort  is  concerned, 
one  age  is  no  better  off  than  another.  If 
we  assume  that  happiness  is  the  aim  of 
life — an  assumption  which  holds  good  for 
me,  and  you  are  free  to  accept  it  or  to 
make  your  own  assumption,  as  you  please — 
then  certainly  a  man  of  this  age  has  made 
no  progress  over  a  man  of  the  age  of  Pericles 
or  even  Rameses.  Or,  if  you  like,  go  back 
further.  These  men  were  as  free  to  learn,  and 
to  make  love,  and  more  free  to  get  drunk, 
than  we  are,  and  they  had  less  to  worry 
about.  I  doubt  if  1  am  happier  than  they 
were,  all  the  way  back  to  Pithecanthropus 
Erectus.  So  much  for  progress  in  that 
sense. 

But  when  it  comes  to  machinery,  we 
face  a  different  situation.  As  soon  as 
machinery  enters  the  door,  progress  breaks 
in  at  the  window  and  sits  down  in  the  best 
chair.  There  are  no  perfect  machines, 
and  few  good  ones.  Some,  however,  are 
better  than  others.  As  soon  as  you  start 


in  on  that  line,  you  must  follow  it  to  the 
grave.  If  you  build  one  machine,  you 
must  shortly  build  another  and  better  one, 
or  some  one  else  will.  And  so  Progress  has 
you  by  the  neck.  Progress,  therefore,  is  a 
specialized  and  narrow  thing,  valid  only  in 
certain  applications.  To  us  it  seems  uni- 
versal, because  we  are  interested  only  in 
the  things  to  which  the  concept  of  progress 
is  applicable. 

Of  these  things  radio  is  one.  Here  is  a 
field,  taken  by  itself,  in  which  the  advances 
are  evident  to  any  one  who  has  not  been 
traveling  in  Tibet  for  the  past  five  years. 
(The  qualification  may  not  be  an  apt  one; 
by  the  time  this  gets  into  print,  radio  may 
have  invaded  Tibet.) 

Let  us  go  back  those  five  years.  That, 
of  course,  is  an  arbitrary  figure.  As  we 
have  often  emphasized  in  this  place,  radio 
was  very  much  alive  before  1921;  even 
radio  telephony  was  not  a  novelty  to  those 
"in  on  the  know,"  and  there  had  been 
stations  properly  describable  as  broadcast- 
ing stations  before  that  time.  But  it  was 
toward  the  end  of  1921  that  radio  became 
a  subject  for  public  participation,  rather 
than  the  esoteric  preoccupation  of  a  few 
engineers,  operators,  and  amateurs.  And, 
entirely  aside  from  the  "1  did  it  first" 
claimants,  that  is  when  broadcasting  as  we 
know  it  had  its  beginning. 

Toward  the  end  of  1921  I  was  living  up 
on  Cape  Cod  in  Massachusetts,  not  far 
from  the  beach  where,  in  his  day,  Henry 
Thoreau  paced  the  sands  and  declaimed 
Homer  to  the  ocean  waves;  but  my  occupa- 
tions were  more  prosaic.  I  was  engaged 
in  my  trade  of  wireless  telegraphy,  to- 
gether with  about  forty  other  men  at  a 
transoceanic-and-marine  station.  Some 
of  the  operators,  at  their  homes  in  the 
evening,  listened  to  broadcasting  from 
Newark,  New  Jersey,  and  spoke  to  me 
about  it.  I  was  not  much  impressed, 
having  often  heard  wireless  telephone 
transmission  before.  The  trouble  with  it, 
they  said,  was  the  interference;  various 
ship  and  shore  stations  broke  in  continually 


while  the  children  were  listening  to  the 
bedtime  story,  and  set  them  to  yowling 
instead  of  putting  them  to  sleep,  and 
hashed  up  the  phonograph  music,  which 
was  otherwise  grand.  Reception,  of  course, 
was  on  headphones.  The  sets  were  one- 
and  two-tube  affairs,  inductively  coupled, 
with  tickler  regeneration.  These  sets 
were  decidedly  better  than  the  average, 
having  been  built  by  professional  operators 
with  all  the  controls  necessary  to  achieve 
the  best  results,  and  perhaps  a  few  in 
addition.  They  were  not  selective  enough, 
however,  to  achieve  freedom  from  inter- 
ference, aggravated  by  the  distance  of  the 
broadcasting  station  (some  200  miles), 
and  the  relative  nearness  of  the  spark 
transmitters  of  ships  rounding  the  Cape 
and  sending  on  300  and  450  meters. 

At  this  time  a  majority  of  the  listeners 
were  probably  still  in  the  skilled  class 
mentioned  above — commercial  or  amateur 
wireless  telegraph  operators  having  a  little 
fun  with  telephone  reception.  Their  num- 
ber was  limited,  while  the  number  of 
potential  unskilled  listeners  was  enormous. 
The  latter  were  rapidly  catching  up  and 
passed  the  first  group  very  early  in  1922. 
The  receivers  offered  for  sale  to  the  lay 
public  at  this  stage  were  very  crude. 
Most  of  them  were  built  for  only  one  wave- 
length (360  meters),  and  the  only  variable 
element  was  to  enable  reception  of  signals 
of  this  frequency  with  various  sizes  of 
antennas.  The  best  known  of  them  was  r 
single-circuit  crystal  receiver  in  a  small 
box,  with  switch  taps  for  varying  the  in- 
ductance of  a  single-layer  solenoid.  The 
tuning  was  so  broad  that  with  a  large  an- 
tenna— and  everyone  tried  to  get  as  large 
an  antenna  as  possible — it  did  not  matter 
much  where  the  switch  was  set;  everything 
from  175  to  500  meters  came  through, 
more  or  less.  Then  there  were  some  better 
sets,  also  of  the  single-circuit  type,  but  with 
a  variometer  adjustment  and  a  more 
scientific  connection  of  the  detector  circuit 
to  the  antenna  inductance  (through  a 
suitable  tap  arrangement  on  the  latter) 


APRIL,  1926         HOW  BROADCASTING  TO-DAY  COMPARES  WITH  THAT  IN  1921 


673 


so  that  the  tuning  was  as  good  as  one  could 
expect  of  such  a  simple  arrangement.  Of 
course  the  more  complicated  three-circuit, 
four-control  tube  receivers  favored  by  the 
amateurs  were  available,  but  bold  indeed 
was  the  novice  who  essayed  to  operate  one 
right  off  the  bat.  A  three-  or  four-control 
receiver  nowadays  usually  has  most  or  all 
of  the  dials  lined  up  so  that  for  a  given 
setting  of  one,  the  others  should  be  ad- 
justed to  about  the  same  numbers  on  the 
scales.  Besides,  in  the  meantime  the 
public  has  been  educated  by  radio  periodi- 
cals, trade  catalogs,  and  comparison  of 
notes  on  the  8:13  into  town.  But  in 
1921-22  the  more  complicated  receivers 
were  still  operated  by  intuition  rather  than 
figuring,  and  if  you  lacked  the  intuition 
you  had  to  fall  back  on  the  crystal  re- 
ceivers, which  were  therefore  in  the  vast 
majority.  The  typical  radio  fan  was  a 
slightly  deranged  but  harmless  fellow  who 
sat  all  evening  with  a  pair  of  headphones 
on  his  ears,  tinkering  with  a  wire  which  he 
called  a  "catwhisker"  wherewith  he  gently 
prodded  a  "crystal,"  muttering  at  inter- 
vals, "Maybe  1  can  find  a  better  spot  on 
this  d — d  piece  of  galena."  So  much  for 
the  technical  equipment. 

And  what  did  he  hear?  Mainly  phono- 
graph music  riding  on  top  of  great  splashes 
of  telegraph  code.  Although,  for  a  time, 
very  respectable  artists  broadcast  for  the 
sheer  novelty  of  the  thing,  and  a  ride  to 
Newark  in  a  Packard  with  a  lively  party 
at  the  Robert  Treat  following.  Then, 
when  the  cute  little  fish  began  to  grow  up 
and  threatened  to  attain  the  dimensions 
of  a  whale,  they  found  it  better  to  stay 
away  from  its  aquarium.  Also  the  music 
composers,  and  the  custodians  of  their 
copyrights,  began  to  oil  their  six-shooters 
and  to  sharpen  the  tips  of  their  harpoons. 
There  followed  some  lean  years,  judged 
by  the  artistic  standard,  but  the  marvel  of 
getting  voices,  and  a  species  of  music,  out 
of  the  air,  kept  the  new  art,  not  only  going, 
but  growing. 

As  for  the  broadcasting  stations  them- 
selves, they  were  good  for  their  day,  even 
though  they  would  give  a  modern  broad- 
cast engineer,  i.e.,  one  practicing  four 
years  later,  convulsions  and  suicidal  im- 
pulses. Their  audio  frequency  bands  were 
too  narrow  and  had  a  great  number  of 
humps  and  dips,  most  of  the  tubes  over- 
loaded, the  microphones  had  joyfully 
responsive  resonance  peaks  and  were 
addicted  to  blasting;  the  wire  lines  carried 
almost  as  much  sixty  cycle  hum  and  tele- 
graph clicking  as  modulating  energy  for 
the  broadcasters  who  leased  them.  It  was 
a  grand  old  time,  and  I  myself  grow  senti- 
mental over  it  after  a  few  drinks  of  ginger 
ale — but  let  us  thank  God  that  we  do  not 
have  to  listen  to  its  effusions  again,  with 
our  sensitized  and  critical  ears.  (We 
prodigies  who  did  not  know,  five  years  ago, 
whether  a  373-W  "mike"  had  one  button, 
or  two,  or  as  many  as  a  vest.) 

Let  us  now  regard  the  present.  We  have 
receiving  sets  so  selective  that  they  clip 
the  side-bands  off  the  transmitted  wave, 


if  we  are  not  careful,  and  they  operate  on 
one  or  two  tuning  controls.  They  are  a 
thousand  times  as  sensitive  as  they  need 
to  be  for  anything  but  extreme  long  dis- 
tance reception,  and  are  used  most  of  the 
time  with  the  volume  control  near  its 
minimum  position.  The  output  can  be 
made  as  loud  as  the  original  performance 
in  the  studio  or  concert  hall,  without 
noticeable  distortion.  The  users  of  such 
sets  need  not  be  cautioned  to  hold  down 
the  volume  in  order  to  keep  the  quality 
decent;  they  can  get  all  the  output  the 
window  panes  can  stand,  without  hashing 
up  anything.  As  for  headphones,  most 
radio  listeners  no  longer  associate  them 
with  radio  sets  at  all.  Modern  loud 
speakers  transmit  all  the  frequencies  from 
70  to  7000  per  second,  and  if  they  have 
serrations  they  are  not  as  high  as  a  cathe- 
dral door,  nor  as  close  as  saw  teeth,  so 
that  the  human  ear,  which  is  no  precision 
instrument  itself,  takes  little  note  of  them. 
These  sets  not  only  work  well,  but  they 
look  well.  The  programs,  in  large  part, 
are  on  the  same  level.  More  and  more 
they  are  being  supported  by  professional 
musicians,  and,  among  the  greatest  artists 
and  aggregations  of  artists,  there  are  now 
more  who  have  broadcast,  and  are  going 
to  do  it  again,  than  those  who  still  fight 
shy  of  the  microphone.  Scarcely  an  event 
of  public  importance  is  run  off  without  that 
little  instrument  in  the  foreground,  and 
half  of  them  are  planned  as  much  for  the 
"invisible  audience"  as  for  the  people 
physically  present.  As  for  the  broad- 
casting stations,  it  is  not  fitting  for  a 
professional  broadcaster  to  point  publicly 
to  their  many  excellencies.  Nor  is  it 
prudent,  because  whenever  he  gets  that 
way  all  the  modulators  immediately  go 
soft,  the  cat  gets  tangled  up  with  the  ten 
thousand  five  hundred,  and  the  breakers 
go  out  and  won't  go  back  while  Lucrecia 


Bori  takes  a  top  note.  Still,  it  may  be 
said  that  there  are  ten  or  twenty  stations 
in  the  States  which  are  pretty  good,  con- 
sidering that  their  whiskers  are  not  yet 
beginning  to  sprout.  They  are  connected 
by  quiet  and  well  equalized  lines,  their 
frequency  characteristics  are  satisfactory, 
their  power  is  fairly  adequate,  their  staffs 
know  something  about  music  and  practical 
acoustics.  All  in  all,  the  look  backward 
is  flattering,  and  the  prospect  encouraging. 
What  with  static,  forced  sales,  copyright 
disputes,  and  lack  of  wavelengths,  we  are 
certainly  not  out  of  the  woods,  but  one 
does  not  have  to  be  a  member  of  the  Ki- 
wanis  sodality  to  recognize  the  fact  that 
we  are  on  intimate  terms  with  the  goddess 
Progress. 

Among  the  Broadcasters 
WBAL 

THIS  new  5  kw.  transmitter  at 
Baltimore,  Maryland,  uses  the 
"mixing  panel"  idea  in  solving 
its  studio  pick-up  problems.  Instead  of 
employing  one  microphone,  which  must  be 
moved  to  the  proper  position  for  proper 
balance  on  vocal  solos  with  instrumental 
accompaniment,  orchestras,  and  the  like, 
WBAL  utilizes  three  microphones  with 
separate  controls  which  are  under  the  hand 
of  the  supervising  operator.  The  electrical 
energy  fed  to  the  set  from  each  of  these 
microphones  may  be  increased  or  decreased 
at  will,  without  noise  or  other  complica- 
tions, so  that  one  microphone  may  be 
cut  out  altogether,  and  another  cut  in, 
during  a  musical  number.  In  other  words, 
microphones  may  be  changed  at  any  time, 
without  disturbance,  the  only  precaution 
necessary  being  that  the  cutting  out  and 
swinging  in  must  be  accomplished  in  in- 
verse proportion,  so  that  the  over-all 
volume  resulting  remains  about  constant. 


IN    IQ2I,  THE  SPARK  INTERFERENCE  ON   360  METERS  MADE  THE  CHILDREN   HOWL 


674 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


APRIL,  1926 


Or,  the  pick-up  of  the  three  microphones, 
or  any  two  of  them,  may  be  "mixed"  to 
produce  a  musical  balance  better  than  can 
be  secured  on  one  (assuming  no  physical 
movement  of  the  microphones).  I  insert 
this  last  qualifying  clause  because  it  is  my 
opinion  that  in  a  studio  of  moderate  size 
with  experience  and  reasonable  control 
in  placing  of  musicians,  one  can  do  as  good 
a  job  with  one  microphone  as  with  a  dozen. 
One  microphone,  properly  placed,  will  give 
as  satisfactory  results  on  small  ensembles, 
as  any  combination.  The  advantage  of 
the  multiple  pick-up  arrangements  is  the 
flexibility  in  adjustment  secured  when  it  is 
found  during  the  first  number  of  a  per- 
formance that  no  one  microphone  is 
properly  placed.  If  there  is  only  one 
microphone,  the  choice  is  between  entering 
the  studio  during  the  number  and  moving 
the  transmitter,  which  always  disturbs 
the  artists  and  may  cause  a  noise  on  the 
air,  and  letting  it  ride  for  that  number, 
i.e.  doing  a  bad  job  for  five  or  ten  minutes, 
and  fixing  things  up  during  the  first  in- 
terval. In  other  words,  the  broadcaster 
has  to  choose  between  the  electrical  devil 
and  the  deep  sea.  But  if  he  has  a  number 
of  microphones  independently  mounted 
and  controlled,  his  life  is  made  a  little 
easier.  Suppose  he  encounters  a  soprano 
of  unknown  potentialities,  with  the  usual 
piano  accompaniment.  If  she  sings  very 
loud,  it  may  be  well  to  place  her  five  feet 
from  the  microphone,  say,  while  the  piano 


THE    MIXING    PANEL   AT   WBAL 

Part  of  the  standard  sooowatt  equipment  at  that  station.    The  mixing 
panel  for  various  studio  microphones  is  that  av  the  extreme  right  of  the 

illustration 


is  two  feet  to  one  side. 
(See  Fig.  i,  position  A). 
But  if  she  sings  softly, 
the  piano  will  predom- 
inate with  this  set-up. 
Well,  all  you  have  to  do 
is  place  your  microphone 
B  say  three  feet  from 
the  lady.  As  soon  as  she 
starts  you  will  know 
which  transmitter  to  use, 
and  as  you  have  control 
of  both  it  is  the  work  of 
only  an  instant  to  swing 
in  the  right  one.  Or,  it 
may  be  convenient  to 
combine  the  outputs  of 
the  two  microphones. 
This,  in  brief,  is  the  sys- 
tem used  at  WBAL.  With 
it  there  is  much  less 
excuse  for  poor  musical 
balances,  blasting,  etc., 
than  when  only  a  single  pick-up  unit  is 
available. 

The  WBAL  announcement  which  has 
reached  us  merely  explains  the  purpose  of 
the  system  described,  without  giving  the 
technical  modus  operandi.  One  way  of 
doing  it  would  be  to  use  separate  amplifier 
systems  with  individual  gain  controls  of 
the  type  described  in  this  department  in 
the  March  issue  ("Technical  Routine  in 
Broadcasting  Stations:  Monitoring"),  the 
outputs  being  combined  after  two  stages  of 
low  power  amplifica- 
tion. This  has  the  ad- 
vantage of  including 
a  number  of  parallel 
chains:  microphone 
plus  amplification  up 
to  the  five  watt  level, 
say;  and  if  anything 
happens  to  one  of  the 
amplifiers  or  micro- 
phones, that  particu- 
lar system  is  cut  out 
as  a  unit,  leaving  one 
or  two  others  still 
functioning.  It  has 
the  disadvantage 
of  complexity.  A 
method  of  using  a 
multiplicity  of  micro- 
phones, individually 
controlled,  "input- 
ting," as  Zeh  Bouck 
says,  to  a  single  am- 
plifier, is  shown  below 
under  "Technical 
Operation  of  Broad- 
casting Stations: 
Multiple  Pick-Up." 

KOA 

FROM  KOA,  the  big 
fellow  in  Denver, 
comes  the  news  that 
the  technical  staff  at 
that  station  are  util- 
izing a  "magic  rug 
remedy"  to  keep 
public  speakers 


X)  Accompanist 


T  Microphone 
"A" 


•*•  Microphone 

"6"L 


X  Soprano 
Soloist 


FIG. 


within  range  of  the  microphone.  The 
stunt  is  to  place  a  small  rug  at  the  best 
pick-up  location.  Afte.-  ten  months'  trial 
Alfred  Thomas,  the  resident  engineer  in 
charge  at  KOA,  has  this  to  say  about  his 
device: 

Not  once  has  our  magic  device  failed  to  turn 
the  trick.  Most  any  type  of  rug  fills  the  bill  if 
it  is  soft  and  of  contrasting  color  with  the  floor. 
It  should,  however,  be  of  small  dimensions,  say 
three  or  four  feet.  It  is  placed  a  few  feet  from 
the  microphone,  the  distance  depending  wholly 
upon  the  voice  of  the  person  to  be  heard. 

Unconsciously,  the  speaker  assumes  a  position 
on  this  rug  before  the  microphone  and  there 
remains  until  his  remarks  are  concluded.  Sub- 
consciously he  regards  this  piece  of  floor-covering 
with  its  imaginary  boundaries,  as  an  island  of 
safety,  and  he  is  disinclined  to  venture  elsewhere 
about  the  stage.  As  a  result,  broadcast  listeners 
are  enabled  to  hear  the  talk  in  full.  Otherwise, 
some  of  the  speaker's  comments  would  be  lost  to 
the  invisible  audience. 

Ministers,  it  is  further  stated,  are  the 
best  behaved  subjects  before  the  micro- 
phone, while  political  speakers  are  the 
worst.  How  about  the  Rev.  Billy  Sunday? 
I  have  my  doubts  about  the  rug  remedy 
if  that  acrobat-evangelist  should  be  per- 
suaded to  broadcast. 

Dr.  D.  E.  Phillips,  a  psychologist  of  the 
University  of  Denver,  makes  the  remark 
that  "KOA'S  plan  to  prevent  a  speaker  from 
taking  gymnastic  exercises  on  the  lecture 
platform  is  indeed  novel."  With  a  heavy 
heart  I  must  take  issue  with  the  eminent 
scholar  of  the  U.  of  D.  The  stunt  is  a 
good  one,  but  it  is  neither  novel  nor  orig- 
inal. Public  address  operators  in  vari- 
ous parts  of  the  country  have  been  using 
it  for  years.  In  fact,  if  I  am  not  mistaken, 
and  I'm  not,  it  was  mentioned  in  the  paper 
on  public  address  systems  by  Green  and 
Maxfield  in  the  journal  of  the  A.l.E.E. 
for  April,  1923. 


THE   sketch   shows   the  layout  of  the 
new    Chicago    studio    of    WJJD,    with 
transmitter  at  Mooseheart,  Illinois.    The 
new  quarters  consist  of  eight  rooms  —  the 


APRIL,  1926 


DETAILS  OF  SOME  BROADCASTING  STATIONS 


675 


"Radio  Suite" — on  the  twenty-fourth 
floor  of  the  Palmer  House,  which,  when  the 
second  section  is  completed,  is  expected 
to  be  the  largest  hotel  in  the  world.  The 
director  of  WJJD  is  Jack  Nelson,  one  of  the 
pioneer  broadcasters  of  the  Middle  West. 

The  new  studio  arrangement  was  not 
thrown  together  haphazardly,  but  was 
carefully  planned  by  Mr.  Nelson  and  the 
architects  of  the  building.  Under  these 
conditions,  the  people  in  charge  had  a 
relatively  free  hand  in  arranging  things  as 
past  experience  indicated  they  should  be. 
No  doubt  in  the  future  many  new  buildings 
will  include  broadcasting  facilities  in  the 
plans;  Mr.  Rothaphel's  New  York  theatre, 
now  in  process  of  construction,  is  an 
example  of  this  evolution. 

At  WJJD  there  are  two  studios,  to  facili- 
tate rehearsals  and  avoid  delays  in  running 
off  the  programs.  No  one  who  has  not 
tried  to  get  a  thirty-piece  band  out  of  a 
moderate  sized  room,  with  the  air  blank 
or  desperately  "plugged"  until  they  could 
be  got  out  and  the  next  number  set  up, 
can  appreciate  what  a  help  an  auxiliary 
studio  is  to  the  program  and  operating 
staffs  of  a  station.  By  means  of  buzzer 
and  light  signals  the  operator  in  the  room 
between  the  studios  keeps  control  of  the 
proceedings.  The  artists  in  the  studio  are 
directed  by  means  of  electric  signs  reading, 
"Get  Ready,"  "Broadcast"  (in  red),  and 
others  like  "Too  Loud,"  "Too  Soft," 
"Too  Much  Piano,"  etc. 

A  motion  picture  booth  is  provided  for 
taking  pictures  of  celebrities  who  broad- 
cast. Here  the  necessary  cameras  and 
lights  are  stored,  ready  for  use  and  out  of 
the  way,  and  cables  leading  direct  from 
the  main  power  switchboard  of  the  hotel 
furnish  the  currents  necessary. 

Microphone  stands  are  considered  passe 
at  WJJD.  Instead,  the  transmitters  are 
suspended  from  eight-foot  decorative 
wrought  iron  arms  adjustable  to  any  height 
and  position.  This  eliminates  microphone 
wires  trailing  around  the  floor,  with  the 
possibility  of  people  tripping  over  them. 

Loud  speakers  placed  in  the  Studio 
Parlor,  each  of  the  rest  rooms,  the  Direc- 
tor's office,  and  the  Control  Room,  permit 
the  program  to  be  followed  at  all  of  these 
points.  The  reception  parlor  is  furnished 
on  the  style  of  a  well  furnished  living  room, 
with  chairs  and  lounges  for  waiting  artists 
and  guests.  The  windows  between  the 
studios  and  the  reception  room  are  so 
draped  that  the  guests  can  see  into  the 
studios,  but  the  artists,  while  on  the  air, 
cannot  be  disconcerted  by  a  view  in  the 
opposite  direction.  This  arrangement  gets 
around  the  difficulty  encountered  when  the 
studio  is  glass  enclosed  on  one  side,  of 
causing  the  artists  to  feel  as  if  they  were 
in  an  aquarium. 

A  twenty-pair  cable  connects  the  control 
room  of  the  WJJD  suite  to  the  public  address 
control  room  of  the  hotel,  so  that  public 
address  service  can  be  provided  in  any 
portion  of  the  hotel  on  radio  programs,  and, 
conversely,  the  station  can  pick  up  broad- 
cast material  from  any  of  the  ballrooms, 


dining  rooms,  and 
other  points 
reached  by  the 
public  address 
system.  For  ex- 
ample, any  one  of 
the  five  orches- 
tras which  will 
play  regularly  in 
the  Palmer  House 
will  be  available 
in  this  way. 

One  important 
item  that  is 
frequently  neg- 
lected in  broad- 
casting studios 
has  not  been 
overlooked  in  this 
instance.  This 
is  the  matter  of 

ventilation.  It  is  stated  that  more  than 
$10,000  was  spent  for  ventilation  in  the 
new  quarters  of  WJJD. 

WFBG 

WFBG  is  a  loo-watt  outfit  at  Altoona, 
Pennsylvania,  owned  and  operated 
by  the  William  F.  Gable  Company  and 
the  Times-Tribune  Company  of  that  city. 
Walter  S.  Greevy  is  the  director;  the  chief 
operator  is  William  K.  Aughenbaugh. 

WFBG  broadcasts  regularly  from  eighteen 
remote  control  studios,  over  leased  wires, 
and  about  once  a  week  they  pick  up  a 
special  program,  using  portable  equip- 
ment. The  shortest  loop  is  3000  feet  and 
the  longest  about  4  miles,  not  counting 
central  office  wiring.  A.  T.  &  T.  circuits 
are  used  In  the  main. 

The  transmitter  is  a  Western  Electric 
2 A,  with  100  watts  output,  fed  by  a  24^ 
speech  input  amplifier  and  equipped  with 
the  36  receiver  and  KS22J3  power  panel. 
There  is  also  a  set  of  storage  batteries 
for  plate  and  filament  supply.  The  set 
reaches  out  600  miles  on  evening  programs. 

In  making  some  pleasant  remarks  about 
this  department  in  its  relation  to  broad- 
casters, Mr.  Aughenbaugh  comments  on 
the  lack  of  books  about  land  line  broad- 


STUDIO  PARLOR 


STUDIO  No.l 


THE    CHICAGO    STUDIO   OF    WJJD 
It  is  located  in  the  New  Palmer  House  and  especially  designed  for  the  station 


cast  transmission  and  broadcasting  in 
general.  There  is  certainly  a  paucity  of 
such  works.  However,  many  valuable 
papers  have  appeared  in  the  Journal  of  tbe 
A.I.E.E.  and  the  Proceedings  of  the  I.R.E. 
A  list  of  the  more  conspicuous  ones  was 
given  in  this  department  in  the  April 
1925  RADIO  BROADCAST.  Every  broadcast 
engineer  and  operator  should  read  the 
articles  therein  named,  if  nothing  else. 
However,  a  complete  file  of  the  journals 
mentioned  for  1923,  1924,  and  1925  would 
be  a  good  investment.  There  are  also 
valuable  papers  in  the  Bell  System  Technical 
Journal,  G.  E.  Review,  and  other  technical 
periodicals.  We  are  thinking  of  summariz- 
ing one  such  article  each  month,  in  its 
practical  aspects,  for  technical  broadcasters 
who  are  so  situated  that  the  originals  are 
inaccessible  to  them.  But  we  can  do  that 
only  if  we  have  reason  to  believe  there  is  a 
decided  demand  for  such  material  among 
our  readers.  How  do  you  feel  about  it? 
You  can  have  what  you  like,  but  you  must 
let  us  know  what  it  is. 

WLS 

IN  A  town  with  an  ancient  and  Mediter- 
ranean name,  Crete,   Illinois,  there  is 
situated  the  new  jooo-watt  transmitter  of 


THE    ARTISTS    FEEL   AS    IF    THEY    WERE    IN    AN    AQUARIUM 


676 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


APRIL,  1926 


jL__  "> 

Ml  E2Z3— O-WW\^— 


M2E  3 O — ,/WW — 


lajE  23— — O^WW      I        I  || 


6V   B. 


window  is  a  miniature  theatre 
which  is  to  be  open  to  the  pub- 
lic. It  seats  about  50  people, 
who  hear  the  program  through 
loud  speakers  while  watching 
the  broadcasting.  The  usual 
reception  room,  offices,  operat- 
ing and  battery  rooms  are  of 
course  included. 

Broadcast    Transmitters 
and  Tuning 


c 


FIG.    2 

WLS,  with  studio  in  the  Hotel  Sherman 
Annex  in  Chicago.  This  well-known  sta- 
tion is  maintained  by  the  Sears-Roebuck 
Agricultural  Foundation.  Curtis  D.  Peck 
is  the  chief  operator. 

The  power  plant  is  located  on  a  two- 
and-a-half  acre  plot  on  the  Dixie  Highway, 
just  south  of  Crete.  The  site  is  landscaped, 
with  ample  drives  and  parking  space  for 
visitors.  The  lawns  cover  some  fifteen 
miles  of  ground  wire,  plowed  in  during 
the  period  of  construction  of  the  station. 

The  building  contains  a  large  operating 
room,  an  office,  a  reception  room  for  visi- 
tors, generator  and  battery  rooms,  switch 
closets,  and  an  entrance  hall.  The  con- 
struction is  up  to  date  in  every  respect, 
including  factors  affecting  radio  transmis- 
sion. The  layout  and  joining  of  metal 
lath,  for  example,  is  such  as  to  minimize 
radio  frequency  losses.  An  elaborate  water 
cooling  system  for  the  tubes,  with  provision 
against  freezing  during  the  winter,  has 
been  provided.  The  towers,  measuring 
forty  feet  at  the  base,  and  two  hundred 
feet  high,  are  visible  from  the  Indiana  state 
line. 

The  transmitting  set  is  a  product  of  the 
Western  Electric  Company.  The  wave- 
length is  344.6  meters,  corresponding  to 
870  kilocycles.  The  Army  experimental 
call  letters  are  A  z  3. 

The  studio  on  the  sixth  floor  of  the  Hotel 
Sherman  Annex  was  fixed  up  by  a  well- 
known  interior  decorator  with  the  aim  of 
expressing  the  radio  motif  (on  the  nature 
of  which  there  may  riot  be  perfect  agree- 
ment). According  to  an  announcement, 
"  Every  piece  of  equipment  and  furniture, 
the  walls,  ceiling  and  lighting  fixtures 
.  .  .  emanate  the  speed,  intensity,  and 
universality  of  the  mysterious  forces  of 
the  air."  Black,  red,  and  silver  are  the 
colors,  with  representations  of  sound  waves 
on  the  walls  and  ceilings,  giving  the  visitor 
the  impression  that  "he  has  stepped  inside 
of  Einstein's  brain."  Well,  at  last  some- 
one understands  Einstein. 

There  are  two  studios.  One  is  55  feet 
long  and  20  feet  wide,  for  orchestras, 
bands,  and  dramatic  productions;  a  smaller 
studio  accommodates  soloists.  Separated 
from  the  larger  studio  by  a  plate  glass 


OMMENTING  orally 
on  the  substance  of 
my  remarks  on  "  Broad 
Waves  and  Sharp,"  in  the 
March  issue,  in  which  I  let 
loose  a  few  growls  at  the  broad- 
cast listeners  and  operators 
who  labor  under  the  delusion  that  a  c.w. 
telephone  station  can  "sharpen"  its  wave 
in  some  recondite  manner,  Mr.  John 
V.  L.  Hogan,  the  well-known  consult- 
ing engineer  and  Past  President  of  the 
Institute  of  Radio  Engineers,  points  out 
that  there  is  one  case  in  which  a  broad- 
casting station  may  contribute  to  broad 
tuning  at  the  receiving  end.  That  is  when 
the  carrier  frequency  fluctuates  with  modu- 
lation. This  malady  is  probably  a  rare 
one  among  broadcasting  stations  worth 
listening  to,  but  it  may  occur  among  some 
of  the  loose  and  flapping  small  time  agita- 
tors of  the  ether,  so  let  it  be  included  for 
the  sake  of  completeness.  Mr.  Hogan 
discussed  this  complaint  in  the  September 
and  October,  1924  numbers  of  Popular 
Radio.  If  the  fluctuations  are  rapid 
enough,  such  a  carrier  will  not  only  tune 
broadly,  but  it  will  be  noisy.  I  think  even 
in  this  case  we  should  not  apply  the  terms 
"sharp"  and  "broad"  to  the  carrier,  but 
should  refer  to  its  "steady"  or  "fluctuat- 
ing" nature,  as  the  case  may  be.  The 
term  "broad"  should  be  reserved  for  the 
tuning  of  receivers,  and  the  radiation  of 
spark  transmitters,  with  their  adjustable 
decrement. 

For  that  matter,  the  broadness  of  tuning 
of  every  c.w.  transmitter  varies  with 
modulation.  The  carrier,  the  carrier  plus 
the  modulating  frequency,  and  the  carrier 
minus  me  modulating  frequency,  are  the 
three  frequencies  radiated.  Hence  when 
emitting  a  note  of  high  musical  pitch  a 
station  should  tune  somewhat  broader 
than  when  its  carrier  is  modulated  down 
in  the  bass.  Whatever  broadness  of  tun- 
ing is  introduced  in  that  way  is  a  conse- 
quence of  the  fundamental  function  of  the 
station.  Again,  there  is  a  practicable 
form  of  radiation,  called  "single  side  band 
transmission,"  in  which  the  carrier  and 
one  side  frequency  are  suppressed  at  the 
transmitter.  A  substitute  carrier  is  in- 
troduced at  the  receiver,  and  the  modula- 
tion reproduced  by  the  use  of  the  single 
side  frequency  which  is  radiated.  This 
method  is  very  economical  in  that  it  re- 
quires a  much  narrower  frequency  band 
per  station,  and  consequently  allows  more 
channels  to  be  crowded  between  given 


frequency  limits.  It  has  not  yet  been 
introduced  into  broadcasting,  so  this  is 
as  far  as  we  shall  let  it  worry  us  for  the 
present. 

Radio  Lingo,  Past  and  Present 

Miscellaneous  Influences:  The  Novice 

BEGINNERS   in   the   radio    art,   and 
the    public    in    general,    say,    "My 
radio"     where    initiates     refer     to 
"my    receiver,"    or    "my    receiving    set" 
or,   more  loosely,   "my   radio  set."     The 
broadcast    listener    is    interested   only    in 
receivers,   so  a  receiver   is   a  "radio"  to 
him. 

The  same  slackness  is  evident  in  the 
"23-plate"  nomenclature  for  condensers. 
The  beginner  is  not  interested  in  capaci- 
tance, which  is  a  concept  and  takes  some 
experience  and  thought  to  grasp,  but  he 
can  see  and  count,  and  so  condensers  are 
sold  by  the  number  of  plates  rather  than 
by  the  essential  factor  of  capacity.  We 
may  expect  a  widening  gap  between  the 
engineering  and  selling  terminology  of 
radio,  for  the  engineering  interests  will 
certainly  not  give  up  their  ways  of  cal- 
culating and  designating,  and  the  public 
cannot  be  expected  to  take  up  the  engineers' 
way  of  looking  at  things. 

Among  other  influences  that  have 
formed  radio  terminology  is  that  of  the 
sea.  We  have  all  heard  the  announcer 
say,  "  Please  stand  by  for  the  next  feature 
on  our  program."  Now,  "stand  by" 
is  a  general  term  meaning  "to  be  near,' 
"to  be  present."  As  a  nautical  term  it 
means  "get  ready,"  as  "Stand  by  to  launch 
the  boats."  This  phrase  entered  radio 
apparently  by  the  nautical  route,  but  had 
to  undergo  a  change  in  meaning  to  "Wait  a 
minute;  I'll  be  with  you  shortly."  When 
two  ship  stations  called  a  coast  station,  the 
land  operator  would  tell  one  of  them  to 
"stand  by."  The  early  tuners  had  a 
"stand-by  circuit" — a  broadly  tuned  cir- 
cuit, picking  up  any  signal  within  a 
wide  range  of  wavelengths.  Many  an 
old  operator  remembers  the  musical  swing 
of  Cape  Race's  "std  bi"  in  the  dim  ro- 
mantic spark  days.  And  now  the  broad- 
cast announcers  have  it.  An  honorable 
and  manly  phrase  of  deep  salt  water,  it 
has  become  a  prefix  to  jazz  orchestra- 
tions. 

Past,  Present,  and  Future 

SO  RADIO  has  passed  from  the 
backyard-spark  coil-coherer  stage  to 
the  universal  communication  level,  and 
ways  of  speech  have  changed  with  it.  In 
the  early  telegraph  days  the  note  or  tone 
of  the  signals  was  anything.  The  object 
was  just  to  get  a  sound  through.  The 
Marconi  spark  coils,  with  their  gastric 
growling,  were  supplanted  by  the  sixty 
cycle  spark,  because  sixty  cycles  happened 
to  be  handy.  Gradually  aspirations  for  a 
musical  note  took  form  and  the  question 
arose,  "How's  his  note?"  when  one  was 
speaking  of  a  station.  A  decade  later  the 
question  is,  "How  is  their  quality?" 


APRIL,  1926 


SIMULTANEOUS  USE  OF  SEVERAL  MICROPHONES 


677 


when  people  discuss  the  merits  of  a  broad- 
casting station — quality  being  the  effect 
of  a  great  complexity  of  notes  and  their 
faithful  reproduction.  Behind  the  change 
in  phrase  there  is  an  evolution  from  the 
relatively  simple  to  the  relatively  com- 
plex. 

And  the  end  is  not  yet.  If  radio  movies 
become  a  reality,  will  radio  fans  be  asking, 
"How's  the  visibility?"  a  decade  or  two 
hence? 

Technical     Operation    of     Broad- 
casting Stations 

4.     Multiple  Pick-Up 

FIGURE  2  shows  the  layout  of  what 
is  commonly  known  as  a  "mixing 
panel"  for  combining  the  outputs 
of  several  microphones.  The  transmitters 
M,,  Ms,  -M3,  are  of  the  carbon  type, 
and  they  are  fed  in  multiple  from  a 
single  battery  B,  each  having  its  own 
resistance  R,,  R2,  or  R3,  in  series,  to  limit 
the  d.c.  through  the  microphone  to  the 
proper  value.  Each  microphone  feeds  its 
audio  output  into  a  repeating  coil,  which  is 
simply  a  1:1  transformer,  usually  with  a 
torodial  winding  on  an  iron  core,  much 
used  in  wire  telephone  practice.  This 
repeating  coil  is  marked  RC,  with  the 
appropriate  numerical  suffix.  Also,  the 
secondary  of  each  repeating  coil  is  paral- 
leled by  a  potentiometer,  P,,  etc.  The 
variable  terminals  of  these  potentiometers 
are  connected  in  series,  as  shown  in  Fig. 
2.  One  extreme  terminal  goes  to  one 
terminal  of  the  low  side  of  the  input 


transformer  IT  ahead  of  the  first  tube; 
the  other  extreme  terminal  of  the  potentio- 
meter chain  goes  to  the  other  side  of  the 
input  transformer  primary.  The  secon- 
dary winding  of  the  transformer  goes  to 
the  tube.  In  the  output  of  this  tube  there 
may  be  an  over-all  gain  control,  as  de- 
scribed in  the  March  issue,  supplementing 
the  individual  gains  afforded  by  the 
potentiometers. 

The  value  of  the  impedances  will  now  be 
given  roughly.  For  a  6-volt  battery,  R 
will  be  of  the  order  of  200  ohms,  which  with 
the  100  ohms  impedance  offered  by  each 
button  of  the  microphone  limits  the  d.c. 
per  button  to  the  appropriate  value  of  20 
milliamperes.  Since,  for  audio  frequencies, 
the  buttons  are  in  series,  a  normal  carbon 
microphone  has  an  output  impedance  of 
about  200  ohms.  This  matches  such  a 
repeating  coil  as  the  Western  Electric 
yy-A.  The  impedance  does  not  change  in 
the  repeating  coil  (the  windings  being 
alike)  hence  the  potentiometer  across  each 
secondary  may  also  be  of  the  order  of 
several  hundred  ohms  total  resistance. 
The  primary  of  the  input  transformer  has 
an  impedance  at  low  frequencies  of  500 
ohms,  stepped  up  to  about  50,000  ohms 
in  the  secondary  to  match  the  input  im- 
pedance of  the  vacuum  tube.  This  trans- 
former has,  it  will  be  seen,  an  impedance 
ratio  of  100:1,  corresponding  to  a  turns 
ratio  of  loii.^the  impedance  varying  as  the 
square  of  the  number  of  turns. 

It  is  important  that  the  potentiometers 
should  be  smoothly  variable,  to  avoid 
abrupt  changes  in  the  output  of  the  indivi- 


dual microphones,  and  that  a  true  zero  be 
obtainable,  so  that  any  microphone  on  the 
panel  may  be  cut  out  completely  if  desired. 
Usually  telephone  keys  are  provided,  so 
that  after  the  gain  on  a  transmitter  has 
been  set  at  zero,  its  circuit  may  be  opened 
entirely  by  means  of  a  key  or  switch. 

The  diagram  shows  the  operation  of  this 
system  with  carbon  microphones,  but  a 
condenser  type  may  be  used  equally  well 
provided  that  its  associated  amplifier  has 
a  step-down  transformer  whose  output 
matches  a  carbon  microphone  approxi- 
mately (200-500  ohms.)  This  output  is 
then  connected  to  the  two  outside  posts  of 
one  of  the  sets  of  three,  the  middle  post, 
to  which  the  frame  or  diaphragm  terminal 
of  a  carbon  microphone  goes,  being  left 
unconnected.  The  output  of  the  condenser 
may  then  be  mixed  with  a  carbon  micro- 
phone output,  if  desired.  In  fact,  there 
is  no  reason  why  the  outputs  of  several 
transmitters  of  differing  frequency  charac- 
teristics may  not  be  mixed  in  this  way,  for 
the  purpose  of  securing  an  over-all  output 
superior  to  any  of  the  component  pick- 
ups. Or,  in  the  more  usual  situation, 
several  more  or  less  identical  microphones 
have  their  outputs  mixed,  combining  pick- 
ups which  differ  owing  to  the  physical 
positions  of  the  respective  microphones 
with  reference  to  the  source  of  sound. 
Finally,  any  microphones  may  be  swung 
in  or  taken  out  at  will,  to  suit  changing 
conditions  during  a  concert.  All  these 
operations  are  noiseless,  inasmuch  as  the 
variation  is  carried  out  in  a  circuit  carrying 
nothing  but  audio  frequency  currents. 


RADIO   GRIPPED   THE    FAN    AS    EARLY   AS 


Works 


Details  of  Actual  Operation  of  a  Forty-  and 
Eighty-Meter  Transmitter  Using  B  Batteries 
for  Plate  Supply — How  the  Record  of  Twenty- 
Six  Thousand  Miles  Per  Watt  Was  Attained 

By  THE  LABORATORY   STAFF 


STATION    9ECC   AT   MINNEAPOLIS 

Note  the  chemical  rectifier  on  the  floor  and 
the  businesslike  transmitter  arrangement 


W! 


*ITH  the  approach  of  the 
International  Tests  and  re- 
ceiving conditions  in  Garden 
City  nothing  to  brag  about, 
it  became  necessary  to  make  arrangements 
for  an  expedition  to  the  wilds  of  some 
" blooperless "  land.  The  problem  of 
communication  with  Headquarters  was  a 
serious  one  indeed,  for  there  was  no  telling 
where  the  expedition  might  lead.  There 
seemed  but  one  solution — amateur  radio. 
What  the  Test  committee  needed  was  a 
light,  easily  portable  transmitter  and 
receiver  that  could  be  transported  with  its 
power  to  points  unknown  with  the  assur- 
ance that  pressing  the  key  in  the  wilds 
would  awake  activity  in  Garden  City. 

For  some  time  the  Experimental  Station 
2  GY  operated  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  Labor- 
atory and  the  National  Carbon  Company 
had  been  the  scene  of  much  activity  on 
short  waves  and  low  power.  A  circuit 
described  in  the  January  magazine  by 
Niklaus  Hageman  had  proved  quite 
successful  but  secured  a  perfectly  steady 
note  at  the  expense  of  greater  plate  cur- 
rents, and  for  hauling  a  transmitter  to 
distant  points,  a  foolproof,  and  especially 
a  very  economical  circuit  was  essential. 
The  transmitter  shown  in  Fig.  i  is  the 
result.  The  circuit  is  the  simplest  possible, 
the  Hartley,  and  is  shown  at  Fig.  2.  In 
construction  or  operation  there  is  nothing 
easier.  A  coil  made  of  No.  8  soft  copper 
wound  on  a  dry  cell  tube  and  allowed  to 
expand  until  the  required  diameter  of  four 
inches  is  reached  constitutes  the  closed 
circuit  inductance  the  ends  of  which  are 
attached  to  the  grid  and  plate  of  the 
oscillator  tube.  For  the  40-  and  8o-meter 
bands,  10  turns  are  required  when  a 
.ooo25-mfd.  condenser  is  used  for  tuning. 
Another  coil  of  four  turns  of  the  same  con- 
struction couples  the  antenna  to  this 
circuit. 


So  much  for 
the  construction 
for  the  present. 
Let's  imagine  for 
a  few  minutes 
that  you  are  sit- 
ting out  in  the 

radio  shack  at  2  GY  with  the  operators,  about 
to  try  the  new  transmitter.  It  is  to  get  its 
power  from  batteries;  storage  battery  to 
light  the  filament  of  the  tube,  B  batteries  for 
plate  supply,  for  it  is  obviously  impossible 
to  carry  generators  to  the  country  and  who 
can  predict  the  kind  of  power  available 
from  the  lighting  mains  of  Podunk? 

It  is  8:00  p.  m.  on  the  night  of  December 
nth  and  Operator  Mann  (Mn)  is  at  the 
key  with  Bob  Blanchard  standing  by  to 
throw  switches  and  be  generally  helpful. 
The  air  is  filled  with  4O-meter  stations  and 
among  them  is  9  DDE,  John  Wilcox,  Chicago 


whom  we  call  without  result.  Then  at 
8:15  we  send  out  a  "CQ"  which  is  answered 
by  9  ECC,  Floyd  E.  Wilkins,  at  Minneapolis. 
At  that  time  the  transmitter  tube,  a 
ux-2io,  was  drawing  22  milliamperes  at 
400  volts.  For  an  hour  2  GY  conversed 
with  9  ECC,  reducing  the  power  with  the 
following  results: 


22 

16 

6 

3.8 


400 

300 

130 

90 


WATTS 

8.8 

4.8 
.78 
.342 


SIGNAL 
STRENGTH 

R4 
R3.5 
R3.3 
R1-R3 


Not  bad  for  a  start !  1000  miles  on  .342 
watts — less  power  than  is  taken  by  the 
average  receiving  set. 

On  the  i  jth  at  9:32  p.  m.  E.  S.  T.,  the 
same  stunt  is  repeated.  2  GY  connects 
with  8  BZK,  Paul  Roth,  Cleveland,  using 
40  mils,  at  500  volts  and  power  is  reduced 
as  follows: 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


FIG. 


Transmitter  receiver  and  B  battery  compartment  complete.  Space  is  provided  for  ten  standard 
receiving  B  batteries  totalling  450  volts.  The  throw-over  switch  is  unnecessary  if  an  additional 
antpnn:i  is  nroviHpH  for  receiving.  The  same  batteries  can  be  used  on  both  transmitter  and 


antenna  is  provided  for  receiving.     The  same  batteries  can 

receiver  if  proper  precautions  are  taken 


APRIL,  1926 


A  PORTABLE  B  BATTERY  TRANSMITTER 


679 


Antenna  Current 


I 


Antenna  Series  Condenser 


F  lament  Volhmeter 


Plate  Current  Meter 


Closed  Circuit  Condenser 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


FIG.    2 

A  rear  view  of  the  transmitter  showing  location  of  component  parts.    The  induc- 
tance coils  are  strapped  to  two  dowel  rods  and  kept  away  from  metallic  objects 


40 

30 

15 

8 


500 
400 
320 
130 


WATTS 

20 

12 
4.8 
1.4 


SIGNAL 
STRENGTH 

R6 
R6 
R4 
R3 


At  this  point,  local  interference  pre- 
vented going  lower  in  power,  but  the 
meters  on  the  transmitter  could  not  read 
much  lower  anyway! 

On  December  i6th  at  8:18  p.  m.,  2  GY 
connected  with  9  DCG,  Frederick  G.  Braig, 
Rockford,  111.,  and  with  an  input  of  1.8 
watts  (10  mils,  at  180  volts)  he  said  signals 
were  audible  all  over  the  room. 

At  10:05  P-  m-  on  the  night  of  December 
1 7th,  communication  was  established  with 
9  CCQ,  Vere  Davis,  at  Braymer,  Missouri 
and  the  first  of  a  long  series  of  tests  was 
carried  out.  That  night  2  GY  was  using 
a  Sea  Gull  201 -A  tube  as  follows: 


19 

13 

7 

4 

1 


290 

200 

120 

75 

40 


5.5 
2.6 

.84 

.3 

.04 


SIGNAL 
STRENGTH 

R3 
R3 
R2 
R2 
Rl 


A  message  was  given  to  9  CCQ  at  .3  watts 
which  he  received  perfectly.  Arrange- 
ments were  made  by  wire  to  communicate 
nightly  on  low  power.  He  was  using 
three  201 -A  tubes  with  250  volts  of  B 
batteries,  no  meters  or  any  other  means  of 
indicating  resonance  in  the  antenna. 

Beginning  December  21,  a  nightly  sche- 
dule was  maintained  with  9  CCQ  except 
when  weather  conditions  prevented,  until 
January  5th  when  it  was  necessary  to  test 
the  transmitter  in  the  field.  During  this 
time  communication  was  held  many  times 
with  other  stations  with  a  maximum  input 
at  2  GY  of  20  watts.  Schedules  with  9  CM, 
Edward  N.  Fridgen,  L'Anse,  Michigan 
and  9  ECC  proved  conclusively  that  battery 
operated  sets  could  be  depended  upon  for 
consistent  work. 

INSTALLING  THE    PORTABLE   TRANSMITTER 

AT    PATCHOGUE,    Long    Island,    40 
miles  from  Garden   City,  the  trans- 
mitter was  installed  in  a  hotel  room  with 
the    antenna    against    a    metal    building 


and  parallel  with  a  metal  roof  not  more  than 
20  feet  from  the  ground.  Strong  signals 
were  received  at  2  GY  in  the  daytime  and 
at  night  until  1 0:00  p.  m.  when  interference 
and  the  skip  distance  made  further  com- 
munication impossible  on  40  meters.  At 
80  meters,  however,  communication  was 
easily  accomplished.  During  the  Inter- 
national Tests,  the  receiver  and  trans- 
mitter, set  up  in  a  farmhouse  miles  from 
anywhere,  provided  the  only  means  of 
communication  with  Test  Headquarters. 

Now  all  of  this  low  power  work  was  done 
without  special  arrangements.  After  com- 
munication had  been  established,  the  power 
could  be  reduced,  and  often  2  GY  got  into 
communication  directly  on  low  power. 
The  antenna  system  was  amusing — a 
single  wire  poorly  insulated,  neither  vertical 
nor  horizontal  and  only  about  35  feet  long. 
The  single  wire  counterpoise  ran  in  a 
direction  opposite  to  the  antenna  and  like- 
wise was  not  insulated.  Antenna  currents 
were  never  over  .3  amperes. 

All  of  which  shows  that  on  40  meters, 


Grid  Leak 


#8  Soft  Copper Y/ire     ^Antenna  Coil 

I 


Grid  Co nd.         \ClosedCircuit     \       Yf  Dowel  Rod 


Counterpoise 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


FIG.    3 
Another  view  behind  the  front  panel  giving  an  idea  of  how  simple  the  whole  transmitter  is 


680 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


APRIL,  1926 


there  is  no  reason  why  any  one  can- 
not be  in  communication  with  any 
one  else  without  a  lot  of  expensive 
apparatus.  Witness  the  fact  that 
with  9  CCQ,  a  power  input  of  .04 
watts  was  successful  in  maintaining 
communication  over  a  distance 
which  represents  a  record  of  26,500 
miles  per  watt.  It  required  less 
power  to  transmit  the  messages 
than  it  did  to  receive  them. 

The  photographs  of  the  trans- 
mitter should  give  all  the  construc- 
tional details  that  are  necessary 
and  the  simplicity  of  the  antenna 
throwover  switch  is  shown  in  Fig.  3. 
The  plate  batteries  are  contained  in  the 
lower  compartment  as  shown  in  Fig.  4 
and  the  whole  outfit  can  be  set  up  for 
operation  in  less  than  five  minutes.  All 
that  is  necessary  is  to  remove  the  front 
board  which  has  on  it  the  key,  plug  in  the 
A  and  B  battery  cables,  throw  a  wire  over 
a  tree  and  spread  on  the  ground  the 
counterpoise — or  use  the  automobile  as  a 
counterpoise — tune  the  antenna  and  closed 
circuits  by  means  of  the  proper  condensers 
until  maximum  current  is  obtained  on  the 
wavelength  desired.  The  current  on  in- 
puts up  to  20  watts  should  not  be  high,  at 
least  not  over  one  half  ampere. 


DATE 

TIME 

STATION 

DISTANCE 

WATT 
INPUT 

MILES  PER 
WATT 

11/13 

9:35  P.M. 

4  DO 

745 

14.4 

51.6 

11/13 

11:55  P.M. 

9  DZN 

970 

6.7 

145.0 

11/14 

12:35  A.M. 

9  AJI 

750 

6.7 

112.0 

11/23 

9:45  P.M. 

9  DSL 

860 

10.8 

800 

11/23 

10:00  P.M. 

9TJ 

1080 

10.8 

100.0 

11/23 

10:10  P.M. 

9  DXX 

860 

108 

80.0 

11/24 

1:10  A.M. 

9  ECL 

1080 

10.8 

100.0 

12/11 

8:15  P.M. 

9  ECC 

1030 

.342 

3000.0 

12/15 

9:32  P  M. 

8  BZK 

600 

1.04 

580.0 

12/16 

8:20  P.M. 

9DCG 

740 

1.80 

4100 

12/17 

8:40  P.M. 

9  CBZ 

700 

.21 

35000 

12/17 

10:00  P.M. 

9  CCQ 

1060 

.04 

26500.0 

12  21 

9:00  P.M. 

9  CCQ 

1060 

.11 

9650.0 

12/29 

8:40  P.M. 

9  DIB 

860 

17.0 

50.5 

12/29 

9:40  P.M. 

9  BAL 

860 

17.0 

50.5 

If  the  current  is  higher  than  .5  amperes, 
more  wire  should  be  added  to  the  antenna 
to  increase  the  radiation  resistance.  Quite 
often  it  is  impossible  to  raise  any  one  on 
.5  amperes,  but  adding  ten  feet  to  the 
antenna  will  decrease  the  current  to  .2 
with  the  result  that  good  distance  can  be 
worked. 

Sangamo  condensers  will  stand  voltages 
up  to  1000  volts,  provided  of  course  that 
the  currents  are  not  high.  Ordinary 
receiving  condensers  will  serve  as  tuning 
capacities.  Practically  any  tube  will  do. 
At  2  GY  excellent  results  have  been  ob- 
tained with  the  standard  2OI-A  tube  of 
various  manufacturers.  A  Ureco  1 12  tube 


is  practically  the  equal  of  the  uv- 
210  tube  which  requires  more  fila- 
ment current. 

The  center  tap  to  the  closed  cir- 
cuit inductance  which  completes 
the  Hartley  circuit  is  variable  and 
should  be  near  the  grid  end  of  the 
coil  for  maximum  efficiency.  Mov- 
ing it  toward  the  plate  end  will  in- 
crease the  power  taken  by  the  tube 
without  much  increase  in  the  power 
taken  by  the  tube  and  with  little 
increase  in  antenna  current.  Only 
two  meters  are  essential  and  one  of 
these  can  be  avoided  if  a  small  flash- 
light bulb  is  used  to  indicate  antenna  res- 
onance. This  was  explained  in  the  January 
article  in  RADIO  BROADCAST  by  Nicklaus 
Hageman.  If  a  2OI-A  or  1 12  tube  is  used, 
the  filament  voltage  should  be  only  high 
enough  to  insure  that  the  maximum 
efficiency  is  being  obtained.  This  can  be 
obtained  by  watching  plate  or  antenna 
current  meters  and  varying  the  filament 
rheostat.  If  a  210  tube  is  used,  it  may 
be  run  on  6  volts  without  a  rheostat — and 
naturally  no  filament  voltmeter  is  neces- 
sary. 

Regardless  of  the  fact  that  no  especial 
insulation  has  been  used  at  2  GY,  the 
antenna-counterpoise  system  should  be  as 


FIG.  4 

A  photograph  of  9  CCQ  at  Braymer,  Missouri.     The  three  201 -A  tubes  with  their  elements  in  parallel,  the  calibrated  short  wave  receiver, 
and  the  compendium  of  amateur  information— QS T — are  worthy  of  notice.     We  suspect  the  big  box  at  the  left  is  a  broadcast  receiver 


APRIL,  1926 


A  PORTABLE  B  BATTERY  TRANSMITTER 


681 


BACK    VIEW 


SIDE    VIEW 


—  Flexible  Connection-..^ 


END  VIEW  OF  CAM 


Rubber 
Handle 


TABLE  OF  AUDIBILITY  SIGNS 

Rl — Faint  signals,  just  audible 
R2 — Weak  signals,  barely  readable 
R3 — Weak  signals,  but  readable 
R4 — Fair  signals,  easily  readable 
R5 — Moderately  strong  signals 
R6 — Strong  signals 
R7 — Good  strong  signals.    Would  be 

readable    through  heavy  QRN 

and  QRM 
R8 — Very  strong    signals.    "Several 

feet-from-phones  signals" 
R9 — Extremely  strong  signals 


Right  Angle 
Bracket 


Switch^ 
Jaw 


R.H.Screw.-' 


.F.H.Screw 


-t-Panel 


4 

^-~  R.H. Wood  Screws    --' 

FIG.  6 

Details  of  the  throw-over  switch  which  changes  the 
antenna  and  batteries  from  sending    to   receiving 


NEW    INSULATORS 

Now  being  installed 
at  2  GY 


DETAIL  OF  SWITCH  JAW 


well    insulated   as    possible, 
and  an  accompanying  photo- 
graph shows  some  Pyrex  in- 
sulators made  by  the  Corning  Glass  Works 
which  are  now  being  installed  at  2  GY. 

Coupling  to  the  antenna  should  be  loose 
enough  so  that  the  tube  continues  to 
oscillate  under  all  conditions.  If  coupling 
is  too  close,  the  wavelength  will  jump  about 
and  no  listening  operator  can  read  what 
you  are  trying  to  send. 

On  40  meters,  reception  is  erratic,  fading 
is  bad,  but  phenomenal  distances  can  be 
attained  with  low  powers.  On  80  meters 
transmitting  distances  are  not  so  great, 
but  steady  signals,  good  traffic  handling, 
and  the  possibility  of  phone  transmission 
make  it  a  very  interesting  band  in  which  to 
work. 

A  few  words  about  g  CCQ  may  not  be 
amiss  to  show  that  the  work  done  between 
that  station  and  2  GY  is  not  due  to  unusual 
conditions  but  rather  to  the  great  carrying 
power  of  transmissions  on  40  meters 
with  pure  d.  c.  plate  supply.  Station  9  CCQ 
is  operated  by  Mr.  Vere  Davis  at  Braymer, 
Missouri,  about  1080  miles  from  Garden 
City.  Braymer  is  60  miles  East  of  Kansas 
City  and  20  miles  southwest  of  Chillicothe 
in  rolling  country  which  is  still  blessed  with 
considerable  timber. 

Mr.  Davis  says  he  "became  interested  in 
broadcast  radio  about  three  years  ago  and 
it's  just  a  case  of  drifting  from  bad  to  worse, 
I  guess.  Have  had  an  amateur's  license 
now  about  four  or  five  months  and  have 
been  active  about  two  and  one-half.  I 
became  interested  in  amateur  radio  just 
about  the  same  way  most  anybody  of  my 
age  and  interests  does.  I've  always  read 
radio  magazines  when  I  got  the  chance 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 

and  of  course  couldn't  help  seeing  short 
wave  circuits  and  the  marvelous  things 
they  were  supposed  to  do.  I  made  my 
first  successful  short  wave  receiver  last 
spring,  a  little  less  than  a  year  ago,  with 
the  intention  first  of  listening  to  the  short 
wave  broadcasts  and  was  very  disappointed 
when  KDKA  came  in  strong  but  with  bad  fad- 


ing and  distortion.  So  another  fan,  now 
9  CJD,  and  I  began  practicingthe  code,  and 
to  our  surprise  passed  the  amateurs' exam- 
ination. My  first  communication  was  with 
9  WQ  at  Elmhurst,  Illinois  (40  meters), 
at  about  4  o'clock  p.  m.  November  ist. 
Next  was  9  BV  at  Council  Bluffs,  Iowa, 
and  the  third  was  8  CJM,  Elyria,  Ohio, 
but  I  found  trouble  raising  stations.  I 
could  get  a  large  current  in  the  antenna 
but  it  wasn't  effective.  In  a  month 
or  so  I  got  time  to  improve  the  system 
and  although  I  don't  get  the  current  I 
did,  reports  are  better  now.  Have  been 
reported  at  5  AQI,  Meridian,  Mississippi, 
R  6  at  about  noon.  Plate  voltage  220, 
mils.,  33." 

Since  the  International  Tests,  this 
simple  transmitter  has  been  in  opera- 
tion at  2  GY  with  complete  success,  re- 
ports indicating  that  the  pure  d.c.  note 
penetrates  much  better  than  our  "high 
powered"  outfit,  for  distances  up  to  1000 
miles.  The  operators  at  2  GY  welcome 
reports  of  reception  and  will  be  glad  to 
advise  any  of  RADIO  BROADCAST'S  readers 
who  are  interested  in  low  power,  short 
wavelength  amateur  work. 


.-2  .002  mfd 
**     in  series 

•N 

t        i 

II  II 

AAAAAAAA      ^ 

ihr 

^OOOOOLV.xjCX\M^/ 

^s 

• 

.    3"diam.                     MA. 

^ 

c 

4- 

T  28  D.C.C. 

<=> 

in 

II    S~\ 

t 

k 

4^> 

0  |  SJ 

J 

( 

S 

^=^ 

Amps 

^^_ 

^^ 

>  ^  ' 

..  _^ 

x^rx     | 

|o 

>  < 
> 

> 

ii 

-(^-J 

vLx  v 

• 

r 

£ 

"0001 

mfd. 

oig? 

!§ 

.i-—  —  -^  ^ 

£  .0001 
>—   mfd. 

.002' 
mfd.- 

-'T  f 

g 

>  <~ 

.002  mfd. 

<r 

II 

* 
< 

> 

> 
> 

1 

/* 

f  A  Bat.  switch 

l/yvw 

d 

,  4 

Grid  Leak  .  >-^ 
0 

FIG.    5 
O                    The  complete  Hartley  circuit 

+ 

—                          used  in  the  transmitter 

ANT.             GNO 

I 


The  Use  of  the 

What   the  Filament  Rheostat 
Different  Type  of  Tube — Use 
GL 


Filament  Resistance 


Can  be,  How  to  Decide  the  Proper  Size  for  Each 
and  Desirability  of  the  Fixed  Filament  Resistance 


JOHN  B.  BRENNAN 


THE  vacuum  tube,  that  indispensable 
unit  of  the  radio  receiver,  which  trans- 
forms unintelligible  radio  signals  into 
sounds  that  we  can  hear  has  been  dealt 
with  at  length  admirably  by  Keith  Henney  in 
the  Decembsr,  1925,  and  February,  1926,  issues 
of  RADIO  BROADCAST.  In  these  articles,  Mr. 
Henney  dwelt  upon  the  selection,  use,  and  func- 
tion of  the  vacuum  tube  in  radio  circuits  and 
described  in  detail  the  parts  played  by  the  three 
elements  of  the  tube,  the  plate,  grid,  and  fila- 
ment. 

It  is  the  last  named,  which  is  taken  as  the 
subject  for  this  article.  We  shall  try  to  show 
how  this  filament  performs  its  task  efficiently 
by  the  use  of  suitable  control  devices  which 
adjust  or  regulate  the  current  and  voltage  ap- 
plied to  it. 

The  filament  is  the  thing  that  lights  up  when 
the  A  battery  is  applied  to  its  terminals  and 
emits  electrons  at  a  given  rate.  The  grid 
is  the  regulator  or  shutter  which  stops  or  lets 
flow  the  electronic  stream  to  the  plate,  the  third 
element.  In  this  way,  feeble  radio  impulses 
impressed  on  the  grid  releass  a  stronger  impulse 
in  the  plate  and  its  attendant  circuits. 

Manufacturers  of  the  early  tubes  found  it 
necessary  to  employ  a  control  in  the  filament 
circuit  of  the  tube  so  that  the  tube  might  be 
adjusted  to  its  most  efficient  point  of  operation. 
Naturally  they  could  not  use  a  six-volt  filament 
energized  by  a  six-volt  battery  because  the 
regulation  so  necessary  would  not  be  obtained. 
The  five-volt  filament,  energized  by  the  six 
volt  storage  battery,  allowed  for  an  adjustment 


FIG.     I 

Ammeterto    \  simple  circuit  compris- 

read  current     •  r          i^ 

ing  a   source   of  voltage 
(battery)  a  resistance  (R) 
and  a  means  for  reading 
the  current   flowing 
This  arrangement  is  com- 
parable to  a  tube  circuit  where  the  resistance  R 
is  represented  by  the  tube  filament  and  the  ex- 
ternal control  device 


Or  if  all  r  values  are  the  same 

R=r'  x  N 
Where  N= Number  of  resistance  units 


Battery 
through  the  circuit. 


R  -«- 


FIG.    3 

Resistances  in  series  retard  to  a  greater  extent 
the  flow  of  current  in  a  circuit  than  where  only 
one  resistance  unit  is  used.  The  total  resistance 
of  a  series-resistance  circuit  is  equal  to  the  sum 
of  all  the  resistances  employed.  In  a  circuit  of 
this  kind  it  is  possible  to  employ  two  3-volt 
tubes  energized  from  a  6-volt  source 


presumably  from  zero  to  six  volts  by  means  of  a 
variable  resistance.  Soft  tubes,  as  they  were 
known  not  so  long  ago,  required  critical  filament 
adjustment  and  to  obtain  this  end,  a  rheostat 
had  to  be  used.  Sometimes  the  best  operating 
voltage  was  found  to  be  five  but  most  times  not. 
Each  tube  had  its  own  peculiarities. 

Now,  the  manufacturers  have  advanced  the 
design  and  manufacture  of  the  tubes  to  such  a 
point  that  the  filament  adjustment  is  not 
critical. 

Keith  Henney  has  pointed  out  in  RADIO 
BROADCAST  that  with  the  present  tubes,  a 
decrease  in  filament  voltage  below  five  is  usually 
accompanied  by  a  falling  off  in  signal  tone 
quality.  Also,  a  slight  increase  above  the 
rated  filament  voltage  always  causes  a  surprising 
decrease  in  filament  life.  To  prevent  this  it  is 
obvious  that  the  old  six-volt  storage  battery, 
borrowed  from  the  automobile  days,  must  still 
be  retained  so  that  a  regulation  of  one  volt  in 
the  rheostat  may  be  had  to  maintain  the  filament 
at  five  volts. 

When  the  battery  is  newly  charged,  more 
resistance  of  the  rheostat  will  be  in  the  circuit 
to  maintain  it  at  five  volts.  However,  when  the 
battery  voltage  drops  off  then  this  resistance  is 
cut  out  of  the  circuit  to  compensate  for  the  drop 


in  voltage  at  the  battery  terminals.  Theoretic- 
ally this  is  true  but  in  actual  practise,  the  battery 
maintains  its  full  charge  over  the  major  portion 
of  a  single  charge  life.  Toward  the  end  it 
does  drop  in  voltage  but  its  energy  has  been 
expended  to  the  point  where  the  rheostat  is 
useful,  in  maintaining  the  tube  voltage  at  5 
only  for  a  few  hours.  Then  the  battery  may 
be  considered  in  need  of  recharging. 

Some  tubes  require  l.i  volts,  others  3  volts 
and  still  others  5  volts.  Therefore,  it  is  essential 
that  we  adjust  each  of  these  filaments  economic- 
ally and  efficiently.  To  make  this  clearer,  it  would 
not  be  strict  economy  or  efficiency  to  control 
a  i.i-volt  tube  filament  with  a  6o-ohm  rheostat 
where  only  i  .6  ohms  are  required,  only  unless  the 
battery  voltage  was  much  higher  than  i  j.  Even 
this  is  an  unusual  case. 

SELECTING  THE  PROPER  RESISTANCE 

pOR  the  radio  set  constructor  then,  there 
arises  a  problem  in  selecting  the  proper 
size  of  rheostat  for  the  tube  or  tubes  he  is  going 
to  use.  To  understand  what  is  happening 
in  a  circuit  where  voltage,  resistance,  and 
current  are  present,  it  is  necessary  to  review  the 
law  governing  the  use  and  application  of  re- 
sistances in  a  circuit.  Ohm's  Law  says  that 
where  a  pressure  of  one  volt  is  exerted  in  a 
circuit  whose  resistance  is  one  ohm,  then  one 
ampere  of  current  will  flow.  Now  if  the  re- 
sistance is  reduced  to  one  half,  the  voltage 


FIG.    2 

When  several  resis- 
tances, such  as  tube  fila- 
ments are  connected  in 
parallel  as  is  the  case  in 
the  majority  of  receivers, 
the  total  resistance  of  the 
circuit  offered  to  the  flow 
of  current  is  less  than 
were  only  one  resistance 
unit  used  in  the  circuit 
because  several  paths 
are  provided  for  the  flow  of  current 


R  =  J- 


APRIL,  1926 


THE  USE  OF  THE  FILAMENT  RESISTANCE 


683 


r  i-    r  z     r 

Or,where  the  resistance  of  r1  is  the  same 
as,  r2orr3  then 


Where  N  =  Numberof  resistance  units 

FIG.    4 

A  series-parallel  circuit.     The  total  resistance  of 

the  circuit  is  determined  by  first  calculating  the 

parallel  circuit  resistance  of  r1,  r2,   and  r3  and 

adding  that  total  to  r4 

remaining  constant,  then  double  the  current 
will  flow.  This  gives  rise  to  the  equation 
I  =^  where  I  is  the  current  in  amperes,  E  is  the 

pressure  in  volts  and  R  the  resistance  in  ohms. 
From  this  equation  it  is  possible  by  transposing, 
to  find  any  one  value  where  the  other  two  are 
known.  That  is  to  say  E  =  IxR  and  R  =  -• 

A  circuit  comprising  these  three  factors  is 
shown  in  Fig.  i. 

If  a  resistance  is  paralleled  by  another  of  the 
same  value,  then  two  paths  are  provided  for  the 
flow  of  current  so  the  total  resistance  to  this 
flow  is  cut  in  half.  If  the  resistances  are  added 
to  each  other,  that  is,  connected  in  series,  then 
the  current  flow  is  retarded  because  the  total 
circuit  resistance  has  been  increased.  To 
•determine  the  total  resistance  of  a  circuit  where 
resistances  are  in  parallel  the  formula  R  = 

J  _i_  -L  -L-  —  ls  employed,  as  shown  in  Fig.  2. 
R~.~r  Rz  T  R3 

Where  the  resistances  are  in  series,  the  total 
resistance  is  equal  to  the  sum  of  all  the  resistances 
or  where  the  resistance  per  unit  is  the  same,  then 
the  total  is  equal  to  the  value  of  one  unit  multi- 
plied by  the  number  of  units  employed.  Ex- 
pressed algebraically  R  =  rt  +  r2  +  r3, 
etc.  or  R  =  rzXN  where  R  =  total  resistance 
r  =  resistance  per  unit  and  N  =  number  of 
units.  This  is  illustrated  in  Fig.  3. 

It  is  possible  to  combine  resistances  in  a 
circuit  so  that  a  series-parallel  arrangement 
is  produced.  This  is  the  case  where  it  is  desired 
to  know  the  total  resistance  of  a  circuit  com- 
prising several  tubes  in  parallel  with  a  single 
rheostat  in  series  with  the  tubes  and  battery. 
To  calculate  this  total  resistance,  it  is  first 
necessary  to  find  the  resistance  of  all  the  tubes 
in  parallel.  Then  when  this  value  is  known  it 
is  added  to  the  value  of  the  resistance  of  the 
rheostat.  This  is  illustrated  in  Fig.  4. 

In  the  matter  of  determining  the  resistance 
of  the  tube  filament  Ohm's  Law  is  employed 
first  and  then  where  it  is  desired  to  know  the 
total  resistance  of  a  circuit,  where  such  an  ar- 
rangement exists  as  in  Fig.  4  then  the  formula 
for  resistances  in  series  is  employed. 

Take,  for  example,  a  five-volt  tube.  Its 
filament  should  be  energized  by  the  battery 
so  that  .25  ampere  of  current  flows  in  the 
circuit  when  the  voltage  at  the  tube  terminals 
is  5.  With  these  two  known  factors  it  is  possible 
to  determine  the  resistance  of  the  circuit.  Since 
the  resistance  of  the  battery  and  wire  for  the  cir- 
cuit is  negligible,  therefore  the  resistance  com- 
puted will  be  purely  tube  resistance.  Applying 


the  tube,  E  =  rated  voltage  of  tube,  I  =  rated 
filament  current  in  amperes.  Then  R  =  —  =  20 
ohms. 

WHY  RESISTANCES  ARE  NEEDED 

"MOW  if  six  volts  is  applied   to   a   filament, 

"  the  current  will  be  correspondingly  greater 
than  with  five  volts.  In  order  to  keep  the  current 
at  that  point  stipulated  by  the  tube  manufac- 
turer, it  is  necessary  to  decrease  this  voltage  by 
adding  resistance  to  the  circuit. 

Until  a  short  while  ago  the  one  means  for 
regulating  the  current  flow  and  voltage  in  a 
filament  circuit  was  by  means  of  the  rheostat 
but  lately  there  has  been  placed  on  the  market 
the  filament  ballast,  otherwise  termed  filament 
regulator.  That  is,  they  automatically  decrease 
the  battery  voltage  to  the  correct  point  for 
application  to  the  filament  terminals. 

It  is  a  known  fact  that  the  battery  voltage 
remains  quite  constant  over  the  major  portion 
of  its  discharge  life  but  at  the  end  takes  a  decided 
and  sudden  drop.  A  curve  illustrating  this  is 
shown  in  Fig.  5.  It  is  because  of  this  voltage 
life-retaining  property  of  the  battery  that 
filament  ballasts  have  proved  satisfactory  for 
use  as  filament  controls.  For  those  who  desire 
simplicity  of  control,  the  filament  ballast  will 
commend  itself. 

Writers  of  radio  articles  have  differed  widely 
for  years  concerning  the  correct  value  of  rheostat 
to  be  used  in  a  filament  circuit.  The  best 
possible  advice,  and  the  easiest  to  follow  is  that 
our  old  friend  Ohm's  Law  be  used.  Where  two 
factors  or  values  of  this  equation  are  known,  the 
third  can  be  determined  by  the  application  of 
the  formula. 

Let's  look  over  a  typical  filament  circuit 
consisting  of  tube,  rheostat  and  battery,  such 
as  that  in  Fig.  6  B.  The  filament  Rof  the  tube 
is  considered  as  a  resistance  and,  therefore,  its 
value  may  be  rated  in  ohms.  The  battery  E 
is  the  source  of  the  energy  which  lights  the  fil- 
ament and  has  a  certain  voltage,  usually  six.  The 
rheostat  r,  has  a  variable  external  resistance 
whose  total  resistance  we  do  not  know,  but  wish 
to  ascertain.  If  there  were  no  rheostat  r,  in  the 
circuit  and  the  voltage  of  the  battery  were  5, 
then  the  total  resistance  of  the  circuit  would 
be  20  ohms.  If  the  battery  voltage  were 
raised  to  6  then  .3  amperes  of  current  would  flow 
in  the  circuit  instead  of  the  rated  .25  amperes. 

Now  by  introducing  a  resistance  in  the  form 
of  the  rheostat  r,  not  only  is  the  current  reduced 
but  the  voltage  at  the  filament  terminals  is 
accordingly  diminished.  By  applying  the 

formula  R  =  j  then  R  =  —  =  24  ohms  which 
is  the  total  resistance  of  the  circuit.  How  much 


B 


Where   r  =  Rheostat  resistance 
E  =  Battery  voltage 
EI=  Filament  terminal  voltage 
I  =  Filament  amperes 

Example  : 

'  =(!)-(!)  -* 

FIG.    6 

Determining  the  resistance  value  of  the  unit  'r' 
in  the  circuit  above  involves  the  use  of  the 
formula  as  shown.  The  battery  voltage,  the 
tube  resistance  and  the  current  are  usually  known  ; 
from  these  values  it  is  possible  to  calculate  the 
unknown 

resistance  is  necessary  in  the  rheostat?  The 
answer  may  be  found  by  subtracting  the  circuit 
resistance  at  5  volts  from  the  circuit  resistance  at 
6  volts  i.  e.  24—20  =  4  ohms  as  shown  in  Fig.6A. 
From  this  we  see  that  with  4  ohms  in  the  circuit 
where  a  fully  charged  6-voIt  storage  battery 
is  employed,  .25  amperes  of  current  will  flow. 
Theoretically,  as  the  charge  in  the  battery  de- 
creases, the  voltage  decreases;  therefore,  to  keep 
the  circuit  characteristics  at  their  rated  level,  it 
is  necessary  to  cut  out  part  of  the  external 
resistance  to  compensate  for  the  corresponding 
drop  in  battery  voltage. 

Now  the  main  rub  comes  in  the  advocacy  of 
rheostats  larger  than  4  ohms  where  only  one 
tube  is  to  be  controlled  by  it.  Of  course,  if  one 
rheostat  controls  more  than  one  tube,  the  proper 
resistance  value  may  be  calculated  since  usually 
the  tube  filaments  are  in  parallel  and  as  such  the 
total  resistance  of  these  filaments  is  figured  from 


the  formula  R  =  ~^+~j^+~^31  etc. 

To  use  a  rheostat  of  4  ohms  means  that  when 
the  movable  arm  touches  the  first  turn  of  the  wire 


BATTERY  LIFE  &  VOLTAGE  DROP 


10 


15 


20 


25         30         35         40         45         50         55 
DISCHARGE  LIFE  IN  AMPERE-HOURS 


60 


65        70 


75 


Ohm's  Law  R  =  -  where   R 


resistance  of 


FIG.    5 

When  a  fully  charged  battery  is  first  used,  its  voltage  is  slightly  above  six  volts.  The  major  portion 
of  its  life,  however,  is  at  a  fairly  constant  voltage  level,  the  gradual  drop  being  from  6  to  5.7  volts. 
When  this  low  point  has  been  reached,  the  battery  is  considered  discharged  and  is  in  need  of  recharge. 
As  the  5.7  point  is  reached  the  rheostat  in  a  filament  circuit  is  of  greatest  use  because  as  the  rheostat 
arm  is  advanced  the  voltage  at  the  tube  terminals  is  maintained  at  its  highest  point 


684 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


APRIL,  1926 


Table  I 

Various  Types  of  Tubes  and  Their  Respective 
Rheostats 


uv-200 

UX-112 

NUMBER 
OF 
TUBES 
IN  PARALLEL 

MAXIMUM 
RESISTANCE 
OF  RHEOSTAT 
IN  OHMS 

NUMBER 
OF 
TUBES 
IN  PARALLEL 

MAXIMUM 
RESISTANCE 
OF  RHEOSTAT 
IN  OHMS 

1 

1.0 

1 
2 

.5 

1.0 

uv-201 

TYPE  199 

1 
2 
3 
4 

1.0 
.5 
.33 
.25 

1 
2 
3 

4 

25.0 
12.5 
8.33 
6.25 

TYPE  201  A 

TYPE  120 

3 

4 

4.0 
2.0 
1.33 
1.0 

1 

2 

12.0 
6.0 

WD-12 


NUMEER 

MAXIMUM 

OF 

RESISTANCE 

TUBES 

OF  RHEOSTAT 

IN  PARALLEL 

IN  OHMS 

1 

1.6 

2 

.8 

3 

.53 

4 

.4 

i 


on  the  rheostat,  the  required  amount  of  resistance 
is  immediately  introduced  in  the  circuit.  Then 
as  the  battery  voltage  drops,  off  toward  the 
end  of  its  ampere  hour  capacity  this  arm  can  be 
advanced  over  the  entire  periphery  of  the 
rheostat  surface  to  keep  the  filament  voltage 
constant.  Where  a  2o-ohm  rheostat  is  em- 
ployed, four-fifths  of  the  rheostat  is  unused  as 
only  the  last  4  ohms  is  required  in  the  circuit. 
Then  as  the  battery  voltage  drops,  the  regulation 
is  over  only  one  fifth  the  surface  as  compared 
to  the  entire  surface  of  the  4-ohm  rheostat. 
Various  diameters  and  textures  of  resistance 
wires  have  different  current  carrying  properties. 
In  the  case  just  cited,  assuming  that  the  4-ohm, 
and  2o-ohm  rheostats  are  of  the  same  physical 
dimensions,  then  the  space  in  which  the  resist- 
ance unit  is  placed  is  the  same  for  each.  Now 
if  on  one,  there  is  to  be  wound  resistance  wire 
totaling  20  ohms,  while  on  the  other  there  is  to 
be  only  4  ohms,  then  the  both  must  be  wound 
with  such  a  diameter  of  wire  as  will  fill  up  the 
whole  space.  The  ao-ohm  rheostat  will  be 


wound  with  thinner  wire  so  that 
the  full  20  ohms  are  accommodated 
on  the  same  size  form.  The  thinner 
wire  is  used  because  per  inch  it  has 
more  resistance  than  that  used  on 
the  4-ohm  rheostat.  Less  current 
can  be  carried  by  small  wires  than 
by  larger  wires.  So,  by  forcing  too 
great  a  current  through  a  small 
wire,  heat  is  produced,  and  in  its 
dissipation  sometimes  warps  or 
otherwise  injures  the  forms  of  the 
rheostat  wound  with  small  wire. 
This  is  especially  true  in  the  case 
of  2o-ohm  rheostats  where  it  is  in- 
tended to  use  only  4  ohms.  This 
means  that  one-fifth  of  the  entire 
wire  is  used  where  if  a  4-,  or  6- 
ohm  rheostat  were  used  in  the  first 
place,  it  would  be  safer  because  the 
wire  would  be  larger,  insuring  am- 
ple current  carrying  capacity  and 
also  any  desired  variation  in  cur- 
rent would  be  finer  since  the  change 
in  resistance  produced  by  a  move- 
ment of  the  contact  arm  would  be 
less  per  unit  of  change  than  if  the 
same  movement  were  made  on  the 
2o-ohm  rheostat. 

THE  FILAMENT  BALLAST 

THE  only  point  that  may  be 
raised  in  objection  to  the  use  of 
filament  ballasts  is  that  they  do 
not  permit  of  detector  filament  regulation  for 
regeneration  control  as  the  rheostat  does.  How- 
ever, now  as  ticklers,  feedback  condensers  and 
variable  plate  circuit  resistors  are  generally  used 
for  oscillation  control,  that  objection  is  not 
serious. 

Examine  the  curve  in  Fig.  5,  showing  the 
voltage  of  a  battery  over  a  period  of  discharge 
hours.  The  battery  practically  maintains  its 
voltage  until  very  near  the  end  of  its  charged 
life,  then  rapidly  falls.  The  use  of  the  rheostat 
or  filament  ballast  is  helpful  only  up  to  the  point 
where  the  sudden  drop  occurs.  When  past  this 
point  the  battery  must  be  recharged  and  rheo- 


Input 


FIG.    9 

By  tapping  on 
to  part  of  the 

_  .  rheostat,    it    is 

EG  =  Grid  bias  possible  to  ob- 

tain a  voltage 
drop  through 
the  resistance 
which  can  be 
A  effectively  used 

for  biasing  the  grid  of  a  tube  with  the  same  result 
as  a  C  battery.  However,  this  practice  is  not  to 
be  recommended  as  the  difficulties  of  soldering 
and  unsoldering  the  lead  necessary  to  obtain  the 
correct  grid  bias  for  a  tube  is  great  compared  to 
the  ease  and  simplicity  of  providing  a  C  battery 
for  this  purpose 


stats  and  filament  ballast  will  not  assist  for  long 
in  maintaining  the  tube  voltage  at  5. 

Look  at  the  curve  for  a  filament  ballast  in 
Fig.  7.  From  6  volts,  the  charged  state  of  the 
battery,  to  5.7  volts  when  the  battery  is  con- 
sidered discharged,  there  is  only  a  change  of  .006 
amperes  from  the  rated  .25  amperes  of  filament 
current,  surely  not  enough  to  be  seriously 
considered  as  affecting  the  proper  and  efficient 
operation  of  the  tube  in  a  radio  circuit. 

In  the  case  of  dry  cell  tubes,  there  is  not  this 
constancy  of  voltage  in  dry  cell  batteries  as  com- 
pared with  the  storage  battery  unless  many  bat- 
teries are  connected  in  parallel  so,  therefore,  it  is 
essential  that  a  variable  resistor  be  used  to  main- 
tain the  tube  filament  voltage  at  a  constant  level 
even  though  the  battery  does  drop  in  voltage 
from  4.5  to  3  volts  as  is  the  case  where  199  type 
tubes  are  employed.  When  the  battery  voltage 
falls  below  3  then  tone  quality  will  probably 
suffer  and  it  is  wise  to  replace  with  new  batteries. 


FILAMENT  BALLAST  CURRENT  REGULATION  CURVE 


Discharged : 


.  Drop  in  volts  from  charged  to  discharged  state 
causes  ,006  amperes  change  in  current 


FIG.   8 

Four  types  of  filament  ballasts 
that  were  tested  are  shown  here. 
From  left  to  right  they  are  the 
Elkay  manufactured  by  the  Lang- 
bien  Kaufman  Radio  Co.,  the 
Brach-stat  (L.  S.Brach  Mfg.  Co.,) 
the  Amperite  (Radiall  Co.,)  and 
the  Daven  ballast,  (Daven  Radio 
Corporation.)  Several  instruments 
used  in  the  collection  and  calcula- 
tion of  figures  presented  in  this 
article  are  also  shown 


- 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


5.8 
BATTERY    VOLTS 

FIG.    7 

Filament  ballasts  are  used  to  regulate  the  flow  of  current  in  a  tube 
circuit.  Their  purpose  is  to  maintain  this  current  value  at  a  con- 
stant point  as  the  battery  becomes  discharged.  From  the  above  it 
will  be  seen  how  successfully  this  purpose  is  accomplished.  As  the 
battery  fell  off  in  voltage,  the  filament  ballast  caused  a  change  in  the 
current  in  the  tube  circuit  from  .25  amperes  to  .244  amperes — .006 
amperes,  not  enough  to  be  seriously  considered  as  affecting  the 
proper  operation  of  the  tube  at  its  rated  filament  characteristic 


Table  II 
Tube  Operating  Characteristics 

TYPE    OF 
TUBE 

FILAMENT 
CURRENT 
IN  AMPERES 

FILAMENT 
VOLTS 

BATTERY 
VOLTS 

FILAMENT 
RESISTANCE 

201A 
199 
120 
1  112 
12 
I  UV-200 
|  UV-201 

.25 
.06 
.125 

.5 
.25 
1.0 
1.0 

5 
3 
3 
5 
1.1 

5 
5 

6. 

4.5 
4.5 
6. 
1.5 
6 
6 

20 
50 

24 

10 
4.4 
5 
5 

1 

APRIL,  1926 


THE  USE  OF  THE  FILAMENT  RESISTANCE 


685 


FIG. 

The  C   battery  is 
shown  in  its  proper 
place    here.     This      _ 
is  by  far  the  better 

way  to  obtain  grid  bias  for  receiving  tubes  since 

if   it  is  desired  to  vary  the  grid  bias  voltage, 

more  or  less  C  battery  may   be  placed  in  the 

circuit 


Rheostats  are  variable  resistances  with 
which  an  accurate  control  of  the  filament 
voltage  and  current  is  obtained.  The  selection 
of  a  rheostat  for  one  tube  has  already  been 
explained  and  the  radio  experimenter  should 
not  become  confused  where  more  than  one  tube 
is  controlled  by  a  single  rheostat.  As  it  has 
been  said,  in  a  radio  circuit  it  is  usual  to  connect 
several  tubes  in  parallel,  the  path  for  the  flow 
of  current  will  become  greater  hence  there  will  be 
less  resistance  to  the  flow  of  this  current.  In 
tube  circuits  it  is  customary  to  employ  tubes  all 
of  one  nature,  that  is,  all  5-  or  all  3-voIt  tubes. 
The  total  resistance  then,  of  a  circuit,  is  equal 
to  the  resistance  of  one  tube  divided  by  the 
number  of  tubes  in  the  parallel  arrangement. 
See  Fig.  4.  For  instance,  2oi-A's  have  a 
resistance  of  20  ohms.  Where  four  are  con- 
nected in  parallel  the  total  circuit  resistance 
is  5  ohms.  Therefore,  to  cut  down  the  battery 
voltage  so  that  five  volts  are  applied  to  the 
filament  terminals,  i  ohm  of  external  resistance 
must  be  added  to  the  circuit.  Before,  the 
method  by  which  the  rheostat  value  was  ascer- 
tained was  to  subtract  the  circuit  resistance  at 
5  volts  from  the  circuit  resistance  at  6  volts. 
Another  method,  also  very  good,  is  to  employ 

the  formula  R  =  —  —  '  where  R  =  resistance 
of  rheostat,  Ej=  filament  voltage,  E  =  battery 
voltage  and  1  =  total  current  of  circuit.  This 
last  factor,  total  current,  is  obtained  by  multi- 
plying the  current  rate  of  one  tube  by  the 
number  of  tubes  to  be  controlled  by  the  rheostat. 
Again,  using  four  tubes,  the  total  current  would 
be  4  x  .25  amperes  =  i  ampere.  Then,  applying 

the  formula  R  =  —  —  =  i  ohm. 


WHERE   SHOULD  THE    RESIS- 
TANCE GO? 

INDEPENDENT  tube 
'  manufacturers  as  well  as 
the  pioneers  in  tube  produc- 
tion advocate  the  use  of  the 
rheostat  in  the  negative  side 
of  the  A  battery  lead.  The 
writer  became  convinced 
that  this  procedure  was 
proper  only  where  the  rheo- 
stat was  to  be  employed  to 
provide  a  grid  bias  of  a  few 
volts.  This  usually  was 
supplied  by  tapping  on  to  a 
portion  of  the  rheostat  so 
that  a  voltage  drop  through 
that  portion  of  the  resis- 
tance employed  would  pro- 
vide the  necessary  few  volts 
for  grid  biasing. 

In  Fig.  9  the  circuit  shows 
how  this  tap  is  arranged. 
This  manner  of  obtaining 
grid  bias  is  unusual  inasmuch  as  it  entails  first,  a 
calculation  as  to  the  necessary  amount  of  resis- 
tance wire  to  be  included  in  the  tap-off  circuit  so 
as  to  supply  the  necessary  grid  voltage.  Secondly, 
it  is  sometimes  desirable  to  vary  the  grid  bias  and 
when  the  connection  is  soldered  to  the  rheostat  a 
change  in  voltage  is  impossible  unless  the  tap-off 
be  unsoldered. 

The  use  of  a  C  battery  provides  the  more 
convenient  and  simpler  way  to  obtain  grid  bias 
and  with  this  change  it  is  possible  to  place  the 
rheostat  in  the  positive  side  of  the  A  supply  lead 
so  that  all  the  negative  leads  are  at  ground 
potential  as  in  Fig.  9.  The  use  of  the  rheostat 
in  the  positive  side  instead  of  the  negative  side 
of  the  A  battery  supply  makes  for  more  accurate 
wiring,  clearer  understanding  of  circuit  diagrams, 
and  the  surety  that  one  part  of  the  complete 
wiring  circuit  will  be  at  ground  potential  insuring 
shorter  leads  from  other  units  in  the  circuit  which 
of  necessity  must  be  connected  to  the  ground  line. 
Among  the  rheostats  tested  because  of  the 
difference  in  design  and  principle  was  the 
Bradleystat,  and  the  Filkostat.  Both  these 
devices  insure  a  continuous,  even  increase 
in  voltage  differing  from  the  wire-wound 
rheostat  which  provided  the  increase  in  steps 
as  more  turns  of  wire  was  cut  out  of  the  circuit. 
Voltage  regulation  is  secured  by  the  change  in 
resistance  of  the  device  as  carbon  discs  are 
compressed  by  means  of  a  thumb  screw. 


Table  III 

Filament  Ballasts  for  Various  Tubes 

TUBE 

ELKAY 

RADIALL 

DAVEN 

BRACH 

EQUAL1ZOR 

AMPERITE 

BALLAST 

BRACHSTAT 

1  type  199 

No.  50  for  6 

No.  6V  199 

1  C  for  4  volt 

volt  source 

for    6    volt 

source 

source  No.  4 

1  D  for  6  volt 

V  199  for  4 

source 

or    4.5    volt 

source 

2  type  199's 

No.  25 

No.  120 

2  C 

1  type  120 

No.  25 

No.  120 

2  C 

1  type  201-A 

No.  4 

No.  1-A 

No.  1 

1  B 

2  type  201  -A's 

No.  2 

No.  112 

No.  2 

2  B 

1  type  112 

No.  2 

No.  112 

Use  No.  3  for 

2  B 

3     type-201 

A's  and  No 

4  for  4  type 

201A's 

MU20 

No.  O 

MU6 

No.  O 

WD  11 

WD  12 

WX  12 

C  11 

D  11 

1  A 

C  12 

CX  12 

^^^  ana,,,,,,,  IMIIIIItll(l  u  UUUIIUII1III1  1JIIUII  ,  w((tl  uu  ,  imm 

If  you  intend  to  build  a  super-heterodyne  and 
control  eight  tubes  with  one  rheostat  then  that 
rheostat  should  be  of  the  power  variety  capable 
of  carrying  from  2  to  3  amperes  of  current. 
This  is  especially  necessary  where  the  new  power 
tubes  are  to  be  employed  in  the  audio  end  since 
they  take  more  current  than  the  ordinary  201 -A 
type  of  tube.  Fortunately,  filament  ballast 
makers  have  kept  up  with  the  development  of 
the  power  tubes  and  today  it  is  possible  to 
purchase  special  ballasts  designed  solely  for  use 
with  these  new  tubes. 

The  total  watts  consumed  in  a  filament  is 
1.5,  of  this,  .25  watts  is  dissipated  in  the  rheostat 
or  other  filament  resistance.  This  means  that 
there  is  a  16  f  per  cent,  loss  of  power  in  the 
filament  resistor  and  only  83  %  per  cent,  of  the 
power  being  utilized  in  the  filament  directly. 

Outstanding  are  these  several  not-to-be 
ignored  facts: 

A  4-ohm  rheostat  is  satisfactory  for  controlling 
a  single  2oiA. 

A  variable  resistance  may  be  used  for  detector 
filament  regulation  but  for  other  tubes  fixed 
resistances  are  satisfactory. 

Filament  ballasts  may  be  used  successfully 
in  all  tube  filament  circuits  except  detectors. 

Dry  cell  tubes  need  variable  filament  control. 

Where  grid  biasing  is  desired,  use  a  C  battery. 

Tone  quality  suffers  when  the  filament  or 
plate  voltage  is  reduced. 


PACENT 


Ammeter- 


Battery 
FIG.    I  I 
Voltmeters  and  ammeters  indicate  the  amount 


RRAnir 
BKADLErSTAT 

FIG.    12 


FIIKOSTAT  NULEY 

RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 


of  voltage  and  current  in  a  circuit.     This  is  the  Only  a  few  of  the  many  rheostats  that  were  tested  are  shown  here.     The  Kellog  type  of  resistance 

circuit  of  the  test  set  actually  employed  in  check-  unit  has  its  circular  form,  with  the  resistance  wire  thereon  as  the  rotating  unit.     The  same  is  true  of 

ing  the  regulation  properties  of  rheostats  and  the  Cutler-Hammer  rheostat.     Two  carbon-pile  type  of  resistance  units  are  represented  in  the  Filko- 

filament  ballasts  described  in  this  article  stat  and  Bradleystat 


Cmttine  Out  the  Locals 


Simple  and  Efficient  Wave  Traps  to  Eliminate  Interfering  Near-by  Stations 


By  HOWARD  E.  RHODES 


CT"HE  trend  in  broadcasting  for  some  time  has 
•*•  been  toward  the  use  of  higher  powers,  where- 
ever  that  is  possible,  and  this,  combined  with  the 
concentration  of  many  stations  in  large  centers,  has 
made  the  problem  of  selectivity  a  serious  one  for 
many  listeners.  It  is  easy  to  remedy  most  of  the 
trouble  encountered  in  the  average  receiver  by 
simply  adding  a  wave  trap  of  good  design,  and  the 
accompanying  article  reviews  the  subject  in  a  very 
helpful  fashion.  The  present  article  is  concerned 
with  types  which  can  be  made  very  easily,  and  a 
second  article,  to  be  printed  soon,  will  describe  a 
radio-frequency  amplifier  and  detail  how  it  func- 
tions as  a  wave  trap.  —  THE  EDITOR. 


WITH    the  increase   in  power  of  a 
great   many  of   our   broadcasting 
stations,  listeners  find  need  of  some 
efficient     method     whereby     un- 
desired     signals     may    be    eliminated.     These 
signals  sometimes  are  caused  by  direct  pick-up 
by  the  coils  of  the  set  so  that  its  natural  selec- 
tivity is  of  no  avail  in  eliminating  them.     This 
occurs  when  the  set  is  being  operated  in  prox- 
imity to  a  broadcasting  station  with  the  result 
that  the  field  strength  in  the  vicinity  is  great 
enough  to  induce  currents  directly  in  the  various 
coils  of  the  receiver.     Under   these   conditions 
it  will  be  found  possible  to  hear  the  program 
with  the  antenna  disconnected. 

The  only  practical  methods  to  be  used  in 
eliminating  this  type  of  interference  are  either 
shielding  of  the  receiver  or  using  some  form  of 
close  field  coil,  such  as  a  toroid.  If  the  set  is  to 
be  shielded,  it  is  necessary  to  line  the  entire 


FIG.     2 

One     method 

of  connecting 

a    wave   trap 

in  circuit 


C2 


cc 
o 


inside  of  the  cabinet,  including  the  cover  and 
the  panel,  with  thin  copper.  Any  joints  in  the 
copper  sheet  are  soldered  together  and  connec- 
tion is  finally  made  between  the  shield  and  the 
minus  A  terminal  which  should,  in  this  case,  be 
connected  to  ground.  This  puts  the  entire  shield 
at  ground  potential,  thereby  excluding  from  the 
coils  any  external  electrical  fields.  It  should 
also  be  pointed  out  that  this  shielding  will  also 
eliminate  any  interference  caused  by  power 
lines,  motors,  etc.,  provided  they  are  causing 
trouble  by  setting  up  currents  directly  in  the 
coils.  However,  if  this  interference  is  reaching 


FREQUENCY 

FIG.    I 

The  impedance  curve  of  a  well-made  wave  trap 

the  set  by  way  of  the  antenna  system,  shielding 
will  be  of  no  aid. 

A  second  and  rather  recently  developed 
method  of  eliminating  this  type  of  interference 
is  by  the  use  of  toroid  coils.  This  type  of  coil 
is  now  being  widely  employed  in  instances  where 
there  is  need  of  an  inductor  that  is  unaffected  by 
external  fields.  The  reason  why  toroids  are  not 
sensible  to  magnetic  fields  is  easy  to  understand. 
Suppose  such  a  coil  is  placed  in  a  magnetic  field. 
Then  a  voltage  is  induced  in  practically  every 
turn  of  the  coil.  However,  the  voltage  induced 
in  one  half  of  the  coil  is  exactly  equal  and  op- 
posite to  the  voltage  produced  in  the  other  half 
of  the  coil.  These  two  voltages  react  against 
each  other  and  the  resultant  effective  voltage  is 
therefore  zero.  This  type  of  winding  can  be 
placed  in  comparatively  strong  magnetic  fields 
without  having  any  appreciable  voltage  pro- 
duced in  it.  Toroids  are,  therefore,  very  useful 
in  eliminating  that  type  of  interference  caused  by 
some  form  of  direct  pick-up  by  the  coil  units  of 
a  receiver.  These  two  methods  which  have  just 
been  outlined,  first,  shielding  of  the  set,  and 
secondly,  using  Toroid  coils,  are  practically 
the  only  methods  of  eliminating  this  type  of 
interference. 

There  is  a  second  type  of  interfering  signal 
that  also  causes  considerable  trouble,  and  against 
this  type  the  two  methods  so  far  described  are 
useless.  If  the  signals  being  induced  in  the 
antenna  are  sufficiently  strong,  it  is  possible 
that  a  receiver  may  not  have  a  selectivity  sharp 
enough  to  eliminate  them  completely,  although 
its  selectivity  under  ordinary  conditions  may  be 
perfectly  satisfactory.  Take,  for  example,  the 


curve  of  Fig.  10  which  represents  the  resonance 
curves  of  a  fairly  good  receiver.  For  ordinary 
reception  this  degree  of  selectivity  is  satisfactory, 
but  under  some  unusual  condition,  even  greater 
selectivity  might  be  required.  For  instance, 
the  receiver  might  be  operated  at  a  location 
quite  close  to  a  powerful  broadcasting  station 
so  that  the  signal  strength  from  this  station,  in 
comparison  with  the  strength  of  the  signals  that 
it  is  desired  to  receive,  is  so  great  as  to  produce 
considerable  interference,  even  though  the 
receiver  is  considerably  detuned  from  the 
interfering  signal.  It  is  apparent  then  that  in 
some  way  this  powerful  signal  must  be  impeded 
so  as  to  decrease  its  strength. 

THE    SIMPLICITY    OF    A    WAVE    TRAP 

THE  most  common  piece  of  apparatus  for  use 
in  this  connection  is  the  so-called  wave 
trap  which  is  actually  a  filter  circuit  tuned  to 
absorb  the  interfering  signals.  These  wave 
traps  are  very  easily  constructed,  and  cost  little. 
They  consist  merely  of  an  ordinary  coil  and  a 
condenser.  The  traps  are  connected  in  the 
antenna  circuit  and  are  adjusted  so  that  at  the 
frequency  of  the  interfering  signal  they  have  a 
very  high  impedance,  the  exact  value  depend- 
ing on  whether  the  unit  is  connected  in  series  or 
parallel  with  the  antenna.  This  high  impedance 
prevents  the  signal  from  passing  down  through 
the  primary  of  the  antenna  coupling  and  so  into 


FIG.    3 

Another  meth- 
od of  connect- 
ing the  trap  to 
your  receiver, 
by  the  induc- 
tive method. 
This  very  often 
produces  satis- 
factory results 
without  materi- 
ally changing 
the  tuning  of 
the  antenna 

circuit 


APRIL,  1926 


CUTTING  OUT  THE  LOCALS 


687 


the  receiver.  At  the  same  time,  these  wave 
traps  offer  a  very  low  impedance  to  all 
other  frequencies.  In  Fig.  i  there  has 
been  plotted  the  change  in  impedance  of  a 
wave  trap  as  the  frequency  is  varied,  and 
this  gives  a  good  idea  how  a  wave  trap 
functions.  At  the  frequency  marked  /  on 
the  diagram,  the  impedance  as  read  on  the 
ordinate  of  the  curve  is  very  high  and 
since  this  circuit  would  be  connected  in  the 
antenna  system  of  a  receiver,  it  is  evident 
that  at  this  frequency  the  impedance  of 
the  antenna  system  to  this  particular 
frequency  would  be  very  high,  and  for 
that  reason  practically  no  energy  could  be  re- 
ceived at  this  frequency.  At  the  same  time 
the  impedance  of  the  trap  to  any  other  fre- 


SETTING  OF  CONDENSER  Cz 

FIG.    5 

A  curve  showing  the  decrease  in  interfer- 
ence obtained  by  the  use  of  a  wave  trap 

quencies,  either  above  or  below  the  frequency 
/,  is  very  low.  The  efficiency  with  which  the 
trap  operates  depends  upon  the  steepness  of  the 
sides  of  the  curve,  and  in  order  to  obtain  satis- 
factory operation,  it  is  essential  that  a  sharp 
resonance  curve  be  obtained. 
This  idea  of  high  impedance  at  resonance  may 


1. 
Tc, 


FIG.    6 

The  small  arrows  indicate  the  circulating  cur- 
rent set  up  in  the  wave  trap  by  the  interfering 
signal 

require  some  explanation  since  we  are  accus- 
tomed to  think  of  resonant  circuits  as  having  a 
low  impedance.  At  resonance,  a  circuit  con- 
sisting of  a  coil  and  a  condenser  has  a  low  im- 
pedance to  the  flow  of  current  around  the  path 


FIG.   4 

The  circuit  diagram  of  the  test  apparatus  used 
to  obtain  some  of  the  data  given  in  this  article 


indicated  in  Fig.  6,  by  the  small  arrows.  This 
is  important  current  with  regard  to  the  various 
tuned  circuits  of  a  receiver.  In  a  wave  trap, 
however,  we  wish  to  impede  the  flow  of  current 
in  the  circuit  AGCa,  and  at  resonance,  the  trap 
circuit  offers  high  impedance  to  the  flow  of 
current  in  this  circuit. 

There    are    several    methods    of    connecting 
these   traps.     Fig.  2  shows  the  most  common 
method.     In    this   drawing    L,   C,   constitutes 
the  trap  circuit,  and  Lj,  C,  the  antenna  coupler 
and    tuning    condenser   of    the    receiving    set. 
It  is  seen  that  the  trap  is  connected  between 
the    antenna    post    of    the    receiver    and    the 
antenna    lead-in.     Fig.   3    represents    a 
slightly  different  method  of  connecting 
the   trap   in  the  circuit.     In  this  latter 
method,    the   wave    trap  is   inductively 
coupled  to  the  antenna.     This  inductive 
coupling  is  obtained  by  winding  a  few 
turns  of  wire  about  one  end  of  the  coil  L,. 
One  end  of  this  new  winding  connects  to 
the  antenna  and  the  other  to  the  antenna 
post  of  the  receiver.     This  circuit  is  prac-  _ 
tically  equivalent  to  that  of  Fig.  2  with  the  differ- 
ence that  somewhat  sharper  tuning  is  obtained. 

WHY    THE    CIRCUIT    PREVENTS    INTERFERENCE 

IN  ORDER  to  give  an  idea  of  the  effective- 
ness of  these  traps,  a  series  of  experiments 
were  carried  out  in  the  RADIO  BROADCAST  Labo- 
ratory to  illustrate  how  interfering  signals  are 
eliminated  by  the  use  of  such  a  filter.  The  circuit 
illustrated  in  Fig.  4  was  excited  by  means  of  an 
oscillator.  The  output  of  the  oscillator  was 
fed  into  the  coil  L^  which  was  inductively 
coupled  to  coil  L4.  This  coupling  was  very 
loose  so  that  variation  in  the  test  circuit  caused 
no  change  in  the  oscillator  output.  L,  d  is 
the  trap  circuit  and  L^  C2  represents  the 
input  circuit  of  the  receiver.  As  shown  in 
the  diagram,  a  vacuum  tube  voltmeter  was 
placed  across  the  L,  C2  circuit  so  as  to  measure 
the  voltage  induced  across  this  circuit.  This 
would  be  the  voltage  that  would  ordinarily  be 
applied  to  the  grid  of  the  first  tube  of  a  receiving 
set  and  the  extent  to  which 
this  voltage  is  reduced  by  the 
wave  trap  is  a  measure  of  the 
trap's  efficiency. 

With  the  trap  circuit  Lt  C, 
detuned  from  the  incoming 
frequency  produced  by  the 
oscillator,  the  condenser  G*  was 
adjusted  until  maximum  volt- 
age was  read  on  the  vacuum 
tube  voltmeter.  This  indicated 
that  this  circuit  was  adjusted 
to  resonance.  The  frequency 
of  the  oscillator  was  then 
changed  by  10,060  cycles  but 
no  change  was  made  in  La  C2. 
This  circuit  was,  therefore,  tuned  to  a  wave 
10,000  cycles  (10  kc.)  different  in  frequency 
from  that  being  supplied  by  the  oscillator. 
However,  a  certain  amount  of  voltage  was  still 
to  be  measured  on  the  vacuum  tube  voltmeter 


I 


but  since  the  circuit  was  not  tuned  to  the 
oscillator  frequency,  the  voltage  which  was 
measurable  represented  an  interfering 
signal.  This  voltage  read  on  the  vacuum 
tube  voltmeter  under  these  conditions  is 
represented  as  Et  in  Fig.  5,  The  trap  was 
then  adjusted  and  as  condenser  Ci  was 
varied,  the  voltage  across  L,  Ca  was  re- 
corded and  a  curve  Fig.  5,  plotted,  showing 
the  variation  of  voltage  as  the  trap  con- 
denser Ci  was  changed.  This  curve  shows 
a  large  decrease  in  voltage  as  the  trap 
circuit  is  brought  into  resonance  with 
the  incoming  frequency.  With  the  trap  in 

resonance   the   voltage  decreased   to  about   15 

per  cent,  of  its  former  value. 
This  whole  test  was  analogous  to  the  case  of  a 


RADIO  BROADCAST  Photograph 
FIG.    7 

Space-wound  solenoid  coils  can  be  used 
to  construct  a  very  efficient  wave  trap 

receiver  tuned  to  a  particular  station  and  at  the 
same  time  receiving  a  certain  amount  of  energy 
from  another  station  differing  in  frequency  by 
10  kilocycles  (10,000  cycles).  Under  such 
conditions,  the  use  of  a  trap  would  have  caused 
a  decrease  of  about  85  per  cent,  in  the  strength 
of  the  interfering  signal.  Let  us  take  a  numeri- 


7 


FIG.   8 

A  simplified  diagram  of  a  receiver  employing  three  stages  of 
radio   frequency   amplification,  really  successive  wave  traps 


cal  example  of  such  a  case.  Suppose  it  is  desired 
to  receive  a  signal  having  a  frequency  of  500 
kilocycles  and  to  eliminate  the  interference  from 
another  station  operating  on  510  kilocycles. 
The  antenna  circuit  of  the  receiver  would  be 


688 


FIG.   9 

This  is  the  equivalent  circuit  of  Fig.  9.     It 
was  used  in  obtaining  the  curves  in  Fig.  10 


RADIO  BROADCAST 


best  results  with  the  induc- 
tively coupled  circuit.  Every 
effort  should  be  made  to  have 
as  good  a  ground  and  antenna 
as  possible,  but  if  it  is  necessary 
to  use  a  long  ground  lead  to  a 
rather  poor  ground  system,  the 
direct  coupled 
wave  trap  will 
probably  give 
most  satisfactory 
operation. 

When  using 
the  latter  method 
of  direct  coupling 
as  illustrated  in 
Fig.  2,  some  small  change 


APRIL,  1926 

In  order  to  aid  the  home  constructor  in  build- 
ing up  his  own  wave  traps,  the  accompanying 
table  has  been  compiled. 

For  those  wishing  to  duplicate  the  model 
constructed  in  the  Laboratory,  the  following 
material  should  be  secured: one  36-turn  Hammar- 
lund  Roberts  3-inch  coil,  one  Cardwell  .ooi-mfd. 


TYPE  OF 

SIZE 

NO.  OF 

DIAMETER 

NO.    OF 

COIL 

WIRE 

TURNS 

OF  COIL 

PEGS 

Spiderweb 

20 

40 

2t" 

13 

3  Diamondweave 

20 

30 

2" 

17 

Solenoid 

20                  28 

3}" 

tuned  to  500  kilocycles  and  then  the  wave  trap 
would  be  tuned  to  510  kilocycles  with  the  result 
that  the  interfering  signal  of  5 10  kilocycles  would 
be  decreased  to  85  per  cent,  of  the  value  it  would 
be  without  the  trap.  Under  some  conditions, 
it  will  be  found  that  the  type  of  connection  used 


1,000 


900 


CYCLES  DIFFERENT  FROM  RESONANCE 

FIG.    IO 

Here's  a  curve  that  shows  the  effect  of  us- 
ing several  stages  of  tuned  radio  frequency 

in  the  test  suppresses  too  much  of  the  main 
signal  and  it  will  be  best  to  change  over  to  the 
hook-up  shown  in  Fig  3.  With  the  trap 
inductively  coupled  to  the  antenna  circuit,  the 
tuning  is  usually  very  much  sharper  but  at  the 
same  time  it  is  generally  found  that  the  interfer- 
ence is  not  as  completely  suppressed.  Since  the 
operating  characteristics  of  the  trap  depend  to 
some  extent  on  the  conditions  at  which  the 
receiver  is  being  operated,  it  is  best  to  try  both 
types  of  connection  and  determine  which 
method  gives  the  most  satisfactory  results. 
Sometimes  the  frequency  separation  between 
the  signals  it  is  desired  to  receive  and  the  signals 
it  is  desired  to  suppress  is  very  much  greater 
than  10  kilocycles,  and  under  such  conditions 
the  trap  will  operate  even  more  efficiently. 


w: 


WHICH    CONNECTION    TO    USE 

'HETHER  the  trap  circuit  of  Fig.  2 
or  that  of  Fig.  3  is  used  depends  to  a 
considerable  extent  upon  the  characteristics  of 
the  antenna  system.  A  well  insulated  antenna 
with  a  short  lead-in  and  a  short  ground  wire  to  a 
good  ground,  such  as  the  cold  water  mains,  gives 


BASE  BOARD 


the  tuning  of  the  antenna  con- 
denser will  be  noticed  whereas 
with  inductive  coupling  practically  no  change  in 
tuning  takes  place.  This  represents  a  slight 
advantage  in  favor  of  inductive  coupling,  since 
it  will  be  possible  to  continue  to  use  the  same  old 
dial  readings  after  the  trap  has  been  installed. 

In  designing  a  trap  circuit,  the  difficulty  arises 
in  making  one  that  will  do  its  work  well  when 
the  frequency  separation  is  only  10  kilocycles. 

If  the  trap  is  poorly  made  it  may  elimi- 
nate the  interfering  signals  but  will  also  de- 
crease the  strength  of  those  signals  we  desire 
to  receive.  The  most  common  cause  of  poor 
results  with  wave  traps  is  due  to  the  use  of  high 
resistance  coils  and  low 
grade  condensers. 

It  is  therefore  essen- 
tial that  the  trap  oper- 
ate efficiently,  and  in 
order  to  obtain  such 
operation,  it  is  generally 
best  to  use  a  fairly  small 
coil  and  a  large  conden- 
ser. With  a  large  coil 
the  elimination  is  usu- 
ally more  complete  but 
the  neutralized  band  is 
larger  so  that  the  trap 
interferes  with  reception 
on  wavelengths  adjacent 
to  that  wave  on  which 
the  interfering  station  is 
operating.  Most  satis- 
factory results  are  ob- 
tained when  low  loss 
coils  are  used. 

Any  type  of  multiple- 
stage  tuned  radio  fre- 
quency receiver  is  actu- 
ally a  series  of  traps  or 
filters  coupled  together.  The  circuit  shown 
in  Fig.  8  is  really  equivalent  to  the  circuit  of 
Fig.  9.  The  tubes  function  as  amplifiers  and 
do  not  alter  the  resonance  curves  to  any  con- 
siderable extent.  Fig.  10  shows  a  set  of  reso- 
nance curves  obtained  from  a  circuit  connected 
as  in  Fig.  9.  In  a  one-stage  r.  f.  amplifier  a 
resonance  curve  like  i  would  be  obtained. 
Adding  two  and  then  three  stages  give  us 
curves  2  and  3  respectively. 

In  order  to  obtain  maximum  benefit  from  such 
an  r.  f.  amplifier,  it  is  essential  that  the  various 
tuning  units  be  constructed  as  efficiently  as 
possible  and  if  this  is  done  it  will  not  be  neces- 
sary, under  ordinary  circumstances,  to  use  a 
wave  trap  in  conjunction  with  this  type  of 
receiver.  Nevertheless,  under  some  conditions, 
for  instance  when  a  set  is  being  operated  very 
close  to  a  broadcasting  station,  the  currents 
induced  in  the  antenna  might  be  strong 
enough  to  override  the  selectivity  of  such  a 
receiver,  and  it  will  be  necessary  to  use  a  wave 
trap. 


variable  condenser,  one  3-inch  dial,  one  panel 
7x8  inches,  and  necessary  binding  posts,  screws, 
etc.  The  apparatus  layout  is  shown  in  Fig.  1 1. 
It  is  obvious  that  similar  capacities  and  induc- 
tances, of  any  make,  or  home  made,  will  be 
just  as  satisfactory. 

Th2  antenna  winding  consistsof  10  turnsof  No. 
20  wire  wound  directly  over  the  Hammarlund 
Roberts  coil  and  fastened  with  a  small  amount 
of  collodion.  If  the  trap  is  to  be  connected  as 
in  Fig.  2,  the  antenna  goes  to  binding  post 
No.  i  and  the  antenna  terminal  of  the  receiver  to 
terminal  No.  2  on  the  wave  trap.  For  inductive 
coupling  as  in  Fig.  3,  the  antenna  connects  to 
No.  3  and  terminal  No.  4  goes  to  the  antenna 
binding  post  on  the  receiver. 


O000 


PANEL ' 


FIG.     I  I 

The  layout  of  apparatus  for  a  wave  trap. 
Note    how   simple   the   construction    is 


FIG.    12 

Circuit  diagram  of  the  wave  trap  shown  in  Fig.  1 1 . 
The  notation  on  the  binding  posts  in  Fig.  12  cor- 
respond to  the  numbers  on  this  diagram 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


695 


The  Crosley  4-tube— 4-29 

in  which  the  Crescendon  is  equal 
to  one  or  more   additional   tubes 
of  tuned   radio  fre- 
quency amplification 


(Ul     KfVM 

$29 


The 
Crescendon 

— an    amazing 
new  volume  con- 
trol exclusive  to 
Crosley  sets. 
Hear  it! 


The  Crosley  5-tube— 5-38 

All  the   volume,    selectivity    and 
purity  of  tone  available   in   the 
best  5-tube  set — plus 
the  Crescendon     . 


m    i'i    i"c 

$38 


Widespread  Popularity  Marks 
Another  Great  Success 


Spectacular  as  has  been  each  stride  in 
radio  achieved  by  Powel  Crosley,  Jr.,  never 
before  has  a  Crosley  success  received  such 
prompt  and  widespread  recognition.  Here 
in  the  radio  plant  which  has  made  more 
radios  than  any  other  factory  in  all  the 
world,  every  man  and  machine  is  going  at 
top  speed,  every  hour  is  a  crowded  hour, 
every  night  a  working  day,  as  the  result  of 
orders  for  the  four  new  Crosley  sets. 

Even  the  sweeping  success  of  the  Crosley 
Musicone  did  not  match  this  merciless 
demand  upon  an  organization  tuned  to 
mass  production.  With  the  first  demonstra- 
tions by  Crosley  dealers,  public  approval 
was  expressed  in  orders  that  have  increased 
in  volume  day  by  day  and  show  no  inclina- 
tion to  relax. 

This  popularity  is  distributed  quite  evenly 
between  the  four  new  4-  and  5-tube  sets. 
Thousands  who  had  formerly  believed  that 


worth  while  reception  was  exclusive  to  high 
priced  sets,  have  found  in  Crosley  4-29  and 
5-38  all  that  they  could  ask  of  radio.  The 
accurate  selectivity  and  pure  tone  of  these 
instruments  would  be  enough.  That  mag- 
nificent volume  achieved  through  the 
Crescendon  is  the  final  touch. 

And  in  Crosley  "RFL"  types  there  is  a 
revelation  for  all.  For  here  true  cascade 
amplification  makes  its  first  appearance. 
Here  what  was  considered  impossible  in 
expert  opinion  has  been  achieved  by  ampli- 
fication closely  approaching  theoretical 
maximum  efficiency  per  tube ! 

What  a  joy  to  find,  and  in  a  low  priced  set, 
rare  beauty,  rich  tone,  volume  subject  only 
to  your  desire,  and  no  howling  at  any  pitch 
by  any  mishandling  under  any  conditions. 

Each  instrument  delights  the  ear,  fires  the 
enthusiam  of  the  lay  technician,  converts 
the  staunchest  skeptic  to  love  of  radio. 


See  the  new  Crosley  receiving  sets  at  your  dealer's  or  write  Dept.20      for  descriptive  catalog 

Crosley  manufactures  radio  receiving  sets  which  are  licensed  under  Armstrong  U.  S. 
Patent  No.  i,  1 1 3, 149,  or  under  patent  applications  of  Radio  Frequency  Laboratories,  Inc. 

THE    CROSLEY    RADIO    CORPORATION,    CINCINNATI,    OHIO 

Powel  Crosley,  Jr.,  President 

Owning  and  Operating  WLW,  6rst  remote  control  super-power  broadcasting  station  in  America 


* 


The  Crosley  5-tube— RFL-60 

A  set  of  marvelous  performance 
and    beautified    by    the 
artistic     decorative    Hk/^O 


panel 


The  Crosley  5-tube— RFL- 75 

Simplicity  and  speed  in  tuning, 
fidelity  of  tone  and  decorative 
beauty,  enhanced  by  the 
art  panel 

Add  10%  to  all  prices  west  of  the  Rockies 


BETTER— COSTS    LESS 


FOR    THE    ENTERTAINMENT    CORNER 


\\ir    "P  ATlin     " 


696 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


andnov 

more  stations 
come  in 

distinctly 


A  UX  Power  Tube 

will  increase  the  clarity  and  vol- 
ume of  YOUR  set 

REWIRING  UNNECESSARY 

NOTE:  The  UX-120  tube  for  dry  battery  sets  and 
the  UX-112  for  storage  battery  sets  reproduce  more 
perfectly  the  excellent  broadcasting  of  to-day. 
These  tubes  handle  the  powerful  signals  of  nearby 
stations  so  that  the  quality  of  the  tone  is  preserved 
without  distortion.  You  can  easily  obtain  this  in- 
crease in  clarity  without  rewiring  your  set.  A  com- 
plete line  of  Na-Ald  Adapters  and  Connectoralds 
have  been  made  to 
meet  this  purpose. 
Their  scientific  design 
insures  a  nicety  of  op- 
eration. Below  are 
given  three  efficient 
and  easily  made  appli- 
cations of  the  new 
power  tubes.  For  com- 
plete details  covering 
No.  920  these  and  other  appli- 

Connectorald  cations  of  the  new  tube 

mail  the  coupon  below. 

How  la  improve  storafe  battery  sets 
Clarity  and  volume  can  be  increased  in  storage 
battery  sets  by  using  the  UX-112  tube  in  the  last 
stage.  Easily  fitted  to  the  UV-201A  socket  by 
means  of  the  Na-Ald  No.  112  Connectorald  which 
provide*  cables  for  attaching  necessary  extra  B 
and  C  batteries.  Price  $1.25.  Mail  coupon  below 
for  complete  adapter  information  covering  use  of 
new  tubes  in  all  sets. 

Haw  to  improve  sets  equipped  with  UV-199  lutes 
To  increase  volume  and  clarity  in  sets  using  UV- 
199  tubes,  use  the  UX-120  tube  in  the  last  stage. 
Easily  fitted  to  the  UV-199  socket  with  a  Na-Ald 
No.  920  Connectorald  which  also  provides  cables 
for  attaching  necessary  extra  45  volts  B  battery 
and  22J  volts  C  battery  required  for  the  UX  tube. 
Price,  $1.25. 

How  to  switch  to  dry  bat- 
teries without  sacrificial 

volume  or  quality 
The  combination  of  a 
UX-120  tube  for  the  last 
stage  with  UX-199  tubes 
in  the  other  sockets  pro- 
vides, with  dry  cells,  re- 
sults previously  obtained 
only  with  storage  bat- 
teries. Fit  UX-120  tube 
to  the  UV-201A  Socket 
with  Na-Ald  Connector- 
aid  No.  120.  Cables 
provided  for  attaching 
extra  B  and  C  batteries. 
Fit  UX-199  tubes  in  all 
other  sockets  with  Na- 
Ald  No.  419-X  Adapters. 
Price,  No.  120  Connect- 
orald, $1.25;  No.  419-X 
Adapter,  35c. 


No.  120 
Connectorald 


ALDEN  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 

Dept.  B  17  Springfield,  Mass. 

All  Na-Ald  Sockets,    Dials    and    Adapters   are 
protected  by  patents.     Many  patents  Pending 


ALDEN  MFG.  CO., 

Dept.  B17.     Springfield.  Mass. 
Please  send  me  complete  information  on  how  to 
increase  volume  and  clarity  in  any  set  by  the 
use  of  the  new  tubes. 

Name 

Address 

City State 


THE 


A  Department  Devoted  to  Solv- 
ing the  Problems  of  our  Readers 

QUERIES  ANSWERED 


1.  WHAT  ARE  THE  DIMENSIONS  AND  NUMBER  OF 
TURNS  FOR  THE  COILS  USED  IN  THE  "UNI- 
VERSAL" RECEIVER  RECENTLY  DESCRIBED  IN 
RADIO  BROADCAST? 

L.  T. — Flushing,  New  York. 

2.  HOW  MAY  I  ELIMINATE  THE  REFLEX  PART  OF 
THE   ROBERTS  CIRCUIT? 

G.  C. — Altoona,  Pennsylvania. 

"UNIVERSAL"  RECEIVER  COILS 

THE  coil  units  employed  in  the  "Universal" 
receiver    may   very    easily   be    made   by 
winding  on  a  2j  inch  diameter  cylindrical 
form,  59  turns  of  No.  24  d.s.c.  wire  in  the  manner 
shown  in  Fig.  i. 


L 2%" 


No  24  D.S.C.  Wire 
FIG.     I 

The  first  winding  put  on  the  coil  form  is  the 
secondary,  and  over  it,  at  one  end  of  the  form,  is 
wrapped  a  piece  of  insulating  material,  such  as 

ANTENNA  COUPLER 

>.  To  Grid 


1  Mid-tap 


Ant 


Prim. 


Gnd. 


FIG.     2 


paper,  cambric  cloth,  etc.  The  width  of  this 
piece  is  about  TSJ  inch,  and  over  it  is  wound  15 
turns  of  the  same  wire  for  a  primary.  For  the 
interstage  coupler,  located  between  the  radio 
frequency  and  detector  tubes,  the  coil  unit  has 


J.  WHAT  ARE  THE  SIMPLE  LAWS  GOVERNING 
THE  CALCULATION  OF  CAPACITY  IN  SERIES 
OR  PARALLEL? 

J.  C. — Chicago,  Illinois. 

4.  PLEASE  PUBLISH  A  GOOD  THREE  TUBE  R.  F. 
CIRCUIT  FOR  A  RECEIVER  EMPLOYING  ONE 
STAGE  OF  IMPEDANCE-COUPLED  AUDIO  FRE- 
QUENCY AMPLIFICATION. 

H.  H.  McC.— Dayton,  Ohio. 

a  tap  at  the  aoth  turn  from  the  grid  end  of  the  sec- 
ondary. The  antenna  coil  unit  has  its  second- 
ary tapped  at  the  center  turn.  The  circuit 
connections  are  shown  in  Figs.  2  and  3 

ELIMINATING      THE      REFLEX      IN      THE      ROBERTS 
CIRCUIT 

THE    RADIO    BROADCAST    Knockout    four- 
tube    receiver    has    enjoyed    widespread 
popularity  for  more  than  a  year,  and  is 
still   going   strong.     For   many   it   has   proven 
to  be  the  "par  excellence"  circuit. 

In  such  a  highly  specialized  circuit  where  each 
branch  has  its  own  important  role  to  play,  there 
is  bound  to  be  trouble  when  constructors  dis- 
regard the  simple  fundamental  rules  of  receiver 
design,  or  where  cheap  parts  are  substituted 
for  those  recommended. 

R.F.&  DETECTOR 
COUPLER 

To  Isolating 
Condenser 


To  Plate 

of 
R.F  Tube 


V. 


to  Primary 

of 
Audio  Transformer 


To  Plate  of 
"Detector  Tube 


->-  ToNeutCond. 


FIG.    3 

Reflex,  at  its  best,  is  a  system  of  dual  ampli- 
fication that  must  be  handled  with  utmost 
consideration  and,  when  installed  properly  in  a 
receiver,  offers  advantages,  economically  and 
electrically,  that  cannot  be  seriously  disregarded. 

However,  there  are  those  who,  in  attempting 
to  rid  their  receiver  of  the  troubles  caused  by  an 
inefficient  reflex  system,  desire  to  eliminate  the 
reflex  feature  entirely  and  substitute  for  it  a 
stage  of  straight  audio  frequency  amplification. 

The  circuit-changes  necessary  to  make-over  a 
four-tube  receiver  are  few,  and  are  shown  in 
Figs.  4  and  5.  In  Fig.  4  the  regular  four-tube 
circuit  is  shown.  Fig.  5  shows  the  new  circuit. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


007 


Type  BD1-A 

NATIONAL 
TUNING   UNIT 

Embodying  the  genuine 
Browning-Drake  Induct- 
ance Coil  and  the  NA- 
TIONAL Condenser 


The  New  NATIONAL 
EQUICYCLE  Condenser 

The  latest  development  in  straight  line  frequency  con- 
trol as  applied  to  NATIONAL  Condenser  design. 
Increases  range  of  rotation  from  180°  to  270°,  permit- 
ting more  precise  adjustment  and  sharper  separation 
of  stations,  and  accomplishes  this  WITHOUT 
GEARS,  CAMS,  OR  LEVERS. 


It  changes 
a  mob 
into  an 
orderly 

procession 


Type  BD2-A 

NATIONAL 
TUNING    UNIT 

Embodying  the  genuine 
Browning  -  Drake  Trans- 
former and  the  NATION- 
AL Condenser 


and 

lengthens 
the  line 

of 
march! 


(Patented  February  10,  1925) 


Tests  Conducted  at  Harvard  University,  by  Prof.  Field,  give  characteristics  of  the  new 
Equicycle  Condenser  as  indicated  by  the  following  graph: 


— The  novel  shape 
of  the  plates  spaces 
the  station  groups  at 
equal  intervals  of  10 
kilocycles  (as  speci- 
fied by  the  U.  S.  De- 
partment of  Com- 
merce) in  a  true 
straight  frequency 
line. 


Type   B 

NATIONAL     VELVET 
VERNIER    DIAL 


o,  §  C; 

o  o  o 

Frequency  in  O  Kilocycles  O  O 

*S 

S 

_—  2, 
Y) 

1 

"X 

^ 

1 

^ 

S 

^ 

i 

\ 

X 

*v 

n-4 

•— 

S 

X 

i 

N 

^ 

^ 

^ 

N 

s 

^> 

[N 

_  Tuning  P&nge  of  Standard  180°  Condenser^ 

N 

Tuninq'R&nQe  of  Natic 

nal 

£quici/cle  Condenser 
~ 

"^ 

^? 

tl 

c.c 

L.C 

T.  T 
M 

->ndt 
Jli  = 
jbe 
eas 
•>era 

>nse 
3/5/ 
lit 
*rer* 
>ing 

r~2't 
1.H. 

TOM 

/f./= 

\ 
I? 

-<*( 

L 

Hi 

witri  plate  i 
tent  Made  1} 
Conditions. 

OciC 

nde 

ed. 

S 

Of 

— The  same  electric- 
al efficiency  and  me- 
chanical ruggedness 
that  have  always 
characterized  NA- 
TIONAL DX  Con- 
densers have  been 
embodied  in  the  new 
NATIONAL 
EQUICYCLE 
Condenser. 


SO.    Dial  Setting       100. 


150. 


Get    the    Genuine.    Insist    upon    NATIONAL    COMPANY'S 

RADIO    Products.     Your    dealer    appreciates    your 

patronage  and  will  gladly  get  them  for  you. 

Write  for  Bulletin  m-RB 

NATIONAL  COMPANY,  Inc. 

W.  A.  READY,  PRESIDENT 
110  Brookline  St.  Cambridge,  Mass. 

if  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  if 


NATIONAL 

TRANSMITTING 

CONDENSER 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


A  BETTER 
LEAD-IN 


Then  this 
picture  will 
tell  you  why 
you  should  re- 
fuse anything 
but  an  Electrad 
Certified  Lead'In. 
Saves  marring  your  window  or 
door  frames.  Fits  under  locked 
windows.  Bends  to  any  de- 
sired shape.  Imitations  do  that 
too,  but  they  stop  there.  Notice 
what  else  you  obtain  in  this  Electrad 
Lead'In.  Insulation,  10  inches  long, 
waterproofed  and  protected  entire 
length.  Riveted  and  soldered  Fahne' 
stock  clips. 

Sold  at  all  good  radio  stores  and 
counters.  Price  40c.  Canada  60c. 
Ask  for  it  by  name.  For  safety's  sake 
refuse  imitations. 


For 

Clearer 
Purer 
Reception 
Do  This 

Place  an  Electrad  Audiohm  across  the  second- 
ary of  your  audio-transformer.  Then  you 
will  enjoy  your  radio.  Kills  distortion,  elim- 
inates squeals  and  howls.  Fits  all  audio  trans- 
formers.  Easy  to  attach.  For  sale  at  good  radio 
stores  and  counters.  $1.50.  Canada  $2.10. 


Jill 


ELECTRAD 

INC. 

428  Broadway  New  York 

Makers  of  Certified  Radio  'Essentials  and  Accessories: 
Grid  Leaks,  Fixed  Condensers.  By-Pass  Condensers, 
Variohms,  Resistances,  Rheostats  and  Potentiometers, 
Jacks,  Switches,  etc.  Write  for  catalog. 


FIG.    4 


the   dotted   lines   indicating   that   part   of   the 
former  circuit  which  was  reflexed. 

It  may  be  observed  from  these  two  circuit 
sketches  that  the  audio  transformer  employed 
as  the  reflex  agent  is  merely  eliminated  from  its 
position  and  re-located  as  the  transformer  for 
the  first  straight  audio  amplifier.  The  primary 


but  has  not  the  correct  size,  as  recommended,  on 
hand. 

It  is  quite  a  simple  matter  to  get  over  this, 
however,  by  the  combination  of  a  variable  and  a 
fixed  condenser. 

For  example,  suppose  a  condenser  of  .001  mfd. 
is  desired.  By  shunting  the  usually  handy 
.0005  variable  condenser  with  a  fixed  .0005. 
mfd.  condenser,  the  desired  capacity  is  obtained. 


FIG.    5 


C2 


\\ 


of  the  push-pull  input  transformer,  instead  of 
being  in  the  plate  circuit  of  the  radio  frequency 
tube,  is  in  the  plate  circuit  of  the  new  audio 
stage. 

With  the  new  circuit,  where  ux-i  12  tubes  are 
used  in  the  push-pull  amplifier,  well-nigh  perfect 
reproduction  will  result,     With  the  use  of  this 
type  of  tube,  it  is  es- 
sential that  9  volts  C 
battery    be    employed 
as  a  grid  bias  for  the 
push-pull   amplifier, 
with    135    volts   plate 
potential. 


CONDENSERS  IN  SERIES 
AND    PARALLEL 

IT  IS  often  the  case 
that  the  radio  man 
will  require  a  con- 
denser of  a    certain 
specified  capacity  when 
experimentally     hook- 
ing up  a   new  circuit 


Max.     .0005  mfd 
Min.  .000025   - 


If,  with  this  same  variable  condenser,  it  is  desired 
to  lower  the  total  capacity  in  a  circuit  to  which 
it  is  applied,  then  a  condenser  in  series  with  it 
will  produce  the  desired  result. 

In  the  first  case — the  fixed  condenser  in  parallel1 
arrangement— the  minimum  capacity  that  can. 
be  obtained  with  the  plates  of  the  variable 
condenser  completely 
unmeshed  will  be 
greater  than  when  only 
the  variable  condenser 
alone  is  used,  by  a  ca- 
i  Q-  pacity  equal  to  that  of 
the  fixed  condenser 
used.  If  the  minimum 
capacity  of  the  varia- 
ble condenser  is.oooo2^ 
mfd.,  the  total  mini- 
mum capacity  of  the 
two  condensers  is 


.0005 
mfd. 


C  - 


-------  C  ----- 


FIG.     6 


.000025  plus  .0005 
mfd.  See  Fig.  6.  If 
the  condensers  are  ar- 
ranged in  series,  as  in 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


699 


* 


radio  is  always  top  notch. 
What  do  you  do  to  keep  it  so  full 

of  pep?" 


KEEPING  your  "B"  batteries  full  of  pep,  without 
frequent  renewals,  is  simply  a  matter  of  using  the 
right  size  Evereadys  for  your  particular  set  with 
a  "C"  battery*. 

The  rule  which  determines  the  right  size  "B" 
batteries  to  use  is  so  simple  no  one  can  make  a  mis- 
take, and  once  learned  it  definitely  settles  the  ques- 
tion of  "B"  battery  service  and  economy. 

On  1  to  3  tubes  —  Use  Eveready  No.  772. 

On  4  or  more  tubes  —  Use  the  Heavy  Duty 

"B"  Batteries,  either  No.  770,   or  the  even 

longer-lived    Eveready 

Layerbilt  No.  486. 

On  all  but  single  tube  sets 

— Use  a  "C"  battery. 

When  following  these 
rules,  No.  772,  on  1  to  3 
tube  sets,  will  last  for  a  year 
or  more,  and  Heavy  Duties 
on  sets  of  4  or  more  tubes, 
for  8  months  or  longer. 

These  life  figures  are 
based  on  the  established  fact 
that  the  average  year-round 
use  of  a  set  is  2  hours  a  day. 

A  pair  of  Eveready  No. 
772's  for  a  5-tube  set 


instead  of  2  Eveready  No.  770's  or  2  Eveready 
Layerbilts  No.  486 — looks  at  first  glance  like  an 
economy  because  of  lower  first  cost.  But  in  a  few 
months  the  772's  will  be  exhausted  and  have  to  be 
replaced.  After  the  same  length  of  time  the  Ever- 
eady No.  770's  or  the  Eveready  Layerbilts  No.  486 
will  still  be  good  for  many  more  months  of  service. 
We  have  prepared  for  your  individual  use  a  new 
booklet,  "Choosing  and  Using  the  Right  Radio 
Batteries,"  which  we  will  be  glad  to  send  you  upon 
request.  This  booklet  also  tells  about  the  proper 

battery   equipment   for  use 
with  the  new  power  tubes. 

•NOTE  :  In  addition  to  the  increased 
life   which   an    Eveready   "C"   Bat- 
tery gives  to  your  "B"  batteries,  it 
will   add   a  quality  of  reception 
unobtainable  without  it. 
Manufactured  and  guaranteed  by 
NATIONAL   CARBON   Co.,    Inc. 
New  York  San  Francisco 

Canadian  National  Carbon  Co.,  Limited 
Toronto,  Ontario 


LEFT-JVo.  486, 

jor  4,  5  of  more 

tubes.    $5.50. 


RIGHT-  Ever- 
eady Dry  Cell 
Radio  "A"  Bat- 
tery, \V,  volts. 


Radio  Batteries 

~they  last  longer 


Tuesday  night  means  Eveready  Hour  —  9 
P.  M.,  Eastern  Standard  Time,  through  the 
following  stations: 


WEKT  -New  York 
WJAR—  Providence 
WKB-AofM 


vrsAi-Cincinnati 
WEAR—  Cleveland 
Vfv/j-Detroit 
wen-Chicago 
Viac-Davmtort 
Turrn  i  Minneapolis 

'"  \  St.  Paul 
Louis 

Pacific  Coast,  Eveready  Program, 
uco-San  Francisco.  &  to1)  P.  M. 


v,'Vi-Philadelphia 

V!GK-Bufalo 

WCKZ-Pittsburgh 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


700 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


The  AmerTran 
DeLuxcis  made  in 
two  types,  a  first 
and  second  stage, 
Price,  either  type, 
$10.00. 


^A  Hew  Standard  of  Excellence 
in  A udioAmplif (cation 

The  realism  of  this  new  audio  trans- 
former  is  outstanding.  Realism  of 
this  kind  results  from  the  uniform 
amplification  of  the  fundamental 
tones  of  the  lower  register.  The 
AmerTran  DeLuxe  makes  possible 
the  natural  reproduction  of  not  only 
the  Overtones,  but  all  of  the  trans' 
mitted  Fundamental  tones. 


The  AmerChoke 
type  854  is  a  choke 
coil  or  impedance 
of  general  utility. 
Price  $6.00. 


A  Good  Audio  Amplifier 

Requires  enough  plate  and  grid  bias 
voltage  on  its  tubes  to  prevent  them 
from  being  overloaded  by  the  signal 
voltage. 

The  AmerTran  PF-45  or  PF-52  with 
the  half  wave  high  voltage  rectifying 
tubes  now  available  and  suitable 
condensers  and  resistances— together 
with  three  AmerChokes  Type  854 
will  furnish  these  proper  voltages. 
This  combination  will  give  real 
quality  loudspeaker  volume.  Amer' 
Tran  Power  Transformers  also  sup- 
ply A.  C.  filament  current  for  the 
last  audio  tube.  A 


AmerTran  Audio 
Transformers  type 
AF6  (turn  Ratio  5) 
and  AF7  (turn  ratio 
3H)  are  the  leaders 
in  their  class.   Price, 
either  type,  $5.00. 


Write  for  booklet  describing  these  and  other 

AmerTranProducta — with  recommendations 

on  their  use.    It's  free  on  request.  All  prices 

are  F.  O.  B.  Newark,  N.  J. 

AMERICAN  TRANSFORMER  CO. 

178  Emmet  Street,  Newark,  N.  J. 

"Transformer  builders  for  over  twenty-fire  years" 

Sold  Only  at  Authorized  AmerTran  Dealers. 


Fig.  7,  then  the  minimum  capacity  of  the  cir- 
cuit is  calculated  by  the  following  formula: 


where  Q  equals  the  minimum  capacity  of  the 
variable  condenser  (.000025  mfd.)  and  Ct  equals 


Min.  .000025  mfd. 
Max  .0005 


.0005  mfd. 


C2 


C-T 


FIG   7. 

the  capacity  of  the  fixed  condenser, 
stitution  in  this  formula,  we  get: 


—  -f  — 
Ci   T  Cz 


By  sub- 


=  .000024  mfd. 


i 
.000025     .0005 


.0005 


The  same  formula  may  be  applied  for  finding 
the  maximum  capacity  of  the  arrangement, 
the  maximum  capacity  of  the  variable  condenser 
being  substituted  for  d. 

AN    IMPEDANCE-COUPLED    AUDIO    AMPLIFIER 

FOR   a    means   of    amplifying   audio    fre- 
quencies,    the     impedance     method      is 
commendable  because  of  its  simplicity  of 
connection,  and  also  because  use  can  be  made  of 
discarded    transformers   or  other  coils.     From 
the  circuit  in  Fig.  8  it  will  be  seen  that  all  that 
is  necessary  for  a  coupling  agent  between  the  re- 
generative detector  tube  and  the  first  audio  tube, 
is  a  coil  having  an  iron  core.     Of  course,  this 


coil  unit  should  have  certain  definite  dimensions 
for  most  efficient  functioning,  but  it  has  been 
found  that  such  coil  units  as  the  secondary  of  a 
transformer  which  has  been  rendered  useless  by 
a  burned-out  primary,  or  the  wire-wound  bobbins 
of  discarded  head  phones,  are  satisfactory  make- 
shifts for  an  amplifier  unit.  The  connections 
for  an  entire  receiving  circuit,  showing  the 
application  of  an  impedance  or  choke  coil  to  it, 
are  clearly  indicated  in  the  accompanying 
circuit  diagram. 

The  two  tuning  units  in  this  circuit  are  stand- 
ard coupler  units.  In  the  antenna  unit,  the 
secondary  coil  is  tapped  at  the  mid-turn  for  the 
filament  return  connection.  Rice  neutralization 
is  employed.  The  neutralizing  condenser  is  con- 
nected between  the  plate  of  the  radio  frequency 
tube  and  the  lower  end  of  the  first  coil-unit 
secondary.  These  connections  are  clearly  shown 
in  the  diagram.  The  value  of  the  neutralizing 
condenser  is  .000016  mfd.  The  tuning  con- 
densers are  both  about  .0005  mfd. 

The  similarity  between  impedance  and  resis- 
tance audio  amplification  is  apparent  from  a 
glance  at  the  circuit  diagram.  In  resistance  am- 
plification a  resistor  of  approximately  100,000 
ohms  is  substituted  for  the  impedance  coil,  and 
there  is  a  B  battery  voltage  drop  across  the 
plate  resistance.  Any  variation  in  voltage  causes 
a  corresponding  voltage  variation  in  the  resistor, 
and  these  voltage  variations  are  applied  to  the 
grid  of  the  succeding  tube,  and  magnified  by  the 
latter's  action.  For  an  impedance  amplifier,  the 
general  action  is  much  the  same,  with  the  ex- 
ception that,  instead  of  utilizing  the  voltage  drop 
across  a  resistance,  the  variation  in  voltage 
across  an  inductance  is  used.  It  is  essential  that 
the  isolating  condenser  C,  should  be  of  the 
highest  quality,  one  of  mica  dielectric  being  rec- 
ommended. 


'CHOKE  OR  IMPEDANCE 
AUDIO  AMPLIFIER 


FIG.    8 


GRID  INQUIRY  BLANK 
Editor,  The  Grid 

RADIO  BROADCAST 

Garden  City,  J^eu>  Yorlf 

DEAR  SIR, 

Please  give  me  the  fullest  information  on  the  attached  questions.      I  enclose  a  stamped 
envelope. 

CH     I  am  a  subscriber  to  RADIO  BROADCAST  and  therefore  will  receive  this  information  free 
of  charge. 

D     I  am  not  a  subscriber  and  enclose  $1  to  cover  cost  of  answers. 


NAME 


ADDRESS  . 
G.  A. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


701 


R 


H"amm  ar  Ivmdl    ) 


•hinoton,    D.    C, 


Testimonials  on  the 

Hamtnarlund-Roberts 

Receiver 

i 

Qrandview,    Washinoton 

Last  night  I  received  PWX 
at  Havana,  Cuba  on  the 
loud  speaker.  Other  sta- 
tions that  I  get  regularly 
are :  WFGB  at  Atlanta, 
Georgia;  WSM,  Nashville, 
Tenn. ;  WGY.  Schenectady, 
N.  Y.;  WSMB,  New  Or- 
leans. Louisiana ;  C'/K, 
Mexico  City,  Mexico. 
Ready  to  back  your  set 
against  any  other  of  the 
same  size.  Logged  over 
100  stations  the  first  weelr 
R.  F. 

2 
Butte,   Montana 

During  tests  the  Hammai- 
lund-Roberts  was  installed 
in  the  Butte  Radio  Club 
Headquarters  and  dials  set 
Tor  2LO.  Immediately  we 
were  able  to  get  through 
for  a  few  moments,  long 
enough  to  hear  announce- 
ments made  in  English, 
German,  and  Spanish.  This 
was  followed  by  both  in- 
strumental and  vocal  music. 
M.  R.  C. 


Wheeling,    W.    Va. 

On  January  25th,  1926,  I 
picked  up  7EAJ  of  Madrid, 
Spain.  Reception  was  so 
loud  and  clear  from  the 
cone  speaker.  It  was  de- 
sirable to  cut  the  volume 
considerably. 

I  have  received  CZE  of 
Mexico  City  and  PWX  of 
Havana.  Cuba ;  both  of 
these  stations  I  have  re- 
ceived before  these  tests 
however. 

I  have  logged  over  90  sta- 
tions and  more  are  coming 
In  all  the  time.  N.  B.C. 


l/iousands  Have  ftufltlt! 


SIMPLICITY  of  assembly  is  an  outstanding  feature  of  the   Hammarlund-Roberts 
receiver.     Thousands  of  amateur  builders  in  all  parts  of  the  country  testify  en- 
thusiastically to  the  ease  of  assembling  this  circuit  and  express  their  delight  at  the 
results  secured  by  their  own  handiwork. 

The  secret  of  their  success  lies  in  the  flawless  technique  of  every  part  entering 
into  the  assembling  of  this  set.  The  Hammarlund-Roberts  receiver  represents  the 
composite  achievement  of  ten  leading  engineers,  backed  by  ten  of  the  best  known  man- 
ufacturers of  radio  parts.  Every  part  is  the  work  of  a  specialist  and  has  been  chosen 
because  it  meshes  easily  and  yet  efficiently  with  every  other  related  part  in  the  set. 

After  you  have  assembled  this  receiver  you  will  want  your  friends  to  call  around 
and  judge  for  themselves  your  ability  as  a  radio  engineer.  And  your  pride  will  be 
justified.  The  Hammarlund-Roberts  receiver  combines  remarkable  volume  and 
sensitivity  with  an  unusual  degree  of  selectivity  and  tone  quality.  As  for  distance — 
you  have  on  either  side  enthusiastic  testimony  by  users  of  the  Hammarlund-Roberts 
in  all  sections  of  the  country.  A  perusal  of  these  comments  will  revolutionize  all 
your  previous  ideas  of  five-tube  performance.  Should  you  desire  to  verify  any  of 
these  reports  we  will  be  glad  to  furnish  you  with  full  name  and  address  on  request. 


ilng     during    the 
>gged   in    no   less 
dozen      stations, 
regenerative    sets 
ruined   reception. 
le    to    make    out 
some  station  in 
rlca  operating  at 
s.      From    results 
I     am     sure     that 
und-Roberts   is  cap- 
Trans-Atlantic    Re- 
I   feel   that   Ham- 
Roberts    is    one    of 
buys   in   radio  to- 

G.  J.  A. 
Electrical  Engineer 


Williamsport,   Pa. 

We  have  tested  the  Ham- 
marlund-Roberts and  find  it 
to  be  exactly  as  you  rec- 
ommended. Surprising  vol- 
ume and  very  clear  and 
deep  tune,  exceedingly  se- 
lective, H.  B.  S. 


10 
Lansing,    Mich. 

On  the  first  night  of  the 
Trans-Atlantic  Tests,  I  had 
PWX,  Havana,  Cuba,  on 
the  loud  speaker,  so  loud 
that  it  could  be  heard  at 
times  all  over  s  six-room 
house. 

Have  not  heard  of  anyone 
beating  this  record.  I  have 
ten  witnesses  to  this  recep- 
tion. J.  i ;. 


13 

Morristown,    Tennessee 

I  assembled  the  Hammar- 
lund-Roberts Receiver  in 
one  day's  time.  The  set  is 
highly  efficient  and  up  to 
all  claims  made  by  you. 
I  have  owned  many  factory 
built  sets  and  will  say  that 
the  Hammarlund-Roberts  is 
superior  to  them  all.  This 
set  is  capable  of  building 
up  tremendous  volume  with- 
out distortion  and  behaves 
like  a  thoroughbred. 
I  get  New  York,  Atlantic 
City,  Jacksonville,  San 
Francisco,  Montreal,  Havana, 
Cuba,  and  Mexico  City. 


4iamma 


Hammarlund-Roberts        1182-A  Broadway,  New  York  City 


This  famous  instru- 
ment and  other  parts 
shown  here  are  some 
of  the  quality  units 
in  the  Hammarlund- 
Roberts. 


DURHAM 
RESISTORS 


RHEOSTATS 


UNION 

PHONE  TIP 

JACKS 


DIALS  and  SOCKETS 


SEND  FOR  THIS 
BOOK 

Contains  step-by-step  In- 
structions on  the  assem- 
bly, wiring  and  operation. 
of  the  Hammarlund-Rob- 
erts. Fully  illustrated ; 
most  complete  "How  to 
Build  It"  radio  book  ever 
published.  25c. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


702 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


Sent/  for  this 


The  outstanding  receiver  develop- 
ment of  the  season,  in  which  is 
combined  the  genius  of  two  of  the 
most  distinguished  radio  engineers. 
A  receiver  for  the  home  builder 
that  will  represent  for  several 
seasons  to  come  a  far 
greater  value  than  any 
other  design  available. 
Several  outstanding  fea- 
tures place  the  design  in 
a  position  far  in  advance 
of  anything  available  or 
contemplated.  Unlimited  wavelength  range, 
with  interchangeable  antenna  and  detector 
coils;  marvelously  improved  audio  trans- 
formers; a  special  self-contained  wiring 
harness;  but  one  tuning  or  station  selector 
control,  are  special  features. 
Over-all  design  is  rugged  and  solid.  Adapt- 
ed to  practically  any  standard  cabinet,  any 
standard  tube,  any  battery  or  eliminator 
source  of  supply,  outdoor  antenna  or  loop. 
Only  a  screw  driver  and  pair  of  pliers  nec- 
essary. The  set  can  be  built  at  an  ex- 
tremely low  cost  and  parts  are  readily 
available  at  all  radio  dealers. 

'Represented  Manufacturers: 

Belden  Mfg.  Co.—S-C  Wiring  Harness 

Central  Radio  Laboratories — Centralab 
Resistance 

Polymet  Mfg.  Corporation — Fixed  Con- 
densers, Leak,  and  Leak  Clips 

Poster  &  Co. — Drilled  and  Processed 
Front  Panel  and  Drilled  Sub-Panel 

Silver-Marshall,  Inc. — Variable  Con- 
densers, Coil  Sockets,  Coils,  Tube 
Sockets,  Vernier  Dial,  Mounting 
Brackets 

Thordarson  Elec.  Mfg.  Co.— £200 
Power  Transformers 

Yaxley  Mfg.  Co. — Rheostat,  Jacks, 
Switch 

Get  the  hand-book  at  your  radio  dealer's, 
or  clip  the  coupon  and  send  25  cents  to 

S-C  MERCHANDISING 

COMPANY 
65  E.  Jackson  Blvd.  Chicago 

S-C  Merchandising  Company 
65  E.  Jackson  Blvd.,  Chicago 

Herewith  please  find  25  cents  for  which 
send  me  the  hand-book  of  the  new  S-C 
Four-Tube  Receiver 


Name . . 
Address 


:Now,  I  HAVE  FOUND    *    .    < 

A  Department  for  the  Exchange  of  Ideas  and  Sugges- 
tions of  Value  to  the  Radio  Constructor  and  Operator 

(CONTRIBUTIONS  to  this  department  are  welcome  and  those  used  will  be 
^  paid  for  at  the  usual  rates,  that  is,  from  two  to  ten  dollars  each.  A  pri{e 
of  twenty-five  dollars  is  given  for  the  best  idea  used  during  each  three-month 
period.  The  prizewinner  for  the  last  period  was  announced  in  the  February 
RADIO  BROADCAST.  Manuscripts  intended  for  this  department  should  not  ex- 
ceed about  three  hundred  words  in  length,  and  should  be  typewritten.  Little  con- 
sideration can  be  given  to  manuscripts  not  typewritten.  Envelopes  should  be 
addressed  to  this  department,  RADIO  BROADCAST,  Garden  City,  New  York. 


BETTER  REPRODUCTION  IN  CONE 
SPEAKERS 

Al  EASY  way  to  eliminate  the  jingle 
in  the  high  notes  and  reproduce 
the  bass  notes  more  faithfully  in  a 
cone  loud  speaker,  taking  as  an  example 
the  Western  Electric  No.  540  AW,  is  as 
follows: 

Loosen  the  set  screw  in  front  which  holds 
the  pin,  then  remove  the  screws  in  the  back 
thus  allowing  the  metal  ring,  fibre  ring,  and 
screen  to  be  removed. 

This  exposes  the  telephone  unit  held  to 
the  frame  by  three  screws.  First,  mark 
the  frame  where  the  unit  is  held  to  it  so 
that  it  can  be  put  back  in  the  same  place, 
and  then  remove  the  screws  and  carefully 
lift  out  the  unit. 

Remove  the  screw  holding  the  pin  to 
its  support  and  insert  a  piece  of  electric  tape 
between  these  two  members,  first  making 
a  hole  through  the  tape  for  the  screw  to 
go  through.  Replace  the  screw. 

Then  slip  over  the  pin  a  rubber  tube  5 
inch  or  more  in  thickness  reaching  from 
the  base  of  the  pin  to  just  short  of  the  parch- 
ment, and  having  its  bore  slightly  smaller 
than  that  of  the  pin,  so  as  to  grip  it  tightly. 
With  the  use  of  this  system,  the  possibility 
of  bending  or  otherwise  injuring  the  pin  by 
loading  it  with  rubber  tape  is  avoided. 
See  Fig.  i. 


Cone 


/Angle 


Rubber  covering 


-Tape  Cushion 


FIG.     I 

Re-assemble,  taking  care  to  have  the  pin 
straight  and  to  put  the  telephone  unit 
back  in  the  same  place  on  the  frame  as 
marked.  Tighten  the  screw  in  front  to 
the  pin. 

Before  replacing  the  screen,  tune  in  on 
some  good  station  and  test  out  the  speaker. 
If  there  is  any  jingle  leave  the  set  screw  in 
front  secured  to  the  pin,  loosen  up  the 
screws  holding  the  telephone  unit  to  the 
frame,  and  move  the  unit  until  the  jingle 
disappears  and  the  best  reproduction  is 
obtained.  Then  tighten  up  the  screws. 

Replace  the  screen  and  rings,  thoroughly 
tightening  up  all  screws. 

WILLIAM  C.  MORRILL,  E.  E. 
New  York. 

it  Tested  and  aonroved  bv  RADIO  BROADCAST  -A 


HOW  TO  PROVIDE  A  COUN- 
TERPOISE SYSTEM 

THOSE    who    use    the     Roberts    or 
Browning-Drake    circuits    and     are 
troubled  with  broad  tuning  antenna 
couplers,  might  well  use  the  single  induct- 
ance with  a  conductively  coupled  antenna, 
placing  the  antenna  tap  about  one  third  up 


from  the  filament  end  of  the  inductance, 
and  grounding  the  negative  A  battery  line. 

For  those  who  have  the  space  or  who  live 
in  shingled  houses,  the  substitution  of  a 
counterpoise  for  a  ground  (entirely  elimi- 
nating the  ground  will  materially  sharpen 
the  tuning  and  in  my  case  was  found  to 
produce  much  clearer  signals,  with  greater 
intensity,  than  with  the  ground.  The 
lower  edge  of  the  shingles  generally  stops 
about  3  feet  from  the  ground  and  overhangs 
the  foundation  wall  by  several  inches. 
Small  insulated  screw  eyes  placed  under 
the  shingle-overhang  all  the  way  around 
the  house  will  hold  a  good  counterpoise. 
If  the  shingles  go  all  the  way  to  the  ground, 
a  row  of  screw  eyes  about  the  height  of  the 
doorways  will  work  almost  as  good.  See 
Fig.  2. 

My  antenna  combination  is  now  an  80- 
foot  antenna  and  a  loo-foot  counterpoise. 

J.  B.  GREENMAN, 
Montclair,  New  Jersey. 

SOME  NOTES  ON  SILVER'S  MODEL 

1926    RECEIVER    WITH    CHOKE 

AMPLIFICATION 

VARIATIONS  on  the  theme  of 
McMurdo  Silver's  "Model  1926 
Broadcast  Receiver,"  introduced 
to  its  readers  in  the  November,  1925, 
number  of  RADIO  BROADCAST,  were  pre- 
sented by  E.  R.  Pfaff  in  the  January, 
1926,  number.  Before  the  appearance  of 
the  latter  article,  the  writer  had  con- 
structed a  receiver  of  this  type  using 
Thordarson  Autoformer  audio  amplifica- 
tion. As  the  set  was  constructed  for 
experimental  purposes,  and  this  circuit  is 
peculiarly  adapted  to  this  end,  one  or  two 
wrinkles  used  may  be  of  interest. 

As   described,   the  set   has   no  binding 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


703 


aradofi 


ECTROSTA1IC    CONDENSERS 


19  YEARS  OF  SPECIALIZATION 

IN  THE  RADIO  FIELD 


TYPE  I  TERMINALS 

For  Soldered  Connections  in  Any 
Portion  of  Circuit 


TYPE  II  TERMINALS 

Holds  Standard  Cartridge  Grid  Leak- 
Also  Takes  Soldered  Connections 


TYPE  III  TERMINALS 

For  Transformer  or  Other  Binding 

Post  Mounting 
Also  Takes  Soldered  Connections 


are  behind  each  Condenser  Trade  Marked 


* 


In  Radio  Receiving  Sets 

The  Biggest  Little  Things  Are 

The  FIXED  CONDENSERS 


The  MODEL  T  FARADON  is  furnished  in  all  usual 
sizes  to  meet  the  requirements  of  Quality  Performance. 


Quotations  covering  quantity  requirements  furnished 

to 

SET  MANUFACTURERS 
promptly  upon  request. 


Some  Important  FARADON  Users: 
U.  S.  Army  General  Electric  Co. 

U.  S.  Navy  Radio  Corp.  of  America 

U.  S.  Signal  Corps  Western  Electric  Company 

U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards  Tropical  Radio  Tel.  Co. 

Westinghouse  Electric  85  Mfg.  Co. 


WIRELESS  SPECIALTY  APPARATUS  COMPANY 


JAMAICA  PLAIN  —  BOSTON,  MASS. 

if  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  Vk" 


704 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


Seven  Years  of  Superiority 

KNOWN  as  the  original  HI-MU  tubes 
before  the  days  of  BCL; 
Preferred  by  amateurs  and  experts  be' 
fore  the  first  popular  receiving  set  was  sold; 
Progressively  improved  in  construction 
and  performance; 

Made  in  the  newest  and  best  equipped 
plant  in  America. 

Get  the  World  on  Your  Dial 
With  Myers  Tubes 

Low  impedance,  high  amplification  constant,  high 
mutual  conductance.  Best  results  in  any  circuit 
—impedance,  resistance  or  transformer  coupled. 

cAt  Your  'Dealer's 

Myers  Radio  Tube  Corporation 
Cleveland,  Ohio 

Attractive,  compact,  correct 
inside  and  out,  no  clumsy 
materials.  Made  by  pioneer 
designers  and  builders  of 
Radio  Tubes. 


PUT 


Marvelous 

Clarity  and 

Distance 

Use  Myers  Tubes 
in  any  set  and  get 
better  results  in  vol- 
ume,  tone,  range 
and  ease  of  control. 
Made  with  stand- 
ard four  prong  base, 
or  double  -  end,  in 
types  Myers  01  A, 
Myers  01  X,  My- 
ers 99,  Myers  99  X. 

List  Price 
Type  01  $2.00 
Type  99    2.25 

At  Your  Dealers 


SEND  FOR 

New  No.  739  Circular  describing  special 

voltmeters  for  Radiola,  Victor 

and  Brunswick  sets 


Jewell 


Order  from  Dealer  j^ 

Electrical  Instrument  Co. 


1650  Walnut  St.  -  Chicago 

"26  Years  Making  Good  Instruments" 


posts,  the  ends  of  a  Belden  battery  cord 
being  attached  directly  to  various  terminals, 
transformer,  switch,  etc.,  in  the  set.  For 
experimental  purposes,  it  is  handier  to  use 
binding  posts,  however.  Choke  amplifica- 
tion may  be  used  with  either  90  or  120-135 
volts  of  B  battery.  In  case  90  volts  of  B 
battery  is  used,  the  90  volts  go  to  both  r.f. 
and  a.f.  amplifiers,  while  the  detector  re- 
ceives 45  volts.  If,  however,  it  is  desired 


To  coils  &        To 
Condensers    Switch 


To 

Rheostat 


TO     TOA.F. 

A.F.  Resistances 


FIG.     3 


to  employ  120-135  volts  of  B  battery 
on  the  last  audio  stage,  then  the  r.f.  am- 
plifier and  the  first  two  stages  of  audio 
receive  90  volts.  There  are  three  separate 
units  to  be  provided  for,  the  r.f.,  ist  and 
2nd  a.f.  amplifiers,  the  detector,  and  the 
last  a.f.  amplifier  stage.  If  three  B  plus 
binding  posts  are  used,  one  for  each  unit, 
the  a.f.,  r.f.,  or  the  detector  may  be  quickly 
connected  at  the  binding  posts  to  facilitate 
the  use  of  various  values  of  B  potential 
without  tearing  the  set  apart. 

The  December,  1926,  RADIO  BROADCAST 
contained  two  very  interesting  articles 
on  the  use  of  high-mu  tubes,  one  by  Keith 
Henney  and  the  other  by  Glenn  H.  Brown- 
ing. The  latter  describes  the  use  of  Daven 


wood  Mandrel  with  ISspokes 


Bushings  with 
/  set  screws  > 


--  2  - 


.'    HDia.  Rod 

VM 


pr-ea 


tHi    ;, 

Wood  disc 
'  '  with  nails 
(or  counte 

Spike  o 
rod  2i 

x 

r  brass 

l*«Vii 

/Dasher- 

,  WOOd  ; 

/Support!  / 
-C---1S4--* 

i 

f-  Crank 

T  —  —  ^ 

//H 

Small  finishing 
nails  %  :l'lon( 

Baseboard 


FIG.    4 

high-mu  tubes  in  conjunction  with  Na- 
tional chokes,  using  90  volts  of  B  battery. 
When  two  Daven  MU-2O  and  one  Daven 
MU-6  (in  the  last  stage)  are  used  in  the 
"Model  1926  Receiver"  with  Thordarson 
chokes  on  90  volts,  an  appreciable  gain  in 
volume  is  experienced.  When,  however, 
120-135  volts  of  B  battery  are  used  in  the 
a.f.  circuit,  as  suggested  by  Mr.  Henney,  the 
receiver  talks  right  out.  Furthermore, 
quality  is  not  sacrificed. 

When  Daven  tubes  are  used,  the  rheostat 
lead  to  these  tubes  may  be  disconnected 
from  the  rheostat  and  connected  directly  to 
the  current  supply,  as  these  tubes  operate 

TesteH  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  -f 


directly  from  a  6-volt  battery.  A  switch 
of  the  midget  type  mounted  inside  the  set 
makes  this  change  simple. 

To  care  for  added  C  battery  (6  to  ~j\ 
volts)  to  the  a.f.  circuit,  an  extra  pair  of  C 
binding  posts  may  be  used  to  advantage,  as 
indicated  in  Fig.  3. 

DAVENPORT  HOOKER, 
Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania. 

A  HOME-MADE  COIL  WINDER  FOR 
DIAMONDWEAVE  COILS 

THOSE  preferring  to  "roll  their  own" 
will  find  in  the  accompanying  sketches, 
Figs.  4,  5,  and  6,  sufficient  instruc- 
tions to  build  an  efficient  coil  winder  for 
diamondweave    coils.     It    consists    of    a 
wood   mandrel    and    metal   spokes   for  a 
coil    form,    mounted   on    a   shaft;   also   a 
counter  and  a  wire  guide  made  of  small 
thread  spools,  and  a  small  screw  eye  to 
give  correct  tension  to  the  wire. 


Brassor 
Wood  Bushing 

,  Wood  Spool 
ft    '•*                4 

r 

a  ,,,,73, 

ft 

P  1~ 

Brass  strip 
%"  wide  "-.4 

%2  Threaded     , 

—  -  f 

a 

"* 

y^         " 

f\              ^3 

Rod      ~'*H 

dE" 

• 
t-i 

-*>-,  Y      Y 

J=-             f                   1          -         I           "^ 

FIG.     5 

Care  must  be  taken  in  marking  and  bor- 
ing to  the  correct  size,  the  holes  in  the 
mandrel  to  take  the  spokes.  Place  the 
spool  or  wire  guide  in  an  upright  position, 
and  far  enough  away  from  the  winder 
proper  to  allow  easy  handling  of  the  wire 
with  the  hand  (about  five  inches  from  the 
shaft  support).  To  wind,  run  the  wire 
through  the  eye  and  under  first  spool,  then 
between  the  two  and  over  the  top  spool; 
set  counter  and  begin  winding.  With  a 
little  practice  one  can  soon  learn  the 
"swing"  of  "over  two,  under  two,"  done 
with  the  left  hand. 

After  winding,  remove  the  mandrel 
from  the  shaft,  pull  the  spokes  just  out  of 
the  wood,  but  leave  them  engaged  in  the 
wire  until  sewn.  About  twenty  nails  in 


Wood  Mandrel  of 
diameterdesired 


,  2%  *3/iJ  Spike 
or  Brass  Rod 


FIG.     6 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


705 


This  is  Station  2-L.O.  London,— 12  Midnight 


WHEN  listeners-in  on  this  side   of  the  At- 
lantic first  heard  the  voice  of  the  British 
announcer,  and  then  a  program  of  music  from  the 
famous  Savoy  in  London,  they  experienced  one  of 
the  real  thrills  of  radio. 

To  get  everything  that  is  on  the  air — the  faint  sig- 
nals as  well  as  the  strong  ones — effective  insulation 
of  all  radio  parts  is  a  prime  essential.  The  best 
way  to  make  sure  that  a  radio  set  or  parts  are  well 
insulated,  is  to  buy  those  in  which  Bakelite  is  used. 

Bakelite  is  used  by  95%  of  radio  set  and  parts 
manufacturers.  It  is  the  standard  material  for 
front  and  base  panels,  dials,  knobs,  tube  sockets 
and  bases,  fixed  and  variable  condensers,  rheostats, 
plugs  and  other  radio  accessories  and  parts.  Write 
us  for  a  copy  of  Booklet  No.  29,  "Bakelite  in  Radio" 
— it's  a  helpful  guide  in  buying  radio  equipment. 


BAKELITE   CORPORATION 

247  Park  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y. 
Chicago  Office:  636  West  22nd  St. 

BAKELITE  CORPORATION  of  CANADA,  Ltd. 
163  Dufferin  Street,   Toronto,   Ontario,  Canada. 


BAKE  LIT 

REGISTERED        j    f^  \ U_._S.  PAT.  OFF. 


THE   MATERIAL   OF 


A  THOUSAND  USES 


"The  registered  Trade  Mark  and  Symbol  shown  above  may  be  used  only  on  products  made  from  materials 
manufactured  by  Bakelite  Corporation.  Under  the  capital  "B"  is  the  numerical  sign  for  infinity,  or  unlimited, 
quantity  It  symbolizes  the  infinite  number  of  present  and  future  uses  of  Bakelite  Corporation's  products." 

^  Tested  and  approved  bv  RADIO  BROADCAST  ^ 


706 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


screw  machine 
products 

— brass 


For  plugs,  jacks,  clips, 
condenser  and  trans- 
former parts,  etc., 
BRASS  assures  econo- 
my in  quantity  pro- 
duction. It  also  gives 
the  right  electrical 
conductivity  and  the 
mechanical  accuracy 
essential  to  proper  op- 
eration of  radio  sets 
and  parts. 


COPPERS  BRASS 

RESEARCH  ASSOCIATION 
25  Broadway,  New  York 


STATIC  ; 

Without  Loss  of  Volume 


ELIMINATE  STATIC 

Enjoy  perfect  reception  regardless  of  weather 
conditions.  The  Static  Eliminator — the  newest 
and  most  startling  thins  in  Radio — cuts  out 
practically  all  static  without  loss  of  volume! 

And  in  addition  it  will  help  increase  selec- 
tivity, tune  out  local  stations,  sharpen  signals, 
remove  noises,  lessen  interference,  and  prevent 
re -radiation ! 

Use  It  with  any  receiving  set — simply  hook 
up  according  to  our  simple  instructions  and  en- 
joy perfect  reception 
unmarred  by  static. 
Satisfaction       abso- 
lutely guaranteed — • 
-     ^*KI  Money  back  if  Elim- 

«^j7    inator    is    returned 
_    ^Jl    within    5    days. 

Miil  your  order  Today. 


627 


!  :  L  Ml*.  I!/: 


United  Bank  BldiCincinnati.O. 


the  counter  disk  is  correct  for  a  two-inch 
disk.  By  means  of  the  screw  on  the  crank, 
and  the  counter,  each  turn  of  the  crank 
registers  one  complete  turn  of  the  coil. 
It  is  easier  to  use  two  rings  of  heavy  card- 
board tubing  of  given  diameter  and  half 
an  inch  in  width,  clamped  on  each  side  of 
the  spokes  with  two  pieces  of  heavy  sheet 
metal,  than  to  make  various  size  wood 
mandrels.  In  this  way,  one  mandrel 
serves  for  all  diameter  coils.  Take  care  to 
center  these  properly  on  the  form  before 
winding.  An  excellent  coil  can  be  wound 
in  this  way.  These  coils  give  fine  results 
in  a  RADIO  BROADCAST  "Knockout" 


receiver. 


MATERIAL    REQUIRED 


i — 45-inch  x  j-inch  metal  rod  for  shaft 

(60  penny  spike  will  do), 
i — Piece  of  hard  wood  f-inch  wide  and  of 

diameter  desired, 
i — Piece  of  hard  wood  5  inches  x  i  j  inches 

(support  for  shaft), 
i — Piece  of  heavy  sheet  metal  3  inches  x 

f  inches  for  crank. 
15 — 21-inch   x   A-inch    spikes  for  spokes 

(with  heads  cut  off). 
2 — Pieces  of  brass  bushing,  j-inch  inside 

diameter,    j-inch    wide,    with    set 

screws. 

i — Baseboard  about  15  x  8  x  f  inches. 
i — Small    wood    disk    about    2     inches 

diameter  j-inch  thick  for  counter, 

with  some  small  fishing  nails  to  go 

around  periphery. 
2 — Wood    spools    of   same    size    (thread 

spools.) 

2 — Pieces  of  A  threaded  rod  2  inches  long. 
2 — Pieces  of  brass  or  wood  tubing  (pipe 

stems)  |  inch  longer  than  spools. 
2 — Pieces  of  metal  strip  4  x  f  inches  wide 

to  hold  spools. 

R.  S.  HART, 
Pisgah,  Kentucky. 

A  HANDY  BATTERY  THROW-OVER 
SWITCH 

WHEN  a  vibrating  magnetic  recti- 
fier, such  as  the  "  Homcharger, " 
is  employed  to  charge  the  storage 
battery,  it  is  necessary  to  observe  the  fol- 
lowing procedure: 
To  charge: 

1.  Disconnect  battery  from  receiver. 

2.  Connect    charger   to   line   supply 

(no  volts  a.c.,  60  cycles). 

3.  Connect  battery  to  charger. 
To  discharge: 


1.  Disconnect  battery  from  charger. 

2.  Disconnect  charger  from  mains. 

3.  Connect  battery  to  receiver. 

To  eliminate  the  clumsy  connection  and 
removal  of  clips,  the  author  has  devised 
a  simple  arrangement  whereby  the  com- 
plete process  of  connection  necessary  to 
the  proper  charge  and  discharge  of  the 
baitery  is  controlled  merely  by  the  move- 
ment of  a  double-throw  switch. 

The  switching  device  is  illustrated  in  the 
accompanying  diagram,  Fig.  7.  The  di- 
mensions of  the  switch  itself  are  unim- 
portant, so  long  as  the  extra  contact  which 
connects  the  charger  to  the  line  supply  is 
made  large  enough  so  that  the  switch 
blades  connected  to  the  battery  are  en- 
tirely clear  of  their  contacts  before  the 
line  supply  is  cut  off. 

BERNARD  SALZBERG, 
New  York  City. 

ECONOMICAL  SUB-PANEL 
BRACKETS 

BEING  suddenly  faced  with  the  neces- 
sity of  making  a  pair  of  brackets 
for  a  sub-panel,  I  tried  the  following: 

Get  from  a  good  hardware  or  plumbing 
supply  store,  a  piece  of  i*s-inch  channel 
brass,  |-inch  wide.  This  will  be  shaped  as 
shown  in  i,  Fig.  8. 

Measure  how  far  the  bracket  must  pro- 
ject back  from  the  front  panel  and  add 
about  two  inches  for  support  to  fasten 
on  to  the  front  panel.  At  the  point  where 
you  wish  to  bend  the  strip  make  a  cut, 
perpendicular  and  square  across,  with  a 
hack  saw,  merely  cutting  through  the  side 
walls  as  illustrated  in  2,  Fig.  8. 

Then,  with  a  three-cornered  file,  widen 
the  saw  cut  to  a  "V"  shaped  notch,  as  in 


FIG.     7 
Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


FIG.    8 

3.  Be  sure  the  angle  at  the  bottom  of 
the  notch  is  one  of  90°  and  that  it  is  pretty 
accurately  placed  45°  on  each  side  of  the 
perpendicular.  The  bracket  is  now  bent, 
as  shown  in  4.  If  your  angle  is  correct, 
the  top  piece  will  project  from  the  panel 
exactly  square,  and  the  weight  on  the  sub- 
panel  will  be  supported  nicely  by  the  side 
walls  of  the  notch  as  they  come  together. 

Of  course,  by  regulating  the  angle  of  the 
filed  notch,  you  may  make  a  bracket  that 
projects  from  the  panel  at  any  angle  of 
more  or  less  than  90°  as  you  wish.  This 
idea  could  be  used  in  making  sets  with  a 
sloping  panel. 

To  finish  the  bracket,  fill  the  corner 
where  the  brass  was  bent,  with  solder. 
This  prevents  the  bracket  from  bending 
back  under  pressure  from  beneath,  such 
as  is  exerted  when  the  foot  on  the  sub- 
panel  rests  on  a  table  or  the  bottom  of  the 
cabinet. 

R.  L.  DOUGLAS, 
Huntington  Park,  California. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


707 


ATWATE  R  KENT 

RAD  I 


Are  you  running  a  store 
or  a  museum?" 


THAT'S  what  the  caustic  stranger 
said  to  the  radio  merchant. 

The  merchant  started  to  flare  up, 
but  thought  better  of  it.  Instead,  when 
the  visitor  departed  he  spent  a  profit- 
able half-hour  with  his  own  thoughts. 

Had  he  taken  on  too  many  lines? 
Had  he  selected  them  indiscrimi- 
nately? Didn't  unsalable  reminders 
clutter  his  shelves?  Obsolete  models, 
discontinued  by  the  manufacturer  in 
the  middle  of  the  year?  Orphan  sets 
— maker  gone  out  of  business? 

Those  job  lots  he  had  bought  to 
"move  quickly" — weren't  they  still 
hanging  around?  Yes,  and  good  sets, 
but  without  the  necessary  advertising 
to  make  people  want  them?  And  sets 
that  looked  good  but  ate  their  heads 
offin  service  calls?  Sets  t^at  had  come 
in  with  drums  beating — and  stayed 
while  the  parade  passed  on? 

"It  is  a  museum,"  said  the  merchant. 
"I  only  thought  it  was  a  store."  Where- 
upon he  cleared  out  the  relics  as  best 
he  could,  concentrated  on  two  lines 
his  customers  really  wanted,  and  lived 
happily  ever  after. 

*    *    * 
Has  the  Radio  you  handle  commer- 


cial value  ?  Is  it  a  good  product,  nation- 
ally advertised,  and  fairly  priced?  Has 
it  a  record  of  consistent  sales  and  as- 
surance of  permanence?  Does  it  sell 
easily — and  stay  sold,  enabling  you  to 
turnyour  capital  often  with  a  minimum 
of  overhead?  In  short,  is  '^.profitable 
— over  a  period  of  time? 

If  April  is  your  month  for  mental 
stock  taking — for  figuring  what  you 
have  been  doing,  where  you  stand  and 
whither  you  are  bound  —  isn't  this  a 
good  time  to  look  around,  see  what  the 
Atwater  Kent  Radio  merchants  have 
done  and  what  they  think  of  the  radio 
business? 

Perhaps  you  would  fit  into  the  pic- 
ture, too. 

EVERY  SUNDAY  EVENING 

The  Atwater  Kent  Radio  Hour  brings  you  the  stars 
of  opera  and  concert,  in  Radio's  finest  program.  Hear 
it  at  9:15  Eastern  Time,  8:15  Central  Time,  through: 


WEAF New  York 

WJAR Providence 

WEEI Boston 

WSAI Cincinnati 

WCAP Washington 

wcco  .    .    .  Minn.-Sl.  Paul 

WEAR Cleveland 

WLIB Chicago 


WFI  1.    ...    Philadelphia 
woo  /  alternating 

WCAE Pittsburgh 

WGR Bu/alo 

woe Davenport 

WTAG Worcester 

KSD St.  Louis 

wwj Detroit 


Write  for  illustrated  bookjet  of  Ativater  Kent  Radio. 
ATWATER    KENT    MANUFACTURING    CO. 

A.  At-wattr  Kent,  President 

4726  WISSAHICKON    AVENUE,    PHILADELPHIA,    PA. 


* 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  if 


708 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


FROST-RADIO 

No.  530  Socket 

for  all  new  type  tubes 

The  new  No.  530  FROST-RADIO  Socket 
takes  ALL  of  the  new  type  tubes.  It 
is  made  from  black  polished  Bakelite, 
and  has  sturdy  contact  springs  which 
hold  the  tube  prongs  for  almost  their 
entire  length.  Price  40c  at  your  near- 
est dealers. 


The  No.  630  is  a  rich-looking  socket  because  it  is 
made  from  real  Bakelite.  Takes  all  the  new  typ« 
tubes.  Price »0o 


Note  the  spring  construction  as  revealed  by  this 
cut-away  view.  These  sturdy  springs  are  held  be- 
tween cast  bosses,  and  stay  put. 


When  the  tube  is  inserted  each  prong  is  gripped 
the  full  length  on  two  sides  and  held  in  a  vice- 
like  grip.  Dirt  cannot  remain  on  the  springs  or 
prongs  here. 

HERBERT   H.   FROST,   Inc. 

314-324  WEST  SUPERIOR  ST.,  CHICAGO 
New  York  City  Cleveland  Kansas  City 

Los  Angeles 
Export  Office:  314  W.  Superior  St.,  Chicago 


Blackburn  Ground  Clamps 

Telephone  companies  using 
MILLIONS.  Adjustable  —  fits 
any  size  pipe.  Requires  no  pipe 
cleaning — screw  bores  through 
rust  and  scale.  Send  12  cents 
for  sample  and  postage. 

Blackburn  Specialty  Company 
1960  E.  66th  St.  Cleveland,  O. 


OTtXS 


PERFECT  REPRODUCER 

Loud,  Pleasing  tone.     Handsome 
material.    Distinctive  design. 

Horns,  $22.50  to  $30.00 
Units,       10.00  to    12.00 


American  fflectric 


State  &  04th  Sts. 


COMPANV 


Clih-aeo 


Short- Wave  Stations  of  the  World 

'"THIS  list,  containing  more  than  a  hundred  short-wave  stations  situated  throughout  the  world,  is 
*  about  the  most  completely  accurate  one  yet  to  be  printed.  The  Traffic  Department  of  the  Radio 
Corporation  of  America  cooperated  in  its  compilation.  Included  in  this  list  are  stations  known  to  be 
operating  on  the  wavelengths  given,  stations  licensed  for  operation,  and  stations  which  have  been  in 
operation  to  any  considerable  extent  during  the  past  year,  and  which  are  not  definitely  discontinued. 


CALL 

SIGNAL 

POP 

2XS 

2XAW 

2BR 

POP 

NKF 

2BR 

POP 

2XAD 

KFVM 

POP 

NAL 

NEPQ 

NKF 

WIK 

2  YT 

POY 

FW 

NKF 

AGA 

PCMM 

POW 

2X1 

NAL 

2YT 

ANE 

NAJ 

WQO 

PCMM 

PCUU 

KFVM 

NAS 

NAJ 

NPG 

NRRL 

NOW 

2XAC 

NKF 

2XAF 

5XH 

FW 

WIZ 

WQO 

KZA 

KZB 

PCLL 

WHO 

NPM 

2XAD 

SAJ 

WQN 

NPU 

NBA 

NKF 

WQN 

KFKX 

ANF 

1  XAO 
WQN 
KDKA 
KDC 
2YT 
KDKA 
8XS 
NPO 
WRB 
WRP 

2  XAO 
POX 
NPO 


Nauen,  Germany         .... 
Rocky  Point,  New  York  .      .      . 
Schenectady,  New  York  . 
Chelmsford,  England 

Nauen,  Germany 

Anacostia,  District  of  Columbia 
Chelmsford,  England 
Nauen,  Germany         .... 
Schenectady,  New  York  . 

SS  Iilalia 

Nauen,  Germany         .... 
Washington,  District  of  Columbia 
USS  Relief        .... 
Anacostia,  District  of  Columbia . 
New  Brunswick,  New  Jersey . 

Poldhu,  England 

Nauen,  Germany         .... 
Sainte  Assise,  France 
Anacostia,  District  of  Columbia . 

Nauen,  Germany 

Kootwijck,  Holland     .... 
Nauen,  Germany         .... 
Schenectady,  New  York  . 
Washington,  District  of  Columbia 

Poldhu,  England 

Malabar,  Java 

Great  Lakes,  Illinois  .... 
Rocky  Point,  New  York  .  .  . 
Kootwjjck,  Holland  .... 
Kootwijck,  Holland  .... 

SS  Idalia 

Pensacola,  Florida  .... 
Great  Lakes,  Illinois  .... 
San  Francisco,  California  .  .  . 

USS  Seattle 

USS  New  Mexico 

Schenectady,  New  York  . 
Anacostia,  District  of  Columbia . 
WG  Y— Schenectady    .... 
New  Orleans,  Louisiana.  . 
Sainte  Assise,  France 
New  Brunswick,  New  Jersey. 
Rocky  Point,  New  York  . 
Los  Angeles,  California     . 
Los  Angeles,  California     . 
Kootwijck,  Holland     .... 
Sharon,  Pennsylvania 
Honolulu,  Territory  of  Hawaii 
Schenectady,  New, York  . 
Karlsborg,  Sweden      .... 
Rocky  Point,  New  York  . 

Tutuila,  Samoa 

Balboa,  Canal  Zone    .... 
Anacostia,  District  of  Columbia. 
Rocky  Point,  New  York  . 
Hastings,  Nebraska     .... 

Malabar,  Java 

Belfast,  Maine 

Rocky  Point,  New  York  .      .      . 
East  Pittsburg,  Pennsylvania 
Casper,  Wyoming        .... 

Poldhu,  England 

East  Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania  . 
East  Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania  . 
Cavite,  Philippine  Islands 

Miami,  Florida 

Miami,  Florida 

Belfast,  Maine 

Nauen,  Germany  .... 
Cavite,  Philippine  Islands 


FREQUENCY 
IN  KC. 

22209 
20082 
19988 

19988 
IST.'iS 
18738 


NERM      USS  Los  Angeles 


San  Diego,  California .      .      .      . 
Anacostia,  District  of  Columbia. 
San  Diego,  California 
New  Brunswick,  New  Jersey. 

Paris,  France 

USS  Pope 

USS  Canopus 

Great  Lakes,  Illinois   . 

Quantico,  Virginia 

Iwatsuki,  Japan 

SSJdalia 

Lakehurst,  New  Jersey 
Schenectady,  New  York  . 
San  Francisco,  California 
Anacostia,  District  of  Columbia . 
Moscow,  Russia     ... 
Anacostia,  District  of  Columbia. 

Paris,  France          

San  Diego.  California 
Kahuku,  Territory  Hawaii 

Poldhu,  England 

Bolinas.  California       .      .      .      . 
East  Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania    . 

Nauen,  Germany 

Norfolk,  Virginia 

Tuckerton,  New  Jersey    . 

SS  Big  Bill 

Schenectady,  New  York  . 

SS  Eloise 

SS  Facile 

SS  Gallavant     

Belfast.  Maine 

Paris,  France 

SS  Nirvana 

SS  Bridget 


NQG 

NKF 

NPL 

WIR 

SFR 

NUQB 

NIRX 

NAJ 

NFV 

J1AA 

KFVM 

NEL 

2XK 

NPG 

NKF! 

ROW 

NKF 

SFR 

NQG 

KIO 

2  YT 

KEL 

8XS 

POX 

NAM 

WGH 

WHU 

2XK 

KFVT 

KFHV 

KFWJ 

1  XAO 

FL 

KFWK 

KFVB 

•  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


16657 
14991 
14991 
14991 
14991 
14991 
14414 
13628 
11993 
11993 
11993 
11758 
11532 
10903 
10708 
9994 
9798 
9369 
9369 
8630 
8560 
8328 
7890 
7496 
7496 
7496 
7496 
7496 
7496 
7496 
7260 
7160 
7139 
7139 
6970 
6814 
6814 
68!4 
6518 
6119 
6119 
5996 
5996 
5822 
5657 
5552 
5511 
5501 
5354 
5354 
5354 
5260 
5100 
5082 
4997 
4759 
4475 
4409 
4383 
4383 
4283 
4283 
4283 
(4283 
(3548 
4253 
4205 
4182 
4052 
3998 
3998 
3998 
3945 
3874 
3795 
3748 
3748 
3748 
3701 
3679 
3612 
3569 
3527 
3486 
3331 
3190 
3156 
3123 
2998 
2998 
2911 
2855 
2751 
2726 
2726 
2726 
2677 
2607 
2607 
2600 


WAVELENGTH 
METERS 

13.5 
14.93 

15 
15 
16 
16 

17 

18 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20.8 

22 

25 

25 

25 

25.5 

26 

27.5 

28 

30 

30.6 

32 

32 

34 

35.03 

36 

38 

40 

40 

40 

40 

40 

40 

40 

41.3 

41.88 

42 

42 

43.02 

44 

44 

44 

46 

49 

49 

50 

50 

51.5 

53 

54 

54.4 

54.5 

56 

56 

56 

57 

58.79 

59 

60 

63 

67 

68 

68.4 

68.4 

70 

70 

70 

(70  to 
184.5 

70.5 

71.3 

71.7 

74 

75 

75 

75 

76 

77.4 

79 

80 

80 

80 

81 

81.5 

83 

84 

85 

86 

90 

94 

95 

96 
100 
100 
103 
105 
109 
110 
110 
110 
112 
115 
115 
115.3 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


709 


C 


tTljr  Cnpcr  JDlatc 

tEppe  "IE" 

toi  t  f  i  st  rni  (jfi  t  {requenc;) 
tuning  tljarattertetiti 


©III  Jfrtenb* 


JJete  :f  ate* 

are  far  more  dependable  than 
strangers. 

The  logical  plate  shape  of  a  rotary 
variable  condenser  is  semicircular,  and  to 
use  these  plates  to  the  proper  advantage, 
neither  rotor  nor  stator  should  be  cut  away 
to  any  extent. 

Cardwell  Taper  Plate  Type"E"  condensers 
have  the  old  familiar  plate  shape,  but  have 
a  straight  frequency  tuning  characteristic. 

Authorities  agree  tfyat  these  condensers 
are  the  finest  instruments  ever  produced. 
Mr.  Arthur  H.  Lynch,  Editor  of  "Radio 
Broadcast,"  selected  them  as  ideal  for  use 
in  the  "Aristocrat"  and  other  receivers. 
Mr.  Gerald  M.  Best,  Editor  of  "Radio," 
uses  them  in  his  new  "Super." 

The  Type  "C"  approaches  straight 
frequency  at  minimum  but  gives  more 
separation  at  maximum. 

They  are  priced  the  same — the  .0005  mfd. 
capacity  lists  at  $5.00,  and  others,  pro- 
portionately. 

®lje  alien  23.  CarbtoeU  #Ug.  Corp. 

81  PROSPECT  STREET 
BROOKLYN,  N.  Y. 


Sc.  in  stamps 
brings  this 
booklet  on  the 
Best  Super- 
Heterodyne. 


If  your  dealer  can't 
supply  you,  order 
direct.  Write  for 
illustrated  catalogue 
and  handbook. 


"C"  6a«  a 

ntnbif teb  strattjlit  toabe 
lengtf)  tuning  tu'rbe 


C  0  it  to  t  if  $  t  f 


"THE      STANDARD      OF      COMPARISON" 


710 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


PARTS 


THE   S  C 
RECEIVER 

In  this  new,  single  control,  all-wave,  4-tube  receiver, 
designed  by  eight  eminent,  engineering  staffs,  SM 
PARTS  were  used  wherever  possible.  Their  unques- 
tionable excellence  and  dependability  made  SM  Parts 
the  logical  selection  for  this  advanced  receiver.  That 
is  why  in  almost  every  successful  receiver  design  of 
past  and  present  seasons  you  will  find  SM  Products 
— depended  upon,  and  dependable. 

THE    "SIX" 

Type  600  KIT  Includes  all  parts  necessary $53.00 

Type  610  KIT  Essentials  only,  including  3  condensers, 
3  inductances  and  3  inductance  sockets $27.75 


Type  316  Condenser, 
.00035  Mfd.  for  single 
or  gang  control.  Brass 
plates,  die  cast  frame. 
Price,  $5.75. 


SM 


THORDARSON 
RAYTHEON 


B-ELIMINATOR 


The  SM  Type  650  Kit  includes  Thordarson  Transformer,  Choke, 
Tube  Condensers,  genuine  Ratheon  Tube,  Bradleyohms  and 
all  necessary  parts $34 

This  Eliminator  will  deliver  from  20  to  200  volts  at  three  different 
adjustable  voltages  with  maximum  current  of  50  milliamperes — • 
more  than  enough  for  the  largest  receiver.  Send  for  Assembly 
Instructions  by  McMurdo  Silver lOc 

SEE  SM  PARTS  AT  YOUR  DEALERS  OR  SEND  FOR  CIRCULARS 

Silver-Marshall,    Inc* 


103  S.  Wabash  Ave.,  Chicago 


Type  801  Universal 
Vernier  Dial,  Ratio 
14.5:1.  Fits  any 
standard  condenser 
right  or  left,  180  or 
360°  movement.  Price, 
$2.50. 


Interchangeable  Coils 
for  any  wavelength. 
Standard  Sizes.  $2.50. 
Type  515  Coil  Socket, 

$1.00. 


Type  340  Com- 
pensating Con- 
denser, .000025 
Mfd.  with 
knob,  $1.50. 


Type  510  All- 
Bakelite  Socket 
for  UX  Tubes, 
50c. 


Why  not  subscribe  to  Radio  Broadcast?     By  the  year  only  $4.00;  or  two  years,  $6.00,  saving 
$2.40.     Send  direct  to  Doubleday,  Page  &  Company,  Garden  City,  New  York. 


Ifammarlund 

^  P  FIE  C  /S  /  O  A/ 

PRODUCTS 

Write  for  Descriptive  Literature 

HAMMARLUND  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

424-438  West  33rd  Street  New  York  City 


A  KEY  TO  RECENT 
RADIO  ARTICLES 

By  E.  G.  SHAULKHAUSER 


THIS  is  the  sixth  installment  of  references  to 
articles  which  have  appeared  recently  in  var- 
ious radio  periodicals.      Each  separate  reference 
should  be  cut  out  and  pasted  on  cards  for  filing, 
or  pasted  in  a  scrap  book  either  alphabetically 
or    numerically.     An    outline    of    the   Dewey 
Decimal    System  (employed  here)  appeared  in 
the  November  and  January  RADIO  BROADCAST, 
and  will  be  reprinted  in  an  early  number. 


Rii3.4.    IONI7AT10N;    HEAVISIDE    LAYER  HEAVISIDE 

Popular  Radio.  Jan.    1926,  pp.  61-63.  LAYER. 

"Up    and    Down    Movement   of   the    Heaviside   Layer." 

Dr  E.E.  Free. 

A  short  outline  covering  the  research  in  high  frequencies 
carried  on  at  the  Naval  Research  Laboratory  by  Dr.  A.  H. 
Taylor  and  Dr.  E.  O.  Hulburt,  is  reported.  Most  of  the 
phenomena  observed  are  explained  on  the  basis  of  the  Heavi- 
side Layer  movements.  Skipped  distances  and  fading  appar- 
ently depend  upon  the  height  of  this  Jayer  and  its  position 
during  day  and  night. 

R38z.    INDUCTORS.  INDUCTION 

Popular  Radio.  Jan.  1926,  pp.  80  83.  COILS. 

"Some  Methods  for  Determining  the  Distributed  Capacity 

of  Coils,"  H.  S.  Knowles. 
A  discussion  covering  several  methods  which  may  be  used 

in  measuring  the  distributed  capacity  of  coils,  is  presented. 

Mathematics  and  graphs  are  used  in  giving  the  information. 

R38z.    INDUCTORS.  INDUCTION 

RADIO  BROADCAST.  Feb.  1926,  pp.  436-438  COILS. 

"Design  of  Radio  Inductances,"  W.  W.  Harper. 
Inductances,  whose  efficiency  is  high,  must  be  designed  to 
have  a  low  high  frequency  resistance  compared  to  inductance, 
twenty-five  or  more  microhenries  per  ohm  being  considered  a 
good  coil  in  the  opinion  of  the  writer.  Such  a  coil  results 
in  sharp  tuning  when  combined  with  good  condensers,  al- 
though pick-up  action  of  coils  and  crowding  of  apparatus 
in  sets  may  make  tuning  broad.  The  standards  of  coil 
design  are  given  as  follows:  (i)  Low  resistance  over  the 
broadcast  frequency  spectrum  combined  with  as  high  a  value 
of  inductance  as  is  permissible  under  the  circuit  conditions: 
(2)  Effective  confinement  of  electrostatic  and  electromagnetic 
field:  (3)  Consistent  mechanical  and  electrical  characteristics: 
(4)  Small  physical  dimensions  so  as  to  permit  compact  con- 
struction. Experiments  and  tests  have  shown  that  space- 
wound  solenoids  are  best  for  radio  frequency  purposes.  With 
proper  copper  shielding  and  grooved  space  winding,  the  new 
so-called  Metaloid  coil  was  designed  and  built.  Its  L/R  value 
(5320/9.5,  equal  to  33,  as  given  in  the  data. 

R343.  ELECTRON  TUBE  RECEIVING  SETS.  RECEIVERS, 

RADIO  BROADCAST.  Feb.  1926,  pp.   430-444    Crimes  Reflex 

"How  to  Build  a  Grimes  Inverse  Duplex,"  F.  J.  Fox. 

Constructional  details  of  a  four-tube  Grimes  Inverse  Duplex 

receiver   are   given.    The   set    is   considered    very    sensitive 

and  selective,   and   is  easily  built  by   the  home  constructor. 

Photographs,  circuit  diagrams,  details  of  coil  construction, 

panel    layout,    and    method    of    locating    audio,    radio,    or 

overload  howl,  which  might  be  found  in  the  completed  re- 

ceiver, give  the  necessary  information  desired  when   building 

such  a  receiver. 

R8oo  (621.353)  BATTERIES,  PRIMARY.  BATTERIES, 

RADIO  BROADCAST.  Feb.  1926,  pp.  452-455.          Life  of  B. 

"How  Long  Will  My  B  Batteries  Last?",  G.  C.  Furness. 

A  discussion  on  the  life  of  B  batteries  in  all  sets  from  one 

to  eight  tubes  or  more,   leads  the  author  to  the  conclusion 

that   the  life  of   B   batteries  depends  entirely  upon  current 

drain  and  size  of  cells  in  the  battery.     Charts  and  figures  are 

presented,    verified   experimentally,   showing   how  a   definite 

time  limit  of  six,  eight,  or  twelve  months  can  be  set  on  the 

average  life  of  B  batteries  when  these  are  chosen  properly 

for  the  receiver  in  question. 

Rl3l.  Characteristic  Curves;  General  Properties.  VACUUM 

TUBES. 

RADIO  BROADCAST.  Feb.  1926,  pp.  456-461.    Characteristics. 

"  How  to  Use  Vacuum  Tubes,"  Keith  Henney. 

In  this  article,  the  elementary  principles  of  vacuum  tubes 
and  their  characteristics  are  discussed,  a  clear  meaning  of  such 
terms  as  amplification  constant,  mutual  conductance,  plate 
impedance,  of  tube  characteristics  in  general,  etc;  being 
included.  Data  covering  a  great  many  makes  and  varieties 
of  tubes  are  presented.  Circuit  diagrams  show  how  this 
information  was  obtained.  The  proper  use  of  C  batteries  and 
correct  amount  of  fi'ament  current,  are  essential  in  good 
tube  operation,  according  to  the  author. 

R62o.o68.  TESTING.  TESTS  OF 

RADIO  BROADCAST.  Feb.  1926,  pp.  462-464        BROADCASTING 
"The  1926  International  Radio  Broadcasting  Tests,  " 
W.  K.  Wing. 

An  outline  of  the  plans  and  the  transmitting  schedule  for  the 
1926  International  Radio  Broadcasting  Tests  are  given. 
Many  foreign  stations  |ent  their  full  cooperation  and  support 
to  the  success  of  this  undertaking  sponsored  by  RADIO 
BROADCAST. 

Raio.    FREQUENCY;    WAVELENGTH.  FREQUENCY    TO 

RADIO  BROADCAST.  Feb  1926,  pp  471-472    WAVELENGTH. 
"Taking  the  Complexity  Out  of  Wavelength-Frequency 

Conversion,"  H.  S.  Davis. 

A  simple  full-page  frequency-wavelength  conversion  chart 
is  presented  together  with  information  on  how  to  use  it.  The 
author  emphasizes  the  fact  that  the  term  frequency  and  not 
wavelength  is  the  proper  term  to  use,  and  gives  definite 
reasons. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


711 


Join  the  Leaders  at 

RADIO  CENTER! 

Radio  Center  is  the  big  move  of 
the  year  in  radio.  It  provides 
sound-proof  offices  and  demon' 
stration  rooms  of  special  con- 
struction  where  radio  manufac- 
turers  and  distributors  can 
enjoy  year'round  sales  facilities 
of  unusual  attractiveness. 

Radio  Center  occupies  two 
floors  of  more  than  twenty  thou- 
sand square  feet  in  the  famous 
Bush  Buildings  New  York  in  the 
heart  of  the  world's  greatest  radio 
market.  This  real  opportunity 
demands  action  now.  Don't  de- 
lay — call  in  person  at  Radio  Gen- 
ter  or  wire  for  space  reservations. 

RADIO  CENTER,  Inc. 

S.  Herbert  Mapes,  President 

Bush  Building 
130  W.  42nd  St.  New  York  City 


22'/2  Volt 

un-acid 

everlasting 

rechargeable 

"B" 
Storage  Battery 

$2.95 

includes 
chemical 

45  volts  $5.25.  90 
voItsllO.OO,  11254 
volts  $12.50,  135 
volts  $14. 75, 15754 
volts  $16.80. 

Truly  the  biggest  buy  today.  Easily  charged  on  any  current  includ- 
ing 32  volt  systems.  Any  special  detector  plate  voltage  had.  Tested 
and  approved  by  leading  authorities  such  as  Popular  Radio  labora- 
tories. Over  3  years  sold  on  a  non-red  tape  30  day  trial  offer  with 
complete  refund  if  not  thoroughly  satisfied.  Further  guaranteed  2 
years.  Knock-down  kits  at  greater  savings.  Complete  "Hawley" 
"B"  Battery  Charger  $2. 75.  Sample  cell  35c.  Orderfdirect — send  no 
money— simply  pay  the  expressman  cost  on  delivery.  Or  write  for 
my  free  literature,  testimonials  and  guarantee.  Same  day  shipments- 

B.  Hawley  Smith,  312  Washington  Ave.,  Danbury,  Conn. 


TRUTH 


Perfect  Radio 

TRANSFORMERS 

By  the  most  careful  labora- 
tory tests  give  as  good  or  bet- 
ter results  than  transformers 
costing  two  and  three  times 
as  much.  Test  them  in  your 
set  and  be  convinced  of  the 
TRUTH. 

f?T3TH<*p'  Four  page  booklet  in  colors, 
J.  IXl^lv  «Xhe  Truth  About  Trans- 
formers" and  hook-ups.  ^i 

AMBASSADOR  SALES  CO. 

110  Greenwich  St.,  Dept.  451     New  York 


FREE', 


fA 


**    - 


-\ 


J.  E.  SMITH, 
President 


^^^  *•*=»  ®> 

These  Instruments  FREE 
of  Extra  Cost 

All  instruments  shown 
here  and  others — SIX 
BIG  OUTFITS— sent 
to  all  our  students  free 
of  extra  cost  under 
short-time  special  offer. 
Clip  coupon  now — • 
find  out  all  about  this 
big  unequalled  offer 
while  you  still  have  time 
to  take  advantage  of  it. 
Our  training  is  intensely 
practical — these  instruments  help  you 
learn  to  do  the  practical  work.  Receiving 
sets,  from  simplest  kind  to  thousand-mile 
receiver.  Many  other  big  features. 

My  Radio  Training  is  The 

Famous      "  Course      That 

Pays  For  Itself 

Spare  time  earnings  are  easy  in  Radio 
when  you  know  it  the  way  we  teach  you. 
Increase  your  income  almost  from  the 
start  of  your  course  through  practical 
knowledge  we  give  you.  We  show  you  how 
to  hold  the  job,  then  our  big  Free  Employment  De- 
partment helps  you  get  one.  Free  Book  "Rich  Re- 
wards in  Radio"  tells  how. 

Howard  B.  Luce  of  Friedens,  Pa.,  made 
$320  in  7  weeks  during  his  spare  time. 
D.  H.  Suitt  of  Newport,  Ark.,  writes, 
"While  taking  the  course  I  earned  in  spare 
time  work  approximately  $900."  Earl 
Wright  of  Omaha,  reports  making  $400  in  a  short 
time  while  taking  his  course — working  at  Radio  in 
his  spare  time  only !  Sylvester  Senso,  207  Elm  Street, 
Kaufcauna,  Wis.,  made  $500. 

And  when  your  training  is  completed 
you're  ready  to  step  into  a  real  big  Radio 
job  like  C.  C.  Gielow,  Chief  Operator  of 
the  Great  Lakes  Radio  Telegraph  Com- 
pany; E.  W.  Novy,  Chief  Operator  of 
Station  WRNY;  Edward  Stanko,  Chief 
Operator  of  Station  WGR;  and  hundreds  of  other 
N.  R.  I.  Trained  men.  The  National  Radio  Insti- 
tute, Originator  of  Radio  Home-Study  Training, 
established  1914,  today  offers  you  the  same  oppor- 
tunity these  men  had,  under  a  bond  that  guarantees 
you  lull  satisfaction  or  money  refunded.  It's  your 
big  chance  to  get  into  Radio — mail  coupon  for 
FREE  Book  and  proof  ! 


"MEN!  Here* 
the'dop&yoifve 
been  looking  for- 

HOW  TO  GET  INTO  THE 
RADIO  BUSINESS" 


in  Work  That  is 
.Almost  Rpmance 


If  you're  earning  a  penny 
less  than  $50  a  week,  clip 
coupon  now  for  FREE 
BOOK!  New  book,  pro- 
fusely illustrated,  tells  all 
about  the  Radio  Profession, 
thousands  of  openings — in 
work  that  is  almost  ro- 
mance! YOU  can  learn  quickly 
and  easily  at  home,  through  our 
tested,  improved  methods,  to  take 
advantage  of  these  great  opportu- 
nities. Why  go  along  at  $25  or  $35 
or  $45  a  week,  when  you  can  pleas- 
antly and  in  short  time  learn  to  be 
a  Radio  Expert,  capable  of  holding 
the  big  jobs — paying  $50  to  $250 
a  week  ? 

Clip  Coupon  For  Free  Book 

Don't  envy  the  other  fellow  who's 
pulling  down  the  big  cash!  Our 
proven  home-study  training  meth- 
ods make  it  possible  for  you,  too, 
to  get  ready  for  a  better  job,  to  earn 
enough  money  so  you  can  enjoy  all 
the  good  things  of  life.  Most  amaz- 
ing book  ever  written  on  Radio  tells 
how — thousand  of  interesting  facts 
about  this  great  field,  and  how  we 
can  prepare  you,  quickly  and  easily 
in  your  spare  time  at  home,  to  step 
into  a  big-pay  Radio  job.  You  can 
do  what  thousands  of  others  have 
done  through  our  training.  GET 
THIS  NEW  FREE  BOOK.  SEND 
COUPON  TO-DAY. 

V.  E.  SMITH,  President 

NATIONAL  RADIO 
INSTITUTE 

Dept.  DU-5  Washington,  D.  C. 


NOW/ 

.  Special 


Needs 


SEND  THIS  COUPON  TODAY 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


Men  £?'    Dept.  DU-5 

National 
Radio  Institute 
Washington,  D.  C. 

r   Dear  Mr.  Smith: 

Without  obligating  me  in 
any  way,  send  me  your  big 
FREE  BOOK,  "Rich  Rewards 
Radio,"   and  all   information 
•j-        about   your    practical,    home-study, 
S        Radio  Course. 

Name 


BIG 

OUTFITS 


Address. 


712 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


itsinthcTube 


A  receiving  set  is  no  better  than  its  tubes. 

With  other  parts  and  connections  right  a  set  may  be 
as  good  as  its  tubes — no  set  can  be  better. 

That's  why  you  want  CECO  Tubes.  They  stand  up 
and  deliver.  With  them  your  set  works  at  its  maxi- 
mum. Clarity  of  tone,  rich  volume,  long  life — CECO 
has  them  all  to  a  superlative  degree. 

Our  charted  tests  (results  confirmed  by  laboratories 
of  national  reputation)  PROVE  CECO  TUBE  SU- 
PERIORITY— whether  used  as  detectors,  audio  or 
radio  frequency  amplifiers. 

CECO  Tubes  make  a  Good  Receiver  BETTER.  Try 
them  and  you'll  BUY  them  always — for  results. 

Now  Ready !  CECO  Tubes  with  new  type  Long 
PRONG  BASES.  Also,  Power  Amplifier  Tubes,  E 
(Dry  Cell  Type),  F  (Storage  Battery),  for  last  stage 
of  Audio  Frequency. 

Dealers  write  giving  jobber's  name. 

C.  E.  Mfg.  Co.,  Inc. 

702  Eddy  Street,  Providence,  R.  I. 


RADIO     PANELS 

OF  GENUINE  BAKELITE 

Cut,  drilled  and  engraved  to  order.  Send  rough  sketch 
for  estimate.  Our  New  Catalog  on  Panels,  Tubes  and 
Rods — all  of  genuine  Bakelite — mailed  on  request, 

STARRETT  MFG.  CO.  * 

521  S.  Green  Street  Chicago,  111. 


RADIO  FANS,  a  one-year' a  subscription  to  Radio  Broadcast  will  cost 
you  four  dollars,  two  years  six  dollars.  Consider  this  expenditure 
M  being  a  necessary  investment  on  your  part  for  the  future  develop- 
ment of  your  own  knowledge  of  Radio. 


To  Roberts  Knockout  Fans 

Do  you  know  that  we  have  published  two 
books  on  the  Roberts  Knockout  Receivers? 
One  is  a  treatise  containing  all  the  articles 
printed,  and  the  other  is  just  one  article 
with  complete  blue  prints  on  how  to  build 
this  wonderful  receiver.  Price  one  dollar 
each.  Write  to  Booklet  Dept.,  Radio 
Broadcast,  Garden  City,  N.  Y. 


LEARN   THE   CODE   AT   HOME  with    the  OMNIGRAPH 

"lust    Listen — The    Omni-      THE  OMNIGRAPH  Automatic  Transmitter  will  teach  you  both  the  Wireless  and  Morse  Codes—  right 
rrat>h   mill   do  ike  teathini"      '">  your  own  home— quickly,   easily  and  inexpensively.     Connected  with  Buzzer,  Buzzer  and  Phone 
or  to  Sounder,  it  will  send  you  unlimited  messages,  at  any  speed,  from  5  to  50  words  a  minute. 

THE  OMNIGRAPH  is  not  an  experiment.  For  more  than  15  years,  it  has  been  sold  all  over  the  world 
with  a  money  hack  guarantee.  The  OMNIGHAPH  is  used  by  several  Depts.  of  the  U.  S.  Govt.— in  fact 
the  Dept.  of  Commerce  uses  the  OMNIGRAPH  to  test  all  applicants  applying  for  a  Radio  license.  The 
OMNIGRAPH  has  been  successfully  adopted  by  the  leading  Universities,  Colleges  and  Radio  Schools. 

Send  for  FREE  Catalogue  describing  three  models.    DO  IT  TO-DAY. 
THE  OMNIGRAPH  MFG.  CO..  1 3K  Hudson  St.,  New  York  City 

//  you  own  a  Radio  Phone  set  and  don't  know  the  code — you  are  missing  most  of  the  fun 

•fa  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  i 


R343.   ELECTRON  TUBE   RECEIVING  SETS.  KKHVERS. 

QST.  Jan.  1926,  pp.  17-20.  Reflex. 

"A  New  Reflex  Circuit",  L.  W.  Hairy. 

A  reflex  circuit  using  good  high  primary-impedance  audio 
transformers  and  proper  bypass  condensers,  is  described. 
Distortion  is  prevented  also  by  reflexing  through  a  radio 
frequency  tube  with  a  shunt  rather  than  a  series  audio  fre- 
quency connection.  The  method  and  circuit  arrangement 
in  a  two-  and  three-tube  set  are  discussed  in  some  detail. 

R344-3  TRANSMITTING  SETS.  TRANSMITTERS. 

QST.   Jan.    1926,    pp.    21-25.  Crystal  Controlled 

"  Practical  Crystal  Controlled  Transmitters'  . 

A  description  of  crystal  controlled  transmitters  operating 
from  a  d.c.  as  well  as  a.  c.  source  of  supply  is  submitted 
Complete  constructional  details  of  the  crystal  controlling 
station  at  4  XE  are  given.  It  operates  from  a  d.c.  sourceusingan 
ux-2io  and  three  2O4-A  tubes.  The  a.  c.  crystal  controlled 
set  described  operates,  with  two  ux-  210  and  two  2O3-A  tubes. 

Method  of  mounting  the  crystals  and  certain  precaution^ 
are  necessary  in  handling  them,  according  to  the  author. 

R402.  SHORT  WAVES  SHORT-WAVE 

QST,  Jan.  1926,  p.  28.  TRANSMITTERS. 

"Getting  |")own  Below  Five  Meters",  H.  Lyman. 

Several  circuit  diagrams  with  constants  of  transmitters 
suitable  for  the  very  high  frequency  bands  used  by  amateurs, 
are  given. 

Rooy.  REGULATIONS  CONFERENCE, 

QST.  Jan.    1926,  pp.  33-16.  Fourth  National. 

"The  Fourth  National  Radio  Conference",  K.  B.  Warner. 

A  survey  of  the  transactions  and  recommendations  made  by 

the  various  committees  at  the  Fourth  National  Radio  Con- 

ference, is  given.     Several  changes  in  the  allocation  of  fre- 

quencies were  proposed,  including  amateur  phone  operation 

on  the  3500-3600  kc  band  (8^.7-83.3  meters).     Broadcasting 

conditions  are  to  be  placed  on  a  higher  plane  than  heretofore, 

through  elimination  of  some  of  the  stations  and  adoption  of 

new  regulations  govering  their  operation.     The  new  frequency 

assignments  from  550  kilocycles  up  (545  meters  down)  are  also 

published  in  this  summary. 

R6io.  EQUIPMENT;  STATION  DESCRIPTION.  STATIONS, 

Radio.  Jan  1926,  pp.  10-1  i.  Portable. 

"The  Radio  Detective". 

A  car,  completely  equipped  with  necessary  transmitter  and 
receivers  for  use  in  connection  with  the  radio  supervisor's  work 
in  the  8th  district,  is  described  and  illustrated.  A  Kolster 
direction  finder,  short-  and  long-wave  receivers  of  various 
types,  a  50-watt  transmitter,  and  equipment  for  giving 
license  examinations  anywhere,  make  this  portable  radio 
station  a  modern  radio  supervisor's  office  on  wheels.  The 
diagram  of  the  field  strength  measuring  set  is  shown,  and 
constants  of  the  circuit  given. 

R343-  ELECTRON  TUBE  RECEIVING  SETS.  RECEIVER. 

Radio.  Jan.  1926,  pp.  i2ff.  LC  Modified 

"An    Exceptional    Four-Tube    Receiver",  E.  E.    Turner. 

A  four  tube  receiver,  r.  f.  stage,  regenerative  detector,  and 
two  stages  of  audio  amplification,  is  described.  The  wiring 
diagram  shows  several  unique  features,  which  are  also  taken 
up  in  the  general  discussion.  Among  these  is  the  method  of 
controlling  oscillations  in  the  regenerative  circuit.  Data 
on  coil  construction  and  panel  layout,  serve  as  a  guide  to 
building  the  set.  An  ABC  eliminator  may  be  used  with  the  set. 
the  wiring  diagram  of  the  complete  circuit  being  shown. 
This  set  is  a  modification  of  the  LC  circuit  described  in  the 
October,  1025,  issue  of  Radio. 

R53I.2.  STATION  CALL  LETTERS  STATIONS, 

Radio.  Jan.  1926,  p.  22.  Short-wave. 

"Short-Wave  Stations". 

A  complete  list  of  short-wave  stations  both,  limited  com- 
mercial and  general  public,  operating  in  the  United  States, 
is  given.  There  are  forty-six  in  all.  The  inclusion  of  class, 
frequency,  wavelength,  owner,  power,  and  call,  makes  this 
table  a  most  complete  reference  guide. 

R3y6.3  LOUD  SPEAKING  REPRODUCERS.  LOUD  SPEAKERS, 
Radio.  Jan.  1926,  pp.  24ff.  Hornless. 

"Hornless  Types  of  Loud  Speakers",  Dr.  J.  P.  Minton. 

The  author  enters  into  a  detailed  discussion  concerning 
the  general  types  of  loud  speakers  now  used.  The  new 
cone  type  speakers  make  use  of  large  vibrating  surfaces.  Flat 
surfaces  may  be  used  to  obtain  good  sound  vibrations  over 
a  large  frequency  range,  but  shaping  such  surfaces  into  the 
form  of  a  cone  gives  greater  rigidity  and  less  natural  resonance, 
at  the  same  time  rendering  also  better  acoustic  radiation. 
Three  types  of  driving  units  jhave  been  employed  in  the 
commercial  cone  speakers;  electro-dynamic,  balanced  arma- 
ture, and  bipolar  unit.  These  are  discussed  in  detail. 

R383.   RESISTORS. 


Radio.  Jan.  1926,  pp.  ijft. 
"Vacuum  Tube  Resistors", 


RESISTORS, 
Vacuum  Tube. 
,  G.  F.  Lampkin. 

Vacuum  tubes,  in  addition  to  being  used  as  detectors, 
amplifiers,  and  oscillators,  may  be  used  as  variable  resistors 
to  very  good  advantage.  As  such  they  have  several  advan- 
tages not  found  in  grid  leaks  or  regular  resistances.  They 
are  especially  good  as  a  grid  leaks  in  an  oscillator  to  control 
keying  and  phone  transmission.  Data  on  actual  tests  made 
with  201-A  and  202  tubes,  and  information  concerning  their 
uses  as  grid  leak  resisters,  are  given. 

Ri48.  MODULATION.  MODULATION, 

Radio.  Jan.  1926,  pp.  31-32.  Methods. 

"Speech  Modulation  Methods",  Lieut.  J.  B.  Dow. 
Three  methods  of  speech  modulation,  the  variable  ab- 
sorption method,  grid  voltage  variation  method,  and  the 
plate  power  variation  method,  are  taken  up.  Several  circuits, 
including  the  Meissner  and  a  combination  Heissing  and 
Colpitts,  are  shown,  and  an  account  of  their  performances 
discussed  in  some  detail. 

R.343-   ELECTRON  TUBE   RECEIVING  SETS  RECEIVERS, 

Radio.  Jan.  1926,  p.  33.  Sbort-tt'ai-c. 

"A  Good  Short-Wave  Receiver",  F.  C.  Jones/1 

For  use  on  the  very  high  frequency   stations,   a    receiver 

must  be  capable  of  sharp  yet  not  too  sensitive  tuning.     Herein 

is  described  a  two-tube  receiver  operating  on  the  capacity 

feedback  principle,  the  tube  capacity  being  large  enough  for 

this  purpose,    Oscillations  are  controlled  by  means  of  a  tuned- 

plate  circuit.     Constructions!  data  and  circuit  diagram  are 

given. 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


713 


R343-  ELECTRON  TUBE  RECEIVING  SETS.  RECEIVERS, 

Radio,  Jan.   1926,  pp.  2gff.  Reflex. 

"  Proper  Reflex  Circuit  Assembly,  '*  L.  W.  Hatry. 
Some  very  good  points  on  the  construction  of  a  three-tube 
reflex  receiver  are  contained  in  this  article.     The  use  of  con- 
densers and  choke  coils,  and  valuable  suggestions  pertaining 
to  the  circuit  layout,  accompany  the  article. 

Rs53.  METEOROLOGICAL  SIGNALS.  EARTHQUAKE 

Radio.  Jan.  1926,  pp.  35ff.  t  RECORDING. 

"  Radio  as  an  Aid  in  Recording  Earthquakes,"  G.  M.  Best 

An  account  is  given  of  a  method  of  recording  earthquake 

tremors  automatically  and  accurately.     Both  the  horizontal 

and  vertical  components  of  such  tremors  can  be  recorded,  the 

exact  time  of  such  tremors  being  received  from  some  naval 

time-signalling  station  and  recorded  on  the  same  chart.     A 

circuit  diagram  of  the  apparatus  is  shown. 

R8oo  (533).  SOUND.  PHONOGRAPH 

Popular  Radio.  Ian.  1926,  pp  3-0.  REPRODUCTION. 

"The    New    Wave-Transmission    Phonograph,"    H.    C. 

Harrison. 

Principles  developed  in  the  mechanical  reproduction  of 
sound  by  Bell  Telephone  engineers,  have  been  applied  to 
the  phonograph,  with  the  result  that  now  five  and  one-half 
octaves  are  faithfully  reproduced  instead  of  three,  as  was  the 
case  in  the  old  type  of  phonograph,  according  to  the  article. 
The  construction  of  the  new  reproducer  is  described  and 
shown  in  a  diagram.  Comparison  is  made  between  electrical 
and  mechanical  constants,  the  similarity  being  very  evident. 

R343.  ELECTRON  TUBE  RECEIVING  SETS  RECEIVER, 

Popular  Radio.  Jan.  1926,  pp.  10-23.  LC-26 

"How  to  Get  the  Most  out  of  Your  LC-26  Set,"  S.  G. 

Taylor  and  L.  M.  Cockaday. 

Information  is  given  concerning  the  theory  and  operation 
of  the  LC-26  receiver  described  in  the  December  issue  of 
Popular  Radio.  Details  pertaining  to  antenna  and  ground  con- 
nection, tubes  and  batteries  to  be  used,  installation,  equipment, 
and  operation  of  the  receiver,  are  given.  A  shunt-plate  feed 
unit,  which  keeps  the  d.  c.  out  of  the  loud  speaker,  is  a  feature 
of  this  circuit. 

R8oo    (530)    PHYSICS.  ATOM. 

Popular  Radio.  Jan.  1926,  pp. 24-29 

"The  Atom,"  Sir  William  Bragg. 

The  place  that  the  separate  atoms  take  in  forming  crystals, 
is  outlined.  Most  substances  crystallize  in  very  orderly  and 
regular  fashion.  X-Rays  are  used  in  analyzing  transparent 
solids  of  crystaline  structure  to  determine  their  arrangement. 
Examples  and  illustrations  are  given  to  show  how  atoms  may 
arrange  themselves  and  how  X-Rays  detect  this  arrangement. 

R382.     INDUCTORS.  INDUCTION 

Popular  Radio,  Jan.  1926,  pp.  30-39.  COILS. 

"  Some  New  and  Useful  Facts  about  Coils, "  D.  R.  Demons. 

A  discussion  pertaining  to  distributed  capacity  of  induction 

coils,   employing  various  types  of  windings  and   materials 

for    mountings,    is    given.     The   distribution    and    strength 

of  The  fields  of  magnetic  and  electrostatic  forces,  depending 

upon  the  kind  of  insulation  used  about  the  wire,  is  illustrated 

by   means  of  graphs  and  diagrams,     A  lot  of  experimental 

data  is  given. 

R38i .    CONDENSERS.  CONDENSERS 

Popular  Radio.  Jan.  1926,  pp.  48-55.  F9R TUNING. 

"The  Part  That  Your  Condenser  Plays  in  Tuning," 

H.  J.  Harries. 

Condensers  of  the  circular  plate,  the  square-law  plate, 
and  the  straight  line  frequency  plate,  are  compared.  The 
effect  each  one  of  these  condensers  has  on  sharpness  or  broad- 
ness of  tuning  covering  the  present  broadcast  band,  is  shown 
by  curves,  data,  and  discussion.  A  low  minimum  condenser 
is  really  not  what  is  desired  in  the  opinion  of  the  writer,  but 
rather  a  condenser  having  a  low  resistance  path  at  high 
frequencies. 

R38o.  PARTS  OF  CIRCUITS;  INSTRUMENTS.        TONE  METER. 

QST.  Jan.  1926,  pp.  37-39- 

-The  tone  Meter,"  L.  j.  Wolf. 

A  device  indicating  the  condition  of  the  plate  supply  current 
of  vacuum  tube  transmitters,  is  described.  Any  source  other 
than  a  high  voltage  storage  battery  will  give  a  more  or  less 
fluctuating  power  supply  which  necessitates  filtering.  An 
a.c.  voltmeter  is  used  in  series  with  a  condenser,  the  condenser 
preventing  the  d.  c.  from  getting  through  the  meter  and  acting 
also  as  a  multiplier.  The  multiplying  factor  depends  on  the  fre- 
quency, the  capacity  of  the  condenser,  and  the  resistance  of  the 
voltmeter.  Its  value  can  be  determined,  as  described.  The 
entire  arrangement  is  called  a  Tone  Meter. 

R375-  DETECTORS  AND  RECTIFIERS.  RECTIFIER, 

QST.  Jan.   1926,  pp.  4iff.  Epom. 

"The  Epom  Rectifier  and  Filter,"  R.  S.  Kruse. 
The  new  Epom  rectifier  tube  uses  no  filament  but  operates 
on  the  principle  of  ionization  of  a  gas  at  low  pressures  within 
the  tube.  Argon  gas  is  used  for  several  reasons.  The 
construction  of  the  tube,  and  the  circuit  diagram  are  described . 
The  tube  may  be  used  as  a  d.  c.  source  of  plate  supply  in 
transmitting  tubes  if  properly  loaded. 

R28i.7i.  QUARTZ.  QUARTZ  CRYSTAL 

Radio  News.  Jan.  1926,  pp.  9^2  ff.  CONTROL. 

"Quartz  Crystals  Control  Wavelengths    of    Broadcasting 

Stations,"  S.  R.  Winters  and  I.  F.  Byrnes. 
The  use  of  quartz  crystals  in  the  control  of  frequencies  in 
broadcasting  stations  is  growing,  as  is  evidenced  by  the  de- 
cision of  the  Westinghouse  Company,  and  the  General  Electric 
Company,  i.  e.,  to  equip  all  of  their  stations  with  this  piezo- 
electric mineral,  according  to  the  authors.  Its  properties, 
operation  in  circuits,  the  use  of  harmonics  produced  by  such  an 
oscillating  crystal,  methods  of  mounting,  and  results  obtained 
by  the  Navy  and  others,  indicate  that  the  quartz  crystal  will 
be  in  general  use  among  transmitting  stations  before  long. 


HIGH  FREQUENCY 

SYSTEMS. 

,"    Dr.    A.    Hoyt 


R4O2.  SHORT-WAVE  SYSTEMS. 

Radio  News.  Jan.  1926.  pp.  9S4ff. 

"Navy    Investigates    Ultra    Frequ 
Taylor. 

The  investigation  carried  on  by  the  Naval  Research 
laboratory  with  ultra  frequencies  is  presented  in  graphic 
and  systematic  form.  Night  and  day  range,  comparison  of 
phenomena  at  various  frequencies,  and  directional  effects, 
show  that  certain  bands  of  frequencies  should  be  chosen  for 
definite  transmission  schedules  depending  upon  time,  distance, 
and  season. 


(NSUL(NE 


No  matter  what  circuit  you  are  building,  the 
final  results  will  be  better  if  you  select  Insuline 
for  the  panel — the  material  chosen  by  Radio 
Broadcast  Engineers  for  the  "Universal." 

Laboratory  tests  prove  Insuline  to  be  high- 
est in  dielectric  strength  and  other  properties 
conducive  to  clear  reception.  Also  the  most 
easily  worked  panel  material.  Doesn't  chip  or 
crack.  Doesn't  warp.  Holds  its  lustre  for  all 
time. 

Insuline  Panel  for  the  "Universal,"  engraved 
by  our  exclusive  Etch-O-Gravure  Method,  in 
gold  and  white  or  combination ;  drilled  ready  to 
set  up:  black  or  mahogany  $3.50;  "Frieze" 
finish,  $4.00. 

Insuline  panels,  drilled  and  decorated,  are 
furnished  for  all  popular  circuits.  Also  supplied 
in  all  standard  size  blanks.  Insuline  Sub-panels, 
drilled  and  mounted  with  metal  sockets  for 
UV  and  UX  tubes  for  all  circuits.  Bakelite 
Brackets  for  Sub-panel  mounting,  etc.,  etc. 


If  your  dealer  can' t  supply  you  write  us  direct. 
Send  to-day  for  Free  Booklet  and  price  list. 


"Sets  that  Jack  and  Dad  Built  ' 
a  practical  so-page  book  for  build- 
ing the  most  popular  circuits,  with 
diagrams  and  instructions  for 
hook-up,  sent  for  25  cents  to  cover 
cost  of  mailing  and  postage. 


^g^^^t^ttfi* 


^Branches  in  Trincipal  Cities 


(RADIO  PANEL  6-PAR.TS  CORP.) 

INSULINE  BLDG.,  59  WARREN  STREET 

NEW  YORK 


Why  not  subscribe  to  Radio  Broadcast?     By  the  year  only  $4.00;  or  two  years  $6.00,  saving 
$2.40.     Send  direct  to  Doubleday,  Page  &  Company,  Garden  City,  New  York. 


LEARN  RADIO 


Become  a  big-pay  man  in  the  greatest  industry  of  all  time.    Quickly,  easily  and 
1  right  at  home,  you  can  fit  yourself  for  highest  salary  positions,  or  you  can  cash 
in  on  your  spare  time.    The  call  is  urgent  for  mechanics,  operators,  designers,  in- 
spectors.   Unlimited,  fascinating  opportunities  on  land  or  sea 

YOU  AT  HOME  II  A  RADIO  EXPERT 

Under  my  practical,  easy  to  understand,  instruction — you  qualify  in  an  amaz- 
ingly short  time.     No  previous  experience  is  necessary.    Every  branch  of  radio 

r  becomes  an  open  book  to  you.     You  learn  how  to  design,  construct,  operate, 
repair,  maintain  and  sell  all  forms  of  Radio  apparatus.    My  methods  are  the 

(  latest  and  most  modern  in  existence. 

ETDET17  Wonderful  home  construction  tube  \\T  "j.^  T^J^  *  "Radio 
F  IxHiHi  receiving  set  of  the  latest  design:  W  II  tC  1  OCl<iy  Facts" 
A.  G.  Mohaupt,  R**o  Engineer.  RADIO  ASSOCIATION  OF  AMERICA,  Dept.  2484,  4513  Ravenswood  Are.,  Chicago 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


714 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


every 

reader 

of  this  magazine 

needs 


c. 

Static  Redactor 


TRADE  MARK 


Practically  eliminates  normal 
static — reduces  excessive  static 
to  a  minimum.  Eliminates 
necessity  of  outside  aerial  with 
any  set-— makes  a  squealing  re- 
ceiver absolutely  non-reradiat- 
ing — increases  selectivity — im- 
proves tone  quality. 

Elevates  an  inexpensive  receiv- 
ing set  to  the  dignity  and 
quality  of  a  high-priced  re- 
ceiver. 

Enables  a  good  set  to  bring  in 
far-distant  stations  -with  a  full, 
clear,  smooth  tone  not  before 
dreamed  possible. 

Ask  your  dealer — or  send  pur- 
chase price  direct  and  you  'will 
be  supplied. 

Price,  $28.50. 


GENERAL    INSTRUMENT 
CORPORATION 

423  Broome  St.,  New  York  City 


Order  your  copy  of  Radio  Broadcast  from  your 
news  dealer  or  radio  store.  Make  sure  that  he 
reserves  a  copy  for  you  each  month.  If  your 
favorite  radio  store  does  not  stock  the  magazine 
write  us  giving  name  of  radio  dealer  and  address. 


li»5  . 

OtalogN 


Sets  —  Parts  —  Kits  | 
Radio's  Newest 

i  You  need  this  big  FREE  book.  I 
A  practical  guide  to  success  in  I 
get  building.  Gives  advanced  I 
hook-ups.  Shows  all  newoit  I 
parts  and  kits,  built  up  seta  I 
ready  for  use,  battery  eliniina-l 
tors,  radio's  newest  creations.  I 
Writ*  for  Copy  free,  also  send  I 
name  of  radio  fan.  Send  to-day  .J 


BARAWIKCO. 


1 102-109  S.  Canal  St.,  Chicago 


Rii3.    TRANSMISSION    PHENOMENA.  FADING    AND 

Radio    News.    Jan.     1926,    pp.  956  ff.  DISTORTION. 

"Unraveling  a  Broadcast  Enigma".,  A.  Van  A.  Summers. 
Many  data  on  fading  and  distortion  of  signals  from 
broadcasting  stations,  which  were  accumulated  by  the  Amer- 
ican T.&  T  Company  are  presented.  Conclusions  arrived  at 
indicate  that  the  ether  is  not  a  perfect  carrier  of  electro- 
magnetic waves,  especially  when  these  waves  are  near  large 
masses  of  iron  and  steel.  Refraction  and  absorption  are 
probably  the  causes  for  most  of  the  distortion  observed. 
The  author  discusses  at  some  length  the  conclusions  arrived  at 
through  these  experiments. 

Rii4.    STRAYS.  AURORA     BOREALIS. 

Radio  News.  Jan.  1926,  pp.  064  ff. 

"New  Facts  About   the  Aurora   Borealis",  C.  L.   Davis. 

An  experiment  relating  the  effect  of  the  Aurora  Borealis  on 
a  telephone  line,  and  the  subsequent  conclusions  drawn  from 
this  phenomenon,  are  described.  A  frequency  of  one  cycle  for 
fifteen  minutes  was  noted  on  a  voltmeter. 


Rno.  RADIO  WAVES 

Radio  News.  Jan.  1026,  pp.  066  ff. 
Are  Radio  V 


INDUCTION 
COILS 


RADIO  WAVES. 

.. io  Waves? ",  I .  Riley. 

An  elementary  explanation  of  the  nature  of  radio  waves,  is 
given.  Stress  and  strain,  displacement  of  f  elds,  electrostatic 
and  electro-magnetic  fields  of  force,  questions  on  radiation, 
current  and  voltage  relations  in  antennae,  are  some  of  the 
subject?  d:scussed. 

R 1 34.45.  SUPER  REGENERATIVE  ACTION. 

SUPER-REGENERATIVE 

Radio  News.  Jan.  1926,  pp.  976  ff.  ACTION 

"Super  Regenerat:on  and  the  Future",  A.  K.  Laing. 
The  original  Armstrong  super  regenerative  circuit,  modified 
somewhat,  is  presented,  with  points  on  construction  and 
operation  given.  These,  it  is  claimed,  will  make  this  type  of 
amplification  as  popular  as  the  super-heterodyne.  The 
drawbacks  of  _the  circuit  are  enumerated  and  taken  up  in 
detail.  The  circuit  is  said  to  give  much  more  amplification 
on  the  higher  frequencies  than  on  the  low  ones. 

RH4.75.     SUPER-HETERODYNE.  SUPER-HETERODYNE. 

Radio  News.  Jan.  1926,  pp.  082  ff. 

"An    Improved    Laboratory    Super-Heterodyne" 
F.  R.  Pfaff. 

A  seven-tube  super-heterodyne  covering  the  frequencies 
from  5  5pkc.  to  ;oookc.  (5  50  to  50  meters)  using  plug-in  coils, 
is  described.  The  oscillator  is  connected  ahead  of  the  first 
detector  in  this  circuit.  Complete  constructional  data  are 
given. 

RjSz.   INDUCTORS. 

Radio  News.  Jan.  1926,  pp.  086  ff. 

"Which  Type  of   Coil   is    Best?", 

An  exhaustive  study  of  various  types  of  coils,  dealing  with 
their  overall  efficiency,  is  presented.  Circuits  used  in  the 
measurement  of  resistance  at  high  frequencies,  graphs  showing 
the  efficiency  and  distributed  capacity  of  coils  and  the  result 
obtained  through  experimental  hookups,  are  discussed.  The 
best  all  around  coil,  according  to  the  writer,  consists  of 
ordinary  bell  wire  wound  on  a  bakelite  tube  in  the  regular 
fashion. 

R2OI.7  USE  OF  HIGH-FREQUENCY     OSCILLOGRAPH.  TUBES, 
OSCILLOGRAPH 

Radio  News.  Jan.  1926,  pp.  o88ff.  W.E. 

"The  Cathode  Ray  Oscillograph   In  Radio  Work", 
Dr.  C.  B.  Bazzom. 

The  author  reviews  the  elementary  principles  concerning 
electric  waves  and  their  forms,  referring  to  pitch  and  quality 
of  sound  as  an  analogy.  To  study  these  wave  forms,  the 
cathode  ray  tube,  illustrated,  is  of  great  importance  in  high 
frequency  circuits.  The  tube  used  here  was  developed  bv 
the  Western  Electric  Company.  Electric  and  magnetic 
deflections  of  the  electron  stream  through  plates  and  coils 
near  these  electrons,  picture  the  resulting  wave  forms  for 
closer  analysis.  Lissajou  figures  produced,  enable  the 
experimenter  to  synchronize  circuits  or  adjust  them  to  manv 
different  ratios  of  oscillations. 

R343  ELECTRON  TUBE   RECEIVING  SETS,  RECEIVERS, 

Radio  Progress.  Dec.  15,  1925.00.  !3ff.  Deresnadyne. 

"Revamping  a  Popular  Radio",  H.  J.  Marx. 

An  analysis  of  the  five-tube  Deresnadyne  receiver  is  given, 
showing  the  wiring  diagram  and  method  of  operation.  This 
receiver  is  equipped  with  a  B-eliminator,  and  trickle  charger  for 
the  A  battery;  the  speaker  is  built  in  the  cover,  thus  making 
this  set  complete.  Oscillations  are  prevented  in  the  tuned 
radio  frequency  stages  by  controlling  the  plate  voltage 
on  the  tubes  through  a  series  resistance.  The  coil  angle  may 
also  be  varied,  depending  upon  the  type  and  characteristic 
of  the  tubes  used.  Other  details  of  operation  are  mentioned. 

R342.7.     AUDIO-FREQUENCY  AMPLIFIERS.    AMPLIFICATION. 

RADIO  BROADCAST.  Jan.  1926,  pp.  308-312.  Audio  Fre- 
quency. 

"The  Requirements  for  Better  Audio  Amplification," 
K.  Clongh. 

An  analysis  of  the  various  instruments  used  in  sound  pro- 
duction show  that  a  good  amplifying  device  should  respond 
equally  well  to  frequencies  from  32  to  8192  cycles  or  more. 
A  full  logarithmic  scale  is  considered  best  in  plotting  charac- 
teristics of  amplifying  units.  Of  considerable  importance 
are  the  characteristics  of  the  tubes  used  in  audio  amplifiers, 
and  good  results  are  obtained  only  when  the  entire  amplify- 
ing unit  is  tested  as  one  device.  It  is  stated  that  in  the 
present  type  of  resistance-coupled  units,  the  lower  notes  are 
somewhat  suppressed.  Transformers  having  a  cruciform 
core  construction  seem  to  give  best  results.  Reference  is 
made  to  Mr.  Crom's  article  on  audio  amplification  in  the 
Oct.,  1925,  RADIO  BROADCAST. 

R342.6.   RADIO-FREQUENCY  AMPLIFIERS.  R.  F.  AMPLIFIERS, 

RADIO  BROADCAST.  Oscillations  in. 

Jan.  1926.  pp.  3wff. 

"  Methods  for  Controlling  Oscillation  in  R.  F.  Circuits." 
J.  Bernard. 

Many  methods  are  used  in  r.  f.  amplifiers  to  prevent  tubes 
from  oscillating  or  to  control  oscillations.  Some  of  these 
are  discussed  briefly  by  the  author.  A  somewhat  novel 
method  is  employed  in  the  "Counterphase"  circuit,  diagram- 
med and  described  here.  This  scheme  makes  use  of  a  com- 
bined resistance  and  capacity  control,  and  is  considered  very 
effective  over  the  entire  range  of  frequencies  to  which  the  re- 
ceiver is  tuned. 

if  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  i 


FOR  CLEAR,  QUIET  "B"  POWER 


RADIO 

Storage  "B"  Battery 

iK  Lasts  Indefinitely-Pays  for  Itself 

Economy  and  performance  unheard  of  before.  Recharged  at  a  nejrli- 
Kible  cost.  Delivers  unfailing  power  that  IB  clear,  pure  and  quiet. 
Approved  an-t  listed  aa  Standard  by  leading  Radio  Authorities,  mclud- 


, 

listed  aa  Standard  by  leading  Radio  Authorities,  mclu 
in*  POD.  Radio  Laboratories,  Pop.  Pci.  Inst.  Standards,  Radio  Newa 
Lab     Lefax,  In-.,  and  other  important  Institutions.     Equipped  with 
Solid  Rubber  Ca*e,nn  Insurance  afcnlnac  acid  ard  leakage.  Extra 


. 

ved  an 
OD.  Ra 


heavy  <-la  ;a  jara.    lieavy  rugged  plates.    Order  yours  todayl 

""      A/fOXJTJV   Just  fltate  number  of  batteriea 
MUJNtl     wanted  and  we  w 


.  _  will  shin  day  order 

Isreceived.  Extra  off er:  4  batter-lea  ineeries  (96  volts).  *!i>.r>u.  P»/ 
exp  csiman  after  examining  batteries.  6  percent  discount  ror  cash 
with  order.  Mail  your  order  now! 

WORLD  BATTERY  COMPANY 
1219  So.  Wabash  Ave.,      Dept.  78        Chicago*  Hit 

Maker*  of  tke  Famous  World  Radio'*  A"  Storage  Battery 
Prices:  6-voU,logAmp.glX.S5;   lsoAmp.tl3^5;240Amp.ftM<h 

AU  equipped  with  Solid  Rubtitr  COM. 


World 

STORAGE  BATTERIES 


Set  your  Radio  Dials  at  210  I 
meters  I<»r  the  new  1000 1 
watt  World  Storage  Battery  I 
Station.  WSBG,  Chicago.  I 
Watch  for  announcement*.  I 


MRC 
Station  and  Meter  Log 

Now  you  can  easily  calibrate  your  dials  in  meters. 


A  convenient  station  log  and  wavelength  scale  —  Very 
simple  to  attach  and  is  a  permanent  log. 
SOLD  BY  MAIL  ONLY 
PRICES— 1  for  15c,  2  for  25c  or  3  for  35c. 

MUELLER  RADIO  COMPANY 
533  Bush  St.  Toledo,  Ohio 


S-C  PARTS 


AT  WHOLE 
SALE  PRICES 


SHU  RE  RADIO  €0.,  19  S.  Wells,  Chicago 


,/Gets  Everything  but  Noise! 


\< 

Amazing  new  Aerial  guaranteed  to  eliminate  all  poi 
noises  surh  as  leak}  transformers,  gen<-raiors.  motor  nui.  . 
,  Delcr>  Plants,  etc.  Cuts  static,  regeneration  howls  and  squeals 
'  1-2.  Dr.  Gehriff,  Oakland,  Gal.,  says  improves  reception  60%. 
ilundrt-iis  other  testimonials.  Wonderful  results.  Mr.  Boeck , 
Grand  Haven,  Mich.,  heard  3  foreign  stations  during  tests  with 
Kane  Antennae.  Easy  to  install. 
5ft  1OO  Brings  BLUE  PRI  NT- Working  Drawings  - 

***  •*• Complete  Instructions  for  Erecting. 

iBt  send  dollar  blfl  (or  check),  f  i-nit-  '  o-ianti'v.  Send  TODAY. 
'      M4»  W.  Monroe. Chicago 


This  is  a  good  time  to  subscribe  for 

RADIO  BROADCAST 

Through  your  dealer  or  direct,  by  the  year  only  $4.00 
DOUBLEDAY,  PAGE  &  CO,     GARDEN  CITY,  NEW  YORK 


Of  "Your  Town 


Be   popular.      In    demand    everywhere.      Have    fun 
Earn  your  welcome.     Charm  your  friends  with  your 


SAXOPHONE 

Teach  yourself,  3  free  lessons  give  you  quick 
easy  start.  Try  any  instrument  in  your  own 
home  6  days  free.  See  what  you  can  do.  Easy 
terms  if  you  decide  to  buy.  Send  now  for 
beautiful  free  literature.  A  postal  brings  details. 

Buescher  Band  Instrument  Co.     (4> 

1221  Bue*cher  Block  Elkhart,  Indiana 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


715 


CORBETT  CONSOLE 

for  Hammnrhmd  Roberts 


front. 

The  "Corbett  Console" 
is  adapted  to  any  of  the  popular  receivers,  including 
LC-26,  and  Broadcast  Universal. 

WITHOUT  HORN  (as  illustrated)    $40.00 
WITH  BUILT  IN  HORN  {Large 
Miller  hard   rubber  horn  at  left  of 
panel  with  silk  backed  grill).     Ship- 
ping charges  prepaid S4-OO 

WRITE  FOR  BOOKLET  showing  attractive  models 
for  all  sizes  of  radio  cabinets  consoles  «nd  tables. 
Jobbers  and  Dealers  write  for  discounts 

CORBETT  CABINET  MFG.  COMPANY 

St.  Marys  Pennsylvania 


LATEST  "COAST  TO  COAST"  FULLY  GUARANTEED 


RADIO' 


'' 


Users  everywhere  report  Miraco  Radiosget 
programs  coast  to  coast  on  luud  speaker; 
outperform  seta  three  times  aa  costly. 
Many  hear  foreign  countries.  Radio  B 
most  amazing  values  in  un conditionally 
guaranteed,  factory-built  long  distance 
sets-let  testimony  of  users  convinceyou. 
.  Powerf u  1  New  Mult i- 
Itube  Miraco  gets 
Ilonfi  distance  on 
I  loud  speaker.  Set, 
I ONLY  


RADIO 

GETS' EM 
COAST  *> 
COAST 


tea,  te 


se'rs  and  SPECIAL,  6t'FER.  Write: 

MIDWEST  RADIO  CORP'N 

Pioneer  Buildera  of  Stta 
40O-W  E.Sth  St.  Cincinnati, O. 


RADIO  FANS,  a  one -year's  subscription  to 
Radio  Broadcast  will  cost  you  four  dollars, 
two  years  six  dollars.  Consider  this  expen- 
diture as  being  a  necessary  investment  on 
your  part  for  the  future  development  of  your 
own  knowledge  of  Radio. 


LOW  LOSS  Tuners  and  Coils  for  all  circuits 

3   Circuit  Amateur  and  Broadcast  tuners    $7.00 

Tuned   K.    F.    Transformers    (each)     $2.00 

NEW  COILS  .X. 

Diamond  of  the  Air 

Browning    Drake    Colls    $7.00 

Superdyne    Coils     7.00 

Roberts   Coite    7.00 

Superheterodyne  Oscillator  and  Antenna  Coupler    ....    6.00 

Basket  Weave  coils  to  order.     Write  for  literature. 
Divenport  Radio  Laboratories  1717  W   Locust  Street.  Davenport.  Iowa 


1O2-1O9  S.  Canal  St..  Chicago 


Maintains  its  Leadership 


'£&&&&£*£&& 


Make  sure  that  you  get  the 

OFFICIALLY  APPROVED  RAYTHEON 
Filter  Condenser  Block 

The  TOBE  Condensers  have  been  tested  in  the 
laboratory  of  the  Raytheon  Manufacturing  Company 
and  as  a  result,  they  have  written  the  letter  repro- 
duced above.  It  speaks  for  itself. 

The  new  TOBE  B  BLOCK  contains  in  one  com- 
pact silvered  metal  case  the  three  filter  and  two  by- 
pass condensers  required  for  the  Raytheon  B-Elim- 
inator;  one  S  Mfd.,  two  2  Mfd.,  two  I  Mfd.  It  saves 
$2.50  in  the  cost  of  parts — saves  space — saves  wiring. 
Price  $11.00 

Ask  your  dealer  for  "The  Better  Condensers." 

Send  for  free  circuit  diagrams  of  B-Eliminators. 


-     CORNHILL 


BOSTON,  MASS.     — 


This  is  a  good  time  to  subscribe  for 

RADIO    BROADCAST 

Through  your  dealer  or  direct,  by  the  year  only  $4.00 


Doubleday,  Page  &  Company 


Garden  City,  New   Yorf 


Radio  Battery  Chargers 

Best  by  Test          if 


$8— 


minus  bulb 


east  of  Rockies 


Your  dealer  can  get  it  for  you 

THE  ACME  ELECTRIC  &  MFG.  CO. 


1410  Hamilton  Avenue 


Cleveland,  O. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


716 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


Modernize  Your  Radio  Set/ 


IHORDARSON 


Trade-Mark  Registered 


All  Frequency  Amplifier 


Write  for  free 
descriptive  circular 


Price  0.00 


Are  you  still  using  primitive  methods  of  amplification?  Why  not 
make  your  receiver  an  up-to-date  model  by  installing  Autoformer 
amplification — the  ultimate  in  reproductive  equipment? 

The  Autoformer,  a  step  up  impedance  amplifier,  reproduces  with  full 
volume  those  bass  notes  lost  in  ordinary  transformer  amplifiers. 

The  Autoformer  provides  the  unrestrained  flow  of  distortionless 
music.  It  records  everything  from  the  slightest  shading  to  the 
greatest  extreme  of  volume,  intensity,  and  timbre. 

Better  volume  control 
More  volume  on  distant  stations 

*Full  bass  note  amplification 
Greater  clarity  on  all  signals 

OTHER  THORDARSON  TRANSFORMERS 

R-200  Amplifying  Transformer 
Standard  Amplifying  Transformer 
Power  Amplifying  Transformer 
Interstage  Power  Transformer 


B-Eliminator  Transformer 
B-Eliminator  Chokes 
Battery  Charging  Transformers 
Transmission  Equipment 


CO. 

•WORLDS  OLDEST  AND  LARGEST  EXCLUSrVTE^TRA NSPOHMER  MAKERS 

Chicago.  U.S.A. 


Now  is  the  time  to  subscribe  for  RADIO    BROADCAST 

Through  your  dealer  or  dirzct,  by  the  year  only  $4.00 
DOUBLEDAY,  PAGE  &  CO.  GARDEN  CITY,  NEW  YORK 


Jnun ediate  Shipment  from  Stock 

HAVE  MERCHANDISE 
WHEN  yOU  JVEED  IT 

Catalog  466  ^B  is  free  to  dealers 


WHOLESALE 


EXCLUSIVELY 


929  PENN  AVENUE 


'       fHt  "^ 

if  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


The  International  Tests 

AS  MIGHT  be  expected,  we  were 
**•  simply  inundated  with  letters  from 
all  quarters  of  the  country  and  abroad, 
after  the  recently  concluded  International 
Tests.  Space  limitations  permit  the  publi- 
cation of  only  three  or  four  here,  but  these 
convey  the  sentiment  expressed  in  the 
letters  of  many  other  correspondents. 

Editor,  RADIO  BROADCAST, 
Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 
Garden  City,  New  York. 

SIR: 

I  hear  over  KCO'S  news  items  that  California 
was  silent  during  the   test  period.     I   wish  to 
refute  this  statement  for  I  distinctly  heard  KNX, 
Hollywood,    on    two   different    occasions   while 
trying    for    British    stations.     ...     I    think 
KNJ  was  on  the  air  too,  for  1  heard  a  station  at  a 
setting  on  my  dials  where  this  station  usually 
comes  in,  but  I  could  not  be  positive  about  this. 
There  is  nothing  too  small  for  California  to  do. 
Very  truly  yours, 
F.  W.  DALLEY. 
Lyons,  Colorado. 

Editor,  RADIO  BROADCAST, 
Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 
Garden  City,  New  York. 

SIR: 

Just  a  line  in  appreciation  of  last  week's 
silence  tests,  especially  those  of  Friday  and 
Saturday  evenings.  Is  it  possible  to  have  an 
arrangement  for  regular  zonal  silence  periods, 
thus  allowing  uninterrupted  sectional  exchanges 
of  programs?  Here  is  one  unsolicited  vote  in 
favor  of  such  a  scheme. 

Very  truly  yours, 

R.  M.  BOULDEN, 
Los  Angeles,  California. 

Editor,  RADIO  BROADCAST, 
Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 
Garden  City,  New  York. 

SIR: 

Organize  an  anti-bloop  club  with  a  big  turn- 
out at  first  meeting.  What  are  the  other  cities 
doing  along  this  line? 

Very  truly  yours, 

E.  M.  RAY, 
Rochester,  Minnesota. 


Editor,  RADIO  BROADCAST, 
Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 
Garden  City,  New  York. 

SIR: 

I  am  a  regular  reader  of  your  excellent  maga- 
zine, and  am  also  a  confirmed  radio  fan,  being 
interested  in  the  reception  of  both  broadcast 
matter  and  code.  I  was  greatly  interested  in  the 
International  Tests,  although  they  were  a  failure 
as  far  as  I  am  concerned.  In  1924,  I  received 
British  stations  with  a  modified  three-tube 
Reinartz  set.  This  year,  nothing  but  interfer- 
ence, static,  bloopers,  and  almost  everything 
injurious  to  satisfactory  radio  reception.  One 
thing  that  has  come  to  my  attention  is  that  dur- 
ing the  period  from  half-moon  until  the  moon 
begins  to  wane,  radio  reception  is  not  what  it 
should  be  —  it  is  noisy.  At  other  periods,  when 
there  is  no  moon,  reception  is  much  better,  I 
have  found.  During  Test  Week,  the  moon  was 
pretty  well  full.  I  have  been  watching  this 
phenomenon  since  last  July.  I  wonder  if  any 
one  else  has  noticed  it.  Wishing  you  continued 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


717 


For  'Better  <Rjidio  Reproduction 


Hear  this 

World-Wide 

Favorite 


Creation  of  Alfred  Graham  &  Co.,  Eng- 
land, 38  years  experienced  in  producing 
loud  speaking  devices,  Amplions  lead 
in  sales  throughout  the  world.  Hear  an 

Amplion— in  comparison!  Six  models.includ- 


i  ng  phonograph  units,  equipped  with  cords  and 
plugs,  $12  up.  Write  for    Amplion 


Pedigree." 

THE  AMPLION  CORPORATION; 
OF  AMERICA 

Suite  L,  280  Madison  Avenue,  New  York 

Chicago  Branch:  27-29  No.  Morgan  St. 

Burndept  of  Canada.  Ltd. ,  Toronto 


Radio's  Newest 

'on  need  thil  big  FREE  book.  I 


BARAWIKCO. 


102-109  S.  Canal  St.,  Chicago  I 


Pocket  Meters 


Hoyt 
Type  51 
Pocket  Meter 

The  indispensable  pocket  instrument  for  Dealers 
and  Radio-Owners  for  checking  the  condition  of  A 


s  up  1 
and'a 


peres.  All  scales  are  hand  -co.  libra  led,  resistance  of 
meter  is  unusually  high  for  this  type,  accuracy 
does  not  vary  in  extreme  heat  or  cold. 

Finished  in  polished  nickel,  of  small  size,  con- 
venient for  handling.  .^fc 
Price,  complete  with  lead  #3.00        ^^ 

BURTON-ROGERS  CO. 

26  Brighton  Ave.          Boston,  Mass. 
National  Distributors 

HOYT  makes  a  complete  line  of  Radio  Meters. 
Send  for  booklet  "HOTT  Meters  for  Radio" 


and 
Volume  Control 

ESSENTIAL  to  thoroughly  enjoy  present 
day  broadcasting.  New  high-priced  sets 
feature  tone  control  as  their  greatest  im- 
provement. You  can  have  this  new  feature 
in  your  old  set  by  attaching  a  Centralab 
Modulator  Plug  in  place  of  the  old  phone 
plug.  Takes  a  moment — no  tools  required. 

Gives  any  degree  of  tone  volume  from  a 
whisper  to  maximum  by  simply  turning 
the  small  knob  on  plug.  Static  interference 
is  reduced  and  programs  come  in  clear  and 
true  with  just  the  volume  you  most  enjoy. 

Order  from  your  dealer,  or  mailed 
direct  on  receipt  of  the  price  $2.50, 


CENTRAL  RADIO  LABORATORIES 

22  Keefe  Ave.  Milwaukee,  Wisconsin 

Centralab  Radiohms  or  Modulators 

are  standard  controls  on  sixty 'Six 

well-known  sets. 


Gentmlab 


DIAMOND-WEAVE 

(TRADE-MARK  REGISTERED  Aug.  4,  1925) 

SICKLES 
COILS 


Sickles  Coil  Set  No  ISA  for  Roberts 
Circuit,  containing  our  new  center- 
tapped  N-P  Coil.  Price  $8.00. 

Sickles    Coils  for    the   "Aristocrat" 

Circuit,  designed  upon  new  scientific 

discoveries,  set  highest  standards  of 

efficiency. 

COIL  PRICES 


No.  ISA  Roberts  Circuit  $  8.00  set 

No.  24     Browning-Drake  7.50  set 

Craig  Circuit  4.50  set 

Acme  Reflex  4.50  set 

Knockout  Reflex  4.00  set 

Hoyt  Circuit  10.00  set 
"Aristocrat"  Circuit        8.00  set 


No.  20 
No.  19 
No.  8 
No.  21 
No.  25 


For  the  "Aristocrat," 
Browning-Drake,  Roberts, 
Craig,    and  Hoyt   Circuits 

(Patented  Aug.  21,  1923) 

Our  Coil  Set  No.  25  is  specifically  de- 
signed for  the  new  "Aristocrat"  Circuit, 
already  very  popular. 
Compactness  of  form,  rigidity  of  con- 
struction, and  the  supremely  efficient 
Diamond-Weave  method  of  winding  are 
well-known  characteristics  of  Sickles 
Coils. 

These  refinements  of  design  and  con- 
struction result  in  low  distributed  ca- 
pacity, low  dielectric  losses  and  large 
range  of  frequency  with  small  variable 
capacity. 

There  are  Sickles  Diamond  Weave 
Coils  for  all  leading  circuits. 


Send  for  descriptive  catalog 

The  F.  W.  Sickles  Co. 

132  Union  Street 
SPRINGFIELD,  MASS. 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


718 


RADIO  BROADCAST  ADVERTISER 


12-Cell-24-Volt 
Storage'B'Battery 

Positively  given  free  with  each 
purchase  of  a  WORLD  "A" 
Storage  Battery.  You  must 
send  this  ad  with  your  order. 
WORLD  Batteries  are  famous 
for  their  guaranteed  quality 
and  service.  Backed  by  years 
of  successful  manufacture  and 
thousands  of  satisfied  users. 
Equipped  with  Solid  Rukbtr  Case. 
an  insurance  afraingt  acid  end  leak- 
age. YoupaveoOpercentaodBeta 

2-Year  Guarantee 
Bond  in  Writing  '  „ 

"tell  their  friends."  That 'a  our  bent  Proof 
of  performance,  bend  your  order  in  today. 
Solid  Rubber  Case  Radio  Batteries 

6-Volt.  100-Amperea 511.25 

6-Volt.  120-Amperes.      .....      13.25 

6-Volt.   MO-Amperea 14.0O 

Solid  Rubber  Case  Auto  Batteries 

6-Volt,  ll-Plate $11.25 

6-Volt.  13-'  late    . 
12-Volt,    7-.'Iate .       16.OO 

Send  No  Money  fc' 

•  17  order  la  I 
subject  to  S 


ill   ehiDday  order  is  rec 

press  C.  O    D.,  subject  to  your  examination 
on   arrival.      FREE    "B"    Battery  included. 


Approved 
and  Listed 
as  Standard 
by  Leading 
Authorties 


torlea,  Popular 
Science  Insti- 
tute of  Stand- 
ards. Popular 
Radio  Labora- 


Extra Offer:    5  per  cent  discount  for  caab  .  . 

in  full  with  order.    Buy  now  and  tret  a  suar-  Y      1 1    t. 

nil  teed  batter  _•  at  50  per  cent  savins'  to  you.       aod  Le" 

WORLD  BATTERY  COMPANY 
1219SO.  WabasliAve.,         Dept.  24  CHICAGO,  ILL. 


World 

STORAGE  BATTERIES 


S.  t  your  Radio  Dials  mt  210 
metera    tor   the    new   1000 

Salt  World  Storage  Hattery 
tation.    WSBC.    Chicago. 


KFAF* 


TARTS; 
f  BOOR-VPS: 
SET 

JBltf 


Catalog  &  Guide 


•  Send  now 
I  FREE  book 


for  this  valuab 
Fullofadv 


. 

hook-ups,  parts    and    kits.  I 
A  real  guide.    Shows  fac*  I 
tory  built  sets  and  the  new  I 
ideas  in  radio.    Send  at  I 
once.     No  charge.     No  I 
obligation.      Please    in-  I 
dude  name  of  radio  fan.  I 


BARAWIKCO. 


102-109  S.  Canal  St.  Chicago 


"  It  gets 
that 
last 
mile" 


IRGAP 

SOCKET 


Will  rid  your  set  of  those  squawks, 
howls  and  frying  noises.  They  pre- 
vent closed  circuit  absorption  of  cur- 
rent, inter-coupling  of  circuits, 
feedback  and  undesirable  capacity. 
THEY  MAKE  ANY  CIRCUIT  more 
stable  and  sharpen  tuning,  resulting 
in  purer  and  clearer  tones  with  more 
volume  particularly  on  distant 
stations. 

At  all  dealers  75c  each 

Sent    direct   if  your  dealer  cannot 
supply  you. 

AIRGAP  PRODUCTS  CO.  MFR.     <\. 

188  N.  J.  R.  Rd.  Ave.,  „ 

Newark,  N.  J.  e^Y~ ., 


success,  and  next  year — or  whenever  you  decide 
to  have  another  week  of  international  tests — 
let's  hope  that  there  will  not  be  so  many  bloopers 
If  they  all  make  sets  described  in  RADIO  BROAD- 
CAST, there  certainly  will  not  be. 

Very  truly  yours, 

G.  JOHNSON. 
Bloomington,  Illinois. 

A  Setback  to  the  Florida  Boom 

IN  MANY  districts  code  interference  has 
been  materially  reduced  through  a  gen- 
eral cooperative  campaign  of  the  news- 
papers and  magazines  which  circulate 
in  those  areas,  in  which  pressure  was 
brought  to  bear  on  the  offenders.  There 
are  still  too  many  districts,  however,  where 
broadly  tuned  transmitters  are  a  source  of 
constant  annoyance  to  listeners  of  both 
local  and  distant  broadcasting  stations. 
The  Florida  peninsula,  it  would  appear, 
from  this  letter  suffers  badly  from  coast  to 
shore  interference. 

Editor,  RADIO  BROADCAST, 
Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 
Garden  City,  New  York. 

Sir: 

Ship  to  shore  transmission  is  responsible 
in  this  locality  for  the  worst  form  of  interference 
encountered.  "Sparks"  will  sit  on  the  key 
at  just  about  the  time  the  broadcast  program  is 
at  its  best,  and  often  it  seems  as  if  he  had  held 
up  his  work  to  fill  the  air  between  then  and 
twelve  o'clock.  The  wonderful  New  Year's 
treat  from  wjz  was  perfect  as  regards  volume 
and  modulation,  but  all  through  the  stellar  offer- 
ing of  McCormack  and  Bori  there  was  only  one 
brief  song  not  ruined  by  code. 

Very  truly  yours, 
FREDERIC  B.  HYDE, 
Miami,  Florida. 

A  Letter  from  the  Philippines 

^TAKING  Horace  Greeley's  "Go  West" 
1  thoroughly  to  heart,  apparently  irre- 
spective of  any  human  element,  one  copy 
of  RADIO  BROADCAST  has  monthly  wended 
its  weary  way  right  out  to  the  Philippines, 
there,  we  presume  from  that  so  enthusi- 
astic letter  following,  to  be  eagerly  read  by 
at  least  one  "satisfied  customer."  The 
letter: 


Editor,  RADIO  BROADCAST, 
Doubleday,  Page  &  Company, 
Garden  City,  New  York. 

SIR: 

I  have  already  received  the  new  size  November 
and  December  numbers  of  the  RADIO  BROAD- 
CAST. I  want  to  congratulate  you  on  the 
progress  and  success  your  magazine  is  making. 
It  is  the  best  magazine  of  its  kind  that  I  have 
ever  yet  seen  and  so  cheap  that  anybody  can 
afford  to  subscribe.  Its  articles  are  very  inter- 
esting and  highly  instructive.  Its  hook-ups  are 
all  "knockouts." 

Before  I  subscribed  to  this  magazine  !  hadn't 
an  inkling  of  radio;  now  I  am  proud  to  say  that 
I  am  the  first  home-constructor  in  this  province. 

The  department  "For  the  Radio  Beginner" 
should  be  continued  as  it  is  always  very  instruc- 
tive to  the  novices  and  fans. 

Wishing  you  a  prosperous  year  for  RADIO 
BROADCAST. 

Very  truly  yours, 

JUAN  CARBALLO. 
La  Carlota,  Philippines. 

f  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST  - 


Convert  your  present 
radio  receiver  into  a 
light  socket  set  with  a 
Balkite  Trickle  Charger 
and  Balkite  "B" 

FANSTEEL  PRODUCTS  CO.,  Inc. 

North  Chicago,  Illinois 


Thorola  Receivers 

and  Speakers     * 
Must  Outperform 

Reichmann  Company,  1725-39  W.  74th  St.,  Chicago 


fbe  Distortionless  Jfmp/ifi 


Insure  distortionless  amplifications  and  a  clarity 
of  tone  not  obtained  through  any  other  resistance. 
All  capacities  12,000  ohms  and  up.    List  price  $1.50. 
Special  sizes  to  order.     Write  for  full  information. 
Crescent  Radio  Supply  Co.          1-3  Liberty  St.,  Jamaica.  N.  Y. 


$6.50 
APOLLO 

Parlor  Model 


Stands  22  inches  high, 
has  a  ten  inch  bell,  gives 
faithful  reproduction 
and  may  be  varied  from 
a  whisper  to  a  torrent 
of  sound  by  the  adjust- 
able unit  control  with- 
out the  least  loss  of  the 
sweet  mellow. clear  tones 
that  are  found  in  the 
Apollo  Speakers.  Mail 
orders  promptly  filled. 
Send  no  money,  just 
pay  the  poitman. 


HARD  RUBBER  PANELS 


Size 
10.. 
12.. 
U.. 
18. 
21.  . 
24.  . 
26.  . 
30.. 


Black 
.32 
.39 
.42 
.56 
.64 
.75 
.85 
.96 


Rix  Radio  Supply  House,  Inc. 

5505  Fourth  Ave.     Dept.  45     Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 


THE  Dependable  B-POWER 


'"i. 


Replaces  Your  "B"  Batteries  Permanently 

A  PER  installing  the  All 'American  "Constant-!?" 
you  need  only  snap  the  electric  switch  to  have 
permanent  and  constant  plate  power  for  your  radio, 
direct  from  the  light  socket.  With  it  there  is  no  ruin- 
ous  acid,  no  hum — nothing  but  the  pure,  full  tone  that 
is  only  possible  when  the  "B"  voltage  is  constantly 
up  to  standard.  Write  for  descriptive  folder  showing 
how  to  use  "Constant'B"  with  any  set. 


Price  $45 


COMPLETE  WITH 
RAYTHEON  TUBE 


ALL-AMERICAN  RADIO  CORPORATION 

Pioneers  in  the  Radio  Industry 
4213  BELMONT  AVENUE,  CHICAGO,  U.  S.  A. 

Complete  instructions  for  building  a  similar 
"Permanent  Plate  Supply  Unit"  may  be  had 
free  upon  request.  Specify  Bulletin  B-82. 


*j(  Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 


^Another 


Model 


?cNew  and  Improved/ 

FRESHMAN 

SASTERPIECB 

The  World's  Greatest 
Radio  Receiving  Set 

Freshman's  latest  sensation  has  a  real  ap- 
peal to  the  women  of  the  home.  It  is  built 
of  five-ply  genuine  mahogany;  a  handsome 
piece  of  furniture  that  fits  in  any  corner  of 
the  room.  It  is  compact  and  comparatively 
small,  giving  it  preference  over  clumsy  con- 
soles. Contains  an  especially  large  tone 
chamber. 

With  Built-in  Loud  Speaker  of 
Great  Volume  and  Superb  Tone 

When  not  used  as  a  radio  it  can  be  entirely 
closed.  The  top  is  stationary  and  provides 
an  attractive  resting  place  for  vases  and 
other  ornaments.  Spacious  compartments 
afford  ample  room  for  all  batteries,  etc.— 
not  a  single  wire  being  visible. 

THE  RADIO  RECEIVER  WOMEN 
HAVE    BEEN    WAITING    FOR- 

Prices  slightly  highfr  Denver  and  West  and  Canada 


Sold  on  Convenient  Terms  by  Authorized  Freshman 
Dealers     Who     Also     Install     and     Service     Them 


CHAS.  FRESHMAN  CO.,  Inc. 


2626  W. 


,  New  York 
Blvd.,  Chicago 


Tested  and  approved  by  RADIO  BROADCAST 

THE  COUNTRY  LIFE  PRESS,  GARDEN  CITY,   NEW  YORK 


•••••••    •    '•    .  .     .    .       .    ,    .   ..  ... 

•     •  •      ......    ,-.  ..  .     .,        ,.    ,    ,    . 

-    •    ••    •  •    -  .       ,    ,        ,        .    .    - 

•  •  .  . 

............    ,    -    .    . 

• 

^     .»     » 

-  -  •  .  v         ,          I  .  ,         .  .         .,. 

•    -  ......  ...     .         , 

•  .  •  ••  •    .        .     

-          '     :    -         •  •        -  .  .          . 

•-•..-•--..-..•.-•..,  .  .          .        .. 

-•        .   -          '•-.-..:  ........ 

—  •-         -  -.          -  ,  , 

•-  •  -       •    -•    •   •••    '  -    •-•    ....<-•;  .,    ,    .    ,  .,    i  .. 

'•    ••  ...  .*  .•,   i    •    .     . 


•    ,      . 
• 


- 


• 
> 


.   i 


•   -  •  •        .    '  -.  .  • 

.       '        -"  -  -  '  '  • 

'  - 

.    :  -, 

•       •  •  '  ' 

:  •  •  -. 


a    .  ..  ,,  - 

•  -  - 

. 
.... 


• 


.